Link: canonical W3C HTML 5.2 W3C Recommendation, 14 December 2017 superseded 28 January 2021 This version: https://www.w3.org/TR/2017/REC-html52-20171214/ Latest published version: https://www.w3.org/TR/html52/ Latest published version of HTML: https://www.w3.org/TR/html/ Previous version: https://www.w3.org/TR/2017/REC-html52-20171214/ Editor's Draft: https://w3c.github.io/html/ Editors: Steve Faulkner (The Paciello Group) Arron Eicholz (Microsoft) Travis Leithead (Microsoft) Alex Danilo (Google) Sangwhan Moon (Invited Expert) Former Editors: Erika Doyle Navara (Microsoft) Theresa O'Connor (Apple Inc.) Robin Berjon (W3C) Test Suite: https://w3c-test.org/html/ Implementation Report: https://w3c.github.io/test-results/html52/implementation-report.html Participate: File an issue (open issues) Others: Single page version Errata for this document are recorded as Github issues. The English version of this specification is the only normative version. Non-normative translations may also be available. Copyright © 2017 W3C^® (MIT, ERCIM, Keio, Beihang). W3C liability, trademark and document use rules apply. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Abstract This specification defines the 5th major version, second minor revision of the core language of the World Wide Web: the Hypertext Markup Language (HTML). In this version, new features continue to be introduced to help Web application authors, new elements continue to be introduced based on research into prevailing authoring practices, and special attention continues to be given to defining clear conformance criteria for user agents in an effort to improve interoperability. Status of this document This section describes the status of this document at the time of its publication. Other documents may supersede this document. A list of current W3C publications and the latest revision of this technical report can be found in the W3C technical reports index at https://www.w3.org/TR/. This specification is a Superseded Recommendation. A newer specification exists that is recommended for new adoption in place of this specification. This document was published by the Web Platform Working Group that would obsolete the HTML 5.1 Recommendation. All interested parties are invited to provide implementation and bug reports and other comments through the Working Group's Issue tracker. These will generally be considered in the development of HTML 5.3. The implementation report produced for this version demonstrates that in almost every case changes are matched by interoperable implementation. For purposes of the W3C Patent Policy, this Superseded Recommendation has the same status as an active Recommendation; it retains licensing commitments and remains available as a reference for old -- and possibly still deployed -- implementations, but is not recommended for future implementation. New implementations should follow the latest version of the HTML 5.2 specification. This document was produced by a group operating under the W3C Patent Policy. W3C maintains a public list of any patent disclosures made in connection with the deliverables of the group; that page also includes instructions for disclosing a patent. An individual who has actual knowledge of a patent which the individual believes contains Essential Claim(s) must disclose the information in accordance with section 6 of the W3C Patent Policy. This document is governed by the 1 March 2017 W3C Process Document. Table of Contents 1. 1 Introduction 1. 1.1 Background 2. 1.2 Audience 3. 1.3 Scope 4. 1.4 History 5. 1.5 Design notes 1. 1.5.1 Serializability of script execution 2. 1.5.2 Compliance with other specifications 3. 1.5.3 Extensibility 6. 1.6 HTML vs XML Syntax 7. 1.7 Structure of this specification 1. 1.7.1 How to read this specification 2. 1.7.2 Typographic conventions 8. 1.8 Privacy concerns 9. 1.9 A quick introduction to HTML 1. 1.9.1 Writing secure applications with HTML 2. 1.9.2 Common pitfalls to avoid when using the scripting APIs 3. 1.9.3 How to catch mistakes when writing HTML: validators and conformance checkers 10. 1.10 Conformance requirements for authors 1. 1.10.1 Presentational markup 2. 1.10.2 Syntax errors 3. 1.10.3 Restrictions on content models and on attribute values 11. 1.11 Suggested reading 2. 2 Common infrastructure 1. 2.1 Terminology 1. 2.1.1 Resources 2. 2.1.2 XML compatibility 3. 2.1.3 DOM trees 4. 2.1.4 Scripting 5. 2.1.5 Plugins 6. 2.1.6 Character encodings 2. 2.2 Conformance requirements 1. 2.2.1 Conformance classes 2. 2.2.2 Dependencies 3. 2.2.3 Extensibility 4. 2.2.4 Interactions with XPath and XSLT 3. 2.3 Case-sensitivity and string comparison 4. 2.4 Common microsyntaxes 1. 2.4.1 Common parser idioms 2. 2.4.2 Boolean attributes 3. 2.4.3 Keywords and enumerated attributes 4. 2.4.4 Numbers 1. 2.4.4.1 Signed integers 2. 2.4.4.2 Non-negative integers 3. 2.4.4.3 Floating-point numbers 4. 2.4.4.4 Percentages and lengths 5. 2.4.4.5 Non-zero percentages and lengths 6. 2.4.4.6 Lists of floating-point numbers 7. 2.4.4.7 Lists of dimensions 5. 2.4.5 Dates and times 1. 2.4.5.1 Months 2. 2.4.5.2 Dates 3. 2.4.5.3 Yearless dates 4. 2.4.5.4 Times 5. 2.4.5.5 Floating dates and times 6. 2.4.5.6 Time zones 7. 2.4.5.7 Global dates and times 8. 2.4.5.8 Weeks 9. 2.4.5.9 Durations 10. 2.4.5.10 Vaguer moments in time 6. 2.4.6 Colors 7. 2.4.7 Space-separated tokens 8. 2.4.8 Comma-separated tokens 9. 2.4.9 References 10. 2.4.10 Media queries 5. 2.5 URLs 1. 2.5.1 Terminology 2. 2.5.2 Parsing URLs 3. 2.5.3 Dynamic changes to base URLs 6. 2.6 Fetching resources 1. 2.6.1 Terminology 2. 2.6.2 Processing model 3. 2.6.3 Encrypted HTTP and related security concerns 4. 2.6.4 Determining the type of a resource 5. 2.6.5 Extracting character encodings from meta elements 6. 2.6.6 CORS settings attributes 7. 2.6.7 Referrer policy attributes 7. 2.7 Common DOM interfaces 1. 2.7.1 Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes 2. 2.7.2 Collections 1. 2.7.2.1 The HTMLAllCollection interface 2. 2.7.2.2 The HTMLFormControlsCollection interface 3. 2.7.2.3 The HTMLOptionsCollection interface 3. 2.7.3 The DOMStringList interface 4. 2.7.4 Garbage collection 8. 2.8 Namespaces 9. 2.9 Safe passing of structured data 1. 2.9.1 Serializable objects 2. 2.9.2 Transferable objects 3. 2.9.3 StructuredSerializeInternal ( value, forStorage [ , memory ] ) 4. 2.9.4 StructuredSerialize ( value ) 5. 2.9.5 StructuredSerializeForStorage ( value ) 6. 2.9.6 StructuredDeserialize ( serialized, targetRealm [ , memory ] ) 7. 2.9.7 StructuredSerializeWithTransfer ( value, transferList ) 8. 2.9.8 StructuredDeserializeWithTransfer ( serializeWithTransferResult, targetRealm ) 9. 2.9.9 Performing serialization and transferring from other specifications 10. 2.9.10 Monkey patch for Blob and FileList objects 3. 3 Semantics, structure, and APIs of HTML documents 1. 3.1 Documents 1. 3.1.1 The Document object 2. 3.1.2 Resource metadata management 3. 3.1.3 DOM tree accessors 2. 3.2 Elements 1. 3.2.1 Semantics 2. 3.2.2 Elements in the DOM 3. 3.2.3 Element definitions 1. 3.2.3.1 Attributes 4. 3.2.4 Content models 1. 3.2.4.1 The "nothing" content model 2. 3.2.4.2 Kinds of content 1. 3.2.4.2.1 Metadata content 2. 3.2.4.2.2 Flow content 3. 3.2.4.2.3 Sectioning content 4. 3.2.4.2.4 Heading content 5. 3.2.4.2.5 Phrasing content 6. 3.2.4.2.6 Embedded content 7. 3.2.4.2.7 Interactive content 8. 3.2.4.2.8 Palpable content 9. 3.2.4.2.9 Script-supporting elements 3. 3.2.4.3 Transparent content models 4. 3.2.4.4 Paragraphs 5. 3.2.5 Global attributes 1. 3.2.5.1 The title attribute 2. 3.2.5.2 The lang and xml:lang attributes 3. 3.2.5.3 The translate attribute 4. 3.2.5.4 The xml:base attribute (XML only) 5. 3.2.5.5 The dir attribute 6. 3.2.5.6 The style attribute 7. 3.2.5.7 Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes 6. 3.2.6 The innerText IDL attribute 7. 3.2.7 Requirements relating to the bidirectional algorithm 1. 3.2.7.1 Authoring conformance criteria for bidirectional-algorithm formatting characters 2. 3.2.7.2 User agent conformance criteria 8. 3.2.8 WAI-ARIA and HTML Accessibility API Mappings 1. 3.2.8.1 ARIA Authoring Requirements 2. 3.2.8.2 Conformance Checker Implementation Requirements 3. 3.2.8.3 User Agent Implementation Requirements 1. 3.2.8.3.1 ARIA Role Attribute 2. 3.2.8.3.2 State and Property Attributes 4. 3.2.8.4 Allowed ARIA roles, states and properties 4. 4 The elements of HTML 1. 4.1 The document element 1. 4.1.1 The html element 2. 4.2 Document metadata 1. 4.2.1 The head element 2. 4.2.2 The title element 3. 4.2.3 The base element 4. 4.2.4 The link element 1. 4.2.4.1 Processing the media attribute 2. 4.2.4.2 Processing the type attribute 3. 4.2.4.3 Obtaining a resource from a link element 4. 4.2.4.4 Processing Link headers 5. 4.2.4.5 Providing users with a means to follow hyperlinks created using the link element 6. 4.2.4.6 The LinkStyle interface 5. 4.2.5 The meta element 1. 4.2.5.1 Standard metadata names 2. 4.2.5.2 Other metadata names 3. 4.2.5.3 Pragma directives 4. 4.2.5.4 Other pragma directives 5. 4.2.5.5 Specifying the document’s character encoding 6. 4.2.6 The style element 7. 4.2.7 Interactions of styling and scripting 3. 4.3 Sections 1. 4.3.1 The body element 2. 4.3.2 The article element 3. 4.3.3 The section element 4. 4.3.4 The nav element 5. 4.3.5 The aside element 6. 4.3.6 The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements 7. 4.3.7 The header element 8. 4.3.8 The footer element 9. 4.3.9 Headings and sections 1. 4.3.9.1 Creating an outline 10. 4.3.10 Usage summary 1. 4.3.10.1 Article or section? 4. 4.4 Grouping content 1. 4.4.1 The p element 2. 4.4.2 The address element 3. 4.4.3 The hr element 4. 4.4.4 The pre element 5. 4.4.5 The blockquote element 6. 4.4.6 The ol element 7. 4.4.7 The ul element 8. 4.4.8 The li element 9. 4.4.9 The dl element 10. 4.4.10 The dt element 11. 4.4.11 The dd element 12. 4.4.12 The figure element 13. 4.4.13 The figcaption element 14. 4.4.14 The main element 15. 4.4.15 The div element 5. 4.5 Text-level semantics 1. 4.5.1 The a element 2. 4.5.2 The em element 3. 4.5.3 The strong element 4. 4.5.4 The small element 5. 4.5.5 The s element 6. 4.5.6 The cite element 7. 4.5.7 The q element 8. 4.5.8 The dfn element 9. 4.5.9 The abbr element 10. 4.5.10 The ruby element 11. 4.5.11 The rb element 12. 4.5.12 The rt element 13. 4.5.13 The rtc element 14. 4.5.14 The rp element 15. 4.5.15 The data element 16. 4.5.16 The time element 17. 4.5.17 The code element 18. 4.5.18 The var element 19. 4.5.19 The samp element 20. 4.5.20 The kbd element 21. 4.5.21 The sub and sup elements 22. 4.5.22 The i element 23. 4.5.23 The b element 24. 4.5.24 The u element 25. 4.5.25 The mark element 26. 4.5.26 The bdi element 27. 4.5.27 The bdo element 28. 4.5.28 The span element 29. 4.5.29 The br element 30. 4.5.30 The wbr element 31. 4.5.31 Usage summary 6. 4.6 Edits 1. 4.6.1 The ins element 2. 4.6.2 The del element 3. 4.6.3 Attributes common to ins and del elements 4. 4.6.4 Edits and paragraphs 5. 4.6.5 Edits and lists 6. 4.6.6 Edits and tables 7. 4.7 Embedded content 1. 4.7.1 Introduction 2. 4.7.2 Dependencies 3. 4.7.3 The picture element 4. 4.7.4 The source element 5. 4.7.5 The img element 1. 4.7.5.1 Requirements for providing text to act as an alternative for images 1. 4.7.5.1.1 Examples of scenarios where users benefit from text alternatives for images 2. 4.7.5.1.2 General guidelines 3. 4.7.5.1.3 A link or button containing nothing but an image 4. 4.7.5.1.4 Graphical Representations: Charts, diagrams, graphs, maps, illustrations 5. 4.7.5.1.5 Images of text 6. 4.7.5.1.6 Images that include text 7. 4.7.5.1.7 Images that enhance the themes or subject matter of the page content 8. 4.7.5.1.8 A graphical representation of some of the surrounding text 9. 4.7.5.1.9 A purely decorative image that doesn’t add any information 10. 4.7.5.1.10 Inline images 11. 4.7.5.1.11 A group of images that form a single larger picture with no links 12. 4.7.5.1.12 Image maps 13. 4.7.5.1.13 A group of images that form a single larger picture with links 14. 4.7.5.1.14 Images of Pictures 15. 4.7.5.1.15 Webcam images 16. 4.7.5.1.16 When a text alternative is not available at the time of publication 17. 4.7.5.1.17 An image not intended for the user 18. 4.7.5.1.18 Icon Images 19. 4.7.5.1.19 Logos, insignia, flags, or emblems 20. 4.7.5.1.20 CAPTCHA Images 21. 4.7.5.1.21 An image in a picture element 22. 4.7.5.1.22 Guidance for markup generators 23. 4.7.5.1.23 Guidance for conformance checkers 6. 4.7.6 The iframe element 7. 4.7.7 The embed element 8. 4.7.8 The object element 9. 4.7.9 The param element 10. 4.7.10 The video element 11. 4.7.11 The audio element 12. 4.7.12 The track element 13. 4.7.13 Media elements 1. 4.7.13.1 Error codes 2. 4.7.13.2 Location of the media resource 3. 4.7.13.3 MIME types 4. 4.7.13.4 Network states 5. 4.7.13.5 Loading the media resource 6. 4.7.13.6 Offsets into the media resource 7. 4.7.13.7 Ready states 8. 4.7.13.8 Playing the media resource 9. 4.7.13.9 Seeking 10. 4.7.13.10 Media resources with multiple media tracks 1. 4.7.13.10.1 AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects 2. 4.7.13.10.2 Selecting specific audio and video tracks declaratively 11. 4.7.13.11 Timed text tracks 1. 4.7.13.11.1 Text track model 2. 4.7.13.11.2 Sourcing in-band text tracks 3. 4.7.13.11.3 Sourcing out-of-band text tracks 4. 4.7.13.11.4 Guidelines for exposing cues in various formats as text track cues 5. 4.7.13.11.5 Text track API 6. 4.7.13.11.6 Text tracks exposing in-band metadata 7. 4.7.13.11.7 Text tracks describing chapters 8. 4.7.13.11.8 Event handlers for objects of the text track APIs 9. 4.7.13.11.9 Best practices for metadata text tracks 12. 4.7.13.12 Identifying a track kind through a URL 13. 4.7.13.13 User interface 14. 4.7.13.14 Time ranges 15. 4.7.13.15 The TrackEvent interface 16. 4.7.13.16 Event summary 17. 4.7.13.17 Security and privacy considerations 18. 4.7.13.18 Best practices for authors using media elements 19. 4.7.13.19 Best practices for implementors of media elements 14. 4.7.14 The map element 15. 4.7.15 The area element 16. 4.7.16 Image maps 1. 4.7.16.1 Authoring 2. 4.7.16.2 Processing model 17. 4.7.17 MathML 18. 4.7.18 SVG 19. 4.7.19 Dimension attributes 8. 4.8 Links 1. 4.8.1 Introduction 2. 4.8.2 Links created by a and area elements 3. 4.8.3 API for a and area elements 4. 4.8.4 Following hyperlinks 5. 4.8.5 Downloading resources 6. 4.8.6 Link types 1. 4.8.6.1 Link type "alternate" 2. 4.8.6.2 Link type "author" 3. 4.8.6.3 Link type "bookmark" 4. 4.8.6.4 Link type "help" 5. 4.8.6.5 Link type "icon" 6. 4.8.6.6 Link type "license" 7. 4.8.6.7 Link type "nofollow" 8. 4.8.6.8 Link type "noopener" 9. 4.8.6.9 Link type "noreferrer" 10. 4.8.6.10 Link type "search" 11. 4.8.6.11 Link type "stylesheet" 12. 4.8.6.12 Link type "tag" 13. 4.8.6.13 Sequential link types 1. 4.8.6.13.1 Link type "next" 2. 4.8.6.13.2 Link type "prev" 14. 4.8.6.14 Other link types 9. 4.9 Tabular data 1. 4.9.1 The table element 1. 4.9.1.1 Techniques for describing tables 2. 4.9.1.2 Techniques for table design 2. 4.9.2 The caption element 3. 4.9.3 The colgroup element 4. 4.9.4 The col element 5. 4.9.5 The tbody element 6. 4.9.6 The thead element 7. 4.9.7 The tfoot element 8. 4.9.8 The tr element 9. 4.9.9 The td element 10. 4.9.10 The th element 11. 4.9.11 Attributes common to td and th elements 12. 4.9.12 Processing model 1. 4.9.12.1 Forming a table 2. 4.9.12.2 Forming relationships between data cells and header cells 13. 4.9.13 Examples 10. 4.10 Forms 1. 4.10.1 Introduction 1. 4.10.1.1 Writing a form’s user interface 2. 4.10.1.2 Implementing the server-side processing for a form 3. 4.10.1.3 Configuring a form to communicate with a server 4. 4.10.1.4 Client-side form validation 5. 4.10.1.5 Enabling client-side automatic filling of form controls 6. 4.10.1.6 The difference between the field type, the autofill field name, and the input modality 7. 4.10.1.7 Date, time, and number formats 2. 4.10.2 Categories 3. 4.10.3 The form element 4. 4.10.4 The label element 5. 4.10.5 The input element 1. 4.10.5.1 States of the type attribute 1. 4.10.5.1.1 Hidden state (type=hidden) 2. 4.10.5.1.2 Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) 3. 4.10.5.1.3 Telephone state (type=tel) 4. 4.10.5.1.4 URL state (type=url) 5. 4.10.5.1.5 E-mail state (type=email) 6. 4.10.5.1.6 Password state (type=password) 7. 4.10.5.1.7 Date state (type=date) 8. 4.10.5.1.8 Month state (type=month) 9. 4.10.5.1.9 Week state (type=week) 10. 4.10.5.1.10 Time state (type=time) 11. 4.10.5.1.11 Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) 12. 4.10.5.1.12 Number state (type=number) 13. 4.10.5.1.13 Range state (type=range) 14. 4.10.5.1.14 Color state (type=color) 15. 4.10.5.1.15 Checkbox state (type=checkbox) 16. 4.10.5.1.16 Radio Button state (type=radio) 17. 4.10.5.1.17 File Upload state (type=file) 18. 4.10.5.1.18 Submit Button state (type=submit) 19. 4.10.5.1.19 Image Button state (type=image) 20. 4.10.5.1.20 Reset Button state (type=reset) 21. 4.10.5.1.21 Button state (type=button) 2. 4.10.5.2 Implementation notes regarding localization of form controls 3. 4.10.5.3 Common input element attributes 1. 4.10.5.3.1 The maxlength and minlength attributes 2. 4.10.5.3.2 The size attribute 3. 4.10.5.3.3 The readonly attribute 4. 4.10.5.3.4 The required attribute 5. 4.10.5.3.5 The multiple attribute 6. 4.10.5.3.6 The pattern attribute 7. 4.10.5.3.7 The min and max attributes 8. 4.10.5.3.8 The step attribute 9. 4.10.5.3.9 The list attribute 10. 4.10.5.3.10 The placeholder attribute 4. 4.10.5.4 Common input element APIs 5. 4.10.5.5 Common event behaviors 6. 4.10.6 The button element 7. 4.10.7 The select element 8. 4.10.8 The datalist element 9. 4.10.9 The optgroup element 10. 4.10.10 The option element 11. 4.10.11 The textarea element 12. 4.10.12 The output element 13. 4.10.13 The progress element 14. 4.10.14 The meter element 15. 4.10.15 The fieldset element 16. 4.10.16 The legend element 17. 4.10.17 Form control infrastructure 1. 4.10.17.1 A form control value 2. 4.10.17.2 Mutability 3. 4.10.17.3 Association of controls and forms 18. 4.10.18 Attributes common to form controls 1. 4.10.18.1 Naming form controls: the name attribute 2. 4.10.18.2 Submitting element directionality: the dirname attribute 3. 4.10.18.3 Limiting user input length: the maxlength attribute 4. 4.10.18.4 Setting minimum input length requirements: the minlength attribute 5. 4.10.18.5 Enabling and disabling form controls: the disabled attribute 6. 4.10.18.6 Form submission 1. 4.10.18.6.1 Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute 7. 4.10.18.7 Autofill 1. 4.10.18.7.1 Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute 2. 4.10.18.7.2 Processing model 19. 4.10.19 APIs for text field selections 20. 4.10.20 Constraints 1. 4.10.20.1 Definitions 2. 4.10.20.2 Constraint validation 3. 4.10.20.3 The constraint validation API 4. 4.10.20.4 Security 21. 4.10.21 Form submission 1. 4.10.21.1 Introduction 2. 4.10.21.2 Implicit submission 3. 4.10.21.3 Form submission algorithm 4. 4.10.21.4 Constructing the form data set 5. 4.10.21.5 Selecting a form submission encoding 6. 4.10.21.6 URL-encoded form data 7. 4.10.21.7 Multipart form data 8. 4.10.21.8 Plain text form data 22. 4.10.22 Resetting a form 11. 4.11 Interactive elements 1. 4.11.1 The details element 2. 4.11.2 The summary element 3. 4.11.3 Commands 1. 4.11.3.1 Facets 2. 4.11.3.2 Using the a element to define a command 3. 4.11.3.3 Using the button element to define a command 4. 4.11.3.4 Using the input element to define a command 5. 4.11.3.5 Using the option element to define a command 6. 4.11.3.6 Using the accesskey attribute on a label element to define a command 7. 4.11.3.7 Using the accesskey attribute on a legend element to define a command 8. 4.11.3.8 Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other elements 4. 4.11.4 The dialog element 1. 4.11.4.1 Anchor points 12. 4.12 Scripting 1. 4.12.1 The script element 1. 4.12.1.1 Processing model 2. 4.12.1.2 Scripting languages 3. 4.12.1.3 Restrictions for contents of script elements 4. 4.12.1.4 Inline documentation for external scripts 5. 4.12.1.5 Interaction of script elements and XSLT 2. 4.12.2 The noscript element 3. 4.12.3 The template element 1. 4.12.3.1 Interaction of template elements with XSLT and XPath 4. 4.12.4 The canvas element 1. 4.12.4.1 Color spaces and color correction 2. 4.12.4.2 Serializing bitmaps to a file 3. 4.12.4.3 Security with canvas elements 13. 4.13 Common idioms without dedicated elements 1. 4.13.1 Subheadings, subtitles, alternative titles and taglines 2. 4.13.2 Bread crumb navigation 3. 4.13.3 Tag clouds 4. 4.13.4 Conversations 5. 4.13.5 Footnotes 14. 4.14 Disabled elements 15. 4.15 Matching HTML elements using selectors 1. 4.15.1 Case-sensitivity 2. 4.15.2 Pseudo-classes 5. 5 User interaction 1. 5.1 The hidden attribute 2. 5.2 Inert subtrees 3. 5.3 Activation 4. 5.4 Focus 1. 5.4.1 Introduction 2. 5.4.2 Data model 3. 5.4.3 The tabindex attribute 4. 5.4.4 Processing model 5. 5.4.5 Sequential focus navigation 6. 5.4.6 Focus management APIs 7. 5.4.7 Clipboard actions and focus 5. 5.5 Assigning keyboard shortcuts 1. 5.5.1 Introduction 2. 5.5.2 The accesskey attribute 3. 5.5.3 Processing model 6. 5.6 Editing 1. 5.6.1 Making document regions editable: The contenteditable content attribute 2. 5.6.2 Making entire documents editable: The designMode IDL attribute 3. 5.6.3 Best practices for in-page editors 4. 5.6.4 Editing APIs 5. 5.6.5 Spelling and grammar checking 7. 5.7 Drag and drop 1. 5.7.1 Introduction 2. 5.7.2 The drag data store 3. 5.7.3 The DataTransfer interface 1. 5.7.3.1 The DataTransferItemList interface 2. 5.7.3.2 The DataTransferItem interface 4. 5.7.4 The DragEvent interface 5. 5.7.5 Drag-and-drop processing model 6. 5.7.6 Events summary 7. 5.7.7 The draggable attribute 8. 5.7.8 Security risks in the drag-and-drop model 6. 6 Loading Web pages 1. 6.1 Browsing contexts 1. 6.1.1 Nested browsing contexts 1. 6.1.1.1 Navigating nested browsing contexts in the DOM 2. 6.1.2 Auxiliary browsing contexts 1. 6.1.2.1 Navigating auxiliary browsing contexts in the DOM 3. 6.1.3 Security 4. 6.1.4 Groupings of browsing contexts 5. 6.1.5 Browsing context names 6. 6.1.6 Script settings for browsing contexts 2. 6.2 Security infrastructure for Window, WindowProxy, and Location objects 1. 6.2.1 Integration with IDL 2. 6.2.2 Shared internal slot: [[CrossOriginPropertyDescriptorMap]] 3. 6.2.3 Shared abstract operations 1. 6.2.3.1 CrossOriginProperties ( O ) 2. 6.2.3.2 IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin ( O ) 3. 6.2.3.3 CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper ( O, P ) 1. 6.2.3.3.1 CrossOriginPropertyDescriptor ( crossOriginProperty, originalDesc ) 2. 6.2.3.3.2 CrossOriginFunctionWrapper ( needsWrapping, functionToWrap ) 4. 6.2.3.4 CrossOriginGet ( O, P, Receiver ) 5. 6.2.3.5 CrossOriginSet ( O, P, V, Receiver ) 6. 6.2.3.6 CrossOriginOwnPropertyKeys ( O ) 3. 6.3 The Window object 1. 6.3.1 APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name 2. 6.3.2 Accessing other browsing contexts 3. 6.3.3 Named access on the Window object 4. 6.3.4 Garbage collection and browsing contexts 5. 6.3.5 Closing browsing contexts 6. 6.3.6 Browser interface elements 7. 6.3.7 The WindowProxy object 1. 6.3.7.1 The WindowProxy internal methods 1. 6.3.7.1.1 [[GetPrototypeOf]] ( ) 2. 6.3.7.1.2 [[SetPrototypeOf]] ( V ) 3. 6.3.7.1.3 [[IsExtensible]] ( ) 4. 6.3.7.1.4 [[PreventExtensions]] ( ) 5. 6.3.7.1.5 [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P ) 6. 6.3.7.1.6 [[DefineOwnProperty]] ( P, Desc ) 7. 6.3.7.1.7 [[Get]] ( P, Receiver ) 8. 6.3.7.1.8 [[Set]] ( P, V, Receiver ) 9. 6.3.7.1.9 [[Delete]] ( P ) 10. 6.3.7.1.10 [[OwnPropertyKeys]] ( ) 4. 6.4 Origin 1. 6.4.1 Relaxing the same-origin restriction 5. 6.5 Sandboxing 6. 6.6 Session history and navigation 1. 6.6.1 The session history of browsing contexts 2. 6.6.2 The History interface 3. 6.6.3 Implementation notes for session history 4. 6.6.4 The Location interface 1. 6.6.4.1 The Location internal methods 1. 6.6.4.1.1 [[GetPrototypeOf]] ( ) 2. 6.6.4.1.2 [[SetPrototypeOf]] ( V ) 3. 6.6.4.1.3 [[IsExtensible]] ( ) 4. 6.6.4.1.4 [[PreventExtensions]] ( ) 5. 6.6.4.1.5 [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P ) 6. 6.6.4.1.6 [[DefineOwnProperty]] ( P, Desc ) 7. 6.6.4.1.7 [[Get]] ( P, Receiver ) 8. 6.6.4.1.8 [[Set]] ( P, V, Receiver ) 9. 6.6.4.1.9 [[Delete]] ( P ) 10. 6.6.4.1.10 [[OwnPropertyKeys]] ( ) 7. 6.7 Browsing the Web 1. 6.7.1 Navigating across documents 2. 6.7.2 Page load processing model for HTML files 3. 6.7.3 Page load processing model for XML files 4. 6.7.4 Page load processing model for text files 5. 6.7.5 Page load processing model for multipart/x-mixed-replace resources 6. 6.7.6 Page load processing model for media 7. 6.7.7 Page load processing model for content that uses plugins 8. 6.7.8 Page load processing model for inline content that doesn’t have a DOM 9. 6.7.9 Navigating to a fragment 10. 6.7.10 History traversal 1. 6.7.10.1 Persisted user state restoration 2. 6.7.10.2 The PopStateEvent interface 3. 6.7.10.3 The HashChangeEvent interface 4. 6.7.10.4 The PageTransitionEvent interface 11. 6.7.11 Unloading documents 1. 6.7.11.1 The BeforeUnloadEvent interface 12. 6.7.12 Aborting a document load 13. 6.7.13 Browser state 7. 7 Web application APIs 1. 7.1 Scripting 1. 7.1.1 Introduction 2. 7.1.2 Enabling and disabling scripting 3. 7.1.3 Processing model 1. 7.1.3.1 Definitions 2. 7.1.3.2 Fetching scripts 3. 7.1.3.3 Creating scripts 4. 7.1.3.4 Calling scripts 5. 7.1.3.5 Realms, settings objects, and global objects 1. 7.1.3.5.1 Entry 2. 7.1.3.5.2 Incumbent 3. 7.1.3.5.3 Current 4. 7.1.3.5.4 Relevant 6. 7.1.3.6 Killing scripts 7. 7.1.3.7 Integration with the JavaScript job queue 1. 7.1.3.7.1 EnqueueJob(queueName, job, arguments) 8. 7.1.3.8 Integration with the JavaScript module system 1. 7.1.3.8.1 HostResolveImportedModule(referencingModule, specifier) 9. 7.1.3.9 Runtime script errors 1. 7.1.3.9.1 Runtime script errors in documents 2. 7.1.3.9.2 The ErrorEvent interface 10. 7.1.3.10 Unhandled promise rejections 1. 7.1.3.10.1 The HostPromiseRejectionTracker implementation 2. 7.1.3.10.2 The PromiseRejectionEvent interface 11. 7.1.3.11 HostEnsureCanCompileStrings(callerRealm, calleeRealm) 4. 7.1.4 Event loops 1. 7.1.4.1 Definitions 2. 7.1.4.2 Processing model 3. 7.1.4.3 Generic task sources 5. 7.1.5 Events 1. 7.1.5.1 Event handlers 2. 7.1.5.2 Event handlers on elements, Document objects, and Window objects 1. 7.1.5.2.1 IDL definitions 3. 7.1.5.3 Event firing 4. 7.1.5.4 Events and the Window object 2. 7.2 The WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope mixin 3. 7.3 Base64 utility methods 4. 7.4 Dynamic markup insertion 1. 7.4.1 Opening the input stream 2. 7.4.2 Closing the input stream 3. 7.4.3 document.write() 4. 7.4.4 document.writeln() 5. 7.5 Timers 6. 7.6 User prompts 1. 7.6.1 Simple dialogs 2. 7.6.2 Printing 7. 7.7 System state and capabilities 1. 7.7.1 The Navigator object 1. 7.7.1.1 Client identification 2. 7.7.1.2 Language preferences 3. 7.7.1.3 Custom scheme and content handlers: the registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods 1. 7.7.1.3.1 Security and privacy 2. 7.7.1.3.2 Sample user interface 4. 7.7.1.4 Cookies 8. 7.8 Images 9. 7.9 Animation Frames 8. 8 The HTML syntax 1. 8.1 Writing HTML documents 1. 8.1.1 The DOCTYPE 2. 8.1.2 Elements 1. 8.1.2.1 Start tags 2. 8.1.2.2 End tags 3. 8.1.2.3 Attributes 4. 8.1.2.4 Optional tags 5. 8.1.2.5 Restrictions on content models 6. 8.1.2.6 Restrictions on the contents of raw text and escapable raw text elements 3. 8.1.3 Text 1. 8.1.3.1 Newlines 4. 8.1.4 Character references 5. 8.1.5 CDATA sections 6. 8.1.6 Comments 2. 8.2 Parsing HTML documents 1. 8.2.1 Overview of the parsing model 2. 8.2.2 The input byte stream 1. 8.2.2.1 Parsing with a known character encoding 2. 8.2.2.2 Determining the character encoding 3. 8.2.2.3 Character encodings 4. 8.2.2.4 Changing the encoding while parsing 5. 8.2.2.5 Preprocessing the input stream 3. 8.2.3 Parse state 1. 8.2.3.1 The insertion mode 2. 8.2.3.2 The stack of open elements 3. 8.2.3.3 The list of active formatting elements 4. 8.2.3.4 The element pointers 5. 8.2.3.5 Other parsing state flags 4. 8.2.4 Tokenization 1. 8.2.4.1 Data state 2. 8.2.4.2 RCDATA state 3. 8.2.4.3 RAWTEXT state 4. 8.2.4.4 Script data state 5. 8.2.4.5 PLAINTEXT state 6. 8.2.4.6 Tag open state 7. 8.2.4.7 End tag open state 8. 8.2.4.8 Tag name state 9. 8.2.4.9 RCDATA less-than sign state 10. 8.2.4.10 RCDATA end tag open state 11. 8.2.4.11 RCDATA end tag name state 12. 8.2.4.12 RAWTEXT less-than sign state 13. 8.2.4.13 RAWTEXT end tag open state 14. 8.2.4.14 RAWTEXT end tag name state 15. 8.2.4.15 Script data less-than sign state 16. 8.2.4.16 Script data end tag open state 17. 8.2.4.17 Script data end tag name state 18. 8.2.4.18 Script data escape start state 19. 8.2.4.19 Script data escape start dash state 20. 8.2.4.20 Script data escaped state 21. 8.2.4.21 Script data escaped dash state 22. 8.2.4.22 Script data escaped dash dash state 23. 8.2.4.23 Script data escaped less-than sign state 24. 8.2.4.24 Script data escaped end tag open state 25. 8.2.4.25 Script data escaped end tag name state 26. 8.2.4.26 Script data double escape start state 27. 8.2.4.27 Script data double escaped state 28. 8.2.4.28 Script data double escaped dash state 29. 8.2.4.29 Script data double escaped dash dash state 30. 8.2.4.30 Script data double escaped less-than sign state 31. 8.2.4.31 Script data double escape end state 32. 8.2.4.32 Before attribute name state 33. 8.2.4.33 Attribute name state 34. 8.2.4.34 After attribute name state 35. 8.2.4.35 Before attribute value state 36. 8.2.4.36 Attribute value (double-quoted) state 37. 8.2.4.37 Attribute value (single-quoted) state 38. 8.2.4.38 Attribute value (unquoted) state 39. 8.2.4.39 After attribute value (quoted) state 40. 8.2.4.40 Self-closing start tag state 41. 8.2.4.41 Bogus comment state 42. 8.2.4.42 Markup declaration open state 43. 8.2.4.43 Comment start state 44. 8.2.4.44 Comment start dash state 45. 8.2.4.45 Comment state 46. 8.2.4.46 Comment less-than sign state 47. 8.2.4.47 Comment less-than sign bang state 48. 8.2.4.48 Comment less-than sign bang dash state 49. 8.2.4.49 Comment less-than sign bang dash dash state 50. 8.2.4.50 Comment end dash state 51. 8.2.4.51 Comment end state 52. 8.2.4.52 Comment end bang state 53. 8.2.4.53 DOCTYPE state 54. 8.2.4.54 Before DOCTYPE name state 55. 8.2.4.55 DOCTYPE name state 56. 8.2.4.56 After DOCTYPE name state 57. 8.2.4.57 After DOCTYPE public keyword state 58. 8.2.4.58 Before DOCTYPE public identifier state 59. 8.2.4.59 DOCTYPE public identifier (double-quoted) state 60. 8.2.4.60 DOCTYPE public identifier (single-quoted) state 61. 8.2.4.61 After DOCTYPE public identifier state 62. 8.2.4.62 Between DOCTYPE public and system identifiers state 63. 8.2.4.63 After DOCTYPE system keyword state 64. 8.2.4.64 Before DOCTYPE system identifier state 65. 8.2.4.65 DOCTYPE system identifier (double-quoted) state 66. 8.2.4.66 DOCTYPE system identifier (single-quoted) state 67. 8.2.4.67 After DOCTYPE system identifier state 68. 8.2.4.68 Bogus DOCTYPE state 69. 8.2.4.69 CDATA section state 70. 8.2.4.70 CDATA section bracket state 71. 8.2.4.71 CDATA section end state 72. 8.2.4.72 Character reference state 73. 8.2.4.73 Numeric character reference state 74. 8.2.4.74 Hexadecimal character reference start state 75. 8.2.4.75 Decimal character reference start state 76. 8.2.4.76 Hexadecimal character reference state 77. 8.2.4.77 Decimal character reference state 78. 8.2.4.78 Numeric character reference end state 79. 8.2.4.79 Character reference end state 5. 8.2.5 Tree construction 1. 8.2.5.1 Creating and inserting nodes 2. 8.2.5.2 Parsing elements that contain only text 3. 8.2.5.3 Closing elements that have implied end tags 4. 8.2.5.4 The rules for parsing tokens in HTML content 1. 8.2.5.4.1 The "initial" insertion mode 2. 8.2.5.4.2 The "before html" insertion mode 3. 8.2.5.4.3 The "before head" insertion mode 4. 8.2.5.4.4 The "in head" insertion mode 5. 8.2.5.4.5 The "in head noscript" insertion mode 6. 8.2.5.4.6 The "after head" insertion mode 7. 8.2.5.4.7 The "in body" insertion mode 8. 8.2.5.4.8 The "text" insertion mode 9. 8.2.5.4.9 The "in table" insertion mode 10. 8.2.5.4.10 The "in table text" insertion mode 11. 8.2.5.4.11 The "in caption" insertion mode 12. 8.2.5.4.12 The "in column group" insertion mode 13. 8.2.5.4.13 The "in table body" insertion mode 14. 8.2.5.4.14 The "in row" insertion mode 15. 8.2.5.4.15 The "in cell" insertion mode 16. 8.2.5.4.16 The "in select" insertion mode 17. 8.2.5.4.17 The "in select in table" insertion mode 18. 8.2.5.4.18 The "in template" insertion mode 19. 8.2.5.4.19 The "after body" insertion mode 20. 8.2.5.4.20 The "in frameset" insertion mode 21. 8.2.5.4.21 The "after frameset" insertion mode 22. 8.2.5.4.22 The "after after body" insertion mode 23. 8.2.5.4.23 The "after after frameset" insertion mode 5. 8.2.5.5 The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content 6. 8.2.6 The end 7. 8.2.7 Coercing an HTML DOM into an infoset 8. 8.2.8 An introduction to error handling and strange cases in the parser 1. 8.2.8.1 Misnested tags: 2. 8.2.8.2 Misnested tags:

3. 8.2.8.3 Unexpected markup in tables 4. 8.2.8.4 Scripts that modify the page as it is being parsed 5. 8.2.8.5 The execution of scripts that are moving across multiple documents 6. 8.2.8.6 Unclosed formatting elements 3. 8.3 Serializing HTML fragments 4. 8.4 Parsing HTML fragments 5. 8.5 Named character references 9. 9 The XML syntax 1. 9.1 Writing documents in the XML syntax 2. 9.2 Parsing XML documents 3. 9.3 Serializing XML fragments 4. 9.4 Parsing XML fragments 10. 10 Rendering 1. 10.1 Introduction 2. 10.2 The CSS user agent style sheet and presentational hints 3. 10.3 Non-replaced elements 1. 10.3.1 Hidden elements 2. 10.3.2 The page 3. 10.3.3 Flow content 4. 10.3.4 Phrasing content 5. 10.3.5 Bidirectional text 6. 10.3.6 Quotes 7. 10.3.7 Sections and headings 8. 10.3.8 Lists 9. 10.3.9 Tables 10. 10.3.10 Margin collapsing quirks 11. 10.3.11 Form controls 12. 10.3.12 The hr element 13. 10.3.13 The fieldset and legend elements 4. 10.4 Replaced elements 1. 10.4.1 Embedded content 2. 10.4.2 Images 3. 10.4.3 Attributes for embedded content and images 4. 10.4.4 Image maps 5. 10.5 Widgets 1. 10.5.1 Introduction 2. 10.5.2 The button element 3. 10.5.3 The details and summary elements 4. 10.5.4 The input element as a text entry widget. 5. 10.5.5 The input element as domain-specific widgets 6. 10.5.6 The input element as a range control 7. 10.5.7 The input element as a color well 8. 10.5.8 The input element as a checkbox and radio button widgets 9. 10.5.9 The input element as a file upload control 10. 10.5.10 The input element as a button 11. 10.5.11 The marquee element 12. 10.5.12 The meter element 13. 10.5.13 The progress element 14. 10.5.14 The select element 15. 10.5.15 The textarea element 6. 10.6 Frames and framesets 7. 10.7 Interactive media 1. 10.7.1 Links, forms, and navigation 2. 10.7.2 The title attribute 3. 10.7.3 Editing hosts 4. 10.7.4 Text rendered in native user interfaces 8. 10.8 Print media 9. 10.9 Unstyled XML documents 11. 11 Obsolete features 1. 11.1 Obsolete but conforming features 1. 11.1.1 Warnings for obsolete but conforming features 2. 11.2 Non-conforming features 3. 11.3 Requirements for implementations 1. 11.3.1 The applet element 2. 11.3.2 The marquee element 3. 11.3.3 Frames 4. 11.3.4 Other elements, attributes and APIs 1. 11.3.4.1 Plugins 12. 12 IANA considerations 1. 12.1 text/html 2. 12.2 multipart/x-mixed-replace 3. 12.3 application/xhtml+xml 4. 12.4 web+ scheme prefix 13. Index 1. Terms defined by this specification 2. Terms defined by reference 3. Elements 4. Element content categories 5. Attributes 6. Element Interfaces 7. Events 14. Property Index 15. IDL Index 16. References 1. Normative References 2. Informative References 17. Changes 1. New features 2. Features removed 3. Fixing bugs and matching reality better 4. New concepts 5. Editorial clarifications 18. Acknowledgements 1. People who have contributed to this version of HTML 2. People who have contributed to previous revisions of HTML 5.x 1. Introduction 1.1. Background This section is non-normative. HTML is the World Wide Web’s core markup language. Originally, HTML was primarily designed as a language for semantically describing scientific documents. Its general design, however, has enabled it to be adapted, over the subsequent years, to describe a number of other types of documents and even applications. 1.2. Audience This section is non-normative. This specification is intended for authors of documents and scripts that use the features defined in this specification, implementors of tools that operate on pages that use the features defined in this specification, and individuals wishing to establish the correctness of documents or implementations with respect to the requirements of this specification. This document is probably not suited to readers who do not already have at least a passing familiarity with Web technologies, as in places it sacrifices clarity for precision, and brevity for completeness. More approachable tutorials and authoring guides can provide a gentler introduction to the topic. In particular, familiarity with the basics of DOM is necessary for a complete understanding of some of the more technical parts of this specification. An understanding of Web IDL, HTTP, XML, Unicode, character encodings, JavaScript, and CSS will also be helpful in places but is not essential. 1.3. Scope This section is non-normative. This specification is limited to providing a semantic-level markup language and associated semantic-level scripting APIs for authoring accessible pages on the Web ranging from static documents to dynamic applications. The scope of this specification does not include providing mechanisms for media-specific customization of presentation (although default rendering rules for Web browsers are included at the end of this specification, and several mechanisms for hooking into CSS are provided as part of the language). The scope of this specification is not to describe an entire operating system. In particular, hardware configuration software, image manipulation tools, and applications that users would be expected to use with high-end workstations on a daily basis are out of scope. In terms of applications, this specification is targeted specifically at applications that would be expected to be used by users on an occasional basis, or regularly but from disparate locations, with low CPU requirements. Examples of such applications include online purchasing systems, searching systems, games (especially multiplayer online games), public telephone books or address books, communications software (e-mail clients, instant messaging clients, discussion software), document editing software, etc. 1.4. History This section is non-normative. For its first five years (1990-1995), HTML went through a number of revisions and experienced a number of extensions, primarily hosted first at CERN, and then at the IETF. With the creation of the W3C, HTML’s development changed venue again. A first abortive attempt at extending HTML in 1995 known as HTML 3.0 then made way to a more pragmatic approach known as HTML 3.2, which was completed in 1997. HTML 4.01 quickly followed later that same year. The following year, the W3C membership decided to stop evolving HTML and instead begin work on an XML-based equivalent, called XHTML. This effort started with a reformulation of HTML 4.01 in XML, known as XHTML 1.0, which added no new features except the new serialization, and which was completed in 2000. After XHTML 1.0, the W3C’s focus turned to making it easier for other working groups to extend XHTML, under the banner of XHTML Modularization. In parallel with this, the W3C also worked on a new language that was not compatible with the earlier HTML and XHTML languages, calling it XHTML 2.0. Around the time that HTML’s evolution was stopped in 1998, parts of the API for HTML developed by browser vendors were specified and published under the name DOM Level 1 (in 1998) and DOM Level 2 Core and DOM Level 2 HTML (starting in 2000 and culminating in 2003). These efforts then petered out, with some DOM Level 3 specifications published in 2004 but the working group being closed before all the Level 3 drafts were completed. In 2003, the publication of XForms, a technology which was positioned as the next generation of Web forms, sparked a renewed interest in evolving HTML itself, rather than finding replacements for it. This interest was borne from the realization that XML’s deployment as a Web technology was limited to entirely new technologies (like RSS and later Atom), rather than as a replacement for existing deployed technologies (like HTML). A proof of concept to show that it was possible to extend HTML 4.01’s forms to provide many of the features that XForms 1.0 introduced, without requiring browsers to implement rendering engines that were incompatible with existing HTML Web pages, was the first result of this renewed interest. At this early stage, while the draft was already publicly available, and input was already being solicited from all sources, the specification was only under Opera Software’s copyright. The idea that HTML’s evolution should be reopened was tested at a W3C workshop in 2004, where some of the principles that underlie the HTML work (described below), as well as the aforementioned early draft proposal covering just forms-related features, were presented to the W3C jointly by Mozilla and Opera. The proposal was rejected on the grounds that the proposal conflicted with the previously chosen direction for the Web’s evolution; the W3C staff and membership voted to continue developing XML-based replacements instead. Shortly thereafter, Apple, Mozilla, and Opera jointly announced their intent to continue working on the effort under the umbrella of a new venue called the WHATWG. A public mailing list was created, and the draft was moved to the WHATWG site. The copyright was subsequently amended to be jointly owned by all three vendors, and to allow reuse of the specification. The WHATWG was based on several core principles, in particular that technologies need to be backwards compatible, that specifications and implementations need to match even if this means changing the specification rather than the implementations, and that specifications need to be detailed enough that implementations can achieve complete interoperability without reverse-engineering each other. The latter requirement in particular required that the scope of the HTML specification include what had previously been specified in three separate documents: HTML 4.01, XHTML 1.1, and DOM Level 2 HTML. It also meant including significantly more detail than had previously been considered the norm. In 2006, the W3C indicated an interest to participate in the development of HTML 5.0 after all, and in 2007 formed a working group chartered to work with the WHATWG on the development of the HTML specification. Apple, Mozilla, and Opera allowed the W3C to publish the specification under the W3C copyright, while keeping a version with the less restrictive license on the WHATWG site. For a number of years, both groups then worked together under the same editor: Ian Hickson. In 2011, the groups came to the conclusion that they had different goals: the W3C wanted to draw a line in the sand for features for a HTML 5.0 Recommendation, while the WHATWG wanted to continue working on a Living Standard for HTML, continuously maintaining the specification and adding new features. In mid 2012, a new editing team was introduced at the W3C to take care of creating a HTML 5.0 Recommendation and prepare a Working Draft for the next HTML version. Since then, the W3C Web Platform WG has been cherry picking patches from the WHATWG that resolved bugs registered on the W3C HTML specification or more accurately represented implemented reality in user agents. At time of publication of this document, patches from the WHATWG HTML specification have been merged until January 12, 2016. The W3C HTML editors have also added patches that resulted from discussions and decisions made by the W3C Web Platform WG as well a bug fixes from bugs not shared by the WHATWG. A separate document is published to document the differences between the HTML specified in this document and the language described in the HTML 4.01 specification. [HTML5-DIFF] 1.5. Design notes This section is non-normative. It must be admitted that many aspects of HTML appear at first glance to be nonsensical and inconsistent. HTML, its supporting DOM APIs, as well as many of its supporting technologies, have been developed over a period of several decades by a wide array of people with different priorities who, in many cases, did not know of each other’s existence. Features have thus arisen from many sources, and have not always been designed in especially consistent ways. Furthermore, because of the unique characteristics of the Web, implementation bugs have often become de-facto, and now de-jure, standards, as content is often unintentionally written in ways that rely on them before they can be fixed. Despite all this, efforts have been made to adhere to certain design goals. These are described in the next few subsections. 1.5.1. Serializability of script execution This section is non-normative. To avoid exposing Web authors to the complexities of multithreading, the HTML and DOM APIs are designed such that no script can ever detect the simultaneous execution of other scripts. Even with workers, the intent is that the behavior of implementations can be thought of as completely serializing the execution of all scripts in all browsing contexts. 1.5.2. Compliance with other specifications This section is non-normative. This specification interacts with and relies on a wide variety of other specifications. In certain circumstances, unfortunately, conflicting needs have led to this specification violating the requirements of these other specifications. Whenever this has occurred, the transgressions have each been noted as a "willful violation", and the reason for the violation has been noted. 1.5.3. Extensibility This section is non-normative. HTML has a wide array of extensibility mechanisms that can be used for adding semantics in a safe manner: * Authors can use the class attribute to extend elements, effectively creating their own elements, while using the most applicable existing "real" HTML element, so that browsers and other tools that don’t know of the extension can still support it somewhat well. This is the tack used by microformats, for example. * Authors can include data for inline client-side scripts or server-side site-wide scripts to process using the data-*="" attributes. These are guaranteed to never be touched by browsers, and allow scripts to include data on HTML elements that scripts can then look for and process. * Authors can use the meta name="" content="" mechanism to include page-wide metadata by registering extensions to the predefined set of metadata names. * Authors can use the rel="" mechanism to annotate links with specific meanings by registering extensions to the predefined set of link types. This is also used by microformats. * Authors can embed raw data using the script type="" mechanism with a custom type, for further handling by inline or server-side scripts. * Authors can extend APIs using the JavaScript prototyping mechanism. This is widely used by script libraries, for instance. 1.6. HTML vs XML Syntax This section is non-normative. This specification defines an abstract language for describing documents and applications, and some APIs for interacting with in-memory representations of resources that use this language. The in-memory representation is known as "DOM HTML", or "the DOM" for short. There are various concrete syntaxes that can be used to transmit resources that use this abstract language, two of which are defined in this specification. The first such concrete syntax is the HTML syntax. This is the format suggested for most authors. It is compatible with most legacy Web browsers. If a document is transmitted with the text/html MIME type, then it will be processed as an HTML document by Web browsers. This specification defines the latest version of the HTML syntax, known simply as "HTML". The second concrete syntax is the XHTML syntax, which is an application of XML. When a document is transmitted with an XML MIME type, such as application/xhtml+xml, then it is treated as an XML document by Web browsers, to be parsed by an XML processor. Authors are reminded that the processing for XML and HTML differs; in particular, even minor syntax errors will prevent a document labeled as XML from being rendered fully, whereas they would be ignored in the HTML syntax. This specification defines the latest version of the XHTML syntax, known simply as "XHTML". The DOM, the HTML syntax, and the XHTML syntax cannot all represent the same content. For example, namespaces cannot be represented using the HTML syntax, but they are supported in the DOM and in the XHTML syntax. Similarly, documents that use the noscript feature can be represented using the HTML syntax, but cannot be represented with the DOM or in the XHTML syntax. Comments that contain the string "-->" can only be represented in the DOM, not in the HTML and XHTML syntaxes. 1.7. Structure of this specification This section is non-normative. This specification is divided into the following major sections: §1 Introduction Non-normative materials providing a context for the HTML specification. §2 Common infrastructure The conformance classes, algorithms, definitions, and the common underpinnings of the rest of the specification. §3 Semantics, structure, and APIs of HTML documents Documents are built from elements. These elements form a tree using the DOM. This section defines the features of this DOM, as well as introducing the features common to all elements, and the concepts used in defining elements. §4 The elements of HTML Each element has a predefined meaning, which is explained in this section. Rules for authors on how to use the element, along with user agent requirements for how to handle each element, are also given. This includes large signature features of HTML such as video playback and subtitles, form controls and form submission, and a 2D graphics API known as the HTML canvas. §5 User interaction HTML documents can provide a number of mechanisms for users to interact with and modify content, which are described in this section, such as how focus works, and drag-and-drop. §6 Loading Web pages HTML documents do not exist in a vacuum — this section defines many of the features that affect environments that deal with multiple pages, such as Web browsers and offline caching of Web applications. §7 Web application APIs This section introduces basic features for scripting of applications in HTML. §8 The HTML syntax §9 The XML syntax All of these features would be for naught if they couldn’t be represented in a serialized form and sent to other people, and so these sections define the syntaxes of HTML and XHTML, along with rules for how to parse content using those syntaxes. §10 Rendering This section defines the default rendering rules for Web browsers. There are also some appendices, listing §11 Obsolete features and §12 IANA considerations, and several indices. 1.7.1. How to read this specification This specification should be read like all other specifications. First, it should be read cover-to-cover, multiple times. Then, it should be read backwards at least once. Then it should be read by picking random sections from the contents list and following all the cross-references. As described in the conformance requirements section below, this specification describes conformance criteria for a variety of conformance classes. In particular, there are conformance requirements that apply to producers, for example authors and the documents they create, and there are conformance requirements that apply to consumers, for example Web browsers. They can be distinguished by what they are requiring: a requirement on a producer states what is allowed, while a requirement on a consumer states how software is to act. For example, "the foo attribute’s value must be a valid integer" is a requirement on producers, as it lays out the allowed values; in contrast, the requirement "the foo attribute’s value must be parsed using the rules for parsing integers" is a requirement on consumers, as it describes how to process the content. Requirements on producers have no bearing whatsoever on consumers. Continuing the above example, a requirement stating that a particular attribute’s value is constrained to being a valid integer emphatically does not imply anything about the requirements on consumers. It might be that the consumers are in fact required to treat the attribute as an opaque string, completely unaffected by whether the value conforms to the requirements or not. It might be (as in the previous example) that the consumers are required to parse the value using specific rules that define how invalid (non-numeric in this case) values are to be processed. 1.7.2. Typographic conventions This is a definition, requirement, or explanation. This is a note. This is an example. This is an open issue. This is a warning. interface Example { // this is an IDL definition }; variable = object . method( [ optionalArgument ] ) This is a note to authors describing the usage of an interface. /* this is a CSS fragment */ The defining instance of a term is marked up like this. Uses of that term are marked up like this or like this. The defining instance of an element, attribute, or API is marked up like this. References to that element, attribute, or API are marked up like this. Other code fragments are marked up like this. Byte sequences with bytes in the range 0x00 to 0x7F, inclusive, are marked up like this. Variables are marked up like this. In an algorithm, steps in synchronous sections are marked with ⌛. In some cases, requirements are given in the form of lists with conditions and corresponding requirements. In such cases, the requirements that apply to a condition are always the first set of requirements that follow the condition, even in the case of there being multiple sets of conditions for those requirements. Such cases are presented as follows: This is a condition This is another condition This is the requirement that applies to the conditions above. This is a third condition This is the requirement that applies to the third condition. 1.8. Privacy concerns This section is non-normative. Some features of HTML trade user convenience for a measure of user privacy. In general, due to the Internet’s architecture, a user can be distinguished from another by the user’s IP address. IP addresses do not perfectly match to a user; as a user moves from device to device, or from network to network, their IP address will change; similarly, NAT routing, proxy servers, and shared computers enable packets that appear to all come from a single IP address to actually map to multiple users. Technologies such as onion routing can be used to further anonymize requests so that requests from a single user at one node on the Internet appear to come from many disparate parts of the network. However, the IP address used for a user’s requests is not the only mechanism by which a user’s requests could be related to each other. Cookies, for example, are designed specifically to enable this, and are the basis of most of the Web’s session features that enable you to log into a site with which you have an account. There are other mechanisms that are more subtle. Certain characteristics of a user’s system can be used to distinguish groups of users from each other; by collecting enough such information, an individual user’s browser’s "digital fingerprint" can be computed, which can be as good, if not better, as an IP address in ascertaining which requests are from the same user. Grouping requests in this manner, especially across multiple sites, can be used for both benign (and even arguably positive) purposes, as well as for malevolent purposes. An example of a reasonably benign purpose would be determining whether a particular person seems to prefer sites with dog illustrations as opposed to sites with cat illustrations (based on how often they visit the sites in question) and then automatically using the preferred illustrations on subsequent visits to participating sites. Malevolent purposes, however, could include governments combining information such as the person’s home address (determined from the addresses they use when getting driving directions on one site) with their apparent political affiliations (determined by examining the forum sites that they participate in) to determine whether the person should be prevented from voting in an election. Since the malevolent purposes can be remarkably evil, user agent implementors are encouraged to consider how to provide their users with tools to minimize leaking information that could be used to fingerprint a user. Unfortunately, as the first paragraph in this section implies, sometimes there is great benefit to be derived from exposing the very information that can also be used for fingerprinting purposes, so it’s not as easy as simply blocking all possible leaks. For instance, the ability to log into a site to post under a specific identity requires that the user’s requests be identifiable as all being from the same user. More subtly, though, information such as how wide text is, which is necessary for many effects that involve drawing text onto a canvas (e.g., any effect that involves drawing a border around the text) also leaks information that can be used to group a user’s requests. (In this case, by potentially exposing, via a brute force search, which fonts a user has installed, information which can vary considerably from user to user.) Features in this specification which can be used to fingerprint the user are marked as this paragraph is. (This is a fingerprinting vector.) Other features in the platform can be used for the same purpose, though, including, though not limited to: * The exact list of which features a user agents supports. * The maximum allowed stack depth for recursion in script. * Features that describe the user’s environment, like Media Queries and the Screen object. [MEDIAQ] [CSSOM-VIEW] * The user’s time zone. 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML This section is non-normative. A basic HTML document looks like this: Sample page

Sample page

This is a simple sample.

HTML documents consist of a tree of elements and text. Each element is denoted in the source by a start tag, such as "body", and an end tag, such as "/body". (Certain start tags and end tags can in certain cases be omitted and are implied by other tags.) Tags have to be nested such that elements are all completely within each other, without overlapping:

This is very wrong!

This is correct.

This specification defines a set of elements that can be used in HTML, along with rules about the ways in which the elements can be nested. Elements can have attributes, which control how the elements work. In the example below, there is a hyperlink, formed using the a element and its href attribute: simple Attributes are placed inside the start tag, and consist of a name and a value, separated by an "=" character. The attribute value can remain unquoted if it doesn’t contain space characters or any of " ' ` = < or >. Otherwise, it has to be quoted using either single or double quotes. The value, along with the "=" character, can be omitted altogether if the value is the empty string. HTML user agents (e.g., Web browsers) then parse this markup, turning it into a DOM (Document Object Model) tree. A DOM tree is an in-memory representation of a document. DOM trees contain several kinds of nodes, in particular a DocumentType node, Element nodes, Text nodes, Comment nodes, and in some cases ProcessingInstruction nodes. The markup snippet at the top of this section would be turned into the following DOM tree: * DOCTYPE: html * html * head * #text: ⏎␣␣ * title * #text: Sample page * #text: ⏎␣ * #text: ⏎␣ * body * #text: ⏎␣␣ * h1 * #text: Sample page * #text: ⏎␣␣ * p * #text: This is a * a href="demo.html" * #text: simple * #text: sample. * #text: ⏎␣␣ * #comment: this is a comment * #text: ⏎␣⏎ The document element of this tree is the html element, which is the element always found in that position in HTML documents. It contains two elements, head and body, as well as a Text node between them. There are many more Text nodes in the DOM tree than one would initially expect, because the source contains a number of spaces (represented here by "␣") and line breaks ("⏎") that all end up as Text nodes in the DOM. However, for historical reasons not all of the spaces and line breaks in the original markup appear in the DOM. In particular, all the white space before head start tag ends up being dropped silently, and all the white space after the body end tag ends up placed at the end of the body. The head element contains a title element, which itself contains a Text node with the text "Sample page". Similarly, the body element contains an h1 element, a p element, and a comment. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- This DOM tree can be manipulated from scripts in the page. Scripts (typically in JavaScript) are small programs that can be embedded using the script element or using event handler content attributes. For example, here is a form with a script that sets the value of the form’s output element to say "Hello World"
Result:
Each element in the DOM tree is represented by an object, and these objects have APIs so that they can be manipulated. For instance, a link (e.g., the a element in the tree above) can have its "href" attribute changed in several ways: var a = document.links[0]; // obtain the first link in the document a.href = 'sample.html'; // change the destination URL of the link a.protocol = 'https'; // change just the scheme part of the URL a.setAttribute('href', 'http://example.com/'); // change the content attribute directly Since DOM trees are used as the way to represent HTML documents when they are processed and presented by implementations (especially interactive implementations like Web browsers), this specification is mostly phrased in terms of DOM trees, instead of the markup described above. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- HTML documents represent a media-independent description of interactive content. HTML documents might be rendered to a screen, or through a speech synthesizer, or on a braille display. To influence exactly how such rendering takes place, authors can use a styling language such as CSS. In the following example, the page has been made yellow-on-blue using CSS. Sample styled page

Sample styled page

This page is just a demo.

For more details on how to use HTML, authors are encouraged to consult tutorials and guides. Some of the examples included in this specification might also be of use, but the novice author is cautioned that this specification, by necessity, defines the language with a level of detail that might be difficult to understand at first. 1.9.1. Writing secure applications with HTML This section is non-normative. When HTML is used to create interactive sites, care needs to be taken to avoid introducing vulnerabilities through which attackers can compromise the integrity of the site itself or of the site’s users. A comprehensive study of this matter is beyond the scope of this document, and authors are strongly encouraged to study the matter in more detail. However, this section attempts to provide a quick introduction to some common pitfalls in HTML application development. The security model of the Web is based on the concept of "origins", and correspondingly many of the potential attacks on the Web involve cross-origin actions. [ORIGIN] Not validating user input Cross-site scripting (XSS) SQL injection When accepting untrusted input, e.g., user-generated content such as text comments, values in URL parameters, messages from third-party sites, etc, it is imperative that the data be validated before use, and properly escaped when displayed. Failing to do this can allow a hostile user to perform a variety of attacks, ranging from the potentially benign, such as providing bogus user information like a negative age, to the serious, such as running scripts every time a user looks at a page that includes the information, potentially propagating the attack in the process, to the catastrophic, such as deleting all data in the server. When writing filters to validate user input, it is imperative that filters always be safelist-based, allowing known-safe constructs and disallowing all other input. Blocklist-based filters that disallow known-bad inputs and allow everything else are not secure, as not everything that is bad is yet known (for example, because it might be invented in the future). For example, suppose a page looked at its URL’s query string to determine what to display, and the site then redirected the user to that page to display a message, as in: If the message was just displayed to the user without escaping, a hostile attacker could then craft a URL that contained a script element: http://example.com/message.cgi?say=%3Cscript%3Ealert%28%27Oh%20no%21%27%29%3C/script%3E If the attacker then convinced a victim user to visit this page, a script of the attacker’s choosing would run on the page. Such a script could do any number of hostile actions, limited only by what the site offers: if the site is an e-commerce shop, for instance, such a script could cause the user to unknowingly make arbitrarily many unwanted purchases. This is called a cross-site scripting attack. There are many constructs that can be used to try to trick a site into executing code. Here are some that authors are encouraged to consider when writing safelist filters: * When allowing harmless-seeming elements like img, it is important to safelist any provided attributes as well. If one allowed all attributes then an attacker could, for instance, use the onload attribute to run arbitrary script. * When allowing URLs to be provided (e.g., for links), the scheme of each URL also needs to be explicitly safelisted, as there are many schemes that can be abused. The most prominent example is "javascript:", but user agents can implement (and indeed, have historically implemented) others. * Allowing a base element to be inserted means any script elements in the page with relative links can be hijacked, and similarly that any form submissions can get redirected to a hostile site. Cross-site request forgery (CSRF) If a site allows a user to make form submissions with user-specific side-effects, for example posting messages on a forum under the user’s name, making purchases, or applying for a passport, it is important to verify that the request was made by the user intentionally, rather than by another site tricking the user into making the request unknowingly. This problem exists because HTML forms can be submitted to other origins. Sites can prevent such attacks by populating forms with user-specific hidden tokens, or by checking Origin headers on all requests. Clickjacking A page that provides users with an interface to perform actions that the user might not wish to perform needs to be designed so as to avoid the possibility that users can be tricked into activating the interface. One way that a user could be so tricked is if a hostile site places the victim site in a small iframe and then convinces the user to click, for instance by having the user play a reaction game. Once the user is playing the game, the hostile site can quickly position the iframe under the mouse cursor just as the user is about to click, thus tricking the user into clicking the victim site’s interface. To avoid this, sites that do not expect to be used in frames are encouraged to only enable their interface if they detect that they are not in a frame (e.g., by comparing the window object to the value of the top attribute). 1.9.2. Common pitfalls to avoid when using the scripting APIs This section is non-normative. Scripts in HTML have "run-to-completion" semantics, meaning that the browser will generally run the script uninterrupted before doing anything else, such as firing further events or continuing to parse the document. On the other hand, parsing of HTML files happens incrementally, meaning that the parser can pause at any point to let scripts run. This is generally a good thing, but it does mean that authors need to be careful to avoid hooking event handlers after the events could have possibly fired. There are two techniques for doing this reliably: use event handler content attributes, or create the element and add the event handlers in the same script. The latter is safe because, as mentioned earlier, scripts are run to completion before further events can fire. One way this could manifest itself is with img elements and the load event. The event could fire as soon as the element has been parsed, especially if the image has already been cached (which is common). Here, the author uses the onload handler on an img element to catch the load event: Games If the element is being added by script, then so long as the event handlers are added in the same script, the event will still not be missed: However, if the author first created the img element and then in a separate script added the event listeners, there’s a chance that the load event would be fired in between, leading it to be missed: Games 1.9.3. How to catch mistakes when writing HTML: validators and conformance checkers This section is non-normative. Authors are encouraged to make use of conformance checkers (also known as validators) to catch common mistakes. The W3C provides a number of online validation services, including the Nu Markup Validation Service. 1.10. Conformance requirements for authors This section is non-normative. Unlike previous versions of the HTML specification, this specification defines in some detail the required processing for invalid documents as well as valid documents. However, even though the processing of invalid content is in most cases well-defined, conformance requirements for documents are still important: in practice, interoperability (the situation in which all implementations process particular content in a reliable and identical or equivalent way) is not the only goal of document conformance requirements. This section details some of the more common reasons for still distinguishing between a conforming document and one with errors. 1.10.1. Presentational markup This section is non-normative. The majority of presentational features from previous versions of HTML are no longer allowed. Presentational markup in general has been found to have a number of problems: The use of presentational elements leads to poorer accessibility While it is possible to use presentational markup in a way that provides users of assistive technologies (ATs) with an acceptable experience (e.g., using ARIA), doing so is significantly more difficult than doing so when using semantically-appropriate markup. Furthermore, even using such techniques doesn’t help make pages accessible for non-AT, non-graphical users, such as users of text-mode browsers. Using media-independent markup, on the other hand, provides an easy way for documents to be authored in such a way that they are "accessible" for more users (e.g., users of text browsers). Higher cost of maintenance It is significantly easier to maintain a site written in such a way that the markup is style-independent. For example, changing the color of a site that uses throughout requires changes across the entire site, whereas a similar change to a site based on CSS can be done by changing a single file. Larger document sizes Presentational markup tends to be much more redundant, and thus results in larger document sizes. For those reasons, presentational markup has been removed from HTML in this version. This change should not come as a surprise; HTML 4.0 deprecated presentational markup many years ago and provided a mode (HTML Transitional) to help authors move away from presentational markup; later, XHTML 1.1 went further and obsoleted those features altogether. The only remaining presentational markup features in HTML are the style attribute and the style element. Use of the style attribute is somewhat discouraged in production environments, but it can be useful for rapid prototyping (where its rules can be directly moved into a separate style sheet later) and for providing specific styles in unusual cases where a separate style sheet would be inconvenient. Similarly, the style element can be useful in syndication or for page-specific styles, but in general an external style sheet is likely to be more convenient when the styles apply to multiple pages. It is also worth noting that some elements that were previously presentational have been redefined in this specification to be media-independent: b, i, hr, s, small, and u. 1.10.2. Syntax errors This section is non-normative. The syntax of HTML is constrained to avoid a wide variety of problems. Unintuitive error-handling behavior Certain invalid syntax constructs, when parsed, result in DOM trees that are highly unintuitive. For example, the following markup fragment results in a DOM with an hr element that is an earlier sibling of the corresponding table element:
... Errors with optional error recovery To allow user agents to be used in controlled environments without having to implement the more bizarre and convoluted error handling rules, user agents are permitted to fail whenever encountering a parse error. Errors where the error-handling behavior is not compatible with streaming user agents Some error-handling behavior, such as the behavior for the tablehr... example mentioned above, are incompatible with streaming user agents (user agents that process HTML files in one pass, without storing state). To avoid interoperability problems with such user agents, any syntax resulting in such behavior is considered invalid. Errors that can result in infoset coercion When a user agent based on XML is connected to an HTML parser, it is possible that certain invariants that XML enforces, such as element or attribute names never contain multiple colons, will be violated by an HTML file. Handling this can require that the parser coerce the HTML DOM into an XML-compatible infoset. Most syntax constructs that require such handling are considered invalid. (Comments containing two consecutive hyphens, or ending with a hyphen, are exceptions that are allowed in the HTML syntax.) Errors that result in disproportionately poor performance Certain syntax constructs can result in disproportionately poor performance. To discourage the use of such constructs, they are typically made non-conforming. For example, the following markup results in poor performance, since all the unclosed i elements have to be reconstructed in each paragraph, resulting in progressively more elements in each paragraph:

He dreamt.

He dreamt that he ate breakfast.

Then lunch.

And finally dinner. The resulting DOM for this fragment would be: * p * i * #text: He dreamt. * p * i * i * #text: He dreamt that he ate breakfast. * p * i * i * i * #text: Then lunch. * p * i * i * i * i * #text: And finally dinner. Errors involving fragile syntax constructs There are syntax constructs that, for historical reasons, are relatively fragile. To help reduce the number of users who accidentally run into such problems, they are made non-conforming. For example, the parsing of certain named character references in attributes happens even with the closing semicolon being omitted. It is safe to include an ampersand followed by letters that do not form a named character reference, but if the letters are changed to a string that does form a named character reference, they will be interpreted as that character instead. In this fragment, the attribute’s value is "?bill&ted": Bill and Ted In the following fragment, however, the attribute’s value is actually "?art©", not the intended "?art©", because even without the final semicolon, "©" is handled the same as "©" and thus gets interpreted as "©": Art and Copy To avoid this problem, all named character references are required to end with a semicolon, and uses of named character references without a semicolon are flagged as errors. Thus, the correct way to express the above cases is as follows: Bill and Ted Art and Copy Errors involving known interoperability problems in legacy user agents Certain syntax constructs are known to cause especially subtle or serious problems in legacy user agents, and are therefore marked as non-conforming to help authors avoid them. For example, this is why the U+0060 GRAVE ACCENT character (`) is not allowed in unquoted attributes. In certain legacy user agents, it is sometimes treated as a quote character. Another example of this is the DOCTYPE, which is required to trigger no-quirks mode, because the behavior of legacy user agents in quirks mode is often largely undocumented. Errors that risk exposing authors to security attacks Certain restrictions exist purely to avoid known security problems. For example, the restriction on using UTF-7 exists purely to avoid authors falling prey to a known cross-site-scripting attack using UTF-7. [RFC2152] Cases where the author’s intent is unclear Markup where the author’s intent is very unclear is often made non-conforming. Correcting these errors early makes later maintenance easier. For example, it is unclear whether the author intended the following to be an h1 heading or an h2 heading:

Contact details

Cases that are likely to be typos When a user makes a simple typo, it is helpful if the error can be caught early, as this can save the author a lot of debugging time. This specification therefore usually considers it an error to use element names, attribute names, and so forth, that do not match the names defined in this specification. For example, if the author typed instead of caption, this would be flagged as an error and the author could correct the typo immediately. Errors that could interfere with new syntax in the future In order to allow the language syntax to be extended in the future, certain otherwise harmless features are disallowed. For example, attributes in end tags are ignored currently, but they are invalid, in case a future change to the language makes use of that syntax feature without conflicting with already-deployed (and valid!) content. Some authors find it helpful to be in the practice of always quoting all attributes and always including all optional tags, preferring the consistency derived from such custom over the minor benefits of terseness afforded by making use of the flexibility of the HTML syntax. To aid such authors, conformance checkers can provide modes of operation wherein such conventions are enforced. 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values This section is non-normative. Beyond the syntax of the language, this specification also places restrictions on how elements and attributes can be specified. These restrictions are present for similar reasons: Errors involving content with dubious semantics To avoid misuse of elements with defined meanings, content models are defined that restrict how elements can be nested when such nestings would be of dubious value. For example, this specification disallows nesting a section element inside a kbd element, since it is highly unlikely for an author to indicate that an entire section should be keyed in. Errors that involve a conflict in expressed semantics Similarly, to draw the author’s attention to mistakes in the use of elements, clear contradictions in the semantics expressed are also considered conformance errors. In the fragments below, for example, the semantics are nonsensical: a separator cannot simultaneously be a cell, nor can a radio button be a progress bar.
Another example is the restrictions on the content models of the ul element, which only allows li element children. Lists by definition consist just of zero or more list items, so if a ul element contains something other than an li element, it’s not clear what was meant. Cases where the default styles are likely to lead to confusion Certain elements have default styles or behaviors that make certain combinations likely to lead to confusion. Where these have equivalent alternatives without this problem, the confusing combinations are disallowed. For example, div elements are rendered as block boxes, and span elements as inline boxes. Putting a block box in an inline box is unnecessarily confusing; since either nesting just div elements, or nesting just span elements, or nesting span elements inside div elements all serve the same purpose as nesting a div element in a span element, but only the latter involves a block box in an inline box, the latter combination is disallowed. Another example would be the way interactive content cannot be nested. For example, a button element cannot contain a textarea element. This is because the default behavior of such nesting interactive elements would be highly confusing to users. Instead of nesting these elements, they can be placed side by side. Errors that indicate a likely misunderstanding of the specification Sometimes, something is disallowed because allowing it would likely cause author confusion. For example, setting the disabled attribute to the value "false" is disallowed, because despite the appearance of meaning that the element is enabled, it in fact means that the element is disabled (what matters for implementations is the presence of the attribute, not its value). Errors involving limits that have been imposed merely to simplify the language Some conformance errors simplify the language that authors need to learn. For example, the area element’s shape attribute, despite accepting both "circ" and "circle" values in practice as synonyms, disallows the use of the "circ" value, so as to simplify tutorials and other learning aids. There would be no benefit to allowing both, but it would cause extra confusion when teaching the language. Errors that involve peculiarities of the parser Certain elements are parsed in somewhat eccentric ways (typically for historical reasons), and their content model restrictions are intended to avoid exposing the author to these issues. For example, a form element isn’t allowed inside phrasing content, because when parsed as HTML, a form element’s start tag will imply a p element’s end tag. Thus, the following markup results in two paragraphs, not one:

Welcome.
It is parsed exactly like the following:

Welcome.

Errors that would likely result in scripts failing in hard-to-debug ways Some errors are intended to help prevent script problems that would be hard to debug. This is why, for instance, it is non-conforming to have two id attributes with the same value. Duplicate IDs lead to the wrong element being selected, with sometimes disastrous effects whose cause is hard to determine. Errors that waste authoring time Some constructs are disallowed because historically they have been the cause of a lot of wasted authoring time, and by encouraging authors to avoid making them, authors can save time in future efforts. For example, a script element’s src attribute causes the element’s contents to be ignored. However, this isn’t obvious, especially if the element’s contents appear to be executable script — which can lead to authors spending a lot of time trying to debug the inline script without realizing that it is not executing. To reduce this problem, this specification makes it non-conforming to have executable script in a script element when the src attribute is present. This means that authors who are validating their documents are less likely to waste time with this kind of mistake. Errors that involve areas that affect authors migrating to and from XHTML Some authors like to write files that can be interpreted as both XML and HTML with similar results. Though this practice is discouraged in general due to the myriad of subtle complications involved (especially when involving scripting, styling, or any kind of automated serialization), this specification has a few restrictions intended to at least somewhat mitigate the difficulties. This makes it easier for authors to use this as a transitionary step when migrating between HTML and XHTML. For example, there are somewhat complicated rules surrounding the lang and xml:lang attributes intended to keep the two synchronized. Another example would be the restrictions on the values of xmlns attributes in the HTML serialization, which are intended to ensure that elements in conforming documents end up in the same namespaces whether processed as HTML or XML. Errors that involve areas reserved for future expansion As with the restrictions on the syntax intended to allow for new syntax in future revisions of the language, some restrictions on the content models of elements and values of attributes are intended to allow for future expansion of the HTML vocabulary. For example, limiting the values of the target attribute that start with an U+005F LOW LINE character (_) to only specific predefined values allows new predefined values to be introduced at a future time without conflicting with author-defined values. Errors that indicate a mis-use of other specifications Certain restrictions are intended to support the restrictions made by other specifications. For example, requiring that attributes that take media query lists use only valid media query lists reinforces the importance of following the conformance rules of that specification. 1.11. Suggested reading This section is non-normative. The following documents might be of interest to readers of this specification. Character Model for the World Wide Web 1.0: Fundamentals [CHARMOD] This Architectural Specification provides authors of specifications, software developers, and content developers with a common reference for interoperable text manipulation on the World Wide Web, building on the Universal Character Set, defined jointly by the Unicode specification and ISO/IEC 10646. Topics addressed include use of the terms "character", "encoding" and "string", a reference processing model, choice and identification of character encodings, character escaping, and string indexing. Unicode Security Considerations [UNICODE-SECURITY] Because Unicode contains such a large number of characters and incorporates the varied writing systems of the world, incorrect usage can expose programs or systems to possible security attacks. This is especially important as more and more products are internationalized. This document describes some of the security considerations that programmers, system analysts, standards developers, and users should take into account, and provides specific recommendations to reduce the risk of problems. Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.0 [WCAG20] Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.0 covers a wide range of recommendations for making Web content more accessible. Following these guidelines will make content accessible to a wider range of people with disabilities, including blindness and low vision, deafness and hearing loss, learning disabilities, cognitive limitations, limited movement, speech disabilities, photosensitivity and combinations of these. Following these guidelines will also often make your Web content more usable to users in general. Authoring Tool Accessibility Guidelines (ATAG) 2.0 [ATAG20] This specification provides guidelines for designing Web content authoring tools that are more accessible for people with disabilities. An authoring tool that conforms to these guidelines will promote accessibility by providing an accessible user interface to authors with disabilities as well as by enabling, supporting, and promoting the production of accessible Web content by all authors. User Agent Accessibility Guidelines (UAAG) 2.0 [UAAG20] This document provides guidelines for designing user agents that lower barriers to Web accessibility for people with disabilities. User agents include browsers and other types of software that retrieve and render Web content. A user agent that conforms to these guidelines will promote accessibility through its own user interface and through other internal facilities, including its ability to communicate with other technologies (especially assistive technologies). Furthermore, all users, not just users with disabilities, should find conforming user agents to be more usable. HTML Accessibility APIs Mappings 1.0 [html-aam-1.0] Defines how user agents map HTML 5.1 elements and attributes to platform accessibility APIs. Documenting these mappings promotes interoperable exposure of roles, states, properties, and events implemented by accessibility APIs and helps to ensure that this information appears in a manner consistent with author intent. 2. Common infrastructure 2.1. Terminology This specification refers to both HTML and XML attributes and IDL attributes, often in the same context. When it is not clear which is being referred to, they are referred to as content attributes for HTML and XML attributes, and IDL attributes for those defined on IDL interfaces. Similarly, the term "properties" is used for both JavaScript object properties and CSS properties. When these are ambiguous they are qualified as object properties and CSS properties respectively. Generally, when the specification states that a feature applies to the HTML syntax or the XHTML syntax, it also includes the other. When a feature specifically only applies to one of the two languages, it is called out by explicitly stating that it does not apply to the other format, as in "for HTML, ... (this does not apply to XHTML)". This specification uses the term document to refer to any use of HTML, ranging from short static documents to long essays or reports with rich multimedia, as well as to fully-fledged interactive applications. The term is used to refer both to Document objects and their descendant DOM trees, and to serialized byte streams using the HTML syntax or XHTML syntax, depending on context. In the context of the DOM structures, the terms HTML document and XML document are used as defined in the DOM specification, and refer specifically to two different modes that Document objects can find themselves in. [DOM41] (Such uses are always hyperlinked to their definition.) In the context of byte streams, the term HTML document refers to resources labeled as text/html, and the term XML document refers to resources labeled with an XML MIME type. The term XHTML document is used to refer to both Documents in the XML document mode that contains element nodes in the HTML namespace, and byte streams labeled with an XML MIME type that contain elements from the HTML namespace, depending on context. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- For simplicity, terms such as shown, displayed, and visible might sometimes be used when referring to the way a document is rendered to the user. These terms are not meant to imply a visual medium; they must be considered to apply to other media in equivalent ways. When an algorithm B says to return to another algorithm A, it implies that A called B. Upon returning to A, the implementation must continue from where it left off in calling B. Some algorithms run in parallel; this means that the algorithm’s subsequent steps are to be run, one after another, at the same time as other logic in the specification (e.g., at the same time as the event loop). This specification does not define the precise mechanism by which this is achieved, be it time-sharing cooperative multitasking, fibers, threads, processes, using different hyperthreads, cores, CPUs, machines, etc. By contrast, an operation that is to run immediately must interrupt the currently running task, run itself, and then resume the previously running task. The term "transparent black" refers to the color with red, green, blue, and alpha channels all set to zero. 2.1.1. Resources The specification uses the term supported when referring to whether a user agent has an implementation capable of decoding the semantics of an external resource. A format or type is said to be supported if the implementation can process an external resource of that format or type without critical aspects of the resource being ignored. Whether a specific resource is supported can depend on what features of the resource’s format are in use. For example, a PNG image would be considered to be in a supported format if its pixel data could be decoded and rendered, even if, unbeknownst to the implementation, the image also contained animation data. An MPEG-4 video file would not be considered to be in a supported format if the compression format used was not supported, even if the implementation could determine the dimensions of the movie from the file’s metadata. What some specifications, in particular the HTTP specification, refer to as a representation is referred to in this specification as a resource. [HTTP] The term MIME type is used to refer to what is sometimes called an Internet media type in protocol literature. The term media type in this specification is used to refer to the type of media intended for presentation, as used by the CSS specifications. [RFC2046] [MEDIAQ] A string is a valid MIME type if it matches the media-type rule. In particular, a valid MIME type may include MIME type parameters. [HTTP] A string is a valid MIME type with no parameters if it matches the media-type rule, but does not contain any U+003B SEMICOLON characters (;). In other words, if it consists only of a type and subtype, with no MIME Type parameters. [HTTP] The term HTML MIME type is used to refer to the MIME type text/html. A resource’s critical subresources are those that the resource needs to have available to be correctly processed. Which resources are considered critical or not is defined by the specification that defines the resource’s format. 2.1.2. XML compatibility To ease migration from HTML to XHTML, user agents conforming to this specification will place elements in HTML in the http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml namespace, at least for the purposes of the DOM and CSS. The term "HTML elements", when used in this specification, refers to any element in that namespace, and thus refers to both HTML and XHTML elements. Except where otherwise stated, all elements defined or mentioned in this specification are in the HTML namespace ("http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"), and all attributes defined or mentioned in this specification have no namespace. The term element type is used to refer to the set of elements that have a given local name and namespace. For example, button elements are elements with the element type button, meaning they have the local name "button" and (implicitly as defined above) the HTML namespace. Attribute names are said to be XML-compatible if they match the Name production defined in XML and they contain no U+003A COLON characters (:). [XML] The term XML MIME type is used to refer to the MIME types text/xml, application/xml, and any MIME type whose subtype ends with the four characters "+xml". [RFC7303] 2.1.3. DOM trees When it is stated that some element or attribute is ignored, or treated as some other value, or handled as if it was something else, this refers only to the processing of the node after it is in the DOM. A user agent must not mutate the DOM in such situations. A content attribute is said to change value only if its new value is different than its previous value; setting an attribute to a value it already has does not change it. The term empty, when used for an attribute value, Text node, or string means that the length of the text is zero (i.e., not even containing spaces or control characters). An element’s child text content is the concatenation of the data of all the Text nodes that are children of the element (ignoring any other nodes such as comments or elements), in tree order. A node A is inserted into a node B when the insertion steps are invoked with A as the argument and A’s new parent is B. Similarly, a node A is removed from a node B when the removing steps are invoked with A as the removedNode argument and B as the oldParent argument. A node is inserted into a document when the insertion steps are invoked with it as the argument and it is now in a document tree. Analogously, a node is removed from a document when the removing steps are invoked with it as the argument and it is now no longer in a document tree. 2.1.4. Scripting The construction "a Foo object", where Foo is actually an interface, is sometimes used instead of the more accurate "an object implementing the interface Foo". An IDL attribute is said to be getting when its value is being retrieved (e.g., by author script), and is said to be setting when a new value is assigned to it. If a DOM object is said to be live, then the attributes and methods on that object must operate on the actual underlying data, not a snapshot of the data. In the contexts of events, the terms fire and dispatch are used as defined in the DOM specification: firing an event means to create and dispatch it, and dispatching an event means to follow the steps that propagate the event through the tree. The term trusted event is used to refer to events whose isTrusted attribute is initialized to true. [DOM41] 2.1.5. Plugins The term plugin refers to a user-agent defined set of content handlers that can be used by the user agent. The content handlers can take part in the user agent’s rendering of a Document object, but that neither act as child browsing contexts of the Document nor introduce any Node objects to the Document's DOM. Typically such content handlers are provided by third parties, though a user agent can also designate built-in content handlers as plugins. A user agent must not consider the types text/plain and application/octet-stream as having a registered plugin. One example of a plugin would be a PDF viewer that is instantiated in a browsing context when the user navigates to a PDF file. This would count as a plugin regardless of whether the party that implemented the PDF viewer component was the same as that which implemented the user agent itself. However, a PDF viewer application that launches separate from the user agent (as opposed to using the same interface) is not a plugin by this definition. This specification does not define a mechanism for interacting with plugins, as it is expected to be user-agent- and platform-specific. Some user agents might opt to support a plugin mechanism such as the Netscape Plugin API; others might use remote content converters or have built-in support for certain types. Indeed, this specification doesn’t require user agents to support plugins at all. [NPAPI] A plugin can be secured if it honors the semantics of the sandbox attribute. For example, a secured plugin would prevent its contents from creating pop-up windows when the plugin is instantiated inside a sandboxed iframe. Browsers should take extreme care when interacting with external content intended for plugins. When third-party software is run with the same privileges as the user agent itself, vulnerabilities in the third-party software become as dangerous as if they were vulnerabilities of the user agent itself. Since different users having different sets of plugins provides a fingerprinting vector that increases the chances of users being uniquely identified, user agents are encouraged to support the exact same set of plugins for each user. (This is a fingerprinting vector.) 2.1.6. Character encodings A character encoding, or just encoding where that is not ambiguous, is a defined way to convert between byte streams and Unicode strings, as defined in the Encoding specification. An encoding has an encoding name and one or more encoding labels, referred to as the encoding’s name and labels in the Encoding specification. [ENCODING] A UTF-16 encoding is UTF-16BE or UTF-16LE. [ENCODING] An ASCII-compatible encoding is any encoding that is not a UTF-16 encoding. [ENCODING] Since support for encodings that are not defined in the Encoding specification is prohibited, UTF-16 encodings are the only encodings that this specification needs to treat as not being ASCII-compatible encodings. The term code unit is used as defined in the Web IDL specification: a 16 bit unsigned integer, the smallest atomic component of a DOMString. (This is a narrower definition than the one used in Unicode, and is not the same as a code point.) [WEBIDL] The term Unicode code point means a Unicode scalar value where possible, and an isolated surrogate code point when not. When a conformance requirement is defined in terms of characters or Unicode code points, a pair of code units consisting of a high surrogate followed by a low surrogate must be treated as the single code point represented by the surrogate pair, but isolated surrogates must each be treated as the single code point with the value of the surrogate. [UNICODE] In this specification, the term character, when not qualified as Unicode character, is synonymous with the term Unicode code point. The term Unicode character is used to mean a Unicode scalar value (i.e. any Unicode code point that is not a surrogate code point). [UNICODE] The code-unit length of a string is the number of code units in that string. This complexity results from the historical decision to define the DOM API in terms of 16 bit (UTF-16) code units, rather than in terms of Unicode characters. 2.2. Conformance requirements All diagrams, examples, and notes in this specification are non-normative, as are all sections explicitly marked non-normative. Everything else in this specification is normative. The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL", "SHALL NOT", "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "NOT RECOMMENDED", "MAY", and "OPTIONAL" in the normative parts of this document are to be interpreted as described in RFC2119. The key word "OPTIONALLY" in the normative parts of this document is to be interpreted with the same normative meaning as "MAY" and "OPTIONAL". For readability, these words do not appear in all uppercase letters in this specification. [RFC2119] Requirements phrased in the imperative as part of algorithms (such as "strip any leading space characters" or "return false and abort these steps") are to be interpreted with the meaning of the key word ("must", "should", "may", etc) used in introducing the algorithm. For example, were the spec to say: To eat an orange, the user must: 1. Peel the orange. 2. Separate each slice of the orange. 3. Eat the orange slices. ...it would be equivalent to the following: To eat an orange: 1. The user must peel the orange. 2. The user must separate each slice of the orange. 3. The user must eat the orange slices. Here the key word is "must". The former (imperative) style is generally preferred in this specification for stylistic reasons. Conformance requirements phrased as algorithms or specific steps may be implemented in any manner, so long as the end result is equivalent. (In particular, the algorithms defined in this specification are intended to be easy to follow, and not intended to be performant.) 2.2.1. Conformance classes This specification describes the conformance criteria for user agents (relevant to implementors) and documents (relevant to authors and authoring tool implementors). Conforming documents are those that comply with all the conformance criteria for documents. For readability, some of these conformance requirements are phrased as conformance requirements on authors; such requirements are implicitly requirements on documents: by definition, all documents are assumed to have had an author. (In some cases, that author may itself be a user agent — such user agents are subject to additional rules, as explained below.) For example, if a requirement states that "authors must not use the foobar element", it would imply that documents are not allowed to contain elements named foobar. There is no implied relationship between document conformance requirements and implementation conformance requirements. User agents are not free to handle non-conformant documents as they please; the processing model described in this specification applies to implementations regardless of the conformity of the input documents. User agents fall into several (overlapping) categories with different conformance requirements. Web browsers and other interactive user agents Web browsers that support the XHTML syntax must process elements and attributes from the HTML namespace found in XML documents as described in this specification, so that users can interact with them, unless the semantics of those elements have been overridden by other specifications. A conforming XHTML processor would, upon finding an XHTML script element in an XML document, execute the script contained in that element. However, if the element is found within a transformation expressed in XSLT (assuming the user agent also supports XSLT), then the processor would instead treat the script element as an opaque element that forms part of the transform. Web browsers that support the HTML syntax must process documents labeled with an HTML MIME type as described in this specification, so that users can interact with them. User agents that support scripting must also be conforming implementations of the IDL fragments in this specification, as described in the Web IDL specification. [WEBIDL] Unless explicitly stated, specifications that override the semantics of HTML elements do not override the requirements on DOM objects representing those elements. For example, the script element in the example above would still implement the HTMLScriptElement interface. Non-interactive presentation user agents User agents that process HTML and XHTML documents purely to render non-interactive versions of them must comply to the same conformance criteria as Web browsers, except that they are exempt from requirements regarding user interaction. Typical examples of non-interactive presentation user agents are printers (static user agents) and overhead displays (dynamic user agents). It is expected that most static non-interactive presentation user agents will also opt to lack scripting support. A non-interactive but dynamic presentation user agent would still execute scripts, allowing forms to be dynamically submitted, and so forth. However, since the concept of "focus" is irrelevant when the user cannot interact with the document, the user agent would not need to support any of the focus-related DOM APIs. Visual user agents that support the suggested default rendering User agents, whether interactive or not, may be designated (possibly as a user option) as supporting the suggested default rendering defined by this specification. This is not required. In particular, even user agents that do implement the suggested default rendering are encouraged to offer settings that override this default to improve the experience for the user, e.g., changing the color contrast, using different focus styles, or otherwise making the experience more accessible and usable to the user. User agents that are designated as supporting the suggested default rendering must, while so designated, implement the rules in §10 Rendering. That section defines the behavior that user agents are expected to implement. User agents with no scripting support Implementations that do not support scripting (or which have their scripting features disabled entirely) are exempt from supporting the events and DOM interfaces mentioned in this specification. For the parts of this specification that are defined in terms of an events model or in terms of the DOM, such user agents must still act as if events and the DOM were supported. Scripting can form an integral part of an application. Web browsers that do not support scripting, or that have scripting disabled, might be unable to fully convey the author’s intent. Conformance checkers Conformance checkers must verify that a document conforms to the applicable conformance criteria described in this specification. Automated conformance checkers are exempt from detecting errors that require interpretation of the author’s intent (for example, while a document is non-conforming if the content of a blockquote element is not a quote, conformance checkers running without the input of human judgement do not have to check that blockquote elements only contain quoted material). Conformance checkers must check that the input document conforms when parsed without a browsing context (meaning that no scripts are run, and that the parser’s scripting flag is disabled), and should also check that the input document conforms when parsed with a browsing context in which scripts execute, and that the scripts never cause non-conforming states to occur other than transiently during script execution itself. (This is only a "SHOULD" and not a "MUST" requirement because it has been proven to be impossible. [COMPUTABLE]) The term "HTML validator" can be used to refer to a conformance checker that itself conforms to the applicable requirements of this specification. XML DTDs cannot express all the conformance requirements of this specification. Therefore, a validating XML processor and a DTD cannot constitute a conformance checker. Also, since neither of the two authoring formats defined in this specification are applications of SGML, a validating SGML system cannot constitute a conformance checker either. To put it another way, there are three types of conformance criteria: 1. Criteria that can be expressed in a DTD. 2. Criteria that cannot be expressed by a DTD, but can still be checked by a machine. 3. Criteria that can only be checked by a human. A conformance checker must check for the first two. A simple DTD-based validator only checks for the first class of errors and is therefore not a conforming conformance checker according to this specification. Data mining tools Applications and tools that process HTML and XHTML documents for reasons other than to either render the documents or check them for conformance should act in accordance with the semantics of the documents that they process. A tool that generates document outlines but increases the nesting level for each paragraph and does not increase the nesting level for each section would not be conforming. Authoring tools and markup generators Authoring tools and markup generators must generate conforming documents. Conformance criteria that apply to authors also apply to authoring tools, where appropriate. Authoring tools are exempt from the strict requirements of using elements only for their specified purpose, but only to the extent that authoring tools are not yet able to determine author intent. However, authoring tools must not automatically misuse elements or encourage their users to do so. For example, it is not conforming to use an address element for arbitrary contact information; that element can only be used for marking up contact information for the author of the document or section. However, since an authoring tool is likely unable to determine the difference, an authoring tool is exempt from that requirement. This does not mean, though, that authoring tools can use address elements for any block of italics text (for instance); it just means that the authoring tool doesn’t have to verify, if a user inserts contact information for a section or something else. In terms of conformance checking, an editor has to output documents that conform to the same extent that a conformance checker will verify. When an authoring tool is used to edit a non-conforming document, it may preserve the conformance errors in sections of the document that were not edited during the editing session (i.e., an editing tool is allowed to round-trip erroneous content). However, an authoring tool must not claim that the output is conformant if errors have been so preserved. Authoring tools are expected to come in two broad varieties: tools that work from structure or semantic data, and tools that work on a What-You-See-Is-What-You-Get media-specific editing basis (WYSIWYG). The former is the preferred mechanism for tools that author HTML, since the structure in the source information can be used to make informed choices regarding which HTML elements and attributes are most appropriate. However, WYSIWYG tools are legitimate. WYSIWYG tools should use elements they know are appropriate, and should not use elements that they do not know to be appropriate. This might in certain extreme cases mean limiting the use of flow elements to just a few elements, like div, b, i, and span and making liberal use of the style attribute. All authoring tools, whether WYSIWYG or not, should make a best effort attempt at enabling users to create well-structured, semantically rich, media-independent content. User agents may impose implementation-specific limits on otherwise unconstrained inputs, e.g., to prevent denial of service attacks, to guard against running out of memory, or to work around platform-specific limitations. (This is a fingerprinting vector.) For compatibility with existing content and prior specifications, this specification describes two authoring formats: one based on XML (referred to as the XHTML syntax), and one using a custom format inspired by SGML (referred to as the HTML syntax). Implementations must support at least one of these two formats, although supporting both is encouraged. Some conformance requirements are phrased as requirements on elements, attributes, methods or objects. Such requirements fall into two categories: those describing content model restrictions, and those describing implementation behavior. Those in the former category are requirements on documents and authoring tools. Those in the second category are requirements on user agents. Similarly, some conformance requirements are phrased as requirements on authors; such requirements are to be interpreted as conformance requirements on the documents that authors produce. (In other words, this specification does not distinguish between conformance criteria on authors and conformance criteria on documents.) 2.2.2. Dependencies This specification relies on several other underlying specifications. Unicode and Encoding The Unicode character set is used to represent textual data, and the Encoding specification defines requirements around character encodings. [UNICODE] This specification introduces terminology based on the terms defined in those specifications, as described earlier. The following terms are used as defined in the Encoding specification: [ENCODING] * Getting an encoding * Get an output encoding * The generic decode algorithm which takes a byte stream and an encoding and returns a character stream * The UTF-8 decode algorithm which takes a byte stream and returns a character stream, additionally stripping one leading UTF-8 Byte Order Mark (BOM), if any * The UTF-8 decode without BOM algorithm which is identical to UTF-8 decode except that it does not strip one leading UTF-8 Byte Order Mark (BOM) * The UTF-8 decode without BOM or fail algorithm which is identical to UTF-8 decode without BOM except that it returns failure upon encountering an error * The encode algorithm which takes a character stream and an encoding and returns a byte stream * The UTF-8 encode algorithm which takes a character stream and returns a byte stream. XML and related specifications Implementations that support the XHTML syntax must support some version of XML, as well as its corresponding namespaces specification, because that syntax uses an XML serialization with namespaces. [XML] [XML-NAMES] The attribute with the tag name xml:space in the XML namespace is defined by the XML specification. [XML] This specification also references the processing instruction, defined in the Associating Style Sheets with XML documents specification. [XML-STYLESHEET] This specification also non-normatively mentions the XSLTProcessor interface and its transformToFragment() and transformToDocument() methods. [XSLTP] URLs The following terms are defined in the WHATWG URL specification: [URL] * host * domain * URL * Origin of URLs * Absolute URL * Relative URL * Relative schemes * The URL parser and basic URL parser as well as these parser states: * scheme start state * host state * hostname state * port state * path start state * query state * fragment state * URL record, as well as its individual components: * scheme * username * password * host * port * path * query * fragment * A network scheme * The URL serializer * The host parser * The host serializer * Host equals * serialize an integer * Default encode set * Percent encode * UTF-8 percent encode * Percent decode * set the username * set the password * The domain to Unicode algorithm * non-relative flag * Parse errors from the URL parser A number of schemes and protocols are referenced by this specification also: * The about: scheme [RFC6694] * The blob: scheme [FILEAPI] * The data: scheme [RFC2397] * The http: scheme [HTTP] * The https: scheme [HTTP] * The mailto: scheme [RFC6068] * The sms: scheme [RFC5724] * The urn: scheme [URN] Media fragment syntax is defined in the Media Fragments URI specification. [MEDIA-FRAGS] HTTP and related specifications The following terms are defined in the HTTP specifications: [HTTP] * Accept header * Accept-Language header * Cache-Control header * Content-Disposition header * Content-Language header * Content-Length header * Last-Modified header * Referer The following terms are defined in the Cookie specification: [COOKIES] * cookie-string * receives a set-cookie-string * Cookie header The following term is defined in the Web Linking specification: [RFC5988] * Link header Fetch The following terms are defined in the WHATWG Fetch specification: [FETCH] * about:blank * HTTPS state value * referrer policy * CORS protocol * default User-Agent value * extract a MIME type * fetch * ok status * Origin header * process response * set * terminate * the RequestCredentials enumeration * response and its associated: * type * url * url list * status * header list * body * internal response * CSP list * HTTPS state * request and its associated: * url * method * header list * body * client * target browsing context * initiator * type * destination * origin * omit-Origin-header flag * same-origin data-URL flag * referrer * synchronous flag * mode * credentials mode * use-URL-credentials flag * unsafe-request flag * cache mode * redirect mode * cryptographic nonce metadata * referrer policy * parser metadata The following terms are defined in Referrer Policy [REFERRERPOLICY] * referrer policy * The Referrer-Policy HTTP header * The parse a referrer policy from a Referrer-Policy header algorithm * The "no-referrer", "no-referrer-when-downgrade", and "unsafe-url" referrer policies Web IDL The IDL fragments in this specification must be interpreted as required for conforming IDL fragments, as described in the Web IDL specification. [WEBIDL] The following terms are defined in the Web IDL specification: * array index property name * supported property indices * Determine the value of an indexed property * Support named properties * Supported property names * Determine the value of a named property * perform a security check * Platform object * Primary interface * Global environment associated with a platform object * Read only (when applied to arrays) * Callback this value * Converting between WebIDL types and JS types * invoke the Web IDL callback function The Web IDL specification also defines the following types that are used in Web IDL fragments in this specification: * ArrayBufferView * boolean * DOMString * USVString * double * Error * Function * long * object * unrestricted double * unsigned long The term throw in this specification is used as defined in the WebIDL specification. The following exception names are defined by WebIDL and used by this specification: * IndexSizeError * HierarchyRequestError * WrongDocumentError * InvalidCharacterError * NoModificationAllowedError * NotFoundError * NotSupportedError * InvalidStateError * SyntaxError * InvalidModificationError * NamespaceError * InvalidAccessError * SecurityError * NetworkError * AbortError * URLMismatchError * QuotaExceededError * TimeoutError * InvalidNodeTypeError * DataCloneError When this specification requires a user agent to create a Date object representing a particular time (which could be the special value Not-a-Number), the milliseconds component of that time, if any, must be truncated to an integer, and the time value of the newly created Date object must represent the resulting truncated time. For instance, given the time 23045 millionths of a second after 01:00 UTC on January 1st 2000, i.e., the time 2000-01-01T00:00:00.023045Z, then the Date object created representing that time would represent the same time as that created representing the time 2000-01-01T00:00:00.023Z, 45 millionths earlier. If the given time is NaN, then the result is a Date object that represents a time value NaN (indicating that the object does not represent a specific instant of time). JavaScript Some parts of the language described by this specification only support JavaScript as the underlying scripting language. [ECMA-262] The term "JavaScript" is used to refer to ECMA262, rather than the official term ECMAScript, since the term JavaScript is more widely known. Similarly, the MIME type used to refer to JavaScript in this specification is text/javascript, since that is the most commonly used type, despite it being an officially obsoleted type according to RFC 4329. [RFC4329] The following terms are defined in the JavaScript specification and used in this specification [ECMA-262]: * automatic semicolon insertion * early error * Directive Prologue * JavaScript execution context * JavaScript execution context stack * running JavaScript execution context * JavaScript realm * The current Realm Record * Use Strict Directive * Well-Known Symbols, including: * @@hasInstance * @@isConcatSpreadable * @@toPrimitive * @@toStringTag * Well-Known Intrinsic Objects, including: * %ArrayBuffer% * %ArrayPrototype% * %ObjProto_toString% * %ObjProto_valueOf% * The FunctionBody production * The Module production * The Pattern production * The Script production * The Type notation * The List and Record specification types * The Property Descriptor specification type * The Source Text Module Record specification type and its ModuleEvaluation and ModuleDeclarationInstantiation methods * The ArrayCreate abstract operation * The Call abstract operation * The Construct abstract operation * The CopyDataBlockBytes abstract operation * The CreateByteDataBlock abstract operation * The CreateDataProperty abstract operation * The DetachArrayBuffer abstract operation * The EnqueueJob abstract operation * The FunctionCreate abstract operation * The Get abstract operation * The GetActiveScriptOrModule abstract operation * The GetFunctionRealm abstract operation * The HasOwnProperty abstract operation * The HostEnsureCanCompileStrings abstract operation * The HostPromiseRejectionTracker abstract operation * The HostResolveImportedModule abstract operation * The InitializeHostDefinedRealm abstract operation * The IsAccessorDescriptor abstract operation * The IsCallable abstract operation * The IsConstructor abstract operation * The IsDataDescriptor abstract operation * The IsDetachedBuffer abstract operation * The NewObjectEnvironment abstract operation * The OrdinaryGetPrototypeOf abstract operation * The OrdinarySetPrototypeOf abstract operation * The OrdinaryIsExtensible abstract operation * The OrdinaryPreventExtensions abstract operation * The OrdinaryGetOwnProperty abstract operation * The OrdinaryDefineOwnProperty abstract operation * The OrdinaryGet abstract operation * The OrdinarySet abstract operation * The OrdinaryDelete abstract operation * The OrdinaryOwnPropertyKeys abstract operation * The ParseModule abstract operation * The ParseScript abstract operation * The RunJobs abstract operation * The SameValue abstract operation * The ScriptEvaluation abstract operation * The ToBoolean abstract operation * The ToString abstract operation * The ToUint32 abstract operation * The TypedArrayCreate abstract operation * The Abstract Equality Comparison algorithm * The Strict Equality Comparison algorithm * The ArrayBuffer object * The Date object * The SyntaxError object * The TypeError object * The RangeError object * The RegExp object * The typeof operator * The TypedArray Constructors table DOM The Document Object Model (DOM) is a representation — a model — of a document and its content. The DOM is not just an API; the conformance criteria of HTML implementations are defined, in this specification, in terms of operations on the DOM. [DOM41] Implementations must support DOM and the events defined in UI Events, because this specification is defined in terms of the DOM, and some of the features are defined as extensions to the DOM interfaces. [DOM41] [UIEVENTS] In particular, the following features are defined in the DOM specification: [DOM41] * Attr interface * Comment interface * DOMImplementation interface * Document interface * XMLDocument interface * DocumentFragment interface * DocumentType interface * DOMException interface * ChildNode interface * Element interface * Node interface * NodeList interface * ProcessingInstruction interface * Text interface * HTMLCollection interface * item() method * The terms collections and represented by the collection * DOMTokenList interface * createDocument() method * createHTMLDocument() method * createElement() method * createElementNS() method * getElementById() method * getElementsByClassName() method * appendChild() method * cloneNode() method * importNode() method * id attribute * textContent attribute * The tree concept * The tree order concept * The root concept * The inclusive ancestor concept * The document element concept * The in a document concept * The pre-insert, insert, append, remove, replace, and adopt algorithms for nodes * The insertion steps, removing steps, and adopting steps hooks * The attribute list concept. * The data of a text node. * Event interface * EventTarget interface * EventInit dictionary type * target attribute * currentTarget attribute * isTrusted attribute * initEvent() method * addEventListener() method * The type of an event * The concept of an event listener and the event listeners associated with an EventTarget * The concept of a target override * The encoding (herein the character encoding) and content type of a Document * The distinction between XML documents and HTML documents * The terms quirks mode, limited-quirks mode, and no-quirks mode * The algorithm to clone a Node, and the concept of cloning steps used by that algorithm * The concept of base URL change steps and the definition of what happens when an element is affected by a base URL change * The concept of an element’s unique identifier (ID) * The term supported tokens * The concept of a DOM range, and the terms start, end, and boundary point as applied to ranges. * The create an element algorithm * MutationObserver interface and mutation observers in general For example, to throw a TimeoutError exception, a user agent would construct a DOMException object whose type was the string "TimeoutError" (and whose code was the number 23, for legacy reasons) and actually throw that object as an exception. The following features are defined in the UI Events specification: [UIEVENTS] * MouseEvent interface and the following interface members: * The relatedTarget attribute * The button attribute * The ctrlKey attribute * The shiftKey attribute * The altKey attribute * The metaKey attribute * The getModifierState() method * MouseEventInit dictionary type * The FocusEvent interface and its relatedTarget attribute * The UIEvent interface’s view and detail attributes * click event * dblclick event * mousedown event * mouseenter event * mouseleave event * mousemove event * mouseout event * mouseover event * mouseup event * wheel event * keydown event * keyup event * keypress event The following features are defined in the Touch Events specification: [TOUCH-EVENTS] * Touch interface * Touch point concept This specification sometimes uses the term name to refer to the event’s type; as in, "an event named click" or "if the event name is keypress". The terms "name" and "type" for events are synonymous. The following features are defined in the DOM Parsing and Serialization specification: [DOM-PARSING] * innerHTML * outerHTML The Selection interface is defined in the Selection API specification. [SELECTION-API] User agents are also encouraged to implement the features described in the HTML Editing APIs and UndoManager and DOM Transaction specifications. [EDITING] [UNDO] The following parts of the Fullscreen specification are referenced from this specification, in part to define the rendering of dialog elements, and also to define how the Fullscreen API interacts with the sandboxing features in HTML: [FULLSCREEN] * The top layer concept * requestFullscreen() * The fullscreen enabled flag * The fully exit fullscreen algorithm The High Resolution Time specification provides the DOMHighResTimeStamp typedef and the Performance object’s now() method. [HR-TIME-2] File API This specification uses the following features defined in the File API specification: [FILEAPI] * Blob interface and its type attribute * File interface and its name and lastModified attributes * FileList interface * The concept of a Blob's snapshot state * The concept of read errors * Blob URL Store Indexed Database API This specification uses cleanup Indexed Database transactions defined by the Indexed Database API specification. [INDEXEDDB] Media Source Extensions The following terms are defined in the Media Source Extensions specification: [MEDIA-SOURCE] * MediaSource interface * Detaching from a media element Media Capture and Streams The following term is defined in the Media Capture and Streams specification: [MEDIACAPTURE-STREAMS] * MediaStream interface XMLHttpRequest This specification references the XMLHttpRequest specification to describe how the two specifications interact and to use its ProgressEvent features. The following features and terms are defined in the XMLHttpRequest specification: [XHR] * XMLHttpRequest interface * XMLHttpRequest.responseXML attribute * ProgressEvent interface * ProgressEvent.lengthComputable attribute * ProgressEvent.loaded attribute * ProgressEvent.total attribute * Fire a progress event named e Server-Sent Events This specification references EventSource which is specified in the Server-Sent Events specification [EVENTSOURCE] Media Queries Implementations must support the Media Queries language. [MEDIAQ] CSS modules While support for CSS as a whole is not required of implementations of this specification (though it is encouraged, at least for Web browsers), some features are defined in terms of specific CSS requirements. In particular, some features require that a string be parsed as a CSS value. When parsing a CSS value, user agents are required by the CSS specifications to apply some error handling rules. These apply to this specification also. [CSS3COLOR] [CSS-2015] For example, user agents are required to close all open constructs upon finding the end of a style sheet unexpectedly. Thus, when parsing the string "rgb(0,0,0" (with a missing close-parenthesis) for a color value, the close parenthesis is implied by this error handling rule, and a value is obtained (the color black). However, the similar construct "rgb(0,0," (with both a missing parenthesis and a missing "blue" value) cannot be parsed, as closing the open construct does not result in a viable value. The following terms and features are defined in the CSS specification: [CSS-2015] * viewport * replaced element * intrinsic dimensions The term named color is defined in the CSS Color specification. [CSS3COLOR] The terms intrinsic width and intrinsic height refer to the width dimension and the height dimension, respectively, of intrinsic dimensions. The term paint source is used as defined in the CSS Image Values and Replaced Content specification to define the interaction of certain HTML elements with the CSS 'element()' function. [CSS3-IMAGES] The term default object size is also defined in the CSS Image Values and Replaced Content specification. [CSS3-IMAGES] Implementations that support scripting must support the CSS Object Model. The following features and terms are defined in the CSSOM specifications: [CSSOM] [CSSOM-VIEW] * Screen * LinkStyle * CSSStyleDeclaration * cssText attribute of CSSStyleDeclaration * StyleSheet * create a CSS style sheet * remove a CSS style sheet * associated CSS style sheet * CSS style sheets and their properties: type, location, parent CSS style sheet, owner node, owner CSS rule, media, title, alternate flag, disabled flag, CSS rules, origin-clean flag * Alternative style sheet sets and the preferred style sheet set * Serializing a CSS value * run the resize steps * run the scroll steps * evaluate media queries and report changes * Scroll an element into view * Scroll to the beginning of the document * The resize event * The scroll event * The features argument of window.open The following features and terms are defined in the CSS Syntax specifications: [CSS-SYNTAX-3] * Parse a comma-separated list of component values * component value * environment encoding * The following terms are defined in the Selectors specification: [SELECTORS4] * type selector * attribute selector * pseudo-class The feature is defined in the CSS Values and Units specification. [CSS-VALUES] The term style attribute is defined in the CSS Style Attributes specification. [CSS-STYLE-ATTR] The term used value is defined in the CSS Cascading and Inheritance specification. [CSS-CASCADE-4] The CanvasRenderingContext2D object’s use of fonts depends on the features described in the CSS Fonts and Font Loading specifications, including in particular FontFace objects and the font source concept. [CSS-FONTS-3] [CSS-FONT-LOADING-3] The following interface is defined in the Geometry Interfaces Module specification: [GEOMETRY-1] * DOMMatrix interface SVG The CanvasRenderingContext2D object’s use of fonts depends on the features described in the CSS Fonts and Font Loading specifications, including in particular FontFace objects and the font source concept. [CSS-FONTS-3] [CSS-FONT-LOADING-3] The following interface is defined in the SVG specification: [SVG11] * SVGMatrix WebGL The following interface is defined in the WebGL specification: [WEBGL] * WebGLRenderingContext WebVTT Implementations may support WebVTT as a text track format for subtitles, captions, chapter titles, metadata, etc, for media resources. [WEBVTT] The following terms, used in this specification, are defined in the WebVTT specification: * WebVTT file * WebVTT file using cue text * WebVTT file using chapter title text * WebVTT file using only nested cues * WebVTT parser * The rules for updating the display of WebVTT text tracks * The rules for interpreting WebVTT cue text * The WebVTT text track cue writing direction The WebSocket protocol The following terms are defined in the WebSocket protocol specification: [RFC6455] * establish a WebSocket connection * the WebSocket connection is established * validate the server’s response * extensions in use * subprotocol in use * headers to send appropriate cookies * cookies set during the server’s opening handshake * a WebSocket message has been received * send a WebSocket Message * fail the WebSocket connection * close the WebSocket connection * start the WebSocket closing handshake * the WebSocket closing handshake is started * the WebSocket connection is closed (possibly cleanly) * the WebSocket connection close code * the WebSocket connection close reason * Sec-WebSocket-Protocol field ARIA The role attribute is defined in the ARIA specification, as are the following roles: [wai-aria-1.1] * alert * alertdialog * application * article * banner * button * cell * checkbox * columnheader * combobox * complementary * contentinfo * definition * dialog * directory * document * feed * figure * form * grid * gridcell * group * heading * img * link * list * listbox * listitem * log * main * marquee * math * menubar * navigation * none * note * option * presentation * progressbar * radio * radiogroup * region * row * rowgroup * rowheader * scrollbar * search * searchbox * separator * slider * spinbutton * status * switch * tab * table * tablist * tabpanel * term * textbox * timer * toolbar * tooltip * tree * treegrid * treeitem In addition, the following aria-* content attributes are defined in the ARIA specification: [wai-aria-1.1] * aria-activedescendant * aria-atomic * aria-autocomplete * aria-busy * aria-checked * aria-colcount * aria-colindex * aria-colspan * aria-controls * aria-current * aria-describedby * aria-details * aria-dialog * aria-disabled * aria-dropeffect * aria-errormessage * aria-expanded * aria-flowto * aria-grabbed * aria-haspopup * aria-hidden * aria-invalid * aria-keyshortcuts * aria-label * aria-labelledby * aria-level * aria-live * aria-multiline * aria-multiselectable * aria-orientation * aria-owns * aria-placeholder * aria-posinset * aria-pressed * aria-readonly * aria-relevant * aria-required * aria-roledescription * aria-rowcount * aria-rowindex * aria-rowspan * aria-selected * aria-setsize * aria-sort * aria-valuemax * aria-valuemin * aria-valuenow * aria-valuetext Content Security Policy The following terms are defined in Content Security Policy: [CSP3] * Content Security Policy * Content Security Policy directive * The Content Security Policy syntax * enforce the policy * The parse a serialized Content Security Policy algorithm * The Initialize a global object’s CSP list algorithm * The Initialize a Document’s CSP list algorithm * The Should element’s inline behavior be blocked by Content Security Policy? algorithm * The report-uri, frame-ancestors, and sandbox directives * The EnsureCSPDoesNotBlockStringCompilation abstract algorithm * The Is base allowed for Document? algorithm * The Should element be blocked a priori by Content Security Policy? algorithm The following terms are defined in Content Security Policy: Document Features * The frame-ancestors directive * The sandbox directive Service Workers The following terms are defined in Service Workers: [SERVICE-WORKERS] * client message queue * match service worker registration * ServiceWorkerContainer Secure Contexts The following term is defined in Secure Contexts: [SECURE-CONTEXTS] * Is environment settings object a secure context? Payment Request API The following term is defined in the Payment Request API specification: [PAYMENT-REQUEST] * PaymentRequest interface MathML While support for MathML as a whole is not required by this specification (though it is encouraged, at least for Web browsers), certain features depend upon small parts of MathML being implemented. [MATHML] The following features are defined in the MathML specification: * MathML annotation-xml element * MathML math element * MathML merror element * MathML mi element * MathML mn element * MathML mo element * MathML ms element * MathML mtext element SVG While support for SVG as a whole is not required by this specification (though it is encouraged, at least for Web browsers), certain features depend upon parts of SVG being implemented. Also, the SVG specifications do not reflect implementation reality. Implementations implement subsets of SVG 1.1 and SVG Tiny 1.2. Although it is hoped that the in-progress SVG 2 specification is a more realistic target for implementations, until that specification is ready, user agents that implement SVG must do so with the following willful violations and additions. [SVG11] [SVGTINY12] [SVG2] User agents that implement SVG must not implement the following features from SVG 1.1: * The tref element * The cursor element (use CSS’s cursor property instead) * The font-defining SVG elements: font, glyph, missing-glyph, hkern, vkern, font-face, font-face-src, font-face-uri, font-face-format, and font-face-name (use CSS’s @font-face instead) * The externalResourcesRequired attribute * The enable-background property * The contentScriptType and contentStyleType attributes (use the type attribute on the SVG script and style elements instead) User agents that implement SVG must implement the following features from SVG Tiny 1.2: * The non-scaling-stroke value for the vector-effect property * The class attribute is allowed on all SVG elements * The tabindex attribute is allowed on visible SVG elements * The ARIA accessibility attributes are allowed on all SVG elements The following features are defined in the SVG specifications: * SVGScriptElement interface * SVG desc element * SVG foreignObject element * SVG script element * SVG svg element * SVG title element Filter Effects The following feature is defined in the Filter Effects specification: * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- This specification does not require support of any particular network protocol, style sheet language, scripting language, or any of the DOM specifications beyond those required in the list above. However, the language described by this specification is biased towards CSS as the styling language, JavaScript as the scripting language, and HTTP as the network protocol, and several features assume that those languages and protocols are in use. A user agent that implements the HTTP protocol must implement the Web Origin Concept specification and the HTTP State Management Mechanism specification (Cookies) as well. [HTTP] [ORIGIN] [COOKIES] This specification might have certain additional requirements on character encodings, image formats, audio formats, and video formats in the respective sections. 2.2.3. Extensibility Vendor-specific proprietary user agent extensions to this specification are strongly discouraged. Documents must not use such extensions, as doing so reduces interoperability and fragments the user base, allowing only users of specific user agents to access the content in question. If such extensions are nonetheless needed, e.g., for experimental purposes, then vendors are strongly urged to use one of the following extension mechanisms: * For markup-level features that can be limited to the XML serialization and need not be supported in the HTML serialization, vendors should use the namespace mechanism to define custom namespaces in which the non-standard elements and attributes are supported. * For markup-level features that are intended for use with the HTML syntax, extensions should be limited to new attributes of the form "x-vendor-feature", where vendor is a short string that identifies the vendor responsible for the extension, and feature is the name of the feature. New element names should not be created. Using attributes for such extensions exclusively allows extensions from multiple vendors to co-exist on the same element, which would not be possible with elements. Using the "x-vendor-feature" form allows extensions to be made without risk of conflicting with future additions to the specification. For instance, a browser named "FerretBrowser" could use "ferret" as a vendor prefix, while a browser named "Mellblom Browser" could use "mb". If both of these browsers invented extensions that turned elements into scratch-and-sniff areas, an author experimenting with these features could write:

This smells of lemons!

Attribute names beginning with the two characters "x-" are reserved for user agent use and are guaranteed to never be formally added to the HTML language. For flexibility, attributes names containing underscores (the U+005F LOW LINE character) are also reserved for experimental purposes and are guaranteed to never be formally added to the HTML language. Pages that use such attributes are by definition non-conforming. For DOM extensions, e.g., new methods and IDL attributes, the new members should be prefixed by vendor-specific strings to prevent clashes with future versions of this specification. For events, experimental event types should be prefixed with vendor-specific strings. For example, if a user agent called "Pleasold" were to add an event to indicate when the user is going up in an elevator, it could use the prefix "pleasold" and thus name the event "pleasoldgoingup", possibly with an event handler attribute named "onpleasoldgoingup". All extensions must be defined so that the use of extensions neither contradicts nor causes the non-conformance of functionality defined in the specification. For example, while strongly discouraged from doing so, an implementation "Foo Browser" could add a new IDL attribute "fooTypeTime" to a control’s DOM interface that returned the time it took the user to select the current value of a control (say). On the other hand, defining a new control that appears in a form’s elements array would be in violation of the above requirement, as it would violate the definition of elements given in this specification. When adding new reflecting IDL attributes corresponding to content attributes of the form "x-vendor-feature", the IDL attribute should be named "vendorFeature" (i.e., the "x" is dropped from the IDL attribute’s name). ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When vendor-neutral extensions to this specification are needed, either this specification can be updated accordingly, or an extension specification can be written that overrides the requirements in this specification. When someone applying this specification to their activities decides that they will recognize the requirements of such an extension specification, it becomes an applicable specification for the purposes of conformance requirements in this specification. Someone could write a specification that defines any arbitrary byte stream as conforming, and then claim that their random junk is conforming. However, that does not mean that their random junk actually is conforming for everyone’s purposes: if someone else decides that the specification does not apply to their work, then they can quite legitimately say that the aforementioned random junk is just that, junk, and not conforming at all. As far as conformance goes, what matters in a particular community is what that community agrees is applicable. applicable specification. The conformance terminology for documents depends on the nature of the changes introduced by such applicable specifications, and on the content and intended interpretation of the document. Applicable specifications MAY define new document content (e.g., a foobar element), MAY prohibit certain otherwise conforming content (e.g., prohibit use of
s), or MAY change the semantics, DOM mappings, or other processing rules for content defined in this specification. Whether a document is or is not a conforming HTML document does not depend on the use of applicable specifications: if the syntax and semantics of a given conforming HTML document is unchanged by the use of applicable specification(s), then that document remains a conforming HTML document. If the semantics or processing of a given (otherwise conforming) document is changed by use of applicable specification(s), then it is not a conforming HTML document. For such cases, the applicable specifications SHOULD define conformance terminology. As a suggested but not required convention, such specifications might define conformance terminology such as: "Conforming HTML+XXX document", where XXX is a short name for the applicable specification. (Example: "Conforming HTML+AutomotiveExtensions document"). a consequence of the rule given above is that certain syntactically correct HTML documents may not be conforming HTML documents in the presence of applicable specifications. (Example: the applicable specification defines
to be a piece of furniture — a document written to that specification and containing a
element is NOT a conforming HTML document, even if the element happens to be syntactically correct HTML.) ---------------------------------------------------------------------- User agents must treat elements and attributes that they do not understand as semantically neutral; leaving them in the DOM (for DOM processors), and styling them according to CSS (for CSS processors), but not inferring any meaning from them. When support for a feature is disabled (e.g., as an emergency measure to mitigate a security problem, or to aid in development, or for performance reasons), user agents must act as if they had no support for the feature whatsoever, and as if the feature was not mentioned in this specification. For example, if a particular feature is accessed via an attribute in a Web IDL interface, the attribute itself would be omitted from the objects that implement that interface — leaving the attribute on the object but making it return null or throw an exception is insufficient. 2.2.4. Interactions with XPath and XSLT Implementations of XPath 1.0 that operate on HTML documents parsed or created in the manners described in this specification (e.g., as part of the document.evaluate() API) must act as if the following edit was applied to the XPath 1.0 specification. First, remove this paragraph: A QName in the node test is expanded into an expanded-name using the namespace declarations from the expression context. This is the same way expansion is done for element type names in start and end-tags except that the default namespace declared with xmlns is not used: if the QName does not have a prefix, then the namespace URI is null (this is the same way attribute names are expanded). It is an error if the QName has a prefix for which there is no namespace declaration in the expression context. Then, insert in its place the following: A QName in the node test is expanded into an expanded-name using the namespace declarations from the expression context. If the QName has a prefix, then there must be a namespace declaration for this prefix in the expression context, and the corresponding namespace URI is the one that is associated with this prefix. It is an error if the QName has a prefix for which there is no namespace declaration in the expression context. If the QName has no prefix and the principal node type of the axis is element, then the default element namespace is used. Otherwise if the QName has no prefix, the namespace URI is null. The default element namespace is a member of the context for the XPath expression. The value of the default element namespace when executing an XPath expression through the DOM3 XPath API is determined in the following way: 1. If the context node is from an HTML DOM, the default element namespace is "http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml". 2. Otherwise, the default element namespace URI is null. This is equivalent to adding the default element namespace feature of XPath 2.0 to XPath 1.0, and using the HTML namespace as the default element namespace for HTML documents. It is motivated by the desire to have implementations be compatible with legacy HTML content while still supporting the changes that this specification introduces to HTML regarding the namespace used for HTML elements, and by the desire to use XPath 1.0 rather than XPath 2.0. This change is a willful violation of the XPath 1.0 specification, motivated by desire to have implementations be compatible with legacy content while still supporting the changes that this specification introduces to HTML regarding which namespace is used for HTML elements. [XPATH] ---------------------------------------------------------------------- XSLT 1.0 processors outputting to a DOM when the output method is "html" (either explicitly or via the defaulting rule in XSLT 1.0) are affected as follows: If the transformation program outputs an element in no namespace, the processor must, prior to constructing the corresponding DOM element node, change the namespace of the element to the HTML namespace, ASCII-lowercase the element’s local name, and ASCII-lowercase the names of any non-namespaced attributes on the element. This requirement is a willful violation of the XSLT 1.0 specification, required because this specification changes the namespaces and case-sensitivity rules of HTML in a manner that would otherwise be incompatible with DOM-based XSLT transformations. (Processors that serialize the output are unaffected.) [XSLT] ---------------------------------------------------------------------- This specification does not specify precisely how XSLT processing interacts with the HTML parser infrastructure (for example, whether an XSLT processor acts as if it puts any elements into a stack of open elements). However, XSLT processors must stop parsing if they successfully complete, and must set the current document readiness first to "interactive" and then to "complete" if they are aborted. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- This specification does not specify how XSLT interacts with the navigation algorithm, how it fits in with the event loop, nor how error pages are to be handled (e.g., whether XSLT errors are to replace an incremental XSLT output, or are rendered inline, etc). There are also additional non-normative comments regarding the interaction of XSLT and HTML in the script element section, and of XSLT, XPath, and HTML in the template element section. 2.3. Case-sensitivity and string comparison Comparing two strings in a case-sensitive manner means comparing them exactly, code point for code point. Comparing two strings in an ASCII case-insensitive manner means comparing them exactly, code point for code point, except that the characters in the range U+0041 to U+005A (i.e., LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A to LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z) and the corresponding characters in the range U+0061 to U+007A (i.e., LATIN SMALL LETTER A to LATIN SMALL LETTER Z) are considered to also match. Comparing two strings in a compatibility caseless manner means using the Unicode compatibility caseless match operation to compare the two strings, with no language-specific tailorings. [UNICODE] Except where otherwise stated, string comparisons must be performed in a case-sensitive manner. Converting a string to ASCII uppercase means replacing all characters in the range U+0061 to U+007A (i.e., LATIN SMALL LETTER A to LATIN SMALL LETTER Z) with the corresponding characters in the range U+0041 to U+005A (i.e., LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A to LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z). Converting a string to ASCII lowercase means replacing all characters in the range U+0041 to U+005A (i.e., LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A to LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z) with the corresponding characters in the range U+0061 to U+007A (i.e., LATIN SMALL LETTER A to LATIN SMALL LETTER Z). A string pattern is a prefix match for a string s when pattern is not longer than s and truncating s to pattern’s length leaves the two strings as matches of each other. 2.4. Common microsyntaxes There are various places in HTML that accept particular data types, such as dates or numbers. This section describes what the conformance criteria for content in those formats is, and how to parse them. Implementors are strongly urged to carefully examine any third-party libraries they might consider using to implement the parsing of syntaxes described below. For example, date libraries are likely to implement error handling behavior that differs from what is required in this specification, since error-handling behavior is often not defined in specifications that describe date syntaxes similar to those used in this specification, and thus implementations tend to vary greatly in how they handle errors. 2.4.1. Common parser idioms The space characters, for the purposes of this specification, are U+0020 SPACE, U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab), U+000A LINE FEED (LF), U+000C FORM FEED (FF), and U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR). The White_Space characters are those that have the Unicode property "White_Space" in the Unicode PropList.txt data file. [UNICODE] This should not be confused with the "White_Space" value (abbreviated "WS") of the "Bidi_Class" property in the Unicode.txt data file. The control characters are those whose Unicode "General_Category" property has the value "Cc" in the Unicode UnicodeData.txt data file. [UNICODE] The uppercase ASCII letters are the characters in the range U+0041 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A to U+005A LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z. The lowercase ASCII letters are the characters in the range U+0061 LATIN SMALL LETTER A to U+007A LATIN SMALL LETTER Z. The ASCII letters are the characters that are either uppercase ASCII letters or lowercase ASCII letters. The ASCII digits are the characters in the range U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9). The alphanumeric ASCII characters are those that are either uppercase ASCII letters, lowercase ASCII letters, or ASCII digits. The ASCII hex digits are the characters in the ranges U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9), U+0041 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A to U+0046 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER F, and U+0061 LATIN SMALL LETTER A to U+0066 LATIN SMALL LETTER F. The uppercase ASCII hex digits are the characters in the ranges U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9) and U+0041 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A to U+0046 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER F only. The lowercase ASCII hex digits are the characters in the ranges U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) to U+0039 DIGIT NINE (9) and U+0061 LATIN SMALL LETTER A to U+0066 LATIN SMALL LETTER F only. Some of the micro-parsers described below follow the pattern of having an input variable that holds the string being parsed, and having a position variable pointing at the next character to parse in input. For parsers based on this pattern, a step that requires the user agent to collect a sequence of characters means that the following algorithm must be run, with characters being the set of characters that can be collected: 1. Let input and position be the same variables as those of the same name in the algorithm that invoked these steps. 2. Let result be the empty string. 3. While position doesn’t point past the end of input and the character at position is one of the characters, append that character to the end of result and advance position to the next character in input. 4. Return result. The step skip white space means that the user agent must collect a sequence of characters that are space characters. The collected characters are not used. When a user agent is to strip line breaks from a string, the user agent must remove any U+000A LINE FEED (LF) and U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters from that string. When a user agent is to strip leading and trailing white space from a string, the user agent must remove all space characters that are at the start or end of the string. When a user agent is to strip and collapse white space in a string, it must replace any sequence of one or more consecutive space characters in that string with a single U+0020 SPACE character, and then strip leading and trailing white space from that string. When a user agent has to strictly split a string on a particular delimiter character delimiter, it must use the following algorithm: 1. Let input be the string being parsed. 2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string. 3. Let tokens be an ordered list of tokens, initially empty. 4. While position is not past the end of input: 1. Collect a sequence of characters that are not the delimiter character. 2. Append the string collected in the previous step to tokens. 3. Advance position to the next character in input. 5. Return tokens. For the special cases of splitting a string on spaces and on commas, this algorithm does not apply (those algorithms also perform white space trimming). 2.4.2. Boolean attributes A number of attributes are boolean attributes. The presence of a boolean attribute on an element represents the true value, and the absence of the attribute represents the false value. If the attribute is present, its value must either be the empty string or a value that is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the attribute’s canonical name, with no leading or trailing white space. A boolean attribute without a value assigned to it (e.g. checked) is implicitly equivalent to one that has the empty string assigned to it (i.e. checked=""). As a consequence, it represents the true value. The values "true" and "false" are not allowed on boolean attributes. To represent a false value, the attribute has to be omitted altogether. Here is an example of a checkbox that is checked and disabled. The checked and disabled attributes are the boolean attributes. This could be equivalently written as this: You can also mix styles; the following is still equivalent: 2.4.3. Keywords and enumerated attributes Some attributes are defined as taking one of a finite set of keywords. Such attributes are called enumerated attributes. The keywords are each defined to map to a particular state (several keywords might map to the same state, in which case some of the keywords are synonyms of each other; additionally, some of the keywords can be said to be non-conforming, and are only in the specification for historical reasons). In addition, two default states can be given. The first is the invalid value default, the second is the missing value default. If an enumerated attribute is specified, the attribute’s value must be an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of the given keywords that are not said to be non-conforming, with no leading or trailing white space. When the attribute is specified, if its value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of the given keywords then that keyword’s state is the state that the attribute represents. If the attribute value matches none of the given keywords, but the attribute has an invalid value default, then the attribute represents that state. Otherwise, if the attribute value matches none of the keywords but there is a missing value default state defined, then that is the state represented by the attribute. Otherwise, there is no default, and invalid values mean that there is no state represented. When the attribute is not specified, if there is a missing value default state defined, then that is the state represented by the (missing) attribute. Otherwise, the absence of the attribute means that there is no state represented. The empty string can be a valid keyword. 2.4.4. Numbers 2.4.4.1. Signed integers A string is a valid integer if it consists of one or more ASCII digits, optionally prefixed with a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-). A valid integer without a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-) prefix represents the number that is represented in base ten by that string of digits. A valid integer with a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-) prefix represents the number represented in base ten by the string of digits that follows the U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS, subtracted from zero. The rules for parsing integers are as given in the following algorithm. When invoked, the steps must be followed in the order given, aborting at the first step that returns a value. This algorithm will return either an integer or an error. 1. Let input be the string being parsed. 2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string. 3. Let sign have the value "positive". 4. Skip white space. 5. If position is past the end of input, return an error. 6. If the character indicated by position (the first character) is a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-): 1. Let sign be "negative". 2. Advance position to the next character. 3. If position is past the end of input, return an error. Otherwise, if the character indicated by position (the first character) is a U+002B PLUS SIGN character (+): 1. Advance position to the next character. (The "+" is ignored, but it is not conforming.) 2. If position is past the end of input, return an error. 7. If the character indicated by position is not an ASCII digit, then return an error. 8. Collect a sequence of characters that are ASCII digits, and interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let value be that integer. 9. If sign is "positive", return value, otherwise return the result of subtracting value from zero. 2.4.4.2. Non-negative integers A string is a valid non-negative integer if it consists of one or more ASCII digits. A valid non-negative integer represents the number that is represented in base ten by that string of digits. The rules for parsing non-negative integers are as given in the following algorithm. When invoked, the steps must be followed in the order given, aborting at the first step that returns a value. This algorithm will return either zero, a positive integer, or an error. 1. Let input be the string being parsed. 2. Let value be the result of parsing input using the rules for parsing integers. 3. If value is an error, return an error. 4. If value is less than zero, return an error. 5. Return value. 2.4.4.3. Floating-point numbers A string is a valid floating-point number if it consists of: 1. Optionally, a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-). 2. One or both of the following, in the given order: 1. A series of one or more ASCII digits. 2. Both of the following, in the given order: 1. A single U+002E FULL STOP character (.). 2. A series of one or more ASCII digits. 3. Optionally: 1. Either a U+0065 LATIN SMALL LETTER E character (e) or a U+0045 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E character (E). 2. Optionally, a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-) or U+002B PLUS SIGN character (+). 3. A series of one or more ASCII digits. A valid floating-point number represents the number obtained by multiplying the significand by ten raised to the power of the exponent, where the significand is the first number, interpreted as base ten (including the decimal point and the number after the decimal point, if any, and interpreting the significand as a negative number if the whole string starts with a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-) and the number is not zero), and where the exponent is the number after the E, if any (interpreted as a negative number if there is a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-) between the E and the number and the number is not zero, or else ignoring a U+002B PLUS SIGN character (+) between the E and the number if there is one). If there is no E, then the exponent is treated as zero. The Infinity and Not-a-Number (NaN) values are not valid floating-point numbers. The best representation of the number n as a floating-point number is the string obtained from running ToString(n). The abstract operation ToString is not uniquely determined. When there are multiple possible strings that could be obtained from ToString for a particular value, the user agent must always return the same string for that value (though it may differ from the value used by other user agents). The rules for parsing floating-point number values are as given in the following algorithm. This algorithm must be aborted at the first step that returns something. This algorithm will return either a number or an error. 1. Let input be the string being parsed. 2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string. 3. Let value have the value 1. 4. Let divisor have the value 1. 5. Let exponent have the value 1. 6. Skip white space. 7. If position is past the end of input, return an error. 8. If the character indicated by position is a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-): 1. Change value and divisor to -1. 2. Advance position to the next character. 3. If position is past the end of input, return an error. Otherwise, if the character indicated by position (the first character) is a U+002B PLUS SIGN character (+): 1. Advance position to the next character. (The "+" is ignored, but it is not conforming.) 2. If position is past the end of input, return an error. 9. If the character indicated by position is a U+002E FULL STOP (.), and that is not the last character in input, and the character after the character indicated by position is an ASCII digit, then set value to zero and jump to the step labeled fraction. 10. If the character indicated by position is not an ASCII digit, then return an error. 11. Collect a sequence of characters that are ASCII digits, and interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Multiply value by that integer. 12. If position is past the end of input, jump to the step labeled conversion. 13. Fraction: If the character indicated by position is a U+002E FULL STOP (.), run these substeps: 1. Advance position to the next character. 2. If position is past the end of input, or if the character indicated by position is not an ASCII digit, U+0065 LATIN SMALL LETTER E (e), or U+0045 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E (E), then jump to the step labeled conversion. 3. If the character indicated by position is a U+0065 LATIN SMALL LETTER E character (e) or a U+0045 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E character (E), skip the remainder of these substeps. 4. Fraction loop: Multiply divisor by ten. 5. Add the value of the character indicated by position, interpreted as a base-ten digit (0..9) and divided by divisor, to value. 6. Advance position to the next character. 7. If position is past the end of input, then jump to the step labeled conversion. 8. If the character indicated by position is an ASCII digit, jump back to the step labeled fraction loop in these substeps. 14. If the character indicated by position is a U+0065 LATIN SMALL LETTER E character (e) or a U+0045 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E character (E), run these substeps: 1. Advance position to the next character. 2. If position is past the end of input, then jump to the step labeled conversion. 3. If the character indicated by position is a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-): 1. Change exponent to -1. 2. Advance position to the next character. 3. If position is past the end of input, then jump to the step labeled conversion. Otherwise, if the character indicated by position is a U+002B PLUS SIGN character (+): 1. Advance position to the next character. 2. If position is past the end of input, then jump to the step labeled conversion. 4. If the character indicated by position is not an ASCII digit, then jump to the step labeled conversion. 5. Collect a sequence of characters that are ASCII digits, and interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Multiply exponent by that integer. 6. Multiply value by ten raised to the exponentth power. 15. Conversion: Let S be the set of finite IEEE 754 double-precision floating-point values except -0, but with two special values added: 2^1024 and -2^1024. 16. Let rounded-value be the number in S that is closest to value, selecting the number with an even significand if there are two equally close values. (The two special values 2^1024 and -2^1024 are considered to have even significands for this purpose.) 17. If rounded-value is 2^1024 or -2^1024, return an error. 18. Return rounded-value. 2.4.4.4. Percentages and lengths The rules for parsing dimension values are as given in the following algorithm. When invoked, the steps must be followed in the order given, aborting at the first step that returns a value. This algorithm will return either a number greater than or equal to 0.0, or an error; if a number is returned, then it is further categorized as either a percentage or a length. 1. Let input be the string being parsed. 2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string. 3. Skip white space. 4. If position is past the end of input, return an error. 5. If the character indicated by position is a U+002B PLUS SIGN character (+), advance position to the next character. 6. If position is past the end of input, return an error. 7. If the character indicated by position is not an ASCII digit, then return an error. 8. Collect a sequence of characters that are ASCII digits, and interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let value be that number. 9. If position is past the end of input, return value as a length. 10. If the character indicated by position is a U+002E FULL STOP character (.): 1. Advance position to the next character. 2. If position is past the end of input, or if the character indicated by position is not an ASCII digit, then return value as a length. 3. Let divisor have the value 1. 4. Fraction loop: Multiply divisor by ten. 5. Add the value of the character indicated by position, interpreted as a base-ten digit (0..9) and divided by divisor, to value. 6. Advance position to the next character. 7. If position is past the end of input, then return value as a length. 8. If the character indicated by position is an ASCII digit, return to the step labeled fraction loop in these substeps. 11. If position is past the end of input, return value as a length. 12. If the character indicated by position is a U+0025 PERCENT SIGN character (%), return value as a percentage. 13. Return value as a length. 2.4.4.5. Non-zero percentages and lengths The rules for parsing non-zero dimension values are as given in the following algorithm. When invoked, the steps must be followed in the order given, aborting at the first step that returns a value. This algorithm will return either a number greater than 0.0, or an error; if a number is returned, then it is further categorized as either a percentage or a length. 1. Let input be the string being parsed. 2. Let value be the result of parsing input using the rules for parsing dimension values. 3. If value is an error, return an error. 4. If value is zero, return an error. 5. If value is a percentage, return value as a percentage. 6. Return value as a length. 2.4.4.6. Lists of floating-point numbers A valid list of floating-point numbers is a number of valid floating-point numbers separated by U+002C COMMA characters, with no other characters (e.g. no space characters). In addition, there might be restrictions on the number of floating-point numbers that can be given, or on the range of values allowed. The rules for parsing a list of floating-point numbers are as follows: 1. Let input be the string being parsed. 2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string. 3. Let numbers be an initially empty list of floating-point numbers. This list will be the result of this algorithm. 4. Collect a sequence of characters that are space characters, U+002C COMMA, or U+003B SEMICOLON characters. This skips past any leading delimiters. 5. While position is not past the end of input: 1. Collect a sequence of characters that are not space characters, U+002C COMMA, U+003B SEMICOLON, ASCII digits, U+002E FULL STOP, or U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS characters. This skips past leading garbage. 2. Collect a sequence of characters that are not space characters, U+002C COMMA, or U+003B SEMICOLON characters, and let unparsed number be the result. 3. Let number be the result of parsing unparsed number using the rules for parsing floating-point number values. 4. If number is an error, set number to zero. 5. Append number to numbers. 6. Collect a sequence of characters that are space characters, U+002C COMMA, or U+003B SEMICOLON characters. This skips past the delimiter. 6. Return numbers. 2.4.4.7. Lists of dimensions The rules for parsing a list of dimensions are as follows. These rules return a list of zero or more pairs consisting of a number and a unit, the unit being one of percentage, relative, and absolute. 1. Let raw input be the string being parsed. 2. If the last character in raw input is a U+002C COMMA character (,), then remove that character from raw input. 3. Split the string raw input on commas. Let raw tokens be the resulting list of tokens. 4. Let result be an empty list of number/unit pairs. 5. For each token in raw tokens, run the following substeps: 1. Let input be the token. 2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string. 3. Let value be the number 0. 4. Let unit be absolute. 5. If position is past the end of input, set unit to relative and jump to the last substep. 6. If the character at position is an ASCII digit, collect a sequence of characters that are ASCII digits, interpret the resulting sequence as an integer in base ten, and increment value by that integer. 7. If the character at position is a U+002E FULL STOP character (.), run these substeps: 1. Collect a sequence of characters consisting of space characters and ASCII digits. Let s be the resulting sequence. 2. Remove all space characters in s. 3. If s is not the empty string, run these subsubsteps: 1. Let length be the number of characters in s (after the spaces were removed). 2. Let fraction be the result of interpreting s as a base-ten integer, and then dividing that number by 10^length. 3. Increment value by fraction. 8. Skip white space. 9. If the character at position is a U+0025 PERCENT SIGN character (%), then set unit to percentage. Otherwise, if the character at position is a U+002A ASTERISK character (*), then set unit to relative. 10. Add an entry to result consisting of the number given by value and the unit given by unit. 6. Return the list result. 2.4.5. Dates and times This specification encodes dates and times according to a common subset of the [ISO8601] standard for dates. This means that encoded dates will look like 1582-03-01, 0033-03-27, or 2016-03-01, and date-times will look like 1929-11-13T19:00Z, 0325-06-03T00:21+10:30. The format is approximately YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.DD±HH:MM, although some parts are optional, for example to express a month and day as in a birthday, a time without time-zone information, and the like. Times are expressed using the 24-hour clock, and it is an error to express leap seconds. Dates are expressed in the proleptic Gregorian calendar between the proleptic year 0000, and the year 9999. Other years cannot be encoded. The proleptic Gregorian calendar is the calendar most common globally since around 1950, and is likely to be understood by almost everyone for dates between the years 1950 and 9999, and for many people for dates in the last few decades or centuries. The Gregorian calendar was adopted officially in different countries at different times, between the years 1582 when it was proposed by Pope Gregory XIII as a replacement for the Julian calendar, and 1949 when it was adopted by the People’s republic of China. For most practical purposes, dealing with the present, recent past, or the next few thousand years, this will work without problems. For dates before the adoption of the Gregorian Calendar - for example prior to 1917 in Russia or Turkey, prior to 1752 in Britain or the then British colonies of America, or prior to 1582 in Spain, the Spanish colonies in America, and the rest of the world, dates will not match those written at the time. The use of the Gregorian calendar as an underlying encoding is a somewhat arbitrary choice. Many other calendars were or are in use, and the interested reader should look for information on the Web. See also the discussion of date, time, and number formats in forms (for authors), implementation notes regarding localization of form controls, and the time element. In the algorithms below, the number of days in month month of year year is: 31 if month is 1, 3, 5, 7, 8, 10, or 12; 30 if month is 4, 6, 9, or 11; 29 if month is 2 and year is a number divisible by 400, or if year is a number divisible by 4 but not by 100; and 28 otherwise. This takes into account leap years in the Gregorian calendar. [GREGORIAN] When ASCII digits are used in the date and time syntaxes defined in this section, they express numbers in base ten. While the formats described here are intended to be subsets of the corresponding ISO8601 formats, this specification defines parsing rules in much more detail than ISO8601. Implementors are therefore encouraged to carefully examine any date parsing libraries before using them to implement the parsing rules described below; ISO8601 libraries might not parse dates and times in exactly the same manner. [ISO8601] Where this specification refers to the proleptic Gregorian calendar, it means the modern Gregorian calendar, extrapolated backwards to year 1. A date in the proleptic Gregorian calendar, sometimes explicitly referred to as a proleptic-Gregorian date, is one that is described using that calendar even if that calendar was not in use at the time (or place) in question. [GREGORIAN] 2.4.5.1. Months A month consists of a specific proleptic-Gregorian date with no time-zone information and no date information beyond a year and a month. [GREGORIAN] A string is a valid month string representing a year year and month month if it consists of the following components in the given order: 1. Four or more ASCII digits, representing year, where year > 0 2. A U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-) 3. Two ASCII digits, representing the month month, in the range 1 ≤ month ≤ 12 For example, February 2005 is encoded 2005-02, and March of the year 33AD (as a proleptic gregorian date) is encoded 0033-03. The expression 325-03 does not mean March in the year 325, it is an error, because it does not have 4 digits for the year. The rules to parse a month string are as follows. This will return either a year and month, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing. 1. Let input be the string being parsed. 2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string. 3. Parse a month component to obtain year and month. If this returns nothing, then fail. 4. If position is not beyond the end of input, then fail. 5. Return year and month. The rules to parse a month component, given an input string and a position, are as follows. This will return either a year and a month, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing. 1. Collect a sequence of characters that are ASCII digits. If the collected sequence is not at least four characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the year. 2. If year is not a number greater than zero, then fail. 3. If position is beyond the end of input or if the character at position is not a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character, then fail. Otherwise, move position forwards one character. 4. Collect a sequence of characters that are ASCII digits. If the collected sequence is not exactly two characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the month. 5. If month is not a number in the range 1 ≤ month ≤ 12, then fail. 6. Return year and month. 2.4.5.2. Dates A date consists of a specific proleptic-Gregorian date with no time-zone information, consisting of a year, a month, and a day. [GREGORIAN] A string is a valid date string representing a year year, month month, and day day if it consists of the following components in the given order: 1. A valid month string, representing year and month 2. A U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-) 3. Two ASCII digits, representing day, in the range 1 ≤ day ≤ maxday where maxday is the number of days in the month month and year year For example, 29 February 2016 is encoded 2016-02-29, and 3 March of the year 33AD (as a proleptic gregorian date) is encoded 0033-03-03. The expression 325-03-03 does not mean 3 March in the year 325, it is an error, because it does not have 4 digits for the year. The rules to parse a date string are as follows. This will return either a date, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing. 1. Let input be the string being parsed. 2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string. 3. Parse a date component to obtain year, month, and day. If this returns nothing, then fail. 4. If position is not beyond the end of input, then fail. 5. Let date be the date with year year, month month, and day day. 6. Return date. The rules to parse a date component, given an input string and a position, are as follows. This will return either a year, a month, and a day, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing. 1. Parse a month component to obtain year and month. If this returns nothing, then fail. 2. Let maxday be the number of days in month month of year year. 3. If position is beyond the end of input or if the character at position is not a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character, then fail. Otherwise, move position forwards one character. 4. Collect a sequence of characters that are ASCII digits. If the collected sequence is not exactly two characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the day. 5. If day is not a number in the range 1 ≤ day ≤ maxday, then fail. 6. Return year, month, and day. 2.4.5.3. Yearless dates A yearless date consists of a Gregorian month and a day within that month, but with no associated year. [GREGORIAN] A string is a valid yearless date string representing a month month and a day day if it consists of the following components in the given order: 1. Optionally, two U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS characters (-) 2. Two ASCII digits, representing the month month, in the range 1 ≤ month ≤ 12 3. A U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-) 4. Two ASCII digits, representing day, in the range 1 ≤ day ≤ maxday where maxday is the number of days in the month month and any arbitrary leap year (e.g., 4 or 2000) In other words, if the month is "02", meaning February, then the day can be 29, as if the year was a leap year. For example, 29 February is encoded 02-29, and 3 March is encoded 03-03. The rules to parse a yearless date string are as follows. This will return either a month and a day, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing. 1. Let input be the string being parsed. 2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string. 3. Parse a yearless date component to obtain month and day. If this returns nothing, then fail. 4. If position is not beyond the end of input, then fail. 5. Return month and day. The rules to parse a yearless date component, given an input string and a position, are as follows. This will return either a month and a day, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing. 1. Collect a sequence of characters that are U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS characters (-). If the collected sequence is not exactly zero or two characters long, then fail. 2. Collect a sequence of characters that are ASCII digits. If the collected sequence is not exactly two characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the month. 3. If month is not a number in the range 1 ≤ month ≤ 12, then fail. 4. Let maxday be the number of days in month month of any arbitrary leap year (e.g., 4 or 2000). 5. If position is beyond the end of input or if the character at position is not a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character, then fail. Otherwise, move position forwards one character. 6. Collect a sequence of characters that are ASCII digits. If the collected sequence is not exactly two characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the day. 7. If day is not a number in the range 1 ≤ day ≤ maxday, then fail. 8. Return month and day. 2.4.5.4. Times A time consists of a specific time with no time-zone information, consisting of an hour, a minute, a second, and a fraction of a second. A string is a valid time string representing an hour hour, a minute minute, and a second second if it consists of the following components in the given order: 1. Two ASCII digits, representing hour, in the range 0 ≤ hour ≤ 23 2. A U+003A COLON character (:) 3. Two ASCII digits, representing minute, in the range 0 ≤ minute ≤ 59 4. If second is non-zero, or optionally if second is zero: 1. A U+003A COLON character (:) 2. Two ASCII digits, representing the integer part of second, in the range 0 ≤ s ≤ 59 3. If second is not an integer, or optionally if second is an integer: 1. A 002E FULL STOP character (.) 2. One, two, or three ASCII digits, representing the fractional part of second The second component cannot be 60 or 61; leap seconds cannot be represented. Times are encoded using the 24 hour clock, with optional seconds, and optional decimal fractions of seconds. Thus 7.45pm is encoded as 19:45. Note that parsing that time will return 19:45:00, or 7.45pm and zero seconds. 19:45:45.456 is 456 thousandths of a second after 7.45pm and 45 seconds. The rules to parse a time string are as follows. This will return either a time, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing. 1. Let input be the string being parsed. 2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string. 3. Parse a time component to obtain hour, minute, and second. If this returns nothing, then fail. 4. If position is not beyond the end of input, then fail. 5. Let time be the time with hour hour, minute minute, and second second. 6. Return time. The rules to parse a time component, given an input string and a position, are as follows. This will return either an hour, a minute, and a second, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing. 1. Collect a sequence of characters that are ASCII digits. If the collected sequence is not exactly two characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the hour. 2. If hour is not a number in the range 0 ≤ hour ≤ 23, then fail. 3. If position is beyond the end of input or if the character at position is not a U+003A COLON character, then fail. Otherwise, move position forwards one character. 4. Collect a sequence of characters that are ASCII digits. If the collected sequence is not exactly two characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the minute. 5. If minute is not a number in the range 0 ≤ minute ≤ 59, then fail. 6. Let second be a string with the value "0". 7. If position is not beyond the end of input and the character at position is a U+003A COLON, then run these substeps: 1. Advance position to the next character in input. 2. If position is beyond the end of input, or at the last character in input, or if the next two characters in input starting at position are not both ASCII digits, then fail. 3. Collect a sequence of characters that are either ASCII digits or U+002E FULL STOP characters. If the collected sequence is three characters long, or if it is longer than three characters long and the third character is not a U+002E FULL STOP character, or if it has more than one U+002E FULL STOP character, then fail. Otherwise, let second be the collected string. 8. Interpret second as a base-ten number (possibly with a fractional part). Let second be that number instead of the string version. 9. If second is not a number in the range 0 ≤ second < 60, then fail. 10. Return hour, minute, and second. 2.4.5.5. Floating dates and times A floating date and time consists of a specific proleptic-Gregorian date, consisting of a year, a month, and a day, and a time, consisting of an hour, a minute, a second, and a fraction of a second, but expressed without a time zone. [GREGORIAN] A string is a valid floating date and time string representing a date and time if it consists of the following components in the given order: 1. A valid date string representing the date 2. A U+0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T character (T) or a U+0020 SPACE character 3. A valid time string representing the time A string is a valid normalized floating date and time string representing a date and time if it consists of the following components in the given order: 1. A valid date string representing the date 2. A U+0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T character (T) 3. A valid time string representing the time, expressed as the shortest possible string for the given time (e.g., omitting the seconds component entirely if the given time is zero seconds past the minute) The rules to parse a floating date and time string are as follows. This will return either a date and time, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing. 1. Let input be the string being parsed. 2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string. 3. Parse a date component to obtain year, month, and day. If this returns nothing, then fail. 4. If position is beyond the end of input or if the character at position is neither a U+0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T character (T) nor a U+0020 SPACE character, then fail. Otherwise, move position forwards one character. 5. Parse a time component to obtain hour, minute, and second. If this returns nothing, then fail. 6. If position is not beyond the end of input, then fail. 7. Let date be the date with year year, month month, and day day. 8. Let time be the time with hour hour, minute minute, and second second. 9. Return date and time. 2.4.5.6. Time zones A time-zone offset consists of a signed number of hours and minutes. A string is a valid time-zone offset string representing a time-zone offset if it consists of either: * A U+005A LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z character (Z), allowed only if the time zone is UTC * Or, the following components, in the given order: 1. Either a U+002B PLUS SIGN character (+) or, if the time-zone offset is not zero, a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-), representing the sign of the time-zone offset 2. Two ASCII digits, representing the hours component hour of the time-zone offset, in the range 0 ≤ hour ≤ 23 3. Optionally, a U+003A COLON character (:) 4. Two ASCII digits, representing the minutes component minute of the time-zone offset, in the range 0 ≤ minute ≤ 59 This format allows for time-zone offsets from -23:59 to +23:59. In practice, however, right now the range of offsets of actual time zones is -12:00 to +14:00, and the minutes component of offsets of actual time zones is always either 00, 30, or 45. There is no guarantee that this will remain so forever, however; time zones are changed by countries at will and do not follow a standard. See also the usage notes and examples in the global date and time section below for details on using time-zone offsets with historical times that predate the formation of formal time zones. The rules to parse a time-zone offset string are as follows. This will return either a time-zone offset, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing. 1. Let input be the string being parsed. 2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string. 3. Parse a time-zone offset component to obtain timezone_hours and timezone_minutes. If this returns nothing, then fail. 4. If position is not beyond the end of input, then fail. 5. Return the time-zone offset that is timezone_hours hours and timezone_minutes minutes from UTC. The rules to parse a time-zone offset component, given an input string and a position, are as follows. This will return either time-zone hours and time-zone minutes, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing. 1. If the character at position is a U+005A LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z character (Z), then: 1. Let timezone_hours be 0. 2. Let timezone_minutes be 0. 3. Advance position to the next character in input. Otherwise, if the character at position is either a U+002B PLUS SIGN (+) or a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-), then: 1. If the character at position is a U+002B PLUS SIGN (+), let sign be "positive". Otherwise, it’s a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-); let sign be "negative". 2. Advance position to the next character in input. 3. Collect a sequence of characters that are ASCII digits. Let s be the collected sequence. 4. If s is exactly two characters long, then run these substeps: 1. Interpret s as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the timezone_hours. 2. If position is beyond the end of input or if the character at position is not a U+003A COLON character, then fail. Otherwise, move position forwards one character. 3. Collect a sequence of characters that are ASCII digits. If the collected sequence is not exactly two characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the timezone_minutes. If s is exactly four characters long, then run these substeps: 1. Interpret the first two characters of s as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the timezone_hours. 2. Interpret the last two characters of s as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the timezone_minutes. Otherwise, fail. 5. If timezone_hours is not a number in the range 0 ≤ timezone_hours ≤ 23, then fail. 6. If sign is "negative", then negate timezone_hours. 7. If timezone_minutes is not a number in the range 0 ≤ timezone_minutes ≤ 59, then fail. 8. If sign is "negative", then negate timezone_minutes. Otherwise, fail. 2. Return timezone_hours and timezone_minutes. 2.4.5.7. Global dates and times A global date and time consists of a specific proleptic-Gregorian date, consisting of a year, a month, and a day, and a time, consisting of an hour, a minute, a second, and a fraction of a second, expressed with a time-zone offset, consisting of a signed number of hours and minutes. [GREGORIAN] A string is a valid global date and time string representing a date, time, and a time-zone offset if it consists of the following components in the given order: 1. A valid date string representing the date 2. A U+0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T character (T) or a U+0020 SPACE character 3. A valid time string representing the time 4. A valid time-zone offset string representing the time-zone offset Times in dates before the formation of UTC in the mid twentieth century must be expressed and interpreted in terms of UT1 (contemporary Earth mean solar time at the 0° longitude), not UTC (the approximation of UT1 that ticks in SI seconds). Time before the formation of time zones must be expressed and interpreted as UT1 times with explicit time zones that approximate the contemporary difference between the appropriate local time and the time observed at the location of Greenwich, London. The following are some examples of dates written as valid global date and time strings. "0037-12-13 00:00Z" Midnight "London time" (UTC) on the birthday of the Roman Emperor Nero. See below for further discussion on which date this actually corresponds to. "1979-10-14T12:00:00.001-04:00" One millisecond after noon on October 14th 1979, in the time zone in use on the east coast of the USA during daylight saving time. "8592-01-01T02:09+02:09" Midnight UTC on the 1st of January, 8592. The time zone associated with that time is two hours and nine minutes ahead of UTC, which is not currently a real time zone, but is nonetheless allowed. Several things are notable about these dates: * Years with fewer than four digits have to be zero-padded. The date "37-12-13" is not a valid date. * If the "T" is replaced by a space, it must be a single space character. The string "2001-12-21  12:00Z" (with two spaces between the components) would not be parsed successfully. * To unambiguously identify a date it has to be first converted to the Gregorian calendar (e.g., from the Hijri, Jewish, Julian or other calendar). For example, the Roman Emperor Nero was born on the 15th of December 37 in the Julian Calendar, which is the 13th of December 37 in the proleptic Gregorian calendar. * The time and time-zone offset components are not optional. * Dates before the year one or after the year 9999 in teh Gregorian calendar cannot be represented as a datetime in this version of HTML. * Time-zone offsets for a place may vary, for example due to daylight savings time. The zone offset is not a complete time zone specification. When working with real date and time values, consider using a separate field for time zone, perhaps using IANA time zone IDs. [TIMEZONE] A string is a valid normalized global date and time string representing a date, time, and a time-zone offset if it consists of the following components in the given order: 1. A valid date string representing the date converted to the UTC time zone 2. A U+0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T character (T) 3. A valid time string representing the time converted to the UTC time zone and expressed as the shortest possible string for the given time (e.g., omitting the seconds component entirely if the given time is zero seconds past the minute) 4. A U+005A LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z character (Z) The rules to parse a global date and time string are as follows. This will return either a time in UTC, with associated time-zone offset information for round-tripping or display purposes, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing. 1. Let input be the string being parsed. 2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string. 3. Parse a date component to obtain year, month, and day. If this returns nothing, then fail. 4. If position is beyond the end of input or if the character at position is neither a U+0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T character (T) nor a U+0020 SPACE character, then fail. Otherwise, move position forwards one character. 5. Parse a time component to obtain hour, minute, and second. If this returns nothing, then fail. 6. If position is beyond the end of input, then fail. 7. Parse a time-zone offset component to obtain timezone_hours and timezone_minutes. If this returns nothing, then fail. 8. If position is not beyond the end of input, then fail. 9. Let time be the moment in time at year year, month month, day day, hours hour, minute minute, second second, subtracting timezone_hours hours and timezone_minutes minutes. That moment in time is a moment in the UTC time zone. 10. Let timezone be timezone_hours hours and timezone_minutes minutes from UTC. 11. Return time and timezone. 2.4.5.8. Weeks A week consists of a week-year number and a week number representing a seven-day period starting on a Monday. Each week-year in this calendaring system has either 52 or 53 such seven-day periods, as defined below. The seven-day period starting on the Gregorian date Monday December 29th 1969 (1969-12-29) is defined as week number 1 in week-year 1970. Consecutive weeks are numbered sequentially. The week before the number 1 week in a week-year is the last week in the previous week-year, and vice versa. [GREGORIAN] A week-year with a number year has 53 weeks if it corresponds to either a year year in the proleptic Gregorian calendar that has a Thursday as its first day (January 1st), or a year year in the proleptic Gregorian calendar that has a Wednesday as its first day (January 1st) and where year is a number divisible by 400, or a number divisible by 4 but not by 100. All other week-years have 52 weeks. The week number of the last day of a week-year with 53 weeks is 53; the week number of the last day of a week-year with 52 weeks is 52. The week-year number of a particular day can be different than the number of the year that contains that day in the proleptic Gregorian calendar. The first week in a week-year y is the week that contains the first Thursday of the Gregorian year y. For modern purposes, a week as defined here is equivalent to ISO weeks as defined in ISO 8601. [ISO8601] A string is a valid week string representing a week-year year and week week if it consists of the following components in the given order: 1. Four or more ASCII digits, representing year, where year > 0 2. A U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-) 3. A U+0057 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W character (W) 4. Two ASCII digits, representing the week week, in the range 1 ≤ week ≤ maxweek, where maxweek is the week number of the last day of week-year year The rules to parse a week string are as follows. This will return either a week-year number and week number, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing. 1. Let input be the string being parsed. 2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string. 3. Collect a sequence of characters that are ASCII digits. If the collected sequence is not at least four characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the year. 4. If year is not a number greater than zero, then fail. 5. If position is beyond the end of input or if the character at position is not a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character, then fail. Otherwise, move position forwards one character. 6. If position is beyond the end of input or if the character at position is not a U+0057 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W character (W), then fail. Otherwise, move position forwards one character. 7. Collect a sequence of characters that are ASCII digits. If the collected sequence is not exactly two characters long, then fail. Otherwise, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer. Let that number be the week. 8. Let maxweek be the week number of the last day of year year. 9. If week is not a number in the range 1 ≤ week ≤ maxweek, then fail. 10. If position is not beyond the end of input, then fail. 11. Return the week-year number year and the week number week. 2.4.5.9. Durations A duration consists of a number of seconds. Since months and seconds are not comparable (a month is not a precise number of seconds, but is instead a period whose exact length depends on the precise day from which it is measured) a duration as defined in this specification cannot include months (or years, which are equivalent to twelve months). Only durations that describe a specific number of seconds can be described. A string is a valid duration string representing a duration t if it consists of either of the following: * A literal U+0050 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER P character followed by one or more of the following subcomponents, in the order given, where the number of days, hours, minutes, and seconds corresponds to the same number of seconds as in t: 1. One or more ASCII digits followed by a U+0044 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D character, representing a number of days. 2. A U+0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T character followed by one or more of the following subcomponents, in the order given: 1. One or more ASCII digits followed by a U+0048 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER H character, representing a number of hours. 2. One or more ASCII digits followed by a U+004D LATIN CAPITAL LETTER M character, representing a number of minutes. 3. The following components: 1. One or more ASCII digits, representing a number of seconds. 2. Optionally, a U+002E FULL STOP character (.) followed by one, two, or three ASCII digits, representing a fraction of a second. 3. A U+0053 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S character. This, as with a number of other date- and time-related microsyntaxes defined in this specification, is based on one of the formats defined in ISO 8601. [ISO8601] * One or more duration time components, each with a different duration time component scale, in any order; the sum of the represented seconds being equal to the number of seconds in t. A duration time component is a string consisting of the following components: 1. Zero or more space characters. 2. One or more ASCII digits, representing a number of time units, scaled by the duration time component scale specified (see below) to represent a number of seconds. 3. If the duration time component scale specified is 1 (i.e., the units are seconds), then, optionally, a U+002E FULL STOP character (.) followed by one, two, or three ASCII digits, representing a fraction of a second. 4. Zero or more space characters. 5. One of the following characters, representing the duration time component scale of the time unit used in the numeric part of the duration time component: U+0057 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W character U+0077 LATIN SMALL LETTER W character Weeks. The scale is 604800. U+0044 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D character U+0064 LATIN SMALL LETTER D character Days. The scale is 86400. U+0048 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER H character U+0068 LATIN SMALL LETTER H character Hours. The scale is 3600. U+004D LATIN CAPITAL LETTER M character U+006D LATIN SMALL LETTER M character Minutes. The scale is 60. U+0053 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S character U+0073 LATIN SMALL LETTER S character Seconds. The scale is 1. 6. Zero or more space characters. This is not based on any of the formats in ISO 8601. It is intended to be a more human-readable alternative to the ISO 8601 duration format. The rules to parse a duration string are as follows. This will return either a duration or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing. 1. Let input be the string being parsed. 2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string. 3. Let months, seconds, and component count all be zero. 4. Let M-disambiguator be minutes. This flag’s other value is months. It is used to disambiguate the "M" unit in ISO8601 durations, which use the same unit for months and minutes. Months are not allowed, but are parsed for future compatibility and to avoid misinterpreting ISO8601 durations that would be valid in other contexts. 5. Skip white space. 6. If position is past the end of input, then fail. 7. If the character in input pointed to by position is a U+0050 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER P character, then advance position to the next character, set M-disambiguator to months, and skip white space. 8. Run the following substeps in a loop, until a step requiring the loop to be broken or the entire algorithm to fail is reached: 1. Let units be undefined. It will be assigned one of the following values: years, months, weeks, days, hours, minutes, and seconds. 2. Let next character be undefined. It is used to process characters from the input. 3. If position is past the end of input, then break the loop. 4. If the character in input pointed to by position is a U+0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T character, then advance position to the next character, set M-disambiguator to minutes, skip white space, and return to the top of the loop. 5. Set next character to the character in input pointed to by position. 6. If next character is a U+002E FULL STOP character (.), then let N equal zero. (Do not advance position. That is taken care of below.) Otherwise, if next character is an ASCII digit, then collect a sequence of characters that are ASCII digits, interpret the resulting sequence as a base-ten integer, and let N be that number. Otherwise next character is not part of a number; fail. 7. If position is past the end of input, then fail. 8. Set next character to the character in input pointed to by position, and this time advance position to the next character. (If next character was a U+002E FULL STOP character (.) before, it will still be that character this time.) 9. If next character is a U+002E FULL STOP character (.), then run these substeps: 1. Collect a sequence of characters that are ASCII digits. Let s be the resulting sequence. 2. If s is the empty string, then fail. 3. Let length be the number of characters in s. 4. Let fraction be the result of interpreting s as a base-ten integer, and then dividing that number by 10^length. 5. Increment N by fraction. 6. Skip white space. 7. If position is past the end of input, then fail. 8. Set next character to the character in input pointed to by position, and advance position to the next character. 9. If next character is neither a U+0053 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S character nor a U+0073 LATIN SMALL LETTER S character, then fail. 10. Set units to seconds. Otherwise, run these substeps: 1. If next character is a space character, then skip white space, set next character to the character in input pointed to by position, and advance position to the next character. 2. If next character is a U+0059 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y character, or a U+0079 LATIN SMALL LETTER Y character, set units to years and set M-disambiguator to months. If next character is a U+004D LATIN CAPITAL LETTER M character or a U+006D LATIN SMALL LETTER M character, and M-disambiguator is months, then set units to months. If next character is a U+0057 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W character or a U+0077 LATIN SMALL LETTER W character, set units to weeks and set M-disambiguator to minutes. If next character is a U+0044 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D character or a U+0064 LATIN SMALL LETTER D character, set units to days and set M-disambiguator to minutes. If next character is a U+0048 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER H character or a U+0068 LATIN SMALL LETTER H character, set units to hours and set M-disambiguator to minutes. If next character is a U+004D LATIN CAPITAL LETTER M character or a U+006D LATIN SMALL LETTER M character, and M-disambiguator is minutes, then set units to minutes. If next character is a U+0053 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S character or a U+0073 LATIN SMALL LETTER S character, set units to seconds and set M-disambiguator to minutes. Otherwise if next character is none of the above characters, then fail. 10. Increment component count. 11. Let multiplier be 1. 12. If units is years, multiply multiplier by 12 and set units to months. 13. If units is months, add the product of N and multiplier to months. Otherwise, run these substeps: 1. If units is weeks, multiply multiplier by 7 and set units to days. 2. If units is days, multiply multiplier by 24 and set units to hours. 3. If units is hours, multiply multiplier by 60 and set units to minutes. 4. If units is minutes, multiply multiplier by 60 and set units to seconds. 5. Forcibly, units is now seconds. Add the product of N and multiplier to seconds. 14. Skip white space. 9. If component count is zero, fail. 10. If months is not zero, fail. 11. Return the duration consisting of seconds seconds. 2.4.5.10. Vaguer moments in time A string is a valid date string with optional time if it is also one of the following: * A valid date string * A valid global date and time string ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The rules to parse a date or time string are as follows. The algorithm will return either a date, a time, a global date and time, or nothing. If at any point the algorithm says that it "fails", this means that it is aborted at that point and returns nothing. 1. Let input be the string being parsed. 2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string. 3. Set start position to the same position as position. 4. Set the date present and time present flags to true. 5. Parse a date component to obtain year, month, and day. If this fails, then set the date present flag to false. 6. If date present is true, and position is not beyond the end of input, and the character at position is either a U+0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T character (T) or a U+0020 SPACE character, then advance position to the next character in input. Otherwise, if date present is true, and either position is beyond the end of input or the character at position is neither a U+0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T character (T) nor a U+0020 SPACE character, then set time present to false. Otherwise, if date present is false, set position back to the same position as start position. 7. If the time present flag is true, then parse a time component to obtain hour, minute, and second. If this returns nothing, then fail. 8. If the date present and time present flags are both true, but position is beyond the end of input, then fail. 9. If the date present and time present flags are both true, parse a time-zone offset component to obtain timezone_hours and timezone_minutes. If this returns nothing, then fail. 10. If position is not beyond the end of input, then fail. 11. If the date present flag is true and the time present flag is false, then let date be the date with year year, month month, and day day, and return date. Otherwise, if the time present flag is true and the date present flag is false, then let time be the time with hour hour, minute minute, and second second, and return time. Otherwise, let time be the moment in time at year year, month month, day day, hours hour, minute minute, second second, subtracting timezone_hours hours and timezone_minutes minutes, that moment in time being a moment in the UTC time zone; let timezone be timezone_hours hours and timezone_minutes minutes from UTC; and return time and timezone. 2.4.6. Colors A simple color consists of three 8-bit numbers in the range 0..255, representing the red, green, and blue components of the color respectively, in the sRGB color space. [SRGB] A string is a valid simple color if it is exactly seven characters long, and the first character is a U+0023 NUMBER SIGN character (#), and the remaining six characters are all ASCII hex digits, with the first two digits representing the red component, the middle two digits representing the green component, and the last two digits representing the blue component, in hexadecimal. A string is a valid lowercase simple color if it is a valid simple color and doesn’t use any characters in the range U+0041 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A to U+0046 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER F. The rules for parsing simple color values are as given in the following algorithm. When invoked, the steps must be followed in the order given, aborting at the first step that returns a value. This algorithm will return either a simple color or an error. 1. Let input be the string being parsed. 2. If input is not exactly seven characters long, then return an error. 3. If the first character in input is not a U+0023 NUMBER SIGN character (#), then return an error. 4. If the last six characters of input are not all ASCII hex digits, then return an error. 5. Let result be a simple color. 6. Interpret the second and third characters as a hexadecimal number and let the result be the red component of result. 7. Interpret the fourth and fifth characters as a hexadecimal number and let the result be the green component of result. 8. Interpret the sixth and seventh characters as a hexadecimal number and let the result be the blue component of result. 9. Return result. The rules for serializing simple color values given a simple color are as given in the following algorithm: 1. Let result be a string consisting of a single U+0023 NUMBER SIGN character (#). 2. Convert the red, green, and blue components in turn to two-digit hexadecimal numbers using lowercase ASCII hex digits, zero-padding if necessary, and append these numbers to result, in the order red, green, blue. 3. Return result, which will be a valid lowercase simple color. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Some obsolete legacy attributes parse colors in a more complicated manner, using the rules for parsing a legacy color value, which are given in the following algorithm. When invoked, the steps must be followed in the order given, aborting at the first step that returns a value. This algorithm will return either a simple color or an error. 1. Let input be the string being parsed. 2. If input is the empty string, then return an error. 3. Strip leading and trailing white space from input. 4. If input is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "transparent", then return an error. 5. If input is an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of the named colors, then return the simple color corresponding to that keyword. [CSS3COLOR] CSS2 System Colors are not recognized. 6. If input is four characters long, and the first character in input is a U+0023 NUMBER SIGN character (#), and the last three characters of input are all ASCII hex digits, then run these substeps: 1. Let result be a simple color. 2. Interpret the second character of input as a hexadecimal digit; let the red component of result be the resulting number multiplied by 17. 3. Interpret the third character of input as a hexadecimal digit; let the green component of result be the resulting number multiplied by 17. 4. Interpret the fourth character of input as a hexadecimal digit; let the blue component of result be the resulting number multiplied by 17. 5. Return result. 7. Replace any characters in input that have a Unicode code point greater than U+FFFF (i.e., any characters that are not in the basic multilingual plane) with the two-character string "00". 8. If input is longer than 128 characters, truncate input, leaving only the first 128 characters. 9. If the first character in input is a U+0023 NUMBER SIGN character (#), remove it. 10. Replace any character in input that is not an ASCII hex digit with the character U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0). 11. While input’s length is zero or not a multiple of three, append a U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) character to input. 12. Split input into three strings of equal length, to obtain three components. Let length be the length of those components (one third the length of input). 13. If length is greater than 8, then remove the leading length-8 characters in each component, and let length be 8. 14. While length is greater than two and the first character in each component is a U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) character, remove that character and reduce length by one. 15. If length is still greater than two, truncate each component, leaving only the first two characters in each. 16. Let result be a simple color. 17. Interpret the first component as a hexadecimal number; let the red component of result be the resulting number. 18. Interpret the second component as a hexadecimal number; let the green component of result be the resulting number. 19. Interpret the third component as a hexadecimal number; let the blue component of result be the resulting number. 20. Return result. 2.4.7. Space-separated tokens A set of space-separated tokens is a string containing zero or more words (known as tokens) separated by one or more space characters, where words consist of any string of one or more characters, none of which are space characters. A string containing a set of space-separated tokens may have leading or trailing space characters. An unordered set of unique space-separated tokens is a set of space-separated tokens where none of the tokens are duplicated. An ordered set of unique space-separated tokens is a set of space-separated tokens where none of the tokens are duplicated but where the order of the tokens is meaningful. Sets of space-separated tokens sometimes have a defined set of allowed values. When a set of allowed values is defined, the tokens must all be from that list of allowed values; other values are non-conforming. If no such set of allowed values is provided, then all values are conforming. How tokens in a set of space-separated tokens are to be compared (e.g., case-sensitively or not) is defined on a per-set basis. When a user agent has to split a string on spaces, it must use the following algorithm: 1. Let input be the string being parsed. 2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string. 3. Let tokens be an ordered list of tokens, initially empty. 4. Skip white space 5. While position is not past the end of input: 1. Collect a sequence of characters that are not space characters. 2. Append the string collected in the previous step to tokens. 3. Skip white space 6. Return tokens. 2.4.8. Comma-separated tokens A set of comma-separated tokens is a string containing zero or more tokens each separated from the next by a single U+002C COMMA character (,), where tokens consist of any string of zero or more characters, neither beginning nor ending with space characters, nor containing any U+002C COMMA characters (,), and optionally surrounded by space characters. For instance, the string " a ,b, ,d d " consists of four tokens: "a", "b", the empty string, and "d d". Leading and trailing white space around each token doesn’t count as part of the token, and the empty string can be a token. Sets of comma-separated tokens sometimes have further restrictions on what consists a valid token. When such restrictions are defined, the tokens must all fit within those restrictions; other values are non-conforming. If no such restrictions are specified, then all values are conforming. When a user agent has to split a string on commas, it must use the following algorithm: 1. Let input be the string being parsed. 2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string. 3. Let tokens be an ordered list of tokens, initially empty. 4. Token: If position is past the end of input, jump to the last step. 5. Collect a sequence of characters that are not U+002C COMMA characters (,). Let s be the resulting sequence (which might be the empty string). 6. Strip leading and trailing white space from s. 7. Append s to tokens. 8. If position is not past the end of input, then the character at position is a U+002C COMMA character (,); advance position past that character. 9. Jump back to the step labeled token. 10. Return tokens. 2.4.9. References A valid hash-name reference to an element of type type is a string consisting of a U+0023 NUMBER SIGN character (#) followed by a string which exactly matches the value of the name attribute of an element with type type in the document. The rules for parsing a hash-name reference to an element of type type, given a context node scope, are as follows: 1. If the string being parsed does not contain a U+0023 NUMBER SIGN character, or if the first such character in the string is the last character in the string, then return null and abort these steps. 2. Let s be the string from the character immediately after the first U+0023 NUMBER SIGN character in the string being parsed up to the end of that string. 3. Return the first element of type type in tree order in the subtree rooted at scope that has an id attribute whose value is a case-sensitive match for s or a name attribute whose value is a compatibility caseless match for s. 2.4.10. Media queries A string is a valid media query list if it matches the production of the Media Queries specification. [MEDIAQ] A string matches the environment of the user if it is the empty string, a string consisting of only space characters, or is a media query list that matches the user’s environment according to the definitions given in the Media Queries specification. [MEDIAQ] 2.5. URLs 2.5.1. Terminology A URL is a valid URL if it conforms to the authoring conformance requirements in the WHATWG URL specification. [URL] A string is a valid non-empty URL if it is a valid URL but it is not the empty string. A string is a valid URL potentially surrounded by spaces if, after stripping leading and trailing white space from it, it is a valid URL. A string is a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces if, after stripping leading and trailing white space from it, it is a valid non-empty URL. This specification defines the URL about:legacy-compat as a reserved, though unresolvable, about: URL, for use in DOCTYPEs in HTML documents when needed for compatibility with XML tools. [RFC6694] This specification defines the URL about:html-kind as a reserved, though unresolvable, about: URL, that is used as an identifier for kinds of media tracks. [RFC6694] This specification defines the URL about:srcdoc as a reserved, though unresolvable, about: URL, that is used as the document’s URL of iframe srcdoc documents. [RFC6694] The fallback base URL of a Document object is the absolute URL obtained by running these substeps: 1. If document is an iframe srcdoc document, then return the document base URL of the Document’s browsing context’s browsing context container’s node document. 2. If document’s URL is about:blank, and the Document’s browsing context has a creator browsing context, then return the creator base URL. 3. Return document’s URL. The document base URL of a Document object is the absolute URL obtained by running these substeps: 1. If there is no base element that has an href attribute in the Document, then the document base URL is the Document's fallback base URL; abort these steps. 2. Otherwise, the document base URL is the frozen base URL of the first base element in the Document that has an href attribute, in tree order. 2.5.2. Parsing URLs Parsing a URL is the process of taking a URL string and obtaining the URL record that it implies. While this process is defined in the WHATWG URL specification, this specification defines a wrapper for convenience. [URL] This wrapper is only useful when the character encoding for the URL parser has to match that of the document or environment settings object for legacy reasons. When that is not the case the URL parser can be used directly. To parse a URL url, relative to either a document or environment settings object, the user agent must use the following steps. Parsing a URL either results in failure or a resulting URL string and resulting URL record. 1. Let encoding be document’s character encoding, if document was given, and environment settings object’s API URL character encoding otherwise. 2. Let baseURL be document’s base URL, if document was given, and environment settings object’s API base URL otherwise. 3. Let urlRecord be the result of applying the URL parser to url, with baseURL and encoding. 4. If urlRecord is failure, then abort these steps with an error. 5. Let urlString be the result of applying the URL serializer to urlRecord. 6. Return urlString as the resulting URL string and urlRecord as the resulting URL record. 2.5.3. Dynamic changes to base URLs When a document’s document base URL changes, all elements in that document are affected by a base URL change. The following are base URL change steps, which run when an element is affected by a base URL change (as defined by the DOM specification): If the element creates a hyperlink If the URL identified by the hyperlink is being shown to the user, or if any data derived from that URL is affecting the display, then the href attribute should be reparsed relative to the element’s node document and the UI updated appropriately. For example, the CSS :link/:visited pseudo-classes might have been affected. If the element is a q, blockquote, ins, or del element with a cite attribute If the URL identified by the cite attribute is being shown to the user, or if any data derived from that URL is affecting the display, then the URL should be reparsed relative to the element’s node document and the UI updated appropriately. Otherwise The element is not directly affected. For instance, changing the base URL doesn’t affect the image displayed by img elements, although subsequent accesses of the src IDL attribute from script will return a new absolute URL that might no longer correspond to the image being shown. 2.6. Fetching resources 2.6.1. Terminology User agents can implement a variety of transfer protocols, but this specification mostly defines behavior in terms of HTTP. [HTTP] The HTTP GET method is equivalent to the default retrieval action of the protocol. For example, RETR in FTP. Such actions are idempotent and safe, in HTTP terms. The HTTP response codes are equivalent to statuses in other protocols that have the same basic meanings. For example, a "file not found" error is equivalent to a 404 code, a server error is equivalent to a 5xx code, and so on. The HTTP headers are equivalent to fields in other protocols that have the same basic meaning. For example, the HTTP authentication headers are equivalent to the authentication aspects of the FTP protocol. A referrer source is either a Document or a URL. To create a potential-CORS request, given a url, corsAttributeState, and an optional same-origin fallback flag, run these steps: 1. Let mode be "no-cors" if corsAttributeState is No CORS, and "cors" otherwise. 2. If same-origin fallback flag is set and mode is "no-cors", set mode to "same-origin". 3. Let credentialsMode be "include". 4. If corsAttributeState is Anonymous, set credentialsMode to "same-origin". 5. Let request be a new request whose URL is url, destination is "subresource", mode is mode, credentials mode is credentialsMode, and whose use-URL-credentials flag is set. 2.6.2. Processing model When a user agent is to fetch a resource or URL, optionally from an origin origin, optionally using a specific referrer source as an override referrer source, and optionally with any of a synchronous flag, a manual redirect flag, a force same-origin flag, and a block cookies flag, the following steps must be run. (When a URL is to be fetched, the URL identifies a resource to be obtained.) 1. If there is a specific override referrer source, and it is a URL, then let referrer be the override referrer source, and jump to the step labeled clean referrer. 2. Let document be the appropriate Document as given by the following list: If there is a specific override referrer source The override referrer source. When navigating The active document of the source browsing context. When fetching resources for an element The element’s Document. 3. While document is an iframe srcdoc document, let document be document’s browsing context’s browsing context container’s Document instead. 4. If the origin of Document is not a scheme/host/port tuple, then set referrer to the empty string and jump to the step labeled Clean referrer. 5. Let referrer be document’s URL. 6. Clean referrer: Apply the URL parser to referrer and let parsed referrer be the resulting URL record. 7. Let referrer be the result of applying the URL serializer to parsed referrer, with the exclude fragment flag set. 8. If referrer is not the empty string, is not a data: URL, and is not the URL "about:blank", then generate the address of the resource from which Request-URIs are obtained as required by HTTP for the Referer (sic) header from referrer. [HTTP] Otherwise, the Referer (sic) header must be omitted, regardless of its value. 9. If the algorithm was not invoked with the synchronous flag, perform the remaining steps in parallel. 10. If the Document with which any tasks queued by this algorithm would be associated doesn’t have an associated browsing context, then abort these steps. 11. This is the main step. If the resource is identified by an absolute URL, and the resource is to be obtained using an idempotent action (such as an HTTP GET or equivalent), and it is already being downloaded for other reasons (e.g., another invocation of this algorithm), and this request would be identical to the previous one (e.g., same Accept and Origin headers), and the user agent is configured such that it is to reuse the data from the existing download instead of initiating a new one, then use the results of the existing download instead of starting a new one. Otherwise, if the resource is identified by an absolute URL with a scheme that does not define a mechanism to obtain the resource (e.g., it is a mailto: URL) or that the user agent does not support, then act as if the resource was an HTTP 204 No Content response with no other metadata. Otherwise, if the resource is identified by the URL about:blank, then the resource is immediately available and consists of the empty string, with no metadata. Otherwise, at a time convenient to the user and the user agent, download (or otherwise obtain) the resource, applying the semantics of the relevant specifications (e.g., performing an HTTP GET or POST operation, or reading the file from disk, or expanding data: URLs, etc). For the purposes of the Referer (sic) header, use the address of the resource from which Request-URIs are obtained generated in the earlier step. For the purposes of the Origin header, if the fetching algorithm was explicitly initiated from an origin, then the origin that initiated the HTTP request is origin. Otherwise, this is a request from a "privacy-sensitive" context. [ORIGIN] 12. If the algorithm was not invoked with the block cookies flag, and there are cookies to be set, update the cookies. [COOKIES] (This is a fingerprinting vector.) 13. If the fetched resource is an HTTP redirect or equivalent, then: If the force same-origin flag is set and the URL of the target of the redirect does not have the same origin as the URL for which the fetch algorithm was invoked Abort these steps and return failure from this algorithm, as if the remote host could not be contacted. If the manual redirect flag is set Continue, using the fetched resource (the redirect) as the result of the algorithm. If the calling algorithm subsequently requires the user agent to transparently follow the redirect, then the user agent must resume this algorithm from the main step, but using the target of the redirect as the resource to fetch, rather than the original resource. Otherwise First, apply any relevant requirements for redirects (such as showing any appropriate prompts). Then, redo main step, but using the target of the redirect as the resource to fetch, rather than the original resource. For HTTP requests, the new request must include the same headers as the original request, except for headers for which other requirements are specified (such as the Host header). [HTTP] The HTTP specification requires that 301, 302, and 307 redirects, when applied to methods other than the safe methods, not be followed without user confirmation. That would be an appropriate prompt for the purposes of the requirement in the paragraph above. [HTTP] 14. If the algorithm was not invoked with the synchronous flag: When the resource is available, or if there is an error of some description, queue a task that uses the resource as appropriate. If the resource can be processed incrementally, as, for instance, with a progressively interlaced JPEG or an HTML file, additional tasks may be queued to process the data as it is downloaded. The task source for these tasks is the networking task source. Otherwise, return the resource or error information to the calling algorithm. If the user agent can determine the actual length of the resource being fetched for an instance of this algorithm, and if that length is finite, then that length is the file’s size. Otherwise, the subject of the algorithm (that is, the resource being fetched) has no known size. (For example, the HTTP Content-Length header might provide this information.) The user agent must also keep track of the number of bytes downloaded for each instance of this algorithm. This number must exclude any out-of-band metadata, such as HTTP headers. The navigation processing model handles redirects itself, overriding the redirection handling that would be done by the fetching algorithm. Whether the type sniffing rules apply to the fetched resource depends on the algorithm that invokes the rules — they are not always applicable. 2.6.3. Encrypted HTTP and related security concerns Anything in this specification that refers to HTTP also applies to HTTP-over-TLS, as represented by URLs representing the https scheme. [HTTP] User agents should report certificate errors to the user and must either refuse to download resources sent with erroneous certificates or must act as if such resources were in fact served with no encryption. User agents should warn the user that there is a potential problem whenever the user visits a page that the user has previously visited, if the page uses less secure encryption on the second visit. Not doing so can result in users not noticing man-in-the-middle attacks. If a user connects to a server with a self-signed certificate, the user agent could allow the connection but just act as if there had been no encryption. If the user agent instead allowed the user to override the problem and then displayed the page as if it was fully and safely encrypted, the user could be easily tricked into accepting man-in-the-middle connections. If a user connects to a server with full encryption, but the page then refers to an external resource that has an expired certificate, then the user agent will act as if the resource was unavailable, possibly also reporting the problem to the user. If the user agent instead allowed the resource to be used, then an attacker could just look for "secure" sites that used resources from a different host and only apply man-in-the-middle attacks to that host, for example taking over scripts in the page. If a user bookmarks a site that uses a CA-signed certificate, and then later revisits that site directly but the site has started using a self-signed certificate, the user agent could warn the user that a man-in-the-middle attack is likely underway, instead of simply acting as if the page was not encrypted. 2.6.4. Determining the type of a resource The Content-Type metadata of a resource must be obtained and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements of the MIME Sniffing specification. [MIMESNIFF] The computed type of a resource must be found in a manner consistent with the requirements given in the MIME Sniffing specification for finding the computed media type of the relevant sequence of octets. [MIMESNIFF] The rules for sniffing images specifically and the rules for distinguishing if a resource is text or binary are also defined in the MIME Sniffing specification. Both sets of rules return a MIME type as their result. [MIMESNIFF] It is imperative that the rules in the MIME Sniffing specification be followed exactly. When a user agent uses different heuristics for content type detection than the server expects, security problems can occur. For more details, see the MIME Sniffing specification. [MIMESNIFF] 2.6.5. Extracting character encodings from meta elements The algorithm for extracting a character encoding from a meta element, given a string s, is as follows. It either returns a character encoding or nothing. 1. Let position be a pointer into s, initially pointing at the start of the string. 2. Loop: Find the first seven characters in s after position that are an ASCII case-insensitive match for the word "charset". If no such match is found, return nothing and abort these steps. 3. Skip any space characters that immediately follow the word "charset" (there might not be any). 4. If the next character is not a U+003D EQUALS SIGN (=), then move position to point just before that next character, and jump back to the step labeled loop. 5. Skip any space characters that immediately follow the equals sign (there might not be any). 6. Process the next character as follows: If it is a U+0022 QUOTATION MARK character (") and there is a later U+0022 QUOTATION MARK character (") in s If it is a U+0027 APOSTROPHE character (') and there is a later U+0027 APOSTROPHE character (') in s Return the result of getting an encoding from the substring that is between this character and the next earliest occurrence of this character. If it is an unmatched U+0022 QUOTATION MARK character (") If it is an unmatched U+0027 APOSTROPHE character (') If there is no next character Return nothing. Otherwise Return the result of getting an encoding from the substring that consists of this character up to but not including the first space character or U+003B SEMICOLON character (;), or the end of s, whichever comes first. This algorithm is distinct from those in the HTTP specification (for example, HTTP doesn’t allow the use of single quotes and requires supporting a backslash-escape mechanism that is not supported by this algorithm). While the algorithm is used in contexts that, historically, were related to HTTP, the syntax as supported by implementations diverged some time ago. [HTTP] 2.6.6. CORS settings attributes A CORS settings attribute is an enumerated attribute. The following table lists the keywords and states for the attribute — the keywords in the left column map to the states in the cell in the second column on the same row as the keyword. Keyword State Brief description Requests for the element will have their anonymous Anonymous mode set to "cors" and their credentials mode set to "same-origin". Requests for the element will have their use-credentials Use Credentials mode set to "cors" and their credentials mode set to "include". The empty string is also a valid keyword, and maps to the Anonymous state. The attribute’s invalid value default is the Anonymous state. For the purposes of reflection, the canonical case for the Anonymous state is the anonymous keyword. The missing value default, used when the attribute is omitted, is the No CORS state. 2.6.7. Referrer policy attributes A referrer policy attribute is an enumerated attribute. Each referrer policy, including the empty string, is a keyword for this attribute, mapping to a state of the same name. The attribute’s invalid value default and missing value default are both the empty string state. The impact of these states on the processing model of various fetches is defined in more detail throughout this specification, in the WHATWG Fetch standard, and in Referrer Policy. [FETCH] [REFERRERPOLICY] Several signals can contribute to which processing model is used for a given fetch; a referrer policy attribute is only one of them. In general, the order in which these signals are processed are: 1. First, the presence of a noreferrer link type; 2. Then, the value of a referrer policy attribute; 3. Then, the presence of any meta element with name attribute set to referrer. 4. Finally, the Referrer-Policy HTTP header. 2.7. Common DOM interfaces 2.7.1. Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes Some IDL attributes are defined to reflect a particular content attribute. This means that on getting, the IDL attribute returns the current value of the content attribute, and on setting, the IDL attribute changes the value of the content attribute to the given value. In general, on getting, if the content attribute is not present, the IDL attribute must act as if the content attribute’s value is the empty string; and on setting, if the content attribute is not present, it must first be added. If a reflecting IDL attribute is a USVString attribute whose content attribute is defined to contain a URLs, then on getting, if the content attribute is absent, the IDL attribute must return the empty string. Otherwise, the IDL attribute must parse the value of the content attribute relative to the element’s node document and if that is successful, return the resulting URL string. If parsing fails, then the value of the content attribute must be returned instead, converted to a USVString. On setting, the content attribute must be set to the specified new value. If a reflecting IDL attribute is a DOMString attribute whose content attribute is an enumerated attribute, and the IDL attribute is limited to only known values, then, on getting, the IDL attribute must return the conforming value associated with the state the attribute is in (in its canonical case), if any, or the empty string if the attribute is in a state that has no associated keyword value or if the attribute is not in a defined state (e.g., the attribute is missing and there is no missing value default); and on setting, the content attribute must be set to the specified new value. If a reflecting IDL attribute is a nullable DOMString attribute whose content attribute is an enumerated attribute, then, on getting, if the corresponding content attribute is in its missing value default then the IDL attribute must return null, otherwise, the IDL attribute must return the conforming value associated with the state the attribute is in (in its canonical case); and on setting, if the new value is null, the content attribute must be removed, and otherwise, the content attribute must be set to the specified new value. If a reflecting IDL attribute is a DOMString or USVString attribute but doesn’t fall into any of the above categories, then the getting and setting must be done in a transparent, case-preserving manner. If a reflecting IDL attribute is a boolean attribute, then on getting the IDL attribute must return true if the content attribute is set, and false if it is absent. On setting, the content attribute must be removed if the IDL attribute is set to false, and must be set to the empty string if the IDL attribute is set to true. (This corresponds to the rules for boolean content attributes.) If a reflecting IDL attribute has a signed integer type (long) then, on getting, the content attribute must be parsed according to the rules for parsing signed integers, and if that is successful, and the value is in the range of the IDL attribute’s type, the resulting value must be returned. If, on the other hand, it fails or returns an out of range value, or if the attribute is absent, then the default value must be returned instead, or 0 if there is no default value. On setting, the given value must be converted to the shortest possible string representing the number as a valid integer and then that string must be used as the new content attribute value. If a reflecting IDL attribute has a signed integer type (long) that is limited to only non-negative numbers then, on getting, the content attribute must be parsed according to the rules for parsing non-negative integers, and if that is successful, and the value is in the range of the IDL attribute’s type, the resulting value must be returned. If, on the other hand, it fails or returns an out of range value, or if the attribute is absent, the default value must be returned instead, or -1 if there is no default value. On setting, if the value is negative, the user agent must throw an IndexSizeError exception. Otherwise, the given value must be converted to the shortest possible string representing the number as a valid non-negative integer and then that string must be used as the new content attribute value. If a reflecting IDL attribute has an unsigned integer type (unsigned long) then, on getting, the content attribute must be parsed according to the rules for parsing non-negative integers, and if that is successful, and the value is in the range 0 to 2147483647 inclusive, the resulting value must be returned. If, on the other hand, it fails or returns an out of range value, or if the attribute is absent, the default value must be returned instead, or 0 if there is no default value. On setting, first, if the new value is in the range 0 to 2147483647, then let n be the new value, otherwise let n be the default value, or 0 if there is no default value; then, n must be converted to the shortest possible string representing the number as a valid non-negative integer and that string must be used as the new content attribute value. If a reflecting IDL attribute has an unsigned integer type (unsigned long) that is limited to only non-negative numbers greater than zero, then the behavior is similar to the previous case, but zero is not allowed. On getting, the content attribute must first be parsed according to the rules for parsing non-negative integers, and if that is successful, and the value is in the range 1 to 2147483647 inclusive, the resulting value must be returned. If, on the other hand, it fails or returns an out of range value, or if the attribute is absent, the default value must be returned instead, or 1 if there is no default value. On setting, if the value is zero, the user agent must throw an IndexSizeError exception. Otherwise, first, if the new value is in the range 1 to 2147483647, then let n be the new value, otherwise let n be the default value, or 1 if there is no default value; then, n must be converted to the shortest possible string representing the number as a valid non-negative integer and that string must be used as the new content attribute value. If a reflecting IDL attribute has a floating-point number type (double or unrestricted double), then, on getting, the content attribute must be parsed according to the rules for parsing floating-point number values, and if that is successful, the resulting value must be returned. If, on the other hand, it fails, or if the attribute is absent, the default value must be returned instead, or 0.0 if there is no default value. On setting, the given value must be converted to the best representation of the number as a floating-point number and then that string must be used as the new content attribute value. If a reflecting IDL attribute has a floating-point number type (double or unrestricted double) that is limited to numbers greater than zero, then the behavior is similar to the previous case, but zero and negative values are not allowed. On getting, the content attribute must be parsed according to the rules for parsing floating-point number values, and if that is successful and the value is greater than 0.0, the resulting value must be returned. If, on the other hand, it fails or returns an out of range value, or if the attribute is absent, the default value must be returned instead, or 0.0 if there is no default value. On setting, if the value is less than or equal to zero, then the value must be ignored. Otherwise, the given value must be converted to the best representation of the number as a floating-point number and then that string must be used as the new content attribute value. The values Infinity and Not-a-Number (NaN) values throw an exception on setting, as defined in the Web IDL specification. [WEBIDL] If a reflecting IDL attribute has the type DOMTokenList, then on getting it must return a DOMTokenList object whose associated element is the element in question and whose associated attribute’s local name is the name of the attribute in question. If a reflecting IDL attribute has the type HTMLElement, or an interface that descends from HTMLElement, then, on getting, it must run the following algorithm (stopping at the first point where a value is returned): 1. If the corresponding content attribute is absent, then the IDL attribute must return null. 2. Let candidate be the element that the document.getElementById() method would find when called on the content attribute’s element’s node document if it were passed as its argument the current value of the corresponding content attribute. 3. If candidate is null, or if it is not type-compatible with the IDL attribute, then the IDL attribute must return null. 4. Otherwise, it must return candidate. On setting, if the given element has an id attribute, and has the same tree as the element of the attribute being set, and the given element is the first element in that tree whose ID is the value of that id attribute, then the content attribute must be set to the value of that id attribute. Otherwise, the content attribute must be set to the empty string. 2.7.2. Collections The HTMLFormControlsCollection and HTMLOptionsCollection interfaces are collections derived from the HTMLCollection interface. The HTMLAllCollection however, is independent as it has a variety of unique quirks that are not desirable to inherit from HTMLCollection. 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface The HTMLAllCollection interface is used for the legacy document.all attribute. It operates similarly to HTMLCollection; it also supports a variety of other legacy features required for web compatibility such as the ability to be invoked like a function (legacycaller). All HTMLAllCollection objects are rooted at a Document and have a filter that matches all elements, so the elements represented by the collection of an HTMLAllCollection object consist of all the descendant elements of the root Document. [LegacyUnenumerableNamedProperties] interface HTMLAllCollection { readonly attribute unsigned long length; getter Element? (unsigned long index); getter (HTMLCollection or Element)? namedItem(DOMString name); legacycaller (HTMLCollection or Element)? item(optional DOMString nameOrItem); }; collection . length Returns the number of elements in the collection. element = collection . item(index) element = collection(index) element = collection[index] Returns the item with index index from the collection (determined by tree order. element = collection . item(name) collection = collection . item(name) element = collection . namedItem(name) collection = collection . namedItem(name) element = collection(name) collection = collection(name) element = collection[name] collection = collection[name] Returns the item with ID or name name from the collection. If there are multiple matching items, then an HTMLCollection object containing all those elements is returned. The name attribute’s value provides a name for button, input, select, and textarea. Similarly, iframe's name, object's name, meta's name, map's name, and form's name attribute’s value provides a name for their respective elements. Only the elements mentioned have a name for the purpose of this method. The object’s supported property indices are as defined for HTMLCollection objects. The supported property names consist of the non-empty values of all the id and name attributes of all the elements represented by the collection, in tree order, ignoring later duplicates, with the id of an element preceding its name if it contributes both, they differ from each other, and neither is the duplicate of an earlier entry. On getting, the length attribute must return the number of nodes represented by the collection. The indexed property getter must return the result of getting the "all"-indexed element from this HTMLAllCollection given the passed index. The namedItem(name) method must return the result of getting the "all"-named element or elements from this HTMLAllCollection given name. The item(nameOrIndex) method (and the legacycaller behavior) must act according to the following algorithm: 1. If nameOrIndex was not provided, return null. 2. If nameOrIndex, converted to a JavaScript string value, is an array index property name, return the result of getting the "all"-indexed element from this HTMLAllCollection given the number represented by nameOrIndex. 3. Return the result of getting the "all"-named element or elements from this HTMLAllCollection given nameOrIndex. The following elements are considered "all"-named elements: a, applet, button, embed, form, frame, frameset, iframe, img, input, map, meta, object, select, and textarea. To get the "all"-indexed element from an HTMLAllCollection collection given an index index, return the element with index index in collection, or null if there is no such element at index. To get the "all"-named element or elements from an HTMLAllCollection collection given a name name, run the following algorithm: 1. If name is the empty string, return null. 2. Let subCollection be an HTMLCollection object rooted at the same Document as collection, whose filter matches only elements that are either: * "all"-named elements with a name attribute equal to name, or, * elements with an ID equal to name. 3. If there is exactly one element in subCollection, then return that element. 4. Otherwise, if subCollection is empty, return null. 5. Otherwise, return subCollection. 2.7.2.2. The HTMLFormControlsCollection interface The HTMLFormControlsCollection interface is used for collections of listed elements in form elements. interface HTMLFormControlsCollection : HTMLCollection { // inherits length and item() getter (RadioNodeList or Element)? namedItem(DOMString name); // shadows inherited namedItem() }; interface RadioNodeList : NodeList { attribute DOMString value; }; collection . length Returns the number of elements in the collection. element = collection . item(index) element = collection[index] Returns the item with index index from the collection. The items are sorted in tree order. element = collection . namedItem(name) radioNodeList = collection . namedItem(name) element = collection[name] radioNodeList = collection[name] Returns the item with ID or name name from the collection. If there are multiple matching items, then a RadioNodeList object containing all those elements is returned. radioNodeList . value [ = value ] Returns the value of the first checked radio button represented by the object. Can be set, to check the first radio button with the given value represented by the object. The object’s supported property indices are as defined for HTMLCollection objects. The supported property names consist of the non-empty values of all the id and name attributes of all the elements represented by the collection, in tree order, ignoring later duplicates, with the id of an element preceding its name if it contributes both, they differ from each other, and neither is the duplicate of an earlier entry. The properties exposed in this way must be unenumerable. The namedItem(name) method must act according to the following algorithm: 1. If name is the empty string, return null and stop the algorithm. 2. If, at the time the method is called, there is exactly one node in the collection that has either an id attribute or a name attribute equal to name, then return that node and stop the algorithm. 3. Otherwise, if there are no nodes in the collection that have either an id attribute or a name attribute equal to name, then return null and stop the algorithm. 4. Otherwise, create a new RadioNodeList object representing a live view of the HTMLFormControlsCollection object, further filtered so that the only nodes in the RadioNodeList object are those that have either an id attribute or a name attribute equal to name. The nodes in the RadioNodeList object must be sorted in tree order. 5. Return that RadioNodeList object. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Members of the RadioNodeList interface inherited from the NodeList interface must behave as they would on a NodeList object. The value IDL attribute on the RadioNodeList object, on getting, must return the value returned by running the following steps: 1. Let element be the first element in tree order represented by the RadioNodeList object that is an input element whose type attribute is in the Radio Button state and whose checkedness is true. Otherwise, let it be null. 2. If element is null, return the empty string. 3. If element is an element with no value attribute, return the string "on". 4. Otherwise, return the value of element’s value attribute. On setting, the value IDL attribute must run the following steps: 1. If the new value is the string "on": let element be the first element in tree order represented by the RadioNodeList object that is an input element whose type attribute is in the Radio Button state and whose value content attribute is either absent, or present and equal to the new value, if any. If no such element exists, then instead let element be null. Otherwise: let element be the first element in tree order represented by the RadioNodeList object that is an input element whose type attribute is in the Radio Button state and whose value content attribute is present and equal to the new value, if any. If no such element exists, then instead let element be null. 2. If element is not null, then set its checkedness to true. 2.7.2.3. The HTMLOptionsCollection interface The HTMLOptionsCollection interface is used for collections of option elements. It is always rooted on a select element and has attributes and methods that manipulate that element’s descendants. interface HTMLOptionsCollection : HTMLCollection { // inherits item(), namedItem() attribute unsigned long length; // shadows inherited length setter void (unsigned long index, HTMLOptionElement? option); void add((HTMLOptionElement or HTMLOptGroupElement) element, optional (HTMLElement or long)? before = null); void remove(long index); attribute long selectedIndex; }; collection . length [ = value ] Returns the number of elements in the collection. When set to a smaller number, truncates the number of option elements in the corresponding container. When set to a greater number, adds new blank option elements to that container. element = collection . item(index) element = collection[index] Returns the item with index index from the collection. The items are sorted in tree order. collection[index] = element When index is a greater number than the number of items in the collection, adds new blank option elements in the corresponding container. When set to null, removes the item at index index from the collection. When set to an option element, adds or replaces it at index index from the collection. element = collection . namedItem(name) element = collection[name] Returns the item with ID or name name from the collection. If there are multiple matching items, then the first is returned. collection . add(element [, before ] ) Inserts element before the node given by before. The before argument can be a number, in which case element is inserted before the item with that number, or an element from the collection, in which case element is inserted before that element. If before is omitted, null, or a number out of range, then element will be added at the end of the list. This method will throw a HierarchyRequestError exception if element is an ancestor of the element into which it is to be inserted. collection . remove(index) Removes the item with index index from the collection. collection . selectedIndex [ = value ] Returns the index of the first selected item, if any, or -1 if there is no selected item. Can be set, to change the selection. The object’s supported property indices are as defined for HTMLCollection objects. On getting, the length attribute must return the number of nodes represented by the collection. On setting, the behavior depends on whether the new value is equal to, greater than, or less than the number of nodes represented by the collection at that time. If the number is the same, then setting the attribute must do nothing. If the new value is greater, then n new option elements with no attributes and no child nodes must be appended to the select element on which the HTMLOptionsCollection is rooted, where n is the difference between the two numbers (new value minus old value). Mutation events must be fired as if a DocumentFragment containing the new option elements had been inserted. If the new value is lower, then the last n nodes in the collection must be removed from their parent nodes, where n is the difference between the two numbers (old value minus new value). Setting length never removes or adds any optgroup elements, and never adds new children to existing optgroup elements (though it can remove children from them). The supported property names consist of the non-empty values of all the id and name attributes of all the elements represented by the collection, in tree order, ignoring later duplicates, with the id of an element preceding its name if it contributes both, they differ from each other, and neither is the duplicate of an earlier entry. The properties exposed in this way must be unenumerable. When the user agent is to set the value of a new indexed property or set the value of an existing indexed property for a given property index index to a new value value, it must run the following algorithm: 1. If value is null, invoke the steps for the remove method with index as the argument, and abort these steps. 2. Let length be the number of nodes represented by the collection. 3. Let n be index minus length. 4. If n is greater than zero, then append a DocumentFragment consisting of n-1 new option elements with no attributes and no child nodes to the select element on which the HTMLOptionsCollection is rooted. 5. If n is greater than or equal to zero, append value to the select element. Otherwise, replace the indexth element in the collection by value. The add(element, before) method must act according to the following algorithm: 1. If element is an ancestor of the select element on which the HTMLOptionsCollection is rooted, then throw a HierarchyRequestError exception and abort these steps. 2. If before is an element, but that element isn’t a descendant of the select element on which the HTMLOptionsCollection is rooted, then throw a NotFoundError exception and abort these steps. 3. If element and before are the same element, then return and abort these steps. 4. If before is a node, then let reference be that node. Otherwise, if before is an integer, and there is a beforeth node in the collection, let reference be that node. Otherwise, let reference be null. 5. If reference is not null, let parent be the parent node of reference. Otherwise, let parent be the select element on which the HTMLOptionsCollection is rooted. 6. Pre-insert element into parent node before reference. The remove(index) method must act according to the following algorithm: 1. If the number of nodes represented by the collection is zero, abort these steps. 2. If index is not a number greater than or equal to 0 and less than the number of nodes represented by the collection, abort these steps. 3. Let element be the indexth element in the collection. 4. Remove element from its parent node. The selectedIndex IDL attribute must act like the identically named attribute on the select element on which the HTMLOptionsCollection is rooted 2.7.3. The DOMStringList interface The DOMStringList interface is a non-fashionable retro way of representing a list of strings. interface DOMStringList { readonly attribute unsigned long length; getter DOMString? item(unsigned long index); boolean contains(DOMString string); }; New APIs must use sequence or equivalent rather than DOMStringList. strings . length Returns the number of strings in strings. strings[index] strings . item()(index) Returns the string with index index from strings. strings . contains()(string) Returns true if strings contains string, and false otherwise. Each DOMStringList object has an associated list. The supported property indices for a DOMStringList object are the numbers zero to the associated list’s size minus one. If its associated list is empty, it has no supported property indices. The length attribute’s getter must this DOMStringList object’s associated list’s size. The item(index) method, when invoked, must return the indexth item in this DOMStringList object’s associated list, or null if index plus one is less than this DOMStringList object’s associated list’s size. The contains(string) method, when invoked, must return true if this DOMStringList object’s associated list contains string, and false otherwise. 2.7.4. Garbage collection There is an implied strong reference from any IDL attribute that returns a pre-existing object to that object. For example, the window.document attribute on the Window object means that there is a strong reference from a Window object to its Document object. Similarly, there is always a strong reference from a Document to any descendant nodes, and from any node to its owner node document. 2.8. Namespaces The HTML namespace is: http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml The MathML namespace is: http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML The SVG namespace is: http://www.w3.org/2000/svg The XLink namespace is: http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink The XML namespace is: http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace The XMLNS namespace is: http://www.w3.org/2000/xmlns/ ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Data mining tools and other user agents that perform operations on content without running scripts, evaluating CSS or XPath expressions, or otherwise exposing the resulting DOM to arbitrary content, may "support namespaces" by just asserting that their DOM node analogs are in certain namespaces, without actually exposing the above strings. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- In the HTML syntax, namespace prefixes and namespace declarations do not have the same effect as in XML. For instance, the colon has no special meaning in HTML element names. 2.9. Safe passing of structured data This section uses the terminology and typographic conventions from the JavaScript specification. [ECMA-262] 2.9.1. Serializable objects Serializable objects support being serialized, and later deserialized, in a way that is independent of any given JavaScript Realm. This allows them to be stored on disk and later restored, or cloned across Document and Worker boundaries (including across documents of different origins or in different event loops). Not all objects are serializable objects, and not all aspects of objects that are serializable objects are necessarily preserved when they are serialized. Platform objects can be serializable objects if they implement only interfaces decorated with the [Serializable] IDL extended attribute. Such interfaces must also define the following algorithms: serialization steps, taking a platform object value, a Record serialized, and a boolean forStorage A set of steps that serializes the data in value into fields of serialized. The resulting data serialized into serialized must be independent of any JavaScript Realm. These steps may throw an exception if serialization is not possible. These steps may perform a sub-serialization to serialize nested data structures. They should not call StructuredSerialize directly, as doing so will omit the important memory argument. The introduction of these steps should omit mention of the forStorage argument if it is not relevant to the algorithm. deserialization steps, taking a Record serialized and a platform object value A set of steps that deserializes the data in serialized, using it to set up value as appropriate. value will be a newly-created instance of the platform object type in question, with none of its internal data set up; setting that up is the job of these steps. These steps may throw an exception if deserialization is not possible. These steps may perform a sub-deserialization to deserialize nested data structures. They should not call StructuredDeserialize directly, as doing so will omit the important targetRealm and memory arguments. It is up to the definition of individual platform objects to determine what data is serialized and deserialized by these steps. Typically the steps are very symmetric. The [Serializable] extended attribute must take no arguments, and must not appear on anything other than an interface. It must appear only once on an interface. It must not be used on a callback interface. If it appears on a partial interface or an interface that is really a mixin, then it must also appear on the original or mixed-in-to interface, and any supplied serialization steps and deserialization steps for the partial interface or mixin should be understood as being appended to those of the original or mixed-in-to interface. Let’s say we were defining a platform object Person, which had associated with it two pieces of associated data: * a name value, which is a string; * and a best friend value, which is either another Person instance or null We could then define Person instances to be serializable objects by annotating the Person interface with the [Serializable] extended attribute, and defining the following accompanying algorithms: serialization steps 1. Set serialized.[[Name]] to value’s associated name value. 2. Let serializedBestFriend be the sub-serialization of value’s associated best friend value. 3. Set serialized.[[BestFriend]] to serializedBestFriend. deserialization steps 1. Set value’s associated name value to serialized.[[Name]]. 2. Let deserializedBestFriend be the sub-deserialization of serialized.[[BestFriend]]. 3. Set value’s associated best friend value to deserializedBestFriend. Objects defined in the JavaScript specification are handled by the StructuredSerialize abstract operation directly. Originally, this specification defined the concept of "cloneable objects", which could be cloned from one JavaScript Realm to another. However, to better specify the behavior of certain more complex situations, the model was updated to make the serialization and deserialization explicit. 2.9.2. Transferable objects Transferable objects support being transferred across event loops. Transferring is effectively recreating the object while sharing a reference to the underlying data and then detaching the object being transferred. This is useful to transfer ownership of expensive resources. Not all objects are transferable objects and not all aspects of objects that are transferable objects are necessarily preserved when transferred. Transferring is an irreversible and non-idempotent operation. Once an object has been transferred, it cannot be transferred, or indeed used, again. Platform objects can be transferable objects if they implement only interfaces decorated with the [Transferable] IDL extended attribute. Such interfaces must also define the following algorithms: transfer steps, taking a platform object value and a Record dataHolder A set of steps that transfers the data in value into fields of dataHolder. The resulting data held in dataHolder must be independent of any JavaScript Realm. These steps may throw an exception if transferral is not possible. transfer-receiving steps, taking a Record dataHolder and a platform object value A set of steps that receives the data in dataHolder, using it to set up value as appropriate. value will be a newly-created instance of the platform object type in question, with none of its internal data set up; setting that up is the job of these steps. These steps may throw an exception if it is not possible to receive the transfer. It is up to the definition of individual platform objects to determine what data is transferred by these steps. Typically the steps are very symmetric. The [Transferable] extended attribute must take no arguments, and must not appear on anything other than an interface. It must appear only once on an interface. It must not be used on a callback interface. If it appears on a partial interface or an interface that is really a mixin, then it must also appear on the original or mixed-in-to interface, and any supplied serialization steps and deserialization steps for the partial interface or mixin should be understood as being appended to those of the original or mixed-in-to interface. Platform objects that are transferable objects have a Detached internal slot. This is used to ensure that once a platform object has been transferred, it cannot be transferred again. Objects defined in the JavaScript specification are handled by the StructuredSerializeWithTransfer abstract operation directly. 2.9.3. StructuredSerializeInternal ( value, forStorage [ , memory ] ) The StructuredSerializeInternal abstract operation takes as input a JavaScript value value and serializes it to a Realm-independent form, represented here as a Record. This serialized form has all the information necessary to later deserialize into a new JavaScript value in a different Realm. This process can throw an exception, for example when trying to serialize un-serializable objects. 1. If memory was not supplied, let memory be an empty map. The purpose of the memory map is to avoid serializing objects twice. This ends up preserving cycles and the identity of duplicate objects in graphs. 2. If memory[value] exists, then return memory[value]. 3. Let deep be false. 4. If Type(value) is Undefined, Null, Boolean, String, or Number, then return { [[Type]]: "primitive", [[Value]]: value }. 5. If Type(value) is Symbol, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException. 6. Let serialized be an uninitialized value. 7. If value has a [[BooleanData]] internal slot, then set serialized to { [[Type]]: "Boolean", [[BooleanData]]: value.[[BooleanData]] }. 8. Otherwise, if value has a [[NumberData]] internal slot, then set serialized to { [[Type]]: "Number", [[NumberData]]: value.[[NumberData]] }. 9. Otherwise, if value has a [[StringData]] internal slot, then set serialized to { [[Type]]: "String", [[StringData]]: value.[[StringData]] }. 10. Otherwise, if value has a [[DateValue]] internal slot, then set serialized to { [[Type]]: "Date", [[DateValue]]: value.[[DateValue]] }. 11. Otherwise, if value has a [[RegExpMatcher]] internal slot, then set serialized to { [[Type]]: "RegExp", [[RegExpMatcher]]: value.[[RegExpMatcher]], [[OriginalSource]]: value.[[OriginalSource]], [[OriginalFlags]]: value.[[OriginalFlags]] }. 12. Otherwise, if value has an [[ArrayBufferData]] internal slot, then: 1. Let size be value.[[ArrayBufferByteLength]]. 2. If ! IsSharedArrayBuffer(value) is true, then: 1. If forStorage is true, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException. 2. Set serialized to { [[Type]]: "SharedArrayBuffer", [[ArrayBufferData]]: value.[[ArrayBufferData]], [[ArrayBufferByteLength]]: size, [[AgentCluster]]: the current Realm Record’s corresponding agent cluster }. 3. Otherwise: 1. If ! IsDetachedBuffer(value) is true, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException. 2. Let dataCopy be ? CreateByteDataBlock(size). This can throw a RangeError exception upon allocation failure. 3. Perform ! CopyDataBlockBytes(dataCopy, 0, value.[[ArrayBufferData]], 0, size). 4. Set serialized to { [[Type]]: "ArrayBuffer", [[ArrayBufferData]]: dataCopy, [[ArrayBufferByteLength]]: size }. 13. Otherwise, if value has a [[ViewedArrayBuffer]] internal slot, then: 1. Let buffer be the value of value’s [[ViewedArrayBuffer]] internal slot. 2. Let bufferSerialized be ? StructuredSerializeInternal(buffer, forStorage, memory). 3. Assert​: bufferSerialized.[[Type]] is "ArrayBuffer". 4. If value has a [[DataView]] internal slot, then set serialized to { [[Type]]: "ArrayBufferView", [[Constructor]]: "DataView", [[ArrayBufferSerialized]]: bufferSerialized, [[ByteLength]]: value.[[ByteLength]], [[ByteOffset]]: value.[[ByteOffset]] }. 5. Otherwise: 1. Assert​: value has a [[TypedArrayName]] internal slot. 2. Set serialized to { [[Type]]: "ArrayBufferView", [[Constructor]]: value.[[TypedArrayName]], [[ArrayBufferSerialized]]: bufferSerialized, [[ByteLength]]: value.[[ByteLength]], [[ByteOffset]]: value.[[ByteOffset]], [[ArrayLength]]: value.[[ArrayLength]] }. 14. Otherwise, if value has [[MapData]] internal slot, then: 1. Set serialized to { [[Type]]: "Map", [[MapData]]: a new empty List }. 2. Set deep to true. 15. Otherwise, if value has [[SetData]] internal slot, then: 1. Set serialized to { [[Type]]: "Set", [[SetData]]: a new empty List }. 2. Set deep to true. 16. Otherwise, if value is an Array exotic object, then: 1. Let valueLenDescriptor be ? OrdinaryGetOwnProperty(value, "length"). 2. Let valueLen be valueLenDescriptor.[[Value]]. 3. Set serialized to { [[Type]]: "Array", [[Length]]: valueLen, [[Properties]]: a new empty List }. 4. Set deep to true. 17. Otherwise, if value is a platform object that is a serializable object: 1. If value has a [[Detached]] internal slot whose value is true, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException. 2. Let typeString be the identifier of the primary interface of value. 3. Set serialized to { [[Type]]: typeString }. 4. Set deep to true. 18. Otherwise, if value is a platform object, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException. 19. Otherwise, if IsCallable(value) is true, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException. 20. Otherwise, if value has any internal slot other than [[Prototype]] or [Extensible], then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException. For instance, a [[PromiseState]] or [[WeakMapData]] internal slot. 21. Otherwise, if value is an exotic object, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException. For instance, a proxy object. 22. Otherwise: 1. Set serialized to { [[Type]]: "Object", [[Properties]]: a new empty List }. 2. Set deep to true. 23. Set memory[value] to serialized. 24. If deep is true, then: 1. If value has a [[MapData]] internal slot, then: 1. Let copiedList be a new empty List. 2. For each Record { [[Key]], [[Value]] } entry of value.[[MapData]]: 1. Let copiedEntry be a new Record { [[Key]]: entry.[[Key]], [[Value]]: entry.[[Value]] }. 2. If copiedEntry.[[Key]] is not the special value empty, append copiedEntry to copiedList. 3. For each Record { [[Key]], [[Value]] } entry of copiedList: 1. Let serializedKey be ? StructuredSerializeInternal(entry.[[Key]], forStorage, memory). 2. Let serializedValue be ? StructuredSerializeInternal(entry.[[Value]], forStorage, memory). 3. Append { [[Key]]: serializedKey, [[Value]]: serializedValue } to serialized.[[MapData]]. 2. Otherwise, if value has a [[SetData]] internal slot, then: 1. Let copiedList be a new empty List. 2. For each entry of value.[[SetData]]: 1. If entry is not the special value empty, append entry to copiedList. 3. For each entry of copiedList: 1. Let serializedEntry be ? StructuredSerializeInternal(entry, forStorage, memory). 2. Append serializedEntry to serialized.[[SetData]]. 3. Otherwise, if value is a platform object that is a serializable object, then perform the appropriate serialization steps given value, serialized, and forStorage. The serialization steps may need to perform a sub-serialization. This is an operation which takes as input a value subValue, and returns StructuredSerializeInternal(subValue, forStorage, memory). (In other words, a sub-serialization is a specialization of StructuredSerializeInternal to be consistent within this invocation.) 4. Otherwise: 1. Let enumerableKeys be a new empty List. 2. For each key in ! value.[[OwnPropertyKeys]](): 1. If Type(key) is String, then: 1. Let valueDesc be ! value.[[GetOwnProperty]](key). 2. If valueDesc.[[Enumerable]] is true, then append key to enumerableKeys. 3. For each key in enumerableKeys: 1. If ! HasOwnProperty(value, key) is true, then: 1. Let inputValue be ? value.[[Get]](key, value). 2. Let outputValue be ? StructuredSerializeInternal(inputValue, forStorage, memory). 3. Append { [[Key]]: key, [[Value]]: outputValue } to serialized.[[Properties]]. The key collection performed above is very similar to the JavaScript specification’s EnumerableOwnProperties operation, but crucially it uses the deterministic ordering provided by the [[OwnPropertyKeys]] internal method, instead of reordering the keys in an unspecified manner as EnumerableOwnProperties does. [ECMA-262] 25. Return serialized. It’s important to realize that the Records produced by StructuredSerializeInternal might contain "pointers" to other records that create circular references. For example, when we pass the following JavaScript object into StructuredSerializeInternal: const o = {};o.myself = o; it produces the following result: { \[[Type]]: "Object", \[[Properties]]: « { \[[Key]]: "myself", \[[Value]]: } » } 2.9.4. StructuredSerialize ( value ) 1. Return ? StructuredSerializeInternal(value, false). 2.9.5. StructuredSerializeForStorage ( value ) 1. Return ? StructuredSerializeInternal(value, true). 2.9.6. StructuredDeserialize ( serialized, targetRealm [ , memory ] ) The StructuredDeserialize abstract operation takes as input a Record serialized, which was previously produced by StructuredSerialize or StructuredSerializeForStorage, and deserializes it into a new JavaScript value, created in targetRealm. This process can throw an exception, for example when trying to allocate memory for the new objects (especially ArrayBuffer objects). 1. If memory was not supplied, let memory be an empty map. The purpose of the memory map is to avoid deserializing objects twice. This ends up preserving cycles and the identity of duplicate objects in graphs. 2. If memory[serialized] exists, then return memory[serialized]. 3. Let deep be false. 4. Let value be an uninitialized value. 5. If serialized contains a [[TransferConsumed]] field, then: 1. Assert​: serialized.[[TransferConsumed]] is false. (It must be impossible to get in a situation where StructuredDeserialize is being called multiple times on the same serialization, if that serialization contains transfer data holders.) 2. Set serialized.[[TransferConsumed]] to true. 3. If serialized.[[Type]] is "ArrayBuffer", then set value to a new ArrayBuffer object in targetRealm whose [[ArrayBufferData]] internal slot value is serialized.[[ArrayBufferData]], and whose [[ArrayBufferByteLength]] internal slot value is serialized.[[ArrayBufferByteLength]]. In cases where the original memory occupied by [[ArrayBufferData]] is accessible during the deserialization, this step is unlikely to throw an exception, as no new memory needs to be allocated: the memory occupied by [[ArrayBufferData]] is instead just getting transferred into the new ArrayBuffer. This could be true, for example, when both the source and target Realms are in the same process. 4. Otherwise: 1. Let interfaceName be serialized.[[Type]]. 2. If the interface identified by interfaceName is not exposed in targetRealm, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException. 3. Set value to a new instance of the interface identified by interfaceName, created in targetRealm. 4. Perform the appropriate transfer-receiving steps for the interface identified by interfaceName given serialized and value. 6. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "primitive", then set value to serialized.[[Value]]. 7. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "Boolean", then set value to a new Boolean object in targetRealm whose [[BooleanData]] internal slot value is serialized.[[BooleanData]]. 8. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "Number", then set value to a new Number object in targetRealm whose [[NumberData]] internal slot value is serialized.[[NumberData]]. 9. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "String", then set value to a new String object in targetRealm whose [[StringData]] internal slot value is serialized.[[StringData]]. 10. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "Date", then set value to a new Date object in targetRealm whose [[DateValue]] internal slot value is serialized.[[DateValue]]. 11. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "RegExp", then set value to a new RegExp object in targetRealm whose [[RegExpMatcher]] internal slot value is serialized.[[RegExpMatcher]], whose [[OriginalSource]] internal slot value is serialized.[[OriginalSource]], and whose [[OriginalFlags]] internal slot value is serialized.[[OriginalFlags]]. 12. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "SharedArrayBuffer", then: 1. If targetRealm’s corresponding agent cluster is not serialized.[[AgentCluster]], then then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException. 2. Otherwise, set value to a new SharedArrayBuffer object in targetRealm whose [[ArrayBufferData]] internal slot value is serialized.[[ArrayBufferData]] and whose [[ArrayBufferByteLength]] internal slot value is serialized.[[ArrayBufferByteLength]]. 13. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "ArrayBuffer", then set value to a new ArrayBuffer object in targetRealm whose [[ArrayBufferData]] internal slot value is serialized.[[ArrayBufferData]], and whose [[ArrayBufferByteLength]] internal slot value is serialized.[[ArrayBufferByteLength]]. If this throws an exception, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException. This step might throw an exception if there is not enough memory available to create such an ArrayBuffer object. 14. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "ArrayBufferView", then: 1. Let deserializedArrayBuffer be ? StructuredDeserialize(serialized.[[ArrayBufferSerialized]], targetRealm, memory). 2. If serialized.[[Constructor]] is "DataView", then set value to a new DataView object in targetRealm whose [[ViewedArrayBuffer]] internal slot value is deserializedArrayBuffer, whose [[ByteLength]] internal slot value is serialized.[[ByteLength]], and whose [[ByteOffset]] internal slot value is serialized.[[ByteOffset]]. 3. Otherwise, set value to a new typed array object in targetRealm, using the constructor given by serialized.[[Constructor]], whose [[ViewedArrayBuffer]] internal slot value is deserializedArrayBuffer, whose \[TypedArrayName]] internal slot value is serialized.[[Constructor]], whose [[ByteLength]] internal slot value is serialized.[[ByteLength]], whose [[ByteOffset]] internal slot value is serialized.[[ByteOffset]], and whose [[ArrayLength]] internal slot value is serialized.[[ArrayLength]]. 15. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "Map", then: 1. Set value to a new Map object in targetRealm whose [[MapData]] internal slot value is a new empty List. 2. Set deep to true. 16. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "Set", then: 1. Set value to a new Set object in targetRealm whose [[SetData]] internal slot value is a new empty List. 2. Set deep to true. 17. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "Array", then: 1. Let outputProto be the %ArrayPrototype% intrinsic object in targetRealm. 2. Set value to ! ArrayCreate(serialized.[[Length]], outputProto). 3. Set deep to true. 18. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "Object", then: 1. Set value to a new Object in targetRealm. 2. Set deep to true. 19. Otherwise: 1. Let interfaceName be serialized.[[Type]]. 2. If the interface identified by interfaceName is not exposed in targetRealm, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException. 3. Set value to a new instance of the interface identified by interfaceName, created in targetRealm. 4. Set deep to true. 20. Set memory[serialized] to value. 21. If deep is true, then: 1. If serialized.[[Type]] is "Map", then: 1. For each Record { [[Key]], [[Value]] } entry of serialized.[[MapData]]: 1. Let deserializedKey be ? StructuredDeserialize(entry.[[Key]], targetRealm, memory). 2. Let deserializedValue be ? StructuredDeserialize(entry.[[Value]], targetRealm, memory). 3. Append { [[Key]]: deserializedKey, [Value]]: deserializedValue } to value.[[MapData]]. 2. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "Set", then: 1. For each entry of serialized.[[SetData]]: 1. Let deserializedEntry be ? StructuredDeserialize(entry, targetRealm, memory). 2. Append deserializedEntry to value.[[SetData]]. 3. Otherwise, if serialized.[[Type]] is "Array" or "Object", then: 1. For each Record { [[Key]], [[Value]] } entry of serialized.[[Properties]]: 1. Let deserializedValue be ? StructuredDeserialize(entry.[[Value]], targetRealm, memory). 2. Let result be ! CreateDataProperty(value, entry.[[Key]], deserializedValue). 3. Assert​: result is true. 4. Otherwise: 1. Perform the appropriate deserialization steps for the interface identified by serialized.[[Type]], given serialized and value. The deserialization steps may need to perform a sub-deserialization. This is an operation which takes as input a previously-serialized Record subSerialized, and returns StructuredDeserialize(subSerialized, targetRealm, memory). (In other words, a sub-deserialization is a specialization of StructuredDeserialize to be consistent within this invocation.) 22. Return value. 2.9.7. StructuredSerializeWithTransfer ( value, transferList ) 1. Let memory be an empty map. In addition to how it is used normally by StructuredSerializeInternal, in this algorithm memory is also used to ensure that StructuredSerializeInternal ignores items in transferList, and let us do our own handling instead. 2. For each transferable of transferList: 1. If transferable has neither an [[ArrayBufferData]] internal slot nor a [[Detached]] internal slot, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException. 2. If transferable has an [[ArrayBufferData]] internal slot and either ! IsSharedArrayBuffer(transferable) is true or ! IsDetachedBuffer(transferable) is true, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException. 3. If transferable has a [[Detached]] internal slot and transferable.[[Detached]] is true, then throw a "DataCloneError" DOMException. 4. Let placeholder be a user-agent-defined placeholder object. 5. Set memory[transferable] to placeholder. 3. Let serialized be ? StructuredSerializeInternal(value, false, memory). 4. Let transferDataHolders be a new empty List. 5. For each transferable of transferList: 1. Let placeholder be memory[transferable]. 2. Let dataHolder be an uninitialized value. 3. If transferable has an [[ArrayBufferData]] internal slot, then: 1. Set dataHolder to { [[TransferConsumed]]: false, [[Type]]: "ArrayBuffer", [[ArrayBufferData]]: transferable.[[ArrayBufferData]], [[ArrayBufferByteLength]]: transferable.[[ArrayBufferByteLength]] }. 2. Perform ! DetachArrayBuffer(transferable). 4. Otherwise: 1. Assert​: transferable is a platform object that is a transferable object. 2. Let interfaceName be the identifier of the primary interface of transferable. 3. Set dataHolder to { [[TransferConsumed]]: false, [[Type]]: interfaceName }. 4. Perform the appropriate transfer steps for the interface identified by interfaceName, given transferable and dataHolder. 5. Set transferable.[[Detached]] to true. 5. Within serialized, replace all instances of placeholder with dataHolder. 6. Append dataHolder to transferDataHolders. 6. Return { [[Serialized]]: serialized, [[TransferDataHolders]]: transferDataHolders }. 2.9.8. StructuredDeserializeWithTransfer ( serializeWithTransferResult, targetRealm ) 1. Let memory be an empty map. In addition to how it is used normally by StructuredDeserialize, in this algorithm memory is also used to help us determine the list of transferred values. 2. Let deserialized be ? StructuredDeserialize(serializeWithTransferResult.[[Serialized]], targetRealm, memory). 3. Let transferredValues be a new empty List. 4. For each transferDataHolder of serializeWithTransferResult.[[TransferDataHolders]]: 1. Append memory[transferDataHolder] to transferredValues. 5. Return { [[Deserialized]]: deserialized, [[TransferredValues]]: transferredValues }. 2.9.9. Performing serialization and transferring from other specifications Other specifications may use the abstract operations defined here. The following provides some guidance on when each abstract operation is typically useful, with examples. StructuredSerializeWithTransfer StructuredDeserializeWithTransfer Cloning a value to another JavaScript Realm, with a transfer list, but where the target Realm is not known ahead of time. In this case the serialization step can be performed immediately, with the deserialization step delayed until the target Realm becomes known. messagePort.postMessage() uses this pair of abstract operations, as the destination Realm is not known until the MessagePort has been shipped. StructuredSerialize StructuredSerializeForStorage StructuredDeserialize Creating a JavaScript Realm-independent snapshot of a given value which can be saved for an indefinite amount of time, and then reified back into a JavaScript value later, possibly multiple times. StructuredSerializeForStorage can be used for situations where the serialization is anticipated to be stored in a persistent manner, instead of passed between Realms. It throws when attempting to serialize SharedArrayBuffer objects, since storing shared memory does not make sense. Similarly, it can throw or possibly have different behavior when given a platform object with custom serialization steps when the forStorage argument is true. history.pushState() and history.replaceState() use StructuredSerializeForStorage on author-supplied state objects, storing them as serialized state in the appropriate session history entry. Then, StructuredDeserialize is used so that the history.state property can return a clone of the originally-supplied state object. broadcastChannel.postMessage() uses StructuredSerialize on its input, then uses StructuredDeserialize multiple times on the result to produce a fresh clone for each destination being broadcast to. Note that transferring does not make sense in multi-destination situations. Any API for persisting JavaScript values to the filesystem would also use StructuredSerializeForStorage on its input and StructuredDeserialize on its output. In general, call sites may pass in Web IDL values instead of JavaScript values; this is to be understood to perform an implicit conversion to the JavaScript value before invoking these algorithms. This specification used to define a "structured clone" algorithm, and more recently a StructuredClone abstract operation. However, in practice all known uses of it were better served by separate serialization and deserialization steps, so it was removed. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Call sites that are not invoked as a result of author code synchronously calling into a user agent method must take care to properly prepare to run script and prepare to run a callback before invoking StructuredSerialize, StructuredSerializeForStorage, or StructuredSerializeWithTransfer abstract operations, if they are being performed on arbitrary objects. This is necessary because the serialization process can invoke author-defined accessors as part of its final deep-serialization steps, and these accessors could call into operations that rely on the entry and incumbent concepts being properly set up. window.postMessage() performs StructuredSerializeWithTransfer on its arguments, but is careful to do so immediately, inside the synchronous portion of its algorithm. Thus it is able to use the algorithms without needing to prepare to run script and prepare to run a callback. In contrast, a hypothetical API that used StructuredSerialize to serialize some author-supplied object periodically, directly from a task on the event loop, would need to ensure it performs the appropriate preparations beforehand. As of this time, we know of no such APIs on the platform; usually it is simpler to perform the serialization ahead of time, as a synchronous consequence of author code. 2.9.10. Monkey patch for Blob and FileList objects This monkey patch will be moved in due course. See w3c/FileAPI issue 32. Blob objects are serializable objects. The Blob interface must be annotated with the [Serializable] extended attribute. Their serialization steps, given value and serialized, are: 1. Set serialized.[[SnapshotState]] to value’s snapshot state. 2. Set serialized.[[ByteSequence]] to value’s underlying byte sequence. Their deserialization steps, given serialized and value, are: 1. Set value’s snapshot state to serialized.[[SnapshotState]]. 2. Set value’s underlying byte sequence to serialized.[[ByteSequence]]. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- File objects are serializable objects. The File interface must be annotated with the [Serializable] extended attribute. Their serialization steps, given value and serialized, are: 1. Set serialized.[[SnapshotState]] to value’s snapshot state. 2. Set serialized.[[ByteSequence]] to value’s underlying byte sequence. 3. Set serialized.[[Name]] to the value of value’s name attribute. 4. Set serialized.[[LastModified]] to the value of value’s lastModified attribute. Their deserialization steps, given serialized and value, are: 1. Set value’s snapshot state to serialized.[[SnapshotState]]. 2. Set value’s underlying byte sequence to serialized.[[ByteSequence]]. 3. Initialize the value of value’s name attribute to serialized.[[Name]]. 4. Initialize the value of value’s lastModified attribute to serialized.[[LastModified]]. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- FileList objects are serializable objects. The FileList interface must be annotated with the [Serializable] extended attribute. Their serialization steps, given value and serialized, are: 1. Set serialized.[[Files]] to an empty list. 2. For each file in value, append the sub-serialization of file to serialized.[[Files]]. Their deserialization steps, given serialized and value, are: 1. For each file of serialized.[[Files]], add the sub-deserialization of file to value. 3. Semantics, structure, and APIs of HTML documents 3.1. Documents Every XML and HTML document in an HTML UA is represented by a Document object. [DOM41] The Document object’s URL is defined in the DOM specification. It is initially set when the Document object is created, but that can change during the lifetime of the Document object; for example, it changes when the user navigates to a fragment on the page and when the pushState() method is called with a new URL. [DOM41] Interactive user agents typically expose the Document object’s URL in their user interface. This is the primary mechanism by which a user can tell if a site is attempting to impersonate another. When a Document is created by a script using the createDocument() or createHTMLDocument() APIs, the Document is both ready for post-load tasks and completely loaded immediately. The document’s referrer is a string (representing a URL) that can be set when the Document is created. If it is not explicitly set, then its value is the empty string. Each Document object has a reload override flag that is originally unset. The flag is set by the document.open() and document.write() methods in certain situations. When the flag is set, the Document also has a reload override buffer which is a Unicode string that is used as the source of the document when it is reloaded. When the user agent is to perform an overridden reload, given a source browsing context, it must act as follows: 1. Let source be the value of the browsing context's active document's reload override buffer. 2. Let address be the browsing context's active document's URL. 3. Let HTTPS state be the HTTPS state of the browsing context's active document. 4. Let referrer policy be the referrer policy of the browsing context's active document. 5. Let CSP list be the CSP list of the browsing context's active document. 6. Navigate the browsing context to a new response whose body is source, header list is Referrer-Policy/referrer policy, CSP list is CSP list and HTTPS state is HTTPS state, with the exceptions enabled flag set and replacement enabled. The source browsing context is that given to the overridden reload algorithm. When the navigate algorithm creates a Document object for this purpose, set that Document's reload override flag and set its reload override buffer to source. Rethrow any exceptions. When it comes time to set the document’s address in the navigation algorithm, use address as the override URL. 3.1.1. The Document object The DOM specification defines a Document interface, which this specification extends significantly: enum DocumentReadyState { "loading", "interactive", "complete" }; typedef (HTMLScriptElement or SVGScriptElement) HTMLOrSVGScriptElement; [OverrideBuiltins] partial interface Document { // resource metadata management [PutForwards=href, Unforgeable] readonly attribute Location? location; attribute USVString domain; readonly attribute USVString referrer; attribute USVString cookie; readonly attribute DOMString lastModified; readonly attribute DocumentReadyState readyState; // DOM tree accessors getter object (DOMString name); [CEReactions] attribute DOMString title; attribute DOMString dir; attribute HTMLElement? body; readonly attribute HTMLHeadElement? head; [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection images; [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection embeds; [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection plugins; [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection links; [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection forms; [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection scripts; NodeList getElementsByName(DOMString elementName); readonly attribute HTMLOrSVGScriptElement? currentScript; // classic scripts in a document tree only // dynamic markup insertion Document open(optional DOMString type = "text/html", optional DOMString replace = ""); WindowProxy open(DOMString url, DOMString name, DOMString features, optional boolean replace = false); [CEReactions] void close(); [CEReactions] void write(DOMString... text); [CEReactions] void writeln(DOMString... text); // user interaction readonly attribute WindowProxy? defaultView; readonly attribute Element? activeElement; boolean hasFocus(); [CEReactions] attribute DOMString designMode; [CEReactions] boolean execCommand(DOMString commandId, optional boolean showUI = false, optional DOMString value = ""); boolean queryCommandEnabled(DOMString commandId); boolean queryCommandIndeterm(DOMString commandId); boolean queryCommandState(DOMString commandId); boolean queryCommandSupported(DOMString commandId); DOMString queryCommandValue(DOMString commandId); // special event handler IDL attributes that only apply to Document objects [LenientThis] attribute EventHandler onreadystatechange; }; Document implements GlobalEventHandlers; Document implements DocumentAndElementEventHandlers; The Document has an HTTPS state (an HTTPS state value), initially "none", which represents the security properties of the network channel used to deliver the Document's data. The Document has a referrer policy (a referrer policy), initially the empty string, which represents the default referrer policy used by fetches initiated by the Document. The Document has a CSP list, which is a list of Content Security Policy objects active in this context. The list is empty unless otherwise specified. The Document has a module map, which is a module map, initially empty. 3.1.2. Resource metadata management document . referrer Returns the URL of the Document from which the user navigated to this one, unless it was blocked or there was no such document, in which case it returns the empty string. The noreferrer link type can be used to block the referrer. The referrer attribute must return the document’s referrer. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- document . cookie [ = value ] Returns the HTTP cookies that apply to the Document. If there are no cookies or cookies can’t be applied to this resource, the empty string will be returned. Can be set, to add a new cookie to the element’s set of HTTP cookies. If the contents are sandboxed into a unique origin (e.g., in an iframe with the sandbox attribute), a "SecurityError" DOMException will be thrown on getting and setting. The cookie attribute represents the cookies of the resource identified by the document’s URL. A Document object that falls into one of the following conditions is a cookie-averse Document object: * A Document that has no browsing context. * A Document whose URL's scheme is not a network scheme. On getting, if the document is a cookie-averse Document object, then the user agent must return the empty string. Otherwise, if the Document's origin is an opaque origin, the user agent must throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. Otherwise, the user agent must return the cookie-string for the document’s URL for a "non-HTTP" API, decoded using UTF-8 decode without BOM. [COOKIES] (This is a fingerprinting vector.) On setting, if the document is a cookie-averse Document object, then the user agent must do nothing. Otherwise, if the Document's origin is an opaque origin, the user agent must throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. Otherwise, the user agent must act as it would when receiving a set-cookie-string for the document’s URL via a "non-HTTP" API, consisting of the new value encoded as UTF-8. [COOKIES] [ENCODING] Since the cookie attribute is accessible across frames, the path restrictions on cookies are only a tool to help manage which cookies are sent to which parts of the site, and are not in any way a security feature. The cookie attribute’s getter and setter synchronously access shared state. Since there is no locking mechanism, other browsing contexts in a multiprocess user agent can modify cookies while scripts are running. A site could, for instance, try to read a cookie, increment its value, then write it back out, using the new value of the cookie as a unique identifier for the session; if the site does this twice in two different browser windows at the same time, it might end up using the same "unique" identifier for both sessions, with potentially disastrous effects. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- document . lastModified Returns the date of the last modification to the document, as reported by the server, in the form "MM/DD/YYYY hh:mm:ss", in the user’s local time zone. If the last modification date is not known, the current time is returned instead. The lastModified attribute, on getting, must return the date and time of the Document's source file’s last modification, in the user’s local time zone, in the following format: 1. The month component of the date. 2. A U+002F SOLIDUS character (/). 3. The day component of the date. 4. A U+002F SOLIDUS character (/). 5. The year component of the date. 6. A U+0020 SPACE character. 7. The hours component of the time. 8. A U+003A COLON character (:). 9. The minutes component of the time. 10. A U+003A COLON character (:). 11. The seconds component of the time. All the numeric components above, other than the year, must be given as two ASCII digits representing the number in base ten, zero-padded if necessary. The year must be given as the shortest possible string of four or more ASCII digits representing the number in base ten, zero-padded if necessary. The Document's source file’s last modification date and time must be derived from relevant features of the networking protocols used, e.g., from the value of the HTTP Last-Modified header of the document, or from metadata in the file system for local files. If the last modification date and time are not known, the attribute must return the current date and time in the above format. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- document . readyState Returns "loading" while the Document is loading, "interactive" once it is finished parsing but still loading sub-resources, and "complete" once it has loaded. The readystatechange event fires on the Document object when this value changes. Each document has a current document readiness. When a Document object is created, it must have its current document readiness set to the string "loading" if the document is associated with an HTML parser, an XML parser, or an XSLT processor, and to the string "complete" otherwise. Various algorithms during page loading affect this value. When the value is set, the user agent must fire an event named readystatechange at the Document object. A Document is said to have an active parser if it is associated with an HTML parser or an XML parser that has not yet been stopped or aborted. The readyState IDL attribute must, on getting, return the current document readiness. 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors The html element of a document is its document element, if it’s an html element, and null otherwise. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- document . head Returns the head element. The head element of a document is the first head element that is a child of the html element, if there is one, or null otherwise. The head attribute, on getting, must return the head element of the document (a head element or null). ---------------------------------------------------------------------- document . title [ = value ] Returns the document’s title, as given by the title element for HTML and as given by the SVG title element for SVG. Can be set, to update the document’s title. If there is no appropriate element to update, the new value is ignored. The title element of a document is the first title element in the document (in tree order), if there is one, or null otherwise. The title attribute must, on getting, run the following algorithm: 1. If the document element is an SVG svg element, then let value be the child text content of the first SVG title element that is a child of the document element. [SVG11] 2. Otherwise, let value be the child text content of the title element, or the empty string if the title element is null. 3. Strip and collapse white space in value. 4. Return value. On setting, the steps corresponding to the first matching condition in the following list must be run: If the document element is an SVG svg element 1. If there is an SVG title element that is a child of the document element, let element be the first such element. 2. Otherwise: 1. Let element be the result of creating an element given the document element's node document, SVG title, and the SVG namespace. 2. Insert element as the first child of the document element. 3. Act as if the textContent IDL attribute of element was set to the new value being assigned. If the document element is in the HTML namespace 1. If the title element is null and the head element is null, then abort these steps. 2. If the title element is non-null, let element be the title element. 3. Otherwise: 1. Let element be the result of creating an element given the document element's node document, title, and the HTML namespace. 2. Append element to the head element. 4. Act as if the textContent IDL attribute of element was set to the new value being assigned. Otherwise Do nothing. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- document . body [ = value ] Returns the body element. Can be set, to replace the body element. If the new value is not a body or frameset element, this will throw a "HierarchyRequestError" DOMException. The body element of a document is the first child of the html element that is either a body element or a frameset element. If there is no such element, it is null. The body attribute, on getting, must return the body element of the document (either a body element, a frameset element, or null). On setting, the following algorithm must be run: 1. If the new value is not a body or frameset element, then throw a "HierarchyRequestError" DOMException and abort these steps. 2. Otherwise, if the new value is the same as the body element, do nothing. Abort these steps. 3. Otherwise, if the body element is not null, then replace the body element with the new value within the body element’s parent and abort these steps. 4. Otherwise, if there is no document element, throw a "HierarchyRequestError" DOMException and abort these steps. 5. Otherwise, the body element is null, but there’s a document element. Append the new value to the document element. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- document . images Returns an HTMLCollection of the img elements in the Document. document . embeds document . plugins Return an HTMLCollection of the embed elements in the Document. document . links Returns an HTMLCollection of the a and area elements in the Document that have href attributes. document . forms Return an HTMLCollection of the form elements in the Document. document . scripts Return an HTMLCollection of the script elements in the Document. The images attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the Document node, whose filter matches only img elements. The embeds attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the Document node, whose filter matches only embed elements. The plugins attribute must return the same object as that returned by the embeds attribute. The links attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the Document node, whose filter matches only a elements with href attributes and area elements with href attributes. The forms attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the Document node, whose filter matches only form elements. The scripts attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the Document node, whose filter matches only script elements. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- collection = document . getElementsByName(name) Returns a NodeList of elements in the Document that have a name attribute with the value name. The getElementsByName(name) method takes a string name, and must return a live NodeList containing all the HTML elements in that document that have a name attribute whose value is equal to the name argument (in a case-sensitive manner), in tree order. When the method is invoked on a Document object again with the same argument, the user agent may return the same as the object returned by the earlier call. In other cases, a new NodeList object must be returned. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- document . currentScript Returns the script element, or the SVG script element, that is currently executing, as long as the element represents a classic script. In the case of reentrant script execution, returns the one that most recently started executing amongst those that have not yet finished executing. Returns null if the Document is not currently executing a script element or SVG script element (e.g., because the running script is an event handler, or a timeout), or if the currently executing script or SVG script element represents a module script. The currentScript attribute, on getting, must return the value to which it was most recently initialized. When the Document is created, the currentScript must be initialized to null. This API has fallen out of favor in the implementor and standards community, as it globally exposes script or SVG script elements. As such, it is not available in newer contexts, such as when running module scripts or when running scripts in a shadow tree. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The Document interface supports named properties. The supported property names of a Document object document at any moment consist of the following, in tree order according to the element that contributed them, ignoring later duplicates, and with values from id attributes coming before values from name attributes when the same element contributes both: * the value of the name content attribute for all applet, exposed embed, form, iframe, img, and exposed object elements that have a non-empty name content attribute and are in a document tree with document as their root; * the value of the id content attribute for all applet and exposed object elements that have a non-empty id content attribute and are in a document tree with document as their root; * the value of the id content attribute for all img elements that have both a non-empty id content attribute and a non-empty name content attribute, and are in a document tree with document as their root. To determine the value of a named property name for a Document, the user agent must return the value obtained using the following steps: 1. Let elements be the list of named elements with the name name that are in a document tree with the Document as their root. There will be at least one such element, by definition. 2. If elements has only one element, and that element is an iframe element, and that iframe element’s nested browsing context is not null, then return the WindowProxy object of the element’s nested browsing context. 3. Otherwise, if elements has only one element, return that element. 4. Otherwise return an HTMLCollection rooted at the Document node, whose filter matches only named elements with the name name. Named elements with the name name, for the purposes of the above algorithm, are those that are either: * applet, exposed embed, form, iframe, img, or exposed object elements that have a name content attribute whose value is name, or * applet or exposed object elements that have an id content attribute whose value is name, or * img elements that have an id content attribute whose value is name, and that have a non-empty name content attribute present also. An embed or object element is said to be exposed if it has no exposed object ancestor, and, for object elements, is additionally either not showing its fallback content or has no object or embed descendants. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The dir attribute on the Document interface is defined along with the dir content attribute. 3.2. Elements 3.2.1. Semantics Elements, attributes, and attribute values in HTML are defined (by this specification) to have certain meanings (semantics). For example, the ol element represents an ordered list, and the lang attribute represents the language of the content. These definitions allow HTML processors, like web browsers and search engines, to present documents and applications consistently in different contexts. In this example the HTML headings may be presented as large text in a desktop browser, or standard size text in bold in a mobile browser. In both cases the semantic information remains the same - that the h1 and h2 elements represent headings. Favorite books
Favorite books logo

Favorite books

These are a few of my favorite books.

The Belgariad

Five books by David and Leigh Eddings.

The Hitchhiker’s Guide to the Galaxy

A trilogy of five books by Douglas Adams.

This semantic information is critical to assistive technologies. For example, a screen reader will query the browser for semantic information and use that information to present the document or application in synthetic speech. In some cases assistive technologies use semantic information to provide additional functionality. A speech recognition tool might provide a voice command for moving focus to the start of the main element for example. When the appropriate HTML element or attribute is not used, it deprives HTML processors of valuable semantic information. In this example styling may be used to create a visual representation of headings and other components, but because the appropriate HTML elements have not been used there is little semantic information available to web browsers, search engines and assistive technologies. Favorite books
Favorite books logo
Favorite books

These are a few of my favorite books.

The Belgariad

Five books by David and Leigh Eddings.

The Hitchhiker’s Guide to the Galaxy

A trilogy of five books by Douglas Adams.

A document can change dynamically while it is being processed. Scripting and other mechanisms can be used to change attribute values, text, or the entire document structure. The semantics of a document are therefore based on the document’s state at a particular instance in time, but may also change in response to external events. User agents must update their presentation of the document to reflect these changes. DOM nodes whose node document does not have a browsing context are exempt from all document conformance requirements other than the HTML syntax requirements and the XML syntax requirements. In this example the audio element is used to play a music track. The controls attribute is used to show the user agent player, and as the music plays the controls are updated to indicate progress. The available semantic information is updated in response to these changes.
Welcome! This is home of...

The Falcons!

The Lockheed Martin multirole jet fighter aircraft!
This page discusses the F-16 Fighting Falcon’s innermost secrets.
Here is another way of marking this up, this time showing the paragraphs explicitly, and splitting the one link element into three:

Welcome! This is home of...

The Falcons!

The Lockheed Martin multirole jet fighter aircraft! This page discusses the F-16 Fighting Falcon’s innermost secrets.

It is possible for paragraphs to overlap when using certain elements that define fallback content. For example, in the following section:

My Cats

You can play with my cat simulator. To see the cat simulator, use one of the following links: Alternatively, upgrade to the Mellblom Browser. I’m quite proud of it.
There are five paragraphs: 1. The paragraph that says "You can play with my cat simulator. object I’m quite proud of it.", where object is the object element. 2. The paragraph that says "To see the cat simulator, use one of the following links:". 3. The paragraph that says "Download simulator file". 4. The paragraph that says "Use online simulator". 5. The paragraph that says "Alternatively, upgrade to the Mellblom Browser.". The first paragraph is overlapped by the other four. A user agent that supports the "cats.sim" resource will only show the first one, but a user agent that shows the fallback will confusingly show the first sentence of the first paragraph as if it was in the same paragraph as the second one, and will show the last paragraph as if it was at the start of the second sentence of the first paragraph. To avoid this confusion, explicit p elements can be used. For example:

My Cats

You can play with my cat simulator.

To see the cat simulator, use one of the following links:

Alternatively, upgrade to the Mellblom Browser.

I’m quite proud of it.

3.2.5. Global attributes The following attributes are common to and may be specified on all HTML elements (even those not defined in this specification): * accesskey * class * contenteditable * dir * draggable * hidden * id * lang * spellcheck * style * tabindex * title * translate These attributes are only defined by this specification as attributes for HTML elements. When this specification refers to elements having these attributes, elements from namespaces that are not defined as having these attributes must not be considered as being elements with these attributes. For example, in the following XML fragment, the "bogus" element does not have a dir attribute as defined in this specification, despite having an attribute with the literal name "dir". Thus, the directionality of the inner-most span element is 'rtl', inherited from the div element indirectly through the "bogus" element.
---------------------------------------------------------------------- The DOM specification defines additional user agent requirements for the class, id, and slot attributes for any element in any namespace. [DOM41] The class, id, and slot attributes may be specified on all HTML elements. When specified on HTML elements, the class attribute must have a value that is a set of space-separated tokens representing the various classes that the element belongs to. Assigning classes to an element affects class matching in selectors in CSS, the getElementsByClassName() method in the DOM, and other such features. There are no additional restrictions on the tokens authors can use in the class attribute, but authors are encouraged to use values that describe the nature of the content, rather than values that describe the desired presentation of the content. When specified on HTML elements, the id attribute value must be unique amongst all the IDs in the element’s tree and must contain at least one character. The value must not contain any space characters. The id attribute specifies its element’s unique identifier (ID). There are no other restrictions on what form an ID can take; in particular, IDs can consist of just digits, start with a digit, start with an underscore, consist of just punctuation, etc. An element’s unique identifier can be used for a variety of purposes, most notably as a way to link to specific parts of a document using fragment, as a way to target an element when scripting, and as a way to style a specific element from CSS. Identifiers are opaque strings. Particular meanings should not be derived from the value of the id attribute. There are no conformance requirements for the slot attribute specific to HTML elements. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- To enable assistive technology products to expose a more fine-grained interface than is otherwise possible with HTML elements and attributes, a set of annotations for assistive technology products can be specified (the ARIA role and aria-* attributes). [wai-aria-1.1] ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The following event handler content attributes may be specified on any HTML element: * onabort * onauxclick * onblur* * oncancel * oncanplay * oncanplaythrough * onchange * onclick * onclose * oncuechange * ondblclick * ondrag * ondragend * ondragenter * ondragexit * ondragleave * ondragover * ondragstart * ondrop * ondurationchange * onemptied * onended * onerror* * onfocus* * oninput * oninvalid * onkeydown * onkeypress * onkeyup * onload* * onloadeddata * onloadedmetadata * onloadend * onloadstart * onmousedown * onmouseenter * onmouseleave * onmousemove * onmouseout * onmouseover * onmouseup * onwheel * onpause * onplay * onplaying * onprogress * onratechange * onreset * onresize* * onscroll* * onseeked * onseeking * onselect * onshow * onstalled * onsubmit * onsuspend * ontimeupdate * ontoggle * onvolumechange * onwaiting The attributes marked with an asterisk have a different meaning when specified on body elements as those elements expose event handlers of the Window object with the same names. While these attributes apply to all elements, they are not useful on all elements. For example, only media elements will ever receive a volumechange event fired by the user agent. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Custom data attributes (e.g., data-foldername or data-msgid) can be specified on any HTML element, to store custom data specific to the page. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- In HTML documents, elements in the HTML namespace may have an xmlns attribute specified, if, and only if, it has the exact value "http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml". This does not apply to XML documents. In HTML, the xmlns attribute has absolutely no effect. It is basically a talisman. It is allowed merely to make migration to and from XML mildly easier. When parsed by an HTML parser, the attribute ends up in no namespace, not the "http://www.w3.org/2000/xmlns/" namespace like namespace declaration attributes in XML do. In XML, an xmlns attribute is part of the namespace declaration mechanism, and an element cannot actually have an xmlns attribute in no namespace specified. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The XML specification also allows the use of the xml:space attribute in the XML namespace on any element in an XML document. This attribute has no effect on HTML elements, as the default behavior in HTML is to preserve white space. [XML] There is no way to serialize the xml:space attribute on HTML elements in the text/html syntax. 3.2.5.1. The title attribute The title attribute represents advisory information for the element, such as would be appropriate for a tooltip. On a link, this could be the title or a description of the target resource; on an image, it could be the image credit or a description of the image; on a paragraph, it could be a footnote or commentary on the text; on a citation, it could be further information about the source; on interactive content, it could be a label for, or instructions for, use of the element; and so forth. The value is text. Relying on the title attribute is currently discouraged as many user agents do not expose the attribute in an accessible manner as required by this specification (e.g., requiring a pointing device such as a mouse to cause a tooltip to appear, which excludes keyboard-only users and touch-only users, such as anyone with a modern phone or tablet). If this attribute is omitted from an element, then it implies that the title attribute of the nearest ancestor HTML element with a title attribute set is also relevant to this element. Setting the attribute overrides this, explicitly stating that the advisory information of any ancestors is not relevant to this element. Setting the attribute to the empty string indicates that the element has no advisory information. If the title attribute’s value contains U+000A LINE FEED (LF) characters, the content is split into multiple lines. Each U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character represents a line break. Caution is advised with respect to the use of newlines in title attributes. For instance, the following snippet actually defines an abbreviation’s expansion with a line break in it:

My logs show that there was some interest in HTTP today.

Some elements, such as link, abbr, and input, define additional semantics for the title attribute beyond the semantics described above. The advisory information of an element is the value that the following algorithm returns, with the algorithm being aborted once a value is returned. When the algorithm returns the empty string, then there is no advisory information. 1. If the element is a link, style, dfn, or abbr, then: if the element has a title attribute, return the value of that attribute, otherwise, return the empty string. 2. Otherwise, if the element has a title attribute, then return its value. 3. Otherwise, if the element has a parent element, then return the parent element’s advisory information. 4. Otherwise, return the empty string. User agents should inform the user when elements have advisory information, otherwise the information would not be discoverable. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The title IDL attribute must reflect the title content attribute. 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes The lang attribute (in no namespace) specifies the primary language for the element’s contents and for any of the element’s attributes that contain text. Its value must be a valid BCP 47 language tag, or the empty string. Setting the attribute to the empty string indicates that the primary language is unknown. [BCP47] The lang attribute in the XML namespace is defined in XML. [XML] If these attributes are omitted from an element, then the language of this element is the same as the language of its parent element, if any. The lang attribute in no namespace may be used on any HTML element. The lang attribute in the XML namespace may be used on HTML elements in XML documents, as well as elements in other namespaces if the relevant specifications allow it (in particular, MathML and SVG allow lang attributes in the XML namespace to be specified on their elements). If both the lang attribute in no namespace and the lang attribute in the XML namespace are specified on the same element, they must have exactly the same value when compared in an ASCII case-insensitive manner. Authors must not use the lang attribute in the XML namespace on HTML elements in HTML documents. To ease migration to and from XHTML, authors may specify an attribute in no namespace with no prefix and with the literal localname "xml:lang" on HTML elements in HTML documents, but such attributes must only be specified if a lang attribute in no namespace is also specified, and both attributes must have the same value when compared in an ASCII case-insensitive manner. The attribute in no namespace with no prefix and with the literal localname "xml:lang" has no effect on language processing. The language of HTML documents is indicated using a lang attribute (on the html element itself, to indicate the primary language of the document, and on individual elements, to indicate a change in language). It provides an explicit indication to user agents about the language of content in order to enable language specific behavior. For example, use of an appropriate language dictionary; selection of an appropriate font or glyphs for characters shared between different languages; or in the case of screen readers and similar assistive technologies with voice output, pronunciation of content using the correct voice / language library. Incorrect or absent lang attributes can produce unexpected results in other circumstances, as they are also used to determine quotation marks for q elements, styling such as hyphenation, case conversion, line-breaking, and spell-checking in some editors, etc. Setting the lang attribute to a language which does not match the language of the document or document parts will result in some users being unable to understand the content. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- To determine the language of a node, user agents must look at the nearest ancestor element (including the element itself if the node is an element) that has a lang attribute in the XML namespace set or is an HTML element and has a lang in no namespace attribute set. That attribute specifies the language of the node (regardless of its value). If both the lang attribute in no namespace and the lang attribute in the XML namespace are set on an element, user agents must use the lang attribute in the XML namespace, and the lang attribute in no namespace must be ignored for the purposes of determining the element’s language. If node’s inclusive ancestors do not have either attribute set, but there is a pragma-set default language set, then that is the language of the node. If there is no pragma-set default language set, then language information from a higher-level protocol (such as HTTP), if any, must be used as the final fallback language instead. In the absence of any such language information, and in cases where the higher-level protocol reports multiple languages, the language of the node is unknown, and the corresponding language tag is the empty string. For example, if a document is delivered over HTTP and the Content-Language HTTP header is specified with a value "en", then for any element in the document that does not itself have a lang attribute nor any ancestor of that element, the fallback language for the element will be English. If the value of the Content-Language header was "de, fr, it" then the language of the node is unknown. This article provides some additional guidance on the use of HTTP headers, and meta elements for providing language information. If the resulting value is not a recognized language tag, then it must be treated as an unknown language having the given language tag, distinct from all other languages. For the purposes of round-tripping or communicating with other services that expect language tags, user agents should pass unknown language tags through unmodified, and tagged as being BCP 47 language tags, so that subsequent services do not interpret the data as another type of language description. [BCP47] Thus, for instance, an element with lang="xyzzy" would be matched by the selector :lang(xyzzy) (e.g., in CSS), but it would not be matched by :lang(abcde), even though both are equally invalid. Similarly, if a Web browser and screen reader working in unison communicated about the language of the element, the browser would tell the screen reader that the language was "xyzzy", even if it knew it was invalid, just in case the screen reader actually supported a language with that tag after all. Even if the screen reader supported both BCP 47 and another syntax for encoding language names, and in that other syntax the string "xyzzy" was a way to denote the Belarusian language, it would be incorrect for the screen reader to then start treating text as Belarusian, because "xyzzy" is not how Belarusian is described in BCP 47 codes (BCP 47 uses the code "be" for Belarusian). If the resulting value is the empty string, then it must be interpreted as meaning that the language of the node is explicitly unknown. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- User agents may use the element’s language to determine proper processing or rendering (e.g., in the selection of appropriate fonts or pronunciations, for dictionary selection, or for the user interfaces of form controls such as date pickers). ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The lang IDL attribute must reflect the lang content attribute in no namespace. 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute The translate attribute is an enumerated attribute that is used to specify whether an element’s attribute values and the values of its Text node children are to be translated when the page is localized, or whether to leave them unchanged. The attribute’s keywords are the empty string, yes, and no. The empty string and the yes keyword map to the yes state. The no keyword maps to the no state. In addition, there is a third state, the inherit state, which is the missing value default (and the invalid value default). Each element (even non-HTML elements) has a translation mode, which is in either the translate-enabled state or the no-translate state. If an HTML element's translate attribute is in the yes state, then the element’s translation mode is in the translate-enabled state; otherwise, if the element’s translate attribute is in the no state, then the element’s translation mode is in the no-translate state. Otherwise, either the element’s translate attribute is in the inherit state, or the element is not an HTML element and thus does not have a translate attribute; in either case, the element’s translation mode is in the same state as its parent element’s, if any, or in the translate-enabled state, if the element is a document element. When an element is in the translate-enabled state, the element’s translatable attributes and the values of its Text node children are to be translated when the page is localized. When an element is in the no-translate state, the element’s attribute values and the values of its Text node children are to be left as-is when the page is localized, e.g., because the element contains a person’s name or a name of a computer program. The following attributes are translatable attributes: * abbr on th elements * alt on area, img, and input elements * content on meta elements, if the name attribute specifies a metadata name whose value is known to be translatable * download on a and area elements * label on optgroup, option, and track elements * lang on HTML elements; must be "translated" to match the language used in the translation * placeholder on input and textarea elements * srcdoc on iframe elements; must be parsed and recursively processed * style on HTML elements; must be parsed and recursively processed (e.g., for the values of content properties) * title on all HTML elements * value on input elements with a type attribute in the Button state or the Reset Button state Other specifications may define other attributes that are also translatable attributes. For example, ARIA would define the aria-label attribute as translatable. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The translate IDL attribute must, on getting, return true if the element’s translation mode is translate-enabled, and false otherwise. On setting, it must set the content attribute’s value to "yes" if the new value is true, and set the content attribute’s value to "no" otherwise. In this example, everything in the document is to be translated when the page is localized, except the sample keyboard input and sample program output: The Bee Game

The Bee Game is a text adventure game in English.

When the game launches, the first thing you should do is type eat honey. The game will respond with:

Yum yum! That was some good honey!
3.2.5.4. The xml:base attribute (XML only) The xml:base attribute is defined in XML Base. [XMLBASE] The xml:base attribute may be used on HTML elements of XML documents. Authors must not use the xml:base attribute on HTML elements in HTML documents. 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute The dir attribute specifies the element’s text directionality. The attribute is an enumerated attribute with the following keywords and states: The ltr keyword, which maps to the ltr state Indicates that the contents of the element are explicitly directionally isolated left-to-right text. The rtl keyword, which maps to the rtl state Indicates that the contents of the element are explicitly directionally isolated right-to-left text. The auto keyword, which maps to the auto state Indicates that the contents of the element are explicitly directionally isolated text, but that the direction is to be determined programmatically using the contents of the element (as described below). The heuristic used by this state is very crude (it just looks at the first character with a strong directionality, in a manner analogous to the Paragraph Level determination in the bidirectional algorithm). Authors are urged to only use this value as a last resort when the direction of the text is truly unknown and no better server-side heuristic can be applied. [BIDI] For textarea and pre elements, the heuristic is applied on a per-paragraph level. The attribute has no invalid value default and no missing value default. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The directionality of an element (any element, not just an HTML element) is either 'ltr' or 'rtl', and is determined as per the first appropriate set of steps from the following list: If the element’s dir attribute is in the ltr state If the element is a document element and the dir attribute is not in a defined state (i.e., it is not present or has an invalid value) If the element is an input element whose type attribute is in the Telephone state, and the dir attribute is not in a defined state (i.e., it is not present or has an invalid value) The directionality of the element is 'ltr'. If the element’s dir attribute is in the rtl state The directionality of the element is 'rtl'. If the element is an input element whose type attribute is in the Text, Search, Telephone, URL, or E-mail state, and the dir attribute is in the auto state If the element is a textarea element and the dir attribute is in the auto state If the element’s value contains a character of bidirectional character type AL or R, and there is no character of bidirectional character type L anywhere before it in the element’s value, then the directionality of the element is 'rtl'. [BIDI] Otherwise, if the element’s value is not the empty string, or if the element is a document element, the directionality of the element is 'ltr'. Otherwise, the directionality of the element is the same as the element’s parent element’s directionality. If the element’s dir attribute is in the auto state If the element is a bdi element and the dir attribute is not in a defined state (i.e., it is not present or has an invalid value) Find the first character in tree order that matches the following criteria: * The character is from a Text node that is a descendant of the element whose directionality is being determined. * The character is of bidirectional character type L, AL, or R. [BIDI] * The character is not in a Text node that has an ancestor element that is a descendant of the element whose directionality is being determined and that is either: * A bdi element. * A script element. * A style element. * A textarea element. * An element with a dir attribute in a defined state. If such a character is found and it is of bidirectional character type AL or R, the directionality of the element is 'rtl'. If such a character is found and it is of bidirectional character type L, the directionality of the element is 'ltr'. Otherwise, if the element is a document element, the directionality of the element is 'ltr'. Otherwise, the directionality of the element the same as the element’s parent element’s directionality. If the element has a parent element and the dir attribute is not in a defined state (i.e., it is not present or has an invalid value) The directionality of the element is the same as the element’s parent element’s directionality. Since the dir attribute is only defined for HTML elements, it cannot be present on elements from other namespaces. Thus, elements from other namespaces always just inherit their directionality from their parent element, or, if they don’t have one, default to 'ltr'. This attribute has rendering requirements involving the bidirectional algorithm. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The directionality of an attribute of an HTML element, which is used when the text of that attribute is to be included in the rendering in some manner, is determined as per the first appropriate set of steps from the following list: If the attribute is a directionality-capable attribute and the element’s dir attribute is in the auto state Find the first character (in logical order) of the attribute’s value that is of bidirectional character type L, AL, or R. [BIDI] If such a character is found and it is of bidirectional character type AL or R, the directionality of the attribute is 'rtl'. Otherwise, the directionality of the attribute is 'ltr'. Otherwise The directionality of the attribute is the same as the element’s directionality. The following attributes are directionality-capable attributes: * abbr on th elements * alt on area, img, and input elements * content on meta elements, if the name attribute specifies a metadata name whose value is primarily intended to be human-readable rather than machine-readable * label on optgroup, option, and track elements * placeholder on input and textarea elements * title on all HTML elements ---------------------------------------------------------------------- document . dir [ = value ] Returns the html element’s dir attribute’s value, if any. Can be set, to either 'ltr', 'rtl', or 'auto' to replace the html element’s dir attribute’s value. If there is no html element, returns the empty string and ignores new values. The dir IDL attribute on an element must reflect the dir content attribute of that element, limited to only known values. The dir IDL attribute on Document objects must reflect the dir content attribute of the html element, if any, limited to only known values. If there is no such element, then the attribute must return the empty string and do nothing on setting. Authors are strongly encouraged to use the dir attribute to indicate text direction rather than using CSS, since that way their documents will continue to render correctly even in the absence of CSS (e.g., as interpreted by search engines). This markup fragment is of an IM conversation.

Student: How do you write "What’s your name?" in Arabic?

Teacher: ما اسمك؟

Student: Thanks.

Teacher: That’s written "شكرًا".

Teacher: Do you know how to write "Please"?

Student: "من فضلك", right?

Given a suitable style sheet and the default alignment styles for the p element, namely to align the text to the start edge of the paragraph, the resulting rendering could be as follows: Each paragraph rendered as a separate block, with the paragraphs left-aligned except the second paragraph and the last one, which would be right aligned, with the usernames ('Student' and 'Teacher' in this example) flush right, with a colon to their left, and the text first to the left of that. As noted earlier, the 'auto' value is not a panacea. The final paragraph in this example is misinterpreted as being right-to-left text, since it begins with an Arabic character, which causes the "right?" to be to the left of the Arabic text. 3.2.5.6. The style attribute All HTML elements may have the style content attribute set. This is a style attribute as defined by the CSS Style Attributes specification. [CSS-STYLE-ATTR] In user agents that support CSS, the attribute’s value must be parsed when the attribute is added or has its value changed, according to the rules given for style attributes. [CSS-STYLE-ATTR] However, if the Should element’s inline behavior be blocked by Content Security Policy? algorithm returns "Blocked" when executed upon the attribute’s element and "style attribute", and the attribute’s value, then the style rules defined in the attribute’s value must not be applied to the element. [CSP3] Documents that use style attributes on any of their elements must still be comprehensible and usable if those attributes were removed. In particular, using the style attribute to hide and show content, or to convey meaning that is otherwise not included in the document, is non-conforming. (To hide and show content, use the hidden attribute.) ---------------------------------------------------------------------- element . style Returns a CSSStyleDeclaration object for the element’s style attribute. The style IDL attribute is defined in the CSS Object Model (CSSOM) specification. [CSSOM] In the following example, the words that refer to colors are marked up using the span element and the style attribute to make those words show up in the relevant colors in visual media.

My sweat suit is green and my eyes are blue.

3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes A custom data attribute is an attribute in no namespace whose name starts with the string "data-", has at least one character after the hyphen, is XML-compatible, and contains no uppercase ASCII letters. All attribute names on HTML elements in HTML documents get ASCII-lowercased automatically, so the restriction on ASCII uppercase letters doesn’t affect such documents. Custom data attributes are intended to store custom data private to the page or application, for which there are no more appropriate attributes or elements. These attributes are not intended for use by software that is not known to the administrators of the site that uses the attributes. For generic extensions that are to be used by multiple independent tools, either this specification should be extended to provide the feature explicitly, or a technology like microdata should be used (with a standardized vocabulary). For instance, a site about music could annotate list items representing tracks in an album with custom data attributes containing the length of each track. This information could then be used by the site itself to allow the user to sort the list by track length, or to filter the list for tracks of certain lengths.
  1. Beyond The Sea
  2. ...
It would be inappropriate, however, for the user to use generic software not associated with that music site to search for tracks of a certain length by looking at this data. This is because these attributes are intended for use by the site’s own scripts, and are not a generic extension mechanism for publicly-usable metadata. Similarly, a page author could write markup that provides information for a translation tool that they are intending to use:

The third claim covers the case of HTML markup.

In this example, the "data-mytrans-de" attribute gives specific text for the MyTrans product to use when translating the phrase "claim" to German. However, the standard translate attribute is used to tell it that in all languages, "HTML" is to remain unchanged. When a standard attribute is available, there is no need for a custom data attribute to be used. Every HTML element may have any number of custom data attributes specified, with any value. Authors should carefully design such extensions so that when the attributes are ignored and any associated CSS dropped, the page is still usable. User agents must not derive any implementation behavior from these attributes or values. Specifications intended for user agents must not define these attributes to have any meaningful values. JavaScript libraries may use the custom data attributes, as they are considered to be part of the page on which they are used. Authors of libraries that are reused by many authors are encouraged to include their name in the attribute names, to reduce the risk of clashes. Where it makes sense, library authors are also encouraged to make the exact name used in the attribute names customizable, so that libraries whose authors unknowingly picked the same name can be used on the same page, and so that multiple versions of a particular library can be used on the same page even when those versions are not mutually compatible. For example, a library called "DoQuery" could use attribute names like data-doquery-range, and a library called "jJo" could use attributes names like data-jjo-range. The jJo library could also provide an API to set which prefix to use (e.g. J.setDataPrefix("j2"), making the attributes have names like data-j2-range). ---------------------------------------------------------------------- element . dataset Returns a DOMStringMap object for the element’s data-* attributes. Hyphenated names are converted to dromedary-case (which is the same as camel-case except the initial letter is not uppercased). For example, data-foo-bar="" becomes element.dataset.fooBar. The dataset IDL attribute provides convenient accessors for all the data-* attributes on an element. On getting, the dataset IDL attribute must return a DOMStringMap whose associated element is this element. The DOMStringMap interface is used for the dataset attribute. Each DOMStringMap has an associated element. [OverrideBuiltins] interface DOMStringMap { getter DOMString (DOMString name); [CEReactions] setter void (DOMString name, DOMString value); [CEReactions] deleter void (DOMString name); }; To get a DOMStringMap's name-value pairs, run the following algorithm: 1. Let list be an empty list of name-value pairs. 2. For each content attribute on the DOMStringMap's associated element whose first five characters are the string "data-" and whose remaining characters (if any) do not include any uppercase ASCII letters, in the order that those attributes are listed in the element’s attribute list, add a name-value pair to list whose name is the attribute’s name with the first five characters removed and whose value is the attribute’s value. 3. For each name in list, for each U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-) in the name that is followed by a lowercase ASCII letter, remove the U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-) and replace the character that followed it by the same character in ASCII uppercase. 4. Return list. The supported property names on a DOMStringMap object at any instant are the names of each pair returned from getting the DOMStringMap’s name-value pairs at that instant, in the order returned. To determine the value of a named property name for a DOMStringMap, return the value component of the name-value pair whose name component is name in the list returned from getting the DOMStringMap’s name-value pairs. To set the value of a new named property or set the value of an existing named property for a DOMStringMap, given a property name name and a new value value, run the following steps: 1. If name contains a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-) followed by a lowercase ASCII letter, then throw a "SyntaxError" DOMException and abort these steps. 2. For each uppercase ASCII letter in name, insert a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-) before the character and replace the character with the same character in ASCII lowercase. 3. Insert the string data- at the front of name. 4. If name does not match the XML Name production, throw an "InvalidCharacterError" DOMException and abort these steps. 5. Set an attribute value for the DOMStringMap's associated element using name and value. To delete an existing named property name for a DOMStringMap, run the following steps: 1. For each uppercase ASCII letter in name, insert a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-) before the character and replace the character with the same character in ASCII lowercase. 2. Insert the string data- at the front of name. 3. Remove an attribute by name given name, and the DOMStringMap's associated element. This algorithm will only get invoked by the Web IDL specification for names that are given by the earlier algorithm for getting the DOMStringMap’s name-value pairs. [WEBIDL] If a Web page wanted an element to represent a space ship, e.g., as part of a game, it would have to use the class attribute along with data-* attributes:
Notice how the hyphenated attribute name becomes dromedary-cased in the API. Given the following fragment and elements with similar constructions: Rocket Tower ...one could imagine a function splashDamage() that takes some arguments, the first of which is the element to process: function splashDamage(node, x, y, damage) { if (node.classList.contains('tower') && // checking the 'class' attribute node.dataset.x == x && // reading the 'data-x' attribute node.dataset.y == y) { // reading the 'data-y' attribute var hp = parseInt(node.dataset.hp); // reading the 'data-hp' attribute hp = hp - damage; if (hp < 0) { hp = 0; node.dataset.ai = 'dead'; // setting the 'data-ai' attribute delete node.dataset.ability; // removing the 'data-ability' attribute } node.dataset.hp = hp; // setting the 'data-hp' attribute } } 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute element . innerText [ = value ] Returns the element’s text content "as rendered". Can be set, to replace the element’s children with the given value, but with line breaks converted to br elements. On getting, the innerText attribute must follow these steps: 1. If this element is not being rendered, or if the user agent is a non-CSS user agent, then return the same value as the textContent IDL attribute on this element. 2. Compute a list of items each of which is a string or a positive integer (a required line break count), by applying the following recursive procedure to each child node node of this element in tree order, and then concatenating the results to a single list of items. Intuitively, a required line break count item means that a certain number of line breaks appear at that point, but they can be collapsed with the line breaks induced by adjacent required line break count items, reminiscent to CSS margin-collapsing. 1. Let items be the result of recursively applying this procedure to each child of node in tree order, and then concatenating the results to a single list of items. 2. If node’s computed value of visibility is not "visible", then let the result of these substeps be items and abort these substeps. 3. If node has no associated CSS box, then let the result of these substeps be items and abort these substeps. For the purpose of this step, the following elements must act as described if the computed value of the display property is not "none": * select elements have an associated non-replaced inline CSS box whose child boxes include only those of optgroup and option element child nodes; * optgroup elements have an associated non-replaced block-level CSS box whose child boxes include only those of option element child nodes; and * option element have an associated non-replaced block-level CSS box whose child boxes are as normal for non-replaced block-level CSS boxes. items can be non-empty due to "display:contents". 4. If node is a Text node, then for each CSS text box produced by node, in content order, compute the text of the box after application of the CSS white-space processing rules and text-transform rules, let the result of these substeps be a list of the resulting strings, and abort these substeps. The CSS white-space processing rules are slightly modified: collapsible spaces at the end of lines are always collapsed, but they are only removed if the line is the last line of the block, or it ends with a br element. Soft hyphens should be preserved. [CSS-TEXT-3] 5. If node is a br element, then append a string containing a single U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character to items. 6. If node’s computed value of display is table-cell, and node’s CSS box is not the last table-cell box of its enclosing table-row box, then append a string containing a single U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) character to items. 7. If node’s computed value of display is table-cell, and node’s CSS box is not the last table-cell box of the nearest ancestor table box, then append a string containing a single U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character to items. 8. If node is a p element, then add 2 (a required line break count) at the beginning and end of items. 9. If node’s used value of display is block-level or table-caption, then add 1 (a required line break count) at the beginning and end of items. [CSS-DISPLAY-3] Floats and absolutely-positioned elements fall into this category. 10. Let the result of these substeps be items. 3. Delete any string items whose strings are empty. 4. Delete any runs of consecutive required line break count items at the start or end of the list. 5. Replace each remaining run of consecutive required line break count items with a string consisting of as many U+000A LINE FEED (LF) characters as the maximum of the values in the required line break count items. 6. Return the concatenation of the string items. Note that descendant nodes of most replaced elements (e.g., textarea, input, and video — but not button) are not rendered by CSS, strictly speaking, and therefore have no CSS boxes for the purposes of this algorithm. On setting, the innerText attribute must follow these steps: 1. Let document be this element’s node document. 2. Let fragment be a new DocumentFragment object whose node document is document. 3. Let input be the given value. 4. Let pointer be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string. 5. Let text be the empty string. 6. While pointer is not past the end of input: 1. Collect a sequence of characters that are not U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters. Set text to the collected characters. 2. If text is not the empty string, then append a new Text node whose data is text and node document is document to fragment. 3. While pointer is not past the end of input, and the character at position is either a U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) character: 1. If the character at position is a U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) character and the next character is a U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character, then advance position to the next character in input. 2. Advance position to the next character in input. 3. Append the result of creating an element given document, br, and the HTML namespace to fragment. 7. Replace all with fragment within this element. 3.2.7. Requirements relating to the bidirectional algorithm 3.2.7.1. Authoring conformance criteria for bidirectional-algorithm formatting characters Text content in HTML elements with Text nodes in their contents, and text in attributes of HTML elements that allow free-form text, may contain characters in the ranges U+202A to U+202E and U+2066 to U+2069 (the bidirectional-algorithm formatting characters). [BIDI] Authors are encouraged to use the dir attribute, the bdo element, and the bdi element, rather than maintaining the bidirectional-algorithm formatting characters manually. The bidirectional-algorithm formatting characters interact poorly with CSS. 3.2.7.2. User agent conformance criteria User agents must implement the Unicode bidirectional algorithm to determine the proper ordering of characters when rendering documents and parts of documents. [BIDI] The mapping of HTML to the Unicode bidirectional algorithm must be done in one of three ways. Either the user agent must implement CSS, including in particular the CSS unicode-bidi, direction, and content properties, and must have, in its user agent style sheet, the rules using those properties given in this specification’s rendering section, or, alternatively, the user agent must act as if it implemented just the aforementioned properties and had a user agent style sheet that included all the aforementioned rules, but without letting style sheets specified in documents override them, or, alternatively, the user agent must implement another styling language with equivalent semantics. [CSS-WRITING-MODES-3] [CSS3-CONTENT] The following elements and attributes have requirements defined by the rendering section that, due to the requirements in this section, are requirements on all user agents (not just those that support the suggested default rendering): * dir attribute * bdi element * bdo element * br element * pre element * textarea element * wbr element 3.2.8. WAI-ARIA and HTML Accessibility API Mappings 3.2.8.1. ARIA Authoring Requirements Authors may use the ARIA role and aria-* attributes on HTML elements, in accordance with the requirements described in the ARIA specifications, except where these conflict with the requirements specified in ARIA in HTML [html-aria]. These exceptions are intended to prevent authors from making assistive technology products report nonsensical states that do not represent the actual state of the document. [wai-aria-1.1] In the majority of cases setting an ARIA role and/or aria-* attribute that matches the default implicit ARIA semantics is unnecessary and not recommended as these properties are already set by the browser. Authors are encouraged to make use of the following documents for guidance on using ARIA in HTML beyond that which is provided in this section: * Using ARIA - A practical guide for developers on how to to add accessibility information to HTML elements using the Accessible Rich Internet Applications specification [wai-aria-1.1]. * WAI-ARIA Authoring Practices 1.1 - An author’s guide to understanding and implementing Accessible Rich Internet Applications. 3.2.8.2. Conformance Checker Implementation Requirements Conformance checkers are required to implement document conformance requirements for use of the ARIA role and aria-* attributes on HTML elements, as defined in ARIA in HTML. [html-aria] 3.2.8.3. User Agent Implementation Requirements User agents must implement ARIA semantics on all HTML elements, as defined in the ARIA specifications [wai-aria-1.1] and [core-aam-1.1]. User agents must implement Accessibility API semantics on all HTML elements, as defined in the HTML Accessibility API Mappings specification [html-aam-1.0]. The ARIA attributes defined in the ARIA specifications do not have any effect on CSS pseudo-class matching, user interface modalities that don’t use assistive technologies, or the default actions of user interaction events as described in this specification. 3.2.8.3.1. ARIA Role Attribute Every HTML element may have an ARIA role attribute specified. This is an ARIA Role attribute as defined by [wai-aria-1.1]. The attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a set of space-separated tokens; each token must be a non-abstract role defined in the WAI-ARIA specification [wai-aria-1.1]. The WAI-ARIA role that an HTML element has assigned to it is the first non-abstract role found in the list of values generated when the role attribute is split on spaces. 3.2.8.3.2. State and Property Attributes Every HTML element may have ARIA state and property attributes specified. These attributes are defined by [wai-aria-1.1]. A subset of the ARIA State and Property attributes are defined as "Global States and Properties" in the [wai-aria-1.1] specification. These attributes, if specified, must have a value that is the ARIA value type in the "Value" field of the definition for the state or property, mapped to the appropriate HTML value type according to [wai-aria-1.1]. ARIA State and Property attributes can be used on any element. They are not always meaningful, however, and in such cases user agents might not perform any processing aside from including them in the DOM. State and property attributes are processed according to the requirements of the HTML Accessibility API Mappings specification [html-aam-1.0], as well as [wai-aria-1.1] and, as defined in the ARIA specifications [WAI-ARIA] and [core-aam-1.1]. 3.2.8.4. Allowed ARIA roles, states and properties This section is non-normative. The following table provides an informative reference to the ARIA roles, states and properties permitted for use in HTML. Links to ARIA roles, states and properties in the table reference the normative definitions in the [wai-aria-1.1] specification. ARIA Roles, States and Properties Role Description Required Properties Supported Properties * aria-atomic * aria-busy (state) * aria-controls * aria-current (state) * aria-describedby * aria-details * aria-disabled (state) * aria-dropeffect * aria-errormessage global aria-* * aria-flowto attributes can be any used on any HTML none * aria-grabbed (state) element. * aria-haspopup * aria-hidden (state) * aria-invalid (state) * aria-keyshortcuts * aria-label * aria-labelledby * aria-live * aria-owns * aria-relevant * aria-roledescription A message with important, and usually alert time-sensitive, none * aria-expanded (state) information. See related alertdialog and status. A type of dialog that contains an alert message, where initial * aria-expanded (state) alertdialog focus goes to an none element within * aria-dialog the dialog. See related alert and dialog. A structure containing one or more focusable elements requiring user input, such as application keyboard or none * aria-expanded (state) gesture events, that do not follow a standard interaction pattern supported by a widget role. A section of a page that consists of a article composition that none * aria-expanded (state) forms an independent part of a document, page, or site. A region that contains mostly site-oriented banner content, rather none * aria-expanded (state) than page-specific content. An input that allows for user-triggered * aria-expanded (state) button actions when none clicked or * aria-pressed (state) pressed. See related link. A checkable input that has three * aria-checked checkbox possible values: (state) none true, false, or mixed. * aria-colspan A cell in a cell tabular none * aria-rowindex container. * aria-rowspan * aria-sort * aria-readonly * aria-required A cell containing header * aria-selected (state) columnheader information for a none column. * aria-expanded (state) * aria-colspan * aria-rowindex * aria-rowspan A presentation of a select; usually similar to a * aria-autocomplete textbox where users can type * aria-controls * aria-required combobox ahead to select an option, or * aria-expanded * aria-activedescendant type to enter (state) arbitrary text as * aria-orientation a new item in the list. See related listbox. A supporting section of the document, designed to be complementary to the main content complementary at a similar none * aria-expanded (state) level in the DOM hierarchy, but remains meaningful when separated from the main content. A large perceivable region that contentinfo contains none * aria-expanded (state) information about the parent document. definition A definition of a none * aria-expanded (state) term or concept. A dialog is an application window that is designed to interrupt the current processing of an * aria-expanded (state) dialog application in none order to prompt * aria-dialog the user to enter information or require a response. See related alertdialog. A list of references to directory members of a none * aria-expanded (state) group, such as a static table of contents. A region containing related document information that none * aria-expanded (state) is declared as document content, as opposed to a web application. A scrollable list of articles where scrolling may feed cause articles to none * aria-expanded (state) be added to or removed from either end of the list. A perceivable section of content that typically figure contains a none * aria-expanded (state) graphical document, images, code snippets, or example text. A landmark region that contains a collection of form items and objects none * aria-expanded (state) that, as a whole, combine to create a form. See related search. * aria-level A grid is an * aria-multiselectable interactive control which * aria-readonly contains cells of grid tabular data none * aria-activedescendant arranged in rows and columns, like * aria-expanded (state) a table. * aria-colcount * aria-rowcount * aria-readonly * aria-required * aria-selected (state) A cell in a grid gridcell or treegrid. none * aria-expanded (state) * aria-colspan * aria-rowindex * aria-rowspan A set of user interface objects which are not intended to be * aria-activedescendant group included in a none page summary or * aria-expanded (state) table of contents by assistive technologies. A heading for a * aria-level heading section of the none page. * aria-expanded (state) A container for a img collection of none * aria-expanded (state) elements that form an image. An interactive reference to an internal or external resource link that, when none * aria-expanded (state) activated, causes the user agent to navigate to that resource. See related button. A group of list non-interactive none * aria-expanded (state) list items. See related listbox. * aria-multiselectable A widget that allows the user * aria-required to select one or more items from a * aria-expanded (state) listbox list of choices. none See related * aria-activedescendant combobox and list. * aria-expanded (state) * aria-orientation * aria-level A single item in * aria-posinset listitem a list or none directory. * aria-setsize * aria-expanded (state) A type of live region where new information is added in log meaningful order none * aria-expanded (state) and old information may disappear. See related marquee. main The main content none * aria-expanded (state) of a document. A type of live region where non-essential marquee information none * aria-expanded (state) changes frequently. See related log. Content that MathML math represents a none * aria-expanded (state) mathematical expression. A presentation of * aria-expanded (state) menu that usually remains visible * aria-activedescendant menubar and is usually none presented * aria-expanded (state) horizontally. * aria-orientation A collection of navigational elements (usually navigation links) for none * aria-expanded (state) navigating the document or related documents. An element whose implicit native role semantics none will not be none none mapped to the accessibility API. See synonym presentation. A section whose content is note parenthetic or none * aria-expanded (state) ancillary to the main content of the resource. * aria-checked (state) A selectable item * aria-posinset option in a select list. none * aria-selected (state) * aria-setsize An element whose implicit native role semantics presentation will not be none none mapped to the accessibility API. * aria-valuemax An element that displays the * aria-valuemin progressbar progress status none for tasks that * aria-valuenow take a long time. * aria-valuetext A checkable input * aria-posinset in a group of radio radio roles, only * aria-checked * aria-selected (state) one of which can (state) be checked at a * aria-setsize time. * aria-required A group of radio * aria-activedescendant radiogroup buttons. none * aria-expanded (state) * aria-orientation A large perceivable section of a web page or document, that the author feels is important enough region to be included in none * aria-expanded (state) a page summary or table of contents, for example, an area of the page containing live sporting event statistics. * aria-level * aria-selected (state) A row of cells in * aria-activedescendant row a grid. none * aria-expanded (state) * aria-colindex * aria-rowindex A group * aria-activedescendant rowgroup containing one or none more row elements * aria-expanded (state) in a grid. * aria-sort * aria-readonly * aria-required A cell containing header * aria-selected (state) rowheader information for a none row in a grid. * aria-expanded (state) * aria-colspan * aria-rowspan * aria-rowindex A graphical object that * aria-controls controls the scrolling of * aria-orientation content within a scrollbar viewing area, * aria-valuemax * aria-expanded (state) regardless of whether the * aria-valuemin content is fully displayed within * aria-valuenow the viewing area. A landmark region that contains a collection of items and objects * aria-expanded (state) search that, as a whole, none combine to create * aria-orientation a search facility. See related form. * aria-activedescendant * aria-autocomplete A type of textbox intended for * aria-multiline searchbox specifying search none criteria.. * aria-placeholder * aria-readonly * aria-required * aria-valuemax A divider that (if focusable) separates and * aria-valuetext (if separator distinguishes * aria-valuemin focusable) sections of (if focusable) content. * aria-orientation * aria-valuenow (if focusable) A user input * aria-valuemax where the user * aria-orientation slider selects a value * aria-valuemin from within a * aria-valuetext given range. * aria-valuenow A form of range * aria-valuemax that expects the * aria-required spinbutton user to select * aria-valuemin from among * aria-valuetext discrete choices. * aria-valuenow A container whose content is advisory information for the user but is not important status enough to justify none * aria-expanded (state) an alert, often but not necessarily presented as a status bar. See related alert. A type of checkbox that represents on/off * aria-checked switch values, as (state) none opposed to checked/unchecked values. A grouping label providing a mechanism for * aria-selected (state) tab selecting the tab none content that is * aria-expanded (state) to be rendered to the user. A section containing data arranged in rows and columns. The * aria-colcount table table role is none intended for * aria-rowcount tabular containers which are not interactive. * aria-level A list of tab elements, which * aria-activedescendant tablist are references to none tabpanel * aria-expanded (state) elements. * aria-orientation A container for the resources tabpanel associated with a none * aria-expanded (state) tab, where each tab is contained in a tablist. A word or phrase with a term corresponding none none definition. See related definition. * aria-activedescendant * aria-autocomplete Input that allows * aria-multiline textbox free-form text as none its value. * aria-placeholder * aria-readonly * aria-required A type of live region containing a numerical counter which indicates an timer amount of elapsed none * aria-expanded (state) time from a start point, or the time remaining until an end point. A collection of * aria-activedescendant commonly used toolbar function buttons none * aria-expanded (state) represented in compact visual * aria-orientation form. A contextual popup that tooltip displays a none * aria-expanded (state) description for an element. * aria-multiselectable A type of list that may contain * aria-required sub-level nested tree groups that can none * aria-activedescendant be collapsed and expanded. * aria-expanded (state) * aria-orientation * aria-level * aria-multiselectable * aria-readonly A grid whose rows * aria-activedescendant can be expanded treegrid and collapsed in none * aria-expanded (state) the same manner as for a tree. * aria-required * aria-orientation * aria-colcount * aria-rowcount * aria-level An option item of a tree. This is * aria-posinset an element within a tree that may * aria-setsize treeitem be expanded or none collapsed if it * aria-expanded (state) contains a sub-level group * aria-checked (state) of treeitems. * aria-selected (state) 4. The elements of HTML 4.1. The document element 4.1.1. The html element Categories: None. Contexts in which this element can be used: As the document’s document element. Wherever a subdocument fragment is allowed in a compound document. Content model: A head element followed by a body element. Tag omission in text/html: An html element’s start tag can be omitted if the first thing inside the html element is not a comment. An html element’s end tag can be omitted if the html element is not immediately followed by a comment. Content attributes: Global attributes manifest — Application cache manifest Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: None DOM interface: interface HTMLHtmlElement : HTMLElement {}; The html element represents the root of an HTML document. Authors are encouraged to specify a lang attribute on the root html element, giving the document’s language. This aids speech synthesis tools to determine what pronunciations to use, translation tools to determine what rules to use, and so forth. The manifest attribute gives the address of the document’s application cache manifest, if there is one. If the attribute is present, the attribute’s value must be a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces. The manifest-based application cache feature is in the process of being removed from the Web platform. (This is a long process that takes many years.) Using the application cache feature at this time is highly discouraged. Use service workers instead. [SERVICE-WORKERS] The manifest attribute only has an effect during the early stages of document load. Changing the attribute dynamically thus has no effect (and thus, no DOM API is provided for this attribute). For the purposes of application cache selection, later base elements cannot affect the parsing of URLs in manifest attributes, as the attributes are processed before those elements are seen. The window.applicationCache IDL attribute provides scripted access to the offline application cache mechanism. It is recommended to keep the usage of attributes and their values defined on the html element to a minimum to allow for proper detection of the character encoding declaration within the first 1024 bytes. The html element in the following example declares that the document’s language is English. Swapping Songs

Swapping Songs

Tonight I swapped some of the songs I wrote with some friends, who gave me some of the songs they wrote. I love sharing my music.

4.2. Document metadata 4.2.1. The head element Categories: None. Contexts in which this element can be used: As the first element in an html element. Content model: If the document is an iframe srcdoc document or if title information is available from a higher-level protocol: Zero or more elements of metadata content, of which no more than one is a title element and no more than one is a base element. Otherwise: One or more elements of metadata content, of which exactly one is a title element and no more than one is a base element. Tag omission in text/html: A head element’s start tag may be omitted if the element is empty, or if the first thing inside the head element is an element. A head element’s end tag may be omitted if the head element is not immediately followed by a space character or a comment. Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes DOM interface: interface HTMLHeadElement : HTMLElement {}; The head element represents a collection of metadata for the Document. The collection of metadata in a head element can be large or small. Here is an example of a very short one: A document with a short head ... Here is an example of a longer one: An application with a long head ... The title element is a required child in most situations, but when a higher-level protocol provides title information, e.g., in the Subject line of an e-mail when HTML is used as an e-mail authoring format, the title element can be omitted. It is recommended to keep the usage of attributes and their values defined on the head element to a minimum to allow for proper detection of the character encoding declaration within the first 1024 bytes. 4.2.2. The title element Categories: Metadata content. Contexts in which this element can be used: In a head element containing no other title elements. Content model: Text that is not inter-element white space. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible. Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes DOM interface: interface HTMLTitleElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString text; }; The title element represents the document’s title or name. Authors should use titles that identify their documents even when they are used out of context, for example in a user’s history or bookmarks, or in search results. The document’s title is often different from its first heading, since the first heading does not have to stand alone when taken out of context. There must be no more than one title element per document. If it’s reasonable for the Document to have no title, then the title element is probably not required. See the head element’s content model for a description of when the element is required. title . text [ = value ] Returns the child text content of the element. Can be set, to replace the element’s children with the given value. The IDL attribute text must return the child text content of the title element. On setting, it must act the same way as the textContent IDL attribute. Here are some examples of appropriate titles, contrasted with the top-level headings that might be used on those same pages. Introduction to The Mating Rituals of Bees ...

Introduction

This companion guide to the highly successful Introduction to Medieval Bee-Keeping book is... The next page might be a part of the same site. Note how the title describes the subject matter unambiguously, while the first heading assumes the reader knows what the context is and therefore won’t wonder if the dances are Salsa or Waltz: Dances used during bee mating rituals ...

The Dances

The string to use as the document’s title is given by the document.title IDL attribute. User agents should use the document’s title when referring to the document in their user interface. When the contents of a title element are used in this way, the directionality of that title element should be used to set the directionality of the document’s title in the user interface. 4.2.3. The base element Categories: Metadata content. Contexts in which this element can be used: In a head element containing no other base elements. Content model: Nothing. Tag omission in text/html: No end tag. Content attributes: Global attributes href — Document base URL target — Default browsing context for hyperlink navigation and §4.10.21 Form submission Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes. DOM interface: interface HTMLBaseElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString href; attribute DOMString target; }; The base element allows authors to specify the document base URL for the purposes of §2.5.2 Parsing URLs, and the name of the default browsing context for the purposes of following hyperlinks. The element does not represent any content beyond this information. There must be no more than one base element per document. A base element must have either an href attribute, a target attribute, or both. The href content attribute, if specified, must contain a valid URL potentially surrounded by spaces. A base element, if it has an href attribute, must come before any other elements in the tree that have attributes defined as taking URLs, except the html element (its manifest attribute isn’t affected by base elements). If there are multiple base elements with href attributes, all but the first are ignored. The target attribute, if specified, must contain a valid browsing context name or keyword, which specifies which browsing context is to be used as the default when hyperlinks and forms in the Document cause navigation. A base element, if it has a target attribute, must come before any elements in the tree that represent hyperlinks. If there are multiple base elements with target attributes, all but the first are ignored. A base element that is the first base element with an href content attribute in a document tree has a frozen base URL. The frozen base URL must be immediately set for an element whenever any of the following situations occur: * The base element becomes the first base element in tree order with an href content attribute in its Document. * The base element is the first base element in tree order with an href content attribute in its Document, and its href content attribute is changed. To set the frozen base URL, for an element element: 1. Let document be element’s node document. 2. Let urlRecord be the result of parsing the value of element’s href content attribute with document’s fallback base URL, and document’s character encoding. (Thus the base element isn’t affected by itself.) 3. Set elements’s frozen base URL to document’s fallback base URL, if urlRecord is failure or running Is base allowed for Document? on the resulting URL record and document returns "Blocked", and to urlRecord otherwise. The href IDL attribute, on getting, must return the result of running the following algorithm: 1. Let document be element’s node document. 2. Let url be the value of the href attribute of the base element, if it has one, and the empty string otherwise. 3. Let urlRecord be the result of parsing url with document’s fallback base url, and document’s character encoding. (Thus, the base element isn’t affected by other base elements or itself). 4. If urlRecord is failure, return url. 5. Return the serialization of urlRecord. The href IDL attribute, on setting, must set the href content attribute to the given new value. The target IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name. In this example, a base element is used to set the document base URL: This is an example for the <base> element

Visit the archives.

The link in the above example would be a link to "https://www.example.com/news/archives.html". 4.2.4. The link element Categories: Metadata content. If the element is allowed in the body: flow content. If the element is allowed in the body: phrasing content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where metadata content is expected. In a noscript element that is a child of a head element. If the element is allowed in the body: where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Nothing. Tag omission in text/html: No end tag. Content attributes: Global attributes href — Address of the hyperlink crossorigin — How the element handles crossorigin requests rel — Relationship of this document (or subsection/topic) to the destination resource rev — Reverse link relationship of the destination resource to this document (or subsection/topic) media — Applicable media nonce — Cryptographic nonce used in Content Security Policy checks [CSP3] hreflang — Language of the linked resource type — Hint for the type of the referenced resource referrerpolicy - Referrer policy for fetches initiated by the element sizes — Sizes of the icons (for rel="icon") Also, the title attribute has special semantics on this element: Title of the link; alternative style sheet set name. Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: None DOM interface: interface HTMLLinkElement : HTMLElement { [CEReactions] attribute USVString href; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString? crossOrigin; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString rel; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString rev; [CEReactions, SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList relList; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString media; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString nonce; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString hreflang; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString type; [CEReactions, SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList sizes; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString referrerPolicy; }; HTMLLinkElement implements LinkStyle; The link element allows authors to link their document to other resources. The destination of the link(s) is given by the href attribute, which must be present and must contain a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces. If the href attribute is absent, then the element does not define a link. The crossorigin attribute is a CORS settings attribute. It is intended for use with external resource links. The types of link indicated (the relationships) are given by the value of the rel attribute, which, if present, must have a value that is a set of space-separated tokens. The allowed keywords and their meanings are defined in a later section. If the rel attribute is absent, has no keywords, or if none of the keywords used are allowed according to the definitions in this specification, then the element does not create any links. rel's supported tokens are the keywords defined in HTML link types which are allowed on link elements, impact the processing model, and are supported by the user agent. The possible supported tokens are alternate, dns-prefetch, icon, next, pingback, preconnect, prefetch, preload, prerender, search, serviceworker, and stylesheet. rel's supported tokens must only include the tokens from this list that the user agent implements the processing model for. A link element must have a rel attribute. If a link element has a rel attribute that contains only keywords that are body-ok, then the element is said to be allowed in the body. This means that the element can be used where phrasing content is expected. Two categories of links can be created using the link element: Links to external resources and hyperlinks. The §4.8.6 Link types section defines whether a particular link type is an external resource or a hyperlink. One link element can create multiple links (of which some might be external resource links and some might be hyperlinks); exactly which and how many links are created depends on the keywords given in the rel attribute. User agents must process the links on a per-link basis, not a per-element basis. Each link created for a link element is handled separately. For instance, if there are two link elements with rel="stylesheet", they each count as a separate external resource, and each is affected by its own attributes independently. Similarly, if a single link element has a rel attribute with the value next stylesheet, it creates both a hyperlink (for the next keyword) and an external resource link (for the stylesheet keyword), and they are affected by other attributes (such as media or title) differently. For example, the following link element creates two hyperlinks (to the same page): The two links created by this element are one whose semantic is that the target page has information about the current page’s author, and one whose semantic is that the target page has information regarding the license under which the current page is provided. Hyperlinks created with the link element and its rel attribute apply to the whole document. This contrasts with the rel attribute of a and area elements, which indicates the type of a link whose context is given by the link’s location within the document. The exact behavior for links to external resources depends on the exact relationship, as defined for the relevant link type. Some of the attributes control whether or not the external resource is to be applied (as defined below). The media attribute says which media the resource applies to. The value must be a valid media query list. The nonce attribute represents a cryptographic nonce ("number used once") which can be used by Content Security Policy to determine whether or not an external resource specified by the link will be loaded and applied to the document. The value is text. [CSP3] The hreflang attribute on the link element has the same semantics as the hreflang attribute on the a element. The type attribute gives the MIME type of the linked resource. It is purely advisory. The value must be a valid mime type. For external resource links, the type attribute is used as a hint to user agents so that they can avoid fetching resources they do not support. The referrerpolicy attribute is a referrer policy attribute. It is intended for use with external resource links, where it helps set the referrer policy used when obtaining the external resource. [REFERRERPOLICY]. The title attribute gives the title of the link. With one exception, it is purely advisory. The value is text. The exception is for style sheet links, where the title attribute defines alternative style sheet sets. The title attribute on link elements differs from the global title attribute of most other elements in that a link without a title does not inherit the title of the parent element: it merely has no title. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The sizes attribute gives the sizes of icons for visual media. Its value, if present, is merely advisory. User agents may use the value to decide which icon(s) to use if multiple icons are available. If specified, the attribute must have a value that is an unordered set of unique space-separated tokens which are ASCII case-insensitive. Each value must be either an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "any", or a value that consists of two valid non-negative integers that do not have a leading U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) character and that are separated by a single U+0078 LATIN SMALL LETTER X or U+0058 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER X character. The attribute must not be specified on link elements that do not have a rel attribute that specifies the icon keyword or the apple-touch-icon keyword. The apple-touch-icon keyword is a registered extension to the predefined set of link types, but user agents are not required to support it in any way. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The IDL attributes href, hreflang, media, nonce, rel, rev, sizes, and type each must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. The crossOrigin IDL attribute must reflect the crossorigin content attribute. The referrerPolicy IDL attribute must reflect the referrerpolicy content attribute, limited to only known values. The IDL attribute relList must reflect the rel content attribute. 4.2.4.1. Processing the media attribute If the link is a hyperlink then the media attribute is purely advisory, and describes for which media the document in question was designed. However, if the link is an external resource link, then the media attribute is prescriptive. The user agent must apply the external resource when the media attribute’s value matches the environment and the other relevant conditions apply, and must not apply it otherwise. The default, if the media attribute is omitted, is "all", meaning that by default links apply to all media. The external resource might have further restrictions defined within that limit its applicability. For example, a CSS style sheet might have some @media blocks. This specification does not override such further restrictions or requirements. 4.2.4.2. Processing the type attribute If type attribute is present, then the user agent must assume that the resource is of the given type (even if that is not a valid mime type, e.g., the empty string). If the attribute is omitted, but the external resource link type has a default type defined, then the user agent must assume that the resource is of that type. If the user agent does not support the given MIME type for the given link relationship, then the user agent should not obtain the resource; if the user agent does support the given MIME type for the given link relationship, then the user agent should obtain the resource at the appropriate time as specified for the external resource link’s particular type. If the attribute is omitted, and the external resource link type does not have a default type defined, but the user agent would obtain the resource if the type was known and supported, then the user agent should obtain the resource under the assumption that it will be supported. User agents must not consider the type attribute authoritative — upon fetching the resource, user agents must not use the type attribute to determine its actual type. Only the actual type (as defined in the next paragraph) is used to determine whether to apply the resource, not the aforementioned assumed type. If the external resource link type defines rules for processing the resource’s Content-Type metadata, then those rules apply. Otherwise, if the resource is expected to be an image, user agents may apply the image sniffing rules, with the official type being the type determined from the resource’s Content-Type metadata, and use the resulting computed type of the resource as if it was the actual type. Otherwise, if neither of these conditions apply or if the user agent opts not to apply the image sniffing rules, then the user agent must use the resource’s Content-Type metadata to determine the type of the resource. If there is no type metadata, but the external resource link type has a default type defined, then the user agent must assume that the resource is of that type. The stylesheet link type defines rules for processing the resource’s Content-Type metadata. Once the user agent has established the type of the resource, the user agent must apply the resource if it is of a supported type and the other relevant conditions apply, and must ignore the resource otherwise. If a document contains style sheet links labeled as follows: ...then a compliant user agent that supported only CSS style sheets would fetch the B and C files, and skip the A file (since text/plain is not the MIME type for CSS style sheets). For files B and C, it would then check the actual types returned by the server. For those that are sent as text/css, it would apply the styles, but for those labeled as text/plain, or any other type, it would not. If one of the two files was returned without a Content-Type metadata, or with a syntactically incorrect type like Content-Type: "null", then the default type for stylesheet links would kick in. Since that default type is text/css, the style sheet would nonetheless be applied. 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element For external resources that are represented in the DOM (for example, style sheets), the DOM representation must be made available (modulo cross-origin restrictions) even if the resource is not applied. To obtain the resource, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. If the href attribute’s value is the empty string, then abort these steps. 2. Parse the URL given by the href attribute, relative to the element’s node document. If that fails, then abort these steps. Otherwise, let url be the resulting URL record. 3. Let corsAttributeState be the current state of the element’s crossorigin content attribute. 4. Let request be the result of creating a potential-CORS request given url and corsAttributeState. 5. Set request’s client to the link element’s node document’s Window object’s environment settings object. 6. Set request’s cryptographic nonce metadata to the current state of the link element’s nonce content attribute. 7. Set request’s referrer policy to the current state of the link element’s referrerpolicy content attribute. 8. Fetch request. User agents may opt to only try to obtain such resources when they are needed, instead of pro-actively fetching all the external resources that are not applied. The semantics of the protocol used (e.g., HTTP) must be followed when fetching external resources. (For example, redirects will be followed and 404 responses will cause the external resource to not be applied.) Once the attempts to obtain the resource and its critical subresources are complete, the user agent must, if the loads were successful, queue a task to fire a simple event named load at the link element, or, if the resource or one of its critical subresources failed to completely load for any reason (e.g., DNS error, HTTP 404 response, a connection being prematurely closed, unsupported Content-Type), queue a task to fire a simple event named error at the link element. Non-network errors in processing the resource or its subresources (e.g., CSS parse errors, PNG decoding errors) are not failures for the purposes of this paragraph. The task source for these tasks is the DOM manipulation task source. The element must delay the load event of the element’s node document until all the attempts to obtain the resource and its critical subresources are complete. (Resources that the user agent has not yet attempted to obtain, e.g., because it is waiting for the resource to be needed, do not delay the load event.) 4.2.4.4. Processing Link headers HTTP Link: headers, if supported, must be assumed to come before any links in the document, in the order that they were given in the HTTP message. These headers are distinct from HTML link types, and thus their semantics can be different from same-named HTML types. 4.2.4.5. Providing users with a means to follow hyperlinks created using the link element Interactive user agents may provide users with a means to follow the hyperlinks created using the link element, somewhere within their user interface. The exact interface is not defined by this specification, but it could include the following information (obtained from the element’s attributes, again as defined below), in some form or another (possibly simplified), for each hyperlink created with each link element in the document: * The relationship between this document and the resource (given by the rel attribute) * The title of the resource (given by the title attribute). * The address of the resource (given by the href attribute). * The language of the resource (given by the hreflang attribute). * The optimum media for the resource (given by the media attribute). User agents could also include other information, such as the type of the resource (as given by the type attribute). The activation behavior of link elements that create hyperlinks is to run the following steps: 1. If the link element’s node document is not fully active, then abort these steps. 2. Follow the hyperlink created by thelink element. 4.2.4.6. The LinkStyle interface The LinkStyle interface is also implemented by this element. [CSSOM] Here, a set of link elements provide some style sheets: The following example shows how you can specify versions of the page that use alternative formats, are aimed at other languages, and that are intended for other media: 4.2.5. The meta element Categories: Metadata content. Contexts in which this element can be used: If the charset attribute is present, or if the element’s http-equiv attribute is in the encoding declaration state: in a head element. If the http-equiv attribute is present but not in the encoding declaration state: in a head element. If the http-equiv attribute is present but not in the encoding declaration state: in a noscript element that is a child of a head element. If the name attribute is present: where metadata content is expected. Content model: Nothing. Tag omission in text/html: No end tag. Content attributes: Global attributes name — Metadata name http-equiv — Pragma directive content — Value of the element charset — Character encoding declaration Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes DOM interface: interface HTMLMetaElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString name; attribute DOMString httpEquiv; attribute DOMString content; }; The meta element represents various kinds of metadata that cannot be expressed using the title, base, link, style, and script elements. The meta element can represent document-level metadata with the name attribute, pragma directives with the http-equiv attribute, and the file’s character encoding declaration when an HTML document is serialized to string form (e.g., for transmission over the network or for disk storage) with the charset attribute. Exactly one of the name, http-equiv, and charset attributes must be specified. If either name or http-equiv is specified, then the content attribute must also be specified. Otherwise, it must be omitted. The charset attribute specifies the character encoding used by the document. This is a character encoding declaration. If the attribute is present in an XML document, its value must be an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "utf-8" (and the document is therefore forced to use UTF-8 as its encoding). The charset attribute on the meta element has no effect in XML documents, and is only allowed in order to facilitate migration to and from XHTML. There must not be more than one meta element with a charset attribute per document. The content attribute gives the value of the document metadata or pragma directive when the element is used for those purposes. The allowed values depend on the exact context, as described in subsequent sections of this specification. allows authors to define specific viewport characteristics (such as the layout viewport’s width and zoom factor) for their documents. Among these is the ability to prevent or restrict users from being able to zoom, using content values such as user-scalable=no or maximum-scale=1.0. Authors should not suppress or limit the ability of users to resize a document, as this causes accessibility and usability issues. The following examples illustrate code that should be avoided: There may be specific use cases where preventing users from zooming may be appropriate, such as map applications – where custom zoom functionality is handled via scripting. However, in general this practice should be avoided, and HTML conformance checking tools should display a warning if they encounter these values. Note that most user agents now allow users to always zoom, regardless of any restrictions – either by default, or as a setting/option (which may however not be immediately apparent to users). If a meta element has a name attribute, it sets document metadata. Document metadata is expressed in terms of name-value pairs, the name attribute on the meta element giving the name, and the content attribute on the same element giving the value. The name specifies what aspect of metadata is being set; valid names and the meaning of their values are described in the following sections. If a meta element has no content attribute, then the value part of the metadata name-value pair is the empty string. The name and content IDL attributes must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. The IDL attribute httpEquiv must reflect the content attribute http-equiv. 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names This specification defines a few names for the name attribute of the meta element. Names are case-insensitive, and must be compared in an ASCII case-insensitive manner. application-name The value must be a short free-form string giving the name of the Web application that the page represents. If the page is not a Web application, the application-name metadata name must not be used. Translations of the Web application’s name may be given, using the lang attribute to specify the language of each name. There must not be more than one meta element with a given language and with its name attribute set to the value application-name per document. User agents may use the application name in UI in preference to the page’s title, since the title might include status messages and the like relevant to the status of the page at a particular moment in time instead of just being the name of the application. To find the application name to use given an ordered list of languages (e.g., British English, American English, and English), user agents must run the following steps: 1. Let languages be the list of languages. 2. Let default language be the language of the Document's document element, if any, and if that language is not unknown. 3. If there is a default language, and if it is not the same language as any of the languages in languages, append it to languages. 4. Let winning language be the first language in languages for which there is a meta element in the Document that has its name attribute set to the value application-name and whose language is the language in question. If none of the languages have such a meta element, then abort these steps; there’s no given application name. 5. Return the value of the content attribute of the first meta element in the Document in tree order that has its name attribute set to the value application-name and whose language is winning language. This algorithm would be used by a browser when it needs a name for the page, for instance, to label a bookmark. The languages it would provide to the algorithm would be the user’s preferred languages. author The value must be a free-form string giving the name of one of the page’s authors. description The value must be a free-form string that describes the page. The value must be appropriate for use in a directory of pages, e.g., in a search engine. There must not be more than one meta element with its name attribute set to the value description per document. generator The value must be a free-form string that identifies one of the software packages used to generate the document. This value must not be used on pages whose markup is not generated by software, e.g., pages whose markup was written by a user in a text editor. Here is what a tool called "Frontweaver" could include in its output, in the page’s head element, to identify itself as the tool used to generate the page: keywords The value must be a set of comma-separated tokens, each of which is a keyword relevant to the page. This page about typefaces on British motorways uses a meta element to specify some keywords that users might use to look for the page: Typefaces on UK motorways ... Many search engines do not consider such keywords, because this feature has historically been used unreliably and even misleadingly as a way to spam search engine results in a way that is not helpful for users. To obtain the list of keywords that the author has specified as applicable to the page, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. Let keywords be an empty list. 2. For each meta element with a name attribute and a content attribute and whose name attribute’s value is keywords, run the following substeps: 1. Split the value of the element’s content attribute on commas. 2. Add the resulting tokens, if any, to keywords. 3. Remove any duplicates from keywords. 4. Return keywords. This is the list of keywords that the author has specified as applicable to the page. User agents should not use this information when there is insufficient confidence in the reliability of the value. For instance, it would be reasonable for a content management system to use the keyword information of pages within the system to populate the index of a site-specific search engine, but a large-scale content aggregator that used this information would likely find that certain users would try to game its ranking mechanism through the use of inappropriate keywords. referrer The value must be a referrer policy, which defines the default referrer policy for the Document. [REFERRERPOLICY] If any meta elements are inserted into the document or removed from the document, or existing meta elements have their name or content attributes changed, user agents must run the following algorithm: 1. Let candidate elements be the list of all meta elements that meet the following criteria, in tree order: * The element is in a document tree * The element has a name attribute, whose value is referrer * The element has a content attribute, whose value is not the empty string * The element is a child of the head element of the document 2. For each element in candidate elements: 1. Let value be the value of element’s content attribute, converted to ASCII lowercase. 2. If value is one of the values given in the first column of the following table, then set value to the value given in the second column: Legacy value Referrer policy never no-referrer default no-referrer-when-downgrade always unsafe-url origin-when-crossorigin origin-when-cross-origin 3. If value is a referrer policy, then set element’s node document’s referrer policy to policy. The fact that these steps are applied for each element enables deployment of fallback values for older user agents. [REFERRERPOLICY] 4.2.5.2. Other metadata names Extensions to the predefined set of metadata names may be registered in the WHATWG Wiki MetaExtensions page. [WHATWGWIKI] Anyone is free to edit the WHATWG Wiki MetaExtensions page at any time to add a type. These new names must be specified with the following information: Keyword The actual name being defined. The name should not be confusingly similar to any other defined name (e.g., differing only in case). Brief description A short non-normative description of what the metadata name’s meaning is, including the format the value is required to be in. Specification A link to a more detailed description of the metadata name’s semantics and requirements. It could be another page on the Wiki, or a link to an external page. Synonyms A list of other names that have exactly the same processing requirements. Authors should not use the names defined to be synonyms, they are only intended to allow user agents to support legacy content. Anyone may remove synonyms that are not used in practice; only names that need to be processed as synonyms for compatibility with legacy content are to be registered in this way. Status One of the following: Proposed The name has not received wide peer review and approval. Someone has proposed it and is, or soon will be, using it. Ratified The name has received wide peer review and approval. It has a specification that unambiguously defines how to handle pages that use the name, including when they use it in incorrect ways. Discontinued The metadata name has received wide peer review and it has been found wanting. Existing pages are using this metadata name, but new pages should avoid it. The "brief description" and "specification" entries will give details of what authors should use instead, if anything. If a metadata name is found to be redundant with existing values, it should be removed and listed as a synonym for the existing value. If a metadata name is registered in the "proposed" state for a period of a month or more without being used or specified, then it may be removed from the registry. If a metadata name is added with the "proposed" status and found to be redundant with existing values, it should be removed and listed as a synonym for the existing value. If a metadata name is added with the "proposed" status and found to be harmful, then it should be changed to "discontinued" status. Anyone can change the status at any time, but should only do so in accordance with the definitions above. Conformance checkers may use the information given on the WHATWG Wiki MetaExtensions page to establish if a value is allowed or not: values defined in this specification or marked as "proposed" or "ratified" must be accepted, whereas values marked as "discontinued" or not listed in either this specification or on the aforementioned page must be reported as invalid. Conformance checkers may cache this information (e.g., for performance reasons or to avoid the use of unreliable network connectivity). When an author uses a new metadata name not defined by either this specification or the Wiki page, conformance checkers should offer to add the value to the Wiki, with the details described above, with the "proposed" status. Metadata names whose values are to be URLs must not be proposed or accepted. Links must be represented using the link element, not the meta element. 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives When the http-equiv attribute is specified on a meta element, the element is a pragma directive. The http-equiv attribute is an enumerated attribute. The following table lists the keywords defined for this attribute. The states given in the first cell of the rows with keywords give the states to which those keywords map. Some of the keywords are non-conforming, as noted in the last column. State Keyword Notes Content Language content-language Non-conforming Encoding declaration content-type Default style default-style Refresh refresh Cookie setter set-cookie Non-conforming When a meta element is inserted into the document, if its http-equiv attribute is present and represents one of the above states, then the user agent must run the algorithm appropriate for that state, as described in the following list: Content language state (http-equiv="content-language") This feature is non-conforming. Authors are encouraged to use the lang attribute instead. This pragma sets the pragma-set default language. Until such a pragma is successfully processed, there is no pragma-set default language. 1. If the meta element has no content attribute, then abort these steps. 2. If the element’s content attribute contains a U+002C COMMA character (,) then abort these steps. 3. Let input be the value of the element’s content attribute. 4. Let position point at the first character of input. 5. Skip white space. 6. Collect a sequence of characters that are not space characters. 7. Let candidate be the string that resulted from the previous step. 8. If candidate is the empty string, abort these steps. 9. Set the pragma-set default language to candidate. If the value consists of multiple space-separated tokens, tokens after the first are ignored. This pragma is not the same as the HTTP Content-Language header of the same name. HTTP Content-Language values with more than one language tag will be rejected as invalid by this pragma. [HTTP] Encoding declaration state (http-equiv="content-type") The encoding declaration state is just an alternative form of setting the charset attribute: it is a character encoding declaration. This state’s user agent requirements are all handled by the parsing section of the specification. For meta elements with an http-equiv attribute in the encoding declaration state, the content attribute must have a value that is an ASCII case-insensitive match for a string that consists of: the literal string "text/html;", optionally followed by any number of space characters, followed by the literal string "charset=", followed by one of the labels of the character encoding of the character encoding declaration. A document must not contain both a meta element with an http-equiv attribute in the encoding declaration state and a meta element with the charset attribute present. The encoding declaration state may be used in HTML documents and in XML Documents. If the encoding declaration state is used in XML Documents, the name of the character encoding must be an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "UTF-8" (and the document is therefore forced to use UTF-8 as its encoding). The encoding declaration state has no effect in XML documents, and is only allowed in order to facilitate migration to and from XHTML. Default style state (http-equiv="default-style") This pragma sets the name of the default alternative style sheet set. 1. If the meta element has no content attribute, or if that attribute’s value is the empty string, then abort these steps. 2. Set the preferred style sheet set to the value of the element’s content attribute. [CSSOM] Refresh state (http-equiv="refresh") This pragma acts as timed redirect. 1. If another meta element with an http-equiv attribute in the Refresh state has already been successfully processed (i.e., when it was inserted the user agent processed it and reached the step labeled end), then abort these steps. 2. If the meta element has no content attribute, or if that attribute’s value is the empty string, then abort these steps. 3. Let input be the value of the element’s content attribute. 4. Let position point at the first character of input. 5. Skip white space. 6. Collect a sequence of characters that are ASCII digits, and parse the resulting string using the rules for parsing non-negative integers. If the sequence of characters collected is the empty string, then no number will have been parsed; abort these steps. Otherwise, let time be the parsed number. 7. Collect a sequence of characters that are ASCII digits and U+002E FULL STOP characters (.). Ignore any collected characters. 8. Let url be the meta element’s node document’s URL. 9. If position is past the end of input, jump to the step labeled end. 10. If the character in input pointed to by position is not a U+003B SEMICOLON character (;), a U+002C COMMA character (,), or a space character, then abort these steps. 11. Skip white space. 12. If the character in input pointed to by position is a U+003B SEMICOLON character (;), a U+002C COMMA character (,), then advance position to the next character. 13. Skip white space. 14. If position is past the end of input, jump to the step labeled end. 15. Let url be equal to the substring of input from the character at position to the end of the string. 16. If the character in input pointed to by position is a U+0055 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U character (U) or a U+0075 LATIN SMALL LETTER U character (u), then advance position to the next character. Otherwise, jump to the step labeled skip quotes. 17. If the character in input pointed to by position is a U+0052 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R character (R) or a U+0072 LATIN SMALL LETTER R character (r), then advance position to the next character. Otherwise, jump to the step labeled Parse. 18. If the character in input pointed to by position is s U+004C LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L character (L) or a U+006C LATIN SMALL LETTER L character (l), then advance position to the next character. Otherwise, jump to the step labeled Parse. 19. Skip white space. 20. If the character in input pointed to by position is a U+003D EQUALS SIGN (=), then advance position to the next character. Otherwise, jump to the step step labeled Parse. 21. Skip white space. 22. Skip quotes: If the character in input pointed to by position is either a U+0027 APOSTROPHE character (') or U+0022 QUOTATION MARK character ("), then let quote be that character, and advance position to the next character. Otherwise, let quote be the empty string. 23. Let url be equal to the substring of input from the character at position to the end of the string. 24. If quote is not the empty string, and there is a character in url equal to quote, then truncate url at that character, so that it and all subsequent characters are removed. 25. Parse: Parse url relative to the meta element’s node document. If that fails, abort these steps. Otherwise, let urlRecord be the resulting URL record. 26. End: Perform one or more of the following steps: * After the refresh has come due (as defined below), if the user has not canceled the redirect and if the meta element’s node document’s active sandboxing flag set does not have the sandboxed automatic features browsing context flag set, navigate the Document's browsing context to urlRecord, with replacement enabled, and with the Document's browsing context as the source browsing context. For the purposes of the previous paragraph, a refresh is said to have come due as soon as the later of the following two conditions occurs: * At least time seconds have elapsed since the document has completely loaded, adjusted to take into account user or user agent preferences. * At least time seconds have elapsed since the meta element was inserted into the document, adjusted to take into account user or user agent preferences. * Provide the user with an interface that, when selected, navigates a browsing context to urlRecord, with the Document's browsing context as the source browsing context. * Do nothing. In addition, the user agent may, as with anything, inform the user of any and all aspects of its operation, including the state of any timers, the destinations of any timed redirects, and so forth. For meta elements with an http-equiv attribute in the Refresh state, the content attribute must have a value consisting either of: * just a valid non-negative integer, or * a valid non-negative integer, followed by a U+003B SEMICOLON character (;), followed by one or more space characters, followed by a substring that is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "URL", followed by a U+003D EQUALS SIGN character (=), followed by a valid URL that does not start with a literal U+0027 APOSTROPHE (') or U+0022 QUOTATION MARK (") character. In the former case, the integer represents a number of seconds before the page is to be reloaded; in the latter case the integer represents a number of seconds before the page is to be replaced by the page at the given URL. A news organization’s front page could include the following markup in the page’s head element, to ensure that the page automatically reloads from the server every five minutes: A sequence of pages could be used as an automated slide show by making each page refresh to the next page in the sequence, using markup such as the following: Cookie setter (http-equiv="set-cookie") This pragma sets an HTTP cookie. [COOKIES] It is non-conforming. Real HTTP headers should be used instead. 1. If the meta element has no content attribute, or if that attribute’s value is the empty string, then abort these steps. 2. Act as if receiving a set-cookie-string for the document’s URL via a "non-HTTP" API, consisting of the value of the element’s content attribute encoded as UTF-8. [COOKIES] [ENCODING] Content security policy state (http-equiv="content-security-policy") This pragma enforces a Content Security Policy on a Document. [CSP3] 1. If the meta element is not a child of a head element, abort these steps. 2. If the meta element has no content attribute, or if that attribute’s value is the empty string, then abort these steps. 3. Let policy be the result of executing Content Security Policy’s parse a serialized Content Security Policy algorithm on the meta element’s content attribute’s value. 4. Remove all occurrences of the report-uri, frame-ancestors, and sandbox directives from policy. 5. Enforce the policy policy. For meta elements with an http-equiv attribute in the Content security policy state, the content attribute must have a value consisting of a valid Content Security Policy, but must not contain any report-uri, frame-ancestors, or sandbox directives. The Content Security Policy given in the content attribute will be enforced upon the current document. [CSP3] A page might choose to mitigate the risk of cross-site scripting attacks by preventing the execution of inline JavaScript, as well as blocking all plugin content, using a policy such as the following: There must not be more than one meta element with any particular state in the document at a time. 4.2.5.4. Other pragma directives Extensions to the predefined set of pragma directives may, under certain conditions, be registered in the WHATWG Wiki PragmaExtensions page. [WHATWGWIKI] Such extensions must use a name that is identical to an HTTP header registered in the Permanent Message Header Field Registry, and must have behavior identical to that described for the HTTP header. [IANAPERMHEADERS] Pragma directives corresponding to headers describing metadata, or not requiring specific user agent processing, must not be registered; instead, use metadata names. Pragma directives corresponding to headers that affect the HTTP processing model (e.g., caching) must not be registered, as they would result in HTTP-level behavior being different for user agents that implement HTML than for user agents that do not. Anyone is free to edit the WHATWG Wiki PragmaExtensions page at any time to add a pragma directive satisfying these conditions. Such registrations must specify the following information: Keyword The actual name being defined. The name must match a previously-registered HTTP name with the same requirements. Brief description A short non-normative description of the purpose of the pragma directive. Specification A link to the specification defining the corresponding HTTP header. Conformance checkers must use the information given on the WHATWG Wiki PragmaExtensions page to establish if a value is allowed or not: values defined in this specification or listed on the aforementioned page must be accepted, whereas values not listed in either this specification or on the aforementioned page must be rejected as invalid. Conformance checkers may cache this information (e.g., for performance reasons or to avoid the use of unreliable network connectivity). 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding A character encoding declaration is a mechanism by which the character encoding used to store or transmit a document is specified. The following restrictions apply to character encoding declarations: * The character encoding name given must be an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of the labels of the character encoding used to serialize the file. [ENCODING] * The character encoding declaration must be serialized without the use of character references or character escapes of any kind. * The element containing the character encoding declaration must be serialized completely within the first 1024 bytes of the document. In addition, due to a number of restrictions on meta elements, there can only be one meta-based character encoding declaration per document. If an HTML document does not start with a BOM, and its encoding is not explicitly given by Content-Type metadata, and the document is not an iframe srcdoc document, then the character encoding used must be an ASCII-compatible encoding, and the encoding must be specified using a meta element with a charset attribute or a meta element with an http-equiv attribute in the encoding declaration state. A character encoding declaration is required (either in the Content-Type metadata or explicitly in the file) even if the encoding is US-ASCII, because a character encoding is needed to process non-ASCII characters entered by the user in forms, in URLs generated by scripts, and so forth. If the document is an iframe srcdoc document, the document must not have a character encoding declaration. (In this case, the source is already decoded, since it is part of the document that contained the iframe.) If an HTML document contains a meta element with a charset attribute or a meta element with an http-equiv attribute in the encoding declaration state, then the character encoding used must be an ASCII-compatible encoding. Authors should use UTF-8. Conformance checkers may advise authors against using legacy encodings. [ENCODING] Authoring tools should default to using UTF-8 for newly-created documents. [ENCODING] Authors must not use encodings that are not defined in the WHATWG Encoding specification. Additionally, authors should not use ISO-2022-JP. [ENCODING] Some encodings that are not defined in the WHATWG Encoding specification use bytes in the range 0x20 to 0x7E, inclusive, to encode characters other than the corresponding characters in the range U+0020 to U+007E, inclusive, and represent a potential security vulnerability: A user agent might end up interpreting supposedly benign plain text content as HTML tags and JavaScript. Using non-UTF-8 encodings can have unexpected results on form submission and URL encodings, which use the document’s character encoding by default. In XHTML, the XML declaration should be used for inline character encoding information, if necessary. In HTML, to declare that the character encoding is UTF-8, the author could include the following markup near the top of the document (in the head element): In XML, the XML declaration would be used instead, at the very top of the markup: 4.2.6. The style element Categories: Metadata content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where metadata content is expected. In a noscript element that is a child of a head element. In the body, where flow content is expected. Content model: Depends on the value of the type attribute, but must match requirements described in prose below. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible. Content attributes: Global attributes media — Applicable media nonce - Cryptographic nonce used in Content Security Policy checks [CSP3] type — Type of embedded resource Also, the title attribute has special semantics on this element: Alternative style sheet set name. Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes DOM interface: interface HTMLStyleElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString media; attribute DOMString nonce; attribute DOMString type; }; HTMLStyleElement implements LinkStyle; The style element allows authors to embed style information in their documents. The style element is one of several inputs to the styling processing model. The element does not represent content for the user. The type attribute gives the styling language. If the attribute is present, its value must be a valid mime type that designates a styling language. The charset parameter must not be specified. The default value for the type attribute, which is used if the attribute is absent, is "text/css". [RFC2318] When examining types to determine if they support the language, user agents must not ignore unknown MIME parameters — types with unknown parameters must be assumed to be unsupported. The charset parameter must be treated as an unknown parameter for the purpose of comparing MIME types here. The media attribute says which media the styles apply to. The value must be a valid media query list. The user agent must apply the styles when the media attribute’s value matches the environment and the other relevant conditions apply, and must not apply them otherwise. The styles might be further limited in scope, e.g., in CSS with the use of @media blocks. This specification does not override such further restrictions or requirements. The default, if the media attribute is omitted, is "all", meaning that by default styles apply to all media. A style element should preferably be used in the head of the document. The use of style in the body of the document may cause restyling, trigger layout and/or cause repainting, and hence, should be used with care. The nonce attribute represents a cryptographic nonce ("number used once") which can be used by Content Security Policy to determine whether or not the style specified by an element will be applied to the document. The value is text. [CSP3] The title attribute on style elements defines alternative style sheet sets. If the style element has no title attribute, then it has no title; the title attribute of ancestors does not apply to the style element. [CSSOM] The title attribute on style elements, like the title attribute on link elements, differs from the global title attribute in that a style block without a title does not inherit the title of the parent element: it merely has no title. The textContent of a style element must match the style production in the following ABNF, the character set for which is Unicode. [ABNF] style = no-c-start *( c-start no-c-end c-end no-c-start ) no-c-start = < any string that doesn’t contain a substring that matches c-start > c-start = "" ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The user agent must run the update a style block algorithm that applies for the style sheet language specified by the style element’s type attribute, passing it the element’s style data, whenever one of the following conditions occur: * the element is popped off the stack of open elements of an HTML parser or XML parser, * the element is not on the stack of open elements of an HTML parser or XML parser, and it is inserted into a document or removed from a document, * the element is not on the stack of open elements of an HTML parser or XML parser, and one of its child nodes is modified by a script, For styling languages that consist of pure text (as opposed to XML), a style element’s style data is the child text content of the style element (not any other nodes such as comments or elements), in tree order. For XML-based styling languages, the style data consists of all the child nodes of the style element. The update a style block algorithm for CSS (text/css) is as follows: 1. Let element be the style element. 2. If element has an associated CSS style sheet, remove the CSS style sheet in question. 3. If element is not in a Document, then abort these steps. 4. If the Should element’s inline behavior be blocked by Content Security Policy? algorithm returns "Blocked" when executed upon the style element, "style", and the style element’s style data, then abort these steps. [CSP3] 5. create a CSS style sheet with the following properties: type text/css owner node element media The media attribute of element. This is a reference to the (possibly absent at this time) attribute, rather than a copy of the attribute’s current value. The CSSOM specification defines what happens when the attribute is dynamically set, changed, or removed. title The title attribute of element. Again, this is a reference to the attribute. alternate flag Unset. origin-clean flag Set. parent CSS style sheet owner CSS rule null disabled flag Left at its default value. CSS rules Left uninitialized. This specification does not define any other styling language’s update a style block algorithm. Once the attempts to obtain the style sheet’s critical subresources, if any, are complete, or, if the style sheet has no critical subresources, once the style sheet has been parsed and processed, the user agent must, if the loads were successful or there were none, queue a task to fire a simple event named load at the style element, or, if one of the style sheet’s critical subresources failed to completely load for any reason (e.g., DNS error, HTTP 404 response, a connection being prematurely closed, unsupported Content-Type), queue a task to fire a simple event named error at the style element. Non-network errors in processing the style sheet or its subresources (e.g., CSS parse errors, PNG decoding errors) are not failures for the purposes of this paragraph. The task source for these tasks is the DOM manipulation task source. The element must delay the load event of the element’s node document until all the attempts to obtain the style sheet’s critical subresources, if any, are complete. This specification does not specify a style system, but CSS is expected to be supported by most Web browsers. [CSS-2015] The media, nonce, and type IDL attributes must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. The LinkStyle interface is also implemented by this element. [CSSOM] The following document has its stress emphasis styled as bright red text rather than italics text, while leaving titles of works and Latin words in their default italics. It shows how using appropriate elements enables easier restyling of documents. My favorite book

My favorite book of all time has got to be A Cat’s Life. It is a book by P. Rahmel that talks about the Felis Catus in modern human society.

4.2.7. Interactions of styling and scripting Style sheets, whether added by a link element, a style element, an PI, an HTTP Link header, or some other mechanism, have a style sheet ready flag, which is initially unset. When a style sheet is ready to be applied, its style sheet ready flag must be set. If the style sheet referenced no other resources (e.g., it was an internal style sheet given by a style element with no @import rules), then the style rules must be immediately made available to script; otherwise, the style rules must only be made available to script once the event loop reaches its update the rendering step. A style sheet in the context of the Document of an HTML parser or XML parser is said to be a style sheet that is blocking scripts if the element was created by that Document's parser, and the element is either a style element or a link element that was an external resource link when the element was created by the parser, and the element’s style sheet was enabled when the element was created by the parser, and the element’s style sheet ready flag is not yet set, and, the last time the event loop reached step 1, the element was in that Document, and the user agent hasn’t given up on that particular style sheet yet. A user agent may give up on a style sheet at any time. Giving up on a style sheet before the style sheet loads, if the style sheet eventually does still load, means that the script might end up operating with incorrect information. For example, if a style sheet sets the color of an element to green, but a script that inspects the resulting style is executed before the sheet is loaded, the script will find that the element is black (or whatever the default color is), and might thus make poor choices (e.g., deciding to use black as the color elsewhere on the page, instead of green). Implementors have to balance the likelihood of a script using incorrect information with the performance impact of doing nothing while waiting for a slow network request to finish. A Document has a style sheet that is blocking scripts if there is either a style sheet that is blocking scripts in the context of that Document, or if that Document is in a browsing context that has a parent browsing context, and the active document of that parent browsing context itself has a style sheet that is blocking scripts. A Document has no style sheet that is blocking scripts if it does not have a style sheet that is blocking scripts as defined in the previous paragraph. 4.3. Sections 4.3.1. The body element Categories: Sectioning root. Contexts in which this element can be used: As the second element in an html element. Content model: Flow content. Tag omission in text/html: A body element’s start tag may be omitted if the element is empty, or if the first thing inside the body element is not a space character or a comment, except if the first thing inside the body element is a meta, link, script, style, or template element. A body element’s end tag may be omitted if the body element is not immediately followed by a comment. Content attributes: Global attributes onafterprint onbeforeprint onbeforeunload onhashchange onlanguagechange onmessage onoffline ononline onpagehide onpageshow onpopstate onrejectionhandled onstorage onunhandledrejection onunload Allowed ARIA role attribute values: document role (default - do not set). Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default role. DOM interface: interface HTMLBodyElement : HTMLElement { }; HTMLBodyElement implements WindowEventHandlers; The body element represents the content of the document. In conforming documents, there is only one body element. The document.body IDL attribute provides scripts with easy access to a document’s body element. Some DOM operations (for example, parts of the drag and drop model) are defined in terms of "the body element". This refers to a particular element in the DOM, as per the definition of the term, and not any arbitrary body element. The body element exposes as event handler content attributes a number of the event handlers of the Window object. It also mirrors their event handler IDL attributes. The onblur, onerror, onfocus, onload, onresize, and onscroll event handlers of the Window object, exposed on the body element, replace the generic event handlers with the same names normally supported by HTML elements. Thus, for example, a bubbling error event dispatched on a child of the body element of a Document would first trigger the onerror event handler content attributes of that element, then that of the root html element, and only then would it trigger the onerror event handler content attribute on the body element. This is because the event would bubble from the target, to the body, to the html, to the Document, to the Window, and the event handler on the body is watching the Window not the body. A regular event listener attached to the body using addEventListener(), however, would be run when the event bubbled through the body and not when it reaches the Window object. This page updates an indicator to show whether or not the user is online: Online or offline?

You are: (Unknown)

4.3.2. The article element Categories: Flow content. Sectioning content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where flow content is expected. Content model: Flow content, but with no main element descendants. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: article (default - do not set), application, document feed, main or region. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The article element represents a complete, or self-contained, composition in a document, page, application, or site. This could be a magazine, newspaper, technical or scholarly article, an essay or report, a blog or other social media post. A general rule is that the article element is appropriate only if the element’s contents would be listed explicitly in the document’s outline. Each article should be identified, typically by including a heading(h1-h6 element) as a child of the article element. Assistive Technology may convey the semantics of the article to users. This information can provide a hint to users as to the type of content. For example the role of the element, which in this case matches the element name "article", can be announced by screen reader software when a user navigates to an article element. User Agents may also provide methods to navigate to article elements. When article elements are nested, the inner article elements represent articles that are in principle related to the contents of the outer article. For instance, a blog entry on a site could consist of summaries of other blog entries in article elements nested within the article element for the blog entry. The following is an example of a blog post extract, marked up using the article element:

Short note on wearing shorts

Posted on Wednesday, 10 February 2016 by Patrick Lauke. 6 comments

A fellow traveller posed an interesting question: Why do you wear shorts rather than longs? The person was wearing culottes as the time, so I considered the question equivocal in nature, but I attempted to provide an honest answer despite the dubiousness of the questioner’s dress.

The short answer is that I enjoy wearing shorts, the long answer is...

Continue reading: Short note on wearing shorts

The schema.org vocabulary can be used to provide more granular information about the type of article, using the CreativeWork - Article subtypes, other information such as the publication date for the article can also be provided. This example shows a blog post using the article element, with some schema.org annotations:

The Very First Rule of Life

If there’s a microphone anywhere near you, assume it’s hot and sending whatever you’re saying to the world. Seriously.

...

Here is that same blog post, but showing some of the comments:

The Very First Rule of Life

If there’s a microphone anywhere near you, assume it’s hot and sending whatever you’re saying to the world. Seriously.

...

Comments

  1. Posted by: George Washington

    Yeah! Especially when talking about your lobbyist friends!

  2. Posted by: George Hammond

    Hey, you have the same first name as me.

Notice the use of an ordered list ol to organize the comments. Also note the comments are a subsection of the article, identified using a section element. 4.3.3. The section element Categories: Flow content. Sectioning content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where flow content is expected. Content model: Flow content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: region role (default - do not set), alert, alertdialog, application, contentinfo , dialog, document, feed, log, main, marquee, presentation, region, search, status or tabpanel. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The section element represents a generic section of a document or application. A section, in this context, is a thematic grouping of content. Each section should be identified, typically by including a heading (h1-h6 element) as a child of the section element. Examples of sections would be chapters, the various tabbed pages in a tabbed dialog box, or the numbered sections of a thesis. A Web site’s home page could be split into sections for an introduction, news items, and contact information. Authors are encouraged to use the article element instead of the section element when the content is complete, or self-contained, composition. The section element is not a generic container element. When an element is needed only for styling purposes or as a convenience for scripting, authors are encouraged to use the div element instead. A general rule is that the section element is appropriate only if the element’s contents would be listed explicitly in the document’s outline. Assistive Technology may convey the semantics of the section to users when the element has an explicit label. This information can provide a hint to users as to the type of content. For example the role of the element, which in this case is "region", can be announced by screen reader software when a user navigates to an section element. User Agents may also provide methods to navigate to section elements. In the following example, we see an article (part of a larger Web page) about apples, containing two short sections. The section has an aria-label attribute providing a brief description of the contents. Assistive technology may convey the region role along with the aria-label value as a hint to users.

Apples

Tasty, delicious fruit!

The apple is the pomaceous fruit of the apple tree.

Red Delicious

These bright red apples are the most common found in many supermarkets.

Granny Smith

These juicy, green apples make a great filling for apple pies.

Here is a graduation program with two sections, one for the list of people graduating, and one for the description of the ceremony. (The markup in this example features an uncommon style sometimes used to minimize the amount of inter-element white space.) Graduation Ceremony Summer 2022

Graduation

Ceremony

Opening Procession

Speech by Validactorian

Speech by Class President

Presentation of Diplomas

Closing Speech by Headmaster

Graduates

  • Molly Carpenter
  • Anastasia Luccio
  • Ebenezar McCoy
  • Karrin Murphy
  • Thomas Raith
  • Susan Rodriguez
In this example, a book author has marked up some sections as chapters and some as appendices, and uses CSS to style the headers in these two classes of section differently. The whole book is wrapped in an article element as part of an even larger document containing other books. ...

My Book

A sample with not much content

Published by Dummy Publicorp Ltd.

My First Chapter

This is the first of my chapters. It doesn’t say much.

But it has two paragraphs!

It Continues: The Second Chapter

Bla dee bla, dee bla dee bla. Boom.

Chapter Three: A Further Example

It’s not like a battle between brightness and earthtones would go unnoticed.

But it might ruin my story.

Appendix A: Overview of Examples

These are demonstrations.

Appendix B: Some Closing Remarks

Hopefully this long example shows that you can style sections, so long as they are used to indicate actual sections.

4.3.4. The nav element Categories: Flow content. Sectioning content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where flow content is expected. Content model: Flow content, but with no main element descendants. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: navigation role (default - do not set). Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default role. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The nav element represents a section of a page that links to other pages or to parts within the page: a section with navigation links. Assistive Technology may convey the semantics of the nav to users. This information can provide a hint to users as to the type of content. For example the role of the element, which in this case is "navigation", can be announced by screen reader software when a user navigates to an nav element. User Agents may also provide methods to navigate to nav elements. In cases where the content of a nav element represents a list of items, use list markup to aid understanding and navigation. Not all groups of links on a page need to be in a nav element — the element is primarily intended for sections that consist of major navigation blocks. In particular, it is common for footers to have a short list of links to various pages of a site, such as the terms of service, the home page, and a copyright page. The footer element alone is sufficient for such cases; while a nav element can be used in such cases, it is usually unnecessary. User agents (such as screen readers) that are targeted at users who can benefit from navigation information being omitted in the initial rendering, or who can benefit from navigation information being immediately available, can use this element as a way to determine what content on the page to initially skip or provide on request (or both). In the following example, there are two nav elements, one for primary navigation around the site, and one for secondary navigation around the page itself.

The Wiki Center Of Exampland

© copyright 1998 Exampland Emperor

In the following example, the page has several places where links are present, but only one of those places is considered a navigation section.

Wake up sheeple!

News - Blog - Forums

Last Modified: 2009-04-01

My Day at the Beach

Today I went to the beach and had a lot of fun.

...more content...

Posted .

...more blog posts...
Notice the main element being used to wrap the main content of the page. In this case, all content other than the page header and footer. You can also see microdata annotations in the above example that use the schema.org vocabulary to provide the publication date and other metadata about the blog post. A nav element doesn’t have to contain a list, it can contain other kinds of content as well. In this navigation block, links are provided in prose: In this example, nav is used in an e-mail application, to let the user switch folders:

4.3.5. The aside element Categories: Flow content. Sectioning content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where flow content is expected. Content model: Flow content, but with no main element descendants. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: complementary role (default - do not set), feed, note, search or presentation. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The aside element represents a section of a page that consists of content that is tangentially related to the content of the parenting sectioning content, and which could be considered separate from that content. Such sections are often represented as sidebars in printed typography. The element can be used for typographical effects like pull quotes or sidebars, for advertising, for groups of nav elements, and for other content that is considered separate from the main content of the nearest ancestor sectioning content. Assistive Technology may convey the semantics of the aside to users. This information can provide a hint to users as to the type of content. For example the role of the element, which in this case is "complementary", can be announced by screen reader software when a user navigates to an aside element. User Agents may also provide methods to navigate to aside elements. It’s not appropriate to use the aside element just for parentheticals, since those are part of the main flow of the document. The following example shows how an aside is used to mark up background material on Switzerland in a much longer news story on Europe. The following example shows how an aside is used to mark up a pull quote in a longer article. ...

He later joined a large company, continuing on the same work. I love my job. People ask me what I do for fun when I’m not at work. But I’m paid to do my hobby, so I never know what to answer. Some people wonder what they would do if they didn’t have to work... but I know what I would do, because I was unemployed for a year, and I filled that time doing exactly what I do now.

Of course his work — or should that be hobby? — isn’t his only passion. He also enjoys other pleasures.

... The following extract shows how aside can be used for blogrolls and other side content on a blog:

My wonderful blog

My tagline

My last post

This is my last post.

My first post

This is my first post.

4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements Categories: Flow content. Heading content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where flow content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: heading role (default - do not set), tab or presentation. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLHeadingElement : HTMLElement {}; These elements represent headings for their sections. These elements have a rank given by the number in their name. The h1 element has the highest rank, the h6 element has the lowest rank, and two elements with the same name have equal rank. Use the rank of heading elements to create the document outline. The following code shows how to mark up a document outline with six levels of headings.

top level heading

2nd level heading

3nd level heading

4th level heading

5th level heading
6th level heading
The document outline would be the same if the section elements were not used. h1–h6 elements must not be used to markup subheadings, subtitles, alternative titles and taglines unless intended to be the heading for a new section or subsection. Instead use the markup patterns in the §4.13 Common idioms without dedicated elements section of the specification. Assistive technology often announces the presence and level of a heading to users, as a hint to understand the structure of a document and construct a 'mental model' of its outline. For example the role of the element, which in this case is "heading" and the heading level "1" to "6", can be announced by screen reader software when a user navigates to an h1–h6 element. User Agents may also provide methods to navigate to h1–h6 elements. As far as their respective document outlines (their heading and section structures) are concerned, these two snippets are semantically equivalent:

Let’s call it a draw(ing surface)

Diving in

Simple shapes

Canvas coordinates

Canvas coordinates diagram

Paths

Let’s call it a draw(ing surface)

Diving in

Simple shapes

Canvas coordinates

Canvas coordinates diagram

Paths

Authors might prefer the former style for its terseness, or the latter style for its convenience in the face of heavy editing; which is best is purely an issue of preferred authoring style. The two styles can be combined, for compatibility with legacy tools while still future-proofing for when that compatibility is no longer needed. The semantics and meaning of the h1–h6 elements are further detailed in the section on §4.3.9 Headings and sections. 4.3.7. The header element Categories: Flow content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where flow content is expected. Content model: Flow content, but with no main element descendants, or header, footer elements that are not descendants of sectioning content which is a descendant of the header. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: banner role (default - do not set), group or presentation. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The header element represents introductory content for its nearest ancestor main element or sectioning content or sectioning root element. A header typically contains a group of introductory or navigational aids. When a header element’s nearest ancestor sectioning root element is the body element, and it is not a descendant of the main element or a sectioning content element, then that header is scoped to the body element and represents introductory content for the page as a whole. Assistive Technology may convey to users the semantics of the header element when it applies to the whole page. This information can provide a hint as to the type of content. For example, the role of the element, which in this case is "banner", can be announced by screen reader software when a user navigates to a header element that is scoped to the body element. User Agents may also provide methods to navigate to a header element scoped to the body element. A header element is intended to usually contain the section’s heading (an h1–h6 element), but this is not required. The header element can also be used to wrap a section’s table of contents, a search form, or any relevant logos. Here are some sample headers. This first one is for a game:

Welcome to...

Voidwars!

The following snippet shows how the element can be used to mark up a specification’s header:

Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) 1.2

W3C Working Draft 27 October 2004

This version:
https://www.w3.org/TR/2004/WD-SVG12-20041027/
Previous version:
https://www.w3.org/TR/2004/WD-SVG12-20040510/
Latest version of SVG 1.2:
https://www.w3.org/TR/SVG12/
Latest SVG Recommendation:
https://www.w3.org/TR/SVG/
Editor:
Dean Jackson, W3C, dean@w3.org
Authors:
See Author List
  • Forum
  • Download

    Important News

    To play today’s games you will need to update your client.

    Games

  • You have three active games:

    ... For cases where an developer wants to nest a header or footer within another header: The header element can only contain a header or footer if they are themselves contained within sectioning content. In this example, the article has a header which contains an aside which itself contains a header. This is conforming as the descendant header is contained within the aside element.

    Flexbox: The definitive guide

    The guide about Flexbox was supposed to be here, but it turned out Wes wasn’t a Flexbox expert either.

    4.3.8. The footer element Categories: Flow content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where flow content is expected. Content model: Flow content, but with no main element descendants, or header, footer elements that are not descendants of sectioning content which is a descendant of the footer. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: contentinfo role (default - do not set), group or presentation. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The footer element represents a footer for its nearest ancestor main element or sectioning content or sectioning root element. A footer typically contains information about its section, such as who wrote it, links to related documents, copyright data, and the like. A footer element can also contain entire sections representing appendices, indexes, long colophons, verbose license agreements, and other such content. When a footer element’s nearest ancestor sectioning root element is the body element, and it is not a descendant of the main element or a sectioning content element, then that footer is scoped to the body element and represents a footer for the page as a whole. Assistive Technology may convey to users the semantics of the footer element when it applies to the whole page. This information can provide a hint as to the type of content. For example, the role of the element, which in this case is "content information", can be announced by screen reader software when a user navigates to a footer element that is scoped to the body element. User Agents may also provide methods to navigate to a footer element scoped to the body element. Contact information for the author or editor of a section belongs in an address element, possibly itself inside a footer. Bylines and other information that could be suitable for both a header or a footer can be placed in either (or neither). Footers don’t necessarily have to appear at the end of a section, though they usually do. The footer element is not sectioning content; it doesn’t introduce a new section. Here is a page with two footers, one at the top and one at the bottom, with the same content:

    Lorem ipsum

    The ipsum of all lorems

    A dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. Ut enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat. Duis aute irure dolor in reprehenderit in voluptate velit esse cillum dolore eu fugiat nulla pariatur. Excepteur sint occaecat cupidatat non proident, sunt in culpa qui officia deserunt mollit anim id est laborum.

    Here is an example which shows the footer element being used both for a site-wide footer and for a section footer. The Ramblings of a Scientist

    The Ramblings of a Scientist

    My Favorite Trains

    I love my trains. My favorite train of all time is a Köf.

    It is fun to see them pull some coal cars because they look so dwarfed in comparison.

    Published

    Some site designs have what is sometimes referred to as "fat footers" — footers that contain a lot of material, including images, links to other articles, links to pages for sending feedback, special offers... in some ways, a whole "front page" in the footer. This fragment shows the bottom of a page on a site with a "fat footer": ...

    Copyright © 2015 The Snacker — Terms of Service

    4.3.9. Headings and sections The h1–h6 elements are headings. The first element of heading content in an element of sectioning content represents the heading for that explicit section. Subsequent headings of equal or higher rank start new implied subsections that are part of the previous section’s parent section. Subsequent headings of lower rank start new implied subsections that are part of the previous one. In both cases, the element represents the heading of the implied section. h1–h6 elements must not be used to markup subheadings, subtitles, alternative titles and taglines unless intended to be the heading for a new section or subsection. Instead use the markup patterns in the §4.13 Common idioms without dedicated elements section of the specification. Certain elements are said to be sectioning roots, including blockquote and td elements. These elements can have their own outlines, but the sections and headings inside these elements do not contribute to the outlines of their ancestors. * blockquote * body * details * dialog * fieldset * figure * td Sectioning content elements are always considered subsections of their nearest ancestor sectioning root or their nearest ancestor element of sectioning content, whichever is nearest, regardless of what implied sections other headings may have created. For the following fragment:

    Foo

    Bar

    Bla

    Baz

    Quux

    Thud

    Grunt

    ...the structure would be: 1. Foo (heading of explicit body section, containing the "Grunt" paragraph) 1. Bar (heading starting implied section, containing a block quote and the "Baz" paragraph) 2. Quux (heading starting implied section with no content other than the heading itself) 3. Thud (heading of explicit section section) Notice how the section ends the earlier implicit section so that a later paragraph ("Grunt") is back at the top level. Sections may contain headings of a rank equal to their section nesting level. Authors should use headings of the appropriate rank for the section’s nesting level. Authors are also encouraged to explicitly wrap sections in elements of sectioning content, instead of relying on the implicit sections generated by having multiple headings in one element of sectioning content. For example, the following is correct:

    Apples

    Apples are fruit.

    Taste

    They taste lovely.

    Sweet

    Red apples are sweeter than green ones.

    Color

    Apples come in various colors.

    However, the same document would be more clearly expressed as:

    Apples

    Apples are fruit.

    Taste

    They taste lovely.

    Sweet

    Red apples are sweeter than green ones.

    Color

    Apples come in various colors.

    Both of the documents above are semantically identical and would produce the same outline in compliant user agents. 4.3.9.1. Creating an outline There are currently no known native implementations of the outline algorithm in graphical browsers or assistive technology user agents, although the algorithm is implemented in other software such as conformance checkers and browser extensions. Therefore the outline algorithm cannot be relied upon to convey document structure to users. Authors should use heading rank (h1-h6) to convey document structure. This section is non-normative This section defines an algorithm for creating an outline for a sectioning content element or a sectioning root element. It is defined in terms of a walk over the nodes of a DOM tree, in tree order, with each node being visited when it is entered and when it is exited during the walk. Each time a node is visited, it can be seen as triggering an enter or exit event. The following pseudocode fragment: visitNode(node) onEnter(node) child = node.firstChild while(child != null) visitNode(child) child = child.nextSibling onExit(node) ...exemplifies how to recursively traverse the node tree and when to trigger the enter and exit events. See the JavaScript example for a possible, non-recursive JavaScript implementation. The outline for a sectioning content element or a sectioning root element consists of a list of one or more potentially nested sections. The element for which an outline is created is said to be the outline’s owner. A section is a container that corresponds to some nodes in the original DOM tree. Each section can have one heading associated with it, and can contain any number of further nested subsections. The algorithm for the outline also associates each node in the DOM tree with a particular section and potentially a heading. (The sections in the outline aren’t section elements, though some may correspond to such elements — they are merely conceptual sections.) The following markup fragment:

    A

    B

    C

    D

    E

    F

    ...results in the following outline being created for the body node (and thus the entire document): 1. Section created for body node. Associated with heading "A". Also associated with paragraph "B". Nested sections: 1. Section implied for first h2 element. Associated with heading "C". Also associated with paragraph "D". No nested sections. 2. Section implied for second h2 element. Associated with heading "E". Also associated with paragraph "F". No nested sections. The algorithm that must be followed during a walk of a DOM subtree rooted at a sectioning content element or a sectioning root element to determine that element’s outline is as follows: 1. Let current outline owner be null. (It holds the element whose outline is being created.) 2. Let current section be null. (It holds a pointer to a section, so that elements in the DOM can all be associated with a section.) 3. Create a stack to hold elements, which is used to handle nesting. Initialize this stack to empty. 4. Walk over the DOM in tree order, starting with the sectioning content element or sectioning root element at the root of the subtree for which an outline is to be created, and trigger the first relevant step below for each element as the walk enters and exits it. When exiting an element, if that element is the element at the top of the stack The element being exited is a heading content element or an element with a hidden attribute. Pop that element from the stack. If the top of the stack is a heading content element or an element with a hidden attribute Do nothing. When entering an element with a hidden attribute Push the element being entered onto the stack. (This causes the algorithm to skip that element and any descendants of the element.) When entering a sectioning content element Run these steps: 1. If current outline owner is not null, run these substeps: 1. If the current section has no heading, create an implied heading and let that be the heading for the current section. 2. Push current outline owner onto the stack. 2. Let current outline owner be the element that is being entered. 3. Let current section be a newly created section for the current outline owner element. 4. Associate current outline owner with current section. 5. Let there be a new outline for the new current outline owner, initialized with just the new current section as the only section in the outline. When exiting a sectioning content element, if the stack is not empty Run these steps: 1. If the current section has no heading, create an implied heading and let that be the heading for the current section. 2. Pop the top element from the stack, and let the current outline owner be that element. 3. Let current section be the last section in the outline of the current outline owner element. 4. Append the outline of the sectioning content element being exited to the current section. (This does not change which section is the last section in the outline.) When entering a sectioning root element Run these steps: 1. If current outline owner is not null, push current outline owner onto the stack. 2. Let current outline owner be the element that is being entered. 3. Let current outline owner’s parent section be current section. 4. Let current section be a newly created section for the current outline owner element. 5. Let there be a new outline for the new current outline owner, initialized with just the new current section as the only section in the outline. When exiting a sectioning root element, if the stack is not empty Run these steps: 1. If the current section has no heading, create an implied heading and let that be the heading for the current section. 2. Let current section be current outline owner’s parent section. 3. Pop the top element from the stack, and let the current outline owner be that element. When exiting a sectioning content element or a sectioning root element (when the stack is empty) The current outline owner is the element being exited, and it is the sectioning content element or a sectioning root element at the root of the subtree for which an outline is being generated. If the current section has no heading, create an implied heading and let that be the heading for the current section. Skip to the next step in the overall set of steps. (The walk is over.) When entering a heading content element If the current section has no heading, let the element being entered be the heading for the current section. Otherwise, if the heading of the last section of the outline of the current outline owner is an implied heading, or if the heading being entered has a rank equal to or higher than the heading of the last section of the outline of the current outline owner, then create a new section and append it to the outline of the current outline owner element, so that this new section is the new last section of that outline. Let current section be that new section. Let the element being entered be the new heading for the current section. Otherwise, run these substeps: 1. Let candidate section be current section. 2. Heading loop: If the element being entered has a rank lower than the rank of the heading of the candidate section, then create a new section, and append it to candidate section. (This does not change which section is the last section in the outline.) Let current section be this new section. Let the element being entered be the new heading for the current section. Abort these substeps. 3. Let new candidate section be the section that contains candidate section in the outline of current outline owner. 4. Let candidate section be new candidate section. 5. Return to the step labeled heading loop. Push the element being entered onto the stack. (This causes the algorithm to skip any descendants of the element.) Recall that h1 has the highest rank, and h6 has the lowest rank. Otherwise Do nothing. In addition, whenever the walk exits a node, after doing the steps above, if the node is not associated with a section yet, associate the node with the section current section. 5. Associate all non-element nodes that are in the subtree for which an outline is being created with the section with which their parent element is associated. 6. Associate all nodes in the subtree with the heading of the section with which they are associated, if any. The tree of sections created by the algorithm above, or a proper subset thereof, must be used when generating document outlines, for example when generating tables of contents. The outline created for the body element of a Document is the outline of the entire document. When creating an interactive table of contents, entries should jump the user to the relevant sectioning content element, if the section was created for a real element in the original document, or to the relevant heading content element, if the section in the tree was generated for a heading in the above process. Selecting the first section of the document therefore always takes the user to the top of the document, regardless of where the first heading in the body is to be found. The outline depth of a heading content element associated with a section section is the number of sections that are ancestors of section in the outermost outline that section finds itself in when the outlines of its Document's elements are created, plus 1. The outline depth of a heading content element not associated with a section is 1. User agents should provide default headings for sections that do not have explicit section headings. Consider the following snippet:

    Hello world.

    Although it contains no headings, this snippet has three sections: a document (the body) with two subsections (a nav and an aside). A user agent could present the outline as follows: 1. Untitled document 1. Navigation 2. Sidebar These default headings ("Untitled document", "Navigation", "Sidebar") are not specified by this specification, and might vary with the user’s language, the page’s language, the user’s preferences, the user agent implementor’s preferences, etc. The following JavaScript function shows how the tree walk could be implemented. The root argument is the root of the tree to walk (either a sectioning content element or a sectioning root element), and the enter and exit arguments are callbacks that are called with the nodes as they are entered and exited. [ECMA-262] function (root, enter, exit) { var node = root; start: while (node) { enter(node); if (node.firstChild) { node = node.firstChild; continue start; } while (node) { exit(node); if (node == root) { node = null; } else if (node.nextSibling) { node = node.nextSibling; continue start; } else { node = node.parentNode; } } } } 4.3.10. Usage summary This section is non-normative. Element Purpose Example body Steve Hill’s Home Page

    Hard Trance is My Life.

    Masif tee

    Yellow smiley face with the caption 'masif'

    My fave Masif tee so far!

    Posted 2 days ago
    article

    Masif’s birthday

    Happy 2nd birthday Masif Saturdays!!!

    Posted 3 weeks ago

    Biography

    The facts

    1500+ shows, 14+ countries

    section

    2010/2011 figures per year

    100+ shows, 8+ countries

    Music

    aside

    As any burner can tell you, the event has a lot of trance.

    This year we played a kind of trance that originated in Belgium, Germany, and the Netherlands in the mid 90s.

    A section heading

    The Guide To Music On The Playa

    h1–h6

    The Main Stage

    If you want to play on a stage, you should bring one.

    Amplified Music

    Amplifiers up to 300W or 90dB are welcome.

    Hard Trance is My Life

    header

    By DJ Steve Hill and Technikal

    The album with the amusing punctuation has red artwork.

    Hard Trance is My Life

    The album with the amusing punctuation has red artwork.

    footer

    Artists: DJ Steve Hill and Technikal

    4.3.10.1. Article or section? This section is non-normative. A section forms part of something else. An article is its own thing. But how does one know which is which? Mostly the real answer is "it depends on author intent". For example, one could imagine a book with a "Granny Smith" chapter that just said "These juicy, green apples make a great filling for apple pies."; that would be a section because there’d be lots of other chapters on (maybe) other kinds of apples. On the other hand, one could imagine a tweet or tumblr post or newspaper classified ad that just said "Granny Smith. These juicy, green apples make a great filling for apple pies."; it would then be articles because that was the whole thing. Comments on an article are not part of the article on which they are commenting, but are related, therefore may be contained in their own nested article. 4.4. Grouping content 4.4.1. The p element Categories: Flow content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where flow content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content. Tag omission in text/html: A p element’s end tag may be omitted if the p element is immediately followed by an address, article, aside, blockquote, details, div, dl, fieldset, figcaption, figure, footer, form, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, header, hr, main, nav, ol, p, pre, section, table, or ul, element, or if there is no more content in the parent element and the parent element is an HTML element that is not an a, audio, del, ins, map, noscript, or video element. Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLParagraphElement : HTMLElement {}; The p element represents a paragraph. While paragraphs are usually represented in visual media by blocks of text that are physically separated from adjacent blocks through blank lines, a style sheet or user agent would be equally justified in presenting paragraph breaks in a different manner, for instance using inline pilcrows (¶). The following examples are conforming HTML fragments:

    The little kitten gently seated itself on a piece of carpet. Later in his life, this would be referred to as the time the cat sat on the mat.

    Personal information

    There was once an example from Femley,
    Whose markup was of dubious quality.
    The validator complained,
    So the author was pained,
    To move the error from the markup to the rhyming.

    The p element should not be used when a more specific element is more appropriate. The following example is technically correct:

    Last modified: 2001-04-23

    Author: fred@example.com

    However, it would be better marked-up as:
    Last modified: 2001-04-23
    Author: fred@example.com
    Or:

    Last modified: 2001-04-23

    Author: fred@example.com
    List elements (in particular, ol and ul elements) cannot be children of p elements. When a sentence contains a bulleted list, therefore, one might wonder how it should be marked up. For instance, this fantastic sentence has bullets relating to * wizards, * faster-than-light travel, and * telepathy, and is further discussed below. The solution is to realize that a paragraph, in HTML terms, is not a logical concept, but a structural one. In the fantastic example above, there are actually five paragraphs as defined by this specification: one before the list, one for each bullet, and one after the list. The markup for the above example could therefore be:

    For instance, this fantastic sentence has bullets relating to

    • wizards,
    • faster-than-light travel, and
    • telepathy,

    and is further discussed below.

    Authors wishing to conveniently style such "logical" paragraphs consisting of multiple "structural" paragraphs can use the div element instead of the p element. Thus for instance the above example could become the following:
    For instance, this fantastic sentence has bullets relating to
    • wizards,
    • faster-than-light travel, and
    • telepathy,
    and is further discussed below.
    This example still has five structural paragraphs, but now the author can style just the div instead of having to consider each part of the example separately. In general, elements that cannot be children of p elements include any elements that are inline blocks, inline tables, as well as floated and positioned block-level elements. 4.4.2. The address element Categories: Flow content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where flow content is expected. Content model: Flow content, but with no heading content descendants, no sectioning content descendants, and no header, footer, or address element descendants. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: group role (default - do not set) Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The address element represents contact information for a person, people or organization. It should include physical and/or digital location/contact information and a means of identifying a person(s) or organization the information pertains to. For example, the W3C twitter account:

    W3C on Twitter:

    @w3c

    Address, telephone and fax numbers for an organization:
    UNIVERSITY INTERSCHOLASTIC LEAGUE
    1701 Manor Road, Austin, TX 78722
    Tel: (512) 471-5883 | Fax: (512) 471-5908
    The address part of a form output: ... ...

    Name: Hament Dhanji

    House number: 1976

    Street: Meadowband Road ...

    Location of a cat
    Lola the cat is at Latitude: 51.413126 Longtitude: -0.298219
    The meaning and usage contexts of the address element is broad. If developers wish to provide more granular and specific semantics for the address element, use of any of the various semantic web metadata schemas is suggested. For example, the postal address of a local business annotated using RDFa:

    Beachwalk Beachwear & Giftware

    A superb collection of fine gifts and clothing to accent your stay in Mexico Beach.
    3102 Highway 98 Mexico Beach, FL
    Phone: 850-648-4200
    4.4.3. The hr element Categories: Flow content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where flow content is expected. Content model: Nothing. Tag omission in text/html: No end tag. Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: separator (default - do not set) or presentation. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLHRElement : HTMLElement {}; The hr element represents a paragraph-level thematic break, e.g., a scene change in a story, or a transition to another topic within a section of a reference book. The following fictional extract from a project manual shows two sections that use the hr element to separate topics within the section.

    Communication

    There are various methods of communication. This section covers a few of the important ones used by the project.


    Communication stones seem to come in pairs and have mysterious properties:

    • They can transfer thoughts in two directions once activated if used alone.
    • If used with another device, they can transfer one’s consciousness to another body.
    • If both stones are used with another device, the consciousnesses switch bodies.

    Radios use the electromagnetic spectrum in the meter range and longer.


    Signal flares use the electromagnetic spectrum in the nanometer range.

    Food

    All food at the project is rationed:

    Potatoes
    Two per day
    Soup
    One bowl per day

    Cooking is done by the chefs on a set rotation.

    There is no need for an hr element between the sections themselves, since the section elements and the h1 elements imply thematic changes themselves. The following extract from Pandora’s Star by Peter F. Hamilton shows two paragraphs that precede a scene change and the paragraph that follows it. The scene change, represented in the printed book by a gap containing a solitary centered star between the second and third paragraphs, is here represented using the hr element.

    Dudley was ninety-two, in his second life, and fast approaching time for another rejuvenation. Despite his body having the physical age of a standard fifty-year-old, the prospect of a long degrading campaign within academia was one he regarded with dread. For a supposedly advanced civilization, the Intersolar Commonwealth could be appallingly backward at times, not to mention cruel.

    Maybe it won’t be that bad, he told himself. The lie was comforting enough to get him through the rest of the night’s shift.


    The Carlton AllLander drove Dudley home just after dawn. Like the astronomer, the vehicle was old and worn, but perfectly capable of doing its job. It had a cheap diesel engine, common enough on a semi-frontier world like Gralmond, although its drive array was a thoroughly modern photoneural processor. With its high suspension and deep-tread tyres it could plough along the dirt track to the observatory in all weather and seasons, including the metre-deep snow of Gralmond’s winters.

    The hr element does not affect the document’s outline. 4.4.4. The pre element Categories: Flow content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where flow content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLPreElement : HTMLElement {}; The pre element represents a block of preformatted text, in which structure is represented by typographic conventions rather than by elements. In the HTML syntax, a leading newline character immediately following the pre element start tag is stripped. Some examples of cases where the pre element could be used: * Including an e-mail, with paragraphs indicated by blank lines, lists indicated by lines prefixed with a bullet, and so on. * Including fragments of computer code, with structure indicated according to the conventions of that language. * Displaying ASCII art. Authors are encouraged to consider how preformatted text will be experienced when the formatting is lost, as will be the case for users of speech synthesizers, braille displays, and the like. For cases like ASCII art, it is likely that an alternative presentation, such as a textual description, would be more universally accessible to the readers of the document. To represent a block of computer code, the pre element can be used with a code element; to represent a block of computer output the pre element can be used with a samp element. Similarly, the kbd element can be used within a pre element to indicate text that the user is to enter. This element has rendering requirements involving the bidirectional algorithm. In the following snippet, a sample of computer code is presented.

    This is the Panel constructor:

    function Panel(element, canClose, closeHandler) {
       this.element = element;
       this.canClose = canClose;
       this.closeHandler = function () { if (closeHandler) closeHandler() };
     }
    In the following snippet, samp and kbd elements are mixed in the contents of a pre element to show a session of Zork I.
    You are in an open field west of a big white house with a boarded
     front door.
     There is a small mailbox here.
    
     > open mailbox
    
     Opening the mailbox reveals:
     A leaflet.
    
     >
    The following shows a contemporary poem that uses the pre element to preserve its unusual formatting, which forms an intrinsic part of the poem itself.
                    maxling
    
     it is with a          heart
                     heavy
    
     that i admit loss of a feline
             so           loved
    
     a friend lost to the
             unknown
                                     (night)
    
     ~cdr 11dec07
    4.4.5. The blockquote element Categories: Flow content. Sectioning root. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where flow content is expected. Content model: Flow content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes cite - Link to the source of the quotation. Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLQuoteElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString cite; }; The HTMLQuoteElement interface is also used by the q element. The blockquote element represents content that is quoted from another source, optionally with a citation which must be within a footer or cite element, and optionally with in-line changes such as annotations and abbreviations. Content inside a blockquote other than citations and in-line changes must be quoted from another source, whose address, if it has one, may be cited in the cite attribute. In cases where a page contains contributions from multiple people, such as comments on a blog post, 'another source' can include text from the same page, written by another person. If the cite attribute is present, it must be a valid URL potentially surrounded by spaces. To obtain the corresponding citation link, the value of the attribute must be parsed relative to the element’s node document. User agents may allow users to follow such citation links, but they are primarily intended for private use (e.g., by server-side scripts collecting statistics about a site’s use of quotations), not for readers. The cite IDL attribute must reflect the element’s cite content attribute. The content of a blockquote may be abbreviated, may have context added or may have annotations. Any such additions or changes to quoted text must be indicated in the text (at the text level). This may mean the use of notational conventions or explicit remarks, such as "emphasis mine". For example, in English, abbreviations are traditionally identified using square brackets. Consider a page with the sentence "Fred ate the cracker. He then said he liked apples and fish."; it could be quoted as follows:

    [Fred] then said he liked [...] fish.

    Quotation marks may be used to delineate between quoted text and annotations within a blockquote. For example, an in-line note provided by the author:
    "That monster custom, who all sense doth eat Of habit’s devil," &c. not in Folio "What a falling off was there ! From me, whose love was of that dignity That it went hand in hand even with the vow I made to her in marriage, and to decline Upon a wretch."
    Shakespeare manual by Frederick Gard Fleay, p19 (in Google Books)
    In the example above, the citation is contained within the footer of a figure element, this groups and associates the information, about the quote, with the quote. The figcaption element was not used, in this case, as a container for the citation as it is not a caption. Attribution for the quotation, may be be placed inside the blockquote element, but must be within a cite element for in-text attributions or within a footer element. For example, here the attribution is given in a footer after the quoted text, to clearly relate the quote to its attribution:

    I contend that we are both atheists. I just believe in one fewer god than you do. When you understand why you dismiss all the other possible gods, you will understand why I dismiss yours.

    Stephen Roberts
    Here the attribution is given in a cite element on the last line of the quoted text. Note that a link to the author is also included.
    The people recognize themselves in their commodities; they find their soul in their automobile, hi-fi set, split-level home, kitchen equipment. — Herbert Marcuse
    Here the attribution is given in a footer after the quoted text, and metadata about the reference has been added using the RDFA Lite syntax. [rdfa-lite]

    ... she said she would not sign any deposition containing the word "amorous" instead of "advances". For her the difference was of crucial significance, and one of the reasons she had separated from her husband was that he had never been amorous but had consistently made advances.

    Heinrich Böll, The Lost Honor of Katharina Blum, January 1, 1974
    There is no formal method for indicating the markup in a blockquote is from a quoted source. It is suggested that if the footer or cite elements are included and these elements are also being used within a blockquote to identify citations, the elements from the quoted source could be annotated with metadata to identify their origin, for example by using the class attribute (a defined extensibility mechanism). In this example the source of a quote includes a cite element, which is annotated using the class attribute:

    My favorite book is At Swim-Two-Birds

    - Mike[tm]Smith
    The other examples below show other ways of showing attribution. Here a blockquote element is used in conjunction with a figure element and its figcaption:

    The truth may be puzzling. It may take some work to grapple with. It may be counterintuitive. It may contradict deeply held prejudices. It may not be consonant with what we desperately want to be true. But our preferences do not determine what’s true. We have a method, and that method helps us to reach not absolute truth, only asymptotic approaches to the truth — never there, just closer and closer, always finding vast new oceans of undiscovered possibilities. Cleverly designed experiments are the key.

    Carl Sagan, in "Wonder and Skepticism", from the Skeptical Inquirer Volume 19, Issue 1 (January-February 1995)
    This next example shows the use of cite alongside blockquote:

    His next piece was the aptly named Sonnet 130:

    My mistress' eyes are nothing like the sun,
    Coral is far more red, than her lips red,
    ... This example shows how a forum post could use blockquote to show what post a user is replying to. The article element is used for each post, to mark up the threading.

    Bacon on a crowbar

    t3yw 12 points 1 hour ago

    I bet a narwhal would love that.

    greg 8 points 1 hour ago

    I bet a narwhal would love that.

    Dude narwhals don’t eat bacon.

    t3yw 15 points 1 hour ago

    I bet a narwhal would love that.

    Dude narwhals don’t eat bacon.

    Next thing you’ll be saying they don’t get capes and wizard hats either!

    boing -5 points 1 hour ago

    narwhals are worse than ceiling cat

    fred 1 points 23 minutes ago

    I bet a narwhal would love that.

    I bet they’d love to peel a banana too.

    This example shows the use of a blockquote for short snippets, demonstrating that one does not have to use p elements inside blockquote elements:

    He began his list of "lessons" with the following:

    One should never assume that his side of the issue will be recognized, let alone that it will be conceded to have merits.

    He continued with a number of similar points, ending with:

    Finally, one should be prepared for the threat of breakdown in negotiations at any given moment and not be cowed by the possibility.

    We shall now discuss these points... Examples of how to represent a conversation are shown in a later section; it is not appropriate to use the cite and blockquote elements for this purpose. 4.4.6. The ol element Categories: Flow content. If the element’s children include at least one li element: Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where flow content is expected. Content model: Zero or more li and script-supporting elements. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes reversed - Number the list backwards. start - Ordinal value of the first item type - Kind of list marker. Allowed ARIA role attribute values: list role (default - do not set), directory, group, listbox, menubar, presentation, radiogroup, tablist, toolbar or tree. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLOListElement : HTMLElement { attribute boolean reversed; attribute long start; attribute DOMString type; }; The ol element represents a list of items, where the items have been intentionally ordered, such that changing the order would change the meaning of the document. The items of the list are the li element child nodes of the ol element, in tree order. The reversed attribute is a boolean attribute. If present, it indicates that the list is a descending list (..., 3, 2, 1). If the attribute is omitted, the list is an ascending list (1, 2, 3, ...). The start attribute, if present, must be a valid integer giving the ordinal value of the first list item. If the start attribute is present, user agents must parse it as an integer, in order to determine the attribute’s value. The default value, used if the attribute is missing or if the value cannot be converted to a number according to the referenced algorithm, is 1 if the element has no reversed attribute, and is the number of child li elements otherwise. The first item in the list has the ordinal value given by the ol element’s start attribute, unless that li element has a value attribute with a value that can be successfully parsed, in which case it has the ordinal value given by that value attribute. Each subsequent item in the list has the ordinal value given by its value attribute, if it has one, or, if it doesn’t, the ordinal value of the previous item, plus one if the reversed is absent, or minus one if it is present. The type attribute can be used to specify the kind of marker to use in the list, in the cases where that matters (e.g., because items are to be referenced by their number/letter). The attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a case-sensitive match for one of the characters given in the first cell of one of the rows of the following table. The type attribute represents the state given in the cell in the second column of the row whose first cell matches the attribute’s value; if none of the cells match, or if the attribute is omitted, then the attribute represents the decimal state. Keyword State Description Examples for values 1-3 and 3999-4001 1 decimal Decimal 1. 2. 3. ... 3999. 4000. 4001. ... (U+0031) numbers a Lowercase (U+0061) lower-alpha latin a. b. c. ... ewu. ewv. eww. ... alphabet A Uppercase (U+0041) upper-alpha latin A. B. C. ... EWU. EWV. EWW. ... alphabet i Lowercase (U+0069) lower-roman roman i. ii. iii. ... mmmcmxcix. i̅v̅. i̅v̅i. ... numerals I Uppercase (U+0049) upper-roman roman I. II. III. ... MMMCMXCIX. I̅V̅. I̅V̅I. ... numerals User agents should render the items of the list in a manner consistent with the state of the type attribute of the ol element. Numbers less than or equal to zero should always use the decimal system regardless of the type attribute. For CSS user agents, a mapping for this attribute to the list-style-type CSS property is given in the §10 Rendering section (the mapping is straightforward: the states above have the same names as their corresponding CSS values). It is possible to redefine the default CSS list styles used to implement this attribute in CSS user agents; doing so will affect how list items are rendered. The reversed, start, and type IDL attributes must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. The start IDL attribute has the same default as its content attribute. The following markup shows a list where the order matters, and where the ol element is therefore appropriate. Compare this list to the equivalent list in the ul section to see an example of the same items using the ul element.

    I have lived in the following countries (given in the order of when I first lived there):

    1. Switzerland
    2. United Kingdom
    3. United States
    4. Norway
    Note how changing the order of the list changes the meaning of the document. In the following example, changing the relative order of the first two items has changed the birthplace of the author:

    I have lived in the following countries (given in the order of when I first lived there):

    1. United Kingdom
    2. Switzerland
    3. United States
    4. Norway
    4.4.7. The ul element Categories: Flow content. If the element’s children include at least one li element: Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where flow content is expected. Content model: Zero or more li and script-supporting elements. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: list role (default - do not set), directory, group, listbox, presentation, menubar, radiogroup, tablist, toolbar or tree. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLUListElement : HTMLElement {}; The ul element represents a list of items, where the order of the items is not important — that is, where changing the order would not materially change the meaning of the document. The items of the list are the li element child nodes of the ul element. The following markup shows a list where the order does not matter, and where the ul element is therefore appropriate. Compare this list to the equivalent list in the ol section to see an example of the same items using the ol element.

    I have lived in the following countries:

    • Norway
    • Switzerland
    • United Kingdom
    • United States
    Note that changing the order of the list does not change the meaning of the document. The items in the snippet above are given in alphabetical order, but in the snippet below they are given in order of the size of their current account balance in 2007, without changing the meaning of the document whatsoever:

    I have lived in the following countries:

    • Switzerland
    • Norway
    • United Kingdom
    • United States
    4.4.8. The li element Categories: None. Contexts in which this element can be used: Inside ol elements. Inside ul elements. Content model: Flow content. Tag omission in text/html: An li element’s end tag may be omitted if the li element is immediately followed by another li element or if there is no more content in the parent element. Content attributes: Global attributes If the element is not a child of an ul: value Allowed ARIA role attribute values: listitem role (default - do not set), option, presentation, radio, separator, tab or treeitem. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLLIElement : HTMLElement { attribute long value; }; The li element represents a list item. If its parent element is an ol, or ul, then the element is an item of the parent element’s list, as defined for those elements. Otherwise, the list item has no defined list-related relationship to any other li element. If the parent element is an ol element, then the li element has an ordinal value. The value attribute, if present, must be a valid integer giving the ordinal value of the list item. If the value attribute is present, user agents must parse it as an integer, in order to determine the attribute’s value. If the attribute’s value cannot be converted to a number, the attribute must be treated as if it was absent. The attribute has no default value. The value attribute is processed relative to the element’s parent ol element (q.v.), if there is one. If there is not, the attribute has no effect. The value IDL attribute must reflect the value of the value content attribute. The following example, the top ten movies are listed (in reverse order). Note the way the list is given a title by using a figure element and its figcaption element.
    The top 10 movies of all time
    1. Josie and the Pussycats, 2001
    2. Црна мачка, бели мачор, 1998
    3. A Bug’s Life, 1998
    4. Toy Story, 1995
    5. Monsters, Inc, 2001
    6. Cars, 2006
    7. Toy Story 2, 1999
    8. Finding Nemo, 2003
    9. The Incredibles, 2004
    10. Ratatouille, 2007
    The markup could also be written as follows, using the reversed attribute on the ol element:
    The top 10 movies of all time
    1. Josie and the Pussycats, 2001
    2. Црна мачка, бели мачор, 1998
    3. A Bug’s Life, 1998
    4. Toy Story, 1995
    5. Monsters, Inc, 2001
    6. Cars, 2006
    7. Toy Story 2, 1999
    8. Finding Nemo, 2003
    9. The Incredibles, 2004
    10. Ratatouille, 2007
    While it is conforming to include heading elements (e.g., h2) and Sectioning content inside li elements, it likely does not convey the semantics that the author intended. A heading starts a new section, so a heading in a list implicitly splits the list into spanning multiple sections. Sectioning content explicitly creates a new section and so splits the list into spanning multiple sections. 4.4.9. The dl element Categories: Flow content. If the element’s children include at least one name-value group: Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where flow content is expected. Content model: Either:Zero or more groups each consisting of one or more dt elements followed by one or more dd elements, optionally intermixed with script-supporting elements. Or: One or more div elements, optionally intermixed with script-supporting elements. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: list role (default - do not set), group or presentation. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLDListElement : HTMLElement {}; The dl element represents a description list of zero or more term-description groups. Each term-description group consists of one or more terms (represented by dt elements) possibly as children of a div element child, and one or more descriptions (represented by dd elements possibly as children of a div element child), ignoring any nodes other than dt and dd element children, and dt and dd elements that are children of div element children within a single dl element. Term-description groups may be names and definitions, questions and answers, categories and topics, or any other groups of term-description pairs. In this example a dl is used to represent a simple list of names and descriptions:
    Blanco tequila
    The purest form of the blue agave spirit...
    Reposado tequila
    Typically aged in wooden barrels for between two and eleven months...
    Each term within a term-description group must be represented by a single dt element. The descriptions within a term-description group are alternatives. Each description must be represented by a single dd element. In this example a dl element represents a set of terms, each of which has multiple descriptions:

    Information about the rock band Queen:

    Members
    Brian May
    Freddie Mercury
    John Deacon
    Roger Taylor
    Record labels
    EMI
    Parlophone
    Capitol
    Hollywood
    Island
    The order of term-description groups within a dl element, and the order of terms and descriptions within each group, may be significant. In this example a dl is used to show a set of instructions, where the order of the instructions is important:

    Determine the victory points as follows (use the first matching case):

    If you have exactly five gold coins
    You get five victory points
    If you have one or more gold coins, and you have one or more silver coins
    You get two victory points
    If you have one or more silver coins
    You get one victory point
    Otherwise
    You get no victory points
    If a dl element contains no dt or dd child elements, it contains no term-description groups. If a dl element has one or more non-white space text node children, or has children that are neither dt or dd elements, then all such text nodes and elements as well as their descendants (including any dt and dd elements) do not form part of any term-description group within the dl. If a dl element has one or more dt element children, but no dd element children, then it consists of one group with terms but no descriptions. If a dl element has one or more dd element children, but no dt element children, it consists of one group with descriptions but no terms. If a dd element is the first child of a dl element (excepting a script-supporting element), the first group has no associated term. If a dt element is the last child of a dl element (excepting a script-supporting element), the last group has no associated descriptions. Note: when a dl element does not match its content model, it is often because a dd element has been used instead of a dt element, or vice versa. 4.4.10. The dt element Categories: None. Contexts in which this element can be used: Before dd or dt elements inside dl elements. Content model: Flow content, but with no header, footer, sectioning content, or heading content descendants. Tag omission in text/html: A dt element’s end tag may be omitted if the dt element is immediately followed by another dt element or a dd element. Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes None DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The dt element represents a term, part of a term-description group in a description list (dl element). In this example the dt elements represent questions and the dd elements the answers:
    What is my favorite drink?
    Tea
    What is my favorite food?
    Sushi
    What is my favourite film?
    What a Wonderful Life
    When used within a dl element, the dt element does not necessarily represent a term being defined. The dfn element should be used to represent a term being defined. In this example the dfn element indicates that the dt element contains a defined term, the definition for which is represented by the dd element:
    Color
    Colour
    A sensation which (in humans) derives from the ability of the fine structure of the eye to distinguish three differently filtered analyses of a view.
    4.4.11. The dd element Categories: None. Contexts in which this element can be used: After dt or dd elements inside dl elements. Content model: Flow content. Tag omission in text/html: A dd element’s end tag may be omitted if the dd element is immediately followed by another dd element or a dt element, or if there is no more content in the parent element. Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The dd element represents a description, part of a term-description group in a description list (dl element). In this example the dd elements represent the keys that invoke the keycodes indicated in the dt elements:
    37
    Left
    38
    Right
    39
    Up
    40
    Down
    4.4.12. The figure element Categories: Flow content. Sectioning root. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where flow content is expected. Content model: Flow content optionally including a figcaption child element. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: figure role (default - do not set), group or presentation. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The figure element represents some flow content, optionally with a caption, that is self-contained (like a complete sentence) and is typically referenced as a single unit from the main flow of the document. "Self-contained" in this context does not necessarily mean independent. For example, each sentence in a paragraph is self-contained; an image that is part of a sentence would be inappropriate for figure, but an entire sentence made of images would be fitting. The element can thus be used to annotate illustrations, diagrams, photos, code listings, etc. When a figure is referred to from the main content of the document by identifying it by its caption (e.g., by figure number), it enables such content to be easily moved away from that primary content, e.g., to the side of the page, to dedicated pages, or to an appendix, without affecting the flow of the document. If a figure element is referenced by its relative position, e.g., "in the photograph above" or "as the next figure shows", then moving the figure would disrupt the page’s meaning. Authors are encouraged to consider using labels to refer to figures, rather than using such relative references, so that the page can easily be restyled without affecting the page’s meaning. The figcaption descendant of figure, if any, represents the caption of the figure element’s contents. If there is no child figcaption element, then there is no caption. A figure element’s contents are part of the surrounding flow. If the purpose of the page is to display the figure, for example a photograph on an image sharing site, the figure and figcaption elements can be used to explicitly provide a caption for that figure. For content that is only tangentially related, or that serves a separate purpose than the surrounding flow, the aside element should be used (and can itself wrap a figure). For example, a pull quote that repeats content from an article would be more appropriate in an aside than in a figure, because it isn’t part of the content, it’s a repetition of the content for the purposes of enticing readers or highlighting key topics. This example shows the figure element to mark up a code listing.

    In listing 4 we see the primary core interface API declaration.

    Listing 4. The primary core interface API declaration.
    interface PrimaryCore {
       boolean verifyDataLine();
       void sendData(in sequence<byte> data);
       void initSelfDestruct();
     }

    The API is designed to use UTF-8.

    Here we see a figure element to mark up a photo that is the main content of the page (as in a gallery). Bubbles at work — My Gallery™
    Bubbles, sitting in his office chair, works on his
             latest project intently.
    Bubbles at work
    In this example, we see an image that is not a figure, as well as an image and a video that are. The first image is literally part of the example’s second sentence, so it’s not a self-contained unit, and thus figure would be inappropriate.

    Malinko’s comics

    This case centered on some sort of "intellectual property" infringement related to a comic (see Exhibit A). The suit started after a trailer ending with these words:

    ROUGH COPY! Promblem-Packed Action!

    ...was aired. A lawyer, armed with a Bigger Notebook, launched a preemptive strike using snowballs. A complete copy of the trailer is included with Exhibit B.

    Two squiggles on a dirty piece of paper.
    Exhibit A. The alleged rough copy comic.
    Exhibit B. The Rough Copy trailer.

    The case was resolved out of court. Here, a part of a poem is marked up using figure.

    'Twas brillig, and the slithy toves
    Did gyre and gimble in the wabe;
    All mimsy were the borogoves,
    And the mome raths outgrabe.

    Jabberwocky (first verse). Lewis Carroll, 1832-98
    In this example, which could be part of a much larger work discussing a castle, nested figure elements are used to provide both a group caption and individual captions for each figure in the group:
    The castle through the ages: 1423, 1858, and 1999 respectively.
    Etching. Anonymous, ca. 1423.
    The castle has one tower, and a tall wall around it.
    Oil-based paint on canvas. Maria Towle, 1858.
    The castle now has two towers and two walls.
    Film photograph. Peter Jankle, 1999.
    The castle lies in ruins, the original tower all that remains in one piece.
    The figure is sometimes referenced only implicitly from the content:

    Fiscal negotiations stumble in Congress as deadline nears

    Obama and Reid sit together smiling in the Oval Office.
    Barack Obama and Harry Reid. White House press photograph.

    Negotiations in Congress to end the fiscal impasse sputtered on Tuesday, leaving both chambers grasping for a way to reopen the government and raise the country’s borrowing authority with a Thursday deadline drawing near.

    ...
    4.4.13. The figcaption element Categories: None. Contexts in which this element can be used: As a descendant of a figure element. Content model: Flow content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: group or presentation. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The figcaption element represents a caption or legend for the rest of the contents of the figcaption element’s parent figure element, if any. 4.4.14. The main element Categories: Flow content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where flow content is expected, but with no article, aside, footer, header or nav element ancestors. Content model: Flow content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: main role (default - do not set) or presentation. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement The main element represents the main content of the body of a document or application. The main element is not sectioning content and has no effect on the document outline. The main content area of a document includes content that is unique to that document and excludes content that is repeated across a set of documents such as site navigation links, copyright information, site logos and banners and search forms (unless the document or application’s main function is that of a search form). There must not be more than one visible main element in a document. If more than one main element is present in a document, all other instances must be hidden using §5.1 The hidden attribute.
    ...
    ...
    ...
    ...
    ...
    ...
    Authors must not include the main element as a descendant of an article, aside, footer, header or nav element. The main element is not suitable for use to identify the main content areas of sub sections of a document or application. The simplest solution is to not mark up the main content of a sub section at all, and just leave it as implicit, but an author could use a §4.4 Grouping content or sectioning content element as appropriate. In the following example, we see 2 articles about skateboards (the main topic of a Web page) the main topic content is identified by the use of the main element.

    Skateboards

    The skateboard is the way cool kids get around

    Longboards

    Longboards are a type of skateboard with a longer wheelbase and larger, softer wheels.

    ...

    ...

    Electric Skateboards

    These no longer require the propelling of the skateboard by means of the feet; rather an electric motor propels the board, fed by an electric battery.

    ...

    ...

    Here is a graduation programme, in which the main content section is defined by the use of the main element. Note in this example the main element contains a nav element consisting of links to sub sections of the main content. Graduation Ceremony Summer 2022
    The Lawson Academy:

    Graduation

    Ceremony

    Opening Procession

    Speech by Valedictorian

    Speech by Class President

    Presentation of Diplomas

    Closing Speech by Headmaster

    Graduates

    • Eileen Williams
    • Andy Maseyk
    • Blanca Sainz Garcia
    • Clara Faulkner
    • Gez Lemon
    • Eloisa Faulkner

    Awards

    • Clara Faulkner
    • Eloisa Faulkner
    • Blanca Sainz Garcia
    Copyright 2012 B.lawson
    In the next example, both the header and the footer are outside the main element because they are generic to the website and not specific to main's content. Great Dogs for Families

    The Border Terrier

    Welcome!

    This site is all about the Border Terrier, the best breed of dog that there is!

    Copyright © by I. Devlin
    Here, the same generic header and footer elements remain outside main, but there is an additional header element within the main element as its content is relevant to the content within main because it contains a relevant heading and in-page navigation. The in-page navigation is repeated within a footer which is again within the main element. Great Dogs for Families

    The Border Terrier

    About

    Basic Information

    The Border Terrier is a small, rough-coated breed of dog of the terrier group, originally bred as fox and vermin hunters. [...]

    Appearance

    Identifiable by their otter-shaped heads, Border Terriers have a broad skull and short (although many be fairly long), strong muzzle with a scissors bite. [...]

    Temperament

    Though sometimes stubborn and strong willed, border terriers are, on the whole very even tempered, and are friendly and rarely aggressive. [...]

    Copyright © by I. Devlin
    This example is largely the same as the previous one except that it includes an aside. The content of the aside is considered to be relevant to the content within the main element, which is all about the Border Terrier, so the aside is placed within the main element. Great Dogs for Families

    The Border Terrier

    About

    Basic Information

    The Border Terrier is a small, rough-coated breed of dog of the terrier group, originally bred as fox and vermin hunters. [...]

    Appearance

    Identifiable by their otter-shaped heads, Border Terriers have a broad skull and short (although many be fairly long), strong muzzle with a scissors bite. [...]

    Temperament

    Though sometimes stubborn and strong willed, border terriers are, on the whole very even tempered, and are friendly and rarely aggressive. [...]

    Copyright © by I. Devlin
    In the following example, two aside elements containg adverts have been placed outside the main element as their content is not specific to the content within main. These asides could be on any page, as they are as generic as the header and footer shown. Great Dogs for Families

    The Border Terrier

    Welcome!

    This site is all about the Border Terrier, the best breed of dog that there is!

    Copyright © by I. Devlin
    4.4.15. The div element Categories: Flow content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where flow content is expected. As a child of a dl element. Content model: If the element is a child of a dl element: one or more dt elements followed by one or more dd elements, optionally intermixed with script-supporting elements. If the element is not a child of a dl element: Flow content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLDivElement : HTMLElement {}; The div element has no special meaning at all. It represents its children. It can be used with the class, lang, and title attributes to mark up semantics common to a group of consecutive elements. Authors are strongly encouraged to view the div element as an element of last resort, for when no other element is suitable. Use of more appropriate elements instead of the div element leads to better accessibility for readers and easier maintainability for authors. For example, a blog post would be marked up using article, a chapter using section, a page’s navigation aids using nav, and a group of form controls using fieldset. On the other hand, div elements can be useful for stylistic purposes or to wrap multiple paragraphs within a section that are all to be annotated in a similar way. In the following example, we see div elements used as a way to set the language of two paragraphs at once, instead of setting the language on the two paragraph elements separately:

    My use of language and my cats

    My cat’s behavior hasn’t changed much since her absence, except that she plays her new physique to the neighbors regularly, in an attempt to get pets.

    My other cat, colored black and white, is a sweetie. He followed us to the pool today, walking down the pavement with us. Yesterday he apparently visited our neighbours. I wonder if he recognizes that their flat is a mirror image of ours.

    Hm, I just noticed that in the last paragraph I used British English. But I’m supposed to write in American English. So I shouldn’t say "pavement" or "flat" or "color"...

    I should say "sidewalk" and "apartment" and "color"!

    4.5. Text-level semantics 4.5.1. The a element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. If the element has an href attribute: Interactive content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Transparent, but there must be no interactive content or a element descendants. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes href - Address of the hyperlink target - Default browsing context for hyperlink navigation and §4.10.21 Form submission download - Whether to download the resource instead of navigating to it, and its file name if so rel — Relationship of this document (or subsection/topic) to the destination resource rev — Reverse link relationship of the destination resource to this document (or subsection/topic) hreflang - Language of the linked resource type - Hint for the type of the referenced resource referrerpolicy - Referrer policy for fetches initiated by the element Allowed ARIA role attribute values: link (default - do not set), button, checkbox, radio, switch, tab or treeitem Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLAnchorElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString target; attribute DOMString download; attribute DOMString rel; attribute DOMString rev; [SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList relList; attribute DOMString hreflang; attribute DOMString type; attribute DOMString text; attribute DOMString referrerPolicy; }; HTMLAnchorElement implements HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils; If the a element has an href attribute, then it represents a hyperlink (a hypertext anchor) labeled by its contents. If the a element has no href attribute, then the element represents a placeholder for where a link might otherwise have been placed, if it had been relevant, consisting of just the element’s contents. The target, download, rel, rev, hreflang, type, and referrerpolicy attributes must be omitted if the href attribute is not present. If a site uses a consistent navigation toolbar on every page, then the link that would normally link to the page itself could be marked up using an a element: The href, target, download, and referrerpolicy attributes affect what happens when users follow hyperlinks or download hyperlinks created using the a element. The rel, rev, hreflang, and type attributes may be used to indicate to the user the likely nature of the target resource before the user follows the link. The activation behavior of a elements that create hyperlinks is to run the following steps: 1. If the a element’s Document is not fully active, then abort these steps. 2. If either the a element has a download attribute and the algorithm is not allowed to show a popup, or the element’s target attribute is present and applying the rules for choosing a browsing context given a browsing context name, using the value of the target attribute as the browsing context name, would result in there not being a chosen browsing context, then run these substeps: 1. If there is an entry settings object, throw an InvalidAccessError exception. 2. Abort these steps without following the hyperlink. 3. If the target of the click event is an img element with an ismap attribute specified, then server-side image map processing must be performed, as follows: 1. If the click event was a real pointing-device-triggered click event on the img element, then let x be the distance in CSS pixels from the left edge of the image to the location of the click, and let y be the distance in CSS pixels from the top edge of the image to the location of the click. Otherwise, let x and y be zero. 2. Let hyperlink suffix be a U+003F QUESTION MARK character, the value of x expressed as a base-ten integer using ASCII digits, a U+002C COMMA character (,), and the value of y expressed as a base-ten integer using ASCII digits. 4. Finally, the user agent must follow the hyperlink or download the hyperlink created by the a element, as determined by the download attribute and any expressed user preference, passing hyperlink suffix, if the steps above defined it. a . text Same as textContent. The IDL attributes download, target, rel, hreflang, and type, must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. The IDL attribute relList must reflect the rel content attribute. The IDL attribute referrerPolicy must reflect the referrerpolicy content attribute, limited to only known values. The text IDL attribute, on getting, must return the same value as the textContent IDL attribute on the element, and on setting, must act as if the textContent IDL attribute on the element had been set to the new value. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The a element also supports the HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils interface. [URL] When the element is created, and whenever the element’s href content attribute is set, changed, or removed, the user agent must invoke the element’s HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils interface’s set the input algorithm with the value of the href content attribute, if any, or the empty string otherwise, as the given value. The element’s HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils interface’s get the base algorithm must simply return the document base URL. The element’s HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils interface’s query encoding is the document’s character encoding. When the element’s HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils interface invokes its update steps with a string value, the user agent must set the element’s href content attribute to the string value. The a element may be wrapped around entire paragraphs, lists, tables, and so forth, even entire sections, so long as there is no interactive content within (e.g., buttons or other links). This example shows how this can be used to make an entire advertising block into a link: 4.5.2. The em element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The em element represents stress emphasis of its contents. The level of stress that a particular piece of content has is given by its number of ancestor em elements. The placement of stress emphasis changes the meaning of the sentence. The element thus forms an integral part of the content. The precise way in which stress is used in this way depends on the language. These examples show how changing the stress emphasis changes the meaning. First, a general statement of fact, with no stress:

    Cats are cute animals.

    By emphasizing the first word, the statement implies that the kind of animal under discussion is in question (maybe someone is asserting that dogs are cute):

    Cats are cute animals.

    Moving the stress to the verb, one highlights that the truth of the entire sentence is in question (maybe someone is saying cats are not cute):

    Cats are cute animals.

    By moving it to the adjective, the exact nature of the cats is reasserted (maybe someone suggested cats were mean animals):

    Cats are cute animals.

    Similarly, if someone asserted that cats were vegetables, someone correcting this might emphasize the last word:

    Cats are cute animals.

    By emphasizing the entire sentence, it becomes clear that the speaker is fighting hard to get the point across. This kind of stress emphasis also typically affects the punctuation, hence the exclamation mark here.

    Cats are cute animals!

    Anger mixed with emphasizing the cuteness could lead to markup such as:

    Cats are cute animals!

    The em element isn’t a generic "italics" element. Sometimes, text is intended to stand out from the rest of the paragraph, as if it was in a different mood or voice. For this, the i element is more appropriate. The em element also isn’t intended to convey importance; for that purpose, the strong element is more appropriate. 4.5.3. The strong element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The strong element represents strong importance, seriousness, or urgency for its contents. Importance: The strong element can be used in a heading, caption, or paragraph to distinguish the part that really matters from other parts that might be more detailed, more jovial, or merely boilerplate. For example, the first word of the previous paragraph is marked up with strong to distinguish it from the more detailed text in the rest of the paragraph. Seriousness: The strong element can be used to mark up a warning or caution notice. Urgency: The strong element can be used to denote contents that the user needs to see sooner than other parts of the document. The relative level of importance of a piece of content is given by its number of ancestor strong elements; each strong element increases the importance of its contents. Changing the importance of a piece of text with the strong element does not change the meaning of the sentence. Here, the word "chapter" and the actual chapter number are mere boilerplate, and the actual name of the chapter is marked up with strong:

    Chapter 1: The Praxis

    In the following example, the name of the diagram in the caption is marked up with strong, to distinguish it from boilerplate text (before) and the description (after):
    Figure 1. Ant colony dynamics. The ants in this colony areaffected by the heat source (upper left) and the food source (lower right).
    In this example, the heading is really "Flowers, Bees, and Honey", but the author has added a light-hearted addition to the heading. The strong element is thus used to mark up the first part to distinguish it from the latter part.

    Flowers, Bees, and Honey and other things I don’t understand

    Here is an example of a warning notice in a game, with the various parts marked up according to how important they are:

    Warning. This dungeon is dangerous. Avoid the ducks. Take any gold you find. Do not take any of the diamonds, they are explosive and will destroy anything within ten meters. You have been warned.

    In this example, the strong element is used to denote the part of the text that the user is intended to read first.

    Welcome to Remy, the reminder system.

    Your tasks for today:

    • Turn off the oven.

    • Put out the trash.

    • Do the laundry.

    4.5.4. The small element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The small element represents side comments such as small print. Small print typically features disclaimers, caveats, legal restrictions, or copyrights. Small print is also sometimes used for attribution, or for satisfying licensing requirements. The small element does not "de-emphasize" or lower the importance of text emphasized by the em element or marked as important with the strong element. To mark text as not emphasized or important, simply do not mark it up with the em or strong elements respectively. The small element should not be used for extended spans of text, such as multiple paragraphs, lists, or sections of text. It is only intended for short runs of text. The text of a page listing terms of use, for instance, would not be a suitable candidate for the small element: in such a case, the text is not a side comment, it is the main content of the page. In this example, the small element is used to indicate that value-added tax is not included in a price of a hotel room:
    Single room
    199 € breakfast included, VAT not included
    Double room
    239 € breakfast included, VAT not included
    In this second example, the small element is used for a side comment in an article.

    Example Corp today announced record profits for the second quarter (Full Disclosure: Foo News is a subsidiary of Example Corp), leading to speculation about a third quarter merger with Demo Group.

    This is distinct from a sidebar, which might be multiple paragraphs long and is removed from the main flow of text. In the following example, we see a sidebar from the same article. This sidebar also has small print, indicating the source of the information in the sidebar. In this last example, the small element is marked as being important small print.

    Continued use of this service will result in a kiss.

    4.5.5. The s element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The s element represents contents that are no longer accurate or no longer relevant. The s element is not appropriate when indicating document edits; to mark a span of text as having been removed from a document, use the del element. In this example a recommended retail price has been marked as no longer relevant as the product in question has a new sale price.

    Buy our Iced Tea and Lemonade!

    Recommended retail price: $3.99 per bottle

    Now selling for just $2.99 a bottle!

    4.5.6. The cite element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The cite element represents a reference to a creative work. It must include the title of the work or the name of the author (person, people or organization) or an URL reference, or a reference in abbreviated form as per the conventions used for the addition of citation metadata. Creative works include a book, a paper, an essay, a poem, a score, a song, a script, a film, a TV show, a game, a sculpture, a painting, a theatre production, a play, an opera, a musical, an exhibition, a legal case report, a computer program, , a web site, a web page, a blog post or comment, a forum post or comment, a tweet, a written or oral statement, etc. Here is an example of the author of a quote referenced using the cite element:

    In the words of Charles Bukowski - An intellectual says a simple thing in a hard way. An artist says a hard thing in a simple way.

    This second example identifies the author of a tweet by referencing the authors name using the cite element: In this example the cite element is used to reference the title of a work in a bibliography:

    Universal Declaration of Human Rights, United Nations, December 1948. Adopted by General Assembly resolution 217 A (III).

    In this example the cite element is used to reference the title of a television show:

    Who is your favorite doctor (in Doctor Who)?

    A very common use for the cite element is to identify the author of a comment in a blog post or forum, as in this example:
    Comment by Oli Studholme

    Unfortunately I don’t think adding names back into the definition of cite solves the problem: of the 12 blockquote examples in Examples of block quote metadata, there’s not even one that’s just a person’s name.

    A subset of the problem, maybe…

    Another common use for the cite element is to reference the URL of a search result, as in this example:
    About 416,000,000 results 0.33 seconds) 
    ...

    W3C HTML Working Group

    www.w3.org/html/wg/

    15 Apr 2013 - The HTML Working Group is currently chartered to continue its work through 31 December 2014. A Plan 2014 document published by the...

    ... Where the cite element is used to identify an abbreviated reference such as Ibid. it is suggested that this reference be linked to the base reference:

    Book notes

    ... ...
    "Money is the real cause of poverty,"
    The Ragged-Trousered Philanthropists, page 89.
    ... ...
    "Money is the cause of poverty because it is the device by which those who are too lazy to work are enabled to rob the workers of the fruits of their labour." Ibid.
    ...
    A citation is not a quote (for which the q element is appropriate). This is incorrect usage, because cite is not for quotes:

    This is wrong!, said Hillary. is a quote from the popular daytime TV drama When Ian became Hillary.

    This is an example of the correct usage:

    This is correct, said Hillary. is a quote from the popular daytime TV drama When Ian became Hillary.

    4.5.7. The q element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes cite - Link to the source of the quotation or more information about the edit Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLQuoteElement. The q element represents some phrasing content quoted from another source. Quotation punctuation (such as quotation marks) that is quoting the contents of the element must not appear immediately before, after, or inside q elements; they will be inserted into the rendering by the user agent. Content inside a q element must be quoted from another source, whose address, if it has one, may be cited in the cite attribute. The source may be fictional, as when quoting characters in a novel or screenplay. If the cite attribute is present, it must be a valid URL potentially surrounded by spaces. To obtain the corresponding citation link, the value of the attribute must be parsed relative to the element’s node document. User agents may allow users to follow such citation links, but they are primarily intended for private use (e.g., by server-side scripts collecting statistics about a site’s use of quotations), not for readers. The q element must not be used in place of quotation marks that do not represent quotes; for example, it is inappropriate to use the q element for marking up sarcastic statements. The use of q elements to mark up quotations is entirely optional; using explicit quotation punctuation without q elements is just as correct. Here is a simple example of the use of the q element:

    The man said Things that are impossible just take longer. I disagreed with him.

    Here is an example with both an explicit citation link in the q element, and an explicit citation outside:

    The W3C page About W3C says the W3C’s mission is To lead the World Wide Web to its full potential by developing protocols and guidelines that ensure long-term growth for the Web. I disagree with this mission.

    In the following example, the quotation itself contains a quotation:

    In Example One, he writes The man said Things that are impossible just take longer. I disagreed with him. Well, I disagree even more!

    In the following example, quotation marks are used instead of the q element:

    His best argument was ❝I disagree❞, which I thought was laughable.

    In the following example, there is no quote — the quotation marks are used to name a word. Use of the q element in this case would be inappropriate.

    The word "ineffable" could have been used to describe the disaster resulting from the campaign’s mismanagement.

    4.5.8. The dfn element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content, but there must be no dfn element descendants. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Also, the title attribute has special semantics on this element. Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The dfn element represents the defining instance of a term. The term-description group , p, li or section element that is the nearest ancestor of the dfn element must also contain the definition(s) for the term given by the dfn element. Defining term: If the dfn element has a title attribute, then the exact value of that attribute is the term being defined. Otherwise, if it contains exactly one element child node and no child Text nodes, and that child element is an abbr element with a title attribute, then the exact value of that attribute is the term being defined. Otherwise, it is the exact textContent of the dfn element that gives the term being defined. If the title attribute of the dfn element is present, then it must contain only the term being defined. The title attribute of ancestor elements does not affect dfn elements. An a element that links to a dfn element represents an instance of the term defined by the dfn element. In the following fragment, the term "Garage Door Opener" is first defined in the first paragraph, then used in the second. In both cases, its abbreviation is what is actually displayed.

    The GDO is a device that allows off-world teams to open the iris.

    Teal’c activated his GDO and so Hammond ordered the iris to be opened.

    With the addition of an a element, the reference can be made explicit:

    The GDO is a device that allows off-world teams to open the iris.

    Teal’c activated his GDO and so Hammond ordered the iris to be opened.

    4.5.9. The abbr element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Also, the title attribute has special semantics on this element. Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The abbr element represents an abbreviation or acronym, optionally with its expansion. The title attribute may be used to provide an expansion of the abbreviation. The attribute, if specified, must contain an expansion of the abbreviation, and nothing else. The paragraph below contains an abbreviation marked up with the abbr element. This paragraph defines the term "Web Hypertext Application Technology Working Group".

    The WHATWG is a loose unofficial collaboration of Web browser manufacturers and interested parties who wish to develop new technologies designed to allow authors to write and deploy Applications over the World Wide Web.

    An alternative way to write this would be:

    The Web Hypertext Application Technology Working Group (WHATWG) is a loose unofficial collaboration of Web browser manufacturers and interested parties who wish to develop new technologies designed to allow authors to write and deploy Applications over the World Wide Web.

    This paragraph has two abbreviations. Notice how only one is defined; the other, with no expansion associated with it, does not use the abbr element.

    The WHATWG started working on HTML in 2004.

    This paragraph links an abbreviation to its definition.

    The WHATWG community does not have much representation from Asia.

    This paragraph marks up an abbreviation without giving an expansion, possibly as a hook to apply styles for abbreviations (e.g., smallcaps).

    Philip and Dashiva both denied that they were going to get the issue counts from past revisions of the specification to backfill the WHATWG issue graph.

    If an abbreviation is pluralized, the expansion’s grammatical number (plural vs singular) must match the grammatical number of the contents of the element. Here the plural is outside the element, so the expansion is in the singular:

    Two WGs worked on this specification: the WHATWG and the HTMLWG.

    Here the plural is inside the element, so the expansion is in the plural:

    Two WGs worked on this specification: the WHATWG and the HTMLWG.

    Abbreviations do not have to be marked up using this element. It is expected to be useful in the following cases: * Abbreviations for which the author wants to give expansions, where using the abbr element with a title attribute is an alternative to including the expansion inline (e.g., in parentheses). * Abbreviations that are likely to be unfamiliar to the document’s readers, for which authors are encouraged to either mark up the abbreviation using an abbr element with a title attribute or include the expansion inline in the text the first time the abbreviation is used. * Abbreviations whose presence needs to be semantically annotated, e.g., so that they can be identified from a style sheet and given specific styles, for which the abbr element can be used without a title attribute. Providing an expansion in a title attribute once will not necessarily cause other abbr elements in the same document with the same contents but without a title attribute to behave as if they had the same expansion. Every abbr element is independent. 4.5.10. The ruby element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: See prose. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The ruby element allows one or more spans of phrasing content to be marked with ruby annotations. Ruby annotations are short runs of text presented alongside base text, primarily used in East Asian typography as a guide for pronunciation or to include other annotations. In Japanese, this form of typography is also known as furigana. Ruby text can appear on either side, and sometimes both sides, of the base text, and it is possible to control its position using CSS. A more complete introduction to ruby can be found in the Use Cases & Exploratory Approaches for Ruby Markup document as well as in CSS Ruby. [RUBY-UC] [CSS3-RUBY] The content model of ruby elements consists of one or more of the following sequences: 1. One or more phrasing content nodes or rb elements. 2. One or more rt or rtc elements, each of which either immediately preceded or followed by an rp elements. The ruby, rb, rtc, and rt elements can be used for a variety of kinds of annotations, including in particular (though by no means limited to) those described below. For more details on Japanese Ruby in particular, and how to render Ruby for Japanese, see Requirements for Japanese Text Layout. [JLREQ] The rp element can be used as fallback content when ruby rendering is not supported. Mono-ruby for individual base characters Annotations (the ruby text) are associated individually with each ideographic character (the base text). In Japanese this is typically hiragana or katakana characters used to provide readings of kanji characters. baseannotation When no rb element is used, the base is implied, as above. But you can also make it explicit. This can be useful notably for styling, or when consecutive bases are to be treated as a group, as in the jukugo ruby example further down. baseannotation In the following example, notice how each annotation corresponds to a single base character. ほん いたさくぶんです。 Ruby text interspersed in regular text provides structure akin to the following image: An example of ruby text mixed up with regular text. This example can also be written as follows, using one ruby element with two segments of base text and two annotations (one for each) rather than two back-to-back ruby elements each with one base text segment and annotation (as in the markup above): ほん いたさくぶんです。 Group ruby Group ruby is often used where phonetic annotations don’t map to discreet base characters, or for semantic glosses that span the whole base text. For example, the word "today" is written with the characters 今日, literally "this day". But it’s pronounced きょう (kyou), which can’t be broken down into a "this" part and a "day" part. In typical rendering, you can’t split text that is annotated with group ruby; it has to wrap as a single unit onto the next line. When a ruby text annotation maps to a base that is comprised of more than one character, then that base is grouped. The following group ruby: Group ruby example with きょう annotating 今日 Can be marked up as follows: 今日きょう Jukugo ruby Jukugo refers to a Japanese compound noun, i.e., a word made up of more than one kanji character. Jukugo ruby is a term that is used not to describe ruby annotations over jukugo text, but rather to describe ruby with a behavior slightly different from mono or group ruby. Jukugo ruby is similar to mono ruby, in that there is a strong association between ruby text and individual base characters, but the ruby text is typically rendered as grouped together over multiple ideographs when they are on the same line. The distinction is captured in this example: Example of jukugo ruby Which can be marked up as follows: きょう In this example, each rt element is paired with its respective rb element, the difference with an interleaved rb/rt approach being that the sequences of both base text and ruby annotations are implicitly placed in common containers so that the grouping information is captured. For more details on Jukugo Ruby rendering, see Appendix F in the Requirements for Japanese Text Layout and Use Case C: Jukugo ruby in the Use Cases & Exploratory Approaches for Ruby Markup. [JLREQ] [RUBY-UC] Inline ruby In some contexts, for instance when the font size or line height are too small for ruby to be readable, it is desirable to inline the ruby annotation such that it appears in parentheses after the text it annotates. This also provides a convenient fallback strategy for user agents that do not support rendering ruby annotations. Inlining takes grouping into account. For example, Tokyo is written with two kanji characters, 東, which is pronounced とう, and 京, which is pronounced きょう. Each base character should be annotated individually, but the fallback should be 東京(とうきょう) not 東(とう)京(きょう). This can be marked up as follows: とうきょう Note that the above markup will enable the usage of parentheses when inlining for browsers that support ruby layout, but for those that don’t it will fail to provide parenthetical fallback. This is where the rp element is useful. It can be inserted into the above example to provide the appropriate fallback when ruby layout is not supported: (とうきょう) Text with both phonetic and semantic annotations (double-sided ruby) Sometimes, ruby can be used to annotate a base twice. In the following example, the Chinese word for San Francisco (旧金山, i.e., "old gold mountain") is annotated both using pinyin to give the pronunciation, and with the original English. San Francisco in Chinese, with both pinyin and the original English as annotations. Which is marked up as follows: jiùjīnshānSan Francisco In this example, a single base run of three base characters is annotated with three pinyin ruby text segments in a first (implicit) container, and an rtc element is introduced in order to provide a second single ruby text annotation being the city’s English name. We can also revisit our jukugo example above with 上手 ("skill") to show how it can be annotation in both kana and romaji phonetics while at the same time maintaining the pairing to bases and annotation grouping information. 上手 ("skill") annotated in both kana and romaji, shown in both jukugo and mono styles. Which is marked up as follows: じようjouzu Text that is a direct child of the rtc element implicitly produces a ruby text segment as if it were contained in an rt element. In this contrived example, this is shown with some symbols that are given names in English and French with annotations intended to appear on either side of the base symbol. HeartCœurShamrockTrèfleStarÉtoile Similarly, text directly inside a ruby element implicitly produces a ruby base as if it were contained in an rb element, and rt children of ruby are implicitly contained in an rtc container. In effect, the above example is equivalent (in meaning, though not in the DOM it produces) to the following: HeartCœur ShamrockTrèfle StarÉtoile ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Within a ruby element, content is parcelled into a series of ruby segments. Each ruby segment is described by: * Zero or more ruby bases, each of which is a DOM range that may contain phrasing content or an rb element. * A base range, that is a DOM range including all the bases. This is the ruby base container. * Zero or more ruby text containers which may correspond to explicit rtc elements, or to sequences of rt elements implicitly recognized as contained in an anonymous ruby text container. Each ruby text container is described by zero or more ruby text annotations each of which is a DOM range that may contain phrasing content or an rt element, and an annotations range that is a range including all the annotations for that container. A ruby text container is also known (primarily in a CSS context) as a ruby annotation container. Furthermore, a ruby element contains ignored ruby content. Ignored ruby content does not form part of the document’s semantics. It consists of some inter-element white space and rp elements, the latter of which are used for legacy user agents that do not support ruby at all. The process of annotation pairing associates ruby annotations with ruby bases. Within each ruby segment, each ruby base in the ruby base container is paired with one ruby text annotation from the ruby text container, in order. If there are not enough ruby text annotations in a ruby annotation container, the last one is associated with any excess ruby bases. (If there are not any in the ruby annotation container, an anonymous empty one is assumed to exist.) If there are not enough ruby bases, any remaining ruby text annotations are assumed to be associated with empty, anonymous bases inserted at the end of the ruby base container. Note that the terms ruby segment, ruby base, ruby text annotation, ruby text container, ruby base container, and ruby annotation container have their equivalents in CSS Ruby Module Level 3. [CSS3-RUBY] Informally, the segmentation and categorization algorithm below performs a simple set of tasks. First it processes adjacent rb elements, text nodes, and non-ruby elements into a list of bases. Then it processes any number of rtc elements or sequences of rt elements that are considered to automatically map to an anonymous ruby text container. Put together these data items form a ruby segment as detailed in the data model above. It will continue to produce such segments until it reaches the end of the content of a given ruby element. The complexity of the algorithm below compared to this informal description stems from the need to support an author-friendly syntax and being mindful of inter-element white space. At any particular time, the segmentation and categorization of content of a ruby element is the result that would be obtained from running the following algorithm: 1. Let root be the ruby element for which the algorithm is being run. 2. Let index be 0. 3. Let ruby segments be an empty list. 4. Let current bases be an empty list of DOM ranges. 5. Let current bases range be null. 6. Let current bases range start be null. 7. Let current annotations be an empty list of DOM ranges. 8. Let current annotations range be null. 9. Let current annotations range start be null. 10. Let current annotation containers be an empty list. 11. Let current automatic base nodes be an empty list of DOM Nodes. 12. Let current automatic base range start be null. 13. Process a ruby child: If index is equal to or greater than the number of child nodes in root, then run the steps to commit a ruby segment, return ruby segments, and abort these steps. 14. Let current child be the indexth node in root. 15. If current child is not a Text node and is not an Element node, then increment index by one and jump to the step labelled process a ruby child. 16. If current child is an rp element, then increment index by one and jump to the step labelled process a ruby child. (Note that this has the effect of including this element in any range that we are currently processing. This is done intentionally so that misplaced rp can be processed correctly; semantically they are ignored all the same.) 17. If current child is an rt element, then run these substeps: 1. Run the steps to commit an automatic base. 2. Run the steps to commit the base range. 3. If current annotations is empty, set current annotations range start to the value of index. 4. Create a new DOM range whose start is the boundary point (root, index) and whose end is the boundary point (root, index plus one), and append it at the end of current annotations. 5. Increment index by one and jump to the step labelled process a ruby child. 18. If current child is an rtc element, then run these substeps: 1. Run the steps to commit an automatic base. 2. Run the steps to commit the base range. 3. Run the steps to commit current annotations. 4. Create a new ruby annotation container. It is described by the list of annotations returned by running the steps to process an rtc element and a DOM range whose start is the boundary point (root, index) and whose end is the boundary point (root, index plus one). Append this new ruby annotation container at the end of current annotation containers. 5. Increment index by one and jump to the step labelled process a ruby child. 19. If current child is a Text node and is inter-element white space, then run these substeps: 1. If current annotations is not empty, increment index by one and jump to the step labelled process a ruby child. 2. Run the following substeps: 1. Let lookahead index be set to the value of index. 2. Peek ahead: Increment lookahead index by one. 3. If lookahead index is equal to or greater than the number of child nodes in root, then abort these substeps. 4. Let peek child be the lookahead indexth node in root. 5. If peek child is a Text node and is inter-element white space, then jump to the step labelled peek ahead. 6. If peek child is an rt element, an rtc element, or an rp element, then set index to the value of lookahead index and jump to the step labelled process a ruby child. 20. If current annotations is not empty or if current annotation containers is not empty, then run the steps to commit a ruby segment. 21. If current child is an rb element, then run these substeps: 1. Run the steps to commit an automatic base. 2. If current bases is empty, then set current bases range start to the value of index. 3. Create a new DOM range whose start is the boundary point (root, index) and whose end is the boundary point (root, index plus one), and append it at the end of current bases. 4. Increment index by one and jump to the step labelled process a ruby child. 22. If current automatic base nodes is empty, set current automatic base range start to the value of index. 23. Append current child at the end of current automatic base nodes. 24. Increment index by one and jump to the step labelled process a ruby child. When the steps above say to commit a ruby segment, it means to run the following steps at that point in the algorithm: 1. Run the steps to commit an automatic base. 2. If current bases, current annotations, and current annotation containers are all empty, abort these steps. 3. Run the steps to commit the base range. 4. Run the steps to commit current annotations. 5. Create a new ruby segment. It is described by a list of bases set to current bases, a base DOM range set to current bases range, and a list of ruby annotation containers that are the current annotation containers list. Append this new ruby segment at the end of ruby segments. 6. Let current bases be an empty list. 7. Let current bases range be null. 8. Let current bases range start be null. 9. Let current annotation containers be an empty list. When the steps above say to commit the base range, it means to run the following steps at that point in the algorithm: 1. If current bases is empty, abort these steps. 2. If current bases range is not null, abort these steps. 3. Let current bases range be a DOM range whose start is the boundary point (root, current bases range start) and whose end is the boundary point (root, index). When the steps above say to commit current annotations, it means to run the following steps at that point in the algorithm: 1. If current annotations is not empty and current annotations range is null let current annotations range be a DOM range whose start is the boundary point (root, current annotations range start) and whose end is the boundary point (root, index). 2. If current annotations is not empty, create a new ruby annotation container. It is described by an annotations list set to current annotations and a range set to current annotations range. Append this new ruby annotation container at the end of current annotation containers. 3. Let current annotations be an empty list of DOM ranges. 4. Let current annotations range be null. 5. Let current annotations range start be null. When the steps above say to commit an automatic base, it means to run the following steps at that point in the algorithm: 1. If current automatic base nodes is empty, abort these steps. 2. If current automatic base nodes contains nodes that are not Text nodes, or Text nodes that are not inter-element white space, then run these substeps: 1. It current bases is empty, set current bases range start to the value of current automatic base range start. 2. Create a new DOM range whose start is the boundary point (root, current automatic base range start) and whose end is the boundary point (root, index), and append it at the end of current bases. 3. Let current automatic base nodes be an empty list of DOM Nodes. 4. Let current automatic base range start be null. 4.5.11. The rb element Categories: None. Contexts in which this element can be used: As a child of a ruby element. Content model: Phrasing content. Tag omission in text/html: An rb element’s end tag may be omitted if the rb element is immediately followed by an rb, rt, rtc or rp element, or if there is no more content in the parent element. Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The rb element marks the base text component of a ruby annotation. When it is the child of a ruby element, it doesn’t represent anything itself, but its parent ruby element uses it as part of determining what it represents. An rb element that is not a child of a ruby element represents the same thing as its children. 4.5.12. The rt element Categories: None. Contexts in which this element can be used: As a child of a ruby or of an rtc element. Content model: Phrasing content. Tag omission in text/html: An rt element’s end tag may be omitted if the rt element is immediately followed by an rb, rt, rtc or rp element, or if there is no more content in the parent element. Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The rt element marks the ruby text component of a ruby annotation. When it is the child of a ruby element or of an rtc element that is itself the child of a ruby element, it doesn’t represent anything itself, but its ancestor ruby element uses it as part of determining what it represents. An rt element that is not a child of a ruby element or of an rtc element that is itself the child of a ruby element represents the same thing as its children. 4.5.13. The rtc element Categories: None. Contexts in which this element can be used: As a child of a ruby element. Content model: Phrasing content, rt, or rp elements. Tag omission in text/html: An rtc element’s end tag may be omitted if the rtc element is immediately followed by an rb or rtc element, or if there is no more content in the parent element. Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The rtc element marks a ruby text container for ruby text components in a ruby annotation. When it is the child of a ruby element it doesn’t represent anything itself, but its parent ruby element uses it as part of determining what it represents. An rtc element that is not a child of a ruby element represents the same thing as its children. When an rtc element is processed as part of the segmentation and categorization of content for a ruby element, the following algorithm defines how to process an rtc element: 1. Let root be the rtc element for which the algorithm is being run. 2. Let index be 0. 3. Let annotations be an empty list of DOM ranges. 4. Let current automatic annotation nodes be an empty list of DOM nodes. 5. Let current automatic annotation range start be null. 6. Process an rtc child: If index is equal to or greater than the number of child nodes in root, then run the steps to commit an automatic annotation, return annotations, and abort these steps. 7. Let current child be the indexth node in root. 8. If current child is an rt element, then run these substeps: 1. Run the steps to commit an automatic annotation. 2. Create a new DOM range whose start is the boundary point (root, index) and whose end is the boundary point (root, index plus one), and append it at the end of annotations. 3. Increment index by one and jump to the step labelled process an rtc child. 9. If current automatic annotation nodes is empty, set current automatic annotation range start to the value of index. 10. Append current child at the end of current automatic annotation nodes. 11. Increment index by one and jump to the step labelled process an rtc child. When the steps above say to commit an automatic annotation, it means to run the following steps at that point in the algorithm: 1. If current automatic annotation nodes is empty, abort these steps. 2. If current automatic annotation nodes contains nodes that are not Text nodes, or Text nodes that are not inter-element white space, then create a new DOM range whose start is the boundary point (root, current automatic annotation range start) and whose end is the boundary point (root, index), and append it at the end of annotations. 3. Let current automatic annotation nodes be an empty list of DOM nodes. 4. Let current automatic annotation range start be null. 4.5.14. The rp element Categories: None. Contexts in which this element can be used: As a child of a ruby or rtc element, either immediately before or immediately after an rt or rtc element, but not between rt elements. Content model: Phrasing content. Tag omission in text/html: An rp element’s end tag may be omitted if the rp element is immediately followed by an rb, rt, rtc or rp element, or if there is no more content in the parent element. Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The rp element is used to provide fallback text to be shown by user agents that don’t support ruby annotations. One widespread convention is to provide parentheses around the ruby text component of a ruby annotation. The contents of the rp elements are typically not displayed by user agents which do support ruby annotations An rp element that is a child of a ruby element represents nothing. An rp element whose parent element is not a ruby element represents its children. The example shown previously, in which each ideograph in the text 漢字 is annotated with its phonetic reading, could be expanded to use rp so that in legacy user agents the readings are in parentheses (please note that white space has been introduced into this example in order to make it more readable): ... ( かん ) ... In conforming user agents the rendering would be as above, but in user agents that do not support ruby, the rendering would be: ... 漢字 (かんじ) ... When there are multiple annotations for a segment, rp elements can also be placed between the annotations. Here is another copy of an earlier contrived example showing some symbols with names given in English and French using double-sided annotations, but this time with rp elements as well: : Heart, Cœur.: Shamrock, Trèfle.: Star, Étoile. This would make the example render as follows in non-ruby-capable user agents: ♥: Heart, Cœur. ☘: Shamrock, Trèfle. ✶: Star, Étoile. 4.5.15. The data element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes value - Machine-readable value Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLDataElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString value; }; The data element represents its contents, along with a machine-readable form of those contents in the value attribute. The value attribute must be present. Its value must be a representation of the element’s contents in a machine-readable format. When the value is date- or time-related, the more specific time element can be used instead. The element can be used for several purposes. When combined with microformats or microdata, the element serves to provide both a machine-readable value for the purposes of data processors, and a human-readable value for the purposes of rendering in a Web browser. In this case, the format to be used in the value attribute is determined by the microformats or microdata vocabulary in use. The element can also, however, be used in conjunction with scripts in the page, for when a script has a literal value to store alongside a human-readable value. In such cases, the format to be used depends only on the needs of the script. (The data-* attributes can also be useful in such situations.) The value IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name. 4.5.16. The time element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: If the element has a datetime attribute: Phrasing content. Otherwise: Text , but must match requirements described in prose below. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes datetime - Machine-readable value Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLTimeElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString dateTime; }; The time element represents its contents, along with a machine-readable form of those contents in the datetime attribute. The kind of content is limited to various kinds of dates, times, time-zone offsets, and durations, as described below. The datetime attribute may be present. If present, its value must be a representation of the element’s contents in a machine-readable format. A time element that does not have a datetime content attribute must not have any element descendants. The datetime value of a time element is the value of the element’s datetime content attribute, if it has one, otherwise the child text content of the time element. The datetime value of a time element must match one of the following syntaxes. A valid month string A valid date string A valid yearless date string A valid time string A valid floating date and time string Times with dates but without a time zone offset are useful for specifying events that are observed at the same specific time in each time zone, throughout a day. For example, the 2020 new year is celebrated at 2020-01-01 00:00 in each time zone, not at the same precise moment across all time zones. For events that occur at the same time across all time zones, for example a videoconference meeting, a valid global date and time string is likely more useful. A valid time-zone offset string For times without dates (or times referring to events that recur on multiple dates), specifying the geographic location that controls the time is usually more useful than specifying a time zone offset, because geographic locations change time zone offsets with daylight savings time. In some cases, geographic locations even change time zone, e.g., when the boundaries of those time zones are redrawn, as happened with Samoa at the end of 2011. There exists a time zone database that describes the boundaries of time zones and what rules apply within each such zone, known as the time zone database. [TZDATABASE] A valid global date and time string Times with dates and a time zone offset are useful for specifying specific events, or recurring virtual events where the time is not anchored to a specific geographic location. For example, the precise time of an asteroid impact, or a particular meeting in a series of meetings held at 1400 UTC every day, regardless of whether any particular part of the world is observing daylight savings time or not. For events where the precise time varies by the local time zone offset of a specific geographic location, a valid floating date and time string combined with that geographic location is likely more useful. A valid week string Four or more ASCII digits, at least one of which is not U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) A valid duration string Many of the preceding valid syntaxes describe "floating" date and/or time values (they do not include a time-zone offset). Care is needed when converting floating time values to or from global ("incremental") time values (e.g., JavaScript’s Date object). In many cases, an implicit time-of-day and time zone are used in the conversion and may result in unexpected changes to the value of the date itself. [TIMEZONE] The machine-readable equivalent of the element’s contents must be obtained from the element’s datetime value by using the following algorithm: 1. If parsing a month string from the element’s datetime value returns a month, that is the machine-readable equivalent; abort these steps. 2. If parsing a date string from the element’s datetime value returns a date, that is the machine-readable equivalent; abort these steps. 3. If parsing a yearless date string from the element’s datetime value returns a yearless date, that is the machine-readable equivalent; abort these steps. 4. If parsing a time string from the element’s datetime value returns a time, that is the machine-readable equivalent; abort these steps. 5. If parsing a floating date and time string from the element’s datetime value returns a floating date and time, that is the machine-readable equivalent; abort these steps. 6. If parsing a time-zone offset string from the element’s datetime value returns a time-zone offset, that is the machine-readable equivalent; abort these steps. 7. If parsing a floating date and time string from the element’s datetime value returns a global date and time, that is the machine-readable equivalent; abort these steps. 8. If parsing a week string from the element’s datetime value returns a week, that is the machine-readable equivalent; abort these steps. 9. If the element’s datetime value consists of only ASCII digits, at least one of which is not U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0), then the machine-readable equivalent is the base-ten interpretation of those digits, representing a year; abort these steps. 10. If parsing a duration string from the element’s datetime value returns a duration, that is the machine-readable equivalent; abort these steps. 11. There is no machine-readable equivalent. The algorithms referenced above are intended to be designed such that for any arbitrary string s, only one of the algorithms returns a value. A more efficient approach might be to create a single algorithm that parses all these data types in one pass; developing such an algorithm is left as an exercise to the reader. The dateTime IDL attribute must reflect the element’s datetime content attribute. The time element can be used to encode dates, for example in microformats. The following shows a hypothetical way of encoding an event using a variant on hCalendar that uses the time element:
    https://www.web2con.com/ Web 2.0 Conference: - , at the Argent Hotel, San Francisco, CA
    Here, a fictional RDFa vocabulary based on the Atom vocabulary is used with the time element to mark up a blog post’s publication date [html-rdfa].

    Big tasks

    Published .

    Today, I went out and bought a bike for my kid.

    In this example, another article’s publication date is marked up using time, this time using the schema.org vocabulary:

    Small tasks

    Published .

    I put a bike bell on his bike.

    In the following snippet, the time element is used to encode a date in the ISO8601 format, for later processing by a script:

    Our first date was .

    In this second snippet, the value includes a time:

    We stopped talking at .

    A script loaded by the page (and thus privy to the page’s internal convention of marking up dates and times using the time element) could scan through the page and look at all the time elements therein to create an index of dates and times. For example, this element conveys the string "Friday" with the additional semantic that the 18th of November 2011 is the meaning that corresponds to "Friday": Today is . In this example, a specific time in the Pacific Standard Time timezone is specified: Your next meeting is at . 4.5.17. The code element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The code element represents a fragment of computer code. This could be an XML element name, a file name, a computer program, or any other string that a computer would recognize. There is no formal way to indicate the language of computer code being marked up. Authors who wish to mark code elements with the language used, e.g., so that syntax highlighting scripts can use the right rules, can use the class attribute, e.g., by adding a class prefixed with "language-" to the element. The following example shows how the element can be used in a paragraph to mark up element names and computer code, including punctuation.

    The code element represents a fragment of computer code.

    When you call the activate() method on the robotSnowman object, the eyes glow.

    The example below uses the begin keyword to indicate the start of a statement block. It is paired with an end keyword, which is followed by the . punctuation character (full stop) to indicate the end of the program.

    The following example shows how a block of code could be marked up using the pre and code elements.
    var i: Integer;
     begin
         i := 1;
     end.
    A class is used in that example to indicate the language used. See the pre element for more details. 4.5.18. The var element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The var element represents a variable. This could be an actual variable in a mathematical expression or programming context, an identifier representing a constant, a symbol identifying a physical quantity, a function parameter, or just be a term used as a placeholder in prose. In the paragraph below, the letter "n" is being used as a variable in prose:

    If there are n pipes leading to the ice cream factory then I expect at least n flavors of ice cream to be available for purchase!

    For mathematics, in particular for anything beyond the simplest of expressions, MathML is more appropriate. However, the var element can still be used to refer to specific variables that are then mentioned in MathML expressions. In this example, an equation is shown, with a legend that references the variables in the equation. The expression itself is marked up with MathML, but the variables are mentioned in the figure’s legend using var.
    a = b2 + c2
    Using Pythagoras' theorem to solve for the hypotenuse a of a triangle with sides b and c
    Here, the equation describing mass-energy equivalence is used in a sentence, and the var element is used to mark the variables and constants in that equation:

    Then he turned to the blackboard and picked up the chalk. After a few moment’s thought, he wrote E = m c2. The teacher looked pleased.

    4.5.19. The samp element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The samp element represents sample or quoted output from another program or computing system. See the pre and kbd elements for more details. This element can be contrasted with the output element, which can be used to provide immediate output in a Web application. This example shows the samp element being used inline:

    The computer said Too much cheese in tray two but I didn’t know what that meant.

    This second example shows a block of sample output. Nested samp and kbd elements allow for the styling of specific elements of the sample output using a style sheet. There’s also a few parts of the samp that are annotated with even more detailed markup, to enable very precise styling. To achieve this, span elements are used.
    jdoe@mowmow:~$ ssh demo.example.com
     Last login: Tue Apr 12 09:10:17 2005 from mowmow.example.com on pts/1
     Linux demo 2.6.10-grsec+gg3+e+fhs6b+nfs+gr0501+++p3+c4a+gr2b-reslog-v6.189 #1 SMP Tue Feb 1 11:22:36 PST 2005 i686 unknown
    
     jdoe@demo:~$ _
    4.5.20. The kbd element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The kbd element represents user input (typically keyboard input, although it may also be used to represent other input, such as voice commands). When the kbd element is nested inside a samp element, it represents the input as it was echoed by the system. When the kbd element contains a samp element, it represents input based on system output. When the kbd element is nested inside another kbd element, it represents an actual key or other single unit of input as appropriate for the input mechanism. Here the kbd element is used to indicate keys to press:

    To make George eat an apple, press Shift+F3

    In this second example, the user is told to pick a particular menu item. The outer kbd element marks up a block of input, with the inner kbd elements representing each individual step of the input, and the samp elements inside them indicating that the steps are input based on something being displayed by the system, in this case menu labels:

    To make George eat an apple, select File|Eat Apple...

    Such precision isn’t necessary; the following is equally fine:

    To make George eat an apple, select File | Eat Apple...

    4.5.21. The sub and sup elements Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Use HTMLElement. The sub element represents a subscript, and the sup element represents a superscript. These elements must be used only to mark up typographical conventions with specific meanings, not for typographical presentation for presentation’s sake. For example, it would be inappropriate for the sub and sup elements to be used in the name of the LaTeX document preparation system. In general, authors should use these elements only if the absence of those elements would change the meaning of the content. In certain languages, superscripts are part of the typographical conventions for some abbreviations.

    The most beautiful women are Mlle Gwendoline and Mme Denise.

    The sub element can be used inside a var element, for variables that have subscripts. Here, the sub element is used to represent the subscript that identifies the variable in a family of variables:

    The coordinate of the ith point is (xi, yi). For example, the 10th point has coordinate (x10, y10).

    Mathematical expressions often use subscripts and superscripts. Authors are encouraged to use MathML for marking up mathematics, but authors may opt to use sub and sup if detailed mathematical markup is not desired. [MATHML] E=mc2 f(x, n) = log4xn 4.5.22. The i element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The i element represents a span of text in an alternate voice or mood, or otherwise offset from the normal prose in a manner indicating a different quality of text, such as a taxonomic designation, a technical term, an idiomatic phrase from another language, transliteration, a thought, or a ship name in Western texts. Terms in languages different from the main text should be annotated with lang attributes (or, in XML, lang attributes in the XML namespace). The examples below show uses of the i element:

    The Felis silvestris catus is cute.

    The term prose content is defined above.

    There is a certain je ne sais quoi in the air.

    In the following example, a dream sequence is marked up using i elements.

    Raymond tried to sleep.

    The ship sailed away on Thursday, he dreamt. The ship had many people aboard, including a beautiful princess called Carey. He watched her, day-in, day-out, hoping she would notice him, but she never did.

    Finally one night he picked up the courage to speak with her—

    Raymond woke with a start as the fire alarm rang out.

    Authors are encouraged to consider whether other elements might be more applicable than the i element, for instance the em element for marking up stress emphasis, or the dfn element to mark up the defining instance of a term. Style sheets can be used to format i elements, just like any other element can be restyled. Thus, it is not the case that content in i elements will necessarily be italicized. 4.5.23. The b element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The b element represents a span of text to which attention is being drawn for utilitarian purposes without conveying any extra importance and with no implication of an alternate voice or mood, such as key words in a document abstract, product names in a review, actionable words in interactive text-driven software, or an article lede. The following example shows a use of the b element to highlight key words without marking them up as important:

    The frobonitor and barbinator components are fried.

    In the following example, objects in a text adventure are highlighted as being special by use of the b element.

    You enter a small room. Your sword glows brighter. A rat scurries past the corner wall.

    Another case where the b element is appropriate is in marking up the lede (or lead) sentence or paragraph. The following example shows how a BBC article about kittens adopting a rabbit as their own could be marked up:

    Kittens 'adopted' by pet rabbit

    Six abandoned kittens have found an unexpected new mother figure — a pet rabbit.

    Veterinary nurse Melanie Humble took the three-week-old kittens to her Aberdeen home.

    [...] As with the i element, authors can use the class attribute on the b element to identify why the element is being used, so that if the style of a particular use is to be changed at a later date, the author doesn’t have to go through annotating each use. The b element should be used as a last resort when no other element is more appropriate. In particular, headings should use the h1 to h6 elements, stress emphasis should use the em element, importance should be denoted with the strong element, and text marked or highlighted should use the mark element. The following would be incorrect usage:

    WARNING! Do not frob the barbinator!

    In the previous example, the correct element to use would have been strong, not b. Style sheets can be used to format b elements, just like any other element can be restyled. Thus, it is not the case that content in b elements will necessarily be boldened. 4.5.24. The u element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The u element represents a span of text with an unarticulated, though explicitly rendered, non-textual annotation, such as labeling the text as being a proper name in Chinese text (a Chinese proper name mark), or labeling the text as being misspelt. In most cases, another element is likely to be more appropriate: for marking stress emphasis, the em element should be used; for marking key words or phrases either the b element or the mark element should be used, depending on the context; for marking book titles, the cite element should be used; for labeling text with explicit textual annotations, the ruby element should be used; for technical terms, taxonomic designation, transliteration, a thought, or for labeling ship names in Western texts, the i element should be used. The default rendering of the u element in visual presentations clashes with the conventional rendering of hyperlinks (underlining). Authors are encouraged to avoid using the u element where it could be confused for a hyperlink. 4.5.25. The mark element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The mark element represents a run of text in one document marked or highlighted for reference purposes, due to its relevance in another context. When used in a quotation or other block of text referred to from the prose, it indicates a highlight that was not originally present but which has been added to bring the reader’s attention to a part of the text that might not have been considered important by the original author when the block was originally written, but which is now under previously unexpected scrutiny. When used in the main prose of a document, it indicates a part of the document that has been highlighted due to its likely relevance to the user’s current activity. This example shows how the mark element can be used to bring attention to a particular part of a quotation:

    Consider the following quote:

    Look around and you will find, no-one’s really colour blind.

    As we can tell from the spelling of the word, the person writing this quote is clearly not American.

    (If the goal was to mark the element as misspelt, however, the u element, possibly with a class, would be more appropriate.) Another example of the mark element is highlighting parts of a document that are matching some search string. If someone looked at a document, and the server knew that the user was searching for the word "kitten", then the server might return the document with one paragraph modified as follows:

    I also have some kittens who are visiting me these days. They’re really cute. I think they like my garden! Maybe I should adopt a kitten.

    In the following snippet, a paragraph of text refers to a specific part of a code fragment.

    The highlighted part below is where the error lies:

    var i: Integer;
     begin
         i := 1.1;
     end.
    This is separate from syntax highlighting, for which span is more appropriate. Combining both, one would get:

    The highlighted part below is where the error lies:

    var i: Integer;
     begin
         i := 1.1;
     end.
    This is another example showing the use of mark to highlight a part of quoted text that was originally not emphasized. In this example, common typographic conventions have led the author to explicitly style mark elements in quotes to render in italics.

    She knew

    Did you notice the subtle joke in the joke on panel 4?

    I didn’t want to believe. Of course on some level I realized it was a known-plaintext attack. But I couldn’t admit it until I saw for myself.

    (Emphasis mine.) I thought that was great. It’s so pedantic, yet it explains everything neatly.

    Note, incidentally, the distinction between the em element in this example, which is part of the original text being quoted, and the mark element, which is highlighting a part for comment. The following example shows the difference between denoting the importance of a span of text (strong) as opposed to denoting the relevance of a span of text (mark). It is an extract from a textbook, where the extract has had the parts relevant to the exam highlighted. The safety warnings, important though they may be, are apparently not relevant to the exam.

    Wormhole Physics Introduction

    A wormhole in normal conditions can be held open for a maximum of just under 39 minutes. Conditions that can increase the time include a powerful energy source coupled to one or both of the gates connecting the wormhole, and a large gravity well (such as a black hole).

    Momentum is preserved across the wormhole. Electromagnetic radiation can travel in both directions through a wormhole, but matter cannot.

    When a wormhole is created, a vortex normally forms. Warning: The vortex caused by the wormhole opening will annihilate anything in its path. Vortexes can be avoided when using sufficiently advanced dialing technology.

    An obstruction in a gate will prevent it from accepting a wormhole connection.

    4.5.26. The bdi element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Also, the dir global attribute has special semantics on this element. Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The bdi element represents a span of text that is to be isolated from its surroundings for the purposes of bidirectional text formatting. [BIDI] The dir global attribute defaults to auto on this element (it never inherits from the parent element like with other elements). This element has rendering requirements involving the bidirectional algorithm. This element is especially useful when embedding user-generated content with an unknown directionality. In this example, usernames are shown along with the number of posts that the user has submitted. If the bdi element were not used, the username of the Arabic user would end up confusing the text (the bidirectional algorithm would put the colon and the number "3" next to the word "User" rather than next to the word "posts").
    • User jcranmer: 12 posts.
    • User hober: 5 posts.
    • User إيان: 3 posts.
    When using the bdi element, the username acts as expected. If the bdi element were to be replaced by a b element, the username would confuse the bidirectional algorithm and the third bullet would end up saying "User 3 :", followed by the Arabic name (right-to-left), followed by "posts" and a period. 4.5.27. The bdo element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Also, the dir global attribute has special semantics on this element. Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The bdo element represents explicit text directionality formatting control for its children. It allows authors to override the Unicode bidirectional algorithm by explicitly specifying a direction override. [BIDI] Authors must specify the dir attribute on this element, with the value ltr to specify a left-to-right override and with the value rtl to specify a right-to-left override. The auto value must not be specified. This element has rendering requirements involving the bidirectional algorithm. 4.5.28. The span element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLSpanElement : HTMLElement {}; The span element doesn’t mean anything on its own, but can be useful when used together with the Global attributes, e.g., class, lang, or dir. It represents its children. In this example, a code fragment is marked up using span elements and class attributes so that its keywords and identifiers can be color-coded from CSS:
    for (j = 0; j < 256; j++) {
       i_t3 = (i_t3 & 0x1ffff) | (j << 17);
       i_t6 = (((((((i_t3 >> 3) ^ i_t3) >> 1) ^ i_t3) >> 8) ^ i_t3) >> 5) & 0xff;
       if (i_t6 == i_t1)
         break;
     }
    4.5.29. The br element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Nothing. Tag omission in text/html: No end tag Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLBRElement : HTMLElement {}; The br element represents a line break. While line breaks are usually represented in visual media by physically moving subsequent text to a new line, a style sheet or user agent would be equally justified in causing line breaks to be rendered in a different manner, for instance as green dots, or as extra spacing. br elements must be used only for line breaks that are actually part of the content, as in poems or addresses. The following example is correct usage of the br element:

    P. Sherman
    42 Wallaby Way
    Sydney

    br elements must not be used for separating thematic groups in a paragraph. The following examples are non-conforming, as they abuse the br element:

    34 comments.
    Add a comment.


    Here are alternatives to the above, which are correct:

    34 comments.

    Add a comment.

    If a paragraph consists of nothing but a single br element, it represents a placeholder blank line (e.g., as in a template). Such blank lines must not be used for presentation purposes. Any content inside br elements must not be considered part of the surrounding text. This element has rendering requirements involving the bidirectional algorithm. 4.5.30. The wbr element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Nothing. Tag omission in text/html: No end tag Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The wbr element represents a line break opportunity. In the following example, someone is quoted as saying something which, for effect, is written as one long word. However, to ensure that the text can be wrapped in a readable fashion, the individual words in the quote are separated using a wbr element.

    So then he pointed at the tiger and screamed "thereisnowayyouareevergoingtocatchme"!

    Here, especially long lines of code in a program listing have suggested wrapping points given using wbr elements.
    ...
     Heading heading = Helm.HeadingFactory(HeadingCoordinates[1], HeadingCoordinates[2], HeadingCoordinates[3], HeadingCoordinates[4]);
     Course course = Helm.CourseFactory(Heading, Maps.MapFactoryFromHeading(heading), Speeds.GetMaximumSpeed().ConvertToWarp());
     ...
    Any content inside wbr elements must not be considered part of the surrounding text. var wbr = document.createElement("wbr"); wbr.textContent = "This is wrong"; document.body.appendChild(wbr); This element has rendering requirements involving the bidirectional algorithm. 4.5.31. Usage summary This section is non-normative. Element Purpose Example a Hyperlinks Visit my drinks page. em Stress emphasis I must say I adore lemonade. strong Importance This tea is very hot. small Side comments These grapes are made into wine. Alcohol is addictive. s Inaccurate text Price: £4.50 £2.00! cite Titles of works The case Hugo v. Danielle is relevant here. q Quotations The judge said You can drink water from the fish tank but advised against it. dfn Defining The term organic food refers to food produced without synthetic chemicals. instance abbr Abbreviations Organic food in Ireland is certified by the IOFGA. ruby, rb, rp, Ruby annotations OJ (Orange Juice) rt, rtc data Machine-readable Available starting today! North Coast Organic Apple Cider equivalent Machine-readable equivalent of time date- or Available starting on ! time-related data code Computer code The fruitdb program can be used for tracking fruit production. var Variables If there are n fruit in the bowl, at least n÷2 will be ripe. samp Computer output The computer said Unknown error -3. kbd User input Hit F1 to continue. sub Subscripts Water is H2O. sup Superscripts The Hydrogen in heavy water is usually 2H. i Alternative Lemonade consists primarily of Citrus limon. voice b Keywords Take a lemon and squeeze it with a juicer. u Annotations The mixture of apple juice and eldeflower juice is very pleasant. mark Highlight Elderflower cordial, with one part cordial to ten parts water, stands apart from the rest. Text bdi directionality The recommended restaurant is My Juice Café (At The Beach). isolation Text bdo directionality The proposal is to write English, but in reverse order. "Juice" would become "Juice" formatting span Other In French we call it sirop de sureau. br Line break Simply Orange Juice Company
    Apopka, FL 32703
    U.S.A. wbr Line breaking www.simplyorangejuice.com opportunity 4.6. Edits The ins and del elements represent edits to the document. 4.6.1. The ins element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Transparent. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes cite - Link to the source of the quotation or more information about the edit datetime - Date and (optionally) time of the change Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses the HTMLModElement interface. The ins element represents an addition to the document. The following represents the addition of a single paragraph: As does the following, because everything in the aside element here counts as phrasing content and therefore there is just one paragraph: ins elements should not cross implied paragraph boundaries. The following example represents the addition of two paragraphs, the second of which was inserted in two parts. The first ins element in this example thus crosses a paragraph boundary, which is considered poor form. Here is a better way of marking this up. It uses more elements, but none of the elements cross implied paragraph boundaries. 4.6.2. The del element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Transparent. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes cite - Link to the source of the quotation or more information about the edit datetime - Date and (optionally) time of the change Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses the HTMLModElement interface. The del element represents a removal from the document. del elements should not cross implied paragraph boundaries. The following shows a "to do" list where items that have been done are crossed-off with the date and time of their completion.

    To Do

    • Empty the dishwasher
    • Watch Walter Lewin’s lectures
    • Download more tracks
    • Buy a printer
    4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements The cite attribute may be used to specify the address of a document that explains the change. When that document is long, for instance the minutes of a meeting, authors are encouraged to include a fragment pointing to the specific part of that document that discusses the change. If the cite attribute is present, it must be a valid URL potentially surrounded by spaces that explains the change. To obtain the corresponding citation link, the value of the attribute must be parsed relative to the element’s node document. User agents may allow users to follow such citation links, but they are primarily intended for private use (e.g., by server-side scripts collecting statistics about a site’s use of quotations), not for readers. The datetime attribute may be used to specify the time and date of the change. If present, the datetime attribute’s value must be a valid date string with optional time. User agents must parse the datetime attribute according to the parse a date or time string algorithm. If that doesn’t return a date or a global date and time, then the modification has no associated timestamp (the value is non-conforming; it is not a valid date string with optional time). Otherwise, the modification is marked as having been made at the given date or global date and time. If the given value is a global date and time then user agents should use the associated time-zone offset information to determine which time zone to present the given datetime in. This value may be shown to the user, but it is primarily intended for private use. The ins and del elements must implement the HTMLModElement interface: interface HTMLModElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString cite; attribute DOMString dateTime; }; The cite IDL attribute must reflect the element’s cite content attribute. The dateTime IDL attribute must reflect the element’s datetime content attribute. 4.6.4. Edits and paragraphs This section is non-normative. Since the ins and del elements do not affect paragraphing, it is possible, in some cases where paragraphs are implied (without explicit p elements), for an ins or del element to span both an entire paragraph or other non-phrasing content elements and part of another paragraph. For example:

    This is a paragraph that was inserted.

    This is another paragraph whose first sentence was inserted at the same time as the paragraph above.
    This is a second sentence, which was there all along.
    By only wrapping some paragraphs in p elements, one can even get the end of one paragraph, a whole second paragraph, and the start of a third paragraph to be covered by the same ins or del element (though this is very confusing, and not considered good practice):
    This is the first paragraph. This sentence was inserted.

    This second paragraph was inserted.

    This sentence was inserted too.
    This is the third paragraph in this example.
    However, due to the way implied paragraphs are defined, it is not possible to mark up the end of one paragraph and the start of the very next one using the same ins or del element. You instead have to use one (or two) p element(s) and two ins or del elements, as for example:

    This is the first paragraph. This sentence was deleted.

    This sentence was deleted too. That sentence needed a separate <del> element.

    Partly because of the confusion described above, authors are strongly encouraged to always mark up all paragraphs with the p element, instead of having ins or del elements that cross implied paragraphs boundaries. 4.6.5. Edits and lists This section is non-normative. The content models of the ol and ul elements do not allow ins and del elements as children. Lists always represent all their items, including items that would otherwise have been marked as deleted. To indicate that an item is inserted or deleted, an ins or del element can be wrapped around the contents of the li element. To indicate that an item has been replaced by another, a single li element can have one or more del elements followed by one or more ins elements. In the following example, a list that started empty had items added and removed from it over time. The bits in the example that have been emphasized show the parts that are the "current" state of the list. The list item numbers don’t take into account the edits, though.

    Stop-ship bugs

    1. Bug 225: Rain detector doesn’t work in snow
    2. Bug 228: Water buffer overflows in April
    3. Bug 230: Water heater doesn’t use renewable fuels
    4. Bug 232: Carbon dioxide emissions detected after startup
    In the following example, a list that started with just fruit was replaced by a list with just colors.

    List of fruitscolors

    • LimeGreen
    • Apple
    • Orange
    • Pear
    • Teal
    • LemonYellow
    • Olive
    • Purple
    4.6.6. Edits and tables This section is non-normative. The elements that form part of the table model have complicated content model requirements that do not allow for the ins and del elements, so indicating edits to a table can be difficult. To indicate that an entire row or an entire column has been added or removed, the entire contents of each cell in that row or column can be wrapped in ins or del elements (respectively). Here, a table’s row has been added:
    Game name Game publisher Verdict
    Diablo 2 Blizzard 8/10
    Portal Valve 10/10
    Portal 2 Valve 10/10
    Here, a column has been removed (the time at which it was removed is given also, as is a link to the page explaining why):
    Game name Game publisher Verdict
    Diablo 2 Blizzard 8/10
    Portal Valve 10/10
    Portal 2 Valve 10/10
    Generally speaking, there is no good way to indicate more complicated edits (e.g., that a cell was removed, moving all subsequent cells up or to the left). 4.7. Embedded content 4.7.1. Introduction This section is non-normative. To embed an image in HTML, when there is only a single image resource, use the img element and with its src and alt attributes.

    From today’s featured article

    Marie Lloyd (1870–1922) was an English music hall singer, ... However, there are a number of situations for which the author might wish to use multiple image resources that the user agent can choose from: * Different users might have different environmental characteristics: * The users' physical screen size might be different from one another. A mobile phone’s screen might be 4 inches diagonally, while a laptop’s screen might be 14 inches diagonally. The phone’s screen is much smaller compared to the laptop’s screen. This is only relevant when an image’s rendered size depends on the viewport size. * The users' screen pixel density might be different from one another. A mobile phone’s screen might have three times as many physical pixels per inch compared to another mobile phone’s screen, regardless of their physical screen size. One phone has big pixels, the other has small pixels. * The users' zoom level might be different from one another, or might change for a single user over time. A user might zoom in to a particular image to be able to get a more detailed look. The zoom level and the screen pixel density (the previous point) can both affect the number of physical screen pixels per CSS pixel. This ratio is usually referred to as device-pixel-ratio. * The users' screen orientation might be different from one another, or might change for a single user over time. A tablet can be held upright or rotated 90 degrees, so that the screen is either "portrait" or "landscape". The tablet has two orientations. * The users' network speed, network latency and bandwidth cost might be different from one another, or might change for a single user over time. A user might be on a fast, low-latency and constant-cost connection while at work, on a slow, low-latency and constant-cost connection while at home, and on a variable-speed, high-latency and variable-cost connection anywhere else. * Authors might want to show the same image content but with different rendered size depending on, usually, the width of the viewport. This is usually referred to as viewport-based selection. A Web page might have a banner at the top that always spans the entire viewport width. In this case, the rendered size of the image depends on the physical size of the screen (assuming a maximised browser window). The upright-held phone shows a small wolf at the top, and the tablet shows the same image but it is bigger Another Web page might have images in columns, with a single column for screens with a small physical size, two columns for screens with medium physical size, and three columns for screens with big physical size, with the images varying in rendered size in each case to fill up the viewport. In this case, the rendered size of an image might be bigger in the one-column layout compared to the two-column layout, despite the screen being smaller. The rotated phone shows a top part of an image of a kettlebell swing; the upright-held tablet shows a bit smaller images in two columns; the laptop shows images in three columns. * Authors might want to show different image content depending on the rendered size of the image. This is usually referred to as art direction. When a Web page is viewed on a screen with a large physical size (assuming a maximised browser window), the author might wish to include some less relevant parts surrounding the critical part of the image. When the same Web page is viewed on a screen with a small physical size, the author might wish to show only the critical part of the image. The upright-held phone shows a cropped image of a wolf; the rotated tablet shows the uncropped image. * Authors might want to show the same image content but using different image formats, depending on which image formats the user agent supports. This is usually referred to as image format-based selection. A Web page might have some images in the JPEG, WebP and JPEG XR image formats, with the latter two having better compression abilities compared to JPEG. Since different user agents can support different image formats, with some formats offering better compression ratios, the author would like to serve the better formats to user agents that support them, while providing JPEG fallback for user agents that don’t. The above situations are not mutually exclusive. For example, it is reasonable to combine different resources for different device-pixel-ratio with different resources for art direction. While it is possible to solve these problems using scripting, doing so introduces some other problems: * Some user agents aggressively download images specified in the HTML markup, before scripts have had a chance to run, so that Web pages complete loading sooner. If a script changes which image to download, the user agent will potentially start two separate downloads, which can instead cause worse page loading performance. * If the author avoids specifying any image in the HTML markup and instead instantiates a single download from script, that avoids the double download problem above but instead it makes no image be downloaded at all for users with scripting disabled and it disables the agressive image downloading optimization. With this in mind, this specification introduces a number of features to address the above problems in a declarative manner. Device-pixel-ratio-based selection when the rendered size of the image is fixed The src and srcset attributes on the img element can be used, using the x descriptor, to provide multiple images that only vary in their size (the smaller image is a scaled-down version of the bigger image). The x descriptor is not appropriate when the rendered size of the image depends on the viewport width (viewport-based selection), but can be used together with art direction.

    From today’s featured article

    Marie Lloyd (1870–1922) was an English music hall singer, ... The user agent can choose any of the given resources depending on the user’s screen’s pixel density, zoom level, and possibly other factors such as the user’s network conditions. For backwards compatibility with older user agents that don’t yet understand the srcset attribute, one of the URLs is specified in the img element’s src attribute. This will result in something useful (though perhaps lower-resolution than the user would like) being displayed even in older user agents. For new user agents, the src attribute participates in the resource selection, as if it was specified in srcset with a 1x descriptor. The image’s rendered size is given in the width and height attributes, which allows the user agent to allocate space for the image before it is downloaded. Viewport-based selection The srcset and sizes attributes can be used, using the w descriptor, to provide multiple images that only vary in their size (the smaller image is a scaled-down version of the bigger image). In this example, a banner image takes up the entire viewport width (using appropriate CSS).

    The rad wolf

    The user agent will calculate the effective pixel density of each image from the specified w descriptors and the specified rendered size in the sizes attribute. It can then choose any of the given resources depending on the user’s screen’s pixel density, zoom level, and possibly other factors such as the user’s network conditions. If the user’s screen is 320 CSS pixels wide, this is equivalent to specifying wolf-400.jpg 1.25x, wolf-800.jpg 2.5x, wolf-1600.jpg 5x. On the other hand, if the user’s screen is 1200 CSS pixels wide, this is equivalent to specifying wolf-400.jpg 0.33x, wolf-800.jpg 0.67x, wolf-1600.jpg 1.33x. By using the w descriptors and the sizes attribute, the user agent can choose the correct image source to download regardless of how large the user’s device is. For backwards compatibility, one of the URLs is specified in the img element’s src attribute. In new user agents, the src attribute is ignored when the srcset attribute uses w descriptors. In this example, the sizes attribute could be omitted because the default value is 100vw. In this example, the Web page has three layouts depending on the width of the viewport. The narrow layout has one column of images (the width of each image is about 100%), the middle layout has two columns of images (the width of each image is about 50%), and the widest layout has three columns of images, and some page margin (the width of each image is about 33%). It breaks between these layouts when the viewport is 30em wide and 50em wide, respectively. Kettlebell Swing The sizes attribute sets up the layout breakpoints at 30em and 50em, and declares the image sizes between these breakpoints to be 100vw, 50vw, or calc(33vw - 100px). These sizes do not necessarily have to match up exactly with the actual image width as specified in the CSS. The user agent will pick a width from the sizes attribute, using the first item with a (the part in parentheses) that evaluates to true, or using the last item (calc(33vw - 100px)) if they all evaluate to false. For example, if the viewport width is 29em, then (max-width: 30em) evaluates to true and 100vw is used, so the image size, for the purpose of resource selection, is 29em. If the viewport width is instead 32em, then (max-width: 30em) evaluates to false, but (max-width: 50em) evaluates to true and 50vw is used, so the image size, for the purpose of resource selection, is 16em (half the viewport width). Notice that the slightly wider viewport results in a smaller image because of the different layout. The user agent can then calculate the effective pixel density and choose an appropriate resource similarly to the previous example. Art direction-based selection The picture element and the source element, together with the media attribute, can be used, to provide multiple images that vary the image content (for intance the smaller image might be a cropped version of the bigger image). The wolf runs through the snow. The user agent will choose the first source element for which the media query in the media attribute matches, and then choose an appropriate URL from its srcset attribute. The rendered size of the image varies depending on which resource is chosen. To specify dimensions that the user agent can use before having downloaded the image, CSS can be used. img { width: 300px; height: 300px } @media (min-width: 32em) { img { width: 500px; height:300px } } @media (min-width: 45em) { img { width: 700px; height:400px } } This example combines art direction- and device-pixel-ratio-based selection. A banner that takes half the viewport is provided in two versions, one for wide screens and one for narrow screens.

    The Breakfast Combo

    Image format-based selection The type attribute on the source element can be used, to provide multiple images in different formats.

    From today’s featured article

    Marie Lloyd (1870–1922) was an English music hall singer, ... In this example, the user agent will choose the first source that has a type attribute with a supported MIME type. If the user agent supports WebP images, the first source element will be chosen. If not, but the user agent does support JPEG XR images, the second source element will be chosen. If neither of those formats are supported, the img element will be chosen. 4.7.2. Dependencies Media Queries [MEDIAQ] CSS Values and Units [CSS-VALUES] CSS Syntax [CSS-SYNTAX-3] Parse a comma-separated list of component values component value 4.7.3. The picture element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Embedded content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where embedded content is expected. Content model: Zero or more source elements, followed by one img element, optionally intermixed with script-supporting elements. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: None DOM interface: interface HTMLPictureElement : HTMLElement {}; The picture element is a container which provides multiples sources to its contained img element to allow authors to declaratively control or give hints to the user agent about which image resource to use, based on the screen pixel density, viewport size, image format, and other factors. It represents its children. The picture element is somewhat different from the similar-looking video and audio elements. While all of them contain source elements, the source element’s src attribute has no meaning when the element is nested within a picture element, and the resource selection algorithm is different. As well, the picture element itself does not display anything; it merely provides a context for its contained img element that enables it to choose from multiple URLs. 4.7.4. The source element Categories: None. Contexts in which this element can be used: As a child of a picture element, before the img element. As a child of a media element, before any flow content or track elements. Content model: Nothing. Tag omission in text/html: No end tag Content attributes: Global attributes src - Address of the resource type - Type of embedded resource srcset - Images to use in different situations (e.g., high-resolution displays, small monitors, etc) sizes - Image sizes between breakpoints media - Applicable media Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes DOM interface: interface HTMLSourceElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString src; attribute DOMString type; attribute DOMString srcset; attribute DOMString sizes; attribute DOMString media; }; The source element allows authors to specify multiple alternative source sets for img elements or multiple alternative media resources for media elements. It does not represent anything on its own. The type attribute may be present. If present, the value must be a valid MIME type. The remainder of the requirements depend on whether the parent is a picture element or a media element: source element’s parent is a picture element The srcset content attribute must be present, and must consist of one or more image candidate strings, each separated from the next by a U+002C COMMA character (,). If an image candidate string contains no descriptors and no space characters after the URL, the following image candidate string, if there is one, must begin with one or more space characters. If the srcset attribute has any image candidate strings using a width descriptor, the sizes content attribute must also be present, and the value must be a valid source size list. The media content attribute may also be present. If present, the value must contain a valid media query list. The type gives the type of the images in the source set, to allow the user agent to skip to the next source element if it does not support the given type. If the type attribute is not specified, the user agent will not select a different source element if it finds that it does not support the image format after fetching it. When a source element has a following sibling source element or img element with a srcset attribute specified, it must have at least one of the following: * A media attribute specified with a value that, after stripping leading and trailing white space, is not the empty string and is not an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "all". * A type attribute specified. The src attribute must not be present. source element’s parent is a media element The src attribute gives the address of the media resource. The value must be a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces. This attribute must be present. Dynamically modifying a source element and its attribute when the element is already inserted in a video or audio element will have no effect. To change what is playing, just use the src attribute on the media element directly, possibly making use of the canPlayType() method to pick from amongst available resources. Generally, manipulating source elements manually after the document has been parsed is an unnecessarily complicated approach. The type content attribute gives the type of the media resource, to help the user agent determine if it can play this media resource before fetching it. If specified, its value must be a valid MIME type. The codecs parameter, which certain MIME types define, might be necessary to specify exactly how the resource is encoded. [RFC6381] The following list shows some examples of how to use the codecs= MIME parameter in the type attribute. H.264 Constrained baseline profile video (main and extended video compatible) level 3 and Low-Complexity AAC audio in MP4 container H.264 Extended profile video (baseline-compatible) level 3 and Low-Complexity AAC audio in MP4 container H.264 Main profile video level 3 and Low-Complexity AAC audio in MP4 container H.264 "High" profile video (incompatible with main, baseline, or extended profiles) level 3 and Low-Complexity AAC audio in MP4 container MPEG-4 Visual Simple Profile Level 0 video and Low-Complexity AAC audio in MP4 container MPEG-4 Advanced Simple Profile Level 0 video and Low-Complexity AAC audio in MP4 container MPEG-4 Visual Simple Profile Level 0 video and AMR audio in 3GPP container Theora video and Vorbis audio in Ogg container Theora video and Speex audio in Ogg container Vorbis audio alone in Ogg container Speex audio alone in Ogg container FLAC audio alone in Ogg container Dirac video and Vorbis audio in Ogg container The srcset, sizes, and media attributes must not be present. If a source element is inserted as a child of a media element that has no src attribute and whose networkState has the value NETWORK_EMPTY, the user agent must invoke the media element’s resource selection algorithm. The IDL attributes src, type, srcset, sizes and media must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. If the author isn’t sure if user agents will all be able to render the media resources provided, the author can listen to the error event on the last source element and trigger fallback behavior: 4.7.5. The img element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Embedded content. Form-associated element. If the element has a usemap attribute: interactive content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where embedded content is expected. Content model: Nothing Tag omission in text/html: No end tag. Content attributes: Global attributes alt - Replacement text for use when images are not available src - Address of the resource srcset - Images to use in different situations (e.g., high-resolution displays, small monitors, etc) sizes - Image sizes between breakpoints crossorigin - How the element handles crossorigin requests usemap - Name of image map to use ismap - Whether the image is a server-side image map width - Horizontal dimension height - Vertical dimension referrerpolicy - Referrer policy for fetches initiated by the element longdesc - A url that provides a link to an expanded description of the image, defined in [html-longdesc] Allowed ARIA role attribute values: presentation or none role only, for an img element whose alt attribute’s value is empty (alt=""), otherwise Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: [NamedConstructor=Image(optional unsigned long width, optional unsigned long height)] interface HTMLImageElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString alt; attribute DOMString src; attribute DOMString srcset; attribute DOMString sizes; attribute DOMString? crossOrigin; attribute DOMString useMap; attribute DOMString longDesc; attribute boolean isMap; attribute unsigned long width; attribute unsigned long height; readonly attribute unsigned long naturalWidth; readonly attribute unsigned long naturalHeight; readonly attribute boolean complete; readonly attribute DOMString currentSrc; attribute DOMString referrerPolicy; }; An img element represents an image and its fallback content. The image given by the src and srcset attributes, and any previous sibling source elements' srcset attributes if the parent is a picture element, is the embedded content; the value of the alt attribute and the content referred to by the longdesc attribute are the img element’s fallback content, and provide equivalent content for users and user agents who cannot process images or have image loading disabled. Requirements for alternative representations of the image are described in the next section. The src attribute must be present, and must contain a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces referencing a non-interactive, optionally animated, image resource that is neither paged nor scripted. The srcset attribute may also be present. If present, its value must consist of one or more image candidate strings, each separated from the next by a U+002C COMMA character (,). If an image candidate string contains no descriptors and no space characters after the URL, the following image candidate string, if there is one, must begin with one or more space characters. An image candidate string consists of the following components, in order, with the further restrictions described below this list: 1. Zero or more space characters. 2. A valid non-empty URL that does not start or end with a U+002C COMMA character (,), referencing a non-interactive, optionally animated, image resource that is neither paged nor scripted. 3. Zero or more space characters. 4. Zero or one of the following: * A width descriptor, consisting of: a space character, a valid non-negative integer giving a number greater than zero representing the width descriptor value, and a U+0077 LATIN SMALL LETTER W character. * A pixel density descriptor, consisting of: a space character, a valid floating-point number giving a number greater than zero representing the pixel density descriptor value, and a U+0078 LATIN SMALL LETTER X character. 5. Zero or more space characters. There must not be an image candidate string for an element that has the same width descriptor value as another image candidate string’s width descriptor value for the same element. There must not be an image candidate string for an element that has the same pixel density descriptor value as another image candidate string’s pixel density descriptor value for the same element. For the purpose of this requirement, an image candidate string with no descriptors is equivalent to an image candidate string with a 1x descriptor. If a source element has a sizes attribute present or an img element has a sizes attribute present, all image candidate strings for that element must have the width descriptor specified. If an image candidate string for a source or img element has the width descriptor specified, all other image candidate strings for that element must also have the width descriptor specified. The specified width in an image candidate string’s width descriptor must match the intrinsic width in the resource given by the image candidate string’s URL, if it has an intrinsic width. The requirements above imply that images can be static bitmaps (e.g., PNGs, GIFs, JPEGs), single-page vector documents (single-page PDFs, XML files with an SVG document element), animated bitmaps (APNGs, animated GIFs), animated vector graphics (XML files with an SVG document element that use declarative SMIL animation), and so forth. However, these definitions preclude SVG files with script, multipage PDF files, interactive MNG files, HTML documents, plain text documents, and so forth. [PNG] [GIF] [JPEG] [PDF] [XML] [APNG] [SVG11] [MNG] If the srcset attribute is present, the sizes attribute may also be present. If present, its value must be a valid source size list. A valid source size list is a string that matches the following grammar: [CSS-VALUES] [MEDIAQ] = # [ , ]? | = = A must not be negative. Percentages are not allowed in a , to avoid confusion about what it would be relative to. The vw unit can be used for sizes relative to the viewport width. The img element must not be used as a layout tool. In particular, img elements should not be used to display transparent images, as such images rarely convey meaning and rarely add anything useful to the document. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The crossorigin attribute is a CORS settings attribute. Its purpose is to allow images from third-party sites that allow cross-origin access to be used with canvas. The referrerpolicy attribute is a referrer policy attribute. Its purpose is to set the referrer policy used when fetching the image. [REFERRERPOLICY] ---------------------------------------------------------------------- An img element has a current request and a pending request. The current request is initially set to a new image request. The pending request is initially set to null. The current request is usually referred to as the img element itself. An image request has a state, current URL and image data. An image request’s state is one of the following: Unavailable The user agent hasn’t obtained any image data, or has obtained some or all of the image data but hasn’t yet decoded enough of the image to get the image dimensions. Partially available The user agent has obtained some of the image data and at least the image dimensions are available. Completely available The user agent has obtained all of the image data and at least the image dimensions are available. Broken The user agent has obtained all of the image data that it can, but it cannot even decode the image enough to get the image dimensions (e.g., the image is corrupted, or the format is not supported, or no data could be obtained). An image request’s current URL is initially the empty string. An image request’s image data is the decoded image data. When an image request is either in the partially available state or in the completely available state, it is said to be available. An image request is initially unavailable. When an img element is available, it provides a paint source whose width is the image’s density-corrected intrinsic width (if any), whose height is the image’s density-corrected intrinsic height (if any), and whose appearance is the intrinsic appearance of the image. In a browsing context where scripting is disabled, user agents may obtain images immediately or on demand. In a browsing context where scripting is enabled, user agents must obtain images immediately. A user agent that obtains images immediately must immediately update the image data of an img element, with the restart animation flag set if so stated, whenever that element is created or has experienced relevant mutations. A user agent that obtains images on demand must update the image data of an img element whenever it needs the image data (i.e., on demand), but only if the img element is in the unavailable state. When an img element has experienced relevant mutations, if the user agent only obtains images on demand, the img element must return to the unavailable state. The relevant mutations for an img element are as follows: * The element’s src, srcset, width, or sizes attributes are set, changed, or removed. * The element’s src attribute is set to the same value as the previous value. This must set the restart animation flag for the update the image data algorithm. * The element’s crossorigin attribute’s state is changed. * The element is inserted into or removed from a picture parent element. * The element’s parent is a picture element and a source element is inserted as a previous sibling. * The element’s parent is a picture element and a source element that was a previous sibling is removed. * The element’s parent is a picture element and a source element that is a previous sibling has its srcset, sizes, media or type attributes set, changed, or removed. * The element’s adopting steps are run. Each img element has a last selected source, which must initially be null. Each image request has a current pixel density, which must initially be undefined. When an img element has a current pixel density that is not 1.0, the element’s image data must be treated as if its resolution, in device pixels per CSS pixels, was the current pixel density. The image’s density-corrected intrinsic width and height are the intrinsic width and height after taking into account the current pixel density. For example, given a screen with 96 CSS pixels per CSS inch, if the current pixel density is 3.125, that means that there are 96 × 3.125 = 300 device pixels per CSS inch, and thus if the image data is 300x600, it has intrinsic dimensions of 300 ÷ 3.125 = 96 CSS pixels by 600 ÷ 3.125 = 192 CSS pixels. With a current pixel density of 2.0 (192 device pixels per CSS inch) and the same image data (300x600), the intrinsic dimensions would be 150x300. Each Document object must have a list of available images. Each image in this list is identified by a tuple consisting of an absolute URL, a CORS settings attribute mode, and, if the mode is not No CORS, an origin. Each image furthermore has an ignore higher-layer caching flag. User agents may copy entries from one Document object’s list of available images to another at any time (e.g., when the Document is created, user agents can add to it all the images that are loaded in other Documents), but must not change the keys of entries copied in this way when doing so, and must unset the ignore higher-layer caching flag for the copied entry. User agents may also remove images from such lists at any time (e.g., to save memory). User agents must remove entries in the list of available images as appropriate given higher-layer caching semantics for the resource (e.g., the HTTP Cache-Control response header) when the ignore higher-layer caching flag is unset. The list of available images is intended to enable synchronous switching when changing the src attribute to a URL that has previously been loaded, and to avoid re-downloading images in the same document even when they don’t allow caching per HTTP. It is not used to avoid re-downloading the same image while the previous image is still loading. For example, if a resource has the HTTP response header Cache-Control: must-revalidate, the user agent would remove it from the list of available images but could keep the image data separately, and use that if the server responds with a 204 No Content status. When the user agent is to update the image data of an img element, optionally with the restart animations flag set, it must run the following steps: 1. If the element’s node document is not the active document, then run these substeps: 1. Continue running this algorithm in parallel. 2. Wait until the element’s node document is the active document. 3. If another instance of this algorithm for this img element was started after this instance (even if it aborted and is no longer running), then abort these steps. 4. Queue a microtask to continue this algorithm. 2. If the user agent cannot support images, or its support for images has been disabled, then abort the image request for the current request and the pending request, set current request to the unavailable state, let pending request be null, and abort these steps. 3. If the element does not use srcset or picture and it does not have a parent or it has a parent but it is not a picture element, and it has a src attribute specified and its value is not the empty string, let selected source be the value of the element’s src attribute, and selected pixel density be 1.0. Otherwise, let selected source be null and selected pixel density be undefined. 4. Let the img element’s last selected source be selected source. 5. If selected source is not null, run these substeps: 1. Parse selected source, relative to the element’s node document. If that is not successful, then abort these inner set of steps. Otherwise, let urlString be the resulting URL string. 2. Let key be a tuple consisting of urlString, the img element’s crossorigin attribute’s mode, and, if that mode is not No CORS, the node document’s origin. 3. If the list of available images contains an entry for key, run these subsubsteps: 1. Set the ignore higher-layer caching flag for that entry. 2. Abort the image request for the current request and the pending request. 3. Let pending request be null. 4. Let current request be a new image request whose image data is that of the entry and whose state is set to the completely available state. 5. Update the presentation of the image appropriately. 6. Let the current request’s current pixel density be selected pixel density. 7. Queue a task to restart the animation if restart animation is set, change current request’s current URL to urlString, and then fire a simple event named load at the img element. 8. Abort the update the image data algorithm. 6. in parallel await a stable state, allowing the task that invoked this algorithm to continue. The synchronous section consists of all the remaining steps of this algorithm until the algorithm says the synchronous section has ended. (Steps in synchronous sections are marked with ⌛.) 7. ⌛ If another instance of this algorithm for this img element was started after this instance (even if it aborted and is no longer running), then abort these steps. Only the last instance takes effect, to avoid multiple requests when, for example, the src, srcset, and crossorigin attributes are all set in succession. 8. ⌛ Let selected source and selected pixel density be the URL and pixel density that results from selecting an image source, respectively. 9. ⌛ If selected source is null, run these substeps: 1. ⌛ Set the current request to the broken state, abort the image request for the current request and the pending request, and let pending request be null. 2. ⌛ Queue a task to change the current request’s current URL to the empty string, and then, if the element has a src attribute or it uses srcset or picture, fire a simple event named error at the img element. 3. ⌛ Abort this algorithm. 10. ⌛ Queue a task to fire a progress event named loadstart at the img element. ⌛ Parse selected source, relative to the element’s node document, and let urlString be the resulting URL string. If that is not successful, run these substeps: 1. ⌛ Abort the image request for the current request and the pending request. 2. ⌛ Set the current request to the broken state. 3. ⌛ Let pending request be null. 4. ⌛ Queue a task to change the current request’s current URL to selected source, fire a simple event named error at the img element and then fire a simple event named loadend at the img element. 5. ⌛ Abort the update the image data algorithm. 11. ⌛ If the pending request is not null, and urlString is the same as the pending request’s current URL, then abort these steps. ⌛ If urlString is the same as the current request’s current URL, and current request is in the partially available state, then abort the image request for the pending request, queue a task to restart the animation if restart animation is set, and abort these steps. ⌛ If the pending request is not null, abort the image request for the pending request. ⌛ Let image request be a new image request whose current URL is urlString. ⌛ If current request is in the unavailable state or the broken state, let the current request be image request. Otherwise, let the pending request be image request. ⌛ Let request be the result of creating a potential-CORS request given urlString and the current state of the element’s crossorigin content attribute. ⌛ Set request’s client to the element’s node document’s Window object’s environment settings object and type to "image". ⌛ If the element uses srcset or picture, set request’s initiator to "imageset". ⌛ Set request’s referrer policy to the current state of the element’s referrerpolicy attribute. ⌛ Fetch request. Let this instance of the fetching algorithm be associated with image request. The resource obtained in this fashion, if any, is image request’s image data. It can be either CORS-same-origin or CORS-cross-origin; this affects the origin of the image itself (e.g., when used on a canvas). Fetching the image must delay the load event of the element’s node document until the task that is queued by the networking task source once the resource has been fetched (defined below) has been run. This, unfortunately, can be used to perform a rudimentary port scan of the user’s local network (especially in conjunction with scripting, though scripting isn’t actually necessary to carry out such an attack). User agents may implement cross-origin access control policies that are stricter than those described above to mitigate this attack, but unfortunately such policies are typically not compatible with existing Web content. If the resource is CORS-same-origin, each task that is queued by the networking task source while the image is being fetched, if image request is the current request, must fire a progress event named progress at the img element. 12. End the synchronous section, continuing the remaining steps in parallel, but without missing any data from fetching. 13. As soon as possible, jump to the first applicable entry from the following list: If the resource type is multipart/x-mixed-replace The next task that is queued by the networking task source while the image is being fetched must run the following steps: 1. If image request is the pending request and at least one body part has been completely decoded, abort the image request for the current request, upgrade the pending request to the current request. 2. Otherwise, if image request is the pending request and the user agent is able to determine that image request’s image is corrupted in some fatal way such that the image dimensions cannot be obtained, abort the image request for the current request, upgrade the pending request to the current request and set the current request’s state to broken. 3. Otherwise, if image request is the current request, it is in the unavailable state, and the user agent is able to determine image request’s image’s width and height, set the current request’s state to partially available. 4. Otherwise, if image request is the current request, it is in the unavailable state, and the user agent is able to determine that image request’s image is corrupted in some fatal way such that the image dimensions cannot be obtained, set the current request’s state to broken. Each task that is queued by the networking task source while the image is being fetched must update the presentation of the image, but as each new body part comes in, it must replace the previous image. Once one body part has been completely decoded, the user agent must set the img element to the completely available state and queue a task to fire a simple event named load at the img element. The progress and loadend events are not fired for multipart/x-mixed-replace image streams. If the resource type and data corresponds to a supported image format, as described below The next task that is queued by the networking task source while the image is being fetched must run the following steps: 1. If the user agent is able to determine image request’s image’s width and height, and image request is pending request, set image request’s state to partially available. 2. Otherwise, if the user agent is able to determine image request’s image’s width and height, and image request is current request, update the img element’s presentation appropriately and set image request’s state to partially available. 3. Otherwise, if the user agent is able to determine that image request’s image is corrupted in some fatal way such that the image dimensions cannot be obtained, and image request is pending request, abort the image request for the current request and the pending request, upgrade the pending request to the current request, set current request to the broken state, fire a simple event named error at the img element, fire a simple event named loadend at the img element, and abort these steps. 4. Otherwise, if the user agent is able to determine that image request’s image is corrupted in some fatal way such that the image dimensions cannot be obtained, and image request is current request, abort the image request for image request, fire a simple event named error at the img element, fire a simple event named loadend at the img element, and abort these steps. That task, and each subsequent task, that is queued by the networking task source while the image is being fetched, if image request is the current request, must update the presentation of the image appropriately (e.g., if the image is a progressive JPEG, each packet can improve the resolution of the image). Furthermore, the last task that is queued by the networking task source once the resource has been fetched must additionally run these steps: 1. If image request is the pending request, abort the image request for the current request, upgrade the pending request to the current request and update the img element’s presentation appropriately. 2. Set image request to the completely available state. 3. Add the image to the list of available images using the key key, with the ignore higher-layer caching flag set. 4. Fire a progress event or simple event named load at the img element, depending on the resource in image request. 5. Fire a progress event or simple event named loadend at the img element, depending on the resource in image request. Otherwise The image data is not in a supported file format; the user agent must set image request to the broken state, abort the image request for the current request and the pending request, upgrade the pending request to the current request if image request is the pending request, and then queue a task to first fire a simple event named error at the img element and then fire a simple event named loadend at the img element. To abort the image request for an image request image request means to run the following steps: 1. Forget image request’s image data, if any. 2. Abort any instance of the fetching algorithm for image request, discarding any pending tasks generated by that algorithm. To upgrade the pending request to the current request for an img element means to run the following steps: 1. Let the img element’s current request be the pending request. 2. Let the img element’s pending request be null. To fire a progress event or simple event named type at an element e, depending on resource r, means to fire a progress event named type at e if r is CORS-same-origin, and otherwise fire a simple event named type at e. While a user agent is running the above algorithm for an element x, there must be a strong reference from the element’s node document to the element x, even if that element is not in its Document. An img element is said to use srcset or picture if it has a srcset attribute specified or if it has a parent that is a picture element. When an img element is in the completely available state and the user agent can decode the media data without errors, then the img element is said to be fully decodable. Whether the image is fetched successfully or not (e.g., whether the response status was an ok status) must be ignored when determining the image’s type and whether it is a valid image. This allows servers to return images with error responses, and have them displayed. The user agent should apply the image sniffing rules to determine the type of the image, with the image’s associated Content-Type headers giving the official type. If these rules are not applied, then the type of the image must be the type given by the image’s associated Content-Type headers. User agents must not support non-image resources with the img element (e.g., XML files whose document element is an HTML element). User agents must not run executable code (e.g., scripts) embedded in the image resource. User agents must only display the first page of a multipage resource (e.g., a PDF file). User agents must not allow the resource to act in an interactive fashion, but should honor any animation in the resource. This specification does not specify which image types are to be supported. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- An img element is associated with a source set. A source set is an ordered set of zero or more image sources and a source size. An image source is a URL, and optionally either a density descriptor, or a width descriptor. A source size is a . When a source size has a unit relative to the viewport, it must be interpreted relative to the img element’s document’s viewport. Other units must be interpreted the same as in Media Queries. [MEDIAQ] When asked to select an image source for a given img element el, user agents must do the following: 1. Update the source set for el. 2. If el’s source set is empty, return null as the URL and undefined as the pixel density and abort these steps. 3. Otherwise, take el’s source set and let it be source set. 4. If an entry b in source set has the same associated density descriptor as an earlier entry a in source set, then remove entry b. Repeat this step until none of the entries in source set have the same associated density descriptor as an earlier entry. 5. In a user agent-specific manner, choose one image source from source set. Let this be selected source. 6. Return selected source and its associated pixel density. When asked to update the source set for a given img element el, user agents must do the following: 1. Set el’s source set to an empty source set. 2. If el has a parent node and that is a picture element, let elements be an array containing el’s parent node’s child elements, retaining relative order. Otherwise, let elements be array containing only el. 3. If el has a width attribute, and parsing that attribute’s value using the rules for parsing dimension values doesn’t generate an error or a percentage value, then let width be the returned integer value. Otherwise, let width be null. 4. Iterate through elements, doing the following for each item child: 1. If child is el: 1. If child has a srcset attribute, parse child’s srcset attribute and let the returned source set be source set. Otherwise, let source set be an empty source set. 2. Parse child’s sizes attribute with the fallback width width, and let source set’s source size be the returned value. 3. If child has a src attribute whose value is not the empty string and source set does not contain an image source with a density descriptor value of 1, and no image source with a width descriptor, append child’s src attribute value to source set. 4. Normalize the source densities of source set. 5. Let el’s source set be source set. 6. Abort this algorithm. 2. If child is not a source element, continue to the next child. Otherwise, child is a source element. 3. If child does not have a srcset attribute, continue to the next child. 4. Parse child’s srcset attribute and let the returned source set be source set. 5. If source set has zero image sources, continue to the next child. 6. If child has a media attribute, and its value does not match the environment, continue to the next child. 7. Parse child’s sizes attribute with the fallback width width, and let source set’s source size be the returned value. 8. If child has a type attribute, and its value is an unknown or unsupported MIME type, continue to the next child. 9. Normalize the source densities of source set. 10. Let el’s source set be source set. 11. Abort this algorithm. Each img element independently considers its previous sibling source elements plus the img element itself for selecting an image source, ignoring any other (invalid) elements, including other img elements in the same picture element, or source elements that are following siblings of the relevant img element. When asked to parse a srcset attribute from an element, parse the value of the element’s srcset attribute as follows: 1. Let input be the value passed to this algorithm. 2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string. 3. Let candidates be an initially empty source set. 4. Splitting loop: Collect a sequence of characters that are space characters or U+002C COMMA characters. If any U+002C COMMA characters were collected, that is a parse error. 5. If position is past the end of input, return candidates and abort these steps. 6. Collect a sequence of characters that are not space characters, and let that be url. 7. Let descriptors be a new empty list. 8. If url ends with a U+002C COMMA character (,), follow these substeps: 1. Remove all trailing U+002C COMMA characters from url. If this removed more than one character, that is a parse error. Otherwise, follow these substeps: 1. Descriptor tokenizer: Skip white space 2. Let current descriptor be the empty string. 3. Let state be in descriptor. 4. Let c be the character at position. Do the following depending on the value of state. For the purpose of this step, "EOF" is a special character representing that position is past the end of input. In descriptor Do the following, depending on the value of c: Space character If current descriptor is not empty, append current descriptor to descriptors and let current descriptor be the empty string. Set state to after descriptor. U+002C COMMA (,) Advance position to the next character in input. If current descriptor is not empty, append current descriptor to descriptors. Jump to the step labeled descriptor parser. U+0028 LEFT PARENTHESIS (() Append c to current descriptor. Set state to in parens. EOF If current descriptor is not empty, append current descriptor to descriptors. Jump to the step labeled descriptor parser. Anything else Append c to current descriptor. In parens Do the following, depending on the value of c: U+0029 RIGHT PARENTHESIS ()) Append c to current descriptor. Set state to in descriptor. EOF Append current descriptor to descriptors. Jump to the step labeled descriptor parser. Anything else Append c to current descriptor. After descriptor Do the following, depending on the value of c: Space character Stay in this state. EOF Jump to the step labeled descriptor parser. Anything else Set state to in descriptor. Set position to the previous character in input. Advance position to the next character in input. Repeat this substep. In order to be compatible with future additions, this algorithm supports multiple descriptors and descriptors with parens. 9. Descriptor parser: Let error be no. 10. Let width be absent. 11. Let density be absent. 12. Let future-compat-h be absent. 13. For each descriptor in descriptors, run the appropriate set of steps from the following list: If the descriptor consists of a valid non-negative integer followed by a U+0077 LATIN SMALL LETTER W character 1. If the user agent does not support the sizes attribute, let error be yes. A conforming user agent will support the sizes attribute. However, user agents typically implement and ship features in an incremental manner in practice. 2. If width and density are not both absent, then let error be yes. 3. Apply the rules for parsing non-negative integers to the descriptor. If the result is zero, let error be yes. Otherwise, let width be the result. If the descriptor consists of a valid floating-point number followed by a U+0078 LATIN SMALL LETTER X character 1. If width, density and future-compat-h are not all absent, then let error be yes. 2. Apply the rules for parsing floating-point number values to the descriptor. If the result is less than zero, let error be yes. Otherwise, let density be the result. If density is zero, the intrinsic dimensions will be infinite. User agents are expected to have limits in how big images can be rendered, which is allowed by the hardware limitations clause. If the descriptor consists of a valid non-negative integer followed by a U+0068 LATIN SMALL LETTER H character This is a parse error. 1. If future-compat-h and density are not both absent, then let error be yes. 2. Apply the rules for parsing non-negative integers to the descriptor. If the result is zero, let error be yes. Otherwise, let future-compat-h be the result. Anything else Let error be yes. 14. If future-compat-h is not absent and width is absent, let error be yes. 15. If error is still no, then append a new image source to candidates whose URL is url, associated with a width width if not absent and a pixel density density if not absent. Otherwise, there is a parse error. 16. Return to the step labeled splitting loop. When asked to parse a sizes attribute from an element, parse a comma-separated list of component values from the value of the element’s sizes attribute (or the empty string, if the attribute is absent), and let unparsed sizes list be the result. [CSS-SYNTAX-3] For each unparsed size in unparsed sizes list: 1. Remove all consecutive s from the end of unparsed size. If unparsed size is now empty, that is a parse error; continue to the next iteration of this algorithm. 2. If the last component value in unparsed size is a valid non-negative , let size be its value and remove the component value from unparsed size. Any CSS function other than the calc() function is invalid. Otherwise, there is a parse error; continue to the next iteration of this algorithm. 3. Remove all consecutive s from the end of unparsed size. If unparsed size is now empty, return size and exit this algorithm. If this was not the last item in unparsed sizes list, that is a parse error. 4. Parse the remaining component values in unparsed size as a . If it does not parse correctly, or it does parse correctly but the evaluates to false, continue to the next iteration of this algorithm. [MEDIAQ] 5. Return size and exit this algorithm. If the above algorithm exhausts unparsed sizes list without returning a size value, follow these steps: 1. If width is not null, return a with the value width and the unit px. 2. Return 100vw. A parse error for the algorithms above indicates a non-fatal mismatch between input and requirements. User agents are encouraged to expose parse errors somehow. While a valid source size list only contains a bare (without an accompanying ) as the last entry in the , the parsing algorithm technically allows such at any point in the list, and will accept it immediately as the size if the preceding entries in the list weren’t used. This is to enable future extensions, and protect against simple author errors such as a final trailing comma. An image source can have a density descriptor, a width descriptor, or no descriptor at all accompanying its URL. Normalizing a source set gives every image source a density descriptor. When asked to normalize the source densities of a source set source set, the user agent must do the following: 1. Let source size be source set’s source size. 2. For each image source in source set: 1. If the image source has a density descriptor, continue to the next image source. 2. Otherwise, if the image source has a width descriptor, replace the width descriptor with a density descriptor with a value of the width descriptor divided by the source size and a unit of x. If the source size is zero, the density would be infinity, which results in the intrinsic dimensions being zero by zero. 3. Otherwise, give the image source a density descriptor of 1x. The user agent may at any time run the following algorithm to update an img element’s image in order to react to changes in the environment. (User agents are not required to ever run this algorithm; for example, if the user is not looking at the page any more, the user agent might want to wait until the user has returned to the page before determining which image to use, in case the environment changes again in the meantime.) User agents are encouraged to run this algorithm in particular when the user changes the viewport’s size (e.g., by resizing the window or changing the page zoom), and when an img element is inserted into a document, so that the density-corrected intrinsic width and height match the new viewport, and so that the correct image is chosen when art direction is involved. 1. in parallel await a stable state. The synchronous section consists of all the remaining steps of this algorithm until the algorithm says the synchronous section has ended. (Steps in synchronous sections are marked with ⌛.) 2. ⌛ If the img element does not use srcset or picture, its node document is not the active document, has image data whose resource type is multipart/x-mixed-replace, or the pending request is not null, then abort this algorithm. 3. ⌛ Let selected source and selected pixel density be the URL and pixel density that results from selecting an image source, respectively. 4. ⌛ If selected source is null, then abort these steps. 5. ⌛ If selected source and selected pixel density are the same as the element’s last selected source and current pixel density, then abort these steps. 6. ⌛ Parse selected source, relative to the element’s node document, and let urlString be the resulting URL string. If that is not successful, abort these steps. 7. ⌛ Let corsAttributeState be the state of the element’s crossorigin content attribute. 8. ⌛ Let origin be the origin of the img element’s node document. 9. ⌛ Let client be the img element’s node document’s Window object’s environment settings object. 10. ⌛ Let key be a tuple consisting of urlString, corsAttributeState, and, if corsAttributeState is not No CORS, origin. 11. ⌛ Let image request be a new image request whose current URL is urlString 12. ⌛ Let the element’s pending request be image request. 13. End the synchronous section, continuing the remaining steps in parallel. 14. If the list of available images contains an entry for key, then set image request’s image data to that of the entry. Continue to the next step. Otherwise, run these substeps: 1. Let request be the result of creating a potential-CORS request given urlString and corsAttributeState. 2. Set request’s client to client, type to "image", and set request’s synchronous flag. 3. Set request’s referrer policy to the current state of the element’s referrerpolicy attribute. 4. Let response be the result of fetching request. 5. If response’s unsafe response is a network error or if the image format is unsupported (as determined by applying the image sniffing rules, again as mentioned earlier), or if the user agent is able to determine that image request’s image is corrupted in some fatal way such that the image dimensions cannot be obtained, or if the resource type is multipart/x-mixed-replace, then let pending request be null and abort these steps. 6. Otherwise, response’s unsafe response is image request’s image data. It can be either CORS-same-origin or CORS-cross-origin; this affects the origin of the image itself (e.g., when used on a canvas). 15. Queue a task to run the following substeps: 1. If the img element has experienced relevant mutations since this algorithm started, then let pending request be null and abort these steps. 2. Let the img element’s last selected source be selected source and the img element’s current pixel density be selected pixel density. 3. Set image request to the completely available state. 4. Add the image to the list of available images using the key key, with the ignore higher-layer caching flag set. 5. Upgrade the pending request to the current request. 6. Update the img element’s presentation appropriately. 7. Fire a simple event named load at the img element. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The task source for the tasks queued by algorithms in this section is the DOM manipulation task source. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- What an img element represents depends on the src attribute and the alt attribute. If the src attribute is set and the alt attribute is set to the empty string The image is either decorative or supplemental to the rest of the content, redundant with some other information in the document. If the image is available and the user agent is configured to display that image, then the element represents the element’s image data. Otherwise, the element represents nothing, and may be omitted completely from the rendering. User agents may provide the user with a notification that an image is present but has been omitted from the rendering. If the src attribute is set and the alt attribute is set to a value that isn’t empty The image is a key part of the content; the alt attribute gives a textual equivalent or replacement for the image. If the image is available and the user agent is configured to display that image, then the element represents the element’s image data. Otherwise, the element represents the text given by the alt attribute. User agents may provide the user with a notification that an image is present but has been omitted from the rendering. If the src attribute is set and the alt attribute is not There is no textual equivalent of the image available. If the image is available and the user agent is configured to display that image, then the element represents the element’s image data. Otherwise, the user agent should display some sort of indicator that there is an image that is not being rendered, and may, if requested by the user, or if so configured, or when required to provide contextual information in response to navigation, provide caption information for the image, derived as follows: 1. If the image is a descendant of a figure element that has a child figcaption element, and, ignoring the figcaption element and its descendants, the figure element has no Text node descendants other than inter-element white space, and no embedded content descendant other than the img element, then the contents of the first such figcaption element are the caption information; abort these steps. 2. There is no caption information. If the src attribute is not set and either the alt attribute is set to the empty string or the alt attribute is not set at all The element represents nothing. Otherwise The element represents the text given by the alt attribute. The alt attribute does not represent advisory information. User agents must not present the contents of the alt attribute in the same way as content of the title attribute. User agents may always provide the user with the option to display any image, or to prevent any image from being displayed. User agents may also apply heuristics to help the user make use of the image when the user is unable to see it, e.g., due to a visual disability or because they are using a text terminal with no graphics capabilities. Such heuristics could include, for instance, optical character recognition (OCR) of text found within the image. In the case where an img without an alt attribute is the child of a figure element with a non-empty figcaption element, the image’s presence should be minimally conveyed to a user by Assistive Technology, typically by identifying the image role. While user agents are encouraged to repair cases of missing alt attributes, authors must not rely on such behavior. Requirements for providing text to act as an alternative for images are described in detail below. The contents of img elements, if any, are ignored for the purposes of rendering. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The usemap attribute, if present, can indicate that the image has an associated image map. The ismap attribute, when used on an element that is a descendant of an a element with an href attribute, indicates by its presence that the element provides access to a server-side image map. This affects how events are handled on the corresponding a element. The ismap attribute is a boolean attribute. The attribute must not be specified on an element that does not have an ancestor a element with an href attribute. The usemap and ismap attributes can result in confusing behavior when used together with source elements with the media attribute specified in a picture element. The img element supports dimension attributes. The alt, src, srcset and sizes IDL attributes must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. The crossOrigin IDL attribute must reflect the crossorigin content attribute. The useMap IDL attribute must reflect the usemap content attribute. The isMap IDL attribute must reflect the ismap content attribute. The referrerPolicy IDL attribute must reflect the referrerpolicy content attribute, limited to only known values. The longDesc IDL attribute is defined in [html-longdesc]. The IDL attribute must reflect the longdesc content attribute. image . width [ = value ] image . height [ = value ] These attributes return the actual rendered dimensions of the image, or zero if the dimensions are not known. They can be set, to change the corresponding content attributes. image . naturalWidth image . naturalHeight These attributes return the intrinsic dimensions of the image, or zero if the dimensions are not known. image . complete Returns true if the image has been completely downloaded or if no image is specified; otherwise, returns false. image . currentSrc Returns the image’s absolute URL. image = new Image( [ width [, height ] ] ) Returns a new img element, with the width and height attributes set to the values passed in the relevant arguments, if applicable. The IDL attributes width and height must return the rendered width and height of the image, in CSS pixels, if the image is being rendered, and is being rendered to a visual medium; or else the density-corrected intrinsic width and height of the image, in CSS pixels, if the image has intrinsic dimensions and is available but not being rendered to a visual medium; or else 0, if the image is not available or does not have intrinsic dimensions. [CSS-2015] On setting, they must act as if they reflected the respective content attributes of the same name. The IDL attributes naturalWidth and naturalHeight must return the density-corrected intrinsic width and height of the image, in CSS pixels, if the image has intrinsic dimensions and is available, or else 0. [CSS-2015] The IDL attribute complete must return true if any of the following conditions is true: * Both the src attribute and the srcset attribute are omitted. * The srcset attribute is omitted and the src attribute’s value is the empty string. * The final task that is queued by the networking task source once the resource has been fetched has been queued. * The img element is completely available. * The img element is broken. Otherwise, the attribute must return false. The value of complete can thus change while a script is executing. The currentSrc IDL attribute must return the img element’s current request’s current URL. A constructor is provided for creating HTMLImageElement objects (in addition to the factory methods from DOM such as createElement()): Image(width, height). When invoked as a constructor, this must return a new HTMLImageElement object (a new img element). If the width argument is present, the new object’s width content attribute must be set to width. If the height argument is also present, the new object’s height content attribute must be set to height. The element’s node document must be the active document of the browsing context of the Window object on which the interface object of the invoked constructor is found. 4.7.5.1. Requirements for providing text to act as an alternative for images Text alternatives, [WCAG20] are a primary way of making visual information accessible, because they can be rendered through many sensory modalities (for example, visual, auditory or tactile) to match the needs of the user. Providing text alternatives allows the information to be rendered in a variety of ways by a variety of user agents. For example, a person who cannot see a picture can hear the text alternative read aloud using synthesized speech. The alt attribute on images is a very important accessibility attribute. Authoring useful alt attribute content requires the author to carefully consider the context in which the image appears and the function that image may have in that context. The longdesc attribute on images is likely to be read far less often by users and is necessary for far fewer images. Nevertheless it provides an important way for users who cannot see an image or cannot see it clearly, and user agents that cannot automatically process images, to understand what it shows. The longdesc attribute’s use cases are more fully described in [html-longdesc] The guidance included here addresses the most common ways authors use images. Additional guidance and techniques are available in Resources on Alternative Text for Images. 4.7.5.1.1. Examples of scenarios where users benefit from text alternatives for images * They have a very slow connection and are browsing with images disabled. * They have a vision impairment and use text to speech software. * They have a cognitive impairment and use text to speech software. * They are using a text-only browser. * They are listening to the page being read out by a voice Web browser. * They have images disabled to save on download costs. * They have problems loading images or the source of an image is wrong. 4.7.5.1.2. General guidelines Except where otherwise specified, the alt attribute must be specified and its value must not be empty; the value must be an appropriate functional replacement for the image. The specific requirements for the alt attribute content depend on the image’s function in the page, as described in the following sections. To determine an appropriate text alternative it is important to think about why an image is being included in a page. What is its purpose? Thinking like this will help you to understand what is important about the image for the intended audience. Every image has a reason for being on a page, because it provides useful information, performs a function, labels an interactive element, enhances aesthetics or is purely decorative. Therefore, knowing what the image is for, makes writing an appropriate text alternative easier. 4.7.5.1.3. A link or button containing nothing but an image When an a element that is a hyperlink, or a button element, has no text content but contains one or more images, include text in the alt attribute(s) that together convey the purpose of the link or button. In this example, a portion of an editor interface is displayed. Each button has an icon representing an action a user can take on content they are editing. For users who cannot view the images, the action names are included within the alt attributes of the images: 5 buttons: bold, italic, strike through, bulleted list and numbered list.

    In this example, a link contains a logo. The link points to the W3C web site from an external site. The text alternative is a brief description of the link target. W3C logo used as link content. W3C web site This example is the same as the previous example, except that the link is on the W3C web site. The text alternative is a brief description of the link target. W3C logo used as link content. W3C home Depending on the context in which an image of a logo is used it could be appropriate to provide an indication, as part of the text alternative, that the image is a logo. Refer to section §4.7.5.1.19 Logos, insignia, flags, or emblems. In this example, a link contains a print preview icon. The link points to a version of the page with a print stylesheet applied. The text alternative is a brief description of the link target. Print preview icon used as link content. Print preview. In this example, a button contains a search icon. The button submits a search form. The text alternative is a brief description of what the button does. Search icon used as button content. In this example, a company logo for the PIP Corporation has been split into the following two images, the first containing the word PIP and the second with the abbreviated word CO. The images are the sole content of a link to the PIPCO home page. In this case a brief description of the link target is provided. As the images are presented to the user as a single entity the text alternative PIP CO home is in the alt attribute of the first image. Image containing the text 'PIP'.Image containing the text 'CO'. PIP CO home 4.7.5.1.4. Graphical Representations: Charts, diagrams, graphs, maps, illustrations Users can benefit when content is presented in graphical form, for example as a flowchart, a diagram, a graph, or a map showing directions. Users who are unable to view the image also benefit when content presented in a graphical form is provided in a text-based format. Software agents that process text content, but cannot automatically process images (e.g. translation services, many search engines), also benefit from a text-based description. In the following example we have an image of a pie chart, with text in the alt attribute representing the data shown in the pie chart: Browser Share: Internet Explorer 25%, Firefox 40%, Chrome 25%, Safari 6% and Opera 4%. Pie chart: Browser Share - Internet Explorer 25%, Firefox 40%, Chrome 25%, Safari 6% and Opera 4%. In the case where an image repeats the previous paragraph in graphical form. The alt attribute content labels the image and the longdesc attribute identifies it as a description.

    According to a recent study Firefox has a 40% browser share, Internet Explorer has 25%, Chrome has 25%, Safari has 6% and Opera has 4%.

    The browser shares as a pie chart.

    It can be seen that when the image is not available, for example because the src attribute value is incorrect, the text alternative provides the user with a brief description of the image content: Representation of the code snippet above. In cases where the text alternative is lengthy, more than a sentence or two, or would benefit from the use of structured markup, provide a brief description or label using the alt attribute, and an associated text alternative. Here’s an example of a flowchart image, with a short text alternative included in the alt attribute, in this case the text alternative is a description of the link target as the image is the sole content of a link. The link points to a description, within the same document, of the process represented in the flowchart. Flowchart: Dealing with a broken lamp. Flowchart: Dealing with a broken lamp. ... ...

    Dealing with a broken lamp

    1. Check if it’s plugged in, if not, plug it in.
    2. If it still doesn’t work; check if the bulb is burned out. If it is, replace the bulb.
    3. If it still doesn’t work; buy a new lamp.
    In this example, there is an image of a chart. It would be inappropriate to provide the information depicted in the chart as a plain text alternative in an alt attribute as the information is a data set. Instead a structured text alternative is provided below the image in the form of a data table using the data that is represented in the chart image. Bar Chart: average rainfall by Country and Season. Full description in Table below. Indications of the highest and lowest rainfall for each season have been included in the table, so trends easily identified in the chart are also available in the data table. Average rainfall in millimetres by country and season. +------------------------------------------------+ | | United Kingdom | Japan | Australia | |--------+----------------+-------+--------------| | Spring | 5.3 (highest) | 2.4 | 2 (lowest) | |--------+----------------+-------+--------------| | Summer | 4.5 (highest) | 3.4 | 2 (lowest) | |--------+----------------+-------+--------------| | Autumn | 3.5 (highest) | 1.8 | 1.5 (lowest) | |--------+----------------+-------+--------------| | Winter | 1.5 (highest) | 1.2 | 1 (lowest) | +------------------------------------------------+
    Rainfall Data
    Bar chart: average rainfall by Country and Season.
 Full description in Table below.
    Rainfall in millimetres by Country and Season.
    UK JapanAustralia
    Spring 5.5 (highest)2.4 2 (lowest)
    Summer 4.5 (highest)3.42 (lowest)
    Autumn 3.5 (highest) 1.8 1.5 (lowest)
    Winter 1.5 (highest) 1.2 1 lowest
    The figure element is used to group the Bar Chart image and data table. The figcaption element provides a caption for the grouped content. For any of the examples in this section the details and summary elements could be used so that the text descriptions for the images are only displayed on demand: Details element in the closed state. Details element in the open state with list content displayed.
    Flowchart: Dealing with a broken lamp.
    Dealing with a broken lamp
    1. Check if it’s plugged in, if not, plug it in.
    2. If it still doesn’t work; check if the bulb is burned out. If it is, replace the bulb.
    3. If it still doesn’t work; buy a new lamp.
    The details and summary elements are not currently well supported by browsers, until such times they are supported, if used, you will need to use scripting to provide the functionality. There are a number of scripted Polyfills and scripted custom controls available, in popular JavaScript UI widget libraries, which provide similar functionality. 4.7.5.1.5. Images of text Sometimes, an image only contains text, and the purpose of the image is to display text using visual effects and /or fonts. It is strongly recommended that text styled using CSS be used, but if this is not possible, provide the same text in the alt attribute as is in the image. This example shows an image of the text "Get Happy!" written in a fancy multi colored freehand style. The image makes up the content of a heading. In this case the text alternative for the image is "Get Happy!". Get Happy!

    Get Happy!

    In this example we have an advertising image consisting of text, the phrase "The BIG sale" is repeated 3 times, each time the text gets smaller and fainter, the last line reads "...ends Friday" In the context of use, as an advertisement, it is recommended that the image’s text alternative only include the text "The BIG sale" once as the repetition is for visual effect and the repetition of the text for users who cannot view the image is unnecessary and could be confusing. The big sale ...ends Friday.

    The BIG sale ...ends Friday.

    In situations where there is also a photo or other graphic along with the image of text, ensure that the words in the image text are included in the text alternative, along with any other description of the image that conveys meaning to users who can view the image, so the information is also available to users who cannot view the image. When an image is used to represent a character that cannot otherwise be represented in Unicode, for example gaiji, itaiji, or new characters such as novel currency symbols, the alternative text should be a more conventional way of writing the same thing, e.g., using the phonetic hiragana or katakana to give the character’s pronunciation. In this example from 1997, a new-fangled currency symbol that looks like a curly E with two bars in the middle instead of one is represented using an image. The alternative text gives the character’s pronunciation. Only euro5.99!

    Only euro 5.99! An image should not be used if Unicode characters would serve an identical purpose. Only when the text cannot be directly represented using Unicode, e.g., because of decorations or because the character is not in the Unicode character set (as in the case of gaiji), would an image be appropriate. If an author is tempted to use an image because their default system font does not support a given character, then Web Fonts are a better solution than images. An illuminated manuscript might use graphics for some of its letters. The text alternative in such a situation is just the character that the image represents. Once upon a time and a long long time ago...

    Once upon a time and a long long time ago... Where the design of the illuminated letter is important, the primary text alternative in is the character that the image represents, and longdesc can provide a link to a more detailed description: Once upon a time and a long long time ago...

    Once upon a time and a long long time ago... 4.7.5.1.6. Images that include text Sometimes, an image consists of a graphics such as a chart and associated text. In this case it is recommended that the text in the image is included in the text alternative. Consider an image containing a pie chart and associated text. It is recommended wherever possible to provide any associated text as text, not an image of text. If this is not possible include the text in the text alternative along with the pertinent information conveyed in the image. Figure 1. Distribution of Articles by Journal Category. Pie chart: Language=68%, Education=14% and Science=18%.

    Figure 1. Distribution of Articles by Journal Category.
 Pie chart: Language=68%, Education=14% and Science=18%.

    Here’s another example of the same pie chart image, showing a short text alternative included in the alt attribute and a longer text alternative in text. The figure and figcaption elements are used to associate the longer text alternative with the image. The alt attribute is used to label the image.
    Figure 1
    Figure 1. Distribution of Articles by Journal Category. Pie chart: Language=68%, Education=14% and Science=18%.
    The advantage of this method over the previous example is that the text alternative is available to all users at all times. It also allows structured mark up to be used in the text alternative, where as a text alternative provided using the alt attribute does not. 4.7.5.1.7. Images that enhance the themes or subject matter of the page content An image that isn’t discussed directly by the surrounding text but still has some relevance can be included in a page using the img element. Such images are more than mere decoration, they may augment the themes or subject matter of the page content and so still form part of the content. In these cases, it is recommeneded that a text alternative be provided. Here is an example of an image closely related to the subject matter of the page content but not directly discussed. An image of a painting inspired by a poem, on a page reciting that poem. The following snippet shows an example. The image is a painting titled the "Lady of Shallot", it is inspired by the poem and its subject matter is derived from the poem. Therefore it is strongly recommended that a text alternative is provided. There is a short description of the content of the image in the alt attribute and a link below the image to a longer description located at the bottom of the document. At the end of the longer description there is also a link to further information about the painting. A painting inspired by Alfred Tennyson’s poem The Lady of Shalott

    The Lady of Shalott

    A poem by Alfred Lord Tennyson

    Painting - a young woman with long hair, sitting in a wooden boat. Full description below.

    Description of the painting.

    ... ... ...

    The woman in the painting is wearing a flowing white dress. A large piece of intricately patterned fabric is draped over the side. In her right hand she holds the chain mooring the boat. Her expression is mournful. She stares at a crucifix lying in front of her. Beside it are three candles. Two have blown out. Further information about the painting.

    This example illustrates the provision of a text alternative identifying an image as a photo of the main subject of a page. Portrait photo(black and white) of Robin, accompanied by a heading 'Robin Berjon' and a question 'what more needs to be said?' Portrait photo(black and white) of Robin.

    Robin Berjon

    What more needs to be said?

    It is not always easy to write a useful text alternative for an image, another option is to provide a link to a description or further information about the image when one is available. In this example of the same image, there is a short text alternative included in the alt attribute, and there is a link after the image. The link points to a page containing information about the painting. The Lady of Shalott A poem by Alfred Lord Tennyson. Painting of a woman in a white flowing dress, sitting in a small boat. About this painting Full recitation of Alfred, Lord Tennyson’s poem.

    The Lady of Shalott

    A poem by Alfred Lord Tennyson

    Painting: a woman in a white flowing dress, sitting in a small boat.

    About this painting: The Lady of Shalott.

    4.7.5.1.8. A graphical representation of some of the surrounding text In many cases, the image is actually just supplementary, and its presence merely reinforces the surrounding text. In these cases, the alt attribute must be present but its value must be the empty string. In general, an image falls into this category if removing the image doesn’t make the page any less useful, but including the image makes it a lot easier for users of visual browsers to understand the concept. This example includes a screenshot of part of a text editor with the file described in the instruction, displayed: In the text file, add SleepMode=1 under [options], then save and close.

    In the text file, add SleepMode=1 under [options], then save and close.

    4.7.5.1.9. A purely decorative image that doesn’t add any information Purely decorative images are visual enhancements, decorations or embellishments that provide no function or information beyond aesthetics to users who can view the images. Mark up purely decorative images so they can be ignored by assistive technology by using an empty alt attribute (alt=""). While it is not unacceptable to include decorative images inline, it is recommended if they are purely decorative to include the image using CSS. Here’s an example of an image being used as a decorative banner for a person’s blog, the image offers no information and so an empty alt attribute is used. Clara’s Blog Welcome to my blog...

    Clara’s Blog

    Welcome to my blog...

    4.7.5.1.10. Inline images When images are used inline as part of the flow of text in a sentence, provide a word or phrase as a text alternative which makes sense in the context of the sentence it is apart of. I love you. I love you. My heart breaks. My heart breaks. 4.7.5.1.11. A group of images that form a single larger picture with no links When a picture has been sliced into smaller image files that are then displayed together to form the complete picture again, include a text alternative for one of the images using the alt attribute as per the relevant relevant guidance for the picture as a whole, and then include an empty alt attribute on the other images. In this example, a picture representing a company logo for the PIP Corporation has been split into two pieces, the first containing the letters "PIP" and the second with the word "CO". The text alternatve PIP CO is in the alt attribute of the first image. Image containing the text 'PIP'.Image containing the text 'CO'. PIP CO In the following example, a rating is shown as three filled stars and two empty stars. While the text alternative could have been "★★★☆☆", the author has instead decided to more helpfully give the rating in the form "3 out of 5". That is the text alternative of the first image, and the rest have empty alt attributes. 3 out of 5.

    Rating: 3 out of 5

    4.7.5.1.12. Image maps If an img element has a usemap attribute which references a map element containing area elements that have href attributes, the img is considered to be interactive content. In such cases, always provide a text alternative for the image using the alt attribute. Consider the following image which is a map of Katoomba, it has 2 interactive regions corresponding to the areas of North and South Katoomba: Map of Katoomba. The text alternative is a brief description of the image. The alt attribute on each of the area elements provides text describing the content of the target page of each linked region:

    View houses for sale in North Katoomba or South Katoomba:

    Map of Katoomba Houses in North Katoomba Houses in South Katoomba 4.7.5.1.13. A group of images that form a single larger picture with links Sometimes, when you create a composite picture from multiple images, you may wish to link one or more of the images. Provide an alt attribute for each linked image to describe the purpose of the link. In the following example, a composite picture is used to represent a "crocoduck"; a fictional creature which defies evolutionary principles by being part crocodile and part duck. You are asked to interact with the crocoduck, but you need to exercise caution... crocodile’s angry, chomping headduck’s soft, feathery body

    The crocoduck

    You encounter a strange creature called a "crocoduck". The creature seems angry! Perhaps some friendly stroking will help to calm it, but be careful not to stroke any crocodile parts. This would just enrage the beast further.

    Stroke crocodile’s angry, chomping head Stroke duck’s soft, feathery body 4.7.5.1.14. Images of Pictures Images of pictures or graphics include visual representations of objects, people, scenes, abstractions, etc. This non-text content, [WCAG20] can convey a significant amount of information visually or provide a specific sensory experience, [WCAG20] to a sighted person. Examples include photographs, paintings, drawings and artwork. An appropriate text alternative for a picture is a brief description, or name [WCAG20]. As in all text alternative authoring decisions, writing suitable text alternatives for pictures requires human judgment. The text value is subjective to the context where the image is used and the page author’s writing style. Therefore, there is no single "right" or "correct" piece of alt text for any particular image. In addition to providing a short text alternative that gives a brief description of the non-text content, also providing supplemental content through another means when appropriate may be useful. This first example shows an image uploaded to a photo-sharing site. The photo is of a cat, sitting in the bath. The image has a text alternative provided using the img element’s alt attribute. It also has a caption provided by including the img element in a figure element and using a figcaption element to identify the caption text. Lola the cat sitting under an umbrella in the bath tub. Lola prefers a bath to a shower.
    Lola the cat sitting under an umbrella in the bath tub.
    Lola prefers a bath to a shower.
    This example is of an image that defies a complete description, as the subject of the image is open to interpretation. The image has a text alternative in the alt attribute which gives users who cannot view the image a sense of what the image is. It also has a caption provided by including the img element in a figure element and using a figcaption element to identify the caption text. An abstract, freeform, vertically symmetrical, black inkblot on a light background. The first of the ten cards in the Rorschach test.
    An abstract, freeform, vertically symmetrical, black inkblot on a light background.
    The first of the ten cards in the Rorschach test.
    4.7.5.1.15. Webcam images Webcam images are static images that are automatically updated periodically. Typically the images are from a fixed viewpoint, the images may update on the page automatically as each new image is uploaded from the camera or the user may be required to refresh the page to view an updated image. Examples include traffic and weather cameras. This example is fairly typical; the title and a time stamp are included in the image, automatically generated by the webcam software. It would be better if the text information was not included in the image, but as it is part of the image, include it as part of the text alternative. A caption is also provided using the figure and figcaption elements. As the image is provided to give a visual indication of the current weather near a building, a link to a local weather forecast is provided, as with automatically generated and uploaded webcam images it may be impractical to provide such information as a text alternative. The text of the alt attribute includes a prose version of the timestamp, designed to make the text more understandable when announced by text to speech software. The text alternative also includes a description of some aspects of what can be seen in the image which are unchanging, although weather conditions and time of day change. Sopwith house weather cam. Taken on the 21/04/10 at 11:51 and 34 seconds. In the foreground are the safety rails on the flat part of the roof. Nearby ther are low rize industrial buildings, beyond those are block of flats. In the distance there’s a church steeple. View from the top of Sopwith house, looking towards North Kingston. This image is updated every hour. View the latest weather details for Kingston upon Thames.
    Sopwith house weather cam. Taken on the 21/04/10 at 11:51 and 34 seconds.
   In the foreground are the safety rails on the flat part of the roof. Nearby there are low rize industrial buildings,
   beyond are blocks of flats. In the distance there’s a church steeple.
    View from Sopwith house, looking towards north Kingston. This image is updated every hour.

    View the latest weather details for Kingston upon Thames.

    4.7.5.1.16. When a text alternative is not available at the time of publication In some cases an image is included in a published document, but the author is unable to provide an appropriate text alternative. In such cases the minimum requirement is to provide a caption for the image using the figure and figcaption elements under the following conditions: * The img element is in a figure element * The figure element contains a figcaption element * The figcaption element contains content other than inter-element white space * Ignoring the figcaption element and its descendants, the figure element has no Text node descendants other than inter-element white space, and no embedded content descendant other than the img element. In other words, the only content of the figure is an img element and a figcaption element, and the figcaption element must include (caption) content. Such cases are to be kept to an absolute minimum. If there is even the slightest possibility of the author having the ability to provide real alternative text, then it would not be acceptable to omit the alt attribute. In this example, a person uploads a photo, as part of a bulk upload of many images, to a photo sharing site. The user has not provided a text alternative or a caption for the image. The site’s authoring tool inserts a caption automatically using whatever useful information it has for the image. In this case it’s the file name and date the photo was taken. The caption text in the example below is not a suitable text alternative and is not conforming to the Web Accessibility Guidelines 2.0. [WCAG20] no text alternative provided clara.jpg, taken on 12/11/2010.
    clara.jpg, taken on 12/11/2010.
    Notice that even in this example, as much useful information as possible is still included in the figcaption element. In this second example, a person uploads a photo to a photo sharing site. She has provided a caption for the image but not a text alternative. This may be because the site does not provide users with the ability to add a text alternative in the alt attribute. no text alternative provided Eloisa with Princess Belle
    Eloisa with Princess Belle
    Sometimes the entire point of the image is that a textual description is not available, and the user is to provide the description. For example, software that displays images and asks for alternative text precisely for the purpose of then writing a page with correct alternative text. Such a page could have a table of images, like this:
    Image Description
    Image 640 by 100, filename 'banner.gif'
    Image 200 by 480, filename 'ad3.gif'
    Since some users cannot use images at all (e.g., because they are blind) the alt attribute is only allowed to be omitted when no text alternative is available and none can be made available, as in the above examples. 4.7.5.1.17. An image not intended for the user Generally authors should avoid using img elements for purposes other than showing images. If an img element is being used for purposes other than showing an image, e.g., as part of a service to count page views, use an empty alt attribute. An example of an img element used to collect web page statistics. The alt attribute is empty as the image has no meaning. It is recommended for the example use above the width and height attributes be set to zero. Another example use is when an image such as a spacer.gif is used to aid positioning of content. The alt attribute is empty as the image has no meaning. It is recommended that CSS be used to position content instead of img elements. 4.7.5.1.18. Icon Images An icon is usually a simple picture representing a program, action, data file or a concept. Icons are intended to help users of visual browsers to recognize features at a glance. Use an empty alt attribute when an icon is supplemental to text conveying the same meaning. In this example, we have a link pointing to a site’s home page, the link contains a house icon image and the text "home". The image has an empty alt text. A house icon next to the word 'home'. Home Where images are used in this way, it would also be appropriate to add the image using CSS. #home:before { content: url(home.png); } Home In this example, there is a warning message, with a warning icon. The word "Warning!" is in emphasized text next to the icon. As the information conveyed by the icon is redundant the img element is given an empty alt attribute. Warning! Warning! Your session is about to expire.

    Warning! Your session is about to expire

    When an icon conveys additional information not available in text, provide a text alternative. In this example, there is a warning message, with a warning icon. The icon emphasizes the importance of the message and identifies it as a particular type of content. Warning! Your session is about to expire.

    Warning! Your session is about to expire

    4.7.5.1.19. Logos, insignia, flags, or emblems Many pages include logos, insignia, flags, or emblems, which stand for a company, organization, project, band, software package, country, or other entity. What can be considered as an appropriate text alternative depends upon, like all images, the context in which the image is being used and what function it serves in the given context. If a logo is the sole content of a link, provide a brief description of the link target in the alt attribute. This example illustrates the use of the HTML5 logo as the sole content of a link to the HTML specification. HTML 5.1 Nightly specification HTML 5.1 specification If a logo is being used to represent the entity, e.g., as a page heading, provide the name of the entity being represented by the logo as the text alternative. This example illustrates the use of the WebPlatform.org logo being used to represent itself. WebPlatform.org and other developer resources

    WebPlatform.org and other developer resources

    The text alternative in the example above could also include the word "logo" to describe the type of image content. If so, it is suggested that square brackets be used to delineate this information: alt="[logo] WebPlatform.org". If a logo is being used next to the name of the what that it represents, then the logo is supplemental. Include an empty alt attribute as the text alternative is already provided. This example illustrates the use of a logo next to the name of the organization it represents. WebPlatform.org WebPlatform.org If the logo is used alongside text discussing the subject or entity the logo represents, then provide a text alternative which describes the logo. This example illustrates the use of a logo next to text discussing the subject the logo represents. HTML5 logo: Shaped like a shield with the text 'HTML' above and the numeral '5' prominent on the face of the shield. HTML is a language for structuring and presenting content for the World Wide Web, a core technology of the Internet. It is the latest revision of the HTML specification (originally created in 1990 and most recently standardized as HTML 4.01 in 1997) and currently remains under development. Its core aims have been to improve the language with support for the latest multimedia while keeping it easily readable by humans and consistently understood by computers and devices (web browsers, parsers etc.).

    HTML5 logo: Shaped like a shield with the
 text 'HTML' above and the numeral '5' prominent on the face of the shield.

    Information about HTML 4.7.5.1.20. CAPTCHA Images CAPTCHA stands for "Completely Automated Public Turing test to tell Computers and Humans Apart". CAPTCHA images are used for security purposes to confirm that content is being accessed by a person rather than a computer. This authentication is done through visual verification of an image. CAPTCHA typically presents an image with characters or words in it that the user is to re-type. The image is usually distorted and has some noise applied to it to make the characters difficult to read. To improve the accessibility of CAPTCHA provide text alternatives that identify and describe the purpose of the image, and provide alternative forms of the CAPTCHA using output modes for different types of sensory perception. For instance provide an audio alternative along with the visual image. Place the audio option right next to the visual one. This helps but is still problematic for people without sound cards, the deaf-blind, and some people with limited hearing. Another method is to include a form that asks a question along with the visual image. This helps but can be problematic for people with cognitive impairments. It is strongly recommended that alternatives to CAPTCHA be used, as all forms of CAPTCHA introduce unacceptable barriers to entry for users with disabilities. Further information is available in Inaccessibility of CAPTCHA. This example shows a CAPTCHA test which uses a distorted image of text. The text alternative in the alt attribute provides instructions for a user in the case where she cannot access the image content. captcha containing the words 'aides' and 'sprucest'. The letters are distorted and the color of the letters and background is partially inverted, Example code: If you cannot view this image an audio challenge is provided. 4.7.5.1.21. An image in a picture element The picture element and any source elements it contains have no semantics for users, only the img element or its text alternative is displayed to users. Provide a text alternative for an img element without regard to it being within a picture element. Refer to Requirements for providing text to act as an alternative for images for more information on how to provide useful alt text for images. Art directed images that rely on picture need to depict the same content (irrespective of size, pixel density, or any other discriminating factor). Therefore the appropriate text alternative for an image will always be the same irrespective of which source file ends up being chosen by the browser.

    Is it a ghost?

    Reflection of a girls face in a train window. The large and small versions (both versions are displayed for demonstration purposes) of the image portray the same scene: Reflection of a girls face in a train window, while the small version (displayed on smaller screens) is cropped, this does not effect the subject matter or the appropriateness of the alt text. Reflection of a girls face in a train window. Reflection of a girls face in a train window. 4.7.5.1.22. Guidance for markup generators Markup generators (such as WYSIWYG authoring tools) should, wherever possible, obtain alternative text from their users. However, it is recognized that in many cases, this will not be possible. For images that are the sole contents of links, markup generators should examine the link target to determine the title of the target, or the URL of the target, and use information obtained in this manner as the alternative text. For images that have captions, markup generators should use the figure and figcaption elements to provide the image’s caption. As a last resort, implementors should either set the alt attribute to the empty string, under the assumption that the image is a purely decorative image that doesn’t add any information but is still specific to the surrounding content, or omit the alt attribute altogether, under the assumption that the image is a key part of the content. Markup generators may specify a generator-unable-to-provide-required-alt attribute on img elements for which they have been unable to obtain a text alternative and for which they have therefore omitted the alt attribute. The value of this attribute must be the empty string. Documents containing such attributes are not conforming, but conformance checkers will silently ignore this error. This is intended to avoid markup generators from being pressured into replacing the error of omitting the alt attribute with the even more egregious error of providing phony text alternatives, because state-of-the-art automated conformance checkers cannot distinguish phony text alternatives from correct text alternatives. Markup generators should generally avoid using the image’s own file name as the text alternative. Similarly, markup generators should avoid generating text alternatives from any content that will be equally available to presentation user agents (e.g., Web browsers). This is because once a page is generated, it will typically not be updated, whereas the browsers that later read the page can be updated by the user, therefore the browser is likely to have more up-to-date and finely-tuned heuristics than the markup generator did when generating the page. 4.7.5.1.23. Guidance for conformance checkers A conformance checker must report the lack of an alt attribute as an error unless one of the conditions listed below applies: * The img element is in a figure element that satisfies the conditions described above. * The img element has a (non-conforming) generator-unable-to-provide-required-alt attribute whose value is the empty string. A conformance checker that is not reporting the lack of an alt attribute as an error must also not report the presence of the empty generator-unable-to-provide-required-alt attribute as an error. (This case does not represent a case where the document is conforming, only that the generator could not determine appropriate alternative text — validators are not required to show an error in this case, because such an error might encourage markup generators to include bogus alternative text purely in an attempt to silence validators. Naturally, conformance checkers may report the lack of an alt attribute as an error even in the presence of the generator-unable-to-provide-required-alt attribute; for example, there could be a user option to report all conformance errors even those that might be the more or less inevitable result of using a markup generator.) 4.7.6. The iframe element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Embedded content. Interactive content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where embedded content is expected. Content model: Text that conforms to the requirements given in the prose. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes src - Address of the resource srcdoc - A document to render in the iframe name - Name of nested browsing context sandbox - Security rules for nested content allowfullscreen - Whether to allow the iframe’s contents to use requestFullscreen() allowpaymentrequest - Whether the iframe’s contents are allowed to use the PaymentRequest interface to make payment requests width - Horizontal dimension height - Vertical dimension referrerpolicy - Referrer policy for fetches initiated by the element Allowed ARIA role attribute values: application, document, or img. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLIFrameElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString src; attribute DOMString srcdoc; attribute DOMString name; [SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList sandbox; attribute boolean allowFullscreen; attribute boolean allowPaymentRequest; attribute DOMString width; attribute DOMString height; attribute DOMString referrerPolicy; readonly attribute Document? contentDocument; readonly attribute WindowProxy? contentWindow; }; The iframe element represents a nested browsing context. The src attribute gives the address of a page that the nested browsing context is to contain. The attribute, if present, must be a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces. The srcdoc attribute gives the content of the page that the nested browsing context is to contain. The value of the attribute is the source of an iframe srcdoc document. The srcdoc attribute, if present, must have a value using the HTML syntax that consists of the following syntactic components, in the given order: 1. Any number of comments and space characters. 2. Optionally, a DOCTYPE. 3. Any number of comments and space characters. 4. The document element, in the form of an html element. 5. Any number of comments and space characters. For iframe elements in XML documents, the srcdoc attribute, if present, must have a value that matches the production labeled document in the XML specification. [XML] Here a blog uses the srcdoc attribute in conjunction with the sandbox attributes described below to provide users of user agents that support this feature with an extra layer of protection from script injection in the blog post comments:

    I got my own magazine!

    After much effort, I’ve finally found a publisher, and so now I have my own magazine! Isn’t that awesome?! The first issue will come out in September, and we have articles about getting food, and about getting in boxes, it’s going to be great!

    Written by cap, 1 hour ago.

    Thirteen minutes ago, ch wrote:
    Nine minutes ago, cap wrote:
    Five minutes ago, ch wrote:
    Notice the way that quotes have to be escaped (otherwise the srcdoc attribute would end prematurely), and the way raw ampersands (e.g., in URLs or in prose) mentioned in the sandboxed content have to be doubly escaped — once so that the ampersand is preserved when originally parsing the srcdoc attribute, and once more to prevent the ampersand from being misinterpreted when parsing the sandboxed content. Furthermore, notice that since the DOCTYPE is optional in iframe srcdoc documents, and the html, head, and body elements have optional start and end tags, and the title element is also optional in iframe srcdoc documents, the markup in a srcdoc attribute can be relatively succinct despite representing an entire document, since only the contents of the body element need appear literally in the syntax. The other elements are still present, but only by implication. In the HTML syntax, authors need only remember to use U+0022 QUOTATION MARK characters (") to wrap the attribute contents and then to escape all U+0026 AMPERSAND (&) and U+0022 QUOTATION MARK (") characters, and to specify the sandbox attribute, to ensure safe embedding of content. Due to restrictions of the XHTML syntax, in XML the U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN character (<) needs to be escaped as well. In order to prevent attribute-value normalization, some of XML’s white space characters — specifically U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab), U+000A LINE FEED (LF), and U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) — also need to be escaped. [XML] If the src attribute and the srcdoc attribute are both specified together, the srcdoc attribute takes priority. This allows authors to provide a fallback URL for legacy user agents that do not support the srcdoc attribute. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When an iframe element is inserted into a document that has a browsing context, the user agent must create a nested browsing context, and then process the iframe attributes for the "first time". When an iframe element is removed from a document, the user agent must discard the nested browsing context, if any. This happens without any unload events firing (the nested browsing context and its Document are discarded, not unloaded). Whenever an iframe element with a nested browsing context has its srcdoc attribute set, changed, or removed, the user agent must process the iframe attributes. Similarly, whenever an iframe element with a nested browsing context but with no srcdoc attribute specified has its src attribute set, changed, or removed, the user agent must process the iframe attributes. When the user agent is to process the iframe attributes, it must run the first appropriate steps from the following list: If the srcdoc attribute is specified Navigate the element’s child browsing context to a new response whose url list consists of about:srcdoc, header list consists of Content-Type/text/html, body is the value of the attribute, CSP list is the CSP list of the iframe element’s node document, and HTTPS state is the HTTPS state of the iframe element’s node document. The resulting Document must be considered an iframe srcdoc document. Otherwise, if the element has no src attribute specified, and the user agent is processing the iframe’s attributes for the "first time" Queue a task to run the iframe load event steps. The task source for this task is the DOM manipulation task source. Otherwise Run the otherwise steps for iframe or frame elements. The otherwise steps for iframe or frame elements are as follows: 1: If the element has no src attribute specified, or its value is the empty string, let url be the URL "about:blank". Otherwise, parse the value of the src attribute, relative to the element’s node document. If that is not successful, then let url be the URL "about:blank". Otherwise, let url be the resulting URL record. 2. If there exists an ancestor browsing context whose active document’s URL, ignoring fragments, is equal to url, then abort these steps. 3. Let resource be a new request whose url is URL and whose referrer policy is the current state of the element’s referrerpolicy content attribute. 4. Navigate the element’s child browsing context to resource. Furthermore, if the active document of the element’s child browsing context before such a navigation was not completely loaded at the time of the new navigation, then the navigation must be completed with replacement enabled. Similarly, if the child browsing context’s session history contained only one Document when the process the iframe attributes algorithm was invoked, and that was the about:blank Document created when the child browsing context was created, then any navigation required of the user agent in that algorithm must be completed with replacement enabled. When a Document in an iframe is marked as completely loaded, the user agent must run the iframe load event steps in parallel. A load event is also fired at the iframe element when it is created if no other data is loaded in it. Each Document has an iframe load in progress flag and a mute iframe load flag. When a Document is created, these flags must be unset for that Document. The iframe load event steps are as follows: 1. Let child document be the active document of the iframe element’s nested browsing context. 2. If child document has its mute iframe load flag set, abort these steps. 3. Set child document’s iframe load in progress flag. 4. Fire a simple event named load at the iframe element. 5. Unset child document’s iframe load in progress flag. This, in conjunction with scripting, can be used to probe the URL space of the local network’s HTTP servers. User agents may implement cross-origin access control policies that are stricter than those described above to mitigate this attack, but unfortunately such policies are typically not compatible with existing Web content. When the iframe’s browsing context’s active document is not ready for post-load tasks, and when anything in the iframe is delaying the load event of the iframe’s browsing context’s active document, and when the iframe’s browsing context is in the delaying load events mode, the iframe must delay the load event of its document. If, during the handling of the load event, the browsing context in the iframe is again navigated, that will further delay the load event. If, when the element is created, the srcdoc attribute is not set, and the src attribute is either also not set or set but its value cannot be parsed, the browsing context will remain at the initial about:blank page. If the user navigates away from this page, the iframe’s corresponding WindowProxy object will proxy new Window objects for new Document objects, but the src attribute will not change. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The name attribute, if present, must be a valid browsing context name. The given value is used to name the nested browsing context. When the browsing context is created, if the attribute is present, the browsing context name must be set to the value of this attribute; otherwise, the browsing context name must be set to the empty string. Whenever the name attribute is set, the nested browsing context’s name must be changed to the new value. If the attribute is removed, the browsing context name must be set to the empty string. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The sandbox attribute, when specified, enables a set of extra restrictions on any content hosted by the iframe. Its value must be an unordered set of unique space-separated tokens that are ASCII case-insensitive. The allowed values are allow-forms, allow-pointer-lock, allow-popups, allow-presentation, allow-same-origin, allow-scripts, and allow-top-navigation. When the attribute is set, the content is treated as being from a unique origin, forms, scripts, and various potentially annoying APIs are disabled, links are prevented from targeting other browsing contexts, and plugins are secured. The allow-same-origin keyword causes the content to be treated as being from its real origin instead of forcing it into a unique origin; the allow-top-navigation keyword allows the content to navigate its top-level browsing context; and the allow-forms, allow-pointer-lock, allow-popups, allow-presentation and allow-scripts keywords re-enable forms, the pointer lock API, popups, the presentation API, and scripts respectively. [POINTERLOCK] [PRESENTATION-API] Setting both the allow-scripts and allow-same-origin keywords together when the embedded page has the same origin as the page containing the iframe allows the embedded page to simply remove the sandbox attribute and then reload itself, effectively breaking out of the sandbox altogether. These flags only take effect when the nested browsing context of the iframe is navigated. Removing them, or removing the entire sandbox attribute, has no effect on an already-loaded page. Potentially hostile files should not be served from the same server as the file containing the iframe element. Sandboxing hostile content is of minimal help if an attacker can convince the user to just visit the hostile content directly, rather than in the iframe. To limit the damage that can be caused by hostile HTML content, it should be served from a separate dedicated domain. Using a different domain ensures that scripts in the files are unable to attack the site, even if the user is tricked into visiting those pages directly, without the protection of the sandbox attribute. When an iframe element with a sandbox attribute has its nested browsing context created (before the initial about:blank Document is created), and when an iframe element’s sandbox attribute is set or changed while it has a nested browsing context, the user agent must parse the sandboxing directive using the attribute’s value as the input, the iframe element’s nested browsing context’s iframe sandboxing flag set as the output, and, if the iframe has an allowfullscreen attribute, the allow fullscreen flag. When an iframe element’s sandbox attribute is removed while it has a nested browsing context, the user agent must empty the iframe element’s nested browsing context’s iframe sandboxing flag set as the output. In this example, some completely-unknown, potentially hostile, user-provided HTML content is embedded in a page. Because it is served from a separate domain, it is affected by all the normal cross-site restrictions. In addition, the embedded page has scripting disabled, plugins disabled, forms disabled, and it cannot navigate any frames or windows other than itself (or any frames or windows it itself embeds).

    We’re not scared of you! Here is your content, unedited:

    It is important to use a separate domain so that if the attacker convinces the user to visit that page directly, the page doesn’t run in the context of the site’s origin, which would make the user vulnerable to any attack found in the page. In this example, a gadget from another site is embedded. The gadget has scripting and forms enabled, and the origin sandbox restrictions are lifted, allowing the gadget to communicate with its originating server. The sandbox is still useful, however, as it disables plugins and popups, thus reducing the risk of the user being exposed to malware and other annoyances. Suppose a file A contained the following fragment: Suppose that file B contained an iframe also: Further, suppose that file C contained a link: Link For this example, suppose all the files were served as text/html. Page C in this scenario has all the sandboxing flags set. Scripts are disabled, because the iframe in A has scripts disabled, and this overrides the allow-scripts keyword set on the iframe in B. Forms are also disabled, because the inner iframe (in B) does not have the allow-forms keyword set. Suppose now that a script in A removes all the sandbox attributes in A and B. This would change nothing immediately. If the user clicked the link in C, loading page D into the iframe in B, page D would now act as if the iframe in B had the allow-same-origin and allow-forms keywords set, because that was the state of the nested browsing context in the iframe in A when page B was loaded. Generally speaking, dynamically removing or changing the sandbox attribute is ill-advised, because it can make it quite hard to reason about what will be allowed and what will not. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The allowfullscreen attribute is a boolean attribute. When specified, it indicates that Document objects in the iframe element’s browsing context are to be allowed to use requestFullscreen() (if it’s not blocked for other reasons, e.g., there is another ancestor iframe without this attribute set). Here, an iframe is used to embed a player from a video site. The allowfullscreen attribute is needed to enable the player to show its video fullscreen. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The allowpaymentrequest attribute is a boolean attribute. When specified, it indicates that Document objects in the iframe element’s browsing context are to be allowed to use the PaymentRequest interface to make payment requests. To determine whether a Document object document is allowed to use the feature indicated by attribute name allowattribute, run these steps: 1. If document has no browsing context, then return false. 2. If document’s browsing context is a top-level browsing context, then return true. 3. If document’s browsing context has a browsing context container that is an iframe element with an allowattribute attribute specified, and whose node document is allowed to use the feature indicated by allowattribute, then return true. 4. Return false. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The iframe element supports dimension attributes for cases where the embedded content has specific dimensions (e.g., ad units have well-defined dimensions). An iframe element never has fallback content, as it will always create a nested browsing context, regardless of whether the specified initial contents are successfully used. The referrerpolicy attribute is a referrer policy attribute. Its purpose is to set the referrer policy used when processing the iframe attributes. [REFERRERPOLICY] ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Descendants of iframe elements represent nothing. (In legacy user agents that do not support iframe elements, the contents would be parsed as markup that could act as fallback content.) When used in HTML documents, the allowed content model of iframe elements is text, except that invoking the HTML fragment parsing algorithm with the iframe element as the context element and the text contents as the input must result in a list of nodes that are all phrasing content, with no parse errors having occurred, with no script elements being anywhere in the list or as descendants of elements in the list, and with all the elements in the list (including their descendants) being themselves conforming. The iframe element must be empty in XML documents. The HTML parser treats markup inside iframe elements as text. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The IDL attributes src, srcdoc, name, and sandbox must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. The supported tokens for sandbox's DOMTokenList are the allowed values defined in the sandbox attribute and supported by the user agent. The allowFullscreen IDL attribute must reflect the allowfullscreen content attribute. The allowPaymentRequest IDL attribute must reflect the allowpaymentrequest content attribute. The referrerPolicy IDL attribute must reflect the referrerpolicy content attribute, limited to only known values. The contentDocument IDL attribute must return the Document object of the active document of the iframe element’s nested browsing context, if any and if its origin is the same origin-domain as the origin specified by the incumbent settings object, or null otherwise. The contentWindow IDL attribute must return the WindowProxy object of the iframe element’s nested browsing context, if any, or null otherwise. Here is an example of a page using an iframe to include advertising from an advertising broker: 4.7.7. The embed element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Embedded content. Interactive content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where embedded content is expected. Content model: Nothing. Tag omission in text/html: No end tag Content attributes: Global attributes src - Address of the resource type - Type of embedded resource width - Horizontal dimension height- Vertical dimension Any other attribute that has no namespace (see prose). Allowed ARIA role attribute values: application, document or img or presentation. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLEmbedElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString src; attribute DOMString type; attribute DOMString width; attribute DOMString height; legacycaller any (any... arguments); }; Depending on the type of content instantiated by the embed element, the node may also support other interfaces. The embed element provides an integration point for an external (typically non-HTML) application or interactive content. The src attribute gives the address of the resource being embedded. The attribute, if present, must contain a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces. The type attribute, if present, gives the MIME type by which the plugin to instantiate is selected. The value must be a valid mime type. If both the type attribute and the src attribute are present, then the type attribute must specify the same type as the explicit Content-Type metadata of the resource given by the src attribute. While any of the following conditions are occurring, any plugin instantiated for the element must be removed, and the embed element represents nothing: * The element has neither a src attribute nor a type attribute. * The element has a media element ancestor. * The element has an ancestor object element that is not showing its fallback content. An embed element is said to be potentially active when the following conditions are all met simultaneously: * The element is in a Document or was in a Document the last time the event loop reached step 1. * The element’s node document is fully active. * The element has either a src attribute set or a type attribute set (or both). * The element’s src attribute is either absent or its value is not the empty string. * The element is not a descendant of a media element. * The element is not a descendant of an object element that is not showing its fallback content. * The element is being rendered, or was being rendered the last time the event loop reached step 1. Whenever an embed element that was not potentially active becomes potentially active, and whenever a potentially active embed element that is remaining potentially active and has its src attribute set, changed, or removed or its type attribute set, changed, or removed, the user agent must queue a task using the embed task source to run the embed element setup steps. The embed element setup steps are as follows: 1. If another task has since been queued to run the embed element setup steps for this element, then abort these steps. 2. If the element has a src attribute set The user agent must parse the value of the element’s src attribute, relative to the element. If that is successful, the user agent should run these steps: 1. Let request be a new request whose URL is the resulting URL string, client is the element’s node document’s Window object’s environment settings object, destination is "unknown", omit-Origin-header flag is set if the element doesn’t have a browsing context scope origin, credentials mode is "include", and whose use-URL-credentials flag is set. 2. Fetch request. The task that is queued by the networking task source once the resource has been fetched must run the following steps: 1. If another task has since been queued to run the embed element setup steps for this element, then abort these steps. 2. Determine the type of the content being embedded, as follows (stopping at the first substep that determines the type): 1. If the element has a type attribute, and that attribute’s value is a type that a plugin supports, then the value of the type attribute is the content’s type. 2. Otherwise, if applying the URL parser algorithm to the URL of the specified resource (after any redirects) results in a URL record whose path component matches a pattern that a plugin supports, then the content’s type is the type that the plugin can handle. For example, a plugin might say that it can handle resources with path components that end with the four character string ".swf". 3. Otherwise, if the specified resource has explicit Content-Type metadata, then that is the content’s type. 4. Otherwise, the content has no type and there can be no appropriate plugin for it. 3. If the previous step determined that the content’s type is image/svg+xml, then run the following substeps: 1. If the embed element is not associated with a nested browsing context, associate the element with a newly created nested browsing context, and, if the element has a name attribute, set the browsing context name of the element’s nested browsing context to the value of this attribute. 2. Navigate the nested browsing context to the fetched resource, with replacement enabled, and with the embed element’s node document’s browsing context as the source browsing context. (The src attribute of the embed element doesn’t get updated if the browsing context gets further navigated to other locations.) 3. The embed element now represents its associated nested browsing context. 4. Otherwise, find and instantiate an appropriate plugin based on the content’s type, and hand that plugin the content of the resource, replacing any previously instantiated plugin for the element. The embed element now represents this plugin instance. 5. Once the resource or plugin has completely loaded, queue a task to fire a simple event named load at the element. Whether the resource is fetched successfully or not (e.g., whether the response status was an ok status) must be ignored when determining the content’s type and when handing the resource to the plugin. This allows servers to return data for plugins even with error responses (e.g., HTTP 500 Internal Server Error codes can still contain plugin data). Fetching the resource must delay the load event of the element’s node document. If the element has no src attribute set The user agent should find and instantiate an appropriate plugin based on the value of the type attribute. The embed element now represents this plugin instance. Once the plugin is completely loaded, queue a task to fire a simple event named load at the element. The embed element has no fallback content. If the user agent can’t find a suitable plugin when attempting to find and instantiate one for the algorithm above, then the user agent must use a default plugin. This default could be as simple as saying "Unsupported Format". Whenever an embed element that was potentially active stops being potentially active, any plugin that had been instantiated for that element must be unloaded. When a plugin is to be instantiated but it cannot be secured and the sandboxed plugins browsing context flag is set on the embed element’s node document’s active sandboxing flag set, then the user agent must not instantiate the plugin, and must instead render the embed element in a manner that conveys that the plugin was disabled. The user agent may offer the user the option to override the sandbox and instantiate the plugin anyway; if the user invokes such an option, the user agent must act as if the conditions above did not apply for the purposes of this element. Plugins that cannot be secured are disabled in sandboxed browsing contexts because they might not honor the restrictions imposed by the sandbox (e.g., they might allow scripting even when scripting in the sandbox is disabled). User agents should convey the danger of overriding the sandbox to the user if an option to do so is provided. When an embed element represents a nested browsing context: if the embed element’s nested browsing context’s active document is not ready for post-load tasks, and when anything is delaying the load event of the embed element’s browsing context’s active document, and when the embed element’s browsing context is in the delaying load events mode, the embed must delay the load event of its document. The task source for the tasks mentioned in this section is the DOM manipulation task source. Any namespace-less attribute other than name, align, hspace, and vspace may be specified on the embed element, so long as its name is XML-compatible and contains no uppercase ASCII letters. These attributes are then passed as parameters to the plugin. All attributes in HTML documents get lowercased automatically, so the restriction on uppercase letters doesn’t affect such documents. The four exceptions are to exclude legacy attributes that have side-effects beyond just sending parameters to the plugin. The user agent should pass the names and values of all the attributes of the embed element that have no namespace to the plugin used, when one is instantiated. The HTMLEmbedElement object representing the element must expose the scriptable interface of the plugin instantiated for the embed element, if any. At a minimum, this interface must implement the legacy caller operation. (It is suggested that the default behavior of this legacy caller operation, e.g., the behavior of the default plugin’s legacy caller operation, be to throw a NotSupportedError exception.) The embed element supports dimension attributes. The IDL attributes src and type each must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. Here’s a way to embed a resource that requires a proprietary plugin, like Flash: If the user does not have the plugin (for example if the plugin vendor doesn’t support the user’s platform), then the user will be unable to use the resource. To pass the plugin a parameter "quality" with the value "high", an attribute can be specified: This would be equivalent to the following, when using an object element instead: 4.7.8. The object element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Embedded content. listed, submittable, and reassociateable form-associated element. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where embedded content is expected. Content model: Zero or more param elements, then, transparent. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible. Content attributes: Global attributes data - Address of the resource type - Type of embedded resource typemustmatch - Whether the type attribute and the Content-Type value need to match for the resource to be used name - Name of nested browsing context form - Associates the control with a form element width - Horizontal dimension height - Vertical dimension Allowed ARIA role attribute values: application, document or img or presentation. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLObjectElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString data; attribute DOMString type; attribute boolean typeMustMatch; attribute DOMString name; readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form; attribute DOMString width; attribute DOMString height; readonly attribute Document? contentDocument; readonly attribute WindowProxy? contentWindow; readonly attribute boolean willValidate; readonly attribute ValidityState validity; readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage; boolean checkValidity(); boolean reportValidity(); void setCustomValidity(DOMString error); legacycaller any (any... arguments); }; Depending on the type of content instantiated by the object element, the node also supports other interfaces. The object element can represent an external resource, which, depending on the type of the resource, will either be treated as an image, as a nested browsing context, or as an external resource to be processed by a plugin. The data attribute, if present, specifies the address of the resource. If present, the attribute must be a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces. Authors who reference resources from other origins that they do not trust are urged to use the typemustmatch attribute defined below. Without that attribute, it is possible in certain cases for an attacker on the remote host to use the plugin mechanism to run arbitrary scripts, even if the author has used features such as the Flash "allowScriptAccess" parameter. The type attribute, if present, specifies the type of the resource. If present, the attribute must be a valid mime type. At least one of either the data attribute or the type attribute must be present. The typemustmatch attribute is a boolean attribute whose presence indicates that the resource specified by the data attribute is only to be used if the value of the type attribute and the Content-Type of the aforementioned resource match. The typemustmatch attribute must not be specified unless both the data attribute and the type attribute are present. The name attribute, if present, must be a valid browsing context name. The given value is used to name the nested browsing context, if applicable. Whenever one of the following conditions occur: * the element is created, * the element is popped off the stack of open elements of an HTML parser or XML parser, * the element is not on the stack of open elements of an HTML parser or XML parser, and it is either inserted into a document or removed from a document, * the element’s node document changes whether it is fully active, * one of the element’s ancestor object elements changes to or from showing its fallback content, * the element’s classid attribute is set, changed, or removed, * the element’s classid attribute is not present, and its data attribute is set, changed, or removed, * neither the element’s classid attribute nor its data attribute are present, and its type attribute is set, changed, or removed, * the element changes from being rendered to not being rendered, or vice versa, ...the user agent must queue a task to run the following steps to (re)determine what the object element represents. This task being queued or actively running must delay the load event of the element’s node document. 1. If the user has indicated a preference that this object element’s fallback content be shown instead of the element’s usual behavior, then jump to the step below labeled fallback. For example, a user could ask for the element’s fallback content to be shown because that content uses a format that the user finds more accessible. 2. If the element has an ancestor media element, or has an ancestor object element that is not showing its fallback content, or if the element is not in a Document with a browsing context, or if the element’s node document is not fully active, or if the element is still in the stack of open elements of an HTML parser or XML parser, or if the element is not being rendered, or if the Should element be blocked a priori by Content Security Policy? algorithm returns "Blocked" when executed on the element, then jump to the step below labeled fallback. [CSP3]. 3. If the classid attribute is present, and has a value that isn’t the empty string, then: if the user agent can find a plugin suitable according to the value of the classid attribute, and either plugins aren’t being sandboxed or that plugin can be secured, then that plugin should be used, and the value of the data attribute, if any, should be passed to the plugin. If no suitable plugin can be found, or if the plugin reports an error, jump to the step below labeled fallback. 4. If the data attribute is present and its value is not the empty string, then: 1. If the type attribute is present and its value is not a type that the user agent supports, and is not a type that the user agent can find a plugin for, then the user agent may jump to the step below labeled fallback without fetching the content to examine its real type. 2. Parse the URL specified by the data attribute, relative to the element. 3. If that failed, fire a simple event named error at the element, then jump to the step below labeled fallback. 4. Let request be a new request whose URL is the resulting URL string, client is the element’s node document’s Window object’s environment settings object, destination is "unknown", omit-Origin-header flag is set if the element doesn’t have a browsing context scope origin, credentials mode is "include", and whose use-URL-credentials flag is set. 5. Fetch request. Fetching the resource must delay the load event of the element’s node document until the task that is queued by the networking task source once the resource has been fetched (defined next) has been run. 6. If the resource is not yet available (e.g., because the resource was not available in the cache, so that loading the resource required making a request over the network), then jump to the step below labeled fallback. The task that is queued by the networking task source once the resource is available must restart this algorithm from this step. Resources can load incrementally; user agents may opt to consider a resource "available" whenever enough data has been obtained to begin processing the resource. 7. If the load failed (e.g., there was an HTTP 404 error, there was a DNS error), fire a simple event named error at the element, then jump to the step below labeled fallback. 8. Determine the resource type, as follows: 1. Let the resource type be unknown. 2. If the object element has a type attribute and a typemustmatch attribute, and the resource has associated Content-Type metadata, and the type specified in the resource’s Content-Type metadata is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the value of the element’s type attribute, then let resource type be that type and jump to the step below labeled handler. 3. If the object element has a typemustmatch attribute, jump to the step below labeled handler. 4. If the user agent is configured to strictly obey Content-Type headers for this resource, and the resource has associated Content-Type metadata, then let the resource type be the type specified in the resource’s Content-Type metadata, and jump to the step below labeled handler. This can introduce a vulnerability, wherein a site is trying to embed a resource that uses a particular plugin, but the remote site overrides that and instead furnishes the user agent with a resource that triggers a different plugin with different security characteristics. 5. If there is a type attribute present on the object element, and that attribute’s value is not a type that the user agent supports, but it is a type that a plugin supports, then let the resource type be the type specified in that type attribute, and jump to the step below labeled handler. 6. Run the appropriate set of steps from the following list: If the resource has associated Content-Type metadata 1. Let binary be false. 2. If the type specified in the resource’s Content-Type metadata is "text/plain", and the result of applying the rules for distinguishing if a resource is text or binary to the resource is that the resource is not text/plain, then set binary to true. 3. If the type specified in the resource’s Content-Type metadata is "application/octet-stream", then set binary to true. 4. If binary is false, then let the resource type be the type specified in the resource’s Content-Type metadata, and jump to the step below labeled handler. 5. If there is a type attribute present on the object element, and its value is not application/octet-stream, then run the following steps: 1. If the attribute’s value is a type that a plugin supports, or the attribute’s value is a type that starts with "image/" that is not also an XML MIME type, then let the resource type be the type specified in that type attribute. 2. Jump to the step below labeled handler. Otherwise, if the resource does not have associated Content-Type metadata 1. If there is a type attribute present on the object element, then let the tentative type be the type specified in that type attribute. Otherwise, let tentative type be the computed type of the resource. 2. If tentative type is not application/octet-stream, then let resource type be tentative type and jump to the step below labeled handler. 7. If applying the URL parser algorithm to the URL of the specified resource (after any redirects) results in a URL record whose path component matches a pattern that a plugin supports, then let resource type be the type that the plugin can handle. For example, a plugin might say that it can handle resources with path components that end with the four character string ".swf". It is possible for this step to finish, or for one of the substeps above to jump straight to the next step, with resource type still being unknown. In both cases, the next step will trigger fallback. 9. Handler: Handle the content as given by the first of the following cases that matches: If the resource type is not a type that the user agent supports, but it is a type that a plugin supports If plugins are being sandboxed and the plugin that supports resource type cannot be secured, jump to the step below labeled fallback. Otherwise, the user agent should use the plugin that supports resource type and pass the content of the resource to that plugin. If the plugin reports an error, then jump to the step below labeled fallback. If the resource type is an XML MIME type, or if the resource type does not start with "image/" The object element must be associated with a newly created nested browsing context, if it does not already have one. If the URL of the given resource is not about:blank, the element’s nested browsing context must then be navigated to that resource, with replacement enabled, and with the object element’s node document’s browsing context as the source browsing context. (The data attribute of the object element doesn’t get updated if the browsing context gets further navigated to other locations.) If the URL of the given resource is about:blank, then, instead, the user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event named load at the object element. No load event is fired at the about:blank document itself. The object element represents the nested browsing context. If the name attribute is present, the browsing context name must be set to the value of this attribute; otherwise, the browsing context name must be set to the empty string. If the resource type starts with "image/", and support for images has not been disabled Apply the image sniffing rules to determine the type of the image. The object element represents the specified image. The image is not a nested browsing context. If the image cannot be rendered, e.g., because it is malformed or in an unsupported format, jump to the step below labeled fallback. Otherwise The given resource type is not supported. Jump to the step below labeled fallback. If the previous step ended with the resource type being unknown, this is the case that is triggered. 10. The element’s contents are not part of what the object element represents. 11. Abort these steps. Once the resource is completely loaded, queue a task to fire a simple event named load at the element. 5. If the data attribute is absent but the type attribute is present, and the user agent can find a plugin suitable according to the value of the type attribute, and either plugins aren’t being sandboxed or the plugin can be secured, then that plugin should be used. If these conditions cannot be met, or if the plugin reports an error, jump to the step below labeled fallback. Otherwise abort these steps; once the plugin is completely loaded, queue a task to fire a simple event named load at the element. 6. Fallback: The object element represents the element’s children, ignoring any leading param element children. This is the element’s fallback content. If the element has an instantiated plugin, then unload it. When the algorithm above instantiates a plugin, the user agent should pass to the plugin used the names and values of all the attributes on the element, in the order they were added to the element, with the attributes added by the parser being ordered in source order, followed by a parameter named "PARAM" whose value is null, followed by all the names and values of parameters given by param elements that are children of the object element, in tree order. If the plugin supports a scriptable interface, the HTMLObjectElement object representing the element should expose that interface. The object element represents the plugin. The plugin is not a nested browsing context. Plugins are considered sandboxed for the purpose of an object element if the sandboxed plugins browsing context flag is set on the object element’s node document’s active sandboxing flag set. Due to the algorithm above, the contents of object elements act as fallback content, used only when referenced resources can’t be shown (e.g., because it returned a 404 error). This allows multiple object elements to be nested inside each other, targeting multiple user agents with different capabilities, with the user agent picking the first one it supports. When an object element represents a nested browsing context: if the object element’s nested browsing context’s active document is not ready for post-load tasks, and when anything is delaying the load event of the object element’s browsing context’s active document, and when the object element’s browsing context is in the delaying load events mode, the object must delay the load event of its document. The task source for the tasks mentioned in this section is the DOM manipulation task source. Whenever the name attribute is set, if the object element has a nested browsing context, its name must be changed to the new value. If the attribute is removed, if the object element has a browsing context, the browsing context name must be set to the empty string. The form attribute is used to explicitly associate the object element with its form owner. Constraint validation: object elements are always barred from constraint validation. The object element supports dimension attributes. The IDL attributes data, type and name each must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. The typeMustMatch IDL attribute must reflect the typemustmatch content attribute. The contentDocument IDL attribute must return the Document object of the active document of the object element’s nested browsing context, if any and if its origin is the same origin-domain as the origin specified by the incumbent settings object, or null otherwise. The contentWindow IDL attribute must return the WindowProxy object of the object element’s nested browsing context, if it has one; otherwise, it must return null. The willValidate, validity, and validationMessage attributes, and the checkValidity(), reportValidity(), and setCustomValidity() methods, are part of the constraint validation API. The form IDL attribute is part of the element’s forms API. All object elements have a legacy caller operation. If the object element has an instantiated plugin that supports a scriptable interface that defines a legacy caller operation, then that must be the behavior of the object’s legacy caller operation. Otherwise, the object’s legacy caller operation must be to throw a NotSupportedError exception. In the following example, a Java applet is embedded in a page using the object element. (Generally speaking, it is better to avoid using applets like these and instead use native JavaScript and HTML to provide the functionality, since that way the application will work on all Web browsers without requiring a third-party plugin. Many devices, especially embedded devices, do not support third-party technologies like Java.)

    You do not have Java available, or it is disabled.

    My Java Clock
    In this example, an HTML page is embedded in another using the object element.
    My HTML Clock
    The following example shows how a plugin can be used in HTML (in this case the Flash plugin, to show a video file). Fallback is provided for users who do not have Flash enabled, in this case using the video element to show the video for those using user agents that support video, and finally providing a link to the video for those who have neither Flash nor a video-capable browser.

    Look at my video:

    4.7.9. The param element Categories: None. Contexts in which this element can be used: As a child of an object element, before any flow content. Content model: Nothing. Tag omission in text/html: No end tag Content attributes: Global attributes name - Name of parameter value - Value of parameter Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes DOM interface: interface HTMLParamElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString name; attribute DOMString value; }; The param element defines parameters for plugins invoked by object elements. It does not represent anything on its own. The name attribute gives the name of the parameter. The value attribute gives the value of the parameter. Both attributes must be present. They may have any value. If both attributes are present, and if the parent element of the param is an object element, then the element defines a parameter with the given name-value pair. If either the name or value of a parameter defined by a param element that is the child of an object element that represents an instantiated plugin changes, and if that plugin is communicating with the user agent using an API that features the ability to update the plugin when the name or value of a parameter so changes, then the user agent must appropriately exercise that ability to notify the plugin of the change. The IDL attributes name and value must both reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. The following example shows how the param element can be used to pass a parameter to a plugin, in this case the O3D plugin. O3D Utah Teapot

    When O3D renders the Utah Teapot, it appears as a squat
           teapot with a shiny metallic finish on which the
           surroundings are reflected, with a faint shadow caused by
           the lighting.

    To see the teapot actually rendered by O3D on your computer, please download and install the O3D plugin.

    4.7.10. The video element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Embedded content. If the element has a controls attribute: interactive content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where embedded content is expected. Content model: If the element has a src attribute: zero or more track elements, then transparent, but with no media element descendants. If the element does not have a src attribute: zero or more source elements, then zero or more track elements, then transparent, but with no media element descendants. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes src - Address of the resource crossorigin - How the element handles crossorigin requests poster - Poster frame to show prior to video playback preload - Hints how much buffering the media resource will likely need autoplay - Hint that the media resource can be started automatically when the page is loaded loop - Whether to loop the media resource muted - Whether to mute the media resource by default controls - Show user agent controls width - Horizontal dimension height - Vertical dimension Allowed ARIA role attribute values: application. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLVideoElement : HTMLMediaElement { attribute unsigned long width; attribute unsigned long height; readonly attribute unsigned long videoWidth; readonly attribute unsigned long videoHeight; attribute DOMString poster; }; A video element is used for playing videos or movies, and audio files with captions. Content may be provided inside the video element. User agents should not show this content to the user; it is intended for older Web browsers which do not support video, so that legacy video plugins can be tried, or to show text to the users of these older browsers informing them of how to access the video contents. In particular, this content is not intended to address accessibility concerns. To make video content accessible to people with disabilities, a variety of features are available. Captions and sign language tracks can be embedded in the video stream, or as external files using the track element. Audio descriptions can be provided, either as a separate track embedded in the video stream, or by referencing a WebVTT file with the track element that the user agent can present as synthesized speech. WebVTT can also be used to provide chapter titles. For users who would rather not use a media element at all, transcripts or other textual alternatives can be provided by simply linking to them in the prose near the video element. [WEBVTT] The video element is a media element whose media data is ostensibly video data, possibly with associated audio data. The src, preload, autoplay, loop, muted, and controls attributes are the attributes common to all media elements. The poster content attribute gives the address of an image file that the user agent can show while no video data is available. The attribute, if present, must contain a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces. If the specified resource is to be used, then, when the element is created or when the poster attribute is set, changed, or removed, the user agent must run the following steps to determine the element’s poster frame (regardless of the value of the element’s show poster flag): 1. If there is an existing instance of this algorithm running for this video element, abort that instance of this algorithm without changing the poster frame. 2. If the poster attribute’s value is the empty string or if the attribute is absent, then there is no poster frame; abort these steps. 3. Parse the poster attribute’s value relative to the element. If this fails, then there is no poster frame; abort these steps. 4. Let request be a new request whose URL is the resulting URL string, client is the element’s node document’s Window object’s environment settings object, type is "image", destination is "subresource", credentials mode is "include", and whose use-URL-credentials flag is set. 5. Fetch request. This must delay the load event of the element’s node document. 6. If an image is thus obtained, the poster frame is that image. Otherwise, there is no poster frame. The image given by the poster attribute, the poster frame, is intended to be a representative frame of the video (typically one of the first non-blank frames) that gives the user an idea of what the video is like. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- A video element represents what is given for the first matching condition in the list below: When no video data is available (the element’s readyState attribute is either HAVE_NOTHING, or HAVE_METADATA but no video data has yet been obtained at all, or the element’s readyState attribute is any subsequent value but the media resource does not have a video channel) The video element represents its poster frame, if any, or else transparent black with no intrinsic dimensions. When the video element is paused, the current playback position is the first frame of video, and the element’s show poster flag is set The video element represents its poster frame, if any, or else the first frame of the video. When the video element is paused, and the frame of video corresponding to the current playback position is not available (e.g., because the video is seeking or buffering) When the video element is neither potentially playing nor paused (e.g., when seeking or stalled) The video element represents the last frame of the video to have been rendered. When the video element is paused The video element represents the frame of video corresponding to the current playback position. Otherwise (the video element has a video channel and is potentially playing) The video element represents the frame of video at the continuously increasing "current" position. When the current playback position changes such that the last frame rendered is no longer the frame corresponding to the current playback position in the video, the new frame must be rendered. Frames of video must be obtained from the video track that was selected when the event loop last reached step 1. Which frame in a video stream corresponds to a particular playback position is defined by the video stream’s format. The video element also represents any text track cues whose text track cue active flag is set and whose text track is in the showing mode, and any audio from the media resource, at the current playback position. Any audio associated with the media resource must, if played, be played synchronized with the current playback position, at the element’s effective media volume. The user agent must play the audio from audio tracks that were enabled when the event loop last reached step 1. In addition to the above, the user agent may provide messages to the user (such as "buffering", "no video loaded", "error", or more detailed information) by overlaying text or icons on the video or other areas of the element’s playback area, or in another appropriate manner. User agents that cannot render the video may instead make the element represent a link to an external video playback utility or to the video data itself. When a video element’s media resource has a video channel, the element provides a paint source whose width is the media resource’s intrinsic width, whose height is the media resource’s intrinsic height, and whose appearance is the frame of video corresponding to the current playback position, if that is available, or else (e.g., when the video is seeking or buffering) its previous appearance, if any, or else (e.g., because the video is still loading the first frame) blackness. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- video . videoWidth video . videoHeight These attributes return the intrinsic dimensions of the video, or zero if the dimensions are not known. The intrinsic width and intrinsic height of the media resource are the dimensions of the resource in CSS pixels after taking into account the resource’s dimensions, aspect ratio, clean aperture, resolution, and so forth, as defined for the format used by the resource. If an anamorphic format does not define how to apply the aspect ratio to the video data’s dimensions to obtain the "correct" dimensions, then the user agent must apply the ratio by increasing one dimension and leaving the other unchanged. The videoWidth IDL attribute must return the intrinsic width of the video in CSS pixels. The videoHeight IDL attribute must return the intrinsic height of the video in CSS pixels. If the element’s readyState attribute is HAVE_NOTHING, then the attributes must return 0. Whenever the intrinsic width or intrinsic height of the video changes (including, for example, because the selected video track was changed), if the element’s readyState attribute is not HAVE_NOTHING, the user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event named resize at the media element. The video element supports dimension attributes. In the absence of style rules to the contrary, video content should be rendered inside the element’s playback area such that the video content is shown centered in the playback area at the largest possible size that fits completely within it, with the video content’s aspect ratio being preserved. Thus, if the aspect ratio of the playback area does not match the aspect ratio of the video, the video will be shown letterboxed or pillarboxed. Areas of the element’s playback area that do not contain the video represent nothing. In user agents that implement CSS, the above requirement can be implemented by using the style rule suggested in §10 Rendering. The intrinsic width of a video element’s playback area is the intrinsic width of the poster frame, if that is available and the element currently represents its poster frame; otherwise, it is the intrinsic width of the video resource, if that is available; otherwise the intrinsic width is missing. The intrinsic height of a video element’s playback area is the intrinsic height of the poster frame, if that is available and the element currently represents its poster frame; otherwise it is the intrinsic height of the video resource, if that is available; otherwise the intrinsic height is missing. The default object size is a width of 300 CSS pixels and a height of 150 CSS pixels. [CSS3-IMAGES] ---------------------------------------------------------------------- User agents should provide controls to enable or disable the display of closed captions, audio description tracks, and other additional data associated with the video stream, though such features should, again, not interfere with the page’s normal rendering. User agents may allow users to view the video content in manners more suitable to the user (e.g., fullscreen or in an independent resizable window). Captions, subtitles or other additional visual tracks should remain available and visible when enabled. As for the other user interface features, controls to enable this should not interfere with the page’s normal rendering unless the user agent is exposing a user interface. As for the other user interface features, controls to enable this should not interfere with the page’s normal rendering unless the user agent is exposing a user interface. In such an independent context, however, user agents may make full user interfaces visible e.g., play, pause, seeking, and volume controls even if the controls attribute is absent. User agents may allow video playback to affect system features that could interfere with the user’s experience; for example, user agents could disable screensavers while video playback is in progress. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The poster IDL attribute must reflect the poster content attribute. This example shows how to detect when a video has failed to play correctly:

    Download the video file.

    4.7.11. The audio element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Embedded content. If the element has a controls attribute: Interactive content. If the element has a controls attribute: Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where embedded content is expected. Content model: If the element has a src attribute: zero or more track elements, then transparent, but with no media element descendants. If the element does not have a src attribute: zero or more source elements, then zero or more track elements, then transparent, but with no media element descendants. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes src - Address of the resource crossorigin - How the element handles crossorigin requests preload - Hints how much buffering the media resource will likely need autoplay - Hint that the media resource can be started automatically when the page is loaded loop - Whether to loop the media resource muted - Whether to mute the media resource by default controls - Show user agent controls Allowed ARIA role attribute values: application. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: [NamedConstructor=Audio(optional DOMString src)] interface HTMLAudioElement : HTMLMediaElement {}; An audio element represents a sound or audio stream. Content may be provided inside the audio element. User agents should not show this content to the user; it is intended for older Web browsers which do not support audio, so that legacy audio plugins can be tried, or to show text to the users of these older browsers informing them of how to access the audio contents. In particular, this content is not intended to address accessibility concerns. To make audio content accessible to the deaf or to those with other physical or cognitive disabilities, a variety of features are available. If captions or a sign language video are available, the video element can be used instead of the audio element to play the audio, allowing users to enable the visual alternatives. Chapter titles can be provided to aid navigation, using the track element and a WebVTT file. And, naturally, transcripts or other textual alternatives can be provided by simply linking to them in the prose near the audio element. [WEBVTT] The audio element is a media element whose media data is ostensibly audio data. The src, preload, autoplay, loop, muted, and controls attributes are the attributes common to all media elements. When an audio element is potentially playing, it must have its audio data played synchronized with the current playback position, at the element’s effective media volume. The user agent must play the audio from audio tracks that were enabled when the event loop last reached step 1. When an audio element is not potentially playing, audio must not play for the element. audio = new Audio( [ url ] ) Returns a new audio element, with the src attribute set to the value passed in the argument, if applicable. A constructor is provided for creating HTMLAudioElement objects (in addition to the factory methods from DOM such as createElement()): Audio(src). When invoked as a constructor, it must return a new HTMLAudioElement object (a new audio element). The element must be created with its preload attribute set to the literal value "auto". If the src argument is present, the object created must be created with its src content attribute set to the provided value (this will cause the user agent to invoke the object’s resource selection algorithm before returning). The element’s node document must be the active document of the browsing context of the Window object on which the interface object of the invoked constructor is found. 4.7.12. The track element Categories: None. Contexts in which this element can be used: As a child of a media element, before any flow content. Content model: Nothing. Tag omission in text/html: No end tag Content attributes: Global attributes kind - The type of text track src - Address of the resource srclang - Language of the text track label - User-visible label default - Enable the track if no other text track is more suitable Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes DOM interface: interface HTMLTrackElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString kind; attribute DOMString src; attribute DOMString srclang; attribute DOMString label; attribute boolean default; const unsigned short NONE = 0; const unsigned short LOADING = 1; const unsigned short LOADED = 2; const unsigned short ERROR = 3; readonly attribute unsigned short readyState; readonly attribute TextTrack track; }; The track element allows authors to specify explicit external text resources for media elements. It does not represent anything on its own. The kind attribute is an enumerated attribute. The following table lists the keywords defined for this attribute. The keyword given in the first cell of each row maps to the state given in the second cell. Keyword State Brief description Transcription or translation of the dialog, suitable for when the sound is available but not subtitles Subtitles understood (e.g., because the user does not understand the language of the media resource’s audio track). Overlaid on the video. Transcription or translation of the dialog, sound effects, relevant musical cues, and other relevant audio information, suitable for when captions Captions sound is unavailable or not clearly audible (e.g., because it is muted, drowned-out by ambient noise, or because the user is deaf). Overlaid on the video; labeled as appropriate for the hard-of-hearing. Textual descriptions of the video component of the media resource, intended for audio synthesis when the visual component is obscured, descriptions Descriptions unavailable, or not usable (e.g., because the user is interacting with the application without a screen while driving, or because the user is blind). Synthesized as audio. Chapter titles, intended to be used for chapters Chapters navigating the media resource. Displayed as an interactive (potentially nested) list in the user agent’s interface. metadata Metadata Tracks intended for use from script. Not displayed by the user agent. The attribute may be omitted. The missing value default is the subtitles state. The invalid value default is the metadata state. The src attribute gives the address of the text track data. The value must be a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces. This attribute must be present. If the element has a src attribute whose value is not the empty string and whose value, when the attribute was set, could be successfully parsed relative to the element’s node document, then the element’s track URL is the resulting URL string. Otherwise, the element’s track URL is the empty string. If the element’s track URL identifies a WebVTT resource, and the element’s kind attribute is not in the Metadata state, then the WebVTT file must be a WebVTT file using cue text. [WEBVTT] Furthermore, if the element’s track URL identifies a WebVTT resource, and the element’s kind attribute is in the chapters state, then the WebVTT file must be both a WebVTT file using chapter title text and a WebVTT file using only nested cues. [WEBVTT] The srclang attribute gives the language of the text track data. The value must be a valid BCP 47 language tag. This attribute must be present if the element’s kind attribute is in the subtitles state. [BCP47] If the element has a srclang attribute whose value is not the empty string, then the element’s track language is the value of the attribute. Otherwise, the element has no track language. The label attribute gives a user-readable title for the track. This title is used by user agents when listing subtitle, caption, and audio description tracks in their user interface. The value of the label attribute, if the attribute is present, must not be the empty string. Furthermore, there must not be two track element children of the same media element whose kind attributes are in the same state, whose srclang attributes are both missing or have values that represent the same language, and whose label attributes are again both missing or both have the same value. If the element has a label attribute whose value is not the empty string, then the element’s track label is the value of the attribute. Otherwise, the element’s track label is an empty string. The default attribute is a boolean attribute, which, if specified, indicates that the track is to be enabled if the user’s preferences do not indicate that another track would be more appropriate. Each media element must have no more than one track element child whose kind attribute is in the Subtitles or Captions state and whose default attribute is specified. Each media element must have no more than one track element child whose kind attribute is in the Descriptions state and whose default attribute is specified. Each media element must have no more than one track element child whose kind attribute is in the Chapters state and whose default attribute is specified. There is no limit on the number of track elements whose kind attribute is in the Metadata state and whose default attribute is specified. track . readyState Returns the text track readiness state, represented by a number from the following list: track . NONE (0) The text track not loaded state. track . LOADING (1) The text track loading state. track . LOADED (2) The text track loaded state. track . ERROR (3) The text track failed to load state. track . track Returns the TextTrack object corresponding to the text track of the track element. The readyState attribute must return the numeric value corresponding to the text track readiness state of the track element’s text track, as defined by the following list: NONE (numeric value 0) The text track not loaded state. LOADING (numeric value 1) The text track loading state. LOADED (numeric value 2) The text track loaded state. ERROR (numeric value 3) The text track failed to load state. The track IDL attribute must, on getting, return the track element’s text track’s corresponding TextTrack object. The src, srclang, label, and default IDL attributes must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. The kind IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name, limited to only known values. This video has subtitles in several languages: (The lang attributes on the last two describe the language of the label attribute, not the language of the subtitles themselves. The language of the subtitles is given by the srclang attribute.) 4.7.13. Media elements HTMLMediaElement objects (audio and video, in this specification) are simply known as media elements. enum CanPlayTypeResult { "" /* empty string */, "maybe", "probably" }; typedef (MediaStream or MediaSource or Blob) MediaProvider; interface HTMLMediaElement : HTMLElement { // error state readonly attribute MediaError? error; // network state attribute DOMString src; attribute MediaProvider? srcObject; readonly attribute DOMString currentSrc; attribute DOMString? crossOrigin; const unsigned short NETWORK_EMPTY = 0; const unsigned short NETWORK_IDLE = 1; const unsigned short NETWORK_LOADING = 2; const unsigned short NETWORK_NO_SOURCE = 3; readonly attribute unsigned short networkState; attribute DOMString preload; readonly attribute TimeRanges buffered; void load(); CanPlayTypeResult canPlayType(DOMString type); // ready state const unsigned short HAVE_NOTHING = 0; const unsigned short HAVE_METADATA = 1; const unsigned short HAVE_CURRENT_DATA = 2; const unsigned short HAVE_FUTURE_DATA = 3; const unsigned short HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA = 4; readonly attribute unsigned short readyState; readonly attribute boolean seeking; // playback state attribute double currentTime; void fastSeek(double time); readonly attribute unrestricted double duration; object getStartDate(); readonly attribute boolean paused; attribute double defaultPlaybackRate; attribute double playbackRate; readonly attribute TimeRanges played; readonly attribute TimeRanges seekable; readonly attribute boolean ended; attribute boolean autoplay; attribute boolean loop; void play(); void pause(); // controls attribute boolean controls; attribute double volume; attribute boolean muted; attribute boolean defaultMuted; // tracks [SameObject] readonly attribute AudioTrackList audioTracks; [SameObject] readonly attribute VideoTrackList videoTracks; [SameObject] readonly attribute TextTrackList textTracks; TextTrack addTextTrack(TextTrackKind kind, optional DOMString label = "", optional DOMString language = ""); }; The media element attributes, src, crossorigin, preload, autoplay, loop, muted, and controls, apply to all media elements. They are defined in this section. Media elements are used to present audio data, or video and audio data, to the user. This is referred to as media data in this section, since this section applies equally to media elements for audio or for video. The term media resource is used to refer to the complete set of media data, e.g., the complete video file, or complete audio file. A media resource can have multiple audio and video tracks. For the purposes of a media element, the video data of the media resource is only that of the currently selected track (if any) as given by the element’s videoTracks attribute when the event loop last reached step 1, and the audio data of the media resource is the result of mixing all the currently enabled tracks (if any) given by the element’s audioTracks attribute when the event loop last reached step 1. Both audio and video elements can be used for both audio and video. The main difference between the two is simply that the audio element has no playback area for visual content (such as video or captions), whereas the video element does. Except where otherwise explicitly specified, the task source for all the tasks queued in this section and its subsections is the media element event task source of the media element in question. 4.7.13.1. Error codes media . error Returns a MediaError object representing the current error state of the element. Returns null if there is no error. All media elements have an associated error status, which records the last error the element encountered since its resource selection algorithm was last invoked. The error attribute, on getting, must return the MediaError object created for this last error, or null if there has not been an error. interface MediaError { const unsigned short MEDIA_ERR_ABORTED = 1; const unsigned short MEDIA_ERR_NETWORK = 2; const unsigned short MEDIA_ERR_DECODE = 3; const unsigned short MEDIA_ERR_SRC_NOT_SUPPORTED = 4; readonly attribute unsigned short code; }; media . error . code Returns the current error’s error code, from the list below. The code attribute of a MediaError object must return the code for the error, which must be one of the following: MEDIA_ERR_ABORTED (numeric value 1) The fetching process for the media resource was aborted by the user agent at the user’s request. MEDIA_ERR_NETWORK (numeric value 2) A network error of some description caused the user agent to stop fetching the media resource, after the resource was established to be usable. MEDIA_ERR_DECODE (numeric value 3) An error of some description occurred while decoding the media resource, after the resource was established to be usable. MEDIA_ERR_SRC_NOT_SUPPORTED (numeric value 4) The media resource indicated by the src attribute or assigned media provider object was not suitable. 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource The src content attribute on media elements gives the address of the media resource (video, audio) to show. The attribute, if present, must contain a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces. The crossorigin content attribute on media elements is a CORS settings attribute. If a media element is created with a src attribute, the user agent must immediately invoke the media element’s resource selection algorithm. If a src attribute of a media element is set or changed, the user agent must invoke the media element’s media element load algorithm. (Removing the src attribute does not do this, even if there are source elements present.) The src IDL attribute on media elements must reflect the content attribute of the same name. The crossOrigin IDL attribute must reflect the crossorigin content attribute. A media provider object is an object that can represent a media resource, separate from a URL. MediaStream objects, MediaSource objects, Blob objects, and File objects are all media provider objects. Each media element can have an assigned media provider object, which is a media provider object. When a media element is created, it has no assigned media provider object. media . srcObject [ = source ] Allows the media element to be assigned a media provider object. media . currentSrc Returns the URL of the current media resource, if any. Returns the empty string when there is no media resource, or it doesn’t have a URL. The currentSrc IDL attribute is initially the empty string. Its value is changed by the resource selection algorithm defined below. The srcObject IDL attribute, on getting, must return the element’s assigned media provider object, if any, or null otherwise. On setting, it must set the element’s assigned media provider object to the new value, and then invoke the element’s media element load algorithm. There are three ways to specify a media resource, the srcObject IDL attribute, the src content attribute, and source elements. The IDL attribute takes priority, followed by the content attribute, followed by the elements. 4.7.13.3. MIME types A media resource can be described in terms of its type, specifically a MIME type, in some cases with a codecs parameter. (Whether the codecs parameter is allowed or not depends on the MIME type.) [RFC6381] Types are usually somewhat incomplete descriptions; for example "video/mpeg" doesn’t say anything except what the container type is, and even a type like "video/mp4; codecs="avc1.42E01E, mp4a.40.2"" doesn’t include information like the actual bitrate (only the maximum bitrate). Thus, given a type, a user agent can often only know whether it might be able to play media of that type (with varying levels of confidence), or whether it definitely cannot play media of that type. A type that the user agent knows it cannot render is one that describes a resource that the user agent definitely does not support, for example because it doesn’t recognize the container type, or it doesn’t support the listed codecs. The MIME type "application/octet-stream" with no parameters is never a type that the user agent knows it cannot render. User agents must treat that type as equivalent to the lack of any explicit Content-Type metadata when it is used to label a potential media resource. Only the MIME type "application/octet-stream" with no parameters is special-cased here; if any parameter appears with it, it will be treated just like any other MIME type. This is a deviation from the rule that unknown MIME type parameters should be ignored. media . canPlayType(type) Returns the empty string (a negative response), "maybe", or "probably" based on how confident the user agent is that it can play media resources of the given type. The canPlayType(type) method must return the empty string if type is a type that the user agent knows it cannot render or is the type "application/octet-stream"; it must return "probably" if the user agent is confident that the type represents a media resource that it can render if used in with this audio or video element; and it must return "maybe" otherwise. Implementors are encouraged to return "maybe" unless the type can be confidently established as being supported or not. Generally, a user agent should never return "probably" for a type that allows the codecs parameter if that parameter is not present. This script tests to see if the user agent supports a (fictional) new format to dynamically decide whether to use a video element or a plugin:

    Download video

    The type attribute of the source element allows the user agent to avoid downloading resources that use formats it cannot render. 4.7.13.4. Network states media . networkState Returns the current state of network activity for the element, from the codes in the list below. As media elements interact with the network, their current network activity is represented by the networkState attribute. On getting, it must return the current network state of the element, which must be one of the following values: NETWORK_EMPTY (numeric value 0) The element has not yet been initialized. All attributes are in their initial states. NETWORK_IDLE (numeric value 1) The element’s resource selection algorithm is active and has selected a resource, but it is not actually using the network at this time. NETWORK_LOADING (numeric value 2) The user agent is actively trying to download data. NETWORK_NO_SOURCE (numeric value 3) The element’s resource selection algorithm is active, but it has not yet found a resource to use. The resource selection algorithm defined below describes exactly when the networkState attribute changes value and what events fire to indicate changes in this state. 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource media . load() Causes the element to reset and start selecting and loading a new media resource from scratch. All media elements have an autoplaying flag, which must begin in the true state, and a delaying-the-load-event flag, which must begin in the false state. While the delaying-the-load-event flag is true, the element must delay the load event of its document. When the load() method on a media element is invoked, the user agent must run the media element load algorithm. The media element load algorithm consists of the following steps. 1. Abort any already-running instance of the resource selection algorithm for this element. 2. If there are any tasks from the media element’s media element event task source in one of the task queues, then remove those tasks. Basically, pending events and callbacks for the media element are discarded when the media element starts loading a new resource. 3. If the media element’s networkState is set to NETWORK_LOADING or NETWORK_IDLE, queue a task to fire a simple event named abort at the media element. 4. If the media element’s networkState is not set to NETWORK_EMPTY, then run these substeps: 1. Queue a task to fire a simple event named emptied at the media element. 2. If a fetching process is in progress for the media element, the user agent should stop it. 3. If the media element’s assigned media provider object is a MediaSource object, then detach it. 4. Forget the media element’s media-resource-specific tracks. 5. If readyState is not set to HAVE_NOTHING, then set it to that state. 6. If the paused attribute is false, then set it to true. 7. If seeking is true, set it to false. 8. Set the current playback position to 0. Set the official playback position to 0. If this changed the official playback position, then queue a task to fire a simple event named timeupdate at the media element. 9. Set the initial playback position to 0. 10. Set the timeline offset to Not-a-Number (NaN). 11. Update the duration attribute to Not-a-Number (NaN). The user agent will not fire a durationchange event for this particular change of the duration. 5. Set the playbackRate attribute to the value of the defaultPlaybackRate attribute. 6. Set the error attribute to null and the autoplaying flag to true. 7. Invoke the media element’s resource selection algorithm. 8. Playback of any previously playing media resource for this element stops. The resource selection algorithm for a media element is as follows. This algorithm is always invoked as part of a task, but one of the first steps in the algorithm is to return and continue running the remaining steps in parallel. In addition, this algorithm interacts closely with the event loop mechanism; in particular, it has synchronous sections (which are triggered as part of the event loop algorithm). Steps in such sections are marked with ⌛. 1. Set the element’s networkState attribute to the NETWORK_NO_SOURCE value. 2. Set the element’s show poster flag to true. 3. Set the media element’s delaying-the-load-event flag to true (this delays the load event). 4. in parallel await a stable state, allowing the task that invoked this algorithm to continue. The synchronous section consists of all the remaining steps of this algorithm until the algorithm says the synchronous section has ended. (Steps in synchronous sections are marked with ⌛.) 5. ⌛ If the media element’s blocked-on-parser flag is false, then populate the list of pending text tracks. 6. ⌛ If the media element has an assigned media provider object, then let mode be object. ⌛ Otherwise, if the media element has no assigned media provider object but has a src attribute, then let mode be attribute. ⌛ Otherwise, if the media element does not have an assigned media provider object and does not have a src attribute, but does have a source element child, then let mode be children and let candidate be the first such source element child in tree order. ⌛ Otherwise the media element has no assigned media provider object and has neither a src attribute nor a source element child: set the networkState to NETWORK_EMPTY, and abort these steps; the synchronous section ends. 7. ⌛ Set the media element’s networkState to NETWORK_LOADING. 8. ⌛ Queue a task to fire a simple event named loadstart at the media element. 9. Run the appropriate steps from the following list: If mode is object 1. ⌛ Set the currentSrc attribute to the empty string. 2. End the synchronous section, continuing the remaining steps in parallel. 3. Run the resource fetch algorithm with the assigned media provider object. If that algorithm returns without aborting this one, then the load failed. 4. Failed with media provider: Reaching this step indicates that the media resource failed to load. Queue a task to run the dedicated media source failure steps. 5. Wait for the task queued by the previous step to have executed. 6. Abort these steps. The element won’t attempt to load another resource until this algorithm is triggered again. If mode is attribute 1. ⌛ If the src attribute’s value is the empty string, then end the synchronous section, and jump down to the failed with attribute step below. 2. ⌛ Let urlString and urlRecord be the resulting URL string and the resulting URL record, respectively, that would have resulted from parsing the URL specified by the src attribute’s value relative to the media element's node document when the src attribute was last changed. 3. ⌛ If urlString was obtained successfully, set the currentSrc attribute to urlString. 4. End the synchronous section, continuing the remaining steps in parallel. 5. If urlRecord was obtained successfully, run the resource fetch algorithm with urlRecord. If that algorithm returns without aborting this one, then the load failed. 6. Failed with attribute: Reaching this step indicates that the media resource failed to load or that the given URL could not be parsed. Queue a task to run the dedicated media source failure steps. 7. Wait for the task queued by the previous step to have executed. 8. Abort these steps. The element won’t attempt to load another resource until this algorithm is triggered again. Otherwise (mode is children) 1. ⌛ Let pointer be a position defined by two adjacent nodes in the media element’s child list, treating the start of the list (before the first child in the list, if any) and end of the list (after the last child in the list, if any) as nodes in their own right. One node is the node before pointer, and the other node is the node after pointer. Initially, let pointer be the position between the candidate node and the next node, if there are any, or the end of the list, if it is the last node. As nodes are inserted and removed into the media element, pointer must be updated as follows: If a new node is inserted between the two nodes that define pointer Let pointer be the point between the node before pointer and the new node. In other words, insertions at pointer go after pointer. If the node before pointer is removed Let pointer be the point between the node after pointer and the node before the node after pointer. In other words, pointer doesn’t move relative to the remaining nodes. If the node after pointer is removed Let pointer be the point between the node before pointer and the node after the node before pointer. Just as with the previous case, pointer doesn’t move relative to the remaining nodes. Other changes don’t affect pointer. 2. ⌛ Process candidate: If candidate does not have a src attribute, or if its src attribute’s value is the empty string, then end the synchronous section, and jump down to the failed with elements step below. 3. ⌛ Let urlString and urlRecord be the resulting URL string and the resulting URL record, respectively, that would have resulted from parsing the URL specified by candidate’s src attribute’s value relative to the candidate’s node document when the src attribute was last changed. 4. ⌛ If urlString was not obtained successfully, then end the synchronous section, and jump down to the Failed with elements step below. 5. ⌛ If candidate has a type attribute whose value, when parsed as a MIME type (including any codecs described by the codecs parameter, for types that define that parameter), represents a type that the user agent knows it cannot render, then end the synchronous section, and jump down to the failed with elements step below. 6. ⌛ Set the currentSrc attribute to urlString. 7. End the synchronous section, continuing the remaining steps in parallel. 8. Run the resource fetch algorithm with urlRecord. If that algorithm returns without aborting this one, then the load failed. 9. Failed with elements: Queue a task to fire a simple event named error at the candidate element. 10. Await a stable state. The synchronous section consists of all the remaining steps of this algorithm until the algorithm says the synchronous section has ended. (Steps in synchronous sections are marked with ⌛.) 11. ⌛ Forget the media element’s media-resource-specific tracks. 12. ⌛ Find next candidate: Let candidate be null. 13. ⌛ Search loop: If the node after pointer is the end of the list, then jump to the waiting step below. 14. ⌛ If the node after pointer is a source element, let candidate be that element. 15. ⌛ Advance pointer so that the node before pointer is now the node that was after pointer, and the node after pointer is the node after the node that used to be after pointer, if any. 16. ⌛ If candidate is null, jump back to the search loop step. Otherwise, jump back to the process candidate step. 17. ⌛ Waiting: Set the element’s networkState attribute to the NETWORK_NO_SOURCE value. 18. ⌛ Set the element’s show poster flag to true. 19. ⌛ Queue a task to set the element’s delaying-the-load-event flag to false. This stops delaying the load event. 20. End the synchronous section, continuing the remaining steps in parallel. 21. Wait until the node after pointer is a node other than the end of the list. (This step might wait forever.) 22. Await a stable state. The synchronous section consists of all the remaining steps of this algorithm until the algorithm says the synchronous section has ended. (Steps in synchronous sections are marked with ⌛.) 23. ⌛ Set the element’s delaying-the-load-event flag back to true (this delays the load event again, in case it hasn’t been fired yet). 24. ⌛ Set the networkState back to NETWORK_LOADING. 25. ⌛ Jump back to the find next candidate step above. The dedicated media source failure steps are the following steps: 1. Set the error attribute to a new MediaError object whose code attribute is set to MEDIA_ERR_SRC_NOT_SUPPORTED. 2. Forget the media element’s media-resource-specific tracks. 3. Set the element’s networkState attribute to the NETWORK_NO_SOURCE value. 4. Set the element’s show poster flag to true. 5. Fire a simple event named error at the media element. 6. Set the element’s delaying-the-load-event flag to false. This stops delaying the load event. The resource fetch algorithm for a media element and a given URL record or media provider object is as follows: 1. If the algorithm was invoked with media provider object or a URL record whose object is a media provider object, then let mode be local. Otherwise let mode be remote. 2. If mode is remote, then let the current media resource be the resource given by the URL record passed to this algorithm; otherwise, let the current media resource be the resource given by the media provider object. Either way, the current media resource is now the element’s media resource. 3. Remove all media-resource-specific text tracks from the media element’s list of pending text tracks, if any. 4. Run the appropriate steps from the following list: If mode is remote 1. Optionally, run the following substeps. This is the expected behavior if the user agent intends to not attempt to fetch the resource until the user requests it explicitly (e.g., as a way to implement the preload attribute’s none keyword). 1. Set the networkState to NETWORK_IDLE. 2. Queue a task to fire a simple event named suspend at the element. 3. Queue a task to set the element’s delaying-the-load-event flag to false. This stops delaying the load event. 4. Wait for the task to be run. 5. Wait for an implementation-defined event (e.g., the user requesting that the media element begin playback). 6. Set the element’s delaying-the-load-event flag back to true (this delays the load event again, in case it hasn’t been fired yet). 7. Set the networkState to NETWORK_LOADING. 2. Let request be the result of creating a potential-CORS request given current media resource’s URL record and the media element’s crossorigin content attribute value. Set request’s client to the media element’s node document’s Window object’s environment settings object and type to "audio" if the media element is an audio element and to "video" otherwise. Fetch request. The response’s unsafe response obtained in this fashion, if any, contains the media data. It can be CORS-same-origin or CORS-cross-origin; this affects whether subtitles referenced in the media data are exposed in the API and, for video elements, whether a canvas gets tainted when the video is drawn on it. The stall timeout is a user-agent defined length of time, which should be about three seconds. When a media element that is actively attempting to obtain media data has failed to receive any data for a duration equal to the stall timeout, the user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event named stalled at the element. User agents may allow users to selectively block or slow media data downloads. When a media element’s download has been blocked altogether, the user agent must act as if it was stalled (as opposed to acting as if the connection was closed). The rate of the download may also be throttled automatically by the user agent, e.g., to balance the download with other connections sharing the same bandwidth. User agents may decide to not download more content at any time, e.g., after buffering five minutes of a one hour media resource, while waiting for the user to decide whether to play the resource or not, while waiting for user input in an interactive resource, or when the user navigates away from the page. When a media element’s download has been suspended, the user agent must queue a task, to set the networkState to NETWORK_IDLE and fire a simple event named suspend at the element. If and when downloading of the resource resumes, the user agent must queue a task to set the networkState to NETWORK_LOADING. Between the queuing of these tasks, the load is suspended (so progress events don’t fire, as described above). The preload attribute provides a hint regarding how much buffering the author thinks is advisable, even in the absence of the autoplay attribute. When a user agent decides to completely suspend a download, e.g., if it is waiting until the user starts playback before downloading any further content, the user agent must queue a task to set the element’s delaying-the-load-event flag to false. This stops delaying the load event. The user agent may use whatever means necessary to fetch the resource (within the constraints put forward by this and other specifications); for example, reconnecting to the server in the face of network errors, using HTTP range retrieval requests, or switching to a streaming protocol. The user agent must consider a resource erroneous only if it has given up trying to fetch it. To determine the format of the media resource, the user agent must use the rules for sniffing audio and video specifically. While the load is not suspended (see below), every 350ms (±200ms) or for every byte received, whichever is least frequent, queue a task to fire a simple event named progress at the element. The networking task source tasks to process the data as it is being fetched must each immediately queue a task to run the first appropriate steps from the media data processing steps list below. (A new task is used for this so that the work described below occurs relative to the media element event task source rather than the networking task source.) When the networking task source has queued the last task as part of fetching the media resource (i.e., once the download has completed), if the fetching process completes without errors, including decoding the media data, and if all of the data is available to the user agent without network access, then, the user agent must move on to the final step below. This might never happen, e.g., when streaming an infinite resource such as Web radio, or if the resource is longer than the user agent’s ability to cache data. While the user agent might still need network access to obtain parts of the media resource, the user agent must remain on this step. For example, if the user agent has discarded the first half of a video, the user agent will remain at this step even once the playback has ended, because there is always the chance the user will seek back to the start. In fact, in this situation, once playback has ended, the user agent will end up firing a suspend event, as described earlier. Otherwise (mode is local) The resource described by the current media resource, if any, contains the media data. It is CORS-same-origin. If the current media resource is a raw data stream (e.g., from a File object), then to determine the format of the media resource, the user agent must use the rules for sniffing audio and video specifically. Otherwise, if the data stream is pre-decoded, then the format is the format given by the relevant specification. Set the element’s delaying-the-load-event flag to false. This stops delaying the load event when the resource is local. Whenever new data for the current media resource becomes available, queue a task to run the first appropriate steps from the media data processing steps list below. When the current media resource is permanently exhausted (e.g., all the bytes of a Blob have been processed), if there were no decoding errors, then the user agent must move on to the final step below. This might never happen, e.g., if the current media resource is a MediaStream. The media data processing steps list is as follows: If the media data cannot be fetched at all, due to network errors, causing the user agent to give up trying to fetch the resource If the media data can be fetched but is found by inspection to be in an unsupported format, or can otherwise not be rendered at all DNS errors, HTTP 4xx and 5xx errors (and equivalents in other protocols), and other fatal network errors that occur before the user agent has established whether the current media resource is usable, as well as the file using an unsupported container format, or using unsupported codecs for all the data, must cause the user agent to execute the following steps: 1. The user agent should cancel the fetching process. 2. Abort this subalgorithm, returning to the resource selection algorithm. If the media resource is found to have an audio track 1. Create an AudioTrack object to represent the audio track. 2. Update the media element’s audioTracks attribute’s AudioTrackList object with the new AudioTrack object. 3. Let enable be unknown. 4. If either the media resource or the address of the current media resource indicate a particular set of audio tracks to enable, or if the user agent has information that would facilitate the selection of specific audio tracks to improve the user’s experience, then: if this audio track is one of the ones to enable, then set enable to true, otherwise, set enable to false. This could be triggered by Media Fragments URI fragment identifier syntax, but it could also be triggered e.g., by the user agent selecting a 5.1 surround sound audio track over a stereo audio track. [MEDIA-FRAGS] 5. If enable is still unknown, then, if the media element does not yet have an enabled audio track, then set enable to true, otherwise, set enable to false. 6. If enable is true, then enable this audio track, otherwise, do not enable this audio track. 7. Fire a trusted event with the name addtrack, that does not bubble and is not cancelable, and that uses the TrackEvent interface, with the track attribute initialized to the new AudioTrack object, at this AudioTrackList object. If the media resource is found to have a video track 1. Create a VideoTrack object to represent the video track. 2. Update the media element’s videoTracks attribute’s VideoTrackList object with the new VideoTrack object. 3. Let enable be unknown. 4. If either the media resource or the address of the current media resource indicate a particular set of video tracks to enable, or if the user agent has information that would facilitate the selection of specific video tracks to improve the user’s experience, then: if this video track is the first such video track, then set enable to true, otherwise, set enable to false. This could again be triggered by media fragments syntax. 5. If enable is still unknown, then, if the media element does not yet have a selected video track, then set enable to true, otherwise, set enable to false. 6. If enable is true, then select this track and unselect any previously selected video tracks, otherwise, do not select this video track. If other tracks are unselected, then a change event will be fired. 7. Fire a trusted event with the name addtrack, that does not bubble and is not cancelable, and that uses the TrackEvent interface, with the track attribute initialized to the new VideoTrack object, at this VideoTrackList object. Once enough of the media data has been fetched to determine the duration of the media resource, its dimensions, and other metadata This indicates that the resource is usable. The user agent must follow these substeps: 1. Establish the media timeline for the purposes of the current playback position and the earliest possible position, based on the media data. 2. Update the timeline offset to the date and time that corresponds to the zero time in the media timeline established in the previous step, if any. If no explicit time and date is given by the media resource, the timeline offset must be set to Not-a-Number (NaN). 3. Set the current playback position and the official playback position to the earliest possible position. 4. Update the duration attribute with the time of the last frame of the resource, if known, on the media timeline established above. If it is not known (e.g., a stream that is in principle infinite), update the duration attribute to the value positive Infinity. The user agent will queue a task to fire a simple event named durationchange at the element at this point. 5. For video elements, set the videoWidth and videoHeight attributes, and queue a task to fire a simple event named resize at the media element. Further resize events will be fired if the dimensions subsequently change. 6. Set the readyState attribute to HAVE_METADATA. A loadedmetadata DOM event will be fired as part of setting the readyState attribute to a new value. 7. Let jumped be false. 8. If the media element’s default playback start position is greater than zero, then seek to that time, and let jumped be true. 9. Let the media element’s default playback start position be zero. 10. Let the initial playback position be zero. 11. If either the media resource or the address of the current media resource indicate a particular start time, then set the initial playback position to that time and, if jumped is still false, seek to that time and let jumped be true. For example, with media formats that support the media fragment syntax the fragment, can be used to indicate a start position. [MEDIA-FRAGS] 12. If there is no enabled audio track, then enable an audio track. This will cause a change event to be fired. 13. If there is no selected video track, then select a video track. This will cause a change event to be fired. Once the readyState attribute reaches HAVE_CURRENT_DATA, after the loadeddata event has been fired, set the element’s delaying-the-load-event flag to false. This stops delaying the load event. A user agent that is attempting to reduce network usage while still fetching the metadata for each media resource would also stop buffering at this point, following the rules described previously, which involve the networkState attribute switching to the NETWORK_IDLE value and a suspend event firing. The user agent is required to determine the duration of the media resource and go through this step before playing. Once the entire media resource has been fetched (but potentially before any of it has been decoded) Fire a simple event named progress at the media element. Set the networkState to NETWORK_IDLE and fire a simple event named suspend at the media element. If the user agent ever discards any media data and then needs to resume the network activity to obtain it again, then it must queue a task to set the networkState to NETWORK_LOADING. If the user agent can keep the media resource loaded, then the algorithm will continue to its final step below, which aborts the algorithm. If the connection is interrupted after some media data has been received, causing the user agent to give up trying to fetch the resource Fatal network errors that occur after the user agent has established whether the current media resource is usable (i.e., once the media element’s readyState attribute is no longer HAVE_NOTHING) must cause the user agent to execute the following steps: 1. The user agent should cancel the fetching process. 2. Set the error attribute to a new MediaError object whose code attribute is set to MEDIA_ERR_NETWORK. 3. Set the element’s networkState attribute to the NETWORK_IDLE value. 4. Set the element’s delaying-the-load-event flag to false. This stops delaying the load event. 5. Fire a simple event named error at the media element. 6. Abort the overall resource selection algorithm. If the media data is corrupted Fatal errors in decoding the media data that occur after the user agent has established whether the current media resource is usable (i.e., once the media element’s readyState attribute is no longer HAVE_NOTHING) must cause the user agent to execute the following steps: 1. The user agent should cancel the fetching process. 2. Set the error attribute to a new MediaError object whose code attribute is set to MEDIA_ERR_DECODE. 3. Set the element’s networkState attribute to the NETWORK_IDLE value. 4. Set the element’s delaying-the-load-event flag to false. This stops delaying the load event. 5. Fire a simple event named error at the media element. 6. Abort the overall resource selection algorithm. If the media data fetching process is aborted by the user The fetching process is aborted by the user, e.g., because the user pressed a "stop" button, the user agent must execute the following steps. These steps are not followed if the load() method itself is invoked while these steps are running, as the steps above handle that particular kind of abort. 1. The user agent should cancel the fetching process. 2. Set the error attribute to a new MediaError object whose code attribute is set to MEDIA_ERR_ABORTED. 3. Fire a simple event named abort at the media element. 4. If the media element’s readyState attribute has a value equal to HAVE_NOTHING, set the element’s networkState attribute to the NETWORK_EMPTY value, set the element’s show poster flag to true, and fire a simple event named emptied at the element. Otherwise, set the element’s networkState attribute to the NETWORK_IDLE value. 5. Set the element’s delaying-the-load-event flag to false. This stops delaying the load event. 6. Abort the overall resource selection algorithm. If the media data can be fetched but has non-fatal errors or uses, in part, codecs that are unsupported, preventing the user agent from rendering the content completely correctly but not preventing playback altogether The server returning data that is partially usable but cannot be optimally rendered must cause the user agent to render just the bits it can handle, and ignore the rest. If the media resource is found to declare a media-resource-specific text track that the user agent supports If the media data is CORS-same-origin, run the steps to expose a media-resource-specific text track with the relevant data. Cross-origin videos do not expose their subtitles, since that would allow attacks such as hostile sites reading subtitles from confidential videos on a user’s intranet. 5. Final step: If the user agent ever reaches this step (which can only happen if the entire resource gets loaded and kept available): abort the overall resource selection algorithm. When a media element is to forget the media element’s media-resource-specific tracks, the user agent must remove from the media element’s list of text tracks all the media-resource-specific text tracks, then empty the media element’s audioTracks attribute’s AudioTrackList object, then empty the media element’s videoTracks attribute’s VideoTrackList object. No events (in particular, no removetrack events) are fired as part of this; the error and emptied events, fired by the algorithms that invoke this one, can be used instead. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The preload attribute is an enumerated attribute. The following table lists the keywords and states for the attribute — the keywords in the left column map to the states in the cell in the second column on the same row as the keyword. The attribute can be changed even once the media resource is being buffered or played; the descriptions in the table below are to be interpreted with that in mind. Keyword State Brief description Hints to the user agent that either the author does not expect the user to need the media resource, or that the server wants to minimize unnecessary traffic. This none None state does not provide a hint regarding how aggressively to actually download the media resource if buffering starts anyway (e.g., once the user hits "play"). Hints to the user agent that the author does not expect the user to need the media resource, but that fetching the resource metadata (dimensions, track list, duration, etc), and maybe even the first few frames, is reasonable. If the user agent precisely fetches no more than the metadata, then the media element will end up with its readyState attribute set to HAVE_METADATA; metadata Metadata typically though, some frames will be obtained as well and it will probably be HAVE_CURRENT_DATA or HAVE_FUTURE_DATA. When the media resource is playing, hints to the user agent that bandwidth is to be considered scarce, e.g., suggesting throttling the download so that the media data is obtained at the slowest possible rate that still maintains consistent playback. Hints to the user agent that the user agent can put the auto Automatic user’s needs first without risk to the server, up to and including optimistically downloading the entire resource. The empty string is also a valid keyword, and maps to the Automatic state. The attribute’s missing value default is user-agent defined, though the Metadata state is suggested as a compromise between reducing server load and providing an optimal user experience. Authors might switch the attribute from "none" or "metadata" to "auto" dynamically once the user begins playback. For example, on a page with many videos this might be used to indicate that the many videos are not to be downloaded unless requested, but that once one is requested it is to be downloaded aggressively. The preload attribute is intended to provide a hint to the user agent about what the author thinks will lead to the best user experience. The attribute may be ignored altogether, for example based on explicit user preferences or based on the available connectivity. The preload IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name, limited to only known values. The autoplay attribute can override the preload attribute (since if the media plays, it naturally has to buffer first, regardless of the hint given by the preload attribute). Including both is not an error, however. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- media . buffered Returns a TimeRanges object that represents the ranges of the media resource that the user agent has buffered. The buffered attribute must return a new static normalized TimeRanges object that represents the ranges of the media resource, if any, that the user agent has buffered, at the time the attribute is evaluated. Users agents must accurately determine the ranges available, even for media streams where this can only be determined by tedious inspection. Typically this will be a single range anchored at the zero point, but if, e.g., the user agent uses HTTP range requests in response to seeking, then there could be multiple ranges. User agents may discard previously buffered data. Thus, a time position included within a range of the objects return by the buffered attribute at one time can end up being not included in the range(s) of objects returned by the same attribute at later times. 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource media . duration Returns the length of the media resource, in seconds, assuming that the start of the media resource is at time zero. Returns NaN if the duration isn’t available. Returns Infinity for unbounded streams. media . currentTime [ = value ] Returns the official playback position, in seconds. Can be set, to seek to the given time. A media resource has a media timeline that maps times (in seconds) to positions in the media resource. The origin of a timeline is its earliest defined position. The duration of a timeline is its last defined position. Establishing the media timeline: If the media resource somehow specifies an explicit timeline whose origin is not negative (i.e., gives each frame a specific time offset and gives the first frame a zero or positive offset), then the media timeline should be that timeline. (Whether the media resource can specify a timeline or not depends on the media resource’s format.) If the media resource specifies an explicit start time and date, then that time and date should be considered the zero point in the media timeline; the timeline offset will be the time and date, exposed using the getStartDate() method. If the media resource has a discontinuous timeline, the user agent must extend the timeline used at the start of the resource across the entire resource, so that the media timeline of the media resource increases linearly starting from the earliest possible position (as defined below), even if the underlying media data has out-of-order or even overlapping time codes. For example, if two clips have been concatenated into one video file, but the video format exposes the original times for the two clips, the video data might expose a timeline that goes, say, 00:15..00:29 and then 00:05..00:38. However, the user agent would not expose those times; it would instead expose the times as 00:15..00:29 and 00:29..01:02, as a single video. In the rare case of a media resource that does not have an explicit timeline, the zero time on the media timeline should correspond to the first frame of the media resource. In the even rarer case of a media resource with no explicit timings of any kind, not even frame durations, the user agent must itself determine the time for each frame in a user-agent-defined manner. (This is a fingerprinting vector.) An example of a file format with no explicit timeline but with explicit frame durations is the Animated GIF format. An example of a file format with no explicit timings at all is the JPEG-push format (multipart/x-mixed-replace with JPEG frames, often used as the format for MJPEG streams). If, in the case of a resource with no timing information, the user agent will nonetheless be able to seek to an earlier point than the first frame originally provided by the server, then the zero time should correspond to the earliest seekable time of the media resource; otherwise, it should correspond to the first frame received from the server (the point in the media resource at which the user agent began receiving the stream). At the time of writing, there is no known format that lacks explicit frame time offsets yet still supports seeking to a frame before the first frame sent by the server. Consider a stream from a TV broadcaster, which begins streaming on a sunny Friday afternoon in October, and always sends connecting user agents the media data on the same media timeline, with its zero time set to the start of this stream. Months later, user agents connecting to this stream will find that the first frame they receive has a time with millions of seconds. The getStartDate() method would always return the date that the broadcast started; this would allow controllers to display real times in their scrubber (e.g., "2:30pm") rather than a time relative to when the broadcast began ("8 months, 4 hours, 12 minutes, and 23 seconds"). Consider a stream that carries a video with several concatenated fragments, broadcast by a server that does not allow user agents to request specific times but instead just streams the video data in a predetermined order, with the first frame delivered always being identified as the frame with time zero. If a user agent connects to this stream and receives fragments defined as covering timestamps 2010-03-20 23:15:00 UTC to 2010-03-21 00:05:00 UTC and 2010-02-12 14:25:00 UTC to 2010-02-12 14:35:00 UTC, it would expose this with a media timeline starting at 0s and extending to 3,600s (one hour). Assuming the streaming server disconnected at the end of the second clip, the duration attribute would then return 3,600. The getStartDate() method would return a Date object with a time corresponding to 2010-03-20 23:15:00 UTC. However, if a different user agent connected five minutes later, it would (presumably) receive fragments covering timestamps 2010-03-20 23:20:00 UTC to 2010-03-21 00:05:00 UTC and 2010-02-12 14:25:00 UTC to 2010-02-12 14:35:00 UTC, and would expose this with a media timeline starting at 0s and extending to 3,300s (fifty five minutes). In this case, the getStartDate() method would return a Date object with a time corresponding to 2010-03-20 23:20:00 UTC. In both of these examples, the seekable attribute would give the ranges that the controller would want to actually display in its UI; typically, if the servers don’t support seeking to arbitrary times, this would be the range of time from the moment the user agent connected to the stream up to the latest frame that the user agent has obtained; however, if the user agent starts discarding earlier information, the actual range might be shorter. In any case, the user agent must ensure that the earliest possible position (as defined below) using the established media timeline, is greater than or equal to zero. The media timeline also has an associated clock. Which clock is used is user-agent defined, and may be media resource-dependent, but it should approximate the user’s wall clock. Media elements have a current playback position, which must initially (i.e., in the absence of media data) be zero seconds. The current playback position is a time on the media timeline. Media elements also have an official playback position, which must initially be set to zero seconds. The official playback position is an approximation of the current playback position that is kept stable while scripts are running. Media elements also have a default playback start position, which must initially be set to zero seconds. This time is used to allow the element to be seeked even before the media is loaded. Each media element has a show poster flag. When a media element is created, this flag must be set to true. This flag is used to control when the user agent is to show a poster frame for a video element instead of showing the video contents. The currentTime attribute must, on getting, return the media element’s default playback start position, unless that is zero, in which case it must return the element’s official playback position. The returned value must be expressed in seconds. On setting, if the media element’s readyState is HAVE_NOTHING, then it must set the media element’s default playback start position to the new value; otherwise, it must set the official playback position to the new value and then seek to the new value. The new value must be interpreted as being in seconds. Media elements have an initial playback position, which must initially (i.e., in the absence of media data) be zero seconds. The initial playback position is updated when a media resource is loaded. The initial playback position is a time on the media timeline. If the media resource is a streaming resource, then the user agent might be unable to obtain certain parts of the resource after it has expired from its buffer. Similarly, some media resources might have a media timeline that doesn’t start at zero. The earliest possible position is the earliest position in the stream or resource that the user agent can ever obtain again. It is also a time on the media timeline. The earliest possible position is not explicitly exposed in the API; it corresponds to the start time of the first range in the seekable attribute’s TimeRanges object, if any, or the current playback position otherwise. When the earliest possible position changes, then: if the current playback position is before the earliest possible position, the user agent must seek to the earliest possible position; otherwise, if the user agent has not fired a timeupdate event at the element in the past 15 to 250ms and is not still running event handlers for such an event, then the user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event named timeupdate at the element. Because of the above requirement and the requirement in the resource fetch algorithm that kicks in when the metadata of the clip becomes known, the current playback position can never be less than the earliest possible position. If at any time the user agent learns that an audio or video track has ended and all media data relating to that track corresponds to parts of the media timeline that are before the earliest possible position, the user agent may queue a task to first remove the track from the audioTracks attribute’s AudioTrackList object or the videoTracks attribute’s VideoTrackList object as appropriate and then fire a trusted event with the name removetrack, that does not bubble and is not cancelable, and that uses the TrackEvent interface, with the track attribute initialized to the AudioTrack or VideoTrack object representing the track, at the media element’s aforementioned AudioTrackList or VideoTrackList object. The duration attribute must return the time of the end of the media resource, in seconds, on the media timeline. If no media data is available, then the attributes must return the Not-a-Number (NaN) value. If the media resource is not known to be bounded (e.g., streaming radio, or a live event with no announced end time), then the attribute must return the positive Infinity value. The user agent must determine the duration of the media resource before playing any part of the media data and before setting readyState to a value equal to or greater than HAVE_METADATA, even if doing so requires fetching multiple parts of the resource. When the length of the media resource changes to a known value (e.g., from being unknown to known, or from a previously established length to a new length) the user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event named durationchange at the media element. (The event is not fired when the duration is reset as part of loading a new media resource.) If the duration is changed such that the current playback position ends up being greater than the time of the end of the media resource, then the user agent must also seek to the time of the end of the media resource. If an "infinite" stream ends for some reason, then the duration would change from positive Infinity to the time of the last frame or sample in the stream, and the durationchange event would be fired. Similarly, if the user agent initially estimated the media resource’s duration instead of determining it precisely, and later revises the estimate based on new information, then the duration would change and the durationchange event would be fired. Some video files also have an explicit date and time corresponding to the zero time in the media timeline, known as the timeline offset. Initially, the timeline offset must be set to Not-a-Number (NaN). The getStartDate() method must return a new Date object representing the current timeline offset. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The loop attribute is a boolean attribute that, if specified, indicates that the media element is to seek back to the start of the media resource upon reaching the end. The loop IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name. 4.7.13.7. Ready states media . readyState Returns a value that expresses the current state of the element with respect to rendering the current playback position, from the codes in the list below. Media elements have a ready state, which describes to what degree they are ready to be rendered at the current playback position. The possible values are as follows; the ready state of a media element at any particular time is the greatest value describing the state of the element: HAVE_NOTHING (numeric value 0) No information regarding the media resource is available. No data for the current playback position is available. Media elements whose networkState attribute are set to NETWORK_EMPTY are always in the HAVE_NOTHING state. HAVE_METADATA (numeric value 1) Enough of the resource has been obtained that the duration of the resource is available. In the case of a video element, the dimensions of the video are also available. No media data is available for the immediate current playback position. HAVE_CURRENT_DATA (numeric value 2) Data for the immediate current playback position is available, but either not enough data is available that the user agent could successfully advance the current playback position in the direction of playback at all without immediately reverting to the HAVE_METADATA state, or there is no more data to obtain in the direction of playback. For example, in video this corresponds to the user agent having data from the current frame, but not the next frame, when the current playback position is at the end of the current frame; and to when playback has ended. HAVE_FUTURE_DATA (numeric value 3) Data for the immediate current playback position is available, as well as enough data for the user agent to advance the current playback position in the direction of playback at least a little without immediately reverting to the HAVE_METADATA state, and the text tracks are ready. For example, in video this corresponds to the user agent having data for at least the current frame and the next frame when the current playback position is at the instant in time between the two frames, or to the user agent having the video data for the current frame and audio data to keep playing at least a little when the current playback position is in the middle of a frame. The user agent cannot be in this state if playback has ended, as the current playback position can never advance in this case. HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA (numeric value 4) All the conditions described for the HAVE_FUTURE_DATA state are met, and, in addition, either of the following conditions is also true: * The user agent estimates that data is being fetched at a rate where the current playback position, if it were to advance at the effective playback rate, would not overtake the available data before playback reaches the end of the media resource. * The user agent has entered a state where waiting longer will not result in further data being obtained, and therefore nothing would be gained by delaying playback any further. (For example, the buffer might be full.) In practice, the difference between HAVE_METADATA and HAVE_CURRENT_DATA is negligible. Really the only time the difference is relevant is when painting a video element onto a canvas, where it distinguishes the case where something will be drawn (HAVE_CURRENT_DATA or greater) from the case where nothing is drawn (HAVE_METADATA or less). Similarly, the difference between HAVE_CURRENT_DATA (only the current frame) and HAVE_FUTURE_DATA (at least this frame and the next) can be negligible (in the extreme, only one frame). The only time that distinction really matters is when a page provides an interface for "frame-by-frame" navigation. When the ready state of a media element whose networkState is not NETWORK_EMPTY changes, the user agent must follow the steps given below: 1. Apply the first applicable set of substeps from the following list: If the previous ready state was HAVE_NOTHING, and the new ready state is HAVE_METADATA Queue a task to fire a simple event named loadedmetadata at the element. Before this task is run, as part of the event loop mechanism, the rendering will have been updated to resize the video element if appropriate. If the previous ready state was HAVE_METADATA and the new ready state is HAVE_CURRENT_DATA or greater If this is the first time this occurs for this media element since the load() algorithm was last invoked, the user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event named loadeddata at the element. If the new ready state is HAVE_FUTURE_DATA or HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA, then the relevant steps below must then be run also. If the previous ready state was HAVE_FUTURE_DATA or more, and the new ready state is HAVE_CURRENT_DATA or less If the media element was potentially playing before its readyState attribute changed to a value lower than HAVE_FUTURE_DATA, and the element has not ended playback, and playback has not stopped due to errors, paused for user interaction, or paused for in-band content, the user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event named timeupdate at the element, and queue a task to fire a simple event named waiting at the element. If the previous ready state was HAVE_CURRENT_DATA or less, and the new ready state is HAVE_FUTURE_DATA The user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event named canplay at the element. If the element’s paused attribute is false, the user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event named playing at the element. If the new ready state is HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA If the previous ready state was HAVE_CURRENT_DATA or less, the user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event named canplay at the element, and, if the element’s paused attribute is false, queue a task to fire a simple event named playing at the element. If the autoplaying flag is true, and the paused attribute is true, and the media element has an autoplay attribute specified, and the media element’s node document’s active sandboxing flag set does not have the sandboxed automatic features browsing context flag set, then the user agent may also run the following substeps: 1. Set the paused attribute to false. 2. If the element’s show poster flag is true, set it to false and run the time marches on steps. 3. Queue a task to fire a simple event named play at the element. 4. Queue a task to fire a simple event named playing at the element. 5. Set the autoplaying flag to false. User agents do not need to support autoplay, and it is suggested that user agents honor user preferences on the matter. Authors are urged to use the autoplay attribute rather than using script to force the video to play, so as to allow the user to override the behavior if so desired. In any case, the user agent must finally queue a task to fire a simple event named canplaythrough at the element. It is possible for the ready state of a media element to jump between these states discontinuously. For example, the state of a media element can jump straight from HAVE_METADATA to HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA without passing through the HAVE_CURRENT_DATA and HAVE_FUTURE_DATA states. The readyState IDL attribute must, on getting, return the value described above that describes the current ready state of the media element. The autoplay attribute is a boolean attribute. When present, the user agent (as described in the algorithm described herein) will automatically begin playback of the media resource as soon as it can do so without stopping. Authors are urged to use the autoplay attribute rather than using script to trigger automatic playback, as this allows the user to override the automatic playback when it is not desired, e.g., when using a screen reader. Authors are also encouraged to consider not using the automatic playback behavior at all, and instead to let the user agent wait for the user to start playback explicitly. The autoplay IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name. 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource media . paused Returns true if playback is paused; false otherwise. media . ended Returns true if playback has reached the end of the media resource. media . defaultPlaybackRate [ = value ] Returns the default rate of playback, for when the user is not fast-forwarding or reversing through the media resource. Can be set, to change the default rate of playback. The default rate has no direct effect on playback, but if the user switches to a fast-forward mode, when they return to the normal playback mode, it is expected that the rate of playback will be returned to the default rate of playback. media . playbackRate [ = value ] Returns the current rate playback, where 1.0 is normal speed. Can be set, to change the rate of playback. media . played Returns a TimeRanges object that represents the ranges of the media resource that the user agent has played. media . play() Sets the paused attribute to false, loading the media resource and beginning playback if necessary. If the playback had ended, will restart it from the start. media . pause() Sets the paused attribute to true, loading the media resource if necessary. The paused attribute represents whether the media element is paused or not. The attribute must initially be true. A media element is a blocked media element if its readyState attribute is in the HAVE_NOTHING state, the HAVE_METADATA state, or the HAVE_CURRENT_DATA state, or if the element has paused for user interaction or paused for in-band content. A media element is said to be potentially playing when its paused attribute is false, the element has not ended playback, playback has not stopped due to errors, and the element is not a blocked media element. A waiting DOM event can be fired as a result of an element that is potentially playing stopping playback due to its readyState attribute changing to a value lower than HAVE_FUTURE_DATA. A media element is said to have ended playback when: * The element’s readyState attribute is HAVE_METADATA or greater, and * Either: * The current playback position is the end of the media resource, and * The direction of playback is forwards, and * The media element does not have a loop attribute specified. Or: * The current playback position is the earliest possible position, and * The direction of playback is backwards. The ended attribute must return true if, the last time the event loop reached step 1, the media element had ended playback and the direction of playback was forwards, and false otherwise. A media element is said to have stopped due to errors when the element’s readyState attribute is HAVE_METADATA or greater, and the user agent encounters a non-fatal error during the processing of the media data, and due to that error, is not able to play the content at the current playback position. A media element is said to have paused for user interaction when its paused attribute is false, the readyState attribute is either HAVE_FUTURE_DATA or HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA and the user agent has reached a point in the media resource where the user has to make a selection for the resource to continue. It is possible for a media element to have both ended playback and paused for user interaction at the same time. When a media element that is potentially playing stops playing because it has paused for user interaction, the user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event named timeupdate at the element. A media element is said to have paused for in-band content when its paused attribute is false, the readyState attribute is either HAVE_FUTURE_DATA or HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA and the user agent has suspended playback of the media resource in order to play content that is temporally anchored to the media resource and has a non-zero length, or to play content that is temporally anchored to a segment of the media resource but has a length longer than that segment. One example of when a media element would be paused for in-band content is when the user agent is playing audio descriptions from an external WebVTT file, and the synthesized speech generated for a cue is longer than the time between the text track cue start time and the text track cue end time. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When the current playback position reaches the end of the media resource when the direction of playback is forwards, then the user agent must follow these steps: 1. If the media element has a loop attribute specified, then seek to the earliest possible position of the media resource and abort these steps. 2. As defined above, the ended IDL attribute starts returning true once the event loop returns to step 1. 3. Queue a task to fire a simple event named timeupdate at the media element. 4. Queue a task that, if the media element has still ended playback, and the direction of playback is still forwards, and paused is false, changes paused to true and fires a simple event named pause at the media element. 5. Queue a task to fire a simple event named ended at the media element. When the current playback position reaches the earliest possible position of the media resource when the direction of playback is backwards, then the user agent must only queue a task to fire a simple event named timeupdate at the element. The word "reaches" here does not imply that the current playback position needs to have changed during normal playback; it could be via seeking, for instance. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The defaultPlaybackRate attribute gives the desired speed at which the media resource is to play, as a multiple of its intrinsic speed. The attribute is mutable: on getting it must return the last value it was set to, or 1.0 if it hasn’t yet been set; on setting the attribute must be set to the new value. The defaultPlaybackRate is used by the user agent when it exposes a user interface to the user. The playbackRate attribute gives the effective playback rate which is the speed at which the media resource plays, as a multiple of its intrinsic speed. If it is not equal to the defaultPlaybackRate, then the implication is that the user is using a feature such as fast forward or slow motion playback. The attribute is mutable: on getting it must return the last value it was set to, or 1.0 if it hasn’t yet been set; on setting the attribute must be set to the new value, and the playback will change speed (if the element is potentially playing). When the defaultPlaybackRate or playbackRate attributes change value (either by being set by script or by being changed directly by the user agent, e.g., in response to user control) the user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event named ratechange at the media element. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The played attribute must return a new static normalized TimeRanges object that represents the ranges of points on the media timeline of the media resource reached through the usual monotonic increase of the current playback position during normal playback, if any, at the time the attribute is evaluated. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When the play() method on a media element is invoked, the user agent must run the following steps. 1. If the media element’s networkState attribute has the value NETWORK_EMPTY, invoke the media element’s resource selection algorithm. 2. If the playback has ended and the direction of playback is forwards, seek to the earliest possible position of the media resource. This will cause the user agent to queue a task to fire a simple event named timeupdate at the media element. 3. If the media element’s paused attribute is true, run the following substeps: 1. Change the value of paused to false. 2. If the show poster flag is true, set the element’s show poster flag to false and run the time marches on steps. 3. Queue a task to fire a simple event named play at the element. 4. If the media element’s readyState attribute has the value HAVE_NOTHING, HAVE_METADATA, or HAVE_CURRENT_DATA, queue a task to fire a simple event named waiting at the element. Otherwise, the media element’s readyState attribute has the value HAVE_FUTURE_DATA or HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA: queue a task to fire a simple event named playing at the element. 4. Set the media element’s autoplaying flag to false. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When the pause() method is invoked, and when the user agent is required to pause the media element, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. If the media element’s networkState attribute has the value NETWORK_EMPTY, invoke the media element’s resource selection algorithm. 2. Run the internal pause steps for the media element. The internal pause steps for a media element are as follows: 1. Set the media element’s autoplaying flag to false. 2. If the media element’s paused attribute is false, run the following steps: 1. Change the value of paused to true. 2. Queue a task to fire a simple event named timeupdate at the element. 3. Queue a task to fire a simple event named pause at the element. 4. Set the official playback position to the current playback position. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The effective playback rate is just the element’s playbackRate. If the effective playback rate is positive or zero, then the direction of playback is forwards. Otherwise, it is backwards. When a media element is potentially playing and its Document is a fully active Document, its current playback position must increase monotonically at effective playback rate units of media time per unit time of the media timeline’s clock. (This specification always refers to this as an increase, but that increase could actually be a decrease if the effective playback rate is negative.) The effective playback rate can be 0.0, in which case the current playback position doesn’t move, despite playback not being paused (paused doesn’t become true, and the pause event doesn’t fire). This specification doesn’t define how the user agent achieves the appropriate playback rate — depending on the protocol and media available, it is plausible that the user agent could negotiate with the server to have the server provide the media data at the appropriate rate, so that (except for the period between when the rate is changed and when the server updates the stream’s playback rate) the client doesn’t actually have to drop or interpolate any frames. Any time the user agent provides a stable state, the official playback position must be set to the current playback position. While the direction of playback is backwards, any corresponding audio must be muted. While the effective playback rate is so low or so high that the user agent cannot play audio usefully, the corresponding audio must also be muted. If the effective playback rate is not 1.0, the user agent may apply pitch adjustments to the audio as necessary to render it faithfully. Media elements that are potentially playing while not in a Document must not play any video, but should play any audio component. Media elements must not stop playing just because all references to them have been removed; only once a media element is in a state where no further audio could ever be played by that element may the element be garbage collected. It is possible for an element to which no explicit references exist to play audio, even if such an element is not still actively playing: for instance, a media element whose media resource has no audio tracks could eventually play audio again if it had an event listener that changes the media resource. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Each media element has a list of newly introduced cues, which must be initially empty. Whenever a text track cue is added to the list of cues of a text track that is in the list of text tracks for a media element, that cue must be added to the media element’s list of newly introduced cues. Whenever a text track is added to the list of text tracks for a media element, all of the cues in that text track’s list of cues must be added to the media element’s list of newly introduced cues. When a media element’s list of newly introduced cues has new cues added while the media element’s show poster flag is not set, then the user agent must run the time marches on steps. When a text track cue is removed from the list of cues of a text track that is in the list of text tracks for a media element, and whenever a text track is removed from the list of text tracks of a media element, if the media element’s show poster flag is not set, then the user agent must run the time marches on steps. When the current playback position of a media element changes (e.g., due to playback or seeking), the user agent must run the time marches on steps. If the current playback position changes while the steps are running, then the user agent must wait for the steps to complete, and then must immediately rerun the steps. (These steps are thus run as often as possible or needed — if one iteration takes a long time, this can cause certain cues to be skipped over as the user agent rushes ahead to "catch up".) The time marches on steps are as follows: 1. Let current cues be a list of cues, initialized to contain all the cues of all the hidden or showing text tracks of the media element (not the disabled ones) whose start times are less than or equal to the current playback position and whose end times are greater than the current playback position. 2. Let other cues be a list of cues, initialized to contain all the cues of hidden and showing text tracks of the media element that are not present in current cues. 3. Let last time be the current playback position at the time this algorithm was last run for this media element, if this is not the first time it has run. 4. If the current playback position has, since the last time this algorithm was run, only changed through its usual monotonic increase during normal playback, then let missed cues be the list of cues in other cues whose start times are greater than or equal to last time and whose end times are less than or equal to the current playback position. Otherwise, let missed cues be an empty list. 5. Remove all the cues in missed cues that are also in the media element’s list of newly introduced cues, and then empty the element’s list of newly introduced cues. 6. If the time was reached through the usual monotonic increase of the current playback position during normal playback, and if the user agent has not fired a timeupdate event at the element in the past 15 to 250ms and is not still running event handlers for such an event, then the user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event named timeupdate at the element. (In the other cases, such as explicit seeks, relevant events get fired as part of the overall process of changing the current playback position.) The event thus is not to be fired faster than about 66Hz or slower than 4Hz (assuming the event handlers don’t take longer than 250ms to run). User agents are encouraged to vary the frequency of the event based on the system load and the average cost of processing the event each time, so that the UI updates are not any more frequent than the user agent can comfortably handle while decoding the video. 7. If all of the cues in current cues have their text track cue active flag set, none of the cues in other cues have their text track cue active flag set, and missed cues is empty, then abort these steps. 8. If the time was reached through the usual monotonic increase of the current playback position during normal playback, and there are cues in other cues that have their text track cue pause-on-exit flag set and that either have their text track cue active flag set or are also in missed cues, then immediately pause the media element. In the other cases, such as explicit seeks, playback is not paused by going past the end time of a cue, even if that cue has its text track cue pause-on-exit flag set. 9. Let events be a list of tasks, initially empty. Each task in this list will be associated with a text track, a text track cue, and a time, which are used to sort the list before the tasks are queued. Let affected tracks be a list of text tracks, initially empty. When the steps below say to prepare an event named event for a text track cue target with a time time, the user agent must run these substeps: 1. Let track be the text track with which the text track cue target is associated. 2. Create a task to fire a simple event named event at target. 3. Add the newly created task to events, associated with the time time, the text track track, and the text track cue target. 4. Add track to affected tracks. 10. For each text track cue in missed cues, prepare an event named enter for the TextTrackCue object with the text track cue start time. 11. For each text track cue in other cues that either has its text track cue active flag set or is in missed cues, prepare an event named exit for the TextTrackCue object with the later of the text track cue end time and the text track cue start time. 12. For each text track cue in current cues that does not have its text track cue active flag set, prepare an event named enter for the TextTrackCue object with the text track cue start time. 13. Sort the tasks in events in ascending time order (tasks with earlier times first). Further sort tasks in events that have the same time by the relative text track cue order of the text track cues associated with these tasks. Finally, sort tasks in events that have the same time and same text track cue order by placing tasks that fire enter events before those that fire exit events. 14. Queue each task in events, in list order. 15. Sort affected tracks in the same order as the text tracks appear in the media element’s list of text tracks, and remove duplicates. 16. For each text track in affected tracks, in the list order, queue a task to fire a simple event named cuechange at the TextTrack object, and, if the text track has a corresponding track element, to then fire a simple event named cuechange at the track element as well. 17. Set the text track cue active flag of all the cues in the current cues, and unset the text track cue active flag of all the cues in the other cues. 18. Run the rules for updating the text track rendering of each of the text tracks in affected tracks that are showing, providing the text track’s text track language as the fallback language if it is not the empty string. For example, for text tracks based on WebVTT, the rules for updating the display of WebVTT text tracks. [WEBVTT] For the purposes of the algorithm above, a text track cue is considered to be part of a text track only if it is listed in the text track list of cues, not merely if it is associated with the text track. If the media element’s node document stops being a fully active document, then the playback will stop until the document is active again. When a media element is removed from a Document, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. Await a stable state, allowing the task that removed the media element from the Document to continue. The synchronous section consists of all the remaining steps of this algorithm. (Steps in the synchronous section are marked with ⌛.) 2. ⌛ If the media element is in a Document, abort these steps. 3. ⌛ Run the internal pause steps for the media element. 4.7.13.9. Seeking media . seeking Returns true if the user agent is currently seeking. media . seekable Returns a TimeRanges object that represents the ranges of the media resource to which it is possible for the user agent to seek. media . fastSeek( time ) Seeks to near the given time as fast as possible, trading precision for speed. (To seek to a precise time, use the currentTime attribute.) This does nothing if the media resource has not been loaded. The seeking attribute must initially have the value false. The fastSeek() method must seek to the time given by the method’s argument, with the approximate-for-speed flag set. When the user agent is required to seek to a particular new playback position in the media resource, optionally with the approximate-for-speed flag set, it means that the user agent must run the following steps. This algorithm interacts closely with the event loop mechanism; in particular, it has a synchronous section (which is triggered as part of the event loop algorithm). Steps in that section are marked with ⌛. 1. Set the media element’s show poster flag to false. 2. If the media element’s readyState is HAVE_NOTHING, abort these steps. 3. If the element’s seeking IDL attribute is true, then another instance of this algorithm is already running. Abort that other instance of the algorithm without waiting for the step that it is running to complete. 4. Set the seeking IDL attribute to true. 5. If the seek was in response to a DOM method call or setting of an IDL attribute, then continue the script. The remainder of these steps must be run in parallel. With the exception of the steps marked with ⌛, they could be aborted at any time by another instance of this algorithm being invoked. 6. If the new playback position is later than the end of the media resource, then let it be the end of the media resource instead. 7. If the new playback position is less than the earliest possible position, let it be that position instead. 8. If the (possibly now changed) new playback position is not in one of the ranges given in the seekable attribute, then let it be the position in one of the ranges given in the seekable attribute that is the nearest to the new playback position. If two positions both satisfy that constraint (i.e., the new playback position is exactly in the middle between two ranges in the seekable attribute) then use the position that is closest to the current playback position. If there are no ranges given in the seekable attribute then set the seeking IDL attribute to false and abort these steps. 9. If the approximate-for-speed flag is set, adjust the new playback position to a value that will allow for playback to resume promptly. If new playback position before this step is before current playback position, then the adjusted new playback position must also be before the current playback position. Similarly, if the new playback position before this step is after current playback position, then the adjusted new playback position must also be after the current playback position. For example, the user agent could snap to a nearby key frame, so that it doesn’t have to spend time decoding then discarding intermediate frames before resuming playback. 10. Queue a task to fire a simple event named seeking at the element. 11. Set the current playback position to the new playback position. If the media element was potentially playing immediately before it started seeking, but seeking caused its readyState attribute to change to a value lower than HAVE_FUTURE_DATA, then a waiting event will be fired at the element. This step sets the current playback position, and thus can immediately trigger other conditions, such as the rules regarding when playback "reaches the end of the media resource" (part of the logic that handles looping), even before the user agent is actually able to render the media data for that position (as determined in the next step). The currentTime attribute returns the official playback position, not the current playback position, and therefore gets updated before script execution, separate from this algorithm. 12. Wait until the user agent has established whether or not the media data for the new playback position is available, and, if it is, until it has decoded enough data to play back that position. 13. Await a stable state. The synchronous section consists of all the remaining steps of this algorithm. (Steps in the synchronous section are marked with ⌛.) 14. ⌛ Set the seeking IDL attribute to false. 15. ⌛ Run the time marches on steps. 16. ⌛ Queue a task to fire a simple event named timeupdate at the element. 17. ⌛ Queue a task to fire a simple event named seeked at the element. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The seekable attribute must return a new static normalized TimeRanges object that represents the ranges of the media resource, if any, that the user agent is able to seek to, at the time the attribute is evaluated. If the user agent can seek to anywhere in the media resource, e.g., because it is a simple movie file and the user agent and the server support HTTP Range requests, then the attribute would return an object with one range, whose start is the time of the first frame (the earliest possible position, typically zero), and whose end is the time of the last frame. The range might be continuously changing, e.g., if the user agent is buffering a sliding window on an infinite stream. This is the behavior seen with DVRs viewing live TV, for instance. User agents should adopt a very liberal and optimistic view of what is seekable. User agents should also buffer recent content where possible to enable seeking to be fast. For instance, consider a large video file served on an HTTP server without support for HTTP Range requests. A browser could implement this by only buffering the current frame and data obtained for subsequent frames, never allow seeking, except for seeking to the very start by restarting the playback. However, this would be a poor implementation. A high quality implementation would buffer the last few minutes of content (or more, if sufficient storage space is available), allowing the user to jump back and rewatch something surprizing without any latency, and would in addition allow arbitrary seeking by reloading the file from the start if necessary, which would be slower but still more convenient than having to literally restart the video and watch it all the way through just to get to an earlier unbuffered spot. Media resources might be internally scripted or interactive. Thus, a media element could play in a non-linear fashion. If this happens, the user agent must act as if the algorithm for seeking was used whenever the current playback position changes in a discontinuous fashion (so that the relevant events fire). 4.7.13.10. Media resources with multiple media tracks A media resource can have multiple embedded audio and video tracks. For example, in addition to the primary video and audio tracks, a media resource could have foreign-language dubbed dialogs, director’s commentaries, audio descriptions, alternative angles, or sign-language overlays. media . audioTracks Returns an AudioTrackList object representing the audio tracks available in the media resource. media . videoTracks Returns a VideoTrackList object representing the video tracks available in the media resource. The audioTracks attribute of a media element must return a live AudioTrackList object representing the audio tracks available in the media element’s media resource. The videoTracks attribute of a media element must return a live VideoTrackList object representing the video tracks available in the media element’s media resource. There are only ever one AudioTrackList object and one VideoTrackList object per media element, even if another media resource is loaded into the element: the objects are reused. (The AudioTrack and VideoTrack objects are not, though.) In this example, a script defines a function that takes a URL to a video and a reference to an element where the video is to be placed. That function then tries to load the video, and, once it is loaded, checks to see if there is a sign-language track available. If there is, it also displays that track. Both tracks are just placed in the given container; it’s assumed that styles have been applied to make this work in a pretty way! 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects The AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList interfaces are used by attributes defined in the previous section. interface AudioTrackList : EventTarget { readonly attribute unsigned long length; getter AudioTrack (unsigned long index); AudioTrack? getTrackById(DOMString id); attribute EventHandler onchange; attribute EventHandler onaddtrack; attribute EventHandler onremovetrack; }; interface AudioTrack { readonly attribute DOMString id; readonly attribute DOMString kind; readonly attribute DOMString label; readonly attribute DOMString language; attribute boolean enabled; }; interface VideoTrackList : EventTarget { readonly attribute unsigned long length; getter VideoTrack (unsigned long index); VideoTrack? getTrackById(DOMString id); readonly attribute long selectedIndex; attribute EventHandler onchange; attribute EventHandler onaddtrack; attribute EventHandler onremovetrack; }; interface VideoTrack { readonly attribute DOMString id; readonly attribute DOMString kind; readonly attribute DOMString label; readonly attribute DOMString language; attribute boolean selected; }; media . audioTracks . length media . videoTracks . length Returns the number of tracks in the list. audioTrack = media . audioTracks[index] videoTrack = media . videoTracks[index] Returns the specified AudioTrack or VideoTrack object. audioTrack = media . audioTracks . getTrackById( id ) videoTrack = media . videoTracks . getTrackById( id ) Returns the AudioTrack or VideoTrack object with the given identifier, or null if no track has that identifier. audioTrack . id videoTrack . id Returns the ID of the given track. This is the ID that can be used with a fragment if the format supports the media fragments syntax, and that can be used with the getTrackById() method. [MEDIA-FRAGS] audioTrack . kind videoTrack . kind Returns the category the given track falls into. The possible track categories are given below. audioTrack . label videoTrack . label Returns the label of the given track, if known, or the empty string otherwise. audioTrack . language videoTrack . language Returns the language of the given track, if known, or the empty string otherwise. audioTrack . enabled [ = value ] Returns true if the given track is active, and false otherwise. Can be set, to change whether the track is enabled or not. If multiple audio tracks are enabled simultaneously, they are mixed. media . videoTracks . selectedIndex Returns the index of the currently selected track, if any, or -1 otherwise. videoTrack . selected [ = value ] Returns true if the given track is active, and false otherwise. Can be set, to change whether the track is selected or not. Either zero or one video track is selected; selecting a new track while a previous one is selected will unselect the previous one. An AudioTrackList object represents a dynamic list of zero or more audio tracks, of which zero or more can be enabled at a time. Each audio track is represented by an AudioTrack object. A VideoTrackList object represents a dynamic list of zero or more video tracks, of which zero or one can be selected at a time. Each video track is represented by a VideoTrack object. Tracks in AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects must be consistently ordered. If the media resource is in a format that defines an order, then that order must be used; otherwise, the order must be the relative order in which the tracks are declared in the media resource. The order used is called the natural order of the list. Each track in one of these objects thus has an index; the first has the index 0, and each subsequent track is numbered one higher than the previous one. If a media resource dynamically adds or removes audio or video tracks, then the indices of the tracks will change dynamically. If the media resource changes entirely, then all the previous tracks will be removed and replaced with new tracks. The AudioTrackList.length and VideoTrackList.length attributes must return the number of tracks represented by their objects at the time of getting. The supported property indices of AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects at any instant are the numbers from zero to the number of tracks represented by the respective object minus one, if any tracks are represented. If an AudioTrackList or VideoTrackList object represents no tracks, it has no supported property indices. To determine the value of an indexed property for a given index index in an AudioTrackList or VideoTrackList object list, the user agent must return the AudioTrack or VideoTrack object that represents the indexth track in list. The AudioTrackList.getTrackById(id) and VideoTrackList.getTrackById(id) methods must return the first AudioTrack or VideoTrack object (respectively) in the AudioTrackList or VideoTrackList object (respectively) whose identifier is equal to the value of the id argument (in the natural order of the list, as defined above). When no tracks match the given argument, the methods must return null. The AudioTrack and VideoTrack objects represent specific tracks of a media resource. Each track can have an identifier, category, label, and language. These aspects of a track are permanent for the lifetime of the track; even if a track is removed from a media resource’s AudioTrackList or VideoTrackList objects, those aspects do not change. In addition, AudioTrack objects can each be enabled or disabled; this is the audio track’s enabled state. When an AudioTrack is created, its enabled state must be set to false (disabled). The resource fetch algorithm can override this. Similarly, a single VideoTrack object per VideoTrackList object can be selected, this is the video track’s selection state. When a VideoTrack is created, its selection state must be set to false (not selected). The resource fetch algorithm can override this. The AudioTrack.id and VideoTrack.id attributes must return the identifier of the track, if it has one, or the empty string otherwise. If the media resource is in a format that supports the Media Fragments URI fragment identifier syntax, the identifier returned for a particular track must be the same identifier that would enable the track if used as the name of a track in the track dimension of such a fragment identifier. [MEDIA-FRAGS] [INBANDTRACKS] For example, in Ogg files, this would be the Name header field of the track. [OGGSKELETON] The AudioTrack.kind and VideoTrack.kind attributes must return the category of the track, if it has one, or the empty string otherwise. The category of a track is the string given in the first column of the table below that is the most appropriate for the track based on the definitions in the table’s second and third columns, as determined by the metadata included in the track in the media resource. The cell in the third column of a row says what the category given in the cell in the first column of that row applies to; a category is only appropriate for an audio track if it applies to audio tracks, and a category is only appropriate for video tracks if it applies to video tracks. Categories must only be returned for AudioTrack objects if they are appropriate for audio, and must only be returned for VideoTrack objects if they are appropriate for video. Return values for AudioTrack.kind and VideoTrack.kind Category Definition Applies to... A possible alternative to the main "alternative" track, e.g., a different take of a song Audio and video. (audio), or a different angle (video). A version of the main video track with "captions" captions burnt in. (For legacy content; Video only. new content would use text tracks.) "descriptions" An audio description of a video track. Audio only. "main" The primary audio or video track. Audio and video. "main-desc" The primary audio track, mixed with Audio only. audio descriptions. "sign" A sign-language interpretation of an Video only. audio track. A version of the main video track with "subtitles" subtitles burnt in. (For legacy Video only. content; new content would use text tracks.) "translation" A translated version of the main audio Audio only. track. Commentary on the primary audio or "commentary" video track, e.g., a director’s Audio and video. commentary. No explicit kind, or the kind given by "" (empty string) the track’s metadata is not recognized Audio and video. by the user agent. The AudioTrack.label and VideoTrack.label attributes must return the label of the track, if it has one, or the empty string otherwise. [INBANDTRACKS] The AudioTrack.language and VideoTrack.language attributes must return the BCP 47 language tag of the language of the track, if it has one, or the empty string otherwise. If the user agent is not able to express that language as a BCP 47 language tag (for example because the language information in the media resource’s format is a free-form string without a defined interpretation), then the method must return the empty string, as if the track had no language. Source attribute values for id, kind, label and language of multitrack audio and video tracks as described for the relevant media resource format. [INBANDTRACKS] The AudioTrack.enabled attribute, on getting, must return true if the track is currently enabled, and false otherwise. On setting, it must enable the track if the new value is true, and disable it otherwise. (If the track is no longer in an AudioTrackList object, then the track being enabled or disabled has no effect beyond changing the value of the attribute on the AudioTrack object.) Whenever an audio track in an AudioTrackList that was disabled is enabled, and whenever one that was enabled is disabled, the user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event named change at the AudioTrackList object. An audio track that has no data for a particular position on the media timeline, or that does not exist at that position, must be interpreted as being silent at that point on the timeline. The VideoTrackList.selectedIndex attribute must return the index of the currently selected track, if any. If the VideoTrackList object does not currently represent any tracks, or if none of the tracks are selected, it must instead return -1. The VideoTrack.selected attribute, on getting, must return true if the track is currently selected, and false otherwise. On setting, it must select the track if the new value is true, and unselect it otherwise. If the track is in a VideoTrackList, then all the other VideoTrack objects in that list must be unselected. (If the track is no longer in a VideoTrackList object, then the track being selected or unselected has no effect beyond changing the value of the attribute on the VideoTrack object.) Whenever a track in a VideoTrackList that was previously not selected is selected, and whenever the selected track in a VideoTrackList is unselected without a new track being selected in its stead, the user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event named change at the VideoTrackList object. This task must be queued before the task that fires the resize event, if any. A video track that has no data for a particular position on the media timeline must be interpreted as being fully transparent black at that point on the timeline, with the same dimensions as the last frame before that position, or, if the position is before all the data for that track, the same dimensions as the first frame for that track. A track that does not exist at all at the current position must be treated as if it existed but had no data. For instance, if a video has a track that is only introduced after one hour of playback, and the user selects that track then goes back to the start, then the user agent will act as if that track started at the start of the media resource but was simply transparent until one hour in. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The following are the event handlers (and their corresponding event handler event types) that must be supported, as event handler IDL attributes, by all objects implementing the AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList interfaces: Event handler Event handler event type onchange change onaddtrack addtrack onremovetrack removetrack 4.7.13.10.2. Selecting specific audio and video tracks declaratively The audioTracks and videoTracks attributes allow scripts to select which track should play, but it is also possible to select specific tracks declaratively, by specifying particular tracks in the fragment of the URL of the media resource. The format of the fragment depends on the MIME type of the media resource. [RFC2046] [URL] In this example, a video that uses a format that supports the media fragments syntax is embedded in such a way that the alternative angles labeled "Alternative" are enabled instead of the default video track. [MEDIA-FRAGS] 4.7.13.11. Timed text tracks 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model A media element can have a group of associated text tracks, known as the media element’s list of text tracks. The text tracks are sorted as follows: 1. The text tracks corresponding to track element children of the media element, in tree order. 2. Any text tracks added using the addTextTrack() method, in the order they were added, oldest first. 3. Any media-resource-specific text tracks (text tracks corresponding to data in the media resource), in the order defined by the media resource’s format specification. A text track consists of: The kind of text track This decides how the track is handled by the user agent. The kind is represented by a string. The possible strings are: * subtitles * captions * descriptions * chapters * metadata The kind of track can change dynamically, in the case of a text track corresponding to a track element. A label This is a human-readable string intended to identify the track for the user. The label of a track can change dynamically, in the case of a text track corresponding to a track element. When a text track label is the empty string, the user agent should automatically generate an appropriate label from the text track’s other properties (e.g., the kind of text track and the text track’s language) for use in its user interface. This automatically-generated label is not exposed in the API. An in-band metadata track dispatch type This is a string extracted from the media resource specifically for in-band metadata tracks to enable such tracks to be dispatched to different scripts in the document. For example, a traditional TV station broadcast streamed on the Web and augmented with Web-specific interactive features could include text tracks with metadata for ad targeting, trivia game data during game shows, player states during sports games, recipe information during food programs, and so forth. As each program starts and ends, new tracks might be added or removed from the stream, and as each one is added, the user agent could bind them to dedicated script modules using the value of this attribute. Other than for in-band metadata text tracks, the in-band metadata track dispatch type is the empty string. How this value is populated for different media formats is described in steps to expose a media-resource-specific text track. A language This is a string (a BCP 47 language tag) representing the language of the text track’s cues. [BCP47] The language of a text track can change dynamically, in the case of a text track corresponding to a track element. A readiness state One of the following: Not loaded Indicates that the text track’s cues have not been obtained. Loading Indicates that the text track is loading and there have been no fatal errors encountered so far. Further cues might still be added to the track by the parser. Loaded Indicates that the text track has been loaded with no fatal errors. Failed to load Indicates that the text track was enabled, but when the user agent attempted to obtain it, this failed in some way (e.g., URL could not be parsed, network error, unknown text track format). Some or all of the cues are likely missing and will not be obtained. The readiness state of a text track changes dynamically as the track is obtained. A mode One of the following: Disabled Indicates that the text track is not active. Other than for the purposes of exposing the track in the DOM, the user agent is ignoring the text track. No cues are active, no events are fired, and the user agent will not attempt to obtain the track’s cues. Hidden Indicates that the text track is active, but that the user agent is not actively displaying the cues. If no attempt has yet been made to obtain the track’s cues, the user agent will perform such an attempt momentarily. The user agent is maintaining a list of which cues are active, and events are being fired accordingly. Showing Indicates that the text track is active. If no attempt has yet been made to obtain the track’s cues, the user agent will perform such an attempt momentarily. The user agent is maintaining a list of which cues are active, and events are being fired accordingly. In addition, for text tracks whose kind is subtitles or captions, the cues are being overlaid on the video as appropriate; for text tracks whose kind is descriptions, the user agent is making the cues available to the user in a non-visual fashion; and for text tracks whose kind is chapters, the user agent is making available to the user a mechanism by which the user can navigate to any point in the media resource by selecting a cue. A list of zero or more cues A list of text track cues, along with rules for updating the text track rendering. For example, for WebVTT, the rules for updating the display of WebVTT text tracks. [WEBVTT] The list of cues of a text track can change dynamically, either because the text track has not yet been loaded or is still loading, or due to DOM manipulation. Each text track has a corresponding TextTrack object. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Each media element has a list of pending text tracks, which must initially be empty, a blocked-on-parser flag, which must initially be false, and a did-perform-automatic-track-selection flag, which must also initially be false. When the user agent is required to populate the list of pending text tracks of a media element, the user agent must add to the element’s list of pending text tracks each text track in the element’s list of text tracks whose text track mode is not disabled and whose text track readiness state is loading. Whenever a track element’s parent node changes, the user agent must remove the corresponding text track from any list of pending text tracks that it is in. Whenever a text track’s text track readiness state changes to either loaded or failed to load, the user agent must remove it from any list of pending text tracks that it is in. When a media element is created by an HTML parser or XML parser, the user agent must set the element’s blocked-on-parser flag to true. When a media element is popped off the stack of open elements of an HTML parser or XML parser, the user agent must honor user preferences for automatic text track selection, populate the list of pending text tracks, and set the element’s blocked-on-parser flag to false. The text tracks of a media element are ready when both the element’s list of pending text tracks is empty and the element’s blocked-on-parser flag is false. Each media element has a pending text track change notification flag, which must initially be unset. Whenever a text track that is in a media element’s list of text tracks has its text track mode change value, the user agent must run the following steps for the media element: 1. If the media element’s pending text track change notification flag is set, abort these steps. 2. Set the media element’s pending text track change notification flag. 3. Queue a task that runs the following substeps: 1. Unset the media element’s pending text track change notification flag. 2. Fire a simple event named change at the media element’s textTracks attribute’s TextTrackList object. 4. If the media element’s show poster flag is not set, run the time marches on steps. The task source for the tasks listed in this section is the DOM manipulation task source. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- A text track cue is the unit of time-sensitive data in a text track, corresponding for instance for subtitles and captions to the text that appears at a particular time and disappears at another time. Each text track cue consists of: An identifier An arbitrary string. A start time The time, in seconds and fractions of a second, that describes the beginning of the range of the media data to which the cue applies. An end time The time, in seconds and fractions of a second, that describes the end of the range of the media data to which the cue applies. A pause-on-exit flag A boolean indicating whether playback of the media resource is to pause when the end of the range to which the cue applies is reached. Some additional format-specific data Additional fields, as needed for the format. For example, WebVTT has a text track cue writing direction and so forth. [WEBVTT] Rules for extracting the chapter title An algorithm which, when applied to the cue, returns a string that can be used in user interfaces that use the cue as a chapter title. The text track cue start time and text track cue end time can be negative. (The current playback position can never be negative, though, so cues entirely before time zero cannot be active.) Each text track cue has a corresponding TextTrackCue object (or more specifically, an object that inherits from TextTrackCue — for example, WebVTT cues use the VTTCue interface). A text track cue’s in-memory representation can be dynamically changed through this TextTrackCue API. [WEBVTT] A text track cue is associated with rules for updating the text track rendering, as defined by the specification for the specific kind of text track cue. These rules are used specifically when the object representing the cue is added to a TextTrack object using the addCue() method. In addition, each text track cue has two pieces of dynamic information: The active flag This flag must be initially unset. The flag is used to ensure events are fired appropriately when the cue becomes active or inactive, and to make sure the right cues are rendered. The user agent must immediately unset this flag whenever the text track cue is removed from its text track’s text track list of cues; whenever the text track itself is removed from its media element’s list of text tracks or has its text track mode changed to disabled; and whenever the media element’s readyState is changed back to HAVE_NOTHING. When the flag is unset in this way for one or more cues in text tracks that were showing prior to the relevant incident, the user agent must, after having unset the flag for all the affected cues, apply the rules for updating the text track rendering of those text tracks. For example, for text tracks based on WebVTT, the rules for updating the display of WebVTT text tracks. [WEBVTT] The display state This is used as part of the rendering model, to keep cues in a consistent position. It must initially be empty. Whenever the text track cue active flag is unset, the user agent must empty the text track cue display state. The text track cues of a media element’s text tracks are ordered relative to each other in the text track cue order, which is determined as follows: first group the cues by their text track, with the groups being sorted in the same order as their text tracks appear in the media element’s list of text tracks; then, within each group, cues must be sorted by their start time, earliest first; then, any cues with the same start time must be sorted by their end time, latest first; and finally, any cues with identical end times must be sorted in the order they were last added to their respective text track list of cues, oldest first (so e.g., for cues from a WebVTT file, that would initially be the order in which the cues were listed in the file). [WEBVTT] 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks A media-resource-specific text track is a text track that corresponds to data found in the media resource. Rules for processing and rendering such data are defined by the relevant specifications, e.g., the specification of the video format if the media resource is a video. Details for some legacy formats can be found in the Sourcing In-band Media Resource Tracks from Media Containers into HTML specification. [INBANDTRACKS] When a media resource contains data that the user agent recognizes and supports as being equivalent to a text track, the user agent runs the steps to expose a media-resource-specific text track with the relevant data, as follows. 1. Associate the relevant data with a new text track and its corresponding new TextTrack object. The text track is a media-resource-specific text track. 2. Set the new text track’s kind, label, and language based on the semantics of the relevant data, as defined for the relevant format [INBANDTRACKS]. If there is no label in that data, then the label must be set to the empty string. 3. Associate the text track list of cues with the rules for updating the text track rendering appropriate for the format in question. 4. If the new text track’s kind is metadata, then set the text track in-band metadata track dispatch type as follows, based on the type of the media resource: If the media resource is an Ogg file The text track in-band metadata track dispatch type must be set to the value of the Role header field. [OGGSKELETON] If the media resource is a WebM file The text track in-band metadata track dispatch type must be set to the value of the CodecID element. [WEBM] If the media resource is an MPEG-2 file Let stream type be the value of the "stream_type" field describing the text track’s type in the file’s program map section, interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. Let length be the value of the "ES_info_length" field for the track in the same part of the program map section, interpreted as an integer as defined by the MPEG-2 specification. Let descriptor bytes be the length bytes following the "ES_info_length" field. The text track in-band metadata track dispatch type must be set to the concatenation of the stream type byte and the zero or more descriptor bytes bytes, expressed in hexadecimal using uppercase ASCII hex digits. [MPEG2TS] If the media resource is an MPEG-4 file Let the first stsd box of the first stbl box of the first minf box of the first mdia box of the text track’s trak box in the first moov box of the file be the stsd box, if any. If the file has no stsd box, or if the stsd box has neither a mett box nor a metx box, then the text track in-band metadata track dispatch type must be set to the empty string. Otherwise, if the stsd box has a mett box then the text track in-band metadata track dispatch type must be set to the concatenation of the string "mett", a U+0020 SPACE character, and the value of the first mime_format field of the first mett box of the stsd box, or the empty string if that field is absent in that box. Otherwise, if the stsd box has no mett box but has a metx box then the text track in-band metadata track dispatch type must be set to the concatenation of the string "metx", a U+0020 SPACE character, and the value of the first namespace field of the first metx box of the stsd box, or the empty string if that field is absent in that box. [MPEG4] If the media resource is a DASH media resource The text track in-band metadata track dispatch type must be set to the concatenation of the "AdaptationSet" element attributes and all child Role descriptors. [MPEGDASH] 5. Populate the new text track’s list of cues with the cues parsed so far, following the guidelines for exposing cues, and begin updating it dynamically as necessary. 6. Set the new text track’s readiness state to loaded. 7. Set the new text track’s mode to the mode consistent with the user’s preferences and the requirements of the relevant specification for the data. For instance, if there are no other active subtitles, and this is a forced subtitle track (a subtitle track giving subtitles in the audio track’s primary language, but only for audio that is actually in another language), then those subtitles might be activated here. 8. Add the new text track to the media element’s list of text tracks. 9. Fire a trusted event with the name addtrack, that does not bubble and is not cancelable, and that uses the TrackEvent interface, with the track attribute initialized to the text track’s TextTrack object, at the media element’s textTracks attribute’s TextTrackList object. 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks When a track element is created, it must be associated with a new text track (with its value set as defined below) and its corresponding new TextTrack object. The text track kind is determined from the state of the element’s kind attribute according to the following table; for a state given in a cell of the first column, the kind is the string given in the second column: State String Subtitles subtitles Captions captions Descriptions descriptions Chapters chapters Metadata metadata The text track label is the element’s track label. The text track language is the element’s track language, if any, or the empty string otherwise. As the kind, label, and srclang attributes are set, changed, or removed, the text track must update accordingly, as per the definitions above. Changes to the track URL are handled in the algorithm below. The text track readiness state is initially not loaded, and the text track mode is initially disabled. The text track list of cues is initially empty. It is dynamically modified when the referenced file is parsed. Associated with the list are the rules for updating the text track rendering appropriate for the format in question; for WebVTT, this is the rules for updating the display of WebVTT text tracks. [WEBVTT] When a track element’s parent element changes and the new parent is a media element, then the user agent must add the track element’s corresponding text track to the media element’s list of text tracks, and then queue a task to fire a trusted event with the name addtrack, that does not bubble and is not cancelable, and that uses the TrackEvent interface, with the track attribute initialized to the text track’s TextTrack object, at the media element’s textTracks attribute’s TextTrackList object. When a track element’s parent element changes and the old parent was a media element, then the user agent must remove the track element’s corresponding text track from the media element’s list of text tracks, and then queue a task to fire a trusted event with the name removetrack, that does not bubble and is not cancelable, and that uses the TrackEvent interface, with the track attribute initialized to the text track’s TextTrack object, at the media element’s textTracks attribute’s TextTrackList object. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When a text track corresponding to a track element is added to a media element’s list of text tracks, the user agent must queue a task to run the following steps for the media element: 1. If the element’s blocked-on-parser flag is true, abort these steps. 2. If the element’s did-perform-automatic-track-selection flag is true, abort these steps. 3. Honor user preferences for automatic text track selection for this element. When the user agent is required to honor user preferences for automatic text track selection for a media element, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. Perform automatic text track selection for subtitles and captions. 2. Perform automatic text track selection for descriptions. 3. Perform automatic text track selection for chapters. 4. If there are any text tracks in the media element’s list of text tracks whose text track kind is metadata that correspond to track elements with a default attribute set whose text track mode is set to disabled, then set the text track mode of all such tracks to hidden 5. Set the element’s did-perform-automatic-track-selection flag to true. When the steps above say to perform automatic text track selection for one or more text track kinds, it means to run the following steps: 1. Let candidates be a list consisting of the text tracks in the media element’s list of text tracks whose text track kind is one of the kinds that were passed to the algorithm, if any, in the order given in the list of text tracks. 2. If candidates is empty, then abort these steps. 3. If any of the text tracks in candidates have a text track mode set to showing, abort these steps. 4. If the user has expressed an interest in having a track from candidates enabled based on its text track kind, text track language, and text track label, then set its text track mode to showing. For example, the user could have set a browser preference to the effect of "I want French captions whenever possible", or "If there is a subtitle track with "Commentary" in the title, enable it", or "If there are audio description tracks available, enable one, ideally in Swiss German, but failing that in Standard Swiss German or Standard German". Otherwise, if there are any text tracks in candidates that correspond to track elements with a default attribute set whose text track mode is set to disabled, then set the text track mode of the first such track to showing. When a text track corresponding to a track element experiences any of the following circumstances, the user agent must start the track processing model for that text track and its track element: * The track element is created. * The text track has its text track mode changed. * The track element’s parent element changes and the new parent is a media element. When a user agent is to start the track processing model for a text track and its track element, it must run the following algorithm. This algorithm interacts closely with the event loop mechanism; in particular, it has a synchronous section (which is triggered as part of the event loop algorithm). The steps in that section are marked with ⌛. 1. If another occurrence of this algorithm is already running for this text track and its track element, abort these steps, letting that other algorithm take care of this element. 2. If the text track’s text track mode is not set to one of hidden or showing, abort these steps. 3. If the text track’s track element does not have a media element as a parent, abort these steps. 4. Run the remainder of these steps in parallel, allowing whatever caused these steps to run to continue. 5. Top: Await a stable state. The synchronous section consists of the following steps. (The steps in the synchronous section are marked with ⌛.) 6. ⌛ Set the text track readiness state to loading. 7. ⌛ Let URL be the track URL of the track element. 8. ⌛ If the track element’s parent is a media element then let corsAttributeState be the state of the parent media element’s crossorigin content attribute. Otherwise, let corsAttributeState be No CORS. 9. End the synchronous section, continuing the remaining steps in parallel. 10. If URL is not the empty string, run these substeps: 1. Let request be the result of creating a potential-CORS request given URL, corsAttributeState, and with the same-origin fallback flag set. 2. Set request’s client to the track element’s node document’s Window object’s environment settings object and type to "track". 3. Fetch request. The tasks queued by the fetching algorithm on the networking task source to process the data as it is being fetched must determine the type of the resource. If the type of the resource is not a supported text track format, the load will fail, as described below. Otherwise, the resource’s data must be passed to the appropriate parser (e.g., the WebVTT parser) as it is received, with the text track list of cues being used for that parser’s output. [WEBVTT] The appropriate parser will incrementally update the text track list of cues during these networking task source tasks, as each such task is run with whatever data has been received from the network). This specification does not currently say whether or how to check the MIME types of text tracks, or whether or how to perform file type sniffing using the actual file data. Implementors differ in their intentions on this matter and it is therefore unclear what the right solution is. In the absence of any requirement here, the HTTP specification’s strict requirement to follow the Content-Type header prevails ("Content-Type specifies the media type of the underlying data." ... "If and only if the media type is not given by a Content-Type field, the recipient MAY attempt to guess the media type via inspection of its content and/or the name extension(s) of the URI used to identify the resource."). If the fetching algorithm fails for any reason (network error, the server returns an error code, a cross-origin check fails, etc), or if URL is the empty string, then queue a task to first change the text track readiness state to failed to load and then fire a simple event named error at the track element. This task must use the DOM manipulation task source. If the fetching algorithm does not fail, but the type of the resource is not a supported text track format, or the file was not successfully processed (e.g., the format in question is an XML format and the file contained a well-formedness error that the XML specification requires be detected and reported to the application), then the task that is queued by the networking task source in which the aforementioned problem is found must change the text track readiness state to failed to load and fire a simple event named error at the track element. If the fetching algorithm does not fail, and the file was successfully processed, then the final task that is queued by the networking task source, after it has finished parsing the data, must change the text track readiness state to loaded, and fire a simple event named load at the track element. If, while fetching is ongoing, either: * the track URL changes so that it is no longer equal to URL, while the text track mode is set to hidden or showing; or * the text track mode changes to hidden or showing, while the track URL is not equal to URL ...then the user agent must abort fetching, discarding any pending tasks generated by that algorithm (and in particular, not adding any cues to the text track list of cues after the moment the URL changed), and then queue a task that first changes the text track readiness state to failed to load and then fires a simple event named error at the track element. This task must use the DOM manipulation task source. 11. Wait until the text track readiness state is no longer set to loading. 12. Wait until the track URL is no longer equal to URL, at the same time as the text track mode is set to hidden or showing. 13. Jump to the step labeled top. Whenever a track element has its src attribute set, changed, or removed, the user agent must immediately empty the element’s text track’s text track list of cues. (This also causes the algorithm above to stop adding cues from the resource being obtained using the previously given URL, if any.) 4.7.13.11.4. Guidelines for exposing cues in various formats as text track cues How a specific format’s text track cues are to be interpreted for the purposes of processing by an HTML user agent is defined by that format [INBANDTRACKS]. In the absence of such a specification, this section provides some constraints within which implementations can attempt to consistently expose such formats. To support the text track model of HTML, each unit of timed data is converted to a text track cue. Where the mapping of the format’s features to the aspects of a text track cue as defined in this specification are not defined, implementations must ensure that the mapping is consistent with the definitions of the aspects of a text track cue as defined above, as well as with the following constraints: The text track cue identifier Should be set to the empty string if the format has no obvious analog to a per-cue identifier. The text track cue pause-on-exit flag Should be set to false. For media-resource-specific text tracks of kind metadata, text track cues are exposed using the DataCue object unless there is a more appropriate TextTrackCue interface available. For example, if the media-resource-specific text track format is WebVTT, then VTTCue is more appropriate. 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API interface TextTrackList : EventTarget { readonly attribute unsigned long length; getter TextTrack (unsigned long index); TextTrack? getTrackById(DOMString id); attribute EventHandler onchange; attribute EventHandler onaddtrack; attribute EventHandler onremovetrack; }; media . textTracks . length Returns the number of text tracks associated with the media element (e.g., from track elements). This is the number of text tracks in the media element’s list of text tracks. media . textTracks[ n ] Returns the TextTrack object representing the nth text track in the media element’s list of text tracks. textTrack = media . textTracks . getTrackById( id ) Returns the TextTrack object with the given identifier, or null if no track has that identifier. A TextTrackList object represents a dynamically updating list of text tracks in a given order. The textTracks attribute of media elements must return a TextTrackList object representing the TextTrack objects of the text tracks in the media element’s list of text tracks, in the same order as in the list of text tracks. The length attribute of a TextTrackList object must return the number of text tracks in the list represented by the TextTrackList object. The supported property indices of a TextTrackList object at any instant are the numbers from zero to the number of text tracks in the list represented by the TextTrackList object minus one, if any. If there are no text tracks in the list, there are no supported property indices. To determine the value of an indexed property of a TextTrackList object for a given index index, the user agent must return the indexth text track in the list represented by the TextTrackList object. The getTrackById(id) method must return the first TextTrack in the TextTrackList object whose id IDL attribute would return a value equal to the value of the id argument. When no tracks match the given argument, the method must return null. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- enum TextTrackMode { "disabled", "hidden", "showing" }; enum TextTrackKind { "subtitles", "captions", "descriptions", "chapters", "metadata" }; interface TextTrack : EventTarget { readonly attribute TextTrackKind kind; readonly attribute DOMString label; readonly attribute DOMString language; readonly attribute DOMString id; readonly attribute DOMString inBandMetadataTrackDispatchType; attribute TextTrackMode mode; readonly attribute TextTrackCueList? cues; readonly attribute TextTrackCueList? activeCues; void addCue(TextTrackCue cue); void removeCue(TextTrackCue cue); attribute EventHandler oncuechange; }; textTrack = media . addTextTrack( kind [, label [, language ] ] ) Creates and returns a new TextTrack object, which is also added to the media element’s list of text tracks. textTrack . kind Returns the text track kind string. textTrack . label Returns the text track label, if there is one, or the empty string otherwise (indicating that a custom label probably needs to be generated from the other attributes of the object if the object is exposed to the user). textTrack . language Returns the text track language string. textTrack . id Returns the ID of the given track. For in-band tracks, this is the ID that can be used with a fragment if the format supports the media fragments syntax/cite>, and that can be used with the getTrackById() method. [MEDIA-FRAGS] For TextTrack objects corresponding to track elements, this is the ID of the track element. textTrack . inBandMetadataTrackDispatchType Returns the text track in-band metadata track dispatch type string. textTrack . mode [ = value ] Returns the text track mode, represented by a string from the following list: "disabled" The text track disabled mode. "hidden" The text track hidden mode. "showing" The text track showing mode. Can be set, to change the mode. textTrack . cues Returns the text track list of cues, as a TextTrackCueList object. textTrack . activeCues Returns the text track cues from the text track list of cues that are currently active (i.e., that start before the current playback position and end after it), as a TextTrackCueList object. textTrack . addCue( cue ) Adds the given cue to textTrack’s text track list of cues. textTrack . removeCue( cue ) Removes the given cue from textTrack’s text track list of cues. The addTextTrack(kind, label, language) method of media elements, when invoked, must run the following steps: 1. Create a new TextTrack object. 2. Create a new text track corresponding to the new object, and set its text track kind to kind, its text track label to label, its text track language to language, its text track readiness state to the text track loaded state, its text track mode to the text track hidden mode, and its text track list of cues to an empty list. Initially, the text track list of cues is not associated with any rules for updating the text track rendering. When a text track cue is added to it, the text track list of cues has its rules permanently set accordingly. 3. Add the new text track to the media element’s list of text tracks. 4. Queue a task to fire a trusted event with the name addtrack, that does not bubble and is not cancelable, and that uses the TrackEvent interface, with the track attribute initialized to the new text track’s TextTrack object, at the media element’s textTracks attribute’s TextTrackList object. 5. Return the new TextTrack object. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The kind attribute must return the text track kind of the text track that the TextTrack object represents. The label attribute must return the text track label of the text track that the TextTrack object represents. The language attribute must return the text track language of the text track that the TextTrack object represents. The id attribute returns the track’s identifier, if it has one, or the empty string otherwise. For tracks that correspond to track elements, the track’s identifier is the value of the element’s id attribute, if any. For in-band tracks, the track’s identifier is specified by the media resource. If the media resource is in a format that supports the media fragments syntax, the identifier returned for a particular track must be the same identifier that would enable the track if used as the name of a track in the track dimension of such a fragment. [MEDIA-FRAGS] The inBandMetadataTrackDispatchType attribute must return the text track in-band metadata track dispatch type of the text track that the TextTrack object represents. The mode attribute, on getting, must return the string corresponding to the text track mode of the text track that the TextTrack object represents, as defined by the following list: "disabled" The text track disabled mode. "hidden" The text track hidden mode. "showing" The text track showing mode. On setting, if the new value isn’t equal to what the attribute would currently return, the new value must be processed as follows: If the new value is "disabled" Set the text track mode of the text track that the TextTrack object represents to the text track disabled mode. If the new value is "hidden" Set the text track mode of the text track that the TextTrack object represents to the text track hidden mode. If the new value is "showing" Set the text track mode of the text track that the TextTrack object represents to the text track showing mode. If the text track mode of the text track that the TextTrack object represents is not the text track disabled mode, then the cues attribute must return a live TextTrackCueList object that represents the subset of the text track list of cues of the text track that the TextTrack object represents whose end times occur at or after the earliest possible position when the script started, in text track cue order. Otherwise, it must return null. For each TextTrack object, when an object is returned, the same TextTrackCueList object must be returned each time. The earliest possible position when the script started is whatever the earliest possible position was the last time the event loop reached step 1. If the text track mode of the text track that the TextTrack object represents is not the text track disabled mode, then the activeCues attribute must return a live TextTrackCueList object that represents the subset of the text track list of cues of the text track that the TextTrack object represents whose active flag was set when the script started, in text track cue order. Otherwise, it must return null. For each TextTrack object, when an object is returned, the same TextTrackCueList object must be returned each time. A text track cue’s active flag was set when the script started if its text track cue active flag was set the last time the event loop reached step 1. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The addCue(cue) method of TextTrack objects, when invoked, must run the following steps: 1. If the text track list of cues does not yet have any associated rules for updating the text track rendering, then associate the text track list of cues with the rules for updating the text track rendering appropriate to cue. 2. If text track list of cues' associated rules for updating the text track rendering are not the same rules for updating the text track rendering as appropriate for cue, then throw an InvalidStateError exception and abort these steps. 3. If the given cue is in a text track list of cues, then remove cue from that text track list of cues. 4. Add cue to the method’s TextTrack object’s text track’s text track list of cues. The removeCue(cue) method of TextTrack objects, when invoked, must run the following steps: 1. If the given cue is not currently listed in the method’s TextTrack object’s text track’s text track list of cues, then throw a NotFoundError exception and abort these steps. 2. Remove cue from the method’s TextTrack object’s text track’s text track list of cues. In this example, an audio element is used to play a specific sound-effect from a sound file containing many sound effects. A cue is used to pause the audio, so that it ends exactly at the end of the clip, even if the browser is busy running some script. If the page had relied on script to pause the audio, then the start of the next clip might be heard if the browser was not able to run the script at the exact time specified. var sfx = new Audio('sfx.wav'); var sounds = sfx.addTextTrack('metadata'); // add sounds we care about function addFX(start, end, name) { var cue = new VTTCue(start, end, ''); cue.id = name; cue.pauseOnExit = true; sounds.addCue(cue); } addFX(12.783, 13.612, 'dog bark'); addFX(13.612, 15.091, 'kitten mew')) function playSound(id) { sfx.currentTime = sounds.getCueById(id).startTime; sfx.play(); } // play a bark as soon as we can sfx.oncanplaythrough = function () { playSound('dog bark'); } // meow when the user tries to leave window.onbeforeunload = function () { playSound('kitten mew'); return 'Are you sure you want to leave this awesome page?'; } ---------------------------------------------------------------------- interface TextTrackCueList { readonly attribute unsigned long length; getter TextTrackCue (unsigned long index); TextTrackCue? getCueById(DOMString id); }; cuelist . length Returns the number of cues in the list. cuelist[index] Returns the text track cue with index index in the list. The cues are sorted in text track cue order. cuelist . getCueById( id ) Returns the first text track cue (in text track cue order) with text track cue identifier id. Returns null if none of the cues have the given identifier or if the argument is the empty string. A TextTrackCueList object represents a dynamically updating list of text track cues in a given order. The length attribute must return the number of cues in the list represented by the TextTrackCueList object. The supported property indices of a TextTrackCueList object at any instant are the numbers from zero to the number of cues in the list represented by the TextTrackCueList object minus one, if any. If there are no cues in the list, there are no supported property indices. To determine the value of an indexed property for a given index index, the user agent must return the indexth text track cue in the list represented by the TextTrackCueList object. The getCueById(id) method, when called with an argument other than the empty string, must return the first text track cue in the list represented by the TextTrackCueList object whose text track cue identifier is id, if any, or null otherwise. If the argument is the empty string, then the method must return null. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- interface TextTrackCue : EventTarget { readonly attribute TextTrack? track; attribute DOMString id; attribute double startTime; attribute double endTime; attribute boolean pauseOnExit; attribute EventHandler onenter; attribute EventHandler onexit; }; cue . track Returns the TextTrack object to which this text track cue belongs, if any, or null otherwise. cue . id [ = value ] Returns the text track cue identifier. Can be set. cue . startTime [ = value ] Returns the text track cue start time, in seconds. Can be set. cue . endTime [ = value ] Returns the text track cue end time, in seconds. Can be set. cue . pauseOnExit [ = value ] Returns true if the text track cue pause-on-exit flag is set, false otherwise. Can be set. The track attribute, on getting, must return the TextTrack object of the text track in whose list of cues the text track cue that the TextTrackCue object represents finds itself, if any; or null otherwise. The id attribute, on getting, must return the text track cue identifier of the text track cue that the TextTrackCue object represents. On setting, the text track cue identifier must be set to the new value. The startTime attribute, on getting, must return the text track cue start time of the text track cue that the TextTrackCue object represents, in seconds. On setting, the text track cue start time must be set to the new value, interpreted in seconds; then, if the TextTrackCue object’s text track cue is in a text track’s list of cues, and that text track is in a media element’s list of text tracks, and the media element’s show poster flag is not set, then run the time marches on steps for that media element. The endTime attribute, on getting, must return the text track cue end time of the text track cue that the TextTrackCue object represents, in seconds. On setting, the text track cue end time must be set to the new value, interpreted in seconds; then, if the TextTrackCue object’s text track cue is in a text track’s list of cues, and that text track is in a media element’s list of text tracks, and the media element’s show poster flag is not set, then run the time marches on steps for that media element. The pauseOnExit attribute, on getting, must return true if the text track cue pause-on-exit flag of the text track cue that the TextTrackCue object represents is set; or false otherwise. On setting, the text track cue pause-on-exit flag must be set if the new value is true, and must be unset otherwise. 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata Media resources often contain one or more media-resource-specific text tracks containing data that browsers don’t render, but want to expose to script to allow being dealt with. If the browser is unable to identify a TextTrackCue interface that is more appropriate to expose the data in the cues of a media-resource-specific text track, the DataCue object is used. [INBANDTRACKS] [Constructor(double startTime, double endTime, ArrayBuffer data)] interface DataCue : TextTrackCue { attribute ArrayBuffer data; }; cue = new DataCue( [ startTime, endTime, data ] ) Returns a new DataCue object, for use with the addCue() method. The startTime argument sets the text track cue start time. The endTime argument sets the text track cue end time. The data argument is copied as the text track cue data. cue . data [ = value ] Returns the text track cue data in raw unparsed form. Can be set. The data attribute, on getting, must return the raw text track cue data of the text track cue that the TextTrackCue object represents. On setting, the text track cue data must be set to the new value. The user agent will use DataCue to expose only text track cue objects that belong to a text track that has a text track kind of metadata. DataCue has a constructor to allow script to create DataCue objects in cases where generic metadata needs to be managed for a text track. The rules for updating the text track rendering for a DataCue simply state that there is no rendering, even when the cues are in showing mode and the text track kind is one of subtitles or captions or descriptions or chapters. 4.7.13.11.7. Text tracks describing chapters Chapters are segments of a media resource with a given title. Chapters can be nested, in the same way that sections in a document outline can have subsections. Each text track cue in a text track being used for describing chapters has three key features: the text track cue start time, giving the start time of the chapter, the text track cue end time, giving the end time of the chapter, and the text track rules for extracting the chapter title. The rules for constructing the chapter tree from a text track are as follows. They produce a potentially nested list of chapters, each of which have a start time, end time, title, and a list of nested chapters. This algorithm discards cues that do not correctly nest within each other, or that are out of order. 1. Let list be a copy of the list of cues of the text track being processed. 2. Remove from list any text track cue whose text track cue end time is before its text track cue start time. 3. Let output be an empty list of chapters, where a chapter is a record consisting of a start time, an end time, a title, and a (potentially empty) list of nested chapters. For the purpose of this algorithm, each chapter also has a parent chapter. 4. Let current chapter be a stand-in chapter whose start time is negative infinity, whose end time is positive infinity, and whose list of nested chapters is output. (This is just used to make the algorithm easier to describe.) 5. Loop: If list is empty, jump to the step labeled end. 6. Let current cue be the first cue in list, and then remove it from list. 7. If current cue’s text track cue start time is less than the start time of current chapter, then return to the step labeled loop. 8. While current cue’s text track cue start time is greater than or equal to current chapter’s end time, let current chapter be current chapter’s parent chapter. 9. If current cue’s text track cue end time is greater than the end time of current chapter, then return to the step labeled loop. 10. Create a new chapter new chapter, whose start time is current cue’s text track cue start time, whose end time is current cue’s text track cue end time, whose title is current cue’s text track cue data interpreted according to its rules for rendering the cue in isolation, and whose list of nested chapters is empty. 11. Append new chapter to current chapter’s list of nested chapters, and let current chapter be new chapter’s parent. 12. Let current chapter be new chapter. 13. Return to the step labeled loop. 14. End: Return output. The following snippet of a WebVTT file shows how nested chapters can be marked up. The file describes three 50-minute chapters, "Astrophysics", "Computational Physics", and "General Relativity". The first has three subchapters, the second has four, and the third has two. [WEBVTT] WEBVTT 00:00:00.000 --> 00:50:00.000 Astrophysics 00:00:00.000 --> 00:10:00.000 Introduction to Astrophysics 00:10:00.000 --> 00:45:00.000 The Solar System 00:00:00.000 --> 00:10:00.000 Coursework Description 00:50:00.000 --> 01:40:00.000 Computational Physics 00:50:00.000 --> 00:55:00.000 Introduction to Programming 00:55:00.000 --> 01:30:00.000 Data Structures 01:30:00.000 --> 01:35:00.000 Answers to Last Exam 01:35:00.000 --> 01:40:00.000 Coursework Description 01:40:00.000 --> 02:30:00.000 General Relativity 01:40:00.000 --> 02:00:00.000 Tensor Algebra 02:00:00.000 --> 02:30:00.000 The General Relativistic Field Equations 4.7.13.11.8. Event handlers for objects of the text track APIs The following are the event handlers that (and their corresponding event handler event types) must be supported, as event handler IDL attributes, by all objects implementing the TextTrackList interface: Event handler Event handler event type onchange change onaddtrack addtrack onremovetrack removetrack The following are the event handlers that (and their corresponding event handler event types) must be supported, as event handler IDL attributes, by all objects implementing the TextTrack interface: Event handler Event handler event type oncuechange cuechange The following are the event handlers that (and their corresponding event handler event types) must be supported, as event handler IDL attributes, by all objects implementing the TextTrackCue interface: Event handler Event handler event type onenter enter onexit exit 4.7.13.11.9. Best practices for metadata text tracks This section is non-normative. Text tracks can be used for storing data relating to the media data, for interactive or augmented views. For example, a page showing a sports broadcast could include information about the current score. Suppose a robotics competition was being streamed live. The image could be overlayed with the scores, as follows: IFrame In order to make the score display render correctly whenever the user seeks to an arbitrary point in the video, the metadata text track cues need to be as long as is appropriate for the score. For example, in the frame above, there would be maybe one cue that lasts the length of the match that gives the match number, one cue that lasts until the blue alliance’s score changes, and one cue that lasts until the red alliance’s score changes. If the video is just a stream of the live event, the time in the bottom right would presumably be automatically derived from the current video time, rather than based on a cue. However, if the video was just the highlights, then that might be given in cues also. The following shows what fragments of this could look like in a WebVTT file: WEBVTT ... 05:10:00.000 --> 05:12:15.000 matchtype:qual matchnumber:37 ... 05:11:02.251 --> 05:11:17.198 red:78 05:11:03.672 --> 05:11:54.198 blue:66 05:11:17.198 --> 05:11:25.912 red:80 05:11:25.912 --> 05:11:26.522 red:83 05:11:26.522 --> 05:11:26.982 red:86 05:11:26.982 --> 05:11:27.499 red:89 ... The key here is to notice that the information is given in cues that span the length of time to which the relevant event applies. If, instead, the scores were given as zero-length (or very brief, nearly zero-length) cues when the score changes, for example saying "red+2" at 05:11:17.198, "red+3" at 05:11:25.912, etc, problems arise: primarily, seeking is much harder to implement, as the script has to walk the entire list of cues to make sure that no notifications have been missed; but also, if the cues are short it’s possible the script will never see that they are active unless it listens to them specifically. When using cues in this manner, authors are encouraged to use the cuechange event to update the current annotations. (In particular, using the timeupdate event would be less appropriate as it would require doing work even when the cues haven’t changed, and, more importantly, would introduce a higher latency between when the metadata cues become active and when the display is updated, since timeupdate events are rate-limited.) 4.7.13.12. Identifying a track kind through a URL Other specifications or formats that need a URL to identify the return values of the AudioTrack.kind or VideoTrack.kind IDL attributes, or identify the kind of text track, must use the about:html-kind URL. 4.7.13.13. User interface The controls attribute is a boolean attribute. If present, it indicates that the author has not provided a scripted controller and would like the user agent to provide its own set of controls. If the attribute is present, or if scripting is disabled for the media element, then the user agent should expose a user interface to the user. This user interface should include features to begin playback, pause playback, seek to an arbitrary position in the content (if the content supports arbitrary seeking), change the volume, change the display of closed captions or embedded sign-language tracks, select different audio tracks or turn on audio descriptions, and show the media content in manners more suitable to the user (e.g., fullscreen video or in an independent resizable window). Other controls may also be made available. Even when the attribute is absent, however, user agents may provide controls to affect playback of the media resource (e.g., play, pause, seeking, track selection, and volume controls), but such features should not interfere with the page’s normal rendering. For example, such features could be exposed in the media element’s platform media keys, or a remote control. The user agent may implement this simply by exposing a user interface to the user as described above (as if the controls attribute was present). If the user agent exposes a user interface to the user by displaying controls over the media element, then the user agent should suppress any user interaction events while the user agent is interacting with this interface. (For example, if the user clicks on a video’s playback control, mousedown events and so forth would not simultaneously be fired at elements on the page.) Where possible (specifically, for starting, stopping, pausing, and unpausing playback, for seeking, for changing the rate of playback, for fast-forwarding or rewinding, for listing, enabling, and disabling text tracks, and for muting or changing the volume of the audio), user interface features exposed by the user agent must be implemented in terms of the DOM API described above, so that, e.g., all the same events fire. For the purposes of listing chapters in the media resource, only text tracks in the media element’s list of text tracks that are showing and whose text track kind is chapters should be used. Such tracks must be interpreted according to the rules for constructing the chapter tree from a text track. When seeking in response to a user manipulating a chapter selection interface, user agents should not use the approximate-for-speed flag. The controls IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- media . volume [ = value ] Returns the current playback volume, as a number in the range 0.0 to 1.0, where 0.0 is the quietest and 1.0 the loudest. Can be set, to change the volume. Throws an IndexSizeError exception if the new value is not in the range 0.0 .. 1.0. media . muted [ = value ] Returns true if audio is muted, overriding the volume attribute, and false if the volume attribute is being honored. Can be set, to change whether the audio is muted or not. A media element has a playback volume, which is a fraction in the range 0.0 (silent) to 1.0 (loudest). Initially, the volume should be 1.0, but user agents may remember the last set value across sessions, on a per-site basis or otherwise, so the volume may start at other values. The volume IDL attribute must return the playback volume of any audio portions of the media element. On setting, if the new value is in the range 0.0 to 1.0 inclusive, the media element’s playback volume must be set to the new value. If the new value is outside the range 0.0 to 1.0 inclusive, then, on setting, an IndexSizeError exception must be thrown instead. A media element can also be muted. If anything is muting the element, then it is muted. (For example, when the direction of playback is backwards, the element is muted.) The muted IDL attribute must return the value to which it was last set. When a media element is created, if the element has a muted content attribute specified, then the muted IDL attribute should be set to true; otherwise, the user agents may set the value to the user’s preferred value (e.g., remembering the last set value across sessions, on a per-site basis or otherwise). While the muted IDL attribute is set to true, the media element must be muted. Whenever either of the values that would be returned by the volume and muted IDL attributes change, the user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event named volumechange at the media element. An element’s effective media volume is determined as follows: 1. If the user has indicated that the user agent is to override the volume of the element, then the element’s effective media volume is the volume desired by the user. Abort these steps. 2. If the element’s audio output is muted, the element’s effective media volume is zero. Abort these steps. 3. Let volume be the playback volume of the audio portions of the media element, in range 0.0 (silent) to 1.0 (loudest). 4. The element’s effective media volume is volume, interpreted relative to the range 0.0 to 1.0, with 0.0 being silent, and 1.0 being the loudest setting, values in between increasing in loudness. The range need not be linear. The loudest setting may be lower than the system’s loudest possible setting; for example the user could have set a maximum volume. The muted content attribute on media elements is a boolean attribute that controls the default state of the audio output of the media resource, potentially overriding user preferences. The defaultMuted IDL attribute must reflect the muted content attribute. This attribute has no dynamic effect (it only controls the default state of the element). This video (an advertisement) autoplays, but to avoid annoying users, it does so without sound, and allows the user to turn the sound on. 4.7.13.14. Time ranges Objects implementing the TimeRanges interface represent a list of ranges (periods) of time. interface TimeRanges { readonly attribute unsigned long length; double start(unsigned long index); double end(unsigned long index); }; media . length Returns the number of ranges in the object. time = media . start(index) Returns the time for the start of the range with the given index. Throws an IndexSizeError exception if the index is out of range. time = media . end(index) Returns the time for the end of the range with the given index. Throws an IndexSizeError exception if the index is out of range. The length IDL attribute must return the number of ranges represented by the object. The start(index) method must return the position of the start of the indexth range represented by the object, in seconds measured from the start of the timeline that the object covers. The end(index) method must return the position of the end of the indexth range represented by the object, in seconds measured from the start of the timeline that the object covers. These methods must throw IndexSizeError exceptions if called with an index argument greater than or equal to the number of ranges represented by the object. When a TimeRanges object is said to be a normalized TimeRanges object, the ranges it represents must obey the following criteria: * The start of a range must be greater than the end of all earlier ranges. * The start of a range must be less than or equal to the end of that same range. In other words, the ranges in such an object are ordered, don’t overlap, and don’t touch (adjacent ranges are folded into one bigger range). A range can be empty (referencing just a single moment in time), e.g., to indicate that only one frame is currently buffered in the case that the user agent has discarded the entire media resource except for the current frame, when a media element is paused. Ranges in a TimeRanges object must be inclusive. Thus, the end of a range would be equal to the start of a following adjacent (touching but not overlapping) range. Similarly, a range covering a whole timeline anchored at zero would have a start equal to zero and an end equal to the duration of the timeline. The timelines used by the objects returned by the buffered, seekable and played IDL attributes of media elements must be that element’s media timeline. 4.7.13.15. The TrackEvent interface [Constructor(DOMString type, optional TrackEventInit eventInitDict)] interface TrackEvent : Event { readonly attribute (VideoTrack or AudioTrack or TextTrack)? track; }; dictionary TrackEventInit : EventInit { (VideoTrack or AudioTrack or TextTrack)? track = null; }; event . track Returns the track object (TextTrack, AudioTrack, or VideoTrack) to which the event relates. The track attribute must return the value it was initialized to. When the object is created, this attribute must be initialized to null. It represents the context information for the event. 4.7.13.16. Event summary This section is non-normative. The following events fire on media elements as part of the processing model described above: Event name Interface Fired when... Preconditions The user agent begins loadstart Event looking for media data, networkState equals as part of the resource NETWORK_LOADING selection algorithm. progress Event The user agent is networkState equals fetching media data. NETWORK_LOADING The user agent is suspend Event intentionally not networkState equals currently fetching media NETWORK_IDLE data. error is an object with The user agent stops the code fetching the media data MEDIA_ERR_ABORTED. abort Event before it is completely networkState equals downloaded, but not due either NETWORK_EMPTY or to an error. NETWORK_IDLE, depending on when the download was aborted. error is an object with the code An error occurs while MEDIA_ERR_NETWORK or fetching the media data higher. networkState error Event or the type of the equals either resource is not NETWORK_EMPTY or supported media format. NETWORK_IDLE, depending on when the download was aborted. A media element whose networkState was previously not in the NETWORK_EMPTY state has just switched to that state (either because of networkState is emptied Event a fatal error during NETWORK_EMPTY; all the load that’s about to be IDL attributes are in reported, or because the their initial states. load() method was invoked while the resource selection algorithm was already running). The user agent is trying stalled Event to fetch media data, but networkState is data is unexpectedly not NETWORK_LOADING. forthcoming. The user agent has just readyState is newly determined the duration equal to HAVE_METADATA loadedmetadata Event and dimensions of the or greater for the first media resource and the time. text tracks are ready. The user agent can readyState newly render the media data at increased to loadeddata Event the current playback HAVE_CURRENT_DATA or position for the first greater for the first time. time. The user agent can resume playback of the media data, but estimates that if playback were to be readyState newly canplay Event started now, the media increased to resource could not be HAVE_FUTURE_DATA or rendered at the current greater. playback rate up to its end without having to stop for further buffering of content. The user agent estimates that if playback were to be started now, the media resource could be readyState is newly canplaythrough Event rendered at the current equal to playback rate all the HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA. way to its end without having to stop for further buffering. readyState is newly equal to or greater than HAVE_FUTURE_DATA and paused is false, or paused is newly false Playback is ready to and readyState is equal start after having been to or greater than playing Event paused or delayed due to HAVE_FUTURE_DATA. Even lack of media data. if this event fires, the element might still not be potentially playing, e.g., if the element is paused for user interaction or paused for in-band content. readyState is equal to or less than HAVE_CURRENT_DATA, and paused is false. Either seeking is true, or the current playback position is not contained in any of the ranges in buffered. It Playback has stopped is possible for playback because the next frame to stop for other is not available, but reasons without paused waiting Event the user agent expects being false, but those that frame to become reasons do not fire this available in due course. event (and when those situations resolve, a separate playing event is not fired either): e.g., the playback ended, or playback stopped due to errors, or the element has paused for user interaction or paused for in-band content. The seeking IDL attribute changed to seeking Event true, and the user agent has started seeking to a new position. The seeking IDL attribute changed to seeked Event false after the current playback position was changed. Playback has stopped currentTime equals the ended Event because the end of the end of the media media resource was resource; ended is true. reached. durationchange Event The duration attribute has just been updated. The current playback position changed as part timeupdate Event of normal playback or in an especially interesting way, for example discontinuously. The element is no longer paused. Fired after the play() method has play Event returned, or when the paused is newly false. autoplay attribute has caused playback to begin. The element has been pause Event paused. Fired after the paused is newly true. pause() method has returned. Either the defaultPlaybackRate or ratechange Event the playbackRate attribute has just been updated. One or both of the Media element is a video resize Event videoWidth and element; readyState is videoHeight attributes not HAVE_NOTHING have just been updated. Either the volume attribute or the muted volumechange Event attribute has changed. Fired after the relevant attribute’s setter has returned. The following event fires on source element: Event name Interface Fired when... error Event An error occurs while fetching the media data or the type of the resource is not supported media format. The following events fire on AudioTrackList, VideoTrackList, and TextTrackList objects: Event name Interface Fired when... change Event One or more tracks in the track list have been enabled or disabled. addtrack TrackEvent A track has been added to the track list. removetrack TrackEvent A track has been removed from the track list. The following event fires on TextTrack objects and track elements: Event name Interface Fired when... cuechange Event One or more cues in the track have become active or stopped being active. The following events fire on track elements: Event name Interface Fired when... An error occurs while fetching the track data or the error Event type of the resource is not supported text track format. load Event A track data has been fetched and successfully processed. The following events fire on TextTrackCue objects: Event name Interface Fired when... enter Event The cue has become active. exit Event The cue has stopped being active. 4.7.13.17. Security and privacy considerations The main security and privacy implications of the video and audio elements come from the ability to embed media cross-origin. There are two directions that threats can flow: from hostile content to a victim page, and from a hostile page to victim content. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- If a victim page embeds hostile content, the threat is that the content might contain scripted code that attempts to interact with the Document that embeds the content. To avoid this, user agents must ensure that there is no access from the content to the embedding page. In the case of media content that uses DOM concepts, the embedded content must be treated as if it was in its own unrelated top-level browsing context. For instance, if an SVG animation was embedded in a video element, the user agent would not give it access to the DOM of the outer page. From the perspective of scripts in the SVG resource, the SVG file would appear to be in a lone top-level browsing context with no parent. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- If a hostile page embeds victim content, the threat is that the embedding page could obtain information from the content that it would not otherwise have access to. The API does expose some information: the existence of the media, its type, its duration, its size, and the performance characteristics of its host. Such information is already potentially problematic, but in practice the same information can be obtained using the img element, and so it has been deemed acceptable. However, significantly more sensitive information could be obtained if the user agent further exposes metadata within the content such as subtitles or chapter titles. Such information is therefore only exposed if the video resource passes a CORS resource sharing check. The crossorigin attribute allows authors to control how this check is performed. [FETCH] Without this restriction, an attacker could trick a user running within a corporate network into visiting a site that attempts to load a video from a previously leaked location on the corporation’s intranet. If such a video included confidential plans for a new product, then being able to read the subtitles would present a serious confidentiality breach. 4.7.13.18. Best practices for authors using media elements This section is non-normative. Playing audio and video resources on small devices such as set-top boxes or mobile phones is often constrained by limited hardware resources in the device. For example, a device might only support three simultaneous videos. For this reason, it is a good practice to release resources held by media elements when they are done playing, either by being very careful about removing all references to the element and allowing it to be garbage collected, or, even better, by removing the element’s src attribute and any source element descendants, and invoking the element’s load() method. Similarly, when the playback rate is not exactly 1.0, hardware, software, or format limitations can cause video frames to be dropped and audio to be choppy or muted. 4.7.13.19. Best practices for implementors of media elements This section is non-normative. How accurately various aspects of the media element API are implemented is considered a quality-of-implementation issue. For example, when implementing the buffered attribute, how precise an implementation reports the ranges that have been buffered depends on how carefully the user agent inspects the data. Since the API reports ranges as times, but the data is obtained in byte streams, a user agent receiving a variable-bit-rate stream might only be able to determine precise times by actually decoding all of the data. User agents aren’t required to do this, however; they can instead return estimates (e.g., based on the average bitrate seen so far) which get revised as more information becomes available. As a general rule, user agents are urged to be conservative rather than optimistic. For example, it would be bad to report that everything had been buffered when it had not. Another quality-of-implementation issue would be playing a video backwards when the codec is designed only for forward playback (e.g., there aren’t many key frames, and they are far apart, and the intervening frames only have deltas from the previous frame). User agents could do a poor job, e.g., only showing key frames; however, better implementations would do more work and thus do a better job, e.g., actually decoding parts of the video forwards, storing the complete frames, and then playing the frames backwards. Similarly, while implementations are allowed to drop buffered data at any time (there is no requirement that a user agent keep all the media data obtained for the lifetime of the media element), it is again a quality of implementation issue: user agents with sufficient resources to keep all the data around are encouraged to do so, as this allows for a better user experience. For example, if the user is watching a live stream, a user agent could allow the user only to view the live video; however, a better user agent would buffer everything and allow the user to seek through the earlier material, pause it, play it forwards and backwards, etc. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When a media element that is paused is removed from a document and not reinserted before the next time the event loop reaches step 1, implementations that are resource constrained are encouraged to take that opportunity to release all hardware resources (like video planes, networking resources, and data buffers) used by the media element. (User agents still have to keep track of the playback position and so forth, though, in case playback is later restarted.) 4.7.14. The map element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Transparent. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes name - Name of image map to reference from the usemap attribute Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes DOM interface: interface HTMLMapElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString name; [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection areas; [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection images; }; The map element, in conjunction with an img element and any area element descendants, defines an image map. The element represents its children. The name attribute gives the map a name so that it can be referenced. The attribute must be present and must have a non-empty value with no space characters. The value of the name attribute must not be a compatibility caseless match for the value of the name attribute of another map element in the same document. If the id attribute is also specified, both attributes must have the same value. map . areas Returns an HTMLCollection of the area elements in the map. map . images Returns an HTMLCollection of the img and object elements that use the map. The areas attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the map element, whose filter matches only area elements. The images attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the Document node, whose filter matches only img and object elements that are associated with this map element according to the image map processing model. The IDL attribute name must reflect the content attribute of the same name. Image maps can be defined in conjunction with other content on the page, to ease maintenance. This example is of a page with an image map at the top of the page and a corresponding set of text links at the bottom. Babies™: Toys

    Toys

    Babies™ navigation menu. Select a department to go to its page.
    ... 4.7.15. The area element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected, but only if there is a map element ancestor or a template element ancestor. Content model: Nothing. Tag omission in text/html: No end tag Content attributes: Global attributes alt - Replacement text for use when images are not available coords - Coordinates for the shape to be created in an image map download - Whether to download the resource instead of navigating to it, and its file name if so href - Address of the hyperlink hreflang - Language of the linked resource rel - Relationship of this document (or subsection/topic) to the destination resource shape - The kind of shape to be created in an image map target - browsing context for hyperlink navigation type - Hint for the type of the referenced resource referrerpolicy - Referrer policy for fetches initiated by the element Allowed ARIA role attribute values: link role (default - do not set). Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLAreaElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString alt; attribute DOMString coords; attribute DOMString shape; attribute DOMString target; attribute DOMString download; attribute DOMString rel; [SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList relList; attribute DOMString hreflang; attribute DOMString type; attribute DOMString referrerPolicy; }; HTMLAreaElement implements HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils; The area element represents either a hyperlink with some text and a corresponding area on an image map, or a dead area on an image map. An area element with a parent node must have a map element ancestor or a template element ancestor. If the area element has an href attribute, then the area element represents a hyperlink. In this case, the alt attribute must be present. It specifies the text of the hyperlink. Its value must be text that informs the user about the destination of the link. If the area element has no href attribute, then the area represented by the element cannot be selected, and the alt attribute must be omitted. In both cases, the shape and coords attributes specify the area. The shape attribute is an enumerated attribute. The following table lists the keywords defined for this attribute. The states given in the first cell of the rows with keywords give the states to which those keywords map. Some of the keywords are non-conforming, as noted in the last column. State Keywords Notes Circle state circle circ Non-conforming Default state default Polygon state poly polygon Non-conforming Rectangle state rect rectangle Non-conforming The attribute may be omitted. The missing value default is the rectangle state. The coords attribute must, if specified, contain a valid list of floating-point numbers. This attribute gives the coordinates for the shape described by the shape attribute. The processing for this attribute is described as part of the image map processing model. In the circle state, area elements must have a coords attribute present, with three integers, the last of which must be non-negative. The first integer must be the distance in CSS pixels from the left edge of the image to the center of the circle, the second integer must be the distance in CSS pixels from the top edge of the image to the center of the circle, and the third integer must be the radius of the circle, again in CSS pixels. In the default state state, area elements must not have a coords attribute. (The area is the whole image.) In the polygon state, area elements must have a coords attribute with at least six integers, and the number of integers must be even. Each pair of integers must represent a coordinate given as the distances from the left and the top of the image in CSS pixels respectively, and all the coordinates together must represent the points of the polygon, in order. In the rectangle state, area elements must have a coords attribute with exactly four integers, the first of which must be less than the third, and the second of which must be less than the fourth. The four points must represent, respectively, the distance from the left edge of the image to the left side of the rectangle, the distance from the top edge to the top side, the distance from the left edge to the right side, and the distance from the top edge to the bottom side, all in CSS pixels. When user agents allow users to follow hyperlinks or download hyperlinks created using the area element, as described in the next section, the href, target, and download attributes decide how the link is followed. The rel, and hreflang attributes may be used to indicate to the user the likely nature of the target resource before the user follows the link. The target, download, rel, hreflang, type, and referrerpolicy attributes must be omitted if the href attribute is not present. The activation behavior of area elements is to run the following steps: 1. If the area element’s node document is not fully active, then abort these steps. 2. If the area element has a download attribute and the algorithm is not allowed to show a popup; or, if the user has not indicated a specific browsing context for following the link, and the element’s target attribute is present, and applying the rules for choosing a browsing context given a browsing context name, using the value of the target attribute as the browsing context name, would result in there not being a chosen browsing context, then run these substeps: 1. If there is an entry settings object, throw an InvalidAccessError exception. 2. Abort these steps without following the hyperlink. 3. Otherwise, the user agent must follow the hyperlink or download the hyperlink created by the area element, if any, and as determined by the download attribute and any expressed user preference. The IDL attributes alt, coords, target, download, rel, and hreflang, each must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. The IDL attribute shape must reflect the shape content attribute. The IDL attribute relList must reflect the rel content attribute. The IDL attribute referrerPolicy must reflect the referrerpolicy content attribute, limited to only known values. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The area element also supports the HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils interface. [URL] When the element is created, and whenever the element’s href content attribute is set, changed, or removed, the user agent must invoke the element’s HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils interface’s set the input algorithm with the value of the href content attribute, if any, or the empty string otherwise, as the given value. The element’s HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils interface’s get the base algorithm must simply return the document base URL. The element’s HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils interface’s query encoding is the document’s character encoding. When the element’s HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils interface invokes its update steps with a string value, the user agent must set the element’s href content attribute to the string value. 4.7.16. Image maps 4.7.16.1. Authoring An image map allows geometric areas on an image to be associated with hyperlinks. An image, in the form of an img element, may be associated with an image map (in the form of a map element) by specifying a usemap attribute on the img element. The usemap attribute, if specified, must be a valid hash-name reference to a map element. Consider an image that looks as follows: A line with four shapes in it, equally spaced: a red hollow box, a green circle, a blue triangle, and a yellow four-pointed star. If we wanted just the colored areas to be clickable, we could do it as follows:

    Please select a shape: Four shapes are available: a red hollow box, a green circle, a blue triangle, and a yellow four-pointed star. Red box. Green circle. Blue triangle. Yellow star.

    4.7.16.2. Processing model If an img element has a usemap attribute specified, user agents must process it as follows: 1. Parse the attribute’s value using the rules for parsing a hash-name reference to a map element, with the element’s node document as the context node. This will return either an element (the map) or null. 2. If that returned null, then abort these steps. The image is not associated with an image map after all. 3. Otherwise, the user agent must collect all the area elements that are descendants of the map. Let those be the areas. Having obtained the list of area elements that form the image map (the areas), interactive user agents must process the list in one of two ways. If the user agent intends to show the text that the img element represents, then it must use the following steps. In user agents that do not support images, or that have images disabled, object elements cannot represent images, and thus this section never applies (the fallback content is shown instead). The following steps therefore only apply to img elements. 1. Remove all the area elements in areas that have no href attribute. 2. Remove all the area elements in areas that have no alt attribute, or whose alt attribute’s value is the empty string, if there is another area element in areas with the same value in the href attribute and with a non-empty alt attribute. 3. Each remaining area element in areas represents a hyperlink. Those hyperlinks should all be made available to the user in a manner associated with the text of the img. In this context, user agents may represent area and img elements with no specified alt attributes, or whose alt attributes are the empty string or some other non-visible text, in a user-agent-defined fashion intended to indicate the lack of suitable author-provided text. If the user agent intends to show the image and allow interaction with the image to select hyperlinks, then the image must be associated with a set of layered shapes, taken from the area elements in areas, in reverse tree order (so the last specified area element in the map is the bottom-most shape, and the first element in the map, in tree order, is the top-most shape). Each area element in areas must be processed as follows to obtain a shape to layer onto the image: 1. Find the state that the element’s shape attribute represents. 2. Use the rules for parsing a list of floating-point numbers to parse the element’s coords attribute, if it is present, and let the result be the coords list. If the attribute is absent, let the coords list be the empty list. 3. If the number of items in the coords list is less than the minimum number given for the area element’s current state, as per the following table, then the shape is empty; abort these steps. State Minimum number of items Circle state 3 Default state 0 Polygon state 6 Rectangle state 4 4. Check for excess items in the coords list as per the entry in the following list corresponding to the shape attribute’s state: Circle state Drop any items in the list beyond the third. Default state Drop all items in the list. Polygon state Drop the last item if there’s an odd number of items. Rectangle state Drop any items in the list beyond the fourth. 5. If the shape attribute represents the rectangle state, and the first number in the list is numerically greater than the third number in the list, then swap those two numbers around. 6. If the shape attribute represents the rectangle state, and the second number in the list is numerically greater than the fourth number in the list, then swap those two numbers around. 7. If the shape attribute represents the circle state, and the third number in the list is less than or equal to zero, then the shape is empty; abort these steps. 8. Now, the shape represented by the element is the one described for the entry in the list below corresponding to the state of the shape attribute: Circle state Let x be the first number in coords, y be the second number, and r be the third number. The shape is a circle whose center is x CSS pixels from the left edge of the image and y CSS pixels from the top edge of the image, and whose radius is r CSS pixels. Default state The shape is a rectangle that exactly covers the entire image. Polygon state Let x_i be the (2i)th entry in coords, and y_i be the (2i+1)th entry in coords (the first entry in coords being the one with index 0). Let the coordinates be (x_i, y_i), interpreted in CSS pixels measured from the top left of the image, for all integer values of i from 0 to (N/2)-1, where N is the number of items in coords. The shape is a polygon whose vertices are given by the coordinates, and whose interior is established using the even-odd rule. [GRAPHICS] Rectangle state Let x_1 be the first number in coords, y_1 be the second number, x_2 be the third number, and y_2 be the fourth number. The shape is a rectangle whose top-left corner is given by the coordinate (x_1, y_1) and whose bottom right corner is given by the coordinate (x_2, y_2), those coordinates being interpreted as CSS pixels from the top left corner of the image. For historical reasons, the coordinates must be interpreted relative to the displayed image after any stretching caused by the CSS width and height properties (or, for non-CSS browsers, the image element’s width and height attributes — CSS browsers map those attributes to the aforementioned CSS properties). Browser zoom features and transforms applied using CSS or SVG do not affect the coordinates. Pointing device interaction with an image associated with a set of layered shapes per the above algorithm must result in the relevant user interaction events being first fired to the top-most shape covering the point that the pointing device indicated, if any, or to the image element itself, if there is no shape covering that point. User agents should make area elements representing hyperlinks focusable, to ensure that they can be selected and activated by all users. Because a map element (and its area elements) can be associated with multiple img and object elements, it is possible for an area element to correspond to multiple focusable areas of the document. Image maps are live; if the DOM is mutated, then the user agent must act as if it had rerun the algorithms for image maps. 4.7.17. MathML The MathML math element falls into the embedded content, phrasing content, flow content, and palpable content categories for the purposes of the content models in this specification. When the MathML annotation-xml element contains elements from the HTML namespace, such elements must all be flow content. When the MathML token elements (MathML mi, MathML mo, MathML mn, MathML ms, and MathML mtext) are descendants of HTML elements, they may contain phrasing content elements from the HTML namespace. [MATHML] User agents must handle text other than inter-element white space found in MathML elements whose content models do not allow straight text by pretending for the purposes of MathML content models, layout, and rendering that the text is actually wrapped in an MathML mtext element in the MathML namespace. (Such text is not, however, conforming.) User agents must act as if any MathML element whose contents does not match the element’s content model was replaced, for the purposes of MathML layout and rendering, by an MathML merror element containing some appropriate error message. To enable authors to use MathML tools that only accept MathML in its XML form, interactive HTML user agents are encouraged to provide a way to export any MathML fragment as an XML namespace-well-formed XML fragment. The semantics of MathML elements are defined by the MathML specification and other applicable specifications. [MATHML] Here is an example of the use of MathML in an HTML document: The quadratic formula

    The quadratic formula

    x = - b ± b 2 - 4 a c 2 a

    4.7.18. SVG The SVG svg element falls into the embedded content, phrasing content, flow content, and palpable content categories for the purposes of the content models in this specification. To enable authors to use SVG tools that only accept SVG in its XML form, interactive HTML user agents are encouraged to provide a way to export any SVG fragment as an XML namespace-well-formed XML fragment. When the SVG foreignObject element contains elements from the HTML namespace, such elements must all be flow content. [SVG11] The content model for SVG title elements inside HTML documents is phrasing content. (This further constrains the requirements given in the SVG specification.) The semantics of SVG elements are defined by the SVG specification and other applicable specifications. [SVG11] 4.7.19. Dimension attributes Author requirements: The width and height attributes on img, iframe, embed, object, video, and, when their type attribute is in the Image Button state, input elements may be specified to give the dimensions of the visual content of the element (the width and height respectively, relative to the nominal direction of the output medium), in CSS pixels. The attributes, if specified, must have values that are valid non-negative integers. The specified dimensions given may differ from the dimensions specified in the resource itself, since the resource may have a resolution that differs from the CSS pixel resolution. (On screens, CSS pixels have a resolution of 96ppi, but in general the CSS pixel resolution depends on the reading distance.) If both attributes are specified, then one of the following statements must be true: * specified width - 0.5 ≤ specified height * target ratio ≤ specified width + 0.5 * specified height - 0.5 ≤ specified width / target ratio ≤ specified height + 0.5 * specified height = specified width = 0 The target ratio is the ratio of the intrinsic width to the intrinsic height in the resource. The specified width and specified height are the values of the width and height attributes respectively. The two attributes must be omitted if the resource in question does not have both an intrinsic width and an intrinsic height. If the two attributes are both zero, it indicates that the element is not intended for the user (e.g., it might be a part of a service to count page views). The dimension attributes are not intended to be used to stretch the image. User agent requirements: User agents are expected to use these attributes as hints for the rendering. The width and height IDL attributes on the iframe, embed, object, and video elements must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. For iframe, embed, and object the IDL attributes are DOMString; for video the IDL attributes are unsigned long. The corresponding IDL attributes for img and input elements are defined in those respective elements' sections, as they are slightly more specific to those elements' other behaviors. 4.8. Links 4.8.1. Introduction Links are a conceptual construct, created by a, area, and link elements, that represent a connection between two resources, one of which is the current Document. There are two kinds of links in HTML: Links to external resources These are links to resources that are to be used to augment the current document, generally automatically processed by the user agent. Hyperlinks These are links to other resources that are generally exposed to the user by the user agent so that the user can cause the user agent to navigate to those resources, e.g., to visit them in a browser or download them. For link elements with an href attribute and a rel attribute, links must be created for the keywords of the rel attribute, as defined for those keywords in the link types section. Similarly, for a and area elements with an href attribute and a rel attribute, links must be created for the keywords of the rel attribute as defined for those keywords in the link types section. Unlike link elements, however, a and area elements with an href attribute that either do not have a rel attribute, or whose rel attribute has no keywords that are defined as specifying hyperlinks, must also create a hyperlink. This implied hyperlink has no special meaning (it has no link type) beyond linking the element’s node document to the resource given by the element’s href attribute. A hyperlink can have one or more hyperlink annotations that modify the processing semantics of that hyperlink. 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements The href attribute on a and area elements must have a value that is a valid URL potentially surrounded by spaces. The href attribute on a and area elements is not required; when those elements do not have href attributes they do not create hyperlinks. The target attribute, if present, must be a valid browsing context name or keyword. It gives the name of the browsing context that will be used. User agents use this name when following hyperlinks. When an a or area element’s activation behavior is invoked, the user agent may allow the user to indicate a preference regarding whether the hyperlink is to be used for navigation or whether the resource it specifies is to be downloaded. In the absence of a user preference, the default should be navigation if the element has no download attribute, and should be to download the specified resource if it does. Whether determined by the user’s preferences or via the presence or absence of the attribute, if the decision is to use the hyperlink for navigation then the user agent must follow the hyperlink, and if the decision is to use the hyperlink to download a resource, the user agent must download the hyperlink. These terms are defined in subsequent sections below. The download attribute, if present, indicates that the author intends the hyperlink to be used for downloading a resource. The attribute may have a value; the value, if any, specifies the default file name that the author recommends for use in labeling the resource in a local file system. There are no restrictions on allowed values, but authors are cautioned that most file systems have limitations with regard to what punctuation is supported in file names, and user agents are likely to adjust file names accordingly. The rel attribute on a and area elements controls what kinds of links the elements create. The attribute’s value must be a set of space-separated tokens. The allowed keywords and their meanings are defined below. rel's supported tokens are the keywords defined in HTML link types which are allowed on a and area elements, impact the processing model, and are supported by the user agent. The possible supported tokens are noreferrer, and noopener. rel's supported tokens must only include the tokens from this list that the user agent implements the processing model for. Other specifications may add HTML link types as defined in Other link types, with the following additional requirements: * Such specifications may require that their link types be included in rel's supported tokens. * Such specifications may specify that their link types are body-ok. The rel attribute has no default value. If the attribute is omitted or if none of the values in the attribute are recognized by the user agent, then the document has no particular relationship with the destination resource other than there being a hyperlink between the two. link and a elements may also have a rev attribute, which is used to describe a reverse link relationship from the resource specified by the href to the current document. If present, the value of this attribute must be a set of space-separated tokens. Like the rel attribute, §4.8.6 Link types describes the allowed keywords and their meanings for the rev attribute. Both the rel and rev attributes may be present on the same element. Reverse links are a way to express the reverse directional relationship of a link. In contrast to the rel attribute, whose value conveys a forward directional relationship ("how is the link related to me"), the rev attribute allows for similiar relationships to be expressed in the reverse direction ("how am I related to this link"). These values can enable user agents to build a more comprehensive map of linked documents. Given two documents, each containing a chapter of a book, the links between them could be described with the rel and rev attributes as follows: Document with URL "chapter1.html" Document with URL "chapter2.html" From chapter1.html, the link to chapter2.html is the "next" chapter in the series in the forward direction, and the "previous" chapter in the reverse diretion (from chapter2.html to chapter1.html). The links in a table of contents document might be described using rel and rev as follows:
    1. chapter 2
    2. chapter 3
    From the table of contents, the "next" logical path is to the first chapter, expressed using rel. Each chapter link has a "toc" rev value which indicates that the current document is the table of contents document for every chapter. The hreflang attribute on a elements that create hyperlinks, if present, gives the language of the linked resource. It is purely advisory. The value must be a valid BCP 47 language tag. [BCP47] User agents must not consider this attribute authoritative — upon fetching the resource, user agents must use only language information associated with the resource to determine its language, not metadata included in the link to the resource. The type attribute, if present, gives the MIME type of the linked resource. It is purely advisory. The value must be a valid mime type. User agents must not consider the type attribute authoritative — upon fetching the resource, user agents must not use metadata included in the link to the resource to determine its type. The referrerpolicy attribute is a referrer policy attribute. Its purpose is to set the referrer policy used when following hyperlinks. [REFERRERPOLICY] 4.8.3. API for a and area elements [NoInterfaceObject] interface HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils { stringifier attribute USVString href; readonly attribute USVString origin; attribute USVString protocol; attribute USVString username; attribute USVString password; attribute USVString host; attribute USVString hostname; attribute USVString port; attribute USVString pathname; attribute USVString search; attribute USVString hash; }; hyperlink . toString() hyperlink . href Returns the hyperlink’s URL. Can be set, to change the URL. hyperlink . origin Returns the hyperlink’s URL’s origin. hyperlink . protocol Returns the hyperlink’s URL’s scheme. Can be set, to change the URL’s scheme. hyperlink . username Returns the hyperlink’s URL’s username. Can be set, to change the URL’s username. hyperlink . password Returns the hyperlink’s URL’s password. Can be set, to change the URL’s password. hyperlink . host Returns the hyperlink’s URL’s host and port (if different from the default port for the scheme). Can be set, to change the URL’s host and port. hyperlink . hostname Returns the hyperlink’s URL’s host. Can be set, to change the URL’s host. hyperlink . port Returns the hyperlink’s URL’s port. Can be set, to change the URL’s port. hyperlink . pathname Returns the hyperlink’s URL’s path. Can be set, to change the URL’s path. hyperlink . search Returns the hyperlink’s URL’s query (includes leading "?" if non-empty). Can be set, to change the URL’s query (ignores leading "?"). hyperlink . hash Returns the hyperlink’s URL’s fragment (includes leading "#" if non-empty). Can be set, to change the URL’s fragment (ignores leading "#"). An element implementing the HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils mixin has an associated url (null or a URL). It is initially null. An element implementing the HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils mixin has an associated set the url algorithm, which sets this element’s URL to the resulting URL string of parsing this element’s href content attribute value relative to this element. If parsing was aborted with an error, set this element’s URL to null. When elements implementing the HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils mixin are created, and whenever those elements have their href content attribute set, changed, or removed, the user agent must set the url. This is only observable for blob: URLs as parsing them involves the StructuredSerialize abstract operation. An element implementing the HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils mixin has an associated reinitialise url algorithm, which runs these steps: 1. If element’s URL is non-null, its scheme is "blob", and its non-relative flag is set, terminate these steps. 2. Set the url. To update href, set the element’s href content attribute’s value to the element’s URL, serialized. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The href attribute’s getter must run these steps: 1. Reinitialise url. 2. Let url be this element’s URL. 3. If url is null and this element has no href content attribute, return the empty string. 4. Otherwise, if url is null, return this element’s href content attribute’s value. 5. Return url, serialized. The href attribute’s setter must set this element’s href content attribute’s value to the given value. The origin attribute’s getter must run these steps: 1. Reinitialise url. 2. If this element’s URL is null, return the empty string. 3. Return the Unicode serialization of this element’s URL's origin. It returns the Unicode rather than the ASCII serialization for compatibility with MessageEvent. The protocol attribute’s getter must run these steps: 1. Reinitialise url. 2. If this element’s URL is null, return " :". 3. Return this element’s URL's scheme, followed by ":". The protocol attribute’s setter must run these steps: 1. Reinitialise url. 2. If this element’s URL is null, terminate these steps. 3. Basic URL parse the given value, followed by :", with this element’s URL as url and scheme start state as state override. 4. Update href. The username attribute’s getter must run these steps: 1. Reinitialise url. 2. If this element’s URL is null, return the empty string. 3. Return this element’s URL's username. The username attribute’s setter must run these steps: 1. Reinitialise url. 2. Let url be this element’s URL. 3. If url or url’s host is null, or url’s non-relative flag is set, terminate these steps. 4. set the username, given url and the given value. 5. Update href. The password attribute’s getter must run these steps: 1. Reinitialise url. 2. Let url be this element’s URL. 3. If url or url’s password is null, return the empty string. 4. Return url’s password. The password attribute’s setter must run these steps: 1. Reinitialise url. 2. Let url be this element’s URL. 3. If url or url’s host is null, or url’s non-relative flag is set, terminate these steps. 4. Set the password, given url and the given value. 5. Update href. The host attribute’s getter must run these steps: 1. Reinitialise url. 2. Let url be this element’s URL. 3. If url or url’s host is null, return the empty string. 4. If url’s port is null, return url’s host, serialized. 5. Return url’s host, serialized, followed by ":" and url’s port, serialized. The host attribute’s setter must run these steps: 1. Reinitialise url. 2. Let url be this element’s URL. 3. If url is null or url’s non-relative flag is set, terminate these steps. 4. Basic URL parse the given value, with url as url and host state as state override. 5. Update href. The hostname attribute’s getter must run these steps: 1. Reinitialise url. 2. Let url be this element’s URL. 3. If url or url’s host is null, return the empty string. 4. Return url’s host, serialized. The hostname attribute’s setter must run these steps: 1. Reinitialise url. 2. Let url be this element’s URL. 3. If url is null or url’s non-relative flag is set, terminate these steps. 4. Basic URL parse the given value, with url as url and hostname state as state override. 5. Update href. The port attribute’s getter must run these steps: 1. Reinitialise url. 2. Let url be this element’s URL. 3. If url or url’s port is null, return the empty string. 4. Return url’s port, serialized. The port attribute’s setter must run these steps: 1. Reinitialise url. 2. Let url be this element’s URL. 3. If url or url’s host is null, url’s non-relative flag is set, or url’s scheme is "file", terminate these steps. 4. Basic URL parse the given value, with url as url and port state as state override. 5. Update href. The pathname attribute’s getter must run these steps: 1. Reinitialise url. 2. Let url be this element’s URL. 3. If url is null, return the empty string. 4. If url’s non-relative flag is set, return the first string in url’s path. 5. Return "/", followed by the strings in url’s path (including empty strings), separated from each other by "/". The pathname attribute’s setter must run these steps: 1. Reinitialise url. 2. Let url be this element’s URL. 3. If url is null or url’s non-relative flag is set, terminate these steps. 4. Set url’s path to the empty list. 5. Basic URL parse the given value, with url as url and path start state as state override. 6. Update href. The search attribute’s getter must run these steps: 1. Reinitialise url. 2. Let url be this element’s URL. 3. If url is null, or url’s query is either null or the empty string, return the empty string. 4. Return "?", followed by url’s query. The search attribute’s setter must run these steps: 1. Reinitialise url. 2. Let url be this element’s URL. 3. If url is null, terminate these steps. 4. If the given value is the empty string, set url’s query to null. 5. Otherwise, run these substeps: 1. Let input be the given value with a single leading "?" removed, if any. 2. Set url’s query to the empty string. 3. Basic URL parse input, with url as url and query state as state override, and this element’s node document’s document’s character encoding as encoding override. 6. Update href. The hash attribute’s getter must run these steps: 1. Reinitialise url. 2. Let url be this element’s URL. 3. If url is null, or url’s fragment is either null or the empty string, return the empty string. 4. Return "#", followed by url’s fragment. The hash attribute’s setter must run these steps: 1. Reinitialise url. 2. Let url be this element’s URL. 3. If url is null or url’s scheme is "javascript", terminate these steps. 4. If the given value is the empty string, set url’s fragment to null. 5. Otherwise, run these substeps: 1. Let input be the given value with a single leading "#" removed, if any. 2. Set url’s fragment to the empty string. 3. Basic URL parse input, with url as url and fragment state as state override. 6. Update href. 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks When a user follows a hyperlink created by an element subject, optionally with a hyperlink suffix, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. Let replace be false. 2. Let source be the browsing context that contains the Document object with which subject in question is associated. 3. If the user indicated a specific browsing context when following the hyperlink, or if the user agent is configured to follow hyperlinks by navigating a particular browsing context, then let target be that browsing context. If this is a new top-level browsing context (e.g., when the user followed the hyperlink using "Open in New Tab"), then source must be set as the new browsing context’s one permitted sandboxed navigator. Otherwise, if subject is an a or area element that has a target attribute, then let target be the browsing context that is chosen by applying the rules for choosing a browsing context given a browsing context name, using the value of the target attribute as the browsing context name. If these rules result in the creation of a new browsing context, set replace to true. Otherwise, if target is an a or area element with no target attribute, but the Document contains a base element with a target attribute, then let target be the browsing context that is chosen by applying the rules for choosing a browsing context given a browsing context name, using the value of the target attribute of the first such base element as the browsing context name. If these rules result in the creation of a new browsing context, set replace to true. Otherwise, let target be the browsing context that subject itself is in. 4. If subject’s link types include the noreferrer or noopener keyword, and replace is true, then disown target’s opener. 5. Parse the URL given by subject’s href attribute, relative to subject’s node document. 6. If that is successful, let URL be the resulting URL string. Otherwise, if parsing the URL failed, the user agent may report the error to the user in a user-agent-specific manner, may queue a task to navigate the target browsing context to an error page to report the error, or may ignore the error and do nothing. In any case, the user agent must then abort these steps. 7. If there is a hyperlink suffix, append it to URL. 8. Let resource be a new request whose url is URL and whose referrer policy is the current state of subject’s referrerpolicy content attribute. 9. Queue a task to navigate the target browsing context to resource. If replace is true, the navigation must be performed with replacement enabled. The source browsing context must be source. The task source for the tasks mentioned above is the DOM manipulation task source. 4.8.5. Downloading resources In some cases, resources are intended for later use rather than immediate viewing. To indicate that a resource is intended to be downloaded for use later, rather than immediately used, the download attribute can be specified on the a or area element that creates the hyperlink to that resource. The attribute can furthermore be given a value, to specify the file name that user agents are to use when storing the resource in a file system. This value can be overridden by the Content-Disposition HTTP header’s filename parameters. [RFC6266] In cross-origin situations, the download attribute has to be combined with the Content-Disposition HTTP header, specifically with the attachment disposition type, to avoid the user being warned of possibly nefarious activity. (This is to protect users from being made to download sensitive personal or confidential information without their full understanding.) ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When a user downloads a hyperlink created by an element subject, optionally with a hyperlink suffix, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. Parse the URL given by subject’s href attribute, relative to subject. 2. If parsing the URL fails, the user agent may report the error to the user in a user-agent-specific manner, may navigate to an error page to report the error, or may ignore the error and do nothing. In either case, the user agent must abort these steps. 3. Otherwise, let URL be the resulting URL string. 4. If there is a hyperlink suffix, append it to URL. 5. Return to whatever algorithm invoked these steps and continue these steps in parallel. 6. Fetch URL and handle the resulting resource as a download. When a user agent is to handle a resource obtained from a fetch as a download, it should provide the user with a way to save the resource for later use, if a resource is successfully obtained; or otherwise should report any problems downloading the file to the user. If the user agent needs a file name for a resource being handled as a download, it should select one using the following algorithm. This algorithm is intended to mitigate security dangers involved in downloading files from untrusted sites, and user agents are strongly urged to follow it. 1. Let filename be the void value. 2. If the resource has a Content-Disposition header, that header specifies the attachment disposition type, and the header includes file name information, then let filename have the value specified by the header, and jump to the step labeled sanitize below. [RFC6266] 3. Let interface origin be the origin of the Document in which the download or navigate action resulting in the download was initiated, if any. 4. Let resource origin be the origin of the URL of the resource being downloaded, unless that URL’s scheme component is data, in which case let resource origin be the same as the interface origin, if any. 5. If there is no interface origin, then let trusted operation be true. Otherwise, let trusted operation be true if resource origin is the same origin as interface origin, and false otherwise. 6. If trusted operation is true and the resource has a Content-Disposition header and that header includes file name information, then let filename have the value specified by the header, and jump to the step labeled sanitize below. [RFC6266] 7. If the download was not initiated from a hyperlink created by an a or area element, or if the element of the hyperlink from which it was initiated did not have a download attribute when the download was initiated, or if there was such an attribute but its value when the download was initiated was the empty string, then jump to the step labeled no proposed file name. 8. Let proposed filename have the value of the download attribute of the element of the hyperlink that initiated the download at the time the download was initiated. 9. If trusted operation is true, let filename have the value of proposed filename, and jump to the step labeled sanitize below. 10. If the resource has a Content-Disposition header and that header specifies the attachment disposition type, let filename have the value of proposed filename, and jump to the step labeled sanitize below. [RFC6266] 11. No proposed file name: If trusted operation is true, or if the user indicated a preference for having the resource in question downloaded, let filename have a value derived from the URL of the resource in a user-agent-defined manner, and jump to the step labeled sanitize below. 12. Act in a user-agent-defined manner to safeguard the user from a potentially hostile cross-origin download. If the download is not to be aborted, then let filename be set to the user’s preferred file name or to a file name selected by the user agent, and jump to the step labeled sanitize below. If the algorithm reaches this step, then a download was begun from a different origin than the resource being downloaded, and the origin did not mark the file as suitable for downloading, and the download was not initiated by the user. This could be because a download attribute was used to trigger the download, or because the resource in question is not of a type that the user agent supports. This could be dangerous, because, for instance, a hostile server could be trying to get a user to unknowingly download private information and then re-upload it to the hostile server, by tricking the user into thinking the data is from the hostile server. Thus, it is in the user’s interests that the user be somehow notified that the resource in question comes from quite a different source, and to prevent confusion, any suggested file name from the potentially hostile interface origin should be ignored. 13. Sanitize: Optionally, allow the user to influence filename. For example, a user agent could prompt the user for a file name, potentially providing the value of filename as determined above as a default value. 14. Adjust filename to be suitable for the local file system. For example, this could involve removing characters that are not legal in file names, or trimming leading and trailing white space. 15. If the platform conventions do not in any way use extensions to determine the types of file on the file system, then return filename as the file name and abort these steps. 16. Let claimed type be the type given by the resource’s Content-Type metadata, if any is known. Let named type be the type given by filename’s extension, if any is known. For the purposes of this step, a type is a mapping of a MIME type to an extension. 17. If named type is consistent with the user’s preferences (e.g., because the value of filename was determined by prompting the user), then return filename as the file name and abort these steps. 18. If claimed type and named type are the same type (i.e., the type given by the resource’s Content-Type metadata is consistent with the type given by filename’s extension), then return filename as the file name and abort these steps. 19. If the claimed type is known, then alter filename to add an extension corresponding to claimed type. Otherwise, if named type is known to be potentially dangerous (e.g., it will be treated by the platform conventions as a native executable, shell script, HTML application, or executable-macro-capable document) then optionally alter filename to add a known-safe extension (e.g., ".txt"). This last step would make it impossible to download executables, which might not be desirable. As always, implementors are forced to balance security and usability in this matter. 20. Return filename as the file name. For the purposes of this algorithm, a file extension consists of any part of the file name that platform conventions dictate will be used for identifying the type of the file. For example, many operating systems use the part of the file name following the last dot (".") in the file name to determine the type of the file, and from that the manner in which the file is to be opened or executed. User agents should ignore any directory or path information provided by the resource itself, its URL, and any download attribute, in deciding where to store the resulting file in the user’s file system. 4.8.6. Link types The following table summarizes the link types that are defined by this specification, by their coresponding keywords. This table is non-normative; the actual definitions for the link types are given in the next few sections. In this section, the term referenced document refers to the resource identified by the element representing the link, and the term current document refers to the resource within which the element representing the link finds itself. To determine which link types apply to a link, a, or area element, the element’s rel attribute must be split on spaces. The resulting tokens are the keywords for the link types that apply to that element. Except where otherwise specified, a keyword must not be specified more than once per rel attribute. Some of the sections that follow the table below list synonyms for certain keywords. The indicated synonyms are to be handled as specified by user agents, but must not be used in documents (for example, the keyword "copyright"). Keywords are always ASCII case-insensitive, and must be compared as such. Thus, rel="next" is the same as rel="NEXT". Keywords that are body-ok affect whether link elements are allowed in the body. The body-ok keyword defined by this specification is stylesheet. Other specifications can also define body-ok keywords. Link type Effect on... body-ok Brief description link a and area Gives alternate alternate hyperlink hyperlink · representations of the current document. Gives a link to the author of author hyperlink hyperlink · the current document or article. bookmark not allowed hyperlink · Gives the permalink for the nearest ancestor section. Indicates that the referenced external not allowed Annotation · document is not part of the same site as the current document. help hyperlink hyperlink · Provides a link to context-sensitive help. icon External not allowed · Imports an icon to represent Resource the current document. Indicates that the main content of the current license hyperlink hyperlink · document is covered by the copyright license described by the referenced document. Indicates that the current document is a part of a next hyperlink hyperlink · series, and that the next document in the series is the referenced document. Indicates that the current nofollow not allowed Annotation · document’s original author or publisher does not endorse the referenced document. Requires that any browsing noopener not allowed Annotation · context created by following the hyperlink to disown its opener. Requires that the user agent noreferrer not allowed Annotation · not send an HTTP Referer (sic) header if the user follows the hyperlink. Indicates that the current document is a part of a prev hyperlink hyperlink · series, and that the previous document in the series is the referenced document. Gives a link to a resource search hyperlink hyperlink · that can be used to search through the current document and its related pages. stylesheet External not allowed Yes Imports a stylesheet. Resource Gives a tag (identified by the tag not allowed hyperlink · given address) that applies to the current document. 4.8.6.1. Link type "alternate" The alternate keyword may be used with link, a, and area elements. The meaning of this keyword depends on the values of the other attributes. If the element is a link element and the rel attribute also contains the keyword stylesheet The alternate keyword modifies the meaning of the stylesheet keyword in the way described for that keyword. The alternate keyword does not create a link of its own. Here, a set of link elements provide some style sheets: If the alternate keyword is used with the type attribute set to the value application/rss+xml or the value application/atom+xml The keyword creates a hyperlink referencing a syndication feed (though not necessarily syndicating exactly the same content as the current page). The first link or a element in the document (in tree order) with the alternate keyword used with the type attribute set to the value application/rss+xml or the value application/atom+xml must be treated as the default syndication feed for the purposes of feed autodiscovery. The following link element gives the syndication feed for the current page: The following extract offers various different syndication feeds:

    You can access the planets database using Atom feeds:

    Otherwise The keyword creates a hyperlink referencing an alternate representation of the current document. The nature of the referenced document is given by the hreflang, and type attributes. If the alternate keyword is used with the hreflang attribute, and that attribute’s value differs from the document element’s language, it indicates that the referenced document is a translation. If the alternate keyword is used with the type attribute, it indicates that the referenced document is a reformulation of the current document in the specified format. The hreflang and type attributes can be combined when specified with the alternate keyword. The following example shows how you can specify versions of the page that use alternative formats, are aimed at other languages, and that are intended for other media: This relationship is transitive — that is, if a document links to two other documents with the link type "alternate", then, in addition to implying that those documents are alternative representations of the first document, it is also implying that those two documents are alternative representations of each other. 4.8.6.2. Link type "author" The author keyword may be used with link, a, and area elements. This keyword creates a hyperlink. For a and area elements, the author keyword indicates that the referenced document provides further information about the author of the nearest article element ancestor of the element defining the hyperlink, if there is one, or of the page as a whole, otherwise. For link elements, the author keyword indicates that the referenced document provides further information about the author for the page as a whole. The "referenced document" can be, and often is, a mailto: URL giving the e-mail address of the author. [RFC6068] Synonyms: For historical reasons, user agents must also treat link, a, and area elements that have a rev attribute with the value "made" as having the author keyword specified as a link relationship. 4.8.6.3. Link type "bookmark" The bookmark keyword may be used with a and area elements. This keyword creates a hyperlink. The bookmark keyword gives a permalink for the nearest ancestor article element of the linking element in question, or of the section the linking element is most closely associated with, if there are no ancestor article elements. The following snippet has three permalinks. A user agent could determine which permalink applies to which part of the spec by looking at where the permalinks are given. ...

    Example of permalinks

    First example

    This permalink applies to only the content from the first H2 to the second H2. The DIV isn’t exactly that section, but it roughly corresponds to it.

    Second example

    ... 4.8.6.4. Link type "help" The help keyword may be used with link, a, and area elements. This keyword creates a hyperlink. For a and area elements, the help keyword indicates that the referenced document provides further help information for the parent of the element defining the hyperlink, and its children. In the following example, the form control has associated context-sensitive help. The user agent could use this information, for example, displaying the referenced document if the user presses the "Help" or "F1" key.

    For link elements, the help keyword indicates that the referenced document provides help for the page as a whole. For a and area elements, on some browsers, the help keyword causes the link to use a different cursor. 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon" The icon keyword may be used with link elements. This keyword creates an external resource link. The specified resource is an icon representing the page or site, and should be used by the user agent when representing the page in the user interface. Icons could be auditory icons, visual icons, or other kinds of icons. If multiple icons are provided, the user agent must select the most appropriate icon according to the type, media, and sizes attributes. If there are multiple equally appropriate icons, user agents must use the last one declared in tree order at the time that the user agent collected the list of icons. If the user agent tries to use an icon but that icon is determined, upon closer examination, to in fact be inappropriate (e.g., because it uses an unsupported format), then the user agent must try the next-most-appropriate icon as determined by the attributes. User agents are not required to update icons when the list of icons changes, but are encouraged to do so. There is no default type for resources given by the icon keyword. However, for the purposes of determining the type of the resource, user agents must expect the resource to be an image. The sizes keyword represent icon sizes in raw pixels (as opposed to CSS pixels). An icon that is 50 CSS pixels wide intended for displays with a device pixel density of two device pixels per CSS pixel (2x, 192dpi) would have a width of 100 raw pixels. This feature does not support indicating that a different resource is to be used for small high-resolution icons vs large low-resolution icons (e.g., 50×50 2x vs 100×100 1x). To parse and process the attribute’s value, the user agent must first split the attribute’s value on spaces, and must then parse each resulting keyword to determine what it represents. The any keyword represents that the resource contains a scalable icon, e.g., as provided by an SVG image. Other keywords must be further parsed as follows to determine what they represent: * If the keyword doesn’t contain exactly one U+0078 LATIN SMALL LETTER X or U+0058 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER X character, then this keyword doesn’t represent anything. Abort these steps for that keyword. * Let width string be the string before the "x" or "X". * Let height string be the string after the "x" or "X". * If either width string or height string start with a U+0030 DIGIT ZERO (0) character or contain any characters other than ASCII digits, then this keyword doesn’t represent anything. Abort these steps for that keyword. * Apply the rules for parsing non-negative integers to width string to obtain width. * Apply the rules for parsing non-negative integers to height string to obtain height. * The keyword represents that the resource contains a bitmap icon with a width of width device pixels and a height of height device pixels. The keywords specified on the sizes attribute must not represent icon sizes that are not actually available in the linked resource. In the absence of a link with the icon keyword, for Document objects obtained over HTTP or HTTPS, user agents may instead run these steps in parallel: 1. Let request be a new request whose URL is the absolute URL obtained by resolving the URL "/favicon.ico" against the document’s URL, client is the Document object’s Window object’s environment settings object, type is "image", destination is "subresource", synchronous flag is set, credentials mode is "include", and whose use-URL-credentials flag is set. 2. Let response be the result of fetching request. 3. Use response’s unsafe response as an icon as if it had been declared using the icon keyword. The following snippet shows the top part of an application with several icons. lsForums — Inbox ... For historical reasons, the icon keyword may be preceded by the keyword "shortcut". If the "shortcut" keyword is present, the rel attribute’s entire value must be an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "shortcut icon" (with a single U+0020 SPACE character between the tokens and no other space characters). 4.8.6.6. Link type "license" The license keyword may be used with link, a, and area elements. This keyword creates a hyperlink. The license keyword indicates that the referenced document provides the copyright license terms under which the main content of the current document is provided. This specification defines the main content of a document and content that is not deemed to be part of that main content via the main element. The distinction should be made clear to the user. Consider a photo sharing site. A page on that site might describe and show a photograph, and the page might be marked up as follows: Exampl Pictures: Kissat

    Kissat

    Kissat

    One of them has six toes!

    This photograph is MIT Licensed

    Home | Photo index

    © copyright 2009 Exampl Pictures. All Rights Reserved.

    In this case the license applies to just the photo (the main content of the document), not the whole document. In particular not the design of the page itself, which is covered by the copyright given at the bottom of the document. This should be made clear in the text referencing the licensing link and could also be made clearer in the styling (e.g., making the license link prominently positioned near the photograph, while having the page copyright in small text at the foot of the page, or adding a border to the main element.) Synonyms: For historical reasons, user agents must also treat the keyword "copyright" like the license keyword. 4.8.6.7. Link type "nofollow" The nofollow keyword may be used with a and area elements. This keyword does not create a hyperlink, but annotates any other hyperlinks created by the element (the implied hyperlink, if no other keywords create one). The nofollow keyword indicates that the link is not endorsed by the original author or publisher of the page, or that the link to the referenced document was included primarily because of a commercial relationship between people affiliated with the two pages. 4.8.6.8. Link type "noopener" The noopener keyword may be used with a and area elements. This keyword does not create a hyperlink, but annotates any other hyperlinks created by the element (the implied hyperlink, if no other keywords create one). The keyword indicates that any newly created browsing context which results from following the hyperlink will have disowned its opener, which means that its window.opener property will be null. 4.8.6.9. Link type "noreferrer" The noreferrer keyword may be used with a and area elements. This keyword does not create a hyperlink, but annotates any other hyperlinks created by the element (the implied hyperlink, if no other keywords create one). It indicates that no referrer information is to be leaked when following the link. If a user agent follows a link defined by an a or area element that has the noreferrer keyword, the user agent must set their request’s referrer to "no-referrer". For historical reasons, the noreferrer keyword implies the behavior associated with the noopener keyword when present on a hyperlink that creates a new browsing context. That is, has the same behavior as . 4.8.6.10. Link type "search" The search keyword may be used with link, a, and area elements. This keyword creates a hyperlink. The search keyword indicates that the referenced document provides an interface specifically for searching the document and its related resources. OpenSearch description documents can be used with link elements and the search link type to enable user agents to autodiscover search interfaces. [OPENSEARCH] 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet" The stylesheet keyword may be used with link elements. This keyword creates an external resource link that contributes to the styling processing model. This keyword is body-ok. The specified resource is a resource that describes how to present the document. Exactly how the resource is to be processed depends on the actual type of the resource. If the alternate keyword is also specified on the link element, then the link is an alternative stylesheet; in this case, the title attribute must be specified on the link element, with a non-empty value. The default type for resources given by the stylesheet keyword is text/css. The appropriate times to obtain the resource are: * When the external resource link is created on a link element that is already in a Document. * When the external resource link’s link element is inserted into a document. * When the href attribute of the link element of an external resource link that is already in a Document is changed. * When the crossorigin attribute of the link element of an external resource link that is already in a Document is set, changed, or removed. * When the type attribute of the link element of an external resource link that is already in a Document is set or changed to a value that does not or no longer matches the Content-Type metadata of the previous obtained external resource, if any. * When the type attribute of the link element of an external resource link that is already in a Document but was previously not obtained due to the type attribute specifying an unsupported type is set, removed, or changed. * When the external resource link changes from being an alternative stylesheet to not being one, or vice versa. Quirk: If the document has been set to quirks mode, has the same origin as the URL of the external resource, and the Content-Type metadata of the external resource is not a supported style sheet type, the user agent must instead assume it to be text/css. Once a resource has been obtained, if its Content-Type metadata is text/css, the user agent must run these steps: 1. Let element be the link element that created the external resource link. 2. If element has an associated CSS style sheet, remove the CSS style sheet in question. 3. If element no longer creates an external resource link that contributes to the styling processing model, or if, since the resource in question was obtained, it has become appropriate to obtain it again (meaning this algorithm is about to be invoked again for a newly obtained resource), then abort these steps. 4. Create a CSS style sheet with the following properties: type text/css location The resulting URL string determined during the obtain algorithm. This is before any redirects get applied. owner node element media The media attribute of element. This is a reference to the (possibly absent at this time) attribute, rather than a copy of the attribute’s current value. The CSSOM specification defines what happens when the attribute is dynamically set, changed, or removed. title The title attribute of element. This is similarly a reference to the attribute, rather than a copy of the attribute’s current value. alternate flag Set if the link is an alternative stylesheet; unset otherwise. origin-clean flag Set if the resource is CORS-same-origin; unset otherwise. parent CSS style sheet owner CSS rule null disabled flag Left at its default value. CSS rules Left uninitialized. The CSS environment encoding is the result of running the following steps: [CSS-SYNTAX-3] 1. If the element has a charset attribute, get an encoding from that attribute’s value. If that succeeds, return the resulting encoding and abort these steps. [ENCODING] 2. Otherwise, return the document’s character encoding. [DOM41] 4.8.6.12. Link type "tag" The tag keyword may be used with a and area elements. This keyword creates a hyperlink. The tag keyword indicates that the tag that the referenced document represents applies to the current document. Since it indicates that the tag applies to the current document, it would be inappropriate to use this keyword in the markup of a tag cloud, which lists the popular tags across a set of pages. This document is about some gems, and so it is tagged with "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gemstone" to unambiguously categorize it as applying to the "jewel" kind of gems, and not to, say, the towns in the US, the Ruby package format, or the Swiss locomotive class: My Precious

    My precious

    Summer 2012

    Recently I managed to dispose of a red gem that had been bothering me. I now have a much nicer blue sapphire.

    The red gem had been found in a bauxite stone while I was digging out the office level, but nobody was willing to haul it away. The same red gem stayed there for literally years.

    In this document, there are two articles. The "tag" link, however, applies to the whole page (and would do so wherever it was placed, including if it was within the article elements). Gem 4/4

    801: Steinbock

    The number 801 Gem 4/4 electro-diesel has an ibex and was rebuilt in 2002.

    802: Murmeltier

    The 802 was red with pantographs and tall vents on the side.
    The 802 in the 1980s, above Lago Bianco.

    The number 802 Gem 4/4 electro-diesel has a marmot and was rebuilt in 2003.

    4.8.6.13. Sequential link types Some documents form part of a sequence of documents. A sequence of documents is one where each document can have a previous sibling and a next sibling. A document with no previous sibling is the start of its sequence, a document with no next sibling is the end of its sequence. A document may be part of multiple sequences. 4.8.6.13.1. Link type "next" The next keyword may be used with link, a, and area elements. This keyword creates a hyperlink. The next keyword indicates that the document is part of a sequence, and that the link is leading to the document that is the next logical document in the sequence. 4.8.6.13.2. Link type "prev" The prev keyword may be used with link, a, and area elements. This keyword creates a hyperlink. The prev keyword indicates that the document is part of a sequence, and that the link is leading to the document that is the previous logical document in the sequence. Synonyms: For historical reasons, user agents must also treat the keyword "previous" like the prev keyword. 4.8.6.14. Other link types Extensions to the predefined set of link types may be registered in the HTML link extensions section of the microformats wiki existing-rel-values page [MFREL], or filed as an issue on this specification. Proposed extension types should be specified with the following information: Keyword The actual value being defined. The value should not be confusingly similar to any other defined value (e.g., differing only in case). If the value contains a U+003A COLON character (:), it must also be an absolute URL. Effect on... link One of the following: Not allowed The keyword must not be specified on link elements. Hyperlink The keyword may be specified on a link element; it creates a hyperlink. External Resource The keyword may be specified on a link element; it creates an external resource link. Effect on... a and area One of the following: Not allowed The keyword must not be specified on a and area elements. Hyperlink The keyword may be specified on a and area elements; it creates a hyperlink. External Resource The keyword may be specified on a and area elements; it creates an external resource link. Hyperlink Annotation The keyword may be specified on a and area elements; it annotates other hyperlinks created by the element. Brief description A short non-normative description of what the keyword’s meaning is. Specification A link to a more detailed description of the keyword’s semantics and requirements. It could be another page on the Wiki, or a link to an external page. Synonyms A list of other keyword values that have exactly the same processing requirements. Authors should not use the values defined to be synonyms, they are only intended to allow user agents to support legacy content. Anyone may remove synonyms that are not used in practice; only names that need to be processed as synonyms for compatibility with legacy content are to be registered in this way. Status One of the following: Proposed The keyword has not received wide peer review and approval. Someone has proposed it and is, or soon will be, using it. Ratified The keyword has received wide peer review and approval. It has a specification that unambiguously defines how to handle pages that use the keyword, including when they use it in incorrect ways. Discontinued The keyword has received wide peer review and it has been found wanting. Existing pages are using this keyword, but new pages should avoid it. The "brief description" and "specification" entries will give details of what authors should use instead, if anything. If a keyword is found to be redundant with existing values, it should be removed and listed as a synonym for the existing value. If a keyword is registered in the "proposed" state for a period of a month or more without being used or specified, then it may be removed from the registry. If a keyword is added with the "proposed" status and found to be redundant with existing values, it should be removed and listed as a synonym for the existing value. If a keyword is added with the "proposed" status and found to be harmful, then it should be changed to "discontinued" status. Anyone can change the status at any time, but should only do so in accordance with the definitions above. Conformance checkers may use the information given on the microformats wiki existing-rel-values page to establish if a value is allowed or not: values defined in this specification or marked as "proposed" or "ratified" must be accepted when used on the elements for which they apply as described in the "Effect on..." field, whereas values marked as "discontinued" or values not containing a U+003A COLON character but not listed in either this specification or on the aforementioned page must be reported as invalid. The remaining values must be accepted as valid if they are absolute URLs containing US-ASCII characters only and rejected otherwise. Conformance checkers may cache this information (e.g., for performance reasons or to avoid the use of unreliable network connectivity). Note: Even URL-valued link types are compared ASCII-case-insensitively. Validators might choose to warn about characters U+0041 (LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A) through U+005A (LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z) (inclusive) in the pre-case-folded form of link types that contain a colon. When an author uses a new type not defined by either this specification or the Wiki page, conformance checkers should offer to add the value to the Wiki, with the details described above, with the "proposed" status. Types defined as extensions in the microformats wiki existing-rel-values page with the status "proposed" or "ratified" may be used with the rel attribute on link, a, and area elements in accordance to the "Effect on..." field. [MFREL] 4.9. Tabular data 4.9.1. The table element Categories: Flow content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where flow content is expected. Content model: In this order: optionally a caption element, followed by zero or more colgroup elements, followed optionally by a thead element, followed by either zero or more tbody elements or one or more tr elements, followed optionally by a tfoot element, optionally intermixed with one or more script-supporting elements. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes border Allowed ARIA role attribute values: table role (default - do not set), Any other role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLTableElement : HTMLElement { attribute HTMLTableCaptionElement? caption; HTMLTableCaptionElement createCaption(); void deleteCaption(); attribute HTMLTableSectionElement? tHead; HTMLTableSectionElement createTHead(); void deleteTHead(); attribute HTMLTableSectionElement? tFoot; HTMLTableSectionElement createTFoot(); void deleteTFoot(); [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection tBodies; HTMLTableSectionElement createTBody(); [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection rows; HTMLTableRowElement insertRow(optional long index = -1); void deleteRow(long index); }; The table element represents data with more than one dimension, in the form of a table. The table element takes part in the table model. Tables have rows, columns, and cells given by their descendants. The rows and columns form a grid; a table’s cells must completely cover that grid without overlap. Precise rules for determining whether this conformance requirement is met are described in the description of the table model. Authors are encouraged to provide information describing how to interpret complex tables. Guidance on how to provide such information is given below. Tables should not be used as layout aids. Historically, many Web authors have tables in HTML as a way to control their page layout making it difficult to extract tabular data from such documents. In particular, users of accessibility tools, like screen readers, are likely to find it very difficult to navigate pages with tables used for layout. If a table is to be used for layout it must be marked with the attribute role="presentation" for a user agent to properly represent the table to an assistive technology and to properly convey the intent of the author to tools that wish to extract tabular data from the document. There are a variety of alternatives to using HTML tables for layout, primarily using CSS positioning and the CSS table model. [CSS-2015] The border content attribute may be specified on a table element to explicitly indicate that the table element is not being used for layout purposes. If specified, the attribute’s value must either be the empty string or the value "1". The attribute is used by certain user agents as an indication that borders should be drawn around cells of the table. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Tables can be complicated to understand and navigate. To help users with this, user agents should clearly delineate cells in a table from each other, unless the user agent has classified the table as a layout table. Authors and implementors are encouraged to consider using some of the table design techniques described below to make tables easier to navigate for users. User agents, especially those that do table analysis on arbitrary content, are encouraged to find heuristics to determine which tables actually contain data and which are merely being used for layout. This specification does not define a precise heuristic, but the following are suggested as possible indicators: Feature Indication The use of the role attribute with Probably a layout table the value presentation The use of the border attribute with Probably a layout table the non-conforming value 0 The use of the non-conforming cellspacing and cellpadding Probably a layout table attributes with the value 0 The use of caption, thead, or th Probably a non-layout table elements The use of the headers and scope Probably a non-layout table attributes The use of the border attribute with Probably a non-layout table a value other than 0 Explicit visible borders set using Probably a non-layout table CSS The use of the non-conforming Not a good indicator (both layout and summary attribute non-layout tables have historically been given this attribute) It is quite possible that the above suggestions are wrong. Implementors are urged to provide feedback elaborating on their experiences with trying to create a layout table detection heuristic. If a table element has a (non-conforming) summary attribute, and the user agent has not classified the table as a layout table, the user agent may report the contents of that attribute to the user. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- table . caption [ = value ] Returns the table’s caption element. Can be set, to replace the caption element. caption = table . createCaption() Ensures the table has a caption element, and returns it. table . deleteCaption() Ensures the table does not have a caption element. table . tHead [ = value ] Returns the table’s thead element. Can be set, to replace the thead element. If the new value is not a thead element, throws a HierarchyRequestError exception. thead = table . createTHead() Ensures the table has a thead element, and returns it. table . deleteTHead() Ensures the table does not have a thead element. table . tFoot [ = value ] Returns the table’s tfoot element. Can be set, to replace the tfoot element. If the new value is not a tfoot element, throws a HierarchyRequestError exception. tfoot = table . createTFoot() Ensures the table has a tfoot element, and returns it. table . deleteTFoot() Ensures the table does not have a tfoot element. table . tBodies Returns an HTMLCollection of the tbody elements of the table. tbody = table . createTBody() Creates a tbody element, inserts it into the table, and returns it. table . rows Returns an HTMLCollection of the tr elements of the table. tr = table . insertRow( [ index ] ) Creates a tr element, along with a tbody if required, inserts them into the table at the position given by the argument, and returns the tr. The position is relative to the rows in the table. The index -1, which is the default if the argument is omitted, is equivalent to inserting at the end of the table. If the given position is less than -1 or greater than the number of rows, throws an IndexSizeError exception. table . deleteRow(index) Removes the tr element with the given position in the table. The position is relative to the rows in the table. The index -1 is equivalent to deleting the last row of the table. If the given position is less than -1 or greater than the index of the last row, or if there are no rows, throws an IndexSizeError exception. The caption IDL attribute must return, on getting, the first caption element child of the table element, if any, or null otherwise. On setting, the first caption element child of the table element, if any, must be removed, and the new value, if not null, must be inserted as the first node of the table element. The createCaption() method must return the first caption element child of the table element, if any; otherwise a new caption element must be created, inserted as the first node of the table element, and then returned. The deleteCaption() method must remove the first caption element child of the table element, if any. The tHead IDL attribute must return, on getting, the first thead element child of the table element, if any, or null otherwise. On setting, if the new value is null or a thead element, the first thead element child of the table element, if any, must be removed, and the new value, if not null, must be inserted immediately before the first element in the table element that is neither a caption element nor a colgroup element, if any, or at the end of the table if there are no such elements. If the new value is neither null nor a thead element, then a HierarchyRequestError DOM exception must be thrown instead. The createTHead() method must return the first thead element child of the table element, if any; otherwise a new thead element must be created and inserted immediately before the first element in the table element that is neither a caption element nor a colgroup element, if any, or at the end of the table if there are no such elements, and then that new element must be returned. The deleteTHead() method must remove the first thead element child of the table element, if any. The tFoot IDL attribute must return, on getting, the first tfoot element child of the table element, if any, or null otherwise. On setting, if the new value is null or a tfoot element, the first tfoot element child of the table element, if any, must be removed, and the new value, if not null, must be inserted at the end of the table. If the new value is neither null nor a tfoot element, then a HierarchyRequestError DOM exception must be thrown instead. The createTFoot() method must return the first tfoot element child of the table element, if any; otherwise a new tfoot element must be created and inserted at the end of the table, and then that new element must be returned. The deleteTFoot() method must remove the first tfoot element child of the table element, if any. The tBodies attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the table node, whose filter matches only tbody elements that are children of the table element. The createTBody() method must create a new tbody element, insert it immediately after the last tbody element child in the table element, if any, or at the end of the table element if the table element has no tbody element children, and then must return the new tbody element. The rows attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the table node, whose filter matches only tr elements that are either children of the table element, or children of thead, tbody, or tfoot elements that are themselves children of the table element. The elements in the collection must be ordered such that those elements whose parent is a thead are included first, in tree order, followed by those elements whose parent is either a table or tbody element, again in tree order, followed finally by those elements whose parent is a tfoot element, still in tree order. The behavior of the insertRow(index) method depends on the state of the table. When it is called, the method must act as required by the first item in the following list of conditions that describes the state of the table and the index argument: If index is less than -1 or greater than the number of elements in rows collection: The method must throw an IndexSizeError exception. If the rows collection has zero elements in it, and the table has no tbody elements in it: The method must create a tbody element, then create a tr element, then append the tr element to the tbody element, then append the tbody element to the table element, and finally return the tr element. If the rows collection has zero elements in it: The method must create a tr element, append it to the last tbody element in the table, and return the tr element. If index is -1 or equal to the number of items in rows collection: The method must create a tr element, and append it to the parent of the last tr element in the rows collection. Then, the newly created tr element must be returned. Otherwise: The method must create a tr element, insert it immediately before the indexth tr element in the rows collection, in the same parent, and finally must return the newly created tr element. When the deleteRow(index) method is called, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. If index is equal to -1, then index must be set to the number of items in the rows collection, minus one. 2. Now, if index is less than zero, or greater than or equal to the number of elements in the rows collection, the method must instead throw an IndexSizeError exception, and these steps must be aborted. 3. Otherwise, the method must remove the indexth element in the rows collection from its parent. Here is an example of a table being used to mark up a Sudoku puzzle. Observe the lack of headers, which are not necessary in such a table.

    Today’s Sudoku

    1 3 6 4 7 9
    2 9 1
    7 6
    2 4 3 9 8
    5 9 7 1
    6 5 2
    7
    9 8 2 5
    4.9.1.1. Techniques for describing tables For tables that consist of more than just a grid of cells with headers in the first row and headers in the first column, and for any table in general where the reader might have difficulty understanding the content, authors should include explanatory information introducing the table. This information is useful for all users, but is especially useful for users who cannot see the table, e.g., users of screen readers. Such explanatory information should introduce the purpose of the table, outline its basic cell structure, highlight any trends or patterns, and generally teach the user how to use the table. For instance, the following table: Characteristics with positive and negative sides Negative Characteristic Positive Sad Mood Happy Failing Grade Passing ...could benefit from a description explaining the way the table is laid out, something like "Characteristics are given in the second column, with the negative side in the left column and the positive side in the right column". There are a variety of ways to include this information, such as: In prose, surrounding the table

    In the following table, characteristics are given in the second column, with the negative side in the left column and the positive side in the right column.

    Characteristics with positive and negative sides
    Negative Characteristic Positive
    Sad Mood Happy
    Failing Grade Passing
    In the example above the aria-describedby attribute is used to explicitly associate the information with the table for assistive technology users. Next to the table, in the same figure

    Characteristics are given in the second column, with the negative side in the left column and the positive side in the right column.

    Characteristics with positive and negative sides
    Negative Characteristic Positive
    Sad Mood Happy
    Failing Grade Passing
    The figure in this example has been labeled by the table caption using aria-labelledby. Authors may also use other techniques, or combinations of the above techniques, as appropriate. Regardless of the method used to provide additional descriptive information for a table, if a table needs a caption, authors should use a caption element as it is the most robust method for providing an accessible caption for a table. The best option, of course, rather than writing a description explaining the way the table is laid out, is to adjust the table such that no explanation is needed. In the case of the table used in the examples above, a simple rearrangement of the table so that the headers are on the top and left sides removes the need for an explanation as well as removing the need for the use of headers attributes:
    Characteristics with positive and negative sides
    Characteristic Negative Positive
    Mood Sad Happy
    Grade Failing Passing
    4.9.1.2. Techniques for table design Good table design is key to making tables more readable and usable. In visual media, providing column and row borders and alternating row backgrounds can be very effective to make complicated tables more readable. For tables with large volumes of numeric content, using monospaced fonts can help users see patterns, especially in situations where a user agent does not render the borders. (Unfortunately, for historical reasons, not rendering borders on tables is a common default.) In speech media, table cells can be distinguished by reporting the corresponding headers before reading the cell’s contents, and by allowing users to navigate the table in a grid fashion, rather than serializing the entire contents of the table in source order. Authors are encouraged to use CSS to achieve these effects. User agents are encouraged to render tables using these techniques whenever the page does not use CSS and the table is not classified as a layout table. 4.9.2. The caption element Categories: None. Contexts in which this element can be used: As the first element child of a table element. Content model: Flow content, but with no descendant table elements. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes DOM interface: interface HTMLTableCaptionElement : HTMLElement {}; The caption element represents the title of the table that is its parent, if it has a parent and that is a table element. The caption element takes part in the table model. When a table element is the only content in a figure element other than the figcaption, the caption element should be omitted in favor of the figcaption. A caption can introduce context for a table, making it significantly easier to understand. Consider, for instance, the following table: 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 In the abstract, this table is not clear. However, with a caption giving the table’s number (for reference in the main prose) and explaining its use, it makes more sense:

    Table 1.

    This table shows the total score obtained from rolling two six-sided dice. The first row represents the value of the first die, the first column the value of the second die. The total is given in the cell that corresponds to the values of the two dice. This provides the user with more context: Table 1. This table shows the total score obtained from rolling two six-sided dice. The first row represents the value of the first die, the first column the value of the second die. The total is given in the cell that corresponds to the values of the two dice. 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4.9.3. The colgroup element Categories: None. Contexts in which this element can be used: As a child of a table element, after any caption elements and before any thead, tbody, tfoot, and tr elements. Content model: If the span attribute is present: Nothing. If the span attribute is absent: Zero or more col and template elements. Tag omission in text/html: A colgroup element’s start tag may be omitted if the first thing inside the colgroup element is a col element, and if the element is not immediately preceded by another colgroup element whose end tag has been omitted. (It can’t be omitted if the element is empty.) Content attributes: Global attributes span - Number of columns spanned by the element Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes DOM interface: interface HTMLTableColElement : HTMLElement { attribute unsigned long span; }; The colgroup element represents a group of one or more columns in the table that is its parent, if it has a parent and that is a table element. If the colgroup element contains no col elements, then the element may have a span content attribute specified, whose value must be a valid non-negative integer greater than zero. The colgroup element and its span attribute take part in the table model. The span IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name. The value must be limited to only non-negative numbers greater than zero. 4.9.4. The col element Categories: None. Contexts in which this element can be used: As a child of a colgroup element that doesn’t have a span attribute. Content model: Nothing. Tag omission in text/html: No end tag. Content attributes: Global attributes span Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes DOM interface: HTMLTableColElement, same as for colgroup elements. This interface defines one member, span. If a col element has a parent and that is a colgroup element that itself has a parent that is a table element, then the col element represents one or more columns in the column group represented by that colgroup. The element may have a span content attribute specified, whose value must be a valid non-negative integer greater than zero. The col element and its span attribute take part in the table model. The span IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name. The value must be limited to only non-negative numbers greater than zero. 4.9.5. The tbody element Categories: None. Contexts in which this element can be used: As a child of a table element, after any caption, colgroup, and thead elements, but only if there are no tr elements that are children of the table element. Content model: Zero or more tr and script-supporting elements. Tag omission in text/html: A tbody element’s start tag may be omitted if the first thing inside the tbody element is a tr element, and if the element is not immediately preceded by a tbody, thead, or tfoot element whose end tag has been omitted. (It can’t be omitted if the element is empty.). A tbody element’s end tag may be omitted if the tbody element is immediately followed by a tbody or tfoot element, or if there is no more content in the parent element. Content attributes: Global attributes rowgroup role (default - do not set), Any other role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLTableSectionElement : HTMLElement { [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection rows; HTMLElement insertRow(optional long index = -1); void deleteRow(long index); }; The HTMLTableSectionElement interface is also used for thead and tfoot elements. The tbody element represents a block of rows that consist of a body of data for the parent table element, if the tbody element has a parent and it is a table. The tbody element takes part in the table model. tbody . rows Returns an HTMLCollection of the tr elements of the table section. tr = tbody . insertRow( [ index ] ) Creates a tr element, inserts it into the table section at the position given by the argument, and returns the tr. The position is relative to the rows in the table section. The index -1, which is the default if the argument is omitted, is equivalent to inserting at the end of the table section. If the given position is less than -1 or greater than the number of rows, throws an IndexSizeError exception. tbody . deleteRow(index) Removes the tr element with the given position in the table section. The position is relative to the rows in the table section. The index -1 is equivalent to deleting the last row of the table section. If the given position is less than -1 or greater than the index of the last row, or if there are no rows, throws an IndexSizeError exception. The rows attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the element, whose filter matches only tr elements that are children of the element. The insertRow(index) method must, when invoked on an element table section, act as follows: If index is less than -1 or greater than the number of elements in the rows collection, the method must throw an IndexSizeError exception. If index is -1 or equal to the number of items in the rows collection, the method must create a tr element, append it to the element table section, and return the newly created tr element. Otherwise, the method must create a tr element, insert it as a child of the table section element, immediately before the indexth tr element in the rows collection, and finally must return the newly created tr element. The deleteRow(index) method must, when invoked, act as follows: If index is less than -1 or greater than the number of elements in the rows collection, the method must throw an IndexSizeError exception. If index is -1, remove the last element in the rows collection from its parent. Otherwise, remove the indexth element in the rows collection from its parent. 4.9.6. The thead element Categories: None. Contexts in which this element can be used: As a child of a table element, after any caption, and colgroup elements and before any tbody, tfoot, and tr elements, but only if there are no other thead elements that are children of the table element. Content model: Zero or more tr and script-supporting elements. Tag omission in text/html: A thead element’s end tag may be omitted if the thead element is immediately followed by a tbody or tfoot element. Content attributes: Global attributes rowgroup role (default - do not set), Any other role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles. DOM interface: HTMLTableSectionElement, as defined for tbody elements. The thead element represents the block of rows that consist of the column labels (headers) for the parent table element, if the thead element has a parent and it is a table. The thead element takes part in the table model. This example shows a thead element being used. Notice the use of the th element to provide headers in the thead element:
    School auction sign-up sheet
    Ms Danus Doughnuts $45

    4.9.7. The tfoot element Categories: None. Contexts in which this element can be used: As a child of a table element, after any caption, colgroup, thead, tbody, and tr elements, but only if there are no other tfoot elements that are children of the table element. Content model: Zero or more tr and script-supporting elements. Tag omission in text/html: A tfoot element’s end tag may be omitted if the tfoot element is immediately followed by a tbody element, or if there is no more content in the parent element. Content attributes: Global attributes rowgroup role (default - do not set), Any other role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles. DOM interface: HTMLTableSectionElement, as defined for tbody elements. The tfoot element represents the block of rows that consist of the column summaries (footers) for the parent table element, if the tfoot element has a parent and it is a table. The tfoot element takes part in the table model. 4.9.8. The tr element Categories: None. Contexts in which this element can be used: As a child of a thead element. As a child of a tbody element. As a child of a tfoot element. As a child of a table element, after any caption, colgroup, and thead elements, but only if there are no tbody elements that are children of the table element. Content model: Zero or more td, th, and script-supporting elements. Tag omission in text/html: A tr element’s end tag may be omitted if the tr element is immediately followed by another tr element, or if there is no more content in the parent element. Content attributes: Global attributes row role (default - do not set), Any other role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLTableRowElement : HTMLElement { readonly attribute long rowIndex; readonly attribute long sectionRowIndex; [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection cells; HTMLElement insertCell(optional long index = -1); void deleteCell(long index); }; The tr element represents a row of cells in a table. The tr element takes part in the table model. tr . rowIndex Returns the position of the row in the table’s rows list. Returns -1 if the element isn’t in a table. tr . sectionRowIndex Returns the position of the row in the table section’s rows list. Returns -1 if the element isn’t in a table section. tr . cells Returns an HTMLCollection of the td and th elements of the row. cell = tr . insertCell( [ index ] ) Creates a td element, inserts it into the table row at the position given by the argument, and returns the td. The position is relative to the cells in the row. The index -1, which is the default if the argument is omitted, is equivalent to inserting at the end of the row. If the given position is less than -1 or greater than the number of cells, throws an IndexSizeError exception. tr . deleteCell(index) Removes the td or th element with the given position in the row. The position is relative to the cells in the row. The index -1 is equivalent to deleting the last cell of the row. If the given position is less than -1 or greater than the index of the last cell, or if there are no cells, throws an IndexSizeError exception. The rowIndex attribute must, if the element has a parent table element, or a parent tbody, thead, or tfoot element and a grandparent table element, return the index of the tr element in that table element’s rows collection. If there is no such table element, then the attribute must return -1. The sectionRowIndex attribute must, if the element has a parent table, tbody, thead, or tfoot element, return the index of the tr element in the parent element’s rows collection (for tables, that’s the HTMLTableElement.rows collection; for table sections, that’s the HTMLTableRowElement.rows collection). If there is no such parent element, then the attribute must return -1. The cells attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the tr element, whose filter matches only td and th elements that are children of the tr element. The insertCell(index) method must act as follows: If index is less than -1 or greater than the number of elements in the cells collection, the method must throw an IndexSizeError exception. If index is equal to -1 or equal to the number of items in cells collection, the method must create a td element, append it to the tr element, and return the newly created td element. Otherwise, the method must create a td element, insert it as a child of the tr element, immediately before the indexth td or th element in the cells collection, and finally must return the newly created td element. The deleteCell(index) method must act as follows: If index is less than -1 or greater than the number of elements in the cells collection, the method must throw an IndexSizeError exception. If index is -1, remove the last element in the cells collection from its parent. Otherwise, remove the indexth element in the cells collection from its parent. 4.9.9. The td element Categories: Sectioning root. Contexts in which this element can be used: As a child of a tr element. Content model: Flow content. Tag omission in text/html: A td element’s end tag may be omitted if the td element is immediately followed by a td or th element, or if there is no more content in the parent element. Content attributes: Global attributes colspan - Number of columns that the cell is to span rowspan - Number of rows that the cell is to span headers - The header cells for this cell cell role (default - do not set), Any other role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLTableDataCellElement : HTMLTableCellElement {}; The td element represents a data cell in a table. The td element and its colspan, rowspan, and headers attributes take part in the table model. User agents, especially in non-visual environments or where displaying the table as a 2D grid is impractical, may give the user context for the cell when rendering the contents of a cell; for instance, giving its position in the table model, or listing the cell’s header cells (as determined by the algorithm for assigning header cells). When a cell’s header cells are being listed, user agents may use the value of abbr attributes on those header cells, if any, instead of the contents of the header cells themselves. 4.9.10. The th element Categories: None. Contexts in which this element can be used: As a child of a tr element. Content model: Flow content, but with no header, footer, sectioning content, or heading content descendants Tag omission in text/html: A th element’s end tag may be omitted if the th element is immediately followed by a td or th element, or if there is no more content in the parent element. Content attributes: Global attributes colspan - Number of columns that the cell is to span rowspan - Number of rows that the cell is to span headers - The headers for this cell scope - Specifies which cells the header cell applies to abbr - Alternative label to use for the header cell when referencing the cell in other contexts columnheader or rowheader role (default - do not set), Any other role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLTableHeaderCellElement : HTMLTableCellElement { attribute DOMString scope; attribute DOMString abbr; }; The th element represents a header cell in a table. The th element may have a scope content attribute specified. The scope attribute is an enumerated attribute with five states, four of which have explicit keywords: The row keyword, which maps to the row state The row state means the header cell applies to some of the subsequent cells in the same row(s). The col keyword, which maps to the column state The column state means the header cell applies to some of the subsequent cells in the same column(s). The rowgroup keyword, which maps to the row group state The row group state means the header cell applies to all the remaining cells in the row group. A th element’s scope attribute must not be in the row group state if the element is not anchored in a row group. The colgroup keyword, which maps to the column group state The colgroup group state means the header cell applies to all the remaining cells in the column group. A th element’s scope attribute must not be in the column group state if the element is not anchored in a column group. The auto state The auto state makes the header cell apply to a set of cells selected based on context. The scope attribute’s missing value default is the auto state. The th element may have an abbr content attribute specified. Its value must be an alternative label for the header cell, to be used when referencing the cell in other contexts (e.g., when describing the header cells that apply to a data cell). It is typically an abbreviated form of the full header cell, but can also be an expansion, or merely a different phrasing. The th element and its colspan, rowspan, headers, and scope attributes take part in the table model. The scope IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name, limited to only known values. The abbr IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name. The following example shows how the scope attribute’s rowgroup value affects which data cells a header cell applies to. Here is a markup fragment showing a table: The tbody elements in this example identify the range of the row groups.
    Measurement of legs and tails in Cats and English speakers
    ID Measurement Average Maximum
    Cats
    93 Legs 3.5 4
    10 Tails 1 1
    English speakers
    32 Legs 2.67 4
    35 Tails 0.33 1
    This would result in the following table: Measurement of legs and tails in Cats and English speakers ID Measurement Average Maximum Cats 93 Legs 3.5 4 10 Tails 1 1 English speakers 32 Legs 2.67 4 35 Tails 0.33 1 The header cells in row 1 ("ID", "Measurement", "Average" and "Maximum") each apply only to the cells in their column. The header cells with a scope=rowgroup ("Cats" and 'English speakers') apply to all the cells in their row group other than the cells (to their left) in column 1: The header "Cats" (row 2, column 2) applies to the headers "Legs" (row 3, column 2) and "Tails" (row 4, column 2) and to the data cells in rows 2, 3 and 4 of the "Average" and "Maximum" columns. The header 'English speakers' (row 5, column 2) applies to the headers "Legs" (row 6, column 2) and "Tails" (row 7, column 2) and to the data cells in rows 5, 6 and 7 of the "Average" and "Maximum" columns. Each of the "Legs" and "Tails" header cells has a scope=row and therefore apply to the data cells (to the right) in their row, from the "Average" and "Maximum" columns. Representation of the example table overlayed with arrows indicating which cells each header applies to. 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements The td and th elements may have a colspan content attribute specified, whose value must be a valid non-negative integer greater than zero. The td and th elements may also have a rowspan content attribute specified, whose value must be a valid non-negative integer. For this attribute, the value zero means that the cell is to span all the remaining rows in the row group. These attributes give the number of columns and rows respectively that the cell is to span. These attributes must not be used to overlap cells, as described in the table model. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The td and th element may have a headers content attribute specified. The headers attribute, if specified, must contain a string consisting of an unordered set of unique space-separated tokens that are case-sensitive, each of which must have the value of an id of a th element taking part in the same table as the td or th element (as defined by the table model). A th element with id id is said to be directly targeted by all td and th elements in the same table that have headers attributes whose values include as one of their tokens the ID id. A th element A is said to be targeted by a th or td element B if either A is directly targeted by B or if there exists an element C that is itself targeted by the element B and A is directly targeted by C. A th element must not be targeted by itself. The colspan, rowspan, and headers attributes take part in the table model. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The td and th elements implement interfaces that inherit from the HTMLTableCellElement interface: interface HTMLTableCellElement : HTMLElement { attribute unsigned long colSpan; attribute unsigned long rowSpan; [SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList headers; readonly attribute long cellIndex; }; cell . cellIndex Returns the position of the cell in the row’s cells list. This does not necessarily correspond to the x-position of the cell in the table, since earlier cells might cover multiple rows or columns. Returns -1 if the element isn’t in a row. The colSpan IDL attribute must reflect the colspan content attribute. Its default value is 1. The rowSpan IDL attribute must reflect the rowspan content attribute. Its default value is 1. The headers IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name. The cellIndex IDL attribute must, if the element has a parent tr element, return the index of the cell’s element in the parent element’s cells collection. If there is no such parent element, then the attribute must return -1. 4.9.12. Processing model The various table elements and their content attributes together define the table model. A table consists of cells aligned on a two-dimensional grid of slots with coordinates (x, y). The grid is finite, and is either empty or has one or more slots. If the grid has one or more slots, then the x coordinates are always in the range 0 ≤ x < x_width, and the y coordinates are always in the range 0 ≤ y < y_height. If one or both of x_width and y_height are zero, then the table is empty (has no slots). Tables correspond to table elements. A cell is a set of slots anchored at a slot (cell_x, cell_y), and with a particular width and height such that the cell covers all the slots with coordinates (x, y) where cell_x ≤ x < cell_x+width and cell_y ≤ y < cell_y+height. Cells can either be data cells or header cells. Data cells correspond to td elements, and header cells correspond to th elements. Cells of both types can have zero or more associated header cells. It is possible, in certain error cases, for two cells to occupy the same slot. A row is a complete set of slots from x=0 to x=x_width-1, for a particular value of y. Rows usually correspond to tr elements, though a row group can have some implied rows at the end in some cases involving cells spanning multiple rows. A column is a complete set of slots from y=0 to y=y_height-1, for a particular value of x. Columns can correspond to col elements. In the absence of col elements, columns are implied. A row group is a set of rows anchored at a slot (0, group_y) with a particular height such that the row group covers all the slots with coordinates (x, y) where 0 ≤ x < x_width and group_y ≤ y < group_y+height. Row groups correspond to tbody, thead, and tfoot elements. Not every row is necessarily in a row group. A column group is a set of columns anchored at a slot (group_x, 0) with a particular width such that the column group covers all the slots with coordinates (x, y) where group_x ≤ x < group_x+width and 0 ≤ y < y_height. Column groups correspond to colgroup elements. Not every column is necessarily in a column group. Row groups cannot overlap each other. Similarly, column groups cannot overlap each other. A cell cannot cover slots that are from two or more row groups. It is, however, possible for a cell to be in multiple column groups. All the slots that form part of one cell are part of zero or one row groups and zero or more column groups. In addition to cells, columns, rows, row groups, and column groups, tables can have a caption element associated with them. This gives the table a heading, or legend. A table model error is an error with the data represented by table elements and their descendants. Documents must not have table model errors. 4.9.12.1. Forming a table User agents must use the following algorithm to determine * which elements correspond to which slots in a table associated with a table element, * the dimensions of the table (x_width and y_height), and * if there are any table model errors . The algorithm selects the first caption encountered and assigns it as the caption for the table, and selects the first thead and processes it. Until there is a thead, tfoot, tbody or tr element, it processes any colgroup elements encountered, and any col children, to create column groups. Finally, from the first thead, tfoot, tbody or tr element encountered as a child of the table it processes those elements, moving the first tfoot encountered to the end of the table respectively. 1. Let x_width be zero. 2. Let y_height be zero. 3. Let table footer be null. 4. Let table header be null. 5. Let the table be the table represented by the table element. The x_width and y_height variables give the table’s dimensions. The table is initially empty. 6. If the table element has no children elements, then return the table (which will be empty), and abort these steps. 7. Associate the first caption element child of the table element with the table. If there are no such children, then it has no associated caption element. 8. Let the current element be the first element child of the table element. If a step in this algorithm ever requires the current element to be advanced to the next child of the table when there is no such next child, then the user agent must jump to the step labeled end, near the end of this algorithm. 9. While the current element is not one of the following elements, advance the current element to the next child of the table: * colgroup * thead * tbody * tfoot * tr 10. If the current element is a colgroup, follow these substeps: 1. Column groups: Process the current element according to the appropriate case below: If the current element has any col element children Follow these steps: 1. Let x_start have the value of x_width. 2. Let the current column be the first col element child of the colgroup element. 3. Columns: If the current column col element has a span attribute, then parse its value using the rules for parsing non-negative integers. If the result of parsing the value is not an error or zero, then let span be that value. Otherwise, if the col element has no span attribute, or if trying to parse the attribute’s value resulted in an error or zero, then let span be 1. 4. Increase x_width by span. 5. Let the last span columns in the table correspond to the current column col element. 6. If current column is not the last col element child of the colgroup element, then let the current column be the next col element child of the colgroup element, and return to the step labeled columns. 7. Let all the last columns in the table from x=x_start to x=x_width-1 form a new column group, anchored at the slot (x_start, 0), with width x_width-x_start, corresponding to the colgroup element. If the current element has no col element children 1. If the colgroup element has a span attribute, then parse its value using the rules for parsing non-negative integers. If the result of parsing the value is not an error or zero, then let span be that value. Otherwise, if the colgroup element has no span attribute, or if trying to parse the attribute’s value resulted in an error or zero, then let span be 1. 2. Increase x_width by span. 3. Let the last span columns in the table form a new column group, anchored at the slot (x_width-span, 0), with width span, corresponding to the colgroup element. 2. Advance the current element to the next child of the table. 3. While the current element is not one of the following elements, advance the current element to the next child of the table: * colgroup * thead * tbody * tfoot * tr 4. If the current element is a colgroup element, jump to the step labeled column groups above. 11. Let y_current be zero. 12. Let the list of downward-growing cells be an empty list. 13. Rows: While the current element is not one of the following elements, advance the current element to the next child of the table: * thead * tbody * tfoot * tr Run the algorithm for processing row groups for the first thead child of the table. 14. If the current element is a tfoot and the value of table footer is null, then run the following substeps: 1. let table footer be the current element; 2. advance the current element to the next child of the table, and 3. return to the step labeled rows. 15. If the current element is a thead and the value of table header is null, then run the following substeps: 1. let table header be the current element; 2. advance the current element to the next child of the table, and 3. return to the step labeled rows. 16. If the current element is a tr then run the algorithm for processing rows, advance the current element to the next child of the table, and return to the step labeled rows. 17. Run the algorithm for ending a row group. 18. The current element is either a thead, tfoot, or a tbody. Run the algorithm for processing row groups. 19. Advance the current element to the next child of the table. 20. Return to the step labeled rows. 21. End: run the algorithm for processing row groups to process table footer. 22. If there exists a row or column in the table containing only slots that do not have a cell anchored to them, then this is a table model error. 23. Return the table. The algorithm for processing row groups, which is invoked by the set of steps above for processing thead, tbody, and tfoot elements, is: 1. Let y_start have the value of y_height. 2. For each tr element that is a child of the element being processed, in tree order, run the algorithm for processing rows. 3. If y_height > y_start, then let all the last rows in the table from y=y_start to y=y_height-1 form a new row group, anchored at the slot with coordinate (0, y_start), with height y_height-y_start, corresponding to the element being processed. 4. Run the algorithm for ending a row group. The algorithm for ending a row group, which is invoked by the set of steps above when starting and ending a block of rows, is: 1. While y_current is less than y_height, follow these steps: 1. Run the algorithm for growing downward-growing cells. 2. Increase y_current by 1. 2. Empty the list of downward-growing cells. The algorithm for processing rows, which is invoked by the set of steps above for processing tr elements, is: 1. If y_height is equal to y_current, then increase y_height by 1. (y_current is never greater than y_height.) 2. Let x_current be 0. 3. Run the algorithm for growing downward-growing cells. 4. If the tr element being processed has no td or th element children, then increase y_current by 1, abort this set of steps, and return to the algorithm above. 5. Let current cell be the first td or th element child in the tr element being processed. 6. Cells: While x_current is less than x_width and the slot with coordinate (x_current, y_current) already has a cell assigned to it, increase x_current by 1. 7. If x_current is equal to x_width, increase x_width by 1. (x_current is never greater than x_width.) 8. If the current cell has a colspan attribute, then parse that attribute’s value, and let colspan be the result. If parsing that value failed, or returned zero, or if the attribute is absent, then let colspan be 1, instead. 9. If the current cell has a rowspan attribute, then parse that attribute’s value, and let rowspan be the result. If parsing that value failed or if the attribute is absent, then let rowspan be 1, instead. 10. If rowspan is zero and the table element’s node document is not set to quirks mode, then let cell grows downward be true, and set rowspan to 1. Otherwise, let cell grows downward be false. 11. If x_width < x_current+colspan, then let x_width be x_current+colspan. 12. If y_height < y_current+rowspan, then let y_height be y_current+rowspan. 13. Let the slots with coordinates (x, y) such that x_current ≤ x < x_current+colspan and y_current ≤ y < y_current+rowspan be covered by a new cell c, anchored at (x_current, y_current), which has width colspan and height rowspan, corresponding to the current cell element. If the current cell element is a th element, let this new cell c be a header cell; otherwise, let it be a data cell. To establish which header cells apply to the current cell element, use the algorithm for assigning header cells described in the next section. If any of the slots involved already had a cell covering them, then this is a table model error. Those slots now have two cells overlapping. 14. If cell grows downward is true, then add the tuple {c, x_current, colspan} to the list of downward-growing cells. 15. Increase x_current by colspan. 16. If current cell is the last td or th element child in the tr element being processed, then increase y_current by 1, abort this set of steps, and return to the algorithm above. 17. Let current cell be the next td or th element child in the tr element being processed. 18. Return to the step labeled cells. When the algorithms above require the user agent to run the algorithm for growing downward-growing cells, the user agent must, for each {cell, cell_x, width} tuple in the list of downward-growing cells, if any, extend the cell cell so that it also covers the slots with coordinates (x, y_current), where cell_x ≤ x < cell_x+width. 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells Each cell can be assigned zero or more header cells. The algorithm for assigning header cells to a cell principal cell is as follows. 1. Let header list be an empty list of cells. 2. Let (principal_x, principal_y) be the coordinate of the slot to which the principal cell is anchored. 3. If the principal cell has a headers attribute specified 1. Take the value of the principal cell’s headers attribute and split it on spaces, letting id list be the list of tokens obtained. 2. For each token in the id list, if the first element in the Document with an ID equal to the token is a cell in the same table, and that cell is not the principal cell, then add that cell to header list. If principal cell does not have a headers attribute specified 1. Let principal_width be the width of the principal cell. 2. Let principal_height be the height of the principal cell. 3. For each value of y from principal_y to principal_y+principal_height-1, run the internal algorithm for scanning and assigning header cells, with the principal cell, the header list, the initial coordinate (principal_x,y), and the increments Δx=-1 and Δy=0. 4. For each value of x from principal_x to principal_x+principal_width-1, run the internal algorithm for scanning and assigning header cells, with the principal cell, the header list, the initial coordinate (x,principal_y), and the increments Δx=0 and Δy=-1. 5. If the principal cell is anchored in a row group, then add all header cells that are row group headers and are anchored in the same row group with an x-coordinate less than or equal to principal_x+principal_width-1 and a y-coordinate less than or equal to principal_y+principal_height-1 to header list. 6. If the principal cell is anchored in a column group, then add all header cells that are column group headers and are anchored in the same column group with an x-coordinate less than or equal to principal_x+principal_width-1 and a y-coordinate less than or equal to principal_y+principal_height-1 to header list. 4. Remove all the empty cells from the header list. 5. Remove any duplicates from the header list. 6. Remove principal cell from the header list if it is there. 7. Assign the headers in the header list to the principal cell. The internal algorithm for scanning and assigning header cells, given a principal cell, a header list, an initial coordinate (initial_x, initial_y), and Δx and Δy increments, is as follows: 1. Let x equal initial_x. 2. Let y equal initial_y. 3. Let opaque headers be an empty list of cells. 4. If principal cell is a header cell Let in header block be true, and let headers from current header block be a list of cells containing just the principal cell. Otherwise Let in header block be false and let headers from current header block be an empty list of cells. 5. Loop: Increment x by Δx; increment y by Δy. For each invocation of this algorithm, one of Δx and Δy will be -1, and the other will be 0. 6. If either x or y is less than 0, then abort this internal algorithm. 7. If there is no cell covering slot (x, y), or if there is more than one cell covering slot (x, y), return to the substep labeled loop. 8. Let current cell be the cell covering slot (x, y). 9. If current cell is a header cell 1. Set in header block to true. 2. Add current cell to headers from current header block. 3. Let blocked be false. 4. If Δx is 0 If there are any cells in the opaque headers list anchored with the same x-coordinate as the current cell, and with the same width as current cell, then let blocked be true. If the current cell is not a column header, then let blocked be true. If Δy is 0 If there are any cells in the opaque headers list anchored with the same y-coordinate as the current cell, and with the same height as current cell, then let blocked be true. If the current cell is not a row header, then let blocked be true. 5. If blocked is false, then add the current cell to the headers list. If current cell is a data cell and in header block is true Set in header block to false. Add all the cells in headers from current header block to the opaque headers list, and empty the headers from current header block list. 10. Return to the step labeled loop. A header cell anchored at the slot with coordinate (x, y) with width width and height height is said to be a column header if any of the following conditions are true: * The cell’s scope attribute is in the column state, or * The cell’s scope attribute is in the auto state, and there are no data cells in any of the cells covering slots with x-coordinates x .. x+width-1. A header cell anchored at the slot with coordinate (x, y) with width width and height height is said to be a row header if any of the following conditions are true: * The cell’s scope attribute is in the row state, or * The cell’s scope attribute is in the auto state, the cell is not a column header, and there are no data cells in any of the cells covering slots with y-coordinates y .. y+height-1. A header cell is said to be a column group header if its scope attribute is in the column group state. A header cell is said to be a row group header if its scope attribute is in the row group state. A cell is said to be an empty cell if it contains no elements and its text content, if any, consists only of White_Space characters. 4.9.13. Examples This section is non-normative. The following shows how might one mark up the bottom part of table 45 of the Smithsonian physical tables, Volume 71:
    Specification values: Steel, Castings, Ann. A.S.T.M. A27-16, Class B;* P max. 0.06; S max. 0.05.
    Grade. Yield Point. Ultimate tensile strength Per cent elong. 50.8mm or 2 in. Per cent reduct. area.
    kg/mm2 lb/in2
    Hard 0.45 ultimate 56.2 80,000 15 20
    Medium 0.45 ultimate 49.2 70,000 18 25
    Soft 0.45 ultimate 42.2 60,000 22 30
    This table could look like this: Specification values: Steel, Castings, Ann. A.S.T.M. A27-16, Class B;* P max. 0.06; S max. 0.05. Ultimate tensile Per cent elong. 50.8 mm Per cent Grade. Yield Point. strength or 2 in. reduct. kg/mm^2 lb/in^2 area. Hard 0.45 56.2 80,000 15 20 ultimate Medium 0.45 49.2 70,000 18 25 ultimate Soft 0.45 42.2 60,000 22 30 ultimate ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The following shows how one might mark up the gross margin table on page 46 of Apple, Inc’s 10-K filing for fiscal year 2008:
    2008 2007 2006
    Net sales $ 32,479 $ 24,006 $ 19,315
    Cost of sales 21,334 15,852 13,717
    Gross margin $ 11,145 $ 8,154 $ 5,598
    Gross margin percentage 34.3% 34.0% 29.0%
    This table could look like this: 2008 2007 2006 Net sales $ 32,479 $ 24,006 $ 19,315 Cost of sales 21,334 15,852 13,717 Gross margin $ 11,145 $ 8,154 $ 5,598 Gross margin percentage 34.3% 34.0% 29.0% ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The following shows how one might mark up the operating expenses table from lower on the same page of that document:
    2008 2007 2006
    Research and development $ 1,109 $ 782 $ 712
    Percentage of net sales 3.4% 3.3% 3.7%
    Selling, general, and administrative $ 3,761 $ 2,963 $ 2,433
    Percentage of net sales 11.6% 12.3% 12.6%
    This table could look like this: 2008 2007 2006 Research and development $ 1,109 $ 782 $ 712 Percentage of net sales 3.4% 3.3% 3.7% Selling, general, and administrative $ 3,761 $ 2,963 $ 2,433 Percentage of net sales 11.6% 12.3% 12.6% 4.10. Forms 4.10.1. Introduction This section is non-normative. A form is a component of a Web page that has form controls, such as text fields, buttons, checkboxes, range controls, or color pickers. A user can interact with such a form, providing data that can then be sent to the server for further processing (e.g., returning the results of a search or calculation). No client-side scripting is needed in many cases, though an API is available so that scripts can augment the user experience or use forms for purposes other than submitting data to a server. Writing a form consists of several steps, which can be performed in any order: writing the user interface, implementing the server-side processing, and configuring the user interface to communicate with the server. 4.10.1.1. Writing a form’s user interface This section is non-normative. For the purposes of this brief introduction, we will create a pizza ordering form. Any form starts with a form element, inside which are placed the controls. Most controls are represented by the input element, which by default provides a one-line text field. To label a control, the label element is used; the label text and the control itself go inside the label element. Each area within a form is typically represented using a div element. Putting this together, here is how one might ask for the customer’s name:
    To let the user select the size of the pizza, we can use a set of radio buttons. Radio buttons also use the input element, this time with a type attribute with the value radio. To make the radio buttons work as a group, they are given a common name using the name attribute. To group a batch of controls together, such as, in this case, the radio buttons, one can use the fieldset element. The title of such a group of controls is given by the first element in the fieldset, which has to be a legend element.
    Pizza Size
    Changes from the previous step are highlighted. To pick toppings, we can use checkboxes. These use the input element with a type attribute with the value checkbox:
    Pizza Size
    Pizza Toppings
    The pizzeria for which this form is being written is always making mistakes, so it needs a way to contact the customer. For this purpose, we can use form controls specifically for telephone numbers (input elements with their type attribute set to tel) and e-mail addresses (input elements with their type attribute set to email):
    Pizza Size
    Pizza Toppings
    We can use an input element with its type attribute set to time to ask for a delivery time. Many of these form controls have attributes to control exactly what values can be specified; in this case, three attributes of particular interest are min, max, and step. These set the minimum time, the maximum time, and the interval between allowed values (in seconds). This pizzeria only delivers between 11am and 9pm, and doesn’t promise anything better than 15 minute increments, which we can mark up as follows:
    Pizza Size
    Pizza Toppings
    The textarea element can be used to provide a free-form text field. In this instance, we are going to use it to provide a space for the customer to give delivery instructions:
    Pizza Size
    Pizza Toppings
    Finally, to make the form submittable we use the button element:
    Pizza Size
    Pizza Toppings
    4.10.1.2. Implementing the server-side processing for a form This section is non-normative. The exact details for writing a server-side processor are out of scope for this specification. For the purposes of this introduction, we will assume that the script at https://pizza.example.com/order.cgi is configured to accept submissions using the application/x-www-form-urlencoded format, expecting the following parameters sent in an HTTP POST body: custname Customer’s name custtel Customer’s telephone number custemail Customer’s e-mail address size The pizza size, either small, medium, or large topping A topping, specified once for each selected topping, with the allowed values being bacon, cheese, onion, and mushroom delivery The requested delivery time comments The delivery instructions 4.10.1.3. Configuring a form to communicate with a server This section is non-normative. Form submissions are exposed to servers in a variety of ways, most commonly as HTTP GET or POST requests. To specify the exact method used, the method attribute is specified on the form element. This doesn’t specify how the form data is encoded, though; to specify that, you use the enctype attribute. You also have to specify the URL of the service that will handle the submitted data, using the action attribute. For each form control you want submitted, you then have to give a name that will be used to refer to the data in the submission. We already specified the name for the group of radio buttons; the same attribute (name) also specifies the submission name. Radio buttons can be distinguished from each other in the submission by giving them different values, using the value attribute. Multiple controls can have the same name; for example, here we give all the checkboxes the same name, and the server distinguishes which checkbox was checked by seeing which values are submitted with that name — like the radio buttons, they are also given unique values with the value attribute. Given the settings in the previous section, this all becomes:

    Pizza Size

    Pizza Toppings

    There is no particular significance to the way some of the attributes have their values quoted and others don’t. The HTML syntax allows a variety of equally valid ways to specify attributes, as discussed in §8 The HTML syntax. For example, if the customer entered "Denise Lawrence" as their name, "555-321-8642" as their telephone number, did not specify an e-mail address, asked for a medium-sized pizza, selected the Extra Cheese and Mushroom toppings, entered a delivery time of 7pm, and left the delivery instructions text field blank, the user agent would submit the following to the online Web service: custname=Denise+Lawrence&custtel=555-321-8642&custemail=&size=medium&topping=cheese&topping=mushroom&delivery=19%3A00&comments= 4.10.1.4. Client-side form validation This section is non-normative. Forms can be annotated in such a way that the user agent will check the user’s input before the form is submitted. The server still has to verify the input is valid (since hostile users can easily bypass the form validation), but it allows the user to avoid the wait incurred by having the server be the sole checker of the user’s input. The simplest annotation is the required attribute, which can be specified on input elements to indicate that the form is not to be submitted until a value is given. By adding this attribute to the customer name, pizza size, and delivery time fields, we allow the user agent to notify the user when the user submits the form without filling in those fields:

    Pizza Size

    Pizza Toppings

    It is also possible to limit the length of the input, using the maxlength attribute. By adding this to the textarea element, we can limit users to 1000 characters, preventing them from writing huge essays to the busy delivery drivers instead of staying focused and to the point:

    Pizza Size

    Pizza Toppings

    When a form is submitted, invalid events are fired at each form control that is invalid, and then at the form element itself. This can be useful for displaying a summary of the problems with the form, since typically the browser itself will only report one problem at a time. 4.10.1.5. Enabling client-side automatic filling of form controls This section is non-normative. Some browsers attempt to aid the user by automatically filling form controls rather than having the user reenter their information each time. For example, a field asking for the user’s telephone number can be automatically filled with the user’s phone number. To help the user agent with this, the autocomplete attribute can be used to describe the field’s purpose. In the case of this form, we have three fields that can be usefully annotated in this way: the information about who the pizza is to be delivered to. Adding this information looks like this:

    Pizza Size

    Pizza Toppings

    4.10.1.6. The difference between the field type, the autofill field name, and the input modality This section is non-normative. The type and autocomplete attributes can seem confusingly similar. For instance, in all three cases, the string "email" is a valid value. This section attempts to illustrate the difference between the three attributes and provides advice suggesting how to use them. The type attribute on input elements decides what kind of control the user agent will use to expose the field. Choosing between different values of this attribute is the same choice as choosing whether to use an input element, a textarea element, a select element, etc. The autocomplete attribute, in contrast, describes what the value that the user will enter actually represents. Choosing between different values of this attribute is the same choice as choosing what the label for the element will be. First, consider telephone numbers. If a page is asking for a telephone number from the user, the right form control to use is . However, which autocomplete value to use depends on which phone number the page is asking for, whether they expect a telephone number in the international format or just the local format, and so forth. For example, a page that forms part of a checkout process on an e-commerce site for a customer buying a gift to be shipped to a friend might need both the buyer’s telephone number (in case of payment issues) and the friend’s telephone number (in case of delivery issues). If the site expects international phone numbers (with the country code prefix), this could thus look like this:

    Please enter complete phone numbers including the country code prefix, as in "+1 555 123 4567". But if the site only supports British customers and recipients, it might instead look like this (notice the use of tel-national rather than tel):

    Please enter complete UK phone numbers, as in "(01632) 960 123". Now, consider a person’s preferred languages. The right autocomplete value is language. However, there could be a number of different form controls used for the purpose: a free text field (), a drop-down list (), etc. It only depends on what kind of interface is desired. 4.10.1.7. Date, time, and number formats This section is non-normative. In this pizza delivery example, the times are specified in the format "HH:MM": two digits for the hour, in 24-hour format, and two digits for the time. (Seconds could also be specified, though they are not necessary in this example.) In some locales, however, times are often expressed differently when presented to users. For example, in the United States, it is still common to use the 12-hour clock with an am/pm indicator, as in "2pm". In France, it is common to use the 24-hour clock, and separate the hours from the minutes using an "h" character, as in "14h00". Similar issues exist with dates, with the added complication that even the order of the components is not always consistent — for example, in Cyprus the first of February 2003 would typically be written "1/2/03", while that same date in Japan would typically be written as "2003年02月01日" — and even with numbers, where locales differ, for example, in what punctuation is used as the decimal separator and the thousands separator. It is therefore important to distinguish the time, date, and number formats used in HTML and in form submissions, which are always the formats defined in this specification (and based on the well-established ISO 8601 standard for computer-readable date and time formats), from the time, date, and number formats presented to the user by the browser and accepted as input from the user by the browser. The format used "on the wire", i.e. in HTML markup and in form submissions, is intended to be computer-readable and consistent irrespective of the user’s locale. Dates, for instance, are always written in the format "YYYY-MM-DD", as in "2003-02-01". Users are not expected to ever see this format. The time, date, or number given by the page in the wire format is then translated to the user’s preferred presentation (based on user preferences or on the locale of the page itself), before being displayed to the user. Similarly, after the user inputs a time, date, or number using their preferred format, the user agent converts it back to the wire format before putting it in the DOM or submitting it. This allows scripts in pages and on servers to process times, dates, and numbers in a consistent manner without needing to support dozens of different formats, while still supporting the users' needs. See also the implementation notes regarding localization of form controls. In places that change from e.g. Standard Time to Daylight Saving Time, the same time can occur twice in the same day when the clocks are moved backwards. An input element with a type of datetime-local or time cannot differentiate between two identical instances of time. If this difference matters, applications should allow users to specify which occurence of the duplicated time they mean, for example by choosing between "Winter time" and "Summer Time". 4.10.2. Categories Mostly for historical reasons, elements in this section fall into several overlapping (but subtly different) categories in addition to the usual ones like flow content, phrasing content, and interactive content. A number of the elements are form-associated elements, which means they can have a form owner. * button * fieldset * input * label * object * output * select * textarea * img The form-associated elements fall into several subcategories: Listed elements Denotes elements that are listed in the form.elements and fieldset.elements APIs. * button * fieldset * input * object * output * select * textarea Submittable elements Denotes elements that can be used for constructing the form data set when a form element is submitted. * button * input * object * select * textarea Some submittable elements can be, depending on their attributes, buttons. The prose below defines when an element is a button. Some buttons are specifically submit buttons. Resettable elements Denotes elements that can be affected when a form element is reset. * input * output * select * textarea Reassociateable elements Denotes elements that have a form content attribute, and a matching form IDL attribute, that allow authors to specify an explicit form owner. * button * fieldset * input * object * output * select * textarea Some elements, not all of them form-associated, are categorized as labelable elements. These are elements that can be associated with a label element. * button * input (if the type attribute is not in the Hidden state) * meter * output * progress * select * textarea The following table is non-normative and summarizes the above categories of form elements: form-associated listed submittable resettable reassociateable labelable can be used for can be have a form can be listed in the constructing affected attribute associated can have a form form.elements and the form when a (allows authors with a owner fieldset.elements data set form to specify an label APIs when a form element is explicit form element element is reset owner) submitted yes input yes yes yes yes yes (except "hidden") button yes yes yes no yes yes select yes yes yes yes yes yes textarea yes yes yes yes yes yes fieldset yes yes no no yes no output yes yes no yes yes yes object yes yes yes no yes no meter no no no no no yes progress no no no no no yes label yes no no no no no img yes no no no no no 4.10.3. The form element Categories: Flow content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where flow content is expected. Content model: Flow content, but with no form element descendants. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible. Content attributes: Global attributes accept-charset - Character encodings to use for §4.10.21 Form submission action - URL to use for §4.10.21 Form submission autocomplete - Default setting for autofill feature for controls in the form enctype - Form data set encoding type to use for §4.10.21 Form submission method - HTTP method to use for §4.10.21 Form submission name - Name of form to use in the document.forms API novalidate - Bypass form control validation for §4.10.21 Form submission target - browsing context for §4.10.21 Form submission Allowed ARIA role attribute values: dd>form (default - do not set), search or presentation. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: [OverrideBuiltins] interface HTMLFormElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString acceptCharset; attribute DOMString action; attribute DOMString autocomplete; attribute DOMString enctype; attribute DOMString encoding; attribute DOMString method; attribute DOMString name; attribute boolean noValidate; attribute DOMString target; [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLFormControlsCollection elements; readonly attribute unsigned long length; getter Element (unsigned long index); getter (RadioNodeList or Element) (DOMString name); void submit(); void reset(); boolean checkValidity(); boolean reportValidity(); }; The form element represents a collection of form-associated elements, some of which can represent editable values that can be submitted to a server for processing. The accept-charset content attribute gives the character encodings that are to be used for the submission. If specified, the value must be an ordered set of unique space-separated tokens that are ASCII case-insensitive, and each token must be an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of the labels of an ASCII-compatible encoding. [ENCODING] The name content attribute represents the form's name within the forms collection. The value must not be the empty string, and the value must be unique amongst the form elements in the forms collection that it is in, if any. The autocomplete content attribute is an enumerated attribute. The attribute has two states. The on keyword maps to the on state, and the off keyword maps to the off state. The attribute may also be omitted. The missing value default is the on state. The off state indicates that by default, form controls in the form will have their autofill field name set to "off"; the on state indicates that by default, form controls in the form will have their autofill field name set to "on". The action, enctype, method, enctype, novalidate, and target attributes are attributes for form submission. form . elements Returns an HTMLFormControlsCollection of the form controls in the form (excluding image buttons for historical reasons). form . length Returns the number of form controls in the form (excluding image buttons for historical reasons). form[index] Returns the indexth element in the form (excluding image buttons for historical reasons). form[name] Returns the form control (or, if there are several, a RadioNodeList of the form controls) in the form with the given ID or name (excluding image buttons for historical reasons); or, if there are none, returns the img element with the given ID. Once an element has been referenced using a particular name, that name will continue being available as a way to reference that element in this method, even if the element’s actual ID or name changes, for as long as the element remains in the Document. If there are multiple matching items, then a RadioNodeList object containing all those elements is returned. form . submit() Submits the form. form . reset() Resets the form. form . checkValidity() Returns true if the form’s controls are all valid; otherwise, returns false. form . reportValidity() Returns true if the form’s controls are all valid; otherwise, returns false and informs the user. The autocomplete IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name, limited to only known values. The name IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name. The acceptCharset IDL attribute must reflect the accept-charset content attribute. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The elements IDL attribute must return an HTMLFormControlsCollection rooted at the form element, whose filter matches listed elements whose form owner is the form element, with the exception of input elements whose type attribute is in the Image Button state, which must, for historical reasons, be excluded from this particular collection. The length IDL attribute must return the number of nodes represented by the elements collection. The supported property indices at any instant are the indices supported by the object returned by the elements attribute at that instant. When a form element is indexed for indexed property retrieval, the user agent must return the value returned by the item method on the elements collection, when invoked with the given index as its argument. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Each form element has a mapping of names to elements called the past names map. It is used to persist names of controls even when they change names. The supported property names consist of the names obtained from the following algorithm, in the order obtained from this algorithm: 1. Let sourced names be an initially empty ordered list of tuples consisting of a string, an element, a source, where the source is either id, name, or past, and, if the source is past, an age. 2. For each listed element candidate whose form owner is the form element, with the exception of any input elements whose type attribute is in the Image Button state, run these substeps: 1. If candidate has an id attribute, add an entry to sourced names with that id attribute’s value as the string, candidate as the element, and id as the source. 2. If candidate has a name attribute, add an entry to sourced names with that name attribute’s value as the string, candidate as the element, and name as the source. 3. For each img element candidate whose form owner is the form element, run these substeps: 1. If candidate has an id attribute, add an entry to sourced names with that id attribute’s value as the string, candidate as the element, and id as the source. 2. If candidate has a name attribute, add an entry to sourced names with that name attribute’s value as the string, candidate as the element, and name as the source. 4. For each entry past entry in the past names map add an entry to sourced names with the past entry’s name as the string, past entry’s element as the element, past as the source, and the length of time past entry has been in the past names map as the age. 5. Sort sourced names by tree order of the element entry of each tuple, sorting entries with the same element by putting entries whose source is id first, then entries whose source is name, and finally entries whose source is past, and sorting entries with the same element and source by their age, oldest first. 6. Remove any entries in sourced names that have the empty string as their name. 7. Remove any entries in sourced names that have the same name as an earlier entry in the map. 8. Return the list of names from sourced names, maintaining their relative order. The properties exposed in this way must be unenumerable. When a form element is indexed for named property retrieval, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. Let candidates be a live RadioNodeList object containing all the listed elements whose form owner is the form element that have either an id attribute or a name attribute equal to name, with the exception of input elements whose type attribute is in the Image Button state, in tree order. 2. If candidates is empty, let candidates be a live RadioNodeList object containing all the img elements that are descendants of the form element and that have either an id attribute or a name attribute equal to name, in tree order. 3. If candidates is empty, name is the name of one of the entries in the form element’s past names map: return the object associated with name in that map. 4. If candidates contains more than one node, return candidates and abort these steps. 5. Otherwise, candidates contains exactly one node. Add a mapping from name to the node in candidates in the form element’s past names map, replacing the previous entry with the same name, if any. 6. Return the node in candidates. If an element listed in a form element’s past names map changes form owner, then its entries must be removed from that map. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The submit() method, when invoked, must submit the form element from the form element itself, with the submitted from submit() method flag set. The reset() method, when invoked, must run the following steps: 1. If the form element is marked as locked for reset, then abort these steps. 2. Mark the form element as locked for reset. 3. Reset the form element. 4. Unmark the form element as locked for reset. If the checkValidity() method is invoked, the user agent must statically validate the constraints of the form element, and return true if the constraint validation return a positive result, and false if it returned a negative result. If the reportValidity() method is invoked, the user agent must interactively validate the constraints of the form element, and return true if the constraint validation return a positive result, and false if it returned a negative result. This example shows two search forms:

    4.10.4. The label element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Interactive content. form-associated element. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content, but with no descendant labelable elements unless it is the element’s labeled control, and no descendant label elements. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes for - Associate the label with form control Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes DOM interface: interface HTMLLabelElement : HTMLElement { readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form; attribute DOMString htmlFor; readonly attribute HTMLElement? control; }; The label element represents a caption in a user interface. The caption can be associated with a specific form control, known as the label element’s labeled control, either using the for attribute, or by putting the form control inside the label element itself. Except where otherwise specified by the following rules, a label element has no labeled control. The for attribute may be specified to indicate a form control with which the caption is to be associated. If the attribute is specified, the attribute’s value must be the ID of a labelable element in the same Document as the label element. If the attribute is specified and there is an element in the Document whose ID is equal to the value of the for attribute, and the first such element is a labelable element, then that element is the label element’s labeled control. The following example shows the use of a for attribute, to associate labels which do not contain the element they label.
    Example,
    Note that the id attribute is required to associate the for attribute, while the name attribute is required so the value of the input will be submitted as part of the form. If the for attribute is not specified, but the label element has a labelable element descendant, then the first such descendant in tree order is the label element’s labeled control. The label element’s activation behavior should match the platform’s label behavior. Similarly, any additional presentation hints should match the platform’s label presentation. On many platforms activating a checkbox label checks the checkbox, while activating a text input’s label focuses the input. Clicking the label "Lost" in the following snippet could trigger the user agent to run synthetic click activation steps on the checkbox, as if the element itself had been triggered by the user, while clicking the label "Where?" would queue a task that runs the focusing steps for the element to the text input:
    If a label element has interactive content other than its labeled control, the activation behavior of the label element for events targeted at those interactive content descendants and any descendants of those must be to do nothing. In the following example, clicking on the link does not toggle the checkbox, even if the platform normally toggles a checkbox when clicking on a label. Instead, clicking the link triggers the normal activation behavior of following the link. The ability to click or press a label to trigger an event on a control provides usability and accessibility benefits by increasing the hit area of a control, making it easier for a user to operate. These benefits may be lost or reduced, if the label element contains an element with its own activation behavior, such as a link: The usability and accessibility benefits can be maintained by placing such elements outside the label element: (read Terms and Conditions) The following example shows three form controls each with a label, two of which have small text showing the right format for users to use.

    label . control Returns the form control that is associated with this element. The htmlFor IDL attribute must reflect the for content attribute. The control IDL attribute must return the label element’s labeled control, if any, or null if there isn’t one. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- control . labels Returns a NodeList of all the label elements that the form control is associated with. Labelable elements have a NodeList object associated with them that represents the list of label elements, in tree order, whose labeled control is the element in question. The labels IDL attribute of labelable elements, on getting, must return that NodeList object. 4.10.5. The input element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. If the type attribute is not in the Hidden state: interactive content. If the type attribute is not in the Hidden state: listed, labelable, submittable, resettable, and reassociateable form-associated element. If the type attribute is in the Hidden state: listed, submittable, resettable, and reassociateable form-associated element. If the type attribute is not in the Hidden state: Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Nothing. Tag omission in text/html: No end tag Content attributes: Global attributes accept - Hint for expected file type in File Upload controls alt - Replacement text for use when images are not available autocomplete - Hint for form autofill feature autofocus - Automatically focus the form control when the page is loaded checked - Whether the command or control is checked dirname - Name of form field to use for sending the element’s directionality in §4.10.21 Form submission disabled - Whether the form control is disabled form - Associates the control with a form element formaction - URL to use for §4.10.21 Form submission formenctype - Form data set encoding type to use for §4.10.21 Form submission formmethod - HTTP method to use for §4.10.21 Form submission formnovalidate - Bypass form control validation for §4.10.21 Form submission formtarget - browsing context for §4.10.21 Form submission height - Vertical dimension list - List of autocomplete options max - Maximum value maxlength - Maximum length of value min - Minimum value minlength - Minimum length of value multiple - Whether to allow multiple values name - Name of form control to use for §4.10.21 Form submission and in the form.elements API pattern - Pattern to be matched by the form control’s value placeholder - User-visible label to be placed within the form control readonly - Whether to allow the value to be edited by the user required - Whether the control is required for §4.10.21 Form submission size - Size of the control src - Address of the resource step - Granularity to be matched by the form control’s value type - Type of form control value - Value of the form control width - Horizontal dimension Also, the title attribute has special semantics on this element when used in conjunction with the pattern attribute. Allowed ARIA role attribute values: Depends upon state of the type attribute. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLInputElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString accept; attribute DOMString alt; attribute DOMString autocomplete; attribute boolean autofocus; attribute boolean defaultChecked; attribute boolean checked; attribute DOMString dirName; attribute boolean disabled; readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form; readonly attribute FileList? files; attribute DOMString formAction; attribute DOMString formEnctype; attribute DOMString formMethod; attribute boolean formNoValidate; attribute DOMString formTarget; attribute unsigned long height; attribute boolean indeterminate; readonly attribute HTMLElement? list; attribute DOMString max; attribute long maxLength; attribute DOMString min; attribute long minLength; attribute boolean multiple; attribute DOMString name; attribute DOMString pattern; attribute DOMString placeholder; attribute boolean readOnly; attribute boolean _required; attribute unsigned long size; attribute DOMString src; attribute DOMString step; attribute DOMString type; attribute DOMString defaultValue; [TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString value; attribute object? valueAsDate; attribute unrestricted double valueAsNumber; attribute unsigned long width; void stepUp(optional long n = 1); void stepDown(optional long n = 1); readonly attribute boolean willValidate; readonly attribute ValidityState validity; readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage; boolean checkValidity(); boolean reportValidity(); void setCustomValidity(DOMString error); [SameObject] readonly attribute NodeList labels; void select(); attribute unsigned long? selectionStart; attribute unsigned long? selectionEnd; attribute DOMString? selectionDirection; void setRangeText(DOMString replacement); void setRangeText(DOMString replacement, unsigned long start, unsigned long end, optional SelectionMode selectionMode = "preserve"); void setSelectionRange(unsigned long start, unsigned long end, optional DOMString direction); }; The input element represents a typed data field, usually with a form control to allow the user to edit the data. The type attribute controls the data type of the element. It is an enumerated attribute. The data type is used to select the control to use for the input. Some data types allow either a text field or combo box control to be used, based on the absence or presence of a list attribute on the element. The following table lists the keywords and states for the attribute — the keywords in the left column map to the state, data type and control(s) in the cells on the same row. Keyword State Data type Control type hidden Hidden An arbitrary string n/a text Text Text with no line breaks A text field or combo box search Search Text with no line breaks Search field or combo box tel Telephone Text with no line breaks A text field or combo box url URL An absolute URL A text field or combo box email E-mail An e-mail address or list A text field or of e-mail addresses combo box Text with no line breaks A text field password Password (sensitive information) that obscures data entry date Date A date (year, month, day) A date control with no time zone A date consisting of a year month Month and a month with no time A month control zone A date consisting of a week Week week-year number and a week A week control number with no time zone A time (hour, minute, time Time seconds, fractional A time control seconds) with no time zone A date and time (year, Local Date and month, day, hour, minute, A date and time datetime-local Time second, fraction of a control second) with no timezone offset A text field or number Number A numerical value combo box or spinner control A numerical value, with the range Range extra semantic that the A slider control exact value is not or similar important An sRGB color with 8-bit color Color red, green, and blue A color well components A set of zero or more checkbox Checkbox values from a predefined A checkbox list radio Radio Button An enumerated value A radio button Zero or more files each A label and a file File Upload with a MIME type and button optionally a file name An enumerated value, with the extra semantic that it submit Submit Button must be the last value A button selected and initiates form submission A coordinate, relative to a particular image’s size, Either a image Image Button with the extra semantic clickable image, that it must be the last or a button value selected and initiates form submission reset Reset Button n/a A button button Button n/a A button The missing value default is the Text state. Which of the accept, alt, autocomplete, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, list, max, maxlength, min, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, size, src, step, and width content attributes, the checked, files, valueAsDate, valueAsNumber, and list IDL attributes, the select() method, the selectionStart, selectionEnd, and selectionDirection, IDL attributes, the setRangeText() and setSelectionRange() methods, the stepUp() and stepDown() methods, and the input and change events apply to an input element depends on the state of its type attribute. The subsections that define each type also clearly define in normative "bookkeeping" sections which of these feature apply, and which do not apply, to each type. The behavior of these features depends on whether they apply or not, as defined in their various sections (q.v. for Content attributes, for APIs, for events). The following table is non-normative and summarizes which of those content attributes, IDL attributes, methods, and events apply to each state: Local Date and Checkbox, Reset Hidden Text, URL, E-mail Password Time, Number Range Color Radio File Submit Image Button, Search Telephone Date, Button Upload Button Button Button Month, Week, Time Content attributes accept · · · · · · · · · · Yes · · · alt · · · · · · · · · · · · Yes · autocomplete · Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes · · · · · checked · · · · · · · · · Yes · · · · dirname · Yes · · · · · · · · · · · · formaction · · · · · · · · · · · Yes Yes · formenctype · · · · · · · · · · · Yes Yes · formmethod · · · · · · · · · · · Yes Yes · formnovalidate · · · · · · · · · · · Yes Yes · formtarget · · · · · · · · · · · Yes Yes · height · · · · · · · · · · · · Yes · list · Yes Yes Yes · Yes Yes Yes Yes · · · · · max · · · · · Yes Yes Yes · · · · · · maxlength · Yes Yes Yes Yes · · · · · · · · · min · · · · · Yes Yes Yes · · · · · · minlength · Yes Yes Yes Yes · · · · · · · · · multiple · · · Yes · · · · · · Yes · · · pattern · Yes Yes Yes Yes · · · · · · · · · placeholder · Yes Yes Yes Yes · Yes · · · · · · · readonly · Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes · · · · · · · required · Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes · · Yes Yes · · · size · Yes Yes Yes Yes · · · · · · · · · src · · · · · · · · · · · · Yes · step · · · · · Yes Yes Yes · · · · · · width · · · · · · · · · · · · Yes · IDL attributes and methods checked · · · · · · · · · Yes · · · · files · · · · · · · · · · Yes · · · value default value value value value value value value value default/on filename default default default valueAsDate · · · · · Yes · · · · · · · · valueAsNumber · · · · · Yes Yes Yes · · · · · · list · Yes Yes Yes · Yes Yes Yes Yes · · · · · select() · Yes Yes† Yes Yes† Yes† Yes† · Yes† · Yes† · · · selectionStart · Yes Yes · Yes · · · · · · · · · selectionEnd · Yes Yes · Yes · · · · · · · · · selectionDirection · Yes Yes · Yes · · · · · · · · · setRangeText() · Yes Yes · Yes · · · · · · · · · setSelectionRange() · Yes Yes · Yes · · · · · · · · · stepDown() · · · · · Yes Yes Yes · · · · · · stepUp() · · · · · Yes Yes Yes · · · · · · Events input event · Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes · · · change event · Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes · · · † If the control has no text field, the select() method results in a no-op, with no "InvalidStateError" DOMException. Some states of the type attribute define a value sanitization algorithm. Each input element has a value, which is exposed by the value IDL attribute. Some states define an algorithm to convert a string to a number, an algorithm to convert a number to a string, an algorithm to convert a string to a Date object, and an algorithm to convert a Date object to a string, which are used by max, min, step, valueAsDate, valueAsNumber, stepDown(), and stepUp(). Each input element has a boolean dirty value flag. The dirty value flag must be initially set to false when the element is created, and must be set to true whenever the user interacts with the control in a way that changes the value. (It is also set to true when the value is programmatically changed, as described in the definition of the value IDL attribute.) The value content attribute gives the default value of the input element. When the value content attribute is added, set, or removed, if the control’s dirty value flag is false, the user agent must set the value of the element to the value of the value content attribute, if there is one, or the empty string otherwise, and then run the current value sanitization algorithm, if one is defined. Each input element has a checkedness, which is exposed by the checked IDL attribute. Each input element has a boolean dirty checkedness flag. When it is true, the element is said to have a dirty checkedness. The dirty checkedness flag must be initially set to false when the element is created, and must be set to true whenever the user interacts with the control in a way that changes the checkedness. The checked content attribute is a boolean attribute that gives the default checkedness of the input element. When the checked content attribute is added, if the control does not have dirty checkedness, the user agent must set the checkedness of the element to true; when the checked content attribute is removed, if the control does not have dirty checkedness, the user agent must set the checkedness of the element to false. The reset algorithm for input elements is to set the dirty value flag and dirty checkedness flag back to false, set the value of the element to the value of the value content attribute, if there is one, or the empty string otherwise, set the checkedness of the element to true if the element has a checked content attribute and false if it does not, empty the list of selected files, and then invoke the value sanitization algorithm, if the type attribute’s current state defines one. Each input element can be mutable. Except where otherwise specified, an input element is always mutable. Similarly, except where otherwise specified, the user agent should not allow the user to modify the element’s value or checkedness. When an input element is disabled, it is not mutable. The readonly attribute can also in some cases (e.g., for the Date state, but not the Checkbox state) stop an input element from being mutable. The cloning steps for input elements must propagate the value, dirty value flag, checkedness, and dirty checkedness flag from the node being cloned to the copy. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When an input element is first created, the element’s rendering and behavior must be set to the rendering and behavior defined for the type attribute’s state, and the value sanitization algorithm, if one is defined for the type attribute’s state, must be invoked. When an input element’s type attribute changes state, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. If the previous state of the element’s type attribute put the value IDL attribute in the value mode, and the element’s value is not the empty string, and the new state of the element’s type attribute puts the value IDL attribute in either the default mode or the default/on mode, then set the element’s value content attribute to the element’s value. 2. Otherwise, if the previous state of the element’s type attribute put the value IDL attribute in any mode other than the value mode, and the new state of the element’s type attribute puts the value IDL attribute in the value mode, then set the value of the element to the value of the value content attribute, if there is one, or the empty string otherwise, and then set the control’s dirty value flag to false. 3. Otherwise, if the previous state of the element’s type attribute put the value IDL attribute in any mode other than the filename mode, and the new state of the element’s type attribute puts the value IDL attribute in the filename mode, then set the value of the element to the empty string. 4. Update the element’s rendering and behavior to the new state’s. 5. Signal a type change for the element. (The Radio Button state uses this, in particular.) 6. Invoke the value sanitization algorithm, if one is defined for the type attribute’s new state. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The name attribute represents the element’s name. The dirname attribute controls how the element’s directionality is submitted. The disabled attribute is used to make the control non-interactive and to prevent its value from being submitted. The form attribute is used to explicitly associate the input element with its form owner. The autofocus attribute controls focus. The autocomplete attribute controls how the user agent provides autofill behavior. The indeterminate IDL attribute must initially be set to false. On getting, it must return the last value it was set to. On setting, it must be set to the new value. It has no effect except for changing the appearance of checkbox controls. The accept, alt, max, min, multiple, pattern, placeholder, required, size, src, and step IDL attributes must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. The dirName IDL attribute must reflect the dirname content attribute. The readOnly IDL attribute must reflect the readonly content attribute. The defaultChecked IDL attribute must reflect the checked content attribute. The defaultValue IDL attribute must reflect the value content attribute. The type IDL attribute must reflect the respective content attribute of the same name, limited to only known values. The maxLength IDL attribute must reflect the maxlength content attribute, limited to only non-negative numbers. The minLength IDL attribute must reflect the minlength content attribute, limited to only non-negative numbers. The IDL attributes width and height must return the rendered width and height of the image, in CSS pixels, if an image is being rendered, and is being rendered to a visual medium; or else the intrinsic width and height of the image, in CSS pixels, if an image is available but not being rendered to a visual medium; or else 0, if no image is available. When the input element’s type attribute is not in the Image Button state, then no image is available. [CSS-2015] On setting, they must act as if they reflected the respective content attributes of the same name. The willValidate, validity, and validationMessage IDL attributes, and the checkValidity(), reportValidity(), and setCustomValidity() methods, are part of the constraint validation API. The labels IDL attribute provides a list of the element’s labels. The select(), selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods and IDL attributes expose the element’s text selection. The autofocus, disabled, form, and name IDL attributes are part of the element’s forms API. 4.10.5.1. States of the type attribute 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes When an input element’s type attribute is in the Hidden state, the rules in this section apply. The input element represents a value that is not intended to be examined or manipulated by the user. Constraint validation: If an input element’s type attribute is in the Hidden state, it is barred from constraint validation. If the name attribute is present and has a value that is a case-sensitive match for the string "_charset_", then the element’s value attribute must be omitted. The value IDL attribute applies to this element and is in mode default. The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alt, autocomplete, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, list, max, maxlength, min, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, size, src, step, and width. The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(), setSelectionRange(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods. The input and change events do not apply. 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) Allowed ARIA role attribute values: textbox, searchbox with no list attribute (default - do not set) or with a list attribute: combobox (default - do not set). Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. When an input element’s type attribute is in the Text state or the Search state, the rules in this section apply. The input element represents a one line plain text edit control for the element’s value. The difference between the Text state and the Search state is primarily stylistic: on platforms where search fields are distinguished from regular text fields, the Search state might result in an appearance consistent with the platform’s search fields rather than appearing like a regular text field. If the element is mutable, its value should be editable by the user. User agents must not allow users to insert U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters into the element’s value. If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the writing direction of the element, setting it either to a left-to-right writing direction or a right-to-left writing direction. If the user does so, the user agent must then run the following steps: 1. Set the element’s dir attribute to "ltr" if the user selected a left-to-right writing direction, and "rtl" if the user selected a right-to-left writing direction. 2. Queue a task to fire a simple event that bubbles named input at the input element. The value attribute, if specified, must have a value that contains no U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters. The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: Strip line breaks from the value. The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and methods apply to the element: autocomplete, dirname, list, maxlength, minlength, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, and size content attributes; list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, and value IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods. The value IDL attribute is in mode value. The input and change events apply. The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alt, checked, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, max, min, multiple, src, step, and width. The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; stepDown() and stepUp() methods. 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) Allowed ARIA role attribute values: textbox with no list attribute (default - do not set) or with a list attribute: combobox (default - do not set). Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. When an input element’s type attribute is in the Telephone state, the rules in this section apply. The input element represents a control for editing a telephone number given in the element’s value. If the element is mutable, its value should be editable by the user. User agents may change the spacing and, with care, the punctuation of values that the user enters. User agents must not allow users to insert U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters into the element’s value. The value attribute, if specified, must have a value that contains no U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters. The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: Strip line breaks from the value. Unlike the URL and E-mail types, the Telephone type does not enforce a particular syntax. This is intentional; in practice, telephone number fields tend to be free-form fields, because there are a wide variety of valid phone numbers. Systems that need to enforce a particular format are encouraged to use the pattern attribute or the setCustomValidity() method to hook into the client-side validation mechanism. The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and methods apply to the element: autocomplete, list, maxlength, minlength, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, and size content attributes; list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, and value IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods. The value IDL attribute is in mode value. The input and change events apply. The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alt, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, max, min, multiple, src, step, and width. The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; stepDown() and stepUp() methods. 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) Allowed ARIA role attribute values: textbox with no list attribute (default - do not set) or with a list attribute: combobox (default - do not set). Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. When an input element’s type attribute is in the URL state, the rules in this section apply. The input element represents a control for editing a single absolute URL given in the element’s value. If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the URL represented by its value. User agents may allow the user to set the value to a string that is not a valid absolute URL, but may also or instead automatically escape characters entered by the user so that the value is always a valid absolute URL (even if that isn’t the actual value seen and edited by the user in the interface). User agents should allow the user to set the value to the empty string. User agents must not allow users to insert U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters into the value. The value attribute, if specified and not empty, must have a value that is a valid URL potentially surrounded by spaces that is also an absolute URL. The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: Strip line breaks from the value, then strip leading and trailing white space from the value. Constraint validation: While the value of the element is neither the empty string nor a valid absolute URL, the element is suffering from a type mismatch. The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and methods apply to the element: autocomplete, list, maxlength, minlength, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, and size content attributes; list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, and value IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods. The value IDL attribute is in mode value. The input and change events apply. The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alt, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, max, min, multiple, src, step, and width. The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; stepDown() and stepUp() methods. If a document contained the following markup: ...and the user had typed "www.w3", and the user agent had also found that the user had visited https://www.w3.org/Consortium/#membership and https://www.w3.org/TR/XForms/ in the recent past, then the rendering might look like this: A text box with an icon on the left followed by the text "www.w3" and a cursor, with a drop down button on the right hand side; with, below, a drop down box containing a list of six URLs on the left, with the first four having grayed out labels on the right; and a scroll bar to the right of the drop down box, indicating further values are available. The first four URLs in this sample consist of the four URLs in the author-specified list that match the text the user has entered, sorted in some user agent-defined manner (maybe by how frequently the user refers to those URLs). Note how the user agent is using the knowledge that the values are URLs to allow the user to omit the scheme part and perform intelligent matching on the domain name. The last two URLs (and probably many more, given the scrollbar’s indications of more values being available) are the matches from the user agent’s session history data. This data is not made available to the page DOM. In this particular case, the user agent has no titles to provide for those values. 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) Allowed ARIA role attribute values: textbox with no list attribute (default - do not set) or with a list attribute: combobox (default - do not set). Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. When an input element’s type attribute is in the E-mail state, the rules in this section apply. User agents may transform the values for display and editing. User agents should convert punycode in the domain labels of the value to Internationalized Domain Names in the display, and vice versa. User agents should allow the user to set the value to a string that is not a valid e-mail address or valid e-mail address list. User agents must not allow users to insert U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters into the value. Some aspects of how the E-mail state operates depend on whether the multiple attribute is present. When the multiple attribute is not specified on the element The input element represents a control for editing an e-mail address given in the element’s value. If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the e-mail address represented by its value, including setting the value to the empty string. The user agent should act in a manner consistent with expecting the user to provide a single e-mail address. Constraint validation: While the user interface is representing input that the user agent cannot convert to punycode, the control is suffering from bad input. The value attribute, if specified and not empty, must have a value that is a single valid e-mail address. The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: Strip line breaks from the value, then strip leading and trailing white space from the value. Constraint validation: While the value of the element is neither the empty string nor a single valid e-mail address, the element is suffering from a type mismatch. When the multiple attribute is specified on the element The input element represents a control for adding, removing, and editing a list of e-mail addresses given in the element’s values. If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to add, remove, and edit the e-mail addresses represented by its values, including removing all addresses and setting the value to the empty string. User agents may allow the user to set any individual value in the list of values to a string that is not a valid e-mail address, but must not allow users to set any individual value to a string containing U+002C COMMA (,) as well as the U+000A LINE FEED (LF), or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters. Constraint validation: While the user interface describes a situation where an individual value contains a U+002C COMMA (,) or is representing input that the user agent cannot convert to punycode, the control is suffering from bad input. Whenever the user changes the element’s values, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. Let latest values be a copy of the element’s values. 2. Strip leading and trailing white space from each value in latest values. 3. Let the element’s value be the result of concatenating all the values in latest values, separating each value from the next by a single U+002C COMMA character (,), maintaining the list’s order. The value attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid e-mail address list. The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: 1. Split on commas the element’s value, strip leading and trailing white space from each resulting token, if any, and let the element’s values be the (possibly empty) resulting list of (possibly empty) tokens, maintaining the original order. 2. Let the element’s value be the result of concatenating the element’s values, separating each value from the next by a single U+002C COMMA character (,), maintaining the list’s order. Constraint validation: While the value of the element is not a valid e-mail address list, the element is suffering from a type mismatch. When the multiple attribute is set or removed, the user agent must run the value sanitization algorithm. A valid e-mail address is a string that matches the email production of the following ABNF, the character set for which is Unicode. This ABNF implements the extensions described in RFC 1123. [ABNF] [RFC5322] [RFC1034] [RFC1123] email = 1*( atext / "." ) "@" label *( "." label ) label = let-dig [ [ ldh-str ] let-dig ] ; limited to a length of 63 characters by RFC 1034 section 3.5 atext = ALPHA / DIGIT / ; Printable US-ASCII characters not including "specials". "!" / "#" / ; "$" / "%" / ; This is as defined in RFC 5322 section 3.2.3 "&" / "'" / "*" / "+" / "-" / "/" / "=" / "?" / "^" / "_" / "`" / "{" / "|" / "}" / "~" let-dig = ALPHA / DIGIT ; defined in RFC 1034 section 3.5 ldh-str = let-dig / "-" ; defined in RFC 1034 section 3.5 This requirement is a willful violation of RFC 5322. This syntax allows e-mail addresses with Internationalised Domain Names using punycode, such as example@xn--d1acpjx3f.xn--p1ai. A user agent should represent that in the user interface as example@яндекс.рф This syntax does not allow valid internationalised email addresses, such as 我買@屋企.香港. See also Issue 845. The following JavaScript- and Perl-compatible regular expression is an implementation of the above definition. /^[a-zA-Z0-9.!#$%&'*+\/=?^_`{|}~-]+@[a-zA-Z0-9](?:[a-zA-Z0-9-]{0,61}[a-zA-Z0-9])?(?:\.[a-zA-Z0-9](?:[a-zA-Z0-9-]{0,61}[a-zA-Z0-9])?)*$/ A valid e-mail address list is a set of comma-separated tokens, where each token is itself a valid e-mail address. To obtain the list of tokens from a valid e-mail address list, an implementation must split the string on commas. The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and methods apply to the element: autocomplete, list, maxlength, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, and size content attributes; list and value IDL attributes; select() method. The value IDL attribute is in mode value. The input and change events apply. The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alt, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, max, min, src, step, and width. The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(), setSelectionRange(), stepDown() and stepUp() methods. 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes When an input element’s type attribute is in the Password state, the rules in this section apply. The input element represents a one line plain text edit control for the element’s value. The user agent should obscure the value so that people other than the user cannot see it. If the element is mutable, its value should be editable by the user. User agents must not allow users to insert U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters into the value. The value attribute, if specified, must have a value that contains no U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters. The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: Strip line breaks from the value. The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and methods apply to the element: autocomplete, maxlength, minlength, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, and size content attributes; selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, and value IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods. The value IDL attribute is in mode value. The input and change events apply. The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alt, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, list, max, min, multiple, src, step, and width. The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, list, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; stepDown() and stepUp() methods. 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes When an input element’s type attribute is in the Date state, the rules in this section apply. The input element represents a control for setting the element’s value to a string representing a specific date. date values represent a "floating" time and do not include time zone information. Care is needed when converting values of this type to or from date data types in JavaScript and other programming languages. In many cases, an implicit time-of-day and time zone are used to create a global ("incremental") time (an integer value that represents the offset from some arbitrary epoch time). Processing or conversion of these values, particularly across time zones, can change the value of the date itself. [TIMEZONE] If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the date represented by its value, as obtained by parsing a date from it. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a non-empty string that is not a valid date string. If the user agent provides a user interface for selecting a date, then the value must be set to a valid date string representing the user’s selection. User agents should allow the user to set the value to the empty string. Constraint validation: While the user interface describes input that the user agent cannot convert to a valid date string, the control is suffering from bad input. See §4.10.1.7 Date, time, and number formats for a discussion of the difference between the input format and submission format for date, time, and number form controls, and the implementation notes regarding localization of form controls. The value attribute, if specified and not empty, must have a value that is a valid date string. The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the element is not a valid date string, then set it to the empty string instead. The min attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid date string. The max attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid date string. The step attribute is expressed in days. The step scale factor is 86,400,000 (which converts the days to milliseconds, which is the base unit of comparison for the conversion algorithms below). The default step is 1 day. When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent may round the element’s value to the nearest date for which the element would not suffer from a step mismatch. The algorithm to convert a string to a number, given a string input, is as follows: If parsing a date from input results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return the number of milliseconds elapsed from midnight UTC on the morning of 1970-01-01 (the time represented by the value "1970-01-01T00:00:00.0Z") to midnight UTC on the morning of the parsed date, ignoring leap seconds. The algorithm to convert a number to a string, given a number input, is as follows: Return a valid date string that represents the date that, in UTC, is current input milliseconds after midnight UTC on the morning of 1970-01-01 (the time represented by the value "1970-01-01T00:00:00.0Z"). The algorithm to convert a string to a Date object, given a string input, is as follows: If parsing a date from input results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return a new Date object representing midnight UTC on the morning of the parsed date. The algorithm to convert a Date object to a string, given a Date object input, is as follows: Return a valid date string that represents the date current at the time represented by input in the UTC time zone. See the note on historical dates in the Local Date and Time state section. The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and methods apply to the element: autocomplete, list, max, min, readonly, required, and step content attributes; list, value, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods. The value IDL attribute is in mode value. The input and change events apply. The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alt, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, maxlength, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, size, src, and width. The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, selectionStart, selectionEnd, and selectionDirection IDL attributes; setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods. 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes When an input element’s type attribute is in the Month state, the rules in this section apply. The input element represents a control for setting the element’s value to a string representing a specific month. If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the month represented by its value, as obtained by parsing a month from it. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a non-empty string that is not a valid month string. If the user agent provides a user interface for selecting a month, then the value must be set to a valid month string representing the user’s selection. User agents should allow the user to set the value to the empty string. Constraint validation: While the user interface describes input that the user agent cannot convert to a valid month string, the control is suffering from bad input. See §4.10.1.7 Date, time, and number formats for a discussion of the difference between the input format and submission format for date, time, and number form controls, and the implementation notes regarding localization of form controls. The value attribute, if specified and not empty, must have a value that is a valid month string. The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the element is not a valid month string, then set it to the empty string instead. The min attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid month string. The max attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid month string. The step attribute is expressed in months. The step scale factor is 1 (units of whole months are the base unit of comparison for the conversion algorithms below). The default step is 1 month. When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent may round the element’s value to the nearest month for which the element would not suffer from a step mismatch. The algorithm to convert a string to a number, given a string input, is as follows: If parsing a month from input results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return the number of months between January 1970 and the parsed month. The algorithm to convert a number to a string, given a number input, is as follows: Return a valid month string that represents the month that has input months between it and January 1970. The algorithm to convert a string to a Date object, given a string input, is as follows: If parsing a month from input results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return a new Date object representing midnight UTC on the morning of the first day of the parsed month. The algorithm to convert a Date object to a string, given a Date object input, is as follows: Return a valid month string that represents the month current at the time represented by input in the UTC time zone. The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and methods apply to the element: autocomplete, list, max, min, readonly, required, and step content attributes; list, value, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods. The value IDL attribute is in mode value. The input and change events apply. The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alt, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, maxlength, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, size, src, and width. The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, selectionStart, selectionEnd, and selectionDirection IDL attributes; setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods. 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes When an input element’s type attribute is in the Week state, the rules in this section apply. The input element represents a control for setting the element’s value to a string representing a specific week beginning on a Monday, at midnight UTC. If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the week represented by its value, as obtained by parsing a week from it. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a non-empty string that is not a valid week string. If the user agent provides a user interface for selecting a week, then the value must be set to a valid week string representing the user’s selection. User agents should allow the user to set the value to the empty string. Constraint validation: While the user interface describes input that the user agent cannot convert to a valid week string, the control is suffering from bad input. See §4.10.1.7 Date, time, and number formats for a discussion of the difference between the input format and submission format for date, time, and number form controls, and the implementation notes regarding localization of form controls. The value attribute, if specified and not empty, must have a value that is a valid week string. The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the element is not a valid week string, then set it to the empty string instead. The min attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid week string. The max attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid week string. The step attribute is expressed in weeks. The step scale factor is 604,800,000 (which converts the weeks to milliseconds, which is the base unit of comparison for the conversion algorithms below). The default step is 1 week. The default step base is -259,200,000 (the start of week 1970-W01 which is the Monday 3 days before 1970-01-01). When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent may round the element’s value to the nearest week for which the element would not suffer from a step mismatch. The algorithm to convert a string to a number, given a string input, is as follows: If parsing a week string from input results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return the number of milliseconds elapsed from midnight UTC on the morning of 1970-01-01 (the time represented by the value "1970-01-01T00:00:00.0Z") to midnight UTC on the morning of the Monday of the parsed week, ignoring leap seconds. The algorithm to convert a number to a string, given a number input, is as follows: Return a valid week string that represents the week that, in UTC, is current input milliseconds after midnight UTC on the morning of 1970-01-01 (the time represented by the value "1970-01-01T00:00:00.0Z"). The algorithm to convert a string to a Date object, given a string input, is as follows: If parsing a week from input results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return a new Date object representing midnight UTC on the morning of the Monday of the parsed week. The algorithm to convert a Date object to a string, given a Date object input, is as follows: Return a valid week string that represents the week current at the time represented by input in the UTC time zone. The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and methods apply to the element: autocomplete, list, max, min, readonly, required, and step content attributes; list, value, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods. The value IDL attribute is in mode value. The input and change events apply. The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alt, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, maxlength, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, size, src, and width. The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, selectionStart, selectionEnd, and selectionDirection IDL attributes; setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods. 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes When an input element’s type attribute is in the Time state, the rules in this section apply. The input element represents a control for setting the element’s value to a string representing a specific time. If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the time represented by its value, as obtained by parsing a time from it. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a non-empty string that is not a valid time string. If the user agent provides a user interface for selecting a time, then the value must be set to a valid time string representing the user’s selection. User agents should allow the user to set the value to the empty string. Constraint validation: While the user interface describes input that the user agent cannot convert to a valid time string, the control is suffering from bad input. See §4.10.1.7 Date, time, and number formats for a discussion of the difference between the input format and submission format for date, time, and number form controls, and the implementation notes regarding localization of form controls. The value attribute, if specified and not empty, must have a value that is a valid time string. The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the element is not a valid time string, then set it to the empty string instead. The form control has a periodic domain. The min attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid time string. The max attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid time string. The step attribute is expressed in seconds. The step scale factor is 1000 (which converts the seconds to milliseconds, which is the base unit of comparison for the conversion algorithms below). The default step is 60 seconds. When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent may round the element’s value to the nearest time for which the element would not suffer from a step mismatch. The algorithm to convert a string to a number, given a string input, is as follows: If parsing a time from input results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return the number of milliseconds elapsed from midnight to the parsed time on a day with no time changes. The algorithm to convert a number to a string, given a number input, is as follows: Return a valid time string that represents the time that is input milliseconds after midnight on a day with no time changes. The algorithm to convert a string to a Date object, given a string input, is as follows: If parsing a time from input results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return a new Date object representing the parsed time in UTC on 1970-01-01. The algorithm to convert a Date object to a string, given a Date object input, is as follows: Return a valid time string that represents the UTC time component that is represented by input. The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and methods apply to the element: autocomplete, list, max, min, readonly, required, and step content attributes; list, value, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods. The value IDL attribute is in mode value. The input and change events apply. The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alt, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, maxlength, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, size, src, and width. The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, selectionStart, selectionEnd, and selectionDirection IDL attributes; setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods. 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) When an input element’s type attribute is in the Local Date and Time state, the rules in this section apply. The input element represents a control for setting the element’s value to a string representing a Local Date and Time, with no time-zone offset information. If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the date and time represented by its value, as obtained by parsing a date and time from it. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a non-empty string that is not a valid normalized global date and time string. If the user agent provides a user interface for selecting a Local Date and Time, then the value must be set to a valid normalized global date and time string representing the user’s selection. User agents should allow the user to set the value to the empty string. Constraint validation: While the user interface describes input that the user agent cannot convert to a valid normalized global date and time string, the control is suffering from bad input. The Local Date and Time state and other date-related states are not useful for vague values, and are only useful for dates ranging from recent history through a few thousand years. For example, "one millisecond after the big bang", "the Ides of March, 44BC", "the early part of the Jurassic period", or "a winter around 250 BCE", and many other expressions of time cannot be sensibly expressed in HTML form states. For the input of dates before the introduction of the Gregorian calendar, authors are encouraged to not use the Local Date and Time state (and the other date- and time-related states described in subsequent sections), as user agents are not required to support converting dates and times from earlier periods to the Gregorian calendar, and asking users to do so manually puts an undue burden on users. (This is complicated by the manner in which the Gregorian calendar was phased in, which occurred at different times in different countries, ranging from partway through the 16th century all the way to early in the 20th.) Instead, authors are encouraged to provide fine-grained input controls using the select element and input elements with the Number state. See §4.10.1.7 Date, time, and number formats for a discussion of the difference between the input format and submission format for date, time, and number form controls, and the implementation notes regarding localization of form controls. Applications need to use care when working with datetime-local values, since most date time objects (in languages such as JavaScript or server-side languages such as Java) use incremental time values tied to the UTC time zone. Implicit conversion of a floating time value to an incremental time can cause the actual value used to be different from user expectations. For more information, refer to: Working with Time Zones §floating The value attribute, if specified and not empty, must have a value that is a valid floating date and time string. The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the element is a valid floating date and time string, then set it to a valid normalized floating date and time string representing the same date and time; otherwise, set it to the empty string instead. The min attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid floating date and time string. The max attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid floating date and time string. The step attribute is expressed in seconds. The step scale factor is 1000 (which converts the seconds to milliseconds, which is the base unit of comparison for the conversion algorithms below). The default step is 60 seconds. When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent may round the element’s value to the nearest floating date and time for which the element would not suffer from a step mismatch. The algorithm to convert a string to a number, given a string input, is as follows: If parsing a date and time from input results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return the number of milliseconds elapsed from midnight on the morning of 1970-01-01 (the time represented by the value "1970-01-01T00:00:00.0") to the parsed floating date and time, ignoring leap seconds. The algorithm to convert a number to a string, given a number input, is as follows: Return a valid normalized floating date and time string that represents the date and time that is input milliseconds after midnight on the morning of 1970-01-01 (the time represented by the value "1970-01-01T00:00:00.0"). The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and methods apply to the element: autocomplete, list, max, min, readonly, required, and step content attributes; list, value, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods. The value IDL attribute is in mode value. The input and change events apply. The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alt, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, maxlength, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, size, src, and width. The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, and valueAsDate IDL attributes; setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods. The following example shows part of a flight booking application. The application uses an input element with its type attribute set to datetime-local, and it then interprets the given date and time in the time zone of the selected airport.
    Destination

    4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) Allowed ARIA role attribute values: spinbutton (default - do not set). Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. When an input element’s type attribute is in the Number state, the rules in this section apply. The input element represents a control for setting the element’s value to a string representing a number. If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the number represented by its value, as obtained from applying the rules for parsing floating-point number values to it. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a non-empty string that is not a valid floating-point number. If the user agent provides a user interface for selecting a number, then the value must be set to the best representation of the number representing the user’s selection as a floating-point number. User agents should allow the user to set the value to the empty string. Constraint validation: While the user interface describes input that the user agent cannot convert to a valid floating-point number, the control is suffering from bad input. This specification does not define what user interface user agents are to use; user agent vendors are encouraged to consider what would best serve their users' needs. For example, when displaying a page in the Persian or Arabic languages, a form might support Persian and Arabic style numeric input (converting it to the format required for submission as described above). Similarly, a user agent showing a page in a French locale might display the value with apostrophes between thousands and commas before the decimals, and allow the user to enter a value in that manner, internally converting it to the submission format described above. See §4.10.1.7 Date, time, and number formats for a discussion of the difference between the input format and submission format for date, time, and number form controls, and the implementation notes regarding localization of form controls. The value attribute, if specified and not empty, must have a value that is a valid floating-point number. The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the element is not a valid floating-point number, then set it to the empty string instead. The min attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid floating-point number. The max attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid floating-point number. The step scale factor is 1. The default step is 1 (allowing only integers to be selected by the user, unless the step base has a non-integer value). When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent may round the element’s value to the nearest number for which the element would not suffer from a step mismatch. If there are two such numbers, user agents are encouraged to pick the one nearest positive infinity. The algorithm to convert a string to a number, given a string input, is as follows: If applying the rules for parsing floating-point number values to input results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return the resulting number. The algorithm to convert a number to a string, given a number input, is as follows: Return a valid floating-point number that represents input. The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and methods apply to the element: autocomplete, list, max, min, placeholder, readonly, required, and step content attributes; list, value, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods. The value IDL attribute is in mode value. The input and change events apply. The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alt, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, maxlength, minlength, multiple, pattern, size, src, and width. The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, and valueAsDate IDL attributes; setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods. Here is an example of using a numeric input control: As described above, a user agent might support numeric input in the user’s local format, converting it to the format required for submission as described above. This might include handling grouping separators (as in "872,000,000,000") and various decimal separators (such as "3,99" vs "3.99") or using local digits (such as those in Arabic, Devanagari, Persian, and Thai). The type=number state is not appropriate for input that happens to only consist of numbers but isn’t strictly speaking a number. For example, it would be inappropriate for credit card numbers or US postal codes. A simple way of determining whether to use type=number is to consider whether it would make sense for the input control to have a spinbox interface (e.g., with "up" and "down" arrows). Getting a credit card number wrong by 1 in the last digit isn’t a minor mistake, it’s as wrong as getting every digit incorrect. So it would not make sense for the user to select a credit card number using "up" and "down" buttons. When a spinbox interface is not appropriate, type=text is probably the right choice (possibly with a pattern attribute). 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) Allowed ARIA role attribute values: slider (default - do not set). Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. When an input element’s type attribute is in the Range state, the rules in this section apply. The input element represents a control for setting the element’s value to a string representing a number, but with the caveat that the exact value is not important, letting user agents provide a simpler interface than they do for the Number state. If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the number represented by its value, as obtained from applying the rules for parsing floating-point number values to it. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a string that is not a valid floating-point number. If the user agent provides a user interface for selecting a number, then the value must be set to a best representation of the number representing the user’s selection as a floating-point number. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to the empty string. Constraint validation: While the user interface describes input that the user agent cannot convert to a valid floating-point number, the control is suffering from bad input. The value attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid floating-point number. The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the element is not a valid floating-point number, then set it to the best representation, as a floating-point number, of the default value. The default value is the minimum plus half the difference between the minimum and the maximum, unless the maximum is less than the minimum, in which case the default value is the minimum. When the element is suffering from an underflow, the user agent must set the element’s value to the best representation, as a floating-point number, of the minimum. When the element is suffering from an overflow, if the maximum is not less than the minimum, the user agent must set the element’s value to a valid floating-point number that represents the maximum. When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent must round the element’s value to the nearest number for which the element would not suffer from a step mismatch, and which is greater than or equal to the minimum, and, if the maximum is not less than the minimum, which is less than or equal to the maximum, if there is a number that matches these constraints. If two numbers match these constraints, then user agents must use the one nearest to positive infinity. For example, the markup results in a range control whose initial value is 60. Here is an example of a range control using an autocomplete list with the list attribute. This could be useful if there are values along the full range of the control that are especially important, such as preconfigured light levels or typical speed limits in a range control used as a speed control. The following markup fragment: ...with the following style sheet applied: input { height: 75px; width: 49px; background: #D5CCBB; color: black; } ...might render as: A vertical slider control whose primary color is black and whose background color is beige, with the slider having five tick marks, one long one at each extremity, and three short ones clustered around the midpoint. Note how the user agent determined the orientation of the control from the ratio of the style-sheet-specified height and width properties. The colors were similarly derived from the style sheet. The tick marks, however, were derived from the markup. In particular, the step attribute has not affected the placement of tick marks, the user agent deciding to only use the author-specified completion values and then adding longer tick marks at the extremes. Note also how the invalid value ++50 was completely ignored. For another example, consider the following markup fragment: A user agent could display in a variety of ways, for instance: As a dial. Or, alternatively, for instance: As a long horizontal slider with tick marks. The user agent could pick which one to display based on the dimensions given in the style sheet. This would allow it to maintain the same resolution for the tick marks, despite the differences in width. Finally, here is an example of a range control with two labeled values: With styles that make the control draw vertically, it might look as follows: A vertical slider control with two tick marks, one near the top labeled 'High', and one near the bottom labeled 'Low'. In this state, the range and step constraints are enforced even during user input, and there is no way to set the value to the empty string. The min attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid floating-point number. The default minimum is 0. The max attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid floating-point number. The default maximum is 100. The step scale factor is 1. The default step is 1 (allowing only integers, unless the min attribute has a non-integer value). The algorithm to convert a string to a number, given a string input, is as follows: If applying the rules for parsing floating-point number values to input results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return the resulting number. The algorithm to convert a number to a string, given a number input, is as follows: Return the best representation, as a floating-point number, of input. The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and methods apply to the element: autocomplete, list, max, min, multiple, and step content attributes; list, value, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; stepDown() and stepUp() methods. The value IDL attribute is in mode value. The input and change events apply. The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alt, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, maxlength, minlength, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, size, src, and width. The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, and valueAsDate IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods. 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes When an input element’s type attribute is in the Color state, the rules in this section apply. The input element represents a color well control, for setting the element’s value to a string representing a simple color. In this state, there is always a color picked, and there is no way to set the value to the empty string. If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the color represented by its value, as obtained from applying the rules for parsing simple color values to it. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a string that is not a valid lowercase simple color. If the user agent provides a user interface for selecting a color, then the value must be set to the result of using the rules for serializing simple color values to the user’s selection. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to the empty string. Constraint validation: While the user interface describes input that the user agent cannot convert to a valid lowercase simple color, the control is suffering from bad input. The value attribute, if specified and not empty, must have a value that is a valid simple color. The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the element is a valid simple color, then set it to the value of the element in ASCII lowercase; otherwise, set it to the string "#000000". The following common input element content attributes and IDL attributes apply to the element: autocomplete and list content attributes; list and value IDL attributes; select() method. The value IDL attribute is in mode value. The input and change events apply. The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alt, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, max, maxlength, min, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, size, src, step, and width. The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; setRangeText(), setSelectionRange(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods. 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) Allowed ARIA role attribute values: checkbox (default - do not set), option or switch. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. When an input element’s type attribute is in the Checkbox state, the rules in this section apply. The input element represents a two-state control that represents the element’s checkedness state. If the element’s checkedness state is true, the control represents a positive selection, and if it is false, a negative selection. If the element’s indeterminate IDL attribute is set to true, then the control’s selection should be obscured as if the control was in a third, indeterminate, state. The control is never a true tri-state control, even if the element’s indeterminate IDL attribute is set to true. The indeterminate IDL attribute only gives the appearance of a third state. If the element is mutable, then: The pre-click activation steps consist of setting the element’s checkedness to its opposite value (i.e., true if it is false, false if it is true), and of setting the element’s indeterminate IDL attribute to false. The canceled activation steps consist of setting the checkedness and the element’s indeterminate IDL attribute back to the values they had before the pre-click activation steps were run. The activation behavior is to fire a simple event that bubbles named input at the element and then fire a simple event that bubbles named change at the element. If the element is not mutable, it has no activation behavior. Constraint validation: If the element is required and its checkedness is false, then the element is suffering from being missing. input . indeterminate [ = value ] When set, overrides the rendering of checkbox controls so that the current value is not visible. The following common input element content attributes and IDL attributes apply to the element: checked, and required content attributes; checked and value IDL attributes. The value IDL attribute is in mode default/on. The input and change events apply. The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alt, autocomplete, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, list, max, maxlength, min, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, readonly, size, src, step, and width. The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: files, list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(), setSelectionRange(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods. 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) Allowed ARIA role attribute values: radio (default - do not set). Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. When an input element’s type attribute is in the Radio Button state, the rules in this section apply. The input element represents a control that, when used in conjunction with other input elements, forms a radio button group in which only one control can have its checkedness state set to true. If the element’s checkedness state is true, the control represents the selected control in the group, and if it is false, it indicates a control in the group that is not selected. The radio button group that contains an input element a also contains all the other input elements b that fulfill all of the following conditions: * The input element b’s type attribute is in the Radio Button state. * Either a and b have the same form owner, or they both have no form owner. * Both a and b are in the same tree. * They both have a name attribute, their name attributes are not empty, and the value of a’s name attribute is a compatibility caseless match for the value of b’s name attribute. A document must not contain an input element whose radio button group contains only that element. When any of the following phenomena occur, if the element’s checkedness state is true after the occurrence, the checkedness state of all the other elements in the same radio button group must be set to false: * The element’s checkedness state is set to true (for whatever reason). * The element’s name attribute is set, changed, or removed. * The element’s form owner changes. * A type change is signalled for the element. If the element R is mutable, then: The pre-click activation steps for R consist of getting a reference to the element in R’s radio button group that has its checkedness set to true, if any, and then setting R’s checkedness to true. The canceled activation steps for R consist of checking if the element to which a reference was obtained in the pre-click activation steps, if any, is still in what is now R’s radio button group, if it still has one, and if so, setting that element’s checkedness to true; or else, if there was no such element, or that element is no longer in R’s radio button group, or if R no longer has a radio button group, setting R’s checkedness to false. The activation behavior for R is to fire a simple event that bubbles named input at R and then fire a simple event that bubbles named change at R. If the element is not mutable, it has no activation behavior. Constraint validation: If an element in the radio button group is required, and all of the input elements in the radio button group have a checkedness that is false, then the element is suffering from being missing. If none of the radio buttons in a radio button group are checked when they are inserted into the document, then they will all be initially unchecked in the interface, until such time as one of them is checked (either by the user or by script). The following common input element content attributes and IDL attributes apply to the element: checked and required content attributes; checked and value IDL attributes. The value IDL attribute is in mode default/on. The input and change events apply. The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alt, autocomplete, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, list, max, maxlength, min, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, readonly, size, src, step, and width. The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: files, list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(), setSelectionRange(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods. 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes When an input element’s type attribute is in the File Upload state, the rules in this section apply. The input element represents a list of selected files, each file consisting of a file name, a file type, and a file body (the contents of the file). File names must not contain path components, even in the case that a user has selected an entire directory hierarchy or multiple files with the same name from different directories. Path components, for the purposes of the File Upload state, are those parts of file names that are separated by U+005C REVERSE SOLIDUS character (\) characters. Unless the multiple attribute is set, there must be no more than one file in the list of selected files. If the element is mutable, then the element’s activation behavior is to run the following steps: 1. If the algorithm is not allowed to show a popup, then abort these steps without doing anything else. 2. Return, but continue running these steps in parallel. 3. Optionally, wait until any prior execution of this algorithm has terminated. 4. Display a prompt to the user requesting that the user specify some files. If the multiple attribute is not set, there must be no more than one file selected; otherwise, any number may be selected. Files can be from the filesystem or created on the fly, e.g., a picture taken from a camera connected to the user’s device. 5. Wait for the user to have made their selection. 6. Queue a task to first update the element’s selected files so that it represents the user’s selection, then fire a simple event that bubbles named input at the input element, and finally fire a simple event that bubbles named change at the input element. If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the files on the list in other ways also, e.g., adding or removing files by drag-and-drop. When the user does so, the user agent must queue a task to first update the element’s selected files so that it represents the user’s new selection, then fire a simple event that bubbles named input at the input element, and finally fire a simple event that bubbles named change at the input element. If the element is not mutable, it has no activation behavior and the user agent must not allow the user to change the element’s selection. Constraint validation: If the element is required and the list of selected files is empty, then the element is suffering from being missing. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The accept attribute may be specified to provide user agents with a hint of what file types will be accepted. If specified, the attribute must consist of a set of comma-separated tokens, each of which must be an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of the following: The string "audio/*" Indicates that sound files are accepted. The string "video/*" Indicates that video files are accepted. The string "image/*" Indicates that image files are accepted. A valid MIME type with no parameters Indicates that files of the specified type are accepted. A string whose first character is a U+002E FULL STOP character (.) Indicates that files with the specified file extension are accepted. The tokens must not be ASCII case-insensitive matches for any of the other tokens (i.e., duplicates are not allowed). To obtain the list of tokens from the attribute, the user agent must split the attribute value on commas. User agents may use the value of this attribute to display a more appropriate user interface than a generic file picker. For instance, given the value image/*, a user agent could offer the user the option of using a local camera or selecting a photograph from their photo collection; given the value audio/*, a user agent could offer the user the option of recording a clip using a headset microphone. User agents should prevent the user from selecting files that are not accepted by one (or more) of these tokens. Authors are encouraged to specify both any MIME types and any corresponding extensions when looking for data in a specific format. For example, consider an application that converts Microsoft Word documents to Open Document Format files. Since Microsoft Word documents are described with a wide variety of MIME types and extensions, the site can list several, as follows: On platforms that only use file extensions to describe file types, the extensions listed here can be used to filter the allowed documents, while the MIME types can be used with the system’s type registration table (mapping MIME types to extensions used by the system), if any, to determine any other extensions to allow. Similarly, on a system that does not have file names or extensions but labels documents with MIME types internally, the MIME types can be used to pick the allowed files, while the extensions can be used if the system has an extension registration table that maps known extensions to MIME types used by the system. Extensions tend to be ambiguous (e.g., there are an untold number of formats that use the ".dat" extension, and users can typically quite easily rename their files to have a ".doc" extension even if they are not Microsoft Word documents), and MIME types tend to be unreliable (e.g., many formats have no formally registered types, and many formats are in practice labeled using a number of different MIME types). Authors are reminded that, as usual, data received from a client should be treated with caution, as it may not be in an expected format even if the user is not hostile and the user agent fully obeyed the accept attribute’s requirements. For historical reasons, the value IDL attribute prefixes the file name with the string "C:\fakepath\". Some legacy user agents actually included the full path (which was a security vulnerability). As a result of this, obtaining the file name from the value IDL attribute in a backwards-compatible way is non-trivial. The following function extracts the file name in a suitably compatible manner: function extractFilename(path) { if (path.substr(0, 12) == "C:\\fakepath\\") return path.substr(12); // modern browser var x; x = path.lastIndexOf('/'); if (x >= 0) // Unix-based path return path.substr(x+1); x = path.lastIndexOf('\\'); if (x >= 0) // Windows-based path return path.substr(x+1); return path; // just the file name } This can be used as follows:

    The name of the file you picked is: (none)

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The following common input element content attributes and IDL attributes apply to the element: accept, multiple, and required content attributes; files and value IDL attributes; select() method. The value IDL attribute is in mode filename. The input and change events apply. The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: alt, autocomplete, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, list, max, maxlength, min, minlength, pattern, placeholder, readonly, size, src, step, and width. The element’s value attribute must be omitted. The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; setRangeText(), setSelectionRange(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods. 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) Allowed ARIA role attribute values: button (default - do not set). Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. When an input element’s type attribute is in the Submit Button state, the rules in this section apply. The input element represents a button that, when activated, submits the form. If the element has a value attribute, the button’s label must be the value of that attribute; otherwise, it must be an implementation-defined string that means "Submit" or some such. The element is a button, specifically a submit button. (This is a fingerprinting vector.) Since the default label is implementation-defined, and the width of the button typically depends on the button’s label, the button’s width can leak a few bits of fingerprintable information. These bits are likely to be strongly correlated to the identity of the user agent and the user’s locale. If the element is mutable, then the element’s activation behavior is as follows: if the element has a form owner, and the element’s node document is fully active, submit the form owner from the input element; otherwise, do nothing. If the element is not mutable, it has no activation behavior. The formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, and formtarget attributes are attributes for form submission. The formnovalidate attribute can be used to make submit buttons that do not trigger the constraint validation. The following common input element content attributes and IDL attributes apply to the element: formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, and formtarget content attributes; value IDL attribute. The value IDL attribute is in mode default. The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alt, autocomplete, checked, dirname, height, list, max, maxlength, min, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, size, src, step, and width. The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(), setSelectionRange(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods. The input and change events do not apply. 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) Allowed ARIA role attribute values: button (default - do not set), link, or radio. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. When an input element’s type attribute is in the Image Button state, the rules in this section apply. The input element represents either an image from which a user can select a coordinate and submit the form, or alternatively a button from which the user can submit the form. The element is a button, specifically a Submit Button. The coordinate is sent to the server during form submission by sending two entries for the element, derived from the name of the control but with ".x" and ".y" appended to the name with the x and y components of the coordinate respectively. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The image is given by the src attribute. The src attribute must be present, and must contain a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces referencing a non-interactive, optionally animated, image resource that is neither paged nor scripted. When any of the these events occur * the input element’s type attribute is first set to the Image Button state (possibly when the element is first created), and the src attribute is present * the input element’s type attribute is changed back to the Image Button state, and the src attribute is present, and its value has changed since the last time the type attribute was in the Image Button state * the input element’s type attribute is in the Image Button state, and the src attribute is set or changed then unless the user agent cannot support images, or its support for images has been disabled, or the user agent only fetches images on demand, or the src attribute’s value is the empty string, the user agent must parse the value of the src attribute value, relative to the element’s node document, and if that is successful, run these substeps: 1. Let request be a new request whose URL is the resulting URL string, client is the element’s node document’s Window object’s environment settings object, type is "image", destination is "subresource", omit-Origin-header flag is set, credentials mode is "include", and whose use-URL-credentials flag is set. 2. Fetch request. Fetching the image must delay the load event of the element’s node document until the task that is queued by the networking task source once the resource has been fetched (defined below) has been run. If the image was successfully obtained, with no network errors, and the image’s type is a supported image type, and the image is a valid image of that type, then the image is said to be available. If this is true before the image is completely downloaded, each task that is queued by the networking task source while the image is being fetched must update the presentation of the image appropriately. The user agent should apply the image sniffing rules to determine the type of the image, with the image’s associated Content-Type headers giving the official type. If these rules are not applied, then the type of the image must be the type given by the image’s associated Content-Type headers. User agents must not support non-image resources with the input element. User agents must not run executable code embedded in the image resource. User agents must only display the first page of a multipage resource. User agents must not allow the resource to act in an interactive fashion, but should honor any animation in the resource. The task that is queued by the networking task source once the resource has been fetched, must, if the download was successful and the image is available, queue a task to fire a simple event named load at the input element; and otherwise, if the fetching process fails without a response from the remote server, or completes but the image is not a valid or supported image, queue a task to fire a simple event named error on the input element. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The alt attribute provides the textual label for the button for users and user agents who cannot use the image. The alt attribute must be present, and must contain a non-empty string giving the label that would be appropriate for an equivalent button if the image was unavailable. The input element supports dimension attributes. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- If the src attribute is set, and the image is available and the user agent is configured to display that image, then: The element represents a control for selecting a coordinate from the image specified by the src attribute; if the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to select this coordinate, and the element’s activation behavior is as follows: if the element has a form owner, and the element’s node document is fully active, take the user’s selected coordinate, and submit the input element’s form owner from the input element. If the user activates the control without explicitly selecting a coordinate, then the coordinate (0,0) must be assumed. Otherwise, the element represents a submit button whose label is given by the value of the alt attribute; if the element is mutable, then the element’s activation behavior is as follows: if the element has a form owner, and the element’s node document is fully active, set the selected coordinate to (0,0), and submit the input element’s form owner from the input element. In either case, if the element is mutable but has no form owner or the element’s node document is not fully active, then its activation behavior must be to do nothing. If the element is not mutable, it has no activation behavior. The selected coordinate must consist of an x-component and a y-component. The coordinates represent the position relative to the edge of the image, with the coordinate space having the positive x direction to the right, and the positive y direction downwards. The x-component must be a valid integer representing a number x in the range -(border_left+padding_left) ≤ x ≤ width+border_right+padding_right, where width is the rendered width of the image, border_left is the width of the border on the left of the image, padding_left is the width of the padding on the left of the image, border_right is the width of the border on the right of the image, and padding_right is the width of the padding on the right of the image, with all dimensions given in CSS pixels. The y-component must be a valid integer representing a number y in the range -(border_top+padding_top) ≤ y ≤ height+border_bottom+padding_bottom, where height is the rendered height of the image, border_top is the width of the border above the image, padding_top is the width of the padding above the image, border_bottom is the width of the border below the image, and padding_bottom is the width of the padding below the image, with all dimensions given in CSS pixels. Where a border or padding is missing, its width is zero CSS pixels. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, and formtarget attributes are attributes for form submission. image . width [ = value ] image . height [ = value ] These attributes return the actual rendered dimensions of the image, or zero if the dimensions are not known. They can be set, to change the corresponding content attributes. The following common input element content attributes and IDL attributes apply to the element: alt, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, src, and width content attributes; value IDL attribute. The value IDL attribute is in mode default. The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, autocomplete, checked, dirname, list, max, maxlength, min, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, size, and step. The element’s value attribute must be omitted. The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(), setSelectionRange(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods. The input and change events do not apply. Many aspects of this state’s behavior are similar to the behavior of the img element. Readers are encouraged to read that section, where many of the same requirements are described in more detail. Take the following form:
    If the user clicked on the image at coordinate (127,40) then the URL used to submit the form would be "process.cgi?where.x=127&where.y=40". (In this example, it’s assumed that for users who don’t see the map, and who instead just see a button labeled "Show location list", clicking the button will cause the server to show a list of locations to pick from instead of the map.) 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) Allowed ARIA role attribute values: button (default - do not set). Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. When an input element’s type attribute is in the Reset Button state, the rules in this section apply. The input element represents a button that, when activated, resets the form. If the element has a value attribute, the button’s label must be the value of that attribute; otherwise, it must be an implementation-defined string that means "Reset" or some such. The element is a button. (This is a fingerprinting vector.) Since the default label is implementation-defined, and the width of the button typically depends on the button’s label, the button’s width can leak a few bits of fingerprintable information. These bits are likely to be strongly correlated to the identity of the user agent and the user’s locale. If the element is mutable, then the element’s activation behavior, if the element has a form owner and the element’s node document is fully active, is to reset the form owner; otherwise, it is to do nothing. If the element is not mutable, it has no activation behavior. Constraint validation: The element is barred from constraint validation. The value IDL attribute applies to this element and is in mode default. The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alt, autocomplete, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, list, max, maxlength, min, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, size, src, step, and width. The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(), setSelectionRange(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods. The input and change events do not apply. 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) Allowed ARIA role attribute values: button (default - do not set), link, radio or switch. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. When an input element’s type attribute is in the Button state, the rules in this section apply. The input element represents a button with no default behavior. A label for the button must be provided in the value attribute, though it may be the empty string. If the element has a value attribute, the button’s label must be the value of that attribute; otherwise, it must be the empty string. The element is a button. If the element is mutable, the element’s activation behavior is to do nothing. If the element is not mutable, it has no activation behavior. Constraint validation: The element is barred from constraint validation. The value IDL attribute applies to this element and is in mode default. The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to the element: accept, alt, autocomplete, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, list, max, maxlength, min, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, size, src, step, and width. The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element: checked, files, list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(), setSelectionRange(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods. The input and change events do not apply. 4.10.5.2. Implementation notes regarding localization of form controls This section is non-normative. The formats shown to the user in date, time, and number controls is independent of the format used for form submission. Browsers should use user interfaces that present locale-affected formats such as dates, times, and numbers according to the conventions of either the locale implied by the input element’s language or the user’s preferred locale. Using the page’s locale will ensure consistency with page-provided data. For example, it would be confusing to users if an American English page claimed that a Cirque De Soleil show was going to be showing on 02/03, but their browser, configured to use the British English locale, only showed the date 03/02 in the ticket purchase date picker. Using the page’s locale would at least ensure that the date was presented in the same format everywhere. (There’s still a risk that the user would end up arriving a month late, of course, but there’s only so much that can be done about such cultural differences...) 4.10.5.3. Common input element attributes These attributes only apply to an input element if its type attribute is in a state whose definition declares that the attribute applies. When an attribute doesn’t apply to an input element, user agents must ignore the attribute, regardless of the requirements and definitions below. 4.10.5.3.1. The maxlength and minlength attributes The maxlength attribute, when it applies, is a form control maxlength attribute controlled by the input element’s dirty value flag. The minlength attribute, when it applies, is a form control minlength attribute controlled by the input element’s dirty value flag. If the input element has a maximum allowed value length, then the code-unit length of the value of the element’s value attribute must be equal to or less than the element’s maximum allowed value length. The following extract shows how a messaging client’s text entry could be arbitrarily restricted to a fixed number of characters, thus forcing any conversation through this medium to be terse and discouraging intelligent discourse. Here, a password is given a minimum length:

    4.10.5.3.2. The size attribute The size attribute gives the number of characters that, in a visual rendering, the user agent is to allow the user to see while editing the element’s value. The size attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid non-negative integer greater than zero. If the attribute is present, then its value must be parsed using the rules for parsing non-negative integers, and if the result is a number greater than zero, then the user agent should ensure that at least that many characters are visible. The size IDL attribute is limited to only non-negative numbers greater than zero and has a default value of 20. 4.10.5.3.3. The readonly attribute The readonly attribute is a boolean attribute that controls whether or not the user can edit the form control. When specified, the element is not mutable. Constraint validation: If the readonly attribute is specified on an input element, the element is barred from constraint validation. The difference between disabled and readonly is that read-only controls are still focusable, so the user can still select the text and interact with it, whereas disabled controls are entirely non-interactive. Only text controls can be made read-only. In the following example, the existing product identifiers cannot be modified, but they are still displayed as part of the form, for consistency with the row representing a new product (where the identifier is not yet filled in).

    Product ID Product name Price Action
    $
    $
    $

    4.10.5.3.4. The required attribute The required attribute is a boolean attribute. When specified, the element is required. Constraint validation: If the element is required, and its value IDL attribute applies and is in the mode value, and the element is mutable, and the element’s value is the empty string, then the element is suffering from being missing. The following form has two required fields, one for an e-mail address and one for a password. It also has a third field that is only considered valid if the user types the same password in the password field and this third field.

    Create new account

    For radio buttons, the required attribute is satisfied if any of the radio buttons in the group is selected. Thus, in the following example, any of the radio buttons can be checked, not just the one marked as required:
    Did the movie pass the Bechdel test?

    To avoid confusion as to whether a radio button group is required or not, authors are encouraged to specify the attribute on all the radio buttons in a group. Indeed, in general, authors are encouraged to avoid having radio button groups that do not have any initially checked controls in the first place, as this is a state that the user cannot return to, and is therefore generally considered a poor user interface. 4.10.5.3.5. The multiple attribute The multiple attribute is a boolean attribute that indicates whether the user is to be allowed to specify more than one value. The following extract shows how an e-mail client’s "Cc" field could accept multiple e-mail addresses. If the user had, amongst many friends in their user contacts database, two friends "Arthur Dent" (with address "art@example.net") and "Adam Josh" (with address "adamjosh@example.net"), then, after the user has typed "a", the user agent might suggest these two e-mail addresses to the user. Form control group containing 'Send', 'Save now' and 'Discard' buttons, a 'To:' combo box with an 'a' displayed in the text box and 2 list items below. The page could also link in the user’s contacts database from the site: ... Suppose the user had entered "bob@example.net" into this text field, and then started typing a second e-mail address starting with "a". The user agent might show both the two friends mentioned earlier, as well as the "astrophy" and "astronomy" values given in the datalist element. Form control group containing 'send', 'save now' and 'discard' buttons and a 'To:' combo box with 'bob@example.net,a' displayed in the text box and 4 list items below. The following extract shows how an e-mail client’s "Attachments" field could accept multiple files for upload. 4.10.5.3.6. The pattern attribute The pattern attribute specifies a regular expression against which the control’s value, or, when the multiple attribute applies and is set, the control’s values, are to be checked. If specified, the attribute’s value must match the JavaScript Pattern production. [ECMA-262] If an input element has a pattern attribute specified, and the attribute’s value, when compiled as a JavaScript regular expression with only the "u" flag specified, compiles successfully, then the resulting regular expression is the element’s compiled pattern regular expression. If the element has no such attribute, or if the value doesn’t compile successfully, then the element has no compiled pattern regular expression. [ECMA-262] If the value doesn’t compile successfully, user agents are encouraged to log this fact in a developer console, to aid debugging. Constraint validation: If the element’s value is not the empty string, and either the element’s multiple attribute is not specified or it does not apply to the input element given its type attribute’s current state, and the element has a compiled pattern regular expression but that regular expression does not match the entirety of the element’s value, then the element is suffering from a pattern mismatch. Constraint validation: If the element’s value is not the empty string, and the element’s multiple attribute is specified and applies to the input element, and the element has a compiled pattern regular expression but that regular expression does not match the entirety of each of the element’s values, then the element is suffering from a pattern mismatch. The compiled pattern regular expression, when matched against a string, must have its start anchored to the start of the string and its end anchored to the end of the string. This implies that the regular expression language used for this attribute is the same as that used in JavaScript, except that the pattern attribute is matched against the entire value, not just any subset (somewhat as if it implied a ^(?: at the start of the pattern and a )$ at the end). When an input element has a pattern attribute specified, authors should provide a description of the pattern in text near the control. Authors may also include a title attribute to give a description of the pattern. User agents may use the contents of this attribute, if it is present, when informing the user that the pattern is not matched, or at any other suitable time, such as in a tooltip or read out by assistive technology when the control gains focus. Relying on the title attribute for the visual display of text content is currently discouraged as many user agents do not expose the attribute in an accessible manner as required by this specification (e.g., requiring a pointing device such as a mouse to cause a tooltip to appear, which excludes keyboard-only users and touch-only users, such as anyone with a modern phone or tablet). For example, the following snippet: ...could cause the user agent to display an alert such as: A part number is a digit followed by three uppercase letters.You cannot submit this form when the field is incorrect. When a control has a pattern attribute, the title attribute, if used, must describe the pattern. Additional information could also be included, so long as it assists the user in filling in the control. Otherwise, assistive technology would be impaired. For instance, if the title attribute contained the caption of the control, assistive technology could end up saying something like The text you have entered does not match the required pattern. Birthday, which is not useful. user agents may still show the title in non-error situations (for example, as a tooltip when hovering over the control), so authors should be careful not to word titles as if an error has necessarily occurred. 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes Some form controls can have explicit constraints applied limiting the allowed range of values that the user can provide. Normally, such a range would be linear and continuous. A form control can have a periodic domain, however, in which case the form control’s broadest possible range is finite, and authors can specify explicit ranges within it that span the boundaries. Specifically, the broadest range of a type=time control is midnight to midnight (24 hours), and authors can set both continuous linear ranges (such as 9pm to 11pm) and discontinuous ranges spanning midnight (such as 11pm to 1am). The min and max attributes indicate the allowed range of values for the element. Their syntax is defined by the section that defines the type attribute’s current state. If the element has a min attribute, and the result of applying the algorithm to convert a string to a number to the value of the min attribute is a number, then that number is the element’s minimum; otherwise, if the type attribute’s current state defines a default minimum, then that is the minimum; otherwise, the element has no minimum. The min attribute also defines the step base. If the element has a max attribute, and the result of applying the algorithm to convert a string to a number to the value of the max attribute is a number, then that number is the element’s maximum; otherwise, if the type attribute’s current state defines a default maximum, then that is the maximum; otherwise, the element has no maximum. If the element does not have a periodic domain, the max attribute’s value (the maximum) must not be less than the min attribute’s value (its minimum). If an element that does not have a periodic domain has a maximum that is less than its minimum, then so long as the element has a value, it will either be suffering from an underflow or suffering from an overflow. An element has a reversed range if it has a periodic domain and its maximum is less than its minimum. An element has range limitations if it has a defined minimum or a defined maximum. How these range limitations apply depends on whether the element has a multiple attribute. If the element does not have a multiple attribute specified or if the multiple attribute does not apply Constraint validation: When the element has a minimum and does not have a reversed range, and the result of applying the algorithm to convert a string to a number to the string given by the element’s value is a number, and the number obtained from that algorithm is less than the minimum, the element is suffering from an underflow. Constraint validation: When the element has a maximum and does not have a reversed range, and the result of applying the algorithm to convert a string to a number to the string given by the element’s value is a number, and the number obtained from that algorithm is more than the maximum, the element is suffering from an overflow. Constraint validation: When an element has a reversed range, and the result of applying the algorithm to convert a string to a number to the string given by the element’s value is a number, and the number obtained from that algorithm is more than the maximum and less than the minimum, the element is simultaneously suffering from an underflow and suffering from an overflow. If the element does have a multiple attribute specified and the multiple attribute does apply Constraint validation: When the element has a minimum, and the result of applying the algorithm to convert a string to a number to any of the strings in the element’s values is a number that is less than the minimum, the element is suffering from an underflow. Constraint validation: When the element has a maximum, and the result of applying the algorithm to convert a string to a number to any of the strings in the element’s values is a number that is more than the maximum, the element is suffering from an overflow. The following date control limits input to dates that are before the 1980s: The following number control limits input to whole numbers greater than zero: The following time control limits input to those minutes that occur between 9pm and 6am, defaulting to midnight: 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute The step attribute indicates the granularity that is expected (and required) of the value or values, by limiting the allowed values. The section that defines the type attribute’s current state also defines the default step, the step scale factor, and in some cases the default step base, which are used in processing the attribute as described below. The step attribute, if specified, must either have a value that is a valid floating-point number that parses to a number that is greater than zero, or must have a value that is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "any". The attribute provides the allowed value step for the element, as follows: 1. If the step attribute is absent, then the allowed value step is the default step multiplied by the step scale factor. 2. Otherwise, if the attribute’s value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "any", then there is no allowed value step. 3. Otherwise, let step value be the result of running the rules for parsing floating-point number values, when they are applied to the step attribute’s value. 4. If the previous step returned an error, or step value is zero, or a number less than zero, then the allowed value step is the default step multiplied by the step scale factor. 5. If the element’s type attribute is in the Local Date and Time, Date, Month, Week, or Time state, then round step value to the nearest whole number using the "round to nearest + round half up" technique, unless the value is less-than one, in which case let step value be 1. 6. The allowed value step is step value multiplied by the step scale factor. The step base is the value returned by the following algorithm: 1. If the element has a min content attribute, and the result of applying the algorithm to convert a string to a number to the value of the min content attribute is not an error, then return that result and abort these steps. 2. If the element has a value content attribute, and the result of applying the algorithm to convert a string to a number to the value of the value content attribute is not an error, then return that result and abort these steps. 3. If a default step base is defined for this element given its type attribute’s state, then return it and abort these steps. 4. Return zero. How these range limitations apply depends on whether the element has a multiple attribute. If the element does not have a multiple attribute specified or if the multiple attribute does not apply Constraint validation: When the element has an allowed value step, and the result of applying the algorithm to convert a string to a number to the string given by the value is a number, and that number is not step aligned, the element is suffering from a step mismatch. If the element does have a multiple attribute specified and the multiple attribute does apply Constraint validation: When the element has an allowed value step, and the result of applying the algorithm to convert a string to a number to any of the strings in the values is a number that is not step aligned, the element is suffering from a step mismatch. The following range control only accepts values in the range 0..1, and allows 256 steps in that range: The following control allows any time in the day to be selected, with any accuracy (e.g., thousandth-of-a-second accuracy or more): Normally, time controls are limited to an accuracy of one minute. 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute The list attribute is used to identify an element that lists predefined options suggested to the user. If present, its value must be the ID of a datalist element in the same document. The suggestions source element is the first element in the document in tree order to have an ID equal to the value of the list attribute, if that element is a datalist element. If there is no list attribute, or if there is no element with that ID, or if the first element with that ID is not a datalist element, then there is no suggestions source element. If there is a suggestions source element, then, when the user agent is allowing the user to edit the input element’s value, the user agent should offer the suggestions represented by the suggestions source element to the user in a manner suitable for the type of control used. The user agent may use the suggestion’s label to identify the suggestion if appropriate. User agents are encouraged to filter the suggestions represented by the suggestions source element when the number of suggestions is large, including only the most relevant ones (e.g., based on the user’s input so far). No precise threshold is defined, but capping the list at four to seven values is reasonable. User agents that perform filtering should implement substring matching on the label attribute. Existing user agents filter on either value or label so the behavior may be inconsistent. How user selections of suggestions are handled depends on whether the element is a control accepting a single value only, or whether it accepts multiple values: If the element does not have a multiple attribute specified or if the multiple attribute does not apply When the user selects a suggestion, the input element’s value must be set to the selected suggestion’s value, as if the user had written that value themself. If the element’s type attribute is in the Range state and the element has a multiple attribute specified When the user selects a suggestion, the user agent must identify which value in the element’s values the user intended to update, and must then update the element’s values so that the relevant value is changed to the value given by the selected suggestion’s value, as if the user had themself set it to that value. If the element’s type attribute is in the E-mail state and the element has a multiple attribute specified When the user selects a suggestion, the user agent must either add a new entry to the input element’s values, whose value is the selected suggestion’s value, or change an existing entry in the input element’s values to have the value given by the selected suggestion’s value, as if the user had themself added an entry with that value, or edited an existing entry to be that value. Which behavior is to be applied depends on the user interface in a user-agent-defined manner. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- If the list attribute does not apply, there is no suggestions source element. This URL field offers some suggestions. Other URLs from the user’s history might show also; this is up to the user agent. This example demonstrates how to design a form that uses the autocompletion list feature while still degrading usefully in legacy user agents. If the autocompletion list is merely an aid, and is not important to the content, then simply using a datalist element with children option elements is enough. To prevent the values from being rendered in legacy user agents, they need to be placed inside the value attribute instead of inline.

    However, if the values need to be shown in legacy user agents, then fallback content can be placed inside the datalist element, as follows:

    The fallback content will only be shown in user agents that don’t support datalist. The options, on the other hand, will be detected by all user agents, even though they are not children of the datalist element. Note that if an option element used in a datalist is selected, it will be selected by default by legacy user agents (because it affects the select), but it will not have any effect on the input element in user agents that support datalist. 4.10.5.3.10. The placeholder attribute The placeholder attribute represents a short hint (a word or short phrase) intended to aid the user with data entry when the control has no value. A hint could be a sample value or a brief description of the expected format. The attribute, if specified, must have a value that contains no U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters. The placeholder attribute should not be used as a replacement for a label. For a longer hint or other advisory text, place the text next to the control. Use of the placeholder attribute as a replacement for a label can reduce the accessibility and usability of the control for a range of users including older users and users with cognitive, mobility, fine motor skill or vision impairments. While the hint given by the control’s label is shown at all times, the short hint given in the placeholder attribute is only shown before the user enters a value. Furthermore, placeholder text may be mistaken for a pre-filled value, and as commonly implemented the default color of the placeholder text provides insufficient contrast and the lack of a separate visible label reduces the size of the hit region available for setting focus on the control. User agents should present this hint to the user, after having stripped line breaks from it, when the element’s value is the empty string, especially if the control is not focused. If a user agent normally doesn’t show this hint to the user when the control is focused, then the user agent should nonetheless show the hint for the control if it was focused as a result of the autofocus attribute, since in that case the user will not have had an opportunity to examine the control before focusing it. Here is an example of a mail configuration user interface that uses the placeholder attribute:
    Mail Account

    In situations where the control’s content has one directionality but the placeholder needs to have a different directionality, Unicode’s bidirectional-algorithm formatting characters can be used in the attribute value: For slightly more clarity, here’s the same example using numeric character references instead of inline Arabic: 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs input . value [ = value ] Returns the current value of the form control. Can be set, to change the value. Throws an "InvalidStateError" DOMException if it is set to any value other than the empty string when the control is a File Upload control. input . checked [ = value ] Returns the current checkedness of the form control. Can be set, to change the checkedness. input . files Returns a FileList object listing the selected files of the form control. Returns null if the control isn’t a file control. input . valueAsDate [ = value ] Returns a Date object representing the form control’s value, if applicable; otherwise, returns null. Can be set, to change the value. Throws an "InvalidStateError" DOMException if the control isn’t date- or time-based. input . valueAsNumber [ = value ] Returns a number representing the form control’s value, if applicable; otherwise, returns NaN. Can be set, to change the value. Setting this to NaN will set the underlying value to the empty string. Throws an "InvalidStateError" DOMException if the control is neither date- or time-based nor numeric. input . stepUp( [ n ] ) input . stepDown( [ n ] ) Changes the form control’s value by the value given in the step attribute, multiplied by n. The default value for n is 1. Throws "InvalidStateError" DOMException if the control is neither date- or time-based nor numeric, or if the step attribute’s value is "any". input . list Returns the datalist element indicated by the list attribute. The value IDL attribute allows scripts to manipulate the value of an input element. The attribute is in one of the following modes, which define its behavior: value On getting, it must return the current value of the element. On setting, it must set the element’s value to the new value, set the element’s dirty value flag to true, invoke the value sanitization algorithm, if the element’s type attribute’s current state defines one, and then, if the element has a text entry cursor position, should move the text entry cursor position to the end of the text field, unselecting any selected text and resetting the selection direction to none. default On getting, if the element has a value attribute, it must return that attribute’s value; otherwise, it must return the empty string. On setting, it must set the element’s value attribute to the new value. default/on On getting, if the element has a value attribute, it must return that attribute’s value; otherwise, it must return the string "on". On setting, it must set the element’s value attribute to the new value. filename On getting, it must return the string "C:\fakepath\" followed by the name of the first file in the list of selected files, if any, or the empty string if the list is empty. On setting, if the new value is the empty string, it must empty the list of selected files; otherwise, it must throw an "InvalidStateError" DOMException. This "fakepath" requirement is a sad accident of history. See the example in the File Upload state section for more information. Since path components are not permitted in file names in the list of selected files, the "\fakepath\" cannot be mistaken for a path component. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The checked IDL attribute allows scripts to manipulate the checkedness of an input element. On getting, it must return the current checkedness of the element; and on setting, it must set the element’s checkedness to the new value and set the element’s dirty checkedness flag to true. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The files IDL attribute allows scripts to access the element’s selected files. On getting, if the IDL attribute applies, it must return a FileList object that represents the current selected files. The same object must be returned until the list of selected files changes. If the IDL attribute does not apply, then it must instead return null. [FILEAPI] ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The valueAsDate IDL attribute represents the value of the element, interpreted as a date. On getting, if the valueAsDate attribute does not apply, as defined for the input element’s type attribute’s current state, then return null. Otherwise, run the algorithm to convert a string to a Date object defined for that state to the element’s value; if the algorithm returned a Date object, then return it, otherwise, return null. On setting, if the valueAsDate attribute does not apply, as defined for the input element’s type attribute’s current state, then throw an InvalidStateError exception; otherwise, if the new value is not null and not a Date object throw a TypeError exception; otherwise if the new value is null or a Date object representing the NaN time value, then set the value of the element to the empty string; otherwise, run the algorithm to convert a Date object to a string, as defined for that state, on the new value, and set the value of the element to the resulting string. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The valueAsNumber IDL attribute represents the value of the element, interpreted as a number. On getting, if the valueAsNumber attribute does not apply, as defined for the input element’s type attribute’s current state, then return a Not-a-Number (NaN) value. Otherwise, if the valueAsDate attribute applies, run the algorithm to convert a string to a Date object defined for that state to the element’s value; if the algorithm returned a Date object, then return the time value of the object (the number of milliseconds from midnight UTC the morning of 1970-01-01 to the time represented by the Date object), otherwise, return a Not-a-Number (NaN) value. Otherwise, run the algorithm to convert a string to a number defined for that state to the element’s value; if the algorithm returned a number, then return it, otherwise, return a Not-a-Number (NaN) value. On setting, if the new value is infinite, then throw a TypeError exception. Otherwise, if the valueAsNumber attribute does not apply, as defined for the input element’s type attribute’s current state, then throw an InvalidStateError exception. Otherwise, if the new value is a Not-a-Number (NaN) value, then set the value of the element to the empty string. Otherwise, if the valueAsDate attribute applies, run the algorithm to convert a Date object to a string defined for that state, passing it a Date object whose time value is the new value, and set the value of the element to the resulting string. Otherwise, run the algorithm to convert a number to a string, as defined for that state, on the new value, and set the value of the element to the resulting string. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The stepDown(n) and stepUp(n) methods, when invoked, must run the following algorithm: 1. If the stepDown() and stepUp() methods do not apply, as defined for the input element’s type attribute’s current state, then throw an "InvalidStateError" DOMException, and abort these steps. 2. If the element has no allowed value step, then throw an "InvalidStateError" DOMException, and abort these steps. 3. If the element has a minimum and a maximum and the minimum is greater than the maximum, then abort these steps. 4. If the element has a minimum and a maximum and there is no step aligned value greater than or equal to the element’s minimum and less than or equal to the element’s maximum, then abort these steps. 5. If applying the algorithm to convert a string to a number to the string given by the element’s value does not result in an error, then let value be the result of that algorithm. Otherwise, let value be zero. 6. Let valueBeforeStepping be value. 7. If value is not step aligned, then: 1. If the method invoked was the stepDown() method, then step-align value with negative preference. Otherwise step-align value with positive preference. In either case, let value be the result. This ensures that the value first snaps to a step-aligned value when it doesn’t start step-aligned. For example, starting with the following input with value of 3: Invoking the stepUp() method will snap the value to 3.6; subsequent invocations will increment the value by 2.6 (e.g., 6.2, then 8.8). Likewise, the following input element in the Week state will also step-align in similar fashion, though in this state, the step value is rounded to 3, per the derivation of the allowed value step. Invoking stepUp() will result in a value of "2016-W22" because the nearest step-aligned value from the step base of "2016-W01" (the min value) with 3 week steps that is greater than the value of "2016-W20" is "2016-W22" (i.e.: W01, W04, W07, W10, W13, W16, W19, W22). Otherwise (value is step aligned), run the following substeps: 1. Let n be the argument. 2. Let delta be the allowed value step multiplied by n. 3. If the method invoked was the stepDown() method, negate delta. 4. Let value be the result of adding delta to value. 8. If the element has a minimum, and value is less than that minimum, then set value to the step-aligned minimum value with positive preference. 9. If the element has a maximum, and value is greater than that maximum, then set value to the step-aligned maximum value with negative preference. 10. If either the method invoked was the stepDown() method and value is greater than valueBeforeStepping, or the method invoked was the stepUp() method and value is less than valueBeforeStepping, then abort these steps. This ensures that invoking the stepUp() method on the input element in the following example does not change the value of that element: 11. Let value as string be the result of running the algorithm to convert a number to a string, as defined for the input element’s type attribute’s current state, on value. 12. Set the value of the element to value as string. To determine if a value v is step aligned do the following: This algorithm checks to see if a value falls along an input element’s defined step intervals, with the interval’s origin at the step base value. It is used to determine if the element’s value is suffering from a step mismatch and for various checks in the stepUp() and stepDown() methods. 1. Subtract the step base from v and let the result be relative distance. 2. If dividing the relative distance by the allowed value step results in a value with a remainder then v is not step aligned. Otherwise it is step aligned. To step-align a value v with either negative preference or positive preference, do the following: negative preference selects a step-aligned value that is less than or equal to v, while positive preference step-aligns with a value greater than or equal to v. 1. Subtract the step base from v and let the result be relative distance. 2. Let step interval count be the result of integer dividing (or divide and throw out any remainder) relative distance by the allowed value step. 3. Let candidate be the step interval count multiplied by the allowed value step. 4. If this algorithm was invoked with negative preference and the value of v is less than candidate, then decrement candidate by the allowed value step. Otherwise, if this algorithm was invoked with positive preference and the value of v is greater than candidate, then increment candidate by the allowed value step. 5. The step-aligned value is candidate. Return candidate. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The list IDL attribute must return the current suggestions source element, if any, or null otherwise. 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors When the input and change events apply (which is the case for all input controls other than buttons and those with the type attribute in the Hidden state), the events are fired to indicate that the user has interacted with the control. The input event fires whenever the user has modified the data of the control. The change event fires when the value is committed, if that makes sense for the control, or else when the control loses focus. In all cases, the input event comes before the corresponding change event (if any). When an input element has a defined activation behavior, the rules for dispatching these events, if they apply, are given in the section above that defines the type attribute’s state. (This is the case for all input controls with the type attribute in the Checkbox state, the Radio Button state, or the File Upload state.) For input elements without a defined activation behavior, but to which these events apply, and for which the user interface involves both interactive manipulation and an explicit commit action, then when the user changes the element’s value, the user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event that bubbles named input at the input element, and any time the user commits the change, the user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event that bubbles named change at the input element. An example of a user interface involving both interactive manipulation and a commit action would be a Range controls that use a slider, when manipulated using a pointing device. While the user is dragging the control’s knob, input events would fire whenever the position changed, whereas the change event would only fire when the user let go of the knob, committing to a specific value. For input elements without a defined activation behavior, but to which these events apply, and for which the user interface involves an explicit commit action but no intermediate manipulation, then any time the user commits a change to the element’s value, the user agent must queue a task to first fire a simple event that bubbles named input at the input element, and then fire a simple event that bubbles named change at the input element. An example of a user interface with a commit action would be a Color control that consists of a single button that brings up a color wheel: if the value only changes when the dialog is closed, then that would be the explicit commit action. On the other hand, if manipulating the control changes the color interactively, then there might be no commit action. Another example of a user interface with a commit action would be a Date control that allows both text-based user input and user selection from a drop-down calendar: while text input does not have an explicit commit step, selecting a date from the drop down calendar and then dismissing the drop down would be a commit action. The Range control is also an example of a user interface that has a commit action when used with a pointing device (rather than a keyboard): during the time that the pointing device starts manipulating the slider until the time that the slider is released, no commit action is taken (though input events are fired as the value is changed). Only after the slider is release is the commit action taken. For input elements without a defined activation behavior, but to which these events apply, any time the user causes the element’s value to change without an explicit commit action, the user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event that bubbles named input at the input element. The corresponding change event, if any, will be fired when the control loses focus. Examples of a user changing the element’s value would include the user typing into a text field, pasting a new value into the field, or undoing an edit in that field. Some user interactions do not cause changes to the value, e.g., hitting the "delete" key in an empty text field, or replacing some text in the field with text from the clipboard that happens to be exactly the same text. A Range control in the form of a slider that the user has focused and is interacting with using a keyboard would be another example of the user changing the element’s value without a commit step. In the case of tasks that just fire an input event, user agents may wait for a suitable break in the user’s interaction before queuing the tasks; for example, a user agent could wait for the user to have not hit a key for 100ms, so as to only fire the event when the user pauses, instead of continuously for each keystroke. When the user agent is to change an input element’s value on behalf of the user (e.g., as part of a form prefilling feature), the user agent must queue a task to first update the value accordingly, then fire a simple event that bubbles named input at the input element, then fire a simple event that bubbles named change at the input element. These events are not fired in response to changes made to the values of form controls by scripts. (This is to make it easier to update the values of form controls in response to the user manipulating the controls, without having to then filter out the script’s own changes to avoid an infinite loop.) The task source for these tasks is the user interaction task source. 4.10.6. The button element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Interactive content. listed, labelable, submittable, and reassociateable form-associated element. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content, but there must be no interactive content descendant. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes autofocus - Automatically focus the form control when the page is loaded disabled - Whether the form control is disabled form - Associates the control with a form element formaction - URL to use for §4.10.21 Form submission formenctype - Form data set encoding type to use for §4.10.21 Form submission formmethod - HTTP method to use for §4.10.21 Form submission formnovalidate - Bypass form control validation for §4.10.21 Form submission formtarget - browsing context for §4.10.21 Form submission name - Name of form control to use for §4.10.21 Form submission and in the form.elements API type - Type of button value - Value to be used for §4.10.21 Form submission Allowed ARIA role attribute values: button (default - do not set), link, radio or switch. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLButtonElement : HTMLElement { attribute boolean autofocus; attribute boolean disabled; readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form; attribute DOMString formAction; attribute DOMString formEnctype; attribute DOMString formMethod; attribute boolean formNoValidate; attribute DOMString formTarget; attribute DOMString name; attribute DOMString type; attribute DOMString value; readonly attribute boolean willValidate; readonly attribute ValidityState validity; readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage; boolean checkValidity(); boolean reportValidity(); void setCustomValidity(DOMString error); [SameObject] readonly attribute NodeList labels; }; The button element represents a control allowing a user to trigger actions, when enabled. It is labeled by its content. The element is a button. The type attribute controls the behavior of the button when it is activated. It is an enumerated attribute. The following table lists the keywords and states for the attribute — the keywords in the left column map to the states in the cell in the second column on the same row as the keyword. Keyword State Brief description submit submit button Submits the form. reset reset button Resets the form. button Button Does nothing. The missing value default is the submit button state. If the type attribute is in the submit button state, the element is specifically a submit button. Constraint validation: If the type attribute is in the reset button state, or the Button state, the element is barred from constrain validation. When a button element is not disabled, its activation behavior element is to run the steps defined in the following list for the current state of the element’s type attribute: submit button If the element has a form owner and the element’s node document is fully active, the element must submit the form owner from the button element. reset button If the element has a form owner and the element’s node document is fully active, the element must reset the form owner. Button Do nothing. The form attribute is used to explicitly associate the button element with its form owner. The name attribute represents the element’s name. The disabled attribute is used to make the control non-interactive and to prevent its value from being submitted. The autofocus attribute controls focus. The formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, and formtarget attributes are attributes for form submission. The formnovalidate attribute can be used to make submit buttons that do not trigger the constraint validation. The formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, and formtarget must not be specified if the element’s type attribute is not in the submit button state. The value attribute gives the element’s value for the purposes of form submission. The element’s value is the value of the element’s value attribute, if there is one, or the empty string otherwise. A button (and its value) is only included in the form submission if the button itself was used to initiate the form submission. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The value IDL attributes must reflect the content attributes of the same name. The type IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name, limited to only known values. The willValidate, validity, and validationMessage IDL attributes, and the checkValidity(), reportValidity(), and setCustomValidity() methods, are part of the constraint validation API. The labels IDL attribute provides a list of the element’s labels. The autofocus, disabled, form, and name IDL attributes are part of the element’s forms API. The following button is labeled "Show hint" and pops up a dialog box when activated: 4.10.7. The select element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Interactive content. listed, labelable, submittable, resettable, and reassociateable form-associated element. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Zero or more option, optgroup, and script-supporting elements. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes autocomplete - Hint for form autofill feature autofocus - Automatically focus the form control when the page is loaded disabled - Whether the form control is disabled form - Associates the control with a form element multiple - Whether to allow multiple values name - Name of form control to use for §4.10.21 Form submission and in the form.elements API required - Whether the control is required for §4.10.21 Form submission size - Size of the control Allowed ARIA role attribute values: (with NO multiple attribute and NO size attribute having value greater than 1) combobox or (with a multiple attribute or a size attribute having value greater than 1) listbox otherwise None. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLSelectElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString autocomplete; attribute boolean autofocus; attribute boolean disabled; readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form; attribute boolean multiple; attribute DOMString name; attribute boolean _required; attribute unsigned long size; readonly attribute DOMString type; [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLOptionsCollection options; attribute unsigned long length; getter Element? item(unsigned long index); HTMLOptionElement? namedItem(DOMString name); void add((HTMLOptionElement or HTMLOptGroupElement) element, optional (HTMLElement or long)? before = null); void remove(); // ChildNode overload void remove(long index); setter void (unsigned long index, HTMLOptionElement? option); [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection selectedOptions; attribute long selectedIndex; attribute DOMString value; readonly attribute boolean willValidate; readonly attribute ValidityState validity; readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage; boolean checkValidity(); boolean reportValidity(); void setCustomValidity(DOMString error); [SameObject] readonly attribute NodeList labels; }; The select element represents a control for selecting amongst a set of options. The multiple attribute is a boolean attribute. If the attribute is present, then the select element represents a control for selecting zero or more options from the list of options. If the attribute is absent, then the select element represents a control for selecting a single option from the list of options. The size attribute gives the number of options to show to the user. The size attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid non-negative integer greater than zero. The display size of a select element is the result of applying the rules for parsing non-negative integers to the value of element’s size attribute, if it has one and parsing it is successful. If applying those rules to the attribute’s value is not successful, or if the size attribute is absent, then the element’s display size is 4 if the element’s multiple content attribute is present, and 1 otherwise. The list of options for a select element consists of all the option element children of the select element, and all the option element children of all the optgroup element children of the select element, in tree order. The required attribute is a boolean attribute. When specified, the user will be required to select a value before submitting the form. If a select element has a required attribute specified, does not have a multiple attribute specified, and has a display size of 1; and if the value of the first option element in the select element’s list of options (if any) is the empty string, and that option element’s parent node is the select element (and not an optgroup element), then that option is the select element’s placeholder label option. If a select element has a required attribute specified, does not have a multiple attribute specified, and has a display size of 1, then the select element must have a placeholder label option. In practice, the requirement stated in the paragraph above can only apply when a select element does not have a sizes attribute with a value greater than 1. Constraint validation: If the element has its required attribute specified, and either none of the option elements in the select element’s list of options have their selectedness set to true, or the only option element in the select element’s list of options with its selectedness set to true is the placeholder label option, then the element is suffering from being missing. If the multiple attribute is absent, and the element is not disabled, then the user agent should allow the user to pick an option element in its list of options that is itself not disabled. Upon this option element being picked (either through a click, or through unfocusing the element after changing its value, or through any other mechanism), and before the relevant user interaction event is queued (e.g., before the click event), the user agent must set the selectedness of the picked option element to true, set its dirtiness to true, and then send select update notifications. If the multiple attribute is absent, whenever an option element in the select element’s list of options has its selectedness set to true, and whenever an option element with its selectedness set to true is added to the select element’s list of options, the user agent must set the selectedness of all the other option elements in its list of options to false. If the multiple attribute is absent and the element’s display size is greater than 1, then the user agent should also allow the user to request that the option whose selectedness is true, if any, be unselected. Upon this request being conveyed to the user agent, and before the relevant user interaction event is queued (e.g., before the click event), the user agent must set the selectedness of that option element to false, set its dirtiness to true, and then send select update notifications. If nodes are inserted or nodes are removed causing the list of options to gain or lose one or more option elements, or if an option element in the list of options asks for a reset, then, if the select element’s multiple attribute is absent, the user agent must run the first applicable set of steps from the following list: If the select element’s display size is 1, and no option elements in the select element’s list of options have their selectedness set to true Set the selectedness of the first option element in the list of options in tree order that is not disabled, if any, to true. If two or more option elements in the select element’s list of options have their selectedness set to true Set the selectedness of all but the last option element with its selectedness set to true in the list of options in tree order to false. If the multiple attribute is present, and the element is not disabled, then the user agent should allow the user to toggle the selectedness of the option elements in its list of options that are themselves not disabled. Upon such an element being toggled (either through a click, or any other mechanism), and before the relevant user interaction event is queued (e.g., before a related click event), the selectedness of the option element must be changed (from true to false or false to true), the dirtiness of the element must be set to true, and the user agent must send select update notifications. When the user agent is to send select update notifications, queue a task to first fire a simple event that bubbles named input at the select element, and then fire a simple event that bubbles named change at the select element, using the user interaction task source as the task source. If the JavaScript execution context stack was not empty when the user agent was to send select update notifications, then the resulting input and change events must not be trusted. The reset algorithm for select elements is to go through all the option elements in the element’s list of options, set their selectedness to true if the option element has a selected attribute, and false otherwise, set their dirtiness to false, and then have the option elements ask for a reset. The form attribute is used to explicitly associate the select element with its form owner. The name attribute represents the element’s name. The disabled attribute is used to make the control non-interactive and to prevent its value from being submitted. The autofocus attribute controls focus. The autocomplete attribute controls how the user agent provides autofill behavior. A select element that is not disabled is mutable. select . type Returns "select-multiple" if the element has a multiple attribute, and "select-one" otherwise. select . options Returns an HTMLOptionsCollection of the list of options. select . length [ = value ] Returns the number of elements in the list of options. When set to a smaller number, truncates the number of option elements in the select. When set to a greater number, adds new blank option elements to the select. element = select . item(index) select[index] Returns the item with index index from the list of options. The items are sorted in tree order. element = select . namedItem(name) Returns the first item with ID or name name from the list of options. Returns null if no element with that ID could be found. select . add(element [, before ] ) Inserts element before the node given by before. The before argument can be a number, in which case element is inserted before the item with that number, or an element from the list of options, in which case element is inserted before that element. If before is omitted, null, or a number out of range, then element will be added at the end of the list. This method will throw a HierarchyRequestError exception if element is an ancestor of the element into which it is to be inserted. select . selectedOptions Returns an HTMLCollection of the list of options that are selected. select . selectedIndex [ = value ] Returns the index of the first selected item, if any, or -1 if there is no selected item. Can be set, to change the selection. select . value [ = value ] Returns the value of the first selected item, if any, or the empty string if there is no selected item. Can be set, to change the selection. The type IDL attribute, on getting, must return the string "select-one" if the multiple attribute is absent, and the string "select-multiple" if the multiple attribute is present. The options IDL attribute must return an HTMLOptionsCollection rooted at the select node, whose filter matches the elements in the list of options. The options collection is also mirrored on the HTMLSelectElement object. The supported property indices at any instant are the indices supported by the object returned by the options attribute at that instant. The length IDL attribute must return the number of nodes represented by the options collection. On setting, it must act like the attribute of the same name on the options collection. The item(index) method must return the value returned by the method of the same name on the options collection, when invoked with the same argument. The namedItem(name) method must return the value returned by the method of the same name on the options collection, when invoked with the same argument. When the user agent is to set the value of a new indexed property for a given property index index to a new value value, it must instead set the value of a new indexed property with the given property index index to the new value value on the options collection. Similarly, the add() method must act like its namesake method on that same options collection. The remove() method must act like its namesake method on that same options collection when it has arguments, and like its namesake method on the ChildNode interface implemented by the HTMLSelectElement ancestor interface Element when it has no arguments. The selectedOptions IDL attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the select node, whose filter matches the elements in the list of options that have their selectedness set to true. The selectedIndex IDL attribute, on getting, must return the index of the first option element in the list of options in tree order that has its selectedness set to true, if any. If there isn’t one, then it must return -1. On setting, the selectedIndex attribute must set the selectedness of all the option elements in the list of options to false, and then the option element in the list of options whose index is the given new value, if any, must have its selectedness set to true and its dirtiness set to true. This can result in no element having a selectedness set to true even in the case of the select element having no multiple attribute and a display size of 1. The value IDL attribute, on getting, must return the value of the first option element in the list of options in tree order that has its selectedness set to true, if any. If there isn’t one, then it must return the empty string. On setting, the value attribute must set the selectedness of all the option elements in the list of options to false, and then the first option element in the list of options, in tree order, whose value is equal to the given new value, if any, must have its selectedness set to true and its dirtiness set to true. This can result in no element having a selectedness set to true even in the case of the select element having no multiple attribute and a display size of 1. The multiple, required, and size IDL attributes must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. The size IDL attribute has a default value of zero. For historical reasons, the default value of the size IDL attribute does not return the actual size used, which, in the absence of the size content attribute, is either 1 or 4 depending on the presence of the multiple attribute. The willValidate, validity, and validationMessage IDL attributes, and the checkValidity(), reportValidity(), and setCustomValidity() methods, are part of the constraint validation API. The labels IDL attribute provides a list of the element’s labels. The autofocus, disabled, form, and name IDL attributes are part of the element’s forms API. The following example shows how a select element can be used to offer the user with a set of options from which the user can select a single option. The default option is preselected.
    When there is no default option, a value that provides instructions or a hint (placeholder option) can be used instead: Here, the user is offered a set of options from which he can select any number. By default, all five options are selected.
    Sometimes, a user has to select one or more items. This example shows such an interface.

    Select the songs from that you would like on your Act II Mix Tape:

    4.10.8. The datalist element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Either: phrasing content. Or: Zero or more option and script-supporting elements. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: listbox (default - do not set). Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLDataListElement : HTMLElement { [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection options; }; The datalist element represents a set of option elements that represent predefined options for other controls. In the rendering, the datalist element represents nothing and it, along with its children, should be hidden. The datalist element can be used in two ways. In the simplest case, the datalist element has just option element children. In the more elaborate case, the datalist element can be given contents that are to be displayed for down-level clients that don’t support datalist. In this case, the option elements are provided inside a select element inside the datalist element. The datalist element is hooked up to an input element using the list attribute on the input element. Each option element that is a descendant of the datalist element, that is not disabled, and whose value is a string that isn’t the empty string, represents a suggestion. Each suggestion has a value and a label. datalist . options Returns an HTMLCollection of the option elements of the datalist element. The options IDL attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the datalist node, whose filter matches option elements. Constraint validation: If an element has a datalist element ancestor, it is barred from constraint validation. 4.10.9. The optgroup element Categories: None. Contexts in which this element can be used: As a child of a select element. Content model: Zero or more option and script-supporting elements. Tag omission in text/html: An optgroup element’s end tag may be omitted if the optgroup element is immediately followed by another optgroup element, or if there is no more content in the parent element. Content attributes: Global attributes disabled - Whether the form control is disabled label - User-visible label Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes DOM interface: interface HTMLOptGroupElement : HTMLElement { attribute boolean disabled; attribute DOMString label; }; The optgroup element represents a group of option elements with a common label. The element’s group of option elements consists of the option elements that are children of the optgroup element. When showing option elements in select elements, user agents should show the option elements of such groups as being related to each other and separate from other option elements. The disabled content attribute is a boolean attribute and can be used to disable a group of option elements together. The label content attribute must be specified. Its value gives the name of the group, for the purposes of the user interface. User agents should use this attribute’s value when labeling the group of option elements in a select element. The disabled and label IDL attributes must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. There is no way to select an optgroup element. Only option elements can be selected. An optgroup element merely provides a label for a group of option elements. The following snippet shows how a set of lessons from three courses could be offered in a select drop-down widget:

    Which course would you like to watch today?

    4.10.10. The option element Categories: None. Contexts in which this element can be used: As a child of a select element. As a child of a datalist element. As a child of an optgroup element. Content model: If the element has a label attribute and a value attribute: Nothing. If the element has a label attribute but no value attribute: Text. If the element has no label attribute: and is not a child of a datalist element: Text that is not inter-element white space. If the element has no label attribute and is a child of a datalist element: Text. Tag omission in text/html: An option element’s end tag may be omitted if the option element is immediately followed by another option element, or if it is immediately followed by an optgroup element, or if there is no more content in the parent element. Content attributes: Global attributes disabled - Whether the form control is disabled label - User-visible label selected - Whether the option is selected by default value - Value to be used for §4.10.21 Form submission Allowed ARIA role attribute values: option (default - do not set) or separator. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: [NamedConstructor=Option(optional DOMString text = "", optional DOMString value, optional boolean defaultSelected = false, optional boolean selected = false)] interface HTMLOptionElement : HTMLElement { attribute boolean disabled; readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form; attribute DOMString label; attribute boolean defaultSelected; attribute boolean selected; attribute DOMString value; attribute DOMString text; readonly attribute long index; }; The option element represents an option in a select element or as part of a list of suggestions in a datalist element. In certain circumstances described in the definition of the select element, an option element can be a select element’s placeholder label option. A placeholder label option does not represent an actual option, but instead represents a label for the select control. The disabled content attribute is a boolean attribute. An option element is disabled if its disabled attribute is present or if it is a child of an optgroup element whose disabled attribute is present. An option element that is disabled must prevent any click events that are queued on the user interaction task source from being dispatched on the element. The label content attribute provides a label for the element. The label of an option element is the value of the label content attribute, if there is one and its value is not the empty string, or, otherwise, the value of the element’s text IDL attribute if its value is not the empty string. The label content attribute, if specified, must not be empty. The value content attribute provides a value for element. The value of an option element is the value of the value content attribute, if there is one, or, if there is not, the value of the element’s text IDL attribute (which may be the empty string). The selected content attribute is a boolean attribute. It represents the default selectedness of the element. The dirtiness of an option element is a boolean state, initially false. It controls whether adding or removing the selected content attribute has any effect. The selectedness of an option element is a boolean state, initially false. Except where otherwise specified, when the element is created, its selectedness must be set to true if the element has a selected attribute. Whenever an option element’s selected attribute is added, if its dirtiness is false, its selectedness must be set to true. Whenever an option element’s selected attribute is removed, if its dirtiness is false, its selectedness must be set to false. The Option() constructor, when called with three or fewer arguments, overrides the initial state of the selectedness state to always be false even if the third argument is true (implying that a selected attribute is to be set). The fourth argument can be used to explicitly set the initial selectedness state when using the constructor. A select element whose multiple attribute is not specified must not have more than one descendant option element with its selected attribute set. An option element’s index is the number of option elements that are in the same list of options but that come before it in tree order. If the option element is not in a list of options, then the option element’s index is zero. option . selected Returns true if the element is selected, and false otherwise. Can be set, to override the current state of the element. option . index Returns the index of the element in its select element’s options list. option . form Returns the element’s form element, if any, or null otherwise. option . text Same as textContent, except that spaces are collapsed and script elements are skipped. option = new Option()( [ text [, value [, defaultSelected [, selected ] ] ] ] ) Returns a new option element. The text argument sets the contents of the element. The value argument sets the value attribute. The defaultSelected argument sets the selected attribute. The selected argument sets whether or not the element is selected. If it is omitted, even if the defaultSelected argument is true, the element is not selected. The disabled IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name. The defaultSelected IDL attribute must reflect the selected content attribute. The label IDL attribute, on getting, if there is a label content attribute, must return that attribute’s value; otherwise, it must return the element’s label. On setting, the element’s label content attribute must be set to the new value. The value IDL attribute, on getting, must return the element’s value. On setting, the element’s value content attribute must be set to the new value. The selected IDL attribute, on getting, must return true if the element’s selectedness is true, and false otherwise. On setting, it must set the element’s selectedness to the new value, set its dirtiness to true, and then cause the element to ask for a reset. The index IDL attribute must return the element’s index. The text IDL attribute, on getting, must return the result of stripping and collapsing white space from the child text content of the option element, in tree order, excluding any that are descendants of descendants of the option element that are themselves script elements in the HTML namespace or script elements in the SVG namespace. On setting, the text attribute must act as if the textContent IDL attribute on the element had been set to the new value. The form IDL attribute’s behavior depends on whether the option element is in a select element or not. If the option has a select element as its parent, or has an optgroup element as its parent and that optgroup element has a select element as its parent, then the form IDL attribute must return the same value as the form IDL attribute on that select element. Otherwise, it must return null. A constructor is provided for creating HTMLOptionElement objects (in addition to the factory methods from DOM such as createElement()): Option(text, value, defaultSelected, selected). When invoked as a constructor, it must return a new HTMLOptionElement object (a new option element). If the first argument is not the empty string, the new object must have as its only child a Text node whose data is the value of that argument. Otherwise, it must have no children. If the value argument is present, the new object must have a value attribute set with the value of the argument as its value. If the defaultSelected argument is true, the new object must have a selected attribute set with no value. If the selected argument is true, the new object must have its selectedness set to true; otherwise the selectedness must be set to false, even if the defaultSelected argument is true. The element’s node document must be the active document of the browsing context of the Window object on which the interface object of the invoked constructor is found. 4.10.11. The textarea element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Interactive content. listed, labelable, submittable, resettable, and reassociateable form-associated element. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Text. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes autocomplete - Hint for form autofill feature autofocus - Automatically focus the form control when the page is loaded cols - Maximum number of characters per line dirname - Name of form field to use for sending the element’s directionality in §4.10.21 Form submission disabled - Whether the form control is disabled form - Associates the control with a form element maxlength - Maximum length of value minlength - Minimum length of value name - Name of form control to use for §4.10.21 Form submission and in the form.elements API placeholder - User-visible label to be placed within the form control readonly - Whether to allow the value to be edited by the user required - Whether the control is required for §4.10.21 Form submission rows - Number of lines to show wrap - How the value of the form control is to be wrapped for §4.10.21 Form submission Allowed ARIA role attribute values: textbox with the aria-multiline property set to "true" (default - do not set). Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLTextAreaElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString autocomplete; attribute boolean autofocus; attribute unsigned long cols; attribute DOMString dirName; attribute boolean disabled; readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form; attribute long maxLength; attribute long minLength; attribute DOMString name; attribute DOMString placeholder; attribute boolean readOnly; attribute boolean _required; attribute unsigned long rows; attribute DOMString wrap; readonly attribute DOMString type; attribute DOMString defaultValue; [TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString value; readonly attribute unsigned long textLength; readonly attribute boolean willValidate; readonly attribute ValidityState validity; readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage; boolean checkValidity(); boolean reportValidity(); void setCustomValidity(DOMString error); [SameObject] readonly attribute NodeList labels; void select(); attribute unsigned long? selectionStart; attribute unsigned long? selectionEnd; attribute DOMString? selectionDirection; void setRangeText(DOMString replacement); void setRangeText(DOMString replacement, unsigned long start, unsigned long end, optional SelectionMode selectionMode = "preserve"); void setSelectionRange(unsigned long start, unsigned long end, optional DOMString direction); }; The textarea element represents a multiline plain text edit control for the element’s raw value. The contents of the control represent the control’s default value. The raw value of a textarea control must be initially the empty string. This element has rendering requirements involving the bidirectional algorithm. The readonly attribute is a boolean attribute used to control whether the text can be edited by the user or not. In this example, a text field is marked read-only because it represents a read-only file: Filename: /etc/bash.bashrc Constraint validation: If the readonly attribute is specified on a textarea element, the element is barred from constraint validation. A textarea element is mutable if it is neither disabled nor has a readonly attribute specified. When a textarea is mutable, its raw value should be editable by the user: the user agent should allow the user to edit, insert, and remove text, and to insert and remove line breaks in the form of U+000A LINE FEED (LF) characters. Any time the user causes the element’s raw value to change, the user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event that bubbles named input at the textarea element. User agents may wait for a suitable break in the user’s interaction before queuing the task; for example, a user agent could wait for the user to have not hit a key for 100ms, so as to only fire the event when the user pauses, instead of continuously for each keystroke. A textarea element has a dirty value flag, which must be initially set to false, and must be set to true whenever the user interacts with the control in a way that changes the raw value. When the textarea element’s textContent IDL attribute changes value, if the element’s dirty value flag is false, then the element’s raw value must be set to the value of the element’s textContent IDL attribute. The reset algorithm for textarea elements is to set the dirty value flag back to false, and set the element’s raw value to the value of the element’s textContent IDL attribute. When a textarea element is popped off the stack of open elements of an HTML parser or XML parser, then the user agent must invoke the element’s reset algorithm. If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change the writing direction of the element, setting it either to a left-to-right writing direction or a right-to-left writing direction. If the user does so, the user agent must then run the following steps: 1. Set the element’s dir attribute to "ltr" if the user selected a left-to-right writing direction, and "rtl" if the user selected a right-to-left writing direction. 2. Queue a task to fire a simple event that bubbles named input at the textarea element. The cols attribute specifies the expected maximum number of characters per line. If the cols attribute is specified, its value must be a valid non-negative integer greater than zero. If applying the rules for parsing non-negative integers to the attribute’s value results in a number greater than zero, then the element’s character width is that value; otherwise, it is 20. The user agent may use the textarea element’s character width as a hint to the user as to how many characters the server prefers per line (e.g., for visual user agents by making the width of the control be that many characters). In visual renderings, the user agent should wrap the user’s input in the rendering so that each line is no wider than this number of characters. The rows attribute specifies the number of lines to show. If the rows attribute is specified, its value must be a valid non-negative integer greater than zero. If applying the rules for parsing non-negative integers to the attribute’s value results in a number greater than zero, then the element’s character height is that value; otherwise, it is 2. Visual user agents should set the height of the control to the number of lines given by character height. The wrap attribute is an enumerated attribute with two keywords and states: the soft keyword which maps to the Soft state, and the hard keyword which maps to the Hard state. The missing value default is the Soft state. The Soft state indicates that the text in the textarea is not to be wrapped when it is submitted (though it can still be wrapped in the rendering). The Hard state indicates that the text in the textarea is to have newlines added by the user agent so that the text is wrapped when it is submitted. If the element’s wrap attribute is in the Hard state, the cols attribute must be specified. For historical reasons, the element’s value is normalized in three different ways for three different purposes. The raw value is the value as it was originally set. It is not normalized. The API value is the value used in the value IDL attribute. It is normalized so that line breaks use U+000A LINE FEED (LF) characters. Finally, there is the value, as used in form submission and other processing models in this specification. It is normalized so that line breaks use U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN U+000A LINE FEED (CRLF) character pairs, and in addition, if necessary given the element’s wrap attribute, additional line breaks are inserted to wrap the text at the given width. The element’s API value is defined to be the element’s raw value with the following transformation applied: 1. Replace every U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN U+000A LINE FEED (CRLF) character pair from the raw value with a single U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character. 2. Replace every remaining U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN character from the raw value with a single U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character. The element’s value is defined to be the element’s raw value with the textarea wrapping transformation applied. The textarea wrapping transformation is the following algorithm, as applied to a string: 1. Replace every occurrence of a U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) character not followed by a U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character, and every occurrence of a U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character not preceded by a U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) character, by a two-character string consisting of a U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN U+000A LINE FEED (CRLF) character pair. 2. If the element’s wrap attribute is in the Hard state, insert U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN U+000A LINE FEED (CRLF) character pairs into the string using a user agent-defined algorithm so that each line has no more than character width characters. For the purposes of this requirement, lines are delimited by the start of the string, the end of the string, and U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN U+000A LINE FEED (CRLF) character pairs. The maxlength attribute is a form control maxlength attribute controlled by the textarea element’s dirty value flag. If the textarea element has a maximum allowed value length, then the element’s children must be such that the code-unit length of the value of the element’s textContent IDL attribute with the textarea wrapping transformation applied is equal to or less than the element’s maximum allowed value length. The minlength attribute is a form control minlength attribute controlled by the textarea element’s dirty value flag. The required attribute is a boolean attribute. When specified, the user will be required to enter a value before submitting the form. Constraint validation: If the element has its required attribute specified, and the element is mutable, and the element’s value is the empty string, then the element is suffering from being missing. The placeholder attribute represents a short hint (a word or short phrase) intended to aid the user with data entry when the control has no value. A hint could be a sample value or a brief description of the expected format. The placeholder attribute should not be used as a replacement for a label. For a longer hint or other advisory text, place the text next to the control. Use of the placeholder attribute as a replacement for a label can reduce the accessibility and usability of the control for a range of users including older users and users with cognitive, mobility, fine motor skill or vision impairments. While the hint given by the control’s label is shown at all times, the short hint given in the placeholder attribute is only shown before the user enters a value. Furthermore, placeholder text may be mistaken for a pre-filled value, and as commonly implemented the default color of the placeholder text provides insufficient contrast and the lack of a separate visible label reduces the size of the hit region available for setting focus on the control. User agents should present this hint to the user when the element’s value is the empty string and the control is not focused (e.g., by displaying it inside a blank unfocused control). All U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN U+000A LINE FEED character pairs (CRLF) in the hint, as well as all other U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) and U+000A LINE FEED (LF) characters in the hint, must be treated as line breaks when rendering the hint. The name attribute represents the element’s name. The dirname attribute controls how the element’s directionality is submitted. The disabled attribute is used to make the control non-interactive and to prevent its value from being submitted. The form attribute is used to explicitly associate the textarea element with its form owner. The autofocus attribute controls focus. The autocomplete attribute controls how the user agent provides autofill behavior. textarea . type Returns the string "textarea". textarea . value Returns the current value of the element. Can be set, to change the value. The cols, placeholder, required, rows, and wrap attributes must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. The cols and rows attributes are limited to only non-negative numbers greater than zero. The cols attribute’s default value is 20. The rows attribute’s default value is 2. The dirName IDL attribute must reflect the dirname content attribute. The maxLength IDL attribute must reflect the maxlength content attribute, limited to only non-negative numbers. The minLength IDL attribute must reflect the minlength content attribute, limited to only non-negative numbers. The readOnly IDL attribute must reflect the readonly content attribute. The type IDL attribute must return the value "textarea". The defaultValue IDL attribute must act like the element’s textContent IDL attribute. The value attribute must, on getting, return the element’s API value; on setting, it must set the element’s raw value to the new value, set the element’s dirty value flag to true, and should then move the text entry cursor position to the end of the text field, unselecting any selected text and resetting the selection direction to none. The textLength IDL attribute must return the code-unit length of the element’s API value. The willValidate, validity, and validationMessage IDL attributes, and the checkValidity(), reportValidity(), and setCustomValidity() methods, are part of the constraint validation API. The labels IDL attribute provides a list of the element’s labels. The select(), selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods and IDL attributes expose the element’s text selection. The autofocus, disabled, form, and name IDL attributes are part of the element’s forms API. Here is an example of a textarea being used for unrestricted free-form text input in a form:

    If you have any comments, please let us know:

    To specify a maximum length for the comments, one can use the maxlength attribute:

    If you have any short comments, please let us know:

    To give a default value, text can be included inside the element:

    If you have any comments, please let us know:

    You can also give a minimum length. Here, a letter needs to be filled out by the user; a template (which is shorter than the minimum length) is provided, but is insufficient to submit the form: A placeholder can be given as well, to suggest the basic form to the user, without providing an explicit template: To have the browser submit the directionality of the element along with the value, the dirname attribute can be specified:

    If you have any comments, please let us know (you may use either English or Hebrew for your comments):

    4.10.12. The output element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. listed, labelable, resettable, and reassociateable form-associated element. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes for - Specifies controls from which the output was calculated form - Associates the control with a form element name - Name of form control to use for §4.10.21 Form submission and in the form.elements API Allowed ARIA role attribute values: status (default - do not set), Any role value. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLOutputElement : HTMLElement { [SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList htmlFor; readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form; attribute DOMString name; readonly attribute DOMString type; attribute DOMString defaultValue; attribute DOMString value; readonly attribute boolean willValidate; readonly attribute ValidityState validity; readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage; boolean checkValidity(); boolean reportValidity(); void setCustomValidity(DOMString error); [SameObject] readonly attribute NodeList labels; }; The output element represents the result of a calculation performed by the application, or the result of a user action. This element can be contrasted with the samp element, which is the appropriate element for quoting the output of other programs run previously. The for content attribute allows an explicit relationship to be made between the result of a calculation and the elements that represent the values that went into the calculation or that otherwise influenced the calculation. The for attribute, if specified, must contain a string consisting of an unordered set of unique space-separated tokens that are case-sensitive, each of which must have the value of an ID of an element in the same Document. The form attribute is used to explicitly associate the output element with its form owner. The name attribute represents the element’s name. The output element is associated with a form so that it can be easily referenced from the event handlers of form controls; the element’s value itself is not submitted when the form is submitted. The element has a value mode flag which is either value or default. Initially, the value mode flag must be set to default. The element also has a default value. Initially, the default value must be the empty string. When the value mode flag is in mode default, the contents of the element represent both the value of the element and its default value. When the value mode flag is in mode value, the contents of the element represent the value of the element only, and the default value is only accessible using the defaultValue IDL attribute. Whenever the element’s descendants are changed in any way, if the value mode flag is in mode default, the element’s default value must be set to the value of the element’s textContent IDL attribute. The reset algorithm for output elements is to set the element’s value mode flag to default and then to set the element’s textContent IDL attribute to the value of the element’s default value (thus replacing the element’s child nodes). output . value [ = value ] Returns the element’s current value. Can be set, to change the value. output . defaultValue [ = value ] Returns the element’s current default value. Can be set, to change the default value. output . type Returns the string "output". The value IDL attribute must act like the element’s textContent IDL attribute, except that on setting, in addition, before the child nodes are changed, the element’s value mode flag must be set to value. The defaultValue IDL attribute, on getting, must return the element’s default value. On setting, the attribute must set the element’s default value, and, if the element’s value mode flag is in the mode default, set the element’s textContent IDL attribute as well. The type attribute must return the string "output". The htmlFor IDL attribute must reflect the for content attribute. The willValidate, validity, and validationMessage IDL attributes, and the checkValidity(), reportValidity(), and setCustomValidity() methods, are part of the constraint validation API. The labels IDL attribute provides a list of the element’s labels. The form and name IDL attributes are part of the element’s forms API. A simple calculator could use output for its display of calculated results:
    + =
    In this example, an output element is used to report the results of a calculation performed by a remote server, as they come in: 4.10.13. The progress element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Labelable element. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content, but there must be no progress element descendants. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes value - Current value of the element max - Upper bound of range Allowed ARIA role attribute values: progressbar (default - do not set). Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLProgressElement : HTMLElement { attribute double value; attribute double max; readonly attribute double position; [SameObject] readonly attribute NodeList labels; }; The progress element represents the completion progress of a task. The progress is either indeterminate, indicating that progress is being made but that it is not clear how much more work remains to be done before the task is complete (e.g., because the task is waiting for a remote host to respond), or the progress is a number in the range zero to a maximum, giving the fraction of work that has so far been completed. There are two attributes that determine the current task completion represented by the element. The value content attribute specifies how much of the task has been completed, and the max content attribute specifies how much work the task requires in total. The units are arbitrary and not specified. To make a determinate progress bar, add a value attribute with the current progress (either a number from 0.0 to 1.0, or, if the max attribute is specified, a number from 0 to the value of the max attribute). To make an indeterminate progress bar, remove the value attribute. Authors are encouraged to also include the current value and the maximum value inline as text inside the element, so that the progress is made available to users of legacy user agents. Here is a snippet of a Web application that shows the progress of some automated task:

    Task Progress

    Progress: 0%

    (The updateProgress() method in this example would be called by some other code on the page to update the actual progress bar as the task progressed.) The value and max attributes, when present, must have values that are valid floating-point numbers. The value attribute, if present, must have a value equal to or greater than zero, and less than or equal to the value of the max attribute, if present, or 1.0, otherwise. The max attribute, if present, must have a value greater than zero. The progress element is the wrong element to use for something that is just a gauge, as opposed to task progress. For instance, indicating disk space usage using progress would be inappropriate. Instead, the meter element is available for such use cases. User agent requirements: If the value attribute is omitted, then the progress bar is an indeterminate progress bar. Otherwise, it is a determinate progress bar. If the progress bar is a determinate progress bar and the element has a max attribute, the user agent must parse the max attribute’s value according to the rules for parsing floating-point number values. If this does not result in an error, and if the parsed value is greater than zero, then the maximum value of the progress bar is that value. Otherwise, if the element has no max attribute, or if it has one but parsing it resulted in an error, or if the parsed value was less than or equal to zero, then the maximum value of the progress bar is 1.0. If the progress bar is a determinate progress bar, user agents must parse the value attribute’s value according to the rules for parsing floating-point number values. If this does not result in an error, and if the parsed value is less than the maximum value and greater than zero, then the current value of the progress bar is that parsed value. Otherwise, if the parsed value was greater than or equal to the maximum value, then the current value of the progress bar is the maximum value of the progress bar. Otherwise, if parsing the value attribute’s value resulted in an error, or a number less than or equal to zero, then the current value of the progress bar is zero. user agent requirements for showing the progress bar: When representing a progress element to the user, the user agent should indicate whether it is a determinate or indeterminate progress bar, and in the former case, should indicate the relative position of the current value relative to the maximum value. progress . position For a determinate progress bar (one with known current and maximum values), returns the result of dividing the current value by the maximum value. For an indeterminate progress bar, returns -1. If the progress bar is an indeterminate progress bar, then the position IDL attribute must return -1. Otherwise, it must return the result of dividing the current value by the maximum value. If the progress bar is an indeterminate progress bar, then the value IDL attribute, on getting, must return 0. Otherwise, it must return the current value. On setting, the given value must be converted to the best representation of the number as a floating-point number and then the value content attribute must be set to that string. Setting the value IDL attribute to itself when the corresponding content attribute is absent would change the progress bar from an indeterminate progress bar to a determinate progress bar with no progress. The max IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name, limited to numbers greater than zero. The default value for max is 1.0. The labels IDL attribute provides a list of the element’s labels. 4.10.14. The meter element Categories: Flow content. Phrasing content. Labelable element. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where phrasing content is expected. Content model: Phrasing content, but there must be no meter element descendants. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes value - Current value of the element min - Lower bound of range max - Upper bound of range low - High limit of low range high - Low limit of high range optimum - Optimum value in gauge Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes DOM interface: interface HTMLMeterElement : HTMLElement { attribute double value; attribute double min; attribute double max; attribute double low; attribute double high; attribute double optimum; [SameObject] readonly attribute NodeList labels; }; The meter element represents a scalar measurement within a known range, or a fractional value; for example disk usage, the relevance of a query result, or the fraction of a voting population to have selected a particular candidate. This is also known as a gauge. The meter element should not be used to indicate progress (as in a progress bar). For that role, HTML provides a separate progress element. The meter element also does not represent a scalar value of arbitrary range — for example, it would be wrong to use this to report a weight, or height, unless there is a known maximum value. There are six attributes that determine the semantics of the gauge represented by the element. The min attribute specifies the lower bound of the range, and the max attribute specifies the upper bound. The value attribute specifies the value to have the gauge indicate as the "measured" value. The other three attributes can be used to segment the gauge’s range into "low", "medium", and "high" parts, and to indicate which part of the gauge is the "optimum" part. The low attribute specifies the range that is considered to be the "low" part, and the high attribute specifies the range that is considered to be the "high" part. The optimum attribute gives the position that is "optimum"; if that is higher than the "high" value then this indicates that the higher the value, the better; if it’s lower than the "low" mark then it indicates that lower values are better, and naturally if it is in between then it indicates that neither high nor low values are good. Authoring requirements: The value attribute must be specified. The value, min, low, high, max, and optimum attributes, when present, must have values that are valid floating-point numbers. In addition, the attributes' values are further constrained: Let value be the value attribute’s number. If the min attribute is specified, then let minimum be that attribute’s value; otherwise, let it be zero. If the max attribute is specified, then let maximum be that attribute’s value; otherwise, let it be 1.0. The following inequalities must hold, as applicable: * minimum ≤ value ≤ maximum * minimum ≤ low ≤ maximum (if low is specified) * minimum ≤ high ≤ maximum (if high is specified) * minimum ≤ optimum ≤ maximum (if optimum is specified) * low ≤ high (if both low and high are specified) If no minimum or maximum is specified, then the range is assumed to be 0..1, and the value thus has to be within that range. Authors are encouraged to include a textual representation of the gauge’s state in the element’s contents, for users of user agents that do not support the meter element. When used with microdata, the meter element’s value attribute provides the element’s machine-readable value. The following examples show three gauges that would all be three-quarters full: Storage space usage: 6 blocks used (out of 8 total) Voter turnout: 75% Tickets sold: The following example is incorrect use of the element, because it doesn’t give a range (and since the default maximum is 1, both of the gauges would end up looking maxed out):

    The grapefruit pie had a radius of 12cmand a height of 2cm.

    Instead, one would either not include the meter element, or use the meter element with a defined range to give the dimensions in context compared to other pies:

    The grapefruit pie had a radius of 12cm and a height of 2cm.

    Radius:
    12cm
    Height:
    2cm
    There is no explicit way to specify units in the meter element, but the units may be specified in the title attribute in free-form text. The example above could be extended to mention the units:
    Radius:
    12cm
    Height:
    2cm
    User agent requirements: User agents must parse the min, max, value, low, high, and optimum attributes using the rules for parsing floating-point number values. User agents must then use all these numbers to obtain values for six points on the gauge, as follows. (The order in which these are evaluated is important, as some of the values refer to earlier ones.) The minimum value If the min attribute is specified and a value could be parsed out of it, then the minimum value is that value. Otherwise, the minimum value is zero. The maximum value If the max attribute is specified and a value could be parsed out of it, then the candidate maximum value is that value. Otherwise, the candidate maximum value is 1.0. If the candidate maximum value is greater than or equal to the minimum value, then the maximum value is the candidate maximum value. Otherwise, the maximum value is the same as the minimum value. The actual value If the value attribute is specified and a value could be parsed out of it, then that value is the candidate actual value. Otherwise, the candidate actual value is zero. If the candidate actual value is less than the minimum value, then the actual value is the minimum value. Otherwise, if the candidate actual value is greater than the maximum value, then the actual value is the maximum value. Otherwise, the actual value is the candidate actual value. The low boundary If the low attribute is specified and a value could be parsed out of it, then the candidate low boundary is that value. Otherwise, the candidate low boundary is the same as the minimum value. If the candidate low boundary is less than the minimum value, then the low boundary is the minimum value. Otherwise, if the candidate low boundary is greater than the maximum value, then the low boundary is the maximum value. Otherwise, the low boundary is the candidate low boundary. The high boundary If the high attribute is specified and a value could be parsed out of it, then the candidate high boundary is that value. Otherwise, the candidate high boundary is the same as the maximum value. If the candidate high boundary is less than the low boundary, then the high boundary is the low boundary. Otherwise, if the candidate high boundary is greater than the maximum value, then the high boundary is the maximum value. Otherwise, the high boundary is the candidate high boundary. The optimum point If the optimum attribute is specified and a value could be parsed out of it, then the candidate optimum point is that value. Otherwise, the candidate optimum point is the midpoint between the minimum value and the maximum value. If the candidate optimum point is less than the minimum value, then the optimum point is the minimum value. Otherwise, if the candidate optimum point is greater than the maximum value, then the optimum point is the maximum value. Otherwise, the optimum point is the candidate optimum point. All of which will result in the following inequalities all being true: * minimum value ≤ actual value ≤ maximum value * minimum value ≤ low boundary ≤ high boundary ≤ maximum value * minimum value ≤ optimum point ≤ maximum value user agent requirements for regions of the gauge: If the optimum point is equal to the low boundary or the high boundary, or anywhere in between them, then the region between the low and high boundaries of the gauge must be treated as the optimum region, and the low and high parts, if any, must be treated as suboptimal. Otherwise, if the optimum point is less than the low boundary, then the region between the minimum value and the low boundary must be treated as the optimum region, the region from the low boundary up to the high boundary must be treated as a suboptimal region, and the remaining region must be treated as an even less good region. Finally, if the optimum point is higher than the high boundary, then the situation is reversed; the region between the high boundary and the maximum value must be treated as the optimum region, the region from the high boundary down to the low boundary must be treated as a suboptimal region, and the remaining region must be treated as an even less good region. user agent requirements for showing the gauge: When representing a meter element to the user, the user agent should indicate the relative position of the actual value to the minimum and maximum values, and the relationship between the actual value and the three regions of the gauge. The following markup:

    Suggested groups

    Hide suggested groups Might be rendered as follows: With the elements rendered as inline green bars of varying lengths. User agents may combine the value of the title attribute and the other attributes to provide context-sensitive help or inline text detailing the actual values. For example, the following snippet: ...might cause the user agent to display a gauge with a tooltip saying "Value: 23.2 out of 60." on one line and "seconds" on a second line. The value IDL attribute, on getting, must return the actual value. On setting, the given value must be converted to the best representation of the number as a floating-point number and then the value content attribute must be set to that string. The min IDL attribute, on getting, must return the minimum value. On setting, the given value must be converted to the best representation of the number as a floating-point number and then the min content attribute must be set to that string. The max IDL attribute, on getting, must return the maximum value. On setting, the given value must be converted to the best representation of the number as a floating-point number and then the max content attribute must be set to that string. The low IDL attribute, on getting, must return the low boundary. On setting, the given value must be converted to the best representation of the number as a floating-point number and then the low content attribute must be set to that string. The high IDL attribute, on getting, must return the high boundary. On setting, the given value must be converted to the best representation of the number as a floating-point number and then the high content attribute must be set to that string. The optimum IDL attribute, on getting, must return the optimum value. On setting, the given value must be converted to the best representation of the number as a floating-point number and then the optimum content attribute must be set to that string. The labels IDL attribute provides a list of the element’s labels. The following example shows how a gauge could fall back to localized or pretty-printed text.

    Disk usage: 170 261 928 bytes used out of 233 257 824 bytes available

    4.10.15. The fieldset element Categories: Flow content. Sectioning root. listed and reassociateable form-associated element. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where flow content is expected. Content model: Optionally a legend element, followed by flow content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes disabled - Whether the form control is disabled form - Associates the control with a form element name - Name of form control to use for §4.10.21 Form submission and in the form.elements API Allowed ARIA role attribute values: group or presentation. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLFieldSetElement : HTMLElement { attribute boolean disabled; readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form; attribute DOMString name; readonly attribute DOMString type; [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection elements; readonly attribute boolean willValidate; [SameObject] readonly attribute ValidityState validity; readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage; boolean checkValidity(); boolean reportValidity(); void setCustomValidity(DOMString error); }; The fieldset element represents a set of form controls optionally grouped under a common name. The name of the group is given by the first legend element that is a child of the fieldset element, if any. The remainder of the descendants form the group. The disabled attribute, when specified, causes all the form control descendants of the fieldset element, excluding those that are descendants of the fieldset element’s first legend element child, if any, to be disabled. A fieldset element is a disabled fieldset if it matches any of the following conditions: * Its disabled attribute is specified * It is a descendant of another fieldset element whose disabled attribute is specified, and is not a descendant of that fieldset element’s first legend element child, if any. The form attribute is used to explicitly associate the fieldset element with its form owner. The name attribute represents the element’s name. fieldset . type Returns the string "fieldset". fieldset . elements Returns an HTMLCollection of the form controls in the element. The disabled IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name. The type IDL attribute must return the string "fieldset". The elements IDL attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the fieldset element, whose filter matches listed elements. The willValidate, validity, and validationMessage attributes, and the checkValidity(), reportValidity(), and setCustomValidity() methods, are part of the constraint validation API. The form and name IDL attributes are part of the element’s forms API. This example shows a fieldset element being used to group a set of related controls:
    Display

    The following snippet shows a fieldset with a checkbox in the legend that controls whether or not the fieldset is enabled. The contents of the fieldset consist of two required text fields and an optional year/month control.

    You can also nest fieldset elements. Here is an example expanding on the previous one that does so:

    In this example, if the outer "Use Club Card" checkbox is not checked, everything inside the outer fieldset, including the two radio buttons in the legends of the two nested fieldsets, will be disabled. However, if the checkbox is checked, then the radio buttons will both be enabled and will let you select which of the two inner fieldsets is to be enabled. 4.10.16. The legend element Categories: None. Contexts in which this element can be used: As the first child of a fieldset element. Content model: Phrasing content and headings (h1-h6 elements). Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes DOM interface: interface HTMLLegendElement : HTMLElement { readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form; }; The legend element represents a caption for the rest of the contents of the legend element’s parent fieldset element, if any. legend . form Returns the element’s form element, if any, or null otherwise. The form IDL attribute’s behavior depends on whether the legend element is in a fieldset element or not. If the legend has a fieldset element as its parent, then the form IDL attribute must return the same value as the form IDL attribute on that fieldset element. Otherwise, it must return null. 4.10.17. Form control infrastructure 4.10.17.1. A form control value Most form controls have a value and a checkedness. (The latter is only used by input elements.) These are used to describe how the user interacts with the control. A control’s value is its internal state. As such, it might not match the user’s current input. For instance, if a user enters the word "three" into a numeric field that expects digits, the user’s input would be the string "three" but the control’s value would remain unchanged. Or, if a user enters the email address "  awesome@example.com" (with leading white space) into an email field, the user’s input would be the string "  awesome@example.com" but the browser’s UI for email fields might translate that into a value of "awesome@example.com" (without the leading white space). To define the behavior of constraint validation in the face of the input element’s multiple attribute, input elements can also have separately defined values. The select element does not have a value; the selectedness of its option elements is what is used instead. 4.10.17.2. Mutability A form control can be designated as mutable. This determines (by means of definitions and requirements in this specification that rely on whether an element is so designated) whether or not the user can modify the value or checkedness of a form control, or whether or not a control can be automatically prefilled. 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms A form-associated element can have a relationship with a form element, which is called the element’s form owner. If a form-associated element is not associated with a form element, its form owner is said to be null. A form-associated element is, by default, associated with its nearest ancestor form element (as described below), but, if it is reassociateable, may have a form attribute specified to override this. This feature allows authors to work around the lack of support for nested form elements. If a reassociateable form-associated element has a form attribute specified, then that attribute’s value must be the ID of a form element in the element’s owner Document. The rules in this section are complicated by the fact that although conforming documents will never contain nested form elements, it is quite possible (e.g., using a script that performs DOM manipulation) to generate documents that have such nested elements. They are also complicated by rules in the HTML parser that, for historical reasons, can result in a form-associated element being associated with a form element that is not its ancestor. When a form-associated element is created, its form owner must be initialized to null (no owner). When a form-associated element is to be associated with a form, its form owner must be set to that form. When a form-associated element or one of its ancestors is inserted into a Document, then the user agent must reset the form owner of that form-associated element. The HTML parser overrides this requirement when inserting form controls. When an element changes its parent node resulting in a form-associated element and its form owner (if any) no longer being in the same tree, then the user agent must reset the form owner of that form-associated element. When a reassociateable form-associated element’s form attribute is set, changed, or removed, then the user agent must reset the form owner of that element. When a reassociateable form-associated element has a form attribute and the ID of any of the elements in the Document changes, then the user agent must reset the form owner of that form-associated element. When a reassociateable form-associated element has a form attribute and an element with an ID is inserted into or removed from the Document, then the user agent must reset the form owner of that form-associated element. When the user agent is to reset the form owner of a form-associated element, it must run the following steps: 1. If the element’s form owner is not null, and either the element is not reassociateable or its form content attribute is not present, and the element’s form owner is its nearest form element ancestor after the change to the ancestor chain, then do nothing, and abort these steps. 2. Let the element’s form owner be null. 3. If the element is reassociateable, has a form content attribute, and is itself in a Document, then run these substeps: 1. If the first element in the Document to have an ID that is case-sensitively equal to the element’s form content attribute’s value is a form element, then associate the form-associated element with that form element. 2. Abort the "reset the form owner" steps. 4. Otherwise, if the form-associated element in question has an ancestor form element, then associate the form-associated element with the nearest such ancestor form element. 5. Otherwise, the element is left unassociated. In the following non-conforming snippet: ...
    ... The form owner of "d" would be the inner nested form "c", while the form owner of "e" would be the outer form "a". This happens as follows: First, the "e" node gets associated with "c" in the HTML parser. Then, the innerHTML algorithm moves the nodes from the temporary document to the "b" element. At this point, the nodes see their ancestor chain change, and thus all the "magic" associations done by the parser are reset to normal ancestor associations. This example is a non-conforming document, though, as it is a violation of the content models to nest form elements, and there is a parse error for the tag. element . form Returns the element’s form owner. Returns null if there isn’t one. Reassociateable form-associated elements have a form IDL attribute, which, on getting, must return the element’s form owner, or null if there isn’t one. 4.10.18. Attributes common to form controls 4.10.18.1. Naming form controls: the name attribute The name content attribute gives the name of the form control, as used in §4.10.21 Form submission and in the form element’s elements object. If the attribute is specified, its value must not be the empty string. Any non-empty value for name is allowed, but the name "_charset_" is special: _charset_ This value, if used as the name of a Hidden control with no value attribute, is automatically given a value during submission consisting of the submission character encoding. The name IDL attribute must reflect the name content attribute. 4.10.18.2. Submitting element directionality: the dirname attribute The dirname attribute on a form control element enables the submission of the directionality of the element, and gives the name of the field that contains this value during §4.10.21 Form submission. If such an attribute is specified, its value must not be the empty string. In this example, a form contains a text field and a submission button:

    When the user submits the form, the user agent includes three fields, one called "comment", one called "comment.dir", and one called "mode"; so if the user types "Hello", the submission body might be something like: comment=Hello&comment.dir=ltr&mode=add If the user manually switches to a right-to-left writing direction and enters "مرحبا", the submission body might be something like: comment=%D9%85%D8%B1%D8%AD%D8%A8%D8%A7&comment.dir=rtl&mode=add 4.10.18.3. Limiting user input length: the maxlength attribute A form control maxlength attribute, controlled by a dirty value flag, declares a limit on the number of characters a user can input. If an element has its form control maxlength attribute specified, the attribute’s value must be a valid non-negative integer. If the attribute is specified and applying the rules for parsing non-negative integers to its value results in a number, then that number is the element’s maximum allowed value length. If the attribute is omitted or parsing its value results in an error, then there is no maximum allowed value length. Constraint validation: If an element has a maximum allowed value length, its dirty value flag is true, its value was last changed by a user edit (as opposed to a change made by a script), and the code-unit length of the element’s value is greater than the element’s maximum allowed value length, then the element is suffering from being too long. User agents may prevent the user from causing the element’s value to be set to a value whose code-unit length is greater than the element’s maximum allowed value length. In the case of textarea elements, this is the value, not the raw value, so the textarea wrapping transformation is applied before the maximum allowed value length is checked. 4.10.18.4. Setting minimum input length requirements: the minlength attribute A form control minlength attribute, controlled by a dirty value flag, declares a lower bound on the number of characters a user can input. The minlength attribute does not imply the required attribute. If the form control has no required attribute, then the value can still be omitted; the minlength attribute only kicks in once the user has entered a value at all. If the empty string is not allowed, then the required attribute also needs to be set. If an element has its form control minlength attribute specified, the attribute’s value must be a valid non-negative integer. If the attribute is specified and applying the rules for parsing non-negative integers to its value results in a number, then that number is the element’s minimum allowed value length. If the attribute is omitted or parsing its value results in an error, then there is no minimum allowed value length. If an element has both a maximum allowed value length and a minimum allowed value length, the minimum allowed value length must be smaller than or equal to the maximum allowed value length. Constraint validation: If an element has a minimum allowed value length, its dirty value flag is true, its value was last changed by a user edit (as opposed to a change made by a script), its value is not the empty string, and the code-unit length of the element’s value is less than the element’s minimum allowed value length, then the element is suffering from being too short. In this example, there are four text fields. The first is required, and has to be at least 5 characters long. The other three are optional, but if the user fills one in, the user has to enter at least 10 characters.

    4.10.18.5. Enabling and disabling form controls: the disabled attribute The disabled content attribute is a boolean attribute. A form control is disabled if any of the following conditions are met: 1. The element is a button, input, select, or textarea element, and the disabled attribute is specified on this element (regardless of its value). 2. The element is a descendant of a fieldset element whose disabled attribute is specified, and is not a descendant of that fieldset element’s first legend element child, if any. A form control that is disabled must prevent any click events that are queued on the user interaction task source from being dispatched on the element. Constraint validation: If an element is disabled, it is barred from constraint validation. The disabled IDL attribute must reflect the disabled content attribute. 4.10.18.6. Form submission Attributes for form submission can be specified both on form elements and on submit buttons (elements that represent buttons that submit forms, e.g., an input element whose type attribute is in the Submit Button state). The attributes for form submission that may be specified on form elements are action, enctype, method, novalidate, and target. The corresponding attributes for form submission that may be specified on submit buttons are formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, and formtarget. When omitted, they default to the values given on the corresponding attributes on the form element. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The action and formaction content attributes, if specified, must have a value that is a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces. The action of an element is the value of the element’s formaction attribute, if the element is a Submit Button and has such an attribute, or the value of its form owner’s action attribute, if it has one, or else the empty string. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The method and formmethod content attributes are enumerated attributes with the following keywords and states: * The keyword get, mapping to the state GET, indicating the HTTP GET method. * The keyword post, mapping to the state POST, indicating the HTTP POST method. * The keyword dialog, mapping to the state dialog, indicating that submitting the form is intended to close the dialog box in which the form finds itself, if any, and otherwise not submit. The invalid value default for these attributes is the GET state. The missing value default for the method attribute is also the GET state. (There is no missing value default for the formmethod attribute.) The method of an element is one of those states. If the element is a Submit Button and has a formmethod attribute, then the element’s method is that attribute’s state; otherwise, it is the form owner’s method attribute’s state. Here the method attribute is used to explicitly specify the default value, "get", so that the search query is submitted in the URL:

    On the other hand, here the method attribute is used to specify the value "post", so that the user’s message is submitted in the HTTP request’s body:

    In this example, a form is used with a dialog. The method attribute’s "dialog" keyword is used to have the dialog automatically close when the form is submitted.

    A ship has arrived in the harbour.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The enctype and formenctype content attributes are enumerated attributes with the following keywords and states: * The "application/x-www-form-urlencoded" keyword and corresponding state. * The "multipart/form-data" keyword and corresponding state. * The "text/plain" keyword and corresponding state. The invalid value default for these attributes is the application/x-www-form-urlencoded state. The missing value default for the enctype attribute is also the application/x-www-form-urlencoded state. (There is no missing value default for the formenctype attribute.) The enctype of an element is one of those three states. If the element is a Submit Button and has a formenctype attribute, then the element’s enctype is that attribute’s state; otherwise, it is the form owner’s enctype attribute’s state. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The target and formtarget content attributes, if specified, must have values that are valid browsing context names or keywords. The target of an element is the value of the element’s formtarget attribute, if the element is a Submit Button and has such an attribute; or the value of its form owner’s target attribute, if it has such an attribute; or, if the Document contains a base element with a target attribute, then the value of the target attribute of the first such base element; or, if there is no such element, the empty string. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The novalidate and formnovalidate content attributes are boolean attributes. If present, they indicate that the form is not to be validated during submission. The no-validate state of an element is true if the element is a Submit Button and the element’s formnovalidate attribute is present, or if the element’s form owner’s novalidate attribute is present, and false otherwise. This attribute is useful to include "save" buttons on forms that have validation constraints, to allow users to save their progress even though they haven’t fully entered the data in the form. The following example shows a simple form that has two required fields. There are three buttons: one to submit the form, which requires both fields to be filled in; one to save the form so that the user can come back and fill it in later; and one to cancel the form altogether.

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The action IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name, except that on getting, when the content attribute is missing or its value is the empty string, the document’s URL must be returned instead. The target IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name. The method and enctype IDL attributes must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name, limited to only known values. The encoding IDL attribute must reflect the enctype content attribute, limited to only known values. The noValidate IDL attribute must reflect the novalidate content attribute. The formAction IDL attribute must reflect the formaction content attribute, except that on getting, when the content attribute is missing or its value is the empty string, the document’s URL must be returned instead. The formEnctype IDL attribute must reflect the formenctype content attribute, limited to only known values. The formMethod IDL attribute must reflect the formmethod content attribute, limited to only known values. The formNoValidate IDL attribute must reflect the formnovalidate content attribute. The formTarget IDL attribute must reflect the formtarget content attribute. 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute The autofocus content attribute allows the author to indicate that a control is to be focused as soon as the page is loaded or as soon as the dialog within which it finds itself is shown, allowing the user to just start typing without having to manually focus the main control. Use of the autofocus attribute can reduce usability and accessibility for users. Users of assistive technology can be adversively affected, because its use overrides the default behaviour of assistive technology to display content at the top of a document in the viewport, or announce content from the start of the document. Users with cognitive disabilities can also be disorientated by unexpected focus movement upon page load. User agents should provide a method for users to disable the autofocus attribute behaviour. The autofocus attribute is a boolean attribute. An element’s nearest ancestor autofocus scoping document element is the element itself if the element is a dialog element, or else is the element’s nearest ancestor dialog element, if any, or else is the element’s document element. There must not be two elements with the same nearest ancestor autofocus scoping document element that both have the autofocus attribute specified. When an element with the autofocus attribute specified is inserted into a document, user agents should run the following steps: 1. Let target be the element’s node document. 2. If target has no browsing context, abort these steps. 3. If target’s browsing context has no top-level browsing context (e.g., it is a nested browsing context with no parent browsing context), abort these steps. 4. If target’s active sandboxing flag set has the sandboxed automatic features browsing context flag, abort these steps. 5. If target’s origin is not the same as the origin of the node document of the currently focused element in target’s top-level browsing context, abort these steps. 6. If target’s origin is not the same as the origin of the active document of target’s top-level browsing context, abort these steps. 7. If the user agent has already reached the last step of this list of steps in response to an element being inserted into a Document whose top-level browsing context’s active document is the same as target’s top-level browsing context’s active document, abort these steps. 8. If the user has indicated (for example, by starting to type in a form control) that he does not wish focus to be changed, then optionally abort these steps. 9. Queue a task that runs the focusing steps for the element. User agents may also change the scrolling position of the document, or perform some other action that brings the element to the user’s attention. The task source for this task is the user interaction task source. This handles the automatic focusing during document load. The show() and showModal() methods of dialog elements also processes the autofocus attribute. Focusing the control does not imply that the user agent must focus the browser window if it has lost focus. The autofocus IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name. In the following snippet, the text control would be focused when the document was loaded. 4.10.18.7. Autofill 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute User agents sometimes have features for helping users fill forms in, for example prefilling the user’s address based on earlier user input. The autocomplete content attribute can be used to hint to the user agent how to, or indeed whether to, provide such a feature. There are two ways this attribute is used. When wearing the autofill expectation mantle, the autocomplete attribute describes what input is expected from users. When wearing the autofill anchor mantle, the autocomplete attribute describes the meaning of the given value. On an input element whose type attribute is in the Hidden state, the autocomplete attribute wears the autofill anchor mantle. In all other cases, it wears the autofill expectation mantle. When wearing the autofill expectation mantle, the autocomplete attribute, if specified, must have a value that is an ordered set of space-separated tokens consisting of either a single token that is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "off", or a single token that is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "on", or autofill detail tokens. When wearing the autofill anchor mantle, the autocomplete attribute, if specified, must have a value that is an ordered set of space-separated tokens consisting of just autofill detail tokens (i.e., the "on" and "off" keywords are not allowed). Autofill detail tokens are the following, in the order given below: 1. Optionally, a token whose first eight characters are an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "section-", meaning that the field belongs to the named group. For example, if there are two shipping addresses in the form, then they could be marked up as:
    Ship the blue gift to...
    Ship the red gift to...
    2. Optionally, a token that is an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of the following strings: * "shipping", meaning the field is part of the shipping address or contact information * "billing", meaning the field is part of the billing address or contact information 3. Either of the following two options: * A token that is an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of the following autofill field names, excluding those that are inappropriate for the control: * "name" * "honorific-prefix" * "given-name" * "additional-name" * "family-name" * "honorific-suffix" * "nickname" * "username" * "new-password" * "current-password" * "organization-title" * "organization" * "street-address" * "address-line1" * "address-line2" * "address-line3" * "address-level4" * "address-level3" * "address-level2" * "address-level1" * "country" * "country-name" * "postal-code" * "cc-name" * "cc-given-name" * "cc-additional-name" * "cc-family-name" * "cc-number" * "cc-exp" * "cc-exp-month" * "cc-exp-year" * "cc-csc" * "cc-type" * "transaction-currency" * "transaction-amount" * "language" * "bday" * "bday-day" * "bday-month" * "bday-year" * "sex" * "url" * "photo" (See the table below for descriptions of these values.) * The following, in the given order: 1. Optionally, a token that is an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of the following strings: * "home", meaning the field is for contacting someone at their residence * "work", meaning the field is for contacting someone at their workplace * "mobile", meaning the field is for contacting someone regardless of location * "fax", meaning the field describes a fax machine’s contact details * "pager", meaning the field describes a pager’s or beeper’s contact details 2. A token that is an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of the following autofill field names, excluding those that are inappropriate for the control: * "tel" * "tel-country-code" * "tel-national" * "tel-area-code" * "tel-local" * "tel-local-prefix" * "tel-local-suffix" * "tel-extension" * "email" * "impp" (See the table below for descriptions of these values.) As noted earlier, the meaning of the attribute and its keywords depends on the mantle that the attribute is wearing. When wearing the autofill expectation mantle... The "off" keyword indicates either that the control’s input data is particularly sensitive (for example the activation code for a nuclear weapon); or that it is a value that will never be reused (for example a one-time-key for a bank login) and the user will therefore have to explicitly enter the data each time, instead of being able to rely on the user agent to prefill the value for him; or that the document provides its own autocomplete mechanism and does not want the user agent to provide autocompletion values. The "on" keyword indicates that the user agent is allowed to provide the user with autocompletion values, but does not provide any further information about what kind of data the user might be expected to enter. User agents would have to use heuristics to decide what autocompletion values to suggest. The autofill field listed above indicate that the user agent is allowed to provide the user with autocompletion values, and specifies what kind of value is expected. The meaning of each such keyword is described in the table below. If the autocomplete attribute is omitted, the default value corresponding to the state of the element’s form owner’s autocomplete attribute is used instead (either "on" or "off"). If there is no form owner, then the value "on" is used. When wearing the autofill anchor mantle... The autofill field listed above indicate that the value of the particular kind of value specified is that value provided for this element. The meaning of each such keyword is described in the table below. In this example the page has explicitly specified the currency and amount of the transaction. The form requests a credit card and other billing details. The user agent could use this information to suggest a credit card that it knows has sufficient balance and that supports the relevant currency.

    The autofill field keywords relate to each other as described in the table below. Each field name listed on a row of this table corresponds to the meaning given in the cell for that row in the column labeled "Meaning". Some fields correspond to subparts of other fields; for example, a credit card expiry date can be expressed as one field giving both the month and year of expiry ("cc-exp"), or as two fields, one giving the month ("cc-exp-month") and one the year ("cc-exp-year"). In such cases, the names of the broader fields cover multiple rows, in which the narrower fields are defined. Generally, authors are encouraged to use the broader fields rather than the narrower fields, as the narrower fields tend to expose Western biases. For example, while it is common in some Western cultures to have a given name and a family name, in that order (and thus often referred to as a first name and a surname), many cultures put the family name first and the given name second, and many others simply have one name (a mononym). Having a single field is therefore more flexible. Some fields are only appropriate for certain form controls. An autofill field name is inappropriate for a control if the control does not belong to the group listed for that autofill field in the fifth column of the first row describing that autofill field in the table below. What controls fall into each group is described below the table. Field name Meaning Canonical Canonical Format Example Control Format group Free-form "name" Full name text, no Sir Timothy John Berners-Lee, OM, KBE, FRS, FREng, FRSA Text newlines Prefix or title (e.g., "Mr.", Free-form "honorific-prefix" "Ms.", "Dr.", "M^lle") text, no Sir Text newlines Given name (in some Western Free-form "given-name" cultures, also known as the text, no Timothy Text first name) newlines Additional names (in some Free-form "additional-name" Western cultures, also known text, no John Text as middle names, forenames newlines other than the first name) Family name (in some Western Free-form "family-name" cultures, also known as the text, no Berners-Lee Text last name or surname) newlines Suffix (e.g., "Jr.", "B.Sc.", Free-form "honorific-suffix" "MBASW", "II") text, no OM, KBE, FRS, FREng, FRSA Text newlines Nickname, screen name, Free-form "nickname" handle: a typically short text, no Tim Text name used instead of the full newlines name Job title (e.g., "Software Free-form "organization-title" Engineer", "Senior Vice text, no Professor Text President", "Deputy Managing newlines Director") Free-form "username" A username text, no timbl Text newlines A new password (e.g., when Free-form "new-password" creating an account or text, no GUMFXbadyrS3 Password changing a password) newlines The current password for the Free-form "current-password" account identified by the text, no qwerty Password username field (e.g., when newlines logging in) Company name corresponding to the person, address, or Free-form "organization" contact information in the text, no World Wide Web Consortium Text other fields associated with newlines this field "street-address" Street address (multiple Free-form text 32 Vassar Street Multiline lines, newlines preserved) MIT Room 32-G524 Free-form "address-line1" text, no 32 Vassar Street Text newlines Street address (one line per Free-form "address-line2" field) text, no MIT Room 32-G524 Text newlines Free-form "address-line3" text, no Text newlines The most fine-grained Free-form "address-level4" administrative level, in text, no Text addresses with four newlines administrative levels The third administrative Free-form "address-level3" level, in addresses with text, no Text three or more administrative newlines levels The second administrative level, in addresses with two or more administrative levels; in the countries with Free-form "address-level2" two administrative levels, text, no Cambridge Text this would typically be the newlines city, town, village, or other locality within which the relevant street address is found The broadest administrative level in the address, i.e., the province within which the locality is found; for Free-form "address-level1" example, in the US, this text, no MA Text would be the state; in newlines Switzerland it would be the canton; in the UK, the post town Valid ISO "country" Country code 3166-1-alpha-2 US Text country code [ISO3166] Free-form text, no "country-name" Country name newlines; US Text derived from country in some cases Postal code, post code, ZIP code, CEDEX code (if CEDEX, Free-form "postal-code" append "CEDEX", and the text, no 02139 Text dissement, if relevant, to newlines the address-level2 field) Full name as given on the Free-form "cc-name" payment instrument text, no Tim Berners-Lee Text newlines Given name as given on the Free-form "cc-given-name" payment instrument (in some text, no Tim Text Western cultures, also known newlines as the first name) Additional names given on the payment instrument (in some Free-form "cc-additional-name" Western cultures, also known text, no Text as middle names, forenames newlines other than the first name) Family name given on the Free-form "cc-family-name" payment instrument (in some text, no Berners-Lee Text Western cultures, also known newlines as the last name or surname) Code identifying the payment "cc-number" instrument (e.g., the credit ASCII digits 4114360123456785 Text card number) "cc-exp" Expiration date of the Valid month 2014-12 Month payment instrument string Month component of the valid integer "cc-exp-month" expiration date of the in the range 12 Numeric payment instrument 1..12 Year component of the valid integer "cc-exp-year" expiration date of the greater than 2014 Numeric payment instrument zero Security code for the payment instrument (also known as the card security code (CSC), "cc-csc" card validation code (CVC), ASCII digits 419 Text card verification value (CVV), signature panel code (SPC), credit card ID (CCID), etc) Free-form "cc-type" Type of payment instrument text, no Visa Text newlines The currency that the user ISO 4217 "transaction-currency" would prefer the transaction currency code GBP Text to use [ISO4217] The amount that the user Valid "transaction-amount" would like for the floating-point 401.00 Numeric transaction (e.g., when number entering a bid or sale price) Valid BCP 47 "language" Preferred language language tag en Text [BCP47] "bday" Birthday Valid date 1955-06-08 Date string valid integer "bday-day" Day component of birthday in the range 8 Numeric 1..31 valid integer "bday-month" Month component of birthday in the range 6 Numeric 1..12 valid integer "bday-year" Year component of birthday greater than 1955 Numeric zero Gender identity (e.g., Free-form "sex" Female, Fa’afafine) text, no Male Text newlines Home page or other Web page corresponding to the company, "url" person, address, or contact Valid URL https://www.w3.org/People/Berners-Lee/ URL information in the other fields associated with this field Photograph, icon, or other image corresponding to the "photo" company, person, address, or Valid URL https://www.w3.org/Press/Stock/Berners-Lee/2001-europaeum-eighth.jpg URL contact information in the other fields associated with this field ASCII digits and U+0020 SPACE "tel" Full telephone number, characters, +1 617 253 5702 Tel including country code prefixed by a U+002B PLUS SIGN character (+) ASCII digits Country code component of the prefixed by a "tel-country-code" telephone number U+002B PLUS +1 Text SIGN character (+) Telephone number without the ASCII digits "tel-national" county code component, with a and U+0020 617 253 5702 Text country-internal prefix SPACE applied if applicable characters Area code component of the "tel-area-code" telephone number, with a ASCII digits 617 Text country-internal prefix applied if applicable Telephone number without the "tel-local" country code and area code ASCII digits 2535702 Text components First part of the component of the telephone number that "tel-local-prefix" follows the area code, when ASCII digits 253 Text that component is split into two components Second part of the component of the telephone number that "tel-local-suffix" follows the area code, when ASCII digits 5702 Text that component is split into two components "tel-extension" Telephone number internal ASCII digits 1000 Text extension code "email" E-mail address Valid e-mail timbl@w3.org E-mail address URL representing an instant messaging protocol endpoint "impp" (for example, Valid URL irc://example.org/timbl,isuser URL "aim:goim?screenname=example" or "xmpp:fred@example.net") The groups correspond to controls as follows: Text input elements with a type attribute in the Hidden state input elements with a type attribute in the Text state input elements with a type attribute in the Search state textarea elements select elements Multiline input elements with a type attribute in the Hidden state textarea elements select elements Password input elements with a type attribute in the Hidden state input elements with a type attribute in the Text state input elements with a type attribute in the Search state input elements with a type attribute in the Password state textarea elements select elements URL input elements with a type attribute in the Hidden state input elements with a type attribute in the Text state input elements with a type attribute in the Search state input elements with a type attribute in the URL state textarea elements select elements E-mail input elements with a type attribute in the Hidden state input elements with a type attribute in the Text state input elements with a type attribute in the Search state input elements with a type attribute in the E-mail state textarea elements select elements Tel input elements with a type attribute in the Hidden state input elements with a type attribute in the Text state input elements with a type attribute in the Search state input elements with a type attribute in the Telephone state textarea elements select elements Numeric input elements with a type attribute in the Hidden state input elements with a type attribute in the Text state input elements with a type attribute in the Search state input elements with a type attribute in the Number state textarea elements select elements Month input elements with a type attribute in the Hidden state input elements with a type attribute in the Text state input elements with a type attribute in the Search state input elements with a type attribute in the Month state textarea elements select elements Date input elements with a type attribute in the Hidden state input elements with a type attribute in the Text state input elements with a type attribute in the Search state input elements with a type attribute in the Date state textarea elements select elements Address levels: The "address-level1" – "address-level4" fields are used to describe the locality of the street address. Different locales have different numbers of levels. For example, the US uses two levels (state and town), the UK uses one or two depending on the address (the post town, and in some cases the locality), and China can use three (province, city, district). The "address-level1" field represents the widest administrative division. Different locales order the fields in different ways; for example, in the US the town (level 2) precedes the state (level 1); while in Japan the prefecture (level 1) precedes the city (level 2) which precedes the district (level 3). Authors are encouraged to provide forms that are presented in a way that matches the country’s conventions (hiding, showing, and rearranging fields accordingly as the user changes the country). 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model Each input element to which the autocomplete attribute applies, each select element, and each textarea element, has an autofill hint set, an autofill scope, an autofill field name, and an IDL-exposed autofill value. The autofill field name specifies the specific kind of data expected in the field, e.g., "street-address" or "cc-exp". The autofill hint set identifies what address or contact information type the user agent is to look at, e.g., "shipping fax" or "billing". The autofill scope identifies the group of fields that are to be filled with the information from the same source, and consists of the autofill hint set with, if applicable, the "section-*" prefix, e.g., "billing", "section-parent shipping", or "section-child shipping home". These values are defined as the result of running the following algorithm: 1. If the element has no autocomplete attribute, then jump to the step labeled default. 2. Let tokens be the result of splitting the attribute’s value on spaces. 3. If tokens is empty, then jump to the step labeled default. 4. Let index be the index of the last token in tokens. 5. If the indexth token in tokens is not an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of the tokens given in the first column of the following table, or if the number of tokens in tokens is greater than the maximum number given in the cell in the second column of that token’s row, then jump to the step labeled default. Otherwise, let field be the string given in the cell of the first column of the matching row, and let category be the value of the cell in the third column of that same row. Token Maximum number of tokens Category "off" 1 Off "on" 1 Automatic "name" 3 Normal "honorific-prefix" 3 Normal "given-name" 3 Normal "additional-name" 3 Normal "family-name" 3 Normal "honorific-suffix" 3 Normal "nickname" 3 Normal "organization-title" 3 Normal "username" 3 Normal "new-password" 3 Normal "current-password" 3 Normal "organization" 3 Normal "street-address" 3 Normal "address-line1" 3 Normal "address-line2" 3 Normal "address-line3" 3 Normal "address-level4" 3 Normal "address-level3" 3 Normal "address-level2" 3 Normal "address-level1" 3 Normal "country" 3 Normal "country-name" 3 Normal "postal-code" 3 Normal "cc-name" 3 Normal "cc-given-name" 3 Normal "cc-additional-name" 3 Normal "cc-family-name" 3 Normal "cc-number" 3 Normal "cc-exp" 3 Normal "cc-exp-month" 3 Normal "cc-exp-year" 3 Normal "cc-csc" 3 Normal "cc-type" 3 Normal "transaction-currency" 3 Normal "transaction-amount" 3 Normal "language" 3 Normal "bday" 3 Normal "bday-day" 3 Normal "bday-month" 3 Normal "bday-year" 3 Normal "sex" 3 Normal "url" 3 Normal "photo" 3 Normal "tel" 4 Contact "tel-country-code" 4 Contact "tel-national" 4 Contact "tel-area-code" 4 Contact "tel-local" 4 Contact "tel-local-prefix" 4 Contact "tel-local-suffix" 4 Contact "tel-extension" 4 Contact "email" 4 Contact "impp" 4 Contact 6. If category is Off or Automatic but the element’s autocomplete attribute is wearing the autofill anchor mantle, then jump to the step labeled default. 7. If category is Off, let the element’s autofill field name be the string "off", let its autofill hint set be empty, and let its IDL-exposed autofill value be the string "off". Then, abort these steps. 8. If category is Automatic, let the element’s autofill field name be the string "on", let its autofill hint set be empty, and let its IDL-exposed autofill value be the string "on". Then, abort these steps. 9. Let scope tokens be an empty list. 10. Let hint tokens be an empty set. 11. Let IDL value have the same value as field. 12. If the indexth token in tokens is the first entry, then skip to the step labeled done. 13. Decrement index by one. 14. If category is Contact and the indexth token in tokens is an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of the strings in the following list, then run the substeps that follow: * "home" * "work" * "mobile" * "fax" * "pager" The substeps are: 1. Let contact be the matching string from the list above. 2. Insert contact at the start of scope tokens. 3. Add contact to hint tokens. 4. Let IDL value be the concatenation of contact, a U+0020 SPACE character, and the previous value of IDL value (which at this point will always be field). 5. If the indexth entry in tokens is the first entry, then skip to the step labeled done. 6. Decrement index by one. 15. If the indexth token in tokens is an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of the strings in the following list, then run the substeps that follow: * "shipping" * "billing" The substeps are: 1. Let mode be the matching string from the list above. 2. Insert mode at the start of scope tokens. 3. Add mode to hint tokens. 4. Let IDL value be the concatenation of mode, a U+0020 SPACE character, and the previous value of IDL value (which at this point will either be field or the concatenation of contact, a space, and field). 5. If the indexth entry in tokens is the first entry, then skip to the step labeled done. 6. Decrement index by one. 16. If the indexth entry in tokens is not the first entry, then jump to the step labeled default. 17. If the first eight characters of the indexth token in tokens are not an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "section-", then jump to the step labeled default. 18. Let section be the indexth token in tokens, in ASCII lowercase. 19. Insert section at the start of scope tokens. 20. Let IDL value be the concatenation of section, a U+0020 SPACE character, and the previous value of IDL value. 21. Done: Let the element’s autofill hint set be hint tokens. 22. Let the element’s autofill scope be scope tokens. 23. Let the element’s autofill field name be field. 24. Let the element’s IDL-exposed autofill value be IDL value. 25. Abort these steps. 26. Default: Let the element’s IDL-exposed autofill value be the empty string, and its autofill hint set and autofill scope be empty. 27. If the element’s autocomplete attribute is wearing the autofill anchor mantle, then let the element’s autofill field name be the empty string and abort these steps. 28. Let form be the element’s form owner, if any, or null otherwise. 29. If form is not null and form’s autocomplete attribute is in the off state, then let the element’s autofill field name be "off". Otherwise, let the element’s autofill field name be "on". ---------------------------------------------------------------------- For the purposes of autofill, a control’s data depends on the kind of control: An input element with its type attribute in the E-mail state and with the multiple attribute specified The element’s values. Any other input element A textarea element The element’s value. A select element with its multiple attribute specified The option elements in the select element’s list of options that have their selectedness set to true. Any other select element The option element in the select element’s list of options that has its selectedness set to true. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- How to process the autofill hint set, autofill scope, and autofill field name depends on the mantle that the autocomplete attribute is wearing. When wearing the autofill expectation mantle... When an element’s autofill field name is "off", the user agent should not remember the control’s data, and should not offer past values to the user. In addition, when an element’s autofill field name is "off", values are reset when traversing the history. Banks frequently do not want user agents to prefill login information:

    When an element’s autofill field name is not "off", the user agent may store the control’s data, and may offer previously stored values to the user. For example, suppose a user visits a page with this control: This might render as follows: A drop-down control with a long alphabetical list of countries. Suppose that on the first visit to this page, the user selects "Zambia". On the second visit, the user agent could duplicate the entry for Zambia at the top of the list, so that the interface instead looks like this: The same drop-down control with the alphabetical list of countries, but with Zambia as an entry at the top. When the autofill field name is "on", the user agent should attempt to use heuristics to determine the most appropriate values to offer the user, e.g., based on the element’s name value, the position of the element in the document’s DOM, what other fields exist in the form, and so forth. When the autofill field name is one of the names of the autofill fields described above, the user agent should provide suggestions that match the meaning of the field name as given in the table earlier in this section. The autofill hint set should be used to select amongst multiple possible suggestions. For example, if a user once entered one address into fields that used the "shipping" keyword, and another address into fields that used the "billing" keyword, then in subsequent forms only the first address would be suggested for form controls whose autofill hint set contains the keyword "shipping". Both addresses might be suggested, however, for address-related form controls whose autofill hint set does not contain either keyword. When wearing the autofill anchor mantle... When the autofill field name is not the empty string, then the user agent must act as if the user had specified the control’s data for the given autofill hint set, autofill scope, and autofill field name combination. When the user agent autofills form controls, elements with the same form owner and the same autofill scope must use data relating to the same person, address, payment instrument, and contact details. When a user agent autofills "country" and "country-name" fields with the same form owner and autofill scope, and the user agent has a value for the country" field(s), then the "country-name" field(s) must be filled using a human-readable name for the same country. When a user agent fills in multiple fields at once, all fields with the same autofill field name, form owner and autofill scope must be filled with the same value. Suppose a user agent knows of two phone numbers, +1 555 123 1234 and +1 555 666 7777. It would not be conforming for the user agent to fill a field with autocomplete="shipping tel-local-prefix" with the value "123" and another field in the same form with autocomplete="shipping tel-local-suffix" with the value "7777". The only valid prefilled values given the aforementioned information would be "123" and "1234", or "666" and "7777", respectively. Similarly, if a form for some reason contained both a "cc-exp" field and a "cc-exp-month" field, and the user agent prefilled the form, then the month component of the former would have to match the latter. This requirement interacts with the autofill anchor mantle also. Consider the following markup snippet:
    The only value that a conforming user agent could suggest in the text field is "TreePlate", the value given by the hidden input element. The "section-*" tokens in the autofill scope are opaque; user agents must not attempt to derive meaning from the precise values of these tokens. For example, it would not be conforming if the user agent decided that it should offer the address it knows to be the user’s daughter’s address for "section-child" and the addresses it knows to be the user’s spouses' addresses for "section-spouse". The autocompletion mechanism must be implemented by the user agent acting as if the user had modified the control’s data, and must be done at a time where the element is mutable (e.g., just after the element has been inserted into the document, or when the user agent stops parsing). User agents must only prefill controls using values that the user could have entered. For example, if a select element only has option elements with values "Steve" and "Rebecca", "Jay", and "Bob", and has an autofill field name "given-name", but the user agent’s only idea for what to prefill the field with is "Evan", then the user agent cannot prefill the field. It would not be conforming to somehow set the select element to the value "Evan", since the user could not have done so themselves. A user agent prefilling a form control’s value must not cause that control to suffer from a type mismatch, suffer from being too long, suffer from being too short, suffer from an underflow, suffer from an overflow, suffer from a step mismatch, or suffer from a pattern mismatch. Where possible given the control’s constraints, user agents must use the format given as canonical in the aforementioned table. Where it’s not possible for the canonical format to be used, user agents should use heuristics to attempt to convert values so that they can be used. For example, if the user agent knows that the user’s middle name is "Ines", and attempts to prefill a form control that looks like this: ...then the user agent could convert "Ines" to "I" and prefill it that way. A more elaborate example would be with month values. If the user agent knows that the user’s birthday is the 27th of July 2012, then it might try to prefill all of the following controls with slightly different values, all driven from this information: The day is dropped since the 2012-07 Month state only accepts a month/year combination. The user agent picks the month from the listed options, either by noticing there are twelve options and picking the 7th, or by a newline and a space) is a close match for the name of the month (July) in one of the user agent’s supported languages, or through some other similar mechanism. User agent converts "July" to a 7 month number in the range 1..12, like the field. User agent converts "July" to a 6 month number in the range 0..11, like the field. User agent doesn’t fill in the field, since it can’t make a good guess as to what the form expects. A user agent may allow the user to override an element’s autofill field name, e.g., to change it from "off" to "on" to allow values to be remembered and prefilled despite the page author’s objections, or to always "off", never remembering values. More specifically, user agents may in particular consider replacing the autofill field name of form controls that match the description given in the first column of the following table, when their autofill field name is either "on" or "off", with the value given in the second cell of that row. If this table is used, the replacements must be done in tree order, since all but the first row references the autofill field name of earlier elements. When the descriptions below refer to form controls being preceded or followed by others, they mean in the list of listed elements that share the same form owner. Form control New autofill field name an input element whose type attribute is in the Text state that is followed by an input element "username" whose type attribute is in the Password state an input element whose type attribute is in the Password state that is preceded by an input "current-password" element whose autofill field name is "username" an input element whose type attribute is in the Password state that is preceded by an input "new-password" element whose autofill field name is "current-password" an input element whose type attribute is in the Password state that is preceded by an input "new-password" element whose autofill field name is "new-password" The autocomplete IDL attribute, on getting, must return the element’s IDL-exposed autofill value, and on setting, must reflect the content attribute of the same name. 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections The input and textarea elements define the following members in their DOM interfaces for handling their selection: select(), selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, setRangeText(replacement), setSelectionRange(start, end) The setRangeText() method uses the following enumeration: enum SelectionMode { "select", "start", "end", "preserve" // default }; These methods and attributes expose and control the selection of input and textarea text fields. element . select() Selects everything in the text field. element . selectionStart [ = value ] Returns the offset to the start of the selection. Can be set, to change the start of the selection. element . selectionEnd [ = value ] Returns the offset to the end of the selection. Can be set, to change the end of the selection. element . selectionDirection [ = value ] Returns the current direction of the selection. Can be set, to change the direction of the selection. The possible values are "forward", "backward", and "none". element . setSelectionRange(start, end [, direction] ) Changes the selection to cover the given substring in the given direction. If the direction is omitted, it will be reset to be the platform default (none or forward). element . setRangeText(replacement [, start, end [, selectionMode ] ] ) Replaces a range of text with the new text. If the start and end arguments are not provided, the range is assumed to be the selection. The final argument determines how the selection should be set after the text has been replaced. The possible values are: "select" Selects the newly inserted text. "start" Moves the selection to just before the inserted text. "end" Moves the selection to just after the selected text. "preserve" Attempts to preserve the selection. This is the default. For input elements, calling these methods while they don’t apply, and getting or setting these attributes while they don’t apply, must throw an InvalidStateError exception. Otherwise, they must act as described below. For input elements, these methods and attributes must operate on the element’s value. For textarea elements, these methods and attributes must operate on the element’s raw value. Where possible, user interface features for changing the text selection in input and textarea elements must be implemented in terms of the DOM API described in this section, so that, e.g., all the same events fire. The selections of input and textarea elements have a direction, which is either forward, backward, or none. This direction is set when the user manipulates the selection. The exact meaning of the selection direction depends on the platform. On Windows, the direction indicates the position of the caret relative to the selection: a forward selection has the caret at the end of the selection and a backward selection has the caret at the start of the selection. Windows has no none direction. On Mac, the direction indicates which end of the selection is affected when the user adjusts the size of the selection using the arrow keys with the Shift modifier: the forward direction means the end of the selection is modified, and the backwards direction means the start of the selection is modified. The none direction is the default on Mac, it indicates that no particular direction has yet been selected. The user sets the direction implicitly when first adjusting the selection, based on which directional arrow key was used. The select() method must cause the contents of the text field to be fully selected, with the selection direction being none, if the platform support selections with the direction none, or otherwise forward. The user agent must then queue a task to fire a simple event that bubbles named select at the element, using the user interaction task source as the task source. In the case of input elements, if the control has no text field, then the method must do nothing. For instance, in a user agent where is rendered as a color well with a picker, as opposed to a text field accepting a hexadecimal color code, there would be no text field, and thus nothing to select, and thus calls to the method are ignored. The selectionStart attribute must, on getting, return the offset (in logical order) to the character that immediately follows the start of the selection. If there is no selection, then it must return the offset (in logical order) to the character that immediately follows the text entry cursor. On setting, it must act as if the setSelectionRange() method had been called, with the new value as the first argument; the current value of the selectionEnd attribute as the second argument, unless the current value of the selectionEnd is less than the new value, in which case the second argument must also be the new value; and the current value of the selectionDirection as the third argument. The selectionEnd attribute must, on getting, return the offset (in logical order) to the character that immediately follows the end of the selection. If there is no selection, then it must return the offset (in logical order) to the character that immediately follows the text entry cursor. On setting, it must act as if the setSelectionRange() method had been called, with the current value of the selectionStart attribute as the first argument, the new value as the second argument, and the current value of the selectionDirection as the third argument. The selectionDirection attribute must, on getting, return the string corresponding to the current selection direction: if the direction is forward, "forward"; if the direction is backward, "backward"; and otherwise, "none". On setting, it must act as if the setSelectionRange() method had been called, with the current value of the selectionStart IDL attribute as the first argument, the current value of the selectionEnd IDL attribute as the second argument, and the new value as the third argument. The setSelectionRange(start, end, direction) method must set the selection of the text field to the sequence of characters starting with the character at the startth position (in logical order) and ending with the character at the (end-1)th position. Arguments greater than the length of the value of the text field must be treated as pointing at the end of the text field. If end is less than or equal to start then the start of the selection and the end of the selection must both be placed immediately before the character with offset end. In user agents where there is no concept of an empty selection, this must set the cursor to be just before the character with offset end. The direction of the selection must be set to backward if direction is a case-sensitive match for the string "backward", forward if direction is a case-sensitive match for the string "forward" or if the platform does not support selections with the direction none, and none otherwise (including if the argument is omitted). The user agent must then queue a task to fire a simple event that bubbles named select at the element, using the user interaction task source as the task source. The setRangeText(replacement, start, end, selectMode) method must run the following steps: 1. If the method has only one argument, then let start and end have the values of the selectionStart IDL attribute and the selectionEnd IDL attribute respectively. Otherwise, let start, end have the values of the second and third arguments respectively. 2. If start is greater than end, then throw an IndexSizeError exception and abort these steps. 3. If start is greater than the length of the value of the text field, then set it to the length of the value of the text field. 4. If end is greater than the length of the value of the text field, then set it to the length of the value of the text field. 5. Let selection start be the current value of the selectionStart IDL attribute. 6. Let selection end be the current value of the selectionEnd IDL attribute. 7. If start is less than end, delete the sequence of characters starting with the character at the startth position (in logical order) and ending with the character at the (end-1)th position. 8. Insert the value of the first argument into the text of the value of the text field, immediately before the startth character. 9. Let new length be the length of the value of the first argument. 10. Let new end be the sum of start and new length. 11. Run the appropriate set of substeps from the following list: If the fourth argument’s value is "select" Let selection start be start. Let selection end be new end. If the fourth argument’s value is "start" Let selection start and selection end be start. If the fourth argument’s value is "end" Let selection start and selection end be new end. If the fourth argument’s value is "preserve" (the default) 1. Let old length be end minus start. 2. Let delta be new length minus old length. 3. If selection start is greater than end, then increment it by delta. (If delta is negative, i.e., the new text is shorter than the old text, then this will decrease the value of selection start.) Otherwise: if selection start is greater than start, then set it to start. (This snaps the start of the selection to the start of the new text if it was in the middle of the text that it replaced.) 4. If selection end is greater than end, then increment it by delta in the same way. Otherwise: if selection end is greater than start, then set it to new end. (This snaps the end of the selection to the end of the new text if it was in the middle of the text that it replaced.) 12. Set the selection of the text field to the sequence of characters starting with the character at the selection startth position (in logical order) and ending with the character at the (selection end-1)th position. In user agents where there is no concept of an empty selection, this must set the cursor to be just before the character with offset end. The direction of the selection must be set to forward if the platform does not support selections with the direction none, and none otherwise. 13. Queue a task to fire a simple event that bubbles named select at the element, using the user interaction task source as the task source. All elements to which this API applies have either a selection or a text entry cursor position at all times (even for elements that are not being rendered). User agents should follow platform conventions to determine their initial state. Characters with no visible rendering, such as U+200D ZERO WIDTH JOINER, still count as characters. Thus, for instance, the selection can include just an invisible character, and the text insertion cursor can be placed to one side or another of such a character. To obtain the currently selected text, the following JavaScript suffices: var selectionText = control.value.substring(control.selectionStart, control.selectionEnd); ...where control is the input or textarea element. To add some text at the start of a text control, while maintaining the text selection, the three attributes must be preserved: var oldStart = control.selectionStart; var oldEnd = control.selectionEnd; var oldDirection = control.selectionDirection; var prefix = "https://"; control.value = prefix + control.value; control.setSelectionRange(oldStart + prefix.length, oldEnd + prefix.length, oldDirection); ...where control is the input or textarea element. 4.10.20. Constraints 4.10.20.1. Definitions A submittable element is a candidate for constraint validation except when a condition has barred the element from constraint validation. (For example, an element is barred from constraint validation if it is an object element.) An element can have a custom validity error message defined. Initially, an element must have its custom validity error message set to the empty string. When its value is not the empty string, the element is suffering from a custom error. It can be set using the setCustomValidity() method. The user agent should use the custom validity error message when alerting the user to the problem with the control. An element can be constrained in various ways. The following is the list of validity states that a form control can be in, making the control invalid for the purposes of constraint validation. (The definitions below are non-normative; other parts of this specification define more precisely when each state applies or does not.) Suffering from being missing When a control has no value but has a required attribute (input required, textarea required); or, in the case of an element in a radio button group, any of the other elements in the group has a required attribute; or, for select elements, none of the option elements have their selectedness set (select required). Suffering from a type mismatch When a control that allows arbitrary user input has a value that is not in the correct syntax (E-mail, URL). Suffering from a pattern mismatch When a control has a value that doesn’t satisfy the pattern attribute. Suffering from being too long When a control has a value that is too long for the form control maxlength attribute (input maxlength, textarea maxlength). Suffering from being too short When a control has a value that is too short for the form control minlength attribute (input minlength, textarea minlength). Suffering from an underflow When a control has a value that is not the empty string and is too low for the min attribute. Suffering from an overflow When a control has a value that is not the empty string and is too high for the max attribute. Suffering from a step mismatch When a control has a value that doesn’t fit the rules given by the step attribute. Suffering from bad input When a control has incomplete input and the user agent does not think the user ought to be able to submit the form in its current state. Suffering from a custom error When a control’s custom validity error message (as set by the element’s setCustomValidity() method) is not the empty string. An element can still suffer from these states even when the element is disabled; thus these states can be represented in the DOM even if validating the form during submission wouldn’t indicate a problem to the user. An element satisfies its constraints if it is not suffering from any of the above validity states. 4.10.20.2. Constraint validation When the user agent is required to statically validate the constraints of form element form, it must run the following steps, which return either a positive result (all the controls in the form are valid) or a negative result (there are invalid controls) along with a (possibly empty) list of elements that are invalid and for which no script has claimed responsibility: 1. Let controls be a list of all the submittable elements whose form owner is form, in tree order. 2. Let invalid controls be an initially empty list of elements. 3. For each element field in controls, in tree order, run the following substeps: 1. If field is not a candidate for constraint validation, then move on to the next element. 2. Otherwise, if field satisfies its constraints, then move on to the next element. 3. Otherwise, add field to invalid controls. 4. If invalid controls is empty, then return a positive result and abort these steps. 5. Let unhandled invalid controls be an initially empty list of elements. 6. For each element field in invalid controls, if any, in tree order, run the following substeps: 1. Fire a simple event named invalid that is cancelable at field. 2. If the event was not canceled, then add field to unhandled invalid controls. 7. Return a negative result with the list of elements in the unhandled invalid controls list. If a user agent is to interactively validate the constraints of form element form, then the user agent must run the following steps: 1. Statically validate the constraints of form, and let unhandled invalid controls be the list of elements returned if the result was negative. 2. If the result was positive, then return that result and abort these steps. 3. Report the problems with the constraints of at least one of the elements given in unhandled invalid controls to the user. User agents may focus one of those elements in the process, by running the focusing steps for that element, and may change the scrolling position of the document, or perform some other action that brings the element to the user’s attention. User agents may report more than one constraint violation. User agents may coalesce related constraint violation reports if appropriate (e.g., if multiple radio buttons in a group are marked as required, only one error need be reported). If one of the controls is not being rendered (e.g., it has the hidden attribute set) then user agents may report a script error. 4. Return a negative result. 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API element . willValidate Returns true if the element will be validated when the form is submitted; false otherwise. element . setCustomValidity() Sets a custom error, so that the element would fail to validate. The given message is the message to be shown to the user when reporting the problem to the user. If the argument is the empty string, clears the custom error. element . validity . valueMissing Returns true if the element has no value but is a required field; false otherwise. element . validity . typeMismatch Returns true if the element’s value is not in the correct syntax; false otherwise. element . validity . patternMismatch Returns true if the element’s value doesn’t match the provided pattern; false otherwise. element . validity . tooLong Returns true if the element’s value is longer than the provided maximum length; false otherwise. element . validity . tooShort Returns true if the element’s value, if it is not the empty string, is shorter than the provided minimum length; false otherwise. element . validity . rangeUnderflow Returns true if the element’s value is lower than the provided minimum; false otherwise. element . validity . rangeOverflow Returns true if the element’s value is higher than the provided maximum; false otherwise. element . validity . stepMismatch Returns true if the element’s value doesn’t fit the rules given by the step attribute; false otherwise. element . validity . badInput Returns true if the user has provided input in the user interface that the user agent is unable to convert to a value; false otherwise. element . validity . customError Returns true if the element has a custom error; false otherwise. element . validity . valid Returns true if the element’s value has no validity problems; false otherwise. valid = element . checkValidity() Returns true if the element’s value has no validity problems; false otherwise. Fires an invalid event at the element in the latter case. valid = element . reportValidity() Returns true if the element’s value has no validity problems; otherwise, returns false, fires an invalid event at the element, and (if the event isn’t canceled) reports the problem to the user. element . validationMessage Returns the error message that would be shown to the user if the element was to be checked for validity. The willValidate IDL attribute must return true if an element is a candidate for constraint validation, and false otherwise (i.e., false if any conditions are barring it from constraint validation). The setCustomValidity(message), when invoked, must set the custom validity error message to the value of the given message argument. In the following example, a script checks the value of a form control each time it is edited, and whenever it is not a valid value, uses the setCustomValidity() method to set an appropriate message. The validity IDL attribute must return a ValidityState object that represents the validity states of the element. This object is live. interface ValidityState { readonly attribute boolean valueMissing; readonly attribute boolean typeMismatch; readonly attribute boolean patternMismatch; readonly attribute boolean tooLong; readonly attribute boolean tooShort; readonly attribute boolean rangeUnderflow; readonly attribute boolean rangeOverflow; readonly attribute boolean stepMismatch; readonly attribute boolean badInput; readonly attribute boolean customError; readonly attribute boolean valid; }; A ValidityState object has the following attributes. On getting, they must return true if the corresponding condition given in the following list is true, and false otherwise. valueMissing, of type boolean, readonly The control is suffering from being missing. typeMismatch, of type boolean, readonly The control is suffering from a type mismatch. patternMismatch, of type boolean, readonly The control is suffering from a pattern mismatch. tooLong, of type boolean, readonly The control is suffering from being too long. tooShort, of type boolean, readonly The control is suffering from being too short. rangeUnderflow, of type boolean, readonly The control is suffering from an underflow. rangeOverflow, of type boolean, readonly The control is suffering from an overflow. stepMismatch, of type boolean, readonly The control is suffering from a step mismatch. badInput, of type boolean, readonly The control is suffering from bad input. customError, of type boolean, readonly The control is suffering from a custom error. valid, of type boolean, readonly None of the other conditions are true. When the checkValidity() method is invoked, if the element is a candidate for constraint validation and does not satisfy its constraints, the user agent must fire a simple event named invalid that is cancelable (but in this case has no default action) at the element and return false. Otherwise, it must only return true without doing anything else. When the reportValidity() method is invoked, if the element is a candidate for constraint validation and does not satisfy its constraints, the user agent must: fire a simple event named invalid that is cancelable at the element, and if that event is not canceled, report the problems with the constraints of that element to the user; then, return false. Otherwise, it must only return true without doing anything else. When reporting the problem with the constraints to the user, the user agent may run the focusing steps for that element, and may change the scrolling position of the document, or perform some other action that brings the element to the user’s attention. User agents may report more than one constraint violation, if the element suffers from multiple problems at once. If the element is not being rendered, then the user agent may, instead of notifying the user, report a script error. The validationMessage attribute must return the empty string if the element is not a candidate for constraint validation or if it is one but it satisfies its constraints; otherwise, it must return a suitably localized message that the user agent would show the user if this were the only form control with a validity constraint problem. If the user agent would not actually show a textual message in such a situation (e.g., it would show a graphical cue instead), then the attribute must return a suitably localized message that expresses (one or more of) the validity constraint(s) that the control does not satisfy. If the element is a candidate for constraint validation and is suffering from a custom error, then the custom validity error message should be present in the return value. 4.10.20.4. Security Servers should not rely on client-side validation. Client-side validation can be intentionally bypassed by hostile users, and unintentionally bypassed by users of older user agents or automated tools that do not implement these features. The constraint validation features are only intended to improve the user experience, not to provide any kind of security mechanism. 4.10.21. Form submission 4.10.21.1. Introduction This section is non-normative. When a form is submitted, the data in the form is converted into the structure specified by the enctype, and then sent to the destination specified by the action using the given method. For example, take the following form:
    If the user types in "cats" in the first field and "fur" in the second, and then hits the submit button, then the user agent will load /find.cgi?t=cats&q=fur. On the other hand, consider this form:
    Given the same user input, the result on submission is quite different: the user agent instead does an HTTP POST to the given URL, with as the entity body something like the following text: ------kYFrd4jNJEgCervEContent-Disposition: form-data; name="t" cats ------kYFrd4jNJEgCervE Content-Disposition: form-data; name="q" fur ------kYFrd4jNJEgCervE-- 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission A form element’s default button is the first Submit Button in tree order whose form owner is that form element. If the user agent supports letting the user submit a form implicitly (for example, on some platforms hitting the "enter" key while a text field is focused implicitly submits the form), then doing so for a form whose default button has a defined activation behavior must cause the user agent to run synthetic click activation steps on that default button. Consequently, if the default button is disabled, the form is not submitted when such an implicit submission mechanism is used. (A button has no activation behavior when disabled.) There are pages on the Web that are only usable if there is a way to implicitly submit forms, so user agents are strongly encouraged to support this. If the form has no Submit Button, then the implicit submission mechanism must do nothing if the form has more than one field that blocks implicit submission, and must submit the form element from the form element itself otherwise. For the purpose of the previous paragraph, an element is a field that blocks implicit submission of a form element if it is an input element whose form owner is that form element and whose type attribute is in one of the following states: Text, Search, URL, Telephone, E-mail, Password, Local Date and Time, Date, Month, Week, Time, Number 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm When a form element form is submitted from an element submitter (typically a button), optionally with a submitted from submit() method flag set, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. Let form document be the form’s node document. 2. If form document has no associated browsing context or its active sandboxing flag set has its sandboxed forms browsing context flag set, then abort these steps without doing anything. 3. Let form browsing context be the browsing context of form document. 4. If the submitted from submit() method flag is not set, and the submitter element’s no-validate state is false, then interactively validate the constraints of form and examine the result: if the result is negative (the constraint validation concluded that there were invalid fields and probably informed the user of this) then fire a simple event named invalid at the form element and then abort these steps. 5. If the submitted from submit() method flag is not set, then fire a simple event that bubbles and is cancelable named submit, at form. If the event’s default action is prevented (i.e., if the event is canceled) then abort these steps. Otherwise, continue (effectively the default action is to perform the submission). 6. Let form data set be the result of constructing the form data set for form in the context of submitter. 7. Let action be the submitter element’s action. 8. If action is the empty string, let action be the document’s URL of the form document. 9. Parse the URL action, relative to the submitter element’s node document. If this fails, abort these steps. 10. Let action be the resulting URL string. 11. Let action components be the resulting URL record. 12. Let scheme be the scheme of the resulting URL record. 13. Let enctype be the submitter element’s enctype. 14. Let method be the submitter element’s method. 15. Let target be the submitter element’s target. 16. If the user indicated a specific browsing context to use when submitting the form, then let target browsing context be that browsing context. Otherwise, apply the rules for choosing a browsing context given a browsing context name using target as the name and form browsing context as the context in which the algorithm is executed, and let target browsing context be the resulting browsing context. 17. If target browsing context was created in the previous step, or, alternatively, if the form document has not yet completely loaded and the submitted from submit() method flag is set, then let replace be true. Otherwise, let it be false. 18. If the value of method is dialog then jump to the submit dialog steps. Otherwise, select the appropriate row in the table below based on the value of scheme as given by the first cell of each row. Then, select the appropriate cell on that row based on the value of method as given in the first cell of each column. Then, jump to the steps named in that cell and defined below the table. GET POST http Mutate action URL Submit as entity body https Mutate action URL Submit as entity body ftp Get action URL Get action URL javascript Get action URL Get action URL data Get action URL Post to data: mailto Mail with headers Mail as body If scheme is not one of those listed in this table, then the behavior is not defined by this specification. User agents should, in the absence of another specification defining this, act in a manner analogous to that defined in this specification for similar schemes. Each form element has a planned navigation, which is either null or a task; when the form is first created, its planned navigation must be set to null. In the behaviors described below, when the user agent is required to plan to navigate to a particular resource destination, it must run the following steps: 1. If the form has a non-null planned navigation, remove it from its task queue. 2. Let the form's planned navigation be a new task that consists of running the following steps: 1. Let the form's planned navigation be null. 2. Navigate target browsing context to destination. If replace is true, then target browsing context must be navigated with replacement enabled. For the purposes of this task, target browsing context and replace are the variables that were set up when the overall form submission algorithm was run, with their values as they stood when this planned navigation was queued. 3. Queue a task that is the form's new planned navigation. The task source for this task is the DOM manipulation task source. The behaviors are as follows: Mutate action URL Let query be the result of encoding the form data set using the application/x-www-form-urlencoded encoding algorithm, interpreted as a US-ASCII string. Set parsed action’s query component to query. Let destination be a new URL formed by applying the URL serializer algorithm to parsed action. Plan to navigate to destination. Submit as entity body Let entity body be the result of encoding the form data set using the appropriate form encoding algorithm. Let MIME type be determined as follows: If enctype is application/x-www-form-urlencoded Let MIME type be "application/x-www-form-urlencoded". If enctype is multipart/form-data Let MIME type be the concatenation of the string "multipart/form-data;", a U+0020 SPACE character, the string "boundary=", and the multipart/form-data boundary string generated by the multipart/form-data encoding algorithm. If enctype is text/plain Let MIME type be "text/plain". Otherwise, plan to navigate to a new request whose URL is action, method is method, header list consists of Content-Type/MIME type, and body is entity body. Get action URL Plan to navigate to action. The form data set is discarded. Post to data: Let data be the result of encoding the form data set using the appropriate form encoding algorithm. If action contains the string "%%%%" (four U+0025 PERCENT SIGN characters), then percent encode all bytes in data that, if interpreted as US-ASCII, are not characters in the URL default encode set, and then, treating the result as a US-ASCII string, UTF-8 percent encode all the U+0025 PERCENT SIGN characters in the resulting string and replace the first occurrence of "%%%%" in action with the resulting doubly-escaped string. [URL] Otherwise, if action contains the string "%%" (two U+0025 PERCENT SIGN characters in a row, but not four), then UTF-8 percent encode all characters in data that, if interpreted as US-ASCII, are not characters in the URL default encode set, and then, treating the result as a US-ASCII string, replace the first occurrence of "%%" in action with the resulting escaped string. [URL] Plan to navigate to the potentially modified action (which will be a data: URL). Mail with headers Let headers be the resulting encoding the form data set using the application/x-www-form-urlencoded encoding algorithm, interpreted as a US-ASCII string. Replace occurrences of U+002B PLUS SIGN characters (+) in headers with the string "%20". Let destination consist of all the characters from the first character in action to the character immediately before the first U+003F QUESTION MARK character (?), if any, or the end of the string if there are none. Append a single U+003F QUESTION MARK character (?) to destination. Append headers to destination. Plan to navigate to destination. Mail as body Let body be the resulting of encoding the form data set using the appropriate form encoding algorithm and then percent encoding all the bytes in the resulting byte string that, when interpreted as US-ASCII, are not characters in the URL default encode set. [URL] Let destination have the same value as action. If destination does not contain a U+003F QUESTION MARK character (?), append a single U+003F QUESTION MARK character (?) to destination. Otherwise, append a single U+0026 AMPERSAND character (&). Append the string "body=" to destination. Append body, interpreted as a US-ASCII string, to destination. Plan to navigate to destination. Submit dialog Let subject be the nearest ancestor dialog element of form, if any. If there isn’t one, or if it does not have an open attribute, do nothing. Otherwise, proceed as follows: If submitter is an input element whose type attribute is in the Image Button state, then let result be the string formed by concatenating the selected coordinate’s x-component, expressed as a base-ten number using ASCII digits, a U+002C COMMA character (,), and the selected coordinate’s y-component, expressed in the same way as the x-component. Otherwise, if submitter has a value, then let result be that value. Otherwise, there is no result. Then, close the dialog subject. If there is a result, let that be the return value. The appropriate form encoding algorithm is determined as follows: If enctype is application/x-www-form-urlencoded Use the application/x-www-form-urlencoded encoding algorithm. If enctype is multipart/form-data Use the multipart/form-data encoding algorithm. If enctype is text/plain Use the text/plain encoding algorithm. 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set The algorithm to construct the form data set for a form form optionally in the context of a submitter submitter is as follows. If not specified otherwise, submitter is null. 1. Let controls be a list of all the submittable elements whose form owner is form, in tree order. 2. Let the form data set be a list of name-value-type tuples, initially empty. 3. Loop: For each element field in controls, in tree order, run the following substeps: 1. If any of the following conditions are met, then skip these substeps for this element: * The field element has a datalist element ancestor. * The field element is disabled. * The field element is a button but it is not submitter. * The field element is an input element whose type attribute is in the Checkbox state and whose checkedness is false. * The field element is an input element whose type attribute is in the Radio Button state and whose checkedness is false. * The field element is not an input element whose type attribute is in the Image Button state, and either the field element does not have a name attribute specified, or its name attribute’s value is the empty string. * The field element is an object element that is not using a plugin. Otherwise, process field as follows: 2. Let type be the value of the type IDL attribute of field. 3. If the field element is an input element whose type attribute is in the Image Button state, then run these further nested substeps: 1. If the field element has a name attribute specified and its value is not the empty string, let name be that value followed by a single U+002E FULL STOP character (.). Otherwise, let name be the empty string. 2. Let name_x be the string consisting of the concatenation of name and a single U+0078 LATIN SMALL LETTER X character (x). 3. Let name_y be the string consisting of the concatenation of name and a single U+0079 LATIN SMALL LETTER Y character (y). 4. The field element is submitter, and before this algorithm was invoked the user indicated a coordinate. Let x be the x-component of the coordinate selected by the user, and let y be the y-component of the coordinate selected by the user. 5. Append an entry to the form data set with the name name_x, the value x, and the type type. 6. Append an entry to the form data set with the name name_y and the value y, and the type type. 7. Skip the remaining substeps for this element: if there are any more elements in controls, return to the top of the loop step, otherwise, jump to the end step below. 4. Let name be the value of the field element’s name attribute. 5. If the field element is a select element, then for each option element in the select element’s list of options whose selectedness is true and that is not disabled, append an entry to the form data set with the name as the name, the value of the option element as the value, and type as the type. 6. Otherwise, if the field element is an input element whose type attribute is in the Checkbox state or the Radio Button state, then run these further nested substeps: 1. If the field element has a value attribute specified, then let value be the value of that attribute; otherwise, let value be the string "on". 2. Append an entry to the form data set with name as the name, value as the value, and type as the type. 7. Otherwise, if the field element is an input element whose type attribute is in the File Upload state, then for each file selected in the input element, append an entry to the form data set with the name as the name, the file (consisting of the name, the type, and the body) as the value, and type as the type. If there are no selected files, then append an entry to the form data set with the name as the name, the empty string as the value, and application/octet-stream as the type. 8. Otherwise, if the field element is an object element: try to obtain a form submission value from the plugin, and if that is successful, append an entry to the form data set with name as the name, the returned form submission value as the value, and the string "object" as the type. 9. Otherwise, append an entry to the form data set with name as the name, the value of the field element as the value, and type as the type. 10. If the element has a dirname attribute, and that attribute’s value is not the empty string, then run these substeps: 1. Let dirname be the value of the element’s dirname attribute. 2. Let dir be the string "ltr" if the directionality of the element is 'ltr', and "rtl" otherwise (i.e., when the directionality of the element is 'rtl'). 3. Append an entry to the form data set with dirname as the name, dir as the value, and the string "direction" as the type. An element can only have a dirname attribute if it is a textarea element or an input element whose type attribute is in either the Text state or the Search state. 4. End: For the name of each entry in the form data set, and for the value of each entry in the form data set whose type is not "file" or "textarea", replace every occurrence of a U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) character not followed by a U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character, and every occurrence of a U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character not preceded by a U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) character, by a two-character string consisting of a U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN U+000A LINE FEED (CRLF) character pair. In the case of the value of textarea elements, this newline normalization is already performed during the conversion of the control’s raw value into the control’s value (which also performs any necessary line wrapping). In the case of input elements type attributes in the File Upload state, the value is not normalized. 5. Return the form data set. 4.10.21.5. Selecting a form submission encoding If the user agent is to pick an encoding for a form, it must run the following steps: 1. Let encoding be the document’s character encoding. 2. If the form element has an accept-charset attribute, set encoding to the return value of running these substeps: 1. Let input be the value of the form element’s accept-charset attribute. 2. Let candidate encoding labels be the result of splitting input on spaces. 3. Let candidate encodings be an empty list of character encodings. 4. For each token in candidate encoding labels in turn (in the order in which they were found in input), get an encoding for the token and, if this does not result in failure, append the encoding to candidate encodings. 5. If candidate encodings is empty, return UTF-8. 6. Return the first encoding in candidate encodings. 3. Return the result of getting an output encoding from encoding. 4.10.21.6. URL-encoded form data See the WHATWG URL specification for details on application/x-www-form-urlencoded. [URL] The application/x-www-form-urlencoded encoding algorithm is as follows: 1. Let encoding be the result of picking an encoding for the form. 2. Let serialized be the result of running the application/x-www-form-urlencoded serializer given form data set and encoding. 3. Return the result of encoding serialized. 4.10.21.7. Multipart form data The multipart/form-data encoding algorithm is as follows: 1. Let result be the empty string. 2. If the algorithm was invoked with an explicit character encoding, let the selected character encoding be that encoding. (This algorithm is used by other specifications, which provide an explicit character encoding to avoid the dependency on the form element described in the next paragraph.) Otherwise, if the form element has an accept-charset attribute, let the selected character encoding be the result of picking an encoding for the form. Otherwise, if the form element has no accept-charset attribute, but the document’s character encoding is an ASCII-compatible encoding, then that is the selected character encoding. Otherwise, let the selected character encoding be UTF-8. 3. Let charset be the name of the selected character encoding. 4. For each entry in the form data set, perform these substeps: 1. If the entry’s name is "_charset_" and its type is "hidden", replace its value with charset. 2. For each character in the entry’s name and value that cannot be expressed using the selected character encoding, replace the character by a string consisting of a U+0026 AMPERSAND character (&), a U+0023 NUMBER SIGN character (#), one or more ASCII digits representing the Unicode code point of the character in base ten, and finally a U+003B SEMICOLON character (;). 5. Encode the (now mutated) form data set using the rules described by RFC 7578, Returning Values from Forms: multipart/form-data, and return the resulting byte stream. [RFC7578] Each entry in the form data set is a field, the name of the entry is the field name and the value of the entry is the field value. The order of parts must be the same as the order of fields in the form data set. Multiple entries with the same name must be treated as distinct fields. The parts of the generated multipart/form-data resource that correspond to non-file fields must not have a Content-Type header specified. Their names and values must be encoded using the character encoding selected above. File names included in the generated multipart/form-data resource (as part of file fields) must use the character encoding selected above, though the precise name may be approximated if necessary (e.g., newlines could be removed from file names, quotes could be changed to "%22", and characters not expressible in the selected character encoding could be replaced by other characters). The boundary used by the user agent in generating the return value of this algorithm is the multipart/form-data boundary string. (This value is used to generate the MIME type of the form submission payload generated by this algorithm.) For details on how to interpret multipart/form-data payloads, see RFC 7578. [RFC7578] 4.10.21.8. Plain text form data The text/plain encoding algorithm is as follows: 1. Let result be the empty string. 2. Let encoding be the result of picking an encoding for the form. 3. Let charset be the name of encoding. 4. If the entry’s name is "_charset_" and its type is "hidden", replace its value with charset. 5. If the entry’s type is "file", replace its value with the file’s name only. 6. For each entry in the form data set, perform these substeps: 1. Append the entry’s name to result. 2. Append a single U+003D EQUALS SIGN character (=) to result. 3. Append the entry’s value to result. 4. Append a U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character pair to result. 7. Return the result of encoding result using encoding. Payloads using the text/plain format are intended to be human readable. They are not reliably interpretable by computer, as the format is ambiguous (for example, there is no way to distinguish a literal newline in a value from the newline at the end of the value). 4.10.22. Resetting a form When a form element form is reset, the user agent must fire a simple event named reset, that bubbles and is cancelable, at form, and then, if that event is not canceled, must invoke the reset algorithm of each resettable element whose form owner is form. When the reset algorithm is invoked by the reset() method, the reset event fired by the reset algorithm must not be trusted. Each resettable element defines its own reset algorithm. Changes made to form controls as part of these algorithms do not count as changes caused by the user (and thus, e.g., do not cause input events to fire). 4.11. Interactive elements 4.11.1. The details element Categories: Flow content. Sectioning root. Interactive content. Palpable content. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where flow content is expected. Content model: One summary element followed by flow content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes open - Whether the details are visible Allowed ARIA role attribute values: group role (default - do not set) Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default role. DOM interface: interface HTMLDetailsElement : HTMLElement { attribute boolean open; }; The details element represents a disclosure widget from which the user can obtain additional information or controls. The details element is not appropriate for footnotes. Please see §4.13.5 Footnotes for details on how to mark up footnotes. If the details element has a summary child element, then the first summary child element represents the summary or legend of the details element. If there is no summary child element, a user agent should provide its own legend (e.g. in English "Details" or Spanish "Detalles"). The legend text should be presented in the language determined from the computed language of the element, if available, rather than from the locale of the browser/system. The rest of the element’s contents represents the additional information or controls. The open content attribute is a boolean attribute. If present, it indicates that both the summary and the additional information is to be shown to the user. If the attribute is absent, only the summary is to be shown. When the element is created, if the attribute is absent, the additional information should be hidden; if the attribute is present, that information should be shown. Subsequently, if the attribute is removed, then the information should be hidden; if the attribute is added, the information should be shown. The user agent should allow the user to request that the additional information be shown or hidden. To honor a request for the details to be shown, the user agent must set the open attribute on the element to the empty string. To honor a request for the information to be hidden, the user agent must remove the open attribute from the element. This ability to request that additional information be shown or hidden may simply be the activation behavior of the appropriate summary element, in the case such an element exists. However, if no such element exists, user agents can still provide this ability through some other user interface affordance. Whenever the open attribute is added to or removed from a details element, the user agent must queue a task that runs the following steps, which are known as the details notification task steps, for this details element: 1. If another task has been queued to run the details notification task steps for this details element, then abort these steps. When the open attribute is toggled several times in succession, these steps essentially get coalesced so that only one event is fired. 2. Fire a simple event named toggle at the details element. The task source for this task must be the DOM manipulation task source. The open IDL attribute must reflect the open content attribute. The following example shows the details element being used to hide technical details in a progress report.

    Copying "Really Achieving Your Childhood Dreams"

    Copying... 25%
    Transfer rate:
    452KB/s
    Local filename:
    /home/rpausch/raycd.m4v
    Remote filename:
    /var/www/lectures/raycd.m4v
    Duration:
    01:16:27
    Color profile:
    SD (6-1-6)
    Dimensions:
    320×240
    The following shows how a details element can be used to hide some controls by default:

    One could use this in conjunction with other details in a list to allow the user to collapse a set of fields down to a small set of headings, with the ability to open each one. In these examples, the summary really just summarizes what the controls can change, and not the actual values, which is less than ideal. Because the open attribute is added and removed automatically as the user interacts with the control, it can be used in CSS to style the element differently based on its state. Here, a stylesheet is used to animate the color of the summary when the element is opened or closed:
    Automated Status: Operational

    Velocity: 12m/s

    Direction: North

    4.11.2. The summary element Categories: None. Contexts in which this element can be used: As the first child of a details element. Content model: Either: phrasing content. Or: one element of heading content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes Allowed ARIA role attribute values: button. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles. DOM interface: Uses HTMLElement. The first summary child element of a details element represents a summary, caption, or legend for the rest of the contents of the parent details element, if any. The activation behavior of summary elements is to run the following steps: 1. If this summary element has no parent node, then abort these steps. 2. Let parent be this summary element’s parent node. 3. If parent is not a details element, then abort these steps. 4. If the open attribute is present on parent, then remove it. Otherwise, set parent’s open attribute to the empty string. This will then run the details notification task steps. 4.11.3. Commands 4.11.3.1. Facets A command is the abstraction behind buttons, and links. Once a command is defined, other parts of the interface can refer to the same command, allowing many access points to a single feature to share facets such as the Disabled State. Commands are defined to have the following facets: Label The name of the command as seen by the user. Access Key A key combination selected by the user agent that triggers the command. A command might not have an Access Key. Hidden State Whether the command is hidden or not. Disabled State Whether the command is relevant and can be triggered or not. Action The actual effect that triggering the command will have. This could be a scripted event handler, a URL to which to navigate, or a form submission. User agents may expose the commands that match the following criteria: * The Hidden State facet is false (visible) * The element is in a Document that has an associated browsing context. * Neither the element nor any of its ancestors has a hidden attribute specified. User agents are encouraged to do this especially for commands that have Access Keys, as a way to advertise those keys to the user. 4.11.3.2. Using the a element to define a command An a element with an href attribute defines a command. The Label of the command is the string given by the element’s textContent IDL attribute. The Access Key of the command is the element’s assigned access key, if any. The Hidden State of the command is true (hidden) if the element has a hidden attribute, and false otherwise. The Disabled State facet of the command is true if the element or one of its ancestors is inert, and false otherwise. The Action of the command, if the element has a defined activation behavior, is to run synthetic click activation steps on the element. Otherwise, it is just to fire a click event at the element. 4.11.3.3. Using the button element to define a command A button element always defines a command. The Label, Access Key, Hidden State, and Action facets of the command are determined as for a elements (see the previous section). The Disabled State of the command is true if the element or one of its ancestors is inert, or if the element’s disabled state is set, and false otherwise. 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command An input element whose type attribute is in one of the Submit Button, Reset Button, Image Button, Button, Radio Button, or Checkbox states defines a command. The Label of the command is determined as follows: * If the type attribute is in one of the Submit Button, Reset Button, Image Button, or Button states, then the Label is the string given by the value attribute, if any, and a user agent-dependent, locale-dependent value that the user agent uses to label the button itself if the attribute is absent. * Otherwise, if the element is a labeled control, then the Label is the string given by the textContent of the first label element in tree order whose labeled control is the element in question. (In DOM terms, this is the string given by element.labels[0].textContent.) * Otherwise, if the value attribute is present, then the Label is the value of that attribute. * Otherwise, the Label is the empty string. The Access Key of the command is the element’s assigned access key, if any. The Hidden State of the command is true (hidden) if the element has a hidden attribute, and false otherwise. The Disabled State of the command is true if the element or one of its ancestors is inert, or if the element’s disabled state is set, and false otherwise. The Action of the command, if the element has a defined activation behavior, is to run synthetic click activation steps on the element. Otherwise, it is just to fire a click event at the element. 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command An option element with an ancestor select element and either no value attribute or a value attribute that is not the empty string defines a command. The Label of the command is the value of the option element’s label attribute, if there is one, or else the value of option element’s textContent IDL attribute, with leading and trailing white space stripped, and with any sequences of two or more space characters replaced by a single U+0020 SPACE character. The Access Key of the command is the element’s assigned access key, if any. The Hidden State of the command is true (hidden) if the element has a hidden attribute, and false otherwise. The Disabled State of the command is true if the element is disabled, or if its nearest ancestor select element is disabled, or if it or one of its ancestors is inert, and false otherwise. If the option’s nearest ancestor select element has a multiple attribute, the Action of the command is to pick the option element. Otherwise, the Action is to toggle the option element. 4.11.3.6. Using the accesskey attribute on a label element to define a command A label element that has an assigned access key and a labeled control and whose labeled control defines a command, itself defines a command. The Label of the command is the string given by the element’s textContent IDL attribute. The Access Key of the command is the element’s assigned access key. The Hidden State, Disabled State, and Action facets of the command are the same as the respective facets of the element’s labeled control. 4.11.3.7. Using the accesskey attribute on a legend element to define a command A legend element that has an assigned access key and is a child of a fieldset element that has a descendant that is not a descendant of the legend element and is neither a label element nor a legend element but that defines a command, itself defines a command. The Label of the command is the string given by the element’s textContent IDL attribute. The Access Key of the command is the element’s assigned access key. The Hidden State, Disabled State, and Action facets of the command are the same as the respective facets of the first element in tree order that is a descendant of the parent of the legend element that defines a command but is not a descendant of the legend element and is neither a label nor a legend element. 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other elements An element that has an assigned access key defines a command. If one of the earlier sections that define elements that define commands define that this element defines a command, then that section applies to this element, and this section does not. Otherwise, this section applies to that element. The Label of the command depends on the element. If the element is a labeled control, the textContent of the first label element in tree order whose labeled control is the element in question is the Label (in DOM terms, this is the string given by element.labels[0].textContent). Otherwise, the Label is the textContent of the element itself. The Access Key of the command is the element’s assigned access key. The Hidden State of the command is true (hidden) if the element has a hidden attribute, and false otherwise. The Disabled State of the command is true if the element or one of its ancestors is inert, and false otherwise. The Action of the command is to run the following steps: 1. Run the focusing steps for the element. 2. If the element has a defined activation behavior, run synthetic click activation steps on the element. 3. Otherwise, if the element does not have a defined activation behavior, fire a click event at the element. 4.11.4. The dialog element Categories: Flow content. Sectioning root. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where flow content is expected. Content model: Flow content. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes open - Whether the dialog box is showing Allowed ARIA role attribute values: dialog (default - do not set) or alertdialog. Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: Global aria-* attributes Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles. DOM interface: interface HTMLDialogElement : HTMLElement { attribute boolean open; attribute DOMString returnValue; void show(optional (MouseEvent or Element) anchor); void showModal(optional (MouseEvent or Element) anchor); void close(optional DOMString returnValue); }; The dialog element represents a part of an application that a user interacts with to perform a task, for example a dialog box, inspector, or window. The open attribute is a boolean attribute. When specified, it indicates that the dialog element is active and that the user can interact with it. The following is an example of a modal dialog which provides a form for a user to add coins to their wallet, as part of an online game. ...

    Add to Wallet

    You add coins at your own risk.

    ... Add to Wallet Dialog A dialog element without an open attribute specified should not be shown to the user. This requirement may be implemented indirectly through the style layer. For example, user agents that support the suggested default rendering implement this requirement using the CSS rules described in §10 Rendering. The tabindex attribute must not be specified on dialog elements. dialog . show( [ anchor ] ) Displays the dialog element. The argument, if provided, provides an anchor point to which the element will be fixed. dialog . showModal( [ anchor ] ) Displays the dialog element and makes it the top-most modal dialog. The argument, if provided, provides an anchor point to which the element will be fixed. This method honors the autofocus attribute. dialog . close( [ result ] ) Closes the dialog element. The argument, if provided, provides a return value. dialog . returnValue [ = result ] Returns the dialog’s return value. Can be set, to update the return value. When the show() method is invoked, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. If the element already has an open attribute, then abort these steps. 2. Add an open attribute to the dialog element, whose value is the empty string. 3. If the show() method was invoked with an argument, set up the position of the dialog element, using that argument as the anchor. Otherwise, set the dialog to the normal alignment mode. 4. Run the dialog focusing steps for the dialog element. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Each Document has a stack of dialog elements known as the pending dialog stack. When a Document is created, this stack must be initialized to be empty. When an element is added to the pending dialog stack, it must also be added to the top layer. When an element is removed from the pending dialog stack, it must be removed from the top layer. [FULLSCREEN] When the showModal() method is invoked, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. Let subject be the dialog element on which the method was invoked. 2. If subject already has an open attribute, then throw an InvalidStateError exception and abort these steps. 3. If subject is not in a Document, then throw an InvalidStateError exception and abort these steps. 4. Add an open attribute to subject, whose value is the empty string. 5. If the showModal() method was invoked with an argument, set up the position of subject, using that argument as the anchor. Otherwise, set the dialog to the centered alignment mode. 6. Let subject’s node document be blocked by the modal dialog subject. 7. Push subject onto subject’s node document’s pending dialog stack. 8. Run the dialog focusing steps for subject. The dialog focusing steps for a dialog element subject are as follows: 1. If for some reason subject is not a control group owner at this point, or if it is inert, abort these steps. 2. Let control be the first non-inert focusable area in subject’s control group whose DOM anchor has an autofocus attribute specified. If there isn’t one, then let control be the first non-inert focusable area in subject’s control group. If there isn’t one of those either, then let control be subject. 3. Run the focusing steps for control. If at any time a dialog element is removed from a Document, then if that dialog is in that Document’s pending dialog stack, the following steps must be run: 1. Let subject be that dialog element and document be the Document from which it is being removed. 2. Remove subject from document’s pending dialog stack. 3. If document’s pending dialog stack is not empty, then let document be blocked by the modal dialog that is at the top of document’s pending dialog stack. Otherwise, let document be no longer blocked by a modal dialog at all. When the close() method is invoked, the user agent must close the dialog that the method was invoked on. If the method was invoked with an argument, that argument must be used as the return value; otherwise, there is no return value. When a dialog element subject is to be closed, optionally with a return value result, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. If subject does not have an open attribute, then abort these steps. 2. Remove subject’s open attribute. 3. If the argument result was provided, then set the returnValue attribute to the value of result. 4. If subject is in its Document’s pending dialog stack, then run these substeps: 1. Remove subject from that pending dialog stack. 2. If that pending dialog stack is not empty, then let subject’s node document be blocked by the modal dialog that is at the top of the pending dialog stack. Otherwise, let document be no longer blocked by a modal dialog at all. 5. Queue a task to fire a simple event named close at subject. The returnValue IDL attribute, on getting, must return the last value to which it was set. On setting, it must be set to the new value. When the element is created, it must be set to the empty string. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Canceling dialogs: When a Document’s pending dialog stack is not empty, user agents may provide a user interface that, upon activation, queues a task to fire a simple event named cancel that is cancelable at the top dialog element on the Document’s pending dialog stack. The default action of this event must be to check if that element has an open attribute, and if it does, close the dialog with no return value. An example of such a UI mechanism would be the user pressing the "Escape" key. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- All dialog elements are always in one of three modes: normal alignment, centered alignment, and magic alignment. When a dialog element is created, it must be placed in the normal alignment mode. In this mode, normal CSS requirements apply to the element. The centered alignment mode is only used for dialog elements that are in the top layer. [FULLSCREEN] [CSS-2015] When an element subject is placed in centered alignment mode, and when it is in that mode and has new rendering boxes created, the user agent must set up the element such that its top static position, for the purposes of calculating the used value of the top property, is the value that would place the element’s top margin edge as far from the top of the viewport as the element’s bottom margin edge from the bottom of the viewport, if the element’s height is less than the height of the viewport, and otherwise is the value that would place the element’s top margin edge at the top of the viewport. If there is a dialog element with centered alignment and that is being rendered when its browsing context changes viewport width (as measured in CSS pixels), then the user agent must recreate the element’s boxes, recalculating its top static position as in the previous paragraph. This top static position of a dialog element with centered alignment must remain the element’s top static position until its boxes are recreated. (The element’s static position is only used in calculating the used value of the top property in certain situations; it’s not used, for instance, to position the element if its position property is set to static.) When a user agent is to set up the position of an element subject using an anchor anchor, it must run the following steps: 1. If anchor is a MouseEvent object, then run these substeps: 1. If anchor’s target element does not have a rendered box, or is in a different document than subject, then let subject be in the centered alignment mode, and abort the set up the position steps. 2. Let anchor element be an anonymous element rendered as a box with zero height and width (so its margin and border boxes both just form a point), positioned so that its top and left are at the coordinate identified by the event, and whose properties all compute to their initial values. Otherwise, let anchor element be anchor. 2. Put subject in the magic alignment mode, aligned to anchor element. While an element A has magic alignment, aligned to an element B, the following requirements apply: * If at any time either A or B cease having rendered boxes, A and B cease being in the same Document, or B ceases being earlier than A in tree order, then, if subject is in the pending dialog stack, let subject’s mode become centered alignment, otherwise, let subject’s mode become normal alignment. * A’s position property must compute to the keyword 'absolute-anchored' rather than whatever it would otherwise compute to (i.e., the position property’s specified value is ignored). The 'absolute-anchored' keyword’s requirements are described below. * The anchor points for A and B are defined as per the appropriate entry in the following list: If the computed value of anchor-point is none on both A and B The anchor points of A and B are the center points of their respective first boxes' border boxes. If the computed value of anchor-point is none on A and a specific point on B The anchor point of B is the point given by its anchor-point property. If the anchor point of B is the center point of B’s first box’s border box, then A’s anchor point is the center point of its first box’s margin box. Otherwise, A’s anchor point is on one of its margin edges. Consider four hypothetical half-infinite lines L1, L2, L3, and L4 that each start in the center of B’s first box’s border box, and that extend respectively through the top left corner, top right corner, bottom right corner, and bottom left corner of B’s first box’s border box. A’s anchor point is determined by the location of B’s anchor point relative to these four hypothetical lines, as follows: If the anchor point of B lies on L1 or L2, or inside the area bounded by L1 and L2 that also contains the points above B’s first box’s border box, then let A’s anchor point be the horizontal center of A’s bottom margin edge. Otherwise, if the anchor point of B lies on L3 or L4, or inside the area bounded by L3 and L4 that also contains the points below B’s first box’s border box, then let A’s anchor point be the horizontal center of A’s top margin edge. Otherwise, if the anchor point of B lies inside the area bounded by L4 and L1 that also contains the points to the left of B’s first box’s border box, then let A’s anchor point be the vertical center of A’s right margin edge. Otherwise, the anchor point of B lies inside the area bounded by L2 and L3 that also contains the points to the right of B’s first box’s border box; let A’s anchor point be the vertical center of A’s left margin edge. If the computed value of anchor-point is a specific point on A and none on B The anchor point of A is the point given by its anchor-point property. If the anchor point of A is the center point of A’s first box’s margin box, then B’s anchor point is the center point of its first box’s border box. Otherwise, B’s anchor point is on one of its border edges. Consider four hypothetical half-infinite lines L1, L2, L3, and L4 that each start in the center of A’s first box’s margin box, and that extend respectively through the top left corner, top right corner, bottom right corner, and bottom left corner of A’s first box’s margin box. B’s anchor point is determined by the location of A’s anchor point relative to these four hypothetical lines, as follows: If the anchor point of A lies on L1 or L2, or inside the area bounded by L1 and L2 that also contains the points above A’s first box’s margin box, then let B’s anchor point be the horizontal center of B’s bottom border edge. Otherwise, if the anchor point of A lies on L3 or L4, or inside the area bounded by L3 and L4 that also contains the points below A’s first box’s margin box, then let B’s anchor point be the horizontal center of B’s top border edge. Otherwise, if the anchor point of A lies inside the area bounded by L4 and L1 that also contains the points to the left of A’s first box’s margin box, then let B’s anchor point be the vertical center of B’s right border edge. Otherwise, the anchor point of A lies inside the area bounded by L2 and L3 that also contains the points to the right of A’s first box’s margin box; let B’s anchor point be the vertical center of B’s left border edge. If the computed value of anchor-point is a specific point on both A and B The anchor points of A and B are the points given by their respective anchor-point properties. The rules above generally use A’s margin box, but B’s border box. This is because while A always has a margin box, and using the margin box allows for the dialog to be positioned offset from the box it is annotating, B sometimes does not have a margin box (e.g., if it is a table-cell), or has a margin box whose position may be not entirely clear (e.g., in the face of margin collapsing and clear handling of in-flow blocks). In cases where B does not have a border box but its border box is used by the algorithm above, user agents must use its first box’s content area instead. (This is in particular an issue with boxes in tables that have border-collapse set to collapse.) * When an element’s position property computes to 'absolute-anchored', the float property does not apply and must compute to none, the display property must compute to a value as described by the table in the section of CSS 2.1 describing the relationships between display, position, and float, and the element’s box must be positioned using the rules for absolute positioning but with its static position set such that if the box is positioned in its static position, its anchor point is exactly aligned over the anchor point of the element to which it is magically aligned. Elements aligned in this way are absolutely positioned. For the purposes of determining the containing block of other elements, the 'absolute-anchored' keyword must be treated like the absolute keyword. The trivial example of an element that does not have a rendered box is one whose display property computes to none. However, there are many other cases; e.g., table columns do not have boxes (their properties merely affect other boxes). If an element to which another element is anchored changes rendering, the anchored element will be repositioned accordingly. (In other words, the requirements above are live, they are not just calculated once per anchored element.) The 'absolute-anchored' keyword is not a keyword that can be specified in CSS; the position property can only compute to this value if the dialog element is positioned via the APIs described above. User agents in visual interactive media should allow the user to pan the viewport to access all parts of a dialog element’s border box, even if the element is larger than the viewport and the viewport would otherwise not have a scroll mechanism (e.g., because the viewport’s overflow property is set to hidden). ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The open IDL attribute must reflect the open content attribute. 4.11.4.1. Anchor points This section will eventually be moved to a CSS specification; it is specified here only on an interim basis until an editor can be found to own this. Name: anchor-point Value: [ none | ] Initial: none Applies to: all elements Inherited: no Percentages: refer to width or height of box; see prose Media: visual Computed value: The specified value, but with any lengths replaced by their corresponding absolute length Canonical order: per grammar Animatable: no The anchor-point property specifies a point to which dialog boxes are to be aligned. If the value is a , the anchor point is the point given by the value, which must be interpreted relative to the element’s first rendered box’s margin box. Percentages must be calculated relative to the element’s first rendered box’s margin box (specifically, its width for the horizontal position and its height for the vertical position). [CSS-VALUES] [CSS-2015] If the value is the keyword none, then no explicit anchor point is defined. The user agent will pick an anchor point automatically if necessary (as described in the definition of the open() method above). 4.12. Scripting Scripts allow authors to add interactivity to their documents. Authors are encouraged to use declarative alternatives to scripting where possible, as declarative mechanisms are often more maintainable, and many users disable scripting. For example, instead of using script to show or hide a section to show more details, the details element could be used. Authors are also encouraged to make their applications degrade gracefully in the absence of scripting support. For example, if an author provides a link in a table header to dynamically resort the table, the link could also be made to function without scripts by requesting the sorted table from the server. 4.12.1. The script element Categories: Metadata content. Flow content. Phrasing content. Script-supporting element. Contexts in which this element can be used: Where metadata content is expected. Where phrasing content is expected. Where script-supporting elements are expected. Content model: If there is no src attribute, depends on the value of the type attribute, but must match script content restrictions. If there is a src attribute, the element must be either empty or contain only script documentation that also matches script content restrictions. Tag omission in text/html: Neither tag is omissible Content attributes: Global attributes src - Address of the resource type - Type of embedded resource charset - Character encoding of the external script resource async - Execute script in parallel defer - Defer script execution crossorigin - How the element handles crossorigin requests nonce - Cryptographic nonce used in Content Security Policy checks [CSP3] Allowed ARIA role attribute values: None Allowed ARIA state and property attributes: None DOM interface: interface HTMLScriptElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString src; attribute DOMString type; attribute DOMString charset; attribute boolean async; attribute boolean defer; attribute DOMString? crossOrigin; attribute DOMString text; attribute DOMString nonce; }; The script element allows authors to include dynamic script and data blocks in their documents. The element does not represent content for the user. The type attribute allows customization of the type of script represented: * Omitting the attribute, or setting it to a JavaScript MIME type, means that the script is a classic script, to be interpreted according to the JavaScript Script top-level production. Classic scripts are affected by the charset, async, and defer attributes. Authors should omit the attribute, instead of redundantly giving a JavaScript MIME type. * Setting the attribute to an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "module" means that the script is a module script, to be interpreted according to the JavaScript Module top-level production. Module scripts are not affected by the charset and defer attributes. * Setting the attribute to any other value means that the script is a data block, which is not processed. None of the script attributes (except type itself) have any effect on data blocks. Authors must use a valid MIME type that is not a JavaScript MIME type to denote data blocks. The requirement that data blocks must be denoted using a valid MIME type is in place to avoid potential future collisions. If this specification ever adds additional types of script, they will be triggered by setting the type attribute to something which is not a MIME type, like how the "module" value denotes module scripts. By using a valid MIME type now, you ensure that your data block will not ever be reinterpreted as a different script type, even in future user agents. Classic scripts and module scripts may either be embedded inline or may be imported from an external file using the src attribute, which if specified gives the URL of the external script resource to use. If src is specified, it must be a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces. The contents of inline script elements, or the external script resource, must conform with the requirements of the JavaScript specification’s Script or Module productions, for classic scripts and module scripts respectively. [ECMA-262] When used to include data blocks, the data must be embedded inline, the format of the data must be given using the type attribute, and the contents of the script element must conform to the requirements defined for the format used. The src, charset, async, defer, crossorigin, and nonce attributes must not be specified. The charset attribute gives the character encoding of the external script resource. The attribute must not be specified if the src attribute is not present, or if the script is not a classic script. (Module scripts are always interpreted as UTF-8.) If the attribute is set, its value must be an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of the labels of an encoding, and must specify the same encoding as the charset parameter of the Content-Type metadata of the external file, if any. [ENCODING] The async and defer attributes are boolean attributes that indicate how the script should be executed. Classic scripts may specify defer or async; module scripts may specify async. There are several possible modes that can be selected using these attributes, and depending on the script’s type. For classic scripts, if the async attribute is present, then the classic script will be fetched in parallel to parsing and evaluated as soon as it is available (potentially before parsing completes). If the async attribute is not present but the defer attribute is present, then the classic script will be fetched in parallel and evaluated when the page has finished parsing. If neither attribute is present, then the script is fetched and evaluated immediately, blocking parsing until these are both complete. For module scripts, if the async attribute is present, then the module script and all its dependencies will be fetched in parallel to parsing, and the module script will be evaluated as soon as it is available (potentially before parsing completes). Otherwise, the module script and its dependencies will be fetched in parallel to parsing and evaluated when the page has finished parsing. (The defer attribute has no effect on module scripts.) This is all summarized in the following schematic diagram: With The data in this case might be used by the script to generate the map of a video game. The data doesn’t have to be used that way, though; maybe the map data is actually embedded in other parts of the page’s markup, and the data block here is just used by the site’s search engine to help users who are looking for particular features in their game maps. The following sample shows how a script element can be used to define a function that is then used by other parts of the document, as part of a classic script. It also shows how a script element can be used to invoke script while the document is being parsed, in this case to initialize the form’s output.
    Work out the price of your car

    Base cost: £52000.

    Select additional options:

    Total: £

    The following sample shows how a script element can be used to include an external module script. This module, and all its dependencies (expressed through JavaScript import statements in the source file), will be fetched. Once the entire resulting module tree has been imported, and the document has finished parsing, the contents of app.js will be evaluated. The following sample shows how a script element can be used to write an inline module script that performs a number of substitutions on the document’s text, in order to make for a more interesting reading experience (e.g. on a news site): [XKCD-1288] Some notable features gained by using a module script include the ability to import functions from other JavaScript modules, strict mode by default, and how top-level declarations do not introduce new properties onto the global object. Also note that no matter where this script element appears in the document, it will not be evaluated until both document parsing has complete and its dependency (dom-utils.js) has been fetched and evaluated. 4.12.1.1. Processing model A script element has several associated pieces of state. The first is a flag indicating whether or not the script block has been "already started". Initially, script elements must have this flag unset (script blocks, when created, are not "already started"). The cloning steps for script elements must set the "already started" flag on the copy if it is set on the element being cloned. The second is a flag indicating whether the element was "parser-inserted". Initially, script elements must have this flag unset. It is set by the HTML parser and the XML parser on script elements they insert and affects the processing of those elements. The third is a flag indicating whether the element will "non-blocking". Initially, script elements must have this flag set. It is unset by the HTML parser and the XML parser on script elements they insert. In addition, whenever a script element whose "non-blocking" flag is set has an async content attribute added, the element’s "non-blocking" flag must be unset. The fourth is a flag indicating whether or not the script block is "ready to be parser-executed". Initially, script elements must have this flag unset (script blocks, when created, are not "ready to be parser-executed"). This flag is used only for elements that are also "parser-inserted", to let the parser know when to execute the script. The fifth is the script’s type, which is either "classic" or "module". It is determined when the script is prepared, based on the type attribute of the element at that time. Initially, script elements must have this flag unset. The sixth is a flag indicating whether or not the script is from an external file. It is determined when the script is prepared, based on the src attribute of the element at that time. Finally, a script element has the script’s script, which is a script resulting from preparing the element. This is set asynchronously after the classic script or module tree is fetched. Once it is set, either to a script in the case of success or to null in the case of failure, the fetching algorithms will note that the script is ready, which can trigger other actions. The user agent must delay the load event of the element’s node document until the script is ready. When a script element that is not marked as being "parser-inserted" experiences one of the events listed in the following list, the user agent must immediately prepare the script element: * The script element gets inserted into a document, at the time the node is inserted according to the DOM, after any other script elements inserted at the same time that are earlier in the Document in tree order. * The script element is in a Document and a node or document fragment is inserted into the script element, after any script elements inserted at that time. * The script element is in a Document and has a src attribute set where previously the element had no such attribute. To prepare a script, the user agent must act as follows: 1. If the script element is marked as having "already started", then the user agent must abort these steps at this point. The script is not executed. 2. If the element has its "parser-inserted" flag set, then set was-parser-inserted to true and unset the element’s "parser-inserted" flag. Otherwise, set was-parser-inserted to false. This is done so that if parser-inserted script elements fail to run when the parser tries to run them, e.g., because they are empty or specify an unsupported scripting language, another script can later mutate them and cause them to run again. 3. If was-parser-inserted is true and the element does not have an async attribute, then set the element’s "non-blocking" flag to true. This is done so that if a parser-inserted script element fails to run when the parser tries to run it, but it is later executed after a script dynamically updates it, it will execute in a non-blocking fashion even if the async attribute isn’t set. 4. If the element has no src attribute, and its child nodes, if any, consist only of comment nodes and empty Text nodes, then abort these steps at this point. The script is not executed. 5. If the element is not in a Document, then the user agent must abort these steps at this point. The script is not executed. 6. If either: * the script element has a type attribute and its value is the empty string, or * the script element has no type attribute but it has a language attribute and that attribute’s value is the empty string, or * the script element has neither a type attribute nor a language attribute, then ...let the script block’s type string for this script element be "text/javascript". Otherwise, if the script element has a type attribute, let the script block’s type string for this script element be the value of that attribute with any leading or trailing sequences of space characters removed. Otherwise, the element has a non-empty language attribute; let the script block’s type string for this script element be the child text content of the language attribute. The language attribute is never conforming, and is always ignored if there is a type attribute present. Determine the script’s type as follows: * If the script block’s type string is an ASCII case-insensitive match for any JavaScript MIME type, the script’s type is "classic". * If the script block’s type string is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "module", the script’s type is "module". * If neither of the above conditions are true, then abort these steps at this point. No script is executed. 7. If was-parser-inserted is true, then flag the element as "parser-inserted" again, and set the element’s "non-blocking" flag to false. 8. The user agent must set the element’s "already started" flag. 9. If the element is flagged as "parser-inserted", but the element’s node document is not the Document of the parser that created the element, then abort these steps. 10. If scripting is disabled for the script element, then abort these steps at this point. The script is not executed. The definition of scripting is disabled means that, amongst others, the following scripts will not execute: scripts in XMLHttpRequest's responseXML documents, scripts in DOMParser-created documents, scripts in documents created by XSLTProcessor’s transformToDocument feature, and scripts that are first inserted by a script into a Document that was created using the createDocument() API. [XHR] [DOM-PARSING] [XSLTP] [DOM41] 11. If the script element does not have a src content attribute, and the Should element’s inline behavior be blocked by Content Security Policy? algorithm returns "Blocked" when executed upon the script element, "script", and the script element’s child text content, then abort these steps. The script is not executed. [CSP3] 12. If the script element has an event attribute and a for attribute, and the script’s type is "classic", then run these substeps: 1. Let for be the value of the for attribute. 2. Let event be the value of the event attribute. 3. Strip leading and trailing white space from event and for. 4. If for is not an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "window", then the user agent must abort these steps at this point. The script is not executed. 5. If event is not an ASCII case-insensitive match for either the string "onload" or the string "onload()", then the user agent must abort these steps at this point. The script is not executed. 13. If the script element has a charset attribute, then let encoding be the result of getting an encoding from the value of the charset attribute. If the script element does not have a charset attribute, or if getting an encoding failed, let encoding be the same as the encoding of the document itself. If the script’s type is "module", this encoding will be ignored. 14. Let CORS setting be the current state of the element’s crossorigin content attribute. 15. If the script element has a nonce attribute, then let cryptographic nonce be that attribute’s value. Otherwise, let cryptographic nonce be the empty string. 16. Let parser state be "parser-inserted" if the script element has been flagged as "parser-inserted", and "not parser-inserted" otherwise. 17. Let settings be the element’s node document’s Window object’s environment settings object. 18. If the element has a src content attribute, run these substeps: 1. Let src be the value of the element’s src attribute. 2. If src is the empty string, queue a task to fire a simple event named error at the element, and abort these steps. 3. Set the element’s from an external file flag. 4. Parse src relative to the element’s node document. 5. If the previous step failed, queue a task to fire a simple event named error at the element, and abort these steps. Otherwise, let url be the resulting URL record. 6. Switch on the script’s type: "classic" Fetch a classic script given url, CORS setting, cryptographic nonce, parser state, settings, and encoding. "module" 1. Let credentials mode be determined by switching on CORS setting: No CORS "omit" Anonymous "same-origin" Use Credentials "include" 2. Fetch a module script tree given url, credentials mode, cryptographic nonce, parser state, "script", and settings. When the chosen algorithm asynchronously completes, set the script’s script to the result. At that time, the script is ready. For performance reasons, user agents may start fetching the classic script or module tree (as defined above) as the src attribute is set, instead, in the hope that the element will be inserted into the document (and that the crossorigin attribute won’t change value in the meantime). Either way, once the element is inserted into the document, the load must have started as described in this step. If the UA performs such prefetching, but the element is never inserted in the document, or the src attribute is dynamically changed, or the crossorigin attribute is dynamically changed, then the user agent will not execute the script so obtained, and the fetching process will have been effectively wasted. 19. If the element does not have a src content attribute, run these substeps: 1. Let source text be the value of the text IDL attribute. 2. Switch on the script’s type: "classic" 1. Let script be the result of creating a classic script using source text and settings. 2. Set the script’s script to script. 3. The script is ready. "module" 1. Let base URL be the script element’s node document’s document base URL. 2. Let script be the result of creating a module script using source text, settings, base URL, and CORS setting. 3. If this returns null, set the script’s script to null and abort these substeps; the script is ready. 4. Fetch the descendants of script. When this asynchronously completes, set the script’s script to the result. At that time, the script is ready. 20. Then, follow the first of the following options that describes the situation: the src defer async script’s present? present? present? other conditions type element flagged "classic" yes yes no as "parser-inserted" element flagged "module" yes or no n/a no as "parser-inserted" Add the element to the end of the list of scripts that will execute when the document has finished parsing associated with the Document of the parser that created the element. When the the script is ready, set the element’s "ready to be parser-executed" flag. The parser will handle executing the script. the src defer async script’s present? present? present? other conditions type element flagged "classic" yes no no as "parser-inserted" The element is the pending parsing-blocking script of the Document of the parser that created the element. (There can only be one such script per Document at a time.) When the script is ready, set the element’s "ready to be parser-executed" flag. The parser will handle executing the script. the src defer async script’s present? present? present? other conditions type "non-blocking" "classic" yes yes or no no flag not set on element "non-blocking" "module" yes or no n/a no flag not set on element Add the element to the end of the list of scripts that will execute in order as soon as possible associated with the node document of the script element at the time the prepare a script algorithm started. When the script is ready, run the following steps: 1. If the element is not now the first element in the list of scripts that will execute in order as soon as possible to which it was added above, then mark the element as ready but abort these steps without executing the script yet. 2. Execution: Execute the script block corresponding to the first script element in this list of scripts that will execute in order as soon as possible. 3. Remove the first element from this list of scripts that will execute in order as soon as possible. 4. If this list of scripts that will execute in order as soon as possible is still not empty and the first entry has already been marked as ready, then jump back to the step labeled Execution. the script’s src defer async other type present? present? present? conditions "classic" yes yes or no yes or no n/a "module" yes or no n/a yes or no n/a The element must be added to the set of scripts that will execute as soon as possible of the node document of the script element at the time the prepare a script algorithm started. When the script is ready, execute the script block and then remove the element from the set of scripts that will execute as soon as possible. the src defer async script’s present? present? present? other conditions type All of the following: * element flagged as "parser-inserted" * an XML parser or an HTML parser whose script nesting level is "classic" yes or yes or not greater than or no no no one created the "module" script * the Document of the XML parser or HTML parser that created the script has a style sheet that is blocking scripts The element is the pending parsing-blocking script of the Document of the parser that created the element. (There can only be one such script per Document at a time.) Set the element’s "ready to be parser-executed" flag. The parser will handle executing the script. Otherwise Immediately execute the script block, even if other scripts are already executing. The pending parsing-blocking script of a Document is used by the Document's parser(s). If a script element that blocks a parser gets moved to another Document before it would normally have stopped blocking that parser, it nonetheless continues blocking that parser until the condition that causes it to be blocking the parser no longer applies (e.g., if the script is a pending parsing-blocking script because there was a style sheet that is blocking scripts when it was parsed, but then the script is moved to another Document before the style sheet loads, the script still blocks the parser until the style sheets are all loaded, at which time the script executes and the parser is unblocked). When the user agent is required to execute a script block, it must run the following steps: 1. If the element is flagged as "parser-inserted", but the element’s node document is not the Document of the parser that created the element, then abort these steps. 2. If the script’s script is null, fire a simple event named error at the element, and abort these steps. 3. If the script is from an external file, or the script’s type is "module", then increment the ignore-destructive-writes counter of the script element’s node document. Let neutralized doc be that Document. 4. Let old script element be the value to which the script element’s node document’s currentScript object was most recently set. 5. Switch on the script’s type: "classic" 1. Set the script element’s node document’s currentScript attribute to the script element. This does not use the in a document check, as the script element could have been removed from the document prior to execution, and in that scenario currentScript still needs to point to it. 2. Run the classic script given by the script’s script. "module" 1. Set the script element’s node document’s currentScript attribute to null. 2. Run the module script given by the script’s script. 6. Set the script element’s node document’s currentScript object to old script element. 7. Decrement the ignore-destructive-writes counter of neutralized doc, if it was incremented in the earlier step. 8. If the script’s type is "classic" and the script is from an external file, fire a simple event named load at the script element. Otherwise queue a task to fire a simple event named load at the script element. 4.12.1.2. Scripting languages A JavaScript MIME type is a MIME type string that is one of the following and refers to JavaScript: [ECMA-262] * application/ecmascript * application/javascript * application/x-ecmascript * application/x-javascript * text/ecmascript * text/javascript * text/javascript1.0 * text/javascript1.1 * text/javascript1.2 * text/javascript1.3 * text/javascript1.4 * text/javascript1.5 * text/jscript * text/livescript * text/x-ecmascript * text/x-javascript User agents must recognize all JavaScript MIME types. User agents may support other MIME types for other languages, but must not support other MIME types for the languages in the list above. User agents are not required to support JavaScript. The processing model for languages other than JavaScript is outside the scope of this specification. The following MIME types (with or without parameters) must not be interpreted as scripting languages: * text/plain * text/xml * application/octet-stream * application/xml These types are explicitly listed here because they are poorly-defined types that are nonetheless likely to be used as formats for data blocks, and it would be problematic if they were suddenly to be interpreted as script by a user agent. When examining types to determine if they represent supported languages, user agents must not ignore MIME parameters. Types are to be compared including all parameters. For example, types that include the charset parameter will not be recognized as referencing any of the scripting languages listed above. 4.12.1.3. Restrictions for contents of script elements The easiest and safest way to avoid the rather strange restrictions described in this section is to always escape "<!--" as "<\!--", "<script" as "<\script", and "</script" as "<\/script" when these sequences appear in literals in scripts (e.g., in strings, regular expressions, or comments), and to avoid writing code that uses such constructs in expressions. Doing so avoids the pitfalls that the restrictions in this section are prone to triggering: namely, that, for historical reasons, parsing of script blocks in HTML is a strange and exotic practice that acts unintuitively in the face of these sequences. The textContent of a script element must match the script production in the following ABNF, the character set for which is Unicode. [ABNF] script = outer *( comment-open inner comment-close outer ) outer = < any string that doesn’t contain a substring that matches not-in-outer > not-in-outer = comment-open inner = < any string that doesn’t contain a substring that matches not-in-inner > not-in-inner = comment-close / script-open comment-open = "" script-open = "<" s c r i p t tag-end s = %x0053 ; U+0053 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S s =/ %x0073 ; U+0073 LATIN SMALL LETTER S c = %x0043 ; U+0043 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C c =/ %x0063 ; U+0063 LATIN SMALL LETTER C r = %x0052 ; U+0052 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R r =/ %x0072 ; U+0072 LATIN SMALL LETTER R i = %x0049 ; U+0049 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I i =/ %x0069 ; U+0069 LATIN SMALL LETTER I p = %x0050 ; U+0050 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER P p =/ %x0070 ; U+0070 LATIN SMALL LETTER P t = %x0054 ; U+0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T t =/ %x0074 ; U+0074 LATIN SMALL LETTER T tag-end = %x0009 ; U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) tag-end =/ %x000A ; U+000A LINE FEED (LF) tag-end =/ %x000C ; U+000C FORM FEED (FF) tag-end =/ %x0020 ; U+0020 SPACE tag-end =/ %x002F ; U+002F SOLIDUS (/) tag-end =/ %x003E ; U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) When a script element contains script documentation, there are further restrictions on the contents of the element, as described in the section below. The following script illustrates this issue. Suppose you have a script that contains a string, as in: var example = 'Consider this string: What is going on here is that for legacy reasons, "<!--" and "<script" strings in script elements in HTML need to be balanced in order for the parser to consider closing the block. By escaping the problematic strings as mentioned at the top of this section, the problem is avoided entirely: It is possible for these sequences to naturally occur in script expressions, as in the following examples: if (x The hidden attribute must not be used to hide content just from one presentation — if something is marked hidden, it is hidden from all presentations, including, for instance, screen readers. Elements that are not themselves hidden must not hyperlink to elements that are hidden. The for attributes of label and output elements that are not themselves hidden must similarly not refer to elements that are hidden. In both cases, such references would cause user confusion. Elements and scripts may, however, refer to elements that are hidden in other contexts. For example, it would be incorrect to use the href attribute to link to a section marked with the hidden attribute. If the content is not applicable or relevant, then there is no reason to link to it. It would be fine, however, to use the ARIA aria-describedby attribute to refer to descriptions that are themselves hidden. While hiding the descriptions implies that they are not useful alone, they could be written in such a way that they are useful in the specific context of being referenced from the images that they describe. Similarly, a canvas element with the hidden attribute could be used by a scripted graphics engine as an off-screen buffer, and a form control could refer to a hidden form element using its form attribute. Accessibility APIs are encouraged to provide a way to expose structured content while marking it as hidden in the default view. Such content should not be perceivable to users in the normal document flow in any modality, whether using Assistive Technology (AT) or mainstream User Agents. When such features are available, User Agents may use them to expose the full semantics of hidden elements to AT when appropriate, if such content is referenced indirectly by an ID reference or valid hash-name reference. This allows ATs to access the structure of these hidden elements upon user request, while keeping the content hidden in all presentations of the normal document flow. Authors who wish to prevent user-initiated viewing of a hidden element should not reference the element with such a mechanism. Because some User Agents have flattened hidden content when exposing such content to AT, authors should not reference hidden content which would lose essential meaning when flattened. Elements in a section hidden by the hidden attribute are still active, e.g., scripts and form controls in such sections still execute and submit respectively. Only their presentation to the user changes. The hidden IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name. 5.2. Inert subtrees This section does not define or create any content attribute named "inert". This section merely defines an abstract concept of inertness. A node (in particular elements and text nodes) can be marked as inert. When a node is inert, then the user agent must act as if the node was absent for the purposes of targeting user interaction events, may ignore the node for the purposes of text search user interfaces (commonly known as "find in page"), and may prevent the user from selecting text in that node. User agents should allow the user to override the restrictions on search and text selection, however. For example, consider a page that consists of just a single inert paragraph positioned in the middle of a body. If a user moves their pointing device from the body over to the inert paragraph and clicks on the paragraph, no mouseover event would be fired, and the mousemove and click events would be fired on the body element rather than the paragraph. When a node is inert, it generally cannot be focused. Inert nodes that are commands will also get disabled. While a browsing context container is marked as inert, its nested browsing context’s active document, and all nodes in that Document, must be marked as inert. An entire Document can be marked as blocked by a modal dialog subject. While a Document is so marked, every node that is in the Document, with the exception of the subject element and its descendants, must be marked inert. (The elements excepted by this paragraph can additionally be marked inert through other means; being part of a modal dialog does not "protect" a node from being marked inert.) Only one element at a time can mark a Document as being blocked by a modal dialog. When a new dialog is made to block a Document, the previous element, if any, stops blocking the Document. The dialog element’s showModal() method makes use of this mechanism. 5.3. Activation Certain elements in HTML have an activation behavior, which means that the user can activate them. This triggers a sequence of events dependent on the activation mechanism, and normally culminating in a click event, as described below. The user agent should allow the user to manually trigger elements that have an activation behavior, for instance using keyboard or voice input, or through mouse clicks. When the user triggers an element with a defined activation behavior in a manner other than clicking it, the default action of the interaction event must be to run synthetic click activation steps on the element. For accessibility, the keyboard’s Enter and Space keys are often used to trigger an element’s activation behavior. [wai-aria-practices-1.1] Each element has a click in progress flag, initially set to false. When a user agent is to run synthetic click activation steps on an element, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. If the element’s click in progress flag is set to true, then abort these steps. 2. Set the click in progress flag on the element to true. 3. Run pre-click activation steps on the element. 4. Fire a click event at the element. If the run synthetic click activation steps algorithm was invoked because the click() method was invoked, then the isTrusted attribute must be initialized to false. 5. If this click event is not canceled, run post-click activation steps on the element. If the event is canceled, the user agent must run canceled activation steps on the element instead. 6. Set the click in progress flag on the element to false. When a pointing device is clicked, the user agent must run authentic click activation steps instead of firing the click event. When a user agent is to run authentic click activation steps for a given event event, it must follow these steps: 1. Let target be the element designated by the user (the target of event). 2. If target is a canvas element, run the canvas MouseEvent rerouting steps. If this changes event’s target, then let target be the new target. 3. Set the click in progress flag on target to true. 4. Let e be the nearest activatable element of target (defined below), if any. 5. If there is an element e, run pre-click activation steps on it. 6. Dispatch event (the required click event) at target. If there is an element e and the click event is not canceled, run post-click activation steps on element e. If there is an element e and the event is canceled, run canceled activation steps on element e. 7. Set the click in progress flag on target to false. The algorithms above don’t run for arbitrary synthetic events dispatched by author script. The click() method can be used to make the run synthetic click activation steps algorithm happen programmatically. Click-focusing behavior (e.g., the focusing of a text field when user clicks in one) typically happens before the click, when the mouse button is first depressed, and is therefore not discussed here. Given an element target, the nearest activatable element is the element returned by the following algorithm: 1. If target has a defined activation behavior, then return target and abort these steps. 2. If target has a parent element, then set target to that parent element and return to the first step. 3. Otherwise, there is no nearest activatable element. When a user agent is to run pre-click activation steps on an element, it must run the pre-click activation steps defined for that element, if any. When a user agent is to run canceled activation steps on an element, it must run the canceled activation steps defined for that element, if any. When a user agent is to run post-click activation steps on an element, it must run the activation behavior defined for that element, if any. Activation behaviors can refer to the click event that was fired by the steps above leading up to this point. element . click() Acts as if the element was clicked. The click() method must run the following steps: 1. If the element is a form control that is disabled, abort these steps. 2. Run synthetic click activation steps on the element. 5.4. Focus 5.4.1. Introduction This section is non-normative. An HTML user interface typically consists of multiple interactive widgets, such as form controls, scrollable regions, links, dialog boxes, browser tabs, and so forth. These widgets form a hierarchy, with some (e.g., browser tabs, dialog boxes) containing others (e.g., links, form controls). When interacting with an interface using a keyboard, key input is channeled from the system, through the hierarchy of interactive widgets, to an active widget, which is said to be focused. Consider an HTML application running in a browser tab running in a graphical environment. Suppose this application had a page with some text fields and links, and was currently showing a modal dialog, which itself had a text field and a button. The hierarchy of focusable widgets, in this scenario, would include the browser window, which would have, amongst its children, the browser tab containing the HTML application. The tab itself would have as its children the various links and text fields, as well as the dialog. The dialog itself would have as its children the text field and the button. If the widget with focus in this example was the text field in the dialog box, then key input would be channeled from the graphical system to ① the Web browser, then to ② the tab, then to ③ the dialog, and finally to ④ the text field. Keyboard events are always targeted at this focused element. 5.4.2. Data model The term focusable area is used to refer to regions of the interface that can become the target of keyboard input. Focusable areas can be elements, parts of elements, or other regions managed by the user agent. Each focusable area has a DOM anchor, which is a Node object that represents the position of the focusable area in the DOM. (When the focusable area is itself a Node, it is its own DOM anchor.) The DOM anchor is used in some APIs as a substitute for the focusable area when there is no other DOM object to represent the focusable area. The following table describes what objects can be focusable areas. The cells in the left column describe objects that can be focusable areas; the cells in the right column describe the DOM anchors for those elements. (The cells that span both columns are non-normative examples.) Focusable area DOM anchor Examples Elements that have their tabindex focus flag set, that are not actually disabled, that are not The element itself. expressly inert, and that are either being rendered or being used as relevant canvas fallback content. iframe, , sometimes (depending on platform conventions). The shapes of area elements in an image map associated with an img element that is being The img element. rendered and is not expressly inert. In the following example, the area element creates two shapes, one on each image. The DOM anchor of the first shape is the first img element, and the DOM anchor of the second shape is the second img element. Enter Door ... There is a white wall here, with a door. ... There is a red wall here, with a door. The user-agent provided subwidgets of elements that The element for which the focusable area is a are being rendered and are not actually disabled or subwidget. expressly inert. The controls in the user interface that is exposed to the user for a video element, the up and down buttons in a spin-control version of , the part of a details element’s rendering that enabled the element to be opened or closed using keyboard input. The scrollable regions of elements that are being The element for which the box that the rendered and are not expressly inert. scrollable region scrolls was created. The CSS overflow property’s scroll value typically creates a scrollable region. The viewport of a Document that is in a browsing The Document for which the viewport was context and is not inert. created. The contents of an iframe. Any other element or part of an element, especially to aid with accessibility or to better match The element. platform conventions. A user agent could make all list item bullets focusable, so that a user can more easily navigate lists. Similarly, a user agent could make all elements with title attributes focusable, so that their advisory information can be accessed. A browsing context container (e.g., an iframe) is a focusable area, but key events routed to a browsing context container get immediately routed to the nested browsing context’s active document. Similarly, in sequential focus navigation a browsing context container essentially acts merely as a placeholder for its nested browsing context’s active document. Each focusable area belongs to a control group. Each control group has an owner. Control group owners are control group owner objects. The following are control group owner objects: * Document object that have browsing contexts. * dialog elements that have an open attribute specified and that are being rendered. Each control group owner object owns one control group (though that group might be empty). If the DOM anchor of a focusable area is a control group owner object, then that focusable area belongs to that control group owner object’s control group. Otherwise, the focusable area belongs to its DOM anchor’s nearest ancestor control group owner object. Thus, a viewport always belongs to the control group of the Document for which the viewport was created, an input control belongs to the control group of its nearest ancestor dialog or Document, and an image map’s shapes belong to the nearest ancestor dialog or Document of the img elements (not the area elements — this means one area element might create multiple shapes in different control groups). An element is expressly inert if it is inert but it is not a control group owner object and its nearest ancestor control group owner object is not inert. One focusable area in each non-empty control group is designated the focused area of the control group. Which control is so designated changes over time, based on algorithms in this specification. If a control group is empty, it has no focused area. Each control group owner object can also act as the manager of a dialog group. Each dialog element that has an open attribute specified and that is being rendered (i.e., that is a control group owner object) and is not expressly inert belongs to the dialog group whose manager is the dialog element’s nearest ancestor control group owner object. A dialog is expressly inert if it is inert but its nearest ancestor control group owner object is not. If no dialog element has a particular control group owner object as its nearest ancestor control group owner object, then that control group owner object has no dialog group. Each dialog group can have a dialog designated as the focused dialog of the dialog group. Which dialog is so designated changes over time, based on algorithms in this specification. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Focusable areas in control groups are ordered relative to the tree order of their DOM anchors. Focusable areas with the same DOM anchor in a control group are ordered relative to their CSS box’s relative positions in a pre-order, depth-first traversal of the box tree. [CSS-2015] Elements in dialog groups are ordered in tree order. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The currently focused area of a top-level browsing context at any particular time is the focusable area or dialog returned by this algorithm: 1. Let candidate be the Document of the top-level browsing context. 2. If candidate has a dialog group with a designated focused dialog of the dialog group, then let candidate be the designated focused dialog of the dialog group, and redo this step. Otherwise, if candidate has a non-empty control group, and the designated focused area of the control group is a browsing context container, then let candidate be the active document of that browsing context container’s nested browsing context, and redo this step. Otherwise, if candidate has a non-empty control group, let candidate be the designated focused area of the control group. 3. Return candidate. An element that is the DOM anchor of a focusable area is said to gain focus when that focusable area becomes the currently focused area of a top-level browsing context. When an element is the DOM anchor of a focusable area of the currently focused area of a top-level browsing context, it is focused. The focus chain of a focusable area or control group owner object subject is the ordered list constructed as follows: 1. Let current object be subject. 2. Let output be an empty list. 3. Loop: Append current object to output. 4. If current object is an area element’s shape, append that area element to output. Otherwise, if current object is a focusable area whose DOM anchor is an element that is not current object itself, append that DOM anchor element to output. 5. If current object is a dialog object in a dialog group, let current object be that dialog group’s manager, and return to the step labeled loop. Otherwise, if current object is a focusable area, let current object be that focusable area’s control group’s owner, and return to the step labeled loop. Otherwise, if current object is a Document in a nested browsing context, let current object be its browsing context container, and return to the step labeled loop. 6. Return output. The chain starts with subject and (if subject is or can be the currently focused area of a top-level browsing context) continues up the focus hierarchy up to the Document of the top-level browsing context. 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute The tabindex content attribute allows authors to indicate that an element is supposed to be focusable, whether it is supposed to be reachable using sequential focus navigation and, optionally, to suggest where in the sequential focus navigation order the element appears. Using a positive value for tabindex to specify the element’s position in the sequential focus navigation order interacts with the order of all focusable elements. It is error-prone, and therefore not recommended. Authors should generally leave elements to appear in their default order. Elements that do not receive focus by default can be made focusable using tabindex="0". This value does not specify a particular position in the sequential focus navigation order. Instead, the element’s position in the navigation order will be determined by the order in which the element appears in the document. However, authors should only make elements focusable if they act as interactive controls or widgets. In addition, authors should ensure that these focusable elements have an appropriate ARIA role attribute. For non-interactive elements that need to receive focus but that are not meant to be part of the sequential focus navigation order (for instance, the target of a skip link, or a container element that needs to be programmatically focused via JavaScript), authors should use a negative value of tabindex="-1". The name "tab index" comes from the common use of the "tab" key to navigate through the focusable elements. The term "tabbing" refers to moving between focusable elements using sequential focus navigation. When the attribute is omitted, the user agent applies defaults. (There is no way to make an element that is being rendered be not focusable at all without disabling it or making it inert.) The tabindex attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid integer. Any valid value indicates that an element should be focusable. Positive number values also affect the relative position of the element’s focusable areas in the sequential focus navigation order, as defined below. Negative number values indicate that the control should be unreachable by sequential focus navigation. Each element can have a tabindex focus flag set, as defined below. This flag is a factor that contributes towards determining whether an element is a focusable area, as described in the previous section. If the tabindex attribute is specified on an element, it must be parsed using the rules for parsing integers. The attribute’s value must be interpreted as follows: If the attribute is omitted or parsing the value returns an error The user agent should follow platform conventions to determine if the element’s tabindex focus flag is set and, if so, whether the element and any focusable areas that have the element as their DOM anchor can be reached using sequential focus navigation, and if so, what their relative position in the sequential focus navigation order is to be. Modulo platform conventions, it is suggested that for the following elements, the tabindex focus flag be set: * a elements that have an href attribute * link elements that have an href attribute * button elements * input elements whose type attribute are not in the Hidden state * select elements * textarea elements * Elements with a draggable attribute set, if that would enable the user agent to allow the user to begin a drag operations for those elements without the use of a pointing device * audio and video elements with a controls attribute * Editing hosts * Browsing context containers If the value is a negative integer The user agent must set the element’s tabindex focus flag, but should omit the element from the sequential focus navigation order. One valid reason to ignore the requirement that sequential focus navigation not allow the author to lead to the element would be if the user’s only mechanism for moving the focus is sequential focus navigation. For instance, a keyboard-only user would be unable to click on a text field with a negative tabindex, so that user’s user agent would be well justified in allowing the user to tab to the control regardless. If the value is a zero The user agent must set the element’s tabindex focus flag, should allow the element and any focusable areas that have the element as their DOM anchor to be reached using sequential focus navigation, following platform conventions to determine the element’s relative position in the sequential focus navigation order. If the value is greater than zero The user agent must set the element’s tabindex focus flag, should allow the element and any focusable areas that have the element as their DOM anchor to be reached using sequential focus navigation, and should place the element — referenced as candidate below — and the aforementioned focusable areas in the sequential focus navigation order so that, relative to other focusable areas in the sequential focus navigation order, they are: * before any focusable area whose DOM anchor is an element whose tabindex attribute has been omitted or whose value, when parsed, returns an error, * before any focusable area whose DOM anchor is an element whose tabindex attribute has a value equal to or less than zero, * after any focusable area whose DOM anchor is an element whose tabindex attribute has a value greater than zero but less than the value of the tabindex attribute on candidate, * after any focusable area whose DOM anchor is an element whose tabindex attribute has a value equal to the value of the tabindex attribute on candidate but that is earlier in the document in tree order than candidate, * before any focusable area whose DOM anchor is an element whose tabindex attribute has a value equal to the value of the tabindex attribute on candidate but that is later in the document in tree order than candidate, and * before any focusable area whose DOM anchor is an element whose tabindex attribute has a value greater than the value of the tabindex attribute on candidate. In current user agent implementations, an element that is only focusable because of its tabindex attribute will generally not fire a click event in response to a non-mouse activation (e.g., hitting the "enter" key while the element is focused). An element with the tabindex attribute specified is interactive content. The tabIndex IDL attribute must reflect the value of the tabindex content attribute. Its default value is 0 for elements that are focusable and are included in the sequential focus navigation order, and -1 for all other elements. Most current browsers instead give the tabIndex IDL attribute a value of 0 for some list of elements that are by default a focusable area, and -1 for other elements, if there is no tabindex content attribute set. This behaviour is not well-defined and will hopefully be improved in the future. 5.4.4. Processing model The focusing steps for an object new focus target that is either a focusable area, or an element that is not a focusable area, or a browsing context, are as follows. They can optionally be run with a fallback target. 1. If new focus target is neither a dialog element that has an open attribute specified and that is being rendered (i.e., that is a control group owner object), nor a focusable area, then run the first matching set of steps from the following list: If new focus target is an area element with one or more shapes that are focusable areas Let new focus target be the shape corresponding to the first img element in tree order that uses the image map to which the area element belongs. If new focus target is an element with one or more scrollable regions that are focusable areas Let new focus target be the element’s first scrollable region, according to a pre-order, depth-first traversal of the box tree. [CSS-2015] If new focus target is the document element of its Document Let new focus target be the Document’s viewport. If new focus target is a browsing context Let new focus target be the browsing context’s active document. If new focus target is a browsing context container Let new focus target be the browsing context container’s nested browsing context’s active document. Otherwise If no fallback target was specified, abort the focusing steps. Otherwise, let new focus target be the fallback target. 2. If new focus target is a control group owner object that is not a focusable area, but does have a dialog group, and that dialog group has a designated focused dialog, then let new focus target be the focused dialog of the dialog group, and redo this step. Otherwise, if new focus target is a control group owner object that is not a focusable area, and its control group is not empty, then designate new focus target as the focused area of the control group, and redo this step. Otherwise, if new focus target is a browsing context container, then let new focus target be the nested browsing context’s active document, and redo this step. A dialog element can be both a control group owner object and a focusable area, if it has both an open attribute specified and a tabindex attribute specified and is being rendered. 3. If new focus target is a focusable area and its DOM anchor is inert, then abort these steps. 4. If new focus target is the currently focused area of a top-level browsing context, then abort these steps. 5. Let old chain be the focus chain of the currently focused area of the top-level browsing context in which new focus target finds itself. 6. Let new chain be the focus chain of new focus target. 7. Run the focus update steps with old chain, new chain, and new focus target respectively. User agents must immediately run the focusing steps for a focusable area, dialog, or browsing context candidate whenever the user attempts to move the focus to candidate. The unfocusing steps for an object old focus target that is either a focusable area or an element that is not a focusable area are as follows: 1. If old focus target is inert, then abort these steps. 2. If old focus target is an area element and one of its shapes is the currently focused area of a top-level browsing context, or, if old focus target is an element with one or more scrollable regions, and one of them is the currently focused area of a top-level browsing context, then let old focus target be that currently focused area of a top-level browsing context. 3. Let old chain be the focus chain of the currently focused area of a top-level browsing context. 4. If old focus target is not one of the entries in old chain, then abort these steps. 5. If old focus target is a dialog in a dialog group, and the dialog group manager has a non-empty control group, then let new focus target be the designated focused area of that focus group. Otherwise, if old focus target is a focusable area, then let new focus target be the first focusable area of its control group (if the control group owner is a Document, this will always be a viewport). Otherwise, let new focus target be null. 6. If new focus target is not null, then run the focusing steps for new focus target. When the currently focused area of a top-level browsing context is somehow unfocused without another element being explicitly focused in its stead, the user agent must immediately run the unfocusing steps for that object. The unfocusing steps do not always result in the focus changing, even when applied to the currently focused area of a top-level browsing context. For example, if the currently focused area of a top-level browsing context is a viewport, then it will usually keep its focus regardless until another focusable area is explicitly focused with the focusing steps. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When a focusable area is added to an empty control group, it must be designated the focused area of the control group. When a dialog group is formed, if the dialog group manager has an empty control group, the first non-inert dialog in the dialog group, if any, or else the first dialog in the dialog group regardless of inertness, must be designated the focused dialog of the dialog group. Focus fixup rule one: When the designated focused area of a control group is removed from that control group in some way (e.g., it stops being a focusable area, it is removed from the DOM, it becomes expressly inert, etc), and the control group is still not empty: designate the first non-inert focused area in that control group to be the new focused area of the control group, if any; if they are all inert, then designate the first focused area in that control group to be the new focused area of the control group regardless of inertness. If such a removal instead results in the control group being empty, then there is simply no longer a focused area of the control group. For example, this might happen because an element is removed from its Document, or has a hidden attribute added. It might also happen to an input element when the element gets disabled. Focus fixup rule two: When a dialog group has no designated focused dialog of the dialog group, and its dialog group manager’s control group changes from being non-empty to being empty, the first non-inert dialog in the dialog group, if any, or else the first dialog in the dialog group regardless of inertness, must be designated the focused dialog of the dialog group. Focus fixup rule three: When the designated focused dialog of a dialog group is removed from that dialog group in some way (e.g., it stops being rendered, it loses its open attribute, it becomes expressly inert, etc), and there is still a dialog group (because the dialog in question was not the last dialog in that dialog group): if the dialog group’s manager’s control group is non-empty, let there be no designated focused dialog of the dialog group any more; otherwise (in the case that the control group is empty), designate the first non-inert dialog in the dialog group to be the focused dialog of the dialog group, or, if they are all inert, designate the first dialog in the dialog group to be the focused dialog of the dialog group regardless of inertness. When the currently focused area of a top-level browsing context was a focusable area but stops being a focusable area, or when it was a dialog in a dialog group and stops being part of that dialog group, or when it starts being inert, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. Let old focus target be whatever the currently focused area of the top-level browsing context was immediately before this algorithm became applicable (e.g., before the element was disabled, or the dialog was closed, or whatever caused this algorithm to run). 2. Let old chain be the focus chain of the currently focused area of the top-level browsing context at the same time. 3. Make sure that the changes implied by the focus fixup rules one, two, and three above are applied. 4. Let new focus target be the currently focused area of a top-level browsing context. 5. If old focus target and new focus target are the same, abort these steps. 6. Let new chain be the focus chain of new focus target. 7. Run the focus update steps with old chain, new chain, and new focus target respectively. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The focus update steps, given an old chain, a new chain, and a new focus target respectively, are as follows: 1. If the last entry in old chain and the last entry in new chain are the same, pop the last entry from old chain and the last entry from new chain and redo this step. 2. For each entry entry in old chain, in order, run these substeps: 1. If entry is an input element, and the change event applies to the element, and the element does not have a defined activation behavior, and the user has changed the element’s value or its list of selected files while the control was focused without committing that change, then fire a simple event that bubbles named change at the element. 2. If entry is an element, let blur event target be entry. If entry is a Document object, let blur event target be that Document object’s Window object. Otherwise, let blur event target be null. 3. If entry is the last entry in old chain, and entry is an Element, and the last entry in new chain is also an Element, then let related blur target be the last entry in new chain. Otherwise, let related blur target be null. 4. If blur event target is not null, fire a focus event named blur at blur event target, with related blur target as the related target. In some cases, e.g., if entry is an area element’s shape, a scrollable region, or a viewport, no event is fired. 3. Apply any relevant platform-specific conventions for focusing new focus target. (For example, some platforms select the contents of a text field when that field is focused.) 4. For each entry entry in new chain, in reverse order, run these substeps: 1. If entry is a dialog element: Let entry be the designated focused dialog of its dialog group. 2. If entry is a focusable area: Designate entry as the focused area of the control group. If its control group’s owner is also a dialog group manager, then let there be no designated focused dialog in that dialog group. It is possible for entry to be both a dialog element and a focusable area, in which case it is its own control group owner. 3. If entry is an element, let focus event target be entry. If entry is a Document object, let focus event target be that Document object’s Window object. Otherwise, let focus event target be null. 4. If entry is the last entry in new chain, and entry is an Element, and the last entry in old chain is also an Element, then let related focus target be the last entry in old chain. Otherwise, let related focus target be null. 5. If focus event target is not null, fire a focus event named focus at focus event target, with related focus target as the related target. In some cases, e.g., if entry is an area element’s shape, a scrollable region, or a viewport, no event is fired. When a user agent is required to fire a focus event named e at an element t and with a given related target r, the user agent must create a trusted FocusEvent object, initialize it to have the given name e, to not bubble, to not be cancelable, and to have the relatedTarget attribute initialized to r, the view attribute initialized to the Window object of the Document object of t, and the detail attribute initialized to 0, and must then dispatch the newly created FocusEvent object at the specified target element t. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When a key event is to be routed in a top-level browsing context, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. Let target area be the currently focused area of the top-level browsing context. 2. If target area is a focusable area, let target node be target area’s DOM anchor. Otherwise, target area is a dialog; let target node be target area. 3. If target node is a Document that has a body element, then let target node be the body element of that Document. Otherwise, if target node is a Document object that has a non-null document element, then let target node be that document element. 4. If target node is not inert, fire the event at target node. It is possible for the currently focused area of a top-level browsing context to be inert, for example if a modal dialog is shown, and then that dialog element is made inert. It is likely to be the result of a logic error in the application, though. 5. If the event was not canceled, then let target area handle the key event. This might include running synthetic click activation steps for target node. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The has focus steps, given a Document object target, are as follows: 1. Let candidate be the Document of the top-level browsing context. 2. If candidate is target, return true and abort these steps. 3. If candidate has a dialog group with a designated focused dialog of the dialog group, then let candidate be the designated focused dialog of the dialog group, and redo this step. Otherwise, if candidate has a non-empty control group, and the designated focused area of the control group is a browsing context container, and the active document of that browsing context container’s nested browsing context is target, then return true and abort these steps. Otherwise, if candidate has a non-empty control group, and the designated focused area of the control group is a browsing context container, then let candidate be the active document of that browsing context container’s nested browsing context, and redo this step. Otherwise, return false and abort these steps. 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation Each control group has a sequential focus navigation order, which orders some or all of the focusable areas in the control group relative to each other. The order in the sequential focus navigation order does not have to be related to the order in the control group itself. If a focusable area is omitted from the sequential focus navigation order of its control group, then it is unreachable via sequential focus navigation. There can also be a sequential focus navigation starting point. It is initially unset. The user agent may set it when the user indicates that it should be moved. For example, the user agent could set it to the position of the user’s click if the user clicks on the document contents. When the user requests that focus move from the currently focused area of a top-level browsing context to the next or previous focusable area (e.g., as the default action of pressing the tab key), or when the user requests that focus sequentially move to a top-level browsing context in the first place (e.g., from the browser’s location bar), the user agent must use the following algorithm: 1. Let starting point be the currently focused area of a top-level browsing context, if the user requested to move focus sequentially from there, or else the top-level browsing context itself, if the user instead requested to move focus from outside the top-level browsing context. 2. If there is a sequential focus navigation starting point defined and it is inside starting point, then let starting point be the sequential focus navigation starting point instead. 3. Let direction be forward if the user requested the next control, and backward if the user requested the previous control. Typically, pressing tab requests the next control, and pressing shift+tab requests the previous control. 4. Loop: Let selection mechanism be sequential if the starting point is a browsing context or if starting point is in its control group’s sequential focus navigation order. Otherwise, starting point is not in its control group’s sequential focus navigation order; let selection mechanism be DOM. 5. Let candidate be the result of running the sequential navigation search algorithm with starting point, direction, and selection mechanism as the arguments. 6. If candidate is not null, then run the focusing steps for candidate and abort these steps. 7. Otherwise, unset the sequential focus navigation starting point. 8. If starting point is the top-level browsing context, or a focusable area in the top-level browsing context, the user agent should transfer focus to its own controls appropriately (if any), honouring direction, and then abort these steps. For example, if direction is backward, then the last focusable control before the browser’s rendering area would be the control to focus. If the user agent has no focusable controls — a kiosk-mode browser, for instance — then the user agent may instead restart these steps with the starting point being the top-level browsing context itself. 9. Otherwise, starting point is a focusable area in a nested browsing context. Let starting point be that nested browsing context’s browsing context container, and return to the step labeled loop. The sequential navigation search algorithm consists of the following steps. This algorithm takes three arguments: starting point, direction, and selection mechanism. 1. Pick the appropriate cell from the following table, and follow the instructions in that cell. The appropriate cell is the one that is from the column whose header describes direction and from the first row whose header describes starting point and selection mechanism. direction is forward direction is backward Let candidate be the first Let candidate be the last suitable sequentially suitable sequentially starting point is focusable area in starting focusable area in a browsing point’s active document’s starting point’s active context primary control group, if document’s primary any; or else null control group, if any; or else null Let candidate be the first Let candidate be the last suitable sequentially suitable sequentially selection focusable area in the home focusable area in the mechanism is DOM control group following home control group starting point, if any; or preceding starting point, else null if any; or else null Let candidate be the first Let candidate be the last suitable sequentially suitable sequentially selection focusable area in the home focusable area in the mechanism is sequential focus home sequential focus sequential navigation order following navigation order starting point, if any; or preceding starting point, else null if any; or else null A suitable sequentially focusable area is a focusable area whose DOM anchor is not inert and that is in its control group’s sequential focus navigation order. The primary control group of a control group owner object X is the control group of X if X has no dialog group or if its dialog group has no designated focused dialog of the dialog group, otherwise, it is the primary control group of X’s dialog group’s designated focused dialog of the dialog group. The home control group is the control group to which starting point belongs. The home sequential focus navigation order is the sequential focus navigation order to which starting point belongs. The home sequential focus navigation order is the home control group’s sequential focus navigation order, but is only used when the starting point is in that sequential focus navigation order (when it’s not, selection mechanism will be DOM). 2. If candidate is a browsing context container, then let new candidate be the result of running the sequential navigation search algorithm with candidate’s nested browsing context as the first argument, direction as the second, and sequential as the third. If new candidate is null, then let starting point be candidate, and return to the top of this algorithm. Otherwise, let candidate be new candidate. 3. Return candidate. 5.4.6. Focus management APIs document . activeElement Returns the deepest element in the document through which or to which key events are being routed. This is, roughly speaking, the focused element in the document. For the purposes of this API, when a child browsing context is focused, its browsing context container is focused in the parent browsing context. For example, if the user moves the focus to a text field in an iframe, the iframe is the element returned by the activeElement API in the iframe’s node document. document . hasFocus() Returns true if key events are being routed through or to the document; otherwise, returns false. Roughly speaking, this corresponds to the document, or a document nested inside this one, being focused. window . focus() Moves the focus to the window’s browsing context, if any. element . focus() Moves the focus to the element. If the element is a browsing context container, moves the focus to the nested browsing context instead. element . blur() Moves the focus to the viewport. Use of this method is discouraged; if you want to focus the viewport, call the focus() method on the Document’s document element. Do not use this method to hide the focus ring if you find the focus ring unsightly. Instead, use a CSS rule to override the outline property, and provide a different way to show what element is focused. Be aware that if an alternative focusing style isn’t made available, the page will be significantly less usable for people who primarily navigate pages using a keyboard, or those with reduced vision who use focus outlines to help them navigate the page. For example, to hide the outline from links and instead use a yellow background to indicate focus, you could use: :link:focus, :visited:focus { outline: none; background: yellow; color: black; } Do not use this method to hide the focus ring. Do not use any other method that hides the focus ring from keyboard users, in particular do not use a CSS rule to override the outline property. Removal of the focus ring leads to serious accessibility issues for users who navigate and interact with interactive content using the keyboard. The activeElement attribute on Document objects must return the value returned by the following steps: 1. Let candidate be the Document on which the method was invoked. 2. If candidate has a dialog group with a designated focused dialog of the dialog group, then let candidate be the designated focused dialog of the dialog group, and redo this step. 3. If candidate has a non-empty control group, let candidate be the designated focused area of the control group. 4. If candidate is a focusable area, let candidate be candidate’s DOM anchor. 5. If candidate is a Document that has a body element, then let candidate be the body element of that Document. Otherwise, if candidate is a Document with a non-null document element, then let candidate be that document element. Otherwise, if candidate is a Document, then let candidate be null. 6. Return candidate. The hasFocus() method on the Document object, when invoked, must return the result of running the has focus steps with the Document object as the argument. The focus() method on the Window object, when invoked, must run the focusing steps with the Window object’s browsing context. Additionally, if this browsing context is a top-level browsing context, user agents are encouraged to trigger some sort of notification to indicate to the user that the page is attempting to gain focus. The blur() method on the Window object, when invoked, provides a hint to the user agent that the script believes the user probably is not currently interested in the contents of the browsing context of the Window object on which the method was invoked, but that the contents might become interesting again in the future. User agents are encouraged to ignore calls to this blur() method entirely. Historically, the focus() and blur() methods actually affected the system-level focus of the system widget (e.g., tab or window) that contained the browsing context, but hostile sites widely abuse this behavior to the user’s detriment. The focus() method on elements, when invoked, must run the following algorithm: 1. If the element is marked as locked for focus, then abort these steps. 2. Mark the element as locked for focus. 3. Run the focusing steps for the element. 4. Unmark the element as locked for focus. The blur() method, when invoked, should run the unfocusing steps for the element on which the method was called. User agents may selectively or uniformly ignore calls to this method for usability reasons. For example, if the blur() method is unwisely being used to remove the focus ring for aesthetics reasons, the page would become unusable by keyboard users. Ignoring calls to this method would thus allow keyboard users to interact with the page. 5.4.7. Clipboard actions and focus There are three clipboard actions that affect selection: cut, copy, and paste. Focus may follow selection, and user-agents handle this by default, but when custom clipboard actions are implemented the author needs to provide the following behaviors: Cut action: When a cut action is performed, the selected object should be removed and the collapsed section set in place of the cut object. Copy action: When a copy action is performed, it does not affect the collapsed section or selection. Paste action: When a paste action is performed, the collapsed section should be placed at the end of the pasted content. 5.5. Assigning keyboard shortcuts 5.5.1. Introduction This section is non-normative. Each element that can be activated or focused can be assigned a shortcut key combination to activate it, using the accesskey attribute. The exact shortcut is determined by the user agent, potentially using information about the user’s preferences, what keyboard shortcuts already exist on the platform, and what other shortcuts have been specified on the page, as well as the value of the accesskey attribute. User agents may not assign any shortcut, or assigned shortcuts may be overridden by other browser- or system-level shortcuts. A valid value for the accesskey attribute consists of a single printable character, such as a letter or digit. User agents should provide users with a list of the shortcuts available, but authors are encouraged to do so also. In this example, an author has suggested that a button should be available using a shortcut, and suggested "C" as a memorable and useful shortcut. 5.5.2. The accesskey attribute All HTML elements may have the accesskey content attribute set. The accesskey attribute’s value is used by the user agent as a guide for creating a keyboard shortcut that activates or focuses the element. If specified, the value must be a single printable character: typically a string one Unicode code point in length. Decomposed characters in Normalization Form D, such as accesskey="ñ" to assign ñ as a shortcut, are not valid values, and in many browsers no shortcut will be assigned. Characters in Normalization Form C are valid values. Printable characters that may represent more than one Unicode code point, such as accesskey="श्र", are valid values. Authors should not use space characters such as " ", nor characters that cannot be generated by a single keystroke with no modifier keys, as a value of accesskey. Authors should not use an accesskey attribute with the same value, nor with a value that differs only by case, especially for ASCII characters, to two or more elements in the same document, as in some browsers, this causes the attribute to be ignored. In the following example, a variety of links are given with access keys so that keyboard users familiar with the site can more quickly navigate to the relevant pages: 5.5.3. Processing model An element’s assigned access key is a key combination derived from the element’s accesskey content attribute, or assigned by the user agent, optionally based on a user preference. Initially, an element must not have an assigned access key. Whenever an element’s accesskey attribute is set, changed, or removed, the user agent must update the element’s assigned access key by running the following steps: 1. If the element has no accesskey attribute, then skip to the fallback step below. 2. The user agent may assign a key combination based on stored user preferences as the element’s assigned access key and then abort these steps. 3. Let value be the value of the accesskey attribute. 4. The user agent may strip content from value to reduce the length of value to a single unicode code point. 5. If value is not a string of exactly one printable character, then the user agent may abort these steps. 6. The user agent may assign a combination of a mix of zero or more modifier keys and value as the element’s assigned access key and abort these steps. 7. Fallback: Optionally, the user agent may assign a key combination of its choosing as the element’s assigned access key and then abort these steps. 8. If this step is reached, the element has no assigned access key. Once a user agent has selected and assigned an access key for an element, the user agent should not change the element’s assigned access key unless the accesskey content attribute is changed or the element is moved to another Document. When the user presses the key combination corresponding to the assigned access key for an element, if the element defines a command, the command’s Hidden State facet is false (visible), the command’s Disabled State facet is also false (enabled), the element is in a Document that has an associated browsing context, and neither the element nor any of its ancestors has a hidden attribute specified, then the user agent must either focus the element, or trigger the Action of the command. User agents might expose elements that have an accesskey attribute in other ways as well, e.g., in a menu displayed in response to a specific key combination, or with a user gesture. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The accessKey IDL attribute must reflect the accesskey content attribute. 5.6. Editing 5.6.1. Making document regions editable: The contenteditable content attribute [NoInterfaceObject] interface ElementContentEditable { attribute DOMString contentEditable; readonly attribute boolean isContentEditable; }; The contenteditable content attribute is an enumerated attribute whose keywords are the empty string, true, and false. The empty string and the true keyword map to the true state. The false keyword maps to the false state. In addition, there is a third state, the inherit state, which is the missing value default (and the invalid value default). The true state indicates that the element is editable. The inherit state indicates that the element is editable if its parent is. The false state indicates that the element is not editable. element . contentEditable [ = value ] Returns "true", "false", or "inherit", based on the state of the contenteditable attribute. Can be set, to change that state. Throws a "SyntaxError" DOMException if the new value isn’t one of those strings. element . isContentEditable Returns true if the element is editable; otherwise, returns false. The contentEditable IDL attribute, on getting, must return the string "true" if the content attribute is set to the true state, "false" if the content attribute is set to the false state, and "inherit" otherwise. On setting, if the new value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "inherit" then the content attribute must be removed, if the new value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "true" then the content attribute must be set to the string "true", if the new value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "false" then the content attribute must be set to the string "false", and otherwise the attribute setter must throw a "SyntaxError" DOMException. The isContentEditable IDL attribute, on getting, must return true if the element is either an editing host or editable, and false otherwise. 5.6.2. Making entire documents editable: The designMode IDL attribute Documents have a designMode, which can be either enabled or disabled. document . designMode [ = value ] Returns "on" if the document is editable, and "off" if it isn’t. Can be set, to change the document’s current state. This focuses the document and resets the selection in that document. The designMode IDL attribute on the Document object takes two values, "on" and "off". On setting, the new value must be compared in an ASCII case-insensitive manner to these two values; if it matches the "on" value, then designMode must be enabled, and if it matches the "off" value, then designMode must be disabled. Other values must be ignored. On getting, if designMode is enabled, the IDL attribute must return the value "on"; otherwise it is disabled, and the attribute must return the value "off". The last state set must persist until the document is destroyed or the state is changed. Initially, documents must have their designMode disabled. When the designMode changes from being disabled to being enabled, the user agent must immediately reset the document’s active range’s start and end boundary points to be at the start of the Document and then run the focusing steps for the document element of the Document, if non-null. 5.6.3. Best practices for in-page editors Authors are encouraged to set the white-space property on editing hosts and on markup that was originally created through these editing mechanisms to the value pre-wrap. Default HTML white space handling is not well suited to WYSIWYG editing, and line wrapping will not work correctly in some corner cases if white-space is left at its default value. As an example of problems that occur if the default normal value is used instead, consider the case of the user typing "yellow␣␣ball", with two spaces (here represented by "␣") between the words. With the editing rules in place for the default value of white-space (normal), the resulting markup will either consist of "yellow  ball" or "yellow  ball"; i.e., there will be a non-breaking space between the two words in addition to the regular space. This is necessary because the normal value for white-space requires adjacent regular spaces to be collapsed together. In the former case, "yellow⍽" might wrap to the next line ("⍽" being used here to represent a non-breaking space) even though "yellow" alone might fit at the end of the line; in the latter case, "⍽ball", if wrapped to the start of the line, would have visible indentation from the non-breaking space. When white-space is set to pre-wrap, however, the editing rules will instead simply put two regular spaces between the words, and should the two words be split at the end of a line, the spaces would be neatly removed from the rendering. 5.6.4. Editing APIs The definition of the terms active range, editing host, and editable, the user interface requirements of elements that are editing hosts or editable, the execCommand(), queryCommandEnabled(), queryCommandIndeterm(), queryCommandState(), queryCommandSupported(), and queryCommandValue() methods, text selections, and the delete the selection algorithm are defined in the HTML Editing APIs specification. The interaction of editing and the undo/redo features in user agents is defined by the UndoManager and DOM Transaction specification. [EDITING] [UNDO] 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking User agents can support the checking of spelling and grammar of editable text, either in form controls (such as the value of textarea elements), or in elements in an editing host (e.g., using contenteditable). For each element, user agents must establish a default behavior, either through defaults or through preferences expressed by the user. There are three possible default behaviors for each element: true-by-default The element will be checked for spelling and grammar if its contents are editable and spellchecking is not explicitly disabled through the spellcheck attribute. false-by-default The element will never be checked for spelling and grammar unless spellchecking is explicitly enabled through the spellcheck attribute. inherit-by-default The element’s default behavior is the same as its parent element’s. Elements that have no parent element cannot have this as their default behavior. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The spellcheck attribute is an enumerated attribute whose keywords are the empty string, true and false. The empty string and the true keyword map to the true state. The false keyword maps to the false state. In addition, there is a third state, the default state, which is the missing value default (and the invalid value default). The true state indicates that the element is to have its spelling and grammar checked. The default state indicates that the element is to act according to a default behavior, possibly based on the parent element’s own spellcheck state, as defined below. The false state indicates that the element is not to be checked. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- element . spellcheck [ = value ] Returns true if the element is to have its spelling and grammar checked; otherwise, returns false. Can be set, to override the default and set the spellcheck content attribute. element . forceSpellCheck() Forces the user agent to report spelling and grammar errors on the element (if checking is enabled), even if the user has never focused the element. (If the method is not invoked, user agents can hide errors in text that wasn’t just entered by the user.) The spellcheck IDL attribute, on getting, must return true if the element’s spellcheck content attribute is in the true state, or if the element’s spellcheck content attribute is in the default state and the element’s default behavior is true-by-default, or if the element’s spellcheck content attribute is in the default state and the element’s default behavior is inherit-by-default and the element’s parent element’s spellcheck IDL attribute would return true; otherwise, if none of those conditions applies, then the attribute must instead return false. The spellcheck IDL attribute is not affected by user preferences that override the spellcheck content attribute, and therefore might not reflect the actual spellchecking state. On setting, if the new value is true, then the element’s spellcheck content attribute must be set to the literal string "true", otherwise it must be set to the literal string "false". ---------------------------------------------------------------------- User agents must only consider the following pieces of text as checkable for the purposes of this feature: * The value of input elements whose type attributes are in the Text, Search, URL, or E-mail states and that are mutable (i.e., that do not have the readonly attribute specified and that are not disabled). * The value of textarea elements that do not have a readonly attribute and that are not disabled. * Text in Text nodes that are children of editing hosts or editable elements. * Text in attributes of editable elements. For text that is part of a Text node, the element with which the text is associated is the element that is the immediate parent of the first character of the word, sentence, or other piece of text. For text in attributes, it is the attribute’s element. For the values of input and textarea elements, it is the element itself. To determine if a word, sentence, or other piece of text in an applicable element (as defined above) is to have spelling- and grammar-checking enabled, the user agent must use the following algorithm: 1. If the user has disabled the checking for this text, then the checking is disabled. 2. Otherwise, if the user has forced the checking for this text to always be enabled, then the checking is enabled. 3. Otherwise, if the element with which the text is associated has a spellcheck content attribute, then: if that attribute is in the true state, then checking is enabled; otherwise, if that attribute is in the false state, then checking is disabled. 4. Otherwise, if there is an ancestor element with a spellcheck content attribute that is not in the default state, then: if the nearest such ancestor’s spellcheck content attribute is in the true state, then checking is enabled; otherwise, checking is disabled. 5. Otherwise, if the element’s default behavior is true-by-default, then checking is enabled. 6. Otherwise, if the element’s default behavior is false-by-default, then checking is disabled. 7. Otherwise, if the element’s parent element has its checking enabled, then checking is enabled. 8. Otherwise, checking is disabled. If the checking is enabled for a word/sentence/text, the user agent should indicate spelling and grammar errors in that text. User agents should take into account the other semantics given in the document when suggesting spelling and grammar corrections. User agents may use the language of the element to determine what spelling and grammar rules to use, or may use the user’s preferred language settings. user agents should use input element attributes such as pattern to ensure that the resulting value is valid, where possible. If checking is disabled, the user agent should not indicate spelling or grammar errors for that text. Even when checking is enabled, user agents may opt to not report spelling or grammar errors in text that the user agent deems the user has no interest in having checked (e.g., text that was already present when the page was loaded, or that the user did not type, or text in controls that the user has not focused, or in parts of e-mail addresses that the user agent is not confident were misspelt). The forceSpellCheck() method, when invoked on an element, must override this behavior, forcing the user agent to consider all spelling and grammar errors in text in that element for which checking is enabled to be of interest to the user. The element with ID "a" in the following example would be the one used to determine if the word "Hello" is checked for spelling errors. In this example, it would not be.
    Hello!
    The element with ID "b" in the following example would have checking enabled (the leading space character in the attribute’s value on the input element causes the attribute to be ignored, so the ancestor’s value is used instead, regardless of the default).

    This specification does not define the user interface for spelling and grammar checkers. A user agent could offer on-demand checking, could perform continuous checking while the checking is enabled, or could use other interfaces. 5.7. Drag and drop This section defines an event-based drag-and-drop mechanism. This specification does not define exactly what a drag-and-drop operation actually is. On a visual medium with a pointing device, a drag operation could be the default action of a mousedown event that is followed by a series of mousemove events, and the drop could be triggered by the mouse being released. When using an input modality other than a pointing device, users would probably have to explicitly indicate their intention to perform a drag-and-drop operation, stating what they wish to drag and where they wish to drop it, respectively. However it is implemented, drag-and-drop operations must have a starting point (e.g., where the mouse was clicked, or the start of the selection or element that was selected for the drag), may have any number of intermediate steps (elements that the mouse moves over during a drag, or elements that the user picks as possible drop points as he cycles through possibilities), and must either have an end point (the element above which the mouse button was released, or the element that was finally selected), or be canceled. The end point must be the last element selected as a possible drop point before the drop occurs (so if the operation is not canceled, there must be at least one element in the middle step). 5.7.1. Introduction This section is non-normative. To make an element draggable is simple: give the element a draggable attribute, and set an event listener for dragstart that stores the data being dragged. The event handler typically needs to check that it’s not a text selection that is being dragged, and then needs to store data into the DataTransfer object and set the allowed effects (copy, move, link, or some combination). For example:

    What fruits do you like?

    1. Apples
    2. Oranges
    3. Pears
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------- To accept a drop, the drop target has to listen to the drop event. A drop target can handle the dragenter event (to report whether or not the drop target is to accept the drop) and the dragover event (to specify what feedback is to be shown to the user). The drop event allows the actual drop to be performed. This event needs to be canceled, so that the dropEffect attribute’s value can be used by the source (otherwise it’s reset). For example:

    Drop your favorite fruits below:

    ---------------------------------------------------------------------- To remove the original element (the one that was dragged) from the display, the dragend event can be used. For our example here, that means updating the original markup to handle that event:

    What fruits do you like?

    5.7.2. The drag data store The data that underlies a drag-and-drop operation, known as the drag data store, consists of the following information: * A drag data store item list, which is a list of items representing the dragged data, each consisting of the following information: The drag data item kind The kind of data: Plain Unicode string Text. File Binary data with a file name. The drag data item type string A Unicode string giving the type or format of the data, generally given by a MIME type. Some values that are not MIME types are special-cased for legacy reasons. The API does not enforce the use of MIME types; other values can be used as well. In all cases, however, the values are all converted to ASCII lowercase by the API. There is a limit of one Plain Unicode string item per item type string. The actual data A Unicode or binary string, in some cases with a file name (itself a Unicode string), as per the drag data item kind. The drag data store item list is ordered in the order that the items were added to the list; most recently added last. * The following information, used to generate the UI feedback during the drag: * User-agent-defined default feedback information, known as the drag data store default feedback. * Optionally, a bitmap image and the coordinate of a point within that image, known as the drag data store bitmap and drag data store hot spot coordinate. * A drag data store mode, which is one of the following: Read/write mode For the dragstart event. New data can be added to the drag data store. Read-only mode For the drop event. The list of items representing dragged data can be read, including the data. No new data can be added. Protected mode For all other events. The formats and kinds in the drag data store list of items representing dragged data can be enumerated, but the data itself is unavailable and no new data can be added. * A drag data store allowed effects state, which is a string. When a drag data store is created, it must be initialized such that its drag data store item list is empty, it has no drag data store default feedback, it has no drag data store bitmap and drag data store hot spot coordinate, its drag data store mode is protected mode, and its drag data store allowed effects state is the string "uninitialized". 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface DataTransfer objects are used to expose the drag data store that underlies a drag-and-drop operation. interface DataTransfer { attribute DOMString dropEffect; attribute DOMString effectAllowed; [SameObject] readonly attribute DataTransferItemList items; void setDragImage(Element image, long x, long y); /* old interface */ [SameObject] readonly attribute DOMString[] types; DOMString getData(DOMString format); void setData(DOMString format, DOMString data); void clearData(optional DOMString format); [SameObject] readonly attribute FileList files; }; dataTransfer . dropEffect [ = value ] Returns the kind of operation that is currently selected. If the kind of operation isn’t one of those that is allowed by the effectAllowed attribute, then the operation will fail. Can be set, to change the selected operation. The possible values are "none", "copy", "link", and "move". dataTransfer . effectAllowed [ = value ] Returns the kinds of operations that are to be allowed. Can be set (during the dragstart event), to change the allowed operations. The possible values are "none", "copy", "copyLink", "copyMove", "link", "linkMove", "move", "all", and "uninitialized", dataTransfer . items Returns a DataTransferItemList object, with the drag data. dataTransfer . setDragImage(element, x, y) Uses the given element to update the drag feedback, replacing any previously specified feedback. dataTransfer . types Returns an array listing the formats that were set in the dragstart event. In addition, if any files are being dragged, then one of the types will be the string "Files". data = dataTransfer . getData(format) Returns the specified data. If there is no such data, returns the empty string. dataTransfer . setData(format, data) Adds the specified data. dataTransfer . clearData( [ format ] ) Removes the data of the specified formats. Removes all data if the argument is omitted. dataTransfer . files Returns a FileList of the files being dragged, if any. DataTransfer objects are used during the drag-and-drop events, and are only valid while those events are being fired. A DataTransfer object is associated with a drag data store while it is valid. The dropEffect attribute controls the drag-and-drop feedback that the user is given during a drag-and-drop operation. When the DataTransfer object is created, the dropEffect attribute is set to a string value. On getting, it must return its current value. On setting, if the new value is one of "none", "copy", "link", or "move", then the attribute’s current value must be set to the new value. Other values must be ignored. The effectAllowed attribute is used in the drag-and-drop processing model to initialize the dropEffect attribute during the dragenter and dragover events. When the DataTransfer object is created, the effectAllowed attribute is set to a string value. On getting, it must return its current value. On setting, if drag data store’s mode is the read/write mode and the new value is one of "none", "copy", "copyLink", "copyMove", "link", "linkMove", "move", "all", or "uninitialized", then the attribute’s current value must be set to the new value. Otherwise it must be left unchanged. The items attribute must return a DataTransferItemList object associated with the DataTransfer object. The setDragImage(element, x, y) method must run the following steps: 1. If the DataTransfer object is no longer associated with a drag data store, abort these steps. Nothing happens. 2. If the drag data store’s mode is not the read/write mode, abort these steps. Nothing happens. 3. If the element argument is an img element, then set the drag data store bitmap to the element’s image (at its intrinsic size); otherwise, set the drag data store bitmap to an image generated from the given element (the exact mechanism for doing so is not currently specified). 4. Set the drag data store hot spot coordinate to the given x, y coordinate. The types attribute must return a live read only array giving the strings that the following steps would produce. 1. Start with an empty list L. 2. If the DataTransfer object is no longer associated with a drag data store, the array is empty. Abort these steps; return the empty list L. 3. For each item in the drag data store item list whose kind is Plain Unicode string, add an entry to the list L consisting of the item’s type string. 4. If there are any items in the drag data store item list whose kind is File, then add an entry to the list L consisting of the string "Files". (This value can be distinguished from the other values because it is not lowercase.) 5. The strings produced by these steps are those in the list L. The getData(format) method must run the following steps: 1. If the DataTransfer object is no longer associated with a drag data store, return the empty string and abort these steps. 2. If the drag data store’s mode is the protected mode, return the empty string and abort these steps. 3. Let format be the first argument, in ASCII lowercase. 4. Let convert-to-URL be false. 5. If format equals "text", change it to "text/plain". 6. If format equals "url", change it to "text/uri-list" and set convert-to-URL to true. 7. If there is no item in the drag data store item list whose kind is Plain Unicode string and whose type string is equal to format, return the empty string and abort these steps. 8. Let result be the data of the item in the drag data store item list whose kind is Plain Unicode string and whose type string is equal to format. 9. If convert-to-URL is true, then parse result as appropriate for text/uri-list data, and then set result to the first URL from the list, if any, or the empty string otherwise. [RFC2483] 10. Return result. The setData(format, data) method must run the following steps: 1. If the DataTransfer object is no longer associated with a drag data store, abort these steps. Nothing happens. 2. If the drag data store’s mode is not the read/write mode, abort these steps. Nothing happens. 3. Let format be the first argument, in ASCII lowercase. 4. If format equals "text", change it to "text/plain". If format equals "url", change it to "text/uri-list". 5. Remove the item in the drag data store item list whose kind is Plain Unicode string and whose type string is equal to format, if there is one. 6. Add an item to the drag data store item list whose kind is Plain Unicode string, whose type string is equal to format, and whose data is the string given by the method’s second argument. The clearData() method must run the following steps: 1. If the DataTransfer object is no longer associated with a drag data store, abort these steps. Nothing happens. 2. If the drag data store’s mode is not the read/write mode, abort these steps. Nothing happens. 3. If the method was called with no arguments, remove each item in the drag data store item list whose kind is Plain Unicode string, and abort these steps. 4. Let format be the first argument, in ASCII lowercase. 5. If format equals "text", change it to "text/plain". If format equals "url", change it to "text/uri-list". 6. Remove the item in the drag data store item list whose kind is Plain Unicode string and whose type string is equal to format, if there is one. The clearData() method does not affect whether any files were included in the drag, so the types attribute’s list might still not be empty after calling clearData() (it would still contain the "Files" string if any files were included in the drag). The files attribute must return a live FileList sequence consisting of File objects representing the files found by the following steps. Furthermore, for a given FileList object and a given underlying file, the same File object must be used each time. 1. Start with an empty list L. 2. If the DataTransfer object is no longer associated with a drag data store, the FileList is empty. Abort these steps; return the empty list L. 3. If the drag data store’s mode is the protected mode, abort these steps; return the empty list L. 4. For each item in the drag data store item list whose kind is File , add the item’s data (the file, in particular its name and contents, as well as its type) to the list L. 5. The files found by these steps are those in the list L. This version of the API does not expose the types of the files during the drag. 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface Each DataTransfer object is associated with a DataTransferItemList object. interface DataTransferItemList { readonly attribute unsigned long length; getter DataTransferItem (unsigned long index); DataTransferItem? add(DOMString data, DOMString type); DataTransferItem? add(File data); void remove(unsigned long index); void clear(); }; items . length Returns the number of items in the drag data store. items[index] Returns the DataTransferItem object representing the indexth entry in the drag data store. items . remove(index) Removes the indexth entry in the drag data store. items . clear() Removes all the entries in the drag data store. items . add(data) items . add(data, type) Adds a new entry for the given data to the drag data store. If the data is plain text then a type string has to be provided also. While the DataTransferItemList object’s DataTransfer object is associated with a drag data store, the DataTransferItemList object’s mode is the same as the drag data store mode. When the DataTransferItemList object’s DataTransfer object is not associated with a drag data store, the DataTransferItemList object’s mode is the disabled mode. The drag data store referenced in this section (which is used only when the DataTransferItemList object is not in the disabled mode) is the drag data store with which the DataTransferItemList object’s DataTransfer object is associated. The length attribute must return zero if the object is in the disabled mode; otherwise it must return the number of items in the drag data store item list. When a DataTransferItemList object is not in the disabled mode, its supported property indices are the numbers in the range 0 .. n-1, where n is the number of items in the drag data store item list. To determine the value of an indexed property i of a DataTransferItemList object, the user agent must return a DataTransferItem object representing the ith item in the drag data store. The same object must be returned each time a particular item is obtained from this DataTransferItemList object. The DataTransferItem object must be associated with the same DataTransfer object as the DataTransferItemList object when it is first created. The add() method must run the following steps: 1. If the DataTransferItemList object is not in the read/write mode, return null and abort these steps. 2. Jump to the appropriate set of steps from the following list: If the first argument to the method is a string If there is already an item in the drag data store item list whose kind is Plain Unicode string and whose type string is equal to the value of the method’s second argument, in ASCII lowercase, then throw a NotSupportedError exception and abort these steps. Otherwise, add an item to the drag data store item list whose kind is Plain Unicode string, whose type string is equal to the value of the method’s second argument, in ASCII lowercase, and whose data is the string given by the method’s first argument. If the first argument to the method is a File Add an item to the drag data store item list whose kind is File, whose type string is the type of the File, in ASCII lowercase, and whose data is the same as the File’s data. 3. Determine the value of the indexed property corresponding to the newly added item, and return that value (a newly created DataTransferItem object). The remove() method, when invoked with the argument i, must run these steps: 1. If the DataTransferItemList object is not in the read/write mode, throw an InvalidStateError exception and abort these steps. 2. Remove the ith item from the drag data store. The clear() method, if the DataTransferItemList object is in the read/write mode, must remove all the items from the drag data store. Otherwise, it must do nothing. 5.7.3.2. The DataTransferItem interface Each DataTransferItem object is associated with a DataTransfer object. interface DataTransferItem { readonly attribute DOMString kind; readonly attribute DOMString type; void getAsString(FunctionStringCallback? _callback); File? getAsFile(); }; callback FunctionStringCallback = void (DOMString data); item . kind Returns the drag data item kind, one of: "string", "file". item . type Returns the drag data item type string. item . getAsString(callback) Invokes the callback with the string data as the argument, if the drag data item kind is Plain Unicode string. file = item . getAsFile() Returns a File object, if the drag data item kind is File. While the DataTransferItem object’s DataTransfer object is associated with a drag data store and that drag data store’s drag data store item list still contains the item that the DataTransferItem object represents, the DataTransferItem object’s mode is the same as the drag data store mode. When the DataTransferItem object’s DataTransfer object is not associated with a drag data store, or if the item that the DataTransferItem object represents has been removed from the relevant drag data store item list, the DataTransferItem object’s mode is the disabled mode. The drag data store referenced in this section (which is used only when the DataTransferItem object is not in the disabled mode) is the drag data store with which the DataTransferItem object’s DataTransfer object is associated. The kind attribute must return the empty string if the DataTransferItem object is in the disabled mode; otherwise it must return the string given in the cell from the second column of the following table from the row whose cell in the first column contains the drag data item kind of the item represented by the DataTransferItem object: Kind String Plain Unicode string "string" File "file" The type attribute must return the empty string if the DataTransferItem object is in the disabled mode; otherwise it must return the drag data item type string of the item represented by the DataTransferItem object. The getAsString(callback) method must run the following steps: 1. If the callback is null, abort these steps. 2. If the DataTransferItem object is not in the read/write mode or the read-only mode, abort these steps. The callback is never invoked. 3. If the drag data item kind is not Plain Unicode string, abort these steps. The callback is never invoked. 4. Otherwise, queue a task to invoke callback, passing the actual data of the item represented by the DataTransferItem object as the argument. The getAsFile() method must run the following steps: 1. If the DataTransferItem object is not in the read/write mode or the read-only mode, return null and abort these steps. 2. If the drag data item kind is not File, then return null and abort these steps. 3. Return a new File object representing the actual data of the item represented by the DataTransferItem object. 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface The drag-and-drop processing model involves several events. They all use the DragEvent interface. [Constructor(DOMString type, optional DragEventInit eventInitDict)] interface DragEvent : MouseEvent { readonly attribute DataTransfer? dataTransfer; }; dictionary DragEventInit : MouseEventInit { DataTransfer? dataTransfer = null; }; event . dataTransfer Returns the DataTransfer object for the event. Although, for consistency with other event interfaces, the DragEvent interface has a constructor, it is not particularly useful. In particular, there’s no way to create a useful DataTransfer object from script, as DataTransfer objects have a processing and security model that is coordinated by the browser during drag-and-drops. The dataTransfer attribute of the DragEvent interface must return the value it was initialized to. It represents the context information for the event. When a user agent is required to fire a DND event named e at an element, using a particular drag data store, and optionally with a specific related target, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. Let dataDragStoreWasChanged be false. 2. If no specific related target was provided, set related target to null. 3. Let window be the Window object of the Document object of the specified target element. 4. If e is dragstart, then set the data store mode to the read/write mode and set dataDragStoreWasChanged to true. If e is drop, set the drag data store mode to the read-only mode. 5. Let dataTransfer be a newly created DataTransfer object associated with the given drag data store. 6. Set the effectAllowed attribute to the drag data store’s drag data store allowed effects state. 7. Set the dropEffect attribute to "none" if e is dragstart, drag, dragexit, or dragleave; to the value corresponding to the current drag operation if e is drop or dragend; and to a value based on the effectAllowed attribute’s value and the drag-and-drop source, as given by the following table, otherwise (i.e., if e is dragenter or dragover): effectAllowed dropEffect "none" "none" "copy" "copy" "copyLink" "copy", or, if appropriate, "link" "copyMove" "copy", or, if appropriate, "move" "all" "copy", or, if appropriate, either "link" or "move" "link" "link" "linkMove" "link", or, if appropriate, "move" "move" "move" "uninitialized" when what is being dragged "move", or, if appropriate, is a selection from a text field either "copy" or "link" "uninitialized" when what is being dragged "copy", or, if appropriate, is a selection either "link" or "move" "uninitialized" when what is being dragged "link", or, if appropriate, is an a element with an href attribute either "copy" or "move" Any other case "copy", or, if appropriate, either "link" or "move" Where the table above provides possibly appropriate alternatives, user agents may instead use the listed alternative values if platform conventions dictate that the user has requested those alternate effects. For example, Windows platform conventions are such that dragging while holding the "alt" key indicates a preference for linking the data, rather than moving or copying it. Therefore, on a Windows system, if "link" is an option according to the table above while the "alt" key is depressed, the user agent could select that instead of "copy" or "move". 8. Create a trusted DragEvent object and initialize it to have the given name e, to bubble, to be cancelable unless e is dragexit, dragleave, or dragend, and to have the view attribute initialized to window, the detail attribute initialized to zero, the mouse and key attributes initialized according to the state of the input devices as they would be for user interaction events, the relatedTarget attribute initialized to related target, and the dataTransfer attribute initialized to dataTransfer, the DataTransfer object created above. If there is no relevant pointing device, the object must have its screenX, screenY, clientX, clientY, and button attributes set to 0. 9. Dispatch the newly created DragEvent object at the specified target element. 10. Set the drag data store allowed effects state to the current value of dataTransfer’s effectAllowed attribute. (It can only have changed value if e is dragstart.) 11. If dataDragStoreWasChanged is true, then set the drag data store mode back to the protected mode. 12. Break the association between dataTransfer and the drag data store. 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model When the user attempts to begin a drag operation, the user agent must run the following steps. User agents must act as if these steps were run even if the drag actually started in another document or application and the user agent was not aware that the drag was occurring until it intersected with a document under the user agent’s purview. 1. Determine what is being dragged, as follows: If the drag operation was invoked on a selection, then it is the selection that is being dragged. Otherwise, if the drag operation was invoked on a Document, it is the first element, going up the ancestor chain, starting at the node that the user tried to drag, that has the IDL attribute draggable set to true. If there is no such element, then nothing is being dragged; abort these steps, the drag-and-drop operation is never started. Otherwise, the drag operation was invoked outside the user agent’s purview. What is being dragged is defined by the document or application where the drag was started. img elements and a elements with an href attribute have their draggable attribute set to true by default. 2. Create a drag data store. All the DND events fired subsequently by the steps in this section must use this drag data store. 3. Establish which DOM node is the source node, as follows: If it is a selection that is being dragged, then the source node is the Text node that the user started the drag on (typically the Text node that the user originally clicked). If the user did not specify a particular node, for example if the user just told the user agent to begin a drag of "the selection", then the source node is the first Text node containing a part of the selection. Otherwise, if it is an element that is being dragged, then the source node is the element that is being dragged. Otherwise, the source node is part of another document or application. When this specification requires that an event be dispatched at the source node in this case, the user agent must instead follow the platform-specific conventions relevant to that situation. Multiple events are fired on the source node during the course of the drag-and-drop operation. 4. Determine the list of dragged nodes, as follows: If it is a selection that is being dragged, then the list of dragged nodes contains, in tree order, every node that is partially or completely included in the selection (including all their ancestors). Otherwise, the list of dragged nodes contains only the source node, if any. 5. If it is a selection that is being dragged, then add an item to the drag data store item list, with its properties set as follows: The drag data item type string "text/plain" The drag data item kind Plain Unicode string The actual data The text of the selection Otherwise, if any files are being dragged, then add one item per file to the drag data store item list, with their properties set as follows: The drag data item type string The MIME type of the file, if known, or "application/octet-stream" otherwise. The drag data item kind File The actual data The file’s contents and name. Dragging files can currently only happen from outside a browsing context, for example from a file system manager application. If the drag initiated outside of the application, the user agent must add items to the drag data store item list as appropriate for the data being dragged, honoring platform conventions where appropriate; however, if the platform conventions do not use MIME types to label dragged data, the user agent must make a best-effort attempt to map the types to MIME types, and, in any case, all the drag data item type strings must be in ASCII lowercase. User agents may also add one or more items representing the selection or dragged element(s) in other forms, e.g., as HTML. 6. If the list of dragged nodes is not empty, then extract the microdata from those nodes into a JSON form, and add one item to the drag data store item list, with its properties set as follows: The drag data item type string application/microdata+json The drag data item kind Plain Unicode string The actual data The resulting JSON string. 7. Run the following substeps: 1. Let urls be an empty list of absolute URLs. 2. For each node in the list of dragged nodes: If the node is an a element with an href attribute Add to urls the result of parsing the element’s href content attribute relative to the element’s node document If the node is an img element with a src attribute Add to urls the result of parsing the element’s src content attribute relative to the element’s node document 3. If urls is still empty, abort these substeps. 4. Let url string be the result of concatenating the strings in urls, in the order they were added, separated by a U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN U+000A LINE FEED character pair (CRLF). 5. Add one item to the drag data store item list, with its properties set as follows: The drag data item type string text/uri-list The drag data item kind Plain Unicode string The actual data url string 8. Update the drag data store default feedback as appropriate for the user agent (if the user is dragging the selection, then the selection would likely be the basis for this feedback; if the user is dragging an element, then that element’s rendering would be used; if the drag began outside the user agent, then the platform conventions for determining the drag feedback should be used). 9. Fire a DND event named dragstart at the source node. If the event is canceled, then the drag-and-drop operation should not occur; abort these steps. Since events with no event listeners registered are, almost by definition, never canceled, drag-and-drop is always available to the user if the author does not specifically prevent it. 10. Initiate the drag-and-drop operation in a manner consistent with platform conventions, and as described below. The drag-and-drop feedback must be generated from the first of the following sources that is available: 1. The drag data store bitmap, if any. In this case, the drag data store hot spot coordinate should be used as hints for where to put the cursor relative to the resulting image. The values are expressed as distances in CSS pixels from the left side and from the top side of the image respectively. [CSS-2015] 2. The drag data store default feedback. From the moment that the user agent is to initiate the drag-and-drop operation, until the end of the drag-and-drop operation, device input events (e.g., mouse and keyboard events) must be suppressed. During the drag operation, the element directly indicated by the user as the drop target is called the immediate user selection. (Only elements can be selected by the user; other nodes must not be made available as drop targets.) However, the immediate user selection is not necessarily the current target element, which is the element currently selected for the drop part of the drag-and-drop operation. The immediate user selection changes as the user selects different elements (either by pointing at them with a pointing device, or by selecting them in some other way). The current target element changes when the immediate user selection changes, based on the results of event listeners in the document, as described below. Both the current target element and the immediate user selection can be null, which means no target element is selected. They can also both be elements in other (DOM-based) documents, or other (non-Web) programs altogether. (For example, a user could drag text to a word-processor.) The current target element is initially null. In addition, there is also a current drag operation, which can take on the values "none", "copy", "link", and "move". Initially, it has the value "none". It is updated by the user agent as described in the steps below. User agents must, as soon as the drag operation is initiated and every 350ms (±200ms) thereafter for as long as the drag operation is ongoing, queue a task to perform the following steps in sequence: 1. If the user agent is still performing the previous iteration of the sequence (if any) when the next iteration becomes due, abort these steps for this iteration (effectively "skipping missed frames" of the drag-and-drop operation). 2. Fire a DND event named drag at the source node. If this event is canceled, the user agent must set the current drag operation to "none" (no drag operation). 3. If the drag event was not canceled and the user has not ended the drag-and-drop operation, check the state of the drag-and-drop operation, as follows: 1. If the user is indicating a different immediate user selection than during the last iteration (or if this is the first iteration), and if this immediate user selection is not the same as the current target element, then fire a DND event named dragexit at the current target element, and then update the current target element as follows: If the new immediate user selection is null Set the current target element to null also. If the new immediate user selection is in a non-DOM document or application Set the current target element to the immediate user selection. Otherwise Fire a DND event named dragenter at the immediate user selection. If the event is canceled, then set the current target element to the immediate user selection. Otherwise, run the appropriate step from the following list: If the immediate user selection is a text field (e.g., textarea, or an input element whose type attribute is in the Text state) or an editing host or editable element, and the drag data store item list has an item with the drag data item type string "text/plain" and the drag data item kind Plain Unicode string Set the current target element to the immediate user selection anyway. If the immediate user selection is the body element Leave the current target element unchanged. Otherwise Fire a DND event named dragenter at the body element, if there is one, or at the Document object, if not. Then, set the current target element to the body element, regardless of whether that event was canceled or not. 2. If the previous step caused the current target element to change, and if the previous target element was not null or a part of a non-DOM document, then fire a DND event named dragleave at the previous target element, with the new current target element as the specific related target. 3. If the current target element is a DOM element, then fire a DND event named dragover at this current target element. If the dragover event is not canceled, run the appropriate step from the following list: If the current target element is a text field (e.g., textarea, or an input element whose type attribute is in the Text state) or an editing host or editable element, and the drag data store item list has an item with the drag data item type string "text/plain" and the drag data item kind Plain Unicode string Set the current drag operation to either "copy" or "move", as appropriate given the platform conventions. Otherwise Reset the current drag operation to "none". Otherwise (if the dragover event is canceled), set the current drag operation based on the values of the effectAllowed and dropEffect attributes of the DragEvent object’s dataTransfer object as they stood after the event dispatch finished, as per the following table: effectAllowed dropEffect Drag operation "uninitialized", "copy", "copyLink", "copy" "copy" "copyMove", or "all" "uninitialized", "link", "copyLink", "link" "link" "linkMove", or "all" "uninitialized", "move", "copyMove", "move" "move" "linkMove", or "all" Any other case "none" 4. Otherwise, if the current target element is not a DOM element, use platform-specific mechanisms to determine what drag operation is being performed (none, copy, link, or move), and set the current drag operation accordingly. 5. Update the drag feedback (e.g., the mouse cursor) to match the current drag operation, as follows: Drag operation Feedback "copy" Data will be copied if dropped here. "link" Data will be linked if dropped here. "move" Data will be moved if dropped here. "none" No operation allowed, dropping here will cancel the drag-and-drop operation. 4. Otherwise, if the user ended the drag-and-drop operation (e.g., by releasing the mouse button in a mouse-driven drag-and-drop interface), or if the drag event was canceled, then this will be the last iteration. Run the following steps, then stop the drag-and-drop operation: 1. If the current drag operation is "none" (no drag operation), or, if the user ended the drag-and-drop operation by canceling it (e.g., by hitting the Escape key), or if the current target element is null, then the drag operation failed. Run these substeps: 1. Let dropped be false. 2. If the current target element is a DOM element, fire a DND event named dragleave at it; otherwise, if it is not null, use platform-specific conventions for drag cancelation. 3. Set the current drag operation to "none". Otherwise, the drag operation might be a success; run these substeps: 1. Let dropped be true. 2. If the current target element is a DOM element, fire a DND event named drop at it; otherwise, use platform-specific conventions for indicating a drop. 3. If the event is canceled, set the current drag operation to the value of the dropEffect attribute of the DragEvent object’s dataTransfer object as it stood after the event dispatch finished. Otherwise, the event is not canceled; perform the event’s default action, which depends on the exact target as follows: If the current target element is a text field (e.g., textarea, or an input element whose type attribute is in the Text state) or an editing host or editable element, and the drag data store item list has an item with the drag data item type string "text/plain" and the drag data item kind Plain Unicode string Insert the actual data of the first item in the drag data store item list to have a drag data item type string of "text/plain" and a drag data item kind that is Plain Unicode string into the text field or editing host or editable element in a manner consistent with platform-specific conventions (e.g., inserting it at the current mouse cursor position, or inserting it at the end of the field). Otherwise Reset the current drag operation to "none". 2. Fire a DND event named dragend at the source node. 3. Run the appropriate steps from the following list as the default action of the dragend event: If dropped is true, the current target element is a text field (see below), the current drag operation is "move", and the source of the drag-and-drop operation is a selection in the DOM that is entirely contained within an editing host Delete the selection. If dropped is true, the current target element is a text field (see below), the current drag operation is "move", and the source of the drag-and-drop operation is a selection in a text field The user agent should delete the dragged selection from the relevant text field. If dropped is false or if the current drag operation is "none" The drag was canceled. If the platform conventions dictate that this be represented to the user (e.g., by animating the dragged selection going back to the source of the drag-and-drop operation), then do so. Otherwise The event has no default action. For the purposes of this step, a text field is a textarea element or an input element whose type attribute is in one of the Text, Search, Telephone, URL, E-mail, Password, or Number states. User agents are encouraged to consider how to react to drags near the edge of scrollable regions. For example, if a user drags a link to the bottom of the viewport on a long page, it might make sense to scroll the page so that the user can drop the link lower on the page. This model is independent of which Document object the nodes involved are from; the events are fired as described above and the rest of the processing model runs as described above, irrespective of how many documents are involved in the operation. 5.7.6. Events summary This section is non-normative. The following events are involved in the drag-and-drop model. Event Name Target Cancelable? Drag data dropEffect Default Action store mode Source Read/write Initiate the dragstart node ✓ Cancelable mode "none" drag-and-drop operation Source Protected Continue the drag node ✓ Cancelable mode "none" drag-and-drop operation Immediate Reject user Based on immediate user dragenter selection ✓ Cancelable Protected effectAllowed selection as or the mode value potential body target element element Previous Protected dragexit target — mode "none" None element Previous Protected dragleave target — mode "none" None element Current Based on Reset the dragover target ✓ Cancelable Protected effectAllowed current drag element mode value operation to "none" Current Read-only Current drag drop target ✓ Cancelable mode operation Varies element dragend Source — Protected Current drag Varies node mode operation Not shown in the above table: all these events bubble, and the effectAllowed attribute always has the value it had after the dragstart event, defaulting to "uninitialized" in the dragstart event. 5.7.7. The draggable attribute All HTML elements may have the draggable content attribute set. The draggable attribute is an enumerated attribute. It has three states. The first state is true and it has the keyword true. The second state is false and it has the keyword false. The third state is auto; it has no keywords but it is the missing value default. The true state means the element is draggable; the false state means that it is not. The auto state uses the default behavior of the user agent. An element with a draggable attribute should also have a title attribute that names the element for the purpose of non-visual interactions. element . draggable [ = value ] Returns true if the element is draggable; otherwise, returns false. Can be set, to override the default and set the draggable content attribute. The draggable IDL attribute, whose value depends on the content attribute’s in the way described below, controls whether or not the element is draggable. Generally, only text selections are draggable, but elements whose draggable IDL attribute is true become draggable as well. If an element’s draggable content attribute has the state true, the draggable IDL attribute must return true. Otherwise, if the element’s draggable content attribute has the state false, the draggable IDL attribute must return false. Otherwise, the element’s draggable content attribute has the state auto. If the element is an img element, an object element that represents an image, or an a element with an href content attribute, the draggable IDL attribute must return true; otherwise, the draggable IDL attribute must return false. If the draggable IDL attribute is set to the value false, the draggable content attribute must be set to the literal value "false". If the draggable IDL attribute is set to the value true, the draggable content attribute must be set to the literal value "true". 5.7.8. Security risks in the drag-and-drop model User agents must not make the data added to the DataTransfer object during the dragstart event available to scripts until the drop event, because otherwise, if a user were to drag sensitive information from one document to a second document, crossing a hostile third document in the process, the hostile document could intercept the data. For the same reason, user agents must consider a drop to be successful only if the user specifically ended the drag operation — if any scripts end the drag operation, it must be considered unsuccessful (canceled) and the drop event must not be fired. User agents should take care to not start drag-and-drop operations in response to script actions. For example, in a mouse-and-window environment, if a script moves a window while the user has his mouse button depressed, the user agent would not consider that to start a drag. This is important because otherwise user agents could cause data to be dragged from sensitive sources and dropped into hostile documents without the user’s consent. User agents should filter potentially active (scripted) content (e.g., HTML) when it is dragged and when it is dropped, using a safelist of known-safe features. Similarly, relative URLs should be turned into absolute URLs to avoid references changing in unexpected ways. This specification does not specify how this is performed. Consider a hostile page providing some content and getting the user to select and drag and drop (or indeed, copy and paste) that content to a victim page’s contenteditable region. If the browser does not ensure that only safe content is dragged, potentially unsafe content such as scripts and event handlers in the selection, once dropped (or pasted) into the victim site, get the privileges of the victim site. This would thus enable a cross-site scripting attack. 6. Loading Web pages This section describes features that apply most directly to Web browsers. Having said that, except where specified otherwise, the requirements defined in this section do apply to all user agents, whether they are Web browsers or not. 6.1. Browsing contexts A browsing context is an environment in which Document objects are presented to the user. A tab or window in a Web browser typically contains a browsing context, as does an iframe or frames in a frameset. A browsing context has a corresponding WindowProxy object. A browsing context has a session history, which lists the Document objects that the browsing context has presented, is presenting, or will present. At any time, one Document in each browsing context is designated the active document. A Document's browsing context is that browsing context whose session history contains the Document, if any. (A Document created using an API such as createDocument() has no browsing context.) Each Document in a browsing context is associated with a Window object. In general, there is a 1-to-1 mapping from the Window object to the Document object. There are two exceptions. First, a Window can be reused for the presentation of a second Document in the same browsing context, such that the mapping is then 1-to-2. This occurs when a browsing context is navigated from the initial about:blank Document to another, with replacement enabled. Second, a Document can end up being reused for several Window objects when the document.open() method is used, such that the mapping is then many-to-1. A Document does not necessarily have a browsing context associated with it. In particular, data mining tools are likely to never instantiate browsing contexts. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- A browsing context can have a creator browsing context, the browsing context that was responsible for its creation. If a browsing context has a parent browsing context, then that is its creator browsing context. Otherwise, if the browsing context has an opener browsing context, then that is its creator browsing context. Otherwise, the browsing context has no creator browsing context. If a browsing context context has a creator browsing context creator, it also has the following properties. In what follows, let creator document be creator’s active document at the time context is created: creator origin creator document’s origin creator URL creator document’s URL creator base URL creator document’s base URL creator referrer policy creator document’s referrer policy creator context security The result of executing Is environment settings object a secure context? on creator document’s relevant settings object To create a new browsing context: 1. Call the JavaScript InitializeHostDefinedRealm() abstract operation with the following customizations: * For the global object, create a new Window object window. * For the global this value, create a new WindowProxy object windowProxy, whose [[Window]] internal slot value is window. The internal slot value is updated when navigations occur. * Let realm execution context be the created JavaScript execution context. 2. Set the new browsing context’s associated WindowProxy to windowProxy. 3. Let document be a new Document, whose URL is about:blank, which is marked as being an HTML document, whose character encoding is UTF-8, and which is both ready for post-load tasks and completely loaded immediately. 4. Set the origin of document: * If the new browsing context has a creator browsing context, then the origin of document is the creator origin. * Otherwise, the origin of document is a unique opaque origin assigned when the new browsing context is created. 5. If the new browsing context has a creator browsing context, then set document’s referrer to the creator URL. 6. Ensure that document has a single child html node, which itself has two empty child nodes: a head element, and a body element. 7. Implement the sandboxing for document. 8. Add document to the new browsing context’s session history. 9. Set window’s associated Document to document. 10. Set up a browsing context environment settings object with realm execution context. 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts Certain elements (for example, iframe elements) can instantiate further browsing contexts. These are called nested browsing contexts. If a browsing context P has a Document D with an element E that nests another browsing context C inside it, then C is said to be nested through D, and E is said to be the browsing context container of C. If the browsing context container element E is in the Document D, then P is said to be the parent browsing context of C and C is said to be a child browsing context of P. Otherwise, the nested browsing context C has no parent browsing context. A browsing context A is said to be an ancestor of a browsing context B if there exists a browsing context A' that is a child browsing context of A and that is itself an ancestor of B, or if the browsing context A is the parent browsing context of B. A browsing context that is not a nested browsing context has no parent browsing context, and is the top-level browsing context of all the browsing contexts for which it is an ancestor browsing context. The transitive closure of parent browsing contexts for a nested browsing context gives the list of ancestor browsing contexts. The list of the descendant browsing contexts of a Document d is the (ordered) list returned by the following algorithm: 1. Let list be an empty list. 2. For each child browsing context of d that is nested through an element that is in the Document d, in the tree order of the elements nesting those browsing contexts, run these substeps: 1. Append that child browsing context to the list list. 2. Append the list of the descendant browsing contexts of the active document of that child browsing context to the list list. 3. Return the constructed list. A Document is said to be fully active when it has a browsing context and it is the active document of that browsing context, and either its browsing context is a top-level browsing context, or it has a parent browsing context and the Document through which it is nested is itself fully active. Because they are nested through an element, child browsing contexts are always tied to a specific Document in their parent browsing context. User agents must not allow the user to interact with child browsing contexts of elements that are in Documents that are not themselves fully active. A nested browsing context can be put into a delaying load events mode. This is used when it is navigated, to delay the load event of the browsing context container before the new Document is created. The document family of a browsing context consists of the union of all the Document objects in that browsing context’s session history and the document families of all those Document objects. The document family of a Document object consists of the union of all the document families of the browsing contexts that are nested through the Document object. The content document of a browsing context container container is the result of the following algorithm: 1. If container’s nested browsing context is null, then return null. 2. Let context be container’s nested browsing context. 3. Let document be context’s active document. 4. If document’s origin and the origin specified by the current settings object are not same origin-domain, then return null. 5. Return document. 6.1.1.1. Navigating nested browsing contexts in the DOM window . top Returns the WindowProxy for the top-level browsing context. window . parent Returns the WindowProxy for the parent browsing context. window . frameElement Returns the Element for the browsing context container. Returns null if there isn’t one, and in cross-origin situations. The top IDL attribute on the Window object of a Document in a browsing context b must return the WindowProxy object of its top-level browsing context (which would be its own WindowProxy object if it was a top-level browsing context itself), if it has one, or its own WindowProxy object otherwise (e.g., if it was a detached nested browsing context). The parent IDL attribute on the Window object of a Document that has a browsing context b must return the WindowProxy object of the parent browsing context, if there is one (i.e., if b is a child browsing context), or the WindowProxy object of the browsing context b itself, otherwise (i.e., if it is a top-level browsing context or a detached nested browsing context). The frameElement IDL attribute, on getting, must run the following algorithm: 1. Let d be the Window object’s associated Document. 2. Let context be d’s browsing context. 3. If context is not a nested browsing context, return null and abort these steps. 4. Let container be context’s browsing context container. 5. If container’s node document’s origin is not same origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then return null and abort these steps. 6. Return container. 6.1.2. Auxiliary browsing contexts It is possible to create new browsing contexts that are related to a top-level browsing context without being nested through an element. Such browsing contexts are called auxiliary browsing contexts. Auxiliary browsing contexts are always top-level browsing contexts. An auxiliary browsing context has an opener browsing context, which is the browsing context from which the auxiliary browsing context was created. 6.1.2.1. Navigating auxiliary browsing contexts in the DOM The opener IDL attribute on the Window object, on getting, must return the WindowProxy object of the browsing context from which the current browsing context was created (its opener browsing context), if there is one, if it is still available, and if the current browsing context has not disowned its opener; otherwise, it must return null. On setting the opener attribute, if the new value is null then the current browsing context must disown its opener; if the new value is anything else then the user agent must call the [[DefineOwnProperty]] internal method of the Window object, passing the property name "opener" as the property key, and the Property Descriptor { [[Value]]: value, [[Writable]]: true, [[Enumerable]]: true, [[Configurable]]: true } as the property descriptor, where value is the new value. 6.1.3. Security A browsing context A is familiar with a second browsing context B if one of the following conditions is true: * Either the origin of the active document of A is the same as the origin of the active document of B, or * The browsing context A is a nested browsing context with a top-level browsing context, and its top-level browsing context is B, or * The browsing context B is an auxiliary browsing context and A is familiar with B’s opener browsing context, or * The browsing context B is not a top-level browsing context, but there exists an ancestor browsing context of B whose active document has the same origin as the active document of A (possibly in fact being A itself). The relationship "familiar with" may be used to decide the value of a browsing context name, see the table in the following browsing context names section for details. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- A browsing context A is allowed to navigate a second browsing context B if the following algorithm terminates positively: 1. If A is not the same browsing context as B, and A is not one of the ancestor browsing contexts of B, and B is not a top-level browsing context, and A’s active document’s active sandboxing flag set has its sandboxed navigation browsing context flag set, then abort these steps negatively. 2. Otherwise, if B is a top-level browsing context, and is one of the ancestor browsing contexts of A, and A’s active document’s active sandboxing flag set has its sandboxed top-level navigation browsing context flag set, then abort these steps negatively. 3. Otherwise, if B is a top-level browsing context, and is neither A nor one of the ancestor browsing contexts of A, and A’s Document's active sandboxing flag set has its sandboxed navigation browsing context flag set, and A is not the one permitted sandboxed navigator of B, then abort these steps negatively. 4. Otherwise, terminate positively! ---------------------------------------------------------------------- An element has a browsing context scope origin if its Document's browsing context is a top-level browsing context or if all of its Document's ancestor browsing contexts all have active documents whose origin are the same origin as the element’s node document’s origin. If an element has a browsing context scope origin, then its value is the origin of the element’s node document. 6.1.4. Groupings of browsing contexts Each browsing context is defined as having a list of one or more directly reachable browsing contexts. These are: * The browsing context itself. * All the browsing context’s child browsing contexts. * The browsing context’s parent browsing context. * All the browsing contexts that have the browsing context as their opener browsing context. * The browsing context’s opener browsing context. The transitive closure of all the browsing contexts that are directly reachable browsing contexts forms a unit of related browsing contexts. Each unit of related browsing contexts is then further divided into the smallest number of groups such that every member of each group has an active document with an origin that, through appropriate manipulation of the document.domain attribute, could be made to be same origin-domain with other members of the group, but could not be made the same as members of any other group. Each such group is a unit of related similar-origin browsing contexts. There is also at most one event loop per unit of related similar-origin browsing contexts (though several units of related similar-origin browsing contexts can have a shared event loop). 6.1.5. Browsing context names Browsing contexts can have a browsing context name. By default, a browsing context has no name (its name is not set). A valid browsing context name is any string with at least one character that does not start with a U+005F LOW LINE character. (Names starting with an underscore are reserved for special keywords.) A valid browsing context name or keyword is any string that is either a valid browsing context name or that is an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of: _blank, _self, _parent, or _top. These values have different meanings based on whether the page is sandboxed or not, as summarized in the following (non-normative) table. In this table, "current" means the browsing context that the link or script is in, "parent" means the parent browsing context of the one the link or script is in, "top" means the top-level browsing context of the one the link or script is in, "new" means a new top-level browsing context or auxiliary browsing context is to be created, subject to various user preferences and user agent policies, "none" means that nothing will happen, and "maybe new" means the same as "new" if the "allow-popups" keyword is also specified on the sandbox attribute (or if the user overrode the sandboxing), and the same as "none" otherwise. Keyword Ordinary Effect in an iframe with... effect sandbox="" sandbox="allow-top-navigation" none specified, for links and form current current current submissions empty string current current current _blank new maybe new maybe new _self current current current _parent if there current current current isn’t a parent _parent if parent parent/top none parent/top is also top _parent if there is one and it’s not parent none none top _top if top is current current current current _top if top is not top none top current name that doesn’t new maybe new maybe new exist name that exists specified specified specified descendant and is a descendant descendant descendant name that exists current current current and is current name that exists specified and is an ancestor ancestor none specified ancestor/top that is top name that exists specified and is an ancestor ancestor none none that is not top other name that exists with common specified none none top name that exists with different top, if familiar and one specified specified specified permitted sandboxed navigator name that exists with different top, if familiar but not specified none none one permitted sandboxed navigator name that exists with different top, new maybe new maybe new not familiar Most of the restrictions on sandboxed browsing contexts are applied by other algorithms, e.g., the navigation algorithm, not the rules for choosing a browsing context given a browsing context name given below. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- An algorithm is allowed to show a popup if any of the following conditions is true: * The task in which the algorithm is running is currently processing an activation behavior whose click event was trusted. * The task in which the algorithm is running is currently running the event listener for a trusted event whose type is in the following list: * change * click * dblclick * mouseup * reset * submit * The task in which the algorithm is running was queued by an algorithm that was allowed to show a popup, and the chain of such algorithms started within a user-agent defined timeframe. For example, if a user clicked a button, it might be acceptable for a popup to result from that after 4 seconds, but it would likely not be acceptable for a popup to result from that after 4 hours. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The rules for choosing a browsing context given a browsing context name are as follows. The rules assume that they are being applied in the context of a browsing context, as part of the execution of a task. 1. If the given browsing context name is the empty string or _self, then the chosen browsing context must be the current one. 2. If the given browsing context name is _parent, then the chosen browsing context must be the parent browsing context of the current one, unless there isn’t one, in which case the chosen browsing context must be the current browsing context. 3. If the given browsing context name is _top, then the chosen browsing context must be the top-level browsing context of the current one, if there is one, or else the current browsing context. 4. If the given browsing context name is not _blank and there exists a browsing context whose name is the same as the given browsing context name, and the current browsing context is familiar with that browsing context, and the user agent determines that the two browsing contexts are related enough that it is ok if they reach each other, then that browsing context must be the chosen one. If there are multiple matching browsing contexts, the user agent should select one in some arbitrary consistent manner, such as the most recently opened, most recently focused, or more closely related. 5. Otherwise, a new browsing context is being requested, and what happens depends on the user agent’s configuration and abilities — it is determined by the rules given for the first applicable option from the following list: If the algorithm is not allowed to show a popup and the user agent has been configured to not show popups (i.e., the user agent has a "popup blocker" enabled) There is no chosen browsing context. The user agent may inform the user that a popup has been blocked. If the current browsing context’s active document’s active sandboxing flag set has the sandboxed auxiliary navigation browsing context flag set. Typically, there is no chosen browsing context. The user agent may offer to create a new top-level browsing context or reuse an existing top-level browsing context. If the user picks one of those options, then the designated browsing context must be the chosen one (the browsing context’s name isn’t set to the given browsing context name). The default behavior (if the user agent doesn’t offer the option to the user, or if the user declines to allow a browsing context to be used) must be that there must not be a chosen browsing context. If this case occurs, it means that an author has explicitly sandboxed the document that is trying to open a link. If the user agent has been configured such that in this instance it will create a new browsing context, and the browsing context is being requested as part of following a hyperlink whose link types include the noreferrer keyword A new top-level browsing context must be created. If the given browsing context name is not _blank, then the new top-level browsing context’s name must be the given browsing context name (otherwise, it has no name). The chosen browsing context must be this new browsing context. The creation of such a browsing context is a new start for session storage. If it is immediately navigated, then the navigation will be done with replacement enabled. If the user agent has been configured such that in this instance it will create a new browsing context, and the noreferrer keyword doesn’t apply A new auxiliary browsing context must be created, with the opener browsing context being the current one. If the given browsing context name is not _blank, then the new auxiliary browsing context’s name must be the given browsing context name (otherwise, it has no name). The chosen browsing context must be this new browsing context. If it is immediately navigated, then the navigation will be done with replacement enabled. If the user agent has been configured such that in this instance it will reuse the current browsing context The chosen browsing context is the current browsing context. If the user agent has been configured such that in this instance it will not find a browsing context There must not be a chosen browsing context. User agent implementors are encouraged to provide a way for users to configure the user agent to always reuse the current browsing context. If the chosen browsing context picked above, if any, is a new browsing context, then: 1. Let flagSet be the current browsing context’s active document’s active sandboxing flag set. 2. If flagSet’s sandboxed navigation browsing context flag is set, then the current browsing context must be set as the new browsing context’s one permitted sandboxed navigator. 3. If flagSet’s sandbox propagates to auxiliary browsing contexts flag is set, then all the flags that are set in flagSet must be set in the new browsing context’s popup sandboxing flag set. 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts When the user agent is required to set up a browsing context environment settings object, given a JavaScript execution context execution context, it must run the following steps: 1. Let realm be the value of execution context’s Realm component. 2. Let window be realm’s global object. 3. Let url be a copy of the URL of the Document with which window is associated. 4. Let settings object be a new environment settings object whose algorithms are defined as follows: The realm execution context Return execution context. The module map Return the module map of the Document with which window is currently associated. The responsible browsing context Return the browsing context with which window is associated. The responsible event loop Return the event loop that is associated with the unit of related similar-origin browsing contexts to which window’s browsing context belongs. The responsible document Return the Document with which window is currently associated. The API URL character encoding Return the current character encoding of the Document with which window is currently associated. The API base URL Return the current base URL of the Document with which window is currently associated. The origin Return the origin of the Document with which window is currently associated. The creation URL Return url. The HTTPS state Return the HTTPS state of the Document with which window is currently associated. 5. Set realm’s [[HostDefined]] field to settings object. 6. Return settings object. 6.2. Security infrastructure for Window, WindowProxy, and Location objects Although typically objects cannot be accessed across origins, the web platform would not be true to itself if it did not have some legacy exceptions to that rule that the web depends upon. 6.2.1. Integration with IDL When perform a security check is invoked, with a platformObject, realm, identifier, and type, run these steps: 1. If platformObject is a Window or Location object, then: 1. Repeat for each e that is an element of CrossOriginProperties(platformObject): 1. If SameValue(e.[[Property]], identifier) is true, then: 1. If type is "method" and e has neither [[NeedsGet]] nor [[NeedsSet]], then return. 2. Otherwise, if type is "getter" and e.[[NeedsGet]] is true, then return. 3. Otherwise, if type is "setter" and e.[[NeedsSet]] is true, then return. 2. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(platformObject) is false, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 6.2.2. Shared internal slot: [[CrossOriginPropertyDescriptorMap]] Window and Location objects both have a [[CrossOriginPropertyDescriptorMap]] internal slot, whose value is initially an empty map. The [[CrossOriginPropertyDescriptorMap]] internal slot contains a map with entries whose keys are (currentOrigin, objectOrigin, propertyKey)-tuples and values are property descriptors, as a memoization of what is visible to scripts when currentOrigin inspects a Window or Location object from objectOrigin. It is filled lazily by CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper, which consults it on future lookups. User agents should allow a value held in the map to be garbage collected along with its corresponding key when nothing holds a reference to any part of the value. That is, as long as garbage collection is not observable. For example, with const href = Object.getOwnPropertyDescriptor(crossOriginLocation, "href").set the value and its corresponding key in the map cannot be garbage collected as that would be observable. User agents may have an optimization whereby they remove key-value pairs from the map when document.domain is set. This is not observable as document.domain cannot revisit an earlier value. For example, setting document.domain to "example.com" on www.example.com means user agents can remove all key-value pairs from the map where part of the key is www.example.com, as that can never be part of the origin again and therefore the corresponding value could never be retrieved from the map. 6.2.3. Shared abstract operations 6.2.3.1. CrossOriginProperties ( O ) 1. Assert: O is a Location or Window object. 2. If O is a Location object, then return « { [[Property]]: "href", [[NeedsGet]]: false, [[NeedsSet]]: true }, { [[Property]]: "replace" } » 3. Let crossOriginWindowProperties be « { [[Property]]: "window", [[NeedsGet]]: true, [[NeedsSet]]: false }, { [[Property]]: "self", [[NeedsGet]]: true, [[NeedsSet]]: false }, { [[Property]]: "location", [[NeedsGet]]: true, [[NeedsSet]]: true }, { [[Property]]: "close" }, { [[Property]]: "closed", [[NeedsGet]]: true, [[NeedsSet]]: false }, { [[Property]]: "focus" }, { [[Property]]: "blur" }, { [[Property]]: "frames", [[NeedsGet]]: true, [[NeedsSet]]: false }, { [[Property]]: "length", [[NeedsGet]]: true, [[NeedsSet]]: false }, { [[Property]]: "top", [[NeedsGet]]: true, [[NeedsSet]]: false }, { [[Property]]: "opener", [[NeedsGet]]: true, [[NeedsSet]]: false }, { [[Property]]: "parent", [[NeedsGet]]: true, [[NeedsSet]]: false }, { [[Property]]: "postMessage" } » 4. Repeat for each e that is an element of the child browsing context name property set: 1. Add { [[Property]]: e } as the last element of crossOriginWindowProperties. 5. Return crossOriginWindowProperties. Indexed properties do not need to be safelisted as they are handled directly by the WindowProxy object. 6.2.3.2. IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin ( O ) 1. Return true if the current settings object’s origin is same origin-domain with O’s relevant settings object’s origin, and false otherwise. 6.2.3.3. CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper ( O, P ) If this abstract operation returns undefined and there is no custom behavior, the caller needs to throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 1. If P is @@toStringTag, @@hasInstance, or @@isConcatSpreadable, then return PropertyDescriptor { [[Value]]: undefined, [[Writable]]: false, [[Enumerable]]: false, [[Configurable]]: true }. 2. Let crossOriginKey be a tuple consisting of the current settings object’s origin's effective domain, O’s relevant settings object’s origin's effective domain, and P. 3. Repeat for each e that is an element of CrossOriginProperties(O): 1. If SameValue(e.[[Property]], P) is true, then: 1. If the value of the [[CrossOriginPropertyDescriptorMap]] internal slot of O contains an entry whose key is crossOriginKey, then return that entry’s value. 2. Let originalDesc be OrdinaryGetOwnProperty(O, P). 3. Let crossOriginDesc be CrossOriginPropertyDescriptor(e, originalDesc). 4. Create an entry in the value of the [[CrossOriginPropertyDescriptorMap]] internal slot of O with key crossOriginKey and value crossOriginDesc. 5. Return crossOriginDesc. 4. Return undefined. 6.2.3.3.1. CrossOriginPropertyDescriptor ( crossOriginProperty, originalDesc ) 1. If crossOriginProperty.[[NeedsGet]] and crossOriginProperty.[[NeedsSet]] are absent, then: 1. Let value be originalDesc.[[Value]]. 2. If IsCallable(value) is true, set value to CrossOriginFunctionWrapper(true, value). 3. Return PropertyDescriptor{ [[Value]]: value, [[Enumerable]]: false, [[Writable]]: false, [[Configurable]]: true }. 2. Otherwise: 1. Let crossOriginGet be CrossOriginFunctionWrapper(crossOriginProperty.[[NeedsGet]], originalDesc.[[Get]]). 2. Let crossOriginSet be CrossOriginFunctionWrapper(crossOriginProperty.[[NeedsSet]], originalDesc.[[Set]]). 3. Return PropertyDescriptor{ [[Get]]: crossOriginGet, [[Set]]: crossOriginSet, [[Enumerable]]: false, [[Configurable]]: true }. 6.2.3.3.2. CrossOriginFunctionWrapper ( needsWrapping, functionToWrap ) 1. If needsWrapping is false, then return undefined. 2. Return a new cross-origin wrapper function whose [[Wrapped]] internal slot is functionToWrap. A cross-origin wrapper function is an anonymous built-in function that has a [[Wrapped]] internal slot. When a cross-origin wrapper function F is called with a list of arguments argumentsList, the following steps are taken: 1. Assert: F has a [[Wrapped]] internal slot that is a function. 2. Let wrappedFunction be the [[Wrapped]] internal slot of F. 3. Return Call(wrappedFunction, this, argumentsList). Due to this being invoked from a different origin, a cross-origin wrapper function will have a different value for Function.prototype from the function being wrapped. This follows from how JavaScript creates anonymous built-in functions. 6.2.3.4. CrossOriginGet ( O, P, Receiver ) 1. Let desc be O.[[GetOwnProperty]](P). 2. Assert: desc is not undefined. 3. If IsDataDescriptor(desc) is true, then return desc.[[Value]]. 4. Assert: IsAccessorDescriptor(desc) is true. 5. Let getter be desc.[[Get]]. 6. If getter is undefined, throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 7. Return Call(getter, Receiver). 6.2.3.5. CrossOriginSet ( O, P, V, Receiver ) 1. Let desc be O.[[GetOwnProperty]](P). 2. Assert: desc is not undefined. 3. If IsAccessorDescriptor(desc) is true, then: 1. Let setter be desc.[[Set]]. 2. If setter is undefined, return false. 3. Perform Call(setter, Receiver, «V»). 4. Return true. 4. Return false. 6.2.3.6. CrossOriginOwnPropertyKeys ( O ) 1. Let keys be a new empty List. 2. Repeat for each e that is an element of CrossOriginProperties(O): 1. Add e.[[Property]] as the last element of keys. 3. Return keys. 6.3. The Window object [PrimaryGlobal, LegacyUnenumerableNamedProperties] /*sealed*/ interface Window : EventTarget { // the current browsing context [Unforgeable] readonly attribute WindowProxy window; [Replaceable] readonly attribute WindowProxy self; [Unforgeable] readonly attribute Document document; attribute DOMString name; [PutForwards=href, Unforgeable] readonly attribute Location location; readonly attribute History history; [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp locationbar; [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp menubar; [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp personalbar; [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp scrollbars; [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp statusbar; [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp toolbar; attribute DOMString status; void close(); readonly attribute boolean closed; void stop(); void focus(); void blur(); // other browsing contexts [Replaceable] readonly attribute WindowProxy frames; [Replaceable] readonly attribute unsigned long length; [Unforgeable] readonly attribute WindowProxy top; attribute any opener; [Replaceable] readonly attribute WindowProxy parent; readonly attribute Element? frameElement; WindowProxy open(optional DOMString url = "about:blank", optional DOMString target = "_blank", [TreatNullAs=EmptyString] optional DOMString features = "", optional boolean replace = false); getter WindowProxy (unsigned long index); getter object (DOMString name); // Since this is the global object, the IDL named getter adds a NamedPropertiesObject exotic // object on the prototype chain. Indeed, this does not make the global object an exotic object. // Indexed access is taken care of by the WindowProxy exotic object. // the user agent readonly attribute Navigator navigator; // user prompts void alert(); void alert(DOMString message); boolean confirm(optional DOMString message = ""); DOMString? prompt(optional DOMString message = "", optional DOMString default = ""); void print(); unsigned long requestAnimationFrame(FrameRequestCallback callback); void cancelAnimationFrame(unsigned long handle); }; Window implements GlobalEventHandlers; Window implements WindowEventHandlers; callback FrameRequestCallback = void (DOMHighResTimeStamp time); window . window window . frames window . self These attributes all return window. window . document Returns the Document associated with window. document . defaultView Returns the Window object of the active document. The window, frames, and self IDL attributes must all return the Window object’s browsing context’s WindowProxy object. The document IDL attribute must return the Window object’s newest Document object. The Document object associated with a Window object can change in exactly one case: when the navigate algorithm initializes a new Document object for the first page loaded in a browsing context. In that specific case, the Window object of the original about:blank page is reused and gets a new Document object. The defaultView IDL attribute of the Document interface must return the Document's browsing context’s WindowProxy object, if there is one, or null otherwise. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- For historical reasons, Window objects must also have a writable, configurable, non-enumerable property named HTMLDocument whose value is the Document interface object. 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name window = window . open( [ url [, target [, features [, replace ] ] ] ] ) Opens a window to show url (defaults to about:blank), and returns it. The target argument gives the name of the new window. If a window exists with that name already, it is reused. The replace attribute, if true, means that whatever page is currently open in that window will be removed from the window’s session history. The features argument can be used to influence the rendering of the new window. window . name [ = value ] Returns the name of the window. Can be set, to change the name. window . close() Closes the window. window . closed Returns true if the window has been closed, false otherwise. window . stop() Cancels the document load. The open() method on Window objects provides a mechanism for navigating an existing browsing context or opening and navigating an auxiliary browsing context. When the method is invoked, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. Let entry settings be the entry settings object when the method was invoked. 2. Let url be the first argument. 3. Let target be the second argument. 4. Let features be the third argument. 5. Let replace be the fourth argument. 6. Let source browsing context be the responsible browsing context specified by entry settings. 7. If target is the empty string, let it be the string "_blank" instead. 8. If the user has indicated a preference for which browsing context to navigate, follow these substeps: 1. Let target browsing context be the browsing context indicated by the user. 2. If target browsing context is a new top-level browsing context, let the source browsing context be set as target browsing context’s one permitted sandboxed navigator. For example, suppose there is a user agent that supports control-clicking a link to open it in a new tab. If a user clicks in that user agent on an element whose onclick handler uses the window.open() API to open a page in an iframe, but, while doing so, holds the control key down, the user agent could override the selection of the target browsing context to instead target a new tab. Otherwise, apply the rules for choosing a browsing context given a browsing context name using target as the name and source browsing context as the context in which the algorithm is executed. If this results in there not being a chosen browsing context, then throw an InvalidAccessError exception and abort these steps. Otherwise, let target browsing context be the browsing context so obtained. 9. If target browsing context was just created, either as part of the rules for choosing a browsing context given a browsing context name or due to the user indicating a preference for navigating a new top-level browsing context, then let new be true. Otherwise, let it be false. 10. Interpret features as defined in the CSSOM View specification. [CSSOM-VIEW] 11. If url is the empty string, run the appropriate steps from the following list: If new is false Jump to the step labeled end. If new is true Let resource be the URL "about:blank". Otherwise, parse url relative to entry settings, and let resource be the resulting URL record, if any. If the parse a URL algorithm failed, then run one of the following two steps instead: * Let resource be a resource representing an inline error page. * If new is false, jump to the step labeled end, otherwise, let resource be the URL "about:blank". 12. If resource is "about:blank" and new is true, queue a task to fire a simple event named load at target browsing context’s Window object, with target override set to target browsing context’s Window object’s Document object. Otherwise, navigate target browsing context to resource, with the exceptions enabled flag set. If new is true, then replacement must be enabled also. The source browsing context is source browsing context. 13. End: 1. If the result of splitting features on commas contains the token "noopener", then disown target browsing context’s opener and return null. 2. Otherwise, return the WindowProxy object of target browsing context. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The name attribute of the Window object must, on getting, return the current name of the browsing context, if one is set, or the empty string otherwise; and, on setting, set the name of the browsing context to the new value. The name gets reset when the browsing context is navigated to another domain. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The close() method on Window objects should, if all the following conditions are met, close the browsing context A: * The corresponding browsing context A is script-closable. * The responsible browsing context specified by the incumbent settings object is familiar with the browsing context A. * The responsible browsing context specified by the incumbent settings object is allowed to navigate the browsing context A. A browsing context is script-closable if it is an auxiliary browsing context that was created by a script (as opposed to by an action of the user), or if it is a top-level browsing context whose session history contains only one Document. The closed attribute on Window objects must return true if the Window object’s browsing context has been discarded, and false otherwise. The stop() method on Window objects should, if there is an existing attempt to navigate the browsing context and that attempt is not currently running the unload a document algorithm, cancel that navigation; then, it must abort the active document of the browsing context of the Window object on which it was invoked. 6.3.2. Accessing other browsing contexts window . length Returns the number of child browsing contexts. window[index] Returns the indicated child browsing context. The number of child browsing contexts of a Window object W is the number of child browsing contexts that are nested through elements that are in a Document that is the active document of the Window object’s associated Document object’s browsing context. The length IDL attribute’s getter must return the number of child browsing contexts of this Window object. Indexed access to child browsing contexts is defined through the [[GetOwnProperty]] internal method of the WindowProxy object. 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object window[name] Returns the indicated element or collection of elements. As a general rule, relying on this will lead to brittle code. Which IDs end up mapping to this API can vary over time, as new features are added to the Web platform, for example. Instead of this, use document.getElementById() or document.querySelector(). The child browsing context name property set consists of the browsing context names of any child browsing context of the active document whose name is not the empty string, with duplicates omitted. The Window interface supports named properties. The supported property names at any moment consist of the following, in tree order, ignoring later duplicates: * the child browsing context name property set. * the value of the name content attribute for all a, applet, area, embed, form, frameset, img, and object elements in the active document that have a non-empty name content attribute, and * the value of the id content attribute of any HTML element in the active document with a non-empty id content attribute. To determine the value of a named property name when the Window object is indexed for property retrieval, the user agent must return the value obtained using the following steps: 1. Let objects be the list of named objects with the name name in the active document. There will be at least one such object, by definition. 2. If objects contains a nested browsing context, then return the WindowProxy object of the nested browsing context corresponding to the first browsing context container in tree order whose browsing context is in objects, and abort these steps. 3. Otherwise, if objects has only one element, return that element and abort these steps. 4. Otherwise return an HTMLCollection rooted at the Document node, whose filter matches only named objects with the name name. (By definition, these will all be elements.) Named objects with the name name, for the purposes of the above algorithm, are those that are either: * child browsing contexts of the active document whose name is name, * a, applet, area, embed, form, frameset, img, or object elements that have a name content attribute whose value is name, or * HTML elements that have an id content attribute whose value is name. 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts A browsing context has a strong reference to each of its Documents and its WindowProxy object, and the user agent itself has a strong reference to its top-level browsing contexts. A Document has a strong reference to its Window object. A Window object has a strong reference to its Document object through its document attribute. Thus, references from other scripts to either of those objects will keep both alive. Similarly, both Document and Window objects have implied strong references to the WindowProxy object. Each script has a strong reference to its settings object, and each environment settings object has strong references to its global object, responsible browsing context, and responsible document (if any). When a browsing context is to discard a Document, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. Set the Document's salvageable state to false. 2. Run any unloading document cleanup steps for the Document that are defined by this specification and other applicable specifications. 3. Abort the Document. 4. Remove any tasks associated with the Document in any task source, without running those tasks. 5. Discard all the child browsing contexts of the Document. 6. Lose the strong reference from the Document's browsing context to the Document. Whenever a Document object is discarded, it is also removed from the list of the worker’s Documents of each worker whose list contains that Document. When a browsing context is discarded, the strong reference from the user agent itself to the browsing context must be severed, and all the Document objects for all the entries in the browsing context’s session history must be discarded as well. User agents may discard top-level browsing contexts at any time (typically, in response to user requests, e.g., when a user force-closes a window containing one or more top-level browsing contexts). Other browsing contexts must be discarded once their WindowProxy object is eligible for garbage collection. 6.3.5. Closing browsing contexts When the user agent is required to close a browsing context, it must run the following steps: 1. Let specified browsing context be the browsing context being closed. 2. Prompt to unload the active document of the specified browsing context. If the user refused to allow the document to be unloaded, then abort these steps. 3. Unload the active document of the specified browsing context with the recycle parameter set to false. 4. Remove the specified browsing context from the user interface (e.g., close or hide its tab in a tabbed browser). 5. Discard the specified browsing context. User agents should offer users the ability to arbitrarily close any top-level browsing context. 6.3.6. Browser interface elements To allow Web pages to integrate with Web browsers, certain Web browser interface elements are exposed in a limited way to scripts in Web pages. Each interface element is represented by a BarProp object: interface BarProp { readonly attribute boolean visible; }; window . locationbar . visible Returns true if the location bar is visible; otherwise, returns false. window . menubar . visible Returns true if the menu bar is visible; otherwise, returns false. window . personalbar . visible Returns true if the personal bar is visible; otherwise, returns false. window . scrollbars . visible Returns true if the scroll bars are visible; otherwise, returns false. window . statusbar . visible Returns true if the status bar is visible; otherwise, returns false. window . toolbar . visible Returns true if the toolbar is visible; otherwise, returns false. The visible attribute, on getting, must return either true or a value determined by the user agent to most accurately represent the visibility state of the user interface element that the object represents, as described below. The following BarProp objects exist for each Document object in a browsing context. Some of the user interface elements represented by these objects might have no equivalent in some user agents; for those user agents, except when otherwise specified, the object must act as if it was present and visible (i.e., its visible attribute must return true). The location bar BarProp object Represents the user interface element that contains a control that displays the URL of the active document, or some similar interface concept. The menu bar BarProp object Represents the user interface element that contains a list of commands in menu form, or some similar interface concept. The personal bar BarProp object Represents the user interface element that contains links to the user’s favorite pages, or some similar interface concept. The scrollbar BarProp object Represents the user interface element that contains a scrolling mechanism, or some similar interface concept. The status bar BarProp object Represents a user interface element found immediately below or after the document, as appropriate for the user’s media, which typically provides information about ongoing network activity or information about elements that the user’s pointing device is current indicating. If the user agent has no such user interface element, then the object may act as if the corresponding user interface element was absent (i.e., its visible attribute may return false). The toolbar BarProp object Represents the user interface element found immediately above or before the document, as appropriate for the user’s media, which typically provides session history traversal controls (back and forward buttons, reload buttons, etc). If the user agent has no such user interface element, then the object may act as if the corresponding user interface element was absent (i.e., its visible attribute may return false). The locationbar attribute must return the location bar BarProp object. The menubar attribute must return the menu bar BarProp object. The personalbar attribute must return the personal bar BarProp object. The scrollbars attribute must return the scrollbar BarProp object. The statusbar attribute must return the status bar BarProp object. The toolbar attribute must return the toolbar BarProp object. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- For historical reasons, the status attribute on the Window object must, on getting, return the last string it was set to, and on setting, must set itself to the new value. When the Window object is created, the attribute must be set to the empty string. It does not do anything else. 6.3.7. The WindowProxy object A WindowProxy is an exotic object that wraps a Window ordinary object, indirecting most operations through to the wrapped object. Each browsing context has an associated WindowProxy object. When the browsing context is navigated, the Window object wrapped by the browsing context’s associated WindowProxy object is changed. There is no WindowProxy interface object. Every WindowProxy object has a [[Window]] internal slot representing the wrapped Window object. Although WindowProxy is named as a "proxy", it does not do polymorphic dispatch on its target’s internal methods as a real proxy would, due to a desire to reuse machinery between WindowProxy and Location objects. As long as the Window object remains an ordinary object this is unobservable and can be implemented either way. In the following example, the variable x is set to the WindowProxy object returned by the window accessor on the global object. All of the expressions following the assignment return true, because the WindowProxy object passes most operations through to the underlying ordinary Window object. var x = window; x instanceof Window; // true x === this; // true 6.3.7.1. The WindowProxy internal methods The WindowProxy object internal methods are described in the subsections below. 6.3.7.1.1. [[GetPrototypeOf]] ( ) 1. Let W be the value of the [[Window]] internal slot of this. 2. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(W) is true, then return ! OrdinaryGetPrototypeOf(W). 3. Return null. 6.3.7.1.2. [[SetPrototypeOf]] ( V ) 1. Return false. 6.3.7.1.3. [[IsExtensible]] ( ) 1. Return true. 6.3.7.1.4. [[PreventExtensions]] ( ) 1. Return false. 6.3.7.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P ) 1. Let W be the value of the [[Window]] internal slot of this. 2. If P is an array index property name, then: 1. Let index be ToUint32(P). 2. Let maxProperties be the number of child browsing contexts of W. 3. Let value be undefined. 4. If maxProperties is greater than 0 and index is less than maxProperties, then: 1. Set value to the WindowProxy object of the indexth child browsing context of the Document that is nested through an element that is in W’s Document, sorted in the order that the elements nesting those browsing contexts were most recently inserted into the Document, the WindowProxy object of the most recently inserted browsing context container’s nested browsing context being last. 5. Return PropertyDescriptor{ [[Value]]: value, [[Writable]]: false, [[Enumerable]]: false, [[Configurable]]: true }. 3. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(W) is true, then return OrdinaryGetOwnProperty(W, P). This violates JavaScript’s internal method invariants. 4. Let property be CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper(W, P). 5. If property is not undefined, return property. 6. If property is undefined and P is in the child browsing context name property set, then: 1. Let value be the WindowProxy object of the named object with the name P. 2. Return PropertyDescriptor{ [[Value]]: value, [[Enumerable]]: false, [[Writable]]: false, [[Configurable]]: true }. 7. Throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 6.3.7.1.6. [[DefineOwnProperty]] ( P, Desc ) 1. If P is an array index property name, return false. 2. Let W be the value of the [[Window]] internal slot of this. 3. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(W) is true, then return OrdinaryDefineOwnProperty(W, P, Desc). See above about how this violates JavaScript’s internal method invariants. 4. Return false. 6.3.7.1.7. [[Get]] ( P, Receiver ) 1. Let W be the value of the [[Window]] internal slot of this. 2. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(W) is true, then return OrdinaryGet(this, P, Receiver). 3. Return ? CrossOriginGet(this, P, Receiver). 6.3.7.1.8. [[Set]] ( P, V, Receiver ) 1. Let W be the value of the [[Window]] internal slot of this. 2. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(W) is true, then return OrdinarySet(W, this, Receiver). 3. Return CrossOriginSet(this, P, V, Receiver). 6.3.7.1.9. [[Delete]] ( P ) 1. If P is an array index property name, return false. 2. Let W be the value of the [[Window]] internal slot of this. 3. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(W) is true, then return OrdinaryDelete(W, P). 4. Return false. 6.3.7.1.10. [[OwnPropertyKeys]] ( ) 1. Let W be the value of the [[Window]] internal slot of this. 2. Let keys be a new empty List. 3. Let maxProperties be the number of child browsing contexts of W. 4. Let index be 0. 5. Repeat while index < maxProperties, 1. Add ! ToString(index) as the last element of keys. 2. Increment index by 1. 6. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(W) is true, then return the concatenation of keys and ! OrdinaryOwnPropertyKeys(W). 7. Return the concatenation of keys and ! CrossOriginOwnPropertyKeys(W). 6.4. Origin Origins are the fundamental currency of the Web’s security model. Two actors in the Web platform that share an origin are assumed to trust each other and to have the same authority. Actors with differing origins are considered potentially hostile versus each other, and are isolated from each other to varying degrees. For example, if Example Bank’s Web site, hosted at bank.example.com, tries to examine the DOM of Example Charity’s Web site, hosted at charity.example.org, a "SecurityError" DOMException will be raised. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- An origin is one of the following: An opaque origin An internal value, with no serialisation, for which the only meaningful operation is testing for equality. A tuple origin A tuple consists of: * A scheme (a scheme). * A host (a host). * A port (a port). * A domain (null or a domain). Null unless stated otherwise. Origins can be shared, e.g., among multiple Document objects. Furthermore, origins are generally immutable. Only the domain of a tuple origin can be changed, and only through the document.domain API. The effective domain of an origin origin is computed as follows: 1. If origin is an opaque origin, then return origin. 2. If origin’s domain is non-null, then return origin’s domain. 3. Return origin’s host. Various specification objects are defined to have an origin. These origins are determined as follows: For Document objects If the Document's active sandboxing flag set has its sandboxed origin browsing context flag set If the Document was generated from a data: URL A unique opaque origin is assigned when the Document is created. If the Document's URL's scheme is a network scheme A copy of the Document's URL's origin assigned when the Document is created. The document.open() method can change the Document's URL to "about:blank". Therefore the origin is assigned when the Document is created. If the Document is the initial "about:blank" document The one it was assigned when its browsing context was created. If the Document is a non-initial "about:blank" document The origin of the incumbent settings object when the navigate algorithm was invoked, or, if no script was involved, of the node document of the element that initiated the navigation to that URL. If the Document was created as part of the processing for javascript: URLs The origin of the active document of the browsing context being navigated when the navigate algorithm was invoked. If the Document is an iframe srcdoc document The origin of the Document's browsing context’s browsing context container’s node document. If the Document was obtained in some other manner (e.g., a Document created using the createDocument() API, etc) The default behavior as defined in the DOM specification applies. [DOM41]. The origin is a unique opaque origin assigned when the Document is created. For images of img elements If the image data is CORS-cross-origin A unique opaque origin assigned when the image is created. If the image data is CORS-same-origin The img element’s node document’s origin. For audio and video elements If the media data is CORS-cross-origin A unique opaque origin assigned when the media data is fetched. If the media data is CORS-same-origin The media element’s node document’s origin. For fonts For a downloadable Web font it is a copy of the origin of the URL record used to obtain the font (after any redirects). [CSS-FONTS-3] [CSS-FONT-LOADING-3] For a locally installed system font it is the origin of the Document in which that font is being used. Other specifications can override the above definitions by themselves specifying the origin of a particular Document object, image, media element, or font. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The Unicode serialization of an origin is the string obtained by applying the following algorithm to the given origin origin: 1. If origin is an opaque origin, then return "null". 2. Let host be origin’s host. 3. Let unicodeHost be host if host is not a domain, and the result of applying domain to Unicode to host otherwise. 4. Let unicodeOrigin be a new tuple origin consisting origin’s scheme, unicodeHost, and origin’s port. 5. Return the ASCII serialization of an origin, given unicodeOrigin. The name ASCII serialization of an origin is misleading, as it merely serialises an origin, which are all ASCII by default due to the URL parser. The Unicode serialization of ("https", "xn--maraa-rta.example", null, null) is "https://maraña.example". The ASCII serialization of an origin is the string obtained by applying the following algorithm to the given origin origin: 1. If origin is an opaque origin, then return "null". 2. Otherwise, let result be origin’s scheme. 3. Append "://" to result. 4. Append origin’s host, serialized, to result. 5. If origin’s port is non-null, append a U+003A COLON character (:), and origin’s port, serialized, to result. 6. Return result. Two origins A and B are said to be same origin if the following algorithm returns true: 1. If A and B are the same opaque origin, then return true. 2. If A and B are both tuple origins, and their schemes, hosts, and ports are identical, then return true. 3. Return false. Two origins A and B are said to be same origin-domain if the following algorithm returns true: 1. If A and B are the same opaque origin, then return true. 2. If A and B are both tuple origins, run these substeps: 1. If A and B’s schemes are identical, and their domains are identical and non-null, then return true. 2. Otherwise, if A and B are same origin and their domains are identical and null, then return true. 3. Return false. The following table shows how A and B are related: A B same same origin origin-domain ("https", "example.org", null, ("https", null) "example.org", null, ✅ ✅ null) ("https", "example.org", 314, ("https", "example.org") "example.org", 420, ❌ ✅ "example.org") ("https", "example.org", null, ("https", null) "example.org", null, ✅ ❌ "example.org") ("https", "example.org", null, ("http", "example.org") "example.org", null, ❌ ❌ "example.org") 6.4.1. Relaxing the same-origin restriction document . domain [ = domain ] Returns the current domain used for security checks. Can be set to a value that removes subdomains, to change the origin's domain to allow pages on other subdomains of the same domain (if they do the same thing) to access each other. (Can’t be set in sandboxed iframes.) The domain attribute’s getter must run these steps: 1. If this Document object does not have a browsing context, then return the empty string. 2. Let effectiveDomain be this Document's origin's effective domain. 3. If effectiveDomain is an opaque origin, then return the empty string. 4. Return effectiveDomain, serialised. The domain attribute on setting must run these steps: 1. If this Document object has no browsing context, throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 2. If this Document object’s active sandboxing flag set has its sandboxed document.domain browsing context flag set, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 3. If the given value is the empty string, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 4. Let host be the result of parsing the given value. 5. If host is failure, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 6. Let effectiveDomain be this Document object’s origin's effective domain. 7. If host is not equal to effectiveDomain, then run these substeps: 1. If host or effectiveDomain is not a domain, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. This is meant to exclude hosts that are an IPv4 address or an IPv6 address. 2. If host, prefixed by a U+002E FULL STOP (.), does not exactly match the end of effectiveDomain, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 3. If host matches a suffix in the Public Suffix List, or, if host, prefixed by a U+002E FULL STOP (.), matches the end of a suffix in the Public Suffix List, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. [PSL] Suffixes must be compared after applying the host parser algorithm. [URL] 8. Set origin’s domain to host. The document.domain attribute is used to enable pages on different hosts of a domain to access each others' DOMs. Do not use the document.domain attribute when using shared hosting. If an untrusted third party is able to host an HTTP server at the same IP address but on a different port, then the same-origin protection that normally protects two different sites on the same host will fail, as the ports are ignored when comparing origins after the document.domain attribute has been used. 6.5. Sandboxing A sandboxing flag set is a set of zero or more of the following flags, which are used to restrict the abilities that potentially untrusted resources have: The sandboxed navigation browsing context flag This flag prevents content from navigating browsing contexts other than the sandboxed browsing context itself (or browsing contexts further nested inside it), auxiliary browsing contexts (which are protected by the sandboxed auxiliary navigation browsing context flag defined next), and the top-level browsing context (which is protected by the sandboxed top-level navigation browsing context flag defined below). If the sandboxed auxiliary navigation browsing context flag is not set, then in certain cases the restrictions nonetheless allow popups (new top-level browsing contexts) to be opened. These browsing contexts always have one permitted sandboxed navigator, set when the browsing context is created, which allows the browsing context that created them to actually navigate them. (Otherwise, the sandboxed navigation browsing context flag would prevent them from being navigated even if they were opened.) The sandboxed auxiliary navigation browsing context flag This flag prevents content from creating new auxiliary browsing contexts, e.g., using the target attribute, the window.open() method. The sandboxed top-level navigation browsing context flag This flag prevents content from navigating their top-level browsing context and prevents content from closing their top-level browsing context. When the sandboxed top-level navigation browsing context flag is not set, content can navigate its top-level browsing context, but other browsing contexts are still protected by the sandboxed navigation browsing context flag and possibly the sandboxed auxiliary navigation browsing context flag. The sandboxed plugins browsing context flag This flag prevents content from instantiating plugins, whether using the embed element, the object element, the applet element, or through navigation of a nested browsing context, unless those plugins can be secured. The sandboxed origin browsing context flag This flag forces content into a unique origin, thus preventing it from accessing other content from the same origin. This flag also prevents script from reading from or writing to the document.cookie IDL attribute, and blocks access to localStorage. [WEBSTORAGE] The sandboxed forms browsing context flag This flag blocks form submission. The sandboxed pointer lock browsing context flag This flag disables the Pointer Lock API. [POINTERLOCK] The sandboxed scripts browsing context flag This flag blocks script execution. The sandboxed automatic features browsing context flag This flag blocks features that trigger automatically, such as automatically playing a video or automatically focusing a form control. The sandboxed storage area URLs flag This flag prevents URL schemes that use storage areas from being able to access the origin’s data. The sandboxed fullscreen browsing context flag This flag prevents content from using the requestFullscreen() method. The sandboxed document.domain browsing context flag This flag prevents content from using the document.domain setter. The sandbox propagates to auxiliary browsing contexts flag This flag prevents content from escaping the sandbox by ensuring that any auxiliary browsing context it creates inherits the content’s active sandboxing flag set. The sandboxed modals flag This flag prevents content from using any of the following features to produce modal dialogs: * window.alert() * window.confirm() * window.print() * window.prompt() * the beforeunload event The sandboxed presentation browsing context flag This flag disables the Presentation API. [PRESENTATION-API] When the user agent is to parse a sandboxing directive, given a string input, a sandboxing flag set output, and optionally an allow fullscreen flag, it must run the following steps: 1. Split input on spaces, to obtain tokens. 2. Let output be empty. 3. Add the following flags to output: * The sandboxed navigation browsing context flag. * The sandboxed auxiliary navigation browsing context flag, unless tokens contains the allow-popups keyword. * The sandboxed top-level navigation browsing context flag, unless tokens contains the allow-top-navigation keyword. * The sandboxed plugins browsing context flag. * The sandboxed origin browsing context flag, unless the tokens contains the allow-same-origin keyword. The allow-same-origin keyword is intended for two cases. First, it can be used to allow content from the same site to be sandboxed to disable scripting, while still allowing access to the DOM of the sandboxed content. Second, it can be used to embed content from a third-party site, sandboxed to prevent that site from opening pop-up windows, etc, without preventing the embedded page from communicating back to its originating site, using the database APIs to store data, etc. * The sandboxed forms browsing context flag, unless tokens contains the allow-forms keyword. * The sandboxed pointer lock browsing context flag, unless tokens contains the allow-pointer-lock keyword. * The sandboxed scripts browsing context flag, unless tokens contains the allow-scripts keyword. * The sandboxed automatic features browsing context flag, unless tokens contains the allow-scripts keyword (defined above). This flag is relaxed by the same keyword as scripts, because when scripts are enabled these features are trivially possible anyway, and it would be unfortunate to force authors to use script to do them when sandboxed rather than allowing them to use the declarative features. * The sandboxed storage area URLs flag. * The sandboxed fullscreen browsing context flag, unless the allow fullscreen flag was passed to the parse a sandboxing directive flag. * The sandboxed document.domain browsing context flag. * The sandbox propagates to auxiliary browsing contexts flag, unless tokens contains the allow-popups-to-escape-sandbox keyword. * The sandboxed modals flag, unless tokens contains the allow-modals keyword. * The sandboxed presentation browsing context flag, unless tokens contains the allow-presentation keyword. There is only one known native implementation of the allow-presentation token (Chrome/Blink). Therefore this feature should not be relied upon until it becomes interoperable. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Every top-level browsing context has a popup sandboxing flag set, which is a sandboxing flag set. When a browsing context is created, its popup sandboxing flag set must be empty. It is populated by the rules for choosing a browsing context given a browsing context name. Every nested browsing context has an iframe sandboxing flag set, which is a sandboxing flag set. Which flags in a nested browsing context’s iframe sandboxing flag set are set at any particular time is determined by the iframe element’s sandbox attribute. Every Document has an active sandboxing flag set, which is a sandboxing flag set. When the Document is created, its active sandboxing flag set must be empty. It is populated by the navigation algorithm. Every resource that is obtained by the navigation algorithm has a forced sandboxing flag set, which is a sandboxing flag set. A resource by default has no flags set in its forced sandboxing flag set, but other specifications can define that certain flags are set. In particular, the forced sandboxing flag set is used by the Content Security Policy specification. [CSP3] ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When a user agent is to implement the sandboxing for a Document, it must populate Document's active sandboxing flag set with the union of the flags that are present in the following sandboxing flag sets at the time the Document object is created: * If the Document's browsing context is a top-level browsing context, then: the flags set on the browsing context’s popup sandboxing flag set. * If the Document's browsing context is a nested browsing context, then: the flags set on the browsing context’s iframe sandboxing flag set. * If the Document's browsing context is a nested browsing context, then: the flags set on the browsing context’s parent browsing context’s active document’s active sandboxing flag set. * The flags set on the Document's resource’s forced sandboxing flag set, if it has one. 6.6. Session history and navigation 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts The sequence of Documents in a browsing context is its session history. Each browsing context, including nested browsing contexts, has a distinct session history. A browsing context’s session history consists of a flat list of session history entries. Each session history entry consists, at a minimum, of a URL, and each entry may in addition have a serialized state, a title, a Document object, form data, a scroll restoration mode, a scroll position, and other information associated with it. Each entry, when first created, has a Document. However, when a Document is not active, it’s possible for it to be discarded to free resources. The URL and other data in a session history entry is then used to bring a new Document into being to take the place of the original, should the user agent find itself having to reactivate that Document. Titles associated with session history entries need not have any relation with the current title of the Document. The title of a session history entry is intended to explain the state of the document at that point, so that the user can navigate the document’s history. URLs without associated serialized state are added to the session history as the user (or script) navigates from page to page. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Each Document object in a browsing context’s session history is associated with a unique History object which must all model the same underlying session history. The history attribute of the Window interface must return the object implementing the History interface for that Window object’s newest Document. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Serialized state is a serialization (via StructuredSerializeForStorage) of an object representing a user interface state. We sometimes informally refer to "state objects", which are the objects representing user interface state supplied by the author, or alternately the objects created by deserializing (via StructuredDeserialize) serialized state. Pages can add serialized state to the session history. These are then deserialized and returned to the script when the user (or script) goes back in the history, thus enabling authors to use the "navigation" metaphor even in one-page applications. Serialized state is intended to be used for two main purposes: first, storing a preparsed description of the state in the URL so that in the simple case an author doesn’t have to do the parsing (though one would still need the parsing for handling URLs passed around by users, so it’s only a minor optimization), and second, so that the author can store state that one wouldn’t store in the URL because it only applies to the current Document instance and it would have to be reconstructed if a new Document were opened. An example of the latter would be something like keeping track of the precise coordinate from which a pop-up div was made to animate, so that if the user goes back, it can be made to animate to the same location. Or alternatively, it could be used to keep a pointer into a cache of data that would be fetched from the server based on the information in the URL, so that when going back and forward, the information doesn’t have to be fetched again. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- At any point, one of the entries in the session history is the current entry. This is the entry representing the active document of the browsing context. Which entry is the current entry is changed by the algorithms defined in this specification, e.g., during session history traversal. The current entry is usually an entry for the URL of the Document. However, it can also be one of the entries for serialized state added to the history by that document. An entry with persisted user state is one that also has user-agent defined state. This specification does not specify what kind of state can be stored. For example, some user agents might want to persist the scroll position, or the values of form controls. User agents that persist the value of form controls are encouraged to also persist their directionality (the value of the element’s dir attribute). This prevents values from being displayed incorrectly after a history traversal when the user had originally entered the values with an explicit, non-default directionality. An entry’s scroll restoration mode indicates whether the user agent should restore the persisted scroll position (if any) when traversing to it. The scroll restoration mode may be one of the following: "auto" The user agent is responsible for restoring the scroll position upon navigation. "manual" The page is responsible for restoring the scroll position and the user agent does not attempt to do so automatically If unspecified, the scroll restoration mode of a new entry must be set to "auto". Entries that consist of serialized state share the same Document as the entry for the page that was active when they were added. Contiguous entries that differ just by fragment also share the same Document. All entries that share the same Document (and that are therefore merely different states of one particular document) are contiguous by definition. Each Document in a browsing context can also have a latest entry. This is the entry for that Document to which the browsing context’s session history was most recently traversed. When a Document is created, it initially has no latest entry. User agents may discard the Document objects of entries other than the current entry that are not referenced from any script, reloading the pages afresh when the user or script navigates back to such pages. This specification does not specify when user agents should discard Document objects and when they should cache them. Entries that have had their Document objects discarded must, for the purposes of the algorithms given below, act as if they had not. When the user or script navigates back or forwards to a page which has no in-memory DOM objects, any other entries that shared the same Document object with it must share the new object as well. 6.6.2. The History interface enum ScrollRestoration { "auto", "manual" }; interface History { readonly attribute unsigned long length; attribute ScrollRestoration scrollRestoration; readonly attribute any state; void go(optional long delta = 0); void back(); void forward(); void pushState(any data, DOMString title, optional DOMString? url = null); void replaceState(any data, DOMString title, optional DOMString? url = null); }; window . history . length Returns the number of entries in the joint session history. window . history . scrollRestoration [ = value ] Returns the scroll restoration mode of the current entry in the session history. Can be set, to change the scroll restoration mode of the current entry in the session history. window . history . state Returns the current serialized state, deserialized into an object. window . history . go( [ delta ] ) Goes back or forward the specified number of steps in the joint session history. A zero delta will reload the current page. If the delta is out of range, does nothing. window . history . back() Goes back one step in the joint session history. If there is no previous page, does nothing. window . history . forward() Goes forward one step in the joint session history. If there is no next page, does nothing. window . history . pushState(data, title [, url ] ) Pushes the given data onto the session history, with the given title, and, if provided and not null, the given URL. window . history . replaceState(data, title [, url ] ) Updates the current entry in the session history to have the given data, title, and, if provided and not null, URL. The joint session history of a top-level browsing context is the union of all the session histories of all browsing contexts of all the fully active Document objects that share that top-level browsing context, with all the entries that are current entries in their respective session histories removed except for the current entry of the joint session history. The current entry of the joint session history is the entry that most recently became a current entry in its session history. Entries in the joint session history are ordered chronologically by the time they were added to their respective session histories. Each entry has an index; the earliest entry has index 0, and the subsequent entries are numbered with consecutively increasing integers (1, 2, 3, etc). Since each Document in a browsing context might have a different event loop, the actual state of the joint session history can be somewhat nebulous. For example, two sibling iframe elements could both traverse from one unique origin to another at the same time, so their precise order might not be well-defined; similarly, since they might only find out about each other later, they might disagree about the length of the joint session history. The length attribute of the History interface, on getting, must return the number of entries in the top-level browsing context’s joint session history. If this History object is associated with a Document that is not fully active, getting must instead throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. The actual entries are not accessible from script. The scrollRestoration attribute of the History interface, on getting, must return the scroll restoration mode of the current entry in the session history. On setting, the scroll restoration mode of the current entry in the session history must be set to the new value. If this History object is associated with a Document that is not fully active, both getting and setting must instead throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. The state attribute of the History interface, on getting, must return the last value it was set to by the user agent. If this History object is associated with a Document that is not fully active, getting must instead throw a SecurityError DOMException. Initially, its value must be null. When the go(delta) method is invoked, if delta is zero, the user agent must act as if the location.reload() method was called instead. Otherwise, the user agent must traverse the history by a delta whose value is delta If this History object is associated with a Document that is not fully active, invoking must instead throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. When the back() method is invoked, the user agent must traverse the history by a delta −1. If this History object is associated with a Document that is not fully active, invoking must instead throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. When the forward()method is invoked, the user agent must traverse the history by a delta +1. If this History object is associated with a Document that is not fully active, invoking must instead throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Each top-level browsing context has a session history traversal queue, initially empty, to which tasks can be added. Each top-level browsing context, when created, must begin running the following algorithm, known as the session history event loop for that top-level browsing context, in parallel: 1. Wait until this top-level browsing context’s session history traversal queue is not empty. 2. Pull the first task from this top-level browsing context’s session history traversal queue, and execute it. 3. Return to the first step of this algorithm. The session history event loop helps coordinate cross-browsing-context transitions of the joint session history: since each browsing context might, at any particular time, have a different event loop (this can happen if the user agent has more than one event loop per unit of related browsing contexts), transitions would otherwise have to involve cross-event-loop synchronization. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- To traverse the history by a delta delta, the user agent must append a task to this top-level browsing context’s session history traversal queue, the task consisting of running the following steps: 1. If the index of the current entry of the joint session history plus delta is less than zero or greater than or equal to the number of items in the joint session history, then abort these steps. 2. Let specified entry be the entry in the joint session history whose index is the sum of delta and the index of the current entry of the joint session history. 3. Let specified browsing context be the browsing context of the specified entry. 4. If the specified browsing context’s active document’s unload a document algorithm is currently running, abort these steps. 5. Queue a task that consists of running the following substeps. The relevant event loop is that of the specified browsing context’s active document. The task source for the queued task is the history traversal task source. 1. If there is an ongoing attempt to navigate specified browsing context that has not yet matured (i.e., it has not passed the point of making its Document the active document), then cancel that attempt to navigate the browsing context. 2. If the specified browsing context’s active document is not the same Document as the Document of the specified entry, then run these substeps: 1. Prompt to unload the active document of the specified browsing context. If the user refused to allow the document to be unloaded, then abort these steps. 2. Unload the active document of the specified browsing context with the recycle parameter set to false. 3. Traverse the history of the specified browsing context to the specified entry. When the user navigates through a browsing context, e.g., using a browser’s back and forward buttons, the user agent must traverse the history by a delta equivalent to the action specified by the user. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The pushState() method adds a state object entry to the history. The replaceState() method updates the state object, title, and optionally the URL of the current entry in the history. When either of these methods is invoked, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. If this History object is associated with a Document that is not fully active, throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 2. Optionally, abort these steps. (For example, the user agent might disallow calls to these methods that are invoked on a timer, or from event listeners that are not triggered in response to a clear user action, or that are invoked in rapid succession.) 3. Let targetRealm be this History object’s relevant settings object’s Realm. 4. Let serializedData be a StructuredSerialize(data), targetRealm). Rethrow any exceptions. 5. If the third argument is not null, run these substeps: 1. Parse the value of the third argument, relative to the entry settings object. 2. If that fails, throw a "SecurityError" DOMException and abort these steps. 3. Let new URL be the resulting URL record. 4. Compare new URL to the document’s URL. If any component of these two URL records differ other than the path, query, and fragment components, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException and abort these steps. 5. If the origin of new URL is not the same as the origin of the responsible document specified by the entry settings object, and either the path or query components of the two URL records compared in the previous step differ, throw a "SecurityError" DOMException and abort these steps. (This prevents sandboxed content from spoofing other pages on the same origin.) 6. If the third argument is null, then let new URL be the URL of the current entry. 7. If the method invoked was the pushState() method: 1. Remove all the entries in the browsing context’s session history after the current entry. If the current entry is the last entry in the session history, then no entries are removed. This doesn’t necessarily have to affect the user agent’s user interface. 2. Remove any tasks queued by the history traversal task source that are associated with any Document objects in the top-level browsing context’s document family. 3. If appropriate, update the current entry to reflect any state that the user agent wishes to persist. The entry is then said to be an entry with persisted user state. 4. Add a session history entry entry to the session history, after the current entry, with serializedData as the serialized state, the given title as the title, new URL as the URL of the entry, and the scroll restoration mode of the current entry in the session history as the scroll restoration mode. 5. Update the current entry to be this newly added entry. Otherwise, if the method invoked was the replaceState() method: 1. Update the current entry in the session history so that serializedData is the entry’s new serialized state, the given title is the new title, and new URL is the entry’s new URL. 8. If the current entry in the session history represents a non-GET request (e.g., it was the result of a POST submission) then update it to instead represent a GET request. 9. Set the document’s URL to new URL. Since this is neither a navigation of the browsing context nor a history traversal, it does not cause a hashchange event to be fired. 10. Let targetRealm be this History object’s relevant settings object’s Realm. 11. Let state be StructuredDeserialize(serializedData, targetRealm). If this throws an exception, ignore the exception and set state to null. 12. Set history.state to state. 13. Let the latest entry of the Document of the current entry be the current entry. The title is purely advisory. User agents might use the title in the user interface. User agents may limit the number of state objects added to the session history per page. If a page hits the user agent-defined limit, user agents must remove the entry immediately after the first entry for that Document object in the session history after having added the new entry. (Thus the state history acts as a FIFO buffer for eviction, but as a LIFO buffer for navigation.) Consider a game where the user can navigate along a line, such that the user is always at some coordinate, and such that the user can bookmark the page corresponding to a particular coordinate, to return to it later. A static page implementing the x=5 position in such a game could look like the following: Line Game - 5

    You are at coordinate 5 on the line.

    Advance to 6 or retreat to 4?

    The problem with such a system is that each time the user clicks, the whole page has to be reloaded. Here instead is another way of doing it, using script: Line Game - 5

    You are at coordinate 5 on the line.

    Advance to 6 or retreat to 4?

    In systems without script, this still works like the previous example. However, users that do have script support can now navigate much faster, since there is no network access for the same experience. Furthermore, contrary to the experience the user would have with just a naïve script-based approach, bookmarking and navigating the session history still work. In the example above, the data argument to the pushState() method is the same information as would be sent to the server, but in a more convenient form, so that the script doesn’t have to parse the URL each time the user navigates. Applications might not use the same title for a session history entry as the value of the document’s title element at that time. For example, here is a simple page that shows a block in the title element. Clearly, when navigating backwards to a previous state the user does not go back in time, and therefore it would be inappropriate to put the time in the session history title. Line
    State: 1
    Most applications want to use the same scroll restoration mode value for all of their history entries. To achieve this they should set the scrollRestoration attribute as soon as possible (e.g., in the first script element in the document’s head element) to ensure that any entry added to the history session gets the desired scroll restoration mode. 6.6.3. Implementation notes for session history This section is non-normative. The History interface is not meant to place restrictions on how implementations represent the session history to the user. For example, session history could be implemented in a tree-like manner, with each page having multiple "forward" pages. This specification doesn’t define how the linear list of pages in the history object are derived from the actual session history as seen from the user’s perspective. Similarly, a page containing two iframes has a history object distinct from the iframes' history objects, despite the fact that typical Web browsers present the user with just one "Back" button, with a session history that interleaves the navigation of the two inner frames and the outer page. Security: It is suggested that to avoid letting a page "hijack" the history navigation facilities of a UA by abusing pushState(), the UA provide the user with a way to jump back to the previous page (rather than just going back to the previous state). For example, the back button could have a drop down showing just the pages in the session history, and not showing any of the states. Similarly, an aural browser could have two "back" commands, one that goes back to the previous state, and one that jumps straight back to the previous page. For both pushState() and replaceState(), user agents are encouraged to prevent abuse of these APIs via too-frequent calls or over-large state objects. As detailed above, the algorithm explicitly allows user agents to ignore any such calls when appropriate. 6.6.4. The Location interface Each Window object is associated with a unique instance of a Location object, allocated when the Window object is created. To create a Location object, run these steps: 1. Let location be a new Location platform object. 2. Perform ! location.[[DefineOwnProperty]]("toString", { [[Value]]: %ObjProto_toString%, [[Writable]]: false, [[Enumerable]]: false, [[Configurable]]: false }). 3. Perform ! location.[[DefineOwnProperty]]("toJSON", { [[Value]]: undefined, [[Writable]]: false, [[Enumerable]]: false, [[Configurable]]: false }). 4. Perform ! location.[[DefineOwnProperty]]("valueOf", { [[Value]]: %ObjProto_valueOf%, [[Writable]]: false, [[Enumerable]]: false, [[Configurable]]: false }). 5. Perform ! location.[[DefineOwnProperty]](@@toPrimitive, { [[Value]]: undefined, [[Writable]]: false, [[Enumerable]]: false, [[Configurable]]: false }). 6. Set the value of the [[DefaultProperties]] internal slot of location to location.[[OwnPropertyKeys]](). 7. Return location. document . location [ = value ] window . location [ = value ] Returns a Location object with the current page’s location. Can be set, to navigate to another page. The location attribute of the Document interface must return the Location object for that Document object’s global object, if it has a browsing context, and null otherwise. The location attribute of the Window interface must return the Location object for that Window object. Location objects provide a representation of the URL of the active document of their Document's browsing context, and allow the current entry of the browsing context’s session history to be changed, by adding or replacing entries in the history object. interface Location { [Unforgeable] stringifier attribute USVString href; [Unforgeable] readonly attribute USVString origin; [Unforgeable] attribute USVString protocol; [Unforgeable] attribute USVString host; [Unforgeable] attribute USVString hostname; [Unforgeable] attribute USVString port; [Unforgeable] attribute USVString pathname; [Unforgeable] attribute USVString search; [Unforgeable] attribute USVString hash; [Unforgeable] void assign(USVString url); [Unforgeable] void replace(USVString url); [Unforgeable] void reload(); [Unforgeable, SameObject] readonly attribute USVString[] ancestorOrigins; }; location . toString() location . href Returns the Location object’s URL. Can be set, to navigate to the given URL. location . origin Returns the Location object’s URL’s origin. location . protocol Returns the Location object’s URL’s scheme. Can be set, to navigate to the same URL with a changed scheme. location . host Returns the Location object’s URL’s host and port (if different from the default port for the scheme). Can be set, to navigate to the same URL with a changed host and port. location . hostname Returns the Location object’s URL’s host. Can be set, to navigate to the same URL with a changed host. location . port Returns the Location object’s URL’s port. Can be set, to navigate to the same URL with a changed port. location . pathname Returns the Location object’s URL’s path. Can be set, to navigate to the same URL with a changed path. location . search Returns the Location object’s URL’s query (includes leading "?" if non-empty). Can be set, to navigate to the same URL with a changed query (ignores leading "?"). location . hash Returns the Location object’s URL’s fragment (includes leading "#" if non-empty). Can be set, to navigate to the same URL with a changed fragment (ignores leading "#"). location . assign(url) Navigates to the given URL. location . replace(url) Removes the current page from the session history and navigates to the given URL. location . reload() Reloads the current page. location . ancestorOrigins Returns an array whose values are the origins of the ancestor browsing contexts, from the parent browsing context to the top-level browsing context. A Location object has an associated relevant Document, which is this Location object’s associated Document object’s browsing context’s active document. A Location object has an associated url, which is this Location object’s relevant Document’s URL. A Location object has an associated ancestor origins array. When a Location object is created, its ancestor origins array must be set to a array created from the list of strings that the following steps would produce: 1. Let output be an empty ordered list of strings. 2. Let current be the browsing context of the Document with which the Location object is associated. 3. Loop: If current has no parent browsing context, jump to the step labeled End. 4. Let current be current’s parent browsing context. 5. Append the Unicode serialization of current’s active document’s origin to output as a new value. 6. Return to the step labeled Loop. 7. End: Return output. A Location object has an associated Location-object-setter navigate algorithm, which given a url, runs these steps: 1. If any of the following conditions are met, let replacement flag be unset; otherwise, let it be set: * This Location object’s relevant Document has completely loaded, or * In the task in which the algorithm is running, an activation behavior is currently being processed whose click event was trusted, or * In the task in which the algorithm is running, the event listener for a trusted click event is being handled. 2. Location-object navigate, given url and replacement flag. To Location-object navigate, given a url and replacement flag, run these steps: 1. The source browsing context is the responsible browsing context specified by the incumbent settings object. 2. Navigate the browsing context to url, with the exceptions enabled flag set. Rethrow any exceptions. If the replacement flag is set or the browsing context’s session history contains only one Document, and that was the about:blank Document created when the browsing context was created, then the navigation must be done with replacement enabled. The href attribute’s getter must run these steps: 1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 2. Return this Location object’s URL, serialized. The href attribute’s setter must run these steps: 1. Parse the given value relative to the entry settings object. If that failed, throw a TypeError exception. 2. Location-object-setter navigate to the resulting URL record. The href attribute setter intentionally has no security check. The origin attribute’s getter must run these steps: 1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 2. Return the Unicode serialization of this Location object’s URL's origin. It returns the Unicode rather than the ASCII serialization for compatibility with MessageEvent. The protocol attribute’s getter must run these steps: 1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 2. Return this Location object’s URL's scheme, followed by ":". The protocol attribute’s setter must run these steps: 1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 2. Let copyURL be a copy of this Location object’s URL. 3. Let possibleFailure be the result of basic URL parsing the given value, followed by ":", with copyURL as url and scheme start state as state override. 4. If possibleFailure is failure, throw a TypeError exception. 5. If copyURL’s scheme is not "http" or "https", terminate these steps. 6. Location-object-setter navigate to copyURL. The host attribute’s getter must run these steps: 1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 2. Let url be this Location object’s URL. 3. If url’s host is null, return the empty string. 4. If url’s port is null, return url’s host, serialized. 5. Return url’s host, serialized, followed by ":" and url’s port, serialized. The host attribute’s setter must run these steps: 1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 2. Let copyURL be a copy of this Location object’s URL. 3. If copyURL’s non-relative flag is set, terminate these steps. 4. Basic URL parse the given value, with copyURL as url and host state as state override. 5. Location-object-setter navigate to copyURL. The hostname attribute’s getter must run these steps: 1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 2. If this Location object’s URL's host is null, return the empty string. 3. Return this Location object’s URL's host, serialized. The hostname attribute’s setter must run these steps: 1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 2. Let copyURL be a copy of this Location object’s URL. 3. If copyURL’s non-relative flag is set, terminate these steps. 4. Basic URL parse the given value, with copyURL as url and hostname state as state override. 5. Location-object-setter navigate to copyURL. The port attribute’s getter must run these steps: 1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 2. If this Location object’s URL's port is null, return the empty string. 3. Return this Location object’s URL's port, serialized. The port attribute’s setter must run these steps: 1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 2. Let copyURL be a copy of this Location object’s URL. 3. If copyURL’s host is null, copyURL’s non-relative flag is set, or copyURL’s scheme is "file", terminate these steps. 4. Basic URL parse the given value, with copyURL as url and port state as state override. 5. Location-object-setter navigate to copyURL. The pathname attribute’s getter must run these steps: 1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 2. Let url be this Location object’s URL. 3. If url’s non-relative flag is set, return the first string in url’s path. 4. Return "/", followed by the strings in url’s path (including empty strings), separated from each other by "/". The pathname attribute’s setter must run these steps: 1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 2. Let copyURL be a copy of this Location object’s URL. 3. If copyURL’s non-relative flag is set, terminate these steps. 4. Set copyURL’s path to the empty list. 5. Basic URL parse the given value, with copyURL as url and path start state as state override. 6. Location-object-setter navigate to copyURL. The search attribute’s getter must run these steps: 1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 2. If this Location object’s URL's query is either null or the empty string, return the empty string. 3. Return "?", followed by this Location object’s URL's query. The search attribute’s setter must run these steps: 1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 2. Let copyURL be a copy of this Location object’s URL. 3. If the given value is the empty string, set copyURL’s query to null. 4. Otherwise, run these substeps: 1. Let input be the given value with a single leading "?" removed, if any. 2. Set copyURL’s query to the empty string. 3. Basic URL parse input, with copyURL as url and query state as state override, and the relevant Document’s document’s character encoding as encoding override. 5. Location-object-setter navigate to copyURL. The hash attribute’s getter must run these steps: 1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 2. If this Location object’s URL's fragment is either null or the empty string, return the empty string. 3. Return "#", followed by this Location object’s URL's fragment. The hash attribute’s setter must run these steps: 1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 2. Let copyURL be a copy of this Location object’s URL. 3. If copyURL’s scheme is "javascript", terminate these steps. 4. Let input be the given value with a single leading "#" removed, if any. 5. Set copyURL’s fragment to the empty string. 6. Basic URL parse input, with copyURL as url and fragment state as state override. 7. Location-object-setter navigate to copyURL. Unlike the equivalent API for the a and area elements, the hash attribute’s setter does not special case the empty string to remain compatible with deployed scripts. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When the assign(url) method is invoked, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 2. Parse url, relative to the entry settings object. If that failed, throw a "SyntaxError" DOMException. 3. Location-object navigate to the resulting URL record. When the replace(url) method is invoked, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. Parse url, relative to the entry settings object. If that failed, throw a "SyntaxError" DOMException. 2. Location-object navigate to the resulting URL record with the replacement flag set. The replace() method intentionally has no security check. When the reload() method is invoked, the user agent must run the appropriate steps from the following list: If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same origin with entry settings object’s origin Throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. If the currently executing task is the dispatch of a resize event in response to the user resizing the browsing context Repaint the browsing context and abort these steps. If the browsing context’s active document is an iframe srcdoc document Reprocess the iframe attributes of the browsing context’s browsing context container. If the browsing context’s active document has its reload override flag set Perform an overridden reload, with the browsing context being navigated as the responsible browsing context. Otherwise Navigate the browsing context to the document’s URL with the exceptions enabled flag set and replacement enabled. The source browsing context must be the browsing context being navigated. This is a reload-triggered navigation. Rethrow any exceptions. When a user requests that the active document of a browsing context be reloaded through a user interface element, the user agent should navigate the browsing context to the same resource as that Document, with replacement enabled. In the case of non-idempotent methods (e.g., HTTP POST), the user agent should prompt the user to confirm the operation first, since otherwise transactions (e.g., purchases or database modifications) could be repeated. User agents may allow the user to explicitly override any caches when reloading. If browsing context’s active document’s reload override flag is set, then the user agent may instead perform an overridden reload rather than the navigation described in this paragraph (with the browsing context being reloaded as the source browsing context). The ancestorOrigins attribute’s getter must run these steps: 1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 2. Otherwise, return this Location object’s ancestor origins array. 6.6.4.1. The Location internal methods The Location object requires additional logic beyond IDL for security purposes. The internal slot and internal methods Location objects must implement are defined below. Every Location object has a [[DefaultProperties]] internal slot representing its own properties at time of its creation. 6.6.4.1.1. [[GetPrototypeOf]] ( ) 1. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(this) is true, then return ! OrdinaryGetPrototypeOf(this). 2. Return null. 6.6.4.1.2. [[SetPrototypeOf]] ( V ) 1. Return false. 6.6.4.1.3. [[IsExtensible]] ( ) 1. Return true. 6.6.4.1.4. [[PreventExtensions]] ( ) 1. Return false. 6.6.4.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P ) 1. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(this) is true, then: 1. Let desc be OrdinaryGetOwnProperty(this, P). 2. If the value of the [[DefaultProperties]] internal slot of this contains P, then set desc.[[Configurable]] to true. 3. Return desc. 2. Let property be ! CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper(this, P). 3. If property is not undefined, return property. 4. Throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 6.6.4.1.6. [[DefineOwnProperty]] ( P, Desc ) 1. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(this) is true, then: 1. If the value of the [[DefaultProperties]] internal slot of this contains P, then return false. 2. Return ? OrdinaryDefineOwnProperty(this, P, Desc). 2. Return false. 6.6.4.1.7. [[Get]] ( P, Receiver ) 1. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(this) is true, then return ? OrdinaryGet(this, P, Receiver). 2. Return ? CrossOriginGet(this, P, Receiver). 6.6.4.1.8. [[Set]] ( P, V, Receiver ) 1. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(this) is true, then return ? OrdinarySet(this, P, Receiver). 2. Return ? CrossOriginSet(this, P, V, Receiver). 6.6.4.1.9. [[Delete]] ( P ) 1. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(this) is true, then return ? OrdinaryDelete(this, P). 2. Return false. 6.6.4.1.10. [[OwnPropertyKeys]] ( ) 1. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(this) is true, then return ! OrdinaryOwnPropertyKeys(this). 2. Return ! CrossOriginOwnPropertyKeys(this). 6.7. Browsing the Web 6.7.1. Navigating across documents Certain actions cause the browsing context to navigate to a new resource. A user agent may provide various ways for the user to explicitly cause a browsing context to navigate, in addition to those defined in this specification. For example, following a hyperlink, §4.10.21 Form submission, and the window.open() and location.assign() methods can all cause a browsing context to navigate. A resource has a URL, but that might not be the only information necessary to identify it. For example, a form submission that uses HTTP POST would also have the HTTP method and payload. Similarly, an iframe srcdoc document needs to know the data it is to use. Navigation always involves source browsing context, which is the browsing context which was responsible for starting the navigation. When a browsing context is navigated to a new resource, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. If the source browsing context is not allowed to navigate the browsing context being navigated, then abort these steps. If these steps are aborted here, the user agent may instead offer to open the new resource in a new top-level browsing context or in the top-level browsing context of the source browsing context, at the user’s option, in which case the user agent must navigate that designated top-level browsing context to the new resource as if the user had requested it independently. Doing so, however, can be dangerous, as it means that the user is overriding the author’s explicit request to sandbox the content. If the navigate algorithm was invoked optionally with an exceptions enabled flag, and it is aborted on this step, then in addition to aborting this algorithm, the user agent must also throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 2. If there is a preexisting attempt to navigate the browsing context, and the source browsing context is the same as the browsing context being navigated, and that attempt is currently running the unload a document algorithm, and the origin of the URL of the resource being loaded in that navigation is not the same origin as the origin of the URL of the resource being loaded in this navigation, then abort these steps without affecting the preexisting attempt to navigate the browsing context. 3. If a task queued by the traverse the history by a delta algorithm is running the unload a document algorithm for the active document of the browsing context being navigated, then abort these steps without affecting the unload a document algorithm or the aforementioned history traversal task. 4. If the prompt to unload a document algorithm is being run for the active document of the browsing context being navigated, then abort these steps without affecting the prompt to unload a document algorithm. 5. Let gone async be false. The handle redirects step later in this algorithm can in certain cases jump back to the step labeled Fragments. Since, between those two steps, this algorithm goes from operating immediately in the context of the calling task to operating in parallel independent of the event loop, some of the intervening steps need to be able to handle both being run as part of a task and running in parallel. The gone async flag is thus used to make these steps aware of which mode they are operating in. 6. Fragments: If this is not a reload-triggered navigation: apply the URL parser algorithm to the absolute URL of the new resource and the URL of the active document of the browsing context being navigated; if all the components of the resulting parsed URLs, ignoring any fragment components, are identical, and the new resource is to be fetched using GET, and the URL record of the new resource has a fragment component that is not null (even if it is empty), then navigate to that fragment and abort these steps. 7. If gone async is false, cancel any preexisting but not yet mature attempt to navigate the browsing context, including canceling any instances of the fetch algorithm started by those attempts. If one of those attempts has already created and initialized a new Document object, abort that Document also. (Navigation attempts that have matured already have session history entries, and are therefore handled during the update the session history with the new page algorithm, later.) 8. If the new resource is to be handled using a mechanism that does not affect the browsing context, e.g., ignoring the navigation request altogether because the specified scheme is not one of the supported protocols, then abort these steps and proceed with that mechanism instead. 9. If gone async is false, prompt to unload the Document object. If the user refused to allow the document to be unloaded, then abort these steps. If this instance of the navigation algorithm gets canceled while this step is running, the prompt to unload a document algorithm must nonetheless be run to completion. 10. If gone async is false, abort the active document of the browsing context. 11. If the new resource is to be handled by displaying some sort of inline content, e.g., an error message because the specified scheme is not one of the supported protocols, or an inline prompt to allow the user to select a registered handler for the given scheme, then display the inline content and abort these steps. In the case of a registered handler being used, the algorithm will be reinvoked with a new URL to handle the request. 12. If the browsing context being navigated is a nested browsing context, then put it in the delaying load events mode. The user agent must take this nested browsing context out of the delaying load events mode when this navigation algorithm later matures, or when it terminates (whether due to having run all the steps, or being canceled, or being aborted), whichever happens first. 13. This is the step that attempts to obtain the resource, if necessary. Jump to the first appropriate substep: If the resource has already been obtained (e.g., because it is being used to populate an object element’s new child browsing context) Skip this step. The data is already available. If the new resource is a URL whose scheme is javascript Queue a task to run these "javascript: URL" steps, associated with the active document of the browsing context being navigated: 1. If the origin of the source browsing context is not the same origin as the origin of the active document of the browsing context being navigated, then let result be undefined, and jump to the step labeled process results below. 2. Let urlRecord be the result of running the URL parser on the URL of the new resource. 3. Let script source be the empty string. 4. Append the first string of urlRecord’s path component to script source. 5. If urlRecord’s query component is not null, then first append a U+003F QUESTION MARK character (?) to script source, and then append urlRecord’s query component to script source. 6. If urlRecord’s fragment component is not null, then first append a U+0023 NUMBER SIGN character (#) to script source, and then append urlRecord’s fragment component to script source. 7. Replace script source with the result of applying the percent decode algorithm to script source. 8. Replace script source with the result of applying the UTF-8 decode algorithm to script source. 9. Let address be the URL of the active document of the browsing context being navigated. 10. Let settings be the relevant settings object of the browsing context being navigated. 11. Let script be the result of creating a classic script given script source and settings. 12. Let result be the result of running the classic script script. If evaluation was unsuccessful, let result be undefined instead. (The result will also be undefined if scripting is disabled.) 13. Process results: If Type(result) is not String, then the result of obtaining the resource for the URL is a response whose status is 204. Otherwise, the result of obtaining the resource for the URL is a response whose header list consists of Content-Type/text/html and whose body is result, and whose HTTPS state is settings’s HTTPS state. When it comes time to set the document’s address in the navigation algorithm, use address as the override URL. The task source for this task is the DOM manipulation task source. So for example a javascript: URL in an href attribute of an a element would only be evaluated when the link was followed, while such a URL in the src attribute of an iframe element would be evaluated in the context of the iframe’s own nested browsing context when the iframe is being set up; once evaluated, its return value (if it was not void) would replace that browsing context’s Document, thus also changing the Window object of that browsing context. Otherwise 1. Let request be the new resource. 2. If request is a URL, set request to a new request whose URL is request. 3. Set request’s client to the source browsing context’s active document’s Window object’s environment settings object, target browsing context to the browsing context being navigated, destination to "document", mode to "navigate", credentials mode to "include", use-URL-credentials flag, and redirect mode to "manual". 4. Set request’s omit-Origin-header flag. 5. If request’s method is not GET, or, if the navigation algorithm was invoked as a result of the form submission algorithm, then if there is an origin of the active document of the source browsing context, unset request’s omit-Origin-header flag. 6. Otherwise, if the browsing context being navigated is a child browsing context, and the browsing context container of the browsing context being navigated has a browsing context scope origin, set request’s origin to that browsing context scope origin and unset request’s omit-Origin-header flag. 7. Fetch request. 14. If gone async is false, return to whatever algorithm invoked the navigation steps and continue running these steps in parallel. 15. Let gone async be true. 16. Wait for one or more bytes to be available or for the user agent to establish that the resource in question is empty. During this time, the user agent may allow the user to cancel this navigation attempt or start other navigation attempts. 17. Handle redirects: If fetching the resource results in a redirect, and either the URL of the target of the redirect has the same origin as the original resource, or the resource is being obtained using the POST method or a safe method (in HTTP terms), return to the step labeled Fragments with the new resource, except that if the URL of the target of the redirect does not have a fragment and the URL of the resource that led to the redirect does, then the fragment of the resource that led to the redirect must be propagated to the URL of the target of the redirect. So for instance, if the original URL was "https://example.com/#!sample" and "https://example.com/" is found to redirect to "https://example.com/", the URL of the new resource will be "https://example.com/#!sample". Otherwise, if fetching the resource results in a redirect but the URL of the target of the redirect does not have the same origin as the original resource and the resource is being obtained using a method that is neither the POST method nor a safe method (in HTTP terms), then abort these steps. The user agent may indicate to the user that the navigation has been aborted for security reasons. 18. Resource handling: If the resource’s out-of-band metadata (e.g., HTTP headers), not counting any type information (such as the Content-Type HTTP header), requires some sort of processing that will not affect the browsing context, then perform that processing and abort these steps. Such processing might be triggered by, amongst other things, the following: * HTTP status codes (e.g., 204 No Content or 205 Reset Content) * Network errors (e.g., the network interface being unavailable) * Cryptographic protocol failures (e.g., an incorrect TLS certificate) Responses with HTTP Content-Disposition headers specifying the attachment disposition type must be handled as a download. HTTP 401 responses that do not include a challenge recognized by the user agent must be processed as if they had no challenge, e.g., rendering the entity body as if the response had been 200 OK. User agents may show the entity body of an HTTP 401 response even when the response does include a recognized challenge, with the option to login being included in a non-modal fashion, to enable the information provided by the server to be used by the user before authenticating. Similarly, user agents should allow the user to authenticate (in a non-modal fashion) against authentication challenges included in other responses such as HTTP 200 OK responses, effectively allowing resources to present HTTP login forms without requiring their use. 19. Let type be the computed type of the resource. 20. If the user agent has been configured to process resources of the given type using some mechanism other than rendering the content in a browsing context, then skip this step. Otherwise, if the type is one of the following types, jump to the appropriate entry in the following list, and process the resource as described there: an HTML MIME type Follow the steps given in the HTML document section, and then, once they have completed, abort this navigate algorithm. an XML MIME type that is not an explicitly supported XML type Follow the steps given in the XML document section. If that section determines that the content is not to be displayed as a generic XML document, then proceed to the next step in this overall set of steps. Otherwise, once the steps given in the XML document section have completed, abort this navigate algorithm. a JavaScript MIME type a JSON MIME type that is not an explicitly supported JSON type "text/css" "text/plain" "text/vtt" Follow the steps given in the plain text file section, and then, once they have completed, abort this navigate algorithm. "multipart/x-mixed-replace" Follow the steps given in the §12.2 multipart/x-mixed-replace section, and then, once they have completed, abort this navigate algorithm. A supported image, video, or audio type Follow the steps given in the media section, and then, once they have completed, abort this navigate algorithm. A type that will use an external application to render the content in the browsing context Follow the steps given in the plugin section, and then, once they have completed, abort this navigate algorithm. An explicitly supported XML type is one for which the user agent is configured to use an external application to render the content (either a plugin rendering directly in the browsing context, or a separate application), or one for which the user agent has dedicated processing rules (e.g., a Web browser with a built-in Atom feed viewer would be said to explicitly support the application/atom+xml MIME type), or one for which the user agent has a dedicated handler (e.g., one registered using registerContentHandler()). The term JSON MIME type is used to refer to the MIME types application/json, text/json, and any MIME type whose subtype ends with the five characters "+json". An explicitly supported JSON type is one for which the user agent is configured to use an external application to render the content (either a plugin rendering directly in the browsing context, or a separate application), or one for which the user agent has dedicated processing rules, or one for which the user agent has a dedicated handler (e.g., one registered using registerContentHandler()). Setting the document’s address: If there is no override URL, then any Document created by these steps must have its URL set to the URL that was originally to be fetched, ignoring any other data that was used to obtain the resource. However, if there is an override URL, then any Document created by these steps must have its URL set to that URL instead. An override URL is set when dereferencing a javascript: URL and when performing an overridden reload. Initializing a new Document object: when a Document is created as part of the above steps, the user agent will be required to additionally run the following algorithm after creating the new object: 1. If browsingContext’s only entry in its session history is the about:blank Document that was added when browsingContext was created, and navigation is occurring with replacement enabled, and that Document has the same origin as the new Document, then 1. Let window be the Window object of that Document. 2. Change the document attribute of window to point to the new Document. 2. Otherwise, 1. Call the JavaScript InitializeHostDefinedRealm() abstract operation with the following customizations: * For the global object, create a new Window object window. * For the global this value, use browsingContext’s WindowProxy object. * Let realm execution context be the created JavaScript execution context. * Do not obtain any source texts for scripts or modules. 2. Set up a browsing context environment settings object with realm execution context, and let settings object be the result. 3. Set window’s associated Document to the new Document. 3. Set browsingContext’s WindowProxy object’s [[Window]] internal slot value to window. 4. Set the Document's HTTPS state to the HTTPS state of the resource used to generate the document. 5. Set the Document's referrer policy to the result of parsing the Referrer-Policy header of the response used to generate the document. [REFERRERPOLICY] 6. Execute the Initialize a Document’s CSP list algorithm on the Document object and the resource used to generate the document. [CSP3] 7. Set the document’s referrer to the address of the resource from which Request-URIs are obtained as determined when the fetch algorithm obtained the resource, if that algorithm was used and determined such a value; otherwise, set it to the empty string. 8. Implement the sandboxing for the Document. 9. If the active sandboxing flag set of the Document's browsing context or any of its ancestor browsing contexts (if any) have the sandboxed fullscreen browsing context flag set, then skip this step. If the Document's browsing context has a browsing context container and either it is not an iframe element, or it does not have the allowfullscreen attribute specified, or its Document does not have the fullscreen enabled flag set, then also skip this step. Otherwise, set the Document's fullscreen enabled flag. 10. Non-document content: If, given type, the new resource is to be handled by displaying some sort of inline content, e.g., a native rendering of the content, an error message because the specified type is not supported, or an inline prompt to allow the user to select a registered handler for the given type, then display the inline content, and then abort these steps. In the case of a registered handler being used, the algorithm will be reinvoked with a new URL to handle the request. 11. Otherwise, the document’s type is such that the resource will not affect the browsing context, e.g., because the resource is to be handed to an external application or because it is an unknown type that will be processed as a download. Process the resource appropriately. When a resource is handled by passing its URL or data to an external software package separate from the user agent (e.g., handing a mailto: URL to a mail client, or a Word document to a word processor), user agents should attempt to mitigate the risk that this is an attempt to exploit the target software, e.g., by prompting the user to confirm that the source browsing context’s active document’s origin is to be allowed to invoke the specified software. In particular, if the navigate algorithm, when it was invoked, was not allowed to show a popup, the user agent should not invoke the external software package without prior user confirmation. For example, there could be a vulnerability in the target software’s URL handler which a hostile page would attempt to exploit by tricking a user into clicking a link. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Some of the sections below, to which the above algorithm defers in certain cases, require the user agent to update the session history with the new page. When a user agent is required to do this, it must queue a task (associated with the Document object of the current entry, not the new one) to run the following steps: 1. Unload the Document object of the current entry, with the recycle parameter set to false. If this instance of the navigation algorithm is canceled while this step is running the unload a document algorithm, then the unload a document algorithm must be allowed to run to completion, but this instance of the navigation algorithm must not run beyond this step. (In particular, for instance, the cancelation of this algorithm does not abort any event dispatch or script execution occurring as part of unloading the document or its descendants.) 2. If the navigation was initiated for entry update of an entry 1. Replace the Document of the entry being updated, and any other entries that referenced the same document as that entry, with the new Document. 2. Traverse the history to the new entry. This can only happen if the entry being updated is not the current entry, and can never happen with replacement enabled. (It happens when the user tried to traverse to a session history entry that no longer had a Document object.) Otherwise 1. Remove all the entries in the browsing context’s session history after the current entry. If the current entry is the last entry in the session history, then no entries are removed. This doesn’t necessarily have to affect the user agent’s user interface. 2. Append a new entry at the end of the History object representing the new resource and its Document object, related state, and the default scroll restoration mode of "auto". 3. Traverse the history to the new entry. If the navigation was initiated with replacement enabled, then the traversal must itself be initiated with replacement enabled. 3. The navigation algorithm has now matured. 4. fragment loop: Spin the event loop for a user-agent-defined amount of time, as desired by the user agent implementor. (This is intended to allow the user agent to optimize the user experience in the face of performance concerns.) 5. If the Document object has no parser, or its parser has stopped parsing, or the user agent has reason to believe the user is no longer interested in scrolling to the fragment, then abort these steps. 6. Scroll to the fragment given in the document’s URL. If this fails to find an indicated part of the document, then return to the fragment loop step. The task source for this task is the networking task source. 6.7.2. Page load processing model for HTML files When an HTML document is to be loaded in a browsing context, the user agent must queue a task to create a Document object, mark it as being an HTML document, set its content type to "text/html", initialize the Document object, and finally create an HTML parser and associate it with the Document. Each task that the networking task source places on the task queue while fetching runs must then fill the parser’s input byte stream with the fetched bytes and cause the HTML parser to perform the appropriate processing of the input stream. The input byte stream converts bytes into characters for use in the tokenizer. This process relies, in part, on character encoding information found in the real Content-Type metadata of the resource; the "computed type" is not used for this purpose. When no more bytes are available, the user agent must queue a task for the parser to process the implied EOF character, which eventually causes a load event to be fired. After creating the Document object, but before any script execution, certainly before the parser stops, the user agent must update the session history with the new page. The task source for the two tasks mentioned in this section must be the networking task source. 6.7.3. Page load processing model for XML files When faced with displaying an XML file inline, user agents must follow the requirements defined in the XML and Namespaces in XML recommendations, RFC 7303, DOM, and other relevant specifications to create a Document object and a corresponding XML parser. [XML] [XML-NAMES] [RFC7303] [DOM41] At the time of writing, the XML specification community had not actually yet specified how XML and the DOM interact. After the Document is created, the user agent must initialize the Document object. The actual HTTP headers and other metadata, not the headers as mutated or implied by the algorithms given in this specification, are the ones that must be used when determining the character encoding according to the rules given in the above specifications. Once the character encoding is established, the document’s character encoding must be set to that character encoding. User agents may examine the namespace of the root Element node of this Document object to perform namespace-based dispatch to alternative processing tools, e.g., determining that the content is actually a syndication feed and passing it to a feed handler. If such processing is to take place, abort the steps in this section, and jump to the next step (labeled non-document content) in the navigate steps above. Otherwise, then, with the newly created Document, the user agent must update the session history with the new page. User agents may do this before the complete document has been parsed (thus achieving incremental rendering), and must do this before any scripts are to be executed. Error messages from the parse process (e.g., XML namespace well-formedness errors) may be reported inline by mutating the Document. 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files When a plain text document is to be loaded in a browsing context, the user agent must queue a task to create a Document object, mark it as being an HTML document, set its content type to the computed MIME type of the resource (type in the navigate algorithm), initialize the Document object, create an HTML parser, associate it with the Document, act as if the tokenizer had emitted a start tag token with the tag name "pre" followed by a single U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character, and switch the HTML parser’s tokenizer to the §8.2.4.5 PLAINTEXT state. Each task that the networking task source places on the task queue while fetching runs must then fill the parser’s input byte stream with the fetched bytes and cause the HTML parser to perform the appropriate processing of the input stream. The rules for how to convert the bytes of the plain text document into actual characters, and the rules for actually rendering the text to the user, are defined by the specifications for the computed MIME type of the resource (type in the navigate algorithm). The document’s character encoding must be set to the character encoding used to decode the document. When no more bytes are available, the user agent must queue a task for the parser to process the implied EOF character, which eventually causes a load event to be fired. After creating the Document object, but potentially before the page has finished parsing, the user agent must update the session history with the new page. User agents may add content to the head element of the Document, e.g., to link to a style sheet, provide a script, give the document a title, etc. In particular, if the user agent supports the Format=Flowed feature of RFC3676 then the user agent would need to apply extra styling to cause the text to wrap correctly and to handle the quoting feature. [RFC3676] The task source for the two tasks mentioned in this section must be the networking task source. 6.7.5. Page load processing model for multipart/x-mixed-replace resources When a resource with the type multipart/x-mixed-replace is to be loaded in a browsing context, the user agent must parse the resource using the rules for multipart types. [RFC2046] For each body part obtained from the resource, the user agent must run a new instance of the navigate algorithm, starting from the resource handling step, using the new body part as the resource being navigated, with replacement enabled if a previous body part from the same resource resulted in a Document object being created and initialized, and otherwise using the same setup as the navigate attempt that caused this section to be invoked in the first place. For the purposes of algorithms processing these body parts as if they were complete stand-alone resources, the user agent must act as if there were no more bytes for those resources whenever the boundary following the body part is reached. Thus, load events (and for that matter unload events) do fire for each body part loaded. 6.7.6. Page load processing model for media When an image, video, or audio resource is to be loaded in a browsing context, the user agent should create a Document object, mark it as being an HTML document, set its content type to the computed MIME type of the resource (type in the navigate algorithm), initialize the Document object, append an html element to the Document, append a head element and a body element to the html element, append an element host element for the media, as described below, to the body element, and set the appropriate attribute of the element host element, as described below, to the address of the image, video, or audio resource. The element host element to create for the media is the element given in the table below in the second cell of the row whose first cell describes the media. The appropriate attribute to set is the one given by the third cell in that same row. Type of media Element for the media Appropriate attribute Image img src Video video src Audio audio src Then, the user agent must act as if it had stopped parsing. After creating the Document object, but potentially before the page has finished fully loading, the user agent must update the session history with the new page. User agents may add content to the head element of the Document, or attributes to the element host element, e.g., to link to a style sheet, provide a script, give the document a title, make the media autoplay, etc. 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins When a resource that requires an external resource to be rendered is to be loaded in a browsing context, the user agent should create a Document object, mark it as being an HTML document and mark it as being a plugin document, set its content type to the computed MIME type of the resource (type in the navigate algorithm), initialize the Document object, append an html element to the Document, append a head element and a body element to the html element, append an embed to the body element, and set the src attribute of the embed element to the address of the resource. The term plugin document is used by Content Security Policy as part of the mechanism that ensures iframes can’t be used to evade plugin-types directives. [CSP3] Then, the user agent must act as if it had stopped parsing. After creating the Document object, but potentially before the page has finished fully loading, the user agent must update the session history with the new page. User agents may add content to the head element of the Document, or attributes to the embed element, e.g., to link to a style sheet, to give the document a title, etc. If the Document's active sandboxing flag set has its sandboxed plugins browsing context flag set, the synthesized embed element will fail to render the content if the relevant plugin cannot be secured. 6.7.8. Page load processing model for inline content that doesn’t have a DOM When the user agent is to display a user agent page inline in a browsing context, the user agent should create a Document object, mark it as being an HTML document, set its content type to "text/html", initialize the Document object, and then either associate that Document with a custom rendering that is not rendered using the normal Document rendering rules, or mutate that Document until it represents the content the user agent wants to render. Once the page has been set up, the user agent must act as if it had stopped parsing. After creating the Document object, but potentially before the page has been completely set up, the user agent must update the session history with the new page. 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment When a user agent is supposed to navigate to a fragment, then the user agent must run the following steps: 1. Remove all the entries in the browsing context’s session history after the current entry. If the current entry is the last entry in the session history, then no entries are removed. This doesn’t necessarily have to affect the user agent’s user interface. 2. Remove any tasks queued by the history traversal task source that are associated with any Document objects in the top-level browsing context’s document family. 3. Append a new entry at the end of the History object representing the new resource and its Document object, related state, and current history scroll restoration preference. Its URL must be set to the address to which the user agent was navigating. The title must be left unset. 4. Traverse the history to the new entry, with the non-blocking events flag set. This will scroll to the fragment given in what is now the document’s URL. If the scrolling fails because the relevant ID has not yet been parsed, then the original navigation algorithm will take care of the scrolling instead, as the last few steps of its update the session history with the new page algorithm. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When the user agent is required to scroll to the fragment and the indicated part of the document, if any, is being rendered, the user agent must either change the scrolling position of the document using the following algorithm, or perform some other action such that the indicated part of the document is brought to the user’s attention. If there is no indicated part, or if the indicated part is not being rendered, then the user agent must do nothing. The aforementioned algorithm is as follows: 1. Let target be the indicated part of the document, as defined below. 2. If target is the top of the document, then scroll to the beginning of the document for the Document, and abort these steps. [CSSOM-VIEW] 3. Use the scroll an element into view algorithm to scroll target into view, with the align to top flag set. [CSSOM-VIEW] 4. Run the focusing steps for that element, with the Document's viewport as the fallback target. 5. Move the sequential focus navigation starting point to target. The indicated part of the document is the one that the fragment, if any, identifies. The semantics of the fragment in terms of mapping it to a specific DOM Node is defined by the specification that defines the MIME type used by the Document (for example, the processing of fragment for XML MIME types is the responsibility of RFC7303). [RFC7303] For HTML documents (and HTML MIME types), the following processing model must be followed to determine what the indicated part of the document is. 1. Apply the URL parser algorithm to the URL, and let fragid be the fragment component of the resulting URL record. 2. If fragid is the empty string, then the indicated part of the document is the top of the document; stop the algorithm here. 3. Let fragid bytes be the result of percent decoding fragid. 4. Let decoded fragid be the result of running UTF-8 decode without BOM or fail on fragid bytes. If decoded fragid is failure, jump to the step labeled no decoded fragid. 5. If there is an element in the DOM that has an ID exactly equal to decoded fragid, then the first such element in tree order is the indicated part of the document; stop the algorithm here. 6. No decoded fragid: If there is an a element in the DOM that has a name attribute whose value is exactly equal to fragid (not decoded fragid), then the first such element in tree order is the indicated part of the document; stop the algorithm here. 7. If fragid is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string top, then the indicated part of the document is the top of the document; stop the algorithm here. 8. Otherwise, there is no indicated part of the document. For the purposes of the interaction of HTML with Selectors' :target pseudo-class, the target element is the indicated part of the document, if that is an element; otherwise there is no target element. [SELECTORS4] The task source for the task mentioned in this section must be the DOM manipulation task source. 6.7.10. History traversal When a user agent is required to traverse the history to a specified entry, optionally with replacement enabled, and optionally with the non-blocking events flag set, the user agent must act as follows. This algorithm is not just invoked when explicitly going back or forwards in the session history — it is also invoked in other situations, for example when navigating a browsing context, as part of updating the session history with the new page. 1. If there is no longer a Document object for the entry in question, navigate the browsing context to the resource for that entry to perform an entry update of that entry, and abort these steps. The "navigate" algorithm reinvokes this "traverse" algorithm to complete the traversal, at which point there is a Document object and so this step gets skipped. The navigation must be done using the same source browsing context as was used the first time this entry was created. (This can never happen with replacement enabled.) If the resource was obtained using a non-idempotent action, for example a POST form submission, or if the resource is no longer available, for example because the computer is now offline and the page wasn’t cached, navigating to it again might not be possible. In this case, the navigation will result in a different page than previously; for example, it might be an error message explaining the problem or offering to resubmit the form. 2. If the current entry’s title was not set by the pushState() or replaceState() methods, then set its title to the value returned by the document.title IDL attribute. 3. If appropriate, update the current entry in the browsing context’s Document object’s History object to reflect any state that the user agent wishes to persist. The entry is then said to be an entry with persisted user state. 4. If the specified entry has a different Document object than the current entry, then run the following substeps: 1. Remove any tasks queued by the history traversal task source that are associated with any Document objects in the top-level browsing context’s document family. 2. If the origin of the Document of the specified entry is not the same as the origin of the Document of the current entry, then run the following sub-sub-steps: 1. The current browsing context name must be stored with all the entries in the history that are associated with Document objects with the same origin as the active document and that are contiguous with the current entry. 2. If the browsing context is a top-level browsing context, but not an auxiliary browsing context, then the browsing context’s browsing context name must be unset. 3. Make the specified entry’s Document object the active document of the browsing context. 4. If the specified entry has a browsing context name stored with it, then run the following sub-sub-steps: 1. Set the browsing context’s browsing context name to the name stored with the specified entry. 2. Clear any browsing context names stored with all entries in the history that are associated with Document objects with the same origin as the new active document and that are contiguous with the specified entry. 5. If the specified entry’s Document has any form controls whose autofill field name is "off", invoke the reset algorithm of each of those elements. 6. If the current document readiness of the specified entry’s Document is "complete", queue a task to run the following sub-sub-steps: 1. If the Document's page showing flag is true, then abort this task (i.e., don’t fire the event below). 2. Set the Document's page showing flag to true. 3. Run any session history document visibility change steps for Document that are defined by other applicable specifications. This is specifically intended for use by the Page Visibility specification. [PAGE-VISIBILITY] 4. Fire a trusted event with the name pageshow at the Window object of that Document, with target override set to the Document object, using the PageTransitionEvent interface, with the persisted attribute initialized to true. This event must not bubble, must not be cancelable, and has no default action. 5. Set the document’s URL to the URL of the specified entry. 6. If the specified entry has a URL whose fragment differs from that of the current entry’s when compared in a case-sensitive manner, and the two share the same Document object, then let hash changed be true, and let old URL be the URL of the current entry and new URL be the URL of the specified entry. Otherwise, let hash changed be false. 7. If the traversal was initiated with replacement enabled, remove the entry immediately before the specified entry in the session history. 8. If the specified entry is not an entry with persisted user state, but its URL has a fragment, scroll to the fragment. 9. If the entry is an entry with persisted user state, the user agent may restore persisted user state and update aspects of the document and its rendering. 10. Let targetRealm be the current Realm Record. 11. If the entry is a serialized state entry, let state be StructuredDeserialize(entry’s serialized state, targetRealm). If this throws an exception, ignore the exception and let state be null. 12. Set history.state to state. 13. Let state changed be true if the Document of the specified entry has a latest entry, and that entry is not the specified entry; otherwise let it be false. 14. Let the latest entry of the Document of the specified entry be the specified entry. 15. If the non-blocking events flag is not set, then run the following steps immediately. Otherwise, the non-blocking events flag is set; queue a task to run the following substeps instead. 1. If state changed is true, fire a trusted event with the name popstate at the Window object of the Document, using the PopStateEvent interface, with the state attribute initialized to the value of state. This event must bubble but not be cancelable and has no default action. 2. If hash changed is true, then fire a trusted event with the name hashchange at the browsing context’s Window object, using the HashChangeEvent interface, with the oldURL attribute initialized to old URL and the newURL attribute initialized to new URL. This event must bubble but not be cancelable and has no default action. 16. The current entry is now the specified entry. The task source for the tasks mentioned above is the DOM manipulation task source. 6.7.10.1. Persisted user state restoration When the user agent is to restore persisted user state from a history entry, it must run the following steps immediately: 1. If the entry has a scroll restoration mode, let scrollRestoration be that. Otherwise let scrollRestoration be "auto" 2. If scrollRestoration is "manual" the user agent should not restore the scroll position for the document, otherwise, it may do so. 3. Optionally, update other aspects of the document and its rendering, for instance values of form fields, that the user agent had previously recorded. This can even include updating the dir attribute of textarea elements or input elements whose type attribute is in either the Text state or the Search state, if the persisted state includes the directionality of user input in such controls. 6.7.10.2. The PopStateEvent interface [Constructor(DOMString type, optional PopStateEventInit eventInitDict), Exposed=(Window,Worker)] interface PopStateEvent : Event { readonly attribute any state; }; dictionary PopStateEventInit : EventInit { any state = null; }; event . state Returns a copy of the information that was provided to pushState() or replaceState(). The state attribute must return the value it was initialized to. It represents the context information for the event, or null, if the state represented is the initial state of the Document. 6.7.10.3. The HashChangeEvent interface [Constructor(DOMString type, optional HashChangeEventInit eventInitDict), Exposed=(Window,Worker)] interface HashChangeEvent : Event { readonly attribute USVString oldURL; readonly attribute USVString newURL; }; dictionary HashChangeEventInit : EventInit { USVString oldURL = ""; USVString newURL = ""; }; event . oldURL Returns the URL of the session history entry that was previously current. event . newURL Returns the URL of the session history entry that is now current. The oldURL attribute must return the value it was initialized to. It represents context information for the event, specifically the URL of the session history entry that was traversed from. The newURL attribute must return the value it was initialized to. It represents context information for the event, specifically the URL of the session history entry that was traversed to. 6.7.10.4. The PageTransitionEvent interface [Constructor(DOMString type, optional PageTransitionEventInit eventInitDict), Exposed=(Window,Worker)] interface PageTransitionEvent : Event { readonly attribute boolean persisted; }; dictionary PageTransitionEventInit : EventInit { boolean persisted = false; }; event . persisted For the pageshow event, returns false if the page is newly being loaded (and the load event will fire). Otherwise, returns true. For the pagehide event, returns false if the page is going away for the last time. Otherwise, returns true, meaning that (if nothing conspires to make the page unsalvageable) the page might be reused if the user navigates back to this page. Things that can cause the page to be unsalvageable include: * document.open() * Listening for beforeunload events * Listening for unload events * Having iframes that are not salvageable * Active WebSocket objects * Aborting a Document The persisted attribute must return the value it was initialized to. It represents the context information for the event. 6.7.11. Unloading documents A Document has a salvageable state, which must initially be true, a fired unload flag, which must initially be false, and a page showing flag, which must initially be false. The page showing flag is used to ensure that scripts receive pageshow and pagehide events in a consistent manner (e.g., that they never receive two pagehide events in a row without an intervening pageshow, or vice versa). Event loops have a termination nesting level counter, which must initially be zero. When a user agent is to prompt to unload a document, it must run the following steps. 1. Increase the event loop’s termination nesting level by one. 2. Increase the Document's ignore-opens-during-unload counter by one. 3. Let event be a new trusted BeforeUnloadEvent event object with the name beforeunload, which does not bubble but is cancelable. 4. Dispatch: Dispatch event at the Document's Window object. 5. Decrease the event loop’s termination nesting level by one. 6. If any event listeners were triggered by the earlier dispatch step, then set the Document's salvageable state to false. 7. If the Document's active sandboxing flag set does not have its sandboxed modals flag set, and the returnValue attribute of the event object is not the empty string, or if the event was canceled, then the user agent should ask the user to confirm that they wish to unload the document. The prompt shown by the user agent may include the string of the returnValue attribute, or optionally truncated. The user agent must pause while waiting for the user’s response. If the user did not confirm the page navigation, then the user agent refused to allow the document to be unloaded. 8. If this algorithm was invoked by another instance of the "prompt to unload a document" algorithm (i.e., through the steps below that invoke this algorithm for all descendant browsing contexts), then jump to the step labeled end. 9. Let descendants be the list of the descendant browsing contexts of the Document. 10. If descendants is not an empty list, then for each browsing context b in descendants run the following substeps: 1. Prompt to unload the active document of the browsing context b. If the user refused to allow the document to be unloaded, then the user implicitly also refused to allow this document to be unloaded; jump to the step labeled end. 2. If the salvageable state of the active document of the browsing context b is false, then set the salvageable state of this document to false also. 11. End: Decrease the Document's ignore-opens-during-unload counter by one. When a user agent is to unload a document, it must run the following steps. These steps are passed an argument, recycle, which is either true or false, indicating whether the Document object is going to be re-used. (This is set by the document.open() method.) 1. Increase the event loop’s termination nesting level by one. 2. Increase the Document's ignore-opens-during-unload counter by one. 3. If the Document's page showing flag is false, then jump to the step labeled unload event below (i.e., skip firing the pagehide event and don’t rerun the unloading document visibility change steps). 4. Set the Document's page showing flag to false. 5. Fire a trusted event with the name pagehide at the Window object of the Document, with target override set to the Document object, using the PageTransitionEvent interface, with the persisted attribute initialized to true if the Document object’s salvageable state is true, and false otherwise. This event must not bubble, must not be cancelable, and has no default action. 6. Run any unloading document visibility change steps for Document that are defined by other applicable specifications. This is specifically intended for use by the Page Visibility specification. [PAGE-VISIBILITY] 7. Unload event: If the Document's fired unload flag is false, fire a simple event named unload at the Document's Window object, with target override set to the Document object. 8. Decrease the event loop’s termination nesting level by one. 9. If any event listeners were triggered by the earlier unload event step, then set the Document object’s salvageable state to false and set the Document's fired unload flag to true. 10. Run any unloading document cleanup steps for Document that are defined by this specification and other applicable specifications. 11. If this algorithm was invoked by another instance of the "unload a document" algorithm (i.e., by the steps below that invoke this algorithm for all descendant browsing contexts), then jump to the step labeled end. 12. Let descendants be the list of the descendant browsing contexts of the Document. 13. If descendants is not an empty list, then for each browsing context b in descendants run the following substeps: 1. Unload the active document of the browsing context b with the recycle parameter set to false. 2. If the salvageable state of the active document of the browsing context b is false, then set the salvageable state of this document to false also. 14. If both the Document's salvageable state and recycle are false, then the Document's browsing context must discard the Document. 15. End: Decrease the Document's ignore-opens-during-unload counter by one. This specification defines the following unloading document cleanup steps. Other specifications can define more. 1. Make disappear any WebSocket objects that were created by the WebSocket() constructor from the Document's Window object. If this affected any WebSocket objects, then set Document's salvageable state to false. 2. If the Document's salvageable state is false, forcibly close any EventSource objects that whose constructor was invoked from the Document's Window object. 3. If the Document's salvageable state is false, empty the Document's Window’s list of active timers. 6.7.11.1. The BeforeUnloadEvent interface interface BeforeUnloadEvent : Event { attribute DOMString returnValue; }; event . returnValue [ = value ] Returns the current return value of the event (the message to show the user). Can be set, to update the message. There are no BeforeUnloadEvent-specific initialization methods. The returnValue attribute represents the message to show the user. When the event is created, the attribute must be set to the empty string. On getting, it must return the last value it was set to. On setting, the attribute must be set to the new value. 6.7.12. Aborting a document load If a Document is aborted, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. Abort the active documents of every child browsing context. If this results in any of those Document objects having their salvageable state set to false, then set this Document's salvageable state to false also. 2. Cancel any instances of the fetch algorithm in the context of this Document, discarding any tasks queued for them, and discarding any further data received from the network for them. If this resulted in any instances of the fetch algorithm being canceled or any queued tasks or any network data getting discarded, then set the Document's salvageable state to false. 3. If the Document has an active parser, then abort that parser and set the Document's salvageable state to false. User agents may allow users to explicitly invoke the abort a document algorithm for a Document. If the user does so, then, if that Document is an active document, the user agent should queue a task to fire a simple event named abort at that Document's Window object before invoking the abort algorithm. 6.7.13. Browser state [NoInterfaceObject, Exposed=(Window, Worker)] interface NavigatorOnLine { readonly attribute boolean onLine; }; window . navigator . onLine Returns false if the user agent is definitely offline (disconnected from the network). Returns true if the user agent might be online. The events online and offline are fired when the value of this attribute changes. The navigator.onLine attribute must return false if the user agent will not contact the network when the user follows links or when a script requests a remote page (or knows that such an attempt would fail), and must return true otherwise. When the value that would be returned by the navigator.onLine attribute of a Window or WorkerGlobalScope changes from true to false, the user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event named offline at the Window or WorkerGlobalScope object. On the other hand, when the value that would be returned by the navigator.onLine attribute of a Window or WorkerGlobalScope changes from false to true, the user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event named online at the Window or WorkerGlobalScope object. The task source for these tasks is the networking task source. This attribute is inherently unreliable. A computer can be connected to a network without having Internet access. In this example, an indicator is updated as the browser goes online and offline. Online status

    The network is: (state unknown) 7. Web application APIs 7.1. Scripting 7.1.1. Introduction Various mechanisms can cause author-provided executable code to run in the context of a document. These mechanisms include, but are probably not limited to: * Processing of script elements. * Navigating to javascript: URLs. * Event handlers, whether registered through the DOM using addEventListener(), by explicit event handler content attributes, by event handler IDL attributes, or otherwise. * Processing of technologies like SVG that have their own scripting features. 7.1.2. Enabling and disabling scripting Scripting is enabled in a browsing context when all of the following conditions are true: * The user agent supports scripting. * The user has not disabled scripting for this browsing context at this time. (User agents may provide users with the option to disable scripting globally, or in a finer-grained manner, e.g. on a per-origin basis.) * The browsing context’s active document’s active sandboxing flag set does not have its sandboxed scripts browsing context flag set. Scripting is disabled in a browsing context when any of the above conditions are false (i.e., when scripting is not enabled). ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Scripting is enabled for a node if the node’s node document has a browsing context, and scripting is enabled in that browsing context. Scripting is disabled for a node if there is no such browsing context, or if scripting is disabled in that browsing context. 7.1.3. Processing model 7.1.3.1. Definitions A script is one of two possible structures. All scripts have: A settings object An environment settings object, containing various settings that are shared with other scripts in the same context. A classic script additionally has: A Source text A string containing a block of executable code to be evaluated as a JavaScript Script. Optionally, a muted errors flag A flag which, if set, means that error information will not be provided for errors in this script (used to mute errors for cross-origin scripts, since that can leak private information). A module script additionally has: A module record A Source Text Module Record representing the parsed module, ready to be evaluated. A base URL A base URL used for resolving module specifiers when resolving a module specifier. This will either be the URL from which the script was obtained, for external module scripts, or the document base URL of the containing document, for inline module scripts. A credentials mode A credentials mode used to fetch imported modules. A cryptographic nonce A cryptographic nonce used to fetch imported modules. A parser state The parser metadata used to fetch imported modules. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- An environment settings object specifies algorithms for obtaining the following: A realm execution context A JavaScript execution context shared by all script elements that use this settings object, i.e. all scripts in a given JavaScript realm. When we run a classic script or run a module script, this execution context becomes the top of the JavaScript execution context stack, on top of which another execution context specific to the script in question is pushed. (This setup ensures ParseScript and ModuleEvaluation know which Realm to use.) A module map Used when importing JavaScript modules. A responsible browsing context A browsing context that is assigned responsibility for actions taken by the scripts that use this environment settings object. When a script creates and navigates a new top-level browsing context, the opener attribute of the new browsing context’s Window object will be set to the responsible browsing context’s WindowProxy object. A responsible event loop An event loop that is used when it would not be immediately clear what event loop to use. A responsible document A Document that is assigned responsibility for actions taken by the scripts that use this environment settings object. For example, the URL of the responsible document is used to set the URL of the Document after it has been reset using open(). If the responsible event loop is not a browsing context event loop, then the environment settings object has no responsible document. An API URL character encoding A character encoding used to encode URLs by APIs called by scripts that use this environment settings object. An API base URL An URL used by APIs called by scripts that use this environment settings object to parse URLs. An origin An origin used in security checks. A creation URL An absolute URL representing the location of the resource with which the environment settings object is associated. Note that this URL might be distinct from the responsible document’s URL, due to mechanisms such as history.pushState(). An HTTPS state An HTTPS state value representing the security properties of the network channel used to deliver the resource with which the environment settings object is associated. An referrer policy The default referrer policy for fetches performed using this environment settings object as a request client. [REFERRERPOLICY] An environment settings object also has an outstanding rejected promises weak set and an about-to-be-notified rejected promises list, used to track unhandled promise rejections. The outstanding rejected promises weak set must not create strong references to any of its members, and implementations are free to limit its size, e.g., by removing old entries from it when new ones are added. 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts The various script-fetching algorithms below have two hooks that may be customized by their callers: * Set up the request, which takes a request which it may modify before the algorithm continues * Process the response, which takes a response and must either return true or false to indicate success or failure, respectively Service Workers is an example of a specification that runs these algorithms with its own options for the hooks. [SERVICE-WORKERS] To fetch a classic script for a script element element, given a url, a CORS setting, a cryptographic nonce, a parser state, a settings object, and a character encoding, run these steps. The algorithm will asynchronously complete with either null (on failure) or a new classic script (on success). 1. Let request be the result of creating a potential-CORS request given url and CORS setting. 2. Set request’s client to settings object, its type to "script", its destination to "script", its cryptographic nonce metadata to cryptographic nonce, and its parser metadata to parser state. 3. If the caller specified custom steps to set up the request, perform them on request. 4. Fetch request. 5. Return from this algorithm, and run the remaining steps as part of the fetch’s process response for the response response. response can be either CORS-same-origin or CORS-cross-origin. This only affects how error reporting happens. 6. If response’s type is "error", or response’s status is not an ok status, asynchronously complete this algorithm with null, and abort these steps. 7. If the caller specified custom steps to process the response, perform them on response. If they return false, complete this algorithm with null, and abort these steps. 8. If response’s Content-Type metadata, if any, specifies a character encoding, and the user agent supports that encoding, then set character encoding to that encoding (ignoring the passed-in value). 9. Let source text be the result of decoding response’s body to Unicode, using character encoding as the fallback encoding. The decode algorithm overrides character encoding if the file contains a BOM. 10. Let script be the result of creating a classic script using source text and settings object. If response was CORS-cross-origin, then pass the muted errors flag to the create a classic script algorithm as well. 11. Asynchronously complete this algorithm with script. To fetch a classic worker script given a url, a referrer, a settings object, and a destination, run these steps. The algorithm will asynchronously complete with either null (on failure) or a new classic script (on success). 1. Let request be a new request whose URL is url, client is settings object, type is "script", destination is destination, referrer is referrer, mode is "same-origin", credentials mode is "same-origin", parser metadata is "not parser-inserted", and whose use-URL-credentials flag is set. 2. If the caller specified custom steps to set up the request, perform them on request. 3. Fetch request. 4. Return from this algorithm, and run the remaining steps as part of the fetch’s process response for the response response. 5. If response’s type is "error", or response’s status is not an ok status, asynchronously complete this algorithm with null, and abort these steps. 6. If the caller specified custom steps to process the response, perform them on response. If they return false, complete this algorithm with null, and abort these steps. 7. Let source text be the result of UTF-8 decoding response’s body. 8. Let script be the result of creating a classic script using source text and settings object. 9. Asynchronously complete this algorithm with script. To fetch a module script tree given a url, a credentials mode, a cryptographic nonce, a parser state, a destination, a fetch client settings object, and an optional ancestor list, run these steps. The algorithm will asynchronously complete with either null (on failure) or a new module script (on success). 1. If ancestor list is not given, let it be an empty list. 2. If module map settings object is not given, let it be fetch client settings object. 3. Fetch a single module script given url, credentials mode, cryptographic nonce, parser state, destination, and module map settings object. If the caller of this algorithm specified custom set up the request or process the response steps, pass those along while fetching a single module script. 4. Return from this algorithm and run the following steps when fetching a single module script asynchronously completes with result: 5. If result is null, asynchronously complete this algorithm with null and abort these steps. 6. Otherwise, result is a module script. Fetch the descendants of result given destination and an ancestor list obtained by appending url to ancestor list. 7. When fetching the descendants of a module script asynchronously completes with descendants result, asynchronously complete this algorithm with descendants result. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The following algorithms are used when fetching a module script tree, and are not meant to be used directly by other specifications (or by other parts of this specification). To fetch the descendants of a module script module script, given a destination and an ancestor list, run these steps. The algorithm will asynchronously complete with either null (on failure) or with module script (on success). 1. Let record be module script’s module record. 2. If record.[[RequestedModules]] is empty, asynchronously complete this algorithm with module script. 3. Let urls be a new empty list. 4. For each string requested of record.[[RequestedModules]]: 1. Let url be the result of resolving a module specifier given module script and requested. 2. If the result is error: 1. Let error be a new TypeError exception. 2. Report the exception error for module script. 3. Abort this algorithm, and asynchronously complete it with null. 3. Otherwise, if url is not in ancestor list, add url to urls. 5. For each url in urls, fetch a module script tree given url, module script’s credentials mode, module script’s cryptographic nonce, module script’s parser state, destination, module script’s settings object, and ancestor list. It is intentional that no custom set up the request or process the response steps are passed along here. Those hooks only apply to the top-level fetch at the root of the module script tree. If any of the fetch a module script tree invocations asynchronously complete with null, the user agent may terminate any or all of the other fetches, and must then asynchronously complete this algorithm with null. Once all of the fetch a module script tree invocations asynchronously complete with a module script, asynchronously complete this algorithm with module script. To fetch a single module script, given a url, a credentials mode, a cryptographic nonce, a parser state, a destination, and a settings object, run these steps. The algorithm will asynchronously complete with either null (on failure) or a module script (on success). 1. Let module map be settings object’s module map. 2. If module map contains an entry with key url whose value is "fetching", wait (in parallel) until that entry’s value changes, then proceed to the next step. 3. If module map contains an entry with key url, asynchronously complete this algorithm with that entry’s value, and abort these steps. 4. Create an entry in module map with key url and value "fetching". 5. Let request be a new request whose url is url, destination is destination, type is "script", mode is "cors", credentials mode is credentials mode, cryptographic nonce metadata is cryptographic nonce, parser metadata is parser state and client is settings object. 6. If the caller specified custom steps to set up the request, perform them on request. 7. Fetch request. 8. Return from this algorithm, and run the remaining steps as part of the fetch’s process response for the response response. response is always CORS-same-origin. 9. If any of the following conditions are met, set the value of the entry in module map whose key is url to null, asynchronously complete this algorithm with null, and abort these steps: * response’s type is "error" * response’s status is not an ok status * The result of extracting a MIME type from response’s header list (ignoring parameters) is not a JavaScript MIME type. For historical reasons, fetching a classic script does not include MIME type checking. In contrast, module scripts will fail to load if they are not of a correct MIME type. * The caller specified custom steps to process the response, which when performed on response return false. 10. Let source text be the result of UTF-8 decoding response’s body. 11. Let module script be the result of creating a module script given source text, settings object, response’s url, credentials mode, and cryptographic nonce. 12. Set the value of the entry in module map whose key is url to module script, and asynchronously complete this algorithm with module script. It is intentional that the module map is keyed by the request URL, whereas the base URL for the module script is set to the response URL. The former is used to deduplicate fetches, while the latter is used for URL resolution. 7.1.3.3. Creating scripts To create a classic script, given some script source, an environment settings object, and an optional muted errors flag: 1. Let script be a new classic script that this algorithm will subsequently initialize. 2. Set script’s settings object to the environment settings object provided. 3. If scripting is disabled for the given environment settings object’s responsible browsing context, set script’s source text to the empty string. Otherwise, set script’s source text to the supplied script source. 4. If the muted errors flag was set, then set script’s muted errors flag. 5. Return script. To create a module script, given some script source, an environment settings object, a script base URL, a credentials mode, a cryptographic nonce, and a parser state: 1. Let script be a new module script that this algorithm will subsequently initialise. 2. Set script’s settings object to the environment settings object provided. 3. Let realm be the provided environment settings object’s Realm. 4. If scripting is disabled for the given environment settings object’s responsible browsing context, then let script source be the empty string. Otherwise, let script source be the provided script source. 5. Let result be ParseModule(script source, realm, script). 6. If result is a List of errors, report the exception given by the first element of result for script, return null, and abort these steps. 7. Set script’s module record to result. 8. Set script’s base URL to the script base URL provided. 9. Set script’s credentials mode to the credentials mode provided. 10. Set script’s cryptographic nonce to the cryptographic nonce provided. 11. Set script’s parser state to the parser state. 12. Return script. 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts To run a classic script given a classic script s and an optional rethrow errors flag: 1. Let settings be the settings object of s. 2. Check if we can run script with settings. If this returns "do not run", then return undefined and abort these steps. 3. Let realm be settings’s Realm. 4. Prepare to run script with settings. 5. Let result be ParseScript(s’s source text, realm, s). 6. If result is a List of errors, set result to the first element of result and go to the step labeled error. 7. Let evaluationStatus be ScriptEvaluation(result). 8. If evaluationStatus is an abrupt completion, set result to evaluationStatus.[[value]] and go to the next step (labeled Error). If evaluationStatus is a normal completion, or if ScriptEvaluation does not complete because the user agent has aborted the running script, skip to the step labeled Cleanup. 9. Error: At this point result must be an exception. Perform the following steps: 1. If the rethrow errors flag is set and s’s muted errors flag is not set, rethrow result. 2. If the rethrow errors flag is set and s’s muted errors flag is set, throw a NetworkError exception. 3. If the rethrow errors flag is not set, report the exception given by result for the script s. 10. Cleanup: Clean up after running script with settings. 11. If evaluationStatus exists and is a normal completion, return evaluationStatus.[[value]]. Otherwise, script execution was unsuccessful, either because an error occurred during parsing, or an exception occurred during evaluation, or because it was aborted prematurely. To run a module script given a module script s: 1. Let settings be the settings object of s. 2. Check if we can run script with settings. If this returns "do not run" then abort these steps. 3. Let record be s’s module record. 4. Let instantiationStatus be record.ModuleDeclarationInstantiation(). This step will recursively instantiate all of the module’s dependencies. 5. If instantiationStatus is an abrupt completion, report the exception given by instantiationStatus.[[Value]] for s and abort these steps. 6. Prepare to run script given settings. 7. Let evaluationStatus be record.ModuleEvaluation(). This step will recursively evaluate all of the module’s dependencies. 8. If evaluationStatus is an abrupt completion, report the exception given by evaluationStatus.[[Value]] for s. (Do not perform this step if ScriptEvaluation fails to complete as a result of the user agent aborting the running script.) 9. Clean up after running script with settings. The steps to check if we can run script with an environment settings object settings are as follows. They return either "run" or "do not run". 1. If the global object specified by settings is a Window object whose Document object is not fully active, then return "do not run" and abort these steps. 2. If scripting is disabled for the responsible browsing context specified by settings, then return "do not run" and abort these steps. 3. Return "run". The steps to prepare to run script with an environment settings object settings are as follows: 1. Increment settings’s realm execution context’s entrance counter by one. 2. Push settings’s realm execution context onto the JavaScript execution context stack; it is now the running JavaScript execution context. The steps to clean up after running script with an environment settings object settings are as follows: 1. Assert: settings’s realm execution context is the running JavaScript execution context. 2. Decrement settings’s realm execution context’s entrance counter by one. 3. Remove settings’s realm execution context from the JavaScript execution context stack. 4. If the JavaScript execution context stack is now empty, run the global script clean-up jobs. (These cannot run scripts.) 5. If the JavaScript execution context stack is now empty, perform a microtask checkpoint. (If this runs scripts, these algorithms will be invoked reentrantly.) These algorithms are not invoked by one script directly calling another, but they can be invoked reentrantly in an indirect manner, e.g., if a script dispatches an event which has event listeners registered. The running script is the script in the [[HostDefined]] field in the ScriptOrModule component of the running JavaScript execution context. Each unit of related similar-origin browsing contexts has a global script clean-up jobs list, which must initially be empty. A global script clean-up job cannot run scripts, and cannot be sensitive to the order in which other clean-up jobs are executed. The File API uses this to release blob: URLs. [FILEAPI] When the user agent is to run the global script clean-up jobs, the user agent must perform each of the jobs in the global script clean-up jobs list and then empty the list. 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects A global object is a JavaScript object that is the [[GlobalObject]] field of a JavaScript realm. In this specification, all JavaScript realms are initialized with global objects that are either Window or WorkerGlobalScope objects. There is always a 1:1:1 mapping between JavaScript realms, global objects, and environment settings objects: * A JavaScript realm has a [[HostDefined]] field, which contains the Realm’s settings object. * A JavaScript realm has a [[GlobalObject]] field, which contains the Realm’s global object. * Each global object in this specification is created during the initialization of a corresponding JavaScript realm, known as the global object’s Realm. * Each global object in this specification is created alongside a corresponding environment settings object, known as its relevant settings object. * An environment settings object’s realm execution context’s Realm component is the environment settings object’s Realm. * An environment settings object’s Realm then has a [[GlobalObject]] field, which contains the environment settings object’s global object. When defining algorithm steps throughout this specification, it is often important to indicate what JavaScript realm is to be used—or, equivalently, what global object or environment settings object is to be used. In general, there are at least four possibilities: Entry This corresponds to the script that initiated the currently running script action: i.e., the function or script that the user agent called into when it called into author code. Incumbent This corresponds to the most-recently-entered author function or script on the stack. Current This corresponds to the currently-running function object, including built-in user-agent functions which might not be implemented as JavaScript. (It is derived from the current JavaScript realm.) Relevant Every platform object has a relevant Realm. When writing algorithms, the most prominent platform object whose relevant Realm might be important is the this value of the currently-running function object. In some cases, there can be other important relevant Realms, such as those of any arguments. Note how the entry, incumbent, and current concepts are usable without qualification, whereas the relevant concept must be applied to a particular platform object. Consider the following pages, with a.html being loaded in a browser window, b.html being loaded in an iframe as shown, and c.html and d.html omitted (they can simply be empty documents): Entry page Incumbent page Each page has its own browsing context, and thus its own JavaScript realm, global object, and environment settings object. When the print() method is called in response to pressing the button in a.html, then: * The entry Realm is that of a.html. * The incumbent Realm is that of b.html. * The current Realm is that of c.html (since it is the print() method from c.html whose code is running). * The relevant Realm of the object on which the print() method is being called is that of d.html. The incumbent and entry concepts should not be used by new specifications, and we are considering whether we can remove almost all existing uses Currently, the incumbent concept is used in some security checks, and the entry concept is sometimes used to obtain, amongst other things, the API base URL to parse a URL, used in scripts running in that unit of related similar-origin browsing contexts. In general, the current concept is what should be used by specifications going forward. There is an important exception, however. If an algorithm is creating an object that is to be persisted and returned multiple times (instead of simply returned to author code right away, and never vended again), it should use the relevant concept with regard to the object on which the method in question is being executed. This prevents cross-realm calls from causing an object to store objects created in the "wrong" realm. The navigator.getBattery() method creates promises in the relevant Realm for the Navigator object on which it is invoked. This has the following impact: [BATTERY-STATUS] Relevant Realm demo: outer page Relevant Realm demo: inner page If the algorithm for the getBattery() method had instead used the current Realm, all the results would be reversed. That is, after the first call to getBattery() in outer.html, the Navigator object in inner.html would be permanently storing a Promise object created in outer.html’s JavaScript realm, and calls like that inside the hello() function would thus return a promise from the "wrong" realm. Since this is undesirable, the algorithm instead uses the relevant Realm, giving the sensible results indicated in the comments above. The rest of this section deals with formally defining the entry, incumbent, current, and relevant concepts. 7.1.3.5.1. Entry All realm execution contexts must contain, as part of their code evaluation state, an entrance counter value, which is initially zero. In the process of calling scripts, this value will be incremented and decremented. With this in hand, we define the entry execution context to be the most recently pushed entry in the JavaScript execution context stack whose entrance counter value is greater than zero. The entry Realm is the entry execution context’s Realm component. Then, the entry settings object is the environment settings object of the entry Realm. Similarly, the entry global object is the global object of the entry Realm. 7.1.3.5.2. Incumbent The incumbent settings object is determined as follows: 1. Let scriptOrModule be the result of JavaScript’s GetActiveScriptOrModule() abstract operation. 2. If scriptOrModule is null, abort these steps; there is no incumbent settings object. 3. Return the settings object of the script in scriptOrModule’s [[HostDefined]] field. Then, the incumbent Realm is the Realm of the incumbent settings object. Similarly, the incumbent global object is the global object of the incumbent settings object. 7.1.3.5.3. Current The JavaScript specification defines the current Realm Record, sometimes abbreviated to the "current Realm". [ECMA-262] Then, the current settings object is the environment settings object of the current Realm Record. Similarly, the current global object is the global object of the current Realm Record. 7.1.3.5.4. Relevant The relevant settings object for a platform object is defined as follows: If the object is a global object Each global object in this specification is created alongside a corresponding environment settings object; that is its relevant settings object. Otherwise The relevant settings object for a non-global platform object o is the environment settings object whose global object is the global object of the global environment associated with o. The "global environment associated with" concept is from the olden days, before the modern JavaScript specification and its concept of realms. We expect that as the Web IDL specification gets updated, every platform object will have a Realm associated with it, and this definition can be re-cast in those terms. [ECMA-262] [WEBIDL] Then, the relevant Realm for a platform object is the Realm of its relevant settings object. Similarly, the relevant global object for a platform object is the global object of its relevant settings object. 7.1.3.6. Killing scripts Although the JavaScript specification does not account for this possibility, it’s sometimes necessary to abort a running script. This causes any ScriptEvaluation or ModuleEvaluation to cease immediately, emptying the JavaScript execution context stack without triggering any of the normal mechanisms like finally blocks. [ECMA-262] User agents may impose resource limitations on scripts, for example CPU quotas, memory limits, total execution time limits, or bandwidth limitations. When a script exceeds a limit, the user agent may either throw a QuotaExceededError exception, abort the script without an exception, prompt the user, or throttle script execution. For example, the following script never terminates. A user agent could, after waiting for a few seconds, prompt the user to either terminate the script or let it continue. User agents are encouraged to allow users to disable scripting whenever the user is prompted either by a script (e.g., using the window.alert() API) or because of a script’s actions (e.g., because it has exceeded a time limit). If scripting is disabled while a script is executing, the script should be terminated immediately. User agents may allow users to specifically disable scripts just for the purposes of closing a browsing context. For example, the prompt mentioned in the example above could also offer the user with a mechanism to just close the page entirely, without running any unload event handlers. 7.1.3.7. Integration with the JavaScript job queue The JavaScript specification defines the JavaScript job and job queue abstractions in order to specify certain invariants about how promise operations execute with a clean JavaScript execution context stack and in a certain order. However, as of the time of this writing the definition of EnqueueJob in that specification are not sufficiently flexible to integrate with HTML as a host environment. [ECMA-262] This is not strictly true. It is in fact possible, by taking liberal advantage of the many "implementation defined" sections of the algorithm, to contort it to our purposes. However, the end result is a mass of messy indirection and workarounds that essentially bypasses the job queue infrastructure entirely, albeit in a way that is technically sanctioned within the bounds of implementation-defined behavior. We do not take this path, and instead introduce the following willful violation. As such, user agents must instead use the following definition in place of that in the JavaScript specification. These ensure that the promise jobs enqueued by the JavaScript specification are properly integrated into the user agent’s event loops. 7.1.3.7.1. EnqueueJob(queueName, job, arguments) When the JavaScript specification says to call the EnqueueJob abstract operation, the following algorithm must be used in place of JavaScript’s EnqueueJob: 1. Assert: queueName is "PromiseJobs". ("ScriptJobs" must not be used by user agents.) 2. Let settings be the settings object of job.[[Realm]] 3. Queue a microtask, on settings’s responsible event loop, to perform the following steps: 1. Check if we can run script with settings. If this returns "do not run" then abort these steps. 2. Prepare to run script with settings. 3. Let result be the result of performing the abstract operation specified by job, using the elements of arguments as its arguments. 4. Clean up after running script with settings. 5. If result is an abrupt completion, report the exception given by result.[[Value]]. 7.1.3.8. Integration with the JavaScript module system The JavaScript specification defines a syntax for modules, as well as some host-agnostic parts of their processing model. This specification defines the rest of their processing model: how the module system is bootstrapped, via the script element with type attribute set to "module", and how modules are fetched, resolved, and executed. [ECMA-262] Although the JavaScript specification speaks in terms of "scripts" versus "modules", in general this specification speaks in terms of classic scripts versus module scripts, since both of them use the script element. A module map is a map of absolute URLs to values that are either a module script, null, or a placeholder value "fetching". Module maps are used to ensure that imported JavaScript modules are only fetched, parsed, and evaluated once per Document or Worker. To resolve a module specifier given a module script script and a string specifier, perform the following steps. It will return either an absolute URL or failure. 1. Apply the URL parser to specifier. If the result is not failure, return the result. 2. If specifier does not start with the character U+002F SOLIDUS (/), the two-character sequence U+002E FULL STOP, U+002F SOLIDUS (./), or the three-character sequence U+002E FULL STOP, U+002E FULL STOP, U+002F SOLIDUS (../), return failure and abort these steps. This restriction is in place so that in the future we can allow custom module loaders to give special meaning to "bare" import specifiers, like import "jquery" or import "web/crypto". For now any such imports will fail, instead of being treated as relative URLs. 3. Return the result of applying the URL parser to specifier with script’s base URL as the base URL. 7.1.3.8.1. HostResolveImportedModule(referencingModule, specifier) JavaScript contains an implementation-defined HostResolveImportedModule abstract operation. User agents must use the following implementation: [ECMA-262] 1. Let referencing module script be referencingModule.[[HostDefined]]. 2. Let module map be referencing module script’s settings object’s module map. 3. Let url be the result of resolving a module specifier given referencing module script and specifier. If the result is failure, throw a TypeError exception and abort these steps. 4. Let resolved module script be the value of the entry in module map whose key is url. If no such entry exists, or if the value is null or "fetching", throw a TypeError exception and abort these steps. 5. Return resolved module script’s module record. 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors When the user agent is required to report an error for a particular script script with a particular position line:col, using a particular target target, it must run these steps, after which the error is either handled or not handled: 1. If target is in error reporting mode, then abort these steps; the error is not handled. 2. Let target be in error reporting mode. 3. Let message be a user-agent-defined string describing the error in a helpful manner. 4. Let error object be the object that represents the error: in the case of an uncaught exception, that would be the object that was thrown; in the case of a JavaScript error that would be an Error object. If there is no corresponding object, then the null value must be used instead. 5. Let location be an absolute URL that corresponds to the resource from which script was obtained. The resource containing the script will typically be the file from which the Document was parsed, e.g., for inline script elements or event handler content attributes; or the JavaScript file that the script was in, for external scripts. Even for dynamically-generated scripts, user agents are strongly encouraged to attempt to keep track of the original source of a script. For example, if an external script uses the document.write() API to insert an inline script element during parsing, the URL of the resource containing the script would ideally be reported as being the external script, and the line number might ideally be reported as the line with the document.write() call or where the string passed to that call was first constructed. Naturally, implementing this can be somewhat non-trivial. User agents are similarly encouraged to keep careful track of the original line numbers, even in the face of document.write() calls mutating the document as it is parsed, or event handler content attributes spanning multiple lines. 6. If script has muted errors, then set message to "Script error.", set location to the empty string, set line and col to 0, and set error object to null. 7. Let event be a new trusted ErrorEvent object that does not bubble but is cancelable, and which has the event name error. 8. Initialize event’s message attribute to message. 9. Initialize event’s filename attribute to location. 10. Initialize event’s lineno attribute to line. 11. Initialize event’s colno attribute to col. 12. Initialize event’s error attribute to error object. 13. Dispatch event at target. 14. Let target no longer be in error reporting mode. 15. If event was canceled, then the error is handled. Otherwise, the error is not handled. Returning true cancels event per the event handler processing algorithm. 7.1.3.9.1. Runtime script errors in documents When the user agent is to report an exception E, the user agent must report the error for the relevant script, with the problematic position (line number and column number) in the resource containing the script, using the global object specified by the script’s settings object as the target. If the error is still not handled after this, then the error may be reported to a developer console. 7.1.3.9.2. The ErrorEvent interface [Constructor(DOMString type, optional ErrorEventInit eventInitDict), Exposed=(Window, Worker)] interface ErrorEvent : Event { readonly attribute DOMString message; readonly attribute DOMString filename; readonly attribute unsigned long lineno; readonly attribute unsigned long colno; readonly attribute any error; }; dictionary ErrorEventInit : EventInit { DOMString message = ""; DOMString filename = ""; unsigned long lineno = 0; unsigned long colno = 0; any error = null; }; The message attribute must return the value it was initialized to. It represents the error message. The filename attribute must return the value it was initialized to. It represents the absolute URL of the script in which the error originally occurred. The lineno attribute must return the value it was initialized to. It represents the line number where the error occurred in the script. The colno attribute must return the value it was initialized to. It represents the column number where the error occurred in the script. The error attribute must return the value it was initialized to. Where appropriate, it is set to the object representing the error (e.g., the exception object in the case of an uncaught DOM exception). 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections In addition to synchronous runtime script errors, scripts may experience asynchronous promise rejections, tracked via the unhandledrejection and rejectionhandled events. When the user agent is to notify about rejected promises on a given environment settings object settings object, it must run these steps: 1. Let list be a copy of settings object’s about-to-be-notified rejected promises list. 2. If list is empty, abort these steps. 3. Clear settings object’s about-to-be-notified rejected promises list. 4. Queue a task to run the following substep: 1. For each promise p in list: 1. If p’s [[PromiseIsHandled]] internal slot is true, continue to the next iteration of the loop. 2. Let event be a new trusted PromiseRejectionEvent object that does not bubble but is cancelable, and which has the event name unhandledrejection. 3. Initialise event’s promise attribute to p. 4. Initialise event’s reason attribute to the value of p’s [[PromiseResult]] internal slot. 5. Dispatch event at settings object’s global object. 6. If the event was canceled, then the promise rejection is handled. Otherwise, the promise rejection is not handled. 7. If p’s [[PromiseIsHandled]] internal slot is false, add p to settings object’s outstanding rejected promises weak set. This algorithm results in promise rejections being marked as handled or not handled. These concepts parallel handled and not handled script errors. If a rejection is still not handled after this, then the rejection may be reported to a developer console. 7.1.3.10.1. The HostPromiseRejectionTracker implementation ECMAScript contains an implementation-defined HostPromiseRejectionTracker(promise, operation) abstract operation. User agents must use the following implementation: [ECMA-262] 1. Let script be the running script. 2. If script has muted errors, terminate these steps. 3. Let settings object be script’s settings object. 4. If operation is "reject", 1. Add promise to settings object’s about-to-be-notified rejected promises list. 5. If operation is "handle", 1. If settings object’s about-to-be-notified rejected promises list contains promise, remove promise from that list and abort these steps. 2. If settings object’s outstanding rejected promises weak set does not contain promise, abort these steps. 3. Remove promise from settings object’s outstanding rejected promises weak set. 4. Queue a task to run the following steps: 1. Let event be a new trusted PromiseRejectionEvent object that does not bubble and is not cancelable, and which has the event name rejectionhandled. 2. Initialise event’s promise attribute to promise. 3. Initialise event’s reason attribute to the value of promise’s [[PromiseResult]] internal slot. 4. Dispatch event at settings object’s global object. 7.1.3.10.2. The PromiseRejectionEvent interface [Constructor(DOMString type, PromiseRejectionEventInit eventInitDict), Exposed=(Window,Worker)] interface PromiseRejectionEvent : Event { readonly attribute Promise promise; readonly attribute any reason; }; dictionary PromiseRejectionEventInit : EventInit { required Promise promise; any reason; }; The promise attribute must return the value it was initialized to. It represents the promise which this notification is about. The reason attribute must return the value it was initialized to. It represents the rejection reason for the promise. 7.1.3.11. HostEnsureCanCompileStrings(callerRealm, calleeRealm) JavaScript contains an implementation-defined HostEnsureCanCompileStrings(callerRealm, calleeRealm) abstract operation. User agents must use the following implementation: [ECMA-262] 1. Perform ? EnsureCSPDoesNotBlockStringCompilation(callerRealm, calleeRealm). [CSP3] 7.1.4. Event loops 7.1.4.1. Definitions To coordinate events, user interaction, scripts, rendering, networking, and so forth, user agents must use event loops as described in this section. There are two kinds of event loops: those for browsing contexts, and those for workers. There must be at least one browsing context event loop per user agent, and at most one per unit of related similar-origin browsing contexts. When there is more than one event loop for a unit of related browsing contexts, complications arise when a browsing context in that group is navigated such that it switches from one unit of related similar-origin browsing contexts to another. This specification does not currently describe how to handle these complications. A browsing context event loop always has at least one browsing context. If such an event loop’s browsing contexts all go away, then the event loop goes away as well. A browsing context always has an event loop coordinating its activities. Worker event loops are simpler: each worker has one event loop, and the worker processing model manages the event loop’s lifetime. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- An event loop has one or more task queues. A task queue is an ordered list of tasks, which are algorithms that are responsible for such work as: Events Dispatching an Event object at a particular EventTarget object is often done by a dedicated task. Not all events are dispatched using the task queue, many are dispatched during other tasks. Parsing The HTML parser tokenizing one or more bytes, and then processing any resulting tokens, is typically a task. Callbacks Calling a callback is often done by a dedicated task. Using a resource When an algorithm fetches a resource, if the fetching occurs in a non-blocking fashion then the processing of the resource once some or all of the resource is available is performed by a task. Reacting to DOM manipulation Some elements have tasks that trigger in response to DOM manipulation, e.g., when that element is inserted into the document. Each task in a browsing context event loop is associated with a Document; if the task was queued in the context of an element, then it is the element’s node document; if the task was queued in the context of a browsing context, then it is the browsing context’s active document at the time the task was queued; if the task was queued by or for a script then the document is the responsible document specified by the script’s settings object. A task is intended for a specific event loop: the event loop that is handling tasks for the task’s associated Document or Worker. When a user agent is to queue a task, it must add the given task to one of the task queues of the relevant event loop. Each task is defined as coming from a specific task source. All the tasks from one particular task source and destined to a particular event loop (e.g., the callbacks generated by timers of a Document, the events fired for mouse movements over that Document, the tasks queued for the parser of that Document) must always be added to the same task queue, but tasks from different task sources may be placed in different task queues. For example, a user agent could have one task queue for mouse and key events (the user interaction task source), and another for everything else. The user agent could then give keyboard and mouse events preference over other tasks three quarters of the time, keeping the interface responsive but not starving other task queues, and never processing events from any one task source out of order. Each event loop has a currently running task. Initially, this is null. It is used to handle reentrancy. Each event loop also has a performing a microtask checkpoint flag, which must initially be false. It is used to prevent reentrant invocation of the perform a microtask checkpoint algorithm. 7.1.4.2. Processing model An event loop must continually run through the following steps for as long as it exists: 1. Select the oldest task on one of the event loop’s task queues, if any, ignoring, in the case of a browsing context event loop, tasks whose associated Documents are not fully active. The user agent may pick any task queue. If there is no task to select, then jump to the Microtasks step below. 2. Set the event loop’s currently running task to the task selected in the previous step. 3. Run: Run the selected task. 4. Set the event loop’s currently running task back to null. 5. Remove the task that was run in the Run step above from its task queue. 6. Microtasks: Perform a microtask checkpoint. 7. Update the rendering: If this event loop is a browsing context event loop (as opposed to a Worker event loop), then run the following substeps. 1. Let now be the value that would be returned by the Performance object’s now() method. [HR-TIME-2] 2. Let docs be the list of Document objects associated with the event loop in question, sorted arbitrarily except that the following conditions must be met: * Any Document B that is nested through a Document A must be listed after A in the list. * If there are two documents A and B whose browsing contexts are both nested browsing contexts and their browsing context containers are both elements in the same Document C, then the order of A and B in the list must match the relative tree order of their respective browsing context containers in C. In the steps below that iterate over docs, each Document must be processed in the order it is found in the list. 3. If there is a top-level browsing context B that the user agent believes would not benefit from having its rendering updated at this time, then remove from docs all Document objects whose browsing context’s top-level browsing context is B. There are many factors that affect the ideal update frequency for the top-level browsing context including performance, power, background operation, quality of user experience, refresh rate of display(s), etc. When in foreground and not constrained by resources (i.e. performance, battery versus mains power, other resource limits), the user agent normally prioritizes for maximum quality of user experience for that set of Documents by matching update frequency and animation frame callback rate to the current refresh rate of the current display (usually 60Hz, but refresh rate may be higher or lower). When accommodating constraints on resources, the update frequency might automatically run at a lower rate. Also, if a top-level browsing context is in the background, the user agent might decide to drop that page to a much slower 4Hz, or even less. Another example of why a browser might skip updating the rendering is to ensure certain tasks are executed immediately after each other, with only microtask checkpoints interleaved (and without, e.g., animation frame callbacks interleaved). For example, a user agent might wish to coalesce callbacks together, with no intermediate rendering updates. However, when are no constraints on resources, there must not be an arbitrary permanent user agent limit on the update rate and animation frame callback rate (i.e., high refresh rate displays and/or low latency applications). 4. If there are a nested browsing contexts B that the user agent believes would not benefit from having their rendering updated at this time, then remove from docs all Document objects whose browsing context is in B. As with top-level browsing contexts, a variety of factors can influence whether it is profitable for a browser to update the rendering of nested browsing contexts. For example, a user agent might wish to spend less resources rendering third-party content, especially if it is not currently visible to the user or if resources are constrained. In such cases, the browser could decide to update the rendering for such content infrequently or never. 5. For each fully active Document in docs, run the resize steps for that Document, passing in now as the timestamp. [CSSOM-VIEW] 6. For each fully active Document in docs, run the scroll steps for that Document, passing in now as the timestamp. [CSSOM-VIEW] 7. For each fully active Document in docs, evaluate media queries and report changes for that Document, passing in now as the timestamp. [CSSOM-VIEW] 8. For each fully active Document in docs, run CSS animations and send events for that Document, passing in now as the timestamp. [CSS3-ANIMATIONS] 9. For each fully active Document in docs, run the fullscreen rendering steps for that Document, passing in now as the timestamp. [FULLSCREEN] 10. For each fully active Document in docs, run the animation frame callbacks for that Document, passing in now as the timestamp. 11. For each fully active Document in docs, update the rendering or user interface of that Document and its browsing context to reflect the current state. 8. If this is a Worker event loop (i.e., one running for a WorkerGlobalScope), but there are no tasks in the event loop’s task queues and the WorkerGlobalScope object’s closing flag is true, then destroy the event loop, aborting these steps, resuming the run a worker steps. 9. Return to the first step of the event loop. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Each event loop has a microtask queue. A microtask is a task that is originally to be queued on the microtask queue rather than a task queue. There are two kinds of microtasks: solitary callback microtasks, and compound microtasks. This specification only has solitary callback microtasks. Specifications that use compound microtasks have to take extra care to wrap callbacks to handle spinning the event loop. When an algorithm requires a microtask to be queued, it must be appended to the relevant event loop’s microtask queue; the task source of such a microtask is the microtask task source. It is possible for a microtask to be moved to a regular task queue, if, during its initial execution, it spins the event loop. In that case, the microtask task source is the task source used. Normally, the task source of a microtask is irrelevant. When a user agent is to perform a microtask checkpoint, if the performing a microtask checkpoint flag is false, then the user agent must run the following steps: 1. Let the performing a microtask checkpoint flag be true. 2. Microtask queue handling: If the event loop’s microtask queue is empty, jump to the Done step below. 3. Select the oldest microtask on the event loop’s microtask queue. 4. Set the event loop’s currently running task to the task selected in the previous step. 5. Run: Run the selected task. This might involve invoking scripted callbacks, which eventually calls the clean up after running script steps, which call this perform a microtask checkpoint algorithm again, which is why we use the performing a microtask checkpoint flag to avoid reentrancy. 6. Set the event loop’s currently running task back to null. 7. Remove the microtask run in the step above from the microtask queue, and return to the Microtask queue handling step. 8. Done: For each environment settings object whose responsible event loop is this event loop, notify about rejected promises on that environment settings object. 9. Cleanup Indexed Database transactions. 10. Let the performing a microtask checkpoint flag be false. If, while a compound microtask is running, the user agent is required to execute a compound microtask subtask to run a series of steps, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. Let parent be the event loop’s currently running task (the currently running compound microtask). 2. Let subtask be a new task that consists of running the given series of steps. The task source of such a microtask is the microtask task source. This is a compound microtask subtask. 3. Set the event loop’s currently running task to subtask. 4. Run subtask. 5. Set the event loop’s currently running task back to parent. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When an algorithm running in parallel is to await a stable state, the user agent must queue a microtask that runs the following steps, and must then stop executing (execution of the algorithm resumes when the microtask is run, as described in the following steps): 1. Run the algorithm’s synchronous section. 2. Resumes execution of the algorithm in parallel, if appropriate, as described in the algorithm’s steps. Steps in synchronous sections are marked with ⌛. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When an algorithm says to spin the event loop until a condition goal is met, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. Let task be the event loop’s currently running task. This might be a microtask, in which case it is a solitary callback microtask. It could also be a compound microtask subtask, or a regular task that is not a microtask. It will not be a compound microtask. 2. Let task source be task’s task source. 3. Let old stack be a copy of the JavaScript execution context stack. 4. Empty the JavaScript execution context stack. 5. Run the global script clean-up jobs. 6. Perform a microtask checkpoint. 7. Stop task, allowing whatever algorithm that invoked it to resume, but continue these steps in parallel. This causes one of the following algorithms to continue: the event loop’s main set of steps, the perform a microtask checkpoint algorithm, or the execute a compound microtask subtask algorithm to continue. 8. Wait until the condition goal is met. 9. Queue a task to continue running these steps, using the task source task source. Wait until this new task runs before continuing these steps. 10. Replace the JavaScript execution context stack with the old stack. 11. Return to the caller. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Some of the algorithms in this specification, for historical reasons, require the user agent to pause while running a task until a condition goal is met. This means running the following steps: 1. If necessary, update the rendering or user interface of any Document or browsing context to reflect the current state. 2. Wait until the condition goal is met. While a user agent has a paused task, the corresponding event loop must not run further tasks, and any script in the currently running task must block. User agents should remain responsive to user input while paused, however, albeit in a reduced capacity since the event loop will not be doing anything. 7.1.4.3. Generic task sources The following task sources are used by a number of mostly unrelated features in this and other specifications. The DOM manipulation task source This task source is used for features that react to DOM manipulations, such as things that happen in a non-blocking fashion when an element is inserted into the document. The user interaction task source This task source is used for features that react to user interaction, for example keyboard or mouse input. Events sent in response to user input (e.g., click events) must be fired using tasks queued with the user interaction task source. [UIEVENTS] The networking task source This task source is used for features that trigger in response to network activity. The history traversal task source This task source is used to queue calls to history.back() and similar APIs. 7.1.5. Events 7.1.5.1. Event handlers Many objects can have event handlers specified. These act as non-capture event listeners for the object on which they are specified. [DOM41] An event handler has a name, which always starts with "on" and is followed by the name of the event for which it is intended. An event handler has a value, which is either null, or is a callback object, or is an internal raw uncompiled handler. The EventHandler callback function type describes how this is exposed to scripts. Initially, an event handler’s value must be set to null. Event handlers are exposed in one of two ways. The first way, common to all event handlers, is as an event handler IDL attribute. The second way is as an event handler content attribute. Event handlers on HTML elements and some of the event handlers on Window objects are exposed in this way. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- An event handler IDL attribute is an IDL attribute for a specific event handler. The name of the IDL attribute is the same as the name of the event handler. Event handler IDL attributes, on setting, must set the corresponding event handler to their new value, and on getting, must return the result of getting the current value of the event handler in question (this can throw an exception, in which case the getting propagates it to the caller, it does not catch it). If an event handler IDL attribute exposes an event handler of an object that doesn’t exist, it must always return null on getting and must do nothing on setting. This can happen in particular for event handler IDL attribute on body elements that do not have corresponding Window objects. Certain event handler IDL attributes have additional requirements, in particular the onmessage attribute of MessagePort objects. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- An event handler content attribute is a content attribute for a specific event handler. The name of the content attribute is the same as the name of the event handler. Event handler content attributes, when specified, must contain valid JavaScript code which, when parsed, would match the FunctionBody production after automatic semicolon insertion. [ECMA-262] When an event handler content attribute is set, execute the following steps: 1. If the Should element’s inline behavior be blocked by Content Security Policy? algorithm returns "Blocked" when executed upon the attribute’s element "script attribute", and the attribute’s value, then abort these steps. [CSP3] 2. Set the corresponding event handler to an internal raw uncompiled handler consisting of the attribute’s new value and the script location where the attribute was set to this value. When an event handler content attribute is removed, the user agent must set the corresponding event handler to null. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When an event handler H of an element or object T implementing the EventTarget interface is first set to a non-null value, the user agent must append an event listener to the list of event listeners associated with T with type set to the event handler event type corresponding to H and callback set to the event handler processing algorithm defined below. [DOM41] The callback is emphatically not the event handler itself. Every event handler ends up registering the same callback the algorithm defined below, which takes care of invoking the right callback, and processing the callback’s return value. This only happens the first time the event handler’s value is set. Since listeners are called in the order they were registered, the order of event listeners for a particular event type will always be first the event listeners registered with addEventListener() before the first time the event handler was set to a non-null value, then the callback to which it is currently set, if any, and finally the event listeners registered with addEventListener() after the first time the event handler was set to a non-null value. This example demonstrates the order in which event listeners are invoked. If the button in this example is clicked by the user, the page will show four alerts, with the text "ONE", "TWO", "THREE", and "FOUR" respectively. The interfaces implemented by the event object do not influence whether an event handler is triggered or not. The event handler processing algorithm for an event handler H and an Event object E is as follows: 1. Let callback be the result of getting the current value of the event handler H. 2. If callback is null, then abort these steps. 3. Process the Event object E as follows: If E is an ErrorEvent object and the event handler IDL attribute’s type is OnErrorEventHandler Invoke callback with five arguments, the first one having the value of E’s message attribute, the second having the value of E’s filename attribute, the third having the value of E’s lineno attribute, the fourth having the value of E’s colno attribute, the fifth having the value of E’s error attribute, and with the callback this value set to E’s currentTarget. Let return value be the callback’s return value. [WEBIDL] Otherwise Invoke callback with one argument, the value of which is the Event object E, with the callback this value set to E’s currentTarget. Let return value be the callback’s return value. [WEBIDL] In this step, invoke means to invoke the Web IDL callback function. If an exception gets thrown by the callback, end these steps and allow the exception to propagate. (It will propagate to the DOM event dispatch logic, which will then report the exception.) 4. Process return value as follows: If the event type is mouseover If the event type is error and E is an ErrorEvent object If return value is a Web IDL boolean true value, then cancel the event. If the event type is beforeunload The event handler IDL attribute’s type is OnBeforeUnloadEventHandler, and the return value will therefore have been coerced into either the value null or a DOMString. If the return value is null, then cancel the event. Otherwise, if the Event object E is a BeforeUnloadEvent object, and the Event object E’s returnValue attribute’s value is the empty string, then set the returnValue attribute’s value to return value. Otherwise If return value is a Web IDL boolean false value, then cancel the event. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The EventHandler callback function type represents a callback used for event handlers. It is represented in Web IDL as follows: [TreatNonObjectAsNull] callback EventHandlerNonNull = any (Event event); typedef EventHandlerNonNull? EventHandler; In JavaScript, any Function object implements this interface. For example, the following document fragment: ...leads to an alert saying "[object Window]" when the document is loaded, and an alert saying "[object HTMLBodyElement]" whenever the user clicks something in the page. The return value of the function affects whether the event is canceled or not: as described above, if the return value is false, the event is canceled (except for mouseover events, where the return value has to be true to cancel the event). With beforeunload events, the value is instead used to determine whether or not to prompt about unloading the document. For historical reasons, the onerror handler has different arguments: [TreatNonObjectAsNull] callback OnErrorEventHandlerNonNull = any ((Event or DOMString) event, optional DOMString source, optional unsigned long lineno, optional unsigned long column, optional any error); typedef OnErrorEventHandlerNonNull? OnErrorEventHandler; Similarly, the onbeforeunload handler has a different return value: [TreatNonObjectAsNull] callback OnBeforeUnloadEventHandlerNonNull = DOMString? (Event event); typedef OnBeforeUnloadEventHandlerNonNull? OnBeforeUnloadEventHandler; ---------------------------------------------------------------------- An internal raw uncompiled handler is a tuple with the following information: * An uncompiled script body * A location where the script body originated, in case an error needs to be reported When the user agent is to get the current value of the event handler H, it must run these steps: 1. If H’s value is an internal raw uncompiled handler, run these substeps: 1. If H is an element’s event handler, then let element be the element, and document be the element’s node document. Otherwise, H is a Window object’s event handler: let element be null, and let document be the Document most recently associated with that Window object. 2. If document does not have a browsing context, or if scripting is enabled for document’s browsing context, then return null. 3. Let body be the uncompiled script body in the internal raw uncompiled handler. 4. Let location be the location where the script body originated, as given by the internal raw uncompiled handler. 5. If element is not null and element has a form owner, let form owner be that form owner. Otherwise, let form owner be null. 6. Let script settings be the environment settings object created for the Window object with which document is currently associated. 7. If body is not parsable as FunctionBody or if parsing detects an early error, then follow these substeps: 1. Set H’s value to null. 2. Report the error for the appropriate script and with the appropriate position (line number and column number) given by location, using the global object specified by script settings as the target. If the error is still not handled after this, then the error may be reported to a developer console. 3. Return null. 8. If body begins with a Directive Prologue that contains a Use Strict Directive then let strict be true, otherwise let strict be false. 9. Let function be the result of calling FunctionCreate, with arguments: kind Normal ParameterList If H is an onerror event handler of a Window object Let the function have five arguments, named event, source, lineno, colno, and error. Otherwise Let the function have a single argument called event. Body The result of parsing body above. Scope 1. If H is an element’s event handler, then let Scope be the result of NewObjectEnvironment(document, the global environment). Otherwise, H is a Window object’s event handler: let Scope be the global environment. 2. If form owner is not null, let Scope be NewObjectEnvironment(form owner, Scope). 3. If element is not null, let Scope be the NewObjectEnvironment(element, Scope). Strict The value of strict. 10. Set H’s value to function. 2. Return H’s value. 7.1.5.2. Event handlers on elements, Document objects, and Window objects The following are the event handlers (and their corresponding event handler event types) that must be supported by all HTML elements, as both event handler content attributes and event handler IDL attributes; and that must be supported by all Document and Window objects, as event handler IDL attributes: Event handler Event handler event type onabort abort onauxclick auxclick oncancel cancel oncanplay canplay oncanplaythrough canplaythrough onchange change onclick click onclose close oncuechange cuechange ondblclick dblclick ondrag drag ondragend dragend ondragenter dragenter ondragexit dragexit ondragleave dragleave ondragover dragover ondragstart dragstart ondrop drop ondurationchange durationchange onemptied emptied onended ended oninput input oninvalid invalid onkeydown keydown onkeypress keypress onkeyup keyup onloadeddata loadeddata onloadedmetadata loadedmetadata onloadend loadend onloadstart loadstart onmousedown mousedown onmouseenter mouseenter onmouseleave mouseleave onmousemove mousemove onmouseout mouseout onmouseover mouseover onmouseup mouseup onwheel wheel onpause pause onplay play onplaying playing onprogress progress onratechange ratechange onreset reset onseeked seeked onseeking seeking onselect select onshow show onstalled stalled onsubmit submit onsuspend suspend ontimeupdate timeupdate ontoggle toggle onvolumechange volumechange onwaiting waiting ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The following are the event handlers (and their corresponding event handler event types) that must be supported by all HTML elements other than body and frameset elements, as both event handler content attributes and event handler IDL attributes; that must be supported by all Document objects, as event handler IDL attributes; and that must be supported by all Window objects, as event handler IDL attributes on the Window objects themselves, and with corresponding event handler content attributes and event handler IDL attributes exposed on all body and frameset elements that are owned by that Window object’s Documents: Event handler Event handler event type onblur blur onerror error onfocus focus onload load onresize resize onscroll scroll ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The following are the event handlers (and their corresponding event handler event types) that must be supported by Window objects, as event handler IDL attributes on the Window objects themselves, and with corresponding event handler content attributes and event handler IDL attributes exposed on all body and frameset elements that are owned by that Window object’s Documents: Event handler Event handler event type onafterprint afterprint onbeforeprint beforeprint onbeforeunload beforeunload onhashchange hashchange onlanguagechange languagechange onmessage message onoffline offline ononline online onpagehide pagehide onpageshow pageshow onrejectionhandled rejectionhandled onpopstate popstate onstorage storage onunhandledrejection unhandledrejection onunload unload ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The following are the event handlers (and their corresponding event handler event types) that must be supported by all HTML elements, as both event handler content attributes and event handler IDL attributes and that must be supported by all Document objects, as event handler IDL attributes: Event handler Event handler event type oncut cut oncopy copy onpaste paste ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The following are the event handlers (and their corresponding event handler event types) that must be supported on Document objects as event handler IDL attributes: Event handler Event handler event type onreadystatechange readystatechange 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions [NoInterfaceObject] interface GlobalEventHandlers { attribute EventHandler onabort; attribute EventHandler onblur; attribute EventHandler oncancel; attribute EventHandler oncanplay; attribute EventHandler oncanplaythrough; attribute EventHandler onchange; attribute EventHandler onclick; attribute EventHandler onclose; attribute EventHandler oncuechange; attribute EventHandler ondblclick; attribute EventHandler ondrag; attribute EventHandler ondragend; attribute EventHandler ondragenter; attribute EventHandler ondragexit; attribute EventHandler ondragleave; attribute EventHandler ondragover; attribute EventHandler ondragstart; attribute EventHandler ondrop; attribute EventHandler ondurationchange; attribute EventHandler onemptied; attribute EventHandler onended; attribute OnErrorEventHandler onerror; attribute EventHandler onfocus; attribute EventHandler oninput; attribute EventHandler oninvalid; attribute EventHandler onkeydown; attribute EventHandler onkeypress; attribute EventHandler onkeyup; attribute EventHandler onload; attribute EventHandler onloadeddata; attribute EventHandler onloadedmetadata; attribute EventHandler onloadstart; attribute EventHandler onmousedown; [LenientThis] attribute EventHandler onmouseenter; [LenientThis] attribute EventHandler onmouseleave; attribute EventHandler onmousemove; attribute EventHandler onmouseout; attribute EventHandler onmouseover; attribute EventHandler onmouseup; attribute EventHandler onwheel; attribute EventHandler onpause; attribute EventHandler onplay; attribute EventHandler onplaying; attribute EventHandler onprogress; attribute EventHandler onratechange; attribute EventHandler onreset; attribute EventHandler onresize; attribute EventHandler onscroll; attribute EventHandler onseeked; attribute EventHandler onseeking; attribute EventHandler onselect; attribute EventHandler onshow; attribute EventHandler onstalled; attribute EventHandler onsubmit; attribute EventHandler onsuspend; attribute EventHandler ontimeupdate; attribute EventHandler ontoggle; attribute EventHandler onvolumechange; attribute EventHandler onwaiting; }; [NoInterfaceObject] interface WindowEventHandlers { attribute EventHandler onafterprint; attribute EventHandler onbeforeprint; attribute OnBeforeUnloadEventHandler onbeforeunload; attribute EventHandler onhashchange; attribute EventHandler onlanguagechange; attribute EventHandler onmessage; attribute EventHandler onoffline; attribute EventHandler ononline; attribute EventHandler onpagehide; attribute EventHandler onpageshow; attribute EventHandler onrejectionhandled; attribute EventHandler onpopstate; attribute EventHandler onstorage; attribute EventHandler onunhandledrejection; attribute EventHandler onunload; }; [NoInterfaceObject] interface DocumentAndElementEventHandlers { attribute EventHandler oncopy; attribute EventHandler oncut; attribute EventHandler onpaste; }; 7.1.5.3. Event firing Certain operations and methods are defined as firing events on elements. For example, the click() method on the HTMLElement interface is defined as firing a click event on the element. [UIEVENTS] Firing a simple event named e means that a trusted event with the name e, which does not bubble (except where otherwise stated) and is not cancelable (except where otherwise stated), and which uses the Event interface, must be created and dispatched at the given target. Firing a synthetic mouse event named e means that an event with the name e, which is trusted (except where otherwise stated), does not bubble (except where otherwise stated), is not cancelable (except where otherwise stated), and which uses the MouseEvent interface, must be created and dispatched at the given target. The event object must have its screenX, screenY, clientX, clientY, and button attributes initialized to 0, its ctrlKey, shiftKey, altKey, and metaKey attributes initialized according to the current state of the key input device, if any (false for any keys that are not available), its detail attribute initialized to 1, its relatedTarget attribute initialized to null (except where otherwise stated), and its view attribute initialized to the Window object of the Document object of the given target node, if any, or else null. The getModifierState() method on the object must return values appropriately describing the state of the key input device at the time the event is created. Firing a click event means firing a synthetic mouse event named click, which bubbles and is cancelable. The default action of these events is to do nothing except where otherwise stated. 7.1.5.4. Events and the Window object When an event is dispatched at a DOM node in a Document in a browsing context, if the event is not a load event, the user agent must act as if, for the purposes of event dispatching, the Window object is the parent of the Document object. [DOM41] 7.2. The WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope mixin The WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope mixin is for use of APIs that are to be exposed on Window and WorkerGlobalScope objects. Other specifications are encouraged to further extend it using partial interface WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope { … }; along with an appropriate reference. typedef (DOMString or Function) TimerHandler; [NoInterfaceObject, Exposed=(Window, Worker)] interface WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope { [Replaceable] readonly attribute USVString origin; // Base64 utility methods (WindowBase64) DOMString btoa(DOMString btoa); DOMString atob(DOMString atob); // Timers (WindowTimers) long setTimeout((Function or DOMString) handler, optional long timeout = 0, any... arguments); void clearTimeout(optional long handle = 0); long setInterval((Function or DOMString) handler, optional long timeout = 0, any... arguments); void clearInterval(optional long handle = 0); // ImageBitmap, Images (ImageBitmapFactories) Promise createImageBitmap(ImageBitmapSource image); Promise createImageBitmap(ImageBitmapSource image, long sx, long sy, long sw, long sh); }; Window implements WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope; WorkerGlobalScope implements WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope; origin = self . origin Returns the global object’s origin, serialized as string. Developers are strongly encouraged to use self.origin over location.origin. self.origin returns the origin of the environment, while location.origin returns URL of the environment. Imagine the following script executing in a document on https://example.com: var frame = document.createElement("iframe") frame.onload = function() { var frameWin = frame.contentWindow console.log(frameWin.location.origin) // "null" console.log(frameWin.origin) // "https://example.com" } document.body.appendChild(frame) self.origin is a more reliable security indicator. The origin attribute’s getter must return this object’s relevant setting object’s origin, serialized. 7.3. Base64 utility methods The atob() and btoa() methods allow authors to transform content to and from the base64 encoding. In these APIs, for mnemonic purposes, the "b" can be considered to stand for "binary", and the "a" for "ASCII". In practice, though, for primarily historical reasons, both the input and output of these functions are Unicode strings. result = window . btoa( data ) Takes the input data, in the form of a Unicode string containing only characters in the range U+0000 to U+00FF, each representing a binary byte with values 0x00 to 0xFF respectively, and converts it to its base64 representation, which it returns. Throws an InvalidCharacterError exception if the input string contains any out-of-range characters. result = window . atob( data ) Takes the input data, in the form of a Unicode string containing base64-encoded binary data, decodes it, and returns a string consisting of characters in the range U+0000 to U+00FF, each representing a binary byte with values 0x00 to 0xFF respectively, corresponding to that binary data. Throws an InvalidCharacterError exception if the input string is not valid base64 data. The btoa() method must throw an InvalidCharacterError exception if the method’s first argument contains any character whose code point is greater than U+00FF. Otherwise, the user agent must convert that argument to a sequence of octets whose nth octet is the eight-bit representation of the code point of the nth character of the argument, and then must apply the base64 algorithm to that sequence of octets, and return the result. [RFC4648] The atob() method must run the following steps to parse the string passed in the method’s first argument: 1. Let input be the string being parsed. 2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string. 3. Remove all space characters from input. 4. If the length of input divides by 4 leaving no remainder, then: if input ends with one or two U+003D EQUALS SIGN (=) characters, remove them from input. 5. If the length of input divides by 4 leaving a remainder of 1, throw an InvalidCharacterError exception and abort these steps. 6. If input contains a character that is not in the following list of characters and character ranges, throw an InvalidCharacterError exception and abort these steps: * U+002B PLUS SIGN (+) * U+002F SOLIDUS (/) * Alphanumeric ASCII characters 7. Let output be a string, initially empty. 8. Let buffer be a buffer that can have bits appended to it, initially empty. 9. While position does not point past the end of input, run these substeps: 1. Find the character pointed to by position in the first column of the following table. Let n be the number given in the second cell of the same row. Character Number A 0 B 1 C 2 D 3 E 4 F 5 G 6 H 7 I 8 J 9 K 10 L 11 M 12 N 13 O 14 P 15 Q 16 R 17 S 18 T 19 U 20 V 21 W 22 X 23 Y 24 Z 25 a 26 b 27 c 28 d 29 e 30 f 31 g 32 h 33 i 34 j 35 k 36 l 37 m 38 n 39 o 40 p 41 q 42 r 43 s 44 t 45 u 46 v 47 w 48 x 49 y 50 z 51 0 52 1 53 2 54 3 55 4 56 5 57 6 58 7 59 8 60 9 61 + 62 / 63 2. Append to buffer the six bits corresponding to number, most significant bit first. 3. If buffer has accumulated 24 bits, interpret them as three 8-bit big-endian numbers. Append the three characters with code points equal to those numbers to output, in the same order, and then empty buffer. 4. Advance position by one character. 10. If buffer is not empty, it contains either 12 or 18 bits. If it contains 12 bits, discard the last four and interpret the remaining eight as an 8-bit big-endian number. If it contains 18 bits, discard the last two and interpret the remaining 16 as two 8-bit big-endian numbers. Append the one or two characters with code points equal to those one or two numbers to output, in the same order. The discarded bits mean that, for instance, atob("YQ") and atob("YR") both return "a". 11. Return output. 7.4. Dynamic markup insertion APIs for dynamically inserting markup into the document interact with the parser, and thus their behavior varies depending on whether they are used with HTML documents (and the HTML parser) or XML documents (and the XML parser). Document objects have a throw-on-dynamic-markup-insertion counter, which is used in conjunction with the create an element for the token algorithm to prevent custom element constructors from being able to use document.open(), document.close(), and document.write() when they are invoked by the parser. Initially, the counter must be set to zero. 7.4.1. Opening the input stream The open() method comes in several variants with different numbers of arguments. document = document . open( [ type [, replace ] ] ) Causes the Document to be replaced in-place, as if it was a new Document object, but reusing the previous object, which is then returned. If the type argument is omitted or has the value "text/html", then the resulting Document has an HTML parser associated with it, which can be given data to parse using document.write(). Otherwise, all content passed to document.write() will be parsed as plain text. If the replace argument is present and has the value "replace", the existing entries in the session history for the Document object are removed. The method has no effect if the Document is still being parsed. Throws an "InvalidStateError" DOMException if the Document is an XML document. window = document . open( url, name, features [, replace ] ) Works like the window.open() method. Document objects have an ignore-opens-during-unload counter, which is used to prevent scripts from invoking the document.open() method (directly or indirectly) while the document is being unloaded. Initially, the counter must be set to zero. When called with two arguments (or fewer), the document.open() method must act as follows: 1. If the Document object is an XML document, then throw an "InvalidStateError" DOMException and abort these steps. 2. If the Document object is not an active document, then abort these steps. 3. If the origin of the Document is not equal to the origin of the responsible document specified by the entry settings object, throw a "SecurityError" DOMException and abort these steps. 4. Let type be the value of the first argument. 5. If the second argument is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the value "replace", then let replace be true. Otherwise, if the browsing context’s session history contains only one Document, and that was the about:blank Document created when the browsing context was created, and that Document has never had the unload a document algorithm invoked on it (e.g., by a previous call to document.open()), then let replace be true. Otherwise, let replace be false. 6. If the Document has an active parser whose script nesting level is greater than zero, then the method does nothing. Abort these steps and return the Document object on which the method was invoked. This basically causes document.open() to be ignored when it’s called in an inline script found during parsing, while still letting it have an effect when called from a non-parser task such as a timer callback or event handler. 7. Similarly, if the Document's ignore-opens-during-unload counter is greater than zero, then the method does nothing. Abort these steps and return the Document object on which the method was invoked. This basically causes document.open() to be ignored when it’s called from a beforeunload pagehide, or unload event handler while the Document is being unloaded. 8. Set the Document's salvageable state to false. 9. Prompt to unload the Document object. If the user refused to allow the document to be unloaded, then abort these steps and return the Document object on which the method was invoked. 10. Unload the Document object, with the recycle parameter set to true. 11. Abort the Document. 12. Unregister all event listeners registered on the Document node and its descendants. 13. Remove any tasks associated with the Document in any task source. 14. Remove all child nodes of the document, without firing any mutation events. 15. Call the JavaScript InitializeHostDefinedRealm() abstract operation with the following customizations: * For the global object, create a new Window object window. * For the global this value, use the current browsing context’s associated WindowProxy. * Let realm execution context be the created JavaScript execution context. 16. Set window’s associated Document to the Document. 17. Set up a browsing context environment settings object with realm execution context. 18. Replace the Document's singleton objects with new instances of those objects, created in window’s Realm. (This includes in particular the History and Navigator objects, the various BarProp objects, the two Storage objects, the various HTMLCollection objects, and objects defined by other specifications, like Selection. It also includes all the Web IDL prototypes in the JavaScript binding, including the Document object’s prototype.) 19. Change the document’s character encoding to UTF-8. 20. If the Document is ready for post-load tasks, then set the Document object’s reload override flag and set the Document's reload override buffer to the empty string. 21. Set the Document's salvageable state back to true. 22. Change the document’s URL to the URL of the responsible document specified by the entry settings object. 23. If the Document's iframe load in progress flag is set, set the Document's mute iframe load flag. 24. Create a new HTML parser and associate it with the document. This is a script-created parser (meaning that it can be closed by the document.open() and document.close() methods, and that the tokenizer will wait for an explicit call to document.close() before emitting an end-of-file token). The encoding confidence is irrelevant. 25. Set the current document readiness of the document to "loading". 26. If type is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "replace", then, for historical reasons, set it to the string "text/html". Otherwise: If the type string contains a U+003B SEMICOLON character (;), remove the first such character and all characters from it up to the end of the string. Strip leading and trailing white space from type. 27. If type is not now an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "text/html", then act as if the tokenizer had emitted a start tag token with the tag name "pre" followed by a single U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character, then switch the HTML parser’s tokenizer to the §8.2.4.5 PLAINTEXT state. 28. Remove all the entries in the browsing context’s session history after the current entry. If the current entry is the last entry in the session history, then no entries are removed. This doesn’t necessarily have to affect the user agent’s user interface. 29. Remove any tasks queued by the history traversal task source that are associated with any Document objects in the top-level browsing context’s document family. 30. Remove any earlier entries that share the same Document. 31. If replace is false, then add a new entry, just before the last entry, and associate with the new entry the text that was parsed by the previous parser associated with the Document object, as well as the state of the document at the start of these steps. This allows the user to step backwards in the session history to see the page before it was blown away by the document.open() call. This new entry does not have a Document object, so a new one will be created if the session history is traversed to that entry. 32. Set the Document's fired unload flag to false. (It could have been set to true during the unload step above.) 33. Finally, set the insertion point to point at just before the end of the input stream (which at this point will be empty). 34. Return the Document on which the method was invoked. The document.open() method does not affect whether a Document is ready for post-load tasks or completely loaded. When called with four arguments, the open() method on the Document object must call the open() method on the Window object of the Document object, with the same arguments as the original call to the open() method, and return whatever that method returned. If the Document object has no Window object, then the method must throw an "InvalidAccessError" DOMException. 7.4.2. Closing the input stream document . close() Closes the input stream that was opened by the document.open() method. Throws an InvalidStateError exception if the Document is an XML document. The close() method must run the following steps: 1. If the Document object is an XML document, then throw an InvalidStateError exception and abort these steps. 2. If there is no script-created parser associated with the document, then abort these steps. 3. Insert an explicit "EOF" character at the end of the parser’s input stream. 4. If there is a pending parsing-blocking script, then abort these steps. 5. Run the tokenizer, processing resulting tokens as they are emitted, and stopping when the tokenizer reaches the explicit "EOF" character or spins the event loop. 7.4.3. document.write() document . write(text...) In general, adds the given string(s) to the Document’s input stream. This method has very idiosyncratic behavior. In some cases, this method can affect the state of the HTML parser while the parser is running, resulting in a DOM that does not correspond to the source of the document (e.g., if the string written is the string "

    " or "<!--"). In other cases, the call can clear the current page first, as if document.open() had been called. In yet more cases, the method is simply ignored, or throws an exception. To make matters worse, the exact behavior of this method can in some cases be dependent on network latency, which can lead to failures that are very hard to debug. For all these reasons, use of this method is strongly discouraged. This method throws an InvalidStateError exception when invoked on XML documents. Document objects have an ignore-destructive-writes counter, which is used in conjunction with the processing of script elements to prevent external scripts from being able to use document.write() to blow away the document by implicitly calling document.open(). Initially, the counter must be set to zero. The document.write(...) method must act as follows: 1. If the method was invoked on an XML document, throw an InvalidStateError exception and abort these steps. 2. If the Document object is not an active document, then abort these steps. 3. If the insertion point is undefined and either the Document’s ignore-opens-during-unload counter is greater than zero or the Document’s ignore-destructive-writes counter is greater than zero, abort these steps. 4. If the insertion point is undefined, call the open() method on the document object (with no arguments). If the user refused to allow the document to be unloaded, then abort these steps. Otherwise, the insertion point will point at just before the end of the (empty) input stream. 5. Insert the string consisting of the concatenation of all the arguments to the method into the input stream just before the insertion point. 6. If the Document object’s reload override flag is set, then append the string consisting of the concatenation of all the arguments to the method to the Document’s reload override buffer. 7. If there is no pending parsing-blocking script, have the HTML parser process the characters that were inserted, one at a time, processing resulting tokens as they are emitted, and stopping when the tokenizer reaches the insertion point or when the processing of the tokenizer is aborted by the tree construction stage (this can happen if a script end tag token is emitted by the tokenizer). If the document.write() method was called from script executing inline (i.e., executing because the parser parsed a set of script tags), then this is a reentrant invocation of the parser. 8. Finally, return from the method. 7.4.4. document.writeln() document . writeln(text...) Adds the given string(s) to the Document’s input stream, followed by a newline character. If necessary, calls the open() method implicitly first. This method throws an InvalidStateError exception when invoked on XML documents. The document.writeln(...) method, when invoked, must act as if the document.write() method had been invoked with the same argument(s), plus an extra argument consisting of a string containing a single line feed character (U+000A). 7.5. Timers The setTimeout() and setInterval() methods allow authors to schedule timer-based callbacks. handle = window . setTimeout( handler [, timeout [, arguments... ] ] ) Schedules a timeout to run handler after timeout milliseconds. Any arguments are passed straight through to the handler. handle = window . setTimeout( code [, timeout ] ) Schedules a timeout to compile and run code after timeout milliseconds. window . clearTimeout( handle ) Cancels the timeout set with setTimeout() or setInterval() identified by handle. handle = window . setInterval( handler [, timeout [, arguments... ] ] ) Schedules a timeout to run handler every timeout milliseconds. Any arguments are passed straight through to the handler. handle = window . setInterval( code [, timeout ] ) Schedules a timeout to compile and run code every timeout milliseconds. window . clearInterval( handle ) Cancels the timeout set with setInterval() or setTimeout() identified by handle. Timers can be nested; after five such nested timers, however, the interval is forced to be at least four milliseconds. This API does not guarantee that timers will run exactly on schedule. Delays due to CPU load, other tasks, etc, are to be expected. Objects that implement the WindowTimers interface have a list of active timers. Each entry in this lists is identified by a number, which must be unique within the list for the lifetime of the object that implements the WindowTimers interface. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The setTimeout() method must return the value returned by the timer initialization steps, passing them the method’s arguments, the object on which the method for which the algorithm is running is implemented (a Window or WorkerGlobalScope object) as the method context, and the repeat flag set to false. The setInterval() method must return the value returned by the timer initialization steps, passing them the method’s arguments, the object on which the method for which the algorithm is running is implemented (a Window or WorkerGlobalScope object) as the method context, and the repeat flag set to true. The clearTimeout() and clearInterval() methods must clear the entry identified as handle from the list of active timers of the WindowTimers object on which the method was invoked, if any, where handle is the argument passed to the method. (If handle does not identify an entry in the list of active timers of the WindowTimers object on which the method was invoked, the method does nothing.) Because clearTimeout() and clearInterval() clear entries from the same list, either method can be used to clear timers created by setTimeout() or setInterval(). ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The timer initialization steps, which are invoked with some method arguments, a method context, a repeat flag which can be true or false, and optionally (and only if the repeat flag is true) a previous handle, are as follows: 1. Let method context proxy be method context if that is a WorkerGlobalScope object, or else the WindowProxy that corresponds to method context. 2. If previous handle was provided, let handle be previous handle; otherwise, let handle be a user-agent-defined integer that is greater than zero that will identify the timeout to be set by this call in the list of active timers. 3. If previous handle was not provided, add an entry to the list of active timers for handle. 4. Let callerRealm be the current Realm Record, and calleeRealm be method context’s JavaScript realm. 5. Let task be a task that runs the following substeps: 1. If the entry for handle in the list of active timers has been cleared, then abort this task’s substeps. 2. Run the appropriate set of steps from the following list: If the first method argument is a Function Invoke the Function. Use the third and subsequent method arguments (if any) as the arguments for invoking the Function. Use method context proxy as the Callback this value. [ECMA-262] Otherwise 1. Perform HostEnsureCanCompileStrings(callerRealm, calleeRealm). If this throws an exception, report the exception. 2. Let script source be the first method argument. 3. Let script language be JavaScript. 4. Let settings object be method context’s environment settings object. 5. Create a script using script source as the script source, the URL where script source can be found, scripting language as the scripting language, and settings object as the environment settings object. 3. If the repeat flag is true, then call timer initialization steps again, passing them the same method arguments, the same method context, with the repeat flag still set to true, and with the previous handle set to handler. 6. Let timeout be the second method argument. 7. If the currently running task is a task that was created by this algorithm, then let nesting level be the task’s timer nesting level. Otherwise, let nesting level be zero. 8. If nesting level is greater than 5, and timeout is less than 4, then increase timeout to 4. 9. Increment nesting level by one. 10. Let task’s timer nesting level be nesting level. 11. Return handle, and then continue running this algorithm in parallel. 12. If method context is a Window object, wait until the Document associated with method context has been fully active for a further timeout milliseconds (not necessarily consecutively). Otherwise, method context is a WorkerGlobalScope object; wait until timeout milliseconds have passed with the worker not suspended (not necessarily consecutively). 13. Wait until any invocations of this algorithm that had the same method context, that started before this one, and whose timeout is equal to or less than this one’s, have completed. Argument conversion as defined by Web IDL (for example, invoking toString() methods on objects passed as the first argument) happens in the algorithms defined in Web IDL, before this algorithm is invoked. So for example, the following rather silly code will result in the log containing "ONE TWO ": var log = '';function logger(s) { log += s + ' '; } setTimeout({ toString: function () { setTimeout("logger('ONE')", 100); return "logger('TWO')"; } }, 100); 14. Optionally, wait a further user-agent defined length of time. This is intended to allow user agents to pad timeouts as needed to optimize the power usage of the device. For example, some processors have a low-power mode where the granularity of timers is reduced; on such platforms, user agents can slow timers down to fit this schedule instead of requiring the processor to use the more accurate mode with its associated higher power usage. 15. Queue the task task. Once the task has been processed, if the repeat flag is false, it is safe to remove the entry for handle from the list of active timers (there is no way for the entry’s existence to be detected past this point, so it does not technically matter one way or the other). The task source for these tasks is the timer task source. To run tasks of several milliseconds back to back without any delay, while still yielding back to the browser to avoid starving the user interface (and to avoid the browser killing the script for hogging the CPU), simply queue the next timer before performing work: function doExpensiveWork() {var done = false; // ... // this part of the function takes up to five milliseconds // set done to true if we’re done // ... return done; } function rescheduleWork() { var handle = setTimeout(rescheduleWork, 0); // preschedule next iteration if (doExpensiveWork()) clearTimeout(handle); // clear the timeout if we don’t need it } function scheduleWork() { setTimeout(rescheduleWork, 0); } scheduleWork(); // queues a task to do lots of work 7.6. User prompts 7.6.1. Simple dialogs window . alert(message) Displays a modal alert with the given message, and waits for the user to dismiss it. result = window . confirm(message) Displays a modal OK/Cancel prompt with the given message, waits for the user to dismiss it, and returns true if the user clicks OK and false if the user clicks Cancel. result = window . prompt(message [, default] ) Displays a modal text field prompt with the given message, waits for the user to dismiss it, and returns the value that the user entered. If the user cancels the prompt, then returns null instead. If the second argument is present, then the given value is used as a default. Logic that depends on tasks or microtasks, such as media elements loading their media data, are stalled when these methods are invoked. To optionally truncate a simple dialog string s, return either s itself or some string derived from s that is shorter. User agents should not provide UI for displaying the elided portion of s, as this makes it too easy for abusers to create dialogs of the form "Important security alert! Click 'Show More' for full details!". For example, a user agent might want to only display the first 100 characters of a message. Or, a user agent might replace the middle of the string with "…". These types of modifications can be useful in limiting the abuse potential of unnaturally large, trustworthy-looking system dialogs. The alert(message) method, when invoked, must run the following steps: 1. If the event loop’s termination nesting level is non-zero, optionally abort these steps. 2. If the active sandboxing flag set of the active document of the responsible browsing context specified by the incumbent settings object has the sandboxed modals flag set, then abort these steps. 3. Optionally, abort these steps. (For example, the user agent might give the user the option to ignore all alerts, and would thus abort at this step whenever the method was invoked.) 4. If the method was invoked with no arguments, then let message be the empty string; otherwise, let message be the method’s first argument. 5. Show the given message to the user. 6. Optionally, pause while waiting for the user to acknowledge the message. The confirm(message) method, when invoked, must run the following steps: 1. If the event loop’s termination nesting level is non-zero, optionally abort these steps, returning false. 2. If the active sandboxing flag set of the active document of the responsible browsing context specified by the incumbent settings object has the sandboxed modals flag set, then return false and abort these steps. 3. Optionally, return false and abort these steps. (For example, the user agent might give the user the option to ignore all prompts, and would thus abort at this step whenever the method was invoked.) 4. Set message to the result of optionally truncating message. 5. Show message to the user, and ask the user to respond with a positive or negative response. 6. Pause until the user responds either positively or negatively. 7. If the user responded positively, return true; otherwise, the user responded negatively: return false. The prompt(message, default) method, when invoked, must run the following steps: 1. If the event loop’s termination nesting level is non-zero, optionally abort these steps, returning null. 2. If the active sandboxing flag set of the active document of the responsible browsing context specified by the incumbent settings object has the sandboxed modals flag set, then return null and abort these steps. 3. Optionally, return null and abort these steps. (For example, the user agent might give the user the option to ignore all prompts, and would thus abort at this step whenever the method was invoked.) 4. Set message to the result of optionally truncating message. 5. Set default to the result of optionally truncating default. 6. Show message to the user, and ask the user to either respond with a string value or abort. The response must be defaulted to the value given by default. 7. Pause while waiting for the user’s response. 8. If the user aborts, then return null; otherwise, return the string that the user responded with. 7.6.2. Printing window . print() Prompts the user to print the page. When the print() method is invoked, if the Document is ready for post-load tasks, then the user agent must run the printing steps in parallel. Otherwise, the user agent must only set the print when loaded flag on the Document. User agents should also run the printing steps whenever the user asks for the opportunity to obtain a physical form (e.g., printed copy), or the representation of a physical form (e.g., PDF copy), of a document. The printing steps are as follows: 1. The user agent may display a message to the user or abort these steps (or both). For instance, a kiosk browser could silently ignore any invocations of the print() method. For instance, a browser on a mobile device could detect that there are no printers in the vicinity and display a message saying so before continuing to offer a "save to PDF" option. 2. If the active sandboxing flag set of the active document of the responsible browsing context specified by the incumbent settings object has the sandboxed modals flag set, then abort these steps. If the printing dialog is blocked by a Document’s sandbox, then neither the beforeprint nor afterprint events will be fired. 3. The user agent must fire a simple event named beforeprint at the Window object of the Document that is being printed, as well as any nested browsing contexts in it. The beforeprint event can be used to annotate the printed copy, for instance adding the time at which the document was printed. 4. The user agent should offer the user the opportunity to obtain a physical form (or the representation of a physical form) of the document. The user agent may wait for the user to either accept or decline before returning; if so, the user agent must pause while the method is waiting. Even if the user agent doesn’t wait at this point, the user agent must use the state of the relevant documents as they are at this point in the algorithm if and when it eventually creates the alternate form. 5. The user agent must fire a simple event named afterprint at the Window object of the Document that is being printed, as well as any nested browsing contexts in it. The afterprint event can be used to revert annotations added in the earlier event, as well as showing post-printing UI. For instance, if a page is walking the user through the steps of applying for a home loan, the script could automatically advance to the next step after having printed a form or other. 7.7. System state and capabilities 7.7.1. The Navigator object The navigator attribute of the Window interface must return an instance of the Navigator interface, which represents the identity and state of the user agent (the client), and allows Web pages to register themselves as potential protocol and content handlers: interface Navigator { // objects implementing this interface also implement the interfaces given below }; Navigator implements NavigatorID; Navigator implements NavigatorLanguage; Navigator implements NavigatorOnLine; Navigator implements NavigatorContentUtils; Navigator implements NavigatorCookies; These interfaces are defined separately so that other specifications can re-use parts of the Navigator interface. 7.7.1.1. Client identification [NoInterfaceObject, Exposed=(Window, Worker)] interface NavigatorID { [Exposed=Window] readonly attribute DOMString appCodeName; // constant "Mozilla" readonly attribute DOMString appName; // constant "Netscape" readonly attribute DOMString appVersion; readonly attribute DOMString platform; [Exposed=Window]readonly attribute DOMString product; // constant "Gecko" readonly attribute DOMString userAgent; }; In certain cases, despite the best efforts of the entire industry, Web browsers have bugs and limitations that Web authors are forced to work around. This section defines a collection of attributes that can be used to determine, from script, the kind of user agent in use, in order to work around these issues. Client detection should always be limited to detecting known current versions; future versions and unknown versions should always be assumed to be fully compliant. window . navigator . appCodeName Returns the string "Mozilla". window . navigator . appName Returns the string "Netscape". window . navigator . appVersion Returns the version of the browser. window . navigator . platform Returns the name of the platform. window . navigator . product Returns the string "Gecko". window . navigator . productSub() Returns either the string "20030107", or the string "20100101". window . navigator . userAgent Returns the complete User-Agent header. appCodeName, of type DOMString, readonly Must return the string "Mozilla". appName, of type DOMString, readonly Must return the string "Netscape". appVersion, of type DOMString, readonly Must return either the string "4.0" or a string representing the version of the browser in detail, e.g., "1.0 (VMS; en-US) Mellblomenator/9000". platform, of type DOMString, readonly Must return either the empty string or a string representing the platform on which the browser is executing, e.g., "MacIntel", "Win32", "FreeBSD i386", "WebTV OS". product, of type DOMString, readonly Must return the string "Gecko". taintEnabled() Must return false. userAgent, of type DOMString, readonly Must return the string used for the value of the "User-Agent" header in HTTP requests, or the empty string if no such header is ever sent. Any information in this API that varies from user to user can be used to profile the user. In fact, if enough such information is available, a user can actually be uniquely identified. For this reason, user agent implementors are strongly urged to include as little information in this API as possible. 7.7.1.2. Language preferences [NoInterfaceObject, Exposed=(Window, Worker)] interface NavigatorLanguage { readonly attribute DOMString? language; readonly attribute DOMString[] languages; }; window . navigator . language Returns a language tag representing the user’s preferred language. window . navigator . languages Returns an array of language tags representing the user’s preferred languages, with the most preferred language first. The most preferred language is the one returned by navigator.language. A languagechange event is fired at the Window or WorkerGlobalScope object when the user agent’s understanding of what the user’s preferred languages are changes. language, of type DOMString, readonly, nullable Must return a valid BCP 47 language tag representing either a plausible language or the user’s most preferred language. [BCP47] languages, of type DOMString[], readonly Must return a read only array of valid BCP 47 language tags representing either one or more plausible languages, or the user’s preferred languages, ordered by preference with the most preferred language first. The same object must be returned until the user agent needs to return different values, or values in a different order. [BCP47] Whenever the user agent needs to make the navigator.languages attribute of a Window or WorkerGlobalScope object return a new set of language tags, the user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event named languagechange at the Window or WorkerGlobalScope object and wait until that task begins to be executed before actually returning a new value. The task source for this task is the DOM manipulation task source. To determine a plausible language, the user agent should bear in mind the following: * Any information in this API that varies from user to user can be used to profile or identify the user. * If the user is not using a service that obfuscates the user’s point of origin (e.g., the Tor anonymity network), then the value that is least likely to distinguish the user from other users with similar origins (e.g., from the same IP address block) is the language used by the majority of such users. [TOR] * If the user is using an anonymizing service, then the value "en-US" is suggested; if all users of the service use that same value, that reduces the possibility of distinguishing the users from each other. To avoid introducing any more fingerprinting vectors, user agents should use the same list for the APIs defined in this function as for the HTTP Accept-Language header. 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods [NoInterfaceObject] interface NavigatorContentUtils { // content handler registration void registerProtocolHandler(DOMString scheme, DOMString url, DOMString title); void registerContentHandler(DOMString mimeType, DOMString url, DOMString title); DOMString isProtocolHandlerRegistered(DOMString scheme, DOMString url); DOMString isContentHandlerRegistered(DOMString mimeType, DOMString url); void unregisterProtocolHandler(DOMString scheme, DOMString url); void unregisterContentHandler(DOMString mimeType, DOMString url); }; The registerProtocolHandler() method allows Web sites to register themselves as possible handlers for particular schemes. For example, an online telephone messaging service could register itself as a handler of the sms: scheme, so that if the user clicks on such a link, he is given the opportunity to use that Web site. Analogously, the registerContentHandler() method allows Web sites to register themselves as possible handlers for content in a particular MIME type. For example, the same online telephone messaging service could register itself as a handler for text/vcard files, so that if the user has no native application capable of handling vCards, his Web browser can instead suggest he use that site to view contact information stored on vCards that he opens. [RFC5724] [RFC6350] window . navigator . registerProtocolHandler(scheme, url, title) window . navigator . registerContentHandler(mimeType, url, title) Registers a handler for the given scheme or content type, at the given URL, with the given title. The string "%s" in the URL is used as a placeholder for where to put the URL of the content to be handled. Throws a "SecurityError" DOMException if the user agent blocks the registration (this might happen if trying to register as a handler for "http", for instance). Throws a "SyntaxError" DOMException if the "%s" string is missing in the URL. User agents may, within the constraints described in this section, do whatever they like when the methods are called. A user agent could, for instance, prompt the user and offer the user the opportunity to add the site to a shortlist of handlers, or make the handlers his default, or cancel the request. user agents could provide such a UI through modal UI or through a non-modal transient notification interface. user agents could also simply silently collect the information, providing it only when relevant to the user. User agents should keep track of which sites have registered handlers (even if the user has declined such registrations) so that the user is not repeatedly prompted with the same request. The arguments to the methods have the following meanings and corresponding implementation requirements. The requirements that involve throwing exceptions must be processed in the order given below, stopping at the first exception thrown. (So the exceptions for the first argument take precedence over the exceptions for the second argument.) scheme (registerProtocolHandler() only) A scheme, such as "mailto" or "web+auth". The scheme must be compared in an ASCII case-insensitive manner by user agents for the purposes of comparing with the scheme part of URLs that they consider against the list of registered handlers. The scheme value, if it contains a colon (as in "mailto:"), will never match anything, since schemes don’t contain colons. If the registerProtocolHandler() method is invoked with a scheme that is neither a safelisted scheme nor a scheme whose value starts with the substring "web+" and otherwise contains only lowercase ASCII letters, and whose length is at least five characters (including the "web+" prefix), the user agent must throw a "SyntaxError" DOMException. The following schemes are the safelisted schemes: * bitcoin * geo * im * irc * ircs * magnet * mailto * mms * news * nntp * openpgp4fpr * sip * sms * smsto * ssh * tel * urn * webcal * wtai * xmpp This list can be changed. If there are schemes that should be added, please send feedback. This list excludes any schemes that could reasonably be expected to be supported inline, e.g., in an iframe, such as http or (more theoretically) gopher. If those were supported, they could potentially be used in man-in-the-middle attacks, by replacing pages that have frames with such content with content under the control of the protocol handler. If the user agent has native support for the schemes, this could further be used for cookie-theft attacks. mimeType (registerContentHandler() only) A MIME type, such as model/vnd.flatland.3dml or application/vnd.google-earth.kml+xml. The MIME type must be compared in an ASCII case-insensitive manner by user agents for the purposes of comparing with MIME types of documents that they consider against the list of registered handlers. User agents must compare the given values only to the MIME type/subtype parts of content types, not to the complete type including parameters. Thus, if mimeType values passed to this method include characters such as commas or white space, or include MIME parameters, then the handler being registered will never be used. The type is compared to the MIME type used by the user agent after the sniffing algorithms have been applied. If the registerContentHandler() method is invoked with a MIME type that is in the type blocklist or that the user agent has deemed a privileged type, the user agent must throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. The following MIME types are in the type blocklist: * application/x-www-form-urlencoded * application/xhtml+xml * application/xml * image/gif * image/jpeg * image/png * image/svg+xml * multipart/x-mixed-replace * text/css * text/html * text/ping * text/plain * text/vtt * text/xml * All types that the user agent supports displaying natively in a browsing context during navigation, except for application/rss+xml and application/atom+xml This list can be changed. If there are MIME types that should be added, please send feedback. url A string used to build the URL of the page that will handle the requests. User agents must throw a "SyntaxError" DOMException if the url argument passed to one of these methods does not contain the exact literal string "%s". User agents must throw a "SyntaxError" DOMException if parsing the url argument relative to the API base URL specified by the entry settings object is not successful. The resulting URL string would by definition not be a valid URL as it would include the string "%s" which is not a valid component in a URL. User agents must throw a "SecurityError" DOMException if the resulting absolute URL has an origin that differs from the origin specified by the entry settings object. This is forcibly the case if the %s placeholder is in the scheme, host, or port parts of the URL. The resulting URL string is the proto-URL. It identifies the handler for the purposes of the methods described below. When the user agent uses this handler, it must replace the first occurrence of the exact literal string "%s" in the url argument with an escaped version of the absolute URL of the content in question (as defined below), then parse the resulting URL, relative to the API base URL specified by the entry settings object at the time the registerContentHandler() or registerProtocolHandler() methods were invoked, and then navigate an appropriate browsing context to the resulting URL. To get the escaped version of the absolute URL of the content in question, the user agent must replace every character in that absolute URL that is not a character in the URL default encode set with the result of UTF-8 percent encoding that character. If the user had visited a site at https://example.com/ that made the following call: navigator.registerContentHandler('application/x-soup', 'soup?url=%s', 'SoupWeb™') ...and then, much later, while visiting https://www.example.net/, clicked on a link such as: <a href="chickenkïwi.soup">Download our Chicken Kïwi soup!</a> ...then, assuming this chickenkïwi.soup file was served with the MIME type application/x-soup, the user agent might navigate to the following URL: https://example.com/soup?url=https://www.example.net/chickenk%C3%AFwi.soup This site could then fetch the chickenkïwi.soup file and do whatever it is that it does with soup (synthesize it and ship it to the user, or whatever). title A descriptive title of the handler, which the user agent might use to remind the user what the site in question is. This section does not define how the pages registered by these methods are used, beyond the requirements on how to process the url value (see above). To some extent, the processing model for navigating across documents defines some cases where these methods are relevant, but in general user agents may use this information wherever they would otherwise consider handing content to native plugins or helper applications. user agents must not use registered content handlers to handle content that was returned as part of a non-GET transaction (or rather, as part of any non-idempotent transaction), as the remote site would not be able to fetch the same data. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- In addition to the registration methods, there are also methods for determining if particular handlers have been registered, and for unregistering handlers. state = window . navigator . isProtocolHandlerRegistered(scheme, url) state = window . navigator . isContentHandlerRegistered(mimeType, url) Returns one of the following strings describing the state of the handler given by the arguments: new Indicates that no attempt has been made to register the given handler (or that the handler has been unregistered). It would be appropriate to promote the availability of the handler or to just automatically register the handler. registered Indicates that the given handler has been registered or that the site is blocked from registering the handler. Trying to register the handler again would have no effect. declined Indicates that the given handler has been offered but was rejected. Trying to register the handler again may prompt the user again. window . navigator . unregisterProtocolHandler(scheme, url) window . navigator . unregisterContentHandler(mimeType, url) Unregisters the handler given by the arguments. The isProtocolHandlerRegistered() method must return the handler state string that most closely describes the current state of the handler described by the two arguments to the method, where the first argument gives the scheme and the second gives the string used to build the URL of the page that will handle the requests. The first argument must be compared to the schemes for which custom protocol handlers are registered in an ASCII case-insensitive manner to find the relevant handlers. The second argument must be preprocessed as described below, and if that is successful, must then be matched against the proto-URLs of the relevant handlers to find the described handler. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The isContentHandlerRegistered() method must return the handler state string that most closely describes the current state of the handler described by the two arguments to the method, where the first argument gives the MIME type and the second gives the string used to build the URL of the page that will handle the requests. The first argument must be compared to the MIME types for which custom content handlers are registered in an ASCII case-insensitive manner to find the relevant handlers. The second argument must be preprocessed as described below, and if that is successful, must then be matched against the proto-URLs of the relevant handlers to find the described handler. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The handler state strings are the following strings. Each string describes several situations, as given by the following list. new The described handler has never been registered for the given scheme or type. The described handler was once registered for the given scheme or type, but the site has since unregistered it. If the handler were to be reregistered, the user would be notified accordingly. The described handler was once registered for the given scheme or type, but the site has since unregistered it, but the user has indicated that the site is to be blocked from registering the type again, so the user agent would ignore further registration attempts. registered An attempt was made to register the described handler for the given scheme or type, but the user has not yet been notified, and the user agent would ignore further registration attempts. (Maybe the user agent batches registration requests to display them when the user requests to be notified about them, and the user has not yet requested that the user agent notify it of the previous registration attempt.) The described handler is registered for the given scheme or type (maybe, or maybe not, as the default handler). The described handler is permanently blocked from being (re)registered. (Maybe the user marked the registration attempt as spam, or blocked the site for other reasons.) declined An attempt was made to register the described handler for the given scheme or type, but the user has not yet been notified; however, the user might be notified if another registration attempt were to be made. (Maybe the last registration attempt was made while the page was in the background and the user closed the page without looking at it, and the user agent requires confirmation for this registration attempt.) An attempt was made to register the described handler for the given scheme or type, but the user has not yet responded. An attempt was made to register the described handler for the given scheme or type, but the user declined the offer. The user has not indicated that the handler is to be permanently blocked, however, so another attempt to register the described handler might result in the user being prompted again. The described handler was once registered for the given scheme or type, but the user has since removed it. The user has not indicated that the handler is to be permanently blocked, however, so another attempt to register the described handler might result in the user being prompted again. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The unregisterProtocolHandler() method must unregister the handler described by the two arguments to the method, where the first argument gives the scheme and the second gives the string used to build the URL of the page that will handle the requests. The first argument must be compared to the schemes for which custom protocol handlers are registered in an ASCII case-insensitive manner to find the relevant handlers. The second argument must be preprocessed as described below, and if that is successful, must then be matched against the proto-URLs of the relevant handlers to find the described handler. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The unregisterContentHandler() method must unregister the handler described by the two arguments to the method, where the first argument gives the MIME type and the second gives the string used to build the URL of the page that will handle the requests. The first argument must be compared to the MIME types for which custom content handlers are registered in an ASCII case-insensitive manner to find the relevant handlers. The second argument must be preprocessed as described below, and if that is successful, must then be matched against the proto-URLs of the relevant handlers to find the described handler. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The second argument of the four methods described above must be preprocessed as follows: 1. If the string does not contain the substring "%s", abort these steps. There’s no matching handler. 2. Parse the string relative to the entry settings object. If this fails, then throw a "SyntaxError" DOMException. 3. If the resulting URL record’s origin is not the same origin as the origin specified by the entry settings object, throw a "SecurityError" DOMException. 4. Return the resulting URL string as the result of preprocessing the argument. 7.7.1.3.1. Security and privacy These mechanisms can introduce a number of concerns, in particular privacy concerns. Hijacking all Web usage. User agents should not allow schemes that are key to its normal operation, such as http or https, to be rerouted through third-party sites. This would allow a user’s activities to be trivially tracked, and would allow user information, even in secure connections, to be collected. Hijacking defaults. User agents are strongly urged to not automatically change any defaults, as this could lead the user to send data to remote hosts that the user is not expecting. New handlers registering themselves should never automatically cause those sites to be used. Registration spamming. User agents should consider the possibility that a site will attempt to register a large number of handlers, possibly from multiple domains (e.g., by redirecting through a series of pages each on a different domain, and each registering a handler for video/mpeg — analogous practices abusing other Web browser features have been used by pornography Web sites for many years). User agents should gracefully handle such hostile attempts, protecting the user. Misleading titles. User agents should not rely wholly on the title argument to the methods when presenting the registered handlers to the user, since sites could easily lie. For example, a site hostile.example.net could claim that it was registering the "Cuddly Bear Happy Content Handler". User agents should therefore use the handler’s domain in any UI along with any title. Hostile handler metadata. User agents should protect against typical attacks against strings embedded in their interface, for example ensuring that markup or escape characters in such strings are not executed, that null bytes are properly handled, that over-long strings do not cause crashes or buffer overruns, and so forth. Leaking Intranet URLs. The mechanism described in this section can result in secret Intranet URLs being leaked, in the following manner: 1. The user registers a third-party content handler as the default handler for a content type. 2. The user then browses his corporate Intranet site and accesses a document that uses that content type. 3. The user agent contacts the third party and hands the third party the URL to the Intranet content. No actual confidential file data is leaked in this manner, but the URLs themselves could contain confidential information. For example, the URL could be https://www.corp.example.com/upcoming-aquisitions/the-sample-company.egf, which might tell the third party that Example Corporation is intending to merge with The Sample Company. Implementors might wish to consider allowing administrators to disable this feature for certain subdomains, content types, or schemes. Leaking secure URLs. User agents should not send HTTPS URLs to third-party sites registered as content handlers without the user’s informed consent, for the same reason that user agents sometimes avoid sending Referer (sic) HTTP headers from secure sites to third-party sites. Leaking credentials. User agents must never send username or password information in the URLs that are escaped and included sent to the handler sites. User agents may even avoid attempting to pass to Web-based handlers the URLs of resources that are known to require authentication to access, as such sites would be unable to access the resources in question without prompting the user for credentials themselves (a practice that would require the user to know whether to trust the third-party handler, a decision many users are unable to make or even understand). Interface interference. User agents should be prepared to handle intentionally long arguments to the methods. For example, if the user interface exposed consists of an "accept" button and a "deny" button, with the "accept" binding containing the name of the handler, it’s important that a long name not cause the "deny" button to be pushed off the screen. Fingerprinting users. Since a site can detect if it has attempted to register a particular handler or not, whether or not the user responds, the mechanism can be used to store data. User agents are therefore strongly urged to treat registrations in the same manner as cookies: clearing cookies for a site should also clear all registrations for that site, and disabling cookies for a site should also disable registrations. 7.7.1.3.2. Sample user interface This section is non-normative. A simple implementation of this feature for a desktop Web browser might work as follows. The registerContentHandler() method could display a modal dialog box: The modal dialog box could have the title 'Content Handler Registration', and could say 'This Web page: Kittens at work https://kittens.example.org/ ...would like permission to handle files of type: application/x-meowmeow using the following Web-based application: Kittens-at-work displayer https://kittens.example.org/?show=%s Do you trust the administrators of the "kittens.example.org" domain?' with two buttons, 'Trust kittens.example.org' and 'Cancel'. In this dialog box, "Kittens at work" is the title of the page that invoked the method, "https://kittens.example.org/" is the URL of that page, "application/x-meowmeow" is the string that was passed to the registerContentHandler() method as its first argument (mimeType), "https://kittens.example.org/?show=%s" was the second argument (url), and "Kittens-at-work displayer" was the third argument (title). If the user clicks the Cancel button, then nothing further happens. If the user clicks the "Trust" button, then the handler is remembered. When the user then attempts to fetch a URL that uses the "application/x-meowmeow" MIME type, then it might display a dialog as follows: The dialog box could have the title 'Unknown File Type' and could say 'You have attempted to access:' followed by a URL, followed by a prompt such as 'How would you like FerretBrowser to handle this resource?' with three radio buttons, one saying 'Contact the FerretBrowser plugin registry to see if there is an official way to handle this resource.', one saying 'Pass this URL to a local application' with an application selector, and one saying 'Pass this URL to the "Kittens-at-work displayer" application at "kittens.example.org"', with a checkbox labeled 'Always do this for resources using the "application/x-meowmeow" type in future.', and with two buttons, 'Ok' and 'Cancel'. In this dialog, the third option is the one that was primed by the site registering itself earlier. If the user does select that option, then the browser, in accordance with the requirements described in the previous two sections, will redirect the user to "https://kittens.example.org/?show=data%3Aapplication/x-meowmeow;base64,S2l0dGVucyBhcmUgdGhlIGN1dGVzdCE%253D". The registerProtocolHandler() method would work equivalently, but for schemes instead of unknown content types. 7.7.1.4. Cookies [NoInterfaceObject] interface NavigatorCookies { readonly attribute boolean cookieEnabled; }; window . navigator . cookieEnabled Returns false if setting a cookie will be ignored, and true otherwise. The cookieEnabled attribute must return true if the user agent attempts to handle cookies according to the cookie specification, and false if it ignores cookie change requests. [COOKIES] 7.8. Images [Exposed=(Window, Worker), Serializable, Transferable] interface ImageBitmap { readonly attribute unsigned long width; readonly attribute unsigned long height; }; typedef (HTMLImageElement or HTMLVideoElement or HTMLCanvasElement or Blob or ImageData or CanvasRenderingContext2D or ImageBitmap) ImageBitmapSource; An ImageBitmap object represents a bitmap image that can be painted to a canvas without undue latency. The exact judgement of what is undue latency of this is left up to the implementer, but in general if making use of the bitmap requires network I/O, or even local disk I/O, then the latency is probably undue; whereas if it only requires a blocking read from a GPU or system RAM, the latency is probably acceptable. promise = Window . createImageBitmap(image [, sx, sy, sw, sh ] ) Takes image, which can be an img element, video, or canvas element, a Blob object, an ImageData object, a CanvasRenderingContext2D object, or another ImageBitmap object, and returns a promise that is resolved when a new ImageBitmap is created. If no ImageBitmap object can be constructed, for example because the provided image data is not actually an image, then the promise is rejected instead. If sx, sy, sw, and sh arguments are provided, the source image is cropped to the given pixels, with any pixels missing in the original replaced by transparent black. These coordinates are in the source image’s pixel coordinate space, not in CSS pixels. Rejects the promise with an InvalidStateError exception if the source image is not in a valid state (e.g., an img element that hasn’t finished loading, or a CanvasRenderingContext2D object whose bitmap data has zero length along one or both dimensions, or an ImageData object whose data is data attribute has been neutered). Rejects the promise with a "SyntaxError" DOMException if the script is not allowed to access the image data of the source image (e.g., a video that is CORS-cross-origin, or a canvas being drawn on by a script in a worker from another origin). imageBitmap . width Returns the intrinsic width of the image, in CSS pixels. imageBitmap . height Returns the intrinsic height of the image, in CSS pixels. An ImageBitmap object always has associated bitmap data, with a width and a height. However, it is possible for this data to be corrupted. If an ImageBitmap object’s media data can be decoded without errors, it is said to be fully decodable. An ImageBitmap object’s bitmap has an origin-clean flag, which indicates whether the bitmap is tainted by content from a different origin. The flag is initially set to true and may be changed to false by the steps of createImageBitmap(). ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ImageBitmap objects are serializable objects and transferable objects. Their serialization steps, given value and serialized, are: 1. Set serialized.[[BitmapData]] to a copy of value’s bitmap data. 2. Set serialized.[[OriginClean]] to true if value’s origin-clean flag is set, and false otherwise. Their deserialization steps, given serialized and value, are: 1. Set value’s bitmap data to serialized.[[BitmapData]]. 2. If serialized.[[OriginClean]] is true, set value’s origin-clean flag. Their transfer steps, given value and dataHolder, are: 1. Set dataHolder.[[BitmapData]] to value’s bitmap data. 2. Set dataHolder.[[OriginClean]] to true if value’s origin-clean flag is set, and false otherwise. 3. Unset value’s bitmap data. Their transfer-receiving steps, given dataHolder and value, are: 1. Set value’s bitmap data to dataHolder.[[BitmapData]]. 2. If dataHolder.[[OriginClean]] is true, set value’s origin-clean flag. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- An ImageBitmap object can be obtained from a variety of different objects, using the createImageBitmap() method. When invoked, the method must act as follows: If image is an img element 1. If either the sw or sh arguments are specified but zero, return a promise rejected with an IndexSizeError exception and abort these steps. 2. If the img element is not completely available, then return a promise rejected with an InvalidStateError exception and abort these steps. 3. If the img element’s media data is not a bitmap (e.g., it’s a vector graphic), then return a promise rejected with an InvalidStateError exception and abort these steps. 4. Create a new ImageBitmap object. 5. Let the ImageBitmap object’s bitmap data be a copy of the img element’s media data, cropped to the source rectangle. If this is an animated image, the ImageBitmap object’s bitmap data must only be taken from the default image of the animation (the one that the format defines is to be used when animation is not supported or is disabled), or, if there is no such image, the first frame of the animation. 6. If the origin of the img element’s image is not the same origin as the origin specified by the entry settings object, then set the origin-clean flag of the ImageBitmap object’s bitmap to false. 7. Return a new promise, but continue running these steps in parallel. 8. Resolve the promise with the new ImageBitmap object as the value. If image is a video element 1. If either the sw or sh arguments are specified but zero, return a promise rejected with an IndexSizeError exception and abort these steps. 2. If the video element’s networkState attribute is NETWORK_EMPTY, then return a promise rejected with an InvalidStateError exception and abort these steps. 3. If the video element’s readyState attribute is either HAVE_NOTHING or HAVE_METADATA, then return a promise rejected with an InvalidStateError exception and abort these steps. 4. Create a new ImageBitmap object. 5. Let the ImageBitmap object’s bitmap data be a copy of the frame at the current playback position, at the media resource’s intrinsic width and intrinsic height (i.e., after any aspect-ratio correction has been applied), cropped to the source rectangle. 6. If the origin of the video element’s image is not the same origin as the origin specified by the entry settings object, then set the origin-clean flag of the ImageBitmap object’s bitmap to false. 7. Return a new promise, but continue running these steps in parallel. 8. Resolve the promise with the new ImageBitmap object as the value. If image is a canvas element 1. If either the sw or sh arguments are specified but zero, return a promise rejected with an IndexSizeError exception and abort these steps. 2. If the canvas element’s bitmap has either a horizontal dimension or a vertical dimension equal to zero, then return a promise rejected with an InvalidStateError exception and abort these steps. 3. Create a new ImageBitmap object. 4. Let the ImageBitmap object’s bitmap data be a copy of the canvas element’s bitmap data, cropped to the source rectangle. 5. Set the origin of the ImageBitmap object’s bitmap to the same value as the origin-clean flag of the canvas element’s bitmap. 6. Return a new promise, but continue running these steps in parallel. 7. Resolve the promise with the new ImageBitmap object as the value. If image is a Blob object 1. If either the sw or sh arguments are specified but zero, return a promise rejected with an IndexSizeError exception and abort these steps. 2. Return a new promise, but continue running these steps in parallel. 3. Read the Blob object’s data. If an error occurs during reading of the object, then reject the promise with an InvalidStateError exception, and abort these steps. 4. Apply the image sniffing rules to determine the file format of the image data, with MIME type of the Blob (as given by the Blob object’s type attribute) giving the official type. 5. If the image data is not in a supported file format (e.g., it’s not actually an image at all), or if the image data is corrupted in some fatal way such that the image dimensions cannot be obtained, then reject the promise with null, and abort these steps. 6. Create a new ImageBitmap object. 7. Let the ImageBitmap object’s bitmap data be the image data read from the Blob object, cropped to the source rectangle. If this is an animated image, the ImageBitmap object’s bitmap data must only be taken from the default image of the animation (the one that the format defines is to be used when animation is not supported or is disabled), or, if there is no such image, the first frame of the animation. 8. Resolve the promise with the new ImageBitmap object as the value. If image is an ImageData object 1. If either the sw or sh arguments are specified but zero, return a promise rejected with an IndexSizeError exception and abort these steps. 2. If the image object’s data attribute has been neutered, return a promise rejected with an InvalidStateError exception and abort these steps. 3. Create a new ImageBitmap object. 4. Let the ImageBitmap object’s bitmap data be the image data given by the ImageData object, cropped to the source rectangle. 5. Return a new promise, but continue running these steps in parallel. 6. Resolve the promise with the new ImageBitmap object as the value. If image is a CanvasRenderingContext2D object 1. If either the sw or sh arguments are specified but zero, return a promise rejected with an IndexSizeError exception and abort these steps. 2. If the CanvasRenderingContext2D object’s scratch bitmap has either a horizontal dimension or a vertical dimension equal to zero, then return a promise rejected with an InvalidStateError exception and abort these steps. 3. Create a new ImageBitmap object. 4. Let the ImageBitmap object’s bitmap data be a copy of the CanvasRenderingContext2D object’s scratch bitmap, cropped to the source rectangle. 5. Set the origin-clean flag of the ImageBitmap object’s bitmap to the same value as the origin-clean flag of the CanvasRenderingContext2D object’s scratch bitmap 6. Return a new promise, but continue running these steps in parallel. 7. Resolve the promise with the new ImageBitmap object as the value. If image is an ImageBitmap object 1. If either the sw or sh arguments are specified but zero, return a promise rejected with an IndexSizeError exception and abort these steps. 2. Create a new ImageBitmap object. 3. Let the ImageBitmap object’s bitmap data be a copy of the image argument’s bitmap data, cropped to the source rectangle. 4. Set the origin-clean flag of the ImageBitmap object’s bitmap to the same value as the origin-clean flag of the bitmap of the image argument. 5. Return a new promise, but continue running these steps in parallel. 6. Resolve the promise with the new ImageBitmap object as the value. When the steps above require that the user agent crop bitmap data to the source rectangle, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. Let input be the image data being cropped. 2. If the sx, sy, sw, and sh arguments are omitted, return input. 3. Place input on an infinite transparent black grid plane, positioned so that it’s top left corner is at the origin of the plane, with the x-coordinate increasing to the right, and the y-coordinate increasing down, and with each pixel in the input image data occupying a cell on the plane’s grid. 4. Let output be the rectangle on the plane denoted by the rectangle whose corners are the four points (sx, sy), (sx+sw, sy), (sx+sw, sy+sh), (sx, sy+sh). If either sw or sh are negative, then the top-left corner of this rectangle will be to the left or above the (sx, sy) point. If any of the pixels on this rectangle are outside the area where the input bitmap was placed, then they will be transparent black in output. 5. Return output. The width attribute must return the ImageBitmap object’s width, in CSS pixels. The height attribute must return the ImageBitmap object’s height, in CSS pixels. Using this API, a sprite sheet can be precut and prepared: var sprites = {}; function loadMySprites() { var image = new Image(); image.src = 'mysprites.png'; var resolver; var promise = new Promise(function (arg) { resolver = arg }); image.onload = function () { resolver(Promise.all( createImageBitmap(image, 0, 0, 40, 40).then(function (image) { sprites.woman = image }), createImageBitmap(image, 40, 0, 40, 40).then(function (image) { sprites.man = image }), createImageBitmap(image, 80, 0, 40, 40).then(function (image) { sprites.tree = image }), createImageBitmap(image, 0, 40, 40, 40).then(function (image) { sprites.hut = image }), createImageBitmap(image, 40, 40, 40, 40).then(function (image) { sprites.apple = image }), createImageBitmap(image, 80, 40, 40, 40).then(function (image) { sprites.snake = image }), )); }; return promise; } function runDemo() { var canvas = document.querySelector('canvas#demo'); var context = canvas.getContext('2d'); context.drawImage(sprites.tree, 30, 10); context.drawImage(sprites.snake, 70, 10); } loadMySprites().then(runDemo); 7.9. Animation Frames Each Document associated with a top-level browsing context has a list of animation frame callbacks, which must be initially empty, and an animation frame callback identifier, which is a number which must initially be zero. When the requestAnimationFrame() method is called, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. Let document be the Window object’s Document object 2. Increment document’s animation frame callback identifier by one. 3. Append the method’s argument to document’s list of animation frame callbacks, associated with document’s animation frame callback identifier’s current value 4. Return document’s animation frame callback identifier’s current value When the cancelAnimationFrame() method is called, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. Let document be the Window object’s Document object 2. Find the entry in document’s list of animation frame callbacks that is associated with the value given by the method’s argument handle 3. If there is such an entry, remove it from document’s list of animation frame callbacks When the user agent is to run the animation frame callbacks for a Document document with a timestamp now, it must run the following steps: 1. If the value returned by the document object’s hidden attribute is true, abort these steps. [PAGE-VISIBILITY] 2. Let callbacks be a list of the entries in document’s list of animation frame callbacks, in the order in which they were added to the list. 3. Set document’s list of animation frame callbacks to the empty list. 4. For each entry in callbacks, in order: invoke the Web IDL callback function, passing now as the only argument, and if an exception is thrown, report the exception. [WEBIDL] 8. The HTML syntax This section only describes the rules for resources labeled with an HTML MIME type. Rules for XML resources are discussed in the section below entitled "The XML syntax". 8.1. Writing HTML documents This section only applies to documents, authoring tools, and markup generators. In particular, it does not apply to conformance checkers; conformance checkers must use the requirements given in the next section ("parsing HTML documents"). Documents must consist of the following parts, in the given order: 1. Optionally, a single U+FEFF BYTE ORDER MARK (BOM) character. 2. Any number of comments and space characters. 3. A DOCTYPE. 4. Any number of comments and space characters. 5. The document element, in the form of an html element. 6. Any number of comments and space characters. The various types of content mentioned above are described in the next few sections. In addition, there are some restrictions on how character encoding declarations are to be serialized, as discussed in the section on that topic. Space characters before the html element, and space characters at the start of the html element and before the head element, will be dropped when the document is parsed; space characters after the html element will be parsed as if they were at the end of the body element. Thus, space characters around the document element do not round-trip. It is suggested that newlines be inserted after the DOCTYPE, after any comments that are before the document element, after the html element’s start tag (if it is not omitted), and after any comments that are inside the html element but before the head element. Many strings in the HTML syntax (e.g., the names of elements and their attributes) are case-insensitive, but only for uppercase ASCII letters and lowercase ASCII letters. For convenience, in this section this is just referred to as "case-insensitive". 8.1.1. The DOCTYPE A DOCTYPE is a required preamble. DOCTYPEs are required for legacy reasons. When omitted, browsers tend to use a different rendering mode that is incompatible with some specifications. Including the DOCTYPE in a document ensures that the browser makes a best-effort attempt at following the relevant specifications. A DOCTYPE must consist of the following components, in this order: 1. A string that is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "&lt;!DOCTYPE". 2. One or more space characters. 3. A string that is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "html". 4. Optionally, a DOCTYPE legacy string. 5. Zero or more space characters. 6. A U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN character (>). In other words, <!DOCTYPE html>, case-insensitively. For the purposes of HTML generators that cannot output HTML markup with the short DOCTYPE "<!DOCTYPE html>", a DOCTYPE legacy string may be inserted into the DOCTYPE (in the position defined above). This string must consist of: 1. One or more space characters. 2. A string that is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "SYSTEM". 3. One or more space characters. 4. A U+0022 QUOTATION MARK or U+0027 APOSTROPHE character (the quote mark). 5. The literal string "about:legacy-compat". 6. A matching U+0022 QUOTATION MARK or U+0027 APOSTROPHE character (i.e., the same character as in the earlier step labeled quote mark). In other words, <!DOCTYPE html SYSTEM "about:legacy-compat"> or <!DOCTYPE html SYSTEM 'about:legacy-compat'>, case-insensitively except for the part in single or double quotes. The DOCTYPE legacy string should not be used unless the document is generated from a system that cannot output the shorter string. 8.1.2. Elements There are six different kinds of elements: void elements, the template elements, raw text elements, escapable raw text elements, foreign elements, and normal elements. Void elements area, base, br, col, embed, hr, img, input, link, meta, param, source, track, wbr The template elements template Raw text elements script, style escapable raw text elements textarea, title Foreign elements Elements from the MathML namespace and the SVG namespace. Normal elements All other allowed HTML elements are normal elements. Tags are used to delimit the start and end of elements in the markup. Raw text, escapable raw text, and normal elements have a start tag to indicate where they begin, and an end tag to indicate where they end. The start and end tags of certain normal elements can be omitted, as described below in the section on [[#optional tags]]. Those that cannot be omitted must not be omitted. Void elements only have a start tag; end tags must not be specified for void elements. Foreign elements must either have a start tag and an end tag, or a start tag that is marked as self-closing, in which case they must not have an end tag. The contents of the element must be placed between just after the start tag (which might be implied, in certain cases) and just before the end tag (which again, might be implied, in certain cases). The exact allowed contents of each individual element depend on the content model of that element, as described earlier in this specification. Elements must not contain content that their content model disallows. In addition to the restrictions placed on the contents by those content models, however, the five types of elements have additional syntactic requirements. Void elements can’t have any contents (since there’s no end tag, no content can be put between the start tag and the end tag). The template element can have template contents, but such template contents are not children of the template element itself. Instead, they are stored in a DocumentFragment associated with a different Document — without a browsing context — so as to avoid the template contents interfering with the main Document. The markup for the template contents of a template element is placed just after the template element’s start tag and just before template element’s end tag (as with other elements), and may consist of any text, character references, elements, and comments, but the text must not contain the character U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN (<) or an ambiguous ampersand. Raw text elements can have text, though it has restrictions described below. Escapable raw text elements can have text and character references, but the text must not contain an ambiguous ampersand. There are also further restrictions described below. Foreign elements whose start tag is marked as self-closing can’t have any contents (since, again, as there’s no end tag, no content can be put between the start tag and the end tag). Foreign elements whose start tag is not marked as self-closing can have text, character references, CDATA sections, other elements, and comments, but the text must not contain the character U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN (<) or an ambiguous ampersand. The HTML syntax does not support namespace declarations, even in foreign elements. For instance, consider the following HTML fragment: <p> <svg> <metadata> <!-- this is invalid --> <cdr:license xmlns:cdr="https://www.example.com/cdr/metadata" name="MIT"/> </metadata> </svg> </p> The innermost element, cdr:license, is actually in the SVG namespace, as the "xmlns:cdr" attribute has no effect (unlike in XML). In fact, as the comment in the fragment above says, the fragment is actually non-conforming. This is because the SVG specification does not define any elements called "cdr:license" in the SVG namespace. Normal elements can have text, character references, other elements, and comments, but the text must not contain the character U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN (<) or an ambiguous ampersand. Some normal elements also have yet more restrictions on what content they are allowed to hold, beyond the restrictions imposed by the content model and those described in this paragraph. Those restrictions are described below. Tags contain a tag name, giving the element’s name. HTML elements all have names that only use alphanumeric ASCII characters. In the HTML syntax, tag names, even those for foreign elements, may be written with any mix of lower- and uppercase letters that, when converted to all-lowercase, matches the element’s tag name; tag names are case-insensitive. 8.1.2.1. Start tags Start tags must have the following format: 1. The first character of a start tag must be a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN character (<). 2. The next few characters of a start tag must be the element’s tag name. 3. If there are to be any attributes in the next step, there must first be one or more space characters. 4. Then, the start tag may have a number of attributes, the syntax for which is described below. Attributes must be separated from each other by one or more space characters. 5. After the attributes, or after the tag name if there are no attributes, there may be one or more space characters. (Some attributes are required to be followed by a space. See §8.1.2.3 Attributes below.) 6. Then, if the element is one of the void elements, or if the element is a foreign element, then there may be a single U+002F SOLIDUS character (/). This character has no effect on void elements, but on foreign elements it marks the start tag as self-closing. 7. Finally, start tags must be closed by a U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN character (>). 8.1.2.2. End tags End tags must have the following format: 1. The first character of an end tag must be a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN character (<). 2. The second character of an end tag must be a U+002F SOLIDUS character (/). 3. The next few characters of an end tag must be the element’s tag name. 4. After the tag name, there may be one or more space characters. 5. Finally, end tags must be closed by a U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN character (>). 8.1.2.3. Attributes Attributes for an element are expressed inside the element’s start tag. Attributes have a name and a value. Attribute names must consist of one or more characters other than the space characters, U+0000 NULL, U+0022 QUOTATION MARK ("), U+0027 APOSTROPHE ('), U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>), U+002F SOLIDUS (/), and U+003D EQUALS SIGN (=) characters, the control characters, and any characters that are not defined by Unicode. In the HTML syntax, attribute names, even those for foreign elements, may be written with any mix of lower- and uppercase letters that are an ASCII case-insensitive match for the attribute’s name. Attribute values are a mixture of text and character references, except with the additional restriction that the text cannot contain an ambiguous ampersand. Attributes can be specified in four different ways: Empty attribute syntax Just the attribute name. The value is implicitly the empty string. In the following example, the disabled attribute is given with the empty attribute syntax: <input disabled> If an attribute using the empty attribute syntax is to be followed by another attribute, then there must be a space character separating the two. Unquoted attribute value syntax The attribute name, followed by zero or more space characters, followed by a single U+003D EQUALS SIGN character, followed by zero or more space characters, followed by the attribute value, which, in addition to the requirements given above for attribute values, must not contain any literal space characters, any U+0022 QUOTATION MARK characters ("), U+0027 APOSTROPHE characters ('), U+003D EQUALS SIGN characters (=), U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN characters (<), U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN characters (>), or U+0060 GRAVE ACCENT characters (`), and must not be the empty string. In the following example, the value attribute is given with the unquoted attribute value syntax: <input value=yes> If an attribute using the unquoted attribute syntax is to be followed by another attribute or by the optional U+002F SOLIDUS character (/) allowed in step 6 of the start tag syntax above, then there must be a space character separating the two. Single-quoted attribute value syntax The attribute name, followed by zero or more space characters, followed by a single U+003D EQUALS SIGN character, followed by zero or more space characters, followed by a single U+0027 APOSTROPHE character ('), followed by the attribute value, which, in addition to the requirements given above for attribute values, must not contain any literal U+0027 APOSTROPHE characters ('), and finally followed by a second single U+0027 APOSTROPHE character ('). In the following example, the type attribute is given with the single-quoted attribute value syntax: <input type='checkbox'> If an attribute using the single-quoted attribute syntax is to be followed by another attribute, then there must be a space character separating the two. Double-quoted attribute value syntax The attribute name, followed by zero or more space characters, followed by a single U+003D EQUALS SIGN character, followed by zero or more space characters, followed by a single U+0022 QUOTATION MARK character ("), followed by the attribute value, which, in addition to the requirements given above for attribute values, must not contain any literal U+0022 QUOTATION MARK characters ("), and finally followed by a second single U+0022 QUOTATION MARK character ("). In the following example, the name attribute is given with the double-quoted attribute value syntax: <input name="be evil"> If an attribute using the double-quoted attribute syntax is to be followed by another attribute, then there must be a space character separating the two. There must never be two or more attributes on the same start tag whose names are an ASCII case-insensitive match for each other. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When a foreign element has one of the namespaced attributes given by the local name and namespace of the first and second cells of a row from the following table, it must be written using the name given by the third cell from the same row. Local name Namespace Attribute name actuate XLink namespace xlink:actuate arcrole XLink namespace xlink:arcrole href XLink namespace xlink:href role XLink namespace xlink:role show XLink namespace xlink:show title XLink namespace xlink:title type XLink namespace xlink:type lang XML namespace xml:lang space XML namespace xml:space xmlns XMLNS namespace xmlns xlink XMLNS namespace xmlns:xlink No other namespaced attribute can be expressed in the HTML syntax. Whether the attributes in the table above are conforming or not is defined by other specifications (e.g., the SVG and MathML specifications); this section only describes the syntax rules if the attributes are serialized using the HTML syntax. 8.1.2.4. Optional tags Certain tags can be omitted. Omitting an element’s start tag in the situations described below does not mean the element is not present; it is implied, but it is still there. For example, an HTML document always has a root html element, even if the string <html> doesn’t appear anywhere in the markup. An html element’s start tag may be omitted if the first thing inside the html element is not a comment. For example, in the following case it’s ok to remove the "<html>" tag: <!DOCTYPE HTML> <html> <head> <title>Hello</title> </head> <body> <p>Welcome to this example.</p> </body> </html> Doing so would make the document look like this: <!DOCTYPE HTML> <head> <title>Hello</title> </head> <body> <p>Welcome to this example.</p> </body> </html> This has the exact same DOM. In particular, note that white space around the document element is ignored by the parser. The following example would also have the exact same DOM: <!DOCTYPE HTML><head> <title>Hello</title> </head> <body> <p>Welcome to this example.</p> </body> </html> However, in the following example, removing the start tag moves the comment to before the html element: <!DOCTYPE HTML> <html> <!-- where is this comment in the DOM? --> <head> <title>Hello</title> </head> <body> <p>Welcome to this example.</p> </body> </html> With the tag removed, the document actually turns into the same as this: <!DOCTYPE HTML> <!-- where is this comment in the DOM? --> <html> <head> <title>Hello</title> </head> <body> <p>Welcome to this example.</p> </body> </html> This is why the tag can only be removed if it is not followed by a comment: removing the tag when there is a comment there changes the document’s resulting parse tree. Of course, if the position of the comment does not matter, then the tag can be omitted, as if the comment had been moved to before the start tag in the first place. An html element’s end tag may be omitted if the html element is not immediately followed by a comment. A head element’s start tag may be omitted if the element is empty, or if the first thing inside the head element is an element. A head element’s end tag may be omitted if the head element is not immediately followed by a space character or a comment. A body element’s start tag may be omitted if the element is empty, or if the first thing inside the body element is not a space character or a comment, except if the first thing inside the body element is a meta, link, script, style, or template element. A body element’s end tag may be omitted if the body element is not immediately followed by a comment. Note that in the example above, the head element start and end tags, and the body element start tag, can’t be omitted, because they are surrounded by white space: <!DOCTYPE HTML> <html> <head> <title>Hello</title> </head> <body> <p>Welcome to this example.</p> </body> </html> (The body and html element end tags could be omitted without trouble; any spaces after those get parsed into the body element anyway.) Usually, however, white space isn’t an issue. If we first remove the white space we don’t care about: <!DOCTYPE HTML><html><head><title>Hello</title></head><body><p>Welcome to this example.</p></body></html> Then we can omit a number of tags without affecting the DOM: <!DOCTYPE HTML><title>Hello</title><p>Welcome to this example.</p> At that point, we can also add some white space back: <!DOCTYPE HTML> <title>Hello</title> <p>Welcome to this example.</p> This would be equivalent to this document, with the omitted tags shown in their parser-implied positions; the only white space text node that results from this is the newline at the end of the head element: <!DOCTYPE HTML> <html><head><title>Hello</title> </head><body><p>Welcome to this example.</p></body></html> An li element’s end tag may be omitted if the li element is immediately followed by another li element or if there is no more content in the parent element. A dt element’s end tag may be omitted if the dt element is immediately followed by another dt element or a dd element. A dd element’s end tag may be omitted if the dd element is immediately followed by another dd element or a dt element, or if there is no more content in the parent element. A p element’s end tag may be omitted if the p element is immediately followed by an address, article, aside, blockquote, details, div, dl, fieldset, figcaption, figure, footer, form, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, header, hr, main, nav, ol, p, pre, section, table, or ul element, or if there is no more content in the parent element and the parent element is an HTML element that is not an a, audio, del, ins, map, noscript, or video element, or an autonomous custom element. We can thus simplify the earlier example further: <!DOCTYPE HTML><title>Hello</title><p>Welcome to this example.</p> An rt element’s end tag may be omitted if the rt element is immediately followed by an rt or rp element, or if there is no more content in the parent element. An rp element’s end tag may be omitted if the rp element is immediately followed by an rt or rp element, or if there is no more content in the parent element. An optgroup element’s end tag may be omitted if the optgroup element is immediately followed by another optgroup element, or if there is no more content in the parent element. An option element’s end tag may be omitted if the option element is immediately followed by another option element, or if it is immediately followed by an optgroup element, or if there is no more content in the parent element. A colgroup element’s start tag may be omitted if the first thing inside the colgroup element is a col element, and if the element is not immediately preceded by another colgroup element whose end tag has been omitted. (It can’t be omitted if the element is empty.) A colgroup element’s end tag may be omitted if the colgroup element is not immediately followed by a space character or a comment. A caption element’s end tag may be omitted if the caption element is not immediately followed by a space character or a comment. A thead element’s end tag may be omitted if the thead element is immediately followed by a tbody or tfoot element. A tbody element’s start tag may be omitted if the first thing inside the tbody element is a tr element, and if the element is not immediately preceded by a tbody, thead, or tfoot element whose end tag has been omitted. (It can’t be omitted if the element is empty.) A tbody element’s end tag may be omitted if the tbody element is immediately followed by a tbody or tfoot element, or if there is no more content in the parent element. A tfoot element’s end tag may be omitted if there is no more content in the parent element. A tr element’s end tag may be omitted if the tr element is immediately followed by another tr element, or if there is no more content in the parent element. A td element’s end tag may be omitted if the td element is immediately followed by a td or th element, or if there is no more content in the parent element. A th element’s end tag may be omitted if the th element is immediately followed by a td or th element, or if there is no more content in the parent element. The ability to omit all these table-related tags makes table markup much terser. Take this example: <table> <caption>37547 TEE Electric Powered Rail Car Train Functions (Abbreviated)</caption> <colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup> <thead> <tr> <th>Function</th> <th>Control Unit</th> <th>Central Station</th> </tr> </thead> <tbody> <tr> <td>Headlights</td> <td>✔</td> <td>✔</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Interior Lights</td> <td>✔</td> <td>✔</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Electric locomotive operating sounds</td> <td>✔</td> <td>✔</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Engineer’s cab lighting</td> <td></td> <td>✔</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Station Announcements - Swiss</td> <td></td> <td>✔</td> </tr> </tbody> </table> The exact same table, modulo some white space differences, could be marked up as follows: <table> <caption>37547 TEE Electric Powered Rail Car Train Functions (Abbreviated) <colgroup><col><col><col> <thead> <tr> <th>Function <th>Control Unit <th>Central Station <tbody> <tr> <td>Headlights <td>✔ <td>✔ <tr> <td>Interior Lights <td>✔ <td>✔ <tr> <td>Electric locomotive operating sounds <td>✔ <td>✔ <tr> <td>Engineer’s cab lighting <td> <td>✔ <tr> <td>Station Announcements - Swiss <td> <td>✔ </table> Since the cells take up much less room this way, this can be made even terser by having each row on one line: <table> <caption>37547 TEE Electric Powered Rail Car Train Functions (Abbreviated) <colgroup><col><col><col> <thead> <tr> <th>Function <th>Control Unit <th>Central Station <tbody> <tr> <td>Headlights <td>✔ <td>✔ <tr> <td>Interior Lights <td>✔ <td>✔ <tr> <td>Electric locomotive operating sounds <td>✔ <td>✔ <tr> <td>Engineer’s cab lighting <td> <td>✔ <tr> <td>Station Announcements - Swiss <td> <td>✔ </table> The only differences between these tables, at the DOM level, is with the precise position of the (in any case semantically-neutral) white space. However, a start tag must never be omitted if it has any attributes. Returning to the earlier example with all the white space removed and then all the optional tags removed: <!DOCTYPE HTML><title>Hello</title><p>Welcome to this example. If the body element in this example had to have a class attribute and the html element had to have a lang attribute, the markup would have to become: <!DOCTYPE HTML><html lang="en"><title>Hello</title><body class="demo"><p>Welcome to this example. This section assumes that the document is conforming, in particular, that there are no content model violations. Omitting tags in the fashion described in this section in a document that does not conform to the content models described in this specification is likely to result in unexpected DOM differences (this is, in part, what the content models are designed to avoid). 8.1.2.5. Restrictions on content models For historical reasons, certain elements have extra restrictions beyond even the restrictions given by their content model. A table element must not contain tr elements, even though these elements are technically allowed inside table elements according to the content models described in this specification. (If a tr element is put inside a table in the markup, it will in fact imply a tbody start tag before it.) A single newline may be placed immediately after the start tag of pre and textarea elements. This does not affect the processing of the element. The otherwise optional newline must be included if the element’s contents themselves start with a newline (because otherwise the leading newline in the contents would be treated like the optional newline, and ignored). The following two pre blocks are equivalent: <pre>Hello</pre> <pre> Hello</pre> 8.1.2.6. Restrictions on the contents of raw text and escapable raw text elements The text in raw text and escapable raw text elements must not contain any occurrences of the string "</" (U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN, U+002F SOLIDUS) followed by characters that case-insensitively match the tag name of the element followed by one of U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab), U+000A LINE FEED (LF), U+000C FORM FEED (FF), U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR), U+0020 SPACE, U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>), or U+002F SOLIDUS (/). 8.1.3. Text Text is allowed inside elements, attribute values, and comments. Extra constraints are placed on what is and what is not allowed in text based on where the text is to be put, as described in the other sections. 8.1.3.1. Newlines Newlines in HTML may be represented either as U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters, U+000A LINE FEED (LF) characters, or pairs of U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR), U+000A LINE FEED (LF) characters in that order. Where character references are allowed, a character reference of a U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character (but not a U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) character) also represents a newline. 8.1.4. Character references In certain cases described in other sections, text may be mixed with character references. These can be used to escape characters that couldn’t otherwise legally be included in text. Character references must start with a U+0026 AMPERSAND character (&). Following this, there are three possible kinds of character references: Named character references The ampersand must be followed by one of the names given in §8.5 Named character references section, using the same case. The name must be one that is terminated by a U+003B SEMICOLON character (;). Decimal numeric character reference The ampersand must be followed by a U+0023 NUMBER SIGN character (#), followed by one or more ASCII digits, representing a base-ten integer that corresponds to a Unicode code point that is allowed according to the definition below. The digits must then be followed by a U+003B SEMICOLON character (;). Hexadecimal numeric character reference The ampersand must be followed by a U+0023 NUMBER SIGN character (#), which must be followed by either a U+0078 LATIN SMALL LETTER X character (x) or a U+0058 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER X character (X), which must then be followed by one or more ASCII hex digits, representing a hexadecimal integer that corresponds to a Unicode code point that is allowed according to the definition below. The digits must then be followed by a U+003B SEMICOLON character (;). The numeric character reference forms described above are allowed to reference any Unicode code point other than U+0000, U+000D, permanently undefined Unicode characters (noncharacters), surrogates (U+D800–U+DFFF), and control characters other than space characters. An ambiguous ampersand is a U+0026 AMPERSAND character (&) that is followed by one or more alphanumeric ASCII characters, followed by a U+003B SEMICOLON character (;), where these characters do not match any of the names given in the §8.5 Named character references section. 8.1.5. CDATA sections CDATA sections must consist of the following components, in this order: 1. The string "<![CDATA[". 2. Optionally, text, with the additional restriction that the text must not contain the string "]]>". 3. The string "]]>". CDATA sections can only be used in foreign content (MathML or SVG). In this example, a CDATA section is used to escape the contents of a MathML ms element: <p>You can add a string to a number, but this stringifies the number:</p> <math> <ms><![CDATA[x<y]]></ms> <mo>+</mo> <mn>3</mn> <mo>=</mo> <ms><![CDATA[x<y3]]></ms> </math> 8.1.6. Comments Comments must have the following format: 1. The string "<!--" 2. Optionally, text, with the additional restriction that the text must not start with the string ">", nor start with the string "->", nor contain the strings "<!--", "-->", or "--!>", nor end with the string "<!-". 3. The string "-->" The text is allowed to end with the string "<!", as in <!--My favorite operators are > and <!-->. 8.2. Parsing HTML documents This section only applies to user agents, data mining tools, and conformance checkers. The rules for parsing XML documents into DOM trees are covered by the next section, entitled "§9 The XML syntax". User agents must use the parsing rules described in this section to generate the DOM trees from text/html resources. Together, these rules define what is referred to as the HTML parser. While the HTML syntax described in this specification bears a close resemblance to SGML and XML, it is a separate language with its own parsing rules. Some earlier versions of HTML (in particular from HTML 2.0 to HTML 4.01) were based on SGML and used SGML parsing rules. However, few (if any) web browsers ever implemented true SGML parsing for HTML documents; the only user agents to strictly handle HTML as an SGML application have historically been validators. The resulting confusion — with validators claiming documents to have one representation while widely deployed Web browsers interoperably implemented a different representation — has wasted decades of productivity. This version of HTML thus returns to a non-SGML basis. Authors interested in using SGML tools in their authoring pipeline are encouraged to use XML tools and the XML serialization of HTML. This specification defines the parsing rules for HTML documents, whether they are syntactically correct or not. Certain points in the parsing algorithm are said to be parse errors. The error handling for parse errors is well-defined (that’s the processing rules described throughout this specification), but user agents, while parsing an HTML document, may abort the parser at the first parse error that they encounter for which they do not wish to apply the rules described in this specification. Conformance checkers must report at least one parse error condition to the user if one or more parse error conditions exist in the document and must not report parse error conditions if none exist in the document. Conformance checkers may report more than one parse error condition if more than one parse error condition exists in the document. Parse errors are only errors with the syntax of HTML. In addition to checking for parse errors, conformance checkers will also verify that the document obeys all the other conformance requirements described in this specification. For the purposes of conformance checkers, if a resource is determined to be in the HTML syntax, then it is an HTML document. As stated in the terminology section, references to element types that do not explicitly specify a namespace always refer to elements in the HTML namespace. Where possible, references to such elements are hyperlinked to their definition. 8.2.1. Overview of the parsing model The input to the HTML parsing process consists of a stream of Unicode code points, which is passed through a tokenization stage followed by a tree construction stage. The output is a Document object. Implementations that do not support scripting do not have to actually create a DOM Document object, but the DOM tree in such cases is still used as the model for the rest of the specification. In the common case, the data handled by the tokenization stage comes from the network, but it can also come from script running in the user agent, e.g., using the document.write() API. There is only one set of states for the tokenizer stage and the tree construction stage, but the tree construction stage is reentrant, meaning that while the tree construction stage is handling one token, the tokenizer might be resumed, causing further tokens to be emitted and processed before the first token’s processing is complete. In the following example, the tree construction stage will be called upon to handle a "p" start tag token while handling the "script" end tag token: ... <script> document.write('<p>'); </script> ... To handle these cases, parsers have a script nesting level, which must be initially set to zero, and a parser pause flag, which must be initially set to false. 8.2.2. The input byte stream The stream of Unicode code points that comprises the input to the tokenization stage will be initially seen by the user agent as a stream of bytes (typically coming over the network or from the local file system). The bytes encode the actual characters according to a particular character encoding, which the user agent uses to decode the bytes into characters. For XML documents, the algorithm user agents are required to use to determine the character encoding is given by the XML specification. This section does not apply to XML documents. [XML] Usually, the encoding sniffing algorithm defined below is used to determine the character encoding. Given a character encoding, the bytes in the input byte stream must be converted to characters for the tokenizer’s input stream, by passing the input byte stream and character encoding to decode. A leading Byte Order Mark (BOM) causes the character encoding argument to be ignored and will itself be skipped. Bytes or sequences of bytes in the original byte stream that did not conform to the Encoding specification (e.g., invalid UTF-8 byte sequences in a UTF-8 input byte stream) are errors that conformance checkers are expected to report. [ENCODING] The decoder algorithms describe how to handle invalid input; for security reasons, it is imperative that those rules be followed precisely. Differences in how invalid byte sequences are handled can result in, amongst other problems, script injection vulnerabilities ("XSS"). When the HTML parser is decoding an input byte stream, it uses a character encoding and a confidence. The confidence is either tentative, certain, or irrelevant. The encoding used, and whether the confidence in that encoding is tentative or certain, is used during the parsing to determine whether to change the encoding. If no encoding is necessary, e.g., because the parser is operating on a Unicode stream and doesn’t have to use a character encoding at all, then the confidence is irrelevant. Some algorithms feed the parser by directly adding characters to the input stream rather than adding bytes to the input byte stream. 8.2.2.1. Parsing with a known character encoding When the HTML parser is to operate on an input byte stream that has a known definite encoding, then the character encoding is that encoding and the confidence is certain. 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding In some cases, it might be impractical to unambiguously determine the encoding before parsing the document. Because of this, this specification provides for a two-pass mechanism with an optional pre-scan. Implementations are allowed, as described below, to apply a simplified parsing algorithm to whatever bytes they have available before beginning to parse the document. Then, the real parser is started, using a tentative encoding derived from this pre-parse and other out-of-band metadata. If, while the document is being loaded, the user agent discovers a character encoding declaration that conflicts with this information, then the parser can get reinvoked to perform a parse of the document with the real encoding. User agents must use the following algorithm, called the encoding sniffing algorithm, to determine the character encoding to use when decoding a document in the first pass. This algorithm takes as input any out-of-band metadata available to the user agent (e.g., the Content-Type metadata of the document) and all the bytes available so far, and returns a character encoding and a confidence that is either tentative or certain. 1. If the user has explicitly instructed the user agent to override the document’s character encoding with a specific encoding, optionally return that encoding with the confidence certain and abort these steps. Typically, user agents remember such user requests across sessions, and in some cases apply them to documents in iframes as well. 2. The user agent may wait for more bytes of the resource to be available, either in this step or at any later step in this algorithm. For instance, a user agent might wait 500ms or 1024 bytes, whichever came first. In general preparsing the source to find the encoding improves performance, as it reduces the need to throw away the data structures used when parsing upon finding the encoding information. However, if the user agent delays too long to obtain data to determine the encoding, then the cost of the delay could outweigh any performance improvements from the preparse. The authoring conformance requirements for character encoding declarations limit them to only appearing in the first 1024 bytes. User agents are therefore encouraged to use the prescan algorithm below (as invoked by these steps) on the first 1024 bytes, but not to stall beyond that. 3. If the transport layer specifies a character encoding, and it is supported, return that encoding with the confidence certain, and abort these steps. 4. Optionally prescan the byte stream to determine its encoding. The end condition is that the user agent decides that scanning further bytes would not be efficient. User agents are encouraged to only prescan the first 1024 bytes. User agents may decide that scanning any bytes is not efficient, in which case these substeps are entirely skipped. The aforementioned algorithm either aborts unsuccessfully or returns a character encoding. If it returns a character encoding, then this algorithm must be aborted, returning the same encoding, with confidence tentative. 5. If the HTML parser for which this algorithm is being run is associated with a Document that is itself in a nested browsing context, run these substeps: 1. Let new document be the Document with which the HTML parser is associated. 2. Let parent document be the Document through which new document is nested (the active document of the parent browsing context of new document). 3. If parent document’s origin is not the same origin as new document’s origin, then abort these substeps. 4. If parent document’s character encoding is not an ASCII-compatible encoding, then abort these substeps. 5. Return parent document’s character encoding, with the confidence tentative, and abort the encoding sniffing algorithm's steps. 6. Otherwise, if the user agent has information on the likely encoding for this page, e.g., based on the encoding of the page when it was last visited, then return that encoding, with the confidence tentative, and abort these steps. 7. The user agent may attempt to autodetect the character encoding from applying frequency analysis or other algorithms to the data stream. Such algorithms may use information about the resource other than the resource’s contents, including the address of the resource. If autodetection succeeds in determining a character encoding, and that encoding is a supported encoding, then return that encoding, with the confidence tentative, and abort these steps. [UNIVCHARDET] User agents are generally discouraged from attempting to autodetect encodings for resources obtained over the network, since doing so involves inherently non-interoperable heuristics. Attempting to detect encodings based on an HTML document’s preamble is especially tricky since HTML markup typically uses only ASCII characters, and HTML documents tend to begin with a lot of markup rather than with text content. The UTF-8 encoding has a highly detectable bit pattern. Files from the local file system that contain bytes with values greater than 0x7F which match the UTF-8 pattern are very likely to be UTF-8, while documents with byte sequences that do not match it are very likely not. When a user agent can examine the whole file, rather than just the preamble, detecting for UTF-8 specifically can be especially effective. [PPUTF8] [UTF8DET] 8. Otherwise, return an implementation-defined or user-specified default character encoding, with the confidence tentative. In controlled environments or in environments where the encoding of documents can be prescribed (for example, for user agents intended for dedicated use in new networks), the comprehensive UTF-8 encoding is suggested. In other environments, the default encoding is typically dependent on the user’s locale (an approximation of the languages, and thus often encodings, of the pages that the user is likely to frequent). The following table gives suggested defaults based on the user’s locale, for compatibility with legacy content. Locales are identified by BCP 47 language tags. [BCP47] [ENCODING] Locale language Suggested default encoding ar Arabic windows-1256 ba Bashkir windows-1251 be Belarusian windows-1251 bg Bulgarian windows-1251 cs Czech windows-1250 el Greek ISO-8859-7 et Estonian windows-1257 fa Persian windows-1256 he Hebrew windows-1255 hr Croatian windows-1250 hu Hungarian ISO-8859-2 ja Japanese Shift_JIS kk Kazakh windows-1251 ko Korean EUC-KR ku Kurdish windows-1254 ky Kyrgyz windows-1251 lt Lithuanian windows-1257 lv Latvian windows-1257 mk Macedonian windows-1251 pl Polish ISO-8859-2 ru Russian windows-1251 sah Yakut windows-1251 sk Slovak windows-1250 sl Slovenian ISO-8859-2 sr Serbian windows-1251 tg Tajik windows-1251 th Thai windows-874 tr Turkish windows-1254 tt Tatar windows-1251 uk Ukrainian windows-1251 vi Vietnamese windows-1258 zh-CN Chinese (People’s Republic of China) gb18030 zh-TW Chinese (Taiwan) Big5 All other locales windows-1252 The contents of this table are derived from the intersection of Windows, Chrome, and Firefox defaults. The document’s character encoding must immediately be set to the value returned from this algorithm, at the same time as the user agent uses the returned value to select the decoder to use for the input byte stream. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When an algorithm requires a user agent to prescan a byte stream to determine its encoding, given some defined end condition, then it must run the following steps. These steps either abort unsuccessfully or return a character encoding. If at any point during these steps (including during instances of the get an attribute algorithm invoked by this one) the user agent either runs out of bytes (meaning the position pointer created in the first step below goes beyond the end of the byte stream obtained so far) or reaches its end condition, then abort the prescan a byte stream to determine its encoding algorithm unsuccessfully. 1. Let position be a pointer to a byte in the input byte stream, initially pointing at the first byte. 2. Loop: If position points to: A sequence of bytes starting with: 0x3C 0x21 0x2D 0x2D (ASCII '<!--') Advance the position pointer so that it points at the first 0x3E byte which is preceded by two 0x2D bytes (i.e., at the end of an ASCII '-->' sequence) and comes after the 0x3C byte that was found. (The two 0x2D bytes can be the same as those in the '<!--' sequence.) A sequence of bytes starting with: 0x3C, 0x4D or 0x6D, 0x45 or 0x65, 0x54 or 0x74, 0x41 or 0x61, and one of 0x09, 0x0A, 0x0C, 0x0D, 0x20, 0x2F (case-insensitive ASCII '<meta' followed by a space or slash) 1. Advance the position pointer so that it points at the next 0x09, 0x0A, 0x0C, 0x0D, 0x20, or 0x2F byte (the one in sequence of characters matched above). 2. Let attribute list be an empty list of strings. 3. Let got pragma be false. 4. Let need pragma be null. 5. Let charset be the null value (which, for the purposes of this algorithm, is distinct from an unrecognized encoding or the empty string). 6. Attributes: Get an attribute and its value. If no attribute was sniffed, then jump to the Processing step below. 7. If the attribute’s name is already in attribute list, then return to the step labeled Attributes. 8. Add the attribute’s name to attribute list. 9. Run the appropriate step from the following list, if one applies: If the attribute’s name is "http-equiv" If the attribute’s value is "content-type", then set got pragma to true. If the attribute’s name is "content" Apply the algorithm for extracting a character encoding from a meta element, giving the attribute’s value as the string to parse. If a character encoding is returned, and if charset is still set to null, let charset be the encoding returned, and set need pragma to true. If the attribute’s name is "charset" Let charset be the result of getting an encoding from the attribute’s value, and set need pragma to false. 10. Return to the step labeled Attributes. 11. Processing: If need pragma is null, then jump to the step below labeled Next byte. 12. If need pragma is true but got pragma is false, then jump to the step below labeled Next byte. 13. If charset is failure, then jump to the step below labeled Next byte. 14. If charset is a UTF-16 encoding, then set charset to UTF-8. 15. If charset is x-user-defined, then set charset to windows-1252. 16. Abort the prescan a byte stream to determine its encoding algorithm, returning the encoding given by charset. A sequence of bytes starting with a 0x3C byte (ASCII <), optionally a 0x2F byte (ASCII /), and finally a byte in the range 0x41-0x5A or 0x61-0x7A (an ASCII letter) 1. Advance the position pointer so that it points at the next 0x09 (ASCII TAB), 0x0A (ASCII LF), 0x0C (ASCII FF), 0x0D (ASCII CR), 0x20 (ASCII space), or 0x3E (ASCII >) byte. 2. Repeatedly get an attribute until no further attributes can be found, then jump to the step below labeled Next byte. A sequence of bytes starting with: 0x3C 0x21 (ASCII '<!') A sequence of bytes starting with: 0x3C 0x2F (ASCII '</') A sequence of bytes starting with: 0x3C 0x3F (ASCII '<?') Advance the position pointer so that it points at the first 0x3E byte (ASCII >) that comes after the 0x3C byte that was found. Any other byte Do nothing with that byte. 3. Next byte: Move position so it points at the next byte in the input byte stream, and return to the step above labeled Loop. When the prescan a byte stream to determine its encoding algorithm says to get an attribute, it means doing this: 1. If the byte at position is one of 0x09 (ASCII TAB), 0x0A (ASCII LF), 0x0C (ASCII FF), 0x0D (ASCII CR), 0x20 (ASCII space), or 0x2F (ASCII /) then advance position to the next byte and redo this step. 2. If the byte at position is 0x3E (ASCII >), then abort the get an attribute algorithm. There isn’t one. 3. Otherwise, the byte at position is the start of the attribute name. Let attribute name and attribute value be the empty string. 4. Process the byte at position as follows: If it is 0x3D (ASCII =), and the attribute name is longer than the empty string Advance position to the next byte and jump to the step below labeled Value. If it is 0x09 (ASCII TAB), 0x0A (ASCII LF), 0x0C (ASCII FF), 0x0D (ASCII CR), or 0x20 (ASCII space) Jump to the step below labeled Spaces. If it is 0x2F (ASCII /) or 0x3E (ASCII >) Abort the get an attribute algorithm. The attribute’s name is the value of attribute name, its value is the empty string. If it is in the range 0x41 (ASCII A) to 0x5A (ASCII Z) Append the Unicode character with code point b+0x20 to attribute name (where b is the value of the byte at position). (This converts the input to lowercase.) Anything else Append the Unicode character with the same code point as the value of the byte at position to attribute name. (It doesn’t actually matter how bytes outside the ASCII range are handled here, since only ASCII characters can contribute to the detection of a character encoding.) 5. Advance position to the next byte and return to the previous step. 6. Spaces: If the byte at position is one of 0x09 (ASCII TAB), 0x0A (ASCII LF), 0x0C (ASCII FF), 0x0D (ASCII CR), or 0x20 (ASCII space) then advance position to the next byte, then, repeat this step. 7. If the byte at position is not 0x3D (ASCII =), abort the get an attribute algorithm. The attribute’s name is the value of attribute name, its value is the empty string. 8. Advance position past the 0x3D (ASCII =) byte. 9. Value: If the byte at position is one of 0x09 (ASCII TAB), 0x0A (ASCII LF), 0x0C (ASCII FF), 0x0D (ASCII CR), or 0x20 (ASCII space) then advance position to the next byte, then, repeat this step. 10. Process the byte at position as follows: If it is 0x22 (ASCII ") or 0x27 (ASCII ') 1. Let b be the value of the byte at position. 2. Quote loop: Advance position to the next byte. 3. If the value of the byte at position is the value of b, then advance position to the next byte and abort the get an attribute algorithm. The attribute’s name is the value of attribute name, and its value is the value of attribute value. 4. Otherwise, if the value of the byte at position is in the range 0x41 (ASCII A) to 0x5A (ASCII Z), then append a Unicode character to attribute value whose code point is 0x20 more than the value of the byte at position. 5. Otherwise, append a Unicode character to attribute value whose code point is the same as the value of the byte at position. 6. Return to the step above labeled Quote loop. If it is 0x3E (ASCII >) Abort the get an attribute algorithm. The attribute’s name is the value of attribute name, its value is the empty string. If it is in the range 0x41 (ASCII A) to 0x5A (ASCII Z) Append the Unicode character with code point b+0x20 to attribute value (where b is the value of the byte at position). Advance position to the next byte. Anything else Append the Unicode character with the same code point as the value of the byte at position to attribute value. Advance position to the next byte. 11. Process the byte at position as follows: If it is 0x09 (ASCII TAB), 0x0A (ASCII LF), 0x0C (ASCII FF), 0x0D (ASCII CR), 0x20 (ASCII space), or 0x3E (ASCII >) Abort the get an attribute algorithm. The attribute’s name is the value of attribute name and its value is the value of attribute value. If it is in the range 0x41 (ASCII A) to 0x5A (ASCII Z) Append the Unicode character with code point b+0x20 to attribute value (where b is the value of the byte at position). Anything else Append the Unicode character with the same code point as the value of the byte at position to attribute value. 12. Advance position to the next byte and return to the previous step. For the sake of interoperability, user agents should not use a pre-scan algorithm that returns different results than the one described above. (But, if you do, please at least let us know, so that we can improve this algorithm and benefit everyone...) 8.2.2.3. Character encodings User agents must support the encodings defined in the WHATWG Encoding specification, including, but not limited to, UTF-8, ISO-8859-2, ISO-8859-8, windows-1250, windows-1251, windows-1252, windows-1254, windows-1256, windows-1257, gb18030, Big5, ISO-2022-JP, Shift_JIS, EUC-KR, UTF-16BE, UTF-16LE, and x-user-defined. User agents must not support other encodings. The above prohibits supporting, for example, CESU-8, UTF-7, BOCU-1, SCSU, EBCDIC, and UTF-32. This specification does not make any attempt to support prohibited encodings in its algorithms; support and use of prohibited encodings would thus lead to unexpected behavior. [CESU8] [RFC2152] [BOCU1] [SCSU] 8.2.2.4. Changing the encoding while parsing When the parser requires the user agent to change the encoding, it must run the following steps. This might happen if the encoding sniffing algorithm described above failed to find a character encoding, or if it found a character encoding that was not the actual encoding of the file. 1. If the encoding that is already being used to interpret the input stream is a UTF-16 encoding, then set the confidence to certain and abort these steps. The new encoding is ignored; if it was anything but the same encoding, then it would be clearly incorrect. 2. If the new encoding is a UTF-16 encoding, then change it to UTF-8. 3. If the new encoding is the x-user-defined encoding, then change it to windows-1252. [ENCODING] 4. If the new encoding is identical or equivalent to the encoding that is already being used to interpret the input stream, then set the confidence to certain and abort these steps. This happens when the encoding information found in the file matches what the encoding sniffing algorithm determined to be the encoding, and in the second pass through the parser if the first pass found that the encoding sniffing algorithm described in the earlier section failed to find the right encoding. 5. If all the bytes up to the last byte converted by the current decoder have the same Unicode interpretations in both the current encoding and the new encoding, and if the user agent supports changing the converter on the fly, then the user agent may change to the new converter for the encoding on the fly. Set the document’s character encoding and the encoding used to convert the input stream to the new encoding, set the confidence to certain, and abort these steps. 6. Otherwise, navigate to the document again, with replacement enabled, and using the same source browsing context, but this time skip the encoding sniffing algorithm and instead just set the encoding to the new encoding and the confidence to certain. Whenever possible, this should be done without actually contacting the network layer (the bytes should be re-parsed from memory), even if, e.g., the document is marked as not being cacheable. If this is not possible and contacting the network layer would involve repeating a request that uses a method other than GET), then instead set the confidence to certain and ignore the new encoding. The resource will be misinterpreted. User agents may notify the user of the situation, to aid in application development. This algorithm is only invoked when a new encoding is found declared on a meta element. 8.2.2.5. Preprocessing the input stream The input stream consists of the characters pushed into it as the input byte stream is decoded or from the various APIs that directly manipulate the input stream. Any occurrences of any characters in the ranges U+0001 to U+0008, U+000E to U+001F, U+007F to U+009F, U+FDD0 to U+FDEF, and characters U+000B, U+FFFE, U+FFFF, U+1FFFE, U+1FFFF, U+2FFFE, U+2FFFF, U+3FFFE, U+3FFFF, U+4FFFE, U+4FFFF, U+5FFFE, U+5FFFF, U+6FFFE, U+6FFFF, U+7FFFE, U+7FFFF, U+8FFFE, U+8FFFF, U+9FFFE, U+9FFFF, U+AFFFE, U+AFFFF, U+BFFFE, U+BFFFF, U+CFFFE, U+CFFFF, U+DFFFE, U+DFFFF, U+EFFFE, U+EFFFF, U+FFFFE, U+FFFFF, U+10FFFE, and U+10FFFF are parse errors. These are all control characters or permanently undefined Unicode characters (noncharacters). Any character that is a not a Unicode character, i.e., any isolated surrogate, is a parse error. (These can only find their way into the input stream via script APIs such as document.write().) U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters and U+000A LINE FEED (LF) characters are treated specially. Any LF character that immediately follows a CR character must be ignored, and all CR characters must then be converted to LF characters. Thus, newlines in HTML DOMs are represented by LF characters, and there are never any CR characters in the input to the tokenization stage. The next input character is the first character in the input stream that has not yet been consumed or explicitly ignored by the requirements in this section. Initially, the next input character is the first character in the input. The current input character is the last character to have been consumed. The insertion point is the position (just before a character or just before the end of the input stream) where content inserted using document.write() is actually inserted. The insertion point is relative to the position of the character immediately after it, it is not an absolute offset into the input stream. Initially, the insertion point is undefined. The "EOF" character in the tables below is a conceptual character representing the end of the input stream. If the parser is a script-created parser, then the end of the input stream is reached when an explicit "EOF" character (inserted by the document.close() method) is consumed. Otherwise, the "EOF" character is not a real character in the stream, but rather the lack of any further characters. The handling of U+0000 NULL characters varies based on where the characters are found. In general, they are ignored except where doing so could plausibly introduce an attack vector. This handling is, by necessity, spread across both the tokenization stage and the tree construction stage. 8.2.3. Parse state 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode The insertion mode is a state variable that controls the primary operation of the tree construction stage. Initially, the insertion mode is "initial". It can change to "before html", "before head", "in head", "in head noscript", "after head", "in body", "text", "in table", "in table text", "in caption", "in column group", "in table body", "in row", "in cell", "in select", "in select in table", "in template", "after body", "in frameset", "after frameset", "after after body", and "after after frameset" during the course of the parsing, as described in the tree construction stage. The insertion mode affects how tokens are processed and whether CDATA sections are supported. Several of these modes, namely "in head", "in body", "in table", and "in select", are special, in that the other modes defer to them at various times. When the algorithm below says that the user agent is to do something "using the rules for the m insertion mode", where m is one of these modes, the user agent must use the rules described under the m insertion mode's section, but must leave the insertion mode unchanged unless the rules in m themselves switch the insertion mode to a new value. When the insertion mode is switched to "text" or "in table text", the original insertion mode is also set. This is the insertion mode to which the tree construction stage will return. Similarly, to parse nested template elements, a stack of template insertion modes is used. It is initially empty. The current template insertion mode is the insertion mode that was most recently added to the stack of template insertion modes. The algorithms in the sections below will push insertion modes onto this stack, meaning that the specified insertion mode is to be added to the stack, and pop insertion modes from the stack, which means that the most recently added insertion mode must be removed from the stack. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When the steps below require the UA to reset the insertion mode appropriately, it means the UA must follow these steps: 1. Let last be false. 2. Let node be the last node in the stack of open elements. 3. Loop: If node is the first node in the stack of open elements, then set last to true, and, if the parser was originally created as part of the HTML fragment parsing algorithm (fragment case), set node to the context element passed to that algorithm. 4. If node is a select element, run these substeps: 1. If last is true, jump to the step below labeled Done. 2. Let ancestor be node. 3. Loop: If ancestor is the first node in the stack of open elements, jump to the step below labeled Done. 4. Let ancestor be the node before ancestor in the stack of open elements. 5. If ancestor is a template node, jump to the step below labeled Done. 6. If ancestor is a table node, switch the insertion mode to "in select in table" and abort these steps. 7. Jump back to the step labeled Loop. 8. Done: Switch the insertion mode to "in select" and abort these steps. 5. If node is a td or th element and last is false, then switch the insertion mode to "in cell" and abort these steps. 6. If node is a tr element, then switch the insertion mode to "in row" and abort these steps. 7. If node is a tbody, thead, or tfoot element, then switch the insertion mode to "in table body" and abort these steps. 8. If node is a caption element, then switch the insertion mode to "in caption" and abort these steps. 9. If node is a colgroup element, then switch the insertion mode to "in column group" and abort these steps. 10. If node is a table element, then switch the insertion mode to "in table" and abort these steps. 11. If node is a template element, then switch the insertion mode to the current template insertion mode and abort these steps. 12. If node is a head element and last is false, then switch the insertion mode to "in head" and abort these steps. 13. If node is a body element, then switch the insertion mode to "in body" and abort these steps. 14. If node is a frameset element, then switch the insertion mode to "in frameset" and abort these steps. (fragment case) 15. If node is an html element, run these substeps: 1. If the head element pointer is null, switch the insertion mode to "before head" and abort these steps. (fragment case) 2. Otherwise, the head element pointer is not null, switch the insertion mode to "after head" and abort these steps. 16. If last is true, then switch the insertion mode to "in body" and abort these steps. (fragment case) 17. Let node now be the node before node in the stack of open elements. 18. Return to the step labeled Loop. 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements Initially, the stack of open elements is empty. The stack grows downwards; the topmost node on the stack is the first one added to the stack, and the bottommost node of the stack is the most recently added node in the stack (notwithstanding when the stack is manipulated in a random access fashion as part of the handling for misnested tags). The "before html" insertion mode creates the html document element, which is then added to the stack. In the fragment case, the stack of open elements is initialized to contain an html element that is created as part of that algorithm. (The fragment case skips the "before html" insertion mode.) The html node, however it is created, is the topmost node of the stack. It only gets popped off the stack when the parser finishes. The current node is the bottommost node in this stack of open elements. The adjusted current node is the context element if the parser was created by the HTML fragment parsing algorithm and the stack of open elements has only one element in it (fragment case); otherwise, the adjusted current node is the current node. Elements in the stack of open elements fall into the following categories: Special The following elements have varying levels of special parsing rules: HTML’s address, applet, area, article, aside, base, basefont, bgsound, blockquote, body, br, button, caption, center, col, colgroup, dd, details, dir, div, dl, dt, embed, fieldset, figcaption, figure, footer, form, frame, frameset, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, head, header, hr, html, iframe, img, input, li, link, listing, main, marquee, meta, nav, noembed, noframes, noscript, object, ol, p, param, plaintext, pre, script, section, select, source, style, summary, table, tbody, td, template, textarea, tfoot, th, thead, title, tr, track, ul, wbr, xmp; MathML mi, MathML mo, MathML mn, MathML ms, MathML mtext, and MathML annotation-xml; and SVG foreignObject, SVG desc, and SVG title. An image start tag token is handled by the tree builder, but it is not in this list because it is not an element; it gets turned into an img element. Formatting The following HTML elements are those that end up in the list of active formatting elements: a, b, big, code, em, font, i, nobr, s, small, strike, strong, tt, and u. Ordinary All other elements found while parsing an HTML document. Typically, the special elements have the start and end tag tokens handled specifically, while ordinary elements' tokens fall into "any other start tag" and "any other end tag" clauses, and some parts of the tree builder check if a particular element in the stack of open elements is in the special category. However, some elements (e.g., the option element) have their start or end tag tokens handled specifically, but are still not in the special category, so that they get the ordinary handling elsewhere. The stack of open elements is said to have an element target node in a specific scope consisting of a list of element types list when the following algorithm terminates in a match state: 1. Initialize node to be the current node (the bottommost node of the stack). 2. If node is the target node, terminate in a match state. 3. Otherwise, if node is one of the element types in list, terminate in a failure state. 4. Otherwise, set node to the previous entry in the stack of open elements and return to step 2. (This will never fail, since the loop will always terminate in the previous step if the top of the stack — an html element — is reached.) The stack of open elements is said to have a particular element in scope when it has that element in the specific scope consisting of the following element types: * applet * caption * html * table * td * th * marquee * object * template * MathML mi * MathML mo * MathML mn * MathML ms * MathML mtext * MathML annotation-xml * SVG foreignObject * SVG desc * SVG title The stack of open elements is said to have a particular element in list item scope when it has that element in the specific scope consisting of the following element types: * All the element types listed above for the has an element in scope algorithm. * ol in the HTML namespace * ul in the HTML namespace The stack of open elements is said to have a particular element in button scope when it has that element in the specific scope consisting of the following element types: * All the element types listed above for the has an element in scope algorithm. * button in the HTML namespace The stack of open elements is said to have a particular element in table scope when it has that element in the specific scope consisting of the following element types: * html in the HTML namespace * table in the HTML namespace * template in the HTML namespace The stack of open elements is said to have a particular element in select scope when it has that element in the specific scope consisting of all element types except the following: * optgroup in the HTML namespace * option in the HTML namespace Nothing happens if at any time any of the elements in the stack of open elements are moved to a new location in, or removed from, the Document tree. In particular, the stack is not changed in this situation. This can cause, amongst other strange effects, content to be appended to nodes that are no longer in the DOM. In some cases (namely, when closing misnested formatting elements), the stack is manipulated in a random-access fashion. 8.2.3.3. The list of active formatting elements Initially, the list of active formatting elements is empty. It is used to handle mis-nested formatting element tags. The list contains elements in the formatting category, and markers. The markers are inserted when entering applet, object, marquee, template, td, th, and caption elements, and are used to prevent formatting from "leaking" into applet, object, marquee, template, td, th, and caption elements. In addition, each element in the list of active formatting elements is associated with the token for which it was created, so that further elements can be created for that token if necessary. When the steps below require the UA to push onto the list of active formatting elements an element element, the UA must perform the following steps: 1. If there are already three elements in the list of active formatting elements after the last marker, if any, or anywhere in the list if there are no markers, that have the same tag name, namespace, and attributes as element, then remove the earliest such element from the list of active formatting elements. For these purposes, the attributes must be compared as they were when the elements were created by the parser; two elements have the same attributes if all their parsed attributes can be paired such that the two attributes in each pair have identical names, namespaces, and values (the order of the attributes does not matter). This is the Noah’s Ark clause. But with three per family instead of two. 2. Add element to the list of active formatting elements. When the steps below require the UA to reconstruct the active formatting elements, the UA must perform the following steps: 1. If there are no entries in the list of active formatting elements, then there is nothing to reconstruct; stop this algorithm. 2. If the last (most recently added) entry in the list of active formatting elements is a marker, or if it is an element that is in the stack of open elements, then there is nothing to reconstruct; stop this algorithm. 3. Let entry be the last (most recently added) element in the list of active formatting elements. 4. Rewind: If there are no entries before entry in the list of active formatting elements, then jump to the step labeled Create. 5. Let entry be the entry one earlier than entry in the list of active formatting elements. 6. If entry is neither a marker nor an element that is also in the stack of open elements, go to the step labeled Rewind. 7. Advance: Let entry be the element one later than entry in the list of active formatting elements. 8. Create: Insert an HTML element for the token for which the element entry was created, to obtain new element. 9. Replace the entry for entry in the list with an entry for new element. 10. If the entry for new element in the list of active formatting elements is not the last entry in the list, return to the step labeled Advance. This has the effect of reopening all the formatting elements that were opened in the current body, cell, or caption (whichever is youngest) that haven’t been explicitly closed. The way this specification is written, the list of active formatting elements always consists of elements in chronological order with the least recently added element first and the most recently added element last (except for while steps 7 to 10 of the above algorithm are being executed, of course). When the steps below require the UA to clear the list of active formatting elements up to the last marker, the UA must perform the following steps: 1. Let entry be the last (most recently added) entry in the list of active formatting elements. 2. Remove entry from the list of active formatting elements. 3. If entry was a marker, then stop the algorithm at this point. The list has been cleared up to the last marker. 4. Go to step 1. 8.2.3.4. The element pointers Initially, the head element pointer and the form element pointer are both null. Once a head element has been parsed (whether implicitly or explicitly) the head element pointer gets set to point to this node. The form element pointer points to the last form element that was opened and whose end tag has not yet been seen. It is used to make form controls associate with forms in the face of dramatically bad markup, for historical reasons. It is ignored inside template elements. 8.2.3.5. Other parsing state flags The scripting flag is set to "enabled" if scripting was enabled for the Document with which the parser is associated when the parser was created, and "disabled" otherwise. The scripting flag can be enabled even when the parser was originally created for the HTML fragment parsing algorithm, even though script elements don’t execute in that case. The frameset-ok flag is set to "ok" when the parser is created. It is set to "not ok" after certain tokens are seen. 8.2.4. Tokenization Implementations must act as if they used the following state machine to tokenize HTML. The state machine must start in the data state. Most states consume a single character, which may have various side-effects, and either switches the state machine to a new state to reconsume the current input character, or switches it to a new state to consume the next character, or stays in the same state to consume the next character. Some states have more complicated behavior and can consume several characters before switching to another state. In some cases, the tokenizer state is also changed by the tree construction stage. When a state says to reconsume a matched character in a specified state, that means to switch to that state, but when it attempts to consume the next input character, provide it with the current input character instead. The exact behavior of certain states depends on the insertion mode and the stack of open elements. Certain states also use a temporary buffer to track progress, and the character reference state uses a return state to return to the state it was invoked from. The output of the tokenization step is a series of zero or more of the following tokens: DOCTYPE, start tag, end tag, comment, character, end-of-file. DOCTYPE tokens have a name, a public identifier, a system identifier, and a force-quirks flag. When a DOCTYPE token is created, its name, public identifier, and system identifier must be marked as missing (which is a distinct state from the empty string), and the force-quirks flag must be set to off (its other state is on). Start and end tag tokens have a tag name, a self-closing flag, and a list of attributes, each of which has a name and a value. When a start or end tag token is created, its self-closing flag must be unset (its other state is that it be set), and its attributes list must be empty. Comment and character tokens have data. When a token is emitted, it must immediately be handled by the tree construction stage. The tree construction stage can affect the state of the tokenization stage, and can insert additional characters into the stream. (For example, the script element can result in scripts executing and using the dynamic markup insertion APIs to insert characters into the stream being tokenized.) Creating a token and emitting it are distinct actions. It is possible for a token to be created but implicitly abandoned (never emitted), e.g., if the file ends unexpectedly while processing the characters that are being parsed into a start tag token. When a start tag token is emitted with its self-closing flag set, if the flag is not acknowledged when it is processed by the tree construction stage, that is a parse error. When an end tag token is emitted with attributes, that is a parse error. When an end tag token is emitted with its self-closing flag set, that is a parse error. An appropriate end tag token is an end tag token whose tag name matches the tag name of the last start tag to have been emitted from this tokenizer, if any. If no start tag has been emitted from this tokenizer, then no end tag token is appropriate. Before each step of the tokenizer, the user agent must first check the parser pause flag. If it is true, then the tokenizer must abort the processing of any nested invocations of the tokenizer, yielding control back to the caller. The tokenizer state machine consists of the states defined in the following subsections. 8.2.4.1. Data state Consume the next input character: U+0026 AMPERSAND (&) Set the return state to the data state. Switch to the character reference state. U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN (<) Switch to the tag open state. U+0000 NULL Parse error. Emit the current input character as a character token. EOF Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Emit the current input character as a character token. 8.2.4.2. RCDATA state Consume the next input character: U+0026 AMPERSAND (&) Set the return state to the RCDATA state. Switch to the character reference state. U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN (<) Switch to the RCDATA less-than sign state. U+0000 NULL Parse error. Emit a U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER character token. EOF Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Emit the current input character as a character token. 8.2.4.3. RAWTEXT state Consume the next input character: U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN (<) Switch to the RAWTEXT less-than sign state. U+0000 NULL Parse error. Emit a U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER character token. EOF Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Emit the current input character as a character token. 8.2.4.4. Script data state Consume the next input character: U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN (<) Switch to the script data less-than sign state. U+0000 NULL Parse error. Emit a U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER character token. EOF Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Emit the current input character as a character token. 8.2.4.5. PLAINTEXT state Consume the next input character: U+0000 NULL Parse error. Emit a U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER character token. EOF Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Emit the current input character as a character token. 8.2.4.6. Tag open state Consume the next input character: U+0021 EXCLAMATION MARK (!) Switch to the markup declaration open state. U+002F SOLIDUS (/) Switch to the end tag open state. ASCII letter Create a new start tag token, set its tag name to the empty string. Reconsume in the tag name state. U+003F QUESTION MARK (?) Parse error. Create a comment token whose data is the empty string. Reconsume in the bogus comment state. Anything else Parse error. Emit a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN character token. Reconsume in the data state. 8.2.4.7. End tag open state Consume the next input character: ASCII letter Create a new end tag token, set its tag name to the empty string. Reconsume in the tag name state. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Parse error. Switch to the data state. EOF Parse error. Emit a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN character token, a U+002F SOLIDUS character token and an end-of-file token. Anything else Parse error. Create a comment token whose data is the empty string. Reconsume in the bogus comment state. 8.2.4.8. Tag name state Consume the next input character: U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) U+000A LINE FEED (LF) U+000C FORM FEED (FF) U+0020 SPACE Switch to the before attribute name state. U+002F SOLIDUS (/) Switch to the self-closing start tag state. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Switch to the data state. Emit the current tag token. Uppercase ASCII letter Append the lowercase version of the current input character (add 0x0020 to the character’s code point) to the current tag token’s tag name. U+0000 NULL Parse error. Append a U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER character to the current tag token’s tag name. EOF Parse error. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Append the current input character to the current tag token’s tag name. 8.2.4.9. RCDATA less-than sign state Consume the next input character: U+002F SOLIDUS (/) Set the temporary buffer to the empty string. Switch to the RCDATA end tag open state. Anything else Emit a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN character token. Reconsume in the RCDATA state. 8.2.4.10. RCDATA end tag open state Consume the next input character: ASCII letter Create a new end tag token, set its tag name to the empty string. Reconsume in RCDATA end tag name state. Anything else Emit a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN character token and a U+002F SOLIDUS character token. Reconsume in the RCDATA state. 8.2.4.11. RCDATA end tag name state Consume the next input character: U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) U+000A LINE FEED (LF) U+000C FORM FEED (FF) U+0020 SPACE If the current end tag token is an appropriate end tag token, then switch to the before attribute name state. Otherwise, treat it as per the "anything else" entry below. U+002F SOLIDUS (/) If the current end tag token is an appropriate end tag token, then switch to the self-closing start tag state. Otherwise, treat it as per the "anything else" entry below. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) If the current end tag token is an appropriate end tag token, then switch to the data state and emit the current tag token. Otherwise, treat it as per the "anything else" entry below. Uppercase ASCII letter Append the lowercase version of the current input character (add 0x0020 to the character’s code point) to the current tag token’s tag name. Append the current input character to the temporary buffer. Lowercase ASCII letter Append the current input character to the current tag token’s tag name. Append the current input character to the temporary buffer. Anything else Emit a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN character token, a U+002F SOLIDUS character token, and a character token for each of the characters in the temporary buffer (in the order they were added to the buffer). Reconsume in the RCDATA state. 8.2.4.12. RAWTEXT less-than sign state Consume the next input character: U+002F SOLIDUS (/) Set the temporary buffer to the empty string. Switch to the RAWTEXT end tag open state. Anything else Emit a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN character token. Reconsume in the RAWTEXT state. 8.2.4.13. RAWTEXT end tag open state Consume the next input character: ASCII letter Create a new end tag token, set its tag name to the empty string. Reconsume in the RAWTEXT end tag name state. Anything else Emit a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN character token and a U+002F SOLIDUS character token. Reconsume in the RAWTEXT state. 8.2.4.14. RAWTEXT end tag name state Consume the next input character: U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) U+000A LINE FEED (LF) U+000C FORM FEED (FF) U+0020 SPACE If the current end tag token is an appropriate end tag token, then switch to the before attribute name state. Otherwise, treat it as per the "anything else" entry below. U+002F SOLIDUS (/) If the current end tag token is an appropriate end tag token, then switch to the self-closing start tag state. Otherwise, treat it as per the "anything else" entry below. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) If the current end tag token is an appropriate end tag token, then switch to the data state and emit the current tag token. Otherwise, treat it as per the "anything else" entry below. Uppercase ASCII letter Append the lowercase version of the current input character (add 0x0020 to the character’s code point) to the current tag token’s tag name. Append the current input character to the temporary buffer. Lowercase ASCII letter Append the current input character to the current tag token’s tag name. Append the current input character to the temporary buffer. Anything else Emit a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN character token, a U+002F SOLIDUS character token, and a character token for each of the characters in the temporary buffer (in the order they were added to the buffer). Reconsume in the RAWTEXT state. 8.2.4.15. Script data less-than sign state Consume the next input character: U+002F SOLIDUS (/) Set the temporary buffer to the empty string. Switch to the script data end tag open state. U+0021 EXCLAMATION MARK (!) Switch to the script data escape start state. Emit a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN character token and a U+0021 EXCLAMATION MARK character token. Anything else Emit a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN character token. Reconsume in the script data state. 8.2.4.16. Script data end tag open state Consume the next input character: ASCII letter Create a new end tag token, set its tag name to the empty string. Reconsume in the script data end tag name state. Anything else Emit a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN character token and a U+002F SOLIDUS character token. Reconsume in the script data state. 8.2.4.17. Script data end tag name state Consume the next input character: U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) U+000A LINE FEED (LF) U+000C FORM FEED (FF) U+0020 SPACE If the current end tag token is an appropriate end tag token, then switch to the before attribute name state. Otherwise, treat it as per the "anything else" entry below. U+002F SOLIDUS (/) If the current end tag token is an appropriate end tag token, then switch to the self-closing start tag state. Otherwise, treat it as per the "anything else" entry below. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) If the current end tag token is an appropriate end tag token, then switch to the data state and emit the current tag token. Otherwise, treat it as per the "anything else" entry below. Uppercase ASCII letter Append the lowercase version of the current input character (add 0x0020 to the character’s code point) to the current tag token’s tag name. Append the current input character to the temporary buffer. Lowercase ASCII letter Append the current input character to the current tag token’s tag name. Append the current input character to the temporary buffer. Anything else Emit a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN character token, a U+002F SOLIDUS character token, and a character token for each of the characters in the temporary buffer (in the order they were added to the buffer). Reconsume in the script data state. 8.2.4.18. Script data escape start state Consume the next input character: U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-) Switch to the script data escape start dash state. Emit a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character token. Anything else Reconsume in the script data state. 8.2.4.19. Script data escape start dash state Consume the next input character: U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-) Switch to the script data escaped dash dash state. Emit a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character token. Anything else Reconsume in the script data state. 8.2.4.20. Script data escaped state Consume the next input character: U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-) Switch to the script data escaped dash state. Emit a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character token. U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN (<) Switch to the script data escaped less-than sign state. U+0000 NULL Parse error. Emit a U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER character token. EOF Parse error. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Emit the current input character as a character token. 8.2.4.21. Script data escaped dash state Consume the next input character: U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-) Switch to the script data escaped dash dash state. Emit a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character token. U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN (<) Switch to the script data escaped less-than sign state. U+0000 NULL Parse error. Switch to the script data escaped state. Emit a U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER character token. EOF Parse error. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Switch to the script data escaped state. Emit the current input character as a character token. 8.2.4.22. Script data escaped dash dash state Consume the next input character: U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-) Emit a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character token. U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN (<) Switch to the script data escaped less-than sign state. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Switch to the script data state. Emit a U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN character token. U+0000 NULL Parse error. Switch to the script data escaped state. Emit a U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER character token. EOF Parse error. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Switch to the script data escaped state. Emit the current input character as a character token. 8.2.4.23. Script data escaped less-than sign state Consume the next input character: U+002F SOLIDUS (/) Set the temporary buffer to the empty string. Switch to the script data escaped end tag open state. ASCII letter Set the temporary buffer to the empty string. Emit a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN character token. Reconsume in the script data double escape start state. Anything else Emit a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN character token. Reconsume in the script data escaped state. 8.2.4.24. Script data escaped end tag open state Consume the next input character: ASCII letter Create a new end tag token. Reconsume in the script data escaped end tag name state. (Don’t emit the token yet; further details will be filled in before it is emitted.) Anything else Emit a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN character token and a U+002F SOLIDUS character token. Reconsume in the script data escaped state. 8.2.4.25. Script data escaped end tag name state Consume the next input character: U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) U+000A LINE FEED (LF) U+000C FORM FEED (FF) U+0020 SPACE If the current end tag token is an appropriate end tag token, then switch to the before attribute name state. Otherwise, treat it as per the "anything else" entry below. U+002F SOLIDUS (/) If the current end tag token is an appropriate end tag token, then switch to the self-closing start tag state. Otherwise, treat it as per the "anything else" entry below. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) If the current end tag token is an appropriate end tag token, then switch to the data state and emit the current tag token. Otherwise, treat it as per the "anything else" entry below. Uppercase ASCII letter Append the lowercase version of the current input character (add 0x0020 to the character’s code point) to the current tag token’s tag name. Append the current input character to the temporary buffer. Lowercase ASCII letter Append the current input character to the current tag token’s tag name. Append the current input character to the temporary buffer. Anything else Emit a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN character token, a U+002F SOLIDUS character token, and a character token for each of the characters in the temporary buffer (in the order they were added to the buffer). Reconsume in the script data escaped state. 8.2.4.26. Script data double escape start state Consume the next input character: U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) U+000A LINE FEED (LF) U+000C FORM FEED (FF) U+0020 SPACE U+002F SOLIDUS (/) U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) If the temporary buffer is the string "script", then switch to the script data double escaped state. Otherwise, switch to the script data escaped state. Emit the current input character as a character token. Uppercase ASCII letter Append the lowercase version of the current input character (add 0x0020 to the character’s code point) to the temporary buffer. Emit the current input character as a character token. Lowercase ASCII letter Append the current input character to the temporary buffer. Emit the current input character as a character token. Anything else Reconsume in the script data escaped state. 8.2.4.27. Script data double escaped state Consume the next input character: U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-) Switch to the script data double escaped dash state. Emit a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character token. U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN (<) Switch to the script data double escaped less-than sign state. Emit a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN character token. U+0000 NULL Parse error. Emit a U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER character token. EOF Parse error. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Emit the current input character as a character token. 8.2.4.28. Script data double escaped dash state Consume the next input character: U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-) Switch to the script data double escaped dash dash state. Emit a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character token. U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN (<) Switch to the script data double escaped less-than sign state. Emit a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN character token. U+0000 NULL Parse error. Switch to the script data double escaped state. Emit a U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER character token. EOF Parse error. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Switch to the script data double escaped state. Emit the current input character as a character token. 8.2.4.29. Script data double escaped dash dash state Consume the next input character: U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-) Emit a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character token. U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN (<) Switch to the script data double escaped less-than sign state. Emit a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN character token. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Switch to the script data state. Emit a U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN character token. U+0000 NULL Parse error. Switch to the script data double escaped state. Emit a U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER character token. EOF Parse error. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Switch to the script data double escaped state. Emit the current input character as a character token. 8.2.4.30. Script data double escaped less-than sign state Consume the next input character: U+002F SOLIDUS (/) Set the temporary buffer to the empty string. Switch to the script data double escape end state. Emit a U+002F SOLIDUS character token. Anything else Reconsume in the script data double escaped state. 8.2.4.31. Script data double escape end state Consume the next input character: U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) U+000A LINE FEED (LF) U+000C FORM FEED (FF) U+0020 SPACE U+002F SOLIDUS (/) U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) If the temporary buffer is the string "script", then switch to the script data escaped state. Otherwise, switch to the script data double escaped state. Emit the current input character as a character token. Uppercase ASCII letter Append the lowercase version of the current input character (add 0x0020 to the character’s code point) to the temporary buffer. Emit the current input character as a character token. Lowercase ASCII letter Append the current input character to the temporary buffer. Emit the current input character as a character token. Anything else Reconsume in the script data double escaped state. 8.2.4.32. Before attribute name state Consume the next input character: U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) U+000A LINE FEED (LF) U+000C FORM FEED (FF) U+0020 SPACE Ignore the character. U+002F SOLIDUS (/) U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) EOF Reconsume in the after attribute name state. U+003D EQUALS SIGN (=) Parse error. Start a new attribute in the current tag token. Set that attribute’s name to the current input character, and its value to the empty string. Switch to the attribute name state. Anything else Start a new attribute in the current tag token. Set that attribute’s name and value to the empty string. Reconsume in the attribute name state. 8.2.4.33. Attribute name state Consume the next input character: U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) U+000A LINE FEED (LF) U+000C FORM FEED (FF) U+0020 SPACE U+002F SOLIDUS (/) U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) EOF Reconsume in the after attribute name state. U+003D EQUALS SIGN (=) Switch to the before attribute value state. Uppercase ASCII letter Append the lowercase version of the current input character (add 0x0020 to the character’s code point) to the current attribute’s name. U+0000 NULL Parse error. Append a U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER character to the current attribute’s name. U+0022 QUOTATION MARK (") U+0027 APOSTROPHE (') U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN (<) Parse error. Treat it as per the "anything else" entry below. Anything else Append the current input character to the current attribute’s name. When the user agent leaves the attribute name state (and before emitting the tag token, if appropriate), the complete attribute’s name must be compared to the other attributes on the same token; if there is already an attribute on the token with the exact same name, then this is a parse error and the new attribute must be removed from the token. If an attribute is so removed from a token, it, and the value that gets associated with it, if any, are never subsequently used by the parser, and are therefore effectively discarded. Removing the attribute in this way does not change its status as the "current attribute" for the purposes of the tokenizer, however. 8.2.4.34. After attribute name state Consume the next input character: U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) U+000A LINE FEED (LF) U+000C FORM FEED (FF) U+0020 SPACE Ignore the character. U+002F SOLIDUS (/) Switch to the self-closing start tag state. U+003D EQUALS SIGN (=) Switch to the before attribute value state. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Switch to the data state. Emit the current tag token. EOF Parse error. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Start a new attribute in the current tag token. Set that attribute’s name and value to the empty string. Reconsume in the attribute name state. 8.2.4.35. Before attribute value state Consume the next input character: U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) U+000A LINE FEED (LF) U+000C FORM FEED (FF) U+0020 SPACE Ignore the character. U+0022 QUOTATION MARK (") Switch to the attribute value (double-quoted) state. U+0027 APOSTROPHE (') Switch to the attribute value (single-quoted) state. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Parse error. Treat it as per the "anything else" entry below. Anything else Reconsume in the attribute value (unquoted) state. 8.2.4.36. Attribute value (double-quoted) state Consume the next input character: U+0022 QUOTATION MARK (") Switch to the after attribute value (quoted) state. U+0026 AMPERSAND (&) Set the return state to the attribute value (double-quoted) state. Switch to the character reference state. U+0000 NULL Parse error. Append a U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER character to the current attribute’s value. EOF Parse error. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Append the current input character to the current attribute’s value. 8.2.4.37. Attribute value (single-quoted) state Consume the next input character: U+0027 APOSTROPHE (') Switch to the after attribute value (quoted) state. U+0026 AMPERSAND (&) Set the return state to the attribute value (single-quoted) state. Switch to the character reference state. U+0000 NULL Parse error. Append a U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER character to the current attribute’s value. EOF Parse error. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Append the current input character to the current attribute’s value. 8.2.4.38. Attribute value (unquoted) state Consume the next input character: U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) U+000A LINE FEED (LF) U+000C FORM FEED (FF) U+0020 SPACE Switch to the before attribute name state. U+0026 AMPERSAND (&) Set the return state to the attribute value (unquoted) state. Switch to the character reference state. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Switch to the data state. Emit the current tag token. U+0000 NULL Parse error. Append a U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER character to the current attribute’s value. U+0022 QUOTATION MARK (") U+0027 APOSTROPHE (') U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN (<) U+003D EQUALS SIGN (=) U+0060 GRAVE ACCENT (`) Parse error. Treat it as per the "anything else" entry below. EOF Parse error. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Append the current input character to the current attribute’s value. 8.2.4.39. After attribute value (quoted) state Consume the next input character: U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) U+000A LINE FEED (LF) U+000C FORM FEED (FF) U+0020 SPACE Switch to the before attribute name state. U+002F SOLIDUS (/) Switch to the self-closing start tag state. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Switch to the data state. Emit the current tag token. EOF Parse error. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Parse error. Reconsume in the before attribute name state. 8.2.4.40. Self-closing start tag state Consume the next input character: U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Set the self-closing flag of the current tag token. Switch to the data state. Emit the current tag token. EOF Parse error. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Parse error. Reconsume in the before attribute name state. 8.2.4.41. Bogus comment state Consume the next input character: U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Switch to the data state. Emit the comment token. EOF Emit the comment. Emit an end-of-file token. U+0000 NULL Append a U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER character to the comment token’s data. Anything else Append the current input character to the comment token’s data. 8.2.4.42. Markup declaration open state If the next two characters are both U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS characters (-), consume those two characters, create a comment token whose data is the empty string, and switch to the comment start state. Otherwise, if the next seven characters are an ASCII case-insensitive match for the word "DOCTYPE", then consume those characters and switch to the DOCTYPE state. Otherwise, if there is an adjusted current node and it is not an element in the HTML namespace and the next seven characters are a case-sensitive match for the string "[CDATA[" (the five uppercase letters "CDATA" with a U+005B LEFT SQUARE BRACKET character before and after), then consume those characters and switch to the CDATA section state. Otherwise, this is a parse error. Create a comment token whose data is the empty string. Switch to the bogus comment state (don’t consume anything in the current state). 8.2.4.43. Comment start state Consume the next input character: U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-) Switch to the comment start dash state. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Parse error. Switch to the data state. Emit the comment token. Anything else Reconsume in the comment state. 8.2.4.44. Comment start dash state Consume the next input character: U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-) Switch to the comment end state U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Parse error. Switch to the data state. Emit the comment token. EOF Parse error. Emit the comment token. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Append a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-) to the comment token’s data. Reconsume in the comment state. 8.2.4.45. Comment state Consume the next input character: U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN (<) Append the current input character to the comment token’s data. Switch to the comment less-than sign state. U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-) Switch to the comment end dash state U+0000 NULL Parse error. Append a U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER character to the comment token’s data. EOF Parse error. Emit the comment token. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Append the current input character to the comment token’s data. 8.2.4.46. Comment less-than sign state Consume the next input character: U+0021 EXCLAMATION MARK (!) Append the current input character to the comment token’s data. Switch to the comment less-than sign bang state. U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN (<) Append the current input character to the comment token’s data. Anything else Reconsume in the comment state. 8.2.4.47. Comment less-than sign bang state Consume the next input character: U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-) Switch to the comment less-than sign bang dash state. Anything else Reconsume in the comment state. 8.2.4.48. Comment less-than sign bang dash state Consume the next input character: U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-) Switch to the comment less-than sign bang dash dash state. Anything else Reconsume in the comment end dash state. 8.2.4.49. Comment less-than sign bang dash dash state Consume the next input character: U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) EOF Reconsume in the comment end state. Anything else Parse error. Reconsume in the comment end state. 8.2.4.50. Comment end dash state Consume the next input character: U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-) Switch to the comment end state EOF Parse error. Emit the comment token. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Append a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-) to the comment token’s data. Reconsume in the comment state. 8.2.4.51. Comment end state Consume the next input character: U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Switch to the data state. Emit the comment token. U+0021 EXCLAMATION MARK (!) Switch to the comment end bang state. U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-) Append a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-) to the comment token’s data. EOF Parse error. Emit the comment token. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Append two U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS characters (-) to the comment token’s data. Reconsume in the comment state. 8.2.4.52. Comment end bang state Consume the next input character: U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS (-) Append two U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS characters (-) and a U+0021 EXCLAMATION MARK character (!) to the comment token’s data. Switch to the comment end dash state. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Parse error. Switch to the data state. Emit the comment token. EOF Parse error. Emit the comment token. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Append two U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS characters (-) and a U+0021 EXCLAMATION MARK character (!) to the comment token’s data. Reconsume in the comment state. 8.2.4.53. DOCTYPE state Consume the next input character: U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) U+000A LINE FEED (LF) U+000C FORM FEED (FF) U+0020 SPACE Switch to the before DOCTYPE name state. EOF Parse error. Create a new DOCTYPE token. Set its force-quirks flag to on. Emit the token. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Parse error. Reconsume in the before DOCTYPE name state. 8.2.4.54. Before DOCTYPE name state Consume the next input character: U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) U+000A LINE FEED (LF) U+000C FORM FEED (FF) U+0020 SPACE Ignore the character. Uppercase ASCII letter Create a new DOCTYPE token. Set the token’s name to the lowercase version of the current input character (add 0x0020 to the character’s code point). Switch to the DOCTYPE name state. U+0000 NULL Parse error. Create a new DOCTYPE token. Set the token’s name to a U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER character. Switch to the DOCTYPE name state. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Parse error. Create a new DOCTYPE token. Set its force-quirks flag to on. Switch to the data state. Emit the token. EOF Parse error. Create a new DOCTYPE token. Set its force-quirks flag to on. Emit the token. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Create a new DOCTYPE token. Set the token’s name to the current input character. Switch to the DOCTYPE name state. 8.2.4.55. DOCTYPE name state Consume the next input character: U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) U+000A LINE FEED (LF) U+000C FORM FEED (FF) U+0020 SPACE Switch to the after DOCTYPE name state. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Switch to the data state. Emit the current DOCTYPE token. Uppercase ASCII letter Append the lowercase version of the current input character (add 0x0020 to the character’s code point) to the current DOCTYPE token’s name. U+0000 NULL Parse error. Append a U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER character to the current DOCTYPE token’s name. EOF Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on. Emit that DOCTYPE token. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Append the current input character to the current DOCTYPE token’s name. 8.2.4.56. After DOCTYPE name state Consume the next input character: U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) U+000A LINE FEED (LF) U+000C FORM FEED (FF) U+0020 SPACE Ignore the character. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Switch to the data state. Emit the current DOCTYPE token. EOF Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on. Emit that DOCTYPE token. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else If the six characters starting from the current input character are an ASCII case-insensitive match for the word "PUBLIC", then consume those characters and switch to the after DOCTYPE public keyword state. Otherwise, if the six characters starting from the current input character are an ASCII case-insensitive match for the word "SYSTEM", then consume those characters and switch to the after DOCTYPE system keyword state. Otherwise, this is a parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on. Switch to the bogus DOCTYPE state. 8.2.4.57. After DOCTYPE public keyword state Consume the next input character: U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) U+000A LINE FEED (LF) U+000C FORM FEED (FF) U+0020 SPACE Switch to the before DOCTYPE public identifier state. U+0022 QUOTATION MARK (") Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s public identifier to the empty string (not missing), then switch to the DOCTYPE public identifier (double-quoted) state. U+0027 APOSTROPHE (') Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s public identifier to the empty string (not missing), then switch to the DOCTYPE public identifier (single-quoted) state. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on. Switch to the data state. Emit that DOCTYPE token. EOF Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on. Emit that DOCTYPE token. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on. Switch to the bogus DOCTYPE state. 8.2.4.58. Before DOCTYPE public identifier state Consume the next input character: U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) U+000A LINE FEED (LF) U+000C FORM FEED (FF) U+0020 SPACE Ignore the character. U+0022 QUOTATION MARK (") Set the DOCTYPE token’s public identifier to the empty string (not missing), then switch to the DOCTYPE public identifier (double-quoted) state. U+0027 APOSTROPHE (') Set the DOCTYPE token’s public identifier to the empty string (not missing), then switch to the DOCTYPE public identifier (single-quoted) state. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on. Switch to the data state. Emit that DOCTYPE token. EOF Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on. Emit that DOCTYPE token. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on. Switch to the bogus DOCTYPE state. 8.2.4.59. DOCTYPE public identifier (double-quoted) state Consume the next input character: U+0022 QUOTATION MARK (") Switch to the after DOCTYPE public identifier state. U+0000 NULL Parse error. Append a U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER character to the current DOCTYPE token’s public identifier. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on. Switch to the data state. Emit that DOCTYPE token. EOF Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on. Emit that DOCTYPE token. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Append the current input character to the current DOCTYPE token’s public identifier. 8.2.4.60. DOCTYPE public identifier (single-quoted) state Consume the next input character: U+0027 APOSTROPHE (') Switch to the after DOCTYPE public identifier state. U+0000 NULL Parse error. Append a U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER character to the current DOCTYPE token’s public identifier. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on. Switch to the data state. Emit that DOCTYPE token. EOF Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on. Emit that DOCTYPE token. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Append the current input character to the current DOCTYPE token’s public identifier. 8.2.4.61. After DOCTYPE public identifier state Consume the next input character: U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) U+000A LINE FEED (LF) U+000C FORM FEED (FF) U+0020 SPACE Switch to the between DOCTYPE public and system identifiers state. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Switch to the data state. Emit the current DOCTYPE token. U+0022 QUOTATION MARK (") Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s system identifier to the empty string (not missing), then switch to the DOCTYPE system identifier (double-quoted) state. U+0027 APOSTROPHE (') Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s system identifier to the empty string (not missing), then switch to the DOCTYPE system identifier (single-quoted) state. EOF Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on. Emit that DOCTYPE token. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on. Switch to the bogus DOCTYPE state. 8.2.4.62. Between DOCTYPE public and system identifiers state Consume the next input character: U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) U+000A LINE FEED (LF) U+000C FORM FEED (FF) U+0020 SPACE Ignore the character. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Switch to the data state. Emit the current DOCTYPE token. U+0022 QUOTATION MARK (") Set the DOCTYPE token’s system identifier to the empty string (not missing), then switch to the DOCTYPE system identifier (double-quoted) state. U+0027 APOSTROPHE (') Set the DOCTYPE token’s system identifier to the empty string (not missing), then switch to the DOCTYPE system identifier (single-quoted) state. EOF Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on. Emit that DOCTYPE token. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on. Switch to the bogus DOCTYPE state. 8.2.4.63. After DOCTYPE system keyword state Consume the next input character: U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) U+000A LINE FEED (LF) U+000C FORM FEED (FF) U+0020 SPACE Switch to the before DOCTYPE system identifier state. U+0022 QUOTATION MARK (") Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s system identifier to the empty string (not missing), then switch to the DOCTYPE system identifier (double-quoted) state. U+0027 APOSTROPHE (') Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s system identifier to the empty string (not missing), then switch to the DOCTYPE system identifier (single-quoted) state. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on. Switch to the data state. Emit that DOCTYPE token. EOF Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on. Emit that DOCTYPE token. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on. Switch to the bogus DOCTYPE state. 8.2.4.64. Before DOCTYPE system identifier state Consume the next input character: U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) U+000A LINE FEED (LF) U+000C FORM FEED (FF) U+0020 SPACE Ignore the character. U+0022 QUOTATION MARK (") Set the DOCTYPE token’s system identifier to the empty string (not missing), then switch to the DOCTYPE system identifier (double-quoted) state. U+0027 APOSTROPHE (') Set the DOCTYPE token’s system identifier to the empty string (not missing), then switch to the DOCTYPE system identifier (single-quoted) state. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on. Switch to the data state. Emit that DOCTYPE token. EOF Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on. Emit that DOCTYPE token. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on. Switch to the bogus DOCTYPE state. 8.2.4.65. DOCTYPE system identifier (double-quoted) state Consume the next input character: U+0022 QUOTATION MARK (") Switch to the after DOCTYPE system identifier state. U+0000 NULL Parse error. Append a U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER character to the current DOCTYPE token’s system identifier. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on. Switch to the data state. Emit that DOCTYPE token. EOF Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on. Emit that DOCTYPE token. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Append the current input character to the current DOCTYPE token’s system identifier. 8.2.4.66. DOCTYPE system identifier (single-quoted) state Consume the next input character: U+0027 APOSTROPHE (') Switch to the after DOCTYPE system identifier state. U+0000 NULL Parse error. Append a U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER character to the current DOCTYPE token’s system identifier. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on. Switch to the data state. Emit that DOCTYPE token. EOF Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on. Emit that DOCTYPE token. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Append the current input character to the current DOCTYPE token’s system identifier. 8.2.4.67. After DOCTYPE system identifier state Consume the next input character: U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) U+000A LINE FEED (LF) U+000C FORM FEED (FF) U+0020 SPACE Ignore the character. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Switch to the data state. Emit the current DOCTYPE token. EOF Parse error. Set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on. Emit that DOCTYPE token. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Parse error. Switch to the bogus DOCTYPE state. (This does not set the DOCTYPE token’s force-quirks flag to on.) 8.2.4.68. Bogus DOCTYPE state Consume the next input character: U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Switch to the data state. Emit the DOCTYPE token. EOF Emit the DOCTYPE token. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Ignore the character. 8.2.4.69. CDATA section state Consume the next input character: U+005D RIGHT SQUARE BRACKET (]) Switch to the CDATA section bracket state. EOF Parse error. Emit an end-of-file token. Anything else Emit the current input character as a character token. U+0000 NULL characters are handled in the tree construction stage, as part of the in foreign content insertion mode, which is the only place where CDATA sections can appear. 8.2.4.70. CDATA section bracket state Consume the next input character: U+005D RIGHT SQUARE BRACKET (]) Switch to the CDATA section end state. Anything else Emit a U+005D RIGHT SQUARE BRACKET character token. Reconsume in the CDATA section state 8.2.4.71. CDATA section end state Consume the next input character: U+005D RIGHT SQUARE BRACKET (]) Emit a U+005D RIGHT SQUARE BRACKET character token. U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>) Switch to the data state. Anything else Emit two U+005D RIGHT SQUARE BRACKET character tokens. Reconsume in the CDATA section state 8.2.4.72. Character reference state Set the temporary buffer to the empty string. Append a U+0026 AMPERSAND (&) character to the temporary buffer. Consume the next input character: U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) U+000A LINE FEED (LF) U+000C FORM FEED (FF) U+0020 SPACE U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN U+0026 AMPERSAND EOF Reconsume in the character reference end state. U+0023 NUMBER SIGN (#) Append the current input character to the temporary buffer. Switch to the numeric character reference state. Anything else Consume the maximum number of characters possible, with the consumed characters matching one of the identifiers in the first column of the §8.5 Named character references table (in a case-sensitive manner). Append each character to the temporary buffer when it’s consumed. If no match can be made and the temporary buffer consists of a U+0026 AMPERSAND character (&) followed by a sequence of one or more alphanumeric ASCII characters and a U+003B SEMICOLON character (;), then this is a parse error. If no match can be made, switch to the character reference end state. If the character reference was consumed as part of an attribute (return state is either attribute value (double-quoted) state, attribute value (single-quoted) state or attribute value (unquoted) state), and the last character matched is not a U+003B SEMICOLON character (;), and the next input character is either a U+003D EQUALS SIGN character (=) or an alphanumeric ASCII character, then, for historical reasons, switch to the character reference end state. If the last character matched is not a U+003B SEMICOLON character (;), this is a parse error. Set the temporary buffer to the empty string. Append one or two characters corresponding to the character reference name (as given by the second column of the §8.5 Named character references table) to the temporary buffer. Switch to the character reference end state. If the markup contains (not in an attribute) the string I'm &notit; I tell you, the character reference is parsed as "not", as in, I'm ¬it; I tell you (and this is a parse error). But if the markup was I'm &amp;notin; I tell you, the character reference would be parsed as "notin;", resulting in I'm ∉ I tell you (and no parse error). However, if the markup contains the string I'm &amp;notit; I tell you in an attribute, no character reference is parsed and string remains intact (and there is no parse error). 8.2.4.73. Numeric character reference state Set the character reference code to zero (0). Consume the next input character: U+0078 LATIN SMALL LETTER X U+0058 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER X Append the current input character to the temporary buffer. Switch to the hexadecimal character reference start state. Anything else Reconsume in the decimal character reference start state. 8.2.4.74. Hexadecimal character reference start state Consume the next input character: ASCII hex digit Reconsume in the hexadecimal character reference state. Anything else Parse error. Reconsume in the character reference end state. 8.2.4.75. Decimal character reference start state Consume the next input character: ASCII digit Reconsume in the decimal character reference state. Anything else Parse error. Reconsume in the character reference end state. 8.2.4.76. Hexadecimal character reference state Consume the next input character: ASCII digit Multiply the character reference code by 16. Add a numeric version of the current input character (subtract 0x0030 from the character’s code point) to the character reference code. Uppercase ASCII hex digit Multiply the character reference code by 16. Add a numeric version of the current input character as a hexademical digit (subtract 0x0037 from the character’s code point) to the character reference code. Lowercase ASCII hex digit Multiply the character reference code by 16. Add a numeric version of the current input character as a hexademical digit (subtract 0x0057 from the character’s code point) to the character reference code. U+003B SEMICOLON character (;) Switch to the numeric character reference end state. Anything else Parse error. Reconsume in the numeric character reference end state. 8.2.4.77. Decimal character reference state Consume the next input character: ASCII digit Multiply the character reference code by 16. Add a numeric version of the current input character (subtract 0x0030 from the character’s code point) to the character reference code. U+003B SEMICOLON character (;) Switch to the numeric character reference end state. Anything else Parse error. Reconsume in the numeric character reference end state. 8.2.4.78. Numeric character reference end state Check the character reference code. If that number is one of the numbers in the first column of the following table, then this is a parse error. Find the row with that number in the first column, and set the character reference code to the number in the second column of that row. Number Unicode character 0x00 U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER 0x80 U+20AC EURO SIGN (€) 0x82 U+201A SINGLE LOW-9 QUOTATION MARK (‚) 0x83 U+0192 LATIN SMALL LETTER F WITH HOOK (ƒ) 0x84 U+201E DOUBLE LOW-9 QUOTATION MARK („) 0x85 U+2026 HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS (…) 0x86 U+2020 DAGGER (†) 0x87 U+2021 DOUBLE DAGGER (‡) 0x88 U+02C6 MODIFIER LETTER CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT (ˆ) 0x89 U+2030 PER MILLE SIGN (‰) 0x8A U+0160 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S WITH CARON (Š) 0x8B U+2039 SINGLE LEFT-POINTING ANGLE QUOTATION MARK (‹) 0x8C U+0152 LATIN CAPITAL LIGATURE OE (Œ) 0x8E U+017D LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z WITH CARON (Ž) 0x91 U+2018 LEFT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK (‘) 0x92 U+2019 RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK (’) 0x93 U+201C LEFT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK (“) 0x94 U+201D RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK (”) 0x95 U+2022 BULLET (•) 0x96 U+2013 EN DASH (–) 0x97 U+2014 EM DASH (—) 0x98 U+02DC SMALL TILDE (˜) 0x99 U+2122 TRADE MARK SIGN (™) 0x9A U+0161 LATIN SMALL LETTER S WITH CARON (š) 0x9B U+203A SINGLE RIGHT-POINTING ANGLE QUOTATION MARK (›) 0x9C U+0153 LATIN SMALL LIGATURE OE (œ) 0x9E U+017E LATIN SMALL LETTER Z WITH CARON (ž) 0x9F U+0178 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y WITH DIAERESIS (Ÿ) If the number is in the range 0xD800 to 0xDFFF or is greater than 0x10FFFF, then this is a parse error. Set the character reference code to 0xFFFD. If the number is in the range 0x0001 to 0x0008, 0x000D to 0x001F, 0x007F to 0x009F, 0xFDD0 to 0xFDEF, or is one of 0x000B, 0xFFFE, 0xFFFF, 0x1FFFE, 0x1FFFF, 0x2FFFE, 0x2FFFF, 0x3FFFE, 0x3FFFF, 0x4FFFE, 0x4FFFF, 0x5FFFE, 0x5FFFF, 0x6FFFE, 0x6FFFF, 0x7FFFE, 0x7FFFF, 0x8FFFE, 0x8FFFF, 0x9FFFE, 0x9FFFF, 0xAFFFE, 0xAFFFF, 0xBFFFE, 0xBFFFF, 0xCFFFE, 0xCFFFF, 0xDFFFE, 0xDFFFF, 0xEFFFE, 0xEFFFF, 0xFFFFE, 0xFFFFF, 0x10FFFE, or 0x10FFFF, then this is a parse error. Set the temporary buffer to the empty string. Append the Unicode character with code point equal to the character reference code to the temporary buffer. Switch to the character reference end state. 8.2.4.79. Character reference end state Consume the next input character. Check the return state: attribute value (double-quoted) state attribute value (single-quoted) state attribute value (unquoted) state Append each character in the temporary buffer (in the order they were added to the buffer) to the current attribute’s value. Anything else For each of the characters in the temporary buffer (in the order they were added to the buffer), emit the character as a character token. Reconsume in the return state. 8.2.5. Tree construction The input to the tree construction stage is a sequence of tokens from the tokenization stage. The tree construction stage is associated with a DOM Document object when a parser is created. The "output" of this stage consists of dynamically modifying or extending that document’s DOM tree. This specification does not define when an interactive user agent has to render the Document so that it is available to the user, or when it has to begin accepting user input. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- As each token is emitted from the tokenizer, the user agent must follow the appropriate steps from the following list, known as the tree construction dispatcher: If the stack of open elements is empty If the adjusted current node is an element in the HTML namespace If the adjusted current node is a MathML text integration point and the token is a start tag whose tag name is neither "mglyph" nor "malignmark" If the adjusted current node is a MathML text integration point and the token is a character token If the adjusted current node is a MathML annotation-xml element and the token is a start tag whose tag name is "svg" If the adjusted current node is an HTML integration point and the token is a start tag If the adjusted current node is an HTML integration point and the token is a character token If the token is an end-of-file token Process the token according to the rules given in the section corresponding to the current insertion mode in HTML content. Otherwise Process the token according to the rules given in the section for parsing tokens in foreign content. The next token is the token that is about to be processed by the tree construction dispatcher (even if the token is subsequently just ignored). A node is a MathML text integration point if it is one of the following elements: * A MathML mi element * A MathML mo element * A MathML mn element * A MathML ms element * A MathML mtext element A node is an HTML integration point if it is one of the following elements: * A MathML annotation-xml element whose start tag token had an attribute with the name "encoding" whose value was an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "text/html" * A MathML annotation-xml element whose start tag token had an attribute with the name "encoding" whose value was an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "application/xhtml+xml" * An SVG foreignObject element * An SVG desc element * An SVG title element If the node in question is the context element passed to the HTML fragment parsing algorithm, then the start tag token for that element is the "fake" token created during by that HTML fragment parsing algorithm. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Not all of the tag names mentioned below are conformant tag names in this specification; many are included to handle legacy content. They still form part of the algorithm that implementations are required to implement to claim conformance. The algorithm described below places no limit on the depth of the DOM tree generated, or on the length of tag names, attribute names, attribute values, Text nodes, etc. While implementors are encouraged to avoid arbitrary limits, it is recognized that practical concerns will likely force user agents to impose nesting depth constraints. 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes While the parser is processing a token, it can enable or disable foster parenting. This affects the following algorithm. The appropriate place for inserting a node, optionally using a particular override target, is the position in an element returned by running the following steps: 1. If there was an override target specified, then let target be the override target. Otherwise, let target be the current node. 2. Determine the adjusted insertion location using the first matching steps from the following list: If foster parenting is enabled and target is a table, tbody, tfoot, thead, or tr element Foster parenting happens when content is misnested in tables. Run these substeps: 1. Let last template be the last template element in the stack of open elements, if any. 2. Let last table be the last table element in the stack of open elements, if any. 3. If there is a last template and either there is no last table, or there is one, but last template is lower (more recently added) than last table in the stack of open elements, then: let adjusted insertion location be inside last template’s template contents, after its last child (if any), and abort these substeps. 4. If there is no last table, then let adjusted insertion location be inside the first element in the stack of open elements (the html element), after its last child (if any), and abort these substeps. (fragment case) 5. If last table has a parent node, then let adjusted insertion location be inside last table’s parent node, immediately before last table, and abort these substeps. 6. Let previous element be the element immediately above last table in the stack of open elements. 7. Let adjusted insertion location be inside previous element, after its last child (if any). These steps are involved in part because it’s possible for elements, the table element in this case in particular, to have been moved by a script around in the DOM, or indeed removed from the DOM entirely, after the element was inserted by the parser. Otherwise Let adjusted insertion location be inside target, after its last child (if any). 3. If the adjusted insertion location is inside a template element, let it instead be inside the template element’s template contents, after its last child (if any). 4. Return the adjusted insertion location. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When the steps below require the UA to create an element for a token in a particular given namespace and with a particular intended parent, the UA must run the following steps: 1. Let document be intended parent’s node document. 2. Let local name be the tag name of the token. 3. Let is be the value of the "is" attribute in the given token, if such an attribute exists, or null otherwise. 4. Let definition be the result of looking up a custom element definition given document, given namespace, local name, and is. 5. If definition is non-null and the parser was not originally created for the HTML fragment parsing algorithm, then let will execute script be true. Otherwise, let it be false. 6. If will execute script is true, then: 1. Increment document’s throw-on-dynamic-markup-insertion counter. 2. If the JavaScript execution context stack is empty, then perform a microtask checkpoint. 3. Push a new element queue onto the custom element reactions stack. 7. Let element be the result of creating an element given document, local name, given namespace, null, and is. If will execute script is true, set the synchronous custom elements flag; otherwise, leave it unset. This will cause custom element constructors to run, if will execute script is true. However, since we incremented the throw-on-dynamic-markup-insertion counter, this cannot cause new characters to be inserted into the tokenizer, or the document to be blown away. 8. Append each attribute in the given token to element. This can enqueue a custom element callback reaction for the attributeChangedCallback, which might run immediately (in the next step). Even though the is attribute governs the creation of a customized built-in element, it is not present during the execution of the relevant custom element constructor; it is appended in this step, along with all other attributes. 9. If will execute script is true, then: 1. Let queue be the result of popping the current element queue from the custom element reactions stack. (This will be the same element queue as was pushed above.) 2. Invoke custom element reactions in queue. 3. Decrement document’s throw-on-dynamic-markup-insertion counter. 10. If element has an xmlns attribute *in the XMLNS namespace* whose value is not exactly the same as the element’s namespace, that is a parse error. Similarly, if element has an xmlns:xlink attribute in the XMLNS namespace whose value is not the XLink namespace, that is a parse error. 11. If element is a resettable element, invoke its reset algorithm. (This initializes the element’s value and checkedness based on the element’s attributes.) 12. If element is a form-associated element, and the form element pointer is not null, and there is no template element on the stack of open elements, and element is either not listed or doesn’t have a form attribute, and the intended parent is in the same tree as the element pointed to by the form element pointer, associate element with the form element pointed to by the form element pointer, and suppress the running of the reset the form owner algorithm when the parser subsequently attempts to insert the element. 13. Return element. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When the steps below require the user agent to insert a foreign element for a token in a given namespace, the user agent must run these steps: 1. Let the adjusted insertion location be the appropriate place for inserting a node. 2. Let element be the result of creating an element for the token in the given namespace, with the intended parent being the element in which the adjusted insertion location finds itself. 3. If it is possible to insert element at the adjusted insertion location, then: 1. Push a new element queue onto the custom element reactions stack. 2. Insert element at the adjusted insertion location. 3. Pop the element queue from the custom element reactions stack, and invoke custom element reactions in that queue. If the adjusted insertion location cannot accept more elements, e.g., because it’s a Document that already has an element child, then element is dropped on the floor. 4. Push element onto the stack of open elements so that it is the new current node. 5. Return element. When the steps below require the user agent to insert an HTML element for a token, the user agent must insert a foreign element for the token, in the HTML namespace. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When the steps below require the user agent to adjust MathML attributes for a token, then, if the token has an attribute named definitionurl, change its name to definitionURL (note the case difference). When the steps below require the user agent to adjust SVG attributes for a token, then, for each attribute on the token whose attribute name is one of the ones in the first column of the following table, change the attribute’s name to the name given in the corresponding cell in the second column. (This fixes the case of SVG attributes that are not all lowercase.) Attribute name on token Attribute name on element attributename attributeName attributetype attributeType basefrequency baseFrequency baseprofile baseProfile calcmode calcMode clippathunits clipPathUnits diffuseconstant diffuseConstant edgemode edgeMode filterunits filterUnits glyphref glyphRef gradienttransform gradientTransform gradientunits gradientUnits kernelmatrix kernelMatrix kernelunitlength kernelUnitLength keypoints keyPoints keysplines keySplines keytimes keyTimes lengthadjust lengthAdjust limitingconeangle limitingConeAngle markerheight markerHeight markerunits markerUnits markerwidth markerWidth maskcontentunits maskContentUnits maskunits maskUnits numoctaves numOctaves pathlength pathLength patterncontentunits patternContentUnits patterntransform patternTransform patternunits patternUnits pointsatx pointsAtX pointsaty pointsAtY pointsatz pointsAtZ preservealpha preserveAlpha preserveaspectratio preserveAspectRatio primitiveunits primitiveUnits refx refX refy refY repeatcount repeatCount repeatdur repeatDur requiredextensions requiredExtensions requiredfeatures requiredFeatures specularconstant specularConstant specularexponent specularExponent spreadmethod spreadMethod startoffset startOffset stddeviation stdDeviation stitchtiles stitchTiles surfacescale surfaceScale systemlanguage systemLanguage tablevalues tableValues targetx targetX targety targetY textlength textLength viewbox viewBox viewtarget viewTarget xchannelselector xChannelSelector ychannelselector yChannelSelector zoomandpan zoomAndPan When the steps below require the user agent to adjust foreign attributes for a token, then, if any of the attributes on the token match the strings given in the first column of the following table, let the attribute be a namespaced attribute, with the prefix being the string given in the corresponding cell in the second column, the local name being the string given in the corresponding cell in the third column, and the namespace being the namespace given in the corresponding cell in the fourth column. (This fixes the use of namespaced attributes, in particular lang attributes in the XML namespace.) Attribute name Prefix Local name Namespace xlink:actuate xlink actuate XLink namespace xlink:arcrole xlink arcrole XLink namespace xlink:href xlink href XLink namespace xlink:role xlink role XLink namespace xlink:show xlink show XLink namespace xlink:title xlink title XLink namespace xlink:type xlink type XLink namespace xml:lang xml lang XML namespace xml:space xml space XML namespace xmlns (none) xmlns XMLNS namespace xmlns:xlink xmlns xlink XMLNS namespace ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When the steps below require the user agent to insert a character while processing a token, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. Let data be the characters passed to the algorithm, or, if no characters were explicitly specified, the character of the character token being processed. 2. Let the adjusted insertion location be the appropriate place for inserting a node. 3. If the adjusted insertion location is in a Document node, then abort these steps. The DOM will not let Document nodes have Text node children, so they are dropped on the floor. 4. If there is a Text node immediately before the adjusted insertion location, then append data to that Text node’s data. Otherwise, create a new Text node whose data is data and whose node document is the same as that of the element in which the adjusted insertion location finds itself, and insert the newly created node at the adjusted insertion location. Here are some sample inputs to the parser and the corresponding number of Text nodes that they result in, assuming a user agent that executes scripts. Input Number of Text nodes A<script> One Text node in the var script = document.getElementsByTagName('script')[0]; document, containing document.body.removeChild(script); "AB". </script>B Three Text nodes; "A" before the A<script> script, the script’s var text = document.createTextNode('B'); contents, and "BC" document.body.appendChild(text); after the script </script>C (the parser appends to the Text node created by the script). A<script> Two adjacent Text var text = document.getElementsByTagName('script')[0].firstChild; nodes in the text.data = 'B'; document, containing document.body.appendChild(text); "A" and "BC". </script>C One Text node before the table, A<table>B<tr>C</tr>D</table> containing "ABCD". (This is caused by foster parenting.) One Text node before the table, A<table><tr> B</tr> C</table> containing "A B C" (A-space-B-space-C). (This is caused by foster parenting.) One Text node before the table, containing "A BC" (A-space-B-C), and one Text node inside the table (as a child of a tbody) with a single space A<table><tr> B</tr> </em>C</table> character. (Space characters separated from non-space characters by non-character tokens are not affected by foster parenting, even if those other tokens then get ignored.) ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When the steps below require the user agent to insert a comment while processing a comment token, optionally with an explicitly insertion position position, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. Let data be the data given in the comment token being processed. 2. If position was specified, then let the adjusted insertion location be position. Otherwise, let adjusted insertion location be the appropriate place for inserting a node. 3. Create a Comment node whose data attribute is set to data and whose node document is the same as that of the node in which the adjusted insertion location finds itself. 4. Insert the newly created node at the adjusted insertion location. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- DOM mutation events must not fire for changes caused by the UA parsing the document. This includes the parsing of any content inserted using document.write() and document.writeln() calls. [UIEVENTS] However, mutation observers do fire, as required by the DOM specification. 8.2.5.2. Parsing elements that contain only text The generic raw text element parsing algorithm and the generic RCDATA element parsing algorithm consist of the following steps. These algorithms are always invoked in response to a start tag token. 1. Insert an HTML element for the token. 2. If the algorithm that was invoked is the generic raw text element parsing algorithm, switch the tokenizer to the RAWTEXT state; otherwise the algorithm invoked was the generic RCDATA element parsing algorithm, switch the tokenizer to the RCDATA state. 3. Let the original insertion mode be the current insertion mode. 4. Then, switch the insertion mode to "text". 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags When the steps below require the UA to generate implied end tags, then, while the current node is a dd element, a dt element, an li element, an optgroup element, an option element, a p element, an rb element, an rp element, an rt element, or an rtc element, the UA must pop the current node off the stack of open elements. If a step requires the UA to generate implied end tags but lists an element to exclude from the process, then the UA must perform the above steps as if that element was not in the above list. When the steps below require the UA to generate all implied end tags thoroughly, then, while the current node is a caption element, a colgroup element, a dd element, a dt element, an li element, an optgroup element, an option element, a p element, an rb element, an rp element, an rt element, an rtc element, a tbody element, a td element, a tfoot element, a th element, a thead element, or a tr element, the UA must pop the current node off the stack of open elements. 8.2.5.4. The rules for parsing tokens in HTML content 8.2.5.4.1. The "initial" insertion mode When the user agent is to apply the rules for the "initial" insertion mode, the user agent must handle the token as follows: A character token that is one of U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION, U+000A LINE FEED (LF), U+000C FORM FEED (FF), U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR), or U+0020 SPACE Ignore the token. A comment token Insert a comment as the last child of the Document object. A DOCTYPE token If the DOCTYPE token’s name is not a case-sensitive match for the string "html", or the token’s public identifier is not missing, or the token’s system identifier is neither missing nor a case-sensitive match for the string "about:legacy-compat", then there is a parse error. Append a DocumentType node to the Document node, with the name attribute set to the name given in the DOCTYPE token, or the empty string if the name was missing; the publicId attribute set to the public identifier given in the DOCTYPE token, or the empty string if the public identifier was missing; the systemId attribute set to the system identifier given in the DOCTYPE token, or the empty string if the system identifier was missing; and the other attributes specific to DocumentType objects set to null and empty lists as appropriate. Associate the DocumentType node with the Document object so that it is returned as the value of the doctype attribute of the Document object. Then, if the document is not an iframe srcdoc document, and the DOCTYPE token matches one of the conditions in the following list, then set the Document to quirks mode: * The force-quirks flag is set to on. * The name is set to anything other than "html" (compared case-sensitively). * The public identifier is set to: "-//W3O//DTD W3 HTML Strict 3.0//EN//" * The public identifier is set to: "-/W3C/DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional/EN" * The public identifier is set to: "HTML" * The system identifier is set to: "http://www.ibm.com/data/dtd/v11/ibmxhtml1-transitional.dtd" * The public identifier starts with: "+//Silmaril//dtd html Pro v0r11 19970101//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//AS//DTD HTML 3.0 asWedit + extensions//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//AdvaSoft Ltd//DTD HTML 3.0 asWedit + extensions//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0 Level 1//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0 Level 2//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0 Strict Level 1//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0 Strict Level 2//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0 Strict//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.0//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//IETF//DTD HTML 2.1E//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//IETF//DTD HTML 3.0//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//IETF//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//IETF//DTD HTML 3.2//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//IETF//DTD HTML 3//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//IETF//DTD HTML Level 0//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//IETF//DTD HTML Level 1//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//IETF//DTD HTML Level 2//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//IETF//DTD HTML Level 3//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//IETF//DTD HTML Strict Level 0//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//IETF//DTD HTML Strict Level 1//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//IETF//DTD HTML Strict Level 2//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//IETF//DTD HTML Strict Level 3//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//IETF//DTD HTML Strict//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//IETF//DTD HTML//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//Metrius//DTD Metrius Presentational//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//Microsoft//DTD Internet Explorer 2.0 HTML Strict//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//Microsoft//DTD Internet Explorer 2.0 HTML//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//Microsoft//DTD Internet Explorer 2.0 Tables//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//Microsoft//DTD Internet Explorer 3.0 HTML Strict//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//Microsoft//DTD Internet Explorer 3.0 HTML//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//Microsoft//DTD Internet Explorer 3.0 Tables//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//Netscape Comm. Corp.//DTD HTML//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//Netscape Comm. Corp.//DTD Strict HTML//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//O'Reilly and Associates//DTD HTML 2.0//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//O'Reilly and Associates//DTD HTML Extended 1.0//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//O'Reilly and Associates//DTD HTML Extended Relaxed 1.0//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//SQ//DTD HTML 2.0 HoTMetaL + extensions//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//SoftQuad Software//DTD HoTMetaL PRO 6.0::19990601::extensions to HTML 4.0//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//SoftQuad//DTD HoTMetaL PRO 4.0::19971010::extensions to HTML 4.0//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//Spyglass//DTD HTML 2.0 Extended//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//Sun Microsystems Corp.//DTD HotJava HTML//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//Sun Microsystems Corp.//DTD HotJava Strict HTML//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3 1995-03-24//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Draft//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2S Draft//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//W3C//DTD HTML Experimental 19960712//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//W3C//DTD HTML Experimental 970421//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//W3C//DTD W3 HTML//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//W3O//DTD W3 HTML 3.0//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//WebTechs//DTD Mozilla HTML 2.0//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//WebTechs//DTD Mozilla HTML//" * The system identifier is missing and the public identifier starts with: "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Frameset//" * The system identifier is missing and the public identifier starts with: "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//" Otherwise, if the document is not an iframe srcdoc document, and the DOCTYPE token matches one of the conditions in the following list, then set the Document to limited-quirks mode: * The public identifier starts with: "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Frameset//" * The public identifier starts with: "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//" * The system identifier is not missing and the public identifier starts with: "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Frameset//" * The system identifier is not missing and the public identifier starts with: "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//" The system identifier and public identifier strings must be compared to the values given in the lists above in an ASCII case-insensitive manner. A system identifier whose value is the empty string is not considered missing for the purposes of the conditions above. Then, switch the insertion mode to "before html". Anything else If the document is not an iframe srcdoc document, then this is a parse error; set the Document to quirks mode. In any case, switch the insertion mode to "before html", then reprocess the token. 8.2.5.4.2. The "before html" insertion mode When the user agent is to apply the rules for the "before html" insertion mode, the user agent must handle the token as follows: A DOCTYPE token Parse error. A comment token Insert a comment as the last child of the Document object. A character token that is one of U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION, U+000A LINE FEED (LF), U+000C FORM FEED (FF), U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR), or U+0020 SPACE Ignore the token. A start tag whose tag name is "html" Create an element for the token in the HTML namespace, with the Document as the intended parent. Append it to the Document object. Put this element in the stack of open elements. Switch the insertion mode to "before head". An end tag whose tag name is one of: "head", "body", "html", "br" Act as described in the "anything else" entry below. Any other end tag Parse error. Anything else Create an html element whose node document is the Document object. Append it to the Document object. Put this element in the stack of open elements. Switch the insertion mode to "before head", then reprocess the token. The document element can end up being removed from the Document object, e.g., by scripts; nothing in particular happens in such cases, content continues being appended to the nodes as described in the next section. 8.2.5.4.3. The "before head" insertion mode When the user agent is to apply the rules for the "before head" insertion mode, the user agent must handle the token as follows: A character token that is one of U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION, U+000A LINE FEED (LF), U+000C FORM FEED (FF), U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR), or U+0020 SPACE Ignore the token. A comment token Insert a comment. A DOCTYPE token Parse error. A start tag whose tag name is "html" Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode. A start tag whose tag name is "head" Insert an HTML element for the token. Set the head element pointer to the newly created head element. Switch the insertion mode to "in head". An end tag whose tag name is one of: "head", "body", "html", "br" Act as described in the "anything else" entry below. Any other end tag Parse error. Anything else Insert an HTML element for a "head" start tag token with no attributes. Set the head element pointer to the newly created head element. Switch the insertion mode to "in head". Reprocess the current token. 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode When the user agent is to apply the rules for the "in head" insertion mode, the user agent must handle the token as follows: A character token that is one of U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION, U+000A LINE FEED (LF), U+000C FORM FEED (FF), U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR), or U+0020 SPACE Insert the character. A comment token Insert a comment. A DOCTYPE token Parse error. A start tag whose tag name is "html" Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode. A start tag whose tag name is one of: "base", "basefont", "bgsound", "link" Insert an HTML element for the token. Immediately pop the current node off the stack of open elements. Acknowledge the token’s *self-closing flag*, if it is set. A start tag whose tag name is "meta" Insert an HTML element for the token. Immediately pop the current node off the stack of open elements. Acknowledge the token’s *self-closing flag*, if it is set. If the element has a charset attribute, and getting an encoding from its value results in an encoding, and the confidence is currently tentative, then change the encoding to the resulting encoding. Otherwise, if the element has an http-equiv attribute whose value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "Content-Type", and the element has a content attribute, and applying the algorithm for extracting a character encoding from a meta element to that attribute’s value returns an encoding, and the confidence is currently tentative, then change the encoding to the extracted encoding. A start tag whose tag name is "title" Follow the generic RCDATA element parsing algorithm. A start tag whose tag name is "noscript", if the scripting flag is enabled A start tag whose tag name is one of: "noframes", "style" Follow the generic raw text element parsing algorithm. A start tag whose tag name is "noscript", if the scripting flag is disabled Insert an HTML element for the token. Switch the insertion mode to "in head noscript". A start tag whose tag name is "script" Run these steps: 1. Let the adjusted insertion location be the appropriate place for inserting a node. 2. Create an element for the token in the HTML namespace, with the intended parent being the element in which the adjusted insertion location finds itself. 3. Mark the element as being "parser-inserted" and unset the element’s "non-blocking" flag. This ensures that, if the script is external, any document.write() calls in the script will execute in-line, instead of blowing the document away, as would happen in most other cases. It also prevents the script from executing until the end tag is seen. 4. If the parser was originally created for the HTML fragment parsing algorithm, then mark the script element as "already started". (fragment case) 5. Insert the newly created element at the adjusted insertion location. 6. Push the element onto the stack of open elements so that it is the new current node. 7. Switch the tokenizer to the script data state. 8. Let the original insertion mode be the current insertion mode. 9. Switch the insertion mode to "text". An end tag whose tag name is "head" Pop the current node (which will be the head element) off the stack of open elements. Switch the insertion mode to "after head". An end tag whose tag name is one of: "body", "html", "br" Act as described in the "anything else" entry below. A start tag whose tag name is "template" Insert an HTML element for the token. Insert a marker at the end of the list of active formatting elements. Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok". Switch the insertion mode to "in template". Push "in template" onto the stack of template insertion modes so that it is the new current template insertion mode. An end tag whose tag name is "template" If there is no template element on the stack of open elements, then this is a parse error; ignore the token. Otherwise, run these steps: 1. Generate all implied end tags thoroughly. 2. If the current node is not a template element, then this is a parse error. 3. Pop elements from the stack of open elements until a template element has been popped from the stack. 4. Clear the list of active formatting elements up to the last marker. 5. Pop the current template insertion mode off the stack of template insertion modes. 6. Reset the insertion mode appropriately. A start tag whose tag name is "head" Any other end tag Parse error. Anything else Pop the current node (which will be the head element) off the stack of open elements. Switch the insertion mode to "after head". Reprocess the token. 8.2.5.4.5. The "in head noscript" insertion mode When the user agent is to apply the rules for the "in head noscript" insertion mode, the user agent must handle the token as follows: A DOCTYPE token Parse error. A start tag whose tag name is "html" Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode. An end tag whose tag name is "noscript" Pop the current node (which will be a noscript element) from the stack of open elements; the new current node will be a head element. Switch the insertion mode to "in head". A character token that is one of U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION, U+000A LINE FEED (LF), U+000C FORM FEED (FF), U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR), or U+0020 SPACE A comment token A start tag whose tag name is one of: "basefont", "bgsound", "link", "meta", "noframes", "style" Process the token using the rules for the "in head" insertion mode. An end tag whose tag name is "br" Act as described in the "anything else" entry below. A start tag whose tag name is one of: "head", "noscript" Any other end tag Parse error. Anything else Parse error. Pop the current node (which will be a noscript element) from the stack of open elements; the new current node will be a head element. Switch the insertion mode to "in head". Reprocess the token. 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode When the user agent is to apply the rules for the "after head" insertion mode, the user agent must handle the token as follows: A character token that is one of U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION, U+000A LINE FEED (LF), U+000C FORM FEED (FF), U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR), or U+0020 SPACE Insert the character. A comment token Insert a comment. A DOCTYPE token Parse error. A start tag whose tag name is "html" Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode. A start tag whose tag name is "body" Insert an HTML element for the token. Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok". Switch the insertion mode to "in body". A start tag whose tag name is "frameset" Insert an HTML element for the token. Switch the insertion mode to "in frameset". A start tag whose tag name is one of: "base", "basefont", "bgsound", "link", "meta", "noframes", "script", "style", "template", "title" Parse error. Push the node pointed to by the head element pointer onto the stack of open elements. Process the token using the rules for the "in head" insertion mode. Remove the node pointed to by the head element pointer from the stack of open elements. (It might not be the current node at this point.) The head element pointer cannot be null at this point. An end tag whose tag name is "template" Process the token using the rules for the "in head" insertion mode. An end tag whose tag name is one of: "body", "html", "br" Act as described in the "anything else" entry below. A start tag whose tag name is "head" Any other end tag Parse error. Anything else Insert an HTML element for a "body" start tag token with no attributes. Switch the insertion mode to "in body". Reprocess the current token. 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode When the user agent is to apply the rules for the "in body" insertion mode, the user agent must handle the token as follows: A character token that is U+0000 NULL Parse error. A character token that is one of U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION, U+000A LINE FEED (LF), U+000C FORM FEED (FF), U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR), or U+0020 SPACE Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any. Insert the token’s character. Any other character token Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any. Insert the token’s character. Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok". A comment token Insert a comment. A DOCTYPE token Parse error. A start tag whose tag name is "html" Parse error. If there is a template element on the stack of open elements, then ignore the token. Otherwise, for each attribute on the token, check to see if the attribute is already present on the top element of the stack of open elements. If it is not, add the attribute and its corresponding value to that element. A start tag whose tag name is one of: "base", "basefont", "bgsound", "link", "meta", "noframes", "script", "style", "template", "title" An end tag whose tag name is "template" Process the token using the rules for the "in head" insertion mode. A start tag whose tag name is "body" Parse error. If the second element on the stack of open elements is not a body element, if the stack of open elements has only one node on it, or if there is a template element on the stack of open elements, then ignore the token. (fragment case) Otherwise, set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok"; then, for each attribute on the token, check to see if the attribute is already present on the body element (the second element) on the stack of open elements, and if it is not, add the attribute and its corresponding value to that element. A start tag whose tag name is "frameset" Parse error. If the stack of open elements has only one node on it, or if the second element on the stack of open elements is not a body element, then ignore the token. (fragment case) If the frameset-ok flag is set to "not ok", ignore the token. Otherwise, run the following steps: 1. Remove the second element on the stack of open elements from its parent node, if it has one. 2. Pop all the nodes from the bottom of the stack of open elements, from the current node up to, but not including, the root html element. 3. Insert an HTML element for the token. 4. Switch the insertion mode to "in frameset". An end-of-file token If the stack of template insertion modes is not empty, then process the token using the rules for the "in template" insertion mode. Otherwise, follow these steps: 1. If there is a node in the stack of open elements that is not either a dd element, a dt element, an li element, an optgroup element, an option element, a p element, an rb element, an rp element, an rt element, an rtc element, a tbody element, a td element, a tfoot element, a th element, a thead element, a tr element, the body element, or the html element, then this is a parse error. 2. Stop parsing. An end tag whose tag name is "body" If the stack of open elements does not have a body element in scope, this is a parse error; ignore the token. Otherwise, if there is a node in the stack of open elements that is not either a dd element, a dt element, an li element, an optgroup element, an option element, a p element, an rb element, an rp element, an rt element, an rtc element, a tbody element, a td element, a tfoot element, a th element, a thead element, a tr element, the body element, or the html element, then this is a parse error. Switch the insertion mode to "after body". An end tag whose tag name is "html" If the stack of open elements does not have a body element in scope, this is a parse error; ignore the token. Otherwise, if there is a node in the stack of open elements that is not either a dd element, a dt element, an li element, an optgroup element, an option element, a p element, an rb element, an rp element, an rt element, an rtc element, a tbody element, a td element, a tfoot element, a th element, a thead element, a tr element, the body element, or the html element, then this is a parse error. Switch the insertion mode to "after body". Reprocess the token. A start tag whose tag name is one of: "address", "article", "aside", "blockquote", "center", "details", "dialog", "dir", "div", "dl", "fieldset", "figcaption", "figure", "footer", "header", "main", "nav", "ol", "p", "section", "summary", "ul" If the stack of open elements has a p element in button scope, then close a p element. Insert an HTML element for the token. A start tag whose tag name is one of: "h1", "h2", "h3", "h4", "h5", "h6" If the stack of open elements has a p element in button scope, then close a p element. If the current node is an HTML element whose tag name is one of "h1", "h2", "h3", "h4", "h5", or "h6", then this is a parse error; pop the current node off the stack of open elements. Insert an HTML element for the token. A start tag whose tag name is one of: "pre", "listing" If the stack of open elements has a p element in button scope, then close a p element. Insert an HTML element for the token. If the next token is a U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character token, then ignore that token and move on to the next one. (Newlines at the start of pre blocks are ignored as an authoring convenience.) Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok". A start tag whose tag name is "form" If the form element pointer is not null, and there is no template element on the stack of open elements, then this is a parse error; ignore the token. Otherwise: If the stack of open elements has a p element in button scope, then close a p element. Insert an HTML element for the token, and, if there is no template element on the stack of open elements, set the form element pointer to point to the element created. A start tag whose tag name is "li" Run these steps: 1. Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok". 2. Initialize node to be the current node (the bottommost node of the stack). 3. Loop: If node is an li element, then run these substeps: 1. Generate implied end tags, except for li elements. 2. If the current node is not an li element, then this is a parse error. 3. Pop elements from the stack of open elements until an li element has been popped from the stack. 4. Jump to the step labeled Done below. 4. If node is in the special category, but is not an address, div, or p element, then jump to the step labeled Done below. 5. Otherwise, set node to the previous entry in the stack of open elements and return to the step labeled Loop. 6. Done: If the stack of open elements has a p element in button scope, then close a p element. 7. Finally, insert an HTML element for the token. A start tag whose tag name is one of: "dd", "dt" Run these steps: 1. Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok". 2. Initialize node to be the current node (the bottommost node of the stack). 3. Loop: If node is a dd element, then run these substeps: 1. Generate implied end tags, except for dd elements. 2. If the current node is not a dd element, then this is a parse error. 3. Pop elements from the stack of open elements until a dd element has been popped from the stack. 4. Jump to the step labeled Done below. 4. If node is a dt element, then run these substeps: 1. Generate implied end tags, except for dt elements. 2. If the current node is not a dt element, then this is a parse error. 3. Pop elements from the stack of open elements until a dt element has been popped from the stack. 4. Jump to the step labeled Done below. 5. If node is in the special category, but is not an address, div, or p element, then jump to the step labeled Done below. 6. Otherwise, set node to the previous entry in the stack of open elements and return to the step labeled Loop. 7. Done: If the stack of open elements has a p element in button scope, then close a p element. 8. Finally, insert an HTML element for the token. A start tag whose tag name is "plaintext" If the stack of open elements has a p element in button scope, then close a p element. Insert an HTML element for the token. Switch the tokenizer to the §8.2.4.5 PLAINTEXT state. Once a start tag with the tag name "plaintext" has been seen, that will be the last token ever seen other than character tokens (and the end-of-file token), because there is no way to switch out of the §8.2.4.5 PLAINTEXT state. A start tag whose tag name is "button" 1. If the stack of open elements has a button element in scope, then run these substeps: 1. Parse error. 2. Generate implied end tags. 3. Pop elements from the stack of open elements until a button element has been popped from the stack. 2. Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any. 3. Insert an HTML element for the token. 4. Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok". An end tag whose tag name is one of: "address", "article", "aside", "blockquote", "button", "center", "details", "dialog", "dir", "div", "dl", "fieldset", "figcaption", "figure", "footer", "header", "listing", "main", "nav", "ol", "pre", "section", "summary", "ul" If the stack of open elements does not have an element in scope that is an HTML element with the same tag name as that of the token, then this is a parse error; ignore the token. Otherwise, run these steps: 1. Generate implied end tags. 2. If the current node is not an HTML element with the same tag name as that of the token, then this is a parse error. 3. Pop elements from the stack of open elements until an HTML element with the same tag name as the token has been popped from the stack. An end tag whose tag name is "form" If there is no template element on the stack of open elements, then run these substeps: 1. Let node be the element that the form element pointer is set to, or null if it is not set to an element. 2. Set the form element pointer to null. 3. If node is null or if the stack of open elements does not have node in scope, then this is a parse error; abort these steps and ignore the token. 4. Generate implied end tags. 5. If the current node is not node, then this is a parse error. 6. Remove node from the stack of open elements. If there is a template element on the stack of open elements, then run these substeps instead: 1. If the stack of open elements does not have a form element in scope, then this is a parse error; abort these steps and ignore the token. 2. Generate implied end tags. 3. If the current node is not a form element, then this is a parse error. 4. Pop elements from the stack of open elements until a form element has been popped from the stack. An end tag whose tag name is "p" If the stack of open elements does not have a p element in button scope, then this is a parse error; insert an HTML element for a "p" start tag token with no attributes. Close a p element. An end tag whose tag name is "li" If the stack of open elements does not have an li element in list item scope, then this is a parse error; ignore the token. Otherwise, run these steps: 1. Generate implied end tags, except for li elements. 2. If the current node is not an li element, then this is a parse error. 3. Pop elements from the stack of open elements until an li element has been popped from the stack. An end tag whose tag name is one of: "dd", "dt" If the stack of open elements does not have an element in scope that is an HTML element with the same tag name as that of the token, then this is a parse error; ignore the token. Otherwise, run these steps: 1. Generate implied end tags, except for HTML elements with the same tag name as the token. 2. If the current node is not an HTML element with the same tag name as that of the token, then this is a parse error. 3. Pop elements from the stack of open elements until an HTML element with the same tag name as the token has been popped from the stack. An end tag whose tag name is one of: "h1", "h2", "h3", "h4", "h5", "h6" If the stack of open elements does not have an element in scope that is an HTML element and whose tag name is one of "h1", "h2", "h3", "h4", "h5", or "h6", then this is a parse error; ignore the token. Otherwise, run these steps: 1. Generate implied end tags. 2. If the current node is not an HTML element with the same tag name as that of the token, then this is a parse error. 3. Pop elements from the stack of open elements until an HTML element whose tag name is one of "h1", "h2", "h3", "h4", "h5", or "h6" has been popped from the stack. An end tag whose tag name is "sarcasm" Take a deep breath, then act as described in the "any other end tag" entry below. A start tag whose tag name is "a" If the list of active formatting elements contains an a element between the end of the list and the last marker on the list (or the start of the list if there is no marker on the list), then this is a parse error; run the adoption agency algorithm for the token, then remove that element from the list of active formatting elements and the stack of open elements if the adoption agency algorithm didn’t already remove it (it might not have if the element is not in table scope). In the non-conforming stream &lt;a&nbsp;href="a">a&lt;table>&lt;a&nbsp;href="b">b&lt;/table>x, the first a element would be closed upon seeing the second one, and the "x" character would be inside a link to "b", not to "a". This is despite the fact that the outer a element is not in table scope (meaning that a regular &lt;/a> end tag at the start of the table wouldn’t close the outer a element). The result is that the two a elements are indirectly nested inside each other — non-conforming markup will often result in non-conforming DOMs when parsed. Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any. Insert an HTML element for the token. Push onto the list of active formatting elements that element. A start tag whose tag name is one of: "b", "big", "code", "em", "font", "i", "s", "small", "strike", "strong", "tt", "u" Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any. Insert an HTML element for the token. Push onto the list of active formatting elements that element. A start tag whose tag name is "nobr" Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any. If the stack of open elements has a nobr element in scope, then this is a parse error; run the adoption agency algorithm for the token, then once again Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any. Insert an HTML element for the token. Push onto the list of active formatting elements that element. An end tag whose tag name is one of: "a", "b", "big", "code", "em", "font", "i", "nobr", "s", "small", "strike", "strong", "tt", "u" Run the adoption agency algorithm for the token. A start tag whose tag name is one of: "applet", "marquee", "object" Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any. Insert an HTML element for the token. Insert a marker at the end of the list of active formatting elements. Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok". An end tag token whose tag name is one of: "applet", "marquee", "object" If the stack of open elements does not have an element in scope that is an HTML element with the same tag name as that of the token, then this is a parse error; ignore the token. Otherwise, run these steps: 1. Generate implied end tags. 2. If the current node is not an HTML element with the same tag name as that of the token, then this is a parse error. 3. Pop elements from the stack of open elements until an HTML element with the same tag name as the token has been popped from the stack. 4. Clear the list of active formatting elements up to the last marker. A start tag whose tag name is "table" If the Document is not set to quirks mode, and the stack of open elements has a p element in button scope, then close a p element. Insert an HTML element for the token. Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok". Switch the insertion mode to "in table". An end tag whose tag name is "br" Parse error. Drop the attributes from the token, and act as described in the next entry; i.e., act as if this was a "br" start tag token with no attributes, rather than the end tag token that it actually is. A start tag whose tag name is one of: "area", "br", "embed", "img", "wbr" Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any. Insert an HTML element for the token. Immediately pop the current node off the stack of open elements. Acknowledge the token’s *self-closing flag*, if it is set. Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok". A start tag whose tag name is "input" Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any. Insert an HTML element for the token. Immediately pop the current node off the stack of open elements. Acknowledge the token’s *self-closing flag*, if it is set. If the token does not have an attribute with the name "type", or if it does, but that attribute’s value is not an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "hidden", then: set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok". A start tag whose tag name is one of: "param", "source", "track" Insert an HTML element for the token. Immediately pop the current node off the stack of open elements. Acknowledge the token’s *self-closing flag*, if it is set. A start tag whose tag name is "hr" If the stack of open elements has a p element in button scope, then close a p element. Insert an HTML element for the token. Immediately pop the current node off the stack of open elements. Acknowledge the token’s *self-closing flag*, if it is set. Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok". A start tag whose tag name is "image" Parse error. Change the token’s tag name to "img" and reprocess it. (Don’t ask.) A start tag whose tag name is "textarea" Run these steps: 1. Insert an HTML element for the token. 2. If the next token is a U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character token, then ignore that token and move on to the next one. (Newlines at the start of textarea elements are ignored as an authoring convenience.) 3. Switch the tokenizer to the RCDATA state. 4. Let the original insertion mode be the current insertion mode. 5. Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok". 6. Switch the insertion mode to "text". A start tag whose tag name is "xmp" If the stack of open elements has a p element in button scope, then close a p element. Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any. Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok". Follow the generic raw text element parsing algorithm. A start tag whose tag name is "iframe" Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok". Follow the generic raw text element parsing algorithm. A start tag whose tag name is "noembed" A start tag whose tag name is "noscript", if the scripting flag is enabled Follow the generic raw text element parsing algorithm. A start tag whose tag name is "select" Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any. Insert an HTML element for the token. Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok". If the insertion mode is one of "in table", "in caption", "in table body", "in row", or "in cell", then switch the insertion mode to "in select in table". Otherwise, switch the insertion mode to "in select". A start tag whose tag name is one of: "optgroup", "option" If the current node is an option element, then pop the current node off the stack of open elements. Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any. Insert an HTML element for the token. A start tag whose tag name is one of: "rb", "rtc" If the stack of open elements has a ruby element in scope, then generate implied end tags. If the current node is not now a ruby element, this is a parse error. Insert an HTML element for the token. A start tag whose tag name is one of: "rp", "rt" If the stack of open elements has a ruby element in scope, then generate implied end tags, except for rtc elements. If the current node is not now a rtc element or a ruby element, this is a parse error. Insert an HTML element for the token. A start tag whose tag name is "math" Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any. Adjust MathML attributes for the token. (This fixes the case of MathML attributes that are not all lowercase.) Adjust foreign attributes for the token. (This fixes the use of namespaced attributes, in particular XLink.) Insert a foreign element for the token, in the MathML namespace. If the token has its self-closing flag set, pop the current node off the stack of open elements and acknowledge the token’s *self-closing flag*. A start tag whose tag name is "svg" Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any. Adjust SVG attributes for the token. (This fixes the case of SVG attributes that are not all lowercase.) Adjust foreign attributes for the token. (This fixes the use of namespaced attributes, in particular XLink in SVG.) Insert a foreign element for the token, in the SVG namespace. If the token has its self-closing flag set, pop the current node off the stack of open elements and acknowledge the token’s *self-closing flag*. A start tag whose tag name is one of: "caption", "col", "colgroup", "frame", "head", "tbody", "td", "tfoot", "th", "thead", "tr" Parse error. Any other start tag Reconstruct the active formatting elements, if any. Insert an HTML element for the token. This element will be an ordinaryelement. Any other end tag Run these steps: 1. Initialize node to be the current node (the bottommost node of the stack). 2. Loop: If node is an HTML element with the same tag name as the token, then: 1. Generate implied end tags, except for HTML elements with the same tag name as the token. 2. If node is not the current node, then this is a parse error. 3. Pop all the nodes from the current node up to node, including node, then stop these steps. 3. Otherwise, if node is in the special category, then this is a parse error; ignore the token, and abort these steps. 4. Set node to the previous entry in the stack of open elements. 5. Return to the step labeled Loop. When the steps above say the UA is to close a p element, it means that the UA must run the following steps: 1. Generate implied end tags, except for p elements. 2. If the current node is not a p element, then this is a parse error. 3. Pop elements from the stack of open elements until a p element has been popped from the stack. The adoption agency algorithm, which takes as its only argument a token token for which the algorithm is being run, consists of the following steps: 1. Let subject be token’s tag name. 2. If the current node is an HTML element whose tag name is subject, and the current node is not in the list of active formatting elements, then pop the current node off the stack of open elements, and abort these steps. 3. Let outer loop counter be zero. 4. Outer loop: If outer loop counter is greater than or equal to eight, then abort these steps. 5. Increment outer loop counter by one. 6. Let formatting element be the last element in the list of active formatting elements that: * is between the end of the list and the last marker in the list, if any, or the start of the list otherwise, and * has the tag name subject. If there is no such element, then abort these steps and instead act as described in the "any other end tag" entry above. 7. If formatting element is not in the stack of open elements, then this is a parse error; remove the element from the list, and abort these steps. 8. If formatting element is in the stack of open elements, but the element is not in scope, then this is a parse error; abort these steps. 9. If formatting element is not the current node, this is a parse error. (But do not abort these steps.) 10. Let furthest block be the topmost node in the stack of open elements that is lower in the stack than formatting element, and is an element in the special category. There might not be one. 11. If there is no furthest block, then the UA must first pop all the nodes from the bottom of the stack of open elements, from the current node up to and including formatting element, then remove formatting element from the list of active formatting elements, and finally abort these steps. 12. Let common ancestor be the element immediately above formatting element in the stack of open elements. 13. Let a bookmark note the position of formatting element in the list of active formatting elements relative to the elements on either side of it in the list. 14. Let node and last node be furthest block. Follow these steps: 1. Let inner loop counter be zero. 2. Inner loop: Increment inner loop counter by one. 3. Let node be the element immediately above node in the stack of open elements, or if node is no longer in the stack of open elements (e.g., because it got removed by this algorithm), the element that was immediately above node in the stack of open elements before node was removed. 4. If node is formatting element, then go to the next step in the overall algorithm. 5. If inner loop counter is greater than three and node is in the list of active formatting elements, then remove node from the list of active formatting elements. 6. If node is not in the list of active formatting elements, then remove node from the stack of open elements and then go back to the step labeled Inner loop. 7. Create an element for the token for which the element node was created, in the HTML namespace, with common ancestor as the intended parent; replace the entry for node in the list of active formatting elements with an entry for the new element, replace the entry for node in the stack of open elements with an entry for the new element, and let node be the new element. 8. If last node is furthest block, then move the aforementioned bookmark to be immediately after the new node in the list of active formatting elements. 9. Insert last node into node, first removing it from its previous parent node if any. 10. Let last node be node. 11. Return to the step labeled Inner loop. 15. Insert whatever last node ended up being in the previous step at the appropriate place for inserting a node, but using common ancestor as the override target. 16. Create an element for the token for which formatting element was created, in the HTML namespace, with furthest block as the intended parent. 17. Take all of the child nodes of furthest block and append them to the element created in the last step. 18. Append that new element to furthest block. 19. Remove formatting element from the list of active formatting elements, and insert the new element into the list of active formatting elements at the position of the aforementioned bookmark. 20. Remove formatting element from the stack of open elements, and insert the new element into the stack of open elements immediately below the position of furthest block in that stack. 21. Jump back to the step labeled Outer loop. This algorithm’s name, the "adoption agency algorithm", comes from the way it causes elements to change parents, and is in contrast with other possible algorithms for dealing with misnested content, which included the "incest algorithm", the "secret affair algorithm", and the "Heisenberg algorithm". 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode When the user agent is to apply the rules for the "text" insertion mode, the user agent must handle the token as follows: A character token Insert the token’s character. This can never be a U+0000 NULL character; the tokenizer converts those to U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER characters. An end-of-file token Parse error. If the current node is a script element, mark the script element as "already started". Pop the current node off the stack of open elements. Switch the insertion mode to the original insertion mode and reprocess the token. An end tag whose tag name is "script" If the JavaScript execution context stack is empty, perform a microtask checkpoint. Let script be the current node (which will be a script element). Pop the current node off the stack of open elements. Switch the insertion mode to the original insertion mode. Let the old insertion point have the same value as the current insertion point. Let the insertion point be just before the next input character. Increment the parser’s script nesting level by one. Prepare the script. This might cause some script to execute, which might cause new characters to be inserted into the tokenizer, and might cause the tokenizer to output more tokens, resulting in a reentrant invocation of the parser. Decrement the parser’s script nesting level by one. If the parser’s script nesting level is zero, then set the parser pause flag to false. Let the insertion point have the value of the old insertion point. (In other words, restore the insertion point to its previous value. This value might be the "undefined" value.) At this stage, if there is a pending parsing-blocking script, then: If the script nesting level is not zero: Set the parser pause flag to true, and abort the processing of any nested invocations of the tokenizer, yielding control back to the caller. (Tokenization will resume when the caller returns to the "outer" tree construction stage.) The tree construction stage of this particular parser is being called reentrantly, say from a call to document.write(). Otherwise: Run these steps: 1. Let the script be the pending parsing-blocking script. There is no longer a pending parsing-blocking script. 2. Block the tokenizer for this instance of the HTML parser, such that the event loop will not run tasks that invoke the tokenizer. 3. If the parser’s Document has a style sheet that is blocking scripts or the script’s "ready to be parser-executed" flag is not set: spin the event loop until the parser’s Document has no style sheet that is blocking scripts and the script’s "ready to be parser-executed" flag is set. 4. If this parser has been aborted in the meantime, abort these steps. This could happen if, e.g., while the spin the event loop algorithm is running, the browsing context gets closed, or the document.open() method gets invoked on the Document. 5. Unblock the tokenizer for this instance of the HTML parser, such that tasks that invoke the tokenizer can again be run. 6. Let the insertion point be just before the next input character. 7. Increment the parser’s script nesting level by one (it should be zero before this step, so this sets it to one). 8. Execute the script. 9. Decrement the parser’s script nesting level by one. If the parser’s script nesting level is zero (which it always should be at this point), then set the parser pause flag to false. 10. Let the insertion point be undefined again. 11. If there is once again a pending parsing-blocking script, then repeat these steps from step 1. Any other end tag Pop the current node off the stack of open elements. Switch the insertion mode to the original insertion mode. 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode When the user agent is to apply the rules for the "in table" insertion mode, the user agent must handle the token as follows: A character token, if the current node is table, tbody, tfoot, thead, or tr element Let the pending table character tokens be an empty list of tokens. Let the original insertion mode be the current insertion mode. Switch the insertion mode to "in table text" and reprocess the token. A comment token Insert a comment. A DOCTYPE token Parse error. A start tag whose tag name is "caption" Clear the stack back to a table context. (See below.) Insert a marker at the end of the list of active formatting elements. Insert an HTML element for the token, then switch the insertion mode to "in caption". A start tag whose tag name is "colgroup" Clear the stack back to a table context. (See below.) Insert an HTML element for the token, then switch the insertion mode to "in column group". A start tag whose tag name is "col" Clear the stack back to a table context. (See below.) Insert an HTML element for a "colgroup" start tag token with no attributes, then switch the insertion mode to "in column group". Reprocess the current token. A start tag whose tag name is one of: "tbody", "tfoot", "thead" Clear the stack back to a table context. (See below.) Insert an HTML element for the token, then switch the insertion mode to "in table body". A start tag whose tag name is one of: "td", "th", "tr" Clear the stack back to a table context. (See below.) Insert an HTML element for a "tbody" start tag token with no attributes, then switch the insertion mode to "in table body". Reprocess the current token. A start tag whose tag name is "table" Parse error. If the stack of open elements does not have a table element in table scope, ignore the token. Otherwise: Pop elements from this stack until a table element has been popped from the stack. Reset the insertion mode appropriately. Reprocess the token. An end tag whose tag name is "table" If the stack of open elements does not have a table element in table scope, this is a parse error; ignore the token. Otherwise: Pop elements from this stack until a table element has been popped from the stack. Reset the insertion mode appropriately. An end tag whose tag name is one of: "body", "caption", "col", "colgroup", "html", "tbody", "td", "tfoot", "th", "thead", "tr" Parse error. A start tag whose tag name is one of: "style", "script", "template" An end tag whose tag name is "template" Process the token using the rules for the "in head" insertion mode. A start tag whose tag name is "input" If the token does not have an attribute with the name "type", or if it does, but that attribute’s value is not an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "hidden", then: act as described in the "anything else" entry below. Otherwise: Parse error. Insert an HTML element for the token. Pop that input element off the stack of open elements. Acknowledge the token’s *self-closing flag*, if it is set. A start tag whose tag name is "form" Parse error. If there is a template element on the stack of open elements, or if the form element pointer is not null, ignore the token. Otherwise: Insert an HTML element for the token, and set the form element pointer to point to the element created. Pop that form element off the stack of open elements. An end-of-file token Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode. Anything else Parse error. Enable foster parenting, process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode, and then disable foster parenting. When the steps above require the UA to clear the stack back to a table context, it means that the UA must, while the current node is not a table, template, or html element, pop elements from the stack of open elements. This is the same list of elements as used in the has an element in table scope steps. The current node being an html element after this process is a fragment case. 8.2.5.4.10. The "in table text" insertion mode When the user agent is to apply the rules for the "in table text" insertion mode, the user agent must handle the token as follows: A character token that is U+0000 NULL Parse error. Any other character token Append the character token to the pending table character tokens list. Anything else If any of the tokens in the pending table character tokens list are character tokens that are not space characters, then this is a parse error: reprocess the character tokens in the pending table character tokens list using the rules given in the "anything else" entry in the "in table" insertion mode. Otherwise, insert the characters given by the pending table character tokens list. Switch the insertion mode to the original insertion mode and reprocess the token. 8.2.5.4.11. The "in caption" insertion mode When the user agent is to apply the rules for the "in caption" insertion mode, the user agent must handle the token as follows: An end tag whose tag name is "caption" If the stack of open elements does not have a caption element in table scope, this is a parse error; ignore the token. (fragment case) Otherwise: Generate implied end tags. Now, if the current node is not a caption element, then this is a parse error. Pop elements from this stack until a caption element has been popped from the stack. Clear the list of active formatting elements up to the last marker. Switch the insertion mode to "in table". A start tag whose tag name is one of: "caption", "col", "colgroup", "tbody", "td", "tfoot", "th", "thead", "tr" An end tag whose tag name is "table" If the stack of open elements does not have a caption element in table scope, this is a parse error; ignore the token. (fragment case) Otherwise: Generate implied end tags. Now, if the current node is not a caption element, then this is a parse error. Pop elements from this stack until a caption element has been popped from the stack. Clear the list of active formatting elements up to the last marker. Switch the insertion mode to "in table". Reprocess the token. An end tag whose tag name is one of: "body", "col", "colgroup", "html", "tbody", "td", "tfoot", "th", "thead", "tr" Parse error. Anything else Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode. 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode When the user agent is to apply the rules for the "in column group" insertion mode, the user agent must handle the token as follows: A character token that is one of U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION, U+000A LINE FEED (LF), U+000C FORM FEED (FF), U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR), or U+0020 SPACE Insert the character. A comment token Insert a comment. A DOCTYPE token Parse error. A start tag whose tag name is "html" Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode. A start tag whose tag name is "col" Insert an HTML element for the token. Immediately pop the current node off the stack of open elements. Acknowledge the token’s *self-closing flag*, if it is set. An end tag whose tag name is "colgroup" If the current node is not a colgroup element, then this is a parse error; ignore the token. Otherwise, pop the current node from the stack of open elements. Switch the insertion mode to "in table". An end tag whose tag name is "col" Parse error. A start tag whose tag name is "template" An end tag whose tag name is "template" Process the token using the rules for the "in head" insertion mode. An end-of-file token Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode. Anything else If the current node is not a colgroup element, then this is a parse error; ignore the token. Otherwise, pop the current node from the stack of open elements. Switch the insertion mode to "in table". Reprocess the token. 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode When the user agent is to apply the rules for the "in table body" insertion mode, the user agent must handle the token as follows: A start tag whose tag name is "tr" Clear the stack back to a table body context. (See below.) Insert an HTML element for the token, then switch the insertion mode to "in row". A start tag whose tag name is one of: "th", "td" Parse error. Clear the stack back to a table body context. (See below.) Insert an HTML element for a "tr" start tag token with no attributes, then switch the insertion mode to "in row". Reprocess the current token. An end tag whose tag name is one of: "tbody", "tfoot", "thead" If the stack of open elements does not have an element in table scope that is an HTML element with the same tag name as the token, this is a parse error; ignore the token. Otherwise: Clear the stack back to a table body context. (See below.) Pop the current node from the stack of open elements. Switch the insertion mode to "in table". A start tag whose tag name is one of: "caption", "col", "colgroup", "tbody", "tfoot", "thead" An end tag whose tag name is "table" If the stack of open elements does not have a tbody, thead, or tfoot element in table scope, this is a parse error; ignore the token. Otherwise: Clear the stack back to a table body context. (See below.) Pop the current node from the stack of open elements. Switch the insertion mode to "in table". Reprocess the token. An end tag whose tag name is one of: "body", "caption", "col", "colgroup", "html", "td", "th", "tr" Parse error. Anything else Process the token using the rules for the "in table" insertion mode. When the steps above require the UA to clear the stack back to a table body context, it means that the UA must, while the current node is not a tbody, tfoot, thead, template, or html element, pop elements from the stack of open elements. The current node being an html element after this process is a fragment case. 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode When the user agent is to apply the rules for the "in row" insertion mode, the user agent must handle the token as follows: A start tag whose tag name is one of: "th", "td" Clear the stack back to a table row context. (See below.) Insert an HTML element for the token, then switch the insertion mode to "in cell". Insert a marker at the end of the list of active formatting elements. An end tag whose tag name is "tr" If the stack of open elements does not have a tr element in table scope, this is a parse error; ignore the token. Otherwise: Clear the stack back to a table row context. (See below.) Pop the current node (which will be a tr element) from the stack of open elements. Switch the insertion mode to "in table body". A start tag whose tag name is one of: "caption", "col", "colgroup", "tbody", "tfoot", "thead", "tr" An end tag whose tag name is "table" If the stack of open elements does not have a tr element in table scope, this is a parse error; ignore the token. Otherwise: Clear the stack back to a table row context. (See below.) Pop the current node (which will be a tr element) from the stack of open elements. Switch the insertion mode to "in table body". Reprocess the token. An end tag whose tag name is one of: "tbody", "tfoot", "thead" If the stack of open elements does not have an element in table scope that is an HTML element with the same tag name as the token, this is a parse error; ignore the token. If the stack of open elements does not have a tr element in table scope, ignore the token. Otherwise: Clear the stack back to a table row context. (See below.) Pop the current node (which will be a tr element) from the stack of open elements. Switch the insertion mode to "in table body". Reprocess the token. An end tag whose tag name is one of: "body", "caption", "col", "colgroup", "html", "td", "th" Parse error. Anything else Process the token using the rules for the "in table" insertion mode. When the steps above require the UA to clear the stack back to a table row context, it means that the UA must, while the current node is not a tr, template, or html element, pop elements from the stack of open elements. The current node being an html element after this process is a fragment case. 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode When the user agent is to apply the rules for the "in cell" insertion mode, the user agent must handle the token as follows: An end tag whose tag name is one of: "td", "th" If the stack of open elements does not have an element in table scope that is an HTML element with the same tag name as that of the token, then this is a parse error; ignore the token. Otherwise: Generate implied end tags. Now, if the current node is not an HTML element with the same tag name as the token, then this is a parse error. Pop elements from the stack of open elements stack until an HTML element with the same tag name as the token has been popped from the stack. Clear the list of active formatting elements up to the last marker. Switch the insertion mode to "in row". A start tag whose tag name is one of: "caption", "col", "colgroup", "tbody", "td", "tfoot", "th", "thead", "tr" If the stack of open elements does not have a td or th element in table scope, then this is a parse error; ignore the token. (fragment case) Otherwise, close the cell (see below) and reprocess the token. An end tag whose tag name is one of: "body", "caption", "col", "colgroup", "html" Parse error. An end tag whose tag name is one of: "table", "tbody", "tfoot", "thead", "tr" If the stack of open elements does not have an element in table scope that is an HTML element with the same tag name as that of the token, then this is a parse error; ignore the token. Otherwise, close the cell (see below) and reprocess the token. Anything else Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode. Where the steps above say to close the cell, they mean to run the following algorithm: 1. Generate implied end tags. 2. If the current node is not now a td element or a th element, then this is a parse error. 3. Pop elements from the stack of open elements stack until a td element or a th element has been popped from the stack. 4. Clear the list of active formatting elements up to the last marker. 5. Switch the insertion mode to "in row". The stack of open elements cannot have both a td and a th element in table scope at the same time, nor can it have neither when the close the cell algorithm is invoked. 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode When the user agent is to apply the rules for the "in select" insertion mode, the user agent must handle the token as follows: A character token that is U+0000 NULL Parse error. Any other character token Insert the token’s character. A comment token Insert a comment. A DOCTYPE token Parse error. A start tag whose tag name is "html" Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode. A start tag whose tag name is "option" If the current node is an option element, pop that node from the stack of open elements. Insert an HTML element for the token. A start tag whose tag name is "optgroup" If the current node is an option element, pop that node from the stack of open elements. If the current node is an optgroup element, pop that node from the stack of open elements. Insert an HTML element for the token. An end tag whose tag name is "optgroup" First, if the current node is an option element, and the node immediately before it in the stack of open elements is an optgroup element, then pop the current node from the stack of open elements. If the current node is an optgroup element, then pop that node from the stack of open elements. Otherwise, this is a parse error; ignore the token. An end tag whose tag name is "option" If the current node is an option element, then pop that node from the stack of open elements. Otherwise, this is a parse error; ignore the token. An end tag whose tag name is "select" If the stack of open elements does not have a select element in select scope, this is a parse error; ignore the token. (fragment case) Otherwise: Pop elements from the stack of open elements until a select element has been popped from the stack. Reset the insertion mode appropriately. A start tag whose tag name is "select" Parse error. If the stack of open elements does not have a select element in select scope, ignore the token. (fragment case) Otherwise: Pop elements from the stack of open elements until a select element has been popped from the stack. Reset the insertion mode appropriately. Note: It just gets treated like an end tag. A start tag whose tag name is one of: "input", "textarea" Parse error. If the stack of open elements does not have a select element in select scope, ignore the token. (fragment case) Otherwise: Pop elements from the stack of open elements until a select element has been popped from the stack. Reset the insertion mode appropriately. Reprocess the token. A start tag whose tag name is one of: "script", "template" An end tag whose tag name is "template" Process the token using the rules for the "in head" insertion mode. An end-of-file token Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode. Anything else Parse error. 8.2.5.4.17. The "in select in table" insertion mode When the user agent is to apply the rules for the "in select in table" insertion mode, the user agent must handle the token as follows: A start tag whose tag name is one of: "caption", "table", "tbody", "tfoot", "thead", "tr", "td", "th" Parse error. Pop elements from the stack of open elements until a select element has been popped from the stack. Reset the insertion mode appropriately. Reprocess the token. An end tag whose tag name is one of: "caption", "table", "tbody", "tfoot", "thead", "tr", "td", "th" Parse error. If the stack of open elements does not have an element in table scope that is an HTML element with the same tag name as that of the token, then ignore the token. Otherwise: Pop elements from the stack of open elements until a select element has been popped from the stack. Reset the insertion mode appropriately. Reprocess the token. Anything else Process the token using the rules for the "in select" insertion mode. 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode When the user agent is to apply the rules for the "in template" insertion mode, the user agent must handle the token as follows: A character token A comment token A DOCTYPE token Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode. A start tag whose tag name is one of: "base", "basefont", "bgsound", "link", "meta", "noframes", "script", "style", "template", "title" An end tag whose tag name is "template" Process the token using the rules for the "in head" insertion mode. A start tag whose tag name is one of: "caption", "colgroup", "tbody", "tfoot", "thead" Pop the current template insertion mode off the stack of template insertion modes. Push "in table" onto the stack of template insertion modes so that it is the new current template insertion mode. Switch the insertion mode to "in table", and reprocess the token. A start tag whose tag name is "col" Pop the current template insertion mode off the stack of template insertion modes. Push "in column group" onto the stack of template insertion modes so that it is the new current template insertion mode. Switch the insertion mode to "in column group", and reprocess the token. A start tag whose tag name is "tr" Pop the current template insertion mode off the stack of template insertion modes. Push "in table body" onto the stack of template insertion modes so that it is the new current template insertion mode. Switch the insertion mode to "in table body", and reprocess the token. A start tag whose tag name is one of: "td", "th" Pop the current template insertion mode off the stack of template insertion modes. Push "in row" onto the stack of template insertion modes so that it is the new current template insertion mode. Switch the insertion mode to "in row", and reprocess the token. Any other start tag Pop the current template insertion mode off the stack of template insertion modes. Push "in body" onto the stack of template insertion modes so that it is the new current template insertion mode. Switch the insertion mode to "in body", and reprocess the token. Any other end tag Parse error. An end-of-file token If there is no template element on the stack of open elements, then stop parsing. (fragment case) Otherwise, this is a parse error. Pop elements from the stack of open elements until a template element has been popped from the stack. Clear the list of active formatting elements up to the last marker. Pop the current template insertion mode off the stack of template insertion modes. Reset the insertion mode appropriately. Reprocess the token. 8.2.5.4.19. The "after body" insertion mode When the user agent is to apply the rules for the "after body" insertion mode, the user agent must handle the token as follows: A character token that is one of U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION, U+000A LINE FEED (LF), U+000C FORM FEED (FF), U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR), or U+0020 SPACE Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode. A comment token Insert a comment as the last child of the first element in the stack of open elements (the html element). A DOCTYPE token Parse error. A start tag whose tag name is "html" Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode. An end tag whose tag name is "html" If the parser was originally created as part of the HTML fragment parsing algorithm, this is a parse error; ignore the token. (fragment case) Otherwise, switch the insertion mode to "after after body". An end-of-file token Stop parsing. Anything else Parse error. Switch the insertion mode to "in body" and reprocess the token. 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode When the user agent is to apply the rules for the "in frameset" insertion mode, the user agent must handle the token as follows: A character token that is one of U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION, U+000A LINE FEED (LF), U+000C FORM FEED (FF), U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR), or U+0020 SPACE Insert the character. A comment token Insert a comment. A DOCTYPE token Parse error. A start tag whose tag name is "html" Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode. A start tag whose tag name is "frameset" Insert an HTML element for the token. An end tag whose tag name is "frameset" If the current node is the root html element, then this is a parse error; ignore the token. (fragment case) Otherwise, pop the current node from the stack of open elements. If the parser was not originally created as part of the HTML fragment parsing algorithm (fragment case), and the current node is no longer a frameset element, then switch the insertion mode to "after frameset". A start tag whose tag name is "frame" Insert an HTML element for the token. Immediately pop the current node off the stack of open elements. Acknowledge the token’s *self-closing flag*, if it is set. A start tag whose tag name is "noframes" Process the token using the rules for the "in head" insertion mode. An end-of-file token If the current node is not the root html element, then this is a parse error. The current node can only be the root html element in the fragment case. Stop parsing. Anything else Parse error. 8.2.5.4.21. The "after frameset" insertion mode When the user agent is to apply the rules for the "after frameset" insertion mode, the user agent must handle the token as follows: A character token that is one of U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION, U+000A LINE FEED (LF), U+000C FORM FEED (FF), U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR), or U+0020 SPACE Insert the character. A comment token Insert a comment. A DOCTYPE token Parse error. A start tag whose tag name is "html" Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode. An end tag whose tag name is "html" Switch the insertion mode to "after after frameset". A start tag whose tag name is "noframes" Process the token using the rules for the "in head" insertion mode. An end-of-file token Stop parsing. Anything else Parse error. 8.2.5.4.22. The "after after body" insertion mode When the user agent is to apply the rules for the "after after body" insertion mode, the user agent must handle the token as follows: A comment token Insert a comment as the last child of the Document object. A DOCTYPE token A character token that is one of U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION, U+000A LINE FEED (LF), U+000C FORM FEED (FF), U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR), or U+0020 SPACE A start tag whose tag name is "html" Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode. An end-of-file token Stop parsing. Anything else Parse error. Switch the insertion mode to "in body" and reprocess the token. 8.2.5.4.23. The "after after frameset" insertion mode When the user agent is to apply the rules for the "after after frameset" insertion mode, the user agent must handle the token as follows: A comment token Insert a comment as the last child of the Document object. A DOCTYPE token A character token that is one of U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION, U+000A LINE FEED (LF), U+000C FORM FEED (FF), U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR), or U+0020 SPACE A start tag whose tag name is "html" Process the token using the rules for the "in body" insertion mode. An end-of-file token Stop parsing. A start tag whose tag name is "noframes" Process the token using the rules for the "in head" insertion mode. Anything else Parse error. 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content When the user agent is to apply the rules for parsing tokens in foreign content, the user agent must handle the token as follows: A character token that is U+0000 NULL Parse error. Insert a U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER character. A character token that is one of U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION, U+000A LINE FEED (LF), U+000C FORM FEED (FF), U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR), or U+0020 SPACE Insert the token’s character. Any other character token Insert the token’s character. Set the frameset-ok flag to "not ok". A comment token Insert a comment. A DOCTYPE token Parse error. A start tag whose tag name is one of: "b", "big", "blockquote", "body", "br", "center", "code", "dd", "div", "dl", "dt", "em", "embed", "h1", "h2", "h3", "h4", "h5", "h6", "head", "hr", "i", "img", "li", "listing", "meta", "nobr", "ol", "p", "pre", "ruby", "s", "small", "span", "strong", "strike", "sub", "sup", "table", "tt", "u", "ul", "var" A start tag whose tag name is "font", if the token has any attributes named "color", "face", or "size" Parse error. If the parser was originally created for the HTML fragment parsing algorithm, then act as described in the "any other start tag" entry below. (fragment case) Otherwise: Pop an element from the stack of open elements, and then keep popping more elements from the stack of open elements until the current node is a MathML text integration point, an HTML integration point, or an element in the HTML namespace. Then, reprocess the token. Any other start tag If the adjusted current node is an element in the MathML namespace, adjust MathML attributes for the token. (This fixes the case of MathML attributes that are not all lowercase.) If the adjusted current node is an element in the SVG namespace, and the token’s tag name is one of the ones in the first column of the following table, change the tag name to the name given in the corresponding cell in the second column. (This fixes the case of SVG elements that are not all lowercase.) Tag name Element name altglyph altGlyph altglyphdef altGlyphDef altglyphitem altGlyphItem animatecolor animateColor animatemotion animateMotion animatetransform animateTransform clippath clipPath feblend feBlend fecolormatrix feColorMatrix fecomponenttransfer feComponentTransfer fecomposite feComposite feconvolvematrix feConvolveMatrix fediffuselighting feDiffuseLighting fedisplacementmap feDisplacementMap fedistantlight feDistantLight fedropshadow feDropShadow feflood feFlood fefunca feFuncA fefuncb feFuncB fefuncg feFuncG fefuncr feFuncR fegaussianblur feGaussianBlur feimage feImage femerge feMerge femergenode feMergeNode femorphology feMorphology feoffset feOffset fepointlight fePointLight fespecularlighting feSpecularLighting fespotlight feSpotLight fetile feTile feturbulence feTurbulence foreignobject foreignObject glyphref glyphRef lineargradient linearGradient radialgradient radialGradient textpath textPath If the adjusted current node is an element in the SVG namespace, adjust SVG attributes for the token. (This fixes the case of SVG attributes that are not all lowercase.) Adjust foreign attributes for the token. (This fixes the use of namespaced attributes, in particular XLink in SVG.) Insert a foreign element for the token, in the same namespace as the adjusted current node. If the token has its self-closing flag set, then run the appropriate steps from the following list: If the token’s tag name is "script", and the new current node is in the SVG namespace Acknowledge the token’s *self-closing flag*, and then act as described in the steps for a "script" end tag below. Otherwise Pop the current node off the stack of open elements and acknowledge the token’s *self-closing flag*. An end tag whose tag name is "script", if the current node is an SVG script element Pop the current node off the stack of open elements. Let the old insertion point have the same value as the current insertion point. Let the insertion point be just before the next input character. Increment the parser’s script nesting level by one. Set the parser pause flag to true. Process the SVG script element according to the SVG rules, if the user agent supports SVG. [SVG11] Even if this causes new characters to be inserted into the tokenizer, the parser will not be executed reentrantly, since the parser pause flag is true. Decrement the parser’s script nesting level by one. If the parser’s script nesting level is zero, then set the parser pause flag to false. Let the insertion point have the value of the old insertion point. (In other words, restore the insertion point to its previous value. This value might be the "undefined" value.) Any other end tag Run these steps: 1. Initialize node to be the current node (the bottommost node of the stack). 2. If node’s tag name, converted to ASCII lowercase, is not the same as the tag name of the token, then this is a parse error. 3. Loop: If node is the topmost element in the stack of open elements, abort these steps. (fragment case) 4. If node’s tag name, converted to ASCII lowercase, is the same as the tag name of the token, pop elements from the stack of open elements until node has been popped from the stack, and then abort these steps. 5. Set node to the previous entry in the stack of open elements. 6. If node is not an element in the HTML namespace, return to the step labeled Loop. 7. Otherwise, process the token according to the rules given in the section corresponding to the current insertion mode in HTML content. 8.2.6. The end Once the user agent stops parsing the document, the user agent must run the following steps: 1. Set the current document readiness to "interactive" and the insertion point to undefined. 2. Pop all the nodes off the stack of open elements. 3. If the list of scripts that will execute when the document has finished parsing is not empty, run these substeps: 1. Spin the event loop until the first script in the list of scripts that will execute when the document has finished parsing has its "ready to be parser-executed" flag set and the parser’s Document has no style sheet that is blocking scripts. 2. Execute the first script in the list of scripts that will execute when the document has finished parsing. 3. Remove the first script element from the list of scripts that will execute when the document has finished parsing (i.e., shift out the first entry in the list). 4. If the list of scripts that will execute when the document has finished parsing is still not empty, repeat these substeps again from substep 1. 4. Queue a task to run the following substeps: 1. fire an event named DOMContentLoaded at the Document object, with its bubbles attribute initialized to true. 2. Enable the client message queue of the ServiceWorkerContainer object whose associated service worker client is the Document object’s relevant settings object. 5. Spin the event loop until the set of scripts that will execute as soon as possible and the list of scripts that will execute in order as soon as possible are empty. 6. Spin the event loop until there is nothing that delays the load event in the Document. 7. Queue a task to run the following substeps: 1. Set the current document readiness to "complete". 2. Load event: If the Document has a browsing context, then fire an event named load at the Document object’s Window object, with legacy target override flag set. 8. If the Document has a browsing context, then queue a task to run the following substeps: 1. If the Document's page showing flag is true, then abort this task (i.e., don’t fire the event below). 2. Set the Document's page showing flag to true. 3. Fire an event named pageshow at the Document object’s Window object using PageTransitionEvent, with the persisted attribute initialized to false, and legacy target override flag set. 9. If the Document's print when loaded flag is set, then run the printing steps. 10. The Document is now ready for post-load tasks. 11. Queue a task to mark the Document as completely loaded. When the user agent is to abort a parser, it must run the following steps: 1. Throw away any pending content in the input stream, and discard any future content that would have been added to it. 2. Set the current document readiness to "interactive". 3. Pop all the nodes off the stack of open elements. 4. Set the current document readiness to "complete". Except where otherwise specified, the task source for the tasks mentioned in this section is the DOM manipulation task source. 8.2.7. Coercing an HTML DOM into an infoset When an application uses an HTML parser in conjunction with an XML pipeline, it is possible that the constructed DOM is not compatible with the XML tool chain in certain subtle ways. For example, an XML toolchain might not be able to represent attributes with the name xmlns, since they conflict with the Namespaces in XML syntax. There is also some data that the HTML parser generates that isn’t included in the DOM itself. This section specifies some rules for handling these issues. If the XML API being used doesn’t support DOCTYPEs, the tool may drop DOCTYPEs altogether. If the XML API doesn’t support attributes in no namespace that are named "xmlns", attributes whose names start with "xmlns:", or attributes in the XMLNS namespace, then the tool may drop such attributes. The tool may annotate the output with any namespace declarations required for proper operation. If the XML API being used restricts the allowable characters in the local names of elements and attributes, then the tool may map all element and attribute local names that the API wouldn’t support to a set of names that are allowed, by replacing any character that isn’t supported with the uppercase letter U and the six digits of the character’s Unicode code point when expressed in hexadecimal, using digits 0-9 and capital letters A-F as the symbols, in increasing numeric order. For example, the element name foo&lt;bar, which can be output by the HTML parser, though it is neither a legal HTML element name nor a well-formed XML element name, would be converted into fooU00003Cbar, which is a well-formed XML element name (though it’s still not legal in HTML by any means). As another example, consider the attribute xlink:href. Used on a MathML element, it becomes, after being adjusted, an attribute with a prefix "xlink" and a local name "href". However, used on an HTML element, it becomes an attribute with no prefix and the local name "xlink:href", which is not a valid NCName, and thus might not be accepted by an XML API. It could thus get converted, becoming "xlinkU00003Ahref". The resulting names from this conversion conveniently can’t clash with any attribute generated by the HTML parser, since those are all either lowercase or those listed in the adjust foreign attributes algorithm’s table. If the XML API restricts comments from having two consecutive U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS characters (--), the tool may insert a single U+0020 SPACE character between any such offending characters. If the XML API restricts comments from ending in a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-), the tool may insert a single U+0020 SPACE character at the end of such comments. If the XML API restricts allowed characters in character data, attribute values, or comments, the tool may replace any U+000C FORM FEED (FF) character with a U+0020 SPACE character, and any other literal non-XML character with a U+FFFD REPLACEMENT CHARACTER. If the tool has no way to convey out-of-band information, then the tool may drop the following information: * Whether the document is set to no-quirks mode, limited-quirks mode, or quirks mode * The association between form controls and forms that aren’t their nearest form element ancestor (use of the form element pointer in the parser) * The template contents of any template elements. The mutations allowed by this section apply after the HTML parser's rules have been applied. For example, a &lt;a::> start tag will be closed by a &lt;/a::> end tag, and never by a &lt;/aU00003AU00003A> end tag, even if the user agent is using the rules above to then generate an actual element in the DOM with the name aU00003AU00003A for that start tag. 8.2.8. An introduction to error handling and strange cases in the parser This section is non-normative. This section examines some erroneous markup and discusses how the HTML parser handles these cases. 8.2.8.1. Misnested tags: <b><i></b></i> This section is non-normative. The most-often discussed example of erroneous markup is as follows: <p>1<b>2<i>3</b>4</i>5</p> The parsing of this markup is straightforward up to the "3". At this point, the DOM looks like this: * html * head * body * p * #text: 1 * b * #text: 2 * i * #text: 3 Here, the stack of open elements has five elements on it: html, body, p, b, and i. The list of active formatting elements just has two: b and i. The insertion mode is "in body". Upon receiving the end tag token with the tag name "b", the "adoption agency algorithm" is invoked. This is a simple case, in that the formatting element is the b element, and there is no furthest block. Thus, the stack of open elements ends up with just three elements: html, body, and p, while the list of active formatting elements has just one: i. The DOM tree is unmodified at this point. The next token is a character ("4"), triggers the reconstruction of the active formatting elements, in this case just the i element. A new i element is thus created for the "4" Text node. After the end tag token for the "i" is also received, and the "5" Text node is inserted, the DOM looks as follows: * html * head * body * p * #text: 1 * b * #text: 2 * i * #text: 3 * i * #text: 4 * #text: 5 8.2.8.2. Misnested tags: <b><p></b></p> This section is non-normative. A case similar to the previous one is the following: <b>1<p>2</b>3</p> Up to the "2" the parsing here is straightforward: * html * head * body * b * #text: 1 * p * #text: 2 The interesting part is when the end tag token with the tag name "b" is parsed. Before that token is seen, the stack of open elements has four elements on it: html, body, b, and p. The list of active formatting elements just has the one: b. The insertion mode is "in body". Upon receiving the end tag token with the tag name "b", the "adoption agency algorithm" is invoked, as in the previous example. However, in this case, there is a furthest block, namely the p element. Thus, this time the adoption agency algorithm isn’t skipped over. The common ancestor is the body element. A conceptual "bookmark" marks the position of the b in the list of active formatting elements, but since that list has only one element in it, the bookmark won’t have much effect. As the algorithm progresses, node ends up set to the formatting element (b), and last node ends up set to the furthest block (p). The last node gets appended (moved) to the common ancestor, so that the DOM looks like: * html * head * body * b * #text: 1 * p * #text: 2 A new b element is created, and the children of the p element are moved to it: * html * head * body * b * #text: 1 * p * b * #text: 2 Finally, the new b element is appended to the p element, so that the DOM looks like: * html * head * body * b * #text: 1 * p * b * #text: 2 The b element is removed from the list of active formatting elements and the stack of open elements, so that when the "3" is parsed, it is appended to the p element: * html * head * body * b * #text: 1 * p * b * #text: 2 * #text: 3 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables This section is non-normative. Error handling in tables is, for historical reasons, especially strange. For example, consider the following markup: <table><b><tr><td>aaa</td></tr>bbb</table>ccc The highlighted b element start tag is not allowed directly inside a table like that, and the parser handles this case by placing the element before the table. (This is called foster parenting.) This can be seen by examining the DOM tree as it stands just after the table element’s start tag has been seen: * html * head * body * table ...and then immediately after the b element start tag has been seen: * html * head * body * b * table At this point, the stack of open elements has on it the elements html, body, table, and b (in that order, despite the resulting DOM tree); the list of active formatting elements just has the b element in it; and the insertion mode is "in table". The tr start tag causes the b element to be popped off the stack and a tbody start tag to be implied; the tbody and tr elements are then handled in a rather straight-forward manner, taking the parser through the "in table body" and "in row" insertion modes, after which the DOM looks as follows: * html * head * body * b * table * tbody * tr Here, the stack of open elements has on it the elements html, body, table, tbody, and tr; the list of active formatting elements still has the b element in it; and the insertion mode is "in row". The td element start tag token, after putting a td element on the tree, puts a marker on the list of active formatting elements (it also switches to the "in cell" insertion mode). * html * head * body * b * table * tbody * tr * td The marker means that when the "aaa" character tokens are seen, no b element is created to hold the resulting Text node: * html * head * body * b * table * tbody * tr * td * #text: aaa The end tags are handled in a straight-forward manner; after handling them, the stack of open elements has on it the elements html, body, table, and tbody; the list of active formatting elements still has the b element in it (the marker having been removed by the "td" end tag token); and the insertion mode is "in table body". Thus it is that the "bbb" character tokens are found. These trigger the "in table text" insertion mode to be used (with the original insertion mode set to "in table body"). The character tokens are collected, and when the next token (the table element end tag) is seen, they are processed as a group. Since they are not all spaces, they are handled as per the "anything else" rules in the "in table" insertion mode, which defer to the "in body" insertion mode but with foster parenting. When the active formatting elements are reconstructed, a b element is created and foster parented, and then the "bbb" Text node is appended to it: * html * head * body * b * b * #text: bbb * table * tbody * tr * td * #text: aaa The stack of open elements has on it the elements html, body, table, tbody, and the new b (again, note that this doesn’t match the resulting tree!); the list of active formatting elements has the new b element in it; and the insertion mode is still "in table body". Had the character tokens been only space characters instead of "bbb", then those space characters would just be appended to the tbody element. Finally, the table is closed by a "table" end tag. This pops all the nodes from the stack of open elements up to and including the table element, but it doesn’t affect the list of active formatting elements, so the "ccc" character tokens after the table result in yet another b element being created, this time after the table: * html * head * body * b * b * #text: bbb * table * tbody * tr * td * #text: aaa * b * #text: ccc 8.2.8.4. Scripts that modify the page as it is being parsed This section is non-normative. Consider the following markup, which for this example we will assume is the document with URL https://example.com/inner, being rendered as the content of an iframe in another document with the URL https://example.com/outer: <div id=a> <script> var div = document.getElementById("a"); parent.document.body.appendChild(div); </script> <script> alert(document.URL); </script> </div> <script> alert(document.URL); </script> Up to the first "script" end tag, before the script is parsed, the result is relatively straightforward: * html * head * body * div id="a" * #text: * script * #text: var div = document.getElementById("a"); ⏎ parent.document.body.appendChild(div); After the script is parsed, though, the div element and its child script element are gone: * html * head * body They are, at this point, in the Document of the aforementioned outer browsing context. However, the stack of open elements *still contains the div element*. Thus, when the second script element is parsed, it is inserted *into the outer Document object*. Those parsed into different Documents than the one the parser was created for do not execute, so the first alert does not show. Once the div element’s end tag is parsed, the div element is popped off the stack, and so the next script element is in the inner Document: * html * head * body * script * #text: alert(document.URL); This script does execute, resulting in an alert that says "https://example.com/inner". 8.2.8.5. The execution of scripts that are moving across multiple documents This section is non-normative. Elaborating on the example in the previous section, consider the case where the second script element is an external script (i.e., one with a src attribute). Since the element was not in the parser’s Document when it was created, that external script is not even downloaded. In a case where a script element with a src attribute is parsed normally into its parser’s Document, but while the external script is being downloaded, the element is moved to another document, the script continues to download, but does not execute. In general, moving script elements between Documents is considered a bad practice. 8.2.8.6. Unclosed formatting elements This section is non-normative. The following markup shows how nested formatting elements (such as b) get collected and continue to be applied even as the elements they are contained in are closed, but that excessive duplicates are thrown away. <!DOCTYPE html> <p><b class=x><b class=x><b><b class=x><b class=x><b>X <p>X <p><b><b class=x><b>X <p></b></b></b></b></b></b>X The resulting DOM tree is as follows: * DOCTYPE: html * html * head * body * p * b class="x" * b class="x" * b * b class="x" * b class="x" * b * #text: X⏎ * p * b class="x" * b * b class="x" * b class="x" * b * #text: X⏎ * p * b class="x" * b * b class="x" * b class="x" * b * b * b class="x" * b * #text: X⏎ * p * #text: X⏎ Note how the second p element in the markup has no explicit b elements, but in the resulting DOM, up to three of each kind of formatting element (in this case three b elements with the class attribute, and two unadorned b elements) get reconstructed before the element’s "X". Also note how this means that in the final paragraph only six b end tags are needed to completely clear the list of active formatting elements, even though nine b start tags have been seen up to this point. 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments The following steps form the HTML fragment serialization algorithm. The algorithm takes as input a DOM Element, Document, or DocumentFragment referred to as the node, and returns a string. This algorithm serializes the children of the node being serialized, not the node itself. 1. Let s be a string, and initialize it to the empty string. 2. If the node is a template element, then let the node instead be the template element’s template contents (a DocumentFragment node). 3. For each child node of the node, in tree order, run the following steps: 1. Let current node be the child node being processed. 2. Append the appropriate string from the following list to s: If current node is an Element If current node is an element in the HTML namespace, the MathML namespace, or the SVG namespace, then let tagname be current node’s local name. Otherwise, let tagname be current node’s qualified name. Append a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN character (<), followed by tagname. For HTML elements created by the HTML parser or createElement(), tagname will be lowercase. For each attribute that the element has, append a U+0020 SPACE character, the attribute’s serialized name as described below, a U+003D EQUALS SIGN character (=), a U+0022 QUOTATION MARK character ("), the attribute’s value, escaped as described below in attribute mode, and a second U+0022 QUOTATION MARK character ("). An attribute’s serialized name for the purposes of the previous paragraph must be determined as follows: If the attribute has no namespace The attribute’s serialized name is the attribute’s local name. For attributes on HTML elements set by the HTML parser or by Element.setAttribute(), the local name will be lowercase. If the attribute is in the XML namespace The attribute’s serialized name is the string "xml:" followed by the attribute’s local name. If the attribute is in the XMLNS namespace and the attribute’s local name is xmlns The attribute’s serialized name is the string "xmlns". If the attribute is in the XMLNS namespace and the attribute’s local name is not xmlns The attribute’s serialized name is the string "xmlns:" followed by the attribute’s local name. If the attribute is in the XLink namespace The attribute’s serialized name is the string "xlink:" followed by the attribute’s local name. If the attribute is in some other namespace The attribute’s serialized name is the attribute’s qualified name. While the exact order of attributes is UA-defined, and may depend on factors such as the order that the attributes were given in the original markup, the sort order must be stable, such that consecutive invocations of this algorithm serialize an element’s attributes in the same order. Append a U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN character (>). If current node is an area, base, basefont, bgsound, br, col, embed, frame, hr, img, input, link, meta, param, source, track or wbr element, then continue on to the next child node at this point. Append the value of running the HTML fragment serialization algorithm on the current node element (thus recursing into this algorithm for that element), followed by a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN character (<), a U+002F SOLIDUS character (/), tagname again, and finally a U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN character (>). If current node is a Text node If the parent of current node is a style, script, xmp, iframe, noembed, noframes, or plaintext element, or if the parent of current node is a noscript element and scripting is enabled for the node, then append the value of current node’s data IDL attribute literally. Otherwise, append the value of current node’s data IDL attribute, escaped as described below. If current node is a Comment Append the literal string "&lt;!--" (U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN, U+0021 EXCLAMATION MARK, U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS, U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS), followed by the value of current node’s data IDL attribute, followed by the literal string "--&gt;" (U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS, U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS, U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN). If current node is a ProcessingInstruction Append the literal string "&lt;?" (U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN, U+003F QUESTION MARK), followed by the value of current node’s target IDL attribute, followed by a single U+0020 SPACE character, followed by the value of current node’s data IDL attribute, followed by a single U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN character (>). If current node is a DocumentType Append the literal string "&lt;!DOCTYPE" (U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN, U+0021 EXCLAMATION MARK, U+0044 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D, U+004F LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O, U+0043 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C, U+0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T, U+0059 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y, U+0050 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER P, U+0045 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E), followed by a space (U+0020 SPACE), followed by the value of current node’s name IDL attribute, followed by the literal string "&gt;" (U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN). 4. The result of the algorithm is the string s. It is possible that the output of this algorithm, if parsed with an HTML parser, will not return the original tree structure. Tree structures that do not roundtrip a serialize and reparse step can also be produced by the HTML parser itself, although such cases are typically non-conforming. For instance, if a textarea element to which a Comment node has been appended is serialized and the output is then reparsed, the comment will end up being displayed in the text field. Similarly, if, as a result of DOM manipulation, an element contains a comment that contains the literal string "--&gt;", then when the result of serializing the element is parsed, the comment will be truncated at that point and the rest of the comment will be interpreted as markup. More examples would be making a script element contain a Text node with the text string "&lt;/script>", or having a p element that contains a ul element (as the ul element’s start tag would imply the end tag for the p). This can enable cross-site scripting attacks. An example of this would be a page that lets the user enter some font family names that are then inserted into a CSS style block via the DOM and which then uses the innerHTML IDL attribute to get the HTML serialization of that style element: if the user enters "&lt;/style>&lt;script>attack&lt;/script>" as a font family name, innerHTML will return markup that, if parsed in a different context, would contain a script node, even though no script node existed in the original DOM. For example, consider the following markup: <form id="outer"><div></form><form id="inner"><input> This will be parsed into: * html * head * body * form id="outer" * div * form id="inner" * input The input element will be associated with the inner form element. Now, if this tree structure is serialized and reparsed, the <form id="inner"> start tag will be ignored, and so the input element will be associated with the outer form element instead. <html><head></head><body><form id="outer"><div><form id="inner"><input></form></div></form></body></html> * html * head * body * form id="outer" * div * input As another example, consider the following markup: <a><table><a> This will be parsed into: * html * head * body * a * a * table That is, the a elements are nested, because the second a element is foster parented. After a serialize-reparse roundtrip, the a elements and the table element would all be siblings, because the second <a> start tag implicitly closes the first a element. <html><head></head><body><a><a></a><table></table></a></body></html> * html * head * body * a * a * table For historical reasons, this algorithm does not round-trip an initial U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character in pre, textarea, or listing elements, even though (in the first two cases) the markup being round-tripped can be conforming. The HTML parser will drop such a character during parsing, but this algorithm does not serialize an extra U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character. For example, consider the following markup: <pre> Hello.</pre> When this document is first parsed, the pre element’s child text content starts with a single newline character. After a serialize-reparse roundtrip, the pre element’s child text content is simply "Hello.". Escaping a string (for the purposes of the algorithm above) consists of running the following steps: 1. Replace any occurrence of the "&amp;" character by the string "&amp;amp;". 2. Replace any occurrences of the U+00A0 NO-BREAK SPACE character by the string "&amp;nbsp;". 3. If the algorithm was invoked in the attribute mode, replace any occurrences of the "&quot;" character by the string "&amp;quot;". 4. If the algorithm was not invoked in the attribute mode, replace any occurrences of the "&lt;" character by the string "&amp;lt;", and any occurrences of the "&gt;" character by the string "&amp;gt;". 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments The following steps form the HTML fragment parsing algorithm. The algorithm takes as input an Element node, referred to as the context element, which gives the context for the parser, as well as input, a string to parse, and returns a list of zero or more nodes. Parts marked fragment case in algorithms in the parser section are parts that only occur if the parser was created for the purposes of this algorithm. The algorithms have been annotated with such markings for informational purposes only; such markings have no normative weight. If it is possible for a condition described as a fragment case to occur even when the parser wasn’t created for the purposes of handling this algorithm, then that is an error in the specification. 1. Create a new Document node, and mark it as being an HTML document. 2. If the node document of the context element is in quirks mode, then let the Document be in quirks mode. Otherwise, the node document of the context element is in limited-quirks mode, then let the Document be in limited-quirks mode. Otherwise, leave the Document in no-quirks mode. 3. Create a new HTML parser, and associate it with the just created Document node. 4. Set the state of the HTML parser's tokenization stage as follows, switching on the context element: title textarea Switch the tokenizer to the RCDATA state. style xmp iframe noembed noframes Switch the tokenizer to the RAWTEXT state. script Switch the tokenizer to the script data state. noscript If the scripting flag is enabled, switch the tokenizer to the RAWTEXT state. Otherwise, leave the tokenizer in the data state. plaintext Switch the tokenizer to the §8.2.4.5 PLAINTEXT state. Any other element Leave the tokenizer in the data state. For performance reasons, an implementation that does not report errors and that uses the actual state machine described in this specification directly could use the PLAINTEXT state instead of the RAWTEXT and script data states where those are mentioned in the list above. Except for rules regarding parse errors, they are equivalent, since there is no appropriate end tag token in the fragment case, yet they involve far fewer state transitions. 5. Let root be a new html element with no attributes. 6. Append the element root to the Document node created above. 7. Set up the parser’s stack of open elements so that it contains just the single element root. 8. If the context element is a template element, push "in template" onto the stack of template insertion modes so that it is the new current template insertion mode. 9. Create a start tag token whose name is the local name of context and whose attributes are the attributes of context. Let this start tag token be the start tag token of the context node, e.g., for the purposes of determining if it is an HTML integration point. 10. Reset the parser’s insertion mode appropriately. The parser will reference the context element as part of that algorithm. 11. Set the parser’s form element pointer to the nearest node to the context element that is a form element (going straight up the ancestor chain, and including the element itself, if it is a form element), if any. (If there is no such form element, the form element pointer keeps its initial value, null.) 12. Place the input into the input stream for the HTML parser just created. The encoding confidence is irrelevant. 13. Start the parser and let it run until it has consumed all the characters just inserted into the input stream. 14. Return the child nodes of root, in tree order. 8.5. Named character references This table lists the character reference names that are supported by HTML, and the code points to which they refer. It is referenced by the previous sections. Name Character(s) Glyph Aacute; U+000C1 Á Aacute U+000C1 Á aacute; U+000E1 á aacute U+000E1 á Abreve; U+00102 Ă abreve; U+00103 ă ac; U+0223E ∾ acd; U+0223F ∿ acE; U+0223E U+00333 ∾̳ Acirc; U+000C2  Acirc U+000C2  acirc; U+000E2 â acirc U+000E2 â acute; U+000B4 ´ acute U+000B4 ´ Acy; U+00410 А acy; U+00430 а AElig; U+000C6 Æ AElig U+000C6 Æ aelig; U+000E6 æ aelig U+000E6 æ af; U+02061 ⁡ Afr; U+1D504 𝔄 afr; U+1D51E 𝔞 Agrave; U+000C0 À Agrave U+000C0 À agrave; U+000E0 à agrave U+000E0 à alefsym; U+02135 ℵ aleph; U+02135 ℵ Alpha; U+00391 Α alpha; U+003B1 α Amacr; U+00100 Ā amacr; U+00101 ā amalg; U+02A3F ⨿ AMP; U+00026 & AMP U+00026 & amp; U+00026 & amp U+00026 & And; U+02A53 ⩓ and; U+02227 ∧ andand; U+02A55 ⩕ andd; U+02A5C ⩜ andslope; U+02A58 ⩘ andv; U+02A5A ⩚ ang; U+02220 ∠ ange; U+029A4 ⦤ angle; U+02220 ∠ angmsd; U+02221 ∡ angmsdaa; U+029A8 ⦨ angmsdab; U+029A9 ⦩ angmsdac; U+029AA ⦪ angmsdad; U+029AB ⦫ angmsdae; U+029AC ⦬ angmsdaf; U+029AD ⦭ angmsdag; U+029AE ⦮ angmsdah; U+029AF ⦯ angrt; U+0221F ∟ angrtvb; U+022BE ⊾ angrtvbd; U+0299D ⦝ angsph; U+02222 ∢ angst; U+000C5 Å angzarr; U+0237C ⍼ Aogon; U+00104 Ą aogon; U+00105 ą Aopf; U+1D538 𝔸 aopf; U+1D552 𝕒 ap; U+02248 ≈ apacir; U+02A6F ⩯ apE; U+02A70 ⩰ ape; U+0224A ≊ apid; U+0224B ≋ apos; U+00027 ' ApplyFunction; U+02061 ⁡ approx; U+02248 ≈ approxeq; U+0224A ≊ Aring; U+000C5 Å Aring U+000C5 Å aring; U+000E5 å aring U+000E5 å Ascr; U+1D49C 𝒜 ascr; U+1D4B6 𝒶 Assign; U+02254 ≔ ast; U+0002A * asymp; U+02248 ≈ asympeq; U+0224D ≍ Atilde; U+000C3 à Atilde U+000C3 à atilde; U+000E3 ã atilde U+000E3 ã Auml; U+000C4 Ä Auml U+000C4 Ä auml; U+000E4 ä auml U+000E4 ä awconint; U+02233 ∳ awint; U+02A11 ⨑ backcong; U+0224C ≌ backepsilon; U+003F6 ϶ backprime; U+02035 ‵ backsim; U+0223D ∽ backsimeq; U+022CD ⋍ Backslash; U+02216 ∖ Barv; U+02AE7 ⫧ barvee; U+022BD ⊽ Barwed; U+02306 ⌆ barwed; U+02305 ⌅ barwedge; U+02305 ⌅ bbrk; U+023B5 ⎵ bbrktbrk; U+023B6 ⎶ bcong; U+0224C ≌ Bcy; U+00411 Б bcy; U+00431 б bdquo; U+0201E „ becaus; U+02235 ∵ Because; U+02235 ∵ because; U+02235 ∵ bemptyv; U+029B0 ⦰ bepsi; U+003F6 ϶ bernou; U+0212C ℬ Bernoullis; U+0212C ℬ Beta; U+00392 Β beta; U+003B2 β beth; U+02136 ℶ between; U+0226C ≬ Bfr; U+1D505 𝔅 bfr; U+1D51F 𝔟 bigcap; U+022C2 ⋂ bigcirc; U+025EF ◯ bigcup; U+022C3 ⋃ bigodot; U+02A00 ⨀ bigoplus; U+02A01 ⨁ bigotimes; U+02A02 ⨂ bigsqcup; U+02A06 ⨆ bigstar; U+02605 ★ bigtriangledown; U+025BD ▽ bigtriangleup; U+025B3 △ biguplus; U+02A04 ⨄ bigvee; U+022C1 ⋁ bigwedge; U+022C0 ⋀ bkarow; U+0290D ⤍ blacklozenge; U+029EB ⧫ blacksquare; U+025AA ▪ blacktriangle; U+025B4 ▴ blacktriangledown; U+025BE ▾ blacktriangleleft; U+025C2 ◂ blacktriangleright; U+025B8 ▸ blank; U+02423 ␣ blk12; U+02592 ▒ blk14; U+02591 ░ blk34; U+02593 ▓ block; U+02588 █ bne; U+0003D U+020E5 =⃥ bnequiv; U+02261 U+020E5 ≡⃥ bNot; U+02AED ⫭ bnot; U+02310 ⌐ Bopf; U+1D539 𝔹 bopf; U+1D553 𝕓 bot; U+022A5 ⊥ bottom; U+022A5 ⊥ bowtie; U+022C8 ⋈ boxbox; U+029C9 ⧉ boxDL; U+02557 ╗ boxDl; U+02556 ╖ boxdL; U+02555 ╕ boxdl; U+02510 ┐ boxDR; U+02554 ╔ boxDr; U+02553 ╓ boxdR; U+02552 ╒ boxdr; U+0250C ┌ boxH; U+02550 ═ boxh; U+02500 ─ boxHD; U+02566 ╦ boxHd; U+02564 ╤ boxhD; U+02565 ╥ boxhd; U+0252C ┬ boxHU; U+02569 ╩ boxHu; U+02567 ╧ boxhU; U+02568 ╨ boxhu; U+02534 ┴ boxminus; U+0229F ⊟ boxplus; U+0229E ⊞ boxtimes; U+022A0 ⊠ boxUL; U+0255D ╝ boxUl; U+0255C ╜ boxuL; U+0255B ╛ boxul; U+02518 ┘ boxUR; U+0255A ╚ boxUr; U+02559 ╙ boxuR; U+02558 ╘ boxur; U+02514 └ boxV; U+02551 ║ boxv; U+02502 │ boxVH; U+0256C ╬ boxVh; U+0256B ╫ boxvH; U+0256A ╪ boxvh; U+0253C ┼ boxVL; U+02563 ╣ boxVl; U+02562 ╢ boxvL; U+02561 ╡ boxvl; U+02524 ┤ boxVR; U+02560 ╠ boxVr; U+0255F ╟ boxvR; U+0255E ╞ boxvr; U+0251C ├ bprime; U+02035 ‵ Breve; U+002D8 ˘ breve; U+002D8 ˘ brvbar; U+000A6 ¦ brvbar U+000A6 ¦ Bscr; U+0212C ℬ bscr; U+1D4B7 𝒷 bsemi; U+0204F ⁏ bsim; U+0223D ∽ bsime; U+022CD ⋍ bsol; U+0005C \ bsolb; U+029C5 ⧅ bsolhsub; U+027C8 ⟈ bull; U+02022 • bullet; U+02022 • bump; U+0224E ≎ bumpE; U+02AAE ⪮ bumpe; U+0224F ≏ Bumpeq; U+0224E ≎ bumpeq; U+0224F ≏ Cacute; U+00106 Ć cacute; U+00107 ć Cap; U+022D2 ⋒ cap; U+02229 ∩ capand; U+02A44 ⩄ capbrcup; U+02A49 ⩉ capcap; U+02A4B ⩋ capcup; U+02A47 ⩇ capdot; U+02A40 ⩀ CapitalDifferentialD; U+02145 ⅅ caps; U+02229 U+0FE00 ∩︀ caret; U+02041 ⁁ caron; U+002C7 ˇ Cayleys; U+0212D ℭ ccaps; U+02A4D ⩍ Ccaron; U+0010C Č ccaron; U+0010D č Ccedil; U+000C7 Ç Ccedil U+000C7 Ç ccedil; U+000E7 ç ccedil U+000E7 ç Ccirc; U+00108 Ĉ ccirc; U+00109 ĉ Cconint; U+02230 ∰ ccups; U+02A4C ⩌ ccupssm; U+02A50 ⩐ Cdot; U+0010A Ċ cdot; U+0010B ċ cedil; U+000B8 ¸ cedil U+000B8 ¸ Cedilla; U+000B8 ¸ cemptyv; U+029B2 ⦲ cent; U+000A2 ¢ cent U+000A2 ¢ CenterDot; U+000B7 · centerdot; U+000B7 · Cfr; U+0212D ℭ cfr; U+1D520 𝔠 CHcy; U+00427 Ч chcy; U+00447 ч check; U+02713 ✓ checkmark; U+02713 ✓ Chi; U+003A7 Χ chi; U+003C7 χ cir; U+025CB ○ circ; U+002C6 ˆ circeq; U+02257 ≗ circlearrowleft; U+021BA ↺ circlearrowright; U+021BB ↻ circledast; U+0229B ⊛ circledcirc; U+0229A ⊚ circleddash; U+0229D ⊝ CircleDot; U+02299 ⊙ circledR; U+000AE ® circledS; U+024C8 Ⓢ CircleMinus; U+02296 ⊖ CirclePlus; U+02295 ⊕ CircleTimes; U+02297 ⊗ cirE; U+029C3 ⧃ cire; U+02257 ≗ cirfnint; U+02A10 ⨐ cirmid; U+02AEF ⫯ cirscir; U+029C2 ⧂ ClockwiseContourIntegral; U+02232 ∲ CloseCurlyDoubleQuote; U+0201D ” CloseCurlyQuote; U+02019 ’ clubs; U+02663 ♣ clubsuit; U+02663 ♣ Colon; U+02237 ∷ colon; U+0003A : Colone; U+02A74 ⩴ colone; U+02254 ≔ coloneq; U+02254 ≔ comma; U+0002C , commat; U+00040 @ comp; U+02201 ∁ compfn; U+02218 ∘ complement; U+02201 ∁ complexes; U+02102 ℂ cong; U+02245 ≅ congdot; U+02A6D ⩭ Congruent; U+02261 ≡ Conint; U+0222F ∯ conint; U+0222E ∮ ContourIntegral; U+0222E ∮ Copf; U+02102 ℂ copf; U+1D554 𝕔 coprod; U+02210 ∐ Coproduct; U+02210 ∐ COPY; U+000A9 © COPY U+000A9 © copy; U+000A9 © copy U+000A9 © copysr; U+02117 ℗ CounterClockwiseContourIntegral; U+02233 ∳ crarr; U+021B5 ↵ Cross; U+02A2F ⨯ cross; U+02717 ✗ Cscr; U+1D49E 𝒞 cscr; U+1D4B8 𝒸 csub; U+02ACF ⫏ csube; U+02AD1 ⫑ csup; U+02AD0 ⫐ csupe; U+02AD2 ⫒ ctdot; U+022EF ⋯ cudarrl; U+02938 ⤸ cudarrr; U+02935 ⤵ cuepr; U+022DE ⋞ cuesc; U+022DF ⋟ cularr; U+021B6 ↶ cularrp; U+0293D ⤽ Cup; U+022D3 ⋓ cup; U+0222A ∪ cupbrcap; U+02A48 ⩈ CupCap; U+0224D ≍ cupcap; U+02A46 ⩆ cupcup; U+02A4A ⩊ cupdot; U+0228D ⊍ cupor; U+02A45 ⩅ cups; U+0222A U+0FE00 ∪︀ curarr; U+021B7 ↷ curarrm; U+0293C ⤼ curlyeqprec; U+022DE ⋞ curlyeqsucc; U+022DF ⋟ curlyvee; U+022CE ⋎ curlywedge; U+022CF ⋏ curren; U+000A4 ¤ curren U+000A4 ¤ curvearrowleft; U+021B6 ↶ curvearrowright; U+021B7 ↷ cuvee; U+022CE ⋎ cuwed; U+022CF ⋏ cwconint; U+02232 ∲ cwint; U+02231 ∱ cylcty; U+0232D ⌭ Dagger; U+02021 ‡ dagger; U+02020 † daleth; U+02138 ℸ Darr; U+021A1 ↡ dArr; U+021D3 ⇓ darr; U+02193 ↓ dash; U+02010 ‐ Dashv; U+02AE4 ⫤ dashv; U+022A3 ⊣ dbkarow; U+0290F ⤏ dblac; U+002DD ˝ Dcaron; U+0010E Ď dcaron; U+0010F ď Dcy; U+00414 Д dcy; U+00434 д DD; U+02145 ⅅ dd; U+02146 ⅆ ddagger; U+02021 ‡ ddarr; U+021CA ⇊ DDotrahd; U+02911 ⤑ ddotseq; U+02A77 ⩷ deg; U+000B0 ° deg U+000B0 ° Del; U+02207 ∇ Delta; U+00394 Δ delta; U+003B4 δ demptyv; U+029B1 ⦱ dfisht; U+0297F ⥿ Dfr; U+1D507 𝔇 dfr; U+1D521 𝔡 dHar; U+02965 ⥥ dharl; U+021C3 ⇃ dharr; U+021C2 ⇂ DiacriticalAcute; U+000B4 ´ DiacriticalDot; U+002D9 ˙ DiacriticalDoubleAcute; U+002DD ˝ DiacriticalGrave; U+00060 ` DiacriticalTilde; U+002DC ˜ diam; U+022C4 ⋄ Diamond; U+022C4 ⋄ diamond; U+022C4 ⋄ diamondsuit; U+02666 ♦ diams; U+02666 ♦ die; U+000A8 ¨ DifferentialD; U+02146 ⅆ digamma; U+003DD ϝ disin; U+022F2 ⋲ div; U+000F7 ÷ divide; U+000F7 ÷ divide U+000F7 ÷ divideontimes; U+022C7 ⋇ divonx; U+022C7 ⋇ DJcy; U+00402 Ђ djcy; U+00452 ђ dlcorn; U+0231E ⌞ dlcrop; U+0230D ⌍ dollar; U+00024 $ Dopf; U+1D53B 𝔻 dopf; U+1D555 𝕕 Dot; U+000A8 ¨ dot; U+002D9 ˙ DotDot; U+020DC ◌⃜ doteq; U+02250 ≐ doteqdot; U+02251 ≑ DotEqual; U+02250 ≐ dotminus; U+02238 ∸ dotplus; U+02214 ∔ dotsquare; U+022A1 ⊡ doublebarwedge; U+02306 ⌆ DoubleContourIntegral; U+0222F ∯ DoubleDot; U+000A8 ¨ DoubleDownArrow; U+021D3 ⇓ DoubleLeftArrow; U+021D0 ⇐ DoubleLeftRightArrow; U+021D4 ⇔ DoubleLeftTee; U+02AE4 ⫤ DoubleLongLeftArrow; U+027F8 ⟸ DoubleLongLeftRightArrow; U+027FA ⟺ DoubleLongRightArrow; U+027F9 ⟹ DoubleRightArrow; U+021D2 ⇒ DoubleRightTee; U+022A8 ⊨ DoubleUpArrow; U+021D1 ⇑ DoubleUpDownArrow; U+021D5 ⇕ DoubleVerticalBar; U+02225 ∥ DownArrow; U+02193 ↓ Downarrow; U+021D3 ⇓ downarrow; U+02193 ↓ DownArrowBar; U+02913 ⤓ DownArrowUpArrow; U+021F5 ⇵ DownBreve; U+00311 ◌̑ downdownarrows; U+021CA ⇊ downharpoonleft; U+021C3 ⇃ downharpoonright; U+021C2 ⇂ DownLeftRightVector; U+02950 ⥐ DownLeftTeeVector; U+0295E ⥞ DownLeftVector; U+021BD ↽ DownLeftVectorBar; U+02956 ⥖ DownRightTeeVector; U+0295F ⥟ DownRightVector; U+021C1 ⇁ DownRightVectorBar; U+02957 ⥗ DownTee; U+022A4 ⊤ DownTeeArrow; U+021A7 ↧ drbkarow; U+02910 ⤐ drcorn; U+0231F ⌟ drcrop; U+0230C ⌌ Dscr; U+1D49F 𝒟 dscr; U+1D4B9 𝒹 DScy; U+00405 Ѕ dscy; U+00455 ѕ dsol; U+029F6 ⧶ Dstrok; U+00110 Đ dstrok; U+00111 đ dtdot; U+022F1 ⋱ dtri; U+025BF ▿ dtrif; U+025BE ▾ duarr; U+021F5 ⇵ duhar; U+0296F ⥯ dwangle; U+029A6 ⦦ DZcy; U+0040F Џ dzcy; U+0045F џ dzigrarr; U+027FF ⟿ Eacute; U+000C9 É Eacute U+000C9 É eacute; U+000E9 é eacute U+000E9 é easter; U+02A6E ⩮ Ecaron; U+0011A Ě ecaron; U+0011B ě ecir; U+02256 ≖ Ecirc; U+000CA Ê Ecirc U+000CA Ê ecirc; U+000EA ê ecirc U+000EA ê ecolon; U+02255 ≕ Ecy; U+0042D Э ecy; U+0044D э eDDot; U+02A77 ⩷ Edot; U+00116 Ė eDot; U+02251 ≑ edot; U+00117 ė ee; U+02147 ⅇ efDot; U+02252 ≒ Efr; U+1D508 𝔈 efr; U+1D522 𝔢 eg; U+02A9A ⪚ Egrave; U+000C8 È Egrave U+000C8 È egrave; U+000E8 è egrave U+000E8 è egs; U+02A96 ⪖ egsdot; U+02A98 ⪘ el; U+02A99 ⪙ Element; U+02208 ∈ elinters; U+023E7 ⏧ ell; U+02113 ℓ els; U+02A95 ⪕ elsdot; U+02A97 ⪗ Emacr; U+00112 Ē emacr; U+00113 ē empty; U+02205 ∅ emptyset; U+02205 ∅ EmptySmallSquare; U+025FB ◻ emptyv; U+02205 ∅ EmptyVerySmallSquare; U+025AB ▫ emsp; U+02003   emsp13; U+02004   emsp14; U+02005   ENG; U+0014A Ŋ eng; U+0014B ŋ ensp; U+02002   Eogon; U+00118 Ę eogon; U+00119 ę Eopf; U+1D53C 𝔼 eopf; U+1D556 𝕖 epar; U+022D5 ⋕ eparsl; U+029E3 ⧣ eplus; U+02A71 ⩱ epsi; U+003B5 ε Epsilon; U+00395 Ε epsilon; U+003B5 ε epsiv; U+003F5 ϵ eqcirc; U+02256 ≖ eqcolon; U+02255 ≕ eqsim; U+02242 ≂ eqslantgtr; U+02A96 ⪖ eqslantless; U+02A95 ⪕ Equal; U+02A75 ⩵ equals; U+0003D = EqualTilde; U+02242 ≂ equest; U+0225F ≟ Equilibrium; U+021CC ⇌ equiv; U+02261 ≡ equivDD; U+02A78 ⩸ eqvparsl; U+029E5 ⧥ erarr; U+02971 ⥱ erDot; U+02253 ≓ Escr; U+02130 ℰ escr; U+0212F ℯ esdot; U+02250 ≐ Esim; U+02A73 ⩳ esim; U+02242 ≂ Eta; U+00397 Η eta; U+003B7 η ETH; U+000D0 Ð ETH U+000D0 Ð eth; U+000F0 ð eth U+000F0 ð Euml; U+000CB Ë Euml U+000CB Ë euml; U+000EB ë euml U+000EB ë euro; U+020AC € excl; U+00021 ! exist; U+02203 ∃ Exists; U+02203 ∃ expectation; U+02130 ℰ ExponentialE; U+02147 ⅇ exponentiale; U+02147 ⅇ fallingdotseq; U+02252 ≒ Fcy; U+00424 Ф fcy; U+00444 ф female; U+02640 ♀ ffilig; U+0FB03 ffi fflig; U+0FB00 ff ffllig; U+0FB04 ffl Ffr; U+1D509 𝔉 ffr; U+1D523 𝔣 filig; U+0FB01 fi FilledSmallSquare; U+025FC ◼ FilledVerySmallSquare; U+025AA ▪ fjlig; U+00066 U+0006A fj flat; U+0266D ♭ fllig; U+0FB02 fl fltns; U+025B1 ▱ fnof; U+00192 ƒ Fopf; U+1D53D 𝔽 fopf; U+1D557 𝕗 ForAll; U+02200 ∀ forall; U+02200 ∀ fork; U+022D4 ⋔ forkv; U+02AD9 ⫙ Fouriertrf; U+02131 ℱ fpartint; U+02A0D ⨍ frac12; U+000BD ½ frac12 U+000BD ½ frac13; U+02153 ⅓ frac14; U+000BC ¼ frac14 U+000BC ¼ frac15; U+02155 ⅕ frac16; U+02159 ⅙ frac18; U+0215B ⅛ frac23; U+02154 ⅔ frac25; U+02156 ⅖ frac34; U+000BE ¾ frac34 U+000BE ¾ frac35; U+02157 ⅗ frac38; U+0215C ⅜ frac45; U+02158 ⅘ frac56; U+0215A ⅚ frac58; U+0215D ⅝ frac78; U+0215E ⅞ frasl; U+02044 ⁄ frown; U+02322 ⌢ Fscr; U+02131 ℱ fscr; U+1D4BB 𝒻 gacute; U+001F5 ǵ Gamma; U+00393 Γ gamma; U+003B3 γ Gammad; U+003DC Ϝ gammad; U+003DD ϝ gap; U+02A86 ⪆ Gbreve; U+0011E Ğ gbreve; U+0011F ğ Gcedil; U+00122 Ģ Gcirc; U+0011C Ĝ gcirc; U+0011D ĝ Gcy; U+00413 Г gcy; U+00433 г Gdot; U+00120 Ġ gdot; U+00121 ġ gE; U+02267 ≧ ge; U+02265 ≥ gEl; U+02A8C ⪌ gel; U+022DB ⋛ geq; U+02265 ≥ geqq; U+02267 ≧ geqslant; U+02A7E ⩾ ges; U+02A7E ⩾ gescc; U+02AA9 ⪩ gesdot; U+02A80 ⪀ gesdoto; U+02A82 ⪂ gesdotol; U+02A84 ⪄ gesl; U+022DB U+0FE00 ⋛︀ gesles; U+02A94 ⪔ Gfr; U+1D50A 𝔊 gfr; U+1D524 𝔤 Gg; U+022D9 ⋙ gg; U+0226B ≫ ggg; U+022D9 ⋙ gimel; U+02137 ℷ GJcy; U+00403 Ѓ gjcy; U+00453 ѓ gl; U+02277 ≷ gla; U+02AA5 ⪥ glE; U+02A92 ⪒ glj; U+02AA4 ⪤ gnap; U+02A8A ⪊ gnapprox; U+02A8A ⪊ gnE; U+02269 ≩ gne; U+02A88 ⪈ gneq; U+02A88 ⪈ gneqq; U+02269 ≩ gnsim; U+022E7 ⋧ Gopf; U+1D53E 𝔾 gopf; U+1D558 𝕘 grave; U+00060 ` GreaterEqual; U+02265 ≥ GreaterEqualLess; U+022DB ⋛ GreaterFullEqual; U+02267 ≧ GreaterGreater; U+02AA2 ⪢ GreaterLess; U+02277 ≷ GreaterSlantEqual; U+02A7E ⩾ GreaterTilde; U+02273 ≳ Gscr; U+1D4A2 𝒢 gscr; U+0210A ℊ gsim; U+02273 ≳ gsime; U+02A8E ⪎ gsiml; U+02A90 ⪐ GT; U+0003E > GT U+0003E > Gt; U+0226B ≫ gt; U+0003E > gt U+0003E > gtcc; U+02AA7 ⪧ gtcir; U+02A7A ⩺ gtdot; U+022D7 ⋗ gtlPar; U+02995 ⦕ gtquest; U+02A7C ⩼ gtrapprox; U+02A86 ⪆ gtrarr; U+02978 ⥸ gtrdot; U+022D7 ⋗ gtreqless; U+022DB ⋛ gtreqqless; U+02A8C ⪌ gtrless; U+02277 ≷ gtrsim; U+02273 ≳ gvertneqq; U+02269 U+0FE00 ≩︀ gvnE; U+02269 U+0FE00 ≩︀ Hacek; U+002C7 ˇ hairsp; U+0200A   half; U+000BD ½ hamilt; U+0210B ℋ HARDcy; U+0042A Ъ hardcy; U+0044A ъ hArr; U+021D4 ⇔ harr; U+02194 ↔ harrcir; U+02948 ⥈ harrw; U+021AD ↭ Hat; U+0005E ^ hbar; U+0210F ℏ Hcirc; U+00124 Ĥ hcirc; U+00125 ĥ hearts; U+02665 ♥ heartsuit; U+02665 ♥ hellip; U+02026 … hercon; U+022B9 ⊹ Hfr; U+0210C ℌ hfr; U+1D525 𝔥 HilbertSpace; U+0210B ℋ hksearow; U+02925 ⤥ hkswarow; U+02926 ⤦ hoarr; U+021FF ⇿ homtht; U+0223B ∻ hookleftarrow; U+021A9 ↩ hookrightarrow; U+021AA ↪ Hopf; U+0210D ℍ hopf; U+1D559 𝕙 horbar; U+02015 ― HorizontalLine; U+02500 ─ Hscr; U+0210B ℋ hscr; U+1D4BD 𝒽 hslash; U+0210F ℏ Hstrok; U+00126 Ħ hstrok; U+00127 ħ HumpDownHump; U+0224E ≎ HumpEqual; U+0224F ≏ hybull; U+02043 ⁃ hyphen; U+02010 ‐ Iacute; U+000CD Í Iacute U+000CD Í iacute; U+000ED í iacute U+000ED í ic; U+02063 ⁣ Icirc; U+000CE Î Icirc U+000CE Î icirc; U+000EE î icirc U+000EE î Icy; U+00418 И icy; U+00438 и Idot; U+00130 İ IEcy; U+00415 Е iecy; U+00435 е iexcl; U+000A1 ¡ iexcl U+000A1 ¡ iff; U+021D4 ⇔ Ifr; U+02111 ℑ ifr; U+1D526 𝔦 Igrave; U+000CC Ì Igrave U+000CC Ì igrave; U+000EC ì igrave U+000EC ì ii; U+02148 ⅈ iiiint; U+02A0C ⨌ iiint; U+0222D ∭ iinfin; U+029DC ⧜ iiota; U+02129 ℩ IJlig; U+00132 IJ ijlig; U+00133 ij Im; U+02111 ℑ Imacr; U+0012A Ī imacr; U+0012B ī image; U+02111 ℑ ImaginaryI; U+02148 ⅈ imagline; U+02110 ℐ imagpart; U+02111 ℑ imath; U+00131 ı imof; U+022B7 ⊷ imped; U+001B5 Ƶ Implies; U+021D2 ⇒ in; U+02208 ∈ incare; U+02105 ℅ infin; U+0221E ∞ infintie; U+029DD ⧝ inodot; U+00131 ı Int; U+0222C ∬ int; U+0222B ∫ intcal; U+022BA ⊺ integers; U+02124 ℤ Integral; U+0222B ∫ intercal; U+022BA ⊺ Intersection; U+022C2 ⋂ intlarhk; U+02A17 ⨗ intprod; U+02A3C ⨼ InvisibleComma; U+02063 ⁣ InvisibleTimes; U+02062 ⁢ IOcy; U+00401 Ё iocy; U+00451 ё Iogon; U+0012E Į iogon; U+0012F į Iopf; U+1D540 𝕀 iopf; U+1D55A 𝕚 Iota; U+00399 Ι iota; U+003B9 ι iprod; U+02A3C ⨼ iquest; U+000BF ¿ iquest U+000BF ¿ Iscr; U+02110 ℐ iscr; U+1D4BE 𝒾 isin; U+02208 ∈ isindot; U+022F5 ⋵ isinE; U+022F9 ⋹ isins; U+022F4 ⋴ isinsv; U+022F3 ⋳ isinv; U+02208 ∈ it; U+02062 ⁢ Itilde; U+00128 Ĩ itilde; U+00129 ĩ Iukcy; U+00406 І iukcy; U+00456 і Iuml; U+000CF Ï Iuml U+000CF Ï iuml; U+000EF ï iuml U+000EF ï Jcirc; U+00134 Ĵ jcirc; U+00135 ĵ Jcy; U+00419 Й jcy; U+00439 й Jfr; U+1D50D 𝔍 jfr; U+1D527 𝔧 jmath; U+00237 ȷ Jopf; U+1D541 𝕁 jopf; U+1D55B 𝕛 Jscr; U+1D4A5 𝒥 jscr; U+1D4BF 𝒿 Jsercy; U+00408 Ј jsercy; U+00458 ј Jukcy; U+00404 Є jukcy; U+00454 є Kappa; U+0039A Κ kappa; U+003BA κ kappav; U+003F0 ϰ Kcedil; U+00136 Ķ kcedil; U+00137 ķ Kcy; U+0041A К kcy; U+0043A к Kfr; U+1D50E 𝔎 kfr; U+1D528 𝔨 kgreen; U+00138 ĸ KHcy; U+00425 Х khcy; U+00445 х KJcy; U+0040C Ќ kjcy; U+0045C ќ Kopf; U+1D542 𝕂 kopf; U+1D55C 𝕜 Kscr; U+1D4A6 𝒦 kscr; U+1D4C0 𝓀 lAarr; U+021DA ⇚ Lacute; U+00139 Ĺ lacute; U+0013A ĺ laemptyv; U+029B4 ⦴ lagran; U+02112 ℒ Lambda; U+0039B Λ lambda; U+003BB λ Lang; U+027EA ⟪ lang; U+027E8 ⟨ langd; U+02991 ⦑ langle; U+027E8 〈 lap; U+02A85 ⪅ Laplacetrf; U+02112 ℒ laquo; U+000AB « laquo U+000AB « Larr; U+0219E ↞ lArr; U+021D0 ⇐ larr; U+02190 ← larrb; U+021E4 ⇤ larrbfs; U+0291F ⤟ larrfs; U+0291D ⤝ larrhk; U+021A9 ↩ larrlp; U+021AB ↫ larrpl; U+02939 ⤹ larrsim; U+02973 ⥳ larrtl; U+021A2 ↢ lat; U+02AAB ⪫ lAtail; U+0291B ⤛ latail; U+02919 ⤙ late; U+02AAD ⪭ lates; U+02AAD U+0FE00 ⪭︀ lBarr; U+0290E ⤎ lbarr; U+0290C ⤌ lbbrk; U+02772 ❲ lbrace; U+0007B { lbrack; U+0005B [ lbrke; U+0298B ⦋ lbrksld; U+0298F ⦏ lbrkslu; U+0298D ⦍ Lcaron; U+0013D Ľ lcaron; U+0013E ľ Lcedil; U+0013B Ļ lcedil; U+0013C ļ lceil; U+02308 ⌈ lcub; U+0007B { Lcy; U+0041B Л lcy; U+0043B л ldca; U+02936 ⤶ ldquo; U+0201C “ ldquor; U+0201E „ ldrdhar; U+02967 ⥧ ldrushar; U+0294B ⥋ ldsh; U+021B2 ↲ lE; U+02266 ≦ le; U+02264 ≤ LeftAngleBracket; U+027E8 〈 LeftArrow; U+02190 ← Leftarrow; U+021D0 ⇐ leftarrow; U+02190 ← LeftArrowBar; U+021E4 ⇤ LeftArrowRightArrow; U+021C6 ⇆ leftarrowtail; U+021A2 ↢ LeftCeiling; U+02308 ⌈ LeftDoubleBracket; U+027E6 ⟦ LeftDownTeeVector; U+02961 ⥡ LeftDownVector; U+021C3 ⇃ LeftDownVectorBar; U+02959 ⥙ LeftFloor; U+0230A ⌊ leftharpoondown; U+021BD ↽ leftharpoonup; U+021BC ↼ leftleftarrows; U+021C7 ⇇ LeftRightArrow; U+02194 ↔ Leftrightarrow; U+021D4 ⇔ leftrightarrow; U+02194 ↔ leftrightarrows; U+021C6 ⇆ leftrightharpoons; U+021CB ⇋ leftrightsquigarrow; U+021AD ↭ LeftRightVector; U+0294E ⥎ LeftTee; U+022A3 ⊣ LeftTeeArrow; U+021A4 ↤ LeftTeeVector; U+0295A ⥚ leftthreetimes; U+022CB ⋋ LeftTriangle; U+022B2 ⊲ LeftTriangleBar; U+029CF ⧏ LeftTriangleEqual; U+022B4 ⊴ LeftUpDownVector; U+02951 ⥑ LeftUpTeeVector; U+02960 ⥠ LeftUpVector; U+021BF ↿ LeftUpVectorBar; U+02958 ⥘ LeftVector; U+021BC ↼ LeftVectorBar; U+02952 ⥒ lEg; U+02A8B ⪋ leg; U+022DA ⋚ leq; U+02264 ≤ leqq; U+02266 ≦ leqslant; U+02A7D ⩽ les; U+02A7D ⩽ lescc; U+02AA8 ⪨ lesdot; U+02A7F ⩿ lesdoto; U+02A81 ⪁ lesdotor; U+02A83 ⪃ lesg; U+022DA U+0FE00 ⋚︀ lesges; U+02A93 ⪓ lessapprox; U+02A85 ⪅ lessdot; U+022D6 ⋖ lesseqgtr; U+022DA ⋚ lesseqqgtr; U+02A8B ⪋ LessEqualGreater; U+022DA ⋚ LessFullEqual; U+02266 ≦ LessGreater; U+02276 ≶ lessgtr; U+02276 ≶ LessLess; U+02AA1 ⪡ lesssim; U+02272 ≲ LessSlantEqual; U+02A7D ⩽ LessTilde; U+02272 ≲ lfisht; U+0297C ⥼ lfloor; U+0230A ⌊ Lfr; U+1D50F 𝔏 lfr; U+1D529 𝔩 lg; U+02276 ≶ lgE; U+02A91 ⪑ lHar; U+02962 ⥢ lhard; U+021BD ↽ lharu; U+021BC ↼ lharul; U+0296A ⥪ lhblk; U+02584 ▄ LJcy; U+00409 Љ ljcy; U+00459 љ Ll; U+022D8 ⋘ ll; U+0226A ≪ llarr; U+021C7 ⇇ llcorner; U+0231E ⌞ Lleftarrow; U+021DA ⇚ llhard; U+0296B ⥫ lltri; U+025FA ◺ Lmidot; U+0013F Ŀ lmidot; U+00140 ŀ lmoust; U+023B0 ⎰ lmoustache; U+023B0 ⎰ lnap; U+02A89 ⪉ lnapprox; U+02A89 ⪉ lnE; U+02268 ≨ lne; U+02A87 ⪇ lneq; U+02A87 ⪇ lneqq; U+02268 ≨ lnsim; U+022E6 ⋦ loang; U+027EC ⟬ loarr; U+021FD ⇽ lobrk; U+027E6 ⟦ LongLeftArrow; U+027F5 ⟵ Longleftarrow; U+027F8 ⟸ longleftarrow; U+027F5 ⟵ LongLeftRightArrow; U+027F7 ⟷ Longleftrightarrow; U+027FA ⟺ longleftrightarrow; U+027F7 ⟷ longmapsto; U+027FC ⟼ LongRightArrow; U+027F6 ⟶ Longrightarrow; U+027F9 ⟹ longrightarrow; U+027F6 ⟶ looparrowleft; U+021AB ↫ looparrowright; U+021AC ↬ lopar; U+02985 ⦅ Lopf; U+1D543 𝕃 lopf; U+1D55D 𝕝 loplus; U+02A2D ⨭ lotimes; U+02A34 ⨴ lowast; U+02217 ∗ lowbar; U+0005F _ LowerLeftArrow; U+02199 ↙ LowerRightArrow; U+02198 ↘ loz; U+025CA ◊ lozenge; U+025CA ◊ lozf; U+029EB ⧫ lpar; U+00028 ( lparlt; U+02993 ⦓ lrarr; U+021C6 ⇆ lrcorner; U+0231F ⌟ lrhar; U+021CB ⇋ lrhard; U+0296D ⥭ lrm; U+0200E ‎ lrtri; U+022BF ⊿ lsaquo; U+02039 ‹ Lscr; U+02112 ℒ lscr; U+1D4C1 𝓁 Lsh; U+021B0 ↰ lsh; U+021B0 ↰ lsim; U+02272 ≲ lsime; U+02A8D ⪍ lsimg; U+02A8F ⪏ lsqb; U+0005B [ lsquo; U+02018 ‘ lsquor; U+0201A ‚ Lstrok; U+00141 Ł lstrok; U+00142 ł LT; U+0003C < LT U+0003C < Lt; U+0226A ≪ lt; U+0003C < lt U+0003C < ltcc; U+02AA6 ⪦ ltcir; U+02A79 ⩹ ltdot; U+022D6 ⋖ lthree; U+022CB ⋋ ltimes; U+022C9 ⋉ ltlarr; U+02976 ⥶ ltquest; U+02A7B ⩻ ltri; U+025C3 ◃ ltrie; U+022B4 ⊴ ltrif; U+025C2 ◂ ltrPar; U+02996 ⦖ lurdshar; U+0294A ⥊ luruhar; U+02966 ⥦ lvertneqq; U+02268 U+0FE00 ≨︀ lvnE; U+02268 U+0FE00 ≨︀ macr; U+000AF ¯ macr U+000AF ¯ male; U+02642 ♂ malt; U+02720 ✠ maltese; U+02720 ✠ Map; U+02905 ⤅ map; U+021A6 ↦ mapsto; U+021A6 ↦ mapstodown; U+021A7 ↧ mapstoleft; U+021A4 ↤ mapstoup; U+021A5 ↥ marker; U+025AE ▮ mcomma; U+02A29 ⨩ Mcy; U+0041C М mcy; U+0043C м mdash; U+02014 — mDDot; U+0223A ∺ measuredangle; U+02221 ∡ MediumSpace; U+0205F   Mellintrf; U+02133 ℳ Mfr; U+1D510 𝔐 mfr; U+1D52A 𝔪 mho; U+02127 ℧ micro; U+000B5 µ micro U+000B5 µ mid; U+02223 ∣ midast; U+0002A * midcir; U+02AF0 ⫰ middot; U+000B7 · middot U+000B7 · minus; U+02212 − minusb; U+0229F ⊟ minusd; U+02238 ∸ minusdu; U+02A2A ⨪ MinusPlus; U+02213 ∓ mlcp; U+02ADB ⫛ mldr; U+02026 … mnplus; U+02213 ∓ models; U+022A7 ⊧ Mopf; U+1D544 𝕄 mopf; U+1D55E 𝕞 mp; U+02213 ∓ Mscr; U+02133 ℳ mscr; U+1D4C2 𝓂 mstpos; U+0223E ∾ Mu; U+0039C Μ mu; U+003BC μ multimap; U+022B8 ⊸ mumap; U+022B8 ⊸ nabla; U+02207 ∇ Nacute; U+00143 Ń nacute; U+00144 ń nang; U+02220 U+020D2 ∠⃒ nap; U+02249 ≉ napE; U+02A70 U+00338 ⩰̸ napid; U+0224B U+00338 ≋̸ napos; U+00149 ʼn napprox; U+02249 ≉ natur; U+0266E ♮ natural; U+0266E ♮ naturals; U+02115 ℕ nbsp; U+000A0 nbsp U+000A0 nbump; U+0224E U+00338 ≎̸ nbumpe; U+0224F U+00338 ≏̸ ncap; U+02A43 ⩃ Ncaron; U+00147 Ň ncaron; U+00148 ň Ncedil; U+00145 Ņ ncedil; U+00146 ņ ncong; U+02247 ≇ ncongdot; U+02A6D U+00338 ⩭̸ ncup; U+02A42 ⩂ Ncy; U+0041D Н ncy; U+0043D н ndash; U+02013 – ne; U+02260 ≠ nearhk; U+02924 ⤤ neArr; U+021D7 ⇗ nearr; U+02197 ↗ nearrow; U+02197 ↗ nedot; U+02250 U+00338 ≐̸ NegativeMediumSpace; U+0200B ​ NegativeThickSpace; U+0200B ​ NegativeThinSpace; U+0200B ​ NegativeVeryThinSpace; U+0200B ​ nequiv; U+02262 ≢ nesear; U+02928 ⤨ nesim; U+02242 U+00338 ≂̸ NestedGreaterGreater; U+0226B ≫ NestedLessLess; U+0226A ≪ NewLine; U+0000A ␊ nexist; U+02204 ∄ nexists; U+02204 ∄ Nfr; U+1D511 𝔑 nfr; U+1D52B 𝔫 ngE; U+02267 U+00338 ≧̸ nge; U+02271 ≱ ngeq; U+02271 ≱ ngeqq; U+02267 U+00338 ≧̸ ngeqslant; U+02A7E U+00338 ⩾̸ nges; U+02A7E U+00338 ⩾̸ nGg; U+022D9 U+00338 ⋙̸ ngsim; U+02275 ≵ nGt; U+0226B U+020D2 ≫⃒ ngt; U+0226F ≯ ngtr; U+0226F ≯ nGtv; U+0226B U+00338 ≫̸ nhArr; U+021CE ⇎ nharr; U+021AE ↮ nhpar; U+02AF2 ⫲ ni; U+0220B ∋ nis; U+022FC ⋼ nisd; U+022FA ⋺ niv; U+0220B ∋ NJcy; U+0040A Њ njcy; U+0045A њ nlArr; U+021CD ⇍ nlarr; U+0219A ↚ nldr; U+02025 ‥ nlE; U+02266 U+00338 ≦̸ nle; U+02270 ≰ nLeftarrow; U+021CD ⇍ nleftarrow; U+0219A ↚ nLeftrightarrow; U+021CE ⇎ nleftrightarrow; U+021AE ↮ nleq; U+02270 ≰ nleqq; U+02266 U+00338 ≦̸ nleqslant; U+02A7D U+00338 ⩽̸ nles; U+02A7D U+00338 ⩽̸ nless; U+0226E ≮ nLl; U+022D8 U+00338 ⋘̸ nlsim; U+02274 ≴ nLt; U+0226A U+020D2 ≪⃒ nlt; U+0226E ≮ nltri; U+022EA ⋪ nltrie; U+022EC ⋬ nLtv; U+0226A U+00338 ≪̸ nmid; U+02224 ∤ NoBreak; U+02060 ⁠ NonBreakingSpace; U+000A0 Nopf; U+02115 ℕ nopf; U+1D55F 𝕟 Not; U+02AEC ⫬ not; U+000AC ¬ not U+000AC ¬ NotCongruent; U+02262 ≢ NotCupCap; U+0226D ≭ NotDoubleVerticalBar; U+02226 ∦ NotElement; U+02209 ∉ NotEqual; U+02260 ≠ NotEqualTilde; U+02242 U+00338 ≂̸ NotExists; U+02204 ∄ NotGreater; U+0226F ≯ NotGreaterEqual; U+02271 ≱ NotGreaterFullEqual; U+02267 U+00338 ≧̸ NotGreaterGreater; U+0226B U+00338 ≫̸ NotGreaterLess; U+02279 ≹ NotGreaterSlantEqual; U+02A7E U+00338 ⩾̸ NotGreaterTilde; U+02275 ≵ NotHumpDownHump; U+0224E U+00338 ≎̸ NotHumpEqual; U+0224F U+00338 ≏̸ notin; U+02209 ∉ notindot; U+022F5 U+00338 ⋵̸ notinE; U+022F9 U+00338 ⋹̸ notinva; U+02209 ∉ notinvb; U+022F7 ⋷ notinvc; U+022F6 ⋶ NotLeftTriangle; U+022EA ⋪ NotLeftTriangleBar; U+029CF U+00338 ⧏̸ NotLeftTriangleEqual; U+022EC ⋬ NotLess; U+0226E ≮ NotLessEqual; U+02270 ≰ NotLessGreater; U+02278 ≸ NotLessLess; U+0226A U+00338 ≪̸ NotLessSlantEqual; U+02A7D U+00338 ⩽̸ NotLessTilde; U+02274 ≴ NotNestedGreaterGreater; U+02AA2 U+00338 ⪢̸ NotNestedLessLess; U+02AA1 U+00338 ⪡̸ notni; U+0220C ∌ notniva; U+0220C ∌ notnivb; U+022FE ⋾ notnivc; U+022FD ⋽ NotPrecedes; U+02280 ⊀ NotPrecedesEqual; U+02AAF U+00338 ⪯̸ NotPrecedesSlantEqual; U+022E0 ⋠ NotReverseElement; U+0220C ∌ NotRightTriangle; U+022EB ⋫ NotRightTriangleBar; U+029D0 U+00338 ⧐̸ NotRightTriangleEqual; U+022ED ⋭ NotSquareSubset; U+0228F U+00338 ⊏̸ NotSquareSubsetEqual; U+022E2 ⋢ NotSquareSuperset; U+02290 U+00338 ⊐̸ NotSquareSupersetEqual; U+022E3 ⋣ NotSubset; U+02282 U+020D2 ⊂⃒ NotSubsetEqual; U+02288 ⊈ NotSucceeds; U+02281 ⊁ NotSucceedsEqual; U+02AB0 U+00338 ⪰̸ NotSucceedsSlantEqual; U+022E1 ⋡ NotSucceedsTilde; U+0227F U+00338 ≿̸ NotSuperset; U+02283 U+020D2 ⊃⃒ NotSupersetEqual; U+02289 ⊉ NotTilde; U+02241 ≁ NotTildeEqual; U+02244 ≄ NotTildeFullEqual; U+02247 ≇ NotTildeTilde; U+02249 ≉ NotVerticalBar; U+02224 ∤ npar; U+02226 ∦ nparallel; U+02226 ∦ nparsl; U+02AFD U+020E5 ⫽⃥ npart; U+02202 U+00338 ∂̸ npolint; U+02A14 ⨔ npr; U+02280 ⊀ nprcue; U+022E0 ⋠ npre; U+02AAF U+00338 ⪯̸ nprec; U+02280 ⊀ npreceq; U+02AAF U+00338 ⪯̸ nrArr; U+021CF ⇏ nrarr; U+0219B ↛ nrarrc; U+02933 U+00338 ⤳̸ nrarrw; U+0219D U+00338 ↝̸ nRightarrow; U+021CF ⇏ nrightarrow; U+0219B ↛ nrtri; U+022EB ⋫ nrtrie; U+022ED ⋭ nsc; U+02281 ⊁ nsccue; U+022E1 ⋡ nsce; U+02AB0 U+00338 ⪰̸ Nscr; U+1D4A9 𝒩 nscr; U+1D4C3 𝓃 nshortmid; U+02224 ∤ nshortparallel; U+02226 ∦ nsim; U+02241 ≁ nsime; U+02244 ≄ nsimeq; U+02244 ≄ nsmid; U+02224 ∤ nspar; U+02226 ∦ nsqsube; U+022E2 ⋢ nsqsupe; U+022E3 ⋣ nsub; U+02284 ⊄ nsubE; U+02AC5 U+00338 ⫅̸ nsube; U+02288 ⊈ nsubset; U+02282 U+020D2 ⊂⃒ nsubseteq; U+02288 ⊈ nsubseteqq; U+02AC5 U+00338 ⫅̸ nsucc; U+02281 ⊁ nsucceq; U+02AB0 U+00338 ⪰̸ nsup; U+02285 ⊅ nsupE; U+02AC6 U+00338 ⫆̸ nsupe; U+02289 ⊉ nsupset; U+02283 U+020D2 ⊃⃒ nsupseteq; U+02289 ⊉ nsupseteqq; U+02AC6 U+00338 ⫆̸ ntgl; U+02279 ≹ Ntilde; U+000D1 Ñ Ntilde U+000D1 Ñ ntilde; U+000F1 ñ ntilde U+000F1 ñ ntlg; U+02278 ≸ ntriangleleft; U+022EA ⋪ ntrianglelefteq; U+022EC ⋬ ntriangleright; U+022EB ⋫ ntrianglerighteq; U+022ED ⋭ Nu; U+0039D Ν nu; U+003BD ν num; U+00023 # numero; U+02116 № numsp; U+02007   nvap; U+0224D U+020D2 ≍⃒ nVDash; U+022AF ⊯ nVdash; U+022AE ⊮ nvDash; U+022AD ⊭ nvdash; U+022AC ⊬ nvge; U+02265 U+020D2 ≥⃒ nvgt; U+0003E U+020D2 >⃒ nvHarr; U+02904 ⤄ nvinfin; U+029DE ⧞ nvlArr; U+02902 ⤂ nvle; U+02264 U+020D2 ≤⃒ nvlt; U+0003C U+020D2 <⃒ nvltrie; U+022B4 U+020D2 ⊴⃒ nvrArr; U+02903 ⤃ nvrtrie; U+022B5 U+020D2 ⊵⃒ nvsim; U+0223C U+020D2 ∼⃒ nwarhk; U+02923 ⤣ nwArr; U+021D6 ⇖ nwarr; U+02196 ↖ nwarrow; U+02196 ↖ nwnear; U+02927 ⤧ Oacute; U+000D3 Ó Oacute U+000D3 Ó oacute; U+000F3 ó oacute U+000F3 ó oast; U+0229B ⊛ ocir; U+0229A ⊚ Ocirc; U+000D4 Ô Ocirc U+000D4 Ô ocirc; U+000F4 ô ocirc U+000F4 ô Ocy; U+0041E О ocy; U+0043E о odash; U+0229D ⊝ Odblac; U+00150 Ő odblac; U+00151 ő odiv; U+02A38 ⨸ odot; U+02299 ⊙ odsold; U+029BC ⦼ OElig; U+00152 Œ oelig; U+00153 œ ofcir; U+029BF ⦿ Ofr; U+1D512 𝔒 ofr; U+1D52C 𝔬 ogon; U+002DB ˛ Ograve; U+000D2 Ò Ograve U+000D2 Ò ograve; U+000F2 ò ograve U+000F2 ò ogt; U+029C1 ⧁ ohbar; U+029B5 ⦵ ohm; U+003A9 Ω oint; U+0222E ∮ olarr; U+021BA ↺ olcir; U+029BE ⦾ olcross; U+029BB ⦻ oline; U+0203E ‾ olt; U+029C0 ⧀ Omacr; U+0014C Ō omacr; U+0014D ō Omega; U+003A9 Ω omega; U+003C9 ω Omicron; U+0039F Ο omicron; U+003BF ο omid; U+029B6 ⦶ ominus; U+02296 ⊖ Oopf; U+1D546 𝕆 oopf; U+1D560 𝕠 opar; U+029B7 ⦷ OpenCurlyDoubleQuote; U+0201C “ OpenCurlyQuote; U+02018 ‘ operp; U+029B9 ⦹ oplus; U+02295 ⊕ Or; U+02A54 ⩔ or; U+02228 ∨ orarr; U+021BB ↻ ord; U+02A5D ⩝ order; U+02134 ℴ orderof; U+02134 ℴ ordf; U+000AA ª ordf U+000AA ª ordm; U+000BA º ordm U+000BA º origof; U+022B6 ⊶ oror; U+02A56 ⩖ orslope; U+02A57 ⩗ orv; U+02A5B ⩛ oS; U+024C8 Ⓢ Oscr; U+1D4AA 𝒪 oscr; U+02134 ℴ Oslash; U+000D8 Ø Oslash U+000D8 Ø oslash; U+000F8 ø oslash U+000F8 ø osol; U+02298 ⊘ Otilde; U+000D5 Õ Otilde U+000D5 Õ otilde; U+000F5 õ otilde U+000F5 õ Otimes; U+02A37 ⨷ otimes; U+02297 ⊗ otimesas; U+02A36 ⨶ Ouml; U+000D6 Ö Ouml U+000D6 Ö ouml; U+000F6 ö ouml U+000F6 ö ovbar; U+0233D ⌽ OverBar; U+0203E ‾ OverBrace; U+023DE ⏞ OverBracket; U+023B4 ⎴ OverParenthesis; U+023DC ⏜ par; U+02225 ∥ para; U+000B6 ¶ para U+000B6 ¶ parallel; U+02225 ∥ parsim; U+02AF3 ⫳ parsl; U+02AFD ⫽ part; U+02202 ∂ PartialD; U+02202 ∂ Pcy; U+0041F П pcy; U+0043F п percnt; U+00025 % period; U+0002E . permil; U+02030 ‰ perp; U+022A5 ⊥ pertenk; U+02031 ‱ Pfr; U+1D513 𝔓 pfr; U+1D52D 𝔭 Phi; U+003A6 Φ phi; U+003C6 φ phiv; U+003D5 ϕ phmmat; U+02133 ℳ phone; U+0260E ☎ Pi; U+003A0 Π pi; U+003C0 π pitchfork; U+022D4 ⋔ piv; U+003D6 ϖ planck; U+0210F ℏ planckh; U+0210E ℎ plankv; U+0210F ℏ plus; U+0002B + plusacir; U+02A23 ⨣ plusb; U+0229E ⊞ pluscir; U+02A22 ⨢ plusdo; U+02214 ∔ plusdu; U+02A25 ⨥ pluse; U+02A72 ⩲ PlusMinus; U+000B1 ± plusmn; U+000B1 ± plusmn U+000B1 ± plussim; U+02A26 ⨦ plustwo; U+02A27 ⨧ pm; U+000B1 ± Poincareplane; U+0210C ℌ pointint; U+02A15 ⨕ Popf; U+02119 ℙ popf; U+1D561 𝕡 pound; U+000A3 £ pound U+000A3 £ Pr; U+02ABB ⪻ pr; U+0227A ≺ prap; U+02AB7 ⪷ prcue; U+0227C ≼ prE; U+02AB3 ⪳ pre; U+02AAF ⪯ prec; U+0227A ≺ precapprox; U+02AB7 ⪷ preccurlyeq; U+0227C ≼ Precedes; U+0227A ≺ PrecedesEqual; U+02AAF ⪯ PrecedesSlantEqual; U+0227C ≼ PrecedesTilde; U+0227E ≾ preceq; U+02AAF ⪯ precnapprox; U+02AB9 ⪹ precneqq; U+02AB5 ⪵ precnsim; U+022E8 ⋨ precsim; U+0227E ≾ Prime; U+02033 ″ prime; U+02032 ′ primes; U+02119 ℙ prnap; U+02AB9 ⪹ prnE; U+02AB5 ⪵ prnsim; U+022E8 ⋨ prod; U+0220F ∏ Product; U+0220F ∏ profalar; U+0232E ⌮ profline; U+02312 ⌒ profsurf; U+02313 ⌓ prop; U+0221D ∝ Proportion; U+02237 ∷ Proportional; U+0221D ∝ propto; U+0221D ∝ prsim; U+0227E ≾ prurel; U+022B0 ⊰ Pscr; U+1D4AB 𝒫 pscr; U+1D4C5 𝓅 Psi; U+003A8 Ψ psi; U+003C8 ψ puncsp; U+02008   Qfr; U+1D514 𝔔 qfr; U+1D52E 𝔮 qint; U+02A0C ⨌ Qopf; U+0211A ℚ qopf; U+1D562 𝕢 qprime; U+02057 ⁗ Qscr; U+1D4AC 𝒬 qscr; U+1D4C6 𝓆 quaternions; U+0210D ℍ quatint; U+02A16 ⨖ quest; U+0003F ? questeq; U+0225F ≟ QUOT; U+00022 " QUOT U+00022 " quot; U+00022 " quot U+00022 " rAarr; U+021DB ⇛ race; U+0223D U+00331 ∽̱ Racute; U+00154 Ŕ racute; U+00155 ŕ radic; U+0221A √ raemptyv; U+029B3 ⦳ Rang; U+027EB ⟫ rang; U+027E9 ⟩ rangd; U+02992 ⦒ range; U+029A5 ⦥ rangle; U+027E9 〉 raquo; U+000BB » raquo U+000BB » Rarr; U+021A0 ↠ rArr; U+021D2 ⇒ rarr; U+02192 → rarrap; U+02975 ⥵ rarrb; U+021E5 ⇥ rarrbfs; U+02920 ⤠ rarrc; U+02933 ⤳ rarrfs; U+0291E ⤞ rarrhk; U+021AA ↪ rarrlp; U+021AC ↬ rarrpl; U+02945 ⥅ rarrsim; U+02974 ⥴ Rarrtl; U+02916 ⤖ rarrtl; U+021A3 ↣ rarrw; U+0219D ↝ rAtail; U+0291C ⤜ ratail; U+0291A ⤚ ratio; U+02236 ∶ rationals; U+0211A ℚ RBarr; U+02910 ⤐ rBarr; U+0290F ⤏ rbarr; U+0290D ⤍ rbbrk; U+02773 ❳ rbrace; U+0007D } rbrack; U+0005D ] rbrke; U+0298C ⦌ rbrksld; U+0298E ⦎ rbrkslu; U+02990 ⦐ Rcaron; U+00158 Ř rcaron; U+00159 ř Rcedil; U+00156 Ŗ rcedil; U+00157 ŗ rceil; U+02309 ⌉ rcub; U+0007D } Rcy; U+00420 Р rcy; U+00440 р rdca; U+02937 ⤷ rdldhar; U+02969 ⥩ rdquo; U+0201D ” rdquor; U+0201D ” rdsh; U+021B3 ↳ Re; U+0211C ℜ real; U+0211C ℜ realine; U+0211B ℛ realpart; U+0211C ℜ reals; U+0211D ℝ rect; U+025AD ▭ REG; U+000AE ® REG U+000AE ® reg; U+000AE ® reg U+000AE ® ReverseElement; U+0220B ∋ ReverseEquilibrium; U+021CB ⇋ ReverseUpEquilibrium; U+0296F ⥯ rfisht; U+0297D ⥽ rfloor; U+0230B ⌋ Rfr; U+0211C ℜ rfr; U+1D52F 𝔯 rHar; U+02964 ⥤ rhard; U+021C1 ⇁ rharu; U+021C0 ⇀ rharul; U+0296C ⥬ Rho; U+003A1 Ρ rho; U+003C1 ρ rhov; U+003F1 ϱ RightAngleBracket; U+027E9 〉 RightArrow; U+02192 → Rightarrow; U+021D2 ⇒ rightarrow; U+02192 → RightArrowBar; U+021E5 ⇥ RightArrowLeftArrow; U+021C4 ⇄ rightarrowtail; U+021A3 ↣ RightCeiling; U+02309 ⌉ RightDoubleBracket; U+027E7 ⟧ RightDownTeeVector; U+0295D ⥝ RightDownVector; U+021C2 ⇂ RightDownVectorBar; U+02955 ⥕ RightFloor; U+0230B ⌋ rightharpoondown; U+021C1 ⇁ rightharpoonup; U+021C0 ⇀ rightleftarrows; U+021C4 ⇄ rightleftharpoons; U+021CC ⇌ rightrightarrows; U+021C9 ⇉ rightsquigarrow; U+0219D ↝ RightTee; U+022A2 ⊢ RightTeeArrow; U+021A6 ↦ RightTeeVector; U+0295B ⥛ rightthreetimes; U+022CC ⋌ RightTriangle; U+022B3 ⊳ RightTriangleBar; U+029D0 ⧐ RightTriangleEqual; U+022B5 ⊵ RightUpDownVector; U+0294F ⥏ RightUpTeeVector; U+0295C ⥜ RightUpVector; U+021BE ↾ RightUpVectorBar; U+02954 ⥔ RightVector; U+021C0 ⇀ RightVectorBar; U+02953 ⥓ ring; U+002DA ˚ risingdotseq; U+02253 ≓ rlarr; U+021C4 ⇄ rlhar; U+021CC ⇌ rlm; U+0200F ‏ rmoust; U+023B1 ⎱ rmoustache; U+023B1 ⎱ rnmid; U+02AEE ⫮ roang; U+027ED ⟭ roarr; U+021FE ⇾ robrk; U+027E7 ⟧ ropar; U+02986 ⦆ Ropf; U+0211D ℝ ropf; U+1D563 𝕣 roplus; U+02A2E ⨮ rotimes; U+02A35 ⨵ RoundImplies; U+02970 ⥰ rpar; U+00029 ) rpargt; U+02994 ⦔ rppolint; U+02A12 ⨒ rrarr; U+021C9 ⇉ Rrightarrow; U+021DB ⇛ rsaquo; U+0203A › Rscr; U+0211B ℛ rscr; U+1D4C7 𝓇 Rsh; U+021B1 ↱ rsh; U+021B1 ↱ rsqb; U+0005D ] rsquo; U+02019 ’ rsquor; U+02019 ’ rthree; U+022CC ⋌ rtimes; U+022CA ⋊ rtri; U+025B9 ▹ rtrie; U+022B5 ⊵ rtrif; U+025B8 ▸ rtriltri; U+029CE ⧎ RuleDelayed; U+029F4 ⧴ ruluhar; U+02968 ⥨ rx; U+0211E ℞ Sacute; U+0015A Ś sacute; U+0015B ś sbquo; U+0201A ‚ Sc; U+02ABC ⪼ sc; U+0227B ≻ scap; U+02AB8 ⪸ Scaron; U+00160 Š scaron; U+00161 š sccue; U+0227D ≽ scE; U+02AB4 ⪴ sce; U+02AB0 ⪰ Scedil; U+0015E Ş scedil; U+0015F ş Scirc; U+0015C Ŝ scirc; U+0015D ŝ scnap; U+02ABA ⪺ scnE; U+02AB6 ⪶ scnsim; U+022E9 ⋩ scpolint; U+02A13 ⨓ scsim; U+0227F ≿ Scy; U+00421 С scy; U+00441 с sdot; U+022C5 ⋅ sdotb; U+022A1 ⊡ sdote; U+02A66 ⩦ searhk; U+02925 ⤥ seArr; U+021D8 ⇘ searr; U+02198 ↘ searrow; U+02198 ↘ sect; U+000A7 § sect U+000A7 § semi; U+0003B ; seswar; U+02929 ⤩ setminus; U+02216 ∖ setmn; U+02216 ∖ sext; U+02736 ✶ Sfr; U+1D516 𝔖 sfr; U+1D530 𝔰 sfrown; U+02322 ⌢ sharp; U+0266F ♯ SHCHcy; U+00429 Щ shchcy; U+00449 щ SHcy; U+00428 Ш shcy; U+00448 ш ShortDownArrow; U+02193 ↓ ShortLeftArrow; U+02190 ← shortmid; U+02223 ∣ shortparallel; U+02225 ∥ ShortRightArrow; U+02192 → ShortUpArrow; U+02191 ↑ shy; U+000AD shy U+000AD Sigma; U+003A3 Σ sigma; U+003C3 σ sigmaf; U+003C2 ς sigmav; U+003C2 ς sim; U+0223C ∼ simdot; U+02A6A ⩪ sime; U+02243 ≃ simeq; U+02243 ≃ simg; U+02A9E ⪞ simgE; U+02AA0 ⪠ siml; U+02A9D ⪝ simlE; U+02A9F ⪟ simne; U+02246 ≆ simplus; U+02A24 ⨤ simrarr; U+02972 ⥲ slarr; U+02190 ← SmallCircle; U+02218 ∘ smallsetminus; U+02216 ∖ smashp; U+02A33 ⨳ smeparsl; U+029E4 ⧤ smid; U+02223 ∣ smile; U+02323 ⌣ smt; U+02AAA ⪪ smte; U+02AAC ⪬ smtes; U+02AAC U+0FE00 ⪬︀ SOFTcy; U+0042C Ь softcy; U+0044C ь sol; U+0002F / solb; U+029C4 ⧄ solbar; U+0233F ⌿ Sopf; U+1D54A 𝕊 sopf; U+1D564 𝕤 spades; U+02660 ♠ spadesuit; U+02660 ♠ spar; U+02225 ∥ sqcap; U+02293 ⊓ sqcaps; U+02293 U+0FE00 ⊓︀ sqcup; U+02294 ⊔ sqcups; U+02294 U+0FE00 ⊔︀ Sqrt; U+0221A √ sqsub; U+0228F ⊏ sqsube; U+02291 ⊑ sqsubset; U+0228F ⊏ sqsubseteq; U+02291 ⊑ sqsup; U+02290 ⊐ sqsupe; U+02292 ⊒ sqsupset; U+02290 ⊐ sqsupseteq; U+02292 ⊒ squ; U+025A1 □ Square; U+025A1 □ square; U+025A1 □ SquareIntersection; U+02293 ⊓ SquareSubset; U+0228F ⊏ SquareSubsetEqual; U+02291 ⊑ SquareSuperset; U+02290 ⊐ SquareSupersetEqual; U+02292 ⊒ SquareUnion; U+02294 ⊔ squarf; U+025AA ▪ squf; U+025AA ▪ srarr; U+02192 → Sscr; U+1D4AE 𝒮 sscr; U+1D4C8 𝓈 ssetmn; U+02216 ∖ ssmile; U+02323 ⌣ sstarf; U+022C6 ⋆ Star; U+022C6 ⋆ star; U+02606 ☆ starf; U+02605 ★ straightepsilon; U+003F5 ϵ straightphi; U+003D5 ϕ strns; U+000AF ¯ Sub; U+022D0 ⋐ sub; U+02282 ⊂ subdot; U+02ABD ⪽ subE; U+02AC5 ⫅ sube; U+02286 ⊆ subedot; U+02AC3 ⫃ submult; U+02AC1 ⫁ subnE; U+02ACB ⫋ subne; U+0228A ⊊ subplus; U+02ABF ⪿ subrarr; U+02979 ⥹ Subset; U+022D0 ⋐ subset; U+02282 ⊂ subseteq; U+02286 ⊆ subseteqq; U+02AC5 ⫅ SubsetEqual; U+02286 ⊆ subsetneq; U+0228A ⊊ subsetneqq; U+02ACB ⫋ subsim; U+02AC7 ⫇ subsub; U+02AD5 ⫕ subsup; U+02AD3 ⫓ succ; U+0227B ≻ succapprox; U+02AB8 ⪸ succcurlyeq; U+0227D ≽ Succeeds; U+0227B ≻ SucceedsEqual; U+02AB0 ⪰ SucceedsSlantEqual; U+0227D ≽ SucceedsTilde; U+0227F ≿ succeq; U+02AB0 ⪰ succnapprox; U+02ABA ⪺ succneqq; U+02AB6 ⪶ succnsim; U+022E9 ⋩ succsim; U+0227F ≿ SuchThat; U+0220B ∋ Sum; U+02211 ∑ sum; U+02211 ∑ sung; U+0266A ♪ Sup; U+022D1 ⋑ sup; U+02283 ⊃ sup1; U+000B9 ¹ sup1 U+000B9 ¹ sup2; U+000B2 ² sup2 U+000B2 ² sup3; U+000B3 ³ sup3 U+000B3 ³ supdot; U+02ABE ⪾ supdsub; U+02AD8 ⫘ supE; U+02AC6 ⫆ supe; U+02287 ⊇ supedot; U+02AC4 ⫄ Superset; U+02283 ⊃ SupersetEqual; U+02287 ⊇ suphsol; U+027C9 ⟉ suphsub; U+02AD7 ⫗ suplarr; U+0297B ⥻ supmult; U+02AC2 ⫂ supnE; U+02ACC ⫌ supne; U+0228B ⊋ supplus; U+02AC0 ⫀ Supset; U+022D1 ⋑ supset; U+02283 ⊃ supseteq; U+02287 ⊇ supseteqq; U+02AC6 ⫆ supsetneq; U+0228B ⊋ supsetneqq; U+02ACC ⫌ supsim; U+02AC8 ⫈ supsub; U+02AD4 ⫔ supsup; U+02AD6 ⫖ swarhk; U+02926 ⤦ swArr; U+021D9 ⇙ swarr; U+02199 ↙ swarrow; U+02199 ↙ swnwar; U+0292A ⤪ szlig; U+000DF ß szlig U+000DF ß Tab; U+00009 ␉ target; U+02316 ⌖ Tau; U+003A4 Τ tau; U+003C4 τ tbrk; U+023B4 ⎴ Tcaron; U+00164 Ť tcaron; U+00165 ť Tcedil; U+00162 Ţ tcedil; U+00163 ţ Tcy; U+00422 Т tcy; U+00442 т tdot; U+020DB ◌⃛ telrec; U+02315 ⌕ Tfr; U+1D517 𝔗 tfr; U+1D531 𝔱 there4; U+02234 ∴ Therefore; U+02234 ∴ therefore; U+02234 ∴ Theta; U+00398 Θ theta; U+003B8 θ thetasym; U+003D1 ϑ thetav; U+003D1 ϑ thickapprox; U+02248 ≈ thicksim; U+0223C ∼ ThickSpace; U+0205F U+0200A    thinsp; U+02009   ThinSpace; U+02009   thkap; U+02248 ≈ thksim; U+0223C ∼ THORN; U+000DE Þ THORN U+000DE Þ thorn; U+000FE þ thorn U+000FE þ Tilde; U+0223C ∼ tilde; U+002DC ˜ TildeEqual; U+02243 ≃ TildeFullEqual; U+02245 ≅ TildeTilde; U+02248 ≈ times; U+000D7 × times U+000D7 × timesb; U+022A0 ⊠ timesbar; U+02A31 ⨱ timesd; U+02A30 ⨰ tint; U+0222D ∭ toea; U+02928 ⤨ top; U+022A4 ⊤ topbot; U+02336 ⌶ topcir; U+02AF1 ⫱ Topf; U+1D54B 𝕋 topf; U+1D565 𝕥 topfork; U+02ADA ⫚ tosa; U+02929 ⤩ tprime; U+02034 ‴ TRADE; U+02122 ™ trade; U+02122 ™ triangle; U+025B5 ▵ triangledown; U+025BF ▿ triangleleft; U+025C3 ◃ trianglelefteq; U+022B4 ⊴ triangleq; U+0225C ≜ triangleright; U+025B9 ▹ trianglerighteq; U+022B5 ⊵ tridot; U+025EC ◬ trie; U+0225C ≜ triminus; U+02A3A ⨺ TripleDot; U+020DB ◌⃛ triplus; U+02A39 ⨹ trisb; U+029CD ⧍ tritime; U+02A3B ⨻ trpezium; U+023E2 ⏢ Tscr; U+1D4AF 𝒯 tscr; U+1D4C9 𝓉 TScy; U+00426 Ц tscy; U+00446 ц TSHcy; U+0040B Ћ tshcy; U+0045B ћ Tstrok; U+00166 Ŧ tstrok; U+00167 ŧ twixt; U+0226C ≬ twoheadleftarrow; U+0219E ↞ twoheadrightarrow; U+021A0 ↠ Uacute; U+000DA Ú Uacute U+000DA Ú uacute; U+000FA ú uacute U+000FA ú Uarr; U+0219F ↟ uArr; U+021D1 ⇑ uarr; U+02191 ↑ Uarrocir; U+02949 ⥉ Ubrcy; U+0040E Ў ubrcy; U+0045E ў Ubreve; U+0016C Ŭ ubreve; U+0016D ŭ Ucirc; U+000DB Û Ucirc U+000DB Û ucirc; U+000FB û ucirc U+000FB û Ucy; U+00423 У ucy; U+00443 у udarr; U+021C5 ⇅ Udblac; U+00170 Ű udblac; U+00171 ű udhar; U+0296E ⥮ ufisht; U+0297E ⥾ Ufr; U+1D518 𝔘 ufr; U+1D532 𝔲 Ugrave; U+000D9 Ù Ugrave U+000D9 Ù ugrave; U+000F9 ù ugrave U+000F9 ù uHar; U+02963 ⥣ uharl; U+021BF ↿ uharr; U+021BE ↾ uhblk; U+02580 ▀ ulcorn; U+0231C ⌜ ulcorner; U+0231C ⌜ ulcrop; U+0230F ⌏ ultri; U+025F8 ◸ Umacr; U+0016A Ū umacr; U+0016B ū uml; U+000A8 ¨ uml U+000A8 ¨ UnderBar; U+0005F _ UnderBrace; U+023DF ⏟ UnderBracket; U+023B5 ⎵ UnderParenthesis; U+023DD ⏝ Union; U+022C3 ⋃ UnionPlus; U+0228E ⊎ Uogon; U+00172 Ų uogon; U+00173 ų Uopf; U+1D54C 𝕌 uopf; U+1D566 𝕦 UpArrow; U+02191 ↑ Uparrow; U+021D1 ⇑ uparrow; U+02191 ↑ UpArrowBar; U+02912 ⤒ UpArrowDownArrow; U+021C5 ⇅ UpDownArrow; U+02195 ↕ Updownarrow; U+021D5 ⇕ updownarrow; U+02195 ↕ UpEquilibrium; U+0296E ⥮ upharpoonleft; U+021BF ↿ upharpoonright; U+021BE ↾ uplus; U+0228E ⊎ UpperLeftArrow; U+02196 ↖ UpperRightArrow; U+02197 ↗ Upsi; U+003D2 ϒ upsi; U+003C5 υ upsih; U+003D2 ϒ Upsilon; U+003A5 Υ upsilon; U+003C5 υ UpTee; U+022A5 ⊥ UpTeeArrow; U+021A5 ↥ upuparrows; U+021C8 ⇈ urcorn; U+0231D ⌝ urcorner; U+0231D ⌝ urcrop; U+0230E ⌎ Uring; U+0016E Ů uring; U+0016F ů urtri; U+025F9 ◹ Uscr; U+1D4B0 𝒰 uscr; U+1D4CA 𝓊 utdot; U+022F0 ⋰ Utilde; U+00168 Ũ utilde; U+00169 ũ utri; U+025B5 ▵ utrif; U+025B4 ▴ uuarr; U+021C8 ⇈ Uuml; U+000DC Ü Uuml U+000DC Ü uuml; U+000FC ü uuml U+000FC ü uwangle; U+029A7 ⦧ vangrt; U+0299C ⦜ varepsilon; U+003F5 ϵ varkappa; U+003F0 ϰ varnothing; U+02205 ∅ varphi; U+003D5 ϕ varpi; U+003D6 ϖ varpropto; U+0221D ∝ vArr; U+021D5 ⇕ varr; U+02195 ↕ varrho; U+003F1 ϱ varsigma; U+003C2 ς varsubsetneq; U+0228A U+0FE00 ⊊︀ varsubsetneqq; U+02ACB U+0FE00 ⫋︀ varsupsetneq; U+0228B U+0FE00 ⊋︀ varsupsetneqq; U+02ACC U+0FE00 ⫌︀ vartheta; U+003D1 ϑ vartriangleleft; U+022B2 ⊲ vartriangleright; U+022B3 ⊳ Vbar; U+02AEB ⫫ vBar; U+02AE8 ⫨ vBarv; U+02AE9 ⫩ Vcy; U+00412 В vcy; U+00432 в VDash; U+022AB ⊫ Vdash; U+022A9 ⊩ vDash; U+022A8 ⊨ vdash; U+022A2 ⊢ Vdashl; U+02AE6 ⫦ Vee; U+022C1 ⋁ vee; U+02228 ∨ veebar; U+022BB ⊻ veeeq; U+0225A ≚ vellip; U+022EE ⋮ Verbar; U+02016 ‖ verbar; U+0007C | Vert; U+02016 ‖ vert; U+0007C | VerticalBar; U+02223 ∣ VerticalLine; U+0007C | VerticalSeparator; U+02758 ❘ VerticalTilde; U+02240 ≀ VeryThinSpace; U+0200A   Vfr; U+1D519 𝔙 vfr; U+1D533 𝔳 vltri; U+022B2 ⊲ vnsub; U+02282 U+020D2 ⊂⃒ vnsup; U+02283 U+020D2 ⊃⃒ Vopf; U+1D54D 𝕍 vopf; U+1D567 𝕧 vprop; U+0221D ∝ vrtri; U+022B3 ⊳ Vscr; U+1D4B1 𝒱 vscr; U+1D4CB 𝓋 vsubnE; U+02ACB U+0FE00 ⫋︀ vsubne; U+0228A U+0FE00 ⊊︀ vsupnE; U+02ACC U+0FE00 ⫌︀ vsupne; U+0228B U+0FE00 ⊋︀ Vvdash; U+022AA ⊪ vzigzag; U+0299A ⦚ Wcirc; U+00174 Ŵ wcirc; U+00175 ŵ wedbar; U+02A5F ⩟ Wedge; U+022C0 ⋀ wedge; U+02227 ∧ wedgeq; U+02259 ≙ weierp; U+02118 ℘ Wfr; U+1D51A 𝔚 wfr; U+1D534 𝔴 Wopf; U+1D54E 𝕎 wopf; U+1D568 𝕨 wp; U+02118 ℘ wr; U+02240 ≀ wreath; U+02240 ≀ Wscr; U+1D4B2 𝒲 wscr; U+1D4CC 𝓌 xcap; U+022C2 ⋂ xcirc; U+025EF ◯ xcup; U+022C3 ⋃ xdtri; U+025BD ▽ Xfr; U+1D51B 𝔛 xfr; U+1D535 𝔵 xhArr; U+027FA ⟺ xharr; U+027F7 ⟷ Xi; U+0039E Ξ xi; U+003BE ξ xlArr; U+027F8 ⟸ xlarr; U+027F5 ⟵ xmap; U+027FC ⟼ xnis; U+022FB ⋻ xodot; U+02A00 ⨀ Xopf; U+1D54F 𝕏 xopf; U+1D569 𝕩 xoplus; U+02A01 ⨁ xotime; U+02A02 ⨂ xrArr; U+027F9 ⟹ xrarr; U+027F6 ⟶ Xscr; U+1D4B3 𝒳 xscr; U+1D4CD 𝓍 xsqcup; U+02A06 ⨆ xuplus; U+02A04 ⨄ xutri; U+025B3 △ xvee; U+022C1 ⋁ xwedge; U+022C0 ⋀ Yacute; U+000DD Ý Yacute U+000DD Ý yacute; U+000FD ý yacute U+000FD ý YAcy; U+0042F Я yacy; U+0044F я Ycirc; U+00176 Ŷ ycirc; U+00177 ŷ Ycy; U+0042B Ы ycy; U+0044B ы yen; U+000A5 ¥ yen U+000A5 ¥ Yfr; U+1D51C 𝔜 yfr; U+1D536 𝔶 YIcy; U+00407 Ї yicy; U+00457 ї Yopf; U+1D550 𝕐 yopf; U+1D56A 𝕪 Yscr; U+1D4B4 𝒴 yscr; U+1D4CE 𝓎 YUcy; U+0042E Ю yucy; U+0044E ю Yuml; U+00178 Ÿ yuml; U+000FF ÿ yuml U+000FF ÿ Zacute; U+00179 Ź zacute; U+0017A ź Zcaron; U+0017D Ž zcaron; U+0017E ž Zcy; U+00417 З zcy; U+00437 з Zdot; U+0017B Ż zdot; U+0017C ż zeetrf; U+02128 ℨ ZeroWidthSpace; U+0200B ​ Zeta; U+00396 Ζ zeta; U+003B6 ζ Zfr; U+02128 ℨ zfr; U+1D537 𝔷 ZHcy; U+00416 Ж zhcy; U+00436 ж zigrarr; U+021DD ⇝ Zopf; U+02124 ℤ zopf; U+1D56B 𝕫 Zscr; U+1D4B5 𝒵 zscr; U+1D4CF 𝓏 zwj; U+0200D ‍ zwnj; U+0200C ‌ This data is also available as a JSON file. The glyphs displayed above are non-normative. Refer to the Unicode specifications for formal definitions of the characters listed above. The character reference names originate from the XML Entity Definitions for Characters specification, though only the above is considered normative. [[XML-ENTITY-NAMES]] 9. The XML syntax This section only describes the rules for XML resources. Rules for text/html resources are discussed in the section above entitled "The HTML syntax". 9.1. Writing documents in the XML syntax The syntax for using HTML with XML, whether in XHTML documents or embedded in other XML documents, is defined in the XML and Namespaces in XML specifications. [XML] [XML-NAMES] This specification does not define any syntax-level requirements beyond those defined for XML proper. XML documents may contain a DOCTYPE if desired, but this is not required to conform to this specification. This specification does not define a public or system identifier, nor provide a formal DTD. According to the XML specification, XML processors are not guaranteed to process the external DTD subset referenced in the DOCTYPE. This means, for example, that using entity references for characters in XHTML documents is unsafe if they are defined in an external file (except for &lt;, &gt;, &amp;, &quot; and &apos;). 9.2. Parsing XML documents This section describes the relationship between XML and the DOM, with a particular emphasis on how this interacts with HTML. An XML parser, for the purposes of this specification, is a construct that follows the rules given in the XML specification to map a string of bytes or characters into a Document object. At the time of writing, no such rules actually exist. An XML parser is either associated with a Document object when it is created, or creates one implicitly. This Document must then be populated with DOM nodes that represent the tree structure of the input passed to the parser, as defined by the XML specification, the Namespaces in XML specification, and the DOM specification. DOM mutation events must not fire for the operations that the XML parser performs on the Document’s tree, but the user agent must act as if elements and attributes were individually appended and set respectively so as to trigger rules in this specification regarding what happens when an element is inserted into a document or has its attributes set, and the DOM specification’s requirements regarding mutation observers mean that mutation observers are fired (unlike mutation events). [XML] [XML-NAMES] [DOM41] [UIEVENTS] Between the time an element’s start tag is parsed and the time either the element’s end tag is parsed or the parser detects a well-formedness error, the user agent must act as if the element was in a stack of open elements. This is used, e.g., by the object element to avoid instantiating plugins before the param element children have been parsed. This specification provides the following additional information that user agents should use when retrieving an external entity: the public identifiers given in the following list all correspond to the URL given by this link. (This URL is a DTD containing the entity declarations for the names listed in the §8.5 Named character references section.) [XML] * -//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN * -//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN * -//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN * -//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Frameset//EN * -//W3C//DTD XHTML Basic 1.0//EN * -//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1 plus MathML 2.0//EN * -//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1 plus MathML 2.0 plus SVG 1.1//EN * -//W3C//DTD MathML 2.0//EN * -//WAPFORUM//DTD XHTML Mobile 1.0//EN Furthermore, user agents should attempt to retrieve the above external entity’s content when one of the above public identifiers is used, and should not attempt to retrieve any other external entity’s content. This is not strictly a violation of the XML specification, but it does contradict the spirit of the XML specification’s requirements. This is motivated by a desire for user agents to all handle entities in an interoperable fashion without requiring any network access for handling external subsets. [XML] XML parsers can be invoked with XML scripting support enabled or disabled. Except where otherwise specified, XML parsers are invoked with XML scripting support enabled. When an XML parser with XML scripting support enabled creates a script element, it must be marked as being "parser-inserted" and its "non-blocking" flag must be unset. If the parser was originally created for the XML fragment parsing algorithm, then the element must be marked as "already started" also. When the element’s end tag is subsequently parsed, the user agent must perform a microtask checkpoint, and then prepare the script element. If this causes there to be a pending parsing-blocking script, then the user agent must run the following steps: 1. Block this instance of the XML parser, such that the event loop will not run tasks that invoke it. 2. Spin the event loop until the parser’s Document has no style sheet that is blocking scripts and the pending parsing-blocking script’s "ready to be parser-executed" flag is set. 3. Unblock this instance of the XML parser, such that tasks that invoke it can again be run. 4. Execute the pending parsing-blocking script. 5. There is no longer a pending parsing-blocking script. Since the document.write() API is not available for XML documents, much of the complexity in the HTML parser is not needed in the XML parser. When the XML parser has XML scripting support disabled, none of this happens. When an XML parser would append a node to a template element, it must instead append it to the template element’s template contents (a DocumentFragment node). This is a willful violation of the XML specification; unfortunately, XML is not formally extensible in the manner that is needed for template processing. [XML] When an XML parser creates a Node object, its node document must be set to the node document of the node into which the newly created node is to be inserted. Certain algorithms in this specification spoon-feed the parser characters one string at a time. In such cases, the XML parser must act as it would have if faced with a single string consisting of the concatenation of all those characters. When an XML parser reaches the end of its input, it must stop parsing, following the same rules as the HTML parser. An XML parser can also be aborted, which must again be done in the same way as for an HTML parser. For the purposes of conformance checkers, if a resource is determined to be in the XHTML syntax, then it is an XML document. 9.3. Serializing XML fragments The XML fragment serialization algorithm for a Document or Element node either returns a fragment of XML that represents that node or throws an exception. For Documents, the algorithm must return a string in the form of a document entity, if none of the error cases below apply. For Elements, the algorithm must return a string in the form of an internal general parsed entity, if none of the error cases below apply. In both cases, the string returned must be XML namespace-well-formed and must be an isomorphic serialization of all of that node’s relevant child nodes, in tree order. User agents may adjust prefixes and namespace declarations in the serialization (and indeed might be forced to do so in some cases to obtain namespace-well-formed XML). User agents may use a combination of regular text and character references to represent Text nodes in the DOM. A node’s relevant child nodes are those that apply given the following rules: For template elements The relevant child nodes are the child nodes of the template element’s template contents, if any. For all other nodes The relevant child nodes are the child nodes of node itself, if any. For Elements, if any of the elements in the serialization are in no namespace, the default namespace in scope for those elements must be explicitly declared as the empty string. (This doesn’t apply in the Document case.) [XML] [XML-NAMES] For the purposes of this section, an internal general parsed entity is considered XML namespace-well-formed if a document consisting of an element with no namespace declarations whose contents are the internal general parsed entity would itself be XML namespace-well-formed. If any of the following error cases are found in the DOM subtree being serialized, then the algorithm must throw an InvalidStateError exception instead of returning a string: * A Document node with no child element nodes. * A DocumentType node that has an external subset public identifier that contains characters that are not matched by the XML PubidChar production. [XML] * A DocumentType node that has an external subset system identifier that contains both a U+0022 QUOTATION MARK (") and a U+0027 APOSTROPHE (') or that contains characters that are not matched by the XML Char production. [XML] * A node with a local name containing a U+003A COLON (:). * A node with a local name that does not match the XML Name production. [XML] * An Attr node with no namespace whose local name is the lowercase string "xmlns". [XML-NAMES] * An Element node with two or more attributes with the same local name and namespace. * An Attr node, Text node, Comment node, or ProcessingInstruction node whose data contains characters that are not matched by the XML Char production. [XML] * A Comment node whose data contains two adjacent U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS characters (-) or ends with such a character. * A ProcessingInstruction node whose target name is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "xml". * A ProcessingInstruction node whose target name contains a U+003A COLON (:). * A ProcessingInstruction node whose data contains the string "?>". These are the only ways to make a DOM unserialisable. The DOM enforces all the other XML constraints; for example, trying to append two elements to a Document node will throw a HierarchyRequestError exception. 9.4. Parsing XML fragments The XML fragment parsing algorithm either returns a Document or throws a "SyntaxError" DOMException. Given a string input and a context element context, the algorithm is as follows: 1. Create a new XML parser. 2. Feed the parser just created the string corresponding to the start tag of the context element, declaring all the namespace prefixes that are in scope on that element in the DOM, as well as declaring the default namespace (if any) that is in scope on that element in the DOM. A namespace prefix is in scope if the DOM lookupNamespaceURI() method on the element would return a non-null value for that prefix. The default namespace is the namespace for which the DOM isDefaultNamespace() method on the element would return true. No DOCTYPE is passed to the parser, and therefore no external subset is referenced, and therefore no entities will be recognized. 3. Feed the parser just created the string input. 4. Feed the parser just created the string corresponding to the end tag of the context element. 5. If there is an XML well-formedness or XML namespace well-formedness error, then throw a "SyntaxError" DOMException and abort these steps. 6. If the document element of the resulting Document has any sibling nodes, then throw a "SyntaxError" DOMException and abort these steps. 7. Return the child nodes of the document element of the resulting Document, in tree order. 10. Rendering *User agents are not required to present HTML documents in any particular way. However, this section provides a set of suggestions for rendering HTML documents that, if followed, are likely to lead to a user experience that closely resembles the experience intended by the documents' authors. So as to avoid confusion regarding the normativity of this section, "must" has not been used. Instead, the term "expected" is used to indicate behavior that will lead to this experience. For the purposes of conformance for user agents designated as supporting the suggested default rendering, the term "expected" in this section has the same conformance implications as "must".* 10.1. Introduction In general, user agents are expected to support CSS, and many of the suggestions in this section are expressed in CSS terms. User agents that use other presentation mechanisms can derive their expected behavior by translating from the CSS rules given in this section. In the absence of style-layer rules to the contrary (e.g., author style sheets), user agents are expected to render an element so that it conveys to the user the meaning that the element represents, as described by this specification. The suggestions in this section generally assume a visual output medium with a resolution of 96dpi or greater, but HTML is intended to apply to multiple media (it is a media-independent language). User agent implementors are encouraged to adapt the suggestions in this section to their target media. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- An element is being rendered if it has any associated CSS layout boxes, SVG layout boxes, or some equivalent in other styling languages. NOTE: Just being off-screen does not mean the element is not being rendered. The presence of the hidden attribute normally means the element is not being rendered, though this might be overridden by the style sheets. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- User agents that do not honor author-level CSS style sheets are nonetheless expected to act as if they applied the CSS rules given in these sections in a manner consistent with this specification and the relevant CSS and Unicode specifications. [CSS-2015] [UNICODE] [BIDI] NOTE: This is especially important for issues relating to the display, unicode-bidi, and direction properties. 10.2. The CSS user agent style sheet and presentational hints The CSS rules given in these subsections are, except where otherwise specified, expected to be used as part of the user-agent level style sheet defaults for all documents that contain HTML elements. Some rules are intended for the author-level zero-specificity presentational hints part of the CSS cascade; these are explicitly called out as presentational hints. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When the text below says that an attribute attribute on an element element maps to the pixel length property (or properties) properties, it means that if element has an attribute attribute set, and parsing that attribute’s value using the rules for parsing non-negative integers doesn’t generate an error, then the user agent is expected to use the parsed value as a pixel length for a presentational hint for properties. When the text below says that an attribute attribute on an element element maps to the dimension property (or properties) properties, it means that if element has an attribute attribute set, and parsing that attribute’s value using the rules for parsing dimension values doesn’t generate an error, then the user agent is expected to use the parsed dimension as the value for a presentational hint for properties, with the value given as a pixel length if the dimension was a length, and with the value given as a percentage if the dimension was a percentage. When the text below says that an attribute attribute on an element element maps to the dimension property (ignoring zero) (or properties) properties, it means that if element has an attribute attribute set, and parsing that attribute’s value using the rules for parsing non-zero dimension values doesn’t generate an error, then the user agent is expected to use the parsed dimension as the value for a presentational hint for properties, with the value given as a pixel length if the dimension was a length, and with the value given as a percentage if the dimension was a percentage. When a user agent is to align descendants of a node, the user agent is expected to align only those descendants that have both their margin-inline-start and margin-inline-end properties computing to a value other than auto, that are over-constrained and that have one of those two margins with a used value forced to a greater value, and that do not themselves have an applicable align attribute. When multiple elements are to align a particular descendant, the most deeply nested such element is expected to override the others. Aligned elements are expected to be aligned by having the used values of their margins on the line-left and line-right sides be set accordingly. [CSS-LOGICAL-PROPS] [CSS-WRITING-MODES-3] 10.3. Non-replaced elements 10.3.1. Hidden elements @namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); [hidden], area, base, basefont, datalist, head, link, meta, noembed, noframes, param, rp, script, source, style, template, track, title { display: none; } embed[hidden] { display: inline; height: 0; width: 0; } input[type=hidden i] { display: none !important; } @media (scripting) { noscript { display: none !important; } } 10.3.2. The page @namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); html, body { display: block; } For each property in the table below, given a body element, the first attribute that exists maps to the pixel length property on the body element. If none of the attributes for a property are found, or if the value of the attribute that was found cannot be parsed successfully, then a default value of 8px is expected to be used for that property instead. Property Source body element’s marginheight attribute margin-top The body element’s container frame element's marginheight attribute body element’s topmargin attribute body element’s marginwidth attribute margin-right The body element’s container frame element's marginwidth attribute body element’s rightmargin attribute body element’s marginheight attribute margin-bottom The body element’s container frame element's marginheight attribute body element’s bottommargin attribute body element’s marginwidth attribute margin-left The body element’s container frame element's marginwidth attribute body element’s leftmargin attribute If the body element’s node document's browsing context is a nested browsing context, and the browsing context container of that nested browsing context is a frame or iframe element, then the container frame element of the body element is that frame or iframe element. Otherwise, there is no container frame element. The above requirements imply that a page can change the margins of another page (including one from another origin) using, for example, an iframe. This is potentially a security risk, as it might in some cases allow an attack to contrive a situation in which a page is rendered not as the author intended, possibly for the purposes of phishing or otherwise misleading the user. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- If a Document is in a nested browsing context, it is expected to be positioned and sized to fit inside the content box of its browsing context container. If a browsing context's browsing context container is not being rendered, the browsing context is expected to have a viewport with zero width and zero height. If the Document is in a nested browsing context, and the browsing context container of that nested browsing context is a frame or iframe element, and that element has a scrolling attribute, and that attribute’s value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "off", "noscroll", or "no", then the user agent is expected to prevent any scroll bars from being shown for the viewport of the nested browsing context, regardless of the overflow property that applies to that viewport. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When a body element has a background attribute set to a non-empty value, the new value is expected to be parsed relative to the element’s node document, and if this is successful, the user agent is expected to treat the attribute as a presentational hint setting the element’s background-image property to the resulting URL string. When a body element has a bgcolor attribute set, the new value is expected to be parsed using the rules for parsing a legacy color value, and if that does not return an error, the user agent is expected to treat the attribute as a presentational hint setting the element’s background-color property to the resulting color. When a body element has a text attribute, its value is expected to be parsed using the rules for parsing a legacy color value, and if that does not return an error, the user agent is expected to treat the attribute as a presentational hint setting the element’s color property to the resulting color. When a body element has a link attribute, its value is expected to be parsed using the rules for parsing a legacy color value, and if that does not return an error, the user agent is expected to treat the attribute as a presentational hint setting the color property of any element in the Document matching the :link pseudo-class to the resulting color. When a body element has a vlink attribute, its value is expected to be parsed using the rules for parsing a legacy color value, and if that does not return an error, the user agent is expected to treat the attribute as a presentational hint setting the color property of any element in the Document matching the :visited pseudo-class to the resulting color. When a body element has an alink attribute, its value is expected to be parsed using the rules for parsing a legacy color value, and if that does not return an error, the user agent is expected to treat the attribute as a presentational hint setting the color property of any element in the Document matching the :active pseudo-class and either the :link pseudo-class or the :visited pseudo-class to the resulting color. 10.3.3. Flow content @namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); address, blockquote, center, div, figure, figcaption, footer, form, header, hr, legend, listing, main, p, plaintext, pre, xmp { display: block; } blockquote, figure, listing, p, plaintext, pre, xmp { margin-block-start: 1em; margin-block-end: 1em; } blockquote, figure { margin-inline-start: 40px; margin-inline-end: 40px; } address { font-style: italic; } listing, plaintext, pre, xmp { font-family: monospace; white-space: pre; } dialog:not([open]) { display: none; } dialog { position: absolute; left: 0; right: 0; width: fit-content; height: fit-content; margin: auto; border: solid; padding: 1em; background: white; color: black; } dialog::backdrop { background: rgba(0,0,0,0.1); } /* for small devices, modal dialogs go full-screen */ @media screen and (max-width: 540px) { dialog:modal { top: 0; width: auto; margin: 1em; } } slot { display: contents; } The following rules are also expected to apply, as presentational hints: @namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); pre[wrap] { white-space: pre-wrap; } In quirks mode, the following rules are also expected to apply: @namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); form { margin-block-end: 1em; } ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The center element, and the div element when it has an align attribute whose value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for either the string "center" or the string "middle", are expected to center text within themselves, as if they had their text-align property set to center in a presentational hint, and to align descendants to the center. The div element, when it has an align attribute whose value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "left", is expected to left-align text within itself, as if it had its text-align property set to left in a presentational hint, and to align descendants to the left. The div element, when it has an align attribute whose value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "right", is expected to right-align text within itself, as if it had its text-align property set to right in a presentational hint, and to align descendants to the right. The div element, when it has an align attribute whose value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "justify", is expected to full-justify text within itself, as if it had its text-align property set to justify in a presentational hint, and to align descendants to the left. 10.3.4. Phrasing content @namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); cite, dfn, em, i, var { font-style: italic; } b, strong { font-weight: bolder; } code, kbd, samp, tt { font-family: monospace; } big { font-size: larger; } small { font-size: smaller; } sub { vertical-align: sub; } sup { vertical-align: super; } sub, sup { line-height: normal; font-size: smaller; } ruby { display: ruby; } rt { display: ruby-text; } :link { color: #0000EE; } :visited { color: #551A8B; } :link:active, :visited:active { color: #FF0000; } :link, :visited { text-decoration: underline; cursor: pointer; } a:link[rel~=help], a:visited[rel~=help], area:link[rel~=help], area:visited[rel~=help] { cursor: help; } :focus { outline: auto; } mark { background: yellow; color: black; } /* this color is just a suggestion and can be changed based on implementation feedback */ abbr[title], acronym[title] { text-decoration: dotted underline; } ins, u { text-decoration: underline; } del, s, strike { text-decoration: line-through; } blink { text-decoration: blink; } q::before { content: open-quote; } q::after { content: close-quote; } br { display-outside: newline; } /* this also has bidi implications */ nobr { white-space: nowrap; } wbr { display-outside: break-opportunity; } /* this also has bidi implications */ nobr wbr { white-space: normal; } The following rules are also expected to apply, as presentational hints: @namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); br[clear=left i] { clear: left; } br[clear=right i] { clear: right; } br[clear=all i], br[clear=both i] { clear: both; } User agents that do not support correct ruby rendering are expected to render parentheses around the text of rt elements in the absence of rp elements. [CSS3-RUBY] ---------------------------------------------------------------------- User agents are expected to support the clear property on inline elements (in order to render br elements with clear attributes) in the manner described in the non-normative note to this effect in the CSS specification. The initial value for the color property is expected to be black. The initial value for the background-color property is expected to be transparent. The canvas' background is expected to be white. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When a font element has a color attribute, its value is expected to be parsed using the rules for parsing a legacy color value, and if that does not return an error, the user agent is expected to treat the attribute as a presentational hint setting the element’s color property to the resulting color. The font element is expected to override the color of any text decoration that spans the text of the element to the used value of the element’s color property. When a font element has a face attribute, the user agent is expected to treat the attribute as a presentational hint setting the element’s font-family property to the attribute’s value. When a font element has a size attribute, the user agent is expected to use the following steps, known as the rules for parsing a legacy font size, to treat the attribute as a presentational hint setting the element’s font-size property: 1. Let input be the attribute’s value. 2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start of the string. 3. Skip white space. 4. If position is past the end of input, there is no presentational hint. Abort these steps. 5. If the character at position is a U+002B PLUS SIGN character (+), then let mode be relative-plus, and advance position to the next character. Otherwise, if the character at position is a U+002D HYPHEN-MINUS character (-), then let mode be relative-minus, and advance position to the next character. Otherwise, let mode be absolute. 6. Collect a sequence of characters that are ASCII digits, and let the resulting sequence be digits. 7. If digits is the empty string, there is no presentational hint. Abort these steps. 8. Interpret digits as a base-ten integer. Let value be the resulting number. 9. If mode is relative-plus, then increment value by 3. If mode is relative-minus, then let value be the result of subtracting value from 3. 10. If value is greater than 7, let it be 7. 11. If value is less than 1, let it be 1. 12. Set font-size to the keyword corresponding to the value of value according to the following table: value font-size keyword Notes 1 x-small 2 small 3 medium 4 large 5 x-large 6 xx-large 7 xxx-large see below The xxx-large value is a non-CSS value used here to indicate a font size 50% larger than xx-large. 10.3.5. Bidirectional text @namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); [dir]:dir(ltr), bdi:dir(ltr), input[type=tel i]:dir(ltr) { direction: ltr; } [dir]:dir(rtl), bdi:dir(rtl) { direction: rtl; } address, blockquote, center, div, figure, figcaption, footer, form, header, hr, legend, listing, main, p, plaintext, pre, summary, xmp, article, aside, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, hgroup, nav, section, table, caption, colgroup, col, thead, tbody, tfoot, tr, td, th, dir, dd, dl, dt, ol, ul, li, bdi, output, [dir=ltr i], [dir=rtl i], [dir=auto i] { unicode-bidi: isolate; } bdo, bdo[dir] { unicode-bidi: isolate-override; } input[dir=auto i]:matches([type=search i], [type=tel i], [type=url i], [type=email i]), textarea[dir=auto i], pre[dir=auto i] { unicode-bidi: plaintext; } /* see prose for input elements whose type attribute is in the Text state */ /* the rules setting the 'content' property on <br> and <wbr> elements also has bidi implications */ When an input element’s dir attribute is in the auto state and its type attribute is in the Text state, then the user agent is expected to act as if it had a user-agent-level style sheet rule setting the unicode-bidi property to plaintext. Input fields (i.e., textarea elements, and input elements when their type attribute is in the Text, Search, Telephone, URL, or E-mail state) are expected to present an editing user interface with a directionality that matches the element’s direction property. When the document’s character encoding is ISO-8859-8, the following rules are additionally expected to apply, following those above: [ENCODING] @namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); address, blockquote, center, div, figure, figcaption, footer, form, header, hr, legend, listing, main, p, plaintext, pre, summary, xmp, article, aside, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, hgroup, nav, section, table, caption, colgroup, col, thead, tbody, tfoot, tr, td, th, dir, dd, dl, dt, ol, ul, li, [dir=ltr i], [dir=rtl i], [dir=auto i], *|* { unicode-bidi: bidi-override; } input:not([type=submit i]):not([type=reset i]):not([type=button i]), textarea { unicode-bidi: normal; } 10.3.6. Quotes This block is automatically generated from the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository. [CLDR] User agents are expected to use either the block below (which will be regularly updated) or to automatically generate their own copy directly from the source material. The language codes are derived from the CLDR file names. The quotes are derived from the delimiter blocks, with fallback handled as specified in the CLDR documentation. @namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); :root { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(af), :not(:lang(af)) > :lang(af) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(agq), :not(:lang(agq)) > :lang(agq) { quotes: '\201e' '\201d' '\201a' '\2019' } /* „ ” ‚ ’ */ :root:lang(ak), :not(:lang(ak)) > :lang(ak) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(am), :not(:lang(am)) > :lang(am) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\2039' '\203a' } /* « » ‹ › */ :root:lang(ar), :not(:lang(ar)) > :lang(ar) { quotes: '\201d' '\201c' '\2019' '\2018' } /* ” “ ’ ‘ */ :root:lang(asa), :not(:lang(asa)) > :lang(asa) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(ast), :not(:lang(ast)) > :lang(ast) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\201c' '\201d' } /* « » “ ” */ :root:lang(az), :not(:lang(az)) > :lang(az) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(az-Cyrl), :not(:lang(az-Cyrl)) > :lang(az-Cyrl) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\2039' '\203a' } /* « » ‹ › */ :root:lang(bas), :not(:lang(bas)) > :lang(bas) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\201e' '\201c' } /* « » „ “ */ :root:lang(be), :not(:lang(be)) > :lang(be) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\00ab' '\00bb' } /* « » « » */ :root:lang(bem), :not(:lang(bem)) > :lang(bem) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(bez), :not(:lang(bez)) > :lang(bez) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(bg), :not(:lang(bg)) > :lang(bg) { quotes: '\201e' '\201c' '\201e' '\201c' } /* „ “ „ “ */ :root:lang(bm), :not(:lang(bm)) > :lang(bm) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\201c' '\201d' } /* « » “ ” */ :root:lang(bn), :not(:lang(bn)) > :lang(bn) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(br), :not(:lang(br)) > :lang(br) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\201c' '\201d' } /* « » “ ” */ :root:lang(brx), :not(:lang(brx)) > :lang(brx) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(bs), :not(:lang(bs)) > :lang(bs) { quotes: '\201e' '\201c' '\2018' '\2019' } /* „ “ ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(bs-Cyrl), :not(:lang(bs-Cyrl)) > :lang(bs-Cyrl) { quotes: '\201e' '\201c' '\201a' '\2018' } /* „ “ ‚ ‘ */ :root:lang(ca), :not(:lang(ca)) > :lang(ca) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\201c' '\201d' } /* « » “ ” */ :root:lang(cgg), :not(:lang(cgg)) > :lang(cgg) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(chr), :not(:lang(chr)) > :lang(chr) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(cs), :not(:lang(cs)) > :lang(cs) { quotes: '\201e' '\201c' '\201a' '\2018' } /* „ “ ‚ ‘ */ :root:lang(cy), :not(:lang(cy)) > :lang(cy) { quotes: '\2018' '\2019' '\201c' '\201d' } /* ‘ ’ “ ” */ :root:lang(da), :not(:lang(da)) > :lang(da) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(dav), :not(:lang(dav)) > :lang(dav) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(de), :not(:lang(de)) > :lang(de) { quotes: '\201e' '\201c' '\201a' '\2018' } /* „ “ ‚ ‘ */ :root:lang(dje), :not(:lang(dje)) > :lang(dje) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(dsb), :not(:lang(dsb)) > :lang(dsb) { quotes: '\201e' '\201c' '\201a' '\2018' } /* „ “ ‚ ‘ */ :root:lang(dua), :not(:lang(dua)) > :lang(dua) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\2018' '\2019' } /* « » ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(dyo), :not(:lang(dyo)) > :lang(dyo) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\201c' '\201d' } /* « » “ ” */ :root:lang(dz), :not(:lang(dz)) > :lang(dz) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(ebu), :not(:lang(ebu)) > :lang(ebu) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(ee), :not(:lang(ee)) > :lang(ee) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(el), :not(:lang(el)) > :lang(el) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\201c' '\201d' } /* « » “ ” */ :root:lang(en), :not(:lang(en)) > :lang(en) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(es), :not(:lang(es)) > :lang(es) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\201c' '\201d' } /* « » “ ” */ :root:lang(et), :not(:lang(et)) > :lang(et) { quotes: '\201e' '\201c' '\201a' '\2018' } /* „ “ ‚ ‘ */ :root:lang(eu), :not(:lang(eu)) > :lang(eu) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\201c' '\201d' } /* “ ” “ ” */ :root:lang(ewo), :not(:lang(ewo)) > :lang(ewo) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\201c' '\201d' } /* « » “ ” */ :root:lang(fa), :not(:lang(fa)) > :lang(fa) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\2039' '\203a' } /* « » ‹ › */ :root:lang(ff), :not(:lang(ff)) > :lang(ff) { quotes: '\201e' '\201d' '\201a' '\2019' } /* „ ” ‚ ’ */ :root:lang(fi), :not(:lang(fi)) > :lang(fi) { quotes: '\201d' '\201d' '\2019' '\2019' } /* ” ” ’ ’ */ :root:lang(fil), :not(:lang(fil)) > :lang(fil) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(fo), :not(:lang(fo)) > :lang(fo) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(fr), :not(:lang(fr)) > :lang(fr) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\00ab' '\00bb' } /* « » « » */ :root:lang(fr-CH), :not(:lang(fr-CH)) > :lang(fr-CH) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\2039' '\203a' } /* « » ‹ › */ :root:lang(ga), :not(:lang(ga)) > :lang(ga) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(gd), :not(:lang(gd)) > :lang(gd) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(gl), :not(:lang(gl)) > :lang(gl) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(gsw), :not(:lang(gsw)) > :lang(gsw) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\2039' '\203a' } /* « » ‹ › */ :root:lang(gu), :not(:lang(gu)) > :lang(gu) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(guz), :not(:lang(guz)) > :lang(guz) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(ha), :not(:lang(ha)) > :lang(ha) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(he), :not(:lang(he)) > :lang(he) { quotes: '\201d' '\201d' '\2019' '\2019' } /* ” ” ’ ’ */ :root:lang(hi), :not(:lang(hi)) > :lang(hi) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(hr), :not(:lang(hr)) > :lang(hr) { quotes: '\201e' '\201c' '\201a' '\2018' } /* „ “ ‚ ‘ */ :root:lang(hsb), :not(:lang(hsb)) > :lang(hsb) { quotes: '\201e' '\201c' '\201a' '\2018' } /* „ “ ‚ ‘ */ :root:lang(hu), :not(:lang(hu)) > :lang(hu) { quotes: '\201e' '\201d' '\00bb' '\00ab' } /* „ ” » « */ :root:lang(hy), :not(:lang(hy)) > :lang(hy) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\00ab' '\00bb' } /* « » « » */ :root:lang(id), :not(:lang(id)) > :lang(id) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(ig), :not(:lang(ig)) > :lang(ig) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(is), :not(:lang(is)) > :lang(is) { quotes: '\201e' '\201c' '\201a' '\2018' } /* „ “ ‚ ‘ */ :root:lang(it), :not(:lang(it)) > :lang(it) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\201c' '\201d' } /* « » “ ” */ :root:lang(ja), :not(:lang(ja)) > :lang(ja) { quotes: '\300c' '\300d' '\300e' '\300f' } /* 「 」 『 』 */ :root:lang(jgo), :not(:lang(jgo)) > :lang(jgo) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\2039' '\203a' } /* « » ‹ › */ :root:lang(jmc), :not(:lang(jmc)) > :lang(jmc) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(ka), :not(:lang(ka)) > :lang(ka) { quotes: '\201e' '\201c' '\00ab' '\00bb' } /* „ “ « » */ :root:lang(kab), :not(:lang(kab)) > :lang(kab) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\201c' '\201d' } /* « » “ ” */ :root:lang(kam), :not(:lang(kam)) > :lang(kam) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(kde), :not(:lang(kde)) > :lang(kde) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(kea), :not(:lang(kea)) > :lang(kea) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(khq), :not(:lang(khq)) > :lang(khq) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(ki), :not(:lang(ki)) > :lang(ki) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(kk), :not(:lang(kk)) > :lang(kk) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\201c' '\201d' } /* « » “ ” */ :root:lang(kkj), :not(:lang(kkj)) > :lang(kkj) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\2039' '\203a' } /* « » ‹ › */ :root:lang(kln), :not(:lang(kln)) > :lang(kln) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(km), :not(:lang(km)) > :lang(km) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(kn), :not(:lang(kn)) > :lang(kn) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(ko), :not(:lang(ko)) > :lang(ko) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(ksb), :not(:lang(ksb)) > :lang(ksb) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(ksf), :not(:lang(ksf)) > :lang(ksf) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\2018' '\2019' } /* « » ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(ky), :not(:lang(ky)) > :lang(ky) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\201e' '\201c' } /* « » „ “ */ :root:lang(lag), :not(:lang(lag)) > :lang(lag) { quotes: '\201d' '\201d' '\2019' '\2019' } /* ” ” ’ ’ */ :root:lang(lb), :not(:lang(lb)) > :lang(lb) { quotes: '\201e' '\201c' '\201a' '\2018' } /* „ “ ‚ ‘ */ :root:lang(lg), :not(:lang(lg)) > :lang(lg) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(ln), :not(:lang(ln)) > :lang(ln) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(lo), :not(:lang(lo)) > :lang(lo) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(lrc), :not(:lang(lrc)) > :lang(lrc) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(lt), :not(:lang(lt)) > :lang(lt) { quotes: '\201e' '\201c' '\201e' '\201c' } /* „ “ „ “ */ :root:lang(lu), :not(:lang(lu)) > :lang(lu) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(luo), :not(:lang(luo)) > :lang(luo) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(luy), :not(:lang(luy)) > :lang(luy) { quotes: '\201e' '\201c' '\201a' '\2018' } /* „ “ ‚ ‘ */ :root:lang(lv), :not(:lang(lv)) > :lang(lv) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(mas), :not(:lang(mas)) > :lang(mas) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(mer), :not(:lang(mer)) > :lang(mer) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(mfe), :not(:lang(mfe)) > :lang(mfe) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(mg), :not(:lang(mg)) > :lang(mg) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\201c' '\201d' } /* « » “ ” */ :root:lang(mgo), :not(:lang(mgo)) > :lang(mgo) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(mk), :not(:lang(mk)) > :lang(mk) { quotes: '\201e' '\201c' '\201a' '\2018' } /* „ “ ‚ ‘ */ :root:lang(ml), :not(:lang(ml)) > :lang(ml) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(mn), :not(:lang(mn)) > :lang(mn) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(mr), :not(:lang(mr)) > :lang(mr) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(ms), :not(:lang(ms)) > :lang(ms) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(mt), :not(:lang(mt)) > :lang(mt) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(mua), :not(:lang(mua)) > :lang(mua) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\201c' '\201d' } /* « » “ ” */ :root:lang(my), :not(:lang(my)) > :lang(my) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(mzn), :not(:lang(mzn)) > :lang(mzn) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\2039' '\203a' } /* « » ‹ › */ :root:lang(naq), :not(:lang(naq)) > :lang(naq) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(nb), :not(:lang(nb)) > :lang(nb) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\2018' '\2019' } /* « » ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(nd), :not(:lang(nd)) > :lang(nd) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(ne), :not(:lang(ne)) > :lang(ne) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(nl), :not(:lang(nl)) > :lang(nl) { quotes: '\2018' '\2019' '\201c' '\201d' } /* ‘ ’ “ ” */ :root:lang(nmg), :not(:lang(nmg)) > :lang(nmg) { quotes: '\201e' '\201d' '\00ab' '\00bb' } /* „ ” « » */ :root:lang(nn), :not(:lang(nn)) > :lang(nn) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\2018' '\2019' } /* « » ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(nnh), :not(:lang(nnh)) > :lang(nnh) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\201c' '\201d' } /* « » “ ” */ :root:lang(nus), :not(:lang(nus)) > :lang(nus) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(nyn), :not(:lang(nyn)) > :lang(nyn) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(pa), :not(:lang(pa)) > :lang(pa) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(pl), :not(:lang(pl)) > :lang(pl) { quotes: '\201e' '\201d' '\00ab' '\00bb' } /* „ ” « » */ :root:lang(pt), :not(:lang(pt)) > :lang(pt) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(pt-PT), :not(:lang(pt-PT)) > :lang(pt-PT) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\201c' '\201d' } /* « » “ ” */ :root:lang(rn), :not(:lang(rn)) > :lang(rn) { quotes: '\201d' '\201d' '\2019' '\2019' } /* ” ” ’ ’ */ :root:lang(ro), :not(:lang(ro)) > :lang(ro) { quotes: '\201e' '\201d' '\00ab' '\00bb' } /* „ ” « » */ :root:lang(rof), :not(:lang(rof)) > :lang(rof) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(ru), :not(:lang(ru)) > :lang(ru) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\201e' '\201c' } /* « » „ “ */ :root:lang(rw), :not(:lang(rw)) > :lang(rw) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\2018' '\2019' } /* « » ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(rwk), :not(:lang(rwk)) > :lang(rwk) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(saq), :not(:lang(saq)) > :lang(saq) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(sbp), :not(:lang(sbp)) > :lang(sbp) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(seh), :not(:lang(seh)) > :lang(seh) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(ses), :not(:lang(ses)) > :lang(ses) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(sg), :not(:lang(sg)) > :lang(sg) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\201c' '\201d' } /* « » “ ” */ :root:lang(shi), :not(:lang(shi)) > :lang(shi) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\201e' '\201d' } /* « » „ ” */ :root:lang(shi-Latn), :not(:lang(shi-Latn)) > :lang(shi-Latn) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\201e' '\201d' } /* « » „ ” */ :root:lang(si), :not(:lang(si)) > :lang(si) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(sk), :not(:lang(sk)) > :lang(sk) { quotes: '\201e' '\201c' '\201a' '\2018' } /* „ “ ‚ ‘ */ :root:lang(sl), :not(:lang(sl)) > :lang(sl) { quotes: '\201e' '\201c' '\201a' '\2018' } /* „ “ ‚ ‘ */ :root:lang(sn), :not(:lang(sn)) > :lang(sn) { quotes: '\201d' '\201d' '\2019' '\2019' } /* ” ” ’ ’ */ :root:lang(so), :not(:lang(so)) > :lang(so) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(sq), :not(:lang(sq)) > :lang(sq) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\201c' '\201d' } /* « » “ ” */ :root:lang(sr), :not(:lang(sr)) > :lang(sr) { quotes: '\201e' '\201c' '\2018' '\2018' } /* „ “ ‘ ‘ */ :root:lang(sr-Latn), :not(:lang(sr-Latn)) > :lang(sr-Latn) { quotes: '\201e' '\201c' '\2018' '\2018' } /* „ “ ‘ ‘ */ :root:lang(sv), :not(:lang(sv)) > :lang(sv) { quotes: '\201d' '\201d' '\2019' '\2019' } /* ” ” ’ ’ */ :root:lang(sw), :not(:lang(sw)) > :lang(sw) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(ta), :not(:lang(ta)) > :lang(ta) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(te), :not(:lang(te)) > :lang(te) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(teo), :not(:lang(teo)) > :lang(teo) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(th), :not(:lang(th)) > :lang(th) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(ti-ER), :not(:lang(ti-ER)) > :lang(ti-ER) { quotes: '\2018' '\2019' '\201c' '\201d' } /* ‘ ’ “ ” */ :root:lang(tk), :not(:lang(tk)) > :lang(tk) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\201c' '\201d' } /* “ ” “ ” */ :root:lang(to), :not(:lang(to)) > :lang(to) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(tr), :not(:lang(tr)) > :lang(tr) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(twq), :not(:lang(twq)) > :lang(twq) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(tzm), :not(:lang(tzm)) > :lang(tzm) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(uk), :not(:lang(uk)) > :lang(uk) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\201e' '\201c' } /* « » „ “ */ :root:lang(ur), :not(:lang(ur)) > :lang(ur) { quotes: '\201d' '\201c' '\2019' '\2018' } /* ” “ ’ ‘ */ :root:lang(uz), :not(:lang(uz)) > :lang(uz) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2019' '\2018' } /* “ ” ’ ‘ */ :root:lang(uz-Cyrl), :not(:lang(uz-Cyrl)) > :lang(uz-Cyrl) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(vai), :not(:lang(vai)) > :lang(vai) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(vai-Latn), :not(:lang(vai-Latn)) > :lang(vai-Latn) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(vi), :not(:lang(vi)) > :lang(vi) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(vun), :not(:lang(vun)) > :lang(vun) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(xog), :not(:lang(xog)) > :lang(xog) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(yav), :not(:lang(yav)) > :lang(yav) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\00ab' '\00bb' } /* « » « » */ :root:lang(yo), :not(:lang(yo)) > :lang(yo) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(yo-BJ), :not(:lang(yo-BJ)) > :lang(yo-BJ) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(yue), :not(:lang(yue)) > :lang(yue) { quotes: '\300c' '\300d' '\300e' '\300f' } /* 「 」 『 』 */ :root:lang(zgh), :not(:lang(zgh)) > :lang(zgh) { quotes: '\00ab' '\00bb' '\201e' '\201d' } /* « » „ ” */ :root:lang(zh), :not(:lang(zh)) > :lang(zh) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ :root:lang(zh-Hant), :not(:lang(zh-Hant)) > :lang(zh-Hant) { quotes: '\300c' '\300d' '\300e' '\300f' } /* 「 」 『 』 */ :root:lang(zu), :not(:lang(zu)) > :lang(zu) { quotes: '\201c' '\201d' '\2018' '\2019' } /* “ ” ‘ ’ */ 10.3.7. Sections and headings @namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); article, aside, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, hgroup, nav, section { display: block; } h1 { margin-block-start: 0.67em; margin-block-end: 0.67em; font-size: 2.00em; font-weight: bold; } h2 { margin-block-start: 0.83em; margin-block-end: 0.83em; font-size: 1.50em; font-weight: bold; } h3 { margin-block-start: 1.00em; margin-block-end: 1.00em; font-size: 1.17em; font-weight: bold; } h4 { margin-block-start: 1.33em; margin-block-end: 1.33em; font-size: 1.00em; font-weight: bold; } h5 { margin-block-start: 1.67em; margin-block-end: 1.67em; font-size: 0.83em; font-weight: bold; } h6 { margin-block-start: 2.33em; margin-block-end: 2.33em; font-size: 0.67em; font-weight: bold; } In the following CSS block, x is shorthand for the following selector: :matches(article, aside, nav, section) @namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); x h1 { margin-block-start: 0.83em; margin-block-end: 0.83em; font-size: 1.50em; } x x h1 { margin-block-start: 1.00em; margin-block-end: 1.00em; font-size: 1.17em; } x x x h1 { margin-block-start: 1.33em; margin-block-end: 1.33em; font-size: 1.00em; } x x x x h1 { margin-block-start: 1.67em; margin-block-end: 1.67em; font-size: 0.83em; } x x x x x h1 { margin-block-start: 2.33em; margin-block-end: 2.33em; font-size: 0.67em; } x hgroup > h1 ~ h2 { margin-block-start: 1.00em; margin-block-end: 1.00em; font-size: 1.17em; } x x hgroup > h1 ~ h2 { margin-block-start: 1.33em; margin-block-end: 1.33em; font-size: 1.00em; } x x x hgroup > h1 ~ h2 { margin-block-start: 1.67em; margin-block-end: 1.67em; font-size: 0.83em; } x x x x hgroup > h1 ~ h2 { margin-block-start: 2.33em; margin-block-end: 2.33em; font-size: 0.67em; } x hgroup > h1 ~ h3 { margin-block-start: 1.33em; margin-block-end: 1.33em; font-size: 1.00em; } x x hgroup > h1 ~ h3 { margin-block-start: 1.67em; margin-block-end: 1.67em; font-size: 0.83em; } x x x hgroup > h1 ~ h3 { margin-block-start: 2.33em; margin-block-end: 2.33em; font-size: 0.67em; } x hgroup > h1 ~ h4 { margin-block-start: 1.67em; margin-block-end: 1.67em; font-size: 0.83em; } x x hgroup > h1 ~ h4 { margin-block-start: 2.33em; margin-block-end: 2.33em; font-size: 0.67em; } x hgroup > h1 ~ h5 { margin-block-start: 2.33em; margin-block-end: 2.33em; font-size: 0.67em; } NOTE: The shorthand is used to keep this block at least mildly readable. 10.3.8. Lists @namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); dir, dd, dl, dt, ol, ul { display: block; } li { display: list-item; } dir, dl, ol, ul { margin-block-start: 1em; margin-block-end: 1em; } :matches(dir, dl, ol, ul) :matches(dir, dl, ol, ul) { margin-block-start: 0; margin-block-end: 0; } dd { margin-inline-start: 40px; } dir, ol, ul { padding-inline-start: 40px; } ol { list-style-type: decimal; } dir, ul { list-style-type: disc; } :matches(dir, ol, ul) :matches(dir, ul) { list-style-type: circle; } :matches(dir, ol, ul) :matches(dir, ol, ul) :matches(dir, ul) { list-style-type: square; } The following rules are also expected to apply, as presentational hints: @namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); ol[type=1], li[type=1] { list-style-type: decimal; } ol[type=a], li[type=a] { list-style-type: lower-alpha; } ol[type=A], li[type=A] { list-style-type: upper-alpha; } ol[type=i], li[type=i] { list-style-type: lower-roman; } ol[type=I], li[type=I] { list-style-type: upper-roman; } ul[type=none i], li[type=none i] { list-style-type: none; } ul[type=disc i], li[type=disc i] { list-style-type: disc; } ul[type=circle i], li[type=circle i] { list-style-type: circle; } ul[type=square i], li[type=square i] { list-style-type: square; } In the above stylesheet, the attribute selectors for the ol and li elements are expected to be treated as case-sensitive. When rendering li elements, non-CSS user agents are expected to use the ordinal value of the li element to render the counter in the list item marker. This specification does not yet define the CSS-specific rules for rendering li elements, because CSS doesn’t yet provide sufficient hooks for this purpose. 10.3.9. Tables @namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); table { display: table; } caption { display: table-caption; } colgroup, colgroup[hidden] { display: table-column-group; } col, col[hidden] { display: table-column; } thead, thead[hidden] { display: table-header-group; } tbody, tbody[hidden] { display: table-row-group; } tfoot, tfoot[hidden] { display: table-footer-group; } tr, tr[hidden] { display: table-row; } td, th, td[hidden], th[hidden] { display: table-cell; } colgroup[hidden], col[hidden], thead[hidden], tbody[hidden], tfoot[hidden], tr[hidden], td[hidden], th[hidden] { visibility: collapse; } table { box-sizing: border-box; border-spacing: 2px; border-collapse: separate; text-indent: initial; } td, th { padding: 1px; } th { font-weight: bold; } caption { text-align: center; } thead, tbody, tfoot, table > tr { vertical-align: middle; } tr, td, th { vertical-align: inherit; } table, td, th { border-color: gray; } thead, tbody, tfoot, tr { border-color: inherit; } table[rules=none i], table[rules=groups i], table[rules=rows i], table[rules=cols i], table[rules=all i], table[frame=void i], table[frame=above i], table[frame=below i], table[frame=hsides i], table[frame=lhs i], table[frame=rhs i], table[frame=vsides i], table[frame=box i], table[frame=border i], table[rules=none i] > tr > td, table[rules=none i] > tr > th, table[rules=groups i] > tr > td, table[rules=groups i] > tr > th, table[rules=rows i] > tr > td, table[rules=rows i] > tr > th, table[rules=cols i] > tr > td, table[rules=cols i] > tr > th, table[rules=all i] > tr > td, table[rules=all i] > tr > th, table[rules=none i] > thead > tr > td, table[rules=none i] > thead > tr > th, table[rules=groups i] > thead > tr > td, table[rules=groups i] > thead > tr > th, table[rules=rows i] > thead > tr > td, table[rules=rows i] > thead > tr > th, table[rules=cols i] > thead > tr > td, table[rules=cols i] > thead > tr > th, table[rules=all i] > thead > tr > td, table[rules=all i] > thead > tr > th, table[rules=none i] > tbody > tr > td, table[rules=none i] > tbody > tr > th, table[rules=groups i] > tbody > tr > td, table[rules=groups i] > tbody > tr > th, table[rules=rows i] > tbody > tr > td, table[rules=rows i] > tbody > tr > th, table[rules=cols i] > tbody > tr > td, table[rules=cols i] > tbody > tr > th, table[rules=all i] > tbody > tr > td, table[rules=all i] > tbody > tr > th, table[rules=none i] > tfoot > tr > td, table[rules=none i] > tfoot > tr > th, table[rules=groups i] > tfoot > tr > td, table[rules=groups i] > tfoot > tr > th, table[rules=rows i] > tfoot > tr > td, table[rules=rows i] > tfoot > tr > th, table[rules=cols i] > tfoot > tr > td, table[rules=cols i] > tfoot > tr > th, table[rules=all i] > tfoot > tr > td, table[rules=all i] > tfoot > tr > th { border-color: black; } The following rules are also expected to apply, as presentational hints: @namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); table[align=left i] { float: left; } table[align=right i] { float: right; } table[align=center i] { margin-inline-start: auto; margin-inline-end: auto; } thead[align=absmiddle i], tbody[align=absmiddle i], tfoot[align=absmiddle i], tr[align=absmiddle i], td[align=absmiddle i], th[align=absmiddle i] { text-align: center; } caption[align=bottom i] { caption-side: bottom; } p[align=left i], h1[align=left i], h2[align=left i], h3[align=left i], h4[align=left i], h5[align=left i], h6[align=left i] { text-align: left; } p[align=right i], h1[align=right i], h2[align=right i], h3[align=right i], h4[align=right i], h5[align=right i], h6[align=right i] { text-align: right; } p[align=center i], h1[align=center i], h2[align=center i], h3[align=center i], h4[align=center i], h5[align=center i], h6[align=center i] { text-align: center; } p[align=justify i], h1[align=justify i], h2[align=justify i], h3[align=justify i], h4[align=justify i], h5[align=justify i], h6[align=justify i] { text-align: justify; } thead[valign=top i], tbody[valign=top i], tfoot[valign=top i], tr[valign=top i], td[valign=top i], th[valign=top i] { vertical-align: top; } thead[valign=middle i], tbody[valign=middle i], tfoot[valign=middle i], tr[valign=middle i], td[valign=middle i], th[valign=middle i] { vertical-align: middle; } thead[valign=bottom i], tbody[valign=bottom i], tfoot[valign=bottom i], tr[valign=bottom i], td[valign=bottom i], th[valign=bottom i] { vertical-align: bottom; } thead[valign=baseline i], tbody[valign=baseline i], tfoot[valign=baseline i], tr[valign=baseline i], td[valign=baseline i], th[valign=baseline i] { vertical-align: baseline; } td[nowrap], th[nowrap] { white-space: nowrap; } table[rules=none i], table[rules=groups i], table[rules=rows i], table[rules=cols i], table[rules=all i] { border-style: hidden; border-collapse: collapse; } table[border] { border-style: outset; } /* only if border is not equivalent to zero */ table[frame=void i] { border-style: hidden; } table[frame=above i] { border-style: outset hidden hidden hidden; } table[frame=below i] { border-style: hidden hidden outset hidden; } table[frame=hsides i] { border-style: outset hidden outset hidden; } table[frame=lhs i] { border-style: hidden hidden hidden outset; } table[frame=rhs i] { border-style: hidden outset hidden hidden; } table[frame=vsides i] { border-style: hidden outset; } table[frame=box i], table[frame=border i] { border-style: outset; } table[border] > tr > td, table[border] > tr > th, table[border] > thead > tr > td, table[border] > thead > tr > th, table[border] > tbody > tr > td, table[border] > tbody > tr > th, table[border] > tfoot > tr > td, table[border] > tfoot > tr > th { /* only if border is not equivalent to zero */ border-width: 1px; border-style: inset; } table[rules=none i] > tr > td, table[rules=none i] > tr > th, table[rules=none i] > thead > tr > td, table[rules=none i] > thead > tr > th, table[rules=none i] > tbody > tr > td, table[rules=none i] > tbody > tr > th, table[rules=none i] > tfoot > tr > td, table[rules=none i] > tfoot > tr > th, table[rules=groups i] > tr > td, table[rules=groups i] > tr > th, table[rules=groups i] > thead > tr > td, table[rules=groups i] > thead > tr > th, table[rules=groups i] > tbody > tr > td, table[rules=groups i] > tbody > tr > th, table[rules=groups i] > tfoot > tr > td, table[rules=groups i] > tfoot > tr > th, table[rules=rows i] > tr > td, table[rules=rows i] > tr > th, table[rules=rows i] > thead > tr > td, table[rules=rows i] > thead > tr > th, table[rules=rows i] > tbody > tr > td, table[rules=rows i] > tbody > tr > th, table[rules=rows i] > tfoot > tr > td, table[rules=rows i] > tfoot > tr > th { border-width: 1px; border-style: none; } table[rules=cols i] > tr > td, table[rules=cols i] > tr > th, table[rules=cols i] > thead > tr > td, table[rules=cols i] > thead > tr > th, table[rules=cols i] > tbody > tr > td, table[rules=cols i] > tbody > tr > th, table[rules=cols i] > tfoot > tr > td, table[rules=cols i] > tfoot > tr > th { border-width: 1px; block-start-style: none; border-inline-end-style: solid; border-block-end-style: none; border-inline-start-style: solid; } table[rules=all i] > tr > td, table[rules=all i] > tr > th, table[rules=all i] > thead > tr > td, table[rules=all i] > thead > tr > th, table[rules=all i] > tbody > tr > td, table[rules=all i] > tbody > tr > th, table[rules=all i] > tfoot > tr > td, table[rules=all i] > tfoot > tr > th { border-width: 1px; border-style: solid; } table[rules=groups i] > colgroup { border-inline-start-width: 1px; border-inline-start-style: solid; border-inline-end-width: 1px; border-inline-end-style: solid; } table[rules=groups i] > thead, table[rules=groups i] > tbody, table[rules=groups i] > tfoot { border-block-start-width: 1px; border-block-start-style: solid; border-block-end-width: 1px; border-block-end-style: solid; } table[rules=rows i] > tr, table[rules=rows i] > thead > tr, table[rules=rows i] > tbody > tr, table[rules=rows i] > tfoot > tr { border-block-start-width: 1px; border-block-start-style: solid; border-block-end-width: 1px; border-block-end-style: solid; } In quirks mode, the following rules are also expected to apply: @namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); table { font-weight: initial; font-style: initial; font-variant: initial; font-size: initial; line-height: initial; white-space: initial; text-align: initial; } ---------------------------------------------------------------------- For the purposes of the CSS table model, the col element is expected to be treated as if it was present as many times as its span attribute specifies. For the purposes of the CSS table model, the colgroup element, if it contains no col element, is expected to be treated as if it had as many such children as its span attribute specifies. For the purposes of the CSS table model, the colspan and rowspan attributes on td and th elements are expected to provide the special knowledge regarding cells spanning rows and columns. In HTML documents, the following rules are also expected to apply: @namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); :matches(table, thead, tbody, tfoot, tr) > form { display: none !important; } ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The table element’s cellspacing attribute maps to the pixel length property border-spacing on the element. The table element’s cellpadding attribute maps to the pixel length properties padding-top, padding-right, padding-bottom, and padding-left of any td and th elements that have corresponding cells in the table corresponding to the table element. The table element’s height attribute maps to the dimension property (ignoring zero) height on the table element. The table element’s width attribute maps to the dimension property (ignoring zero) width on the table element. The col element’s width attribute maps to the dimension property (ignoring zero) width on the col element. The tr element’s height attribute maps to the dimension property (ignoring zero) height on the tr element. The td and th elements' height attributes map to the dimension property (ignoring zero) height on the element. The td and th elements' width attributes map to the dimension property (ignoring zero) width on the element. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The thead, tbody, tfoot, tr, td, and th elements when they have an align attribute whose value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for either the string "center" or the string "middle", are expected to center text within themselves, as if they had their text-align property set to text-align: center in a presentational hint, and to align descendants to the center. The thead, tbody, tfoot, tr, td, and th elements, when they have an align attribute whose value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "left", are expected to left-align text within themselves, as if they had their text-align property set to text-align: left in a presentational hint, and to align descendants to the left. The thead, tbody, tfoot, tr, td, and th elements, when they have an align attribute whose value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "right", are expected to right-align text within themselves, as if they had their text-align property set to text-align: right in a presentational hint, and to align descendants to the right. The thead, tbody, tfoot, tr, td, and th elements, when they have an align attribute whose value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "justify", are expected to full-justify text within themselves, as if they had their text-align property set to text-align: justify in a presentational hint, and to align descendants to the left. User agents are expected to have a rule in their user agent stylesheet that matches th elements that have a parent node whose computed value for the text-align property is its initial value, whose declaration block consists of just a single declaration that sets the text-align property to the value text-align: center. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- When a table, thead, tbody, tfoot, tr, td, or th element has a background attribute set to a non-empty value, the new value is expected to be parsed relative to the element’s node document, and if this is successful, the user agent is expected to treat the attribute as a presentational hint setting the element’s background-image property to the resulting URL string. When a table, thead, tbody, tfoot, tr, td, or th element has a bgcolor attribute set, the new value is expected to be parsed using the rules for parsing a legacy color value, and if that does not return an error, the user agent is expected to treat the attribute as a presentational hint setting the element’s background-color property to the resulting color. When a table element has a bordercolor attribute, its value is expected to be parsed using the rules for parsing a legacy color value, and if that does not return an error, the user agent is expected to treat the attribute as a presentational hint setting the element’s border-top-color, border-right-color, border-bottom-color, and border-left-color properties to the resulting color. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The table element’s border attribute maps to the pixel length properties border-top-width, border-right-width, border-bottom-width, border-left-width on the element. If the attribute is present but parsing the attribute’s value using the rules for parsing non-negative integers generates an error, a default value of 1px is expected to be used for that property instead. Rules marked "only if border is not equivalent to zero" in the CSS block above is expected to only be applied if the border attribute mentioned in the selectors for the rule is not only present but, when parsed using the rules for parsing non-negative integers, is also found to have a value other than zero or to generate an error. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- In quirks mode, a td element or a th element that has a nowrap attribute but also has a width attribute whose value, when parsed using the rules for parsing non-zero dimension values, is found to be a length (not an error or a number classified as a percentage), is expected to have a presentational hint setting the element’s white-space property to white-space: normal, overriding the rule in the CSS block above that sets it to white-space: nowrap. 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks A node is substantial if it is a text node that is not inter-element white space, or if it is an element node. A node is blank if it is an element that contains no substantial nodes. The elements with default margins are the following elements: blockquote, dir, dl, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, listing, ol, p, plaintext, pre, ul, xmp In quirks mode, any element with default margins that is the child of a body, td, or th element and has no substantial previous siblings is expected to have a user-agent level style sheet rule that sets its margin-block-start property to zero. In quirks mode, any element with default margins that is the child of a body, td, or th element, has no substantial previous siblings, and is blank, is expected to have a user-agent level style sheet rule that sets its margin-block-end property to zero also. In quirks mode, any element with default margins that is the child of a td or th element, has no substantial following siblings, and is blank, is expected to have a user-agent level style sheet rule that sets its margin-block-start property to zero. In quirks mode, any p element that is the child of a td or th element and has no substantial following siblings, is expected to have a user-agent level style sheet rule that sets its margin-block-end property to zero. 10.3.11. Form controls @namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); input, select, option, optgroup, button, textarea { text-indent: initial; } input:matches([type=radio i], [type=checkbox i], [type=reset i], [type=button i], [type=submit i], [type=search i]), select, button { box-sizing: border-box; } textarea { white-space: pre-wrap; } In quirks mode, the following rules are also expected to apply: @namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); input:not([type=image i]), textarea { box-sizing: border-box; } Each kind of form control is also described in the Widgets section, which describes the look and feel of the control. 10.3.12. The hr element @namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); hr { color: gray; border-style: inset; border-width: 1px; margin-block-start: 0.5em; margin-inline-end: auto; margin-block-end: 0.5em; margin-inline-start: auto; } The following rules are also expected to apply, as presentational hints: @namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); hr[align=left i] { margin-left: 0; margin-right: auto; } hr[align=right i] { margin-left: auto; margin-right: 0; } hr[align=center i] { margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; } hr[color], hr[noshade] { border-style: solid; } If an hr element has either a color attribute or a noshade attribute, and furthermore also has a size attribute, and parsing that attribute’s value using the rules for parsing non-negative integers doesn’t generate an error, then the user agent is expected to use the parsed value divided by two as a pixel length for presentational hints for the properties border-top-width, border-right-width, border-bottom-width, and border-left-width on the element. Otherwise, if an hr element has neither a color attribute nor a noshade attribute, but does have a size attribute, and parsing that attribute’s value using the rules for parsing non-negative integers doesn’t generate an error, then: if the parsed value is one, then the user agent is expected to use the attribute as a presentational hint setting the element’s border-bottom-width to 0; otherwise, if the parsed value is greater than one, then the user agent is expected to use the parsed value minus two as a pixel length for presentational hints for the height property on the element. The width attribute on an hr element maps to the dimension property width on the element. When an hr element has a color attribute, its value is expected to be parsed using the rules for parsing a legacy color value, and if that does not return an error, the user agent is expected to treat the attribute as a presentational hint setting the element’s color property to the resulting color. 10.3.13. The fieldset and legend elements @namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); fieldset { display: block; margin-inline-start: 2px; margin-inline-end: 2px; border: groove 2px ThreeDFace; padding-block-start: 0.35em; padding-inline-end: 0.625em; padding-block-end: 0.75em; padding-inline-start: 0.625em; min-width: min-content; } legend { padding-inline-start: 2px; padding-inline-end: 2px; } The fieldset element is expected to establish a new block formatting context. If the fieldset element has a child that matches the conditions in the list below, then the first such child is the fieldset element’s rendered legend: * The child is a legend element. * The child is not out-of-flow (e.g., not absolutely positioned or floated). * The child is generating a box (e.g., it is not 'display: none' or 'display: contents'). A fieldset element’s rendered legend, if any, is expected to be rendered over the block-start border edge of the fieldset element as a block box (overriding any explicit display value). In the absence of an explicit inline size, the box should shrink-wrap. If the legend element in question has an align attribute, and its value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of the strings in the first column of the following table, then the legend is expected to be rendered aligned in the inline direction over the border edge in the position given in the corresponding cell on the same row in the second column. If the attribute is absent or has a value that doesn’t match any of the cases in the table, then the position is expected to be on the right if the direction property on this element has a computed value of rtl, and on the inline-start side. [CSS-WRITING-MODES-3] Attribute value Alignment position left On the inline-left side right On the inline-right side center In the middle 10.4. Replaced elements 10.4.1. Embedded content The embed, iframe, and video elements are expected to be treated as replaced elements. A canvas element that represents embedded content is expected to be treated as a replaced element; the contents of such elements are the element’s bitmap, if any, or else a transparent black bitmap with the same intrinsic dimensions as the element. Other canvas elements are expected to be treated as ordinary elements in the rendering model. An object element that represents an image, plugin, or nested browsing context is expected to be treated as a replaced element. Other object elements are expected to be treated as ordinary elements in the rendering model. An applet element that represents a plugin is expected to be treated as a replaced element. Other applet elements are expected to be treated as ordinary elements in the rendering model. The audio element, when it is exposing a user interface, is expected to be treated as a replaced element about one line high, as wide as is necessary to expose the user agent’s user interface features. When an audio element is not exposing a user interface, the user agent is expected to force its display property to compute to none, irrespective of CSS rules. Whether a video element is exposing a user interface is not expected to affect the size of the rendering; controls are expected to be overlaid above the page content without causing any layout changes, and are expected to disappear when the user does not need them. When a video element represents a poster frame or frame of video, the poster frame or frame of video is expected to be rendered at the largest size that maintains the aspect ratio of that poster frame or frame of video without being taller or wider than the video element itself, and is expected to be centered in the video element. Any subtitles or captions are expected to be overlayed directly on top of their video element, as defined by the relevant rendering rules; for WebVTT, those are the rules for updating the display of WebVTT text tracks. [WEBVTT] When the user agent starts exposing a user interface for a video element, the user agent should run the rules for updating the text track rendering of each of the text tracks in the video element’s list of text tracks that are showing and whose text track kind is one of subtitles or captions (e.g., for text tracks based on WebVTT, the rules for updating the display of WebVTT text tracks). [WEBVTT] Note: Resizing video and canvas elements does not interrupt video playback or clear the canvas. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The following CSS rules are expected to apply: @namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); iframe { border: 2px inset; } video { object-fit: contain; } 10.4.2. Images User agents are expected to render img elements and input elements whose type attributes are in the Image Button state, according to the first applicable rules from the following list: If the element represents an image The user agent is expected to treat the element as a replaced element and render the image according to the rules for doing so defined in CSS. If the element does not represent an image, but the element already has intrinsic dimensions (e.g., from the dimension attributes or CSS rules), and either: * the user agent has reason to believe that the image will become available and be rendered in due course, or * the element has no alt attribute, or * the Document is in quirks mode The user agent is expected to treat the element as a replaced element whose content is the text that the element represents, if any, optionally alongside an icon indicating that the image is being obtained (if applicable). For input elements, the element is expected to appear button-like to indicate that the element is a button. If the element is an img element that represents some text and the user agent does not expect this to change The user agent is expected to treat the element as a non-replaced phrasing element whose content is the text, optionally with an icon indicating that an image is missing, so that the user can request the image be displayed or investigate why it is not rendering. In non-graphical contexts, such an icon should be omitted. If the element is an img element that represents nothing and the user agent does not expect this to change The user agent is expected to treat the element as an empty inline element. (In the absence of further styles, this will cause the element to essentially not be rendered.) If the element is an input element that does not represent an image and the user agent does not expect this to change The user agent is expected to treat the element as a replaced element consisting of a button whose content is the element’s alternative text. The intrinsic dimensions of the button are expected to be about one line in height and whatever width is necessary to render the text on one line. The icons mentioned above are expected to be relatively small so as not to disrupt most text but be easily clickable. In a visual environment, for instance, icons could be 16 pixels by 16 pixels square, or 1em by 1em if the images are scalable. In an audio environment, the icon could be a short bleep. The icons are intended to indicate to the user that they can be used to get to whatever options the user agent provides for images. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- All animated images with the same absolute URL and the same image data are expected to be rendered synchronized to the same timeline as a group, with the timeline starting at the time of the least recent addition to the group. Note: In other words, when a second image with the same absolute URL and animated image data is inserted into a document, it jumps to the point in the animation cycle that is currently being displayed by the first image. When a user agent is to restart the animation for an img element showing an animated image, all animated images with the same absolute URL and the same image data in that img element’s node document are expected to restart their animation from the beginning. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The following CSS rules are expected to apply when the Document is in quirks mode: @namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); img[align=left i] { margin-right: 3px; } img[align=right i] { margin-left: 3px; } 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images The following CSS rules are expected to apply as presentational hints: @namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); iframe[frameborder=0], iframe[frameborder=no i] { border: none; } applet[align=left i], embed[align=left i], iframe[align=left i], img[align=left i], input[type=image i][align=left i], object[align=left i] { float: left; } applet[align=right i], embed[align=right i], iframe[align=right i], img[align=right i], input[type=image i][align=right i], object[align=right i] { float: right; } applet[align=top i], embed[align=top i], iframe[align=top i], img[align=top i], input[type=image i][align=top i], object[align=top i] { vertical-align: top; } applet[align=baseline i], embed[align=baseline i], iframe[align=baseline i], img[align=baseline i], input[type=image i][align=baseline i], object[align=baseline i] { vertical-align: baseline; } applet[align=texttop i], embed[align=texttop i], iframe[align=texttop i], img[align=texttop i], input[type=image i][align=texttop i], object[align=texttop i] { vertical-align: text-top; } applet[align=absmiddle i], embed[align=absmiddle i], iframe[align=absmiddle i], img[align=absmiddle i], input[type=image i][align=absmiddle i], object[align=absmiddle i], applet[align=abscenter i], embed[align=abscenter i], iframe[align=abscenter i], img[align=abscenter i], input[type=image i][align=abscenter i], object[align=abscenter i] { vertical-align: middle; } applet[align=bottom i], embed[align=bottom i], iframe[align=bottom i], img[align=bottom i], input[type=image i][align=bottom i], object[align=bottom i] { vertical-align: bottom; } When an applet, embed, iframe, img, or object element, or an input element whose type attribute is in the Image Button state, has an align attribute whose value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "center" or the string "middle", the user agent is expected to act as if the element’s vertical-align property was set to a value that aligns the vertical middle of the element with the parent element’s baseline. The hspace attribute of applet, embed, iframe, img, or object elements, and input elements with a type attribute in the Image Button state, maps to the dimension properties margin-left and margin-right on the element. The vspace attribute of applet, embed, iframe, img, or object elements, and input elements with a type attribute in the Image Button state, maps to the dimension properties margin-top and margin-bottom on the element. When an img element, object element, or input element with a type attribute in the Image Button state has a border attribute whose value, when parsed using the rules for parsing non-negative integers, is found to be a number greater than zero, the user agent is expected to use the parsed value for eight presentational hints: four setting the parsed value as a pixel length for the element’s border-top-width, border-right-width, border-bottom-width, and border-left-width properties, and four setting the element’s border-top-style, border-right-style, border-bottom-style, and border-left-style properties to the value solid. The width and height attributes on applet, embed, iframe, img, object or video elements, and input elements with a type attribute in the Image Button state and that either represents an image or that the user expects will eventually represent an image, map to the dimension properties width and height on the element respectively. 10.4.4. Image maps Shapes on an image map are expected to act, for the purpose of the CSS cascade, as elements independent of the original area element that happen to match the same style rules but inherit from the img or object element. For the purposes of the rendering, only the cursor property is expected to have any effect on the shape. Thus, for example, if an area element has a style attribute that sets the cursor property to help, then when the user designates that shape, the cursor would change to a Help cursor. Similarly, if an area element had a CSS rule that set its cursor property to inherit (or if no rule setting the cursor property matched the element at all), the shape’s cursor would be inherited from the img or object element of the image map, not from the parent of the area element. 10.5. Widgets 10.5.1. Introduction Exactly how user agents render the elements in this section is not specified by this specification. User agents are encouraged to set the appearance CSS property appropriately to achieve platform-native appearances for widgets, and are expected to implement any relevant animations, etc, that are appropriate for the platform. [CSS-UI-3] 10.5.2. The button element The button element is expected to render as an inline-block box rendered as a button whose contents are the contents of the element. 10.5.3. The details and summary elements details > summary:first-of-type { display: list-item; list-style: disclosure-closed inside; } details[open] > summary:first-of-type { list-style-type: disclosure-open; } The details element is expected to render as a block box. The element’s shadow tree is expected to take the element’s first child summary element, if any, and place it in a first block box container, and then take the element’s remaining descendants, if any, and place them in a second block box container. The first container is expected to allow the user to request the details be shown or hidden. The second container is expected to be removed from the rendering when the details element does not have an open attribute. There are no specific rendering expecations for a summary element that is not the first child of its parent details element 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget. The input element whose type attribute is in the Text, Search, Telephone, URL, or E-mail state, the element is expected to render as an inline-block box rendered as a text field. Additionally, the line-height property, if it has a computed value equivalent to a value that is less than 1.0, must have a used value of 1.0. An input element whose type attribute is in the Password state, the element is expected to render as an inline-block box rendered as a text field whose contents are obscured. If these text fields provide a text selection, then, when the user changes the current selection, the user agent is expected to queue a task to fire a simple event that bubbles named select at the element, using the user interaction task source as the task source. If an input element whose type attribute is in one of the above states has a size attribute, and parsing that attribute’s value using the rules for parsing non-negative integers doesn’t generate an error, then the user agent is expected to use the attribute as a presentational hint for the width property on the element, with the value obtained from applying the converting a character width to pixels algorithm to the value of the attribute. If an input element whose type attribute is in one of the above states does not have a size attribute, then the user agent is expected to act as if it had a user-agent-level style sheet rule setting the width property on the element to the value obtained from applying the converting a character width to pixels algorithm to the number 20. The converting a character width to pixels algorithm returns (size-1)×avg + max, where size is the character width to convert, avg is the average character width of the primary font for the element for which the algorithm is being run, in pixels, and max is the maximum character width of that same font, also in pixels. (The element’s letter-spacing property does not affect the result.) 10.5.5. The input element as domain-specific widgets An input element whose type attribute is in the Date state, the element is expected to render as an inline-block box depicting a Date control. An input element whose type attribute is in the Month state, the element is expected to render as an inline-block box depicting a Month control. An input element whose type attribute is in the Week state, the element is expected to render as an inline-block box depicting a Week control. An input element whose type attribute is in the Time state, the element is expected to render as an inline-block box depicting a Time control. An input element whose type attribute is in the Local Date and Time state, the element is expected to render as an inline-block box depicting a Local Date and Time control. An input element whose type attribute is in the Number state, the element is expected to render as an inline-block box depicting a Number control. These controls are all expected to be about one line high, and about as wide as necessary to show the widest possible value. 10.5.6. The input element as a range control An input element whose type attribute is in the Range state, the element is expected to render as an inline-block box depicting a slider control. When the control is wider than it is tall (or square), the control is expected to be a horizontal slider, with the lowest value on the right if the direction property on this element has a computed value of rtl, and on the left otherwise. When the control is taller than it is wide, it is expected to be a vertical slider, with the lowest value on the bottom. Predefined suggested values (provided by the list attribute) are expected to be shown as tick marks on the slider, which the slider can snap to. User agents are expected to use the used value of the direction property on the element to determine the direction in which the slider operates. Typically, a left-to-right (ltr) horizontal control would have the lowest value on the left and the highest value on the right, and vice versa. 10.5.7. The input element as a color well An input element whose type attribute is in the Color state, the element is expected to render as an inline-block box depicting a color well, which, when activated, provides the user with a color picker (e.g., a color wheel or color palette) from which the color can be changed. Predefined suggested values (provided by the list attribute) are expected to be shown in the color picker interface, not on the color well itself. 10.5.8. The input element as a checkbox and radio button widgets An input element whose type attribute is in the Checkbox state, the element is expected to render as an inline-block box containing a single checkbox control, with no label. An input element whose type attribute is in the Radio Button state, the element is expected to render as an inline-block box containing a single radio button control, with no label. 10.5.9. The input element as a file upload control An input element whose type attribute is in the File Upload state, the element is expected to render as an inline-block box containing a span of text giving the file name(s) of the selected files, if any, followed by a button that, when activated, provides the user with a file picker from which the selection can be changed. 10.5.10. The input element as a button An input element whose type attribute is in the Submit Button, Reset Button, or Button state, the element is expected to render as an inline-block box rendered as a button, about one line high, containing the contents of the element’s value attribute, if any, or text derived from the element’s type attribute in a user-agent-defined (and probably locale-specific) fashion, if not. 10.5.11. The marquee element The marquee element, while the element is turned on, the element is expected to render in an animated fashion according to its attributes as follows: If the element’s behavior attribute is in the scroll state Slide the contents of the element in the direction described by the direction attribute as defined below, such that it begins off the start side of the marquee, and ends flush with the inner end side. For example, if the direction attribute is left (the default), then the contents would start such that their left edge are off the side of the right edge of the marquee's content area, and the contents would then slide up to the point where the left edge of the contents are flush with the left inner edge of the marquee's content area. Once the animation has ended, the user agent is expected to increment the marquee current loop index. If the element is still turned on after this, then the user agent is expected to restart the animation. If the element’s behavior attribute is in the slide state Slide the contents of the element in the direction described by the direction attribute as defined below, such that it begins off the start side of the marquee, and ends off the end side of the marquee. For example, if the direction attribute is left (the default), then the contents would start such that their left edge are off the side of the right edge of the marquee's content area, and the contents would then slide up to the point where the right edge of the contents are flush with the left inner edge of the marquee's content area. Once the animation has ended, the user agent is expected to increment the marquee current loop index. If the element is still turned on after this, then the user agent is expected to restart the animation. If the element’s behavior attribute is in the alternate state When the marquee current loop index is even (or zero), slide the contents of the element in the direction described by the direction attribute as defined below, such that it begins flush with the start side of the marquee, and ends flush with the end side of the marquee. When the marquee current loop index is odd, slide the contents of the element in the opposite direction than that described by the direction attribute as defined below, such that it begins flush with the end side of the marquee, and ends flush with the start side of the marquee. For example, if the direction attribute is left (the default), then the contents would with their right edge flush with the right inner edge of the marquee's content area, and the contents would then slide up to the point where the left edge of the contents are flush with the left inner edge of the marquee's content area. Once the animation has ended, the user agent is expected to increment the marquee current loop index. If the element is still turned on after this, then the user agent is expected to continue the animation. The direction attribute has the meanings described in the following table: direction attribute Direction of Start edge End edge Opposite state animation direction left ← Right to left Right Left → Left to Right right → Left to Right Left Right ← Right to left up ↑ Up (Bottom to Bottom Top ↓ Down (Top to Top) Bottom) down ↓ Down (Top to Top Bottom ↑ Up (Bottom to Bottom) Top) In any case, the animation should proceed such that there is a delay given by the marquee scroll interval between each frame, and such that the content moves at most the distance given by the marquee scroll distance with each frame. When a marquee element has a bgcolor attribute set, the value is expected to be parsed using the rules for parsing a legacy color value, and if that does not return an error, the user agent is expected to treat the attribute as a presentational hint setting the element’s background-color property to the resulting color. The width and height attributes on a marquee element map to the dimension properties width and height on the element respectively. The intrinsic height of a marquee element with its direction attribute in the up or down states is 200 CSS pixels. The vspace attribute of a marquee element maps to the dimension properties margin-top and margin-bottom on the element. The hspace attribute of a marquee element maps to the dimension properties margin-left and margin-right on the element. The overflow property on the marquee element is expected to be ignored; overflow is expected to always be hidden. 10.5.12. The meter element The meter element is expected to render as an inline-block box with a height of "1em" and a width of "5em", a vertical-align of "-0.2em", and with its contents depicting a gauge. When the element is wider than it is tall (or square), the depiction is expected to be of a horizontal gauge, with the minimum value on the right if the direction property on this element has a computed value of rtl, and on the left otherwise. When the element is taller than it is wide, it is expected to depict a vertical gauge, with the minimum value on the bottom. User agents are expected to use a presentation consistent with platform conventions for gauges, if any. Note: Requirements for what must be depicted in the gauge are included in the definition of the meter element. 10.5.13. The progress element The progress element is expected to render as an inline-block box with a height of "1em" and a width of "10em", and a vertical-align of "-0.2em". When the element is wider than it is tall, the element is expected to be depicted as a horizontal progress bar, with the start on the right and the end on the left if the direction property on this element has a computed value of rtl, and with the start on the left and the end on the right otherwise. When the element is taller than it is wide, it is expected to be depicted as a vertical progress bar, with the lowest value on the bottom. When the element is square, it is expected to be depicted as a direction-independent progress widget (e.g., a circular progress ring). User agents are expected to use a presentation consistent with platform conventions for progress bars. In particular, user agents are expected to use different presentations for determinate and indeterminate progress bars. User agents are also expected to vary the presentation based on the dimensions of the element. For example, on some platforms for showing indeterminate progress there is a "spinner" progress indicator with square dimensions, which could be used when the element is square, and an indeterminate progress bar, which could be used when the element is wide. Note: Requirements for how to determine if the progress bar is determinate or indeterminate, and what progress a determinate progress bar is to show, are included in the definition of the progress element. 10.5.14. The select element A select element whose multiple attribute is present, the element is expected to render as a multi-select list box. A select element whose multiple attribute is absent, and the element’s display size is greater than 1, the element is expected to render as a single-select list box. When the element renders as a list box, it is expected to render as an inline-block box whose height is the height necessary to contain as many rows for items as given by the element’s display size, or four rows if the attribute is absent, and whose width is the width of the select’s labels plus the width of a scrollbar. A select element whose multiple attribute is absent, and the element’s display size is 1, the element is expected to render as a one-line drop down box whose width is the width of the select’s labels. In either case (list box or drop-down box), the element’s items are expected to be the element’s list of options, with the element’s optgroup element children providing headers for groups of options where applicable. An optgroup element is expected to be rendered by displaying the element’s label attribute. An option element is expected to be rendered by displaying the element’s label, indented under its optgroup element if it has one. The width of the select’s labels is the wider of the width necessary to render the widest optgroup, and the width necessary to render the widest option element in the element’s list of options (including its indent, if any). If a select element contains a placeholder label option, the user agent is expected to render that option in a manner that conveys that it is a label, rather than a valid option of the control. This can include preventing the placeholder label option from being explicitly selected by the user. When the placeholder label option's selectedness is true, the control is expected to be displayed in a fashion that indicates that no valid option is currently selected. User agents are expected to render the labels in a select in such a manner that any alignment remains consistent whether the label is being displayed as part of the page. 10.5.15. The textarea element @namespace url(http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml); textarea { white-space: pre-wrap; } The textarea element is expected to render as an inline-block box rendered as a multiline text field. If this text field provides a selection, the user agent is expected to queue a task to fire a simple event that bubbles named select at the element, using the user interaction task source as the task source. If the element has a cols attribute, and parsing that attribute’s value using the rules for parsing non-negative integers doesn’t generate an error, then the user agent is expected to use the attribute as a presentational hint for the width property on the element, with the value being the textarea effective width (as defined below). Otherwise, the user agent is expected to act as if it had a user-agent-level style sheet rule setting the width property on the element to the textarea effective width. The textarea effective width of a textarea element is size×avg + sbw, where size is the element’s character width, avg is the average character width of the primary font of the element, in CSS pixels, and sbw is the width of a scroll bar, in CSS pixels. (The element’s letter-spacing property does not affect the result.) If the element has a rows attribute, and parsing that attribute’s value using the rules for parsing non-negative integers doesn’t generate an error, then the user agent is expected to use the attribute as a presentational hint for the height property on the element, with the value being the textarea effective height (as defined below). Otherwise, the user agent is expected to act as if it had a user-agent-level style sheet rule setting the height property on the element to the textarea effective height. The textarea effective height of a textarea element is the height in CSS pixels of the number of lines specified the element’s character height, plus the height of a scrollbar in CSS pixels. User agents are expected to apply the white-space CSS property to textarea elements. For historical reasons, if the element has a wrap attribute whose value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "off", then the user agent is expected to treat the attribute as a presentational hint setting the element’s white-space property to pre. 10.6. Frames and framesets User agent are expected to render frameset elements as a box with the height and width of the viewport, with a surface rendered according to the following layout algorithm: 1. The cols and rows variables are lists of zero or more pairs consisting of a number and a unit, the unit being one of percentage, relative, and absolute. Use the rules for parsing a list of dimensions to parse the value of the element’s cols attribute, if there is one. Let cols be the result, or an empty list if there is no such attribute. Use the rules for parsing a list of dimensions to parse the value of the element’s rows attribute, if there is one. Let rows be the result, or an empty list if there is no such attribute. 2. For any of the entries in cols or rows that have the number zero and the unit relative, change the entry’s number to one. 3. If cols has no entries, then add a single entry consisting of the value 1 and the unit relative to cols. If rows has no entries, then add a single entry consisting of the value 1 and the unit relative to rows. 4. Invoke the algorithm defined below to convert a list of dimensions to a list of pixel values using cols as the input list, and the width of the surface that the frameset is being rendered into, in CSS pixels, as the input dimension. Let sized cols be the resulting list. Invoke the algorithm defined below to convert a list of dimensions to a list of pixel values using rows as the input list, and the height of the surface that the frameset is being rendered into, in CSS pixels, as the input dimension. Let sized rows be the resulting list. 5. Split the surface into a grid of w×h rectangles, where w is the number of entries in sized cols and h is the number of entries in sized rows. Size the columns so that each column in the grid is as many CSS pixels wide as the corresponding entry in the sized cols list. Size the rows so that each row in the grid is as many CSS pixels high as the corresponding entry in the sized rows list. 6. Let children be the list of frame and frameset elements that are children of the frameset element for which the algorithm was invoked. 7. For each row of the grid of rectangles created in the previous step, from top to bottom, run these substeps: 1. For each rectangle in the row, from left to right, run these substeps: 1. If there are any elements left in children, take the first element in the list, and assign it to the rectangle. If this is a frameset element, then recurse the entire frameset layout algorithm for that frameset element, with the rectangle as the surface. Otherwise, it is a frame element; render its nested browsing context, positioned and sized to fit the rectangle. 2. If there are any elements left in children, remove the first element from children. 8. If the frameset element has a border, draw an outer set of borders around the rectangles, using the element’s frame border color. For each rectangle, if there is an element assigned to that rectangle, and that element has a border, draw an inner set of borders around that rectangle, using the element’s frame border color. For each (visible) border that does not abut a rectangle that is assigned a frame element with a noresize attribute (including rectangles in further nested frameset elements), the user agent is expected to allow the user to move the border, resizing the rectangles within, keeping the proportions of any nested frameset grids. A frameset or frame element has a border if the following algorithm returns true: 1. If the element has a frameborder attribute whose value is not the empty string and whose first character is either a U+0031 DIGIT ONE (1) character, a U+0079 LATIN SMALL LETTER Y character (y), or a U+0059 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y character (Y), then return true. 2. Otherwise, if the element has a frameborder attribute, return false. 3. Otherwise, if the element has a parent element that is a frameset element, then return true if that element has a border, and false if it does not. 4. Otherwise, return true. The frame border color of a frameset or frame element is the color obtained from the following algorithm: 1. If the element has a bordercolor attribute, and applying the rules for parsing a legacy color value to that attribute’s value does not result in an error, then return the color so obtained. 2. Otherwise, if the element has a parent element that is a frameset element, then return the frame border color of that element. 3. Otherwise, return gray. The algorithm to convert a list of dimensions to a list of pixel values consists of the following steps: 1. Let input list be the list of numbers and units passed to the algorithm. Let output list be a list of numbers the same length as input list, all zero. Entries in output list correspond to the entries in input list that have the same position. 2. Let input dimension be the size passed to the algorithm. 3. Let count percentage be the number of entries in input list whose unit is percentage. Let total percentage be the sum of all the numbers in input list whose unit is percentage. Let count relative be the number of entries in input list whose unit is relative. Let total relative be the sum of all the numbers in input list whose unit is relative. Let count absolute be the number of entries in input list whose unit is absolute. Let total absolute be the sum of all the numbers in input list whose unit is absolute. Let remaining space be the value of input dimension. 4. If total absolute is greater than remaining space, then for each entry in input list whose unit is absolute, set the corresponding value in output list to the number of the entry in input list multiplied by remaining space and divided by total absolute. Then, set remaining space to zero. Otherwise, for each entry in input list whose unit is absolute, set the corresponding value in output list to the number of the entry in input list. Then, decrement remaining space by total absolute. 5. If total percentage multiplied by the input dimension and divided by 100 is greater than remaining space, then for each entry in input list whose unit is percentage, set the corresponding value in output list to the number of the entry in input list multiplied by remaining space and divided by total percentage. Then, set remaining space to zero. Otherwise, for each entry in input list whose unit is percentage, set the corresponding value in output list to the number of the entry in input list multiplied by the input dimension and divided by 100. Then, decrement remaining space by total percentage multiplied by the input dimension and divided by 100. 6. For each entry in input list whose unit is relative, set the corresponding value in output list to the number of the entry in input list multiplied by remaining space and divided by total relative. 7. Return output list. User agents working with integer values for frame widths (as opposed to user agents that can lay frames out with subpixel accuracy) are expected to distribute the remainder first to the last entry whose unit is relative, then equally (not proportionally) to each entry whose unit is percentage, then equally (not proportionally) to each entry whose unit is absolute, and finally, failing all else, to the last entry. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The contents of a frame element that does not have a frameset parent are expected to be rendered as transparent black; the user agent is expected to not render the nested browsing context in this case, and that nested browsing context is expected to have a viewport with zero width and zero height. 10.7. Interactive media 10.7.1. Links, forms, and navigation User agents are expected to allow the user to control aspects of hyperlink activation and §4.10.21 Form submission, such as which browsing context is to be used for the subsequent navigation. User agents are expected to allow users to discover the destination of hyperlinks and of forms before triggering their navigation. User agents may allow users to navigate browsing contexts to the URLs indicated by the cite attributes on q, blockquote, ins, and del elements. User agents may surface hyperlinks created by link elements in their user interface. Note: While link elements that create hyperlinks will match the :link or :visited pseudo-classes, will react to clicks if visible, and so forth, this does not extend to any browser interface constructs that expose those same links. Activating a link through the browser’s interface, rather than in the page itself, does not trigger click events and the like. 10.7.2. The title attribute User agents are expected to expose the advisory information of elements upon user request, and to make the user aware of the presence of such information. On interactive graphical systems where the user can use a pointing device, this could take the form of a tooltip. When the user is unable to use a pointing device, then the user agent is expected to make the content available in some other fashion, e.g., by making the element a focusable area and always displaying the advisory information of the currently focused element. U+000A LINE FEED (LF) characters are expected to cause line breaks in the tooltip; U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab) characters are expected to render as a non-zero horizontal shift that lines up the next glyph with the next tab stop, with tab stops occurring at points that are multiples of 8 times the width of a U+0020 SPACE character. For example, a visual user agent could make elements with a title attribute focusable, and could make any focused element with a title attribute show its tooltip under the element while the element has focus. This would allow a user to tab around the document to find all the advisory text. As another example, a screen reader could provide an audio cue when reading an element with a tooltip, with an associated key to read the last tooltip for which a cue was played. 10.7.3. Editing hosts The current text editing caret (i.e., the active range, if it is empty and in an editing host), if any, is expected to act like an inline replaced element with the vertical dimensions of the caret and with zero width for the purposes of the CSS rendering model. Note: This means that even an empty block can have the caret inside it, and that when the caret is in such an element, it prevents margins from collapsing through the element. 10.7.4. Text rendered in native user interfaces User agents are expected to honor the Unicode semantics of text that is exposed in user interfaces, for example supporting the bidirectional algorithm in text shown in dialogs, title bars, and tooltips. Text from the contents of elements is expected to be rendered in a manner that honors the directionality of the element from which the text was obtained. Text from attributes is expected to be rendered in a manner that honours the directionality of the attribute. Consider the following markup, which has Hebrew text asking for a programming language, the languages being text for which a left-to-right direction is important given the punctuation in some of their names: <p dir="rtl" lang="he"> <label> בחר שפת תכנות: <select> <option dir="ltr">C++</option> <option dir="ltr">C#</option> <option dir="ltr">FreePascal</option> <option dir="ltr">F#</option> </select> </label> </p> If the select element was rendered as a drop down box, a correct rendering would ensure that the punctuation was the same both in the drop down, and in the box showing the current selection. The directionality of attributes depends on the attribute and on the element’s dir attribute, as the following example demonstrates. Consider this markup: <table> <tr> <th abbr="(א" dir=ltr>A <th abbr="(א" dir=rtl>A <th abbr="(א" dir=auto>A </table> If the abbr attributes are rendered, e.g., in a tooltip or other user interface, the first will have a left parenthesis (because the direction is ltr), the second will have a right parenthesis (because the direction is rtl), and the third will have a right parenthesis (because the direction is determined from the attribute value to be rtl). However, if instead the attribute was not a directionality-capable attribute, the results would be different: <table> <tr> <th>A <th>A <th>A </table> In this case, if the user agent were to expose the data-abbr attribute in the user interface (e.g., in a debugging environment), the last case would be rendered with a left parenthesis, because the direction would be determined from the element’s contents. A string provided by a script (e.g., the argument to window.alert()) is expected to be treated as an independent set of one or more bidirectional algorithm paragraphs when displayed, as defined by the bidirectional algorithm, including, for instance, supporting the paragraph-breaking behavior of U+000A LINE FEED (LF) characters. For the purposes of determining the paragraph level of such text in the bidirectional algorithm, this specification does not provide a higher-level override of rules P2 and P3. [BIDI] When necessary, authors can enforce a particular direction for a given paragraph by starting it with the Unicode U+200E LEFT-TO-RIGHT MARK or U+200F RIGHT-TO-LEFT MARK characters. Thus, the following script: alert('\u05DC\u05DE\u05D3 HTML \u05D4\u05D9\u05D5\u05DD!') ...would always result in a message reading "למד LMTH היום!" (not "דמל HTML םויה!"), regardless of the language of the user agent interface or the direction of the page or any of its elements. For a more complex example, consider the following script: /* Warning: this script does not handle right-to-left scripts correctly */ var s; if (s = prompt('What is your name?')) { alert(s + '! Ok, Fred, ' + s + ', and Wilma will get the car.'); } When the user enters "Kitty", the user agent would alert "Kitty! Ok, Fred, Kitty, and Wilma will get the car.". However, if the user enters "لا أفهم", then the bidirectional algorithm will determine that the direction of the paragraph is right-to-left, and so the output will be the following unintended mess: "لا أفهم! derF ,kO, لا أفهم, rac eht teg lliw amliW dna." To force an alert that starts with user-provided text (or other text of unknown directionality) to render left-to-right, the string can be prefixed with a U+200E LEFT-TO-RIGHT MARK character: var s; if (s = prompt('What is your name?')) { alert('\u200E' + s + '! Ok, Fred, ' + s + ', and Wilma will get the car.'); } 10.8. Print media User agents are expected to allow the user to request the opportunity to obtain a physical form (or a representation of a physical form) of a Document. For example, selecting the option to print a page or convert it to PDF format. [PDF] When the user actually obtains a physical form (or a representation of a physical form) of a Document, the user agent is expected to create a new rendering of the Document for the print media. 10.9. Unstyled XML documents HTML user agents may, in certain circumstances, find themselves rendering non-HTML documents that use vocabularies for which they lack any built-in knowledge. This section provides for a way for user agents to handle such documents in a somewhat useful manner. While a Document is an unstyled document, the user agent is expected to render an unstyled document view. A Document is an unstyled document while it matches the following conditions: * The Document has no author style sheets (whether referenced by HTTP headers, processing instructions, elements like link, inline elements like style, or any other mechanism). * None of the elements in the Document have any presentational hints. * None of the elements in the Document have any style attributes. * None of the elements in the Document are in any of the following namespaces: HTML namespace, SVG namespace, MathML namespace * The Document has no focusable area (e.g., from XLink) other than the viewport. * The Document has no hyperlinks (e.g., from XLink). * There exists no script whose settings object specifies this Document as the responsible document. * None of the elements in the Document have any registered event listeners. An unstyled document view is one where the DOM is not rendered according to CSS (which would, since there are no applicable styles in this context, just result in a wall of text), but is instead rendered in a manner that is useful for a developer. This could consist of just showing the Document object’s source, maybe with syntax highlighting, or it could consist of displaying just the DOM tree, or simply a message saying that the page is not a styled document. Note: If a Document stops being an unstyled document, then the conditions above stop applying, and thus a user agent following these requirements will switch to using the regular CSS rendering. 11. Obsolete features 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features Features listed in this section will trigger warnings in conformance checkers. Authors should not specify a border attribute on an img element. If the attribute is present, its value must be the string "0". CSS should be used instead. Authors should not specify a language attribute on a script element. If the attribute is present, its value must be an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "JavaScript" and either the type attribute must be omitted or its value must be an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "text/javascript". The attribute should be entirely omitted instead (with the value "JavaScript", it has no effect), or replaced with use of the type attribute. Authors should not specify the name attribute on a elements. If the attribute is present, its value must not be the empty string and must neither be equal to the value of any of the IDs in the element’s tree other than the element’s own ID if any, nor be equal to the value of any of the other name attributes on a elements in the element’s tree. If this attribute is present and the element has an ID, then the attribute’s value must be equal to the element’s ID. In earlier versions of the language, this attribute was intended as a way to specify possible targets for fragments in URLs. The id attribute should be used instead. Authors should not, but may despite requirements to the contrary elsewhere in this specification, specify the maxlength and size attributes on input elements whose type attributes are in the Number state. One valid reason for using these attributes regardless is to help legacy user agents that do not support input elements with type="number" to still render the text control with a useful width. 11.1.1. Warnings for obsolete but conforming features To ease the transition from HTML Transitional documents to the language defined in this specification, and to discourage certain features that are only allowed in very few circumstances, conformance checkers must warn the user when the following features are used in a document. These are generally old obsolete features that have no effect, and are allowed only to distinguish between likely mistakes (regular conformance errors) and mere vestigial markup or unusual and discouraged practices (these warnings). The following features must be categorized as described above: * The presence of a border attribute on an img element if its value is the string "0". * The presence of a language attribute on a script element if its value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "JavaScript" and if there is no type attribute or there is and its value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "text/javascript". * The presence of a name attribute on an a element, if its value is not the empty string. * The presence of a maxlength attribute on an input element whose type attribute is in the Number state. * The presence of a size attribute on an input element whose type attribute is in the Number state. Conformance checkers must distinguish between pages that have no conformance errors and have none of these obsolete features, and pages that have no conformance errors but do have some of these obsolete features. For example, a validator could report some pages as "Valid HTML" and others as "Valid HTML with warnings". 11.2. Non-conforming features Elements in the following list are entirely obsolete, and must not be used by authors: applet Use embed or object instead. acronym Use abbr instead. bgsound Use audio instead. dir Use ul instead. frame frameset noframes Either use iframe and CSS instead, or use server-side includes to generate complete pages with the various invariant parts merged in. isindex Use an explicit form and text control combination instead. listing Use pre and code instead. nextid Use GUIDs instead. noembed Use object instead of embed when fallback is necessary. plaintext Use the "text/plain" MIME type instead. rb rtc Providing the ruby base directly inside the ruby element or using nested ruby elements is sufficient. strike Use del instead if the element is marking an edit, otherwise use s instead. xmp Use pre and code instead, and escape "<" and "&" characters as "&lt;" and "&amp;" respectively. basefont big blink center font marquee menu menuitem multicol nobr spacer tt Use appropriate elements or CSS instead. Where the tt element would have been used for marking up keyboard input, consider the kbd element; for variables, consider the var element; for computer code, consider the code element; and for computer output, consider the samp element. Similarly, if the big element is being used to denote a heading, consider using the h1 element; if it is being used for marking up important passages, consider the strong element; and if it is being used for highlighting text for reference purposes, consider the mark element. See also the text-level semantics usage summary for more suggestions with examples. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The following attributes are obsolete (though the elements are still part of the language), and must not be used by authors: charset on a elements charset on link elements Use an HTTP Content-Type header on the linked resource instead. coords on a elements shape on a elements Use area instead of a for image maps. methods on a elements methods on link elements Use the HTTP OPTIONS feature instead. name on a elements (except as noted in the previous section) name on embed elements name on img elements name on option elements Use the id attribute instead. urn on a elements urn on link elements Specify the preferred persistent identifier using the href attribute instead. accept on form elements Use the accept attribute directly on the input elements instead. hreflang on area elements type on area elements These attributes do not do anything useful, and for historical reasons there are no corresponding IDL attributes on area elements. Omit them altogether. nohref on area elements Omitting the href attribute is sufficient; the nohref attribute is unnecessary. Omit it altogether. profile on head elements When used for declaring which meta terms are used in the document, unnecessary; omit it altogether, and register the names. When used for triggering specific user agent behaviors: use a link element instead. version on html elements Unnecessary. Omit it altogether. ismap on input elements Unnecessary. Omit it altogether. All input elements with a type attribute in the Image Button state are processed as server-side image maps. usemap on input elements Use img instead of input for image maps. longdesc on iframe elements longdesc on img elements Use a regular a element to link to the description, or (in the case of images) use an image map to provide a link from the image to the image’s description. lowsrc on img elements Use a progressive JPEG image (given in the src attribute), instead of using two separate images. target on link elements Unnecessary. Omit it altogether. scheme on meta elements If more than one scheme needs to be declared for a meta element make the scheme declaration part of the value. archive on object elements classid on object elements code on object elements codebase on object elements codetype on object elements Use the data and type attributes to invoke plugins. To set parameters with these names in particular, the param element can be used. declare on object elements Repeat the object element completely each time the resource is to be reused. standby on object elements Optimize the linked resource so that it loads quickly or, at least, incrementally. type on param elements valuetype on param elements Use the name and value attributes without declaring value types. language on script elements (except as noted in the previous section) Use the type attribute instead. event on script elements for on script elements Use DOM events mechanisms to register event listeners. [DOM41] datapagesize on table elements Unnecessary. Omit it altogether. summary on table elements Use one of the techniques given in the table section instead. abbr on td elements Use text that begins in an unambiguous and terse manner, and include any more elaborate text after that. The title attribute can also be useful in including more detailed text, so that the cell’s contents can be made terse. If it’s a heading, use th (which has an abbr attribute). axis on td and th elements Use the scope attribute on the relevant th. scope on td elements Use th elements for heading cells. datasrc on a, applet, button, div, frame, iframe, img, input, label, legend, marquee, object, option, select, a, table, and textarea elements datafld on a, applet, button, div, fieldset, frame, iframe, img, input, label, legend, marquee, object, param, select, a, and textarea elements dataformatas on button, div, input, label, legend, marquee, object, option, select, a, and table elements Use script and a mechanism such as XMLHttpRequest to populate the page dynamically. [XHR] alink on body elements bgcolor on body elements bottommargin on body elements leftmargin on body elements link on body elements marginheight on body elements marginwidth on body elements rightmargin on body elements text on body elements topmargin on body elements vlink on body elements clear on br elements align on caption elements align on col elements char on col elements charoff on col elements valign on col elements width on col elements align on div elements compact on dl elements align on embed elements hspace on embed elements vspace on embed elements bordercolor on frame elements align on hr elements color on hr elements noshade on hr elements size on hr elements width on hr elements align on h1—h6 elements align on iframe elements allowtransparency on iframe elements frameborder on iframe elements framespacing on iframe elements hspace on iframe elements marginheight on iframe elements marginwidth on iframe elements scrolling on iframe elements vspace on iframe elements align on input elements border on input elements hspace on input elements vspace on input elements align on img elements border on img elements (except as noted in the previous section) hspace on img elements vspace on img elements align on legend elements type on li elements compact on menu elements bgcolor on marquee elements height on marquee elements hspace on marquee elements vspace on marquee elements width on marquee elements align on object elements border on object elements hspace on object elements vspace on object elements compact on ol elements align on p elements width on pre elements align on table elements bgcolor on table elements border on table elements bordercolor on table elements cellpadding on table elements cellspacing on table elements frame on table elements height on table elements rules on table elements width on table elements align on tbody, thead, and tfoot elements char on tbody, thead, and tfoot elements charoff on tbody, thead, and tfoot elements valign on tbody, thead, and tfoot elements align on td and th elements bgcolor on td and th elements char on td and th elements charoff on td and th elements height on td and th elements nowrap on td and th elements valign on td and th elements width on td and th elements align on tr elements bgcolor on tr elements char on tr elements charoff on tr elements height on tr elements valign on tr elements compact on ul elements type on ul elements background on body, table, thead, tbody, tfoot, tr, td, and th elements Use CSS instead. 11.3. Requirements for implementations 11.3.1. The applet element This feature is in the process of being removed from the Web platform. (This is a long process that takes many years.) Using the applet element at this time is highly discouraged. The applet element is a Java-specific variant of the embed element. The applet element is now obsoleted so that all extension frameworks (Java, .NET, Flash, etc) are handled in a consistent manner. When the element matches any of the following conditions, it represents its contents: * The element is still in the stack of open elements of an HTML parser or XML parser. * The element is not in a document. * The element’s node document is not fully active. * The element’s node document's active sandboxing flag set has its sandboxed plugins browsing context flag set. * The element has an ancestor media element. * The element has an ancestor object element that is not showing its fallback content. * No Java Language runtime plugin is available. * A Java runtime plugin is available but it is disabled. * The Should element be blocked a priori by Content Security Policy? algorithm returns "Blocked" when executed on the element. [CSP3] Otherwise, the user agent should instantiate a Java Language runtime plugin, and should pass the names and values of all the attributes on the element, in the order they were added to the element, with the attributes added by the parser being ordered in source order, and then a parameter named "PARAM" whose value is null, and then all the names and values of parameters given by param elements that are children of the applet element, in tree order, to the plugin used. If the plugin supports a scriptable interface, the HTMLAppletElement object representing the element should expose that interface. The applet element represents the plugin. The applet element is unaffected by the CSS display property. The Java Language runtime is instantiated even if the element is hidden with a 'display:none' CSS style. The applet element must implement the HTMLAppletElement interface. // Note: intentionally not [HTMLConstructor] interface HTMLAppletElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString align; attribute DOMString alt; attribute DOMString archive; attribute DOMString code; attribute USVString codeBase; attribute DOMString height; attribute unsigned long hspace; attribute DOMString name; attribute USVString _object; // the underscore is not part of the identifier attribute unsigned long vspace; attribute DOMString width; }; The align, alt, archive, code, height, hspace, name, object, vspace, and width IDL attributes must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. For the purposes of reflection, the applet element’s object content attribute is defined as containing a URL. The codeBase IDL attribute must reflect the codebase content attribute, which for the purposes of reflection is defined as containing a URL. 11.3.2. The marquee element The marquee element is a presentational element that animates content. CSS transitions and animations are a more appropriate mechanism. [CSS3-ANIMATIONS] [CSS3-TRANSITIONS] The task source for tasks mentioned in this section is the DOM manipulation task source. The marquee element must implement the HTMLMarqueeElement interface. [HTMLConstructor] interface HTMLMarqueeElement : HTMLElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString behavior; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString bgColor; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString direction; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString height; [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long hspace; [CEReactions] attribute long loop; [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long scrollAmount; [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long scrollDelay; [CEReactions] attribute boolean trueSpeed; [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long vspace; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString width; attribute EventHandler onbounce; attribute EventHandler onfinish; attribute EventHandler onstart; void start(); void stop(); }; A marquee element can be turned on or turned off. When it is created, it is turned on. When the start() method is called, the marquee element must be turned on. When the stop() method is called, the marquee element must be turned off. When a marquee element is created, the user agent must queue a task to fire an event named start at the element. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The behavior content attribute on marquee elements is an enumerated attribute with the following keywords (all non-conforming): Keyword State scroll scroll slide slide alternate alternate The missing value default is the scroll state. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The direction content attribute on marquee elements is an enumerated attribute with the following keywords (all non-conforming): Keyword State left left right right up up down down The missing value default is the left state. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The truespeed content attribute on marquee elements is a boolean attribute. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- A marquee element has a marquee scroll interval, which is obtained as follows: 1. If the element has a scrolldelay attribute, and parsing its value using the rules for parsing non-negative integers does not return an error, then let delay be the parsed value. Otherwise, let delay be 85. 2. If the element does not have a truespeed attribute, and the delay value is less than 60, then let delay be 60 instead. 3. The marquee scroll interval is delay, interpreted in milliseconds. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- A marquee element has a marquee scroll distance, which, if the element has a scrollamount attribute, and parsing its value using the rules for parsing non-negative integers does not return an error, is the parsed value interpreted in CSS pixels, and otherwise is 6 CSS pixels. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- A marquee element has a marquee loop count, which, if the element has a loop content attribute, and parsing its value using the rules for parsing integers does not return an error or a number less than 1, is the parsed value, and otherwise is -1. The loop IDL attribute, on getting, must return the element’s marquee loop count; and on setting, if the new value is different than the element’s marquee loop count and either greater than zero or equal to -1, must set the element’s loop content attribute (adding it if necessary) to the valid integer that represents the new value. (Other values are ignored.) A marquee element also has a marquee current loop index, which is zero when the element is created. The rendering layer will occasionally increment the marquee current loop index, which must cause the following steps to be run: 1. If the marquee loop count is -1, then abort these steps. 2. Increment the marquee current loop index by one. 3. If the marquee current loop index is now equal to or greater than the element’s marquee loop count, turn off the marquee element and queue a task to fire an event named finish at the marquee element. Otherwise, if the behavior attribute is in the alternate state, then queue a task to fire an event named bounce at the marquee element. Otherwise, queue a task to fire an event named start at the marquee element. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The following are the event handlers (and their corresponding event handler event types) that must be supported, as event handler content attributes and event handler IDL attributes, by marquee elements: Event handler Event handler event type onbounce bounce onfinish finish onstart start ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The behavior, direction, height, hspace, vspace, and width IDL attributes must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. The bgColor IDL attribute must reflect the bgcolor content attribute. The scrollAmount IDL attribute must reflect the scrollamount content attribute. The default value is 6. The scrollDelay IDL attribute must reflect the scrolldelay content attribute. The default value is 85. The trueSpeed IDL attribute must reflect the truespeed content attribute. 11.3.3. Frames The frameset element acts as the body element in documents that use frames. The frameset element must implement the HTMLFrameSetElement interface. [HTMLConstructor] interface HTMLFrameSetElement : HTMLElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString cols; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString rows; }; HTMLFrameSetElement implements WindowEventHandlers; The cols and rows content attributes for the frameset element. The cols and rows IDL attributes of the frameset element must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. The frameset element exposes as event handler content attributes a number of the event handlers of the Window object. It also mirrors their event handler IDL attributes. The onblur, onerror, onfocus, onload, onresize, and onscroll event handlers of the Window object, exposed on the frameset element, replace the generic event handlers with the same names normally supported by HTML elements. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The frame element defines a nested browsing context similar to the iframe element, but rendered within a frameset element. A frame element is said to be an active frame element when it is in a document. When a frame element is created as an active frame element, or becomes an active frame element after not having been one, the user agent must create a new browsing context, set the element’s nested browsing context to the newly-created browsing context, and then process the frame attributes for the first time. If the element has a name attribute, the browsing context name must be set to the value of this attribute; otherwise, the browsing context name must be set to the empty string. When a frame element stops being an active frame element, the user agent must discard the element’s nested browsing context, and then set the element’s nested browsing context to null.. Whenever a frame element with a non-null nested browsing context has its src attribute set, changed, or removed, the user agent must process the frame attributes. When the user agent is to process the frame attributes, it must run the first appropriate steps from the following list: If the element has no src attribute specified, and the user agent is processing the frame's attributes for the first time Queue a task to fire an event named load at the frame element. Otherwise Run the otherwise steps for iframe or frame elements. Any navigation required of the user agent in the process the frame attributes algorithm must use the frame element’s node document's browsing context as the source browsing context. Furthermore, if the active document of the element’s nested browsing context before such a navigation was not completely loaded at the time of the new navigation, then the navigation must be completed with replacement enabled. Similarly, if the nested browsing context's session history contained only one Document when the process the frame attributes algorithm was invoked, and that was the about:blank Document created when the nested browsing context was created, then any navigation required of the user agent in that algorithm must be completed with replacement enabled. When a Document in a frame is marked as completely loaded, the user agent must queue a task to fire an event named load at the frame element. The task source for the tasks above is the DOM manipulation task source. When a frame element’s has a non-null nested browsing context, and its nested browsing context's active document is not ready for post-load tasks, and when anything is delaying the load event of the frame element’s browsing context's active document, and when the frame element’s browsing context is in the delaying load events mode, the frame must delay the load event of its document. Whenever the <name attribute is set and the frame element’s nested browsing context is non-null, the nested browsing context's name must be changed to the new value. If the attribute is removed, the browsing context name must be set to the empty string. The frame element must implement the HTMLFrameElement interface. [HTMLConstructor] interface HTMLFrameElement : HTMLElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString name; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString scrolling; [CEReactions] attribute USVString src; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString frameBorder; [CEReactions] attribute USVString longDesc; [CEReactions] attribute boolean noResize; readonly attribute Document? contentDocument; readonly attribute WindowProxy? contentWindow; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString marginHeight; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString marginWidth; }; The name, scrolling, and src IDL attributes of the frame element must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. For the purposes of reflection, the frame element’s src content attribute is defined as containing a URL. The frameBorder IDL attribute of the frame element must reflect the element’s frameborder content attribute. The longDesc IDL attribute of the frame element must reflect the element’s longdesc content attribute, which for the purposes of reflection is defined as containing a URL. The noResize IDL attribute of the frame element must reflect the element’s noresize content attribute. The contentDocument IDL attribute, on getting, must return the content document. The contentWindow IDL attribute must return the WindowProxy object of the frame element’s nested browsing context, if the element’s nested browsing context is non-null, or return null otherwise. The marginHeight IDL attribute of the frame element must reflect the element’s marginheight content attribute. The marginWidth IDL attribute of the frame element must reflect the element’s marginwidth content attribute. 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs User agents must treat acronym elements in a manner equivalent to abbr elements in terms of semantics and for purposes of rendering. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLAnchorElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString coords; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString charset; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString name; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString shape; }; The coords, charset, name, and shape IDL attributes of the th element must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLAreaElement { [CEReactions] attribute boolean noHref; }; The noHref IDL attribute of the area element must reflect the element’s nohref content attribute. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLBodyElement { [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString text; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString link; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString vLink; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString aLink; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString bgColor; attribute DOMString background; }; The text IDL attribute of the body element must reflect the element’s text content attribute. The link IDL attribute of the body element must reflect the element’s link content attribute. The aLink IDL attribute of the body element must reflect the element’s alink content attribute. The vLink IDL attribute of the body element must reflect the element’s vlink content attribute. The bgColor IDL attribute of the body element must reflect the element’s bgcolor content attribute. The background IDL attribute of the body element must reflect the element’s background content attribute. (The background content is not defined to contain a URL, despite rules regarding its handling in the Rendering section above.) ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLBRElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString clear; }; The clear IDL attribute of the br element must reflect the content attribute of the same name. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLTableCaptionElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; }; The align IDL attribute of the caption element must reflect the content attribute of the same name. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLTableColElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString ch; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString chOff; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString vAlign; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString width; }; The align and width IDL attributes of the col element must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. The ch IDL attribute of the col element must reflect the element’s char content attribute. The chOff IDL attribute of the col element must reflect the element’s charoff content attribute. The vAlign IDL attribute of the col element must reflect the element’s valign content attribute. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- User agents must treat dir elements in a manner equivalent to ul elements in terms of semantics and for purposes of rendering. The dir element must implement the HTMLDirectoryElement interface. [HTMLConstructor] interface HTMLDirectoryElement : HTMLElement { [CEReactions] attribute boolean compact; }; The compact IDL attribute of the dir element must reflect the content attribute of the same name. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLDivElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; }; The align IDL attribute of the div element must reflect the content attribute of the same name. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLDListElement { [CEReactions] attribute boolean compact; }; The compact IDL attribute of the dl element must reflect the content attribute of the same name. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLEmbedElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString name; }; The name and align IDL attributes of the embed element must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The font element must implement the HTMLFontElement interface. [HTMLConstructor] interface HTMLFontElement : HTMLElement { [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString color; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString face; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString size; }; The color, face, and size IDL attributes of the font element must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLHeadingElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; }; The align IDL attribute of the h1–h6 elements must reflect the content attribute of the same name. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The profile IDL attribute on head elements (with the HTMLHeadElement interface) is intentionally omitted. Unless so required by another applicable specification, implementations would therefore not support this attribute. (It is mentioned here as it was defined in a previous version of the DOM specifications.) ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLHRElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString color; [CEReactions] attribute boolean noShade; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString size; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString width; }; The align, color, size, and width IDL attributes of the hr element must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. The noShade IDL attribute of the hr element must reflect the element’s noshade content attribute. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLHtmlElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString version; }; The version IDL attribute of the html element must reflect the content attribute of the same name. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLIFrameElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString scrolling; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString frameBorder; [CEReactions] attribute USVString longDesc; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString marginHeight; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString marginWidth; }; The align and scrolling IDL attributes of the iframe element must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. The frameBorder IDL attribute of the iframe element must reflect the element’s frameborder content attribute. The longDesc IDL attribute of the iframe element must reflect the element’s longdesc content attribute, which for the purposes of reflection is defined as containing a URL. The marginHeight IDL attribute of the iframe element must reflect the element’s marginheight content attribute. The marginWidth IDL attribute of the iframe element must reflect the element’s marginwidth content attribute. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLImageElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString name; [CEReactions] attribute USVString lowsrc; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long hspace; [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long vspace; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString border; }; The name, align, border, hspace, and vspace IDL attributes of the img element must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. The lowsrc IDL attribute of the img element must reflect the element’s lowsrc content attribute, which for the purposes of reflection is defined as containing a URL. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLInputElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString useMap; }; The align IDL attribute of the input element must reflect the content attribute of the same name. The useMap IDL attribute of the input element must reflect the element’s usemap content attribute. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLLegendElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; }; The align IDL attribute of the legend element must reflect the content attribute of the same name. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLLIElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString type; }; The type IDL attribute of the li element must reflect the content attribute of the same name. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLLinkElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString charset; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString target; }; The charset and target IDL attributes of the link element must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- User agents must treat listing elements in a manner equivalent to pre elements in terms of semantics and for purposes of rendering. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLMenuElement { [CEReactions] attribute boolean compact; }; The compact IDL attribute of the menu element must reflect the content attribute of the same name. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLMetaElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString scheme; }; User agents may treat the scheme content attribute on the meta element as an extension of the element’s name content attribute when processing a meta element with a name attribute whose value is one that the user agent recognizes as supporting the scheme attribute. User agents are encouraged to ignore the scheme attribute and instead process the value given to the metadata name as if it had been specified for each expected value of the scheme attribute. For example, if the user agent acts on meta elements with name attributes having the value "eGMS.subject.keyword", and knows that the scheme attribute is used with this metadata name, then it could take the scheme attribute into account, acting as if it was an extension of the name attribute. Thus the following two meta elements could be treated as two elements giving values for two different metadata names, one consisting of a combination of "eGMS.subject.keyword" and "LGCL", and the other consisting of a combination of "eGMS.subject.keyword" and "ORLY": <!-- this markup is invalid --> <meta name="eGMS.subject.keyword" scheme="LGCL" content="Abandoned vehicles"> <meta name="eGMS.subject.keyword" scheme="ORLY" content="Mah car: kthxbye"> The suggested processing of this markup, however, would be equivalent to the following: <meta name="eGMS.subject.keyword" content="Abandoned vehicles"> <meta name="eGMS.subject.keyword" content="Mah car: kthxbye"> The scheme IDL attribute of the meta element must reflect the content attribute of the same name. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLObjectElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString archive; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString code; [CEReactions] attribute boolean declare; [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long hspace; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString standby; [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long vspace; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString codeBase; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString codeType; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString border; }; The align, archive, border, code, declare, hspace, standby, and vspace IDL attributes of the object element must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. The codeBase IDL attribute of the object element must reflect the element’s codebase content attribute, which for the purposes of reflection is defined as containing a URL. The codeType IDL attribute of the object element must reflect the element’s codetype content attribute. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLOListElement { [CEReactions] attribute boolean compact; }; The compact IDL attribute of the ol element must reflect the content attribute of the same name. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLParagraphElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; }; The align IDL attribute of the p element must reflect the content attribute of the same name. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLParamElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString type; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString valueType; }; The type IDL attribute of the param element must reflect the content attribute of the same name. The valueType IDL attribute of the param element must reflect the element’s valuetype content attribute. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- User agents must treat plaintext elements in a manner equivalent to pre elements in terms of semantics and for purposes of rendering. (The parser has special behavior for this element, though.) ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLPreElement { [CEReactions] attribute long width; }; The width IDL attribute of the pre element must reflect the content attribute of the same name. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLScriptElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString event; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString htmlFor; }; The event IDL attribute of the script element must reflect the element’s event content attribute. The htmlFor IDL attribute of the script element must reflect the element’s for content attribute. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLTableElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString border; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString frame; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString rules; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString summary; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString width; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString bgColor; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString cellPadding; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString cellSpacing; }; The align, border, frame, summary, rules, and width, IDL attributes of the table element must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. The bgColor IDL attribute of the table element must reflect the element’s bgcolor content attribute. The cellPadding IDL attribute of the table element must reflect the element’s cellpadding content attribute. The cellSpacing IDL attribute of the table element must reflect the element’s cellspacing content attribute. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLTableSectionElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString ch; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString chOff; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString vAlign; }; The align IDL attribute of the tbody, thead, and tfoot elements must reflect the content attribute of the same name. The ch IDL attribute of the tbody, thead, and tfoot elements must reflect the elements' char content attributes. The chOff IDL attribute of the tbody, thead, and tfoot elements must reflect the elements' charoff content attributes. The vAlign IDL attribute of the tbody, thead, and tfoot element must reflect the elements' valign content attributes. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLTableCellElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString axis; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString height; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString width; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString ch; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString chOff; [CEReactions] attribute boolean noWrap; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString vAlign; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString bgColor; }; The align, axis, height, and width IDL attributes of the td and th elements must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. The ch IDL attribute of the td and th elements must reflect the elements' char content attributes. The chOff IDL attribute of the td and th elements must reflect the elements' charoff content attributes. The noWrap IDL attribute of the td and th elements must reflect the elements' nowrap content attributes. The vAlign IDL attribute of the td and th elements must reflect the elements' valign content attributes. The bgColor IDL attribute of the td and th elements must reflect the elements' bgcolor content attributes. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLTableRowElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString ch; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString chOff; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString vAlign; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString bgColor; }; The align IDL attribute of the tr element must reflect the content attribute of the same name. The ch IDL attribute of the tr element must reflect the element’s char content attribute. The chOff IDL attribute of the tr element must reflect the element’s charoff content attribute. The vAlign IDL attribute of the tr element must reflect the element’s valign content attribute. The bgColor IDL attribute of the tr element must reflect the element’s bgcolor content attribute. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface HTMLUListElement { [CEReactions] attribute boolean compact; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString type; }; The compact and type IDL attributes of the ul element must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- User agents must treat xmp elements in a manner equivalent to pre elements in terms of semantics and for purposes of rendering. (The parser has special behavior for this element though.) ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface Document { [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString fgColor; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString linkColor; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString vlinkColor; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString alinkColor; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString bgColor; [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection anchors; [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection applets; void clear(); void captureEvents(); void releaseEvents(); [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLAllCollection all; }; The attributes of the Document object listed in the first column of the following table must reflect the content attribute on the body element with the name given in the corresponding cell in the second column on the same row, if the body element is a body element (as opposed to a frameset element). When there is no body element or if it is a frameset element, the attributes must instead return the empty string on getting and do nothing on setting. IDL attribute Content attribute fgColor text linkColor link vlinkColor vlink alinkColor alink bgColor bgcolor ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The anchors attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the Document node, whose filter matches only a elements with name attributes. The applets attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the Document node, whose filter matches only applet elements. The clear(), captureEvents(), and releaseEvents() methods must do nothing. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The all attribute must return an HTMLAllCollection rooted at the Document node, whose filter matches all elements. The object returned for all has several unusual behaviors: * The user agent must act as if the ToBoolean abstract operator in JavaScript converts the object returned for all to the false value. * The user agent must act as if the Abstract Equality Comparison algorithm, when given the object returned for all, returns true when compared to the undefined and null values. (Comparisons using the Strict Equality Comparison algorithm, and Abstract Equality comparisons to other values such as strings or objects, are unaffected.) * The user agent must act such that the typeof operator in JavaScript returns the string undefined when applied to the object returned for all. These requirements are a willful violation of the JavaScript specification current at the time of writing. The JavaScript specification requires that ToBoolean return true for all objects to the true value, and does not have provisions for objects acting as if they were undefined for the purposes of certain operators. This violation is motivated by a desire for compatibility with two classes of legacy content: one that uses the presence of document.all as a way to detect legacy user agents, and one that only supports those legacy user agents and uses the document.all object without testing for its presence first. [ECMA-262] ---------------------------------------------------------------------- partial interface Window { void captureEvents(); void releaseEvents(); [Replaceable, SameObject] readonly attribute External external; }; The captureEvents() and releaseEvents() methods must do nothing. The external attribute of the Window interface must return an instance of the External interface: [NoInterfaceObject] interface External { void AddSearchProvider(); void IsSearchProviderInstalled(); }; The AddSearchProvider() and IsSearchProviderInstalled() methods must do nothing. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 11.3.4.1. Plugins This feature is in the process of being removed from the Web platform. (This is a long process that takes many years.) Using the plugins API at this time is highly discouraged. Navigator implements NavigatorPlugins; [NoInterfaceObject] interface NavigatorPlugins { [SameObject] readonly attribute PluginArray plugins; [SameObject] readonly attribute MimeTypeArray mimeTypes; boolean javaEnabled(); }; interface PluginArray { void refresh(optional boolean reload = false); readonly attribute unsigned long length; getter Plugin? item(unsigned long index); getter Plugin? namedItem(DOMString name); }; interface MimeTypeArray { readonly attribute unsigned long length; getter MimeType? item(unsigned long index); getter MimeType? namedItem(DOMString name); }; interface Plugin { readonly attribute DOMString name; readonly attribute DOMString description; readonly attribute DOMString filename; readonly attribute unsigned long length; getter MimeType? item(unsigned long index); getter MimeType? namedItem(DOMString name); }; interface MimeType { readonly attribute DOMString type; readonly attribute DOMString description; readonly attribute DOMString suffixes; // comma-separated readonly attribute Plugin enabledPlugin; }; The plugins attribute must return a PluginArray object. The mimeTypes attribute must return a MimeTypeArray object. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- A PluginArray object represents none, some, or all of the plugins supported by the user agent, each of which is represented by a Plugin object. Each of these Plugin objects may be hidden plugins. A hidden plugin can’t be enumerated, but can still be inspected by using its name. The fewer plugins are represented by the PluginArray object, and of those, the more that are hidden, the more the user’s privacy will be protected. Each exposed plugin increases the number of bits that can be derived for fingerprinting. Hiding a plugin helps, but unless it is an extremely rare plugin, it is likely that a site attempting to derive the list of plugins can still determine whether the plugin is supported or not by probing for it by name (the names of popular plugins are widely known). Therefore not exposing a plugin at all is preferred. Unfortunately, many legacy sites use this feature to determine, for example, which plugin to use to play video. Not exposing any plugins at all might therefore not be entirely plausible. The PluginArray objects created by a user agent must not be live. The set of plugins represented by the objects must not change once an object is created, except when it is updated by the refresh() method. Each plugin represented by a PluginArray can support a number of MIME types. For each such plugin, the user agent must pick one or more of these MIME types to be those that are explicitly supported. The explicitly supported MIME types of a plugin are those that are exposed through the Plugin and MimeTypeArray interfaces. As with plugins themselves, any variation between users regarding what is exposed allows sites to fingerprint users. User agents are therefore encouraged to expose the same MIME types for all users of a plugin, regardless of the actual types supported... at least, within the constraints imposed by compatibility with legacy content. The supported property indices of a PluginArray object are the numbers from zero to the number of non-hidden plugins represented by the object, if any. The length attribute must return the number of non-hidden plugins represented by the object. The item() method of a PluginArray object must return null if the argument is not one of the object’s supported property indices, and otherwise must return the result of running the following steps, using the method’s argument as index: 1. Let list be the Plugin objects representing the non-hidden plugins represented by the PluginArray object. 2. Sort list alphabetically by the name of each Plugin. 3. Return the indexth entry in list. It is important for privacy that the order of plugins not leak additional information, e.g., the order in which plugins were installed. The supported property names of a PluginArray object are the values of the name attributes of all the Plugin objects represented by the PluginArray object. The properties exposed in this way must be unenumerable. The namedItem() method of a PluginArray object must return null if the argument is not one of the object’s supported property names, and otherwise must return the Plugin object, of those represented by the PluginArray object, that has a name equal to the method’s argument. The refresh() method of the PluginArray object of a Navigator object, when invoked, must check to see if any plugins have been installed or reconfigured since the user agent created the PluginArray object. If so, and the method’s argument is true, then the user agent must act as if the location.reload() method was called instead. Otherwise, the user agent must update the PluginArray object and MimeTypeArray object created for attributes of that Navigator object, and the Plugin and MimeType objects created for those PluginArray and MimeTypeArray objects, using the same Plugin objects for cases where the name is the same, and the same MimeType objects for cases where the type is the same, and creating new objects for cases where there were no matching objects immediately prior to the refresh() call. Old Plugin and MimeType objects must continue to return the same values that they had prior to the update, though naturally now the data is stale and may appear inconsistent (for example, an old MimeType entry might list as its enabledPlugin a Plugin object that no longer lists that MimeType as a supported MimeType). ---------------------------------------------------------------------- A MimeTypeArray object represents the MIME types explicitly supported by plugins supported by the user agent, each of which is represented by a MimeType object. The MimeTypeArray objects created by a user agent must not be live. The set of MIME types represented by the objects must not change once an object is created, except when it is updated by the PluginArray object’s refresh() method. The supported property indices of a MimeTypeArray object are the numbers from zero to the number of MIME types explicitly supported by non-hidden plugins represented by the corresponding PluginArray object, if any. The length attribute must return the number of MIME types explicitly supported by non-hidden plugins represented by the corresponding PluginArray object, if any. The item() method of a MimeTypeArray object must return null if the argument is not one of the object’s supported property indices, and otherwise must return the result of running the following steps, using the method’s argument as index: 1. Let list be the MimeType objects representing the MIME types explicitly supported by non-hidden plugins represented by the corresponding PluginArray object, if any. 2. Sort list alphabetically by the type of each MimeType. 3. Return the indexth entry in list. It is important for privacy that the order of MIME types not leak additional information, e.g., the order in which plugins were installed. The supported property names of a MimeTypeArray object are the values of the type attributes of all the MimeType objects represented by the MimeTypeArray object. The properties exposed in this way must be unenumerable. The namedItem() method of a MimeTypeArray object must return null if the argument is not one of the object’s supported property names, and otherwise must return the MimeType object that has a type equal to the method’s argument. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- A Plugin object represents a plugin. It has several attributes to provide details about the plugin, and can be enumerated to obtain the list of MIME types that it explicitly supports. The Plugin objects created by a user agent must not be live. The set of MIME types represented by the objects, and the values of the objects' attributes, must not change once an object is created, except when updated by the PluginArray object’s refresh() method. The reported MIME types for a Plugin object are the MIME types explicitly supported by the corresponding plugin when this object was last created or updated by PluginArray.refresh(), whichever happened most recently. The supported property indices of a Plugin object are the numbers from zero to the number of reported MIME types. The length attribute must return the number of reported MIME types. The item() method of a Plugin object must return null if the argument is not one of the object’s supported property indices, and otherwise must return the result of running the following steps, using the method’s argument as index: 1. Let list be the MimeType objects representing the reported MIME types. 2. Sort list alphabetically by the type of each MimeType. 3. Return the indexth entry in list. It is important for privacy that the order of MIME types not leak additional information, e.g., the order in which plugins were installed. The supported property names of a Plugin object are the values of the type attributes of the MimeType objects representing the reported MIME types. The properties exposed in this way must be unenumerable. The namedItem() method of a Plugin object must return null if the argument is not one of the object’s supported property names, and otherwise must return the MimeType object that has a type equal to the method’s argument. The name attribute must return the plugin’s name. The description and filename attributes must return user-agent-defined (or, in all likelihood, plugin-defined) strings. In each case, the same string must be returned each time, except that the strings returned may change when the PluginArray.refresh() method updates the object. If the values returned by the description or filename attributes vary between versions of a plugin, they can be used both as a fingerprinting vector and, even more importantly, as a trivial way to determine what security vulnerabilities a plugin (and thus a browser) may have. It is thus highly recommended that the description attribute just return the same value as the name attribute, and that the filename attribute return the empty string. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- A MimeType object represents a MIME type that is, or was, explicitly supported by a plugin. The MimeType objects created by a user agent must not be live. The values of the objects' attributes must not change once an object is created, except when updated by the PluginArray object’s refresh() method. The type attribute must return the valid MIME type with no parameters describing the MIME type. The description and suffixes attributes must return user-agent-defined (or, in all likelihood, plugin-defined) strings. In each case, the same string must be returned each time, except that the strings returned may change when the PluginArray.refresh() method updates the object. If the values returned by the description or suffixes attributes vary between versions of a plugin, they can be used both as a fingerprinting vector and, even more importantly, as a trivial way to determine what security vulnerabilities a plugin (and thus a browser) may have. It is thus highly recommended that the description attribute just return the same value as the type attribute, and that the suffixes attribute return the empty string. Commas in the suffixes attribute are interpreted as separating subsequent filename extensions, as in "htm,html". The enabledPlugin attribute must return the Plugin object that represents the plugin that explicitly supported the MIME type that this MimeType object represents when this object was last created or updated by PluginArray.refresh(), whichever happened most recently. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- The javaEnabled() attribute must return true if the user agent supports a plugin that supports the MIME type "application/x-java-vm"; otherwise it must return false. 12. IANA considerations 12.1. text/html This registration is for community review and will be submitted to the IESG for review, approval, and registration with IANA. Type name: text Subtype name: html Required parameters: No required parameters Optional parameters: charset The charset parameter may be provided to specify the document’s character encoding, overriding any character encoding declarations in the document other than a Byte Order Mark (BOM). The parameter’s value must be one of the labels of the character encoding used to serialize the file. [ENCODING] Encoding considerations: 8bit (see the section on character encoding declarations) Security considerations: Entire novels have been written about the security considerations that apply to HTML documents. Many are listed in this document, to which the reader is referred for more details. Some general concerns bear mentioning here, however: HTML is scripted language, and has a large number of APIs (some of which are described in this document). Script can expose the user to potential risks of information leakage, credential leakage, cross-site scripting attacks, cross-site request forgeries, and a host of other problems. While the designs in this specification are intended to be safe if implemented correctly, a full implementation is a massive undertaking and, as with any software, user agents are likely to have security bugs. Even without scripting, there are specific features in HTML which, for historical reasons, are required for broad compatibility with legacy content but that expose the user to unfortunate security problems. In particular, the img element can be used in conjunction with some other features as a way to effect a port scan from the user’s location on the Internet. This can expose local network topologies that the attacker would otherwise not be able to determine. HTML relies on a compartmentalization scheme sometimes known as the same-origin policy. An origin in most cases consists of all the pages served from the same host, on the same port, using the same protocol. It is critical, therefore, to ensure that any untrusted content that forms part of a site be hosted on a different origin than any sensitive content on that site. Untrusted content can easily spoof any other page on the same origin, read data from that origin, cause scripts in that origin to execute, submit forms to and from that origin even if they are protected from cross-site request forgery attacks by unique tokens, and make use of any third-party resources exposed to or rights granted to that origin. Interoperability considerations: Rules for processing both conforming and non-conforming content are defined in this specification. Published specification: This document is the relevant specification. Labeling a resource with the text/html type asserts that the resource is an HTML document using the HTML syntax. Applications that use this media type: Web browsers, tools for processing Web content, HTML authoring tools, search engines, validators. Additional information: Magic number(s): No sequence of bytes can uniquely identify an HTML document. More information on detecting HTML documents is available in the MIME Sniffing specification. [MIMESNIFF] File extension(s): "html" and "htm" are commonly, but certainly not exclusively, used as the extension for HTML documents. Macintosh file type code(s): TEXT Person & email address to contact for further information: World Wide Web Consortium <web-human@w3.org> Intended usage: Common Restrictions on usage: No restrictions apply. Authors: Alex Danilo <adanilo@google.com> Arron Eicholz <arronei@microsoft.com>> Sangwhan Moon <sangwhan@iki.fi> Steve Faulkner <sfaulkner@paciellogroup.com> Travis Leithead <travil@microsoft.com> Change controller: W3C Fragments used with text/html resources either refer to the indicated part of the document or provide state information for in-page scripts. 12.2. multipart/x-mixed-replace This registration is for community review and will be submitted to the IESG for review, approval, and registration with IANA. Type name: multipart Subtype name: x-mixed-replace Required parameters: * boundary (defined in RFC2046) [RFC2046] Optional parameters: No optional parameters. Encoding considerations: binary Security considerations: Subresources of a multipart/x-mixed-replace resource can be of any type, including types with non-trivial security implications such as text/html. Interoperability considerations: None. Published specification: This specification describes processing rules for Web browsers. Conformance requirements for generating resources with this type are the same as for multipart/mixed. [RFC2046] Applications that use this media type: This type is intended to be used in resources generated by Web servers, for consumption by Web browsers. Additional information: Magic number(s): No sequence of bytes can uniquely identify a multipart/x-mixed-replace resource. File extension(s): No specific file extensions are recommended for this type. Macintosh file type code(s): No specific Macintosh file type codes are recommended for this type. Person & email address to contact for further information: Ian Hickson <ian@hixie.ch> Intended usage: Common Restrictions on usage: No restrictions apply. Author: Ian Hickson <ian@hixie.ch> Change controller: W3C Fragments used with multipart/x-mixed-replace resources apply to each body part as defined by the type used by that body part. 12.3. application/xhtml+xml This registration is for community review and will be submitted to the IESG for review, approval, and registration with IANA. Type name: application Subtype name: xhtml+xml Required parameters: Same as for application/xml [RFC7303] Optional parameters: Same as for application/xml [RFC7303] Encoding considerations: Same as for application/xml [RFC7303] Security considerations: Same as for application/xml [RFC7303] Interoperability considerations: Same as for application/xml [RFC7303] Published specification: Labeling a resource with the application/xhtml+xml type asserts that the resource is an XML document that likely has a document element from the HTML namespace. Thus, the relevant specifications are the XML specification, the Namespaces in XML specification, and this specification. [XML] [XPTR-XMLNS] Applications that use this media type: Same as for application/xml [RFC7303] Additional information: Magic number(s): Same as for application/xml [RFC7303] File extension(s): "xhtml" and "xht" are sometimes used as extensions for XML resources that have a document element from the HTML namespace. Macintosh file type code(s): TEXT Person & email address to contact for further information: Ian Hickson <ian@hixie.ch> Intended usage: Common Restrictions on usage: No restrictions apply. Author: Ian Hickson <ian@hixie.ch> Change controller: W3C Fragments used with application/xhtml+xml resources have the same semantics as with any XML MIME type. [RFC7303] 12.4. web+ scheme prefix This section describes a convention for use with the IANA URI scheme registry. It does not itself register a specific scheme. [RFC7595] Scheme name: Schemes starting with the four characters "web+" followed by one or more letters in the range a-z. Status: Permanent Scheme syntax: Scheme-specific. Scheme semantics: Scheme-specific. Encoding considerations: All "web+" schemes should use UTF-8 encodings where relevant. Applications/protocols that use this scheme name: Scheme-specific. Interoperability considerations: The scheme is expected to be used in the context of Web applications. Security considerations: Any Web page is able to register a handler for all "web+" schemes. As such, these schemes must not be used for features intended to be core platform features (e.g., network transfer protocols like HTTP or FTP). Similarly, such schemes must not store confidential information in their URLs, such as usernames, passwords, personal information, or confidential project names. Contact: Ian Hickson <ian@hixie.ch> Change controller: Ian Hickson <ian@hixie.ch> References: Custom scheme and content handlers, HTML Living Standard: https://html.spec.whatwg.org/#custom-handlers Index Terms defined by this specification * "", in §4.7.13 * 1, in §4.4.6 * 2d * context for canvas, in §4.12.4 * definition of, in §4.12.4 * a * attr-value for ol/type, in §4.4.6 * (element), in §4.5.1 * abbr * (element), in §4.5.9 * element-attr for th, in §4.9.10 * attribute for HTMLTableHeaderCellElement, in §4.9.10 * element-attr for td, in §11.2 * abort * event for media, in §4.7.13.16 * event for global, in §Unnumbered section * abort a document, in §6.7.12 * abort a running script, in §7.1.3.6 * aborted, in §6.7.12 * aborted prematurely, in §7.1.3.6 * aborted the running script, in §7.1.3.6 * aborting a document, in §6.7.12 * aborting the running script, in §7.1.3.6 * abort that parser, in §8.2.6 * abort the document, in §6.7.12 * abort the image request, in §4.7.5 * abort the parser, in §8.2.6 * abort the script, in §7.1.3.6 * about:, in §2.2.2 * about:blank, in §2.2.2 * about:html-kind, in §2.5.1 * about:legacy-compat, in §2.5.1 * about:srcdoc, in §2.5.1 * about-to-be-notified rejected promises list, in §7.1.3.1 * a browsing context is discarded, in §6.3.4 * absolute-anchored, in §4.11.4 * accept * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5 * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.1.17 * element-attr for form, in §11.2 * acceptCharset, in §4.10.3 * accept-charset, in §4.10.3 * Access Key, in §4.11.3.1 * accessKey, in §5.5.3 * accesskey, in §5.5.2 * acknowledged, in §8.2.4 * acronym, in §11.2 * Action, in §4.11.3.1 * action * element-attr for form, in §4.10.18.6 * definition of, in §4.10.18.6 * attribute for HTMLFormElement, in §4.10.18.6 * activation behavior, in §5.3 * :active, in §4.15.2 * activeCues, in §4.7.13.11.5 * active document, in §6.1 * activeElement, in §5.4.6 * active flag, in §4.7.13.11.1 * active flag was set when the script started, in §4.7.13.11.5 * active frame element, in §11.3.3 * active parser, in §3.1.2 * active range, in §5.6.4 * active sandboxing flag set, in §6.5 * actually disabled, in §4.14 * actual value, in §4.10.14 * add() * method for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7 * method for DataTransferItemList, in §5.7.3.1 * addCue(cue), in §4.7.13.11.5 * add(data), in §5.7.3.1 * add(data, type), in §5.7.3.1 * add(element) * method for HTMLOptionsCollection, in §2.7.2.3 * method for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7 * add(element, before) * method for HTMLOptionsCollection, in §2.7.2.3 * method for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7 * address, in §4.4.2 * AddSearchProvider(), in §11.3.4 * addTextTrack(), in §4.7.13.11.5 * addTextTrack(kind), in §4.7.13.11.5 * addTextTrack(kind, label), in §4.7.13.11.5 * addTextTrack(kind, label, language), in §4.7.13.11.5 * addtrack, in §4.7.13.16 * adjusted current node, in §8.2.3.2 * adjust foreign attributes, in §8.2.5.1 * adjust MathML attributes, in §8.2.5.1 * adjust SVG attributes, in §8.2.5.1 * administrative level, in §4.10.18.7.1 * adoption agency algorithm, in §8.2.5.4.7 * a drag data item kind, in §5.7.2 * a drag data item type string, in §5.7.2 * advance, in §4.9.12.1 * advanced to the next child of the table, in §4.9.12.1 * advisory information, in §3.2.5.1 * affected by a base URL change, in §2.2.2 * after after body, in §8.2.5.4.22 * after after frameset, in §8.2.5.4.23 * After attribute name state, in §8.2.4.34 * After attribute value (quoted) state, in §8.2.4.39 * after body, in §8.2.5.4.19 * After DOCTYPE name state, in §8.2.4.56 * After DOCTYPE public identifier state, in §8.2.4.61 * After DOCTYPE public keyword state, in §8.2.4.57 * After DOCTYPE system identifier state, in §8.2.4.67 * After DOCTYPE system keyword state, in §8.2.4.63 * after frameset, in §8.2.5.4.21 * after head, in §8.2.5.4.6 * afterprint, in §Unnumbered section * afterscriptexecute, in §Unnumbered section * a known definite encoding, in §8.2.2.1 * a label, in §4.7.13.11.1 * a language, in §4.7.13.11.1 * alert(), in §7.6.1 * alert(message), in §7.6.1 * algorithm for assigning header cells, in §4.9.12.2 * algorithm for ending a row group, in §4.9.12.1 * algorithm for extracting a character encoding from a meta element, in §2.6.5 * algorithm for growing downward-growing cells, in §4.9.12.1 * algorithm for processing row groups, in §4.9.12.1 * algorithm for processing rows, in §4.9.12.1 * algorithm to convert a Date object to a string, in §4.10.5 * algorithm to convert a number to a string, in §4.10.5 * algorithm to convert a string to a Date object, in §4.10.5 * algorithm to convert a string to a number, in §4.10.5 * align * element-attr for caption, in §11.2 * element-attr for col, in §11.2 * element-attr for div, in §11.2 * element-attr for embed, in §11.2 * element-attr for hr, in §11.2 * element-attr for headings, in §11.2 * element-attr for iframe, in §11.2 * element-attr for input, in §11.2 * element-attr for img, in §11.2 * element-attr for legend, in §11.2 * element-attr for object, in §11.2 * element-attr for p, in §11.2 * element-attr for table, in §11.2 * element-attr for tbody, thead, tfoot, tablesection, in §11.2 * element-attr for td, th, tablecells, in §11.2 * element-attr for tr, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLAppletElement, in §11.3.1 * attribute for HTMLTableCaptionElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLTableColElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLDivElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLEmbedElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLHeadingElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLHRElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLLegendElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLParagraphElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLTableElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLTableSectionElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLTableCellElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLTableRowElement, in §11.3.4 * align descendants, in §10.2 * alink, in §11.2 * aLink, in §11.3.4 * alinkColor, in §11.3.4 * a list of zero or more cues, in §4.7.13.11.1 * all * value for effectAllowed, in §5.7.3 * attribute for Document, in §11.3.4 * "all"-named elements, in §2.7.2.1 * Allowed ARIA role attribute values, in §3.2.3 * Allowed ARIA state and property attributes, in §3.2.3 * allowed in the body, in §4.2.4 * allowed keywords and their meanings, in §4.8.6 * allowed to navigate, in §6.1.3 * allowed to show a popup, in §6.1.5 * allowed to use, in §4.7.6 * allowed value step, in §4.10.5.3.8 * allow-forms, in §6.5 * allowfullscreen, in §4.7.6 * allowFullscreen, in §4.7.6 * allow-modals, in §6.5 * allowPaymentRequest, in §4.7.6 * allowpaymentrequest, in §4.7.6 * allow-pointer-lock, in §6.5 * allow-popups, in §6.5 * allow-popups-to-escape-sandbox, in §6.5 * allow-presentation, in §6.5 * allow-same-origin, in §6.5 * allow-scripts, in §6.5 * allow-top-navigation, in §6.5 * allowtransparency, in §11.2 * alphanumeric ASCII characters, in §2.4.1 * already started, in §4.12.1.1 * alt * element-attr for img, in §4.7.5 * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §4.7.5 * element-attr for area, in §4.7.15 * attribute for HTMLAreaElement, in §4.7.15 * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5 * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.1.19 * attribute for HTMLAppletElement, in §11.3.1 * alternate * element-state for link, in §4.8.6.1 * attr-value for marquee/behavior, in §11.3.2 * state for marquee/behavior, in §11.3.2 * alternative, in §4.7.13.10.1 * ambiguous ampersand, in §8.1.4 * a mode, in §4.7.13.11.1 * an alternative stylesheet, in §4.8.6.11 * ancestor, in §6.1.1 * ancestor browsing context, in §6.1.1 * ancestorOrigins, in §6.6.4 * ancestor origins array, in §6.6.4 * anchor-point, in §4.11.4.1 * anchors, in §11.3.4 * an end time, in §4.7.13.11.1 * An entry with persisted user state, in §6.6.1 * a new date object, in §2.2.2 * a new start for session storage, in §6.1.5 * an identifier, in §4.7.13.11.1 * an iframe srcdoc document, in §4.7.6 * animation frame callback identifier, in §7.9 * an in-band metadata track dispatch type, in §4.7.13.11.1 * an indicated part of the document, in §6.7.9 * annotates, in §4.8.1 * annotation pairing, in §4.5.10 * anonymous, in §2.6.6 * Anonymous, in §2.6.6 * an overridden reload, in §3.1 * An unstyled document view, in §10.9 * any, in §4.8.6.5 * API base URL, in §7.1.3.1 * APIs, in §4.10.5.4 * API URL character encoding, in §7.1.3.1 * API value, in §4.10.11 * a plausible language, in §7.7.1.2 * appCodeName, in §7.7.1.1 * applet, in §11.3.1 * applets, in §11.3.4 * applicable specification, in §2.2.3 * application-name, in §4.2.5.1 * application/x-www-form-urlencoded, in §4.10.18.6 * application/x-www-form-urlencoded encoding algorithm, in §4.10.21.6 * apply, in §4.10.5 * appName, in §7.7.1.1 * appropriate end tag token, in §8.2.4 * appropriate form encoding algorithm, in §4.10.21.3 * appropriate place for inserting a node, in §8.2.5.1 * appropriate template contents owner document, in §4.12.3 * appVersion, in §7.7.1.1 * archive * element-attr for object, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLAppletElement, in §11.3.1 * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §11.3.4 * area, in §4.7.15 * a readiness state, in §4.7.13.11.1 * areas, in §4.7.14 * a registered handler, in §7.7.1.3 * aria-*, in §2.2.2 * art directed, in §4.7.1 * art direction, in §4.7.1 * article, in §4.3.2 * as a download, in §4.8.5 * ASCII case-insensitive, in §2.3 * ASCII-compatible encoding, in §2.1.6 * ASCII digits, in §2.4.1 * ASCII hex digits, in §2.4.1 * ASCII letters, in §2.4.1 * ASCII lowercase, in §2.3 * ASCII serialization of an origin, in §6.4 * ASCII uppercase, in §2.3 * a serialization of the bitmap as a file, in §4.12.4.2 * a serialization of the canvas element’s bitmap as a file, in §4.12.4.2 * as hints for the rendering, in §10.2 * aside, in §4.3.5 * ask for a reset, in §4.10.7 * asks for a reset, in §4.10.7 * assign(), in §6.6.4 * assigned access key, in §5.5.3 * assigned media provider object, in §4.7.13.2 * assign(url), in §6.6.4 * associated, in §4.10.17.3 * associated content-type headers, in §2.6.4 * associated content-type metadata, in §2.6.4 * associated element, in §3.2.5.7 * associated inert template document, in §4.12.3 * associate section, in §4.3.9.1 * a start time, in §4.7.13.11.1 * a style sheet that is blocking scripts, in §4.2.7 * async * element-attr for script, in §4.12.1 * attribute for HTMLScriptElement, in §4.12.1 * atob(), in §7.3 * atob(atob), in §7.2 * Attribute names, in §8.1.2.3 * Attribute name state, in §8.2.4.33 * Attributes, in §8.1.2.3 * Attributes for form submission, in §4.10.18.6 * attribute’s serialized name, in §8.3 * Attribute value (double-quoted) state, in §8.2.4.36 * Attribute values, in §8.1.2.3 * Attribute value (single-quoted) state, in §8.2.4.37 * Attribute value (unquoted) state, in §8.2.4.38 * a type change is signalled, in §4.10.5 * A type that the user agent knows it cannot render, in §4.7.13.3 * audio, in §4.7.11 * Audio(src), in §4.7.11 * AudioTrack, in §4.7.13.10.1 * AudioTrackList, in §4.7.13.10.1 * audioTracks, in §4.7.13.10 * author * definition of, in §4.2.5.1 * element-state for link, in §4.8.6.2 * "auto", in §6.6.2 * auto * attr-value for global/dir, in §3.2.5.5 * state for dir, in §3.2.5.5 * value for HTMLMediaElement/preload, in §4.7.13.5 * state for scope, in §4.9.10 * value for scrollRestorationMode, in §6.6.1 * enum-value for ScrollRestoration, in §6.6.2 * autocomplete * attribute for HTMLFormElement, in §4.10.3 * element-attr for autocompleteelements, form, input, select, textarea, in §4.10.18.7.1 * attribute for HTMLInputElement, HTMLSelectElement, HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.18.7.2 * autofill, in §4.10.18.7 * autofill anchor mantle, in §4.10.18.7.1 * Autofill detail tokens, in §4.10.18.7.1 * autofill expectation mantle, in §4.10.18.7.1 * autofill field, in §4.10.18.7.1 * autofill field name, in §4.10.18.7.2 * autofill hint set, in §4.10.18.7.2 * autofill mechanism, in §4.10.18.7 * autofill scope, in §4.10.18.7.2 * autofills form controls, in §4.10.18.7.2 * autofocus * element-attr for formelements, input, button, select, textarea, in §4.10.18.6.1 * attribute for HTMLInputElement, HTMLButtonElement, HTMLSelectElement, HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.18.6.1 * Automatic, in §4.7.13.5 * autoplay * element-attr for media, in §4.7.13.7 * attribute for HTMLMediaElement, in §4.7.13.7 * autoplaying flag, in §4.7.13.5 * auxiliary browsing context, in §6.1.2 * auxiliary browsing contexts, in §6.1.2 * Available, in §4.7.5 * available * state for img, in §4.7.5 * definition of, in §4.10.5.1.19 * await a stable state, in §7.1.4.2 * a WebSocket message has been received, in §2.2.2 * axis * element-attr for td, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLTableCellElement, in §11.3.4 * b, in §4.5.23 * back(), in §6.6.2 * background * element-attr for body, table, thead, tbody, tfoot, tr, td, th, common, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLBodyElement, in §11.3.4 * badInput, in §4.10.20.3 * BarProp, in §6.3.6 * barred from constraint validation, in §4.10.20.1 * barring it from constraint validation, in §4.10.20.1 * base * element-attr for xml, in §3.2.5.4 * (element), in §4.2.3 * basefont, in §11.2 * base URL, in §7.1.3.1 * base URL change steps, in §2.2.2 * bdi, in §4.5.26 * bdo, in §4.5.27 * Before attribute name state, in §8.2.4.32 * Before attribute value state, in §8.2.4.35 * Before DOCTYPE name state, in §8.2.4.54 * Before DOCTYPE public identifier state, in §8.2.4.58 * Before DOCTYPE system identifier state, in §8.2.4.64 * before head, in §8.2.5.4.3 * before html, in §8.2.5.4.2 * beforeprint, in §Unnumbered section * beforescriptexecute, in §Unnumbered section * beforeunload, in §Unnumbered section * BeforeUnloadEvent, in §6.7.11.1 * behavior * element-attr for marquee, in §11.3.2 * attribute for HTMLMarqueeElement, in §11.3.2 * being activated, in §4.15.2 * being actively pointed at, in §4.15.2 * being rendered, in §10.1 * being unloaded, in §6.7.11 * being used as relevant canvas fallback content, in §4.12.4 * best floating-point number, in §2.4.4.3 * Between DOCTYPE public and system identifiers state, in §8.2.4.62 * bgcolor * element-attr for body, in §11.2 * element-attr for marquee, in §11.2 * element-attr for table, in §11.2 * element-attr for td, th, tablecells, in §11.2 * element-attr for tr, in §11.2 * bgColor * attribute for HTMLMarqueeElement, in §11.3.2 * attribute for HTMLBodyElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLTableElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLTableCellElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLTableRowElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for Document, in §11.3.4 * bgsound, in §11.2 * big, in §11.2 * Big5, in §8.2.2.3 * billing, in §4.10.18.7.1 * blank, in §10.3.10 * blink, in §11.2 * blob:, in §2.2.2 * BlobCallback, in §4.12.4 * blocked by a modal dialog, in §5.2 * blocked by the modal dialog, in §5.2 * blocked media element, in §4.7.13.8 * blocked-on-parser, in §4.7.13.11.1 * blockquote, in §4.4.5 * blur, in §Unnumbered section * blur() * method for Window, in §5.4.6 * method for HTMLElement, in §5.4.6 * body * attribute for Document, in §3.1.3 * (element), in §4.3.1 * body-ok, in §4.8.6 * Bogus comment state, in §8.2.4.41 * Bogus DOCTYPE state, in §8.2.4.68 * bookmark, in §4.8.6.3 * boolean attribute, in §2.4.2 * boolean attributes, in §2.4.2 * border * element-attr for HTMLTableElement, in §4.9.1 * element-attr for input, in §11.2 * element-attr for img, in §11.2 * element-attr for object, in §11.2 * element-attr for table, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLTableElement, in §11.3.4 * bordercolor * element-attr for frame, in §11.2 * element-attr for table, in §11.2 * bottommargin, in §11.2 * bounce, in §11.3.2 * br, in §4.5.29 * broken, in §4.7.5 * Broken, in §4.7.5 * browsing context, in §6.1 * browsing context container, in §6.1.1 * browsing context name, in §6.1.5 * browsing contexts, in §6.1 * browsing context scope origin, in §6.1.3 * btoa(), in §7.3 * btoa(btoa), in §7.2 * buffered, in §4.7.13.5 * Button * element-state for input, in §4.10.5.1.21 * element-state for button/type, in §4.10.6 * button * attr-value for input/type, in §4.10.5 * (element), in §4.10.6 * attr-value for button/type, in §4.10.6 * buttons, in §4.10.2 * calling scripts, in §7.1.3.4 * can be focused, in §5.4.3 * cancel, in §Unnumbered section * cancelAnimationFrame(), in §7.9 * cancelAnimationFrame(handle), in §7.9 * canceled activation steps, in §5.3 * candidate for constraint validation, in §4.10.20.1 * candidates for constraint validation, in §4.10.20.1 * canplay, in §4.7.13.16 * canplaythrough, in §4.7.13.16 * CanPlayTypeResult, in §4.7.13 * canPlayType(type), in §4.7.13.3 * canvas, in §4.12.4 * canvas blob serialization task source, in §4.12.4 * canvas context mode, in §4.12.4 * caption * attribute for HTMLTableElement, in §4.9.1 * (element), in §4.9.2 * captions * attr-value for track/kind, in §4.7.12 * attr-value for commonTrack/kind, in §4.7.13.10.1 * dfn for track, in §4.7.13.11.1 * enum-value for TextTrackKind, in §4.7.13.11.5 * Captions, in §4.7.12 * "captions", in §4.7.13.11.5 * captureEvents() * method for Document, in §11.3.4 * method for Window, in §11.3.4 * case-sensitive, in §2.3 * case-sensitively, in §2.3 * Categories, in §3.2.3 * causes the opener attribute to remain null, in §6.1.5 * CDATA section bracket state, in §8.2.4.70 * CDATA section end state, in §8.2.4.71 * CDATA sections, in §8.1.5 * CDATA section state, in §8.2.4.69 * cell, in §4.9.12 * cellIndex, in §4.9.11 * cellpadding, in §11.2 * cellPadding, in §11.3.4 * cells * attribute for HTMLTableRowElement, in §4.9.8 * definition of, in §4.9.12 * cellspacing, in §11.2 * cellSpacing, in §11.3.4 * center, in §11.2 * centered alignment, in §4.11.4 * ch * attribute for HTMLTableColElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLTableSectionElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLTableCellElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLTableRowElement, in §11.3.4 * change * definition of, in §2.1.3 * event for MediaList, in §4.7.13.16 * event for input, in §4.10.5.5 * event for global, in §Unnumbered section * change the encoding, in §8.2.2.4 * "chapters", in §4.7.13.11.5 * Chapters, in §4.7.12 * chapters * attr-value for track/kind, in §4.7.12 * dfn for track, in §4.7.13.11.1 * enum-value for TextTrackKind, in §4.7.13.11.5 * char * element-attr for col, in §11.2 * element-attr for tbody, thead, tfoot, tablesection, in §11.2 * element-attr for td, th, tablecells, in §11.2 * element-attr for tr, in §11.2 * character, in §2.1.6 * character encoding, in §2.1.6 * character encoding declaration, in §4.2.5.5 * character height, in §4.10.11 * character reference code, in §8.2.4.73 * Character reference end state, in §8.2.4.79 * character references, in §8.1.4 * Character reference state, in §8.2.4.72 * character width, in §4.10.11 * charoff * element-attr for col, in §11.2 * element-attr for tbody, thead, tfoot, tablesection, in §11.2 * element-attr for td, th, tablecells, in §11.2 * element-attr for tr, in §11.2 * _charset_, in §4.10.18.1 * charset * element-attr for meta, in §4.2.5 * element-attr for script, in §4.12.1 * attribute for HTMLScriptElement, in §4.12.1 * element-attr for a, in §11.2 * element-attr for link, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLAnchorElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLLinkElement, in §11.3.4 * Checkbox, in §4.10.5.1.15 * checkbox, in §4.10.5 * checked * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5 * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5.4 * :checked, in §4.15.2 * checkedness, in §4.10.17.1 * check if we can run script, in §7.1.3.4 * checkValidity() * method for HTMLObjectElement, in §4.7.8 * method for HTMLFormElement, in §4.10.3 * method for HTMLInputElement, HTMLButtonElement, HTMLSelectElement, HTMLTextAreaElement, HTMLOutputElement, HTMLFieldSetElement, in §4.10.20.3 * child browsing context, in §6.1.1 * child browsing context name property set, in §6.3.3 * child browsing contexts, in §6.1.1 * child text content, in §2.1.3 * chOff * attribute for HTMLTableColElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLTableSectionElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLTableCellElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLTableRowElement, in §11.3.4 * circ, in §4.7.15 * circle, in §4.7.15 * circle state, in §4.7.15 * Circle state, in §4.7.15 * cite * element-attr for blockquote, in §4.4.5 * attribute for HTMLQuoteElement, in §4.4.5 * (element), in §4.5.6 * element-attr for q, in §4.5.7 * element-attr for edits, in §4.6.3 * attribute for HTMLModElement, in §4.6.3 * class, in §3.2.5 * classic script, in §7.1.3.1 * classid, in §11.2 * clean up after running script, in §7.1.3.4 * cleanup Indexed Database transactions, in §2.2.2 * clear * element-attr for br, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLBRElement, in §11.3.4 * clear() * method for DataTransferItemList, in §5.7.3.1 * method for Document, in §11.3.4 * clearData(), in §5.7.3 * clearData(format), in §5.7.3 * clearInterval() * method for WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope, in §7.2 * method for WindowTimers, in §7.5 * clearInterval(handle), in §7.2 * clear the list of active formatting elements up to the last marker, in §8.2.3.3 * clear the stack back to a table body context, in §8.2.5.4.13 * clear the stack back to a table context, in §8.2.5.4.9 * clear the stack back to a table row context, in §8.2.5.4.14 * clearTimeout() * method for WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope, in §7.2 * method for WindowTimers, in §7.5 * clearTimeout(handle), in §7.2 * click(), in §5.3 * client message queue, in §2.2.2 * close() * method for HTMLDialogElement, in §4.11.4 * method for Window, in §6.3.1 * method for Document, in §7.4.2 * close, in §Unnumbered section * close a browsing context, in §6.3.5 * close a p element, in §8.2.5.4.7 * closed, in §6.3.1 * close(returnValue), in §4.11.4 * close the cell, in §8.2.5.4.15 * close the dialog, in §4.11.4 * close the WebSocket connection, in §2.2.2 * code * (element), in §4.5.17 * attribute for MediaError, in §4.7.13.1 * element-attr for object, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLAppletElement, in §11.3.1 * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §11.3.4 * codeBase * attribute for HTMLAppletElement, in §11.3.1 * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §11.3.4 * codebase, in §11.2 * codetype, in §11.2 * codeType, in §11.3.4 * code unit, in §2.1.6 * code-unit length, in §2.1.6 * col * (element), in §4.9.4 * attr-value for scope, in §4.9.10 * colgroup * (element), in §4.9.3 * attr-value for scope, in §4.9.10 * colgroup group, in §4.9.10 * collect a sequence of characters, in §2.4.1 * colno * dict-member for ErrorEventInit, in §7.1.3.9.2 * attribute for ErrorEvent, in §7.1.3.9.2 * Color, in §4.10.5.1.14 * color * attr-value for input/type, in §4.10.5 * element-attr for hr, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLFontElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLHRElement, in §11.3.4 * cols * element-attr for textarea, in §4.10.11 * attribute for HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.11 * element-attr for frameset, in §11.3.3 * attribute for HTMLFrameSetElement, in §11.3.3 * colspan, in §4.9.11 * colSpan, in §4.9.11 * column * state for scope, in §4.9.10 * definition of, in §4.9.12 * column group, in §4.9.12 * column group header, in §4.9.12.2 * column groups, in §4.9.12 * column header, in §4.9.12.2 * columns, in §4.9.12 * command, in §4.11.3.1 * commentary, in §4.7.13.10.1 * Comment end bang state, in §8.2.4.52 * Comment end dash state, in §8.2.4.50 * Comment end state, in §8.2.4.51 * Comment less-than sign bang dash dash state, in §8.2.4.49 * Comment less-than sign bang dash state, in §8.2.4.48 * Comment less-than sign bang state, in §8.2.4.47 * Comment less-than sign state, in §8.2.4.46 * Comments, in §8.1.6 * Comment start dash state, in §8.2.4.44 * Comment start state, in §8.2.4.43 * Comment state, in §8.2.4.45 * commit an automatic annotation, in §4.5.13 * commit an automatic base, in §4.5.10 * commit a ruby segment, in §4.5.10 * commit current annotations, in §4.5.10 * commit the base range, in §4.5.10 * compact * element-attr for dl, in §11.2 * element-attr for menu, in §11.2 * element-attr for ol, in §11.2 * element-attr for ul, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLDirectoryElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLDListElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLMenuElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLOListElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLUListElement, in §11.3.4 * comparing origins, in §6.4 * compatibility caseless, in §2.3 * compiled pattern regular expression, in §4.10.5.3.6 * "complete", in §3.1.1 * complete * enum-value for DocumentReadyState, in §3.1.1 * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §4.7.5 * Completely available, in §4.7.5 * completely available, in §4.7.5 * completely loaded, in §8.2.6 * compound microtasks, in §7.1.4.2 * compound microtask subtask, in §7.1.4.2 * computed MIME type, in §2.6.4 * computed type of a resource, in §2.6.4 * computed type of the resource, in §2.6.4 * confidence, in §8.2.2 * confirm(), in §7.6.1 * confirm(message), in §7.6.1 * conforming document, in §2.2.1 * conforming documents, in §2.2.1 * constraint validation API, in §4.10.20.3 * Constructing the form data set, in §4.10.21.4 * construct the form data set, in §4.10.21.4 * consumed, in §8.2.2.5 * container frame element, in §10.3.2 * contains(), in §2.7.3 * contains(string), in §2.7.3 * content * element-attr for meta, in §4.2.5 * attribute for HTMLMetaElement, in §4.2.5 * attribute for HTMLTemplateElement, in §4.12.3 * Content attributes, in §3.2.3 * content categories, in §3.2.4.2 * content category, in §3.2.4.2 * content document, in §6.1.1 * contentDocument * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, in §4.7.6 * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §4.7.8 * attribute for HTMLFrameElement, in §11.3.3 * contentEditable, in §5.6.1 * contenteditable, in §5.6.1 * content-language, in §4.2.5.3 * Content model, in §3.2.3 * Content security policy state, in §4.2.5.3 * content-type * definition of, in §2.6.4 * state for http-equiv, in §4.2.5.3 * content-type metadata, in §2.6.4 * contentWindow * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, in §4.7.6 * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §4.7.8 * attribute for HTMLFrameElement, in §11.3.3 * context, in §8.4 * context mode, in §4.12.4 * Contexts in which this element can be used, in §3.2.3 * control, in §4.10.4 * control characters, in §2.4.1 * control group, in §5.4.2 * control group owner, in §5.4.2 * control group owner object, in §5.4.2 * control group owner objects, in §5.4.2 * controls * element-attr for mediaelements, video, audio, in §4.7.13.13 * attribute for HTMLMediaElement, in §4.7.13.13 * control’s data, in §4.10.18.7.2 * controls in the user interface that is exposed to the user, in §4.7.13.13 * convert a list of dimensions to a list of pixel values, in §10.6 * converting a character width to pixels, in §10.5.4 * converting a string to ASCII lowercase, in §2.3 * converting a string to ASCII uppercase, in §2.3 * cookie, in §3.1.2 * cookie-averse, in §3.1.2 * cookieEnabled, in §7.7.1.4 * cookies set during the server’s opening handshake, in §2.2.2 * cookie-string, in §2.2.2 * coordinate, in §4.10.5.1.19 * coords * element-attr for area, in §4.7.15 * attribute for HTMLAreaElement, in §4.7.15 * element-attr for a, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLAnchorElement, in §11.3.4 * copy * value for dropEffect, in §5.7.3 * value for effectAllowed, in §5.7.3 * value for drag, in §5.7.5 * event for global, in §Unnumbered section * copyLink, in §5.7.3 * copyMove, in §5.7.3 * cors-same-origin, in §6.4 * CORS settings attribute, in §2.6.6 * create a classic script, in §7.1.3.3 * create a drag data store, in §5.7.2 * create a module script, in §7.1.3.3 * create an element for the token, in §8.2.5.1 * create a new browsing context, in §6.1 * create a potential-CORS request, in §2.6.1 * create a script, in §7.1.3.3 * createCaption(), in §4.9.1 * createImageBitmap(), in §7.8 * createImageBitmap(image) * method for WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope, in §7.2 * method for ImageBitmapFactories, in §7.8 * createImageBitmap(image, sx, sy, sw, sh) * method for WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope, in §7.2 * method for ImageBitmapFactories, in §7.8 * createTBody(), in §4.9.1 * createTFoot(), in §4.9.1 * createTHead(), in §4.9.1 * creating a classic script, in §7.1.3.3 * creating a module script, in §7.1.3.3 * creating a new browsing context, in §6.1 * creating a potential-cors request, in §2.6.1 * creating scripts, in §7.1.3.3 * creation URL, in §7.1.3.1 * creator base URL, in §6.1 * creator browsing context, in §6.1 * creator context security, in §6.1 * creator origin, in §6.1 * creator referrer policy, in §6.1 * creator URL, in §6.1 * critical subresource, in §2.1.1 * critical subresources, in §2.1.1 * crop bitmap data to the source rectangle, in §7.8 * cropped to the source rectangle, in §7.8 * crossorigin * element-attr for link, in §4.2.4 * element-attr for img, in §4.7.5 * element-attr for media, in §4.7.13.2 * element-attr for script, in §4.12.1 * crossOrigin * attribute for HTMLLinkElement, in §4.2.4 * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §4.7.5 * attribute for HTMLMediaElement, in §4.7.13.2 * attribute for HTMLScriptElement, in §4.12.1 * CrossOriginFunctionWrapper, in §6.2.3.3.2 * CrossOriginGet, in §6.2.3.4 * CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper, in §6.2.3.3 * CrossOriginOwnPropertyKeys, in §6.2.3.6 * CrossOriginProperties, in §6.2.3.1 * CrossOriginPropertyDescriptor, in §6.2.3.3.1 * CrossOriginPropertyDescriptorMap, in §6.2.2 * CrossOriginSet, in §6.2.3.5 * cross-origin wrapper function, in §6.2.3.3.2 * cryptographic nonce, in §7.1.3.1 * CSP list, in §3.1.1 * CSS properties, in §2.1 * CSS property, in §2.1 * cue, in §4.7.13.11.1 * cuechange, in §4.7.13.16 * cues * definition of, in §4.7.13.11.1 * attribute for TextTrack, in §4.7.13.11.5 * Current, in §7.1.3.5 * current document readiness, in §3.1.2 * current drag operation, in §5.7.5 * current entry, in §6.6.1 * current entry of the joint session history, in §6.6.2 * current global object, in §7.1.3.5.3 * current input character, in §8.2.2.5 * currently focused area of a top-level browsing context, in §5.4.2 * currently focused area of the top-level browsing context, in §5.4.2 * currently running task, in §7.1.4.1 * current node, in §8.2.3.2 * current pixel density, in §4.7.5 * current playback position, in §4.7.13.6 * current position, in §4.7.13.6 * current request, in §4.7.5 * currentScript, in §3.1.3 * current settings object, in §7.1.3.5.3 * currentSrc * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §4.7.5 * attribute for HTMLMediaElement, in §4.7.13.2 * current target element, in §5.7.5 * current template insertion mode, in §8.2.3.1 * currentTime, in §4.7.13.6 * current URL, in §4.7.5 * current value, in §4.10.13 * custom data attribute, in §3.2.5.7 * customError, in §4.10.20.3 * custom validity error message, in §4.10.20.1 * cut, in §Unnumbered section * data-, in §3.2.5.7 * data:, in §2.2.2 * data * (element), in §4.5.15 * element-attr for object, in §4.7.8 * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §4.7.8 * attribute for DataCue, in §4.7.13.11.6 * data-*, in §3.2.5.7 * data block, in §4.12.1 * data blocks, in §4.12.1 * DataCue, in §4.7.13.11.6 * DataCue(startTime, endTime, data), in §4.7.13.11.6 * datafld, in §11.2 * dataformatas, in §11.2 * datalist, in §4.10.8 * datapagesize, in §11.2 * dataset, in §3.2.5.7 * datasrc, in §11.2 * Data state, in §8.2.4.1 * dataTransfer * dict-member for DragEventInit, in §5.7.4 * attribute for DragEvent, in §5.7.4 * DataTransfer, in §5.7.3 * DataTransferItem, in §5.7.3.2 * DataTransferItemList, in §5.7.3.1 * data url, in §2.2.2 * data: url, in §2.2.2 * date * dfn for dates, in §2.4.5.2 * attr-value for input/type, in §4.10.5 * Date, in §4.10.5.1.7 * date object, in §2.2.2 * dates, in §2.4.5.2 * datetime * element-attr for time, in §4.5.16 * element-attr for edits, in §4.6.3 * dateTime * attribute for HTMLTimeElement, in §4.5.16 * attribute for HTMLModElement, in §4.6.3 * datetime-local, in §4.10.5 * datetime value, in §4.5.16 * dd, in §4.4.11 * decimal, in §4.4.6 * Decimal character reference start state, in §8.2.4.75 * Decimal character reference state, in §8.2.4.77 * declare * element-attr for object, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §11.3.4 * dedicated media source failure steps, in §4.7.13.5 * :default, in §4.15.2 * default * element-attr for track, in §4.7.12 * attribute for HTMLTrackElement, in §4.7.12 * attr-value for area/shape, in §4.7.15 * mode for input, in §4.10.5.4 * mode for output, in §4.10.12 * default behavior, in §5.6.5 * default button, in §4.10.21.2 * defaultChecked, in §4.10.5 * default maximum, in §4.10.5.3.7 * default minimum, in §4.10.5.3.7 * defaultMuted, in §4.7.13.13 * default object size, in §2.2.2 * default/on, in §4.10.5.4 * defaultPlaybackRate, in §4.7.13.8 * default playback start position, in §4.7.13.6 * DefaultProperties, in §6.6.4.1 * defaultSelected, in §4.10.10 * default state, in §4.7.15 * Default state, in §4.7.15 * default step, in §4.10.5.3.8 * default step base, in §4.10.5.3.8 * default-style, in §4.2.5.3 * default value * dfn for range, in §4.10.5.1.13 * dfn for output, in §4.10.12 * defaultValue * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5 * attribute for HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.11 * attribute for HTMLOutputElement, in §4.10.12 * defaultView, in §6.3 * defer * element-attr for script, in §4.12.1 * attribute for HTMLScriptElement, in §4.12.1 * defines a command, in §4.11.3.1 * defines the term, in §4.5.8 * defining term, in §4.5.8 * del, in §4.6.2 * delaying load events mode, in §6.1.1 * delaying the load event, in §8.2.6 * delaying-the-load-event flag, in §4.7.13.5 * delay the load event, in §8.2.6 * deleteCaption(), in §4.9.1 * deleteCell(index), in §4.9.8 * __deleter__(), in §3.2.5.7 * __deleter__(name), in §3.2.5.7 * deleteRow(index) * method for HTMLTableElement, in §4.9.1 * method for HTMLTableSectionElement, in §4.9.5 * deleteTFoot(), in §4.9.1 * deleteTHead(), in §4.9.1 * delete the selection, in §5.6.4 * density-corrected intrinsic width and height, in §4.7.5 * dereferencing a javascript: url, in §6.7.1 * derived from country in some cases, in §4.10.18.7.2 * described above, in §4.7.5.1.16 * description * definition of, in §4.2.5.1 * attribute for Plugin, in §11.3.4.1 * attribute for MimeType, in §11.3.4.1 * descriptions * attr-value for track/kind, in §4.7.12 * attr-value for commonTrack/kind, in §4.7.13.10.1 * dfn for track, in §4.7.13.11.1 * enum-value for TextTrackKind, in §4.7.13.11.5 * "descriptions", in §4.7.13.11.5 * Descriptions, in §4.7.12 * deserialization steps, in §2.9.1 * designates, in §4.15.2 * designMode, in §5.6.2 * Detached, in §2.9.2 * detach from a media element, in §2.2.2 * details, in §4.11.1 * details notification task steps, in §4.11.1 * determining the type of the resource, in §4.2.4.2 * device-pixel-ratio, in §4.7.1 * dfn, in §4.5.8 * dialog * attr-value for form/method, in §4.10.18.6 * dfn for state, in §4.10.18.6 * (element), in §4.11.4 * dialog focusing steps, in §4.11.4 * dialog group, in §5.4.2 * dialog group manager, in §5.4.2 * did-perform-automatic-track-selection, in §4.7.13.11.1 * Dimension attributes, in §4.7.19 * dir * element-attr for global, in §3.2.5.5 * attribute for HTMLElement, in §3.2.5.5 * attribute for Document, in §3.2.5.5 * (element), in §11.2 * direction * element-attr for marquee, in §11.3.2 * attribute for HTMLMarqueeElement, in §11.3.2 * directionality, in §3.2.5.5 * directionality-capable attributes, in §3.2.5.5 * directionality of an attribute, in §3.2.5.5 * directionality of the attribute, in §3.2.5.5 * direction of playback, in §4.7.13.8 * directly reachable browsing contexts, in §6.1.4 * :dir(ltr), in §4.15.2 * dirname, in §4.10.18.2 * dirName * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5 * attribute for HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.11 * :dir(rtl), in §4.15.2 * dirtiness, in §4.10.10 * dirty checkedness, in §4.10.5 * dirty checkedness flag, in §4.10.5 * dirty value flag * dfn for input, in §4.10.5 * dfn for textarea, in §4.10.11 * :disabled, in §4.15.2 * disabled * mode for track, in §4.7.13.11.1 * enum-value for TextTrackMode, in §4.7.13.11.5 * element-attr for optgroup, in §4.10.9 * attribute for HTMLOptGroupElement, in §4.10.9 * element-attr for option, in §4.10.10 * attribute for HTMLOptionElement, in §4.10.10 * element-attr for fieldset, in §4.10.15 * attribute for HTMLFieldSetElement, in §4.10.15 * element-attr for disabledformelements, input, button, select, textarea, in §4.10.18.5 * attribute for HTMLInputElement, HTMLButtonElement, HTMLSelectElement, HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.18.5 * disabled fieldset, in §4.10.15 * Disabled State, in §4.11.3.1 * disabling, in §4.14 * discard, in §6.3.4 * discard a document, in §6.3.4 * discarded, in §6.3.4 * discard the document, in §6.3.4 * disowned its opener, in §6.1.2.1 * dispatch, in §2.1.4 * dispatched, in §2.1.4 * dispatching, in §2.1.4 * displayed, in §2.1 * display size, in §4.10.7 * display state, in §4.7.13.11.1 * display the inline content, in §6.7.8 * div, in §4.4.15 * dl, in §4.4.9 * DOCTYPE, in §8.1.1 * DOCTYPE legacy string, in §8.1.1 * DOCTYPE name state, in §8.2.4.55 * DOCTYPE public identifier (double-quoted) state, in §8.2.4.59 * DOCTYPE public identifier (single-quoted) state, in §8.2.4.60 * DOCTYPE state, in §8.2.4.53 * DOCTYPE system identifier (double-quoted) state, in §8.2.4.65 * DOCTYPE system identifier (single-quoted) state, in §8.2.4.66 * Document, in §3.1.1 * document * definition of, in §2.1 * attribute for Window, in §6.3 * DocumentAndElementEventHandlers, in §7.1.5.2.1 * document associated with a window, in §6.1 * document base URL, in §2.5.1 * document element, in §2.2.2 * document family, in §6.1.1 * document module map, in §3.1.1 * DocumentReadyState, in §3.1.1 * document referrer policy, in §3.1.1 * documents, in §2.1 * does not apply, in §4.10.5 * doesn’t apply, in §4.10.5 * doesn’t necessarily have to affect, in §6.6.3 * domain, in §6.4.1 * DOM anchor, in §5.4.2 * DOMContentLoaded, in §Unnumbered section * dom event dispatch logic, in §2.1.4 * DOM interface, in §3.2.3 * DOM manipulation task source, in §7.1.4.3 * DOMStringList, in §2.7.3 * DOMStringMap, in §3.2.5.7 * do not apply, in §4.10.5 * do not set, in §3.2.8.1 * do not support scripting, in §2.2.1 * don’t apply, in §4.10.5 * down * attr-value for marquee/direction, in §10.5.11 * state for marquee, in §11.3.2 * download * attribute for HTMLAnchorElement, in §4.5.1 * attribute for HTMLAreaElement, in §4.7.15 * element-attr for a, area, links, in §4.8.2 * definition of, in §4.8.5 * download hyperlinks, in §4.8.5 * downloads a hyperlink, in §4.8.5 * download the hyperlink, in §4.8.5 * drag, in §5.7.6 * drag-and-drop events, in §5.7.6 * drag data item kind, in §5.7.2 * drag data item type string, in §5.7.2 * drag data item type strings, in §5.7.2 * drag data store, in §5.7.2 * drag data store allowed effects state, in §5.7.2 * drag data store bitmap, in §5.7.2 * drag data store default feedback, in §5.7.2 * drag data store hot spot coordinate, in §5.7.2 * drag data store item list, in §5.7.2 * drag data store mode, in §5.7.2 * dragend, in §5.7.6 * dragenter, in §5.7.6 * DragEvent, in §5.7.4 * DragEventInit, in §5.7.4 * DragEvent(type), in §5.7.4 * DragEvent(type, eventInitDict), in §5.7.4 * dragexit, in §5.7.6 * draggable * element-attr for global, in §5.7.7 * attribute for HTMLElement, in §5.7.7 * dragleave, in §5.7.6 * dragover, in §5.7.6 * dragstart, in §5.7.6 * drop, in §5.7.6 * dropEffect, in §5.7.3 * dt, in §4.4.10 * duration * definition of, in §2.4.5.9 * attribute for HTMLMediaElement, in §4.7.13.6 * durationchange, in §4.7.13.16 * duration time component, in §2.4.5.9 * duration time component scale, in §2.4.5.9 * during form submission, in §4.10.21.4 * dynamic markup insertion, in §7.4 * earliest possible position, in §4.7.13.6 * earliest possible position when the script started, in §4.7.13.11.5 * editable, in §5.6.4 * editing host, in §5.6.4 * effectAllowed, in §5.7.3 * effective domain, in §6.4 * effective media volume, in §4.7.13.13 * effective playback rate, in §4.7.13.8 * ElementContentEditable, in §5.6.1 * element contents, in §3.2.4 * element has the focus, in §4.15.2 * elements * attribute for HTMLFormElement, in §4.10.3 * attribute for HTMLFieldSetElement, in §4.10.15 * elements with default margins, in §10.3.10 * element type, in §2.1.2 * element with default margins, in §10.3.10 * em, in §4.5.2 * E-mail, in §4.10.5.1.5 * email, in §4.10.5 * embed, in §4.7.7 * embedded, in §3.2.4.2.6 * embedded content, in §3.2.4.2.6 * Embedding custom non-visible data, in §3.2.5.7 * embeds, in §3.1.3 * embed task source, in §4.7.7 * emptied, in §4.7.13.16 * empty, in §2.1.3 * empty cell, in §4.9.12.2 * :enabled, in §4.15.2 * enabled, in §4.7.13.10.1 * enabledPlugin, in §11.3.4.1 * encoding, in §4.10.18.6 * encoding declaration state, in §4.2.5.3 * encoding labels, in §2.1.6 * encoding name, in §2.1.6 * encoding sniffing algorithm, in §8.2.2.2 * enctype * element-attr for form, in §4.10.18.6 * definition of, in §4.10.18.6 * attribute for HTMLFormElement, in §4.10.18.6 * end, in §4.10.19 * ended * attribute for HTMLMediaElement, in §4.7.13.8 * event for media, in §4.7.13.16 * ended playback, in §4.7.13.8 * end(index), in §4.7.13.14 * End tag open state, in §8.2.4.7 * End tags, in §8.1.2.2 * endTime, in §4.7.13.11.5 * enter, in §4.7.13.16 * entrance counter, in §7.1.3.5.1 * Entry, in §7.1.3.5 * entry execution context, in §7.1.3.5.1 * entry global object, in §7.1.3.5.1 * entry Realm, in §7.1.3.5.1 * entry settings object, in §7.1.3.5.1 * entry update, in §6.7.1 * enumerated attributes, in §2.4.3 * environment settings object, in §7.1.3.1 * error * attribute for HTMLMediaElement, in §4.7.13.1 * event for media, in §4.7.13.16 * event for source, in §4.7.13.16 * event for track, in §4.7.13.16 * dict-member for ErrorEventInit, in §7.1.3.9.2 * attribute for ErrorEvent, in §7.1.3.9.2 * event for global, in §Unnumbered section * ERROR, in §4.7.12 * ErrorEvent, in §7.1.3.9.2 * ErrorEventInit, in §7.1.3.9.2 * ErrorEvent(type), in §7.1.3.9.2 * ErrorEvent(type, eventInitDict), in §7.1.3.9.2 * error occurs during reading of the object, in §2.2.2 * escapable raw text, in §8.1.2 * escapable raw text elements, in §8.1.2 * Escaping a string, in §8.3 * establish a WebSocket connection, in §2.2.2 * establishing the media timeline, in §4.7.13.6 * establish the media timeline, in §4.7.13.6 * EUC-KR, in §8.2.2.3 * event * element-attr for script, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLScriptElement, in §11.3.4 * event dispatching, in §2.1.4 * event handler, in §7.1.5.1 * EventHandler, in §7.1.5.1 * event handler content attribute, in §7.1.5.1 * event handler content attributes, in §7.1.5.1 * event handler event type, in §7.1.5.1 * event handler IDL attribute, in §7.1.5.1 * event handler IDL attributes, in §7.1.5.1 * EventHandlerNonNull, in §7.1.5.1 * event handlers, in §7.1.5.1 * event loop, in §7.1.4.1 * event loops, in §7.1.4.1 * exceptions enabled flag, in §6.7.1 * execCommand(), in §5.6.4 * execCommand(commandId), in §5.6.4 * execCommand(commandId, showUI), in §5.6.4 * execCommand(commandId, showUI, value), in §5.6.4 * execute, in §4.12.1.1 * execute a compound microtask subtask, in §7.1.4.2 * execute a script block, in §4.12.1.1 * execute the script block, in §4.12.1.1 * exit, in §4.7.13.16 * explicit content-type metadata, in §2.6.4 * explicit "EOF" character, in §8.2.2.5 * explicitly going back or forwards in the session history, in §6.6.2 * explicitly supported, in §11.3.4.1 * explicitly supported JSON type, in §6.7.1 * explicitly supported XML type, in §6.7.1 * explicitly supports, in §11.3.4.1 * expose a user interface to the user, in §4.7.13.13 * exposed, in §3.1.3 * exposes a user interface to the user, in §4.7.13.13 * exposing a user interface, in §4.7.13.13 * exposing a user interface to the user, in §4.7.13.13 * expressly inert * definition of, in §5.4.2 * dfn for dialog, in §5.4.2 * extension, in §4.8.5 * extensions in use, in §2.2.2 * extensions to the predefined set of link type, in §4.8.6.14 * extensions to the predefined set of link types, in §4.8.6.14 * Extensions to the predefined set of pragma directives, in §4.2.5.4 * External, in §11.3.4 * external, in §11.3.4 * external resource, in §4.8.1 * external resource link, in §4.8.1 * external resources, in §4.8.1 * face, in §11.3.4 * facet command, in §4.11.3.5 * facets, in §4.11.3.1 * failed, in §4.7.13.11.1 * failed to load, in §4.7.13.11.1 * fail the WebSocket connection, in §2.2.2 * fallback base URL, in §2.5.1 * fallback content, in §3.2.4.2.6 * false-by-default, in §5.6.5 * familiar, in §6.1.3 * familiar with, in §6.1.3 * fastSeek(), in §4.7.13.9 * fastSeek(time), in §4.7.13 * feed the parser, in §9.2 * fetch a classic script, in §7.1.3.2 * fetch a classic worker script, in §7.1.3.2 * fetch a module script tree, in §7.1.3.2 * fetch a single module script, in §7.1.3.2 * fetching a classic script, in §7.1.3.2 * fetching a module script tree, in §7.1.3.2 * fetching a single module script, in §7.1.3.2 * Fetching scripts, in §7.1.3.2 * fetching the descendants of a module script, in §7.1.3.2 * fetch the descendants, in §7.1.3.2 * fetch the descendants of a module script, in §7.1.3.2 * fgColor, in §11.3.4 * fieldset, in §4.10.15 * figcaption, in §4.4.13 * figure, in §4.4.12 * file, in §4.10.5 * File, in §4.10.5.1.17 * filename * mode for input, in §4.10.5.4 * dict-member for ErrorEventInit, in §7.1.3.9.2 * attribute for ErrorEvent, in §7.1.3.9.2 * attribute for Plugin, in §11.3.4.1 * files * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5.4 * attribute for DataTransfer, in §5.7.3 * <filter-function-list>, in §2.2.2 * finish, in §11.3.2 * fire, in §2.1.4 * fire a click event, in §7.1.5.3 * fire a DND event, in §5.7.4 * fire a focus event, in §5.4.4 * fire an event, in §2.1.4 * fire a progress event, in §4.7.5 * fire a progress event or simple event, in §4.7.5 * fire a simple event, in §2.1.4 * fired, in §2.1.4 * fired unload, in §6.7.11 * fires, in §2.1.4 * fires a simple event, in §2.1.4 * firing, in §2.1.4 * firing a click event, in §7.1.5.3 * firing a simple event, in §7.1.5.3 * firing a simple event named e, in §7.1.5.3 * firing a synthetic mouse event named click, in §7.1.5.3 * Firing a synthetic mouse event named e, in §7.1.5.3 * floating date and time, in §2.4.5.5 * flow, in §3.2.4.2.2 * flow content, in §3.2.4.2.2 * focus() * method for Window, in §5.4.6 * method for HTMLElement, in §5.4.6 * focus, in §Unnumbered section * :focus, in §4.15.2 * focusable, in §5.4.2 * focusable area, in §5.4.2 * focus chain, in §5.4.2 * focused, in §5.4.2 * focused area, in §5.4.2 * focused area of a control group, in §5.4.2 * focused area of that focus group, in §5.4.2 * focused area of the control group, in §5.4.2 * focused dialog, in §5.4.2 * focused dialog of a dialog group, in §5.4.2 * focused dialog of its dialog group, in §5.4.2 * focused dialog of the dialog group, in §5.4.2 * Focus fixup rule one, in §5.4.4 * Focus fixup rule three, in §5.4.4 * Focus fixup rule two, in §5.4.4 * focusing steps, in §5.4.4 * focus update steps, in §5.4.4 * follow hyperlinks, in §4.8.4 * following a hyperlink, in §4.8.4 * following hyperlinks, in §4.8.4 * follows a hyperlink, in §4.8.4 * follow the hyperlink, in §4.8.4 * follow the hyperlinks, in §4.8.4 * font, in §11.2 * footer, in §4.3.8 * for * element-attr for label, in §4.10.4 * element-attr for output, in §4.10.12 * element-attr for script, in §11.2 * forced sandboxing flag set, in §6.5 * force-quirks flag, in §8.2.4 * forces content into a unique origin, in §6.4 * forceSpellCheck(), in §5.6.5 * Foreign elements, in §8.1.2 * forget the media element’s media-resource-specific tracks, in §4.7.13.5 * form * (element), in §4.10.3 * element-attr for formelements, object, label, input, button, select, textarea, output, fieldset, in §4.10.17.3 * attribute for FormIDLAttribute, HTMLObjectElement, HTMLLabelElement, HTMLInputElement, HTMLButtonElement, HTMLSelectElement, HTMLOptionElement, HTMLTextAreaElement, HTMLOutputElement, HTMLFieldSetElement, HTMLLegendElement, in §4.10.17.3 * formaction, in §4.10.18.6 * formAction, in §4.10.18.6 * form-associated, in §4.10.2 * form-associated elements, in §4.10.2 * Formatting, in §8.2.3.2 * form control maxlength attribute, in §4.10.18.3 * form control minlength attribute, in §4.10.18.4 * form element pointer, in §8.2.3.4 * formenctype, in §4.10.18.6 * formEnctype, in §4.10.18.6 * formMethod, in §4.10.18.6 * formmethod, in §4.10.18.6 * formnovalidate, in §4.10.18.6 * formNoValidate, in §4.10.18.6 * form owner, in §4.10.17.3 * Forms, in §4.10 * forms, in §3.1.3 * form submission, in §4.10.21 * form submission algorithm, in §4.10.21.3 * form submissions, in §4.10.21 * formTarget, in §4.10.18.6 * formtarget, in §4.10.18.6 * for privacy, in §1.8 * forward(), in §6.6.2 * foster parenting, in §8.2.5.1 * fragment case, in §8.4 * frame * element-attr for table, in §11.2 * (element), in §11.3.3 * attribute for HTMLTableElement, in §11.3.4 * frameborder * element-attr for iframe, in §11.2 * element-attr for frame, in §11.3.3 * frameBorder * attribute for HTMLFrameElement, in §11.3.3 * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, in §11.3.4 * frame border color, in §10.6 * frameElement, in §6.1.1.1 * FrameRequestCallback, in §6.3 * frames, in §6.3 * frameset, in §11.3.3 * frameset-ok flag, in §8.2.3.5 * framespacing, in §11.2 * from an external file, in §4.12.1.1 * frozen base URL, in §4.2.3 * fully active, in §6.1.1 * fully decodable, in §4.7.5 * FunctionStringCallback, in §5.7.3.2 * gain focus, in §5.4.2 * gb18030, in §8.2.2.3 * generate all implied end tags thoroughly, in §8.2.5.3 * generate implied end tags, in §8.2.5.3 * generator, in §4.2.5.1 * generator-unable-to-provide-required-alt, in §4.7.5.1.22 * generic raw text element parsing algorithm, in §8.2.5.2 * generic RCDATA element parsing algorithm, in §8.2.5.2 * get, in §4.10.18.6 * GET, in §4.10.18.6 * Get action URL, in §4.10.21.3 * get all-indexed, in §2.7.2.1 * get all-named, in §2.7.2.1 * get an attribute, in §8.2.2.2 * getAsFile(), in §5.7.3.2 * getAsString(callback), in §5.7.3.2 * getContext(contextId), in §4.12.4 * getContext(contextId, arguments...), in §4.12.4 * getContext(contextId, ...arguments), in §4.12.4 * getCueById(id), in §4.7.13.11.5 * getData(format), in §5.7.3 * getElementsByName(), in §3.1.3 * getElementsByName(elementName), in §3.1.3 * gets reset, in §6.7.10 * getStartDate(), in §4.7.13.6 * __getter__(), in §3.2.5.7 * __getter__(name), in §3.2.5.7 * get the current value of the event handler, in §7.1.5.1 * getting, in §2.1.4 * Getting an encoding, in §2.2.2 * getting an output encoding, in §2.2.2 * getting the current value of the event handler, in §7.1.5.1 * getTrackById() * method for AudioTrackList, in §4.7.13.10.1 * method for VideoTrackList, in §4.7.13.10.1 * getTrackById(id) * method for AudioTrackList, in §4.7.13.10.1 * method for VideoTrackList, in §4.7.13.10.1 * method for TextTrackList, in §4.7.13.11.5 * global aria-* attributes, in §3.2.8.3.2 * global attributes, in §3.2.5 * global date and time, in §2.4.5.7 * GlobalEventHandlers, in §7.1.5.2.1 * global object, in §7.1.3.5 * globals, in §3.2.5 * global script clean-up jobs list, in §7.1.3.4 * go(), in §6.6.2 * go(delta), in §6.6.2 * group, in §4.9.12 * Guidelines for exposing cues, in §4.7.13.11.4 * h1, in §4.3.6 * h2, in §4.3.6 * h3, in §4.3.6 * h4, in §4.3.6 * h5, in §4.3.6 * h6, in §4.3.6 * handled * dfn for script, in §7.1.3.9 * dfn for promise, in §7.1.3.10 * handler state strings, in §7.7.1.3 * hard, in §4.10.11 * Hard, in §4.10.11 * hardware limitations, in §2.2.1 * has a border, in §10.6 * has a p element in button scope, in §8.2.3.2 * has a periodic domain, in §4.10.5.3.7 * has a reversed range, in §4.10.5.3.7 * has a style sheet that is blocking scripts, in §4.2.7 * hasFocus(), in §5.4.6 * has focus steps, in §5.4.4 * hash * attribute for HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils, in §4.8.3 * attribute for Location, in §6.6.4 * hashchange, in §Unnumbered section * HashChangeEvent, in §6.7.10.3 * HashChangeEventInit, in §6.7.10.3 * HashChangeEvent(type), in §6.7.10.3 * HashChangeEvent(type, eventInitDict), in §6.7.10.3 * @@hasInstance, in §2.2.2 * has no style sheet that is blocking scripts, in §4.2.7 * has range limitations, in §4.10.5.3.7 * has that element in the specific scope, in §8.2.3.2 * have an li element in list item scope, in §8.2.3.2 * have a periodic domain, in §4.10.5.3.7 * have a reversed range, in §4.10.5.3.7 * have a select element in select scope, in §8.2.3.2 * have a style sheet that is blocking scripts, in §4.2.7 * HAVE_CURRENT_DATA, in §4.7.13.7 * HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA, in §4.7.13.7 * HAVE_FUTURE_DATA, in §4.7.13.7 * HAVE_METADATA, in §4.7.13.7 * HAVE_NOTHING, in §4.7.13.7 * have range limitations, in §4.10.5.3.7 * head * attribute for Document, in §3.1.3 * (element), in §4.2.1 * head element pointer, in §8.2.3.4 * header, in §4.3.7 * headers * element-attr for tablecells, in §4.9.11 * attribute for HTMLTableCellElement, in §4.9.11 * headers to send appropriate cookies, in §2.2.2 * heading content, in §3.2.4.2.4 * headings, in §3.2.4.2.4 * height * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §4.7.5 * element-attr for media, img, iframe, embed, object, video, input, in §4.7.19 * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, HTMLEmbedElement, HTMLObjectElement, HTMLVideoElement, in §4.7.19 * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5 * element-attr for canvas, in §4.12.4 * attribute for HTMLCanvasElement, in §4.12.4 * attribute for ImageBitmap, in §7.8 * element-attr for marquee, in §11.2 * element-attr for table, in §11.2 * element-attr for td, th, tablecells, in §11.2 * element-attr for tr, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLAppletElement, in §11.3.1 * attribute for HTMLMarqueeElement, in §11.3.2 * attribute for HTMLTableCellElement, in §11.3.4 * help, in §4.8.6.4 * Hexadecimal character reference start state, in §8.2.4.74 * Hexadecimal character reference state, in §8.2.4.76 * hidden * mode for track, in §4.7.13.11.1 * enum-value for TextTrackMode, in §4.7.13.11.5 * attr-value for input/type, in §4.10.5 * element-attr for global, in §5.1 * attribute for HTMLElement, in §5.1 * Hidden, in §4.10.5.1.1 * hidden plugins, in §11.3.4.1 * Hidden State, in §4.11.3.1 * high * element-attr for meter, in §4.10.14 * attribute for HTMLMeterElement, in §4.10.14 * high boundary, in §4.10.14 * history, in §6.6.1 * History, in §6.6.2 * history traversal, in §6.7.10 * history traversal task source, in §7.1.4.3 * home control group, in §5.4.5 * home sequential focus navigation order, in §5.4.5 * honor user preferences for automatic text track selection, in §4.7.13.11.3 * host * attribute for HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils, in §4.8.3 * attribute for Location, in §6.6.4 * hostname * attribute for HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils, in §4.8.3 * attribute for Location, in §6.6.4 * :hover, in §4.15.2 * hr, in §4.4.3 * href * element-attr for base, in §4.2.3 * attribute for HTMLBaseElement, in §4.2.3 * element-attr for link, in §4.2.4 * attribute for HTMLLinkElement, in §4.2.4 * element-attr for a, area, links, in §4.8.2 * attribute for HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils, in §4.8.3 * attribute for Location, in §6.6.4 * hreflang * element-attr for link, in §4.2.4 * attribute for HTMLLinkElement, in §4.2.4 * attribute for HTMLAnchorElement, in §4.5.1 * attribute for HTMLAreaElement, in §4.7.15 * element-attr for a, links, in §4.8.2 * element-attr for area, in §11.2 * hspace * element-attr for embed, in §11.2 * element-attr for iframe, in §11.2 * element-attr for input, in §11.2 * element-attr for img, in §11.2 * element-attr for marquee, in §11.2 * element-attr for object, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLAppletElement, in §11.3.1 * attribute for HTMLMarqueeElement, in §11.3.2 * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §11.3.4 * html, in §4.1.1 * HTMLAllCollection, in §2.7.2.1 * HTMLAnchorElement, in §4.5.1 * HTMLAppletElement, in §11.3.1 * HTMLAreaElement, in §4.7.15 * HTMLAudioElement, in §4.7.11 * HTMLBaseElement, in §4.2.3 * HTMLBodyElement, in §4.3.1 * HTMLBRElement, in §4.5.29 * HTMLButtonElement, in §4.10.6 * HTMLCanvasElement, in §4.12.4 * HTMLDataElement, in §4.5.15 * HTMLDataListElement, in §4.10.8 * HTMLDetailsElement, in §4.11.1 * HTMLDialogElement, in §4.11.4 * HTMLDirectoryElement, in §11.3.4 * HTMLDivElement, in §4.4.15 * HTMLDListElement, in §4.4.9 * HTMLDocument, in §6.3 * HTML document, in §2.1 * html element, in §2.1.2 * HTMLElement, in §3.2.2 * html elements, in §2.1.2 * HTMLEmbedElement, in §4.7.7 * HTMLFieldSetElement, in §4.10.15 * HTMLFontElement, in §11.3.4 * htmlFor * attribute for HTMLLabelElement, in §4.10.4 * attribute for HTMLOutputElement, in §4.10.12 * attribute for HTMLScriptElement, in §11.3.4 * HTMLFormControlsCollection, in §2.7.2.2 * HTMLFormElement, in §4.10.3 * HTML fragment parsing algorithm, in §8.4 * HTML fragment serialization algorithm, in §8.3 * HTMLFrameElement, in §11.3.3 * HTMLFrameSetElement, in §11.3.3 * HTMLHeadElement, in §4.2.1 * HTMLHeadingElement, in §4.3.6 * HTMLHRElement, in §4.4.3 * HTMLHtmlElement, in §4.1.1 * HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils, in §4.8.3 * HTMLIFrameElement, in §4.7.6 * HTMLImageElement, in §4.7.5 * HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5 * HTML integration point, in §8.2.5 * HTMLLabelElement, in §4.10.4 * HTMLLegendElement, in §4.10.16 * HTMLLIElement, in §4.4.8 * HTMLLinkElement, in §4.2.4 * html link types, in §4.8.6 * HTMLMapElement, in §4.7.14 * HTMLMarqueeElement, in §11.3.2 * HTMLMediaElement, in §4.7.13 * HTMLMetaElement, in §4.2.5 * HTMLMeterElement, in §4.10.14 * HTML MIME type, in §2.1.1 * HTMLModElement, in §4.6.3 * HTML namespace, in §2.8 * HTMLObjectElement, in §4.7.8 * HTMLOListElement, in §4.4.6 * HTMLOptGroupElement, in §4.10.9 * HTMLOptionElement, in §4.10.10 * HTMLOptionsCollection, in §2.7.2.3 * HTMLOrSVGScriptElement, in §3.1.1 * HTMLOutputElement, in §4.10.12 * HTMLParagraphElement, in §4.4.1 * HTMLParamElement, in §4.7.9 * HTML parser, in §8.2 * HTMLPictureElement, in §4.7.3 * HTMLPreElement, in §4.4.4 * HTMLProgressElement, in §4.10.13 * HTMLQuoteElement, in §4.4.5 * HTMLScriptElement, in §4.12.1 * HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7 * HTMLSourceElement, in §4.7.4 * HTMLSpanElement, in §4.5.28 * HTMLStyleElement, in §4.2.6 * HTMLTableCaptionElement, in §4.9.2 * HTMLTableCellElement, in §4.9.11 * HTMLTableColElement, in §4.9.3 * HTMLTableDataCellElement, in §4.9.9 * HTMLTableElement, in §4.9.1 * HTMLTableHeaderCellElement, in §4.9.10 * HTMLTableRowElement, in §4.9.8 * HTMLTableSectionElement, in §4.9.5 * HTMLTemplateElement, in §4.12.3 * HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.11 * HTMLTimeElement, in §4.5.16 * HTMLTitleElement, in §4.2.2 * HTMLTrackElement, in §4.7.12 * HTMLUListElement, in §4.4.7 * HTMLUnknownElement, in §3.2.2 * HTMLVideoElement, in §4.7.10 * http:, in §2.2.2 * http-equiv * element-attr for meta, in §4.2.5 * definition of, in §4.2.5.3 * httpEquiv, in §4.2.5 * HTTP GET method, in §2.6.1 * HTTP headers, in §2.6.1 * HTTP response codes, in §2.6.1 * https:, in §2.2.2 * HTTPS state * dfn for document, in §3.1.1 * dfn for settings, in §7.1.3.1 * hyperlink, in §4.8.1 * hyperlink annotations, in §4.8.1 * hyperlinks, in §4.8.1 * i * attr-value for ol/type, in §4.4.6 * (element), in §4.5.22 * icon, in §4.8.6.5 * id * element-attr for global, in §3.2.5 * attribute for AudioTrack, in §4.7.13.10.1 * attribute for VideoTrack, in §4.7.13.10.1 * attribute for TextTrack, in §4.7.13.11.5 * attribute for TextTrackCue, in §4.7.13.11.5 * IDL attribute, in §2.1 * IDL attributes, in §2.1 * IDL-exposed autofill value, in §4.10.18.7.2 * if appropriate, in §5.7.4 * iframe, in §4.7.6 * iframe load event steps, in §4.7.6 * iframe load in progress, in §4.7.6 * iframe sandboxing flag set, in §6.5 * ignored, in §2.1.3 * ignore-destructive-writes counter, in §7.4.3 * ignored ruby content, in §4.5.10 * ignore higher-layer caching, in §4.7.5 * ignore-opens-during-unload counter, in §7.4.1 * Image, in §4.10.5.1.19 * image, in §4.10.5 * ImageBitmap, in §7.8 * ImageBitmapSource, in §7.8 * image candidate string, in §4.7.5 * image data, in §4.7.5 * image format-based selection, in §4.7.1 * image map, in §4.7.16.1 * image maps, in §4.7.16.1 * image request, in §4.7.5 * images * attribute for Document, in §3.1.3 * attribute for HTMLMapElement, in §4.7.14 * image sniffing, in §2.6.4 * image sniffing rules, in §2.6.4 * image source, in §4.7.5 * Image(width, height), in §4.7.5 * img, in §4.7.5 * immediately, in §2.1 * immediate user selection, in §5.7.5 * implementation notes, in §4.10.5.2 * Implementation notes for session history, in §6.6.3 * implement the sandboxing, in §6.5 * implied, in §3.2.4.4 * implied paragraph, in §3.2.4.4 * implied paragraphs, in §3.2.4.4 * implied strong reference, in §2.7.4 * in a document, in §2.2.2 * in a formal activation state, in §4.15.2 * inappropriate for a control, in §4.10.18.7.1 * inappropriate for the control, in §4.10.18.7.1 * in-band metadata track dispatch type, in §4.7.13.11.1 * inBandMetadataTrackDispatchType, in §4.7.13.11.5 * in body, in §8.2.5.4.7 * in caption, in §8.2.5.4.11 * in cell, in §8.2.5.4.15 * inclusive ancestor, in §2.2.2 * in column group, in §8.2.5.4.12 * increment the marquee current loop index, in §11.3.2 * Incumbent, in §7.1.3.5 * incumbent global object, in §7.1.3.5.2 * incumbent Realm, in §7.1.3.5.2 * incumbent settings object, in §7.1.3.5.2 * indeterminate, in §4.10.5 * :indeterminate, in §4.15.2 * index * dfn for option, in §4.10.10 * attribute for HTMLOptionElement, in §4.10.10 * indexed for indexed property retrieval, in §4.10.3 * indexed for named property retrieval, in §4.10.3 * indicated a coordinate, in §4.10.5.1.19 * indicated part of the document, in §6.7.9 * in error reporting mode, in §7.1.3.9 * inert, in §5.2 * inertness, in §5.2 * in foreign content, in §8.2.5.5 * in frameset, in §8.2.5.4.20 * in head, in §8.2.5.4.4 * in head noscript, in §8.2.5.4.5 * inherit-by-default, in §5.6.5 * initial, in §8.2.5.4.1 * Initializing a new Document object, in §6.7.1 * initial playback position, in §4.7.13.6 * initiated, in §5.7.5 * initiate the drag-and-drop operation, in §5.7.5 * innerText, in §3.2.6 * in parallel, in §2.1 * input * (element), in §4.10.5 * event for input, in §4.10.5.5 * event for global, in §Unnumbered section * input byte stream, in §8.2.2 * input stream, in §8.2.2.5 * :in-range, in §4.15.2 * in row, in §8.2.5.4.14 * ins, in §4.6.1 * in scope, in §8.2.3.2 * in select, in §8.2.5.4.16 * in select in table, in §8.2.5.4.17 * insert a character, in §8.2.5.1 * insert a comment, in §8.2.5.1 * insert a foreign element, in §8.2.5.1 * insert an HTML element, in §8.2.5.1 * insertCell(index), in §4.9.8 * inserted into, in §2.1.3 * inserted into a document, in §2.1.3 * inserted into the document, in §2.1.3 * insertion mode, in §8.2.3.1 * insertion point, in §8.2.2.5 * insertRow(index) * method for HTMLTableElement, in §4.9.1 * method for HTMLTableSectionElement, in §4.9.5 * insert the character, in §8.2.5.1 * insert the token’s character, in §8.2.5.1 * in table, in §8.2.5.4.9 * in table body, in §8.2.5.4.13 * in table scope, in §8.2.3.2 * in table text, in §8.2.5.4.10 * in template, in §8.2.5.4.18 * interactive * enum-value for DocumentReadyState, in §3.1.1 * definition of, in §3.2.4.2.7 * "interactive", in §3.1.1 * interactive content, in §3.2.4.2.7 * interactively validate the constraints, in §4.10.20.2 * inter-element white space, in §3.2.4 * internal algorithm for scanning and assigning header cells, in §4.9.12.2 * internal pause steps, in §4.7.13.8 * internal raw uncompiled handler, in §7.1.5.1 * in text, in §8.2.5.4.8 * intrinsic dimensions, in §2.2.2 * intrinsic height * dfn for css, in §2.2.2 * dfn for video, in §4.7.10 * intrinsic width * dfn for css, in §2.2.2 * dfn for video, in §4.7.10 * invalid, in §Unnumbered section * :invalid, in §4.15.2 * invalid value default, in §2.4.3 * invoke, in §7.1.5.1 * @@isConcatSpreadable, in §2.2.2 * isContentEditable, in §5.6.1 * isContentHandlerRegistered(), in §7.7.1.3 * isContentHandlerRegistered(mimeType, url), in §7.7.1.3 * Is environment settings object a secure context?, in §2.2.2 * isindex, in §11.2 * ismap * element-attr for img, in §4.7.5 * element-attr for input, in §11.2 * isMap, in §4.7.5 * is not step aligned, in §4.10.5.4 * ISO-2022-JP, in §8.2.2.3 * ISO-8859-2, in §8.2.2.3 * ISO-8859-8, in §8.2.2.3 * IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin, in §6.2.3.2 * isProtocolHandlerRegistered(), in §7.7.1.3 * isProtocolHandlerRegistered(scheme, url), in §7.7.1.3 * IsSearchProviderInstalled(), in §11.3.4 * is step aligned, in §4.10.5.4 * it can also come from script, in §7.4 * item() * method for DOMStringList, in §2.7.3 * method for PluginArray, in §11.3.4.1 * method for MimeTypeArray, in §11.3.4.1 * method for Plugin, in §11.3.4.1 * item(index) * method for DOMStringList, in §2.7.3 * method for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7 * method for PluginArray, in §11.3.4.1 * method for MimeTypeArray, in §11.3.4.1 * method for Plugin, in §11.3.4.1 * item(nameOrIndex), in §2.7.2.1 * items, in §5.7.3 * item type string, in §5.7.2 * javaEnabled(), in §11.3.4.1 * JavaScript MIME type, in §4.12.1.2 * javascript: url, in §6.7.1 * javascript: urls, in §6.7.1 * joint session history, in §6.6.2 * JSON MIME type, in §6.7.1 * kbd, in §4.5.20 * keywords, in §4.2.5.1 * kind * element-attr for track, in §4.7.12 * attribute for HTMLTrackElement, in §4.7.12 * attribute for AudioTrack, in §4.7.13.10.1 * attribute for VideoTrack, in §4.7.13.10.1 * definition of, in §4.7.13.11.1 * attribute for TextTrack, in §4.7.13.11.5 * attribute for DataTransferItem, in §5.7.3.2 * kind of element, in §8.1.2 * kind of track, in §4.7.13.11.1 * kinds of elements, in §8.1.2 * label * element-attr for track, in §4.7.12 * attribute for HTMLTrackElement, in §4.7.12 * attribute for AudioTrack, in §4.7.13.10.1 * attribute for VideoTrack, in §4.7.13.10.1 * attribute for TextTrack, in §4.7.13.11.5 * (element), in §4.10.4 * element-attr for optgroup, in §4.10.9 * attribute for HTMLOptGroupElement, in §4.10.9 * element-attr for option, in §4.10.10 * definition of, in §4.10.10 * attribute for HTMLOptionElement, in §4.10.10 * Label, in §4.11.3.1 * labelable, in §4.10.2 * labelable element, in §4.10.2 * labelable elements, in §4.10.2 * labeled control, in §4.10.4 * label of a track, in §4.7.13.11.1 * labels, in §4.10.4 * lack scripting support, in §2.2.1 * lang * element-attr for global, in §3.2.5.2 * element-attr for xml, in §3.2.5.2 * attribute for HTMLElement, in §3.2.5.2 * language * definition of, in §3.2.5.2 * attribute for AudioTrack, in §4.7.13.10.1 * attribute for VideoTrack, in §4.7.13.10.1 * attribute for TextTrack, in §4.7.13.11.5 * attribute for NavigatorLanguage, in §7.7.1.2 * element-attr for script, in §11.2 * languagechange, in §Unnumbered section * language of a text track, in §4.7.13.11.1 * languages, in §7.7.1.2 * lastModified * definition of, in §2.2.2 * attribute for Document, in §3.1.2 * last selected source, in §4.7.5 * latest entry, in §6.6.1 * leading and trailing white space stripped, in §2.4.1 * left * attr-value for marquee/direction, in §10.5.11 * state for marquee, in §11.3.2 * leftmargin, in §11.2 * legacy caller operation * dfn for embed, in §4.7.7 * dfn for object, in §4.7.8 * legend, in §4.10.16 * length * attribute for HTMLAllCollection, in §2.7.2.1 * attribute for HTMLOptionsCollection, in §2.7.2.3 * attribute for DOMStringList, in §2.7.3 * attribute for AudioTrackList, in §4.7.13.10.1 * attribute for VideoTrackList, in §4.7.13.10.1 * attribute for TextTrackList, in §4.7.13.11.5 * attribute for TextTrackCueList, in §4.7.13.11.5 * attribute for TimeRanges, in §4.7.13.14 * attribute for HTMLFormElement, in §4.10.3 * attribute for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7 * attribute for DataTransferItemList, in §5.7.3.1 * attribute for Window, in §6.3.2 * attribute for History, in §6.6.2 * attribute for PluginArray, in §11.3.4.1 * attribute for MimeTypeArray, in §11.3.4.1 * attribute for Plugin, in §11.3.4.1 * li, in §4.4.8 * license, in §4.8.6.6 * limited-quirks mode, in §2.2.2 * limited to numbers greater than zero, in §2.7.1 * limited to only known values, in §2.7.1 * limited to only non-negative numbers, in §2.7.1 * limited to only non-negative numbers greater than zero, in §2.7.1 * lineno * dict-member for ErrorEventInit, in §7.1.3.9.2 * attribute for ErrorEvent, in §7.1.3.9.2 * :link, in §4.15.2 * link * (element), in §4.2.4 * value for dropEffect, in §5.7.3 * value for effectAllowed, in §5.7.3 * value for drag, in §5.7.5 * element-attr for body, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLBodyElement, in §11.3.4 * linkColor, in §11.3.4 * linkMove, in §5.7.3 * links, in §3.1.3 * links to external resources, in §4.8.1 * link type, in §4.8.6 * link types, in §4.8.6 * list * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.3.9 * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5.4 * Listed element, in §4.10.2 * Listed elements, in §4.10.2 * listing, in §11.2 * list of active formatting elements, in §8.2.3.3 * list of active timers, in §7.5 * list of animation frame callbacks, in §7.9 * list of available images, in §4.7.5 * list of cues, in §4.7.13.11.1 * list of cues of a text track, in §4.7.13.11.1 * list of dragged nodes, in §5.7.5 * list of newly introduced cues, in §4.7.13.8 * list of options, in §4.10.7 * list of pending text tracks, in §4.7.13.11.1 * list of scripts that will execute in order as soon as possible, in §4.12.1.1 * list of scripts that will execute when the document has finished parsing, in §4.12.1.1 * list of text tracks, in §4.7.13.11.1 * list of the descendant browsing contexts, in §6.1.1 * live, in §2.1.4 * load(), in §4.7.13.5 * load * event for track, in §4.7.13.16 * event for global, in §Unnumbered section * loaded, in §4.7.13.11.1 * LOADED, in §4.7.12 * loadeddata, in §4.7.13.16 * loadedmetadata, in §4.7.13.16 * loadend, in §Unnumbered section * LOADING, in §4.7.12 * loading * enum-value for DocumentReadyState, in §3.1.1 * state for track, in §4.7.13.11.1 * "loading", in §3.1.1 * loadstart * event for media, in §4.7.13.16 * event for global, in §Unnumbered section * LocalDateTime, in §4.10.5.1.11 * Location, in §6.6.4 * location * attribute for Document, in §6.6.4 * attribute for Window, in §6.6.4 * locationbar, in §6.3.6 * location defineownproperty, in §6.6.4.1.6 * location delete, in §6.6.4.1.9 * location get, in §6.6.4.1.7 * location getownproperty, in §6.6.4.1.5 * location getprototypeof, in §6.6.4.1.1 * location isextensible, in §6.6.4.1.3 * Location-object navigate, in §6.6.4 * Location-object-setter navigate, in §6.6.4 * location ownpropertykeys, in §6.6.4.1.10 * location preventextensions, in §6.6.4.1.4 * location set, in §6.6.4.1.8 * location setprototypeof, in §6.6.4.1.2 * locked for focus, in §5.4.6 * locked for reset, in §4.10.3 * longdesc * element-attr for iframe, in §11.2 * element-attr for img, in §11.2 * longDesc * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §4.7.5 * attribute for HTMLFrameElement, in §11.3.3 * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, in §11.3.4 * loop * element-attr for media, in §4.7.13.6 * attribute for HTMLMediaElement, in §4.7.13.6 * element-attr for marquee, in §11.3.2 * attribute for HTMLMarqueeElement, in §11.3.2 * loses focus, in §5.4.4 * low * element-attr for meter, in §4.10.14 * attribute for HTMLMeterElement, in §4.10.14 * low boundary, in §4.10.14 * lower-alpha, in §4.4.6 * lowercase ASCII hex digits, in §2.4.1 * lowercase ASCII letters, in §2.4.1 * lower-roman, in §4.4.6 * lowsrc * element-attr for img, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §11.3.4 * ltr * attr-value for global/dir, in §3.2.5.5 * state for dir, in §3.2.5.5 * machine-readable equivalent of the element’s contents, in §4.5.16 * magic alignment, in §4.11.4 * magically aligned, in §4.11.4 * Mail as body, in §4.10.21.3 * mailto:, in §2.2.2 * Mail with headers, in §4.10.21.3 * main * (element), in §4.4.14 * attr-value for commonTrack/kind, in §4.7.13.10.1 * main-desc, in §4.7.13.10.1 * manager, in §5.4.2 * manifest, in §4.1.1 * manual * value for scrollRestorationMode, in §6.6.1 * enum-value for ScrollRestoration, in §6.6.2 * "manual", in §6.6.2 * map, in §4.7.14 * maps to the dimension properties, in §10.2 * maps to the dimension property, in §10.2 * maps to the dimension property (ignoring zero), in §10.2 * maps to the pixel length property, in §10.2 * map to the dimension property (ignoring zero), in §10.2 * marginHeight * attribute for HTMLFrameElement, in §11.3.3 * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, in §11.3.4 * marginheight * element-attr for body, in §11.2 * element-attr for iframe, in §11.2 * marginwidth * element-attr for body, in §11.2 * element-attr for iframe, in §11.2 * marginWidth * attribute for HTMLFrameElement, in §11.3.3 * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, in §11.3.4 * mark, in §4.5.25 * markers, in §8.2.3.3 * Markup declaration open state, in §8.2.4.42 * marquee, in §11.3.2 * marquee current loop index, in §11.3.2 * marquee loop count, in §11.3.2 * marquee scroll distance, in §11.3.2 * marquee scroll interval, in §11.3.2 * matches the environment, in §2.4.10 * match service worker registration, in §2.2.2 * match the environment, in §2.4.10 * MathML annotation-xml, in §2.2.2 * MathML math, in §2.2.2 * MathML merror, in §2.2.2 * MathML mi, in §2.2.2 * MathML mn, in §2.2.2 * MathML mo, in §2.2.2 * MathML ms, in §2.2.2 * MathML mtext, in §2.2.2 * MathML namespace, in §2.8 * MathML text integration point, in §8.2.5 * matured, in §6.7.1 * max * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5 * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.3.7 * element-attr for progress, in §4.10.13 * attribute for HTMLProgressElement, in §4.10.13 * element-attr for meter, in §4.10.14 * attribute for HTMLMeterElement, in §4.10.14 * maximum, in §4.10.5.3.7 * maximum allowed value length, in §4.10.18.3 * maximum value * dfn for progress, in §4.10.13 * dfn for meter, in §4.10.14 * maxLength * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5 * attribute for HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.11 * maxlength * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.3.1 * element-attr for textarea, in §4.10.11 * "maybe", in §4.7.13 * maybe * enum-value for CanPlayTypeResult, in §4.7.13 * definition of, in §4.7.13.3 * media * element-attr for link, in §4.2.4 * attribute for HTMLLinkElement, in §4.2.4 * element-attr for style, in §4.2.6 * attribute for HTMLStyleElement, in §4.2.6 * element-attr for source, in §4.7.4 * attribute for HTMLSourceElement, in §4.7.4 * media data, in §4.7.13 * media data processing steps list, in §4.7.13.5 * media element, in §4.7.13 * media element attributes, in §4.7.13 * media element event task source, in §4.7.13 * media element load algorithm, in §4.7.13.5 * media elements, in §4.7.13 * MEDIA_ERR_ABORTED, in §4.7.13.1 * MEDIA_ERR_DECODE, in §4.7.13.1 * MEDIA_ERR_NETWORK, in §4.7.13.1 * MediaError, in §4.7.13.1 * MEDIA_ERR_SRC_NOT_SUPPORTED, in §4.7.13.1 * Media fragment syntax, in §2.2.2 * MediaProvider, in §4.7.13 * media provider object, in §4.7.13.2 * media resource, in §4.7.13 * media-resource-specific text track, in §4.7.13.11.2 * media timeline, in §4.7.13.6 * media type, in §2.1.1 * menu, in §11.2 * menubar, in §6.3.6 * menuitem, in §11.2 * message * dict-member for ErrorEventInit, in §7.1.3.9.2 * attribute for ErrorEvent, in §7.1.3.9.2 * event for global, in §Unnumbered section * meta, in §4.2.5 * Metadata * state for track, in §4.7.12 * state for media, in §4.7.13.5 * "metadata", in §4.7.13.11.5 * metadata * attr-value for track/kind, in §4.7.12 * value for HTMLMediaElement/preload, in §4.7.13.5 * dfn for track, in §4.7.13.11.1 * enum-value for TextTrackKind, in §4.7.13.11.5 * Metadata content, in §3.2.4.2.1 * metadata names, in §4.2.5.2 * meter, in §4.10.14 * method * element-attr for form, in §4.10.18.6 * dfn for forms, in §4.10.18.6 * attribute for HTMLFormElement, in §4.10.18.6 * methods * element-attr for a, in §11.2 * element-attr for link, in §11.2 * microtask, in §7.1.4.2 * microtask checkpoints, in §7.1.4.2 * microtask queue, in §7.1.4.2 * microtask task source, in §7.1.4.2 * mime type, in §2.1.1 * MimeType, in §11.3.4.1 * MimeTypeArray, in §11.3.4.1 * mimeTypes, in §11.3.4.1 * mime types, in §2.1.1 * min * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5 * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.3.7 * element-attr for meter, in §4.10.14 * attribute for HTMLMeterElement, in §4.10.14 * minimum, in §4.10.5.3.7 * minimum allowed value length, in §4.10.18.4 * minimum value, in §4.10.14 * minLength * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5 * attribute for HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.11 * minlength * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.3.1 * element-attr for textarea, in §4.10.11 * missing value default, in §2.4.3 * modal dialog is shown, in §4.11.4 * mode, in §4.7.13.11.5 * module map, in §7.1.3.8 * module record, in §7.1.3.1 * module script, in §7.1.3.1 * Month, in §4.10.5.1.8 * month * definition of, in §2.4.5.1 * attr-value for input/type, in §4.10.5 * move * value for dropEffect, in §5.7.3 * value for effectAllowed, in §5.7.3 * value for drag, in §5.7.5 * multicol, in §11.2 * multipart/form-data, in §4.10.18.6 * multipart/form-data boundary string, in §4.10.21.7 * multipart/form-data encoding algorithm, in §4.10.21.7 * multiple * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5 * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.3.5 * element-attr for select, in §4.10.7 * attribute for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7 * mutable, in §4.10.17.2 * Mutate action URL, in §4.10.21.3 * mutation observers, in §2.2.2 * muted * definition of, in §4.7.13.13 * attribute for HTMLMediaElement, in §4.7.13.13 * element-attr for media, in §4.7.13.13 * muted errors, in §7.1.3.1 * mute iframe load, in §4.7.6 * name * event for global, in §2.2.2 * element-attr for meta, in §4.2.5 * attribute for HTMLMetaElement, in §4.2.5 * element-attr for iframe, in §4.7.6 * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, in §4.7.6 * element-attr for object, in §4.7.8 * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §4.7.8 * element-attr for param, in §4.7.9 * attribute for HTMLParamElement, in §4.7.9 * element-attr for map, in §4.7.14 * attribute for HTMLMapElement, in §4.7.14 * element-attr for form, in §4.10.3 * attribute for HTMLFormElement, in §4.10.3 * element-attr for formelements, label, input, button, select, textarea, output, fieldset, in §4.10.18.1 * attribute for HTMLInputElement, HTMLButtonElement, HTMLSelectElement, HTMLTextAreaElement, HTMLOutputElement, HTMLFieldSetElement, in §4.10.18.1 * attribute for Window, in §6.3.1 * element-attr for a, in §11.2 * element-attr for embed, in §11.2 * element-attr for img, in §11.2 * element-attr for option, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLAppletElement, in §11.3.1 * element-attr for frame, in §11.3.3 * attribute for HTMLFrameElement, in §11.3.3 * attribute for HTMLAnchorElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLEmbedElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for Plugin, in §11.3.4.1 * named color, in §2.2.2 * Named elements, in §3.1.3 * named for the all collection, in §2.7.2.1 * namedItem() * method for PluginArray, in §11.3.4.1 * method for MimeTypeArray, in §11.3.4.1 * method for Plugin, in §11.3.4.1 * namedItem(name) * method for HTMLAllCollection, in §2.7.2.1 * method for HTMLFormControlsCollection, in §2.7.2.2 * method for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7 * method for PluginArray, in §11.3.4.1 * method for MimeTypeArray, in §11.3.4.1 * method for Plugin, in §11.3.4.1 * Named objects, in §6.3.3 * naturalHeight, in §4.7.5 * naturalWidth, in §4.7.5 * nav, in §4.3.4 * navigate, in §6.7.1 * navigated, in §6.7.1 * navigate fragment, in §6.7.9 * navigating, in §6.7.1 * navigating a browsing context, in §6.7.1 * navigation, in §6.7.1 * navigation algorithm, in §6.7.1 * Navigator, in §7.7.1 * navigator, in §7.7.1 * NavigatorContentUtils, in §7.7.1.3 * NavigatorCookies, in §7.7.1.4 * NavigatorID, in §7.7.1.1 * NavigatorLanguage, in §7.7.1.2 * navigator.onLine, in §6.7.13 * NavigatorOnLine, in §6.7.13 * NavigatorPlugins, in §11.3.4.1 * nearest activatable element, in §5.3 * nearest ancestor autofocus scoping document element, in §4.10.18.6.1 * nested browsing context, in §6.1.1 * nested browsing contexts, in §6.1.1 * nested through, in §6.1.1 * NETWORK_EMPTY, in §4.7.13.4 * NETWORK_IDLE, in §4.7.13.4 * networking task source, in §7.1.4.3 * NETWORK_LOADING, in §4.7.13.4 * NETWORK_NO_SOURCE, in §4.7.13.4 * networkState, in §4.7.13.4 * newURL * dict-member for HashChangeEventInit, in §6.7.10.3 * attribute for HashChangeEvent, in §6.7.10.3 * next, in §4.8.6.13.1 * nextid, in §11.2 * next input character, in §8.2.2.5 * next token, in §8.2.5 * nobr, in §11.2 * No CORS, in §2.6.6 * node A is removed, in §2.1.3 * noembed, in §11.2 * nofollow, in §4.8.6.7 * noframes, in §11.2 * nohref, in §11.2 * noHref, in §11.3.4 * non-blocking, in §4.12.1.1 * nonce * element-attr for link, in §4.2.4 * attribute for HTMLLinkElement, in §4.2.4 * element-attr for style, in §4.2.6 * attribute for HTMLStyleElement, in §4.2.6 * element-attr for script, in §4.12.1 * attribute for HTMLScriptElement, in §4.12.1 * NONE, in §4.7.12 * none * value for HTMLMediaElement/preload, in §4.7.13.5 * value for anchor-point, in §4.11.4.1 * context for canvas, in §4.12.4 * value for dropEffect, in §5.7.3 * value for effectAllowed, in §5.7.3 * value for drag, in §5.7.5 * None, in §4.7.13.5 * noopener, in §4.8.6.8 * no-quirks mode, in §2.2.2 * no-referrer, in §2.2.2 * noreferrer, in §4.8.6.9 * no-referrer-when-downgrade, in §2.2.2 * noresize, in §11.3.3 * noResize, in §11.3.3 * normal alignment, in §4.11.4 * normal elements, in §8.1.2 * normalized TimeRanges object, in §4.7.13.14 * normalize the source densities, in §4.7.5 * noscript, in §4.12.2 * noShade, in §11.3.4 * noshade, in §11.2 * not handled * dfn for script, in §7.1.3.9 * dfn for promise, in §7.1.3.10 * nothing, in §3.2.4.1 * Nothing, in §4.12.3 * notify about rejected promises, in §7.1.3.10 * not loaded, in §4.7.13.11.1 * no-translate, in §3.2.5.3 * not yet been loaded, in §4.7.13.11.1 * novalidate, in §4.10.18.6 * noValidate, in §4.10.18.6 * no-validate state, in §4.10.18.6 * nowrap, in §11.2 * noWrap, in §11.3.4 * number, in §4.10.5 * Number, in §4.10.5.1.12 * number of bytes downloaded, in §2.6.2 * number of child browsing contexts, in §6.3.2 * number of days in month month of year year, in §2.4.5 * Numeric character reference end state, in §8.2.4.78 * Numeric character reference state, in §8.2.4.73 * object * (element), in §4.7.8 * attribute for HTMLAppletElement, in §11.3.1 * _object, in §11.3.1 * object properties, in §2.1 * object property, in §2.1 * obtain, in §4.2.4.3 * obtain a physical form, in §10.8 * obtain the resource, in §4.2.4.3 * off * attr-value for form/autocomplete, in §4.10.3 * state for form/autocomplete, in §4.10.3 * attr-value for forms/autocomplete, in §4.10.18.7.1 * official playback position, in §4.7.13.6 * offline, in §Unnumbered section * ol, in §4.4.6 * oldURL * dict-member for HashChangeEventInit, in §6.7.10.3 * attribute for HashChangeEvent, in §6.7.10.3 * omitted, in §8.1.2.4 * on * attr-value for form/autocomplete, in §4.10.3 * state for form/autocomplete, in §4.10.3 * attr-value for forms/autocomplete, in §4.10.18.7.1 * onabort, in §7.1.5.2 * onaddtrack * attribute for AudioTrackList, VideoTrackList, in §4.7.13.10.1 * attribute for TextTrackList, in §4.7.13.11.8 * onafterprint, in §7.1.5.2 * onauxclick, in §7.1.5.2 * onbeforeprint, in §7.1.5.2 * onbeforeunload * attribute for OnBeforeUnloadEventHandler, in §7.1.5.2 * attribute for WindowEventHandlers, in §7.1.5.2.1 * OnBeforeUnloadEventHandler, in §7.1.5.1 * OnBeforeUnloadEventHandlerNonNull, in §7.1.5.1 * onblur, in §7.1.5.2 * onbounce, in §11.3.2 * oncancel, in §7.1.5.2 * oncanplay, in §7.1.5.2 * oncanplaythrough, in §7.1.5.2 * onchange * attribute for AudioTrackList, VideoTrackList, in §4.7.13.10.1 * attribute for TextTrackList, in §4.7.13.11.8 * attribute for GlobalEventHandlers, in §7.1.5.2 * onclick, in §7.1.5.2 * onclose, in §7.1.5.2 * oncopy, in §7.1.5.2 * oncuechange * attribute for TextTrack, in §4.7.13.11.8 * attribute for GlobalEventHandlers, in §7.1.5.2 * oncut, in §7.1.5.2 * ondblclick, in §7.1.5.2 * ondrag, in §7.1.5.2 * ondragend, in §7.1.5.2 * ondragenter, in §7.1.5.2 * ondragexit, in §7.1.5.2 * ondragleave, in §7.1.5.2 * ondragover, in §7.1.5.2 * ondragstart, in §7.1.5.2 * ondrop, in §7.1.5.2 * ondurationchange, in §7.1.5.2 * onemptied, in §7.1.5.2 * onended, in §7.1.5.2 * onenter, in §4.7.13.11.8 * one permitted sandboxed navigator, in §6.5 * onerror, in §7.1.5.2 * OnErrorEventHandler, in §7.1.5.1 * OnErrorEventHandlerNonNull, in §7.1.5.1 * onexit, in §4.7.13.11.8 * onfinish, in §11.3.2 * onfocus, in §7.1.5.2 * onhashchange, in §7.1.5.2 * oninput, in §7.1.5.2 * oninvalid, in §7.1.5.2 * onkeydown, in §7.1.5.2 * onkeypress, in §7.1.5.2 * onkeyup, in §7.1.5.2 * onlanguagechange, in §7.1.5.2 * online, in §Unnumbered section * onLine, in §6.7.13 * onload, in §7.1.5.2 * onloadeddata, in §7.1.5.2 * onloadedmetadata, in §7.1.5.2 * onloadend, in §7.1.5.2 * onloadstart, in §7.1.5.2 * only if border is not equivalent to zero, in §10.3.9 * onmessage, in §7.1.5.2 * onmousedown, in §7.1.5.2 * onmouseenter, in §7.1.5.2 * onmouseleave, in §7.1.5.2 * onmousemove, in §7.1.5.2 * onmouseout, in §7.1.5.2 * onmouseover, in §7.1.5.2 * onmouseup, in §7.1.5.2 * onoffline, in §7.1.5.2 * ononline, in §7.1.5.2 * onpagehide, in §7.1.5.2 * onpageshow, in §7.1.5.2 * onpaste, in §7.1.5.2 * onpause, in §7.1.5.2 * onplay, in §7.1.5.2 * onplaying, in §7.1.5.2 * onpopstate, in §7.1.5.2 * onprogress, in §7.1.5.2 * onratechange, in §7.1.5.2 * onreadystatechange * attribute for Document, in §3.1.1 * definition of, in §7.1.5.2 * onrejectionhandled, in §7.1.5.2 * onremovetrack * attribute for AudioTrackList, VideoTrackList, in §4.7.13.10.1 * attribute for TextTrackList, in §4.7.13.11.8 * onreset, in §7.1.5.2 * onresize, in §7.1.5.2 * onscroll, in §7.1.5.2 * onseeked, in §7.1.5.2 * onseeking, in §7.1.5.2 * onselect, in §7.1.5.2 * onshow, in §7.1.5.2 * onstalled, in §7.1.5.2 * onstart, in §11.3.2 * onstorage, in §7.1.5.2 * onsubmit, in §7.1.5.2 * onsuspend, in §7.1.5.2 * ontimeupdate, in §7.1.5.2 * ontoggle, in §7.1.5.2 * onunhandledrejection, in §7.1.5.2 * onunload, in §7.1.5.2 * onvolumechange, in §7.1.5.2 * onwaiting, in §7.1.5.2 * onwheel, in §7.1.5.2 * opaque origin, in §6.4 * open * element-attr for details, in §4.11.1 * attribute for HTMLDetailsElement, in §4.11.1 * element-attr for dialog, in §4.11.4 * attribute for HTMLDialogElement, in §4.11.4 * event for global, in §Unnumbered section * open() * method for Window, in §6.3.1 * method for Document, in §7.4.1 * opener, in §6.1.2.1 * opener browsing context, in §6.1.2 * open(type), in §7.4.1 * open(type, replace), in §7.4.1 * open(url, name, features), in §7.4.1 * open(url, name, features, replace), in §7.4.1 * optgroup, in §4.10.9 * optimum * element-attr for meter, in §4.10.14 * attribute for HTMLMeterElement, in §4.10.14 * optimum point, in §4.10.14 * optimum value, in §4.10.14 * option, in §4.10.10 * :optional, in §4.15.2 * optionally truncate a simple dialog string, in §7.6.1 * optionally truncated, in §7.6.1 * optionally truncating, in §7.6.1 * optional start and end tags, in §8.1.2.4 * options * attribute for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7 * attribute for HTMLDataListElement, in §4.10.8 * Option(text, value, defaultSelected, selected), in §4.10.10 * ordered set of unique space-separated tokens, in §2.4.7 * ordinal value, in §4.4.8 * Ordinary, in §8.2.3.2 * or equivalent, in §2.6.1 * origin * attribute for HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils, in §4.8.3 * dfn for concept, in §6.4 * attribute for Location, in §6.6.4 * dfn for security, in §7.1.3.1 * attribute for WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope, in §7.2 * original insertion mode, in §8.2.3.1 * origin-clean, in §4.12.4 * origin domain, in §6.4 * origin host, in §6.4 * origin port, in §6.4 * origins, in §6.4 * origin scheme, in §6.4 * Other link types, in §4.8.6.14 * otherwise steps for iframe or frame elements, in §4.7.6 * outline, in §4.3.9.1 * outline depth, in §4.3.9.1 * :out-of-range, in §4.15.2 * output, in §4.10.12 * outstanding rejected promises weak set, in §7.1.3.1 * overridden reload, in §3.1 * override URL, in §6.7.1 * owner, in §5.4.2 * p, in §4.4.1 * pagehide, in §Unnumbered section * pageshow, in §Unnumbered section * page showing, in §6.7.11 * PageTransitionEvent, in §6.7.10.4 * PageTransitionEventInit, in §6.7.10.4 * PageTransitionEvent(type), in §6.7.10.4 * PageTransitionEvent(type, eventInitDict), in §6.7.10.4 * paint source, in §2.2.2 * palpable content, in §3.2.4.2.8 * paragraph, in §3.2.4.4 * paragraphing, in §3.2.4.4 * paragraphs, in §3.2.4.4 * param, in §4.7.9 * parameter, in §4.7.9 * parent, in §6.1.1.1 * parent browsing context, in §6.1.1 * parse, in §2.5.2 * parse a date component, in §2.4.5.2 * parse a date or time string, in §2.4.5.10 * parse a date string, in §2.4.5.2 * parse a duration string, in §2.4.5.9 * parse a floating date and time string, in §2.4.5.5 * parse a global date and time string, in §2.4.5.7 * parse a month component, in §2.4.5.1 * parse a month string, in §2.4.5.1 * parse a referrer policy from a Referrer-Policy header, in §2.2.2 * parse a sandboxing directive, in §6.5 * parse a sizes attribute, in §4.7.5 * parse a srcset attribute, in §4.7.5 * parse a time component, in §2.4.5.4 * parse a time string, in §2.4.5.4 * parse a time-zone offset component, in §2.4.5.6 * parse a time-zone offset string, in §2.4.5.6 * parse a URL, in §2.5.2 * parse a week string, in §2.4.5.8 * parse a yearless date component, in §2.4.5.3 * parse a yearless date string, in §2.4.5.3 * parse child’s sizes attribute, in §4.7.5 * parse child’s srcset attribute, in §4.7.5 * parsed as a CSS <color> value, in §2.2.2 * parse errors, in §8.2 * parse it as an integer, in §2.4.4.1 * parser-inserted, in §4.12.1.1 * parser pause flag, in §8.2.1 * parser state, in §7.1.3.1 * parse that attribute’s value, in §2.4.4.2 * parse the sandboxing directive, in §6.5 * parse token as an integer, in §2.4.4.1 * parsing, in §2.5.2 * parsing a date, in §2.4.5.2 * parsing a date and time, in §2.4.5.7 * parsing a date string, in §2.4.5.2 * parsing a duration string, in §2.4.5.9 * parsing a floating date and time, in §2.4.5.5 * parsing a floating date and time string, in §2.4.5.5 * parsing a month, in §2.4.5.1 * parsing a month string, in §2.4.5.1 * parsing a time, in §2.4.5.4 * parsing a time string, in §2.4.5.4 * parsing a time-zone offset string, in §2.4.5.6 * parsing a week, in §2.4.5.8 * parsing a week string, in §2.4.5.8 * parsing a yearless date string, in §2.4.5.3 * parsing of relative urls, in §2.5.2 * parsing relative urls, in §2.5.2 * partially available, in §4.7.5 * Partially available, in §4.7.5 * passing its URL or data to an external software package, in §6.7.1 * Password, in §4.10.5.1.6 * password * attribute for HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils, in §4.8.3 * attr-value for input/type, in §4.10.5 * paste, in §Unnumbered section * past names map, in §4.10.3 * Path components, in §4.10.5.1.17 * pathname * attribute for HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils, in §4.8.3 * attribute for Location, in §6.6.4 * pattern * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5 * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.3.6 * patternMismatch, in §4.10.20.3 * pause(), in §4.7.13.8 * Pause, in §7.1.4.2 * pause * event for media, in §4.7.13.16 * state for useragent, in §7.1.4.2 * paused, in §4.7.13.8 * paused for in-band content, in §4.7.13.8 * paused for user interaction, in §4.7.13.8 * pause-on-exit, in §4.7.13.11.1 * pauseOnExit, in §4.7.13.11.5 * pause-on-exit flag, in §4.7.13.11.1 * pending dialog stack, in §4.11.4 * pending parsing-blocking script, in §4.12.1.1 * pending request, in §4.7.5 * pending table character tokens, in §8.2.5.4.9 * pending text track change notification flag, in §4.7.13.11.1 * perform a microtask checkpoint, in §7.1.4.2 * perform automatic text track selection, in §4.7.13.11.3 * performing a microtask checkpoint flag, in §7.1.4.1 * performs a microtask checkpoint, in §7.1.4.2 * persisted * dict-member for PageTransitionEventInit, in §6.7.10.4 * attribute for PageTransitionEvent, in §6.7.10.4 * personalbar, in §6.3.6 * phrasing, in §3.2.4.2.5 * phrasing content, in §3.2.4.2.5 * pick an encoding for a form, in §4.10.21.5 * picked, in §4.10.7 * picking an encoding for the form, in §4.10.21.5 * picture, in §4.7.3 * placeholder * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5 * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.3.10 * element-attr for textarea, in §4.10.11 * attribute for HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.11 * placeholder label option, in §4.10.7 * plaintext, in §11.2 * plain text file, in §6.7.4 * PLAINTEXT state, in §8.2.4.5 * planned navigation, in §4.10.21.3 * plan to navigate, in §4.10.21.3 * platform, in §7.7.1.1 * plausible languages, in §7.7.1.2 * play, in §4.7.13.16 * play(), in §4.7.13.8 * playback ended, in §4.7.13.8 * playback has ended, in §4.7.13.8 * playbackRate, in §4.7.13.8 * playback volume, in §4.7.13.13 * played, in §4.7.13.8 * playing, in §4.7.13.16 * Plugin, in §11.3.4.1 * plugin, in §2.1.5 * PluginArray, in §11.3.4.1 * plugin document, in §6.7.7 * plugins * attribute for Document, in §3.1.3 * attribute for NavigatorPlugins, in §11.3.4.1 * poly, in §4.7.15 * polygon, in §4.7.15 * Polygon state, in §4.7.15 * polygon state, in §4.7.15 * popstate, in §Unnumbered section * PopStateEvent, in §6.7.10.2 * PopStateEventInit, in §6.7.10.2 * PopStateEvent(type), in §6.7.10.2 * PopStateEvent(type, eventInitDict), in §6.7.10.2 * populate the list of pending text tracks, in §4.7.13.11.1 * popup sandboxing flag set, in §6.5 * port * attribute for HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils, in §4.8.3 * attribute for Location, in §6.6.4 * <position>, in §4.11.4.1 * position, in §4.10.13 * possibly appropriate alternatives, in §5.7.4 * post, in §4.10.18.6 * POST, in §4.10.18.6 * poster * element-attr for video, in §4.7.10 * attribute for HTMLVideoElement, in §4.7.10 * poster frame, in §4.7.10 * Post to data:, in §4.10.21.3 * potentially active, in §4.7.7 * potentially playing, in §4.7.13.8 * practical concerns, in §2.2.1 * pragma-set default language, in §4.2.5.3 * pre, in §4.4.4 * pre-click activation steps, in §5.3 * prefix match, in §2.3 * preload * element-attr for media, in §4.7.13.5 * attribute for HTMLMediaElement, in §4.7.13.5 * prepare an event, in §4.7.13.8 * prepare a script, in §4.12.1.1 * prepared, in §4.12.1.1 * prepare to run script, in §7.1.3.4 * preparing, in §4.12.1.1 * prescan a byte stream to determine its encoding, in §8.2.2.2 * presentational hints, in §10.2 * preserve, in §4.10.19 * prev, in §4.8.6.13.2 * prevents content from creating new auxiliary browsing contexts, in §6.1.5 * previous target element, in §5.7.5 * primary control group, in §5.4.5 * print(), in §7.6.2 * printing steps, in §7.6.2 * print when loaded, in §7.6.2 * probably * enum-value for CanPlayTypeResult, in §4.7.13 * definition of, in §4.7.13.3 * "probably", in §4.7.13 * probablySupportsContext(contextId), in §4.12.4 * probablySupportsContext(contextId, arguments...), in §4.12.4 * probablySupportsContext(contextId, ...arguments), in §4.12.4 * proceed with that mechanism instead, in §6.7.1 * process an rtc element, in §4.5.13 * processing model for navigating across documents, in §6.7.1 * processing the iframe attributes, in §4.7.6 * process the frame attributes, in §11.3.3 * process the iframe attributes, in §4.7.6 * process the resource appropriately, in §6.7.1 * Process the response, in §7.1.3.2 * product, in §7.7.1.1 * profile * element-attr for head, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLHeadElement, in §11.3.4 * progress * event for media, in §4.7.13.16 * (element), in §4.10.13 * event for global, in §Unnumbered section * proleptic Gregorian calendar, in §2.4.5 * proleptic-Gregorian date, in §2.4.5 * promise * dict-member for PromiseRejectionEventInit, in §7.1.3.10.2 * attribute for PromiseRejectionEvent, in §7.1.3.10.2 * PromiseRejectionEvent, in §7.1.3.10.2 * PromiseRejectionEventInit, in §7.1.3.10.2 * PromiseRejectionEvent(type, eventInitDict), in §7.1.3.10.2 * prompt(), in §7.6.1 * prompt(message), in §7.6.1 * prompt(message, default), in §7.6.1 * prompt to unload, in §6.7.11 * prompt to unload a document, in §6.7.11 * Protected mode, in §5.7.2 * protocol * attribute for HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils, in §4.8.3 * attribute for Location, in §6.6.4 * proto-URL, in §7.7.1.3 * provides a stable state, in §7.1.4.2 * provide such information, in §4.9.1.1 * push onto the list of active formatting elements, in §8.2.3.3 * pushState(), in §6.6.2 * pushState(data, title), in §6.6.2 * pushState(data, title, url), in §6.6.2 * q, in §4.5.7 * queryCommandEnabled(), in §5.6.4 * queryCommandEnabled(commandId), in §5.6.4 * queryCommandIndeterm(), in §5.6.4 * queryCommandIndeterm(commandId), in §5.6.4 * queryCommandState(), in §5.6.4 * queryCommandState(commandId), in §5.6.4 * queryCommandSupported(), in §5.6.4 * queryCommandSupported(commandId), in §5.6.4 * queryCommandValue(), in §5.6.4 * queryCommandValue(commandId), in §5.6.4 * queue a microtask, in §7.1.4.2 * queue a task, in §7.1.4.1 * queued, in §7.1.4.2 * queues a task, in §7.1.4.1 * queuing, in §7.1.4.1 * quirks mode, in §2.2.2 * radio, in §4.10.5 * Radio, in §4.10.5.1.16 * radio button group, in §4.10.5.1.16 * RadioNodeList, in §2.7.2.2 * range, in §4.10.5 * Range, in §4.10.5.1.13 * rangeOverflow, in §4.10.20.3 * rangeUnderflow, in §4.10.20.3 * rank, in §4.3.6 * ratechange, in §4.7.13.16 * raw text, in §8.1.2 * raw text elements, in §8.1.2 * RAWTEXT end tag name state, in §8.2.4.14 * RAWTEXT end tag open state, in §8.2.4.13 * RAWTEXT less-than sign state, in §8.2.4.12 * RAWTEXT state, in §8.2.4.3 * raw value, in §4.10.11 * rb, in §4.5.11 * RCDATA end tag name state, in §8.2.4.11 * RCDATA end tag open state, in §8.2.4.10 * RCDATA less-than sign state, in §8.2.4.9 * RCDATA state, in §8.2.4.2 * read errors, in §2.2.2 * readiness state, in §4.7.13.11.1 * readonly * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.3.3 * element-attr for textarea, in §4.10.11 * :read-only, in §4.15.2 * readOnly * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5 * attribute for HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.11 * Read-only mode, in §5.7.2 * :read-write, in §4.15.2 * Read/write mode, in §5.7.2 * ready, in §4.7.13.11.1 * ready for post-load tasks, in §8.2.6 * readyState * attribute for Document, in §3.1.2 * attribute for HTMLTrackElement, in §4.7.12 * attribute for HTMLMediaElement, in §4.7.13.7 * readystatechange, in §Unnumbered section * ready to be parser-executed, in §4.12.1.1 * realm execution context, in §7.1.3.1 * reason * dict-member for PromiseRejectionEventInit, in §7.1.3.10.2 * attribute for PromiseRejectionEvent, in §7.1.3.10.2 * reassociateable, in §4.10.2 * Reassociateable element, in §4.10.2 * Reassociateable elements, in §4.10.2 * reconstruct the active formatting elements, in §8.2.3.3 * reconsume, in §8.2.4 * rect, in §4.7.15 * rectangle, in §4.7.15 * rectangle state, in §4.7.15 * Rectangle state, in §4.7.15 * rect state, in §4.7.15 * Rect state, in §4.7.15 * reentrant, in §8.2.1 * referrer * attribute for Document, in §3.1.2 * definition of, in §4.2.5.1 * referrerPolicy * attribute for HTMLLinkElement, in §4.2.4 * attribute for HTMLAnchorElement, in §4.5.1 * definition of, in §4.5.1 * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §4.7.5 * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, in §4.7.6 * attribute for HTMLAreaElement, in §4.7.15 * referrerpolicy * element-attr for link, in §4.2.4 * element-attr for img, in §4.7.5 * element-attr for iframe, in §4.7.6 * Referrer-Policy, in §2.2.2 * referrer policy, in §3.1.1 * referrer policy attribute, in §2.6.7 * referrer source, in §2.6.1 * reflect, in §2.7.1 * reflection, in §2.7.1 * refresh(), in §11.3.4.1 * refresh, in §4.2.5.3 * refresh(reload), in §11.3.4.1 * refused to allow the document to be unloaded, in §6.7.11 * refused to allow this document to be unloaded, in §6.7.11 * registerContentHandler(), in §7.7.1.3 * registerContentHandler(mimeType, url, title), in §7.7.1.3 * registerProtocolHandler(), in §7.7.1.3 * registerProtocolHandler(scheme, url, title), in §7.7.1.3 * register the name, in §4.2.5.2 * register the names, in §4.2.5.2 * reinitialise url, in §4.8.3 * rel * element-attr for link, in §4.2.4 * attribute for HTMLLinkElement, in §4.2.4 * attribute for HTMLAnchorElement, in §4.5.1 * attribute for HTMLAreaElement, in §4.7.15 * element-attr for a, area, links, in §4.8.2 * releaseEvents() * method for Document, in §11.3.4 * method for Window, in §11.3.4 * Relevant, in §7.1.3.5 * relevant child nodes, in §9.3 * relevant Document, in §6.6.4 * relevant global object, in §7.1.3.5.4 * relevant mutations, in §4.7.5 * relevant Realm, in §7.1.3.5.4 * relevant settings object, in §7.1.3.5.4 * relList * attribute for HTMLLinkElement, in §4.2.4 * attribute for HTMLAnchorElement, in §4.5.1 * attribute for HTMLAreaElement, in §4.7.15 * reload(), in §6.6.4 * reload override buffer, in §3.1 * reload override flag, in §3.1 * reload-triggered navigation, in §6.7.1 * remove() * method for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7 * method for DataTransferItemList, in §5.7.3.1 * remove an element from a document, in §2.1.3 * removeCue(cue), in §4.7.13.11.5 * removed from, in §2.1.3 * removed from a document, in §2.1.3 * removed from the document, in §2.1.3 * remove(index) * method for HTMLOptionsCollection, in §2.7.2.3 * method for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7 * method for DataTransferItemList, in §5.7.3.1 * removetrack, in §4.7.13.16 * rendered legend, in §10.3.13 * RenderingContext, in §4.12.4 * reparsed, in §2.5.2 * replace(), in §6.6.4 * replaced element, in §2.2.2 * replacement enabled, in §6.7.10 * replacement must be enabled, in §6.7.10 * replaceState(), in §6.6.2 * replaceState(data, title), in §6.6.2 * replaceState(data, title, url), in §6.6.2 * replace(url), in §6.6.4 * report an error, in §7.1.3.9 * report an exception, in §7.1.3.9.1 * reported MIME types, in §11.3.4.1 * report the error, in §7.1.3.9 * report the exception, in §7.1.3.9.1 * reportValidity() * method for HTMLObjectElement, in §4.7.8 * method for HTMLFormElement, in §4.10.3 * method for HTMLInputElement, HTMLButtonElement, HTMLSelectElement, HTMLTextAreaElement, HTMLOutputElement, HTMLFieldSetElement, in §4.10.20.3 * represent, in §3.2.2 * reprocess the iframe attributes, in §4.7.6 * requestAnimationFrame(), in §7.9 * requestAnimationFrame(callback), in §7.9 * request client, in §7.1.3.1 * request url, in §4.8.4 * _required * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5 * attribute for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7 * attribute for HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.11 * :required, in §4.15.2 * required * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5 * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.3.4 * definition of, in §4.10.5.3.4 * element-attr for select, in §4.10.7 * attribute for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7 * element-attr for textarea, in §4.10.11 * attribute for HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.11 * Reset, in §4.10.5.1.20 * reset * attr-value for input/type, in §4.10.5 * attr-value for button/type, in §4.10.6 * definition of, in §4.10.22 * event for global, in §Unnumbered section * reset(), in §4.10.3 * reset algorithm, in §4.10.22 * reset button, in §4.10.6 * resettable, in §4.10.2 * Resettable element, in §4.10.2 * Resettable elements, in §4.10.2 * reset the form owner, in §4.10.17.3 * reset the insertion mode appropriately, in §8.2.3.1 * resolve a module specifier, in §7.1.3.8 * resolving a module specifier, in §7.1.3.8 * resource * dfn for http, in §2.1.1 * definition of, in §4.7.13 * resource fetch algorithm, in §4.7.13.5 * resource selection algorithm, in §4.7.13.5 * responsible browsing context, in §7.1.3.1 * responsible document, in §7.1.3.1 * responsible event loop, in §7.1.3.1 * restart the animation, in §10.4.2 * restore persisted user state, in §6.7.10.1 * resulting URL record, in §2.5.2 * resulting URL records, in §2.5.2 * resulting URL string, in §2.5.2 * return state, in §8.2.4 * returnValue * attribute for HTMLDialogElement, in §4.11.4 * attribute for BeforeUnloadEvent, in §6.7.11.1 * rev * attribute for HTMLLinkElement, in §4.2.4 * attribute for HTMLAnchorElement, in §4.5.1 * element-attr for a, link, links, in §4.8.2 * reversed * element-attr for ol, in §4.4.6 * attribute for HTMLOListElement, in §4.4.6 * reverse link, in §4.8.2 * Reverse links, in §4.8.2 * right * attr-value for marquee/direction, in §10.5.11 * state for marquee, in §11.3.2 * rightmargin, in §11.2 * role, in §2.2.2 * root, in §2.2.2 * row * attr-value for scope, in §4.9.10 * state for scope, in §4.9.10 * definition of, in §4.9.12 * rowgroup, in §4.9.10 * row group * state for scope, in §4.9.10 * definition of, in §4.9.12 * row group header, in §4.9.12.2 * row groups, in §4.9.12 * row header, in §4.9.12.2 * rowIndex, in §4.9.8 * rows * attribute for HTMLTableElement, in §4.9.1 * attribute for HTMLTableSectionElement, in §4.9.5 * definition of, in §4.9.12 * element-attr for textarea, in §4.10.11 * attribute for HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.11 * element-attr for frameset, in §11.3.3 * attribute for HTMLFrameSetElement, in §11.3.3 * rowSpan, in §4.9.11 * rowspan, in §4.9.11 * rp, in §4.5.14 * rt, in §4.5.12 * rtc, in §4.5.13 * rtl * attr-value for global/dir, in §3.2.5.5 * state for dir, in §3.2.5.5 * ruby, in §4.5.10 * ruby annotation container, in §4.5.10 * ruby base container, in §4.5.10 * ruby bases, in §4.5.10 * ruby segment, in §4.5.10 * ruby text annotations, in §4.5.10 * ruby text container, in §4.5.10 * rules * element-attr for table, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLTableElement, in §11.3.4 * rules for constructing the chapter tree from a text track, in §4.7.13.11.7 * rules for distinguishing if a resource is text or binary, in §2.6.4 * rules for extracting the chapter title, in §4.7.13.11.1 * rules for interpreting WebVTT cue text, in §2.2.2 * rules for parsing a hash-name reference, in §2.4.9 * rules for parsing a legacy color value, in §2.4.6 * rules for parsing a legacy font size, in §10.3.4 * rules for parsing a list of dimensions, in §2.4.4.7 * rules for parsing a list of floating-point numbers, in §2.4.4.6 * rules for parsing dimension values, in §2.4.4.4 * rules for parsing floating-point number values, in §2.4.4.3 * rules for parsing integer, in §2.4.4.1 * rules for parsing integers, in §2.4.4.1 * rules for parsing non-negative integers, in §2.4.4.2 * rules for parsing non-zero dimension values, in §2.4.4.5 * rules for parsing signed integers, in §2.4.4.1 * rules for parsing simple color values, in §2.4.6 * rules for serializing simple color values, in §2.4.6 * rules for sniffing images specifically, in §2.6.4 * rules for updating the display of WebVTT text tracks, in §2.2.2 * rules for updating the text track rendering, in §4.7.13.11.1 * run a classic script, in §7.1.3.4 * run a module script, in §7.1.3.4 * run authentic click activation steps, in §5.3 * run canceled activation steps, in §5.3 * run CSS animations and send events, in §7.1.4.2 * running script, in §7.1.3.4 * running synthetic click activation steps, in §5.3 * running the classic script, in §7.1.3.4 * run post-click activation steps, in §5.3 * run pre-click activation steps, in §5.3 * runs, in §4.7.13.5 * run synthetic click activation steps, in §5.3 * run the animation frame callbacks, in §7.9 * run the classic script, in §7.1.3.4 * run the fullscreen rendering steps, in §7.1.4.2 * run the global script clean-up jobs, in §7.1.3.4 * run the module script, in §7.1.3.4 * Runtime script errors, in §7.1.3.9 * s, in §4.5.5 * safelisted schemes, in §7.7.1.3 * salvageable, in §6.7.11 * same origin, in §6.4 * same origin-domain, in §6.4 * samp, in §4.5.19 * sandbox * element-attr for iframe, in §4.7.6 * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, in §4.7.6 * sandbox cookies, in §3.1.2 * sandboxed automatic features browsing context flag, in §6.5 * sandboxed auxiliary navigation browsing context flag, in §6.5 * sandboxed document.domain browsing context flag, in §6.5 * sandboxed forms browsing context flag, in §6.5 * sandboxed fullscreen browsing context flag, in §6.5 * sandboxed into a unique origin, in §6.5 * sandboxed modals flag, in §6.5 * sandboxed navigation browsing context flag, in §6.5 * sandboxed origin browsing context flag, in §6.5 * sandboxed plugins browsing context flag, in §6.5 * sandboxed pointer lock browsing context flag, in §6.5 * sandboxed presentation browsing context flag, in §6.5 * sandboxed scripts browsing context flag, in §6.5 * sandboxed storage area URLs flag, in §6.5 * sandboxed top-level navigation browsing context flag, in §6.5 * sandboxing flag set, in §6.5 * sandbox propagates to auxiliary browsing contexts flag, in §6.5 * satisfies its constraints, in §4.10.20.1 * satisfy its constraints, in §4.10.20.1 * satisfy their constraints, in §4.10.20.1 * scheme * element-attr for meta, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLMetaElement, in §11.3.4 * scope * element-attr for th, in §4.9.10 * attribute for HTMLTableHeaderCellElement, in §4.9.10 * element-attr for td, in §11.2 * script * (element), in §4.12.1 * dfn for concept, in §7.1.3.1 * script-closable, in §6.3.1 * script content restrictions, in §4.12.1.3 * script-created parser, in §7.4.1 * Script data double escaped dash dash state, in §8.2.4.29 * Script data double escaped dash state, in §8.2.4.28 * Script data double escaped less-than sign state, in §8.2.4.30 * Script data double escaped state, in §8.2.4.27 * Script data double escape end state, in §8.2.4.31 * Script data double escape start state, in §8.2.4.26 * Script data end tag name state, in §8.2.4.17 * Script data end tag open state, in §8.2.4.16 * Script data escaped dash dash state, in §8.2.4.22 * Script data escaped dash state, in §8.2.4.21 * Script data escaped end tag name state, in §8.2.4.25 * Script data escaped end tag open state, in §8.2.4.24 * Script data escaped less-than sign state, in §8.2.4.23 * Script data escaped state, in §8.2.4.20 * Script data escape start dash state, in §8.2.4.19 * Script data escape start state, in §8.2.4.18 * Script data less-than sign state, in §8.2.4.15 * Script data state, in §8.2.4.4 * script documentation, in §4.12.1.4 * scripting, in §7.1.3.1 * scripting flag, in §8.2.3.5 * Scripting is disabled, in §7.1.2 * Scripting is disabled for a node, in §7.1.2 * scripting is enabled, in §7.1.2 * Scripting is enabled for a node, in §7.1.2 * scripting was enabled, in §7.1.2 * script nesting level, in §8.2.1 * scripts * attribute for Document, in §3.1.3 * dfn for concept, in §7.1.3.1 * Script-supporting elements, in §3.2.4.2.9 * scroll * attr-value for marquee/behavior, in §11.3.2 * state for marquee/behavior, in §11.3.2 * scrollamount, in §11.3.2 * scrollAmount, in §11.3.2 * scrollbars, in §6.3.6 * scrolldelay, in §11.3.2 * scrollDelay, in §11.3.2 * scrolling * element-attr for iframe, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLFrameElement, in §11.3.3 * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, in §11.3.4 * scrollRestoration, in §6.6.2 * ScrollRestoration, in §6.6.2 * scroll restoration mode, in §6.6.1 * scroll to the fragment, in §6.7.9 * Search, in §4.10.5.1.2 * search * attribute for HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils, in §4.8.3 * element-state for link, in §4.8.6.10 * attr-value for input/type, in §4.10.5 * attribute for Location, in §6.6.4 * second administrative level, in §4.10.18.7.1 * section * (element), in §4.3.3 * definition of, in §4.3.9.1 * sectioning, in §3.2.4.2.3 * sectioning content, in §3.2.4.2.3 * sectioning roots, in §4.3.9 * sectionRowIndex, in §4.9.8 * secured, in §2.1.5 * Sec-WebSocket-Protocol, in §2.2.2 * seek, in §4.7.13.9 * seekable, in §4.7.13.9 * seeked, in §4.7.13.16 * seeking * attribute for HTMLMediaElement, in §4.7.13.9 * event for media, in §4.7.13.16 * segmentation and categorization of content of a ruby, in §4.5.10 * select * (element), in §4.10.7 * enum-value for SelectionMode, in §4.10.19 * event for global, in §Unnumbered section * select(), in §4.10.19 * select an image source, in §4.7.5 * selected * attribute for VideoTrack, in §4.7.13.10.1 * element-attr for option, in §4.10.10 * attribute for HTMLOptionElement, in §4.10.10 * selected coordinate, in §4.10.5.1.19 * selected files, in §4.10.5.1.17 * selectedIndex * attribute for HTMLOptionsCollection, in §2.7.2.3 * attribute for VideoTrackList, in §4.7.13.10.1 * attribute for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7 * selectedness, in §4.10.10 * selectedOptions, in §4.10.7 * selecting an image source, in §4.7.5 * selectionDirection, in §4.10.19 * selectionEnd, in §4.10.19 * SelectionMode, in §4.10.19 * selectionStart, in §4.10.19 * self, in §6.3 * self-closing flag, in §8.2.4 * Self-closing start tag state, in §8.2.4.40 * send a WebSocket Message, in §2.2.2 * send select update notifications, in §4.10.7 * sequential focus navigation, in §5.4.5 * sequential focus navigation order, in §5.4.5 * sequential focus navigation starting point, in §5.4.5 * sequential navigation search algorithm, in §5.4.5 * Serializable, in §2.9.1 * Serializable objects, in §2.9.1 * serialization steps, in §2.9.1 * Serialized state, in §6.6.1 * ServiceWorkerContainer, in §2.2.2 * session history, in §6.6.1 * session history document visibility change steps, in §6.7.10 * session history entry, in §6.6.1 * session history event loop, in §6.6.2 * session history traversal, in §6.7.10 * session history traversal queue, in §6.6.2 * set-cookie, in §4.2.5.3 * setCustomValidity(), in §4.10.20.3 * setCustomValidity(error) * method for HTMLObjectElement, in §4.7.8 * method for HTMLInputElement, HTMLButtonElement, HTMLSelectElement, HTMLTextAreaElement, HTMLOutputElement, HTMLFieldSetElement, in §4.10.20.3 * setData(format, data), in §5.7.3 * setDragImage(element, x, y), in §5.7.3 * setDragImage(image, x, y), in §5.7.3 * setInterval(), in §7.5 * setInterval(handler), in §7.2 * setInterval(handler, timeout), in §7.2 * setInterval(handler, timeout, ...arguments), in §7.2 * set of comma-separated tokens, in §2.4.8 * set of scripts that will execute as soon as possible, in §4.12.1.1 * set of space-separated tokens, in §2.4.7 * setRangeText(), in §4.10.19 * setRangeText(replacement), in §4.10.19 * setRangeText(replacement, start, end), in §4.10.19 * setRangeText(replacement, start, end, selectionMode), in §4.10.19 * setSelectionRange(), in §4.10.19 * setSelectionRange(start, end), in §4.10.19 * setSelectionRange(start, end, direction), in §4.10.19 * __setter__(), in §3.2.5.7 * __setter__(name, value), in §3.2.5.7 * set the document’s address, in §6.7.1 * set the frozen base URL, in §4.2.3 * set the url, in §4.8.3 * set the value of a new indexed property, in §4.10.7 * set the value of a new indexed property or set the value of an existing indexed property, in §2.7.2.3 * setTimeout(), in §7.5 * setTimeout(handler), in §7.2 * setTimeout(handler, timeout), in §7.2 * setTimeout(handler, timeout, ...arguments), in §7.2 * setting, in §2.1.4 * settings object, in §7.1.3.1 * setting the document’s address, in §6.7.1 * set up a browsing context environment settings object, in §6.1.6 * set up the position, in §4.11.4 * Set up the request, in §7.1.3.2 * shape * element-attr for area, in §4.7.15 * attribute for HTMLAreaElement, in §4.7.15 * element-attr for a, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLAnchorElement, in §11.3.4 * Shift_JIS, in §8.2.2.3 * shipping, in §4.10.18.7.1 * should be used, in §4.7.8 * show(), in §4.11.4 * show(anchor), in §4.11.4 * showing * mode for track, in §4.7.13.11.1 * enum-value for TextTrackMode, in §4.7.13.11.5 * showModal(), in §4.11.4 * showModal(anchor), in §4.11.4 * shown, in §2.1 * show poster flag, in §4.7.13.6 * sign, in §4.7.13.10.1 * signal a type change, in §4.10.5 * simple color, in §2.4.6 * size * definition of, in §2.6.2 * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5 * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.3.2 * element-attr for select, in §4.10.7 * attribute for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7 * element-attr for hr, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLFontElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLHRElement, in §11.3.4 * sizes * element-attr for link, in §4.2.4 * attribute for HTMLLinkElement, in §4.2.4 * element-attr for source, in §4.7.4 * attribute for HTMLSourceElement, in §4.7.4 * element-attr for img, in §4.7.5 * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §4.7.5 * skip white space, in §2.4.1 * slide * attr-value for marquee/behavior, in §11.3.2 * state for marquee/behavior, in §11.3.2 * slot, in §3.2.5 * slots, in §4.9.12 * small, in §4.5.4 * sms:, in §2.2.2 * Soft, in §4.10.11 * soft, in §4.10.11 * solitary callback microtasks, in §7.1.4.2 * source, in §4.7.4 * source browsing context, in §6.7.1 * source node, in §5.7.5 * source set, in §4.7.5 * source size, in §4.7.5 * Source text, in §7.1.3.1 * space characters, in §2.4.1 * spacer, in §11.2 * span * (element), in §4.5.28 * element-attr for colgroup, in §4.9.3 * attribute for HTMLTableColElement, in §4.9.3 * element-attr for col, in §4.9.4 * span multiple columns, in §4.9.11 * Special, in §8.2.3.2 * spellcheck * element-attr for global, in §5.6.5 * attribute for HTMLElement, in §5.6.5 * spinning the event loop, in §7.1.4.2 * spins the event loop, in §7.1.4.2 * spin the event loop, in §7.1.4.2 * split a string on commas, in §2.4.8 * split a string on spaces, in §2.4.7 * spoon-feed the parser, in §9.2 * src * element-attr for source, in §4.7.4 * attribute for HTMLSourceElement, in §4.7.4 * element-attr for img, in §4.7.5 * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §4.7.5 * element-attr for iframe, in §4.7.6 * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, in §4.7.6 * element-attr for embed, in §4.7.7 * attribute for HTMLEmbedElement, in §4.7.7 * element-attr for track, in §4.7.12 * attribute for HTMLTrackElement, in §4.7.12 * element-attr for media, in §4.7.13.2 * attribute for HTMLMediaElement, in §4.7.13.2 * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5 * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.1.19 * element-attr for script, in §4.12.1 * attribute for HTMLScriptElement, in §4.12.1 * element-attr for frame, in §11.3.3 * attribute for HTMLFrameElement, in §11.3.3 * srcdoc * element-attr for iframe, in §4.7.6 * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, in §4.7.6 * srclang * element-attr for track, in §4.7.12 * attribute for HTMLTrackElement, in §4.7.12 * srcObject, in §4.7.13.2 * srcset * element-attr for source, in §4.7.4 * attribute for HTMLSourceElement, in §4.7.4 * element-attr for img, in §4.7.5 * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §4.7.5 * stack of open elements, in §8.2.3.2 * stack of template insertion modes, in §8.2.3.1 * stalled, in §4.7.13.16 * stall timeout, in §4.7.13.5 * standby * element-attr for object, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §11.3.4 * start * element-attr for ol, in §4.4.6 * attribute for HTMLOListElement, in §4.4.6 * enum-value for SelectionMode, in §4.10.19 * event for marquee, in §11.3.2 * start(), in §11.3.2 * start(index), in §4.7.13.14 * Start tags, in §8.1.2.1 * start the track processing model, in §4.7.13.11.3 * start the WebSocket closing handshake, in §2.2.2 * startTime, in §4.7.13.11.5 * state * dfn for image, in §4.7.5 * attribute for History, in §6.6.2 * dict-member for PopStateEventInit, in §6.7.10.2 * attribute for PopStateEvent, in §6.7.10.2 * state of the type attribute, in §4.10.5.1 * states of the type attribute, in §4.10.5.1 * statically validate the constraints, in §4.10.20.2 * statically validating the constraints, in §4.10.20.2 * status, in §6.3.6 * statusbar, in §6.3.6 * step * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5 * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.3.8 * step-align, in §4.10.5.4 * step-aligned, in §4.10.5.4 * step-aligns, in §4.10.5.4 * step base, in §4.10.5.3.8 * stepDown(n), in §4.10.5.4 * stepMismatch, in §4.10.20.3 * step scale factor, in §4.10.5.3.8 * steps to expose a media-resource-specific text track, in §4.7.13.11.2 * stepUp(n), in §4.10.5.4 * stop() * method for Window, in §6.3.1 * method for HTMLMarqueeElement, in §11.3.2 * stop parsing, in §8.2.6 * stopped due to errors, in §4.7.13.8 * storage, in §Unnumbered section * strictly split, in §2.4.1 * strictly split a string, in §2.4.1 * strictly splitting the string, in §2.4.1 * strike, in §11.2 * stringification behavior * dfn for HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils, in §4.8.3 * dfn for Location, in §6.6.4 * strip and collapse white space, in §2.4.1 * strip leading and trailing white space, in §2.4.1 * strip line breaks, in §2.4.1 * stripped line breaks, in §2.4.1 * stripping and collapsing white space, in §2.4.1 * stripping leading and trailing white space, in §2.4.1 * strong, in §4.5.3 * StructuredDeserialize, in §2.9.6 * StructuredDeserializeWithTransfer, in §2.9.8 * StructuredSerialize, in §2.9.4 * StructuredSerializeForStorage, in §2.9.5 * StructuredSerializeInternal, in §2.9.3 * StructuredSerializeWithTransfer, in §2.9.7 * style * element-attr for global, in §3.2.5.6 * (element), in §4.2.6 * style data, in §4.2.6 * stylesheet, in §4.8.6.11 * style sheet ready, in §4.2.7 * sub, in §4.5.21 * sub-deserialization, in §2.9.6 * Submit, in §4.10.5.1.18 * submit(), in §4.10.3 * submit * attr-value for input/type, in §4.10.5 * attr-value for button/type, in §4.10.6 * definition of, in §4.10.21.3 * event for global, in §Unnumbered section * Submit as entity body, in §4.10.21.3 * submit button * definition of, in §4.10.2 * element-state for button/type, in §4.10.6 * submit buttons, in §4.10.2 * Submit dialog, in §4.10.21.3 * submittable, in §4.10.2 * Submittable element, in §4.10.2 * Submittable elements, in §4.10.2 * submitted, in §4.10.21.3 * subprotocol in use, in §2.2.2 * sub-serialization, in §2.9.3 * substantial, in §10.3.10 * Subtitles, in §4.7.12 * subtitles * attr-value for track/kind, in §4.7.12 * attr-value for commonTrack/kind, in §4.7.13.10.1 * dfn for track, in §4.7.13.11.1 * enum-value for TextTrackKind, in §4.7.13.11.5 * "subtitles", in §4.7.13.11.5 * suffer from a custom error, in §4.10.20.1 * suffer from an overflow, in §4.10.20.1 * suffer from an underflow, in §4.10.20.1 * suffer from a pattern mismatch, in §4.10.20.1 * suffer from a step mismatch, in §4.10.20.1 * suffer from a type mismatch, in §4.10.20.1 * suffer from bad input, in §4.10.20.1 * suffer from being missing, in §4.10.20.1 * suffer from being too long, in §4.10.20.1 * suffer from being too short, in §4.10.20.1 * suffering from a custom error, in §4.10.20.1 * suffering from an overflow, in §4.10.20.1 * suffering from an underflow, in §4.10.20.1 * suffering from a pattern mismatch, in §4.10.20.1 * suffering from a step mismatch, in §4.10.20.1 * suffering from a type mismatch, in §4.10.20.1 * suffering from bad input, in §4.10.20.1 * suffering from being missing, in §4.10.20.1 * suffering from being too long, in §4.10.20.1 * suffering from being too short, in §4.10.20.1 * suffixes, in §11.3.4.1 * suggestions source element, in §4.10.5.3.9 * suitable sequentially focusable area, in §5.4.5 * summary * (element), in §4.11.2 * element-attr for table, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLTableElement, in §11.3.4 * sup, in §4.5.21 * supported, in §2.1.1 * supported token, in §2.2.2 * supported tokens, in §2.2.2 * supporting the suggested default rendering, in §2.2.1 * support the suggested default rendering, in §2.2.1 * suspend, in §4.7.13.16 * SVG namespace, in §2.8 * synchronous section, in §7.1.4.2 * synchronous sections, in §7.1.4.2 * tabindex, in §5.4.3 * tabIndex, in §5.4.3 * tabindex focus flag, in §5.4.3 * table * (element), in §4.9.1 * definition of, in §4.9.12 * table design techniques, in §4.9.1.1 * table model, in §4.9.12 * table model error, in §4.9.12 * tables, in §4.9.12 * tag, in §4.8.6.12 * Tag clouds, in §4.13.3 * tag name, in §8.1.2 * Tag name state, in §8.2.4.8 * Tag omission in text/html, in §3.2.3 * Tag open state, in §8.2.4.6 * Tags, in §8.1.2 * taintEnabled(), in §7.7.1.1 * target * element-attr for base, in §4.2.3 * attribute for HTMLBaseElement, in §4.2.3 * attribute for HTMLAnchorElement, in §4.5.1 * attribute for HTMLAreaElement, in §4.7.15 * element-attr for a, area, links, in §4.8.2 * element-attr for form, in §4.10.18.6 * attribute for HTMLFormElement, in §4.10.18.6 * element-attr for link, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLLinkElement, in §11.3.4 * target element, in §6.7.9 * target override, in §2.2.2 * task queues, in §7.1.4.1 * tasks, in §7.1.4.1 * task source, in §7.1.4.1 * tBodies, in §4.9.1 * tbody, in §4.9.5 * td, in §4.9.9 * tel, in §4.10.5 * Telephone, in §4.10.5.1.3 * template, in §4.12.3 * template contents, in §4.12.3 * temporary buffer, in §8.2.4 * term, in §4.5.8 * term-description groups, in §4.4.9 * termination nesting level, in §6.7.11 * Text, in §4.10.5.1.2 * text * definition of, in §3.2.4.2.5 * attribute for HTMLTitleElement, in §4.2.2 * attribute for HTMLAnchorElement, in §4.5.1 * attr-value for input/type, in §4.10.5 * attribute for HTMLOptionElement, in §4.10.10 * attribute for HTMLScriptElement, in §4.12.1 * element-attr for body, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLBodyElement, in §11.3.4 * textarea, in §4.10.11 * textarea effective height, in §10.5.15 * textarea effective width, in §10.5.15 * textarea wrapping transformation, in §4.10.11 * text content, in §3.2.4.2.5 * textLength, in §4.10.11 * text/plain, in §4.10.18.6 * text/plain encoding algorithm, in §4.10.21.8 * TextTrack, in §4.7.13.11.5 * TextTrackCue, in §4.7.13.11.5 * text track cue, in §4.7.13.11.1 * text track cue active flag, in §4.7.13.11.1 * text track cue data, in §4.7.13.11.1 * text track cue display state, in §4.7.13.11.1 * text track cue end time, in §4.7.13.11.1 * text track cue identifier, in §4.7.13.11.1 * TextTrackCueList, in §4.7.13.11.5 * text track cue order, in §4.7.13.11.1 * text track cue pause-on-exit flag, in §4.7.13.11.1 * text track cue start time, in §4.7.13.11.1 * text track cue writing direction, in §2.2.2 * text track failed to load, in §4.7.13.11.1 * text track in-band metadata track dispatch type, in §4.7.13.11.1 * TextTrackKind, in §4.7.13.11.5 * text track kind, in §4.7.13.11.1 * text track kinds, in §4.7.13.11.1 * text track label, in §4.7.13.11.1 * text track language, in §4.7.13.11.1 * TextTrackList, in §4.7.13.11.5 * text track list of cues, in §4.7.13.11.1 * text track loaded, in §4.7.13.11.1 * text track loading, in §4.7.13.11.1 * text track mode, in §4.7.13.11.1 * TextTrackMode, in §4.7.13.11.5 * text track not loaded, in §4.7.13.11.1 * text track readiness state, in §4.7.13.11.1 * text track rules for extracting the chapter title, in §4.7.13.11.1 * textTracks, in §4.7.13.11.5 * text tracks, in §4.7.13.11.1 * tFoot, in §4.9.1 * tfoot, in §4.9.7 * th, in §4.9.10 * thead, in §4.9.6 * tHead, in §4.9.1 * the conditions described above, in §4.7.5.1.16 * the directionality, in §3.2.5.5 * The document’s referrer, in §3.1 * The drag data item kind, in §5.7.2 * The drag data item type string, in §5.7.2 * the element’s directionality, in §3.2.5.5 * The embed element setup steps, in §4.7.7 * the empty string, in §4.7.13.3 * the environment settings object’s global object, in §7.1.3.5 * the environment settings object’s Realm, in §7.1.3.5 * The event handler processing algorithm, in §7.1.5.1 * the first 1024 bytes, in §4.2.5.5 * the global object’s Realm, in §7.1.3.5 * The HTML syntax, in §8 * the indicated part of the document, in §6.7.9 * the kind of text track, in §4.7.13.11.1 * the link is an alternative stylesheet, in §4.8.6.11 * The location bar BarProp object, in §6.3.6 * The menu bar BarProp object, in §6.3.6 * the outline’s owner, in §4.3.9.1 * The personal bar BarProp object, in §6.3.6 * the Realm’s global object, in §7.1.3.5 * the Realm’s settings object, in §7.1.3.5 * the resource’s content-type metadata, in §2.6.4 * the rules described previously, in §4.7.13.5 * The rules for choosing a browsing context given a browsing context name, in §6.1.5 * the script is ready, in §4.12.1.1 * the script’s script, in §4.12.1.1 * the script’s type, in §4.12.1.1 * The scrollbar BarProp object, in §6.3.6 * The status bar BarProp object, in §6.3.6 * the step labeled fragments, in §6.7.1 * The template elements, in §8.1.2 * the text tracks are ready, in §4.7.13.11.1 * The toolbar BarProp object, in §6.3.6 * the WebSocket closing handshake is started, in §2.2.2 * the WebSocket connection close code, in §2.2.2 * the WebSocket connection close reason, in §2.2.2 * the WebSocket connection is closed, in §2.2.2 * the WebSocket connection is established, in §2.2.2 * the Window object is indexed for property retrieval, in §6.3.3 * The XML syntax, in §9 * third administrative level, in §4.10.18.7.1 * this * definition of, in §1.7.2 * (element), in §1.7.2 * through which new document is nested, in §6.1.1 * throw, in §2.2.2 * throw-on-dynamic-markup-insertion counter, in §7.4 * time * definition of, in §2.4.5.4 * (element), in §4.5.16 * attr-value for input/type, in §4.10.5 * Time, in §4.10.5.1.10 * timeline offset, in §4.7.13.6 * time marches on, in §4.7.13.8 * TimeRanges, in §4.7.13.14 * TimerHandler, in §7.2 * timer initialization steps, in §7.5 * timer nesting level, in §7.5 * timer task source, in §7.5 * timeupdate, in §4.7.13.16 * time zone, in §2.4.5.6 * time-zone offset, in §2.4.5.6 * title * attribute for Document, in §3.1.3 * element-attr for global, figure, div, img, textarea, meter, in §3.2.5.1 * attribute for HTMLElement, in §3.2.5.1 * (element), in §4.2.2 * element-attr for link, in §4.2.4 * element-attr for style, in §4.2.6 * element-attr for dfn, in §4.5.8 * element-attr for abbr, in §4.5.9 * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.3.6 * toBlob(), in §4.12.4 * toBlob(callback), in §4.12.4 * toBlob(callback, type), in §4.12.4 * toBlob(callback, type, ...arguments), in §4.12.4 * toDataURL(type, ...arguments), in §4.12.4 * toggle * definition of, in §4.10.7 * event for global, in §Unnumbered section * toolbar, in §6.3.6 * tooLong, in §4.10.20.3 * tooShort, in §4.10.20.3 * top, in §6.1.1.1 * top-level browsing context, in §6.1.1 * topmargin, in §11.2 * @@toPrimitive, in §2.2.2 * @@toStringTag, in §2.2.2 * tr, in §4.9.8 * track * (element), in §4.7.12 * attribute for HTMLTrackElement, in §4.7.12 * attribute for TextTrackCue, in §4.7.13.11.5 * dict-member for TrackEventInit, in §4.7.13.15 * attribute for TrackEvent, in §4.7.13.15 * TrackEvent, in §4.7.13.15 * TrackEventInit, in §4.7.13.15 * TrackEvent(type), in §4.7.13.15 * TrackEvent(type, eventInitDict), in §4.7.13.15 * track label, in §4.7.12 * track language, in §4.7.12 * track URL, in §4.7.12 * Transferable, in §2.9.2 * Transferable objects, in §2.9.2 * transfer-receiving steps, in §2.9.2 * transfer steps, in §2.9.2 * transformToDocument(), in §2.2.2 * transformToFragment(), in §2.2.2 * translatable attributes, in §3.2.5.3 * translate * element-attr for global, in §3.2.5.3 * attribute for HTMLElement, in §3.2.5.3 * translate-enabled, in §3.2.5.3 * translation, in §4.7.13.10.1 * translation mode, in §3.2.5.3 * transparent, in §3.2.4.3 * transparently follow the redirect, in §2.6.2 * traverse the history, in §6.7.10 * traverse the history by a delta, in §6.6.2 * traversing the history, in §6.7.10 * tree, in §2.2.2 * tree construction dispatcher, in §8.2.5 * tree order, in §2.2.2 * true-by-default, in §5.6.5 * truespeed, in §11.3.2 * trueSpeed, in §11.3.2 * trusted, in §2.1.4 * trusted event, in §2.1.4 * tt, in §11.2 * tuple, in §6.4 * tuple origin, in §6.4 * turned off, in §11.3.2 * turned on, in §11.3.2 * type * element-attr for link, in §4.2.4 * attribute for HTMLLinkElement, in §4.2.4 * element-attr for style, in §4.2.6 * attribute for HTMLStyleElement, in §4.2.6 * element-attr for ol, in §4.4.6 * attribute for HTMLOListElement, in §4.4.6 * attribute for HTMLAnchorElement, in §4.5.1 * element-attr for source, in §4.7.4 * attribute for HTMLSourceElement, in §4.7.4 * element-attr for embed, in §4.7.7 * attribute for HTMLEmbedElement, in §4.7.7 * element-attr for object, in §4.7.8 * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §4.7.8 * attribute for HTMLAreaElement, in §4.7.15 * element-attr for a, links, in §4.8.2 * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5 * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5 * element-attr for button, in §4.10.6 * attribute for HTMLButtonElement, in §4.10.6 * attribute for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7 * attribute for HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.11 * attribute for HTMLOutputElement, in §4.10.12 * attribute for HTMLFieldSetElement, in §4.10.15 * element-attr for script, in §4.12.1 * attribute for HTMLScriptElement, in §4.12.1 * attribute for DataTransferItem, in §5.7.3.2 * element-attr for area, in §11.2 * element-attr for param, in §11.2 * element-attr for li, in §11.2 * element-attr for ul, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLLIElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLParamElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLUListElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for MimeType, in §11.3.4.1 * type blocklist, in §7.7.1.3 * type information, in §2.6.4 * typeMismatch, in §4.10.20.3 * typeMustMatch, in §4.7.8 * typemustmatch, in §4.7.8 * type of the content, in §4.7.7 * types, in §5.7.3 * type string, in §5.7.2 * u, in §4.5.24 * ul, in §4.4.7 * Unavailable, in §4.7.5 * unavailable, in §4.7.5 * unfocusing steps, in §5.4.4 * Unhandled promise rejections, in §7.1.3.10 * Unicode character, in §2.1.6 * Unicode code point, in §2.1.6 * unicode serialization, in §6.4 * unicode serialization of an origin, in §6.4 * uninitialized, in §5.7.3 * unit of related browsing contexts, in §6.1.4 * unit of related similar-origin browsing contexts, in §6.1.4 * units of related similar-origin browsing contexts, in §6.1.4 * unload * definition of, in §6.7.11 * event for global, in §Unnumbered section * unload a document, in §6.7.11 * unloaded, in §6.7.11 * unloading document cleanup steps, in §6.7.11 * unloading document visibility change steps, in §6.7.11 * unordered set of unique space-separated tokens, in §2.4.7 * unquoted, in §8.1.2.3 * unregisterContentHandler(), in §7.7.1.3 * unregisterContentHandler(mimeType, url), in §7.7.1.3 * unregisterProtocolHandler(), in §7.7.1.3 * unregisterProtocolHandler(scheme, url), in §7.7.1.3 * unsafe-url, in §2.2.2 * unstyled document, in §10.9 * up * attr-value for marquee/direction, in §10.5.11 * state for marquee, in §11.3.2 * update a style block, in §4.2.6 * update href, in §4.8.3 * update the image data, in §4.7.5 * update the session history with the new page, in §6.7.1 * update the source set, in §4.7.5 * updating the session history with the new page, in §6.7.1 * upgrade the pending request to the current request, in §4.7.5 * upper-alpha, in §4.4.6 * uppercase ASCII hex digits, in §2.4.1 * uppercase ASCII letters, in §2.4.1 * upper-roman, in §4.4.6 * URL, in §4.10.5.1.4 * url * definition of, in §4.8.4 * attr-value for input/type, in §4.10.5 * dfn for Location, in §6.6.4 * urn * element-attr for a, in §11.2 * element-attr for link, in §11.2 * urn:, in §2.2.2 * Use Credentials, in §2.6.6 * use-credentials, in §2.6.6 * used during the parsing, in §8.2.5.4.4 * usemap * element-attr for img, in §4.7.5 * element-attr for common, in §4.7.16.1 * element-attr for input, in §11.2 * useMap * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §4.7.5 * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §11.3.4 * userAgent, in §7.7.1.1 * User agents with no scripting support, in §2.2.1 * user interaction task source, in §7.1.4.3 * username, in §4.8.3 * use srcset or picture, in §4.7.5 * using the rules for, in §8.2.3.1 * UTF-16BE, in §8.2.2.3 * UTF-16 encoding, in §2.1.6 * UTF-16LE, in §8.2.2.3 * UTF-8, in §8.2.2.3 * UTF-8 decode, in §2.2.2 * UTF-8 decode without BOM, in §2.2.2 * UTF-8 decode without BOM or fail, in §2.2.2 * UTF-8 encode, in §2.2.2 * :valid, in §4.15.2 * valid, in §4.10.20.3 * validate the server’s response, in §2.2.2 * validationMessage * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §4.7.8 * attribute for HTMLInputElement, HTMLButtonElement, HTMLSelectElement, HTMLTextAreaElement, HTMLOutputElement, HTMLFieldSetElement, in §4.10.20.3 * valid browsing context name, in §6.1.5 * valid browsing context name or keyword, in §6.1.5 * valid browsing context names or keywords, in §6.1.5 * valid date string, in §2.4.5.2 * valid date string with optional time, in §2.4.5.10 * valid duration string, in §2.4.5.9 * valid e-mail address, in §4.10.5.1.5 * valid e-mail address list, in §4.10.5.1.5 * valid floating date and time string, in §2.4.5.5 * valid floating-point number, in §2.4.4.3 * valid global date and time string, in §2.4.5.7 * valid hash-name reference, in §2.4.9 * valid integer, in §2.4.4.1 * valid integers, in §2.4.4.1 * validity * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §4.7.8 * attribute for HTMLInputElement, HTMLButtonElement, HTMLSelectElement, HTMLTextAreaElement, HTMLOutputElement, HTMLFieldSetElement, in §4.10.20.3 * ValidityState, in §4.10.20.3 * validity states, in §4.10.20.1 * valid list of floating-point numbers, in §2.4.4.6 * valid lowercase simple color, in §2.4.6 * valid media query list, in §2.4.10 * valid MIME type, in §2.1.1 * valid month string, in §2.4.5.1 * valid non-empty URL, in §2.5.1 * valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces, in §2.5.1 * valid non-negative integer, in §2.4.4.2 * valid normalized floating date and time string, in §2.4.5.5 * valid normalized global date and time string, in §2.4.5.7 * valid simple color, in §2.4.6 * valid source size list, in §4.7.5 * valid time string, in §2.4.5.4 * valid time-zone offset string, in §2.4.5.6 * valid URL, in §2.5.1 * valid URL potentially surrounded by spaces, in §2.5.1 * valid week string, in §2.4.5.8 * valid yearless date string, in §2.4.5.3 * vAlign * attribute for HTMLTableColElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLTableSectionElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLTableCellElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLTableRowElement, in §11.3.4 * valign * element-attr for col, in §11.2 * element-attr for tbody, thead, tfoot, tablesection, in §11.2 * element-attr for td, th, tablecells, in §11.2 * element-attr for tr, in §11.2 * value * attribute for RadioNodeList, in §2.7.2.2 * element-attr for li, in §4.4.8 * attribute for HTMLLIElement, in §4.4.8 * element-attr for data, in §4.5.15 * attribute for HTMLDataElement, in §4.5.15 * element-attr for param, in §4.7.9 * attribute for HTMLParamElement, in §4.7.9 * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5 * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5.4 * mode for input, in §4.10.5.4 * element-attr for button, in §4.10.6 * attribute for HTMLButtonElement, in §4.10.6 * attribute for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7 * element-attr for option, in §4.10.10 * attribute for HTMLOptionElement, in §4.10.10 * attribute for HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.11 * mode for output, in §4.10.12 * attribute for HTMLOutputElement, in §4.10.12 * element-attr for progress, in §4.10.13 * attribute for HTMLProgressElement, in §4.10.13 * element-attr for meter, in §4.10.14 * attribute for HTMLMeterElement, in §4.10.14 * dfn for forms, in §4.10.17.1 * valueAsDate, in §4.10.5.4 * valueAsNumber, in §4.10.5.4 * valueMissing, in §4.10.20.3 * value mode flag, in §4.10.12 * value sanitization algorithm, in §4.10.5 * values are reset, in §6.7.10 * valuetype, in §11.2 * valueType, in §11.3.4 * var, in §4.5.18 * version * element-attr for html, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLHtmlElement, in §11.3.4 * video, in §4.7.10 * videoHeight, in §4.7.10 * VideoTrack, in §4.7.13.10.1 * VideoTrackList, in §4.7.13.10.1 * videoTracks, in §4.7.13.10 * videoWidth, in §4.7.10 * viewport, in §2.2.2 * viewport-based selection, in §4.7.1 * visible * definition of, in §2.1 * attribute for BarProp, in §6.3.6 * :visited, in §4.15.2 * Visual user agents that support the suggested default rendering, in §2.2.1 * vlink, in §11.2 * vLink, in §11.3.4 * vlinkColor, in §11.3.4 * Void elements, in §8.1.2 * volume, in §4.7.13.13 * volumechange, in §4.7.13.16 * vspace * element-attr for embed, in §11.2 * element-attr for iframe, in §11.2 * element-attr for input, in §11.2 * element-attr for img, in §11.2 * element-attr for marquee, in §11.2 * element-attr for object, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLAppletElement, in §11.3.1 * attribute for HTMLMarqueeElement, in §11.3.2 * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §11.3.4 * waiting, in §4.7.13.16 * wbr, in §4.5.30 * webgl * context for canvas, in §4.12.4 * definition of, in §4.12.4 * WebVTT, in §2.2.2 * WebVTT file, in §2.2.2 * WebVTT file using chapter title text, in §2.2.2 * WebVTT file using cue text, in §2.2.2 * WebVTT file using only nested cues, in §2.2.2 * WebVTT parser, in §2.2.2 * week * definition of, in §2.4.5.8 * attr-value for input/type, in §4.10.5 * Week, in §4.10.5.1.9 * week number of the last day, in §2.4.5.8 * white_space, in §2.4.1 * white_space characters, in §2.4.1 * width * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §4.7.5 * element-attr for media, img, iframe, embed, object, video, input, in §4.7.19 * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, HTMLEmbedElement, HTMLObjectElement, HTMLVideoElement, in §4.7.19 * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5 * element-attr for canvas, in §4.12.4 * attribute for HTMLCanvasElement, in §4.12.4 * attribute for ImageBitmap, in §7.8 * element-attr for col, in §11.2 * element-attr for hr, in §11.2 * element-attr for marquee, in §11.2 * element-attr for pre, in §11.2 * element-attr for table, in §11.2 * element-attr for td, th, tablecells, in §11.2 * attribute for HTMLAppletElement, in §11.3.1 * attribute for HTMLMarqueeElement, in §11.3.2 * attribute for HTMLTableColElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLHRElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLPreElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLTableElement, in §11.3.4 * attribute for HTMLTableCellElement, in §11.3.4 * width descriptor, in §4.7.5 * width descriptor value, in §4.7.5 * width of the select’s labels, in §10.5.14 * willful violation, in §1.5.2 * willValidate * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §4.7.8 * attribute for HTMLInputElement, HTMLButtonElement, HTMLSelectElement, HTMLTextAreaElement, HTMLOutputElement, HTMLFieldSetElement, in §4.10.20.3 * window, in §6.3 * Window, in §6.3 * WindowEventHandlers, in §7.1.5.2.1 * WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope, in §7.2 * WindowProxy, in §6.3.7 * windowproxy defineownproperty, in §6.3.7.1.6 * windowproxy delete, in §6.3.7.1.9 * windowproxy get, in §6.3.7.1.7 * windowproxy getownproperty, in §6.3.7.1.5 * windowproxy getprototypeof, in §6.3.7.1.1 * windowproxy isextensible, in §6.3.7.1.3 * windowproxy ownpropertykeys, in §6.3.7.1.10 * windowproxy preventextensions, in §6.3.7.1.4 * windowproxy set, in §6.3.7.1.8 * windowproxy setprototypeof, in §6.3.7.1.2 * windows-1250, in §8.2.2.3 * windows-1251, in §8.2.2.3 * windows-1252, in §8.2.2.3 * windows-1254, in §8.2.2.3 * windows-1256, in §8.2.2.3 * windows-1257, in §8.2.2.3 * window slot, in §6.3.7 * wrap * element-attr for textarea, in §4.10.11 * attribute for HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.11 * wrap callbacks, in §7.1.4.2 * write(), in §7.4.3 * writeln(), in §7.4.4 * XHTML document, in §2.1 * XHTML documents, in §2.1 * XLink namespace, in §2.8 * XML-compatible, in §2.1.2 * XML document, in §2.1 * XML fragment parsing algorithm, in §9.4 * XML fragment serialization algorithm, in §9.3 * XML MIME type, in §2.1.2 * XML namespace, in §2.8 * XMLNS namespace, in §2.8 * XML parser, in §9.2 * XML scripting support disabled, in §9.2 * XML scripting support enabled, in §9.2 * xmp, in §11.2 * XSLTProcessor, in §2.2.2 * x-user-defined, in §8.2.2.3 * yearless date, in §2.4.5.3 Terms defined by reference * [aria] defines the following terms: * alert * alertdialog * application * aria-activedescendant * aria-atomic * aria-autocomplete * aria-busy * aria-checked * aria-colcount * aria-colindex * aria-colspan * aria-controls * aria-current * aria-describedby * aria-details * aria-dialog * aria-disabled * aria-dropeffect * aria-errormessage * aria-expanded * aria-flowto * aria-grabbed * aria-haspopup * aria-hidden * aria-invalid * aria-keyshortcuts * aria-label * aria-labelledby * aria-level * aria-live * aria-multiline * aria-multiselectable * aria-orientation * aria-owns * aria-placeholder * aria-posinset * aria-pressed * aria-readonly * aria-relevant * aria-required * aria-roledescription * aria-rowcount * aria-rowindex * aria-rowspan * aria-selected * aria-setsize * aria-sort * aria-valuemax * aria-valuemin * aria-valuenow * aria-valuetext * article * banner * button * cell * checkbox * columnheader * combobox * complementary * contentinfo * definition * dialog * directory * document * feed * figure * form * grid * gridcell * group * heading * img * link * list * listbox * listitem * log * main * marquee * math * menubar * navigation * none * note * option * presentation * progressbar * radio * radiogroup * region * row * rowgroup * rowheader * scrollbar * search * searchbox * separator * slider * spinbutton * status * switch * tab * table * tablist * tabpanel * term * textbox * timer * toolbar * tooltip * tree * treegrid * treeitem * [COOKIES] defines the following terms: * cookie header * receives a set-cookie-string * receiving a set-cookie-string * [CSP3] defines the following terms: * content security policy * content security policy directive * content security policy syntax * directives * enforce the policy * enforced * ensurecspdoesnotblockstringcompilation * frame-ancestors * frame-ancestors directive * initialize a document's csp list * initialize a global object's csp list * is base allowed for document? * parse a serialized content security policy * report-uri * sandbox * sandbox directive * should element be blocked a priori by content security policy? * should element's inline behavior be blocked by content security policy? * valid content security policy * [CSS-CASCADE-4] defines the following terms: * computed value * inherit * specified value * used value * [css-color-4] defines the following terms: * black * transparent * white * [CSS-DISPLAY-3] defines the following terms: * anonymous * block * display * inline-block * none * table * table-caption * table-cell * table-row * [CSS-FONT-LOADING-3] defines the following terms: * FontFace * font source * [CSS-FONTS-3] defines the following terms: * font-family * font-size * [css-inline-3] defines the following terms: * vertical-align * [css-lists-3] defines the following terms: * list-style-type * [css-logical-1] defines the following terms: * margin-block-end * margin-block-start * margin-inline-end * margin-inline-start * [css-position-3] defines the following terms: * absolute * position * static * top * [css-sizing-3] defines the following terms: * intrinsic sizing * [CSS-STYLE-ATTR] defines the following terms: * style attribute * [CSS-SYNTAX-3] defines the following terms: * <whitespace-token> * component value * consume a component value * environment encoding * function * parse a comma-separated list of component values * [CSS-TEXT-3] defines the following terms: * justify * letter-spacing * normal * pre * pre-wrap * text-align * text-transform * white space * white-space * [CSS-UI-3] defines the following terms: * cursor * help * outline * [css-ui-4] defines the following terms: * appearance * [CSS-VALUES] defines the following terms: * <length> * | * [CSS-WRITING-MODES-3] defines the following terms: * direction * ltr * plaintext * rtl * unicode-bidi * [CSS2] defines the following terms: * auto * css2 system colors * [css2-2] defines the following terms: * block box * border box * border edge * containing block * content area * content box * in-flow * inline box * intrinsic width and height * margin box * margin collapsing * margin edge * out-of-flow * [CSS22] defines the following terms: * border-collapse * border-spacing * clear * color * float * height * line-height * margin * margin-bottom * margin-left * margin-right * margin-top * padding-bottom * padding-left * padding-right * padding-top * visibility * width * [css3-background] defines the following terms: * background-color * background-image * border-bottom-color * border-bottom-style * border-bottom-width * border-left-color * border-left-style * border-left-width * border-right-color * border-right-style * border-right-width * border-top-color * border-top-style * border-top-width * medium * solid * [CSS3-CONTENT] defines the following terms: * content * [CSS3-IMAGES] defines the following terms: * object-fit * [CSS3-RUBY] defines the following terms: * annotation * collapse * ruby annotation * [CSS3-TRANSITIONS] defines the following terms: * end time * start time * [CSSOM] defines the following terms: * CSSStyleDeclaration * LinkStyle * StyleSheet * alternate flag * alternative style sheet sets * associated css style sheet * create a css style sheet * css rules * css style sheet * cssText * disabled flag * location * media * origin-clean flag * owner css rule * owner node * parent css style sheet * preferred style sheet set * remove a css style sheet * serializing a css value * style * title * type * [CSSOM-VIEW] defines the following terms: * MouseEventInit * Screen * clientX * clientY * evaluate media queries and report changes * resize * run the resize steps * run the scroll steps * screenX * screenY * scroll * scroll an element into view * scroll to the beginning of the document * the features argument of window.open * [custom-elements] defines the following terms: * autonomous custom element * create an element * current element queue * custom element constructor * custom element reactions stack * customized built-in element * element queue * enqueue a custom element callback reaction * invoke custom element reactions * looking up a custom element definition * upgrades * valid custom element name * CEReactions * HTMLConstructor * [DOM41] defines the following terms: * Attr * ChildNode * Comment * DOMImplementation * DOMTokenList * DocumentFragment * DocumentType * Element * Event * EventInit * EventTarget * HTMLCollection * MutationObserver * Node * NodeList * ProcessingInstruction * Text * XMLDocument * addEventListener(type, callback) * adopt * adopting steps * append * appendChild(node) * bubbles * cd data * clone a node * cloneNode() * cloning steps * collection * content type * createDocument(namespace, qualifiedName) * createElement(localName) * createElementNS(namespace, qualifiedName) * createHTMLDocument() * creating an element * currentTarget * data * doctype * document tree * document url * document's character encoding * element attribute * element interface * event * event listener * getElementById(elementId) * getElementsByClassName(classNames) (for Document) * getElementsByClassName(classNames) (for Element) * id * id (for Element) * importNode(node, deep) * in a document tree * initEvent(type, bubbles) * initialize * insert * insertion steps * isTrusted * item(index) * name * node document * other applicable specifications * pre-insert * publicId * range * range bp * range end * range start * remove * remove an attribute by name * removing steps * replace * replace all * represented by the collection * select * set an attribute value * setAttribute(qualifiedName, value) * systemId * target (for Event) * target (for ProcessingInstruction) * textContent * traverse * type * unique identifier * url * value * [DOM-PARSING] defines the following terms: * DOMParser * innerHTML * outerHTML * [ECMA-262] defines the following terms: * %arraybuffer% * %arrayprototype% * %objproto_tostring% * %objproto_valueof% * ArrayBuffer * Date * Error * Function * RangeError * RegExp * SyntaxError * TypeError * abstract equality comparison * arraycreate * automatic semicolon insertion * call * construct * createdataproperty * current realm * current realm record * detacharraybuffer * directive prologue * early error * enqueuejob * functionbody * functioncreate * get * getactivescriptormodule * getfunctionrealm * hasownproperty * hostensurecancompilestrings * hostpromiserejectiontracker * hostresolveimportedmodule * initializehostdefinedrealm * isaccessordescriptor * iscallable * isconstructor * isdatadescriptor * isdetachedbuffer * javascript execution context * javascript execution context stack * javascript realm * list * module * moduledeclarationinstantiation * moduleevaluation * newobjectenvironment * ordinarydefineownproperty * ordinarydelete * ordinaryget * ordinarygetownproperty * ordinarygetprototypeof * ordinaryisextensible * ordinaryownpropertykeys * ordinarypreventextensions * ordinaryset * ordinarysetprototypeof * parsemodule * parsescript * pattern * property descriptor * propertydescriptor * realm * record * runjobs * running javascript execution context * samevalue * script * scriptevaluation * source text module record * strict equality comparison * the typedarray constructors * toboolean * tostring * touint32 * type * typedarraycreate * typeof * use strict directive * well-known intrinsic objects * well-known symbols * [ENCODING] defines the following terms: * decode * encode code point * encoded as utf-8 * encoding * iso-8859-7 * windows-1255 * windows-1258 * windows-874 * [EVENTSOURCE] defines the following terms: * EventSource * [FETCH] defines the following terms: * body (for request) * body (for response) * cache mode * client * cors protocol * cors-cross-origin * credentials mode * cryptographic nonce metadata * csp list * default user-agent value * destination * extract a mime type * extracting a mime type * fetch * fetching algorithm * header list (for request) * header list (for response) * https state * https state value * initiator * internal response * method * mode * ok status * omit-origin-header flag * origin * origin (for request) * origin header * parser metadata * process response * redirect mode * referrer * referrer policy * request * requestcredentials * response * response url * same-origin data-url flag * set * status * synchronous flag * target browsing context * terminate * type (for request) * type (for response) * unsafe-request flag * url (for request) * url (for response) * url list * use-url-credentials flag * [FILEAPI] defines the following terms: * Blob * File * FileList * [FULLSCREEN] defines the following terms: * fullscreen enabled flag * fully exit fullscreen * requestFullscreen() * top layer * [GEOMETRY-1] defines the following terms: * DOMMatrix * [HR-TIME-2] defines the following terms: * DOMHighResTimeStamp * Performance * now() * [HTML] defines the following terms: * :target * prepare to run a callback * [INFRA] defines the following terms: * contain * exist * for each * is empty * list * map * [JLREQ] defines the following terms: * jukugo ruby rendering * [MATHML] defines the following terms: * annotation-xml * math * mi * mn * mo * ms * mtext * [MEDIACAPTURE-STREAMS] defines the following terms: * MediaStream * [mediaqueries-4] defines the following terms: * <media-condition> * [mediasource] defines the following terms: * MediaSource * [MIMESNIFF] defines the following terms: * valid mime type with no parameters * [PAGE-VISIBILITY] defines the following terms: * hidden * [paymentrequest] defines the following terms: * paymentrequest * [progress-events] defines the following terms: * ProgressEvent * [RFC1034] defines the following terms: * rfc 1034 section 3.5 * [RFC5322] defines the following terms: * rfc 5322 section 3.2.3 * [RFC5988] defines the following terms: * link header * [RFC6266] defines the following terms: * content-disposition * [rfc7230] defines the following terms: * content-length * [rfc7231] defines the following terms: * accept * accept-language * content-language * media-type * referer * [rfc7232] defines the following terms: * last-modified * [rfc7234] defines the following terms: * cache-control * [SELECTION-API] defines the following terms: * Selection * [SELECTORS4] defines the following terms: * attribute selector * pseudo-class * type selector * [SERVICE-WORKERS] defines the following terms: * ServiceWorkerContainer * service worker client * [SVG11] defines the following terms: * SVGMatrix * [SVG2] defines the following terms: * SVGScriptElement * desc * foreignobject * script * svg * title * [SVGTINY12] defines the following terms: * process the svg script element * [TOUCH-EVENTS] defines the following terms: * Touch * touch point * [UIEVENTS] defines the following terms: * FocusEvent * MouseEvent * UIEvent * altKey * button * click * ctrlKey * dblclick * detail * getModifierState() * keydown * keypress * keyup * metaKey * mousedown * mouseenter * mouseleave * mousemove * mouseout * mouseover * mouseup * relatedTarget (for FocusEvent) * relatedTarget (for MouseEvent) * shiftKey * view * wheel * [URL] defines the following terms: * absolute url * application/x-www-form-urlencoded serializer * basic url parser * default encode set * domain * domain to unicode * fragment * fragment state * host (for host-concept) * host (for url) * host equals * host parser * host serializer * host state * hostname state * ipv4 * ipv6 * network scheme * non-relative flag * object * origin * parsed urls * password * path * path start state * percent decode * percent encode * port * port state * query * query state * relative schemes * relative url * scheme * scheme start state * serialization * serialize an integer * serialized * set the password * set the username * url * url parse error * url parser * url record * url serializer * username * utf-8 percent encode * [WEBGL] defines the following terms: * WebGLRenderingContext * [WEBIDL] defines the following term: * LegacyUnenumerableNamedProperties * [WebIDL-20161215] defines the following terms: * DOMException * DOMString * Exposed * LenientThis * NoInterfaceObject * OverrideBuiltins * PrimaryGlobal * Promise * PutForwards * Replaceable * SameObject * TreatNonObjectAsNull * TreatNullAs * USVString * Unforgeable * boolean * callback this value * delete an existing named property * determine the value of a named property * double * extended attribute * long * object * perform a security check * platform object * primary interface * set the value of a new named property * set the value of an existing named property * support named properties * supported property names * unrestricted double * unsigned long * unsigned short * AbortError * DOMString[] * DataCloneError * EmptyString * HierarchyRequestError * IndexSizeError * InvalidAccessError * InvalidCharacterError * InvalidModificationError * InvalidNodeTypeError * InvalidStateError * NamespaceError * NetworkError * NoModificationAllowedError * NotFoundError * NotSupportedError * QuotaExceededError * SecurityError * TimeoutError * URLMismatchError * WrongDocumentError * arraybufferview * boolean * converted * converting * determine the value of an indexed property * domexception * domstring * double * error * global environment associated with * invoke the web idl callback function * long * read only * supported property indices * unenumerable * unrestricted double * unsigned long * usvstring * [webmessaging] defines the following terms: * MessagePort * [whatwg] defines the following terms: * whatwg html specification * [workers] defines the following terms: * Worker * WorkerGlobalScope * closing * run a worker * worker event loops * worker processing model * [XHR] defines the following terms: * XMLHttpRequest * fire a progress event named e * lengthcomputable * loaded * responseXML * total * [xlink] defines the following terms: * actuate * arcrole * href * role * show * title * type * xlink * [XML] defines the following terms: * document entity * entity declarations * entity references * internal general parsed entity * name * space * [XML-NAMES] defines the following terms: * xmlns * [XML-STYLESHEET] defines the following terms: * <?xml-stylesheet?> Elements This section is non-normative. List of elements Element Description Categories Parents† Children Attributes Interface globals; href; flow; phrasing*; target; download; a Hyperlink interactive phrasing transparent* rel; hreflang; HTMLAnchorElement type; referrerpolicy abbr Abbreviation flow; phrasing phrasing phrasing globals HTMLElement address Contact flow flow flow* globals HTMLElement information globals; alt; Hyperlink or coords; shape; area dead area on an flow; phrasing phrasing* empty href; target; HTMLAreaElement image map download; rel; hreflang; type; referrerpolicy Self-contained article syndicatable or flow; sectioning flow flow globals HTMLElement reusable composition Sidebar for aside tangentially flow; sectioning flow flow globals HTMLElement related content globals; src; flow; phrasing; source*; crossorigin; audio Audio player embedded; phrasing transparent* preload; HTMLAudioElement interactive autoplay; loop; muted; controls b Keywords flow; phrasing phrasing phrasing globals HTMLElement Base URL and default target globals; href; base browsing context metadata head; template empty target HTMLBaseElement for hyperlinks and forms Text bdi directionality flow; phrasing phrasing phrasing globals HTMLElement isolation Text bdo directionality flow; phrasing phrasing phrasing globals HTMLElement formatting A section quoted flow; sectioning blockquote from another root flow flow globals; cite HTMLQuoteElement source globals; onafterprint; onbeforeprint; onbeforeunload; onhashchange; onlanguagechange; body Document body sectioning root html flow onmessage; HTMLBodyElement onoffline; ononline; onpagehide; onpageshow; onpopstate; onstorage; onunload Line break, br e.g., in poem or flow; phrasing phrasing empty globals HTMLBRElement postal address globals; flow; phrasing; autofocus; interactive; disabled; form; listed; formaction; button Button control labelable; phrasing phrasing* formenctype; HTMLButtonElement submittable; formmethod; reassociateable; formnovalidate; form-associated formtarget; name; type; value canvas Scriptable flow; phrasing; phrasing transparent globals; width; HTMLCanvasElement bitmap canvas embedded height caption Table caption none table; template flow* globals HTMLTableCaptionElement cite Title of a work flow; phrasing phrasing phrasing globals HTMLElement code Computer code flow; phrasing phrasing phrasing globals HTMLElement col Table column none colgroup; empty globals; span HTMLTableColElement template colgroup Group of columns none table; template col*; template* globals; span HTMLTableColElement in a table data Machine-readable flow; phrasing phrasing phrasing globals; value HTMLDataElement equivalent Container for datalist options for flow; phrasing phrasing phrasing; option globals HTMLDataListElement combo box control Content for dd corresponding dt none dl; template flow globals HTMLElement element(s) del A removal from flow; phrasing* phrasing transparent globals; cite; HTMLModElement the document datetime Disclosure flow; sectioning details control for root; interactive flow summary*; flow globals; open HTMLDetailsElement hiding details dfn Defining flow; phrasing phrasing phrasing* globals HTMLElement instance dialog Dialog box or flow; sectioning flow flow globals; open HTMLDialogElement window root div Generic flow flow flow flow globals HTMLDivElement container Association list consisting of dt*; dd*; dl zero or more flow flow script-supporting globals HTMLDListElement name-value elements groups Legend for dt corresponding dd none dl; template flow* globals HTMLElement element(s) em Stress emphasis flow; phrasing phrasing phrasing globals HTMLElement flow; phrasing; globals; src; embed Plugin embedded; phrasing empty type; width; HTMLEmbedElement interactive height; any* flow; sectioning globals; fieldset Group of form root; listed; flow legend*; flow disabled; form; HTMLFieldSetElement controls reassociateable; name form-associated figcaption Caption for none figure; template flow globals HTMLElement figure figure Figure with flow; sectioning flow figcaption*; flow globals HTMLElement optional caption root footer Footer for a flow flow flow* globals HTMLElement page or section globals; accept-charset; User-submittable action; form form flow flow flow* autocomplete; HTMLFormElement enctype; method; name; novalidate; target h1, h2, h3, h4, Section heading flow; headings flow phrasing globals HTMLHeadingElement h5, h6 Container for head document none html metadata* globals HTMLHeadElement metadata Introductory or header navigational flow flow flow* globals HTMLElement aids for a page or section hr Thematic break flow flow empty globals HTMLHRElement html Root element none none* head*; body* globals; manifest HTMLHtmlElement i Alternate voice flow; phrasing phrasing phrasing globals HTMLElement globals; src; flow; phrasing; srcdoc; name; iframe Nested browsing embedded; phrasing text* sandbox; HTMLIFrameElement context interactive allowfullscreen; width; height; referrerpolicy globals; alt; flow; phrasing; src; srcset; embedded; crossorigin; img Image interactive*; phrasing empty usemap; ismap; HTMLImageElement form-associated longdesc; width; height; referrerpolicy globals; accept; alt; autocomplete; autofocus; checked; dirname; disabled; form; flow; phrasing; formaction; interactive*; formenctype; listed; formmethod; labelable; formnovalidate; input Form control submittable; phrasing empty formtarget; HTMLInputElement resettable; height; list; reassociateable; max; maxlength; form-associated min; minlength; multiple; name; pattern; placeholder; readonly; required; size; src; step; type; value; width ins An addition to flow; phrasing* phrasing transparent globals; cite; HTMLModElement the document datetime kbd User input flow; phrasing phrasing phrasing globals HTMLElement flow; phrasing; label Caption for a interactive; phrasing phrasing* globals; for HTMLLabelElement form control reassociateable; form-associated legend Caption for none fieldset; phrasing globals HTMLLegendElement fieldset template li List item none ol; ul; template flow globals; value* HTMLLIElement globals; href; head; template; crossorigin; rel; link Link metadata metadata; flow*; noscript*; empty media; HTMLLinkElement phrasing* phrasing* referrerpolicy; nonce; hreflang; type; sizes main Main content of flow flow flow* globals HTMLElement a document map Image map flow; phrasing* phrasing transparent; globals; name HTMLMapElement area* mark Highlight flow; phrasing phrasing phrasing globals HTMLElement metadata; flow*; head; template; globals; name; meta Text metadata phrasing* noscript*; empty http-equiv; HTMLMetaElement phrasing* content; charset flow; phrasing; globals; value; meter Gauge labelable phrasing phrasing* min; max; low; HTMLMeterElement high; optimum Section with nav navigational flow; sectioning flow flow globals HTMLElement links noscript Fallback content metadata; flow; head*; template*; varies* globals HTMLElement for script phrasing phrasing* flow; phrasing; Image, nested embedded; globals; data; browsing interactive*; param*; type; object context, or listed; phrasing transparent typemustmatch; HTMLObjectElement plugin submittable; name; form; reassociateable; width; height form-associated li; globals; ol Ordered list flow flow script-supporting reversed; start; HTMLOListElement elements type Group of options option; globals; optgroup in a list box none select; template script-supporting disabled; label HTMLOptGroupElement elements Option in a list select; datalist; globals; option box or combo box none optgroup; text* disabled; label; HTMLOptionElement control template selected; value flow; phrasing; listed; output Calculated labelable; phrasing phrasing globals; for; HTMLOutputElement output value resettable; form; name reassociateable; form-associated p Paragraph flow flow phrasing globals HTMLParagraphElement param Parameter for none object; template empty globals; name; HTMLParamElement object value flow; phrasing; source*; one img; picture Image embedded phrasing script-supporting globals HTMLPictureElement elements Block of pre preformatted flow flow phrasing globals HTMLPreElement text progress Progress bar flow; phrasing; phrasing phrasing* globals; value; HTMLProgressElement labelable max q Quotation flow; phrasing phrasing phrasing globals; cite HTMLQuoteElement rb Ruby base none ruby; template phrasing globals HTMLElement Parenthesis for ruby; rtc; rp ruby annotation none template phrasing globals HTMLElement text rt Ruby annotation none ruby; rtc; phrasing globals HTMLElement text template rtc Ruby annotation none ruby; template phrasing globals HTMLElement text container ruby Ruby flow; phrasing phrasing phrasing; rp; rt; globals HTMLElement annotation(s) rb; rtc* s Inaccurate text flow; phrasing phrasing phrasing globals HTMLElement samp Computer output flow; phrasing phrasing phrasing globals HTMLElement metadata; flow; head; phrasing; script, data, or globals; src; script Embedded script phrasing; script-supporting script type; charset; HTMLScriptElement script-supporting elements documentation* async; defer; elements crossorigin nonce Generic document section or application flow; sectioning flow flow globals HTMLElement section flow; phrasing; interactive; globals; listed; option; optgroup; autocomplete; select List box control labelable; phrasing script-supporting autofocus; HTMLSelectElement submittable; elements disabled; form; resettable; multiple; name; reassociateable; required; size form-associated small Side comment flow; phrasing phrasing phrasing globals HTMLElement Media source for video or audio video; audio; globals; src; source or as image none template; picture empty type; srcset; HTMLSourceElement source for sizes; media picture span Generic phrasing flow; phrasing phrasing phrasing globals HTMLSpanElement container strong Importance flow; phrasing phrasing phrasing globals HTMLElement style Embedded styling metadata; flow* head; noscript*; varies* globals; media; HTMLStyleElement information flow* nonce; type sub Subscript flow; phrasing phrasing phrasing globals HTMLElement summary Caption for none details phrasing globals HTMLElement details sup Superscript flow; phrasing phrasing phrasing globals HTMLElement caption*; colgroup*; table Table flow flow thead*; tbody*; globals; border HTMLTableElement tfoot*; tr*; script-supporting elements Group of rows in tr; tbody a table none table; template script-supporting globals HTMLTableSectionElement elements td Table cell sectioning root tr; template flow globals; colspan; HTMLTableDataCellElement rowspan; headers metadata; flow; metadata; phrasing; phrasing; template Template script-supporting script-supporting it’s complicated* globals HTMLTemplateElement elements elements; colgroup* globals; flow; phrasing; autofocus; cols; interactive; dirname; listed; disabled; form; textarea Multiline text labelable; phrasing text maxlength; HTMLTextAreaElement field submittable; minlength; name; resettable; placeholder; reassociateable; readonly; form-associated required; rows; wrap Group of footer tr; tfoot rows in a table none table; template script-supporting globals HTMLTableSectionElement elements Table header globals; colspan; th cell interactive* tr; template flow* rowspan; headers; HTMLTableHeaderCellElement scope; abbr Group of heading tr; thead rows in a table none table; template script-supporting globals HTMLTableSectionElement elements Machine-readable equivalent of time date- or flow; phrasing phrasing phrasing globals; datetime HTMLTimeElement time-related data title Document title metadata head; template text* globals HTMLTitleElement table; thead; th*; td; tr Table row none tbody; tfoot; script-supporting globals HTMLTableRowElement template elements audio; video; globals; default; track Timed text track none template empty kind; label; src; HTMLTrackElement srclang u Keywords flow; phrasing phrasing phrasing globals HTMLElement li; ul List flow flow script-supporting globals HTMLUListElement elements var Variable flow; phrasing phrasing phrasing globals HTMLElement globals; src; flow; phrasing; crossorigin; video Video player embedded; phrasing source*; poster; preload; HTMLVideoElement interactive transparent* autoplay; loop; muted; controls; width; height wbr Line breaking flow; phrasing phrasing empty globals HTMLElement opportunity An asterisk (*) in a cell indicates that the actual rules are more complicated than indicated in the table above. † Categories in the "Parents" column refer to parents that list the given categories in their content model, not to elements that themselves are in those categories. For example, the a element’s "Parents" column says "phrasing", so any element whose content model contains the "phrasing" category could be a parent of an a element. Since the "flow" category includes all the "phrasing" elements, that means the th element could be a parent to an a element. Element content categories This section is non-normative. List of element content categories Category Elements Elements with exceptions base; link; meta; noscript; Metadata content script; style; template; — title a; abbr; address; article; aside; audio; b; bdi; bdo; blockquote; br; button; canvas; cite; code; data; datalist; del; details; dfn; dialog; div; dl; em; embed; fieldset; figure; footer; form; h1; h2; h3; h4; h5; h6; header; hr; i; area (if it is a Flow content iframe; img; input; ins; descendant of a map kbd; label; main; map; element); link (if it is mark; math; meter; nav; allowed in the body); noscript; object; ol; output; p; pre; progress; q; ruby; s; samp; script; section; select; small; span; strong; sub; sup; svg; table; template; textarea; time; u; ul; var; video; wbr; Text Sectioning content article; aside; nav; — section Heading content h1; h2; h3; h4; h5; h6; — a; abbr; audio; b; bdi; bdo; br; button; canvas; cite; code; data; datalist; del; dfn; em; embed; i; iframe; img; input; ins; area (if it is a kbd; label; map; mark; descendant of a map Phrasing content math; meter; noscript; element); link (if it is object; output; progress; allowed in the body); q; ruby; s; samp; script; select; small; span; strong; sub; sup; svg; template; textarea; time; u; var; video; wbr; Text audio; canvas; embed; Embedded content iframe; img; math; object; — svg; video a (if the href attribute is present); audio (if the controls attribute button; details; embed; is present); img (if the Interactive content* iframe; label; select; usemap attribute is textarea present); input (if the type attribute is not in the Hidden state); video (if the controls attribute is present) blockquote; body; details; Sectioning roots dialog; fieldset; figure; — td Form-associated button; fieldset; input; elements label; object; output; — select; textarea; img button; fieldset; input; Listed elements object; output; select; — textarea Submittable elements button; input; object; — select; textarea Resettable elements input; output; select; — textarea button; input; meter; Labelable elements output; progress; select; — textarea Reassociateable button; fieldset; input; elements label; object; output; — select; textarea a; abbr; address; article; audio (if the controls aside; b; bdi; bdo; attribute is present); blockquote; button; canvas; dl (if the element’s cite; code; data; details; children include at dfn; div; em; embed; least one name-value fieldset; figure; footer; group); input (if the form; h1; h2; h3; h4; h5; type attribute is not in h6; header; i; iframe; img; the Hidden state); ol Palpable content ins; kbd; label; main; map; (if the element’s mark; math; meter; nav; children include at object; output; p; pre; least one li element); progress; q; ruby; s; samp; ul (if the element’s section; select; small; children include at span; strong; sub; sup; least one li element); svg; table; textarea; time; Text that is not u; var; video inter-element white space Script-supporting script; template — elements * The tabindex attribute can also make any element into interactive content. Attributes This section is non-normative. List of attributes (excluding event handler content attributes) Attribute Element(s) Description Value Alternative label to use for the abbr th header cell when Text* referencing the cell in other contexts Hint for expected Set of comma-separated tokens* accept input file type in File consisting of valid MIME types with Upload controls no parameters or audio/*, video/*, or image/* Ordered set of unique Character encodings space-separated tokens, ASCII accept-charset form to use for form case-insensitive, consisting of submission labels of ASCII-compatible encodings* Keyboard shortcut Ordered set of unique accesskey HTML to activate or space-separated tokens, elements focus element case-sensitive, consisting of one Unicode code point in length action form URL to use for form Valid non-empty URL potentially submission surrounded by spaces Whether to allow allowfullscreen iframe the iframe's Boolean attribute contents to use requestFullscreen() Whether to allow the iframe's browsing context to allowpaymentrequest iframe use the Boolean attribute PaymentRequest interface to make payment requests. area; img; Replacement text alt input for use when images Text* are not available async script Execute script Boolean attribute asynchronously Default setting for autocomplete form autofill feature "on"; "off" for controls in the form input; Hint for form Autofill field name and related autocomplete select; autofill feature tokens* textarea button; Automatically focus autofocus input; the form control Boolean attribute select; when the page is textarea loaded Hint that the media audio; resource can be autoplay video started Boolean attribute automatically when the page is loaded Explicit indication that the table border table element is not The empty string, or "1" being used for layout purposes charset meta Character encoding Encoding label* declaration Character encoding charset script of the external Encoding label* script resource Whether the command checked input or control is Boolean attribute checked Link to the source cite blockquote; of the quotation or Valid URL potentially surrounded by del; ins; q more information spaces about the edit class HTML Classes to which Set of space-separated tokens elements the element belongs cols textarea Maximum number of Valid non-negative integer greater characters per line than zero Number of columns Valid non-negative integer greater colspan td; th that the cell is to than zero span content meta Value of the Text* element contenteditable HTML Whether the element "true"; "false" elements is editable controls audio; Show user agent Boolean attribute video controls Coordinates for the Valid list of floating-point coords area shape to be created numbers* in an image map audio; img; How the element crossorigin link; handles crossorigin "anonymous"; "use-credentials" script; requests video data object Address of the Valid non-empty URL potentially resource surrounded by spaces Date and datetime del; ins (optionally) time Valid date string with optional time of the change Valid month string, valid date string, valid yearless date string, valid time string, valid floating datetime time Machine-readable date and time string, valid value time-zone offset string, valid global date and time string, valid week string, valid non-negative integer, or valid duration string Enable the track if default track no other text track Boolean attribute is more suitable defer script Defer script Boolean attribute execution HTML The text dir elements directionality of "ltr"; "rtl"; "auto" the element The text dir bdo directionality of "ltr"; "rtl" the element Name of form field input; to use for sending dirname textarea the element’s Text* directionality in form submission button; fieldset; input; Whether the form disabled optgroup; control is disabled Boolean attribute option; select; textarea Whether to download the resource download a; area instead of Text navigating to it, and its file name if so draggable HTML Whether the element "true"; "false" elements is draggable Form data set enctype form encoding type to "application/x-www-form-urlencoded"; use for form "multipart/form-data"; "text/plain" submission for label Associate the label ID* with form control Specifies controls Unordered set of unique for output from which the space-separated tokens, output was case-sensitive, consisting of IDs* calculated button; fieldset; input; Associates the form label; control with a form ID* object; element output; select; textarea formaction button; URL to use for form Valid non-empty URL potentially input submission surrounded by spaces Form data set formenctype button; encoding type to "application/x-www-form-urlencoded"; input use for form "multipart/form-data"; "text/plain" submission formmethod button; HTTP method to use "GET"; "POST" input for form submission button; Bypass form control formnovalidate input validation for form Boolean attribute submission formtarget button; Browsing context Valid browsing context name or input for form submission keyword The header cells Unordered set of unique headers td; th for this cell space-separated tokens, case-sensitive, consisting of IDs* canvas; embed; height iframe; Vertical dimension Valid non-negative integer img; input; object; video hidden HTML Whether the element Boolean attribute elements is relevant high meter Low limit of high Valid floating-point number* range href a; area Address of the Valid URL potentially surrounded by hyperlink spaces href link Address of the Valid non-empty URL potentially hyperlink surrounded by spaces href base Document base URL Valid URL potentially surrounded by spaces hreflang a; area; Language of the Valid BCP 47 language tag link linked resource http-equiv meta Pragma directive Text* id HTML The element’s ID Text* elements Whether the image ismap img is a server-side Boolean attribute image map The type of text "subtitles"; "captions"; kind track track "descriptions"; "chapters"; "metadata" optgroup; label option; User-visible label Text track lang HTML Language of the Valid BCP 47 language tag or the elements element empty string List of list input autocomplete ID* options A link to a fuller Valid non-empty URL potentially longdesc img description of the surrounded by spaces image loop audio; Whether to loop the Boolean attribute video media resource low meter High limit of low Valid floating-point number* range manifest html Application cache a valid non-empty URL potentially manifest surrounded by spaces max input Maximum value Varies* max meter; Upper bound of Valid floating-point number* progress range maxlength input; Maximum length of Valid non-negative integer textarea value media link; style Applicable media Valid media query list method form HTTP method to use "get"; "post"; "dialog" for form submission min input Minimum value Varies* min meter Lower bound of Valid floating-point number* range minlength input; Minimum length of Valid non-negative integer textarea value multiple input; Whether to allow Boolean attribute select multiple values audio; Whether to mute the muted video media resource by Boolean attribute default button; Name of form fieldset; control to use for name input; form submission and Text* output; in the select; form.elements API textarea Name of form to use name form in the Text* document.forms API name iframe; Name of nested Valid browsing context name or object browsing context keyword Name of image map name map to reference from Text* the usemap attribute name meta Metadata name Text* name param Name of parameter Text link; Cryptographic nonce nonce script; used in Content Text style Security Policy checks [CSP3] Bypass form control novalidate form validation for form Boolean attribute submission open details Whether the details Boolean attribute are visible open dialog Whether the dialog Boolean attribute box is showing optimum meter Optimum value in Valid floating-point number* gauge Pattern to be Regular expression matching the pattern input matched by the form JavaScript Pattern production control’s value input; User-visible label placeholder textarea to be placed within Text* the form control Poster frame to Valid non-empty URL potentially poster video show prior to video surrounded by spaces playback Hints how much preload audio; buffering the media "none"; "metadata"; "auto" video resource will likely need input; Whether to allow readonly textarea the value to be Boolean attribute edited by the user a; area; Referrer policy for referrerpolicy iframe; fetches initiated Referrer policy img; link by the element Relationship of a; area; this document (or rel link subsection/topic) Set of space-separated tokens* to the destination resource input; Whether the control required select; is required for Boolean attribute textarea form submission Reverse link relationship of the rev a; link destination Set of space-separated tokens resource to this document (or subsection/topic) reversed ol Number the list Boolean attribute backwards rows textarea Number of lines to Valid non-negative integer greater show than zero rowspan td; th Number of rows that Valid non-negative integer the cell is to span Unordered set of unique space-separated tokens, ASCII case-insensitive, consisting of sandbox iframe Security rules for "allow-forms", "allow-pointer-lock", nested content "allow-popups", "allow-presentation", "allow-same-origin", "allow-scripts and "allow-top-navigation" Specifies which scope th cells the header "row"; "col"; "rowgroup"; "colgroup" cell applies to Whether the option selected option is selected by Boolean attribute default The kind of shape shape area to be created in an "circle"; "default"; "poly"; "rect" image map size input; Size of the control Valid non-negative integer greater select than zero Unordered set of unique sizes link Sizes of the icons space-separated tokens, ASCII (for rel="icon") case-insensitive, consisting of sizes* Image sizes for sizes img; source different page Valid source size list layouts col; Number of columns Valid non-negative integer greater span colgroup spanned by the than zero element Whether the element spellcheck HTML is to have its "true"; "false" elements spelling and grammar checked audio; embed; iframe; src img; input; Address of the Valid non-empty URL potentially script; resource surrounded by spaces source; track; video A document to The source of an iframe srcdoc srcdoc iframe render in the document* iframe srclang track Language of the Valid BCP 47 language tag text track Images to use in different srcset img; source situations (e.g., Comma-separated list of image high-resolution candidate strings displays, small monitors, etc) start ol Ordinal value of Valid integer the first item Granularity to be Valid floating-point number greater step input matched by the form than zero, or "any" control’s value HTML Presentational and style elements formatting CSS declarations* instructions Whether the element is focusable, and HTML the relative order tabindex elements of the element for Valid integer the purposes of sequential focus navigation Browsing context Valid browsing context name or target a; area for hyperlink keyword navigation Default browsing context for Valid browsing context name or target base hyperlink keyword navigation and form submission target form Browsing context Valid browsing context name or for form submission keyword HTML Advisory title elements information for the Text element Full term or title abbr; dfn expansion of Text abbreviation Description of title input pattern (when used Text with pattern attribute) title link Title of the link Text title link; style Alternative style Text sheet set name Whether the element translate HTML is to be translated "yes"; "no" elements when the page is localized a; area; Hint for the type type link of the referenced Valid MIME type resource type button Type of button "submit"; "reset"; "button" embed; object; Type of embedded type script; resource Valid MIME type source; style type input Type of form input type keyword control type ol Kind of list marker "1"; "a"; "A"; "i"; "I" Whether the type attribute and the typemustmatch object Content-Type value Boolean attribute need to match for the resource to be used usemap img Name of image map Valid hash-name reference* to use value button; Value to be used Text option for form submission value data Machine-readable Text* value value input Value of the form Varies* control value li Ordinal value of Valid integer the list item value meter; Current value of Valid floating-point number progress the element value param Value of parameter Text canvas; embed; width iframe; Horizontal Valid non-negative integer img; input; dimension object; video How the value of wrap textarea the form control is "soft"; "hard" to be wrapped for form submission An asterisk (*) in a cell indicates that the actual rules are more complicated than indicated in the table above. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- List of event handler content attributes Attribute Element(s) Description Value onabort HTML elements abort event handler Event handler content attribute onafterprint body afterprint event handler Event handler for Window object content attribute onbeforeprint body beforeprint event handler Event handler for Window object content attribute onbeforeunload body beforeunload event Event handler handler for Window object content attribute onblur HTML elements blur event handler Event handler content attribute oncancel HTML elements cancel event handler Event handler content attribute oncanplay HTML elements canplay event handler Event handler content attribute oncanplaythrough HTML elements canplaythrough event Event handler handler content attribute onchange HTML elements change event handler Event handler content attribute onclick HTML elements click event handler Event handler content attribute onclose HTML elements close event handler Event handler content attribute oncopy HTML elements copy event handler Event handler content attribute oncuechange HTML elements cuechange event handler Event handler content attribute oncut HTML elements cut event handler Event handler content attribute ondblclick HTML elements dblclick event handler Event handler content attribute ondrag HTML elements drag event handler Event handler content attribute ondragend HTML elements dragend event handler Event handler content attribute ondragenter HTML elements dragenter event handler Event handler content attribute ondragexit HTML elements dragexit event handler Event handler content attribute ondragleave HTML elements dragleave event handler Event handler content attribute ondragover HTML elements dragover event handler Event handler content attribute ondragstart HTML elements dragstart event handler Event handler content attribute ondrop HTML elements drop event handler Event handler content attribute ondurationchange HTML elements durationchange event Event handler handler content attribute onended HTML elements ended event handler Event handler content attribute onerror HTML elements error event handler Event handler content attribute onfocus HTML elements focus event handler Event handler content attribute onhashchange body hashchange event handler Event handler for Window object content attribute oninput HTML elements input event handler Event handler content attribute oninvalid HTML elements invalid event handler Event handler content attribute onkeydown HTML elements keydown event handler Event handler content attribute onkeypress HTML elements keypress event handler Event handler content attribute onkeyup HTML elements keyup event handler Event handler content attribute onlanguagechange body languagechange event Event handler handler for Window object content attribute onload HTML elements load event handler Event handler content attribute onloadeddata HTML elements loadeddata event handler Event handler content attribute onloadedmetadata HTML elements loadedmetadata event Event handler handler content attribute onloadstart HTML elements loadstart event handler Event handler content attribute onmessage body message event handler for Event handler Window object content attribute onmousedown HTML elements mousedown event handler Event handler content attribute onmouseenter HTML elements mouseenter event handler Event handler content attribute onmouseleave HTML elements mouseleave event handler Event handler content attribute onmousemove HTML elements mousemove event handler Event handler content attribute onmouseout HTML elements mouseout event handler Event handler content attribute onmouseover HTML elements mouseover event handler Event handler content attribute onmouseup HTML elements mouseup event handler Event handler content attribute onwheel HTML elements wheel event handler Event handler content attribute onoffline body offline event handler for Event handler Window object content attribute ononline body online event handler for Event handler Window object content attribute onpagehide body pagehide event handler Event handler for Window object content attribute onpageshow body pageshow event handler Event handler for Window object content attribute onpaste HTML elements paste event handler Event handler content attribute onpause HTML elements pause event handler Event handler content attribute onplay HTML elements play event handler Event handler content attribute onplaying HTML elements playing event handler Event handler content attribute onpopstate body popstate event handler Event handler for Window object content attribute onprogress HTML elements progress event handler Event handler content attribute onratechange HTML elements ratechange event handler Event handler content attribute onreset HTML elements reset event handler Event handler content attribute onresize HTML elements resize event handler Event handler content attribute onscroll HTML elements scroll event handler Event handler content attribute onseeked HTML elements seeked event handler Event handler content attribute onseeking HTML elements seeking event handler Event handler content attribute onselect HTML elements select event handler Event handler content attribute onshow HTML elements show event handler Event handler content attribute onstalled HTML elements stalled event handler Event handler content attribute onstorage body storage event handler for Event handler Window object content attribute onsubmit HTML elements submit event handler Event handler content attribute onsuspend HTML elements suspend event handler Event handler content attribute ontimeupdate HTML elements timeupdate event handler Event handler content attribute ontoggle HTML elements toggle event handler Event handler content attribute onunload body unload event handler for Event handler Window object content attribute onvolumechange HTML elements volumechange event Event handler handler content attribute onwaiting HTML elements waiting event handler Event handler content attribute Element Interfaces This section is non-normative. List of interfaces for elements Element(s) Interface(s) a HTMLAnchorElement : HTMLElement abbr HTMLElement address HTMLElement area HTMLAreaElement : HTMLElement article HTMLElement aside HTMLElement audio HTMLAudioElement : HTMLMediaElement : HTMLElement b HTMLElement base HTMLBaseElement : HTMLElement bdi HTMLElement bdo HTMLElement blockquote HTMLQuoteElement : HTMLElement body HTMLBodyElement : HTMLElement br HTMLBRElement : HTMLElement button HTMLButtonElement : HTMLElement canvas HTMLCanvasElement : HTMLElement caption HTMLTableCaptionElement : HTMLElement cite HTMLElement code HTMLElement col HTMLTableColElement : HTMLElement colgroup HTMLTableColElement : HTMLElement data HTMLDataElement : HTMLElement datalist HTMLDataListElement : HTMLElement dd HTMLElement del HTMLModElement : HTMLElement details HTMLDetailsElement : HTMLElement dfn HTMLElement dialog HTMLDialogElement : HTMLElement div HTMLDivElement : HTMLElement dl HTMLDListElement : HTMLElement dt HTMLElement em HTMLElement embed HTMLEmbedElement : HTMLElement fieldset HTMLFieldSetElement : HTMLElement figcaption HTMLElement figure HTMLElement footer HTMLElement form HTMLFormElement : HTMLElement h1 HTMLHeadingElement : HTMLElement h2 HTMLHeadingElement : HTMLElement h3 HTMLHeadingElement : HTMLElement h4 HTMLHeadingElement : HTMLElement h5 HTMLHeadingElement : HTMLElement h6 HTMLHeadingElement : HTMLElement head HTMLHeadElement : HTMLElement header HTMLElement hr HTMLHRElement : HTMLElement html HTMLHtmlElement : HTMLElement i HTMLElement iframe HTMLIFrameElement : HTMLElement img HTMLImageElement : HTMLElement input HTMLInputElement : HTMLElement ins HTMLModElement : HTMLElement kbd HTMLElement label HTMLLabelElement : HTMLElement legend HTMLLegendElement : HTMLElement li HTMLLIElement : HTMLElement link HTMLLinkElement : HTMLElement main HTMLElement map HTMLMapElement : HTMLElement mark HTMLElement meta HTMLMetaElement : HTMLElement meter HTMLMeterElement : HTMLElement nav HTMLElement noscript HTMLElement object HTMLObjectElement : HTMLElement ol HTMLOListElement : HTMLElement optgroup HTMLOptGroupElement : HTMLElement option HTMLOptionElement : HTMLElement output HTMLOutputElement : HTMLElement p HTMLParagraphElement : HTMLElement param HTMLParamElement : HTMLElement picture HTMLPictureElement : HTMLElement pre HTMLPreElement : HTMLElement progress HTMLProgressElement : HTMLElement q HTMLQuoteElement : HTMLElement rb HTMLElement rp HTMLElement rt HTMLElement rtc HTMLElement ruby HTMLElement s HTMLElement samp HTMLElement script HTMLScriptElement : HTMLElement section HTMLElement select HTMLSelectElement : HTMLElement small HTMLElement source HTMLSourceElement : HTMLElement span HTMLSpanElement : HTMLElement strong HTMLElement style HTMLStyleElement : HTMLElement sub HTMLElement summary HTMLElement sup HTMLElement table HTMLTableElement : HTMLElement tbody HTMLTableSectionElement : HTMLElement td HTMLTableDataCellElement : HTMLTableCellElement : HTMLElement template HTMLTemplateElement : HTMLElement textarea HTMLTextAreaElement : HTMLElement tfoot HTMLTableSectionElement : HTMLElement th HTMLTableHeaderCellElement : HTMLTableCellElement : HTMLElement thead HTMLTableSectionElement : HTMLElement time HTMLTimeElement : HTMLElement title HTMLTitleElement : HTMLElement tr HTMLTableRowElement : HTMLElement track HTMLTrackElement : HTMLElement u HTMLElement ul HTMLUListElement : HTMLElement var HTMLElement video HTMLVideoElement : HTMLMediaElement : HTMLElement wbr HTMLElement Events This section is non-normative. List of events Event Interface Interesting targets Description Fired at the Window when the abort Event Window download was aborted by the user Fired at the DOMContentLoaded Event Document Document once the parser has finished Fired at the afterprint Event Window Window after printing Fired at script elements after the afterscriptexecute Event script elements script runs (just before the corresponding load event) Fired at the beforeprint Event Window Window before printing Fired at script elements just before the script beforescriptexecute Event script elements runs; canceling the event cancels the running of the script Fired at the Window when the page is about to beforeunload BeforeUnloadEvent Window be unloaded, in case the page would like to show a warning prompt blur Event Window, elements Fired at nodes losing focus Fired at dialog elements when they cancel Event dialog elements are canceled by the user (e.g., by pressing the Escape key) Fired at controls when the user change Event Form controls commits a value change (see also the input event) Normally a mouse event; also synthetically fired at an element before its click MouseEvent Elements activation behavior is run, when an element is activated from a non-pointer input device (e.g., a keyboard) Fired at dialog elements when they are closed, and at close Event dialog elements, WebSocket WebSocket elements when the connection is terminated Fired at elements copy Event Elements when the user copies data to the clipboard Fired at elements when the user copies the cut Event Elements selected data on the clipboard and removes the selection from the document Fired when Global scope objects, unexpected errors error Event Worker objects, elements, occur (e.g., networking-related objects networking errors, script errors, decoding errors) focus Event Window, elements Fired at nodes gaining focus Fired at the Window when the hashchange HashChangeEvent Window fragment part of the document’s URL changes Fired at controls when the user input Event Form controls changes the value (see also the change event) Fired at controls during form invalid Event Form controls validation if they do not satisfy their constraints Fired at the global scope languagechange Event Global scope objects object when the user’s preferred languages change Fired at the Window when the document has finished loading; load Event Window, elements fired at an element containing a resource (e.g., img, embed) when its resource has finished loading Fired at img Event or elements after a loadend ProgressEvent img elements successful load (see also media element events) Fired at img elements when a loadstart ProgressEvent img elements load begins (see also media element events) Window, EventSource, WebSocket, MessagePort, Fired at an object message MessageEvent BroadcastChannel, when it receives a DedicatedWorkerGlobalScope, message Worker Fired at the global scope offline Event Global scope objects object when the network connections fails Fired at the global scope online Event Global scope objects object when the network connections returns Fired at networking-related open Event EventSource, WebSocket objects when a connection is established Fired at the Window when the page’s entry in pagehide PageTransitionEvent Window the session history stops being the current entry Fired at the Window when the pageshow PageTransitionEvent Window page’s entry in the session history becomes the current entry Fired at elements when the user will insert the paste Event Elements clipboard data in the most suitable format (if any) supported for the given context Fired at the popstate PopStateEvent Window Window when the user navigates the session history Fired at img elements during a progress ProgressEvent img elements CORS-same-origin image load (see also media element events) Fired at the Document when it finishes parsing readystatechange Event Document and again when all its subresources have finished loading Fired at a form reset Event form elements element when it is reset Fired at form controls when their text select Event Form controls selection is adjusted (whether by an API or by the user) Fired at Window event when the corresponding storage StorageEvent Window localStorage or sessionStorage storage areas change Fired at a form submit Event form elements element when it is submitted Fired at details toggle Event details element elements when they open or close Fired at the unload Event Window Window object when the page is going away See also media element events and drag-and-drop events. Property Index Name Value Initial Applies Inh. %ages Media Animatable Canonical Computed to order value refer The specified to value, but width with any [ none | all or per lengths anchor-point <position> none elements no height visual no grammar replaced by ] of their box; corresponding see absolute prose length IDL Index [LegacyUnenumerableNamedProperties] interface HTMLAllCollection { readonly attribute unsigned long length; getter Element? (unsigned long index); getter (HTMLCollection or Element)? namedItem(DOMString name); legacycaller (HTMLCollection or Element)? item(optional DOMString nameOrItem); }; interface HTMLFormControlsCollection : HTMLCollection { // inherits length and item() getter (RadioNodeList or Element)? namedItem(DOMString name); // shadows inherited namedItem() }; interface RadioNodeList : NodeList { attribute DOMString value; }; interface HTMLOptionsCollection : HTMLCollection { // inherits item(), namedItem() attribute unsigned long length; // shadows inherited length setter void (unsigned long index, HTMLOptionElement? option); void add((HTMLOptionElement or HTMLOptGroupElement) element, optional (HTMLElement or long)? before = null); void remove(long index); attribute long selectedIndex; }; interface DOMStringList { readonly attribute unsigned long length; getter DOMString? item(unsigned long index); boolean contains(DOMString string); }; enum DocumentReadyState { "loading", "interactive", "complete" }; typedef (HTMLScriptElement or SVGScriptElement) HTMLOrSVGScriptElement; [OverrideBuiltins] partial interface Document { // resource metadata management [PutForwards=href, Unforgeable] readonly attribute Location? location; attribute USVString domain; readonly attribute USVString referrer; attribute USVString cookie; readonly attribute DOMString lastModified; readonly attribute DocumentReadyState readyState; // DOM tree accessors getter object (DOMString name); [CEReactions] attribute DOMString title; attribute DOMString dir; attribute HTMLElement? body; readonly attribute HTMLHeadElement? head; [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection images; [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection embeds; [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection plugins; [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection links; [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection forms; [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection scripts; NodeList getElementsByName(DOMString elementName); readonly attribute HTMLOrSVGScriptElement? currentScript; // classic scripts in a document tree only // dynamic markup insertion Document open(optional DOMString type = "text/html", optional DOMString replace = ""); WindowProxy open(DOMString url, DOMString name, DOMString features, optional boolean replace = false); [CEReactions] void close(); [CEReactions] void write(DOMString... text); [CEReactions] void writeln(DOMString... text); // user interaction readonly attribute WindowProxy? defaultView; readonly attribute Element? activeElement; boolean hasFocus(); [CEReactions] attribute DOMString designMode; [CEReactions] boolean execCommand(DOMString commandId, optional boolean showUI = false, optional DOMString value = ""); boolean queryCommandEnabled(DOMString commandId); boolean queryCommandIndeterm(DOMString commandId); boolean queryCommandState(DOMString commandId); boolean queryCommandSupported(DOMString commandId); DOMString queryCommandValue(DOMString commandId); // special event handler IDL attributes that only apply to Document objects [LenientThis] attribute EventHandler onreadystatechange; }; Document implements GlobalEventHandlers; Document implements DocumentAndElementEventHandlers; [HTMLConstructor] interface HTMLElement : Element { // metadata attributes [CEReactions] attribute DOMString title; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString lang; [CEReactions] attribute boolean translate; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString dir; [SameObject] readonly attribute DOMStringMap dataset; // user interaction [CEReactions] attribute boolean hidden; void click(); [CEReactions] attribute long tabIndex; void focus(); void blur(); [CEReactions] attribute DOMString accessKey; [CEReactions] attribute boolean draggable; [CEReactions] attribute boolean spellcheck; void forceSpellCheck(); [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString innerText; }; HTMLElement implements GlobalEventHandlers; HTMLElement implements DocumentAndElementEventHandlers; HTMLElement implements ElementContentEditable; // Note: intentionally not [HTMLConstructor] interface HTMLUnknownElement : HTMLElement { }; [OverrideBuiltins] interface DOMStringMap { getter DOMString (DOMString name); [CEReactions] setter void (DOMString name, DOMString value); [CEReactions] deleter void (DOMString name); }; interface HTMLHtmlElement : HTMLElement {}; interface HTMLHeadElement : HTMLElement {}; interface HTMLTitleElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString text; }; interface HTMLBaseElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString href; attribute DOMString target; }; interface HTMLLinkElement : HTMLElement { [CEReactions] attribute USVString href; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString? crossOrigin; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString rel; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString rev; [CEReactions, SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList relList; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString media; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString nonce; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString hreflang; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString type; [CEReactions, SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList sizes; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString referrerPolicy; }; HTMLLinkElement implements LinkStyle; interface HTMLMetaElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString name; attribute DOMString httpEquiv; attribute DOMString content; }; interface HTMLStyleElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString media; attribute DOMString nonce; attribute DOMString type; }; HTMLStyleElement implements LinkStyle; interface HTMLBodyElement : HTMLElement { }; HTMLBodyElement implements WindowEventHandlers; interface HTMLHeadingElement : HTMLElement {}; interface HTMLParagraphElement : HTMLElement {}; interface HTMLHRElement : HTMLElement {}; interface HTMLPreElement : HTMLElement {}; interface HTMLQuoteElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString cite; }; interface HTMLOListElement : HTMLElement { attribute boolean reversed; attribute long start; attribute DOMString type; }; interface HTMLUListElement : HTMLElement {}; interface HTMLLIElement : HTMLElement { attribute long value; }; interface HTMLDListElement : HTMLElement {}; interface HTMLDivElement : HTMLElement {}; interface HTMLAnchorElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString target; attribute DOMString download; attribute DOMString rel; attribute DOMString rev; [SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList relList; attribute DOMString hreflang; attribute DOMString type; attribute DOMString text; attribute DOMString referrerPolicy; }; HTMLAnchorElement implements HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils; interface HTMLDataElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString value; }; interface HTMLTimeElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString dateTime; }; interface HTMLSpanElement : HTMLElement {}; interface HTMLBRElement : HTMLElement {}; interface HTMLModElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString cite; attribute DOMString dateTime; }; interface HTMLPictureElement : HTMLElement {}; interface HTMLSourceElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString src; attribute DOMString type; attribute DOMString srcset; attribute DOMString sizes; attribute DOMString media; }; [NamedConstructor=Image(optional unsigned long width, optional unsigned long height)] interface HTMLImageElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString alt; attribute DOMString src; attribute DOMString srcset; attribute DOMString sizes; attribute DOMString? crossOrigin; attribute DOMString useMap; attribute DOMString longDesc; attribute boolean isMap; attribute unsigned long width; attribute unsigned long height; readonly attribute unsigned long naturalWidth; readonly attribute unsigned long naturalHeight; readonly attribute boolean complete; readonly attribute DOMString currentSrc; attribute DOMString referrerPolicy; }; interface HTMLIFrameElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString src; attribute DOMString srcdoc; attribute DOMString name; [SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList sandbox; attribute boolean allowFullscreen; attribute boolean allowPaymentRequest; attribute DOMString width; attribute DOMString height; attribute DOMString referrerPolicy; readonly attribute Document? contentDocument; readonly attribute WindowProxy? contentWindow; }; interface HTMLEmbedElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString src; attribute DOMString type; attribute DOMString width; attribute DOMString height; legacycaller any (any... arguments); }; interface HTMLObjectElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString data; attribute DOMString type; attribute boolean typeMustMatch; attribute DOMString name; readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form; attribute DOMString width; attribute DOMString height; readonly attribute Document? contentDocument; readonly attribute WindowProxy? contentWindow; readonly attribute boolean willValidate; readonly attribute ValidityState validity; readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage; boolean checkValidity(); boolean reportValidity(); void setCustomValidity(DOMString error); legacycaller any (any... arguments); }; interface HTMLParamElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString name; attribute DOMString value; }; interface HTMLVideoElement : HTMLMediaElement { attribute unsigned long width; attribute unsigned long height; readonly attribute unsigned long videoWidth; readonly attribute unsigned long videoHeight; attribute DOMString poster; }; [NamedConstructor=Audio(optional DOMString src)] interface HTMLAudioElement : HTMLMediaElement {}; interface HTMLTrackElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString kind; attribute DOMString src; attribute DOMString srclang; attribute DOMString label; attribute boolean default; const unsigned short NONE = 0; const unsigned short LOADING = 1; const unsigned short LOADED = 2; const unsigned short ERROR = 3; readonly attribute unsigned short readyState; readonly attribute TextTrack track; }; enum CanPlayTypeResult { "" /* empty string */, "maybe", "probably" }; typedef (MediaStream or MediaSource or Blob) MediaProvider; interface HTMLMediaElement : HTMLElement { // error state readonly attribute MediaError? error; // network state attribute DOMString src; attribute MediaProvider? srcObject; readonly attribute DOMString currentSrc; attribute DOMString? crossOrigin; const unsigned short NETWORK_EMPTY = 0; const unsigned short NETWORK_IDLE = 1; const unsigned short NETWORK_LOADING = 2; const unsigned short NETWORK_NO_SOURCE = 3; readonly attribute unsigned short networkState; attribute DOMString preload; readonly attribute TimeRanges buffered; void load(); CanPlayTypeResult canPlayType(DOMString type); // ready state const unsigned short HAVE_NOTHING = 0; const unsigned short HAVE_METADATA = 1; const unsigned short HAVE_CURRENT_DATA = 2; const unsigned short HAVE_FUTURE_DATA = 3; const unsigned short HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA = 4; readonly attribute unsigned short readyState; readonly attribute boolean seeking; // playback state attribute double currentTime; void fastSeek(double time); readonly attribute unrestricted double duration; object getStartDate(); readonly attribute boolean paused; attribute double defaultPlaybackRate; attribute double playbackRate; readonly attribute TimeRanges played; readonly attribute TimeRanges seekable; readonly attribute boolean ended; attribute boolean autoplay; attribute boolean loop; void play(); void pause(); // controls attribute boolean controls; attribute double volume; attribute boolean muted; attribute boolean defaultMuted; // tracks [SameObject] readonly attribute AudioTrackList audioTracks; [SameObject] readonly attribute VideoTrackList videoTracks; [SameObject] readonly attribute TextTrackList textTracks; TextTrack addTextTrack(TextTrackKind kind, optional DOMString label = "", optional DOMString language = ""); }; interface MediaError { const unsigned short MEDIA_ERR_ABORTED = 1; const unsigned short MEDIA_ERR_NETWORK = 2; const unsigned short MEDIA_ERR_DECODE = 3; const unsigned short MEDIA_ERR_SRC_NOT_SUPPORTED = 4; readonly attribute unsigned short code; }; interface AudioTrackList : EventTarget { readonly attribute unsigned long length; getter AudioTrack (unsigned long index); AudioTrack? getTrackById(DOMString id); attribute EventHandler onchange; attribute EventHandler onaddtrack; attribute EventHandler onremovetrack; }; interface AudioTrack { readonly attribute DOMString id; readonly attribute DOMString kind; readonly attribute DOMString label; readonly attribute DOMString language; attribute boolean enabled; }; interface VideoTrackList : EventTarget { readonly attribute unsigned long length; getter VideoTrack (unsigned long index); VideoTrack? getTrackById(DOMString id); readonly attribute long selectedIndex; attribute EventHandler onchange; attribute EventHandler onaddtrack; attribute EventHandler onremovetrack; }; interface VideoTrack { readonly attribute DOMString id; readonly attribute DOMString kind; readonly attribute DOMString label; readonly attribute DOMString language; attribute boolean selected; }; interface TextTrackList : EventTarget { readonly attribute unsigned long length; getter TextTrack (unsigned long index); TextTrack? getTrackById(DOMString id); attribute EventHandler onchange; attribute EventHandler onaddtrack; attribute EventHandler onremovetrack; }; enum TextTrackMode { "disabled", "hidden", "showing" }; enum TextTrackKind { "subtitles", "captions", "descriptions", "chapters", "metadata" }; interface TextTrack : EventTarget { readonly attribute TextTrackKind kind; readonly attribute DOMString label; readonly attribute DOMString language; readonly attribute DOMString id; readonly attribute DOMString inBandMetadataTrackDispatchType; attribute TextTrackMode mode; readonly attribute TextTrackCueList? cues; readonly attribute TextTrackCueList? activeCues; void addCue(TextTrackCue cue); void removeCue(TextTrackCue cue); attribute EventHandler oncuechange; }; interface TextTrackCueList { readonly attribute unsigned long length; getter TextTrackCue (unsigned long index); TextTrackCue? getCueById(DOMString id); }; interface TextTrackCue : EventTarget { readonly attribute TextTrack? track; attribute DOMString id; attribute double startTime; attribute double endTime; attribute boolean pauseOnExit; attribute EventHandler onenter; attribute EventHandler onexit; }; [Constructor(double startTime, double endTime, ArrayBuffer data)] interface DataCue : TextTrackCue { attribute ArrayBuffer data; }; interface TimeRanges { readonly attribute unsigned long length; double start(unsigned long index); double end(unsigned long index); }; [Constructor(DOMString type, optional TrackEventInit eventInitDict)] interface TrackEvent : Event { readonly attribute (VideoTrack or AudioTrack or TextTrack)? track; }; dictionary TrackEventInit : EventInit { (VideoTrack or AudioTrack or TextTrack)? track = null; }; interface HTMLMapElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString name; [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection areas; [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection images; }; interface HTMLAreaElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString alt; attribute DOMString coords; attribute DOMString shape; attribute DOMString target; attribute DOMString download; attribute DOMString rel; [SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList relList; attribute DOMString hreflang; attribute DOMString type; attribute DOMString referrerPolicy; }; HTMLAreaElement implements HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils; [NoInterfaceObject] interface HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils { stringifier attribute USVString href; readonly attribute USVString origin; attribute USVString protocol; attribute USVString username; attribute USVString password; attribute USVString host; attribute USVString hostname; attribute USVString port; attribute USVString pathname; attribute USVString search; attribute USVString hash; }; interface HTMLTableElement : HTMLElement { attribute HTMLTableCaptionElement? caption; HTMLTableCaptionElement createCaption(); void deleteCaption(); attribute HTMLTableSectionElement? tHead; HTMLTableSectionElement createTHead(); void deleteTHead(); attribute HTMLTableSectionElement? tFoot; HTMLTableSectionElement createTFoot(); void deleteTFoot(); [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection tBodies; HTMLTableSectionElement createTBody(); [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection rows; HTMLTableRowElement insertRow(optional long index = -1); void deleteRow(long index); }; interface HTMLTableCaptionElement : HTMLElement {}; interface HTMLTableColElement : HTMLElement { attribute unsigned long span; }; interface HTMLTableSectionElement : HTMLElement { [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection rows; HTMLElement insertRow(optional long index = -1); void deleteRow(long index); }; interface HTMLTableRowElement : HTMLElement { readonly attribute long rowIndex; readonly attribute long sectionRowIndex; [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection cells; HTMLElement insertCell(optional long index = -1); void deleteCell(long index); }; interface HTMLTableDataCellElement : HTMLTableCellElement {}; interface HTMLTableHeaderCellElement : HTMLTableCellElement { attribute DOMString scope; attribute DOMString abbr; }; interface HTMLTableCellElement : HTMLElement { attribute unsigned long colSpan; attribute unsigned long rowSpan; [SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList headers; readonly attribute long cellIndex; }; [OverrideBuiltins] interface HTMLFormElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString acceptCharset; attribute DOMString action; attribute DOMString autocomplete; attribute DOMString enctype; attribute DOMString encoding; attribute DOMString method; attribute DOMString name; attribute boolean noValidate; attribute DOMString target; [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLFormControlsCollection elements; readonly attribute unsigned long length; getter Element (unsigned long index); getter (RadioNodeList or Element) (DOMString name); void submit(); void reset(); boolean checkValidity(); boolean reportValidity(); }; interface HTMLLabelElement : HTMLElement { readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form; attribute DOMString htmlFor; readonly attribute HTMLElement? control; }; interface HTMLInputElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString accept; attribute DOMString alt; attribute DOMString autocomplete; attribute boolean autofocus; attribute boolean defaultChecked; attribute boolean checked; attribute DOMString dirName; attribute boolean disabled; readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form; readonly attribute FileList? files; attribute DOMString formAction; attribute DOMString formEnctype; attribute DOMString formMethod; attribute boolean formNoValidate; attribute DOMString formTarget; attribute unsigned long height; attribute boolean indeterminate; readonly attribute HTMLElement? list; attribute DOMString max; attribute long maxLength; attribute DOMString min; attribute long minLength; attribute boolean multiple; attribute DOMString name; attribute DOMString pattern; attribute DOMString placeholder; attribute boolean readOnly; attribute boolean _required; attribute unsigned long size; attribute DOMString src; attribute DOMString step; attribute DOMString type; attribute DOMString defaultValue; [TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString value; attribute object? valueAsDate; attribute unrestricted double valueAsNumber; attribute unsigned long width; void stepUp(optional long n = 1); void stepDown(optional long n = 1); readonly attribute boolean willValidate; readonly attribute ValidityState validity; readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage; boolean checkValidity(); boolean reportValidity(); void setCustomValidity(DOMString error); [SameObject] readonly attribute NodeList labels; void select(); attribute unsigned long? selectionStart; attribute unsigned long? selectionEnd; attribute DOMString? selectionDirection; void setRangeText(DOMString replacement); void setRangeText(DOMString replacement, unsigned long start, unsigned long end, optional SelectionMode selectionMode = "preserve"); void setSelectionRange(unsigned long start, unsigned long end, optional DOMString direction); }; interface HTMLButtonElement : HTMLElement { attribute boolean autofocus; attribute boolean disabled; readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form; attribute DOMString formAction; attribute DOMString formEnctype; attribute DOMString formMethod; attribute boolean formNoValidate; attribute DOMString formTarget; attribute DOMString name; attribute DOMString type; attribute DOMString value; readonly attribute boolean willValidate; readonly attribute ValidityState validity; readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage; boolean checkValidity(); boolean reportValidity(); void setCustomValidity(DOMString error); [SameObject] readonly attribute NodeList labels; }; interface HTMLSelectElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString autocomplete; attribute boolean autofocus; attribute boolean disabled; readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form; attribute boolean multiple; attribute DOMString name; attribute boolean _required; attribute unsigned long size; readonly attribute DOMString type; [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLOptionsCollection options; attribute unsigned long length; getter Element? item(unsigned long index); HTMLOptionElement? namedItem(DOMString name); void add((HTMLOptionElement or HTMLOptGroupElement) element, optional (HTMLElement or long)? before = null); void remove(); // ChildNode overload void remove(long index); setter void (unsigned long index, HTMLOptionElement? option); [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection selectedOptions; attribute long selectedIndex; attribute DOMString value; readonly attribute boolean willValidate; readonly attribute ValidityState validity; readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage; boolean checkValidity(); boolean reportValidity(); void setCustomValidity(DOMString error); [SameObject] readonly attribute NodeList labels; }; interface HTMLDataListElement : HTMLElement { [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection options; }; interface HTMLOptGroupElement : HTMLElement { attribute boolean disabled; attribute DOMString label; }; [NamedConstructor=Option(optional DOMString text = "", optional DOMString value, optional boolean defaultSelected = false, optional boolean selected = false)] interface HTMLOptionElement : HTMLElement { attribute boolean disabled; readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form; attribute DOMString label; attribute boolean defaultSelected; attribute boolean selected; attribute DOMString value; attribute DOMString text; readonly attribute long index; }; interface HTMLTextAreaElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString autocomplete; attribute boolean autofocus; attribute unsigned long cols; attribute DOMString dirName; attribute boolean disabled; readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form; attribute long maxLength; attribute long minLength; attribute DOMString name; attribute DOMString placeholder; attribute boolean readOnly; attribute boolean _required; attribute unsigned long rows; attribute DOMString wrap; readonly attribute DOMString type; attribute DOMString defaultValue; [TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString value; readonly attribute unsigned long textLength; readonly attribute boolean willValidate; readonly attribute ValidityState validity; readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage; boolean checkValidity(); boolean reportValidity(); void setCustomValidity(DOMString error); [SameObject] readonly attribute NodeList labels; void select(); attribute unsigned long? selectionStart; attribute unsigned long? selectionEnd; attribute DOMString? selectionDirection; void setRangeText(DOMString replacement); void setRangeText(DOMString replacement, unsigned long start, unsigned long end, optional SelectionMode selectionMode = "preserve"); void setSelectionRange(unsigned long start, unsigned long end, optional DOMString direction); }; interface HTMLOutputElement : HTMLElement { [SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList htmlFor; readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form; attribute DOMString name; readonly attribute DOMString type; attribute DOMString defaultValue; attribute DOMString value; readonly attribute boolean willValidate; readonly attribute ValidityState validity; readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage; boolean checkValidity(); boolean reportValidity(); void setCustomValidity(DOMString error); [SameObject] readonly attribute NodeList labels; }; interface HTMLProgressElement : HTMLElement { attribute double value; attribute double max; readonly attribute double position; [SameObject] readonly attribute NodeList labels; }; interface HTMLMeterElement : HTMLElement { attribute double value; attribute double min; attribute double max; attribute double low; attribute double high; attribute double optimum; [SameObject] readonly attribute NodeList labels; }; interface HTMLFieldSetElement : HTMLElement { attribute boolean disabled; readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form; attribute DOMString name; readonly attribute DOMString type; [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection elements; readonly attribute boolean willValidate; [SameObject] readonly attribute ValidityState validity; readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage; boolean checkValidity(); boolean reportValidity(); void setCustomValidity(DOMString error); }; interface HTMLLegendElement : HTMLElement { readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form; }; enum SelectionMode { "select", "start", "end", "preserve" // default }; interface ValidityState { readonly attribute boolean valueMissing; readonly attribute boolean typeMismatch; readonly attribute boolean patternMismatch; readonly attribute boolean tooLong; readonly attribute boolean tooShort; readonly attribute boolean rangeUnderflow; readonly attribute boolean rangeOverflow; readonly attribute boolean stepMismatch; readonly attribute boolean badInput; readonly attribute boolean customError; readonly attribute boolean valid; }; interface HTMLDetailsElement : HTMLElement { attribute boolean open; }; interface HTMLDialogElement : HTMLElement { attribute boolean open; attribute DOMString returnValue; void show(optional (MouseEvent or Element) anchor); void showModal(optional (MouseEvent or Element) anchor); void close(optional DOMString returnValue); }; interface HTMLScriptElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString src; attribute DOMString type; attribute DOMString charset; attribute boolean async; attribute boolean defer; attribute DOMString? crossOrigin; attribute DOMString text; attribute DOMString nonce; }; [Exposed=Window, HTMLConstructor] interface HTMLTemplateElement : HTMLElement { readonly attribute DocumentFragment content; }; typedef (CanvasRenderingContext2D or WebGLRenderingContext) RenderingContext; interface HTMLCanvasElement : HTMLElement { attribute unsigned long width; attribute unsigned long height; RenderingContext? getContext(DOMString contextId, any... arguments); boolean probablySupportsContext(DOMString contextId, any... arguments); DOMString toDataURL(optional DOMString type, any... arguments); void toBlob(BlobCallback _callback, optional DOMString type, any... arguments); }; callback BlobCallback = void (Blob? blob); [NoInterfaceObject] interface ElementContentEditable { attribute DOMString contentEditable; readonly attribute boolean isContentEditable; }; interface DataTransfer { attribute DOMString dropEffect; attribute DOMString effectAllowed; [SameObject] readonly attribute DataTransferItemList items; void setDragImage(Element image, long x, long y); /* old interface */ [SameObject] readonly attribute DOMString[] types; DOMString getData(DOMString format); void setData(DOMString format, DOMString data); void clearData(optional DOMString format); [SameObject] readonly attribute FileList files; }; interface DataTransferItemList { readonly attribute unsigned long length; getter DataTransferItem (unsigned long index); DataTransferItem? add(DOMString data, DOMString type); DataTransferItem? add(File data); void remove(unsigned long index); void clear(); }; interface DataTransferItem { readonly attribute DOMString kind; readonly attribute DOMString type; void getAsString(FunctionStringCallback? _callback); File? getAsFile(); }; callback FunctionStringCallback = void (DOMString data); [Constructor(DOMString type, optional DragEventInit eventInitDict)] interface DragEvent : MouseEvent { readonly attribute DataTransfer? dataTransfer; }; dictionary DragEventInit : MouseEventInit { DataTransfer? dataTransfer = null; }; [PrimaryGlobal, LegacyUnenumerableNamedProperties] /*sealed*/ interface Window : EventTarget { // the current browsing context [Unforgeable] readonly attribute WindowProxy window; [Replaceable] readonly attribute WindowProxy self; [Unforgeable] readonly attribute Document document; attribute DOMString name; [PutForwards=href, Unforgeable] readonly attribute Location location; readonly attribute History history; [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp locationbar; [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp menubar; [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp personalbar; [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp scrollbars; [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp statusbar; [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp toolbar; attribute DOMString status; void close(); readonly attribute boolean closed; void stop(); void focus(); void blur(); // other browsing contexts [Replaceable] readonly attribute WindowProxy frames; [Replaceable] readonly attribute unsigned long length; [Unforgeable] readonly attribute WindowProxy top; attribute any opener; [Replaceable] readonly attribute WindowProxy parent; readonly attribute Element? frameElement; WindowProxy open(optional DOMString url = "about:blank", optional DOMString target = "_blank", [TreatNullAs=EmptyString] optional DOMString features = "", optional boolean replace = false); getter WindowProxy (unsigned long index); getter object (DOMString name); // Since this is the global object, the IDL named getter adds a NamedPropertiesObject exotic // object on the prototype chain. Indeed, this does not make the global object an exotic object. // Indexed access is taken care of by the WindowProxy exotic object. // the user agent readonly attribute Navigator navigator; // user prompts void alert(); void alert(DOMString message); boolean confirm(optional DOMString message = ""); DOMString? prompt(optional DOMString message = "", optional DOMString default = ""); void print(); unsigned long requestAnimationFrame(FrameRequestCallback callback); void cancelAnimationFrame(unsigned long handle); }; Window implements GlobalEventHandlers; Window implements WindowEventHandlers; callback FrameRequestCallback = void (DOMHighResTimeStamp time); interface BarProp { readonly attribute boolean visible; }; enum ScrollRestoration { "auto", "manual" }; interface History { readonly attribute unsigned long length; attribute ScrollRestoration scrollRestoration; readonly attribute any state; void go(optional long delta = 0); void back(); void forward(); void pushState(any data, DOMString title, optional DOMString? url = null); void replaceState(any data, DOMString title, optional DOMString? url = null); }; interface Location { [Unforgeable] stringifier attribute USVString href; [Unforgeable] readonly attribute USVString origin; [Unforgeable] attribute USVString protocol; [Unforgeable] attribute USVString host; [Unforgeable] attribute USVString hostname; [Unforgeable] attribute USVString port; [Unforgeable] attribute USVString pathname; [Unforgeable] attribute USVString search; [Unforgeable] attribute USVString hash; [Unforgeable] void assign(USVString url); [Unforgeable] void replace(USVString url); [Unforgeable] void reload(); [Unforgeable, SameObject] readonly attribute USVString[] ancestorOrigins; }; [Constructor(DOMString type, optional PopStateEventInit eventInitDict), Exposed=(Window,Worker)] interface PopStateEvent : Event { readonly attribute any state; }; dictionary PopStateEventInit : EventInit { any state = null; }; [Constructor(DOMString type, optional HashChangeEventInit eventInitDict), Exposed=(Window,Worker)] interface HashChangeEvent : Event { readonly attribute USVString oldURL; readonly attribute USVString newURL; }; dictionary HashChangeEventInit : EventInit { USVString oldURL = ""; USVString newURL = ""; }; [Constructor(DOMString type, optional PageTransitionEventInit eventInitDict), Exposed=(Window,Worker)] interface PageTransitionEvent : Event { readonly attribute boolean persisted; }; dictionary PageTransitionEventInit : EventInit { boolean persisted = false; }; interface BeforeUnloadEvent : Event { attribute DOMString returnValue; }; [NoInterfaceObject, Exposed=(Window, Worker)] interface NavigatorOnLine { readonly attribute boolean onLine; }; [Constructor(DOMString type, optional ErrorEventInit eventInitDict), Exposed=(Window, Worker)] interface ErrorEvent : Event { readonly attribute DOMString message; readonly attribute DOMString filename; readonly attribute unsigned long lineno; readonly attribute unsigned long colno; readonly attribute any error; }; dictionary ErrorEventInit : EventInit { DOMString message = ""; DOMString filename = ""; unsigned long lineno = 0; unsigned long colno = 0; any error = null; }; [Constructor(DOMString type, PromiseRejectionEventInit eventInitDict), Exposed=(Window,Worker)] interface PromiseRejectionEvent : Event { readonly attribute Promise<any> promise; readonly attribute any reason; }; dictionary PromiseRejectionEventInit : EventInit { required Promise<any> promise; any reason; }; [TreatNonObjectAsNull] callback EventHandlerNonNull = any (Event event); typedef EventHandlerNonNull? EventHandler; [TreatNonObjectAsNull] callback OnErrorEventHandlerNonNull = any ((Event or DOMString) event, optional DOMString source, optional unsigned long lineno, optional unsigned long column, optional any error); typedef OnErrorEventHandlerNonNull? OnErrorEventHandler; [TreatNonObjectAsNull] callback OnBeforeUnloadEventHandlerNonNull = DOMString? (Event event); typedef OnBeforeUnloadEventHandlerNonNull? OnBeforeUnloadEventHandler; [NoInterfaceObject] interface GlobalEventHandlers { attribute EventHandler onabort; attribute EventHandler onblur; attribute EventHandler oncancel; attribute EventHandler oncanplay; attribute EventHandler oncanplaythrough; attribute EventHandler onchange; attribute EventHandler onclick; attribute EventHandler onclose; attribute EventHandler oncuechange; attribute EventHandler ondblclick; attribute EventHandler ondrag; attribute EventHandler ondragend; attribute EventHandler ondragenter; attribute EventHandler ondragexit; attribute EventHandler ondragleave; attribute EventHandler ondragover; attribute EventHandler ondragstart; attribute EventHandler ondrop; attribute EventHandler ondurationchange; attribute EventHandler onemptied; attribute EventHandler onended; attribute OnErrorEventHandler onerror; attribute EventHandler onfocus; attribute EventHandler oninput; attribute EventHandler oninvalid; attribute EventHandler onkeydown; attribute EventHandler onkeypress; attribute EventHandler onkeyup; attribute EventHandler onload; attribute EventHandler onloadeddata; attribute EventHandler onloadedmetadata; attribute EventHandler onloadstart; attribute EventHandler onmousedown; [LenientThis] attribute EventHandler onmouseenter; [LenientThis] attribute EventHandler onmouseleave; attribute EventHandler onmousemove; attribute EventHandler onmouseout; attribute EventHandler onmouseover; attribute EventHandler onmouseup; attribute EventHandler onwheel; attribute EventHandler onpause; attribute EventHandler onplay; attribute EventHandler onplaying; attribute EventHandler onprogress; attribute EventHandler onratechange; attribute EventHandler onreset; attribute EventHandler onresize; attribute EventHandler onscroll; attribute EventHandler onseeked; attribute EventHandler onseeking; attribute EventHandler onselect; attribute EventHandler onshow; attribute EventHandler onstalled; attribute EventHandler onsubmit; attribute EventHandler onsuspend; attribute EventHandler ontimeupdate; attribute EventHandler ontoggle; attribute EventHandler onvolumechange; attribute EventHandler onwaiting; }; [NoInterfaceObject] interface WindowEventHandlers { attribute EventHandler onafterprint; attribute EventHandler onbeforeprint; attribute OnBeforeUnloadEventHandler onbeforeunload; attribute EventHandler onhashchange; attribute EventHandler onlanguagechange; attribute EventHandler onmessage; attribute EventHandler onoffline; attribute EventHandler ononline; attribute EventHandler onpagehide; attribute EventHandler onpageshow; attribute EventHandler onrejectionhandled; attribute EventHandler onpopstate; attribute EventHandler onstorage; attribute EventHandler onunhandledrejection; attribute EventHandler onunload; }; [NoInterfaceObject] interface DocumentAndElementEventHandlers { attribute EventHandler oncopy; attribute EventHandler oncut; attribute EventHandler onpaste; }; typedef (DOMString or Function) TimerHandler; [NoInterfaceObject, Exposed=(Window, Worker)] interface WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope { [Replaceable] readonly attribute USVString origin; // Base64 utility methods (WindowBase64) DOMString btoa(DOMString btoa); DOMString atob(DOMString atob); // Timers (WindowTimers) long setTimeout((Function or DOMString) handler, optional long timeout = 0, any... arguments); void clearTimeout(optional long handle = 0); long setInterval((Function or DOMString) handler, optional long timeout = 0, any... arguments); void clearInterval(optional long handle = 0); // ImageBitmap, Images (ImageBitmapFactories) Promise<ImageBitmap> createImageBitmap(ImageBitmapSource image); Promise<ImageBitmap> createImageBitmap(ImageBitmapSource image, long sx, long sy, long sw, long sh); }; Window implements WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope; WorkerGlobalScope implements WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope; interface Navigator { // objects implementing this interface also implement the interfaces given below }; Navigator implements NavigatorID; Navigator implements NavigatorLanguage; Navigator implements NavigatorOnLine; Navigator implements NavigatorContentUtils; Navigator implements NavigatorCookies; [NoInterfaceObject, Exposed=(Window, Worker)] interface NavigatorID { [Exposed=Window] readonly attribute DOMString appCodeName; // constant "Mozilla" readonly attribute DOMString appName; // constant "Netscape" readonly attribute DOMString appVersion; readonly attribute DOMString platform; [Exposed=Window]readonly attribute DOMString product; // constant "Gecko" readonly attribute DOMString userAgent; }; [NoInterfaceObject, Exposed=(Window, Worker)] interface NavigatorLanguage { readonly attribute DOMString? language; readonly attribute DOMString[] languages; }; [NoInterfaceObject] interface NavigatorContentUtils { // content handler registration void registerProtocolHandler(DOMString scheme, DOMString url, DOMString title); void registerContentHandler(DOMString mimeType, DOMString url, DOMString title); DOMString isProtocolHandlerRegistered(DOMString scheme, DOMString url); DOMString isContentHandlerRegistered(DOMString mimeType, DOMString url); void unregisterProtocolHandler(DOMString scheme, DOMString url); void unregisterContentHandler(DOMString mimeType, DOMString url); }; [NoInterfaceObject] interface NavigatorCookies { readonly attribute boolean cookieEnabled; }; [Exposed=(Window, Worker), Serializable, Transferable] interface ImageBitmap { readonly attribute unsigned long width; readonly attribute unsigned long height; }; typedef (HTMLImageElement or HTMLVideoElement or HTMLCanvasElement or Blob or ImageData or CanvasRenderingContext2D or ImageBitmap) ImageBitmapSource; // Note: intentionally not [HTMLConstructor] interface HTMLAppletElement : HTMLElement { attribute DOMString align; attribute DOMString alt; attribute DOMString archive; attribute DOMString code; attribute USVString codeBase; attribute DOMString height; attribute unsigned long hspace; attribute DOMString name; attribute USVString _object; // the underscore is not part of the identifier attribute unsigned long vspace; attribute DOMString width; }; [HTMLConstructor] interface HTMLMarqueeElement : HTMLElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString behavior; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString bgColor; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString direction; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString height; [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long hspace; [CEReactions] attribute long loop; [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long scrollAmount; [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long scrollDelay; [CEReactions] attribute boolean trueSpeed; [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long vspace; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString width; attribute EventHandler onbounce; attribute EventHandler onfinish; attribute EventHandler onstart; void start(); void stop(); }; [HTMLConstructor] interface HTMLFrameSetElement : HTMLElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString cols; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString rows; }; HTMLFrameSetElement implements WindowEventHandlers; [HTMLConstructor] interface HTMLFrameElement : HTMLElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString name; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString scrolling; [CEReactions] attribute USVString src; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString frameBorder; [CEReactions] attribute USVString longDesc; [CEReactions] attribute boolean noResize; readonly attribute Document? contentDocument; readonly attribute WindowProxy? contentWindow; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString marginHeight; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString marginWidth; }; partial interface HTMLAnchorElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString coords; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString charset; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString name; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString shape; }; partial interface HTMLAreaElement { [CEReactions] attribute boolean noHref; }; partial interface HTMLBodyElement { [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString text; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString link; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString vLink; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString aLink; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString bgColor; attribute DOMString background; }; partial interface HTMLBRElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString clear; }; partial interface HTMLTableCaptionElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; }; partial interface HTMLTableColElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString ch; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString chOff; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString vAlign; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString width; }; [HTMLConstructor] interface HTMLDirectoryElement : HTMLElement { [CEReactions] attribute boolean compact; }; partial interface HTMLDivElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; }; partial interface HTMLDListElement { [CEReactions] attribute boolean compact; }; partial interface HTMLEmbedElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString name; }; [HTMLConstructor] interface HTMLFontElement : HTMLElement { [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString color; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString face; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString size; }; partial interface HTMLHeadingElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; }; partial interface HTMLHRElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString color; [CEReactions] attribute boolean noShade; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString size; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString width; }; partial interface HTMLHtmlElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString version; }; partial interface HTMLIFrameElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString scrolling; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString frameBorder; [CEReactions] attribute USVString longDesc; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString marginHeight; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString marginWidth; }; partial interface HTMLImageElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString name; [CEReactions] attribute USVString lowsrc; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long hspace; [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long vspace; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString border; }; partial interface HTMLInputElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString useMap; }; partial interface HTMLLegendElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; }; partial interface HTMLLIElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString type; }; partial interface HTMLLinkElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString charset; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString target; }; partial interface HTMLMenuElement { [CEReactions] attribute boolean compact; }; partial interface HTMLMetaElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString scheme; }; partial interface HTMLObjectElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString archive; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString code; [CEReactions] attribute boolean declare; [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long hspace; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString standby; [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long vspace; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString codeBase; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString codeType; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString border; }; partial interface HTMLOListElement { [CEReactions] attribute boolean compact; }; partial interface HTMLParagraphElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; }; partial interface HTMLParamElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString type; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString valueType; }; partial interface HTMLPreElement { [CEReactions] attribute long width; }; partial interface HTMLScriptElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString event; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString htmlFor; }; partial interface HTMLTableElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString border; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString frame; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString rules; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString summary; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString width; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString bgColor; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString cellPadding; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString cellSpacing; }; partial interface HTMLTableSectionElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString ch; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString chOff; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString vAlign; }; partial interface HTMLTableCellElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString axis; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString height; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString width; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString ch; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString chOff; [CEReactions] attribute boolean noWrap; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString vAlign; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString bgColor; }; partial interface HTMLTableRowElement { [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString ch; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString chOff; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString vAlign; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString bgColor; }; partial interface HTMLUListElement { [CEReactions] attribute boolean compact; [CEReactions] attribute DOMString type; }; partial interface Document { [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString fgColor; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString linkColor; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString vlinkColor; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString alinkColor; [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString bgColor; [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection anchors; [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection applets; void clear(); void captureEvents(); void releaseEvents(); [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLAllCollection all; }; partial interface Window { void captureEvents(); void releaseEvents(); [Replaceable, SameObject] readonly attribute External external; }; [NoInterfaceObject] interface External { void AddSearchProvider(); void IsSearchProviderInstalled(); }; Navigator implements NavigatorPlugins; [NoInterfaceObject] interface NavigatorPlugins { [SameObject] readonly attribute PluginArray plugins; [SameObject] readonly attribute MimeTypeArray mimeTypes; boolean javaEnabled(); }; interface PluginArray { void refresh(optional boolean reload = false); readonly attribute unsigned long length; getter Plugin? item(unsigned long index); getter Plugin? namedItem(DOMString name); }; interface MimeTypeArray { readonly attribute unsigned long length; getter MimeType? item(unsigned long index); getter MimeType? namedItem(DOMString name); }; interface Plugin { readonly attribute DOMString name; readonly attribute DOMString description; readonly attribute DOMString filename; readonly attribute unsigned long length; getter MimeType? item(unsigned long index); getter MimeType? namedItem(DOMString name); }; interface MimeType { readonly attribute DOMString type; readonly attribute DOMString description; readonly attribute DOMString suffixes; // comma-separated readonly attribute Plugin enabledPlugin; }; References Normative References [ABNF] D. Crocker, Ed.; P. Overell. Augmented BNF for Syntax Specifications: ABNF. January 2008. Internet Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5234 [BCP47] A. Phillips; M. Davis. Tags for Identifying Languages. September 2009. IETF Best Current Practice. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47 [BIDI] Mark Davis; Aharon Lanin; Andrew Glass. Unicode Bidirectional Algorithm. 14 May 2017. Unicode Standard Annex #9. URL: https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr9/tr9-37.html [CANVAS-2D] Rik Cabanier; et al. HTML Canvas 2D Context. 19 November 2015. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/2dcontext/ [CLDR] Unicode Common Locale Data Repository. URL: http://cldr.unicode.org/ [COOKIES] A. Barth. HTTP State Management Mechanism. April 2011. Proposed Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6265 [CORE-AAM-1.1] Joanmarie Diggs; et al. Core Accessibility API Mappings 1.1. 21 September 2017. CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/core-aam-1.1/ [CSP3] Mike West. Content Security Policy Level 3. 13 September 2016. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/CSP3/ [CSS-2015] Tab Atkins Jr.; Elika Etemad; Florian Rivoal. CSS Snapshot 2015. 13 October 2015. NOTE. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-2015/ [CSS-CASCADE-4] Elika Etemad; Tab Atkins Jr.. CSS Cascading and Inheritance Level 4. 14 January 2016. CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-cascade-4/ [CSS-COLOR-4] Tab Atkins Jr.; Chris Lilley. CSS Color Module Level 4. 5 July 2016. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-color-4/ [CSS-DISPLAY-3] Elika Etemad. CSS Display Module Level 3. 20 July 2017. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-display-3/ [CSS-FONT-LOADING-3] Tab Atkins Jr.. CSS Font Loading Module Level 3. 22 May 2014. LCWD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-font-loading-3/ [CSS-FONTS-3] John Daggett. CSS Fonts Module Level 3. 3 October 2013. CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-fonts-3/ [CSS-INLINE-3] Dave Cramer; Elika Etemad; Steve Zilles. CSS Inline Layout Module Level 3. 24 May 2016. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-inline-3/ [CSS-LOGICAL-1] Rossen Atanassov; Elika Etemad. CSS Logical Properties and Values Level 1. 18 May 2017. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-logical-1/ [CSS-POSITION-3] Rossen Atanassov; Arron Eicholz. CSS Positioned Layout Module Level 3. 17 May 2016. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-position-3/ [CSS-SIZING-3] Elika Etemad. CSS Intrinsic & Extrinsic Sizing Module Level 3. 7 February 2017. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-sizing-3/ [CSS-STYLE-ATTR] Tantek Çelik; Elika Etemad. CSS Style Attributes. 7 November 2013. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-style-attr [CSS-SYNTAX-3] Tab Atkins Jr.; Simon Sapin. CSS Syntax Module Level 3. 20 February 2014. CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-syntax-3/ [CSS-TEXT-3] Elika Etemad; Koji Ishii. CSS Text Module Level 3. 22 August 2017. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-text-3/ [CSS-UI-3] Tantek Çelik; Florian Rivoal. CSS Basic User Interface Module Level 3 (CSS3 UI). 2 March 2017. CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-ui-3/ [CSS-UI-4] Florian Rivoal. CSS Basic User Interface Module Level 4. 22 September 2015. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-ui-4/ [CSS-VALUES] Tab Atkins Jr.; Elika Etemad. CSS Values and Units Module Level 3. 29 September 2016. CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-values-3/ [CSS-WRITING-MODES-3] Elika Etemad; Koji Ishii. CSS Writing Modes Level 3. 15 December 2015. CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-writing-modes-3/ [CSS2] Bert Bos; et al. Cascading Style Sheets Level 2 Revision 1 (CSS 2.1) Specification. 7 June 2011. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS2 [CSS22] Bert Bos. Cascading Style Sheets Level 2 Revision 2 (CSS 2.2) Specification. 12 April 2016. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS22/ [CSS3-BACKGROUND] Bert Bos; Elika Etemad; Brad Kemper. CSS Backgrounds and Borders Module Level 3. 9 September 2014. CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css3-background/ [CSS3-CONTENT] Elika Etemad; Dave Cramer. CSS Generated Content Module Level 3. 2 June 2016. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-content-3/ [CSS3-IMAGES] Elika Etemad; Tab Atkins Jr.. CSS Image Values and Replaced Content Module Level 3. 17 April 2012. CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css3-images/ [CSS3-RUBY] Elika Etemad; Koji Ishii. CSS Ruby Layout Module Level 1. 5 August 2014. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-ruby-1/ [CSS3-TRANSITIONS] Dean Jackson; et al. CSS Transitions. 19 November 2013. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css3-transitions/ [CSS3COLOR] Tantek Çelik; Chris Lilley; David Baron. CSS Color Module Level 3. 7 June 2011. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css3-color [CSSOM] Simon Pieters; Glenn Adams. CSS Object Model (CSSOM). 17 March 2016. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/cssom-1/ [CSSOM-VIEW] Simon Pieters. CSSOM View Module. 17 March 2016. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/cssom-view-1/ [CUSTOM-ELEMENTS] Domenic Denicola. Custom Elements. 13 October 2016. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/custom-elements/ [DOM41] Yongsheng Zhu. DOM 4.1. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/dom41/ [DOM-PARSING] Travis Leithead. DOM Parsing and Serialization. 17 May 2016. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/DOM-Parsing/ [ECMA-262] ECMAScript Language Specification. URL: https://tc39.github.io/ecma262/ [ENCODING] Anne van Kesteren, Joshua Bell, Addison Phillips. Encoding. CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/encoding/ [EVENTSOURCE] Ian Hickson. Server-Sent Events. 3 February 2015. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/eventsource/ [FETCH] Anne van Kesteren. Fetch Standard. Living Standard. URL: https://fetch.spec.whatwg.org/ [FILEAPI] Arun Ranganathan; Jonas Sicking. File API. 21 April 2015. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/FileAPI/ [FULLSCREEN] Anne van Kesteren. Fullscreen API Standard. Living Standard. URL: https://fullscreen.spec.whatwg.org/ [GEOMETRY-1] Simon Pieters; Dirk Schulze; Rik Cabanier. Geometry Interfaces Module Level 1. 25 November 2014. CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/geometry-1/ [GIF] Graphics Interchange Format. 31 July 1990. URL: https://www.w3.org/Graphics/GIF/spec-gif89a.txt [HR-TIME-2] Ilya Grigorik; James Simonsen; Jatinder Mann. High Resolution Time Level 2. 3 August 2017. CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/hr-time-2/ [HTML-AAM-1.0] Steve Faulkner; et al. HTML Accessibility API Mappings 1.0. 10 October 2017. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/html-aam-1.0/ [HTML-ARIA] Steve Faulkner. ARIA in HTML. 13 October 2017. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/html-aria/ [HTML-LONGDESC] Charles McCathieNevile; Mark Sadecki. HTML5 Image Description Extension (longdesc). 26 February 2015. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/html-longdesc/ [HTTP] HTTP is the union of a set of RFCs: * Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP/1.1): Message Syntax and Routing (URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230), R. Fielding, J. Reschke. IETF. * Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP/1.1): Semantics and Content (URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7231), R. Fielding, J. Reschke. IETF. * Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP/1.1): Conditional Requests (URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232), R. Fielding, J. Reschke. IETF. * Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP/1.1): Range Requests (URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7233), R. Fielding, Y. Lafon, J. Reschke. IETF. * Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP/1.1): Caching (URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7234), R. Fielding, M. Nottingham, J. Reschke. IETF. * Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP/1.1): Authentication (URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7235), R. Fielding, J. Reschke. IETF. [IANAPERMHEADERS] Permanent Message Header Field Names. IANA. [INDEXEDDB] Nikunj Mehta; et al. Indexed Database API. 8 January 2015. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/IndexedDB/ [INFRA] Anne van Kesteren; Domenic Denicola. Infra Standard. Living Standard. URL: https://infra.spec.whatwg.org/ [ISO3166] ISO 3166: Codes for the representation of names of countries and their subdivisions.. 2013. ISO 3166-1:2013. URL: http://www.iso.org/iso/catalogue_detail?csnumber=63545 [ISO4217] Currency codes - ISO 4217. 2015. International Standard. URL: http://www.iso.org/iso/home/standards/currency_codes.htm [JPEG] Eric Hamilton. JPEG File Interchange Format. September 1992. URL: https://www.w3.org/Graphics/JPEG/jfif3.pdf [MATHML] Patrick D F Ion; Robert R Miner. Mathematical Markup Language (MathML) 1.01 Specification. 7 July 1999. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/MathML/ [MEDIA-FRAGS] Raphaël Troncy; et al. Media Fragments URI 1.0 (basic). 25 September 2012. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/media-frags/ [MEDIA-SOURCE] Matthew Wolenetz; et al. Media Source Extensions™. 17 November 2016. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/media-source/ [MEDIACAPTURE-STREAMS] Daniel Burnett; et al. Media Capture and Streams. 3 October 2017. CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/mediacapture-streams/ [MEDIAQ] Florian Rivoal; et al. Media Queries. 19 June 2012. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css3-mediaqueries/ [MEDIAQUERIES-4] Florian Rivoal; Tab Atkins Jr.. Media Queries Level 4. 5 September 2017. CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/mediaqueries-4/ [MFREL] Microformats Wiki: existing rel values. Microformats. [MIMESNIFF] As of today the Web community lacks a sufficiently complete, reliable, interoperable, and tested specification for the manner in which content sniffing takes place on the Web. We encourage implementers to exercise caution in this area as the Web community makes progress towards addressing this issue. Gordon P. Hemsley. MIME Sniffing Standard. Living Standard. URL: https://mimesniff.spec.whatwg.org/ [MNG] MNG (Multiple-image Network Graphics) Format. G. Randers-Pehrson. [MPEG2TS] Information technology -- Generic coding of moving pictures and associated audio information: Systems ITU-T Rec. H.222.0 / ISO/IEC 13818-1:2013. URL: http://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-H.222.0-201206-I [MPEG4] ISO/IEC 14496-12: ISO base media file format. ISO/IEC. [MPEGDASH] ISO/IEC 23009-1:2014 Information technology -- Dynamic adaptive streaming over HTTP (DASH) -- Part 1: Media presentation description and segment formats. URL: http://standards.iso.org/ittf/PubliclyAvailableStandards/c065274_ISO_IEC_23009-1_2014.zip [OGGSKELETON] Ogg Skeleton 4 Message Headers. 17 March 2014. URL: https://wiki.xiph.org/SkeletonHeaders [OPENSEARCH] Autodiscovery in HTML/XHTML. In OpenSearch 1.1 Draft 4, Section 4.6.2. OpenSearch.org. [ORIGIN] A. Barth. The Web Origin Concept. December 2011. Proposed Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6454 [PAGE-VISIBILITY] Jatinder Mann; Arvind Jain. Page Visibility (Second Edition). 29 October 2013. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/page-visibility/ [PAYMENT-REQUEST] Adrian Bateman; et al. Payment Request API. 21 September 2017. CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/payment-request/ [PDF] Document management — Portable document format — Part 1: PDF. ISO. [PNG] Tom Lane. Portable Network Graphics (PNG) Specification (Second Edition). 10 November 2003. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/PNG [POINTERLOCK] Vincent Scheib. Pointer Lock. 27 October 2016. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/pointerlock/ [PRESENTATION-API] Mark Foltz; Dominik Röttsches. Presentation API. 1 June 2017. CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/presentation-api/ [PROGRESS-EVENTS] Anne van Kesteren; Charles McCathie Nevile; Jungkee Song. Progress Events. 11 February 2014. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/progress-events/ [PSL] Public Suffix List. Mozilla Foundation. [REFERRERPOLICY] Referrer Policy. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy [RFC1034] P.V. Mockapetris. Domain names - concepts and facilities. November 1987. Internet Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034 [RFC1123] R. Braden, Ed.. Requirements for Internet Hosts - Application and Support. October 1989. Internet Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1123 [RFC2046] N. Freed; N. Borenstein. Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) Part Two: Media Types. November 1996. Draft Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2046 [RFC2119] S. Bradner. Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement Levels. March 1997. Best Current Practice. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2119 [RFC2318] H. Lie; B. Bos; C. Lilley. The text/css Media Type. March 1998. Informational. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2318 [RFC2397] L. Masinter. The "data" URL scheme. August 1998. Proposed Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2397 [RFC2483] M. Mealling; R. Daniel. URI Resolution Services Necessary for URN Resolution. January 1999. Experimental. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2483 [RFC4648] S. Josefsson. The Base16, Base32, and Base64 Data Encodings. October 2006. Proposed Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4648 [RFC5322] P. Resnick, Ed.. Internet Message Format. October 2008. Draft Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5322 [RFC5724] E. Wilde; A. Vaha-Sipila. URI Scheme for Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) Short Message Service (SMS). January 2010. Proposed Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5724 [RFC5988] M. Nottingham. Web Linking. October 2010. Proposed Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5988 [RFC6068] M. Duerst; L. Masinter; J. Zawinski. The 'mailto' URI Scheme. October 2010. Proposed Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6068 [RFC6266] J. Reschke. Use of the Content-Disposition Header Field in the Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP). June 2011. Proposed Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6266 [RFC6350] S. Perreault. vCard Format Specification. August 2011. Proposed Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6350 [RFC6381] R. Gellens; D. Singer; P. Frojdh. The 'Codecs' and 'Profiles' Parameters for "Bucket" Media Types. August 2011. Proposed Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6381 [RFC6455] I. Fette; A. Melnikov. The WebSocket Protocol. December 2011. Proposed Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6455 [RFC6694] S. Moonesamy, Ed.. The "about" URI Scheme. August 2012. Informational. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6694 [RFC7230] R. Fielding, Ed.; J. Reschke, Ed.. Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP/1.1): Message Syntax and Routing. June 2014. Proposed Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230 [RFC7231] R. Fielding, Ed.; J. Reschke, Ed.. Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP/1.1): Semantics and Content. June 2014. Proposed Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7231 [RFC7232] R. Fielding, Ed.; J. Reschke, Ed.. Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP/1.1): Conditional Requests. June 2014. Proposed Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232 [RFC7234] R. Fielding, Ed.; M. Nottingham, Ed.; J. Reschke, Ed.. Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP/1.1): Caching. June 2014. Proposed Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7234 [RFC7303] H. Thompson; C. Lilley. XML Media Types. July 2014. Proposed Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7303 [RFC7578] L. Masinter. Returning Values from Forms: multipart/form-data. July 2015. Proposed Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7578 [RFC7595] D. Thaler, Ed.; T. Hansen; T. Hardie. Guidelines and Registration Procedures for URI Schemes. June 2015. Best Current Practice. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7595 [SECURE-CONTEXTS] Mike West. Secure Contexts. 15 September 2016. CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/secure-contexts/ [SELECTION-API] Ryosuke Niwa. Selection API. 28 June 2017. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/selection-api/ [SELECTORS4] Elika Etemad; Tab Atkins Jr.. Selectors Level 4. 2 May 2013. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/selectors4/ [SERVICE-WORKERS] Alex Russell; et al. Service Workers 1. 11 October 2016. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/service-workers-1/ [SRGB] Amendment 1 - Multimedia systems and equipment - Colour measurement and management - Part 2-1: Colour management - Default RGB colour space - sRGB. URL: https://webstore.iec.ch/publication/6168 [SVG11] Erik Dahlström; et al. Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) 1.1 (Second Edition). 16 August 2011. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/SVG11/ [SVG2] Nikos Andronikos; et al. Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) 2. 15 September 2016. CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/SVG2/ [SVGTINY12] Ola Andersson; et al. Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) Tiny 1.2 Specification. 22 December 2008. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/SVGTiny12/ [TOUCH-EVENTS] Doug Schepers; et al. Touch Events. 10 October 2013. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/touch-events/ [UIEVENTS] Gary Kacmarcik; Travis Leithead. UI Events. 4 August 2016. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/uievents/ [UNICODE] The Unicode Standard. URL: https://www.unicode.org/versions/latest/ [URL] Note: URLs can be used in numerous different manners, in many differing contexts. For the purpose of producing strict URLs one may wish to consider [RFC3986] [RFC3987]. The W3C URL specification defines the term URL, various algorithms for dealing with URLs, and an API for constructing, parsing, and resolving URLs. Developers of Web browsers are advised to keep abreast of the latest URL developments by tracking the progress of https://url.spec.whatwg.org/. We expect that the W3C URL draft will evolve along the Recommendation track as the community converges on a definition of URL processing. Most of the URL-related terms used in the HTML specification (URL, absolute URL, relative URL, relative schemes, scheme component, scheme data, username, password, host, port, path, query, fragment, percent encode, get the base, and UTF-8 percent encode) can be straightforwardly mapped to the terminology of [RFC3986] [RFC3987]. The URLUtils (formerly known as URL) collection of attributes (e.g. href and protocol) and its required definitions (input, query encoding, url, update steps, set the input) are considered common practice nowadays. Some of the URL-related terms are still being refined (e.g. URL parser, parse errors, URL serializer, default encode set, and percent decode). As a word of caution, there are notable differences in the manner in which Web browsers and other software stacks outside the HTML context handle URLs. While no changes would be accepted to URL processing that would break existing Web content, some important parts of URL processing should therefore be considered as implementation-defined (e.g. parsing file: URLs or operating on URLs that would be syntax errors under the [RFC3986] [RFC3987] syntax). Anne van Kesteren. URL Standard. Living Standard. URL: https://url.spec.whatwg.org/ [URN] P. Saint-Andre; J. Klensin. Uniform Resource Names (URNs). April 2017. Proposed Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8141 [WAI-ARIA] James Craig; Michael Cooper; et al. Accessible Rich Internet Applications (WAI-ARIA) 1.0. 20 March 2014. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/wai-aria/ [WAI-ARIA-1.1] Joanmarie Diggs; et al. Accessible Rich Internet Applications (WAI-ARIA) 1.1. 27 October 2016. CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/wai-aria-1.1/ [WEBGL] Dean Jackson; Jeff Gilbert. WebGL 2.0 Specification. 12 August 2017. URL: https://www.khronos.org/registry/webgl/specs/latest/2.0/ [WEBIDL] Cameron McCormack; Boris Zbarsky; Tobie Langel. Web IDL. 15 December 2016. ED. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/WebIDL-1/ [WebIDL-20161215] Cameron McCormack. WebIDL Level 1. 15 December 2016. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/2016/REC-WebIDL-1-20161215/ [WEBM] WebM Container Guidelines. 26 April 2016. URL: https://www.webmproject.org/docs/container/ [WEBSTORAGE] Ian Hickson. Web Storage (Second Edition). 19 April 2016. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/webstorage/ [WORKERS] Ian Hickson. Web Workers. 24 September 2015. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/workers/ [XLINK] Steven DeRose; Eve Maler; David Orchard. XML Linking Language (XLink) Version 1.0. 27 June 2001. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xlink/ [XML] Tim Bray; et al. Extensible Markup Language (XML) 1.0 (Fifth Edition). 26 November 2008. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xml [XML-NAMES] Tim Bray; et al. Namespaces in XML 1.0 (Third Edition). 8 December 2009. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xml-names [XML-STYLESHEET] James Clark; Simon Pieters; Henry Thompson. Associating Style Sheets with XML documents 1.0 (Second Edition). 28 October 2010. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xml-stylesheet [XMLBASE] Jonathan Marsh. XML Base (Second Edition). 28 January 2009. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xmlbase/ [XPATH] James Clark; Steven DeRose. XML Path Language (XPath) Version 1.0. 16 November 1999. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xpath [XPTR-XMLNS] Steven DeRose; et al. XPointer xmlns() Scheme. 25 March 2003. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xptr-xmlns/ Informative References [APNG] S. Parmenter; V. Vukicevic; A. Smith. APNG Specification. URL: https://wiki.mozilla.org/APNG_Specification [ATAG20] Jan Richards; Jeanne F Spellman; Jutta Treviranus. Authoring Tool Accessibility Guidelines (ATAG) 2.0. 24 September 2015. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/ATAG20/ [BATTERY-STATUS] Anssi Kostiainen; Mounir Lamouri. Battery Status API. 7 July 2016. CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/battery-status/ [BOCU1] M. Scherer; M. Davis. UTN #6: BOCU-1: MIME-Compatible Unicode Compression. URL: https://www.unicode.org/notes/tn6/ [CESU8] T. Phipps. UTR #26: Compatibility Encoding Scheme For UTF-16: 8-BIT (CESU-8). URL: https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr26/ [CHARMOD] Martin Dürst; et al. Character Model for the World Wide Web 1.0: Fundamentals. 15 February 2005. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/charmod/ [COMPUTABLE] A. Turing. On computable numbers, with an application to the Entscheidungsproblem, Proceedings of the London Mathematical Society, series 2, volume 42,. 1937. URL: http://www.turingarchive.org/browse.php/B/12 [CSS-LISTS-3] Tab Atkins Jr.. CSS Lists and Counters Module Level 3. 20 March 2014. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-lists-3/ [CSS-LOGICAL-PROPS] Rossen Atanassov; Elika J. Etemad. CSS Logical Properties Level 1. ED. URL: https://drafts.csswg.org/css-logical-props/ [CSS3-ANIMATIONS] Dean Jackson; et al. CSS Animations. 19 February 2013. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css3-animations/ [DOT] The DOT Language. URL: http://www.graphviz.org/content/dot-language [EDITING] A. Gregor. HTML Editing APIs. URL: https://dvcs.w3.org/hg/editing/raw-file/tip/editing.html [Extensible] The Extensible Web Manifesto. 10 June 2013. URL: https://extensiblewebmanifesto.org/ [GRAPHICS] Computer Graphics: Principles and Practice in C, Second Edition, J. Foley, A. van Dam, S. Feiner, J. Hughes. Addison-Wesley. ISBN 0-201-84840-6. [GREGORIAN] Inter Gravissimas, A. Lilius, C. Clavius. Gregory XIII Papal Bull, February 1582. [HTML] Anne van Kesteren; et al. HTML Standard. Living Standard. URL: https://html.spec.whatwg.org/multipage/ [HTML-RDFA] Manu Sporny. HTML+RDFa 1.1 - Second Edition. 17 March 2015. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/html-rdfa/ [HTML5-DIFF] Simon Pieters. HTML5 Differences from HTML4. 9 December 2014. NOTE. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/html5-diff/ [INBANDTRACKS] Silvia Pfeiffer; Bob Lund. Sourcing In-band Media Resource Tracks from Media Containers into HTML. 26 April 2015. Unofficial Draft. URL: https://dev.w3.org/html5/html-sourcing-inband-tracks/ [ISO8601] Representation of dates and times. ISO 8601:2004.. 2004. ISO 8601:2004. URL: http://www.iso.org/iso/catalogue_detail?csnumber=40874 [JLREQ] Yasuhiro Anan; et al. Requirements for Japanese Text Layout. 3 April 2012. NOTE. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/jlreq/ [NPAPI] Gecko Plugin API Reference. Mozilla. [PPUTF8] The Properties and Promises of UTF-8, M. Dürst. University of Zürich. In Proceedings of the 11th International Unicode Conference. [RDFA-LITE] Manu Sporny. RDFa Lite 1.1 - Second Edition. 17 March 2015. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-lite/ [RFC2152] D. Goldsmith; M. Davis. UTF-7 A Mail-Safe Transformation Format of Unicode. May 1997. Informational. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2152 [RFC3676] R. Gellens. The Text/Plain Format and DelSp Parameters. February 2004. Proposed Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3676 [RFC4287] M. Nottingham, Ed.; R. Sayre, Ed.. The Atom Syndication Format. December 2005. Proposed Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4287 [RFC4329] B. Hoehrmann. Scripting Media Types. April 2006. Informational. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4329 [RUBY-UC] Richard Ishida. Use Cases & Exploratory Approaches for Ruby Markup. 8 October 2013. NOTE. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/ruby-use-cases/ [SCSU] UTR #6: A Standard Compression Scheme For Unicode, M. Wolf, K. Whistler, C. Wicksteed, M. Davis, A. Freytag, M. Scherer. Unicode Consortium. [TIMEZONE] Addison Phillips; et al. Working with Time Zones. 5 July 2011. NOTE. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/timezone [TOR] Tor. [TZDATABASE] Time Zone Database. IANA. [UAAG20] James Allan; et al. User Agent Accessibility Guidelines (UAAG) 2.0. 15 December 2015. NOTE. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/UAAG20/ [UNDO] Ryosuke Niwa. UndoManager and DOM Transaction. ED. URL: https://dvcs.w3.org/hg/undomanager/raw-file/tip/undomanager.html [UNICODE-SECURITY] Mark Davis; Michel Suignard. Unicode Security Considerations. 19 September 2014. Unicode Technical Report #36. URL: https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr36/ [UNIVCHARDET] A composite approach to language/encoding detection, S. Li, K. Momoi. Netscape. In Proceedings of the 19th International Unicode Conference. [UTF8DET] Multilingual form encoding, M. Dürst. W3C. [WAI-ARIA-PRACTICES-1.1] Matthew King; et al. WAI-ARIA Authoring Practices 1.1. 28 June 2017. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/wai-aria-practices-1.1/ [WCAG20] Ben Caldwell; et al. Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.0. 11 December 2008. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/WCAG20/ [WEBMESSAGING] Ian Hickson. HTML5 Web Messaging. 19 May 2015. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/webmessaging/ [WEBVTT] Simon Pieters. WebVTT: The Web Video Text Tracks Format. 8 August 2017. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/webvtt1/ [WHATWGWIKI] The WHATWG Wiki. WHATWG. [XHR] Anne van Kesteren. XMLHttpRequest Standard. Living Standard. URL: https://xhr.spec.whatwg.org/ [XKCD-1288] Randall Munroe. Substitutions. URL: https://xkcd.com/1288/ [XML-ENTITY-NAMES] David Carlisle; Patrick D F Ion. XML Entity Definitions for Characters (2nd Edition). 10 April 2014. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xml-entity-names/ [XSLT] James Clark. XSL Transformations (XSLT) Version 1.0. 16 November 1999. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xslt [XSLTP] DOM XSLTProcessor. URL: https://wiki.whatwg.org/wiki/DOM_XSLTProcessor Changes This section summarises substantial changes since the HTML 5.1 Recommendation. Full details of all changes since 12 January 2016 are available from the commit log of the w3c/html github repository, including various editorial and linking fixes. New features * The dialog element. * Integration with the JavaScript module system of [ECMA-262]. * Referrer policy [REFERRERPOLICY]. * Update ARIA reference to [wai-aria-1.1], which introduces new features to improve accessibility. * The nonce attribute for link as used in Content Security Policy [CSP3]. * The allowpaymentrequest attribute of iframe, for integration with the Payment Request API [PAYMENT-REQUEST]. * The allow-presentation value for the sandbox attribute of iframe, for integration with the Presentation API [PRESENTATION-API]. * The canonical value for the rel attribute of links. * The noreferrer link type value for [SECURE-CONTEXTS]. * The apple-touch-icon value for the rel attribute to allow the use of the size attribute in the link element. * The registerContentHandler(), isContentHandlerRegistered() and isProtocolHandlerRegistered() methods. * The innerText IDL attribute for HTMLElement. * Define the about:html-kind URL for MP4 media track integration. * Integrate the Should element be blocked a priori by Content Security Policy? of [CSP3] Features removed * The keygen, menu and menuitem elements. * The inputmode attribute for textual input elements, and the dropzone attributes. * The showModalDialog method. * The Plugin API has been marked as obsolete. Fixing bugs and matching reality better * Stop media resource requests from non-network sources delaying the load event. * Remove arbitrary upper limits on refresh rates. * Coordinates for ismap no longer include the image’s border in calculation. * Update accesskey definition to require a single printable character. * Fix the activation algorithm for summary to match reality. * Fix the algorithm to determine row and column headers for table. * Update the rendering of summary * Reflecting a broken URL returns the unparsed value * currentScript may return SVGScriptElement. * Resetting a textarea resets its dirty value flag. * document.open() and document.close() check for XML document. * HashChangeEvent URLs are USVString instead of DOMString. * Selection members' types are nullable. * data: URLs are treated as a separate origin. * Sadly, elements that are only focusable because they have a tabindex attribute generally will not fire a click event when activated with a non-pointer device. * Navigation for sandboxed contexts * Updated allowable role values in line with [html-aria] The following constructions are now valid HTML: style within the body. Multiple main elements in the DOM, so long as only one is visible to the user. The presentation for the img element. div as a child of a dl element. dfn as a descendent of an li element that contains a definition of the term defined. Headings within legend in a fieldset. Empty option element as a child of datalist. Comments containing two consecutive hyphens, or ending with a hyphen, in the HTML syntax. Remove restrictions on BiDi algorithm section The following constructions are no longer valid HTML: role values for a caption element. Inline blocks, inline tables, or floated and positioned block-level elements as children of a p element. Content with the HTML4 or XHTML1 strict doctype. New concepts * Added serialized state and creator context security. * Added an algorithm to determine whether content is allowed to use certain powerful, hence potentially risky, features. * Added the WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope mixin as a convenience. Editorial clarifications * Browsers should represent punycode addresses as natural unicode text for the email input type. * Clarify the concept of last frame time for the seekable IDL attribute * Browsers that use the the suggestions source element to filter suggestions should implement substring matching on the label attribute. * Users should be able to interact with area elements whether or not they use a pointing device. Acknowledgements Thanks to Tim Berners-Lee for inventing HTML, without which none of this would exist, Dan Connolly, the many who worked to standardise HTML over the last couple of decades or so, and the many more who worked on ideas subsequently incorporated into HTML. For inestimable work, and the drive to keep HTML up to date, particular thanks are due to Ian Hickson, and the other editors of the WHATWG: Anne van Kesteren, Domenic Denicola, Philip Jägenstedt, Simon Pieters. Thanks to Tab Atkins, who produced the bikeshed tool used to build this spec, and https://github.com for tools to manage its development. With apologies to people who have undeservedly not been named, thanks to People who have contributed to this version of HTML to complete "aaaxx", "Acts7", Adrian Bateman, Adrian Roselli, Addison Philips, Alan Johnson, Alastair Campbell, Alex Danilo, Alexander Schmitz, Alexandros Spyropoulos, Alexander Surkov, Alice Wonder, "Alohci", "alrdytaken", Amanda Rush, Amelia Bellamy-Royds, Ana Luiza Bastos, andjc", André Zanghelini, Andrea Rendine, Andfrew Macpherson, Andrew Romanov, Andy Carter, Andy Jansson, Anne van Kesteren, Angelo Liao, Anne-Gaelle Colom, Annop Chawwalitsitthikun, Anup Kumar Maharjan, "aravindxz", Arron Eicholz, Artemiy Solopov, Artur Janc, Ashley Bischoff, Avram Eisner, "avrljk", Axel Bocciarelli, 방성범 (Bang Seongbeom), Bert Verhelst, Ben Buchanan, Benjamin Strauß, "bogdan0083", Boris Zbarsky, Brian Kardell, Carolyn MacLeod, Chaals McCathie Nevile, Chad Henderson, "Chaoaretasty", Charles La Pierre, Chris Harvey, Christophe Coevoet, Christophe Strobbe, "Comandeer", Cory Simmons, Craig Francis, Cyril Concolato, Dan Connolly, Daniel Dafoe, Daniel Davis, Daniel Glazman, Daniel Weck, Dave Cramer, David French, David MacDonald, David Singer, David Storey, "dbol55", Deborah Kaplan, Denis Ah-Kang, Derek Koziol, Diego Lopes Lima, Dmitry Shuralyov, Dom Talbot, Domenic Denicola, Dominique Hazaël-Massieux, Don Hollander, Doug Brunelle, Drew McLellan, "duckware", Dylan Barrell, Eli Grey, Emerson Rocha Luiz, Emil Björklund, Emily Stark, Eric Eggert, Eric Stamper, Fabrizio Calderan, Florens Verschelde, Florian Rivoal, François Daoust, Fuqiao Xue, "genwilkerhan", George Gooding, Gervase Markham, Greg Schoppe, Guido Bouman, "gunlinux", Hans Hillen, Henrik "Henke37" Andersson, Heydon Pickering, Ian Devlin, Ian Pouncey, Ian Yang, Isadora Coffani dos Santos Siqueira, Ivan Herman, J.C. Jones, J.S. Choi, Jacob Alvarez, Jake Archibald, James "thx1111", James Cobban, James Craig, Jan Nelson, Janina Saika, Jason Edelman, Jason Kiss, Jason White, "jdsmith3000", Jeanne Spellman, Jeffrey Yasskin, Ji Seongbong, Jihye Hong, Jina Bolton, Job van Achterberg, John Foliot, Jonathan Kingston, Jon Metz, Jonathan Neal, Joshua Bell, Jourdan, JP DeVries, jthiyagarajan, "klensin", Kangxi "kxgio" 朕的產生器, Kevin Marks, Kevin Suttle, Lea Verou, Leif Halvard Silli, Léonie Watson, Liam Quin, Lorenzo Scalfani, Luke Browell, Mallory van Achterberg, Marat Talanin, Marc G. "mouvedia", Mark Amery, Mark Nottingham, Mark Rejhon, Mark Rogers, Mark Root-Wiley, Martin Dürst, Martin Janecke, Martyn Hoyer, Matheus Martins, Matteo Belfiore, "Mattok", Mev-Rael, Micha Rosenbaum, Michał Miszczyszyn, "Mijabi", "mirabilos", Mike™ Smith, Mike West, "Moonchild", Morgan Patch, Mort&Mortis, "namitos", Nathan Lorberger, Neil "ww3", Nhan To-Doan, Nick Levinson, Nico Schneider, Nicolas Hoffmann, Nicolas Hoizey, Nils Solanki, Pankit Gami, Patrick Dark, Patrick Lauke, Paul Cotton, Phil Smith, Philip Jägenstedt, Philippe Le Hégaret, Prayag Verma, Rachel Comerford, Rebeca Ruiz, Reinhardt Hierl, Rich Schwerdtfeger, Richard Ishida, "RobBelics", Robin Berjon, Rodney Rehm, Romain Deltour, Roy Tinker, Ruben Martinez, Russ Weakley, "r-romaniuk", Ryosuke Niwa, Sangwhan Moon, Sara Soueidan, Sailesh Panchang, Sebastian Zartner, Sendil Kumar N, "SelenIT", Sergei Shoshin, Sergey Artemov, Shane McCarron, Shwetank Dixit, Šime Vidas, Simon Pieters, "spixi", "stasoid", Stefan Judis, Steve Comstock, Steve Faulkner, Steven Atkin, Steven Lambert, Stuart Robson, Takayoshi Kochi, Taylor Hunt, Terence Eden, "thapliyalshivam", "TheEskhaton", Theresa O’Connor, Thierry Koblentz, Thomas Beduneau, Thomas Higginbotham, Tim Starling, Timo Huovinen, Tokushige Kobayashi, Tom Bonnike, Tom Byrer, Travis Leithead, Tyler Deitz, Tzviya Siegman, "Unor", Vadim Makeev, Varun Dua, Vilmar Neto, Vitaly Pinchuk, Vladimir Grebnev, "WebDevCA", Wes, "Wolonetz", "woowaEcho", Cindy Wu Xiaoqian, "Xaviju", Yann Gouffon, Yaroslaw "kciray8", Zach Saucier, "Zambonifofex", "Zelgadis87" People who have contributed to previous revisions of HTML 5.x Thanks to the participants of the Responsive Images Community Group and the WHATWG for helping to develop the picture element, the srcset attribute, and the sizes attribute. Special thanks to Bruce Lawson for originally suggesting, Theresa O’Connor and Ian Hickson for writing the original srcset specification, and Adrian Bateman for providing the group with guidance. Contributions also from: David Newton, Ilya Grigorik, John Schoenick, and Leon de Rijke. Aankhen, Aaron Boodman, Aaron Leventhal, Adam Barth, Adam de Boor, Adam Hepton, Adam Klein, Adam Roben, Addison Phillips, Adele Peterson, Adrian Bateman, Adrian Roselli, Adrian Sutton, Agustín Fernández, Aharon (Vladimir) Lanin, Ajai Tirumali, Akatsuki Kitamura, Alan Plum, Alastair Campbell, Alejandro G. Castro, Alex Bishop, Alex Nicolaou, Alex Plescan, Alex Rousskov, Alexander Farkas, Alexander J. Vincent, Alexander Surkov, Alexandre Morgaut, Alexey Feldgendler, Алексей Проскуряков (Alexey Proskuryakov), Alexis Deveria, Alice Boxhall, Allan Clements, Ami Fischman, Amos Jeffries, Anders Carlsson, André E. Veltstra, Andrea Rendine, Andreas, Andreas Kling, Andrei Popescu, Andres Gomez, Andrew Barfield, Andrew Clover, Andrew Gove, Andrew Grieve, Andrew Oakley, Andrew Sidwell, Andrew Simons, Andrew Smith, Andrew W. Hagen, Andrey V. Lukyanov, Andry Rendy, Andy Earnshaw, Andy Heydon, Andy Palay, Anjana Vakil, Anna Belle Leiserson, Anthony Boyd, Anthony Bryan, Anthony Hickson, Anthony Ramine, Anthony Ricaud, Antonio Olmo Titos, Antti Koivisto, Arkadiusz Michalski, Arne Thomassen, Aron Spohr, Arphen Lin, Arron Eicholz, Arthur Stolyar, Arun Patole, Aryeh Gregor, Asbjørn Ulsberg, Ashley Gullen, Ashley Sheridan, Atsushi Takayama, Aurelien Levy, Ave Wrigley, Axel Dahmen, B Lingafelter, Bart Humphries, Ben Boyle, Ben Buchanan, Ben Godfrey, Ben Lerner, Ben Leslie, Ben Meadowcroft, Ben Millard, Benjamin Carl Wiley Sittler, Benjamin Hawkes-Lewis, Benoit Ren, Bert Bos, Bijan Parsia, Bil Corry, Bill Mason, Bill McCoy, Billy Wong, Bjartur Thorlacius, Björn Höhrmann, Blake Frantz, Bob Lund, Bob Owen, Bobby Holly, Boris Zbarsky, Brad Fults, Brad Neuberg, Brad Spencer, Brady Eidson, Brendan Eich, Brenton Simpson, Brett Wilson, Brett Zamir, Brian Blakely, Brian Campbell, Brian Korver, Brian Kuhn, Brian M. Dube, Brian Ryner, Brian Smith, Brian Wilson, Bryan Sullivan, Bruce Bailey, Bruce D’Arcus, Bruce Lawson, Bruce Miller, Bugs Nash, C. Williams, Cameron McCormack, Cameron Zemek, Cao Yipeng, Carlos Amengual, Carlos Gabriel Cardona, Carlos Perelló Marín, Casey Leask, Cătălin Mariș, Chaals McCathie Nevile, Chao Cai, 윤석찬 (Channy Yun), Charl van Niekerk, Charles Iliya Krempeaux, Charu Pandhi, Chris Apers, Chris Cressman, Chris Evans, Chris Morris, Chris Pearce, Chris Peterson, Chris Weber, Christian Biesinger, Christian Johansen, Christian Schmidt, Christoph Päper, Christophe Dumez, Christopher Aillon, Christopher Ferris, Chriswa, Chris Wilson, Clark Buehler, Cole Robison, Colin Fine, Collin Jackson, Corey Farwell, Corprew Reed, Craig Cockburn, Csaba Gabor, Csaba Marton, Cynthia Shelly, Dan Brickley, Dan Yoder, Daniel Barclay, Daniel Bratell, Daniel Brooks, Daniel Brumbaugh Keeney, Daniel Cheng, Daniel Davis, Daniel Glazman, Daniel Peng, Daniel Schattenkirchner, Daniel Spång, Daniel Steinberg, Daniel Trebbien, Danny Sullivan, Darin Adler, Darin Fisher, Darxus, Dave Camp, Dave Hodder, Dave Lampton, Dave Singer, Dave Townsend, David Baron, David Bloom, David Bruant, David Carlisle, David E. Cleary, David Egan Evans, David Fink, David Flanagan, David Gerard, David Håsäther, David Hyatt, David I. Lehn, David John Burrowes, David Kendal, David MacDonald, David Matja, David Remahl, David Smith, David Storey, David Vest, David Woolley, DeWitt Clinton, Dean Edridge, Dean Edwards, Debi Orton, Derek Featherstone, Devarshi Pant, Devdatta, Dimitri Glazkov, Dimitry Golubovsky, Dirk Pranke, Dirk Schulze, Dirkjan Ochtman, Divya Manian, Dmitry Titov, dolphinling, Dominic Mazzoni, Dominique Hazaël-Massieux, Don Brutzman, Doron Rosenberg, Doug Kramer, Doug Simpkinson, Drew Wilson, Dylan Barrell, Edmund Lai, Eduard Pascual, Eduardo Vela, Theresa O’Connor, Edward Welbourne, Edward Z. Yang, Ehsan Akhgari, Eira Monstad, Eitan Adler, Eliot Graff, Elisabeth Robson, Elizabeth Castro, Elliott Regan, Elliott Sprehn, Elliotte Harold, Eric Carlson, Eric Casler, Eric Lawrence, Eric Rescorla, Eric Semling, Erik Arvidsson, Erik Rose, Evan Jacobs, Evan Martin, Evan Prodromou, Evan Stade, Evert, fantasai, Felix Sasaki, Francesco Schwarz, Francis Brosnan Blazquez, Franck "Shift" Quélain, François Remy, Frank Barchard, Frank Liberato, Frank Olivier, Fredrik Söderquist, 鵜飼文敏 (Fumitoshi Ukai), Futomi Hatano, Gavin Carothers, Gavin Kistner, Gareth Rees, Gary Kačmarčík, Garrett Smith, Geoff Richards, Geoffrey Garen, Sam Sneddon, Gez Lemon, George Lund, George Ornbo, Gianmarco Armellin, Giovanni Campagna, Giuseppe Pascale, Glenn Adams, Glenn Maynard, Graham Klyne, Greg Botten, Greg Houston, Greg Wilkins, Gregg Tavares, Gregory J. Rosmaita, Grey, Guilherme Johansson Tramontina, Gytis Jakutonis, Håkon Wium Lie, Habib Virji, Hallvord Reiar Michaelsen Steen, Hans S. Tømmerhalt, Hans Stimer, Harald Alvestrand, Henri Sivonen, Henrik Lied, Henry Mason, Henry Story, Heydon Pickering, Hugh Guiney, Hugh Winkler, Ian Bicking, Ian Clelland, Ian Davis, Ian Devlin, Ian Fette, Ian Kilpatrick, Ido Green, Ignacio Javier, Igor Oliveira, Ingvar Stepanyan, Iurii Kucherov, Ivan Enderlin, Ivo Emanuel Gonçalves, J. King, Jacob Davies, Jacques Distler, Jake Verbaten, Jakub Łopuszański, Jakub Wilk, James Craig, James Graham, James Greene, James Justin Harrell, James Kozianski, James M Snell, James Perrett, James Robinson, Jamie Lokier, Jan Molnár, Janusz Majnert, Jan-Klaas Kollhof, Jared Jacobs, Jason Duell, Jason Kersey, Jason Kiss, Jason Lustig, Jason White, Jasper Bryant-Greene, Jasper St. Pierre, Jatinder Mann, Jdsmith3000, Jed Hartman, Jeff Balogh, Jeff Cutsinger, Jeff Schiller, Jeff Walden, Jeffrey Yasskin, Jeffrey Zeldman, 胡慧鋒 (Jennifer Braithwaite), Jens Bannmann, Jens Fendler, Jens Lindström, Jens Meiert, Jer Noble, Jeremey Hustman, Jeremy Keith, Jeremy Orlow, Jerry Smith, Jeroen van der Meer, Jesse Renée Beach, Jian Li, Jim Jewett, Jim Ley, Jim Meehan, Jim Michaels, Jirka Kosek, Jjgod Jiang, João Eiras, Jochen Eisinger, Joe Clark, Joe Gregorio, Joel Spolsky, Joel Verhagen, Johan Herland, John Boyer, John Bussjaeger, John Carpenter, John Daggett, John Fallows, John Foliot, John Harding, John Keiser, John Snyders, John Stockton, John-Mark Bell, Johnny Stenback, Jon Ferraiolo, Jon Gibbins, Jon Gunderson, Jon Ribbins, Jon Perlow, Jonas Sicking, Jonathan Cook, Jonathan Kingston, Jonathan Rees, Jonathan Watt, Jonathan Worent, Jonny Axelsson, Jordan Tucker, Jorgen Horstink, Jorunn Danielsen Newth, Joseph Kesselman, Joseph Mansfield, Joseph Pecoraro, Josh Aas, Josh Hart, Josh Levenberg, Josh Matthews, Joshua Bell, Joshua Berenhaus, Joshua Randall, Jukka K. Korpela, Jules Clément-Ripoche, Julian Reschke, Julio Lopez, Junkee Song, Jürgen Jeka, Justin Lebar, Justin Novosad, Justin Rogers, Justin Schuh, Justin Sinclair, Ka-Sing Chou, Kai Hendry, 呂康豪 (KangHao Lu), Karl Dubost, Karl Groves, Kartikaya Gupta, Kathy Walton, Keith Hall, Keith Yeung, Kelly Ford, Kelly Norton, Kevin Benson, Kevin Gadd, Kevin Cole, Kinuko Yasuda Kornél Pál, Kornel Lesinski, Kris Northfield, Kristof Zelechovski, Krzysztof Maczyński, 黒澤剛志 (Kurosawa Takeshi), Kyle Barnhart, Kyle Hofmann, Kyle Huey, Léonard Bouchet, Lachlan Hunt, Larry Masinter, Larry Page, Lars Gunther, Lars Solberg, Laura Carlson, Laura Granka, Laura L. Carlson, Laura Wisewell, Laurens Holst, Lawrence Forooghian, Lea Verou, Lee Kowalkowski, Leif Halvard Silli, Leif Kornstaedt, Lenny Domnitser, Leonard Rosenthol, Léonie Watson, Leons Petrazickis, Lobotom Dysmon, Logan, Loune, Łukasz Pilorz, Luke Kenneth Casson Leighton, Maciej Stachowiak, Magnus Kristiansen, Maik Merten, Majid Valipour, Malcolm Rowe, Manu Sporny, Manuel Strehl, Manish Tripathi, Mallory van Achterberg, Marat Talanin, Marc Hoyois, Marcus Bointon, Mark Birbeck, Mark Davis, Mark Miller, Mark Nottingham, Mark Pilgrim, Mark Rogers, Mark Rowe, Mark Schenk, Mark Vickers, Mark Wilton-Jones, Marquish, Martijn Wargers, Martin Atkins, Martin Dürst, Martin Honnen, Martin Janecke, Martin Kutschker, Martin Nilsson, Martin Thomson, Masataka Yakura, Masatoshi Kimura, Matheus Martins, Mathias Bynens, Mathieu Henri, Matias Larsson, Matt Falkenhagen, Matt Garrish, Matt May, Matt Rakow, Matt Schmidt, Matt Wright, Matthew Gregan, Matthew Mastracci, Matthew Noorenberghe, Matthew Raymond, Matthew Thomas, Mattias Waldau, Max Romantschuk, Menachem Salomon, Menno van Slooten, Mia Lipner, Micah Dubinko, Michael "Ratt" Iannarelli, Michael A. Nachbaur, Michael A. Puls II, Michael Carter, Michael Daskalov, Michael Day, Michael Dyck, Michael Enright, Michael Gratton, Michael Nordman, Michael Powers, Michael Rakowski, Michael(tm) Smith, Michael Walmsley, Michal Zalewski, Michel Fortin, Michelangelo De Simone, Michiel Bijl, Michiel van der Blonk, Mihai Şucan, Mihai Parparita, Mike Brown, Mike Dierken, Mike Dixon, Mike Hearn, Mike Schinkel, Mike Shaver, Mikko Rantalainen, Mitchell Evan, Mohamed Zergaoui, Mohammad Al Houssami, Momdo Nakamura, Mounir Lamouri, Mount-root-yy, Ms2ger, Nadia Heninger, Nhan, NARUSE Yui, Neil Deakin, Neil Rashbrook, Neil Soiffer, Nicholas Shanks, Nicholas Stimpson, Nicholas Zakas, Nick Levinson, Nickolay Ponomarev, Nicolas Gallagher, Noah Mendelsohn, Noah Slater, Noel Gordon, Nolan Waite, NoozNooz42, Norbert Lindenberg, Ojan Vafai, Olaf Hoffmann, Olav Junker Kjær, Oldřich Vetešník, Oli Studholme, Oliver Hunt, Oliver Rigby, Olivier Gendrin, Olli Pettay, oSand, Pablo Flouret, Patrick Garies, Patrick H. Lauke, Patrik Persson, Paul Adenot, Paul Cotton, Paul Norman, Per-Erik Brodin, Perry Smith, Peter Beverloo, Peter Karlsson, Peter Kasting, Peter Lemieux, Peter Moulder, Peter Occil, Peter Stark, Peter Van der Beken, Peter Winnberg, Peter-Paul Koch, Phil Pickering, Philip Taylor, Philip TAYLOR, Philippe De Ryck, Prateek Rungta, Pravir Gupta, Prayag Verma, 李普君 (Pujun Li), Rabab Gomaa, Rachid Finge, Rachel White, Rafael Weinstein, Rafał Miłecki, Raj Doshi, Rajas Moonka, Ralf Stoltze, Ralph Giles, Raphael Champeimont, Rebeca Ruiz, Remci Mizkur, Remco, Remy Sharp, Rene Saarsoo, Rene Stach, Ric Hardacre, Rich Clark, Rich Doughty, Richa Rupela, Richard Ishida, Richard Schwerdtfeger, Rigo Wenning, Rikkert Koppes, Rimantas Liubertas, Riona Macnamara, Rob Ennals, Rob Jellinghaus, Rob S, Robert Blaut, Robert Collins, Robert Kieffer, Robert Millan, Robert O’Callahan, Robert Sayre, Robin Berjon, Robin Schaufler, Rodger Combs, Rodney Rehm, Roland Steiner, Roma Matusevich, Roman Ivanov, Roy Fielding, Ruud Steltenpool, Ryan King, Ryan Rion, Ryosuke Niwa, S. Mike Dierken, Sailesh Panchang, Salvatore Loreto, Sam Dutton, Sam Kuper, Sam Ruby, Sam Weinig, Samuel Bronson, Samy Kamkar, Sander van Lambalgen, Sarven Capadisli, 佐藤雅之 (SATO Masayuki), Scott González, Scott Hess, Sean Fraser, Sean Hayes, Sean Hogan, Sean Knapp, Sebastian Markbåge, Sebastian Schnitzenbaumer, Sendil Kumar N, Seth Call, Seth Dillingham, Shannon Moeller, Shanti Rao, Shaun Inman, Shiki Okasaka, Shubheksha Jalan, Sierk Bornemann, Sigbjørn Finne, Sigbjørn Vik, Silver Ghost, Silvia Pfeiffer, Šime Vidas, Simo Sutela, Simon Montagu, Simon Spiegel, skeww, Smylers, Srirama Chandra Sekhar Mogali, Stanton McCandlish, Stefan Götz, Stefan Håkansson, Stefan Haustein, Stefan Santesson, Stefan Schumacher, Stefan Weiss, Steffen Meschkat, Stephane Corlosquet, Stephen Cunliffe, Stephen Ma, Stephen White, Steve Comstock, Steve Runyon, Steven Bennett, Steven Garrity, Steven Tate, Steven Wood, Stewart Brodie, Stuart Ballard, Stuart P Bentley, Stuart Langridge, Stuart Parmenter, Subramanian Peruvemba, Sunava Dutta, Susan Borgrink, Susan Lesch, Sylvain Pasche, T. J. Crowder, Tab Atkins-Bittner, Taiju Tsuiki, Takayoshi Kochi, Takeshi Kurosawa, Takeshi Yoshino, Tantek Çelik, 田村健人 (TAMURA Kent), Taylor Hunt, Ted Mielczarek, Terrence Wood, Thijs van der Vossen, Thomas Broyer, Thomas Koetter, Thomas O’Connor, Tim Baxter, Tim Altman, Tim Johansson, TJ VanToll, Toby Inkster, Tobi Reif, Todd Moody, Tom Baker, Tom Pike, Tommy Thorsen, Tony Ross, Tooru Fujisawa, Travis Leithead, Trevor Saunders, triple-underscore, Tyler Close, Unor, Victor Carbune, Vipul Snehadeep Chawathe, Vitya Muhachev, Vladimir Katardjiev, Vladimir Vukićević, voracity, Wakaba, Wayne Carr, Wayne Pollock, Wellington Fernando de Macedo, Wes, Weston Ruter, Wilhelm Joys Andersen, Will Levine, William Chen, William Swanson, Wladimir Palant, Wojciech Mach, Wolfram Kriesing, Xan Gregg, xenotheme, Yang Chen, Ye-Kui Wang, Yehuda Katz, Yi-An Huang, Yngve Nysaeter Pettersen, Yoav Weiss, Yonathan Randolph, Yuzo Fujishima, Zhenbin Xu, Zoltan Herczeg, and Øistein E. Andersen, for their useful comments, both large and small, that have led to changes to this specification over the years. Thanks also to everyone who has ever posted about HTML to their blogs, public mailing lists, or forums, including all the contributors to the various W3C HTML and Web Platform WG lists and the various WHATWG lists. The Blue Robot Player sprite used in the canvas demo is based on a work by JohnColburn. (CC BY-SA 3.0) The photograph of robot 148 climbing the tower at the FIRST Robotics Competition 2013 Silicon Valley Regional is based on a work by Lenore Edman. (CC BY 2.0) The fancy image of the letter O with a child sitting in it reading a book is by Jessie Wilcox Smith and is in the Public Domain. Parts of this specification are © Copyright 2004-2014 Apple Inc., Mozilla Foundation, and Opera Software ASA. You are granted a license to use, reproduce and create derivative works of this document. #willful-violationReferenced in: * 2.2.2. Dependencies (2) * 2.2.4. Interactions with XPath and XSLT (2) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 7.1.3.7. Integration with the JavaScript job queue * 9.2. Parsing XML documents (2) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #thisReferenced in: * 1.7.2. Typographic conventions (2) #elementdef-thisReferenced in: * 1.7.2. Typographic conventions #fingerprinting-vectorReferenced in: * 1.8. Privacy concerns * 2.1.5. Plugins * 2.2.1. Conformance classes * 2.6.2. Processing model * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 11.3.4.1. Plugins (2) #documentReferenced in: * 2.1. Terminology * 10.4.2. Images #html-documentReferenced in: * 2.1. Terminology * 2.2.2. Dependencies * 2.2.4. Interactions with XPath and XSLT * 2.5.1. Terminology * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes (2) (3) * 3.2.5.4. The xml:base attribute (XML only) * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives * 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding (2) * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.18. SVG * 4.12.2. The noscript element (2) (3) * 4.12.3. The template element (2) * 4.15.1. Case-sensitivity (2) (3) * 6.1. Browsing contexts * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 6.7.2. Page load processing model for HTML files * 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files * 6.7.6. Page load processing model for media * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins * 6.7.8. Page load processing model for inline content that doesn’t have a DOM * 7.4. Dynamic markup insertion * 8.2. Parsing HTML documents * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments * 10.3.9. Tables * 12.1. text/html #xml-documentReferenced in: * 2.1. Terminology (2) * 2.2.2. Dependencies * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM * 3.2.5. Global attributes (2) * 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes * 3.2.5.4. The xml:base attribute (XML only) * 4.2.5. The meta element * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) * 4.12.2. The noscript element * 4.15.1. Case-sensitivity (2) * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) * 7.4. Dynamic markup insertion * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2) * 7.4.2. Closing the input stream (2) * 7.4.3. document.write() (2) * 7.4.4. document.writeln() * 9.2. Parsing XML documents (2) #in-parallelReferenced in: * 2.6.2. Processing model * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.7.13.9. Seeking * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) * 4.8.5. Downloading resources * 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon" * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.12.4. The canvas element * 6.6.2. The History interface * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3) * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) * 7.5. Timers * 7.6.2. Printing * 7.8. Images (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) #immediatelyReferenced in: * 4.2.3. The base element * 4.2.7. Interactions of styling and scripting * 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) * 4.12.1.5. Interaction of script elements and XSLT * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) * 5.6.2. Making entire documents editable: The designMode IDL attribute * 6.7.10. History traversal #http-resourceReferenced in: * 4.7.13.4. Network states (2) #mime-typeReferenced in: * 1.6. HTML vs XML Syntax * 2.1.1. Resources * 2.1.2. XML compatibility (2) * 2.2.2. Dependencies * 2.6.4. Determining the type of a resource * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.2.4.2. Processing the type attribute (2) (3) * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.13.3. MIME types (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource * 4.7.13.10.2. Selecting specific audio and video tracks declaratively * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements * 4.8.5. Downloading resources * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.12.1.2. Scripting languages (2) (3) (4) * 4.12.4.2. Serializing bitmaps to a file * 5.7.2. The drag data store (2) (3) * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 7.7.1.3.2. Sample user interface * 11.2. Non-conforming features * 11.3.4.1. Plugins (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) #valid-mime-typeReferenced in: * 2.1.1. Resources * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.2.4.2. Processing the type attribute * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.7.4. The source element (2) * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements * 4.12.1. The script element (2) * Attributes (2) #html-mime-typeReferenced in: * 2.2.1. Conformance classes * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment * 8. The HTML syntax #critical-subresourceReferenced in: * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element (2) (3) * 4.2.6. The style element (2) (3) (4) #html-elementReferenced in: * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM (2) (3) (4) * 3.2.3.1. Attributes * 3.2.4. Content models (2) (3) * 3.2.5. Global attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 3.2.5.1. The title attribute * 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) * 3.2.5.4. The xml:base attribute (XML only) (2) * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) (3) (4) * 3.2.5.6. The style attribute * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes (2) * 3.2.7.1. Authoring conformance criteria for bidirectional-algorithm formatting characters (2) * 3.2.8.1. ARIA Authoring Requirements * 3.2.8.2. Conformance Checker Implementation Requirements * 3.2.8.3. User Agent Implementation Requirements (2) * 3.2.8.3.1. ARIA Role Attribute (2) * 3.2.8.3.2. State and Property Attributes * 4.3.1. The body element * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.15.1. Case-sensitivity (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes * 5.1. The hidden attribute * 5.5.2. The accesskey attribute * 5.7.7. The draggable attribute * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2) * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers * 7.1.5.2. Event handlers on elements, Document objects, and Window objects (2) (3) * 8.1.2. Elements * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.4.17. The "in select in table" insertion mode * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2) * 10.2. The CSS user agent style sheet and presentational hints * 11.3.3. Frames * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (55) (56) (57) (58) (59) (60) (61) (62) (63) (64) (65) (66) (67) (68) (69) (70) (71) (72) (73) (74) #element-typeReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM * 8.2. Parsing HTML documents #xml-compatibleReferenced in: * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes * 4.7.7. The embed element #xml-mime-typeReferenced in: * 1.6. HTML vs XML Syntax * 2.1. Terminology (2) * 4.7.8. The object element (2) * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment * 12.3. application/xhtml+xml #ignoredReferenced in: * 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes * 4.10.5.3. Common input element attributes #child-text-contentReferenced in: * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) * 4.2.2. The title element (2) * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.10.10. The option element * 4.12.1. The script element (2) * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) * 4.12.2. The noscript element #document-inserted-intoReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.6. Embedded content * 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.7.5. The img element (2) * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet" * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms (2) * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) * 4.12.1.5. Interaction of script elements and XSLT * 7.1.4.1. Definitions * 7.1.4.3. Generic task sources * 10.4.2. Images #document-remove-an-element-from-a-documentReferenced in: * 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource * 4.7.13.19. Best practices for implementors of media elements * 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms * 4.11.4. The dialog element #liveReferenced in: * 2.7.2.2. The HTMLFormControlsCollection interface * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors * 4.7.13.10. Media resources with multiple media tracks (2) * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) * 4.7.16.2. Processing model * 4.10.3. The form element (2) * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) * 11.3.4.1. Plugins (2) (3) (4) #fireReferenced in: * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element (2) * 4.2.6. The style element (2) * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource (2) (3) * 4.7.13.7. Ready states (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) * 4.7.13.9. Seeking (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2) * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API * 4.7.13.13. User interface * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) (2) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) (2) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.10.7. The select element (2) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections (2) (3) * 4.10.20.2. Constraint validation * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API (2) * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2) * 4.10.22. Resetting a form * 4.11.1. The details element * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) * 5.4.4. Processing model * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name * 6.7.10. History traversal (2) (3) * 6.7.11. Unloading documents (2) * 6.7.12. Aborting a document load * 6.7.13. Browser state (2) * 7.6.2. Printing (2) * 7.7.1.2. Language preferences * 8.2.6. The end (2) (3) * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget. * 10.5.15. The textarea element * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2) (3) (4) * 11.3.3. Frames (2) #dispatchReferenced in: * 2.1.4. Scripting * 5.3. Activation * 5.4.4. Processing model * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) * 6.7.11. Unloading documents * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors * 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections * 7.1.3.10.1. The HostPromiseRejectionTracker implementation * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers * 7.1.5.3. Event firing (2) * 7.1.5.4. Events and the Window object #trustedReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.22. Resetting a form * 5.4.4. Processing model * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface * 6.1.5. Browsing context names (2) * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) * 6.7.10. History traversal (2) (3) * 6.7.11. Unloading documents (2) * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors * 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections * 7.1.3.10.1. The HostPromiseRejectionTracker implementation * 7.1.5.3. Event firing (2) #concept-pluginReferenced in: * 2.1.5. Plugins (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) * 4.7.9. The param element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2) * 6.5. Sandboxing (2) * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3) * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins * 10.4.1. Embedded content * 11.2. Non-conforming features * 11.3.1. The applet element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 11.3.4.1. Plugins (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) * Elements (2) #securedReferenced in: * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) * 6.5. Sandboxing * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins #character-encodingReferenced in: * 2.2.2. Dependencies (2) * 2.5.2. Parsing URLs * 4.2.3. The base element (2) * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) (3) * 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding (2) (3) * 4.10.3. The form element * 4.10.21.5. Selecting a form submission encoding * 4.10.21.7. Multipart form data * 4.12.1. The script element * 6.1. Browsing contexts * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2) * 12.1. text/html (2) #encoding-labelsReferenced in: * Attributes (2) #utf-16-encodingReferenced in: * 2.1.6. Character encodings (2) * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding * 8.2.2.4. Changing the encoding while parsing (2) #ascii-compatible-encodingReferenced in: * 2.1.6. Character encodings * 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding (2) * 4.10.3. The form element * 4.10.21.7. Multipart form data * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding * Attributes #code-unitReferenced in: * 2.1.6. Character encodings (2) (3) #unicode-code-pointReferenced in: * 2.1.6. Character encodings * 8.2.1. Overview of the parsing model #characterReferenced in: * 8.2.2.5. Preprocessing the input stream #unicode-characterReferenced in: * 2.1.6. Character encodings * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 8.2.2.5. Preprocessing the input stream #code-unit-lengthReferenced in: * 4.10.5.3.1. The maxlength and minlength attributes * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.18.3. Limiting user input length: the maxlength attribute (2) * 4.10.18.4. Setting minimum input length requirements: the minlength attribute #conforming-documentReferenced in: * 1.10. Conformance requirements for authors * 2.2.1. Conformance classes * 2.2.3. Extensibility (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.3.1. The body element * 4.12.2. The noscript element #rendering-support-the-suggested-default-renderingReferenced in: * 2.2.1. Conformance classes (2) * 3.2.7.2. User agent conformance criteria * 4.11.4. The dialog element * 10. Rendering #lack-scripting-supportReferenced in: * 2.2.1. Conformance classes * 8.2.1. Overview of the parsing model #hardware-limitationsReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element * 8.2.5. Tree construction #getting-an-encodingReferenced in: * 2.6.5. Extracting character encodings from meta elements (2) * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet" * 4.10.21.5. Selecting a form submission encoding * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode #getting-an-output-encodingReferenced in: * 4.10.21.5. Selecting a form submission encoding #utf-8-decodeReferenced in: * 2.2.2. Dependencies * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts (2) #utf-8-decode-without-bomReferenced in: * 2.2.2. Dependencies * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management #utf-8-decode-without-bom-or-failReferenced in: * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment #schemedef-aboutReferenced in: * 2.2.2. Dependencies (2) * 2.5.1. Terminology (2) * 6.1. Browsing contexts * 6.3. The Window object * 6.6.4. The Location interface * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream * 11.3.3. Frames #schemedef-blobReferenced in: * 2.2.2. Dependencies * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts #schemedef-data-urlReferenced in: * 2.6.2. Processing model (2) * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm * 4.12.4. The canvas element (2) (3) * 6.4. Origin #cookie-stringReferenced in: * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management #referrer-policyReferenced in: * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents #date-objectReferenced in: * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) #hasinstanceReferenced in: * 6.2.3.3. CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper ( O, P ) #isconcatspreadableReferenced in: * 6.2.3.3. CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper ( O, P ) #toprimitiveReferenced in: * 6.6.4. The Location interface #tostringtagReferenced in: * 6.2.3.3. CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper ( O, P ) #treeReferenced in: * 2.7.1. Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes (2) * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features (2) #tree-orderReferenced in: * 2.1.3. DOM trees * 2.4.9. References * 2.5.1. Terminology * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2) * 2.7.2.2. The HTMLFormControlsCollection interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 2.7.2.3. The HTMLOptionsCollection interface (2) * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute * 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute (2) * 4.2.3. The base element (2) * 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names (2) * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.3.9.1. Creating an outline (2) * 4.4.6. The ol element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model * 4.7.16.2. Processing model (2) * 4.8.6.1. Link type "alternate" * 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon" * 4.9.1. The table element (2) (3) * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3) * 4.10.4. The label element (2) * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute * 4.10.7. The select element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.10.10. The option element (2) * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model * 4.10.20.2. Constraint validation (2) (3) * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2) * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command * 4.11.3.7. Using the accesskey attribute on a legend element to define a command * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other elements * 4.11.4. The dialog element * 4.12.1.1. Processing model * 5.4.2. Data model (2) * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute (2) * 5.4.4. Processing model * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2) * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment (2) * 7.1.4.2. Processing model * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments * 9.3. Serializing XML fragments * 9.4. Parsing XML fragments * 11.3.1. The applet element #rootReferenced in: * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4) #inclusive-ancestorReferenced in: * 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes #document-elementReferenced in: * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) (3) * 4.1.1. The html element * 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.8.6.1. Link type "alternate" * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute (2) * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs (2) (3) * 5.6.2. Making entire documents editable: The designMode IDL attribute * 8.1. Writing HTML documents (2) (3) * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.5.4.2. The "before html" insertion mode * 9.4. Parsing XML fragments (2) * 12.3. application/xhtml+xml (2) #in-a-documentReferenced in: * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet" (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms * 4.11.3.1. Facets * 4.11.4. The dialog element * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) * 5.5.3. Processing model * 11.3.1. The applet element * 11.3.3. Frames #quirks-modeReferenced in: * 1.10.2. Syntax errors * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet" * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table * 4.15.1. Case-sensitivity * 8.2.5.4.1. The "initial" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments (2) * 10.3.3. Flow content * 10.3.9. Tables (2) * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks (2) (3) (4) * 10.3.11. Form controls * 10.4.2. Images (2) #limited-quirks-modeReferenced in: * 4.15.1. Case-sensitivity * 8.2.5.4.1. The "initial" insertion mode * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments (2) #no-quirks-modeReferenced in: * 1.10.2. Syntax errors * 4.15.1. Case-sensitivity * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments #base-url-change-stepsReferenced in: * 2.5.3. Dynamic changes to base URLs #affected-by-a-base-url-changeReferenced in: * 2.5.3. Dynamic changes to base URLs (2) #supported-tokensReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element (2) (3) * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements (2) (3) #mutation-observersReferenced in: * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes #error-occurs-during-reading-of-the-objectReferenced in: * 7.8. Images #cleanup-indexed-database-transactionsReferenced in: * 7.1.4.2. Processing model #detach-from-a-media-elementReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource #viewportReferenced in: * 4.7.1. Introduction (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) * 4.7.3. The picture element * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) (4) * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs (2) * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment * 10.3.2. The page (2) (3) * 10.6. Frames and framesets (2) * 10.9. Unstyled XML documents #replaced-elementReferenced in: * 10.4.1. Embedded content (2) (3) (4) (5) * 10.4.2. Images (2) (3) * 10.7.3. Editing hosts #intrinsic-dimensionsReferenced in: * 2.2.2. Dependencies * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.12.4. The canvas element * 10.4.1. Embedded content * 10.4.2. Images (2) #named-colorReferenced in: * 2.4.6. Colors #css-intrinsic-widthReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) * 4.7.10. The video element (2) (3) * 4.7.19. Dimension attributes (2) * 4.12.4. The canvas element (2) * 7.8. Images (2) #css-intrinsic-heightReferenced in: * 4.7.10. The video element (2) (3) * 4.7.19. Dimension attributes (2) * 4.12.4. The canvas element (2) * 7.8. Images (2) * 10.5.11. The marquee element #paint-sourceReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.12.4. The canvas element #default-object-sizeReferenced in: * 4.7.10. The video element #webvttReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks * 4.7.13.11.4. Guidelines for exposing cues in various formats as text track cues * 10.4.1. Embedded content #webvtt-fileReferenced in: * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.11. The audio element * 4.7.13.11.7. Text tracks describing chapters #webvtt-file-using-cue-textReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element #webvtt-file-using-chapter-title-textReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element #webvtt-file-using-only-nested-cuesReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element #webvtt-parserReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks #rules-for-updating-the-display-of-webvtt-text-tracksReferenced in: * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks * 10.4.1. Embedded content (2) #text-track-cue-writing-directionReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model #element-attrdef-aria-roleReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 3.2.8.1. ARIA Authoring Requirements (2) * 3.2.8.2. Conformance Checker Implementation Requirements * 3.2.8.3.1. ARIA Role Attribute (2) * Changes between Working Draft 2 and the First Public Working Draft #element-attrdef-aria-ariaReferenced in: * 3.2.8.1. ARIA Authoring Requirements (2) * 3.2.8.2. Conformance Checker Implementation Requirements * 4.3.8. The footer element #client-message-queueReferenced in: * 8.2.6. The end #mathml-annotation-xmlReferenced in: * 4.7.17. MathML #mathml-merrorReferenced in: * 4.7.17. MathML #mathml-miReferenced in: * 4.7.17. MathML #mathml-mnReferenced in: * 4.7.17. MathML #mathml-moReferenced in: * 4.7.17. MathML #mathml-msReferenced in: * 4.7.17. MathML #mathml-mtextReferenced in: * 4.7.17. MathML (2) #applicable-specificationReferenced in: * 2.2.3. Extensibility * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #case-sensitiveReferenced in: * 2.3. Case-sensitivity and string comparison * 2.4.9. References * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors * 4.4.6. The ol element * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections (2) * 4.15.1. Case-sensitivity (2) (3) * 6.7.10. History traversal * 8.2.4.42. Markup declaration open state * 8.2.4.72. Character reference state * 8.2.5.4.1. The "initial" insertion mode (2) (3) * 10.3.8. Lists * Attributes (2) (3) #ascii-case-insensitiveReferenced in: * 2.4.2. Boolean attributes * 2.4.3. Keywords and enumerated attributes (2) * 2.4.6. Colors (2) * 2.6.5. Extracting character encodings from meta elements * 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes (2) * 4.2.4. The link element (2) * 4.2.5. The meta element * 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) (3) * 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding * 4.7.4. The source element * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.8.6. Link types * 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon" * 4.10.3. The form element (2) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) (2) * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute (2) * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) * 4.12.1. The script element (2) * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) * 4.15.1. Case-sensitivity (2) * 5.6.1. Making document regions editable: The contenteditable content attribute (2) (3) * 5.6.2. Making entire documents editable: The designMode IDL attribute * 6.1.5. Browsing context names * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2) (3) * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 8.1.1. The DOCTYPE (2) (3) * 8.1.2.3. Attributes (2) * 8.2.4.42. Markup declaration open state * 8.2.4.56. After DOCTYPE name state (2) * 8.2.5. Tree construction (2) * 8.2.5.4.1. The "initial" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode * 9.3. Serializing XML fragments * 10.3.2. The page * 10.3.3. Flow content (2) (3) (4) * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) (4) * 10.3.13. The fieldset and legend elements * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images * 10.5.15. The textarea element * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features (2) * 11.1.1. Warnings for obsolete but conforming features (2) * Attributes (2) (3) #compatibility-caselessReferenced in: * 2.4.9. References * 4.7.14. The map element * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) #ascii-uppercaseReferenced in: * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes #ascii-lowercaseReferenced in: * 2.2.4. Interactions with XPath and XSLT (2) * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes (2) * 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model * 4.12.4.2. Serializing bitmaps to a file * 4.15.1. Case-sensitivity (2) * 5.7.2. The drag data store * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) (3) * 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface (2) (3) * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content (2) #space-charactersReferenced in: * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML * 2.4.1. Common parser idioms (2) (3) * 2.4.4.6. Lists of floating-point numbers (2) (3) (4) (5) * 2.4.4.7. Lists of dimensions (2) * 2.4.5.9. Durations (2) (3) (4) * 2.4.7. Space-separated tokens (2) (3) (4) * 2.4.8. Comma-separated tokens (2) * 2.4.10. Media queries * 2.6.5. Extracting character encodings from meta elements (2) (3) * 3.2.4. Content models * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content (2) * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 4.2.1. The head element * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) (3) (4) * 4.3.1. The body element * 4.7.4. The source element (2) * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3) * 4.7.14. The map element * 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon" * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command * 4.12.1.1. Processing model * 5.5.2. The accesskey attribute * 7.3. Base64 utility methods * 8.1. Writing HTML documents (2) (3) * 8.1.1. The DOCTYPE (2) (3) (4) * 8.1.2.1. Start tags (2) (3) * 8.1.2.2. End tags * 8.1.2.3. Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4) * 8.1.4. Character references * 8.2.5.4.10. The "in table text" insertion mode * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) #white_spaceReferenced in: * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells #control-charactersReferenced in: * 2.1.3. DOM trees * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 8.1.2.3. Attributes * 8.1.4. Character references * 8.2.2.5. Preprocessing the input stream #uppercase-ascii-lettersReferenced in: * 2.4.1. Common parser idioms (2) * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.7. The embed element * 8.1. Writing HTML documents * 8.2.4.8. Tag name state * 8.2.4.11. RCDATA end tag name state * 8.2.4.14. RAWTEXT end tag name state * 8.2.4.17. Script data end tag name state * 8.2.4.25. Script data escaped end tag name state * 8.2.4.26. Script data double escape start state * 8.2.4.31. Script data double escape end state * 8.2.4.33. Attribute name state * 8.2.4.54. Before DOCTYPE name state * 8.2.4.55. DOCTYPE name state #lowercase-ascii-lettersReferenced in: * 2.4.1. Common parser idioms (2) * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes (2) * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods * 8.1. Writing HTML documents * 8.2.4.11. RCDATA end tag name state * 8.2.4.14. RAWTEXT end tag name state * 8.2.4.17. Script data end tag name state * 8.2.4.25. Script data escaped end tag name state * 8.2.4.26. Script data double escape start state * 8.2.4.31. Script data double escape end state #ascii-lettersReferenced in: * 8.2.4.6. Tag open state * 8.2.4.7. End tag open state * 8.2.4.10. RCDATA end tag open state * 8.2.4.13. RAWTEXT end tag open state * 8.2.4.16. Script data end tag open state * 8.2.4.23. Script data escaped less-than sign state * 8.2.4.24. Script data escaped end tag open state #ascii-digitsReferenced in: * 2.4.1. Common parser idioms * 2.4.4.1. Signed integers (2) (3) * 2.4.4.2. Non-negative integers * 2.4.4.3. Floating-point numbers (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 2.4.4.4. Percentages and lengths (2) (3) (4) * 2.4.4.6. Lists of floating-point numbers * 2.4.4.7. Lists of dimensions (2) (3) * 2.4.5. Dates and times * 2.4.5.1. Months (2) (3) (4) * 2.4.5.2. Dates (2) * 2.4.5.3. Yearless dates (2) (3) (4) * 2.4.5.4. Times (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 2.4.5.6. Time zones (2) (3) (4) * 2.4.5.8. Weeks (2) (3) (4) * 2.4.5.9. Durations (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management (2) * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) * 4.5.1. The a element (2) * 4.5.16. The time element (2) * 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon" * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm * 4.10.21.7. Multipart form data * 8.1.4. Character references * 8.2.4.75. Decimal character reference start state * 8.2.4.76. Hexadecimal character reference state * 8.2.4.77. Decimal character reference state * 10.3.4. Phrasing content #alphanumeric-ascii-charactersReferenced in: * 7.3. Base64 utility methods * 8.1.2. Elements * 8.1.4. Character references * 8.2.4.72. Character reference state (2) #ascii-hex-digitsReferenced in: * 2.4.6. Colors (2) (3) (4) * 8.1.4. Character references * 8.2.4.74. Hexadecimal character reference start state #uppercase-ascii-hex-digitsReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks * 8.2.4.76. Hexadecimal character reference state #lowercase-ascii-hex-digitsReferenced in: * 2.4.6. Colors * 8.2.4.76. Hexadecimal character reference state #collect-a-sequence-of-charactersReferenced in: * 2.4.1. Common parser idioms (2) * 2.4.4.1. Signed integers * 2.4.4.3. Floating-point numbers (2) * 2.4.4.4. Percentages and lengths * 2.4.4.6. Lists of floating-point numbers (2) (3) (4) * 2.4.4.7. Lists of dimensions (2) * 2.4.5.1. Months (2) * 2.4.5.2. Dates * 2.4.5.3. Yearless dates (2) (3) * 2.4.5.4. Times (2) (3) * 2.4.5.6. Time zones (2) * 2.4.5.8. Weeks (2) * 2.4.5.9. Durations (2) * 2.4.7. Space-separated tokens * 2.4.8. Comma-separated tokens * 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) (3) * 4.7.5. The img element (2) * 10.3.4. Phrasing content #skip-white-spaceReferenced in: * 2.4.4.1. Signed integers * 2.4.4.3. Floating-point numbers * 2.4.4.4. Percentages and lengths * 2.4.4.7. Lists of dimensions * 2.4.5.9. Durations (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 2.4.7. Space-separated tokens (2) * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.7.5. The img element * 10.3.4. Phrasing content #stripped-line-breaksReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.3.10. The placeholder attribute #strip-leading-and-trailing-white-spaceReferenced in: * 2.4.1. Common parser idioms (2) * 2.4.6. Colors * 2.4.8. Comma-separated tokens * 2.5.1. Terminology (2) * 4.7.4. The source element * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2) (3) * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command * 4.12.1.1. Processing model * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream #stripping-and-collapsing-white-spaceReferenced in: * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors * 4.10.10. The option element #boolean-attributeReferenced in: * 2.4.2. Boolean attributes (2) * 2.7.1. Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes * 4.4.6. The ol element * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource * 4.7.13.7. Ready states * 4.7.13.13. User interface (2) * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.5.3.3. The readonly attribute * 4.10.5.3.4. The required attribute * 4.10.5.3.5. The multiple attribute * 4.10.7. The select element (2) * 4.10.9. The optgroup element * 4.10.10. The option element (2) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.18.5. Enabling and disabling form controls: the disabled attribute * 4.10.18.6. Form submission * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute * 4.11.1. The details element * 4.11.4. The dialog element * 4.12.1. The script element * 5.1. The hidden attribute * 11.3.2. The marquee element * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) #enumerated-attributesReferenced in: * 2.6.6. CORS settings attributes * 2.6.7. Referrer policy attributes * 2.7.1. Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes (2) * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource * 4.7.15. The area element * 4.9.10. The th element * 4.10.3. The form element * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) * 5.6.1. Making document regions editable: The contenteditable content attribute * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking * 5.7.7. The draggable attribute * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2) #invalid-value-defaultReferenced in: * 2.6.7. Referrer policy attributes * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute #missing-value-defaultReferenced in: * 2.6.7. Referrer policy attributes * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute #valid-integerReferenced in: * 1.7.1. How to read this specification (2) * 2.4.4.1. Signed integers (2) * 2.7.1. Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes * 4.4.6. The ol element * 4.4.8. The li element * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute * 11.3.2. The marquee element * Attributes (2) (3) #parse-token-as-an-integerReferenced in: * 1.7.1. How to read this specification * 2.4.4.2. Non-negative integers * 2.7.1. Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes * 4.4.6. The ol element * 4.4.8. The li element * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute * 11.3.2. The marquee element #valid-non-negative-integerReferenced in: * 2.4.4.2. Non-negative integers * 2.7.1. Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes (2) (3) * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) * 4.7.19. Dimension attributes * 4.9.3. The colgroup element * 4.9.4. The col element * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements (2) * 4.10.5.3.2. The size attribute * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.18.3. Limiting user input length: the maxlength attribute * 4.10.18.4. Setting minimum input length requirements: the minlength attribute * 4.12.4. The canvas element * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) #parse-that-attributes-valueReferenced in: * 2.7.1. Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes (2) (3) * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives * 4.7.5. The img element (2) * 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon" (2) * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.3.2. The size attribute * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.18.3. Limiting user input length: the maxlength attribute * 4.10.18.4. Setting minimum input length requirements: the minlength attribute * 4.12.4. The canvas element * 10.2. The CSS user agent style sheet and presentational hints * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) (4) (5) * 10.3.12. The hr element (2) * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget. * 10.5.15. The textarea element (2) * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2) #valid-floating-point-numberReferenced in: * 2.4.4.3. Floating-point numbers (2) * 2.4.4.6. Lists of floating-point numbers * 4.7.5. The img element (2) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute * 4.10.13. The progress element * 4.10.14. The meter element * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) #best-floating-point-numberReferenced in: * 2.7.1. Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes (2) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.13. The progress element * 4.10.14. The meter element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #rules-for-parsing-floating-point-number-valuesReferenced in: * 2.4.4.6. Lists of floating-point numbers * 2.7.1. Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes (2) * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) (2) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2) * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute * 4.10.13. The progress element (2) * 4.10.14. The meter element #rules-for-parsing-dimension-valuesReferenced in: * 2.4.4.5. Non-zero percentages and lengths * 4.7.5. The img element * 10.2. The CSS user agent style sheet and presentational hints #rules-for-parsing-non-zero-dimension-valuesReferenced in: * 10.2. The CSS user agent style sheet and presentational hints * 10.3.9. Tables #valid-list-of-floating-point-numbersReferenced in: * 4.7.15. The area element * Attributes #rules-for-parsing-a-list-of-floating-point-numbersReferenced in: * 4.7.16.2. Processing model #rules-for-parsing-a-list-of-dimensionsReferenced in: * 10.6. Frames and framesets (2) #number-of-days-in-month-month-of-year-yearReferenced in: * 2.4.5.2. Dates (2) * 2.4.5.3. Yearless dates (2) #proleptic-gregorian-calendarReferenced in: * 2.4.5. Dates and times (2) (3) * 2.4.5.7. Global dates and times * 2.4.5.8. Weeks (2) (3) #proleptic-gregorian-dateReferenced in: * 2.4.5.1. Months * 2.4.5.2. Dates * 2.4.5.5. Floating dates and times * 2.4.5.7. Global dates and times #monthReferenced in: * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model #valid-month-stringReferenced in: * 2.4.5.2. Dates * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute * Attributes #parsing-a-month-stringReferenced in: * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) (2) (3) #parse-a-month-componentReferenced in: * 2.4.5.1. Months * 2.4.5.2. Dates #dates-dateReferenced in: * 2.4.5.10. Vaguer moments in time * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements (2) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) #valid-date-stringReferenced in: * 2.4.5.5. Floating dates and times (2) * 2.4.5.7. Global dates and times (2) * 2.4.5.10. Vaguer moments in time * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute * Attributes #parsing-a-date-stringReferenced in: * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) (2) (3) #parse-a-date-componentReferenced in: * 2.4.5.2. Dates * 2.4.5.5. Floating dates and times * 2.4.5.7. Global dates and times * 2.4.5.10. Vaguer moments in time #yearless-dateReferenced in: * 4.5.16. The time element #valid-yearless-date-stringReferenced in: * 4.5.16. The time element * Attributes #parsing-a-yearless-date-stringReferenced in: * 4.5.16. The time element #parse-a-yearless-date-componentReferenced in: * 2.4.5.3. Yearless dates #timeReferenced in: * 2.4.5.10. Vaguer moments in time * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) #valid-time-stringReferenced in: * 2.4.5.5. Floating dates and times (2) * 2.4.5.7. Global dates and times (2) * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * Attributes #parsing-a-time-stringReferenced in: * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) (2) (3) #parse-a-time-componentReferenced in: * 2.4.5.4. Times * 2.4.5.5. Floating dates and times * 2.4.5.7. Global dates and times * 2.4.5.10. Vaguer moments in time #floating-date-and-timeReferenced in: * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2) #valid-floating-date-and-time-stringReferenced in: * 4.5.16. The time element (2) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2) (3) (4) * Attributes #valid-normalized-floating-date-and-time-stringReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2) #parsing-a-floating-date-and-time-stringReferenced in: * 4.5.16. The time element (2) #time-zoneReferenced in: * 4.5.16. The time element (2) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) #valid-time-zone-offset-stringReferenced in: * 2.4.5.7. Global dates and times * 4.5.16. The time element * Attributes #parsing-a-time-zone-offset-stringReferenced in: * 4.5.16. The time element #parse-a-time-zone-offset-componentReferenced in: * 2.4.5.6. Time zones * 2.4.5.7. Global dates and times * 2.4.5.10. Vaguer moments in time #global-date-and-timeReferenced in: * 2.4.5.6. Time zones * 2.4.5.10. Vaguer moments in time * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements (2) (3) #valid-global-date-and-time-stringReferenced in: * 2.4.5.7. Global dates and times * 2.4.5.10. Vaguer moments in time * 4.5.16. The time element (2) * Attributes #valid-normalized-global-date-and-time-stringReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2) (3) #parse-a-global-date-and-time-stringReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2) #weekReferenced in: * 2.4.5.8. Weeks * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) #week-number-of-the-last-dayReferenced in: * 2.4.5.8. Weeks (2) #valid-week-stringReferenced in: * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * Attributes #parsing-a-week-stringReferenced in: * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) (2) (3) #durationReferenced in: * 2.4.5.9. Durations (2) (3) (4) * 4.5.16. The time element #valid-duration-stringReferenced in: * 4.5.16. The time element * Attributes #duration-time-componentReferenced in: * 2.4.5.9. Durations (2) #duration-time-component-scaleReferenced in: * 2.4.5.9. Durations (2) (3) #parsing-a-duration-stringReferenced in: * 4.5.16. The time element #valid-date-string-with-optional-timeReferenced in: * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements (2) * Attributes #parse-a-date-or-time-stringReferenced in: * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements #simple-colorReferenced in: * 2.4.6. Colors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) #valid-simple-colorReferenced in: * 2.4.6. Colors * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) (2) #valid-lowercase-simple-colorReferenced in: * 2.4.6. Colors * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) (2) #rules-for-parsing-simple-color-valuesReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) #rules-for-serializing-simple-color-valuesReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) #rules-for-parsing-a-legacy-color-valueReferenced in: * 10.3.2. The page (2) (3) (4) (5) * 10.3.4. Phrasing content * 10.3.9. Tables (2) * 10.3.12. The hr element * 10.5.11. The marquee element * 10.6. Frames and framesets #set-of-space-separated-tokensReferenced in: * 2.4.7. Space-separated tokens (2) (3) (4) (5) * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 3.2.8.3.1. ARIA Role Attribute * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements (2) * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2) * Attributes (2) (3) #unordered-set-of-unique-space-separated-tokensReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements * 4.10.12. The output element * Attributes (2) (3) (4) #ordered-set-of-unique-space-separated-tokensReferenced in: * 4.10.3. The form element * Attributes (2) #split-a-string-on-spacesReferenced in: * 2.4.1. Common parser idioms * 4.8.6. Link types * 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon" * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model * 4.10.21.5. Selecting a form submission encoding * 6.5. Sandboxing #set-of-comma-separated-tokensReferenced in: * 2.4.8. Comma-separated tokens * 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * Attributes #split-a-string-on-commasReferenced in: * 2.4.1. Common parser idioms * 2.4.4.7. Lists of dimensions * 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name #valid-hash-name-referenceReferenced in: * 4.7.16.1. Authoring * 5.1. The hidden attribute * Attributes #rules-for-parsing-a-hash-name-referenceReferenced in: * 4.7.16.2. Processing model #valid-media-query-listReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.7.4. The source element * Attributes #match-the-environmentReferenced in: * 4.2.4.1. Processing the media attribute * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.7.5. The img element #valid-urlReferenced in: * 2.5.1. Terminology (2) * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) (2) (3) * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2) (3) * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods #valid-non-empty-urlReferenced in: * 2.5.1. Terminology * 4.7.5. The img element #valid-url-potentially-surrounded-by-spacesReferenced in: * 4.2.3. The base element * 4.4.5. The blockquote element * 4.5.7. The q element * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * Attributes (2) (3) #valid-non-empty-url-potentially-surrounded-by-spacesReferenced in: * 4.1.1. The html element * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.7.4. The source element * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.18.6. Form submission * 4.12.1. The script element * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) #schemedef-aboutlegacy-compatReferenced in: * 8.2.5.4.1. The "initial" insertion mode #schemedef-aboutsrcdocReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element #fallback-base-urlReferenced in: * 2.5.1. Terminology * 4.2.3. The base element (2) (3) #document-base-urlReferenced in: * 2.5.1. Terminology (2) (3) * 2.5.2. Parsing URLs * 2.5.3. Dynamic changes to base URLs * 4.2.3. The base element (2) (3) * 4.5.1. The a element * 4.7.15. The area element * 4.12.1.1. Processing model * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts * 7.1.3.1. Definitions * Attributes #reparsedReferenced in: * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML * 2.5.3. Dynamic changes to base URLs (2) * 2.7.1. Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes * 4.1.1. The html element * 4.2.3. The base element (2) * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives * 4.4.5. The blockquote element * 4.5.7. The q element * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements (2) * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks (2) * 4.8.5. Downloading resources (2) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm * 4.12.1.1. Processing model * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name (2) * 6.6.2. The History interface * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) * 7.1.3.1. Definitions * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods (2) (3) * 10.3.2. The page * 10.3.9. Tables * 10.7.1. Links, forms, and navigation #resulting-url-stringReferenced in: * 2.5.2. Parsing URLs * 2.7.1. Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks * 4.8.5. Downloading resources * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet" * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods (2) (3) * 10.3.2. The page * 10.3.9. Tables #resulting-url-recordReferenced in: * 2.5.2. Parsing URLs * 2.6.2. Processing model * 4.2.3. The base element * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2) * 4.12.1.1. Processing model * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name * 6.6.2. The History interface * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment #or-equivalentReferenced in: * 2.6.2. Processing model (2) #referrer-sourceReferenced in: * 2.6.2. Processing model #creating-a-potential-cors-requestReferenced in: * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element * 4.7.5. The img element (2) * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts #sizeReferenced in: * 2.6.2. Processing model * 2.7.3. The DOMStringList interface (2) (3) #content-type-metadataReferenced in: * 4.2.4.2. Processing the type attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding (2) * 4.7.5. The img element (2) * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.7.13.3. MIME types * 4.8.5. Downloading resources (2) * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet" (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) * 4.12.1. The script element * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 6.7.2. Page load processing model for HTML files * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding * Attributes #computed-type-of-the-resourceReferenced in: * 4.2.4.2. Processing the type attribute * 4.7.8. The object element (2) * 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files (2) * 6.7.6. Page load processing model for media * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins #image-sniffing-rulesReferenced in: * 4.2.4.2. Processing the type attribute * 4.7.5. The img element (2) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 7.8. Images #rules-for-distinguishing-if-a-resource-is-text-or-binaryReferenced in: * 4.7.8. The object element #algorithm-for-extracting-a-character-encoding-from-a-meta-elementReferenced in: * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode #cors-settings-attributeReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.7.5. The img element (2) * 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource * 4.12.1. The script element #valdef-cors-anonymousReferenced in: * 2.6.6. CORS settings attributes * Attributes #statedef-cors-anonymousReferenced in: * 2.6.6. CORS settings attributes (2) (3) * 4.12.1.1. Processing model #valdef-cors-use-credentialsReferenced in: * Attributes #statedef-cors-use-credentialsReferenced in: * 4.12.1.1. Processing model #statedef-cors-no-corsReferenced in: * 2.6.1. Terminology * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks * 4.12.1.1. Processing model #referrer-policy-attributeReferenced in: * 2.6.7. Referrer policy attributes (2) * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements #reflectionReferenced in: * 2.2.3. Extensibility * 2.6.6. CORS settings attributes * 3.2.5.1. The title attribute * 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) * 4.2.3. The base element * 4.2.4. The link element (2) (3) (4) * 4.2.5. The meta element (2) * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.4.5. The blockquote element * 4.4.6. The ol element * 4.4.8. The li element * 4.5.1. The a element (2) (3) * 4.5.15. The data element * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements (2) * 4.7.4. The source element * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element (2) * 4.7.9. The param element * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.12. The track element (2) * 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource * 4.7.13.7. Ready states * 4.7.13.13. User interface (2) * 4.7.14. The map element * 4.7.15. The area element (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.19. Dimension attributes * 4.9.3. The colgroup element * 4.9.4. The col element * 4.9.10. The th element (2) * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements (2) (3) * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3) * 4.10.4. The label element * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 4.10.6. The button element (2) * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.9. The optgroup element * 4.10.10. The option element (2) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.13. The progress element * 4.10.15. The fieldset element * 4.10.18.1. Naming form controls: the name attribute * 4.10.18.5. Enabling and disabling form controls: the disabled attribute * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model * 4.11.1. The details element * 4.11.4. The dialog element * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3) * 4.12.4. The canvas element * 5.1. The hidden attribute * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute * 5.5.3. Processing model * 11.3.1. The applet element (2) * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 11.3.3. Frames (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (55) (56) (57) (58) (59) (60) (61) (62) (63) (64) (65) (66) #limited-to-only-known-valuesReferenced in: * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.5.1. The a element * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource * 4.7.15. The area element * 4.9.10. The th element * 4.10.3. The form element * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) (3) (4) #limited-to-only-non-negative-numbersReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) #limited-to-only-non-negative-numbers-greater-than-zeroReferenced in: * 4.9.3. The colgroup element * 4.9.4. The col element * 4.10.5.3.2. The size attribute * 4.10.11. The textarea element #limited-to-numbers-greater-than-zeroReferenced in: * 4.10.13. The progress element #htmlallcollectionReferenced in: * 2.7.2. Collections * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) #named-for-the-all-collectionReferenced in: * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2) (3) #dom-htmlallcollection-lengthReferenced in: * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2) #dom-htmlallcollection-nameditemReferenced in: * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2) (3) #dom-htmlallcollection-itemReferenced in: * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2) (3) (4) #all-named-elementsReferenced in: * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface #get-all-indexedReferenced in: * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2) #get-all-namedReferenced in: * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2) #htmlformcontrolscollectionReferenced in: * 2.7.2. Collections * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3) #radionodelistReferenced in: * 2.7.2.2. The HTMLFormControlsCollection interface * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3) #dom-htmlformcontrolscollection-nameditemReferenced in: * 2.7.2.2. The HTMLFormControlsCollection interface #dom-radionodelist-valueReferenced in: * 2.7.2.2. The HTMLFormControlsCollection interface (2) #htmloptionscollectionReferenced in: * 2.7.2. Collections * 2.7.2.3. The HTMLOptionsCollection interface * 4.10.7. The select element #dom-htmloptionscollection-lengthReferenced in: * 2.7.2.3. The HTMLOptionsCollection interface (2) #dom-htmloptionscollection-addReferenced in: * 2.7.2.3. The HTMLOptionsCollection interface #dom-htmloptionscollection-removeReferenced in: * 2.7.2.3. The HTMLOptionsCollection interface #dom-htmloptionscollection-selectedindexReferenced in: * 2.7.2.3. The HTMLOptionsCollection interface #domstringlistReferenced in: * 2.7.3. The DOMStringList interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) #dom-domstringlist-lengthReferenced in: * 2.7.3. The DOMStringList interface (2) #dom-domstringlist-itemReferenced in: * 2.7.3. The DOMStringList interface (2) #dom-domstringlist-containsReferenced in: * 2.7.3. The DOMStringList interface (2) #implied-strong-referenceReferenced in: * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts #html-namespaceReferenced in: * 2.1. Terminology (2) * 2.1.2. XML compatibility (2) * 2.2.1. Conformance classes * 2.2.4. Interactions with XPath and XSLT * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM * 3.2.4.2.6. Embedded content * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute * 4.7.17. MathML (2) * 4.7.18. SVG * 4.10.10. The option element * 4.15.1. Case-sensitivity (2) * 8.2. Parsing HTML documents * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 8.2.4.42. Markup declaration open state * 8.2.5. Tree construction * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes * 8.2.5.4.2. The "before html" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content (2) * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments * 10.9. Unstyled XML documents * 12.3. application/xhtml+xml (2) #mathml-namespaceReferenced in: * 4.7.17. MathML * 8.1.2. Elements * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments * 10.9. Unstyled XML documents #svg-namespaceReferenced in: * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors * 4.10.10. The option element * 8.1.2. Elements (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content (2) (3) * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments * 10.9. Unstyled XML documents #xlink-namespaceReferenced in: * 8.1.2.3. Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments #xml-namespaceReferenced in: * 2.2.2. Dependencies * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.5.22. The i element * 8.1.2.3. Attributes (2) * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2) (3) * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments #xmlns-namespaceReferenced in: * 8.1.2.3. Attributes (2) * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.7. Coercing an HTML DOM into an infoset * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2) #serializable-objectsReferenced in: * 2.9.1. Serializable objects (2) (3) (4) (5) * 2.9.3. StructuredSerializeInternal ( value, forStorage [ , memory ] ) (2) * 2.9.10. Monkey patch for Blob and FileList objects (2) (3) * 7.8. Images #extendedattrdef-serializableReferenced in: * 7.8. Images #serialization-stepsReferenced in: * 2.9.1. Serializable objects (2) * 2.9.2. Transferable objects * 2.9.3. StructuredSerializeInternal ( value, forStorage [ , memory ] ) (2) * 2.9.9. Performing serialization and transferring from other specifications * 2.9.10. Monkey patch for Blob and FileList objects (2) (3) * 7.8. Images #deserialization-stepsReferenced in: * 2.9.1. Serializable objects (2) * 2.9.2. Transferable objects * 2.9.6. StructuredDeserialize ( serialized, targetRealm [ , memory ] ) (2) * 2.9.10. Monkey patch for Blob and FileList objects (2) (3) * 7.8. Images #transferable-objectsReferenced in: * 2.9.2. Transferable objects (2) (3) (4) (5) * 2.9.7. StructuredSerializeWithTransfer ( value, transferList ) * 7.8. Images #extendedattrdef-transferableReferenced in: * 7.8. Images #transfer-stepsReferenced in: * 2.9.7. StructuredSerializeWithTransfer ( value, transferList ) * 7.8. Images #transfer-receiving-stepsReferenced in: * 2.9.6. StructuredDeserialize ( serialized, targetRealm [ , memory ] ) * 7.8. Images #structuredserializeinternalReferenced in: * 2.9.3. StructuredSerializeInternal ( value, forStorage [ , memory ] ) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 2.9.4. StructuredSerialize ( value ) * 2.9.5. StructuredSerializeForStorage ( value ) * 2.9.7. StructuredSerializeWithTransfer ( value, transferList ) (2) (3) #sub-serializationReferenced in: * 2.9.1. Serializable objects (2) * 2.9.3. StructuredSerializeInternal ( value, forStorage [ , memory ] ) * 2.9.10. Monkey patch for Blob and FileList objects #structuredserializeReferenced in: * 2.9.1. Serializable objects (2) * 2.9.6. StructuredDeserialize ( serialized, targetRealm [ , memory ] ) * 2.9.9. Performing serialization and transferring from other specifications (2) (3) (4) * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements * 6.6.2. The History interface #structuredserializeforstorageReferenced in: * 2.9.6. StructuredDeserialize ( serialized, targetRealm [ , memory ] ) * 2.9.9. Performing serialization and transferring from other specifications (2) (3) (4) (5) * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts #structureddeserializeReferenced in: * 2.9.1. Serializable objects * 2.9.6. StructuredDeserialize ( serialized, targetRealm [ , memory ] ) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 2.9.8. StructuredDeserializeWithTransfer ( serializeWithTransferResult, targetRealm ) (2) * 2.9.9. Performing serialization and transferring from other specifications (2) (3) (4) * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts * 6.6.2. The History interface * 6.7.10. History traversal #sub-deserializationReferenced in: * 2.9.1. Serializable objects (2) * 2.9.6. StructuredDeserialize ( serialized, targetRealm [ , memory ] ) * 2.9.10. Monkey patch for Blob and FileList objects #the-documents-referrerReferenced in: * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents #reload-override-flagReferenced in: * 3.1. Documents * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream * 7.4.3. document.write() #reload-override-bufferReferenced in: * 3.1. Documents (2) * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream * 7.4.3. document.write() #overridden-reloadReferenced in: * 3.1. Documents * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents #enumdef-documentreadystateReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object #dom-documentreadystate-loadingReferenced in: * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management (2) #dom-documentreadystate-interactiveReferenced in: * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management #dom-documentreadystate-completeReferenced in: * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management (2) #typedefdef-htmlorsvgscriptelementReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object #document-https-stateReferenced in: * 3.1. Documents * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents #concept-document-referrer-policyReferenced in: * 2.2.2. Dependencies * 2.6.7. Referrer policy attributes * 3.1. Documents * 3.1.1. The Document object (2) * 4.2.4. The link element (2) * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element * 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names (2) (3) (4) * 4.5.1. The a element * 4.7.5. The img element (2) * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) * 4.7.15. The area element * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks * 6.1. Browsing contexts * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 7.1.3.1. Definitions (2) * Attributes (2) #document-csp-listReferenced in: * 3.1. Documents * 4.7.6. The iframe element #document-module-mapReferenced in: * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts #dom-document-referrerReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management #dom-document-cookieReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management (2) (3) #cookie-averseReferenced in: * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management (2) * 6.5. Sandboxing #dom-document-lastmodifiedReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management #current-document-readinessReferenced in: * 2.2.4. Interactions with XPath and XSLT * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management (2) * 6.7.10. History traversal * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream * 8.2.6. The end (2) (3) (4) #active-parserReferenced in: * 6.7.12. Aborting a document load * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream #dom-document-readystateReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management #dom-document-headReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors #dom-document-titleReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors #dom-document-bodyReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors #dom-document-imagesReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors #dom-document-embedsReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) #dom-document-pluginsReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors #dom-document-linksReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors #dom-document-formsReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3) #dom-document-scriptsReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors #dom-document-getelementsbynameReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors #dom-document-currentscriptReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) * Changes between Working Draft 2 and the First Public Working Draft #named-elementsReferenced in: * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) #exposedReferenced in: * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) #representReferenced in: * 3.2.3. Element definitions * 3.2.4.2.9. Script-supporting elements * 3.2.5.1. The title attribute * 4.1.1. The html element * 4.2.1. The head element * 4.2.2. The title element * 4.2.3. The base element * 4.2.5. The meta element * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.3.1. The body element * 4.3.2. The article element * 4.3.3. The section element * 4.3.4. The nav element * 4.3.5. The aside element * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements * 4.3.7. The header element * 4.3.8. The footer element (2) * 4.3.9. Headings and sections (2) * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.2. The address element * 4.4.3. The hr element * 4.4.4. The pre element * 4.4.5. The blockquote element * 4.4.6. The ol element * 4.4.7. The ul element * 4.4.8. The li element * 4.4.9. The dl element * 4.4.10. The dt element * 4.4.11. The dd element * 4.4.12. The figure element * 4.4.13. The figcaption element * 4.4.14. The main element * 4.4.15. The div element * 4.5.1. The a element (2) * 4.5.2. The em element * 4.5.3. The strong element * 4.5.4. The small element * 4.5.5. The s element * 4.5.6. The cite element * 4.5.7. The q element * 4.5.8. The dfn element * 4.5.9. The abbr element * 4.5.11. The rb element (2) (3) * 4.5.12. The rt element (2) (3) * 4.5.13. The rtc element (2) (3) * 4.5.14. The rp element (2) * 4.5.15. The data element * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.5.17. The code element * 4.5.18. The var element * 4.5.19. The samp element * 4.5.20. The kbd element * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements (2) * 4.5.22. The i element * 4.5.23. The b element * 4.5.24. The u element * 4.5.25. The mark element * 4.5.26. The bdi element * 4.5.27. The bdo element * 4.5.28. The span element * 4.5.29. The br element * 4.5.30. The wbr element * 4.6.1. The ins element * 4.6.2. The del element * 4.7.3. The picture element * 4.7.4. The source element * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.9. The param element (2) * 4.7.10. The video element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 4.7.11. The audio element * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.7.14. The map element * 4.7.15. The area element * 4.8.1. Introduction * 4.9.1. The table element * 4.9.2. The caption element * 4.9.3. The colgroup element * 4.9.4. The col element * 4.9.5. The tbody element * 4.9.6. The thead element * 4.9.7. The tfoot element * 4.9.8. The tr element * 4.9.9. The td element * 4.9.10. The th element * 4.10.3. The form element (2) * 4.10.4. The label element * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.7. The select element (2) (3) * 4.10.8. The datalist element * 4.10.9. The optgroup element * 4.10.10. The option element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.13. The progress element * 4.10.14. The meter element * 4.10.15. The fieldset element * 4.10.16. The legend element * 4.11.1. The details element (2) (3) * 4.11.2. The summary element * 4.12.1. The script element * 4.12.2. The noscript element (2) * 4.12.3. The template element * 4.12.4. The canvas element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 5.7.7. The draggable attribute * 10.1. Introduction * 10.4.1. Embedded content (2) (3) * 10.4.2. Images (2) (3) (4) (5) * 11.3.1. The applet element (2) #htmlelementReferenced in: * 2.7.1. Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes (2) * 2.7.2.3. The HTMLOptionsCollection interface * 3.1.1. The Document object * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 4.1.1. The html element * 4.2.1. The head element * 4.2.2. The title element * 4.2.3. The base element * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.2.5. The meta element * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.3.1. The body element * 4.3.2. The article element * 4.3.3. The section element * 4.3.4. The nav element * 4.3.5. The aside element * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements * 4.3.7. The header element * 4.3.8. The footer element * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.2. The address element * 4.4.3. The hr element * 4.4.4. The pre element * 4.4.5. The blockquote element * 4.4.6. The ol element * 4.4.7. The ul element * 4.4.8. The li element * 4.4.9. The dl element * 4.4.10. The dt element * 4.4.11. The dd element * 4.4.12. The figure element * 4.4.13. The figcaption element * 4.4.15. The div element * 4.5.1. The a element * 4.5.2. The em element * 4.5.3. The strong element * 4.5.4. The small element * 4.5.5. The s element * 4.5.6. The cite element * 4.5.8. The dfn element * 4.5.9. The abbr element * 4.5.10. The ruby element * 4.5.11. The rb element * 4.5.12. The rt element * 4.5.13. The rtc element * 4.5.14. The rp element * 4.5.15. The data element * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.5.17. The code element * 4.5.18. The var element * 4.5.19. The samp element * 4.5.20. The kbd element * 4.5.22. The i element * 4.5.23. The b element * 4.5.24. The u element * 4.5.25. The mark element * 4.5.26. The bdi element * 4.5.27. The bdo element * 4.5.28. The span element * 4.5.29. The br element * 4.5.30. The wbr element * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements * 4.7.3. The picture element * 4.7.4. The source element * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.9. The param element * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.7.13. Media elements * 4.7.14. The map element * 4.7.15. The area element * 4.9.1. The table element * 4.9.2. The caption element * 4.9.3. The colgroup element * 4.9.5. The tbody element (2) * 4.9.8. The tr element (2) * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements * 4.10.3. The form element * 4.10.4. The label element (2) * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.7. The select element (2) * 4.10.8. The datalist element * 4.10.9. The optgroup element * 4.10.10. The option element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.13. The progress element * 4.10.14. The meter element * 4.10.15. The fieldset element * 4.10.16. The legend element * 4.11.1. The details element * 4.11.2. The summary element * 4.11.4. The dialog element * 4.12.1. The script element * 4.12.2. The noscript element * 4.12.3. The template element * 4.12.4. The canvas element * 7.1.5.3. Event firing * 11.3.1. The applet element * 11.3.2. The marquee element * 11.3.3. Frames (2) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) * Element Interfaces (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (55) (56) (57) (58) (59) (60) (61) (62) (63) (64) (65) (66) (67) (68) (69) (70) (71) (72) (73) (74) (75) (76) (77) (78) (79) (80) (81) (82) (83) (84) (85) (86) (87) (88) (89) (90) (91) (92) (93) (94) (95) (96) (97) (98) (99) (100) (101) (102) (103) (104) (105) (106) (107) (108) (109) (110) (111) #htmlunknownelementReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM (2) (3) (4) (5) #categoriesReferenced in: * 3.2.3. Element definitions * 4.1.1. The html element * 4.2.1. The head element * 4.2.2. The title element * 4.2.3. The base element * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.2.5. The meta element * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.3.1. The body element * 4.3.2. The article element * 4.3.3. The section element * 4.3.4. The nav element * 4.3.5. The aside element * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements * 4.3.7. The header element * 4.3.8. The footer element * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.2. The address element * 4.4.3. The hr element * 4.4.4. The pre element * 4.4.5. The blockquote element * 4.4.6. The ol element * 4.4.7. The ul element * 4.4.8. The li element * 4.4.9. The dl element * 4.4.10. The dt element * 4.4.11. The dd element * 4.4.12. The figure element * 4.4.13. The figcaption element * 4.4.14. The main element * 4.4.15. The div element * 4.5.1. The a element * 4.5.2. The em element * 4.5.3. The strong element * 4.5.4. The small element * 4.5.5. The s element * 4.5.6. The cite element * 4.5.7. The q element * 4.5.8. The dfn element * 4.5.9. The abbr element * 4.5.10. The ruby element * 4.5.11. The rb element * 4.5.12. The rt element * 4.5.13. The rtc element * 4.5.14. The rp element * 4.5.15. The data element * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.5.17. The code element * 4.5.18. The var element * 4.5.19. The samp element * 4.5.20. The kbd element * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements * 4.5.22. The i element * 4.5.23. The b element * 4.5.24. The u element * 4.5.25. The mark element * 4.5.26. The bdi element * 4.5.27. The bdo element * 4.5.28. The span element * 4.5.29. The br element * 4.5.30. The wbr element * 4.6.1. The ins element * 4.6.2. The del element * 4.7.3. The picture element * 4.7.4. The source element * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.9. The param element * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.11. The audio element * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.7.14. The map element * 4.7.15. The area element * 4.9.1. The table element * 4.9.2. The caption element * 4.9.3. The colgroup element * 4.9.4. The col element * 4.9.5. The tbody element * 4.9.6. The thead element * 4.9.7. The tfoot element * 4.9.8. The tr element * 4.9.9. The td element * 4.9.10. The th element * 4.10.3. The form element * 4.10.4. The label element * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.8. The datalist element * 4.10.9. The optgroup element * 4.10.10. The option element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.13. The progress element * 4.10.14. The meter element * 4.10.15. The fieldset element * 4.10.16. The legend element * 4.11.1. The details element * 4.11.2. The summary element * 4.11.4. The dialog element * 4.12.1. The script element * 4.12.2. The noscript element * 4.12.3. The template element * 4.12.4. The canvas element #contexts-in-which-this-element-can-be-usedReferenced in: * 4.1.1. The html element * 4.2.1. The head element * 4.2.2. The title element * 4.2.3. The base element * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.2.5. The meta element * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.3.1. The body element * 4.3.2. The article element * 4.3.3. The section element * 4.3.4. The nav element * 4.3.5. The aside element * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements * 4.3.7. The header element * 4.3.8. The footer element * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.2. The address element * 4.4.3. The hr element * 4.4.4. The pre element * 4.4.5. The blockquote element * 4.4.6. The ol element * 4.4.7. The ul element * 4.4.8. The li element * 4.4.9. The dl element * 4.4.10. The dt element * 4.4.11. The dd element * 4.4.12. The figure element * 4.4.13. The figcaption element * 4.4.14. The main element * 4.4.15. The div element * 4.5.1. The a element * 4.5.2. The em element * 4.5.3. The strong element * 4.5.4. The small element * 4.5.5. The s element * 4.5.6. The cite element * 4.5.7. The q element * 4.5.8. The dfn element * 4.5.9. The abbr element * 4.5.10. The ruby element * 4.5.11. The rb element * 4.5.12. The rt element * 4.5.13. The rtc element * 4.5.14. The rp element * 4.5.15. The data element * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.5.17. The code element * 4.5.18. The var element * 4.5.19. The samp element * 4.5.20. The kbd element * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements * 4.5.22. The i element * 4.5.23. The b element * 4.5.24. The u element * 4.5.25. The mark element * 4.5.26. The bdi element * 4.5.27. The bdo element * 4.5.28. The span element * 4.5.29. The br element * 4.5.30. The wbr element * 4.6.1. The ins element * 4.6.2. The del element * 4.7.3. The picture element * 4.7.4. The source element * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.9. The param element * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.11. The audio element * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.7.14. The map element * 4.7.15. The area element * 4.9.1. The table element * 4.9.2. The caption element * 4.9.3. The colgroup element * 4.9.4. The col element * 4.9.5. The tbody element * 4.9.6. The thead element * 4.9.7. The tfoot element * 4.9.8. The tr element * 4.9.9. The td element * 4.9.10. The th element * 4.10.3. The form element * 4.10.4. The label element * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.8. The datalist element * 4.10.9. The optgroup element * 4.10.10. The option element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.13. The progress element * 4.10.14. The meter element * 4.10.15. The fieldset element * 4.10.16. The legend element * 4.11.1. The details element * 4.11.2. The summary element * 4.11.4. The dialog element * 4.12.1. The script element * 4.12.2. The noscript element * 4.12.3. The template element * 4.12.4. The canvas element #content-modelReferenced in: * 3.2.3. Element definitions * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content (2) * 4.1.1. The html element * 4.2.1. The head element * 4.2.2. The title element * 4.2.3. The base element * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.2.5. The meta element * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.3.1. The body element * 4.3.2. The article element * 4.3.3. The section element * 4.3.4. The nav element * 4.3.5. The aside element * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements * 4.3.7. The header element * 4.3.8. The footer element * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.2. The address element * 4.4.3. The hr element * 4.4.4. The pre element * 4.4.5. The blockquote element * 4.4.6. The ol element * 4.4.7. The ul element * 4.4.8. The li element * 4.4.9. The dl element * 4.4.10. The dt element * 4.4.11. The dd element * 4.4.12. The figure element * 4.4.13. The figcaption element * 4.4.14. The main element * 4.4.15. The div element * 4.5.1. The a element * 4.5.2. The em element * 4.5.3. The strong element * 4.5.4. The small element * 4.5.5. The s element * 4.5.6. The cite element * 4.5.7. The q element * 4.5.8. The dfn element * 4.5.9. The abbr element * 4.5.10. The ruby element * 4.5.11. The rb element * 4.5.12. The rt element * 4.5.13. The rtc element * 4.5.14. The rp element * 4.5.15. The data element * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.5.17. The code element * 4.5.18. The var element * 4.5.19. The samp element * 4.5.20. The kbd element * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements * 4.5.22. The i element * 4.5.23. The b element * 4.5.24. The u element * 4.5.25. The mark element * 4.5.26. The bdi element * 4.5.27. The bdo element * 4.5.28. The span element * 4.5.29. The br element * 4.5.30. The wbr element * 4.6.1. The ins element * 4.6.2. The del element * 4.7.3. The picture element * 4.7.4. The source element * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.9. The param element * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.11. The audio element * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.7.14. The map element * 4.7.15. The area element * 4.9.1. The table element * 4.9.2. The caption element * 4.9.3. The colgroup element * 4.9.4. The col element * 4.9.5. The tbody element * 4.9.6. The thead element * 4.9.7. The tfoot element * 4.9.8. The tr element * 4.9.9. The td element * 4.9.10. The th element * 4.10.3. The form element * 4.10.4. The label element * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.8. The datalist element * 4.10.9. The optgroup element * 4.10.10. The option element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.13. The progress element * 4.10.14. The meter element * 4.10.15. The fieldset element * 4.10.16. The legend element * 4.11.1. The details element * 4.11.2. The summary element * 4.11.4. The dialog element * 4.12.1. The script element * 4.12.2. The noscript element * 4.12.3. The template element * 4.12.4. The canvas element * 8.1.2. Elements * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) #tag-omission-in-text-htmlReferenced in: * 4.1.1. The html element * 4.2.1. The head element * 4.2.2. The title element * 4.2.3. The base element * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.2.5. The meta element * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.3.1. The body element * 4.3.2. The article element * 4.3.3. The section element * 4.3.4. The nav element * 4.3.5. The aside element * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements * 4.3.7. The header element * 4.3.8. The footer element * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.2. The address element * 4.4.3. The hr element * 4.4.4. The pre element * 4.4.5. The blockquote element * 4.4.6. The ol element * 4.4.7. The ul element * 4.4.8. The li element * 4.4.9. The dl element * 4.4.10. The dt element * 4.4.11. The dd element * 4.4.12. The figure element * 4.4.13. The figcaption element * 4.4.14. The main element * 4.4.15. The div element * 4.5.1. The a element * 4.5.2. The em element * 4.5.3. The strong element * 4.5.4. The small element * 4.5.5. The s element * 4.5.6. The cite element * 4.5.7. The q element * 4.5.8. The dfn element * 4.5.9. The abbr element * 4.5.10. The ruby element * 4.5.11. The rb element * 4.5.12. The rt element * 4.5.13. The rtc element * 4.5.14. The rp element * 4.5.15. The data element * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.5.17. The code element * 4.5.18. The var element * 4.5.19. The samp element * 4.5.20. The kbd element * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements * 4.5.22. The i element * 4.5.23. The b element * 4.5.24. The u element * 4.5.25. The mark element * 4.5.26. The bdi element * 4.5.27. The bdo element * 4.5.28. The span element * 4.5.29. The br element * 4.5.30. The wbr element * 4.6.1. The ins element * 4.6.2. The del element * 4.7.3. The picture element * 4.7.4. The source element * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.9. The param element * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.11. The audio element * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.7.14. The map element * 4.7.15. The area element * 4.9.1. The table element * 4.9.2. The caption element * 4.9.3. The colgroup element * 4.9.4. The col element * 4.9.5. The tbody element * 4.9.6. The thead element * 4.9.7. The tfoot element * 4.9.8. The tr element * 4.9.9. The td element * 4.9.10. The th element * 4.10.3. The form element * 4.10.4. The label element * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.8. The datalist element * 4.10.9. The optgroup element * 4.10.10. The option element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.13. The progress element * 4.10.14. The meter element * 4.10.15. The fieldset element * 4.10.16. The legend element * 4.11.1. The details element * 4.11.2. The summary element * 4.11.4. The dialog element * 4.12.1. The script element * 4.12.2. The noscript element * 4.12.3. The template element * 4.12.4. The canvas element #content-attributesReferenced in: * 2.1. Terminology * 4.1.1. The html element * 4.2.1. The head element * 4.2.2. The title element * 4.2.3. The base element * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.2.5. The meta element * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.3.1. The body element * 4.3.2. The article element * 4.3.3. The section element * 4.3.4. The nav element * 4.3.5. The aside element * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements * 4.3.7. The header element * 4.3.8. The footer element * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.2. The address element * 4.4.3. The hr element * 4.4.4. The pre element * 4.4.5. The blockquote element * 4.4.6. The ol element * 4.4.7. The ul element * 4.4.8. The li element * 4.4.9. The dl element * 4.4.10. The dt element * 4.4.11. The dd element * 4.4.12. The figure element * 4.4.13. The figcaption element * 4.4.14. The main element * 4.4.15. The div element * 4.5.1. The a element * 4.5.2. The em element * 4.5.3. The strong element * 4.5.4. The small element * 4.5.5. The s element * 4.5.6. The cite element * 4.5.7. The q element * 4.5.8. The dfn element * 4.5.9. The abbr element * 4.5.10. The ruby element * 4.5.11. The rb element * 4.5.12. The rt element * 4.5.13. The rtc element * 4.5.14. The rp element * 4.5.15. The data element * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.5.17. The code element * 4.5.18. The var element * 4.5.19. The samp element * 4.5.20. The kbd element * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements * 4.5.22. The i element * 4.5.23. The b element * 4.5.24. The u element * 4.5.25. The mark element * 4.5.26. The bdi element * 4.5.27. The bdo element * 4.5.28. The span element * 4.5.29. The br element * 4.5.30. The wbr element * 4.6.1. The ins element * 4.6.2. The del element * 4.7.3. The picture element * 4.7.4. The source element * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.9. The param element * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.11. The audio element * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.7.14. The map element * 4.7.15. The area element * 4.9.1. The table element * 4.9.2. The caption element * 4.9.3. The colgroup element * 4.9.4. The col element * 4.9.5. The tbody element * 4.9.6. The thead element * 4.9.7. The tfoot element * 4.9.8. The tr element * 4.9.9. The td element * 4.9.10. The th element * 4.10.3. The form element * 4.10.4. The label element * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.8. The datalist element * 4.10.9. The optgroup element * 4.10.10. The option element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.13. The progress element * 4.10.14. The meter element * 4.10.15. The fieldset element * 4.10.16. The legend element * 4.11.1. The details element * 4.11.2. The summary element * 4.11.4. The dialog element * 4.12.1. The script element * 4.12.2. The noscript element * 4.12.3. The template element * 4.12.4. The canvas element #allowed-aria-role-attribute-valuesReferenced in: * 4.1.1. The html element * 4.2.1. The head element * 4.2.2. The title element * 4.2.3. The base element * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.2.5. The meta element * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.3.1. The body element * 4.3.2. The article element * 4.3.3. The section element * 4.3.4. The nav element * 4.3.5. The aside element * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements * 4.3.7. The header element * 4.3.8. The footer element * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.2. The address element * 4.4.3. The hr element * 4.4.4. The pre element * 4.4.5. The blockquote element * 4.4.6. The ol element * 4.4.7. The ul element * 4.4.8. The li element * 4.4.9. The dl element * 4.4.10. The dt element * 4.4.11. The dd element * 4.4.12. The figure element * 4.4.13. The figcaption element * 4.4.14. The main element * 4.4.15. The div element * 4.5.1. The a element * 4.5.2. The em element * 4.5.3. The strong element * 4.5.4. The small element * 4.5.5. The s element * 4.5.6. The cite element * 4.5.7. The q element * 4.5.8. The dfn element * 4.5.9. The abbr element * 4.5.10. The ruby element * 4.5.11. The rb element * 4.5.12. The rt element * 4.5.13. The rtc element * 4.5.14. The rp element * 4.5.15. The data element * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.5.17. The code element * 4.5.18. The var element * 4.5.19. The samp element * 4.5.20. The kbd element * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements * 4.5.22. The i element * 4.5.23. The b element * 4.5.24. The u element * 4.5.25. The mark element * 4.5.26. The bdi element * 4.5.27. The bdo element * 4.5.28. The span element * 4.5.29. The br element * 4.5.30. The wbr element * 4.6.1. The ins element * 4.6.2. The del element * 4.7.3. The picture element * 4.7.4. The source element * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.9. The param element * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.11. The audio element * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.7.14. The map element * 4.7.15. The area element * 4.9.1. The table element * 4.9.2. The caption element * 4.9.3. The colgroup element * 4.9.4. The col element * 4.10.3. The form element * 4.10.4. The label element * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.8. The datalist element * 4.10.9. The optgroup element * 4.10.10. The option element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.13. The progress element * 4.10.14. The meter element * 4.10.15. The fieldset element * 4.10.16. The legend element * 4.11.1. The details element * 4.11.2. The summary element * 4.11.4. The dialog element * 4.12.1. The script element * 4.12.2. The noscript element * 4.12.3. The template element * 4.12.4. The canvas element #allowed-aria-state-and-property-attributesReferenced in: * 4.1.1. The html element * 4.2.1. The head element * 4.2.2. The title element * 4.2.3. The base element * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.2.5. The meta element * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.3.1. The body element * 4.3.2. The article element * 4.3.3. The section element * 4.3.4. The nav element * 4.3.5. The aside element * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements * 4.3.7. The header element * 4.3.8. The footer element * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.2. The address element * 4.4.3. The hr element * 4.4.4. The pre element * 4.4.5. The blockquote element * 4.4.6. The ol element * 4.4.7. The ul element * 4.4.8. The li element * 4.4.9. The dl element * 4.4.10. The dt element * 4.4.11. The dd element * 4.4.12. The figure element * 4.4.13. The figcaption element * 4.4.14. The main element * 4.4.15. The div element * 4.5.1. The a element * 4.5.2. The em element * 4.5.3. The strong element * 4.5.4. The small element * 4.5.5. The s element * 4.5.6. The cite element * 4.5.7. The q element * 4.5.8. The dfn element * 4.5.9. The abbr element * 4.5.10. The ruby element * 4.5.11. The rb element * 4.5.12. The rt element * 4.5.13. The rtc element * 4.5.14. The rp element * 4.5.15. The data element * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.5.17. The code element * 4.5.18. The var element * 4.5.19. The samp element * 4.5.20. The kbd element * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements * 4.5.22. The i element * 4.5.23. The b element * 4.5.24. The u element * 4.5.25. The mark element * 4.5.26. The bdi element * 4.5.27. The bdo element * 4.5.28. The span element * 4.5.29. The br element * 4.5.30. The wbr element * 4.6.1. The ins element * 4.6.2. The del element * 4.7.3. The picture element * 4.7.4. The source element * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.9. The param element * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.11. The audio element * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.7.14. The map element * 4.7.15. The area element * 4.9.1. The table element * 4.9.2. The caption element * 4.9.3. The colgroup element * 4.9.4. The col element * 4.9.5. The tbody element * 4.9.6. The thead element * 4.9.7. The tfoot element * 4.9.8. The tr element * 4.9.9. The td element * 4.9.10. The th element * 4.10.3. The form element * 4.10.4. The label element * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.8. The datalist element * 4.10.9. The optgroup element * 4.10.10. The option element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.13. The progress element * 4.10.14. The meter element * 4.10.15. The fieldset element * 4.10.16. The legend element * 4.11.1. The details element * 4.11.2. The summary element * 4.11.4. The dialog element * 4.12.1. The script element * 4.12.2. The noscript element * 4.12.3. The template element * 4.12.4. The canvas element #dom-interfaceReferenced in: * 4.1.1. The html element * 4.2.1. The head element * 4.2.2. The title element * 4.2.3. The base element * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.2.5. The meta element * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.3.1. The body element * 4.3.2. The article element * 4.3.3. The section element * 4.3.4. The nav element * 4.3.5. The aside element * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements * 4.3.7. The header element * 4.3.8. The footer element * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.2. The address element * 4.4.3. The hr element * 4.4.4. The pre element * 4.4.5. The blockquote element * 4.4.6. The ol element * 4.4.7. The ul element * 4.4.8. The li element * 4.4.9. The dl element * 4.4.10. The dt element * 4.4.11. The dd element * 4.4.12. The figure element * 4.4.13. The figcaption element * 4.4.14. The main element * 4.4.15. The div element * 4.5.1. The a element * 4.5.2. The em element * 4.5.3. The strong element * 4.5.4. The small element * 4.5.5. The s element * 4.5.6. The cite element * 4.5.7. The q element * 4.5.8. The dfn element * 4.5.9. The abbr element * 4.5.10. The ruby element * 4.5.11. The rb element * 4.5.12. The rt element * 4.5.13. The rtc element * 4.5.14. The rp element * 4.5.15. The data element * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.5.17. The code element * 4.5.18. The var element * 4.5.19. The samp element * 4.5.20. The kbd element * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements * 4.5.22. The i element * 4.5.23. The b element * 4.5.24. The u element * 4.5.25. The mark element * 4.5.26. The bdi element * 4.5.27. The bdo element * 4.5.28. The span element * 4.5.29. The br element * 4.5.30. The wbr element * 4.6.1. The ins element * 4.6.2. The del element * 4.7.3. The picture element * 4.7.4. The source element * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.9. The param element * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.11. The audio element * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.7.14. The map element * 4.7.15. The area element * 4.9.1. The table element * 4.9.2. The caption element * 4.9.3. The colgroup element * 4.9.4. The col element * 4.9.5. The tbody element * 4.9.6. The thead element * 4.9.7. The tfoot element * 4.9.8. The tr element * 4.9.9. The td element * 4.9.10. The th element * 4.10.3. The form element * 4.10.4. The label element * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.8. The datalist element * 4.10.9. The optgroup element * 4.10.10. The option element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.13. The progress element * 4.10.14. The meter element * 4.10.15. The fieldset element * 4.10.16. The legend element * 4.11.1. The details element * 4.11.2. The summary element * 4.11.4. The dialog element * 4.12.1. The script element * 4.12.2. The noscript element * 4.12.3. The template element * 4.12.4. The canvas element #element-contentsReferenced in: * 3.2.4. Content models * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs * 3.2.7.1. Authoring conformance criteria for bidirectional-algorithm formatting characters * 4.7.5. The img element * 8.1.2. Elements #inter-element-white-spaceReferenced in: * 3.2.4. Content models (2) (3) * 3.2.4.1. The "nothing" content model * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs (2) * 4.2.2. The title element * 4.3.3. The section element * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3) (4) * 4.5.13. The rtc element * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.17. MathML * 4.10.10. The option element * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks * Element content categories #nothingReferenced in: * 4.2.3. The base element * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.2.5. The meta element * 4.4.3. The hr element * 4.5.29. The br element * 4.5.30. The wbr element * 4.7.4. The source element * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.9. The param element * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.7.15. The area element * 4.9.3. The colgroup element * 4.9.4. The col element * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.10. The option element #metadata-content-2Referenced in: * 3.2.4.2.1. Metadata content * 4.2.1. The head element (2) * 4.2.2. The title element * 4.2.3. The base element * 4.2.4. The link element (2) * 4.2.5. The meta element (2) * 4.2.6. The style element (2) * 4.12.1. The script element (2) * 4.12.2. The noscript element * 4.12.3. The template element (2) * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * Element content categories #flow-content-2Referenced in: * 3.2.3. Element definitions (2) (3) (4) * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 3.2.4.3. Transparent content models * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.3.1. The body element * 4.3.2. The article element (2) (3) * 4.3.3. The section element (2) (3) * 4.3.4. The nav element (2) (3) * 4.3.5. The aside element (2) (3) * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements (2) * 4.3.7. The header element (2) (3) * 4.3.8. The footer element (2) (3) * 4.4.1. The p element (2) * 4.4.2. The address element (2) (3) * 4.4.3. The hr element (2) * 4.4.4. The pre element (2) * 4.4.5. The blockquote element (2) (3) * 4.4.6. The ol element (2) * 4.4.7. The ul element (2) * 4.4.8. The li element * 4.4.9. The dl element (2) * 4.4.10. The dt element * 4.4.11. The dd element * 4.4.12. The figure element (2) (3) (4) * 4.4.13. The figcaption element * 4.4.14. The main element (2) (3) * 4.4.15. The div element (2) (3) * 4.5.1. The a element * 4.5.2. The em element * 4.5.3. The strong element * 4.5.4. The small element * 4.5.5. The s element * 4.5.6. The cite element * 4.5.7. The q element * 4.5.8. The dfn element * 4.5.9. The abbr element * 4.5.10. The ruby element * 4.5.15. The data element * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.5.17. The code element * 4.5.18. The var element * 4.5.19. The samp element * 4.5.20. The kbd element * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements * 4.5.22. The i element * 4.5.23. The b element * 4.5.24. The u element * 4.5.25. The mark element * 4.5.26. The bdi element * 4.5.27. The bdo element * 4.5.28. The span element * 4.5.29. The br element * 4.5.30. The wbr element * 4.6.1. The ins element * 4.6.2. The del element * 4.7.3. The picture element * 4.7.4. The source element * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.9. The param element * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.11. The audio element * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.7.14. The map element * 4.7.15. The area element * 4.7.17. MathML (2) * 4.7.18. SVG (2) * 4.9.1. The table element (2) * 4.9.2. The caption element * 4.9.9. The td element * 4.9.10. The th element * 4.10.2. Categories * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3) * 4.10.4. The label element * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.8. The datalist element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.13. The progress element * 4.10.14. The meter element * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2) (3) * 4.11.1. The details element (2) (3) * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) (3) * 4.12.1. The script element * 4.12.2. The noscript element * 4.12.3. The template element * 4.12.4. The canvas element * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (55) (56) (57) (58) (59) (60) (61) (62) (63) (64) (65) (66) (67) (68) (69) (70) (71) (72) (73) (74) (75) (76) (77) (78) (79) (80) (81) (82) (83) (84) (85) (86) (87) (88) (89) (90) (91) (92) (93) (94) (95) (96) (97) (98) (99) (100) (101) (102) (103) (104) (105) (106) (107) (108) (109) (110) (111) (112) (113) (114) (115) (116) (117) (118) (119) (120) (121) (122) (123) (124) * Element content categories #sectioning-content-2Referenced in: * 3.2.4.2.3. Sectioning content (2) * 3.2.4.2.4. Heading content * 4.3.2. The article element * 4.3.3. The section element * 4.3.4. The nav element * 4.3.5. The aside element (2) (3) * 4.3.7. The header element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.3.8. The footer element (2) (3) (4) * 4.3.9. Headings and sections (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.3.9.1. Creating an outline (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.4.2. The address element * 4.4.8. The li element (2) * 4.4.10. The dt element * 4.4.14. The main element (2) * 4.9.10. The th element * Elements (2) (3) (4) * Element content categories #heading-content-2Referenced in: * 3.2.4.2.3. Sectioning content * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements * 4.3.9. Headings and sections * 4.3.9.1. Creating an outline (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.4.2. The address element * 4.4.10. The dt element * 4.9.10. The th element * 4.11.2. The summary element * Elements * Element content categories #phrasing-content-2Referenced in: * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values * 3.2.3. Element definitions (2) (3) (4) (5) * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content (2) * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 3.2.4.3. Transparent content models (2) (3) * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs (2) (3) (4) * 4.2.4. The link element (2) (3) * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.4. The pre element * 4.5.1. The a element (2) * 4.5.2. The em element (2) (3) * 4.5.3. The strong element (2) (3) * 4.5.4. The small element (2) (3) * 4.5.5. The s element (2) (3) * 4.5.6. The cite element (2) (3) * 4.5.7. The q element (2) (3) (4) * 4.5.8. The dfn element (2) (3) * 4.5.9. The abbr element (2) (3) * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3) * 4.5.11. The rb element * 4.5.12. The rt element * 4.5.13. The rtc element * 4.5.14. The rp element * 4.5.15. The data element (2) (3) * 4.5.16. The time element (2) (3) * 4.5.17. The code element (2) (3) * 4.5.18. The var element (2) (3) * 4.5.19. The samp element (2) (3) * 4.5.20. The kbd element (2) (3) * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements (2) (3) * 4.5.22. The i element (2) (3) * 4.5.23. The b element (2) (3) * 4.5.24. The u element (2) (3) * 4.5.25. The mark element (2) (3) * 4.5.26. The bdi element (2) (3) * 4.5.27. The bdo element (2) (3) * 4.5.28. The span element (2) (3) * 4.5.29. The br element (2) * 4.5.30. The wbr element (2) * 4.6.1. The ins element (2) (3) * 4.6.2. The del element (2) * 4.6.4. Edits and paragraphs * 4.7.3. The picture element * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.11. The audio element * 4.7.14. The map element (2) * 4.7.15. The area element (2) * 4.7.17. MathML (2) * 4.7.18. SVG (2) * 4.10.2. Categories * 4.10.4. The label element (2) (3) * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.6. The button element (2) (3) * 4.10.7. The select element (2) * 4.10.8. The datalist element (2) (3) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.12. The output element (2) (3) * 4.10.13. The progress element (2) (3) * 4.10.14. The meter element (2) (3) * 4.10.16. The legend element * 4.11.2. The summary element * 4.12.1. The script element (2) * 4.12.2. The noscript element (2) * 4.12.3. The template element (2) * 4.12.4. The canvas element * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (55) (56) (57) (58) (59) (60) (61) (62) (63) (64) (65) (66) (67) (68) (69) (70) (71) (72) (73) (74) (75) (76) (77) (78) (79) (80) (81) (82) (83) (84) (85) (86) (87) (88) (89) (90) (91) (92) (93) (94) (95) (96) (97) (98) (99) (100) (101) (102) (103) (104) (105) (106) (107) (108) (109) (110) (111) (112) (113) (114) (115) (116) (117) (118) (119) (120) (121) (122) (123) (124) (125) (126) (127) (128) (129) (130) (131) (132) (133) (134) (135) (136) (137) (138) (139) (140) (141) (142) (143) (144) (145) * Element content categories #text-contentReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content (2) (3) (4) * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content (2) * 3.2.7.1. Authoring conformance criteria for bidirectional-algorithm formatting characters * 4.2.2. The title element * 4.5.10. The ruby element * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3) * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) * 8.1.2. Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) * 8.1.2.3. Attributes * 8.1.4. Character references (2) * 8.1.5. CDATA sections * 8.1.6. Comments (2) * 10.3.5. Bidirectional text * Elements (2) (3) * Element content categories (2) (3) * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) #embedded-content-2Referenced in: * 3.2.4.2.6. Embedded content * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs * 4.7.3. The picture element (2) * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) * 4.7.8. The object element (2) * 4.7.10. The video element (2) * 4.7.11. The audio element (2) * 4.7.17. MathML * 4.7.18. SVG * 4.12.4. The canvas element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 10.4.1. Embedded content * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * Element content categories #fallback-contentReferenced in: * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors * 4.7.5. The img element (2) * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) (3) * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.7.16.2. Processing model * 4.12.4. The canvas element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 11.3.1. The applet element #interactive-content-2Referenced in: * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content * 3.2.5.1. The title attribute * 4.5.1. The a element (2) * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.11. The audio element * 4.10.2. Categories * 4.10.4. The label element (2) (3) * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.6. The button element (2) * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.11.1. The details element * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) * Element content categories (2) #palpable-content-2Referenced in: * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.3.2. The article element * 4.3.3. The section element * 4.3.4. The nav element * 4.3.5. The aside element * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements * 4.3.7. The header element * 4.3.8. The footer element * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.2. The address element * 4.4.4. The pre element * 4.4.5. The blockquote element * 4.4.6. The ol element * 4.4.7. The ul element * 4.4.9. The dl element * 4.4.12. The figure element * 4.4.14. The main element * 4.4.15. The div element * 4.5.1. The a element * 4.5.2. The em element * 4.5.3. The strong element * 4.5.4. The small element * 4.5.5. The s element * 4.5.6. The cite element * 4.5.7. The q element * 4.5.8. The dfn element * 4.5.9. The abbr element * 4.5.10. The ruby element * 4.5.15. The data element * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.5.17. The code element * 4.5.18. The var element * 4.5.19. The samp element * 4.5.20. The kbd element * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements * 4.5.22. The i element * 4.5.23. The b element * 4.5.24. The u element * 4.5.25. The mark element * 4.5.26. The bdi element * 4.5.27. The bdo element * 4.5.28. The span element * 4.6.1. The ins element * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.11. The audio element * 4.7.14. The map element * 4.7.17. MathML * 4.7.18. SVG * 4.9.1. The table element * 4.10.3. The form element * 4.10.4. The label element * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.13. The progress element * 4.10.14. The meter element * 4.10.15. The fieldset element * 4.11.1. The details element * 4.12.4. The canvas element * Element content categories #script-supporting-elements-2Referenced in: * 4.4.6. The ol element * 4.4.7. The ul element * 4.4.9. The dl element (2) (3) * 4.7.3. The picture element * 4.9.1. The table element * 4.9.5. The tbody element * 4.9.6. The thead element * 4.9.7. The tfoot element * 4.9.8. The tr element * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.8. The datalist element * 4.10.9. The optgroup element * 4.12.1. The script element (2) * 4.12.3. The template element (2) * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) * Element content categories #transparentReferenced in: * 3.2.4.3. Transparent content models * 4.5.1. The a element * 4.6.1. The ins element * 4.6.2. The del element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.10. The video element (2) * 4.7.11. The audio element (2) * 4.7.14. The map element * 4.12.2. The noscript element (2) * 4.12.4. The canvas element * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) #paragraphReferenced in: * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs (2) (3) (4) * 4.4.1. The p element (2) * 4.4.3. The hr element * 4.5.29. The br element * 4.6.1. The ins element (2) * 4.6.2. The del element * 4.6.4. Edits and paragraphs (2) (3) (4) #global-attributes-2Referenced in: * 4.1.1. The html element * 4.2.1. The head element * 4.2.2. The title element * 4.2.3. The base element * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.2.5. The meta element * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.3.1. The body element * 4.3.2. The article element * 4.3.3. The section element * 4.3.4. The nav element * 4.3.5. The aside element * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements * 4.3.7. The header element * 4.3.8. The footer element * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.2. The address element * 4.4.3. The hr element * 4.4.4. The pre element * 4.4.5. The blockquote element * 4.4.6. The ol element * 4.4.7. The ul element * 4.4.8. The li element * 4.4.9. The dl element * 4.4.10. The dt element * 4.4.11. The dd element * 4.4.12. The figure element * 4.4.13. The figcaption element * 4.4.14. The main element * 4.4.15. The div element * 4.5.1. The a element * 4.5.2. The em element * 4.5.3. The strong element * 4.5.4. The small element * 4.5.5. The s element * 4.5.6. The cite element * 4.5.7. The q element * 4.5.8. The dfn element * 4.5.9. The abbr element * 4.5.10. The ruby element * 4.5.11. The rb element * 4.5.12. The rt element * 4.5.13. The rtc element * 4.5.14. The rp element * 4.5.15. The data element * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.5.17. The code element * 4.5.18. The var element * 4.5.19. The samp element * 4.5.20. The kbd element * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements * 4.5.22. The i element * 4.5.23. The b element * 4.5.24. The u element * 4.5.25. The mark element * 4.5.26. The bdi element * 4.5.27. The bdo element * 4.5.28. The span element (2) * 4.5.29. The br element * 4.5.30. The wbr element * 4.6.1. The ins element * 4.6.2. The del element * 4.7.3. The picture element * 4.7.4. The source element * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.9. The param element * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.11. The audio element * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.7.14. The map element * 4.7.15. The area element * 4.9.1. The table element * 4.9.2. The caption element * 4.9.3. The colgroup element * 4.9.4. The col element * 4.9.5. The tbody element * 4.9.6. The thead element * 4.9.7. The tfoot element * 4.9.8. The tr element * 4.9.9. The td element * 4.9.10. The th element * 4.10.3. The form element * 4.10.4. The label element * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.8. The datalist element * 4.10.9. The optgroup element * 4.10.10. The option element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.13. The progress element * 4.10.14. The meter element * 4.10.15. The fieldset element * 4.10.16. The legend element * 4.11.1. The details element * 4.11.2. The summary element * 4.11.4. The dialog element * 4.12.1. The script element * 4.12.2. The noscript element * 4.12.3. The template element * 4.12.4. The canvas element * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (55) (56) (57) (58) (59) (60) (61) (62) (63) (64) (65) (66) (67) (68) (69) (70) (71) (72) (73) (74) (75) (76) (77) (78) (79) (80) (81) (82) (83) (84) (85) (86) (87) (88) (89) (90) (91) (92) (93) (94) (95) (96) (97) (98) (99) (100) (101) (102) (103) (104) (105) (106) #element-attrdef-global-classReferenced in: * 1.5.3. Extensibility * 2.2.2. Dependencies * 3.2.5. Global attributes (2) (3) (4) * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes * 4.4.5. The blockquote element (2) * 4.4.15. The div element * 4.5.17. The code element * 4.5.23. The b element * 4.5.28. The span element * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.8.6. Unclosed formatting elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) #element-attrdef-global-idReferenced in: * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values * 2.4.9. References * 2.7.1. Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes (2) (3) * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2) * 2.7.2.2. The HTMLFormControlsCollection interface (2) (3) (4) (5) * 2.7.2.3. The HTMLOptionsCollection interface (2) * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 3.2.5. Global attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API * 4.7.14. The map element * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements (2) * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.10.4. The label element * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2) (3) * 8.2.8.4. Scripts that modify the page as it is being parsed * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2) (3) * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features * 11.2. Non-conforming features #element-attrdef-global-slotReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes (2) #element-attrdef-global-titleReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 3.2.5.1. The title attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute * 4.2.4. The link element (2) * 4.2.6. The style element (2) * 4.4.15. The div element * 4.5.8. The dfn element * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.10.14. The meter element (2) * 4.13.3. Tag clouds * 4.13.5. Footnotes (2) (3) (4) (5) * 5.4.2. Data model * 5.7.7. The draggable attribute * 10.7.2. The title attribute (2) (3) * 11.2. Non-conforming features * Attributes #advisory-informationReferenced in: * 3.2.5.1. The title attribute (2) * 10.7.2. The title attribute (2) #dom-htmlelement-titleReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM #element-attrdef-global-langReferenced in: * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values * 3.2.1. Semantics * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * 4.1.1. The html element * 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives * 4.4.15. The div element * 4.5.22. The i element (2) * 4.5.28. The span element * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.15.1. Case-sensitivity * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes #element-attrdef-xml-langReferenced in: * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values * 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes (2) (3) * 8.1.2.3. Attributes * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes #languageReferenced in: * 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks * 4.8.6.1. Link type "alternate" * 4.10.5.2. Implementation notes regarding localization of form controls * Attributes #dom-htmlelement-langReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM #element-attrdef-global-translateReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes * Attributes #translation-modeReferenced in: * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute (2) (3) (4) #translate-enabledReferenced in: * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute (2) (3) (4) #no-translateReferenced in: * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute (2) #translatable-attributesReferenced in: * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute (2) #dom-htmlelement-translateReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM #element-attrdef-xml-baseReferenced in: * 3.2.5.4. The xml:base attribute (XML only) (2) (3) #element-attrdef-global-dirReferenced in: * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors * 3.2.5. Global attributes (2) (3) * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) * 3.2.7.1. Authoring conformance criteria for bidirectional-algorithm formatting characters * 3.2.7.2. User agent conformance criteria * 4.5.27. The bdo element * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 10.3.5. Bidirectional text * 10.7.4. Text rendered in native user interfaces #attr-valuedef-global-dir-ltrReferenced in: * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) (3) (4) * 4.5.27. The bdo element * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set * Attributes (2) #statedef-dir-ltrReferenced in: * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes #attr-valuedef-global-dir-rtlReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) (3) (4) * 4.5.27. The bdo element * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set * Attributes (2) #statedef-dir-rtlReferenced in: * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) (3) * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes #attr-valuedef-global-dir-autoReferenced in: * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) * 4.5.27. The bdo element * Attributes #statedef-dir-autoReferenced in: * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) (3) (4) * 10.3.5. Bidirectional text #directionalityReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) * 4.2.2. The title element * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) (3) * 4.10.18.2. Submitting element directionality: the dirname attribute * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2) * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) * 10.7.4. Text rendered in native user interfaces * Attributes #directionality-of-the-attributeReferenced in: * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) (3) * 10.7.4. Text rendered in native user interfaces #directionality-capable-attributesReferenced in: * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute * 10.7.4. Text rendered in native user interfaces #dom-htmlelement-dirReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM #dom-document-dirReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute #element-attrdef-global-styleReferenced in: * 1.10.1. Presentational markup (2) * 2.2.1. Conformance classes * 2.2.2. Dependencies * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * 3.2.5.6. The style attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) * 10.4.4. Image maps #custom-data-attributeReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes (2) (3) (4) #element-attrdef-global-dataReferenced in: * 1.5.3. Extensibility * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes (2) (3) (4) #dom-htmlelement-datasetReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes (2) (3) #associated-elementReferenced in: * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes (2) (3) #domstringmapReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) #domstringmap-__getter__Referenced in: * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes (2) (3) #dom-htmlelement-innertextReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM * 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute (2) (3) #do-not-setReferenced in: * 4.3.1. The body element * 4.3.2. The article element * 4.3.3. The section element * 4.3.4. The nav element * 4.3.5. The aside element * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements * 4.3.7. The header element * 4.3.8. The footer element * 4.4.2. The address element * 4.4.3. The hr element * 4.4.6. The ol element * 4.4.7. The ul element * 4.4.8. The li element * 4.4.9. The dl element * 4.4.12. The figure element * 4.4.14. The main element * 4.5.1. The a element * 4.7.15. The area element * 4.9.1. The table element * 4.9.5. The tbody element * 4.9.6. The thead element * 4.9.7. The tfoot element * 4.9.8. The tr element * 4.9.9. The td element * 4.9.10. The th element * 4.10.3. The form element * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) (2) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) (2) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) (2) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.8. The datalist element * 4.10.10. The option element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.13. The progress element * 4.11.1. The details element * 4.11.4. The dialog element #global-aria--attributesReferenced in: * 3.2.3. Element definitions * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 3.2.8.4. Allowed ARIA roles, states and properties * 4.2.1. The head element * 4.2.2. The title element * 4.2.3. The base element * 4.2.5. The meta element * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.3.1. The body element * 4.3.2. The article element * 4.3.3. The section element * 4.3.4. The nav element * 4.3.5. The aside element * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements * 4.3.7. The header element * 4.3.8. The footer element * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.2. The address element * 4.4.3. The hr element * 4.4.4. The pre element * 4.4.5. The blockquote element * 4.4.6. The ol element * 4.4.7. The ul element * 4.4.8. The li element * 4.4.9. The dl element * 4.4.10. The dt element * 4.4.11. The dd element * 4.4.12. The figure element * 4.4.13. The figcaption element * 4.4.14. The main element * 4.4.15. The div element * 4.5.1. The a element * 4.5.2. The em element * 4.5.3. The strong element * 4.5.4. The small element * 4.5.5. The s element * 4.5.6. The cite element * 4.5.7. The q element * 4.5.8. The dfn element * 4.5.9. The abbr element * 4.5.10. The ruby element * 4.5.11. The rb element * 4.5.12. The rt element * 4.5.13. The rtc element * 4.5.14. The rp element * 4.5.15. The data element * 4.5.16. The time element * 4.5.17. The code element * 4.5.18. The var element * 4.5.19. The samp element * 4.5.20. The kbd element * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements * 4.5.22. The i element * 4.5.23. The b element * 4.5.24. The u element * 4.5.25. The mark element * 4.5.26. The bdi element * 4.5.27. The bdo element * 4.5.28. The span element * 4.5.29. The br element * 4.5.30. The wbr element * 4.6.1. The ins element * 4.6.2. The del element * 4.7.4. The source element * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.9. The param element * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.11. The audio element * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.7.14. The map element * 4.7.15. The area element * 4.9.1. The table element * 4.9.2. The caption element * 4.9.3. The colgroup element * 4.9.4. The col element * 4.9.5. The tbody element * 4.9.6. The thead element * 4.9.7. The tfoot element * 4.9.8. The tr element * 4.9.9. The td element * 4.9.10. The th element * 4.10.3. The form element * 4.10.4. The label element * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.8. The datalist element * 4.10.9. The optgroup element * 4.10.10. The option element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.13. The progress element * 4.10.14. The meter element * 4.10.15. The fieldset element * 4.10.16. The legend element * 4.11.1. The details element * 4.11.2. The summary element * 4.11.4. The dialog element * 4.12.2. The noscript element * 4.12.4. The canvas element #elementdef-htmlReferenced in: * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML (2) * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4) * 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) (3) (4) * 4.1.1. The html element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.2.1. The head element * 4.2.3. The base element * 4.3.1. The body element (2) (3) * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) * 6.1. Browsing contexts * 6.7.6. Page load processing model for media (2) * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins (2) * 8.1. Writing HTML documents (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes * 8.2.5.4.2. The "before html" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.19. The "after body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.8.1. Misnested tags: <b><i></b></i> (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.8.2. Misnested tags: <b><p></b></p> (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 8.2.8.4. Scripts that modify the page as it is being parsed (2) (3) * 8.2.8.6. Unclosed formatting elements * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2) (3) (4) * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments * 11.2. Non-conforming features * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements (2) (3) * Attributes * Element Interfaces #htmlhtmlelementReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-html-manifestReferenced in: * 4.1.1. The html element (2) (3) * 4.2.3. The base element * Elements * Attributes #elementdef-headReferenced in: * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML (2) (3) (4) * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.1.1. The html element * 4.2.1. The head element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.2.2. The title element (2) * 4.2.3. The base element * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.2.5. The meta element (2) (3) * 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names (2) * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) * 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding * 4.2.6. The style element (2) * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.12.2. The noscript element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 6.1. Browsing contexts * 6.6.2. The History interface * 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files * 6.7.6. Page load processing model for media (2) * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins (2) * 8.1. Writing HTML documents (2) * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.3.4. The element pointers (2) * 8.2.5.4.3. The "before head" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.5. The "in head noscript" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.8.1. Misnested tags: <b><i></b></i> (2) * 8.2.8.2. Misnested tags: <b><p></b></p> (2) (3) (4) (5) * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 8.2.8.4. Scripts that modify the page as it is being parsed (2) (3) * 8.2.8.6. Unclosed formatting elements * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2) (3) (4) * 11.2. Non-conforming features * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * Element Interfaces * Changes between Working Draft 6 and Working Draft 5 #htmlheadelementReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element Interfaces #elementdef-titleReferenced in: * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML (2) * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 3.2.4.2.1. Metadata content * 4.2.1. The head element (2) (3) (4) * 4.2.2. The title element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.2.5. The meta element * 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) * 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files * 6.7.6. Page load processing model for media * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins * 8.1.2. Elements * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments * Elements * Element content categories * Element Interfaces #htmltitleelementReferenced in: * Elements * Element Interfaces #dom-htmltitleelement-textReferenced in: * 4.2.2. The title element #elementdef-baseReferenced in: * 1.9.1. Writing secure applications with HTML * 2.5.1. Terminology (2) * 3.2.4.2.1. Metadata content * 4.1.1. The html element * 4.2.1. The head element (2) * 4.2.3. The base element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) * 4.2.5. The meta element * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks (2) * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) * 8.1.2. Elements * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments * Elements * Element content categories * Attributes (2) * Element Interfaces #htmlbaseelementReferenced in: * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-base-hrefReferenced in: * 2.5.1. Terminology (2) * 4.2.3. The base element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * Elements #element-attrdef-base-targetReferenced in: * Elements * Attributes #frozen-base-urlReferenced in: * 2.5.1. Terminology * 4.2.3. The base element (2) #set-the-frozen-base-urlReferenced in: * 4.2.3. The base element #dom-htmlbaseelement-hrefReferenced in: * 4.2.3. The base element (2) #dom-htmlbaseelement-targetReferenced in: * 4.2.3. The base element #elementdef-linkReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.1. Metadata content * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.5.1. The title attribute (2) * 4.2.4. The link element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.2.4.5. Providing users with a means to follow hyperlinks created using the link element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.2.4.6. The LinkStyle interface * 4.2.5. The meta element * 4.2.5.2. Other metadata names * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.2.7. Interactions of styling and scripting (2) * 4.3.1. The body element * 4.8.1. Introduction (2) (3) * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements * 4.8.6. Link types (2) * 4.8.6.1. Link type "alternate" (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.8.6.2. Link type "author" (2) (3) * 4.8.6.4. Link type "help" (2) * 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon" * 4.8.6.6. Link type "license" * 4.8.6.10. Link type "search" (2) * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet" (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 4.8.6.13.1. Link type "next" * 4.8.6.13.2. Link type "prev" * 4.8.6.14. Other link types (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.12.2. The noscript element (2) (3) * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute * 8.1.2. Elements * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments * 10.7.1. Links, forms, and navigation (2) * 10.9. Unstyled XML documents * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * Element Interfaces * Changes between Working Draft 8 and Working Draft 7 * Changes between Working Draft 2 and the First Public Working Draft #htmllinkelementReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-link-hrefReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element (2) * 4.2.4.5. Providing users with a means to follow hyperlinks created using the link element * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet" * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute * 11.2. Non-conforming features * Elements #element-attrdef-link-crossoriginReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element * Elements #element-attrdef-link-relReferenced in: * 1.5.3. Extensibility * 4.2.4. The link element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) * 4.2.4.5. Providing users with a means to follow hyperlinks created using the link element * 4.8.1. Introduction (2) * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements * 4.8.6. Link types * 4.8.6.1. Link type "alternate" * 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon" * Elements * Attributes * Changes between Working Draft 7 and Working Draft 6 #allowed-in-the-bodyReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 4.2.4. The link element (2) (3) * 4.8.6. Link types * Element content categories (2) #element-attrdef-link-mediaReferenced in: * 4.2.4.1. Processing the media attribute (2) (3) * 4.2.4.5. Providing users with a means to follow hyperlinks created using the link element * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet" * Elements #element-attrdef-link-nonceReferenced in: * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element * Elements * Changes between Working Draft 2 and the First Public Working Draft #element-attrdef-link-hreflangReferenced in: * 4.2.4.5. Providing users with a means to follow hyperlinks created using the link element * Elements #element-attrdef-link-typeReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.2.4.2. Processing the type attribute (2) (3) (4) * 4.2.4.5. Providing users with a means to follow hyperlinks created using the link element * Elements #element-attrdef-link-referrerpolicyReferenced in: * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element * 4.7.15. The area element * Elements (2) (3) #element-attrdef-link-titleReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element (2) (3) * 4.2.4.5. Providing users with a means to follow hyperlinks created using the link element * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet" (2) * Attributes (2) #element-attrdef-link-sizesReferenced in: * 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon" * Elements #dom-htmllinkelement-hrefReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element #dom-htmllinkelement-hreflangReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element (2) #dom-htmllinkelement-mediaReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element #dom-htmllinkelement-nonceReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element #dom-htmllinkelement-relReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element #dom-htmllinkelement-revReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element #dom-htmllinkelement-sizesReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element #dom-htmllinkelement-typeReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element #dom-htmllinkelement-crossoriginReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element #dom-htmllinkelement-referrerpolicyReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element #dom-htmllinkelement-rellistReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element #determining-the-type-of-the-resourceReferenced in: * 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon" #obtainReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.2.4.2. Processing the type attribute (2) (3) (4) * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet" (2) (3) (4) (5) #elementdef-metaReferenced in: * 1.5.3. Extensibility * 2.6.5. Extracting character encodings from meta elements (2) * 2.6.7. Referrer policy attributes * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2) * 3.2.4.2.1. Metadata content * 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute * 4.2.5. The meta element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.2.5.2. Other metadata names * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) * 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding (2) (3) (4) * 4.3.1. The body element * 4.12.2. The noscript element (2) (3) * 8.1.2. Elements * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.2.4. Changing the encoding while parsing * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) * Elements * Element content categories * Attributes (2) (3) (4) * Element Interfaces #htmlmetaelementReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-meta-http-equivReferenced in: * 4.2.5. The meta element * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * Elements #element-attrdef-meta-charsetReferenced in: * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * Elements #element-attrdef-meta-contentReferenced in: * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * Elements #element-attrdef-meta-nameReferenced in: * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4) * Elements #dom-htmlmetaelement-nameReferenced in: * 4.2.5. The meta element #dom-htmlmetaelement-contentReferenced in: * 4.2.5. The meta element #dom-htmlmetaelement-httpequivReferenced in: * 4.2.5. The meta element #referrerReferenced in: * 2.6.7. Referrer policy attributes * 4.8.6.9. Link type "noreferrer" * 6.1. Browsing contexts * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts #register-the-namesReferenced in: * 1.5.3. Extensibility * 4.2.5.4. Other pragma directives * 11.2. Non-conforming features #statedef-http-equiv-content-languageReferenced in: * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives #pragma-set-default-languageReferenced in: * 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes (2) * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) #statedef-http-equiv-content-typeReferenced in: * 4.2.5. The meta element (2) (3) * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding (2) #statedef-http-equiv-default-styleReferenced in: * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives #statedef-http-equiv-refreshReferenced in: * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) (3) #statedef-http-equiv-set-cookieReferenced in: * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives #statedef-http-equiv-content-security-policy-stateReferenced in: * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives #character-encoding-declarationReferenced in: * 4.1.1. The html element * 4.2.1. The head element * 4.2.5. The meta element (2) (3) * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) * 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding (2) * 8.1. Writing HTML documents * 12.1. text/html (2) * Attributes #the-first-1024-bytesReferenced in: * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2) #elementdef-styleReferenced in: * 1.10.1. Presentational markup (2) * 3.2.4.2.1. Metadata content * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.5.1. The title attribute * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute * 4.2.5. The meta element * 4.2.6. The style element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) * 4.2.7. Interactions of styling and scripting (2) (3) * 4.3.1. The body element * 4.12.2. The noscript element (2) (3) * 8.1.2. Elements * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2) (3) * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments * 10.9. Unstyled XML documents * Elements * Element content categories * Attributes (2) (3) * Element Interfaces * Changes between Working Draft 6 and Working Draft 5 (2) (3) #htmlstyleelementReferenced in: * 4.2.6. The style element * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-style-typeReferenced in: * 4.2.6. The style element * Elements #element-attrdef-style-mediaReferenced in: * 4.2.6. The style element * Elements #element-attrdef-style-nonceReferenced in: * 4.2.6. The style element * Elements #element-attrdef-style-titleReferenced in: * 4.2.6. The style element (2) (3) (4) * Attributes #update-a-style-blockReferenced in: * 4.2.6. The style element #style-dataReferenced in: * 4.2.6. The style element (2) (3) #dom-htmlstyleelement-mediaReferenced in: * 4.2.6. The style element #dom-htmlstyleelement-nonceReferenced in: * 4.2.6. The style element #dom-htmlstyleelement-typeReferenced in: * 4.2.6. The style element #style-sheet-readyReferenced in: * 4.2.7. Interactions of styling and scripting (2) #a-style-sheet-that-is-blocking-scriptsReferenced in: * 4.2.7. Interactions of styling and scripting * 4.12.1.1. Processing model #have-a-style-sheet-that-is-blocking-scriptsReferenced in: * 4.2.7. Interactions of styling and scripting (2) * 4.12.1.1. Processing model * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode #has-no-style-sheet-that-is-blocking-scriptsReferenced in: * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode * 8.2.6. The end * 9.2. Parsing XML documents #elementdef-bodyReferenced in: * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 4.1.1. The html element * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.3.1. The body element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) * 4.3.7. The header element (2) (3) (4) * 4.3.8. The footer element (2) (3) (4) * 4.3.9. Headings and sections * 4.3.9.1. Creating an outline * 4.3.10. Usage summary * 4.4.14. The main element * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) * 5.2. Inert subtrees (2) * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs (2) * 6.1. Browsing contexts * 6.7.6. Page load processing model for media (2) * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins (2) * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers * 7.1.5.2. Event handlers on elements, Document objects, and Window objects (2) (3) * 8.1. Writing HTML documents * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 8.2.8.1. Misnested tags: <b><i></b></i> (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.8.2. Misnested tags: <b><p></b></p> (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 8.2.8.4. Scripts that modify the page as it is being parsed (2) (3) * 8.2.8.6. Unclosed formatting elements * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2) (3) (4) * 10.3.2. The page (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks (2) * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) * 11.3.3. Frames * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * Elements (2) * Element content categories * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * Element Interfaces * Changes between Working Draft 6 and Working Draft 5 (2) #htmlbodyelementReferenced in: * 4.3.1. The body element * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element Interfaces #elementdef-articleReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.3. Sectioning content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.3.2. The article element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * 4.3.3. The section element (2) * 4.3.7. The header element * 4.3.10. Usage summary * 4.3.10.1. Article or section? (2) (3) (4) * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.5. The blockquote element * 4.4.12. The figure element * 4.4.14. The main element (2) * 4.4.15. The div element * 4.8.6.2. Link type "author" * 4.8.6.3. Link type "bookmark" (2) * 4.8.6.12. Link type "tag" * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-sectionReferenced in: * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.3. Sectioning content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.3.3. The section element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements * 4.3.9.1. Creating an outline * 4.3.10. Usage summary * 4.3.10.1. Article or section? (2) * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.3. The hr element * 4.4.15. The div element * 4.5.8. The dfn element * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-navReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.3. Sectioning content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.3.4. The nav element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 4.3.5. The aside element * 4.3.9.1. Creating an outline * 4.3.10. Usage summary * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.14. The main element (2) (3) * 4.4.15. The div element * 4.13.2. Bread crumb navigation * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-asideReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.3. Sectioning content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.3.5. The aside element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.3.7. The header element * 4.3.9.1. Creating an outline * 4.3.10. Usage summary * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.12. The figure element (2) * 4.4.14. The main element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.6.1. The ins element * 4.13.5. Footnotes (2) (3) * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-h1Referenced in: * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML (2) * 1.10.2. Syntax errors * 3.2.1. Semantics * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.4. Heading content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.3.2. The article element * 4.3.10. Usage summary * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.10.16. The legend element * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks * 11.2. Non-conforming features * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-h2Referenced in: * 1.10.2. Syntax errors * 3.2.1. Semantics * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.4. Heading content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.4.1. The p element * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-h3Referenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.4. Heading content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.4.1. The p element * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-h4Referenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.4. Heading content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.4.1. The p element * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-h5Referenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.4. Heading content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.4.1. The p element * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-h6Referenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.4. Heading content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.3.2. The article element * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.10.16. The legend element * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks * 11.2. Non-conforming features * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #htmlheadingelementReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element Interfaces (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #rankReferenced in: * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements * 4.3.9. Headings and sections (2) (3) (4) * 4.3.9.1. Creating an outline (2) (3) (4) #elementdef-headerReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.3.7. The header element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) * 4.3.8. The footer element (2) * 4.3.10. Usage summary * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.2. The address element * 4.4.10. The dt element * 4.4.14. The main element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.9.10. The th element * 4.13.1. Subheadings, subtitles, alternative titles and taglines (2) (3) * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * Elements * Element content categories (2) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-footerReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.3.4. The nav element * 4.3.7. The header element (2) * 4.3.8. The footer element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * 4.3.10. Usage summary * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.2. The address element * 4.4.5. The blockquote element (2) * 4.4.10. The dt element * 4.4.14. The main element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.9.10. The th element * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * Elements * Element content categories (2) * Element Interfaces #sectioning-rootsReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.3. Sectioning content * 4.3.1. The body element * 4.3.7. The header element (2) * 4.3.8. The footer element (2) * 4.3.9. Headings and sections * 4.3.9.1. Creating an outline (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 4.4.5. The blockquote element * 4.4.12. The figure element * 4.9.9. The td element * 4.10.15. The fieldset element * 4.11.1. The details element * 4.11.4. The dialog element * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * Element content categories #outlineReferenced in: * 2.2.1. Conformance classes * 3.2.4.2.3. Sectioning content (2) * 4.3.3. The section element * 4.3.7. The header element * 4.3.9.1. Creating an outline (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) * 4.4.3. The hr element * 4.4.14. The main element #sectionReferenced in: * 4.3.9.1. Creating an outline (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) #associate-sectionReferenced in: * 4.8.6.3. Link type "bookmark" #outline-depthReferenced in: * 4.3.9.1. Creating an outline #elementdef-pReferenced in: * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML (2) * 1.10.2. Syntax errors (2) (3) (4) * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 3.2.4.3. Transparent content models * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs (2) (3) (4) (5) * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute * 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute * 4.4.1. The p element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.4.5. The blockquote element * 4.5.8. The dfn element * 4.6.4. Edits and paragraphs (2) (3) * 4.12.3. The template element * 4.13.1. Subheadings, subtitles, alternative titles and taglines (2) (3) * 4.13.4. Conversations * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags (2) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 8.2.8.1. Misnested tags: <b><i></b></i> (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.8.2. Misnested tags: <b><p></b></p> (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 8.2.8.6. Unclosed formatting elements (2) (3) (4) (5) * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2) * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks (2) * 11.2. Non-conforming features * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element content categories (2) * Element Interfaces * Changes between Working Draft 6 and Working Draft 5 #htmlparagraphelementReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element Interfaces #elementdef-addressReferenced in: * 2.2.1. Conformance classes (2) * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.3.8. The footer element * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.2. The address element (2) * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) * Elements * Element content categories (2) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-hrReferenced in: * 1.10.1. Presentational markup * 1.10.2. Syntax errors (2) * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.3. The hr element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 8.1.2. Elements * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments * 10.3.12. The hr element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) * Elements * Element content categories * Element Interfaces #htmlhrelementReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element Interfaces #elementdef-preReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute * 3.2.7.2. User agent conformance criteria * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.4. The pre element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.5.17. The code element * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.1.2.5. Restrictions on content models (2) * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) * Elements * Element content categories (2) * Element Interfaces #htmlpreelementReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element Interfaces #elementdef-blockquoteReferenced in: * 2.2.1. Conformance classes (2) * 2.5.3. Dynamic changes to base URLs * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.3.9. Headings and sections * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.5. The blockquote element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks * 10.7.1. Links, forms, and navigation * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Attributes * Element Interfaces #htmlquoteelementReferenced in: * 4.5.7. The q element * Elements (2) * Element Interfaces (2) #element-attrdef-blockquote-citeReferenced in: * 4.4.5. The blockquote element (2) * Elements #dom-htmlquoteelement-citeReferenced in: * 4.4.5. The blockquote element #elementdef-olReferenced in: * 3.2.1. Semantics * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.6. The ol element (2) (3) (4) * 4.4.7. The ul element * 4.4.8. The li element (2) (3) (4) * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) * 10.3.8. Lists * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks * 11.2. Non-conforming features * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements (2) * Element content categories (2) * Attributes (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #htmlolistelementReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-ol-reversedReferenced in: * Elements #element-attrdef-ol-startReferenced in: * Elements #element-attrdef-ol-typeReferenced in: * Elements #statedef-ol-decimalReferenced in: * 4.4.6. The ol element #dom-htmlolistelement-reversedReferenced in: * 4.4.6. The ol element #dom-htmlolistelement-startReferenced in: * 4.4.6. The ol element #dom-htmlolistelement-typeReferenced in: * 4.4.6. The ol element #elementdef-ulReferenced in: * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values (2) * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.4.1. The p element (2) * 4.4.6. The ol element * 4.4.7. The ul element (2) * 4.4.8. The li element (2) (3) * 4.6.5. Edits and lists * 4.13.3. Tag clouds (2) * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2) * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements (2) * Element content categories (2) * Element Interfaces #htmlulistelementReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element Interfaces #elementdef-liReferenced in: * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values (2) * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content (2) * 4.4.6. The ol element (2) (3) * 4.4.7. The ul element (2) * 4.4.8. The li element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.5.8. The dfn element * 4.6.5. Edits and lists (2) * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags (2) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 10.3.8. Lists (2) (3) (4) * 11.2. Non-conforming features * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements (2) (3) * Element content categories (2) * Attributes * Element Interfaces #htmllielementReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element Interfaces #ordinal-valueReferenced in: * 4.4.6. The ol element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.4.8. The li element * 10.3.8. Lists * Attributes (2) #element-attrdef-li-valueReferenced in: * Elements #dom-htmllielement-valueReferenced in: * 4.4.8. The li element #elementdef-dlReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.9. The dl element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) * 4.4.10. The dt element (2) (3) * 4.4.11. The dd element (2) * 4.4.15. The div element * 4.13.4. Conversations * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks * 11.2. Non-conforming features * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements (2) (3) * Element content categories (2) * Element Interfaces #htmldlistelementReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element Interfaces #term-description-groupsReferenced in: * 4.4.9. The dl element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.4.10. The dt element * 4.4.11. The dd element * 4.5.8. The dfn element #elementdef-dtReferenced in: * 4.4.9. The dl element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.4.10. The dt element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.4.11. The dd element (2) * 4.4.15. The div element * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags (2) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * Elements (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-ddReferenced in: * 4.4.9. The dl element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.4.10. The dt element (2) (3) * 4.4.11. The dd element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.4.15. The div element * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags (2) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * Elements (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-figureReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.3.9. Headings and sections * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.5. The blockquote element (2) * 4.4.8. The li element * 4.4.12. The figure element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) * 4.4.13. The figcaption element (2) * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) * 4.7.5.1.4. Graphical Representations: Charts, diagrams, graphs, maps, illustrations * 4.7.5.1.14. Images of Pictures * 4.7.5.1.15. Webcam images * 4.7.5.1.16. When a text alternative is not available at the time of publication (2) * 4.7.5.1.22. Guidance for markup generators * 4.7.5.1.23. Guidance for conformance checkers * 4.9.1.1. Techniques for describing tables * 4.9.2. The caption element * 4.13.5. Footnotes * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * Elements (2) (3) * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-figcaptionReferenced in: * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.5. The blockquote element * 4.4.8. The li element * 4.4.12. The figure element (2) (3) (4) * 4.4.13. The figcaption element (2) * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.5.1.4. Graphical Representations: Charts, diagrams, graphs, maps, illustrations * 4.7.5.1.14. Images of Pictures (2) * 4.7.5.1.15. Webcam images * 4.7.5.1.16. When a text alternative is not available at the time of publication (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.7.5.1.22. Guidance for markup generators * 4.9.2. The caption element (2) * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * Elements (2) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-mainReferenced in: * 3.2.1. Semantics * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.3.2. The article element * 4.3.4. The nav element (2) * 4.3.5. The aside element * 4.3.7. The header element (2) (3) * 4.3.8. The footer element (2) (3) * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.14. The main element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) * 4.8.6.6. Link type "license" (2) * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * Elements * Element content categories (2) * Element Interfaces * Changes between Working Draft 7 and Working Draft 6 #elementdef-divReferenced in: * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values (2) (3) (4) * 2.2.1. Conformance classes * 3.2.4. Content models (2) * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 4.3.3. The section element * 4.4.1. The p element (2) * 4.4.9. The dl element (2) (3) (4) * 4.4.15. The div element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.1.1. Writing a form’s user interface * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.8.4. Scripts that modify the page as it is being parsed (2) (3) (4) (5) * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2) * 10.3.3. Flow content (2) (3) (4) * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element content categories (2) * Element Interfaces #htmldivelementReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element Interfaces #elementdef-aReferenced in: * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML (2) (3) * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 3.2.4.3. Transparent content models (2) * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs (2) (3) * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * 4.2.4. The link element (2) * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.5.1. The a element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.5.8. The dfn element (2) * 4.5.31. Usage summary * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) * 4.7.5.1.3. A link or button containing nothing but an image * 4.8.1. Introduction (2) (3) * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks (2) * 4.8.5. Downloading resources (2) * 4.8.6. Link types (2) * 4.8.6.1. Link type "alternate" (2) * 4.8.6.2. Link type "author" (2) (3) * 4.8.6.3. Link type "bookmark" * 4.8.6.4. Link type "help" (2) (3) * 4.8.6.6. Link type "license" * 4.8.6.7. Link type "nofollow" * 4.8.6.8. Link type "noopener" * 4.8.6.9. Link type "noreferrer" (2) * 4.8.6.10. Link type "search" * 4.8.6.12. Link type "tag" * 4.8.6.13.1. Link type "next" * 4.8.6.13.2. Link type "prev" * 4.8.6.14. Other link types (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.11.3.2. Using the a element to define a command (2) * 4.11.3.3. Using the button element to define a command * 4.13.3. Tag clouds * 4.13.5. Footnotes * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) * 5.7.7. The draggable attribute * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2) * 6.6.4. The Location interface * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment * 7.3. Base64 utility methods * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2) (3) (4) * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features (2) * 11.1.1. Warnings for obsolete but conforming features * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements (2) (3) (4) * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * Element Interfaces * Changes between Working Draft 8 and Working Draft 7 #htmlanchorelementReferenced in: * 4.5.1. The a element * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element Interfaces #dom-htmlanchorelement-downloadReferenced in: * 4.5.1. The a element #dom-htmlanchorelement-targetReferenced in: * 4.5.1. The a element #dom-htmlanchorelement-relReferenced in: * 4.5.1. The a element #dom-htmlanchorelement-hreflangReferenced in: * 4.5.1. The a element #dom-htmlanchorelement-typeReferenced in: * 4.5.1. The a element #dom-htmlanchorelement-rellistReferenced in: * 4.5.1. The a element #dom-htmlanchorelement-textReferenced in: * 4.5.1. The a element #elementdef-emReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.5.2. The em element (2) (3) (4) * 4.5.4. The small element * 4.5.22. The i element * 4.5.23. The b element * 4.5.24. The u element * 4.5.25. The mark element * 4.5.31. Usage summary * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-strongReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.5.2. The em element * 4.5.3. The strong element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 4.5.4. The small element * 4.5.23. The b element (2) * 4.5.31. Usage summary * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 11.2. Non-conforming features * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-smallReferenced in: * 1.10.1. Presentational markup * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.5.4. The small element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.5.31. Usage summary * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-sReferenced in: * 1.10.1. Presentational markup * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.5.5. The s element (2) * 4.5.31. Usage summary * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-citeReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.4.5. The blockquote element (2) (3) (4) * 4.5.6. The cite element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 4.5.24. The u element * 4.5.31. Usage summary * 10.7.1. Links, forms, and navigation * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-qReferenced in: * 2.5.3. Dynamic changes to base URLs * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes * 4.4.5. The blockquote element * 4.5.6. The cite element * 4.5.7. The q element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.5.31. Usage summary * 10.7.1. Links, forms, and navigation * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Attributes * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-q-citeReferenced in: * 4.5.7. The q element * Elements #elementdef-dfnReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 3.2.5.1. The title attribute * 4.4.10. The dt element (2) * 4.5.8. The dfn element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 4.5.22. The i element * 4.5.31. Usage summary * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Attributes * Element Interfaces #defines-the-termReferenced in: * 4.5.8. The dfn element * 4.5.9. The abbr element #element-attrdef-dfn-titleReferenced in: * 4.5.8. The dfn element (2) #elementdef-abbrReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 3.2.5.1. The title attribute (2) * 4.5.8. The dfn element * 4.5.9. The abbr element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.5.31. Usage summary * 11.2. Non-conforming features * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Attributes (2) * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-abbr-titleReferenced in: * 4.5.8. The dfn element * 4.5.9. The abbr element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * Attributes #elementdef-rubyReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 3.2.4.3. Transparent content models (2) * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.5.11. The rb element (2) (3) * 4.5.12. The rt element (2) (3) (4) * 4.5.13. The rtc element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.5.14. The rp element (2) * 4.5.24. The u element * 4.5.31. Usage summary * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #ruby-segmentReferenced in: * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3) (4) (5) #ruby-basesReferenced in: * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3) (4) (5) #ruby-base-containerReferenced in: * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3) #ruby-text-containerReferenced in: * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.5.13. The rtc element #ruby-text-annotationsReferenced in: * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #ruby-annotation-containerReferenced in: * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) #commit-a-ruby-segmentReferenced in: * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) #commit-the-base-rangeReferenced in: * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3) #commit-current-annotationsReferenced in: * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) #commit-an-automatic-baseReferenced in: * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3) (4) #elementdef-rbReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.5.11. The rb element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.5.12. The rt element * 4.5.14. The rp element * 4.5.31. Usage summary * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags (2) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) * 11.2. Non-conforming features * Elements (2) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-rtReferenced in: * 3.2.4.3. Transparent content models (2) * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.5.11. The rb element * 4.5.12. The rt element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.5.13. The rtc element (2) * 4.5.14. The rp element (2) * 4.5.31. Usage summary * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags (2) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) * 10.3.4. Phrasing content * Elements (2) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-rtcReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.5.12. The rt element (2) (3) * 4.5.13. The rtc element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.5.14. The rp element (2) * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags (2) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) * 11.2. Non-conforming features * Elements (2) (3) (4) * Element Interfaces #process-an-rtc-elementReferenced in: * 4.5.10. The ruby element #commit-an-automatic-annotationReferenced in: * 4.5.13. The rtc element (2) #elementdef-rpReferenced in: * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.5.11. The rb element * 4.5.12. The rt element * 4.5.13. The rtc element * 4.5.14. The rp element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.5.31. Usage summary * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags (2) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) * 10.3.4. Phrasing content * Elements (2) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-dataReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.5.15. The data element * 4.5.31. Usage summary * 4.13.4. Conversations (2) * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Attributes * Element Interfaces #htmldataelementReferenced in: * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-data-valueReferenced in: * Elements #dom-htmldataelement-valueReferenced in: * 4.5.15. The data element #elementdef-timeReferenced in: * 2.4.5. Dates and times * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.5.16. The time element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) * 4.5.31. Usage summary * 4.13.4. Conversations (2) * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Attributes * Element Interfaces #htmltimeelementReferenced in: * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-time-datetimeReferenced in: * 4.5.16. The time element * Elements #datetime-valueReferenced in: * 4.5.16. The time element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) #dom-htmltimeelement-datetimeReferenced in: * 4.5.16. The time element #elementdef-codeReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.4.4. The pre element * 4.5.17. The code element (2) (3) * 4.5.31. Usage summary * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-varReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.5.18. The var element (2) (3) (4) * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements * 4.5.31. Usage summary * 11.2. Non-conforming features * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-sampReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.4.4. The pre element * 4.5.19. The samp element (2) * 4.5.20. The kbd element (2) (3) * 4.5.31. Usage summary * 4.10.12. The output element * 11.2. Non-conforming features * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-kbdReferenced in: * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.4.4. The pre element (2) * 4.5.19. The samp element (2) * 4.5.20. The kbd element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.5.31. Usage summary * 11.2. Non-conforming features * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-subReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.5.31. Usage summary * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-supReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements (2) (3) * 4.5.31. Usage summary * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-iReferenced in: * 1.10.1. Presentational markup * 1.10.2. Syntax errors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 2.2.1. Conformance classes * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.5.2. The em element * 4.5.22. The i element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.5.23. The b element * 4.5.24. The u element * 4.5.31. Usage summary * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.8.1. Misnested tags: <b><i></b></i> (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-bReferenced in: * 1.10.1. Presentational markup * 2.2.1. Conformance classes * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.5.23. The b element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 4.5.24. The u element * 4.5.26. The bdi element * 4.5.31. Usage summary * 4.13.4. Conversations * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.8.1. Misnested tags: <b><i></b></i> (2) (3) (4) (5) * 8.2.8.2. Misnested tags: <b><p></b></p> (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) * 8.2.8.6. Unclosed formatting elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-uReferenced in: * 1.10.1. Presentational markup * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.5.24. The u element (2) (3) * 4.5.25. The mark element * 4.5.31. Usage summary * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-markReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.5.24. The u element * 4.5.25. The mark element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.5.31. Usage summary * 11.2. Non-conforming features * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-bdiReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) * 3.2.7.1. Authoring conformance criteria for bidirectional-algorithm formatting characters * 3.2.7.2. User agent conformance criteria * 4.5.26. The bdi element (2) (3) (4) * 4.5.31. Usage summary * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-bdoReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 3.2.7.1. Authoring conformance criteria for bidirectional-algorithm formatting characters * 3.2.7.2. User agent conformance criteria * 4.5.27. The bdo element * 4.5.31. Usage summary * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Attributes * Element Interfaces #elementdef-spanReferenced in: * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values (2) (3) (4) * 2.2.1. Conformance classes * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 3.2.5.6. The style attribute * 4.5.19. The samp element * 4.5.28. The span element (2) * 4.5.31. Usage summary * 4.13.1. Subheadings, subtitles, alternative titles and taglines * 4.13.4. Conversations * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #htmlspanelementReferenced in: * Elements * Element Interfaces #elementdef-brReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute (2) (3) (4) * 3.2.7.2. User agent conformance criteria * 4.5.29. The br element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.5.31. Usage summary * 4.13.1. Subheadings, subtitles, alternative titles and taglines * 8.1.2. Elements * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments * 10.3.4. Phrasing content * 11.2. Non-conforming features * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element content categories (2) * Element Interfaces #htmlbrelementReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element Interfaces #elementdef-wbrReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.7.2. User agent conformance criteria * 4.5.30. The wbr element (2) (3) (4) * 4.5.31. Usage summary * 8.1.2. Elements * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments * Elements * Element content categories (2) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-insReferenced in: * 2.5.3. Dynamic changes to base URLs * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 3.2.4.3. Transparent content models (2) (3) (4) * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.6. Edits * 4.6.1. The ins element (2) (3) * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements * 4.6.5. Edits and lists * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 10.7.1. Links, forms, and navigation * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) * Attributes (2) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-delReferenced in: * 2.5.3. Dynamic changes to base URLs * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.5.5. The s element * 4.6. Edits * 4.6.2. The del element (2) * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements (2) * 4.6.4. Edits and paragraphs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.6.5. Edits and lists (2) * 4.6.6. Edits and tables * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 10.7.1. Links, forms, and navigation * Elements * Element content categories (2) * Attributes (2) * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-edits-citeReferenced in: * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements (2) * Elements (2) #element-attrdef-edits-datetimeReferenced in: * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements * Elements (2) #htmlmodelementReferenced in: * 4.6.1. The ins element * 4.6.2. The del element * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements * Elements (2) * Element Interfaces (2) #dom-htmlmodelement-citeReferenced in: * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements #dom-htmlmodelement-datetimeReferenced in: * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements #device-pixel-ratioReferenced in: * 4.7.1. Introduction (2) (3) #viewport-based-selectionReferenced in: * 4.7.1. Introduction (2) #image-art-directedReferenced in: * 4.7.1. Introduction (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.5.1.21. An image in a picture element #image-format-based-selectionReferenced in: * 4.7.1. Introduction #elementdef-pictureReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.6. Embedded content * 4.7.1. Introduction * 4.7.3. The picture element (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.4. The source element (2) (3) * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.7.5.1.21. An image in a picture element (2) (3) * Elements (2) (3) * Element Interfaces * People who have contributed to previous revisions of HTML 5.x #htmlpictureelementReferenced in: * Elements * Element Interfaces #elementdef-sourceReferenced in: * 4.7.1. Introduction (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.7.3. The picture element (2) (3) * 4.7.4. The source element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.7.5.1.21. An image in a picture element * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.11. The audio element * 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.3. MIME types * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.13.16. Event summary * 4.7.13.18. Best practices for authors using media elements * 8.1.2. Elements * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments * Elements (2) (3) (4) * Attributes (2) (3) (4) * Element Interfaces #htmlsourceelementReferenced in: * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-source-typeReferenced in: * 4.7.1. Introduction * 4.7.4. The source element (2) (3) (4) (5) * Elements #element-attrdef-source-srcsetReferenced in: * 4.7.4. The source element (2) * Elements #element-attrdef-source-sizesReferenced in: * 4.7.4. The source element * Elements * People who have contributed to previous revisions of HTML 5.x #element-attrdef-source-mediaReferenced in: * 4.7.4. The source element (2) * Elements #element-attrdef-source-srcReferenced in: * 4.7.3. The picture element * 4.7.4. The source element * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) * Elements #dom-htmlsourceelement-srcReferenced in: * 4.7.4. The source element #dom-htmlsourceelement-typeReferenced in: * 4.7.4. The source element #dom-htmlsourceelement-srcsetReferenced in: * 4.7.4. The source element #dom-htmlsourceelement-sizesReferenced in: * 4.7.4. The source element #dom-htmlsourceelement-mediaReferenced in: * 4.7.4. The source element #elementdef-imgReferenced in: * 1.9.1. Writing secure applications with HTML * 1.9.2. Common pitfalls to avoid when using the scripting APIs (2) (3) * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.6. Embedded content * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content (2) * 4.5.1. The a element (2) * 4.7.1. Introduction (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.7.3. The picture element (2) (3) * 4.7.4. The source element (2) (3) * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (55) (56) (57) (58) (59) (60) (61) (62) (63) (64) (65) (66) (67) (68) (69) (70) (71) (72) * 4.7.5.1.7. Images that enhance the themes or subject matter of the page content * 4.7.5.1.12. Image maps * 4.7.5.1.14. Images of Pictures (2) (3) * 4.7.5.1.16. When a text alternative is not available at the time of publication (2) (3) * 4.7.5.1.17. An image not intended for the user (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.5.1.18. Icon Images * 4.7.5.1.21. An image in a picture element (2) * 4.7.5.1.22. Guidance for markup generators * 4.7.5.1.23. Guidance for conformance checkers (2) * 4.7.13.17. Security and privacy considerations * 4.7.14. The map element * 4.7.16.1. Authoring (2) * 4.7.16.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.7.19. Dimension attributes (2) * 4.10.2. Categories (2) * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.12.4.1. Color spaces and color correction * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) (4) (5) * 5.4.4. Processing model * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) * 5.7.7. The draggable attribute * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2) * 6.4. Origin (2) * 7.8. Images (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 8.1.2. Elements * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments * 10.4.2. Images (2) (3) (4) (5) * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images (2) (3) (4) (5) * 10.4.4. Image maps (2) * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features * 11.1.1. Warnings for obsolete but conforming features * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) * 12.1. text/html * Elements (2) * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * Element Interfaces * Events (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * Changes between Working Draft 8 and Working Draft 7 * Changes between Working Draft 6 and Working Draft 5 #htmlimageelementReferenced in: * 7.8. Images * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-img-srcReferenced in: * 4.7.1. Introduction (2) * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model * 11.2. Non-conforming features * Elements #element-attrdef-img-srcsetReferenced in: * 4.7.1. Introduction (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.7.5. The img element * Elements * People who have contributed to previous revisions of HTML 5.x #element-attrdef-img-altReferenced in: * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute * 4.7.1. Introduction * 4.7.5.1. Requirements for providing text to act as an alternative for images * 4.7.5.1.4. Graphical Representations: Charts, diagrams, graphs, maps, illustrations * 10.4.2. Images * Elements #image-candidate-stringReferenced in: * 4.7.4. The source element (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) * Attributes #width-descriptorReferenced in: * 4.7.4. The source element * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) #width-descriptor-valueReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) #valid-source-size-listReferenced in: * 4.7.4. The source element * 4.7.5. The img element (2) * Attributes #element-attrdef-img-crossoriginReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element * Elements #element-attrdef-img-referrerpolicyReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element * Elements #current-requestReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) #pending-requestReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) #image-requestReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) #image-stateReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) #current-urlReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) #image-dataReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #statedef-img-unavailableReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) #statedef-img-partially-availableReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) #statedef-img-completely-availableReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 7.8. Images #statedef-img-brokenReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) #statedef-img-availableReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element #relevant-mutationsReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) #last-selected-sourceReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) #current-pixel-densityReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) #density-corrected-intrinsic-width-and-heightReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) #list-of-available-imagesReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) #ignore-higher-layer-cachingReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) #update-the-image-dataReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) #abort-the-image-requestReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) #upgrade-the-pending-request-to-the-current-requestReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #fire-a-progress-event-or-simple-eventReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) #use-srcset-or-pictureReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element #fully-decodableReferenced in: * 7.8. Images #source-setReferenced in: * 4.7.4. The source element (2) * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) #image-sourceReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) #source-sizeReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) #selecting-an-image-sourceReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) #update-the-source-setReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element #parse-a-srcset-attributeReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) #parse-a-sizes-attributeReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) #normalize-the-source-densitiesReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) #element-attrdef-img-usemapReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content #element-attrdef-img-ismapReferenced in: * Elements #dom-htmlimageelement-altReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element #dom-htmlimageelement-srcReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element #dom-htmlimageelement-srcsetReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element #dom-htmlimageelement-sizesReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element #dom-htmlimageelement-crossoriginReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element #dom-htmlimageelement-usemapReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element #dom-htmlimageelement-ismapReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element #dom-htmlimageelement-referrerpolicyReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element #dom-htmlimageelement-longdescReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element #dom-htmlimageelement-widthReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element #dom-htmlimageelement-heightReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element #dom-htmlimageelement-naturalwidthReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element #dom-htmlimageelement-naturalheightReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element #dom-htmlimageelement-completeReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element #dom-htmlimageelement-currentsrcReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element #dom-htmlimageelement-imageReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element #the-conditions-described-aboveReferenced in: * 4.7.5.1.23. Guidance for conformance checkers #elementdef-iframeReferenced in: * 1.9.1. Writing secure applications with HTML (2) * 2.1.5. Plugins * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2) * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4) * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.6. Embedded content * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) * 4.7.19. Dimension attributes (2) (3) * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs * 6.1. Browsing contexts * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts * 6.4.1. Relaxing the same-origin restriction * 6.5. Sandboxing * 6.6.2. The History interface * 6.6.3. Implementation notes for session history (2) * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.8.4. Scripts that modify the page as it is being parsed * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments * 10.3.2. The page (2) (3) (4) * 10.4.1. Embedded content * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images (2) (3) (4) * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * 11.3.3. Frames * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) (5) * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) * Element Interfaces #htmliframeelementReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-iframe-srcReferenced in: * Elements #element-attrdef-iframe-srcdocReferenced in: * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * Elements #an-iframe-srcdoc-documentReferenced in: * 2.5.1. Terminology (2) * 2.6.2. Processing model * 4.2.1. The head element * 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding (2) * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3) * 6.4. Origin * 6.6.4. The Location interface * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 8.2.5.4.1. The "initial" insertion mode (2) (3) * Attributes #reprocess-the-iframe-attributesReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3) (4) * 6.6.4. The Location interface #otherwise-steps-for-iframe-or-frame-elementsReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 11.3.3. Frames #iframe-load-in-progressReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream #mute-iframe-loadReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream #iframe-load-event-stepsReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) #element-attrdef-iframe-nameReferenced in: * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface * 4.7.6. The iframe element * Elements #element-attrdef-iframe-sandboxReferenced in: * 2.1.5. Plugins * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * 6.1.5. Browsing context names * 6.5. Sandboxing * Elements * Attributes #element-attrdef-iframe-allowfullscreenReferenced in: * Elements * Attributes #element-attrdef-iframe-allowpaymentrequestReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element * Attributes #allowed-to-useReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3) #element-attrdef-iframe-referrerpolicyReferenced in: * Elements #dom-htmliframeelement-srcReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element #dom-htmliframeelement-srcdocReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element #dom-htmliframeelement-nameReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element #dom-htmliframeelement-sandboxReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element #dom-htmliframeelement-allowfullscreenReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element #dom-htmliframeelement-allowpaymentrequestReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element #dom-htmliframeelement-referrerpolicyReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element #dom-htmliframeelement-contentdocumentReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element #dom-htmliframeelement-contentwindowReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element #elementdef-embedReferenced in: * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.6. Embedded content * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) * 4.7.19. Dimension attributes (2) (3) * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2) * 6.5. Sandboxing * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins (2) (3) * 8.1.2. Elements * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments * 10.4.1. Embedded content * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images (2) (3) (4) * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 11.3.1. The applet element * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) (5) * Attributes (2) (3) (4) * Element Interfaces * Events #htmlembedelementReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-embed-srcReferenced in: * Elements #element-attrdef-embed-typeReferenced in: * Elements #potentially-activeReferenced in: * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #the-embed-element-setup-stepsReferenced in: * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) (3) #dom-htmlembedelement-srcReferenced in: * 4.7.7. The embed element #dom-htmlembedelement-typeReferenced in: * 4.7.7. The embed element #elementdef-objectReferenced in: * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2) * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.6. Embedded content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 3.2.4.3. Transparent content models (2) * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs (2) * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) (3) * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) * 4.7.9. The param element (2) (3) * 4.7.14. The map element * 4.7.16.2. Processing model (2) * 4.7.19. Dimension attributes (2) (3) * 4.10.2. Categories (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.20.1. Definitions * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2) * 5.7.7. The draggable attribute * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2) * 6.5. Sandboxing * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) * 8.2.3.3. The list of active formatting elements (2) * 9.2. Parsing XML documents * 10.4.1. Embedded content (2) * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images (2) (3) (4) (5) * 10.4.4. Image maps (2) * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) * 11.3.1. The applet element * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) * Elements (2) (3) * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * Element Interfaces #htmlobjectelementReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element Interfaces #dom-htmlobjectelement-willvalidateReferenced in: * 4.7.8. The object element #dom-htmlobjectelement-validityReferenced in: * 4.7.8. The object element #dom-htmlobjectelement-validationmessageReferenced in: * 4.7.8. The object element #dom-htmlobjectelement-checkvalidityReferenced in: * 4.7.8. The object element #dom-htmlobjectelement-reportvalidityReferenced in: * 4.7.8. The object element #dom-htmlobjectelement-setcustomvalidityReferenced in: * 4.7.8. The object element #element-attrdef-object-dataReferenced in: * 11.2. Non-conforming features * Elements #element-attrdef-object-typeReferenced in: * 11.2. Non-conforming features * Elements * Attributes #element-attrdef-object-typemustmatchReferenced in: * 4.7.8. The object element * Elements #element-attrdef-object-nameReferenced in: * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface * 4.7.8. The object element * Elements #should-be-usedReferenced in: * 4.7.8. The object element (2) #dom-htmlobjectelement-dataReferenced in: * 4.7.8. The object element #dom-htmlobjectelement-typeReferenced in: * 4.7.8. The object element #dom-htmlobjectelement-nameReferenced in: * 4.7.8. The object element #dom-htmlobjectelement-typemustmatchReferenced in: * 4.7.8. The object element #dom-htmlobjectelement-contentdocumentReferenced in: * 4.7.8. The object element #dom-htmlobjectelement-contentwindowReferenced in: * 4.7.8. The object element #elementdef-paramReferenced in: * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) * 4.7.9. The param element (2) (3) * 8.1.2. Elements * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments * 9.2. Parsing XML documents * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) * 11.3.1. The applet element * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) * Elements (2) * Attributes (2) * Element Interfaces #htmlparamelementReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-param-nameReferenced in: * Elements #element-attrdef-param-valueReferenced in: * Elements #parameterReferenced in: * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.9. The param element (2) * 11.3.1. The applet element #dom-htmlparamelement-nameReferenced in: * 4.7.9. The param element #dom-htmlparamelement-valueReferenced in: * 4.7.9. The param element #elementdef-videoReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.6. Embedded content * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content (2) * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs * 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.7.8. The object element (2) * 4.7.10. The video element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) * 4.7.11. The audio element * 4.7.13. Media elements (2) * 4.7.13.3. MIME types (2) * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource * 4.7.13.7. Ready states (2) (3) * 4.7.13.16. Event summary * 4.7.13.17. Security and privacy considerations * 4.7.19. Dimension attributes (2) (3) * 5.4.2. Data model * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute * 6.4. Origin * 7.8. Images (2) (3) (4) (5) * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 10.4.1. Embedded content (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images * Elements (2) (3) (4) * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) (5) * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * Element Interfaces #htmlvideoelementReferenced in: * 7.8. Images * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-video-posterReferenced in: * 4.7.10. The video element * Elements #poster-frameReferenced in: * 4.7.10. The video element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) #video-intrinsic-widthReferenced in: * 4.7.10. The video element (2) (3) (4) #video-intrinsic-heightReferenced in: * 4.7.10. The video element (2) (3) (4) #dom-htmlvideoelement-videowidthReferenced in: * 4.7.10. The video element #dom-htmlvideoelement-videoheightReferenced in: * 4.7.10. The video element #dom-htmlvideoelement-posterReferenced in: * 4.7.10. The video element #elementdef-audioReferenced in: * 3.2.1. Semantics * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.6. Embedded content * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content (2) * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.7.3. The picture element * 4.7.4. The source element * 4.7.11. The audio element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 4.7.13. Media elements (2) * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute * 6.4. Origin * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 10.4.1. Embedded content (2) * 11.2. Non-conforming features * Elements (2) (3) (4) * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) (5) * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * Element Interfaces #htmlaudioelementReferenced in: * Elements * Element Interfaces #dom-htmlaudioelement-audioReferenced in: * 4.7.11. The audio element #elementdef-trackReferenced in: * 4.7.4. The source element * 4.7.10. The video element (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.11. The audio element (2) (3) * 4.7.12. The track element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.13.16. Event summary * 8.1.2. Elements * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments * Elements * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) * Element Interfaces #htmltrackelementReferenced in: * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-track-kindReferenced in: * Elements #attr-valuedef-track-kind-subtitlesReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element * Attributes #statedef-track-subtitlesReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks #attr-valuedef-track-kind-captionsReferenced in: * Attributes #statedef-track-captionsReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks #attr-valuedef-track-kind-descriptionsReferenced in: * Attributes #statedef-track-descriptionsReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element (2) * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks #attr-valuedef-track-kind-chaptersReferenced in: * Attributes #statedef-track-chaptersReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks #attr-valuedef-track-kind-metadataReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element * Attributes #statedef-track-metadataReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element (2) * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks #element-attrdef-track-srcReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element * Elements #track-urlReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element (2) (3) * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) #element-attrdef-track-srclangReferenced in: * Elements #track-languageReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks #element-attrdef-track-labelReferenced in: * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute * Elements #track-labelReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks #element-attrdef-track-defaultReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element (2) (3) (4) * Elements #dom-htmltrackelement-readystateReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element #dom-htmltrackelement-noneReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element #dom-htmltrackelement-loadingReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element #dom-htmltrackelement-loadedReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element #dom-htmltrackelement-errorReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element #dom-htmltrackelement-trackReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element #dom-htmltrackelement-srcReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element #dom-htmltrackelement-srclangReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element #dom-htmltrackelement-labelReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element #dom-htmltrackelement-defaultReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element #dom-htmltrackelement-kindReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element #media-elementReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 4.7.4. The source element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.10. The video element (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.11. The audio element (2) (3) * 4.7.12. The track element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.7.13. Media elements (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.7.13.1. Error codes * 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 4.7.13.4. Network states * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52) * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) * 4.7.13.7. Ready states (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (55) (56) (57) (58) * 4.7.13.9. Seeking (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.13.10. Media resources with multiple media tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks (2) * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) * 4.7.13.13. User interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * 4.7.13.14. Time ranges (2) * 4.7.13.16. Event summary (2) (3) * 4.7.13.18. Best practices for authors using media elements * 4.7.13.19. Best practices for implementors of media elements (2) (3) * 6.4. Origin (2) * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs * 11.3.1. The applet element #enumdef-canplaytyperesultReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #typedefdef-mediaproviderReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #htmlmediaelementReferenced in: * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.11. The audio element * 4.7.13. Media elements * Element Interfaces (2) #media-dataReferenced in: * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.11. The audio element * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.7.13.7. Ready states * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource * 4.7.13.9. Seeking * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) * 4.7.13.16. Event summary (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 6.4. Origin (2) (3) * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs #media-resourceReferenced in: * 4.7.4. The source element (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.10. The video element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.7.11. The audio element (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.12. The track element (2) (3) * 4.7.13. Media elements (2) (3) * 4.7.13.1. Error codes (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.13.3. MIME types (2) (3) * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) * 4.7.13.7. Ready states (2) (3) * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) * 4.7.13.9. Seeking (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.7.13.10. Media resources with multiple media tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.7.13.10.2. Selecting specific audio and video tracks declaratively (2) * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata * 4.7.13.11.7. Text tracks describing chapters * 4.7.13.13. User interface (2) * 4.7.13.14. Time ranges * 4.7.13.16. Event summary (2) (3) (4) (5) * 7.8. Images * Attributes (2) (3) (4) #media-element-event-task-sourceReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) #dom-htmlmediaelement-errorReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #mediaerrorReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #dom-mediaerror-codeReferenced in: * 4.7.13.1. Error codes #dom-mediaerror-media_err_abortedReferenced in: * 4.7.13.1. Error codes #dom-mediaerror-media_err_networkReferenced in: * 4.7.13.1. Error codes #dom-mediaerror-media_err_decodeReferenced in: * 4.7.13.1. Error codes #dom-mediaerror-media_err_src_not_supportedReferenced in: * 4.7.13.1. Error codes #element-attrdef-media-srcReferenced in: * 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) * Elements (2) #element-attrdef-media-crossoriginReferenced in: * Elements (2) #dom-htmlmediaelement-srcReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #dom-htmlmediaelement-crossoriginReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #media-provider-objectReferenced in: * 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource (2) (3) * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4) #assigned-media-provider-objectReferenced in: * 4.7.13.1. Error codes * 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource (2) (3) * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #dom-htmlmediaelement-currentsrcReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements * 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource #dom-htmlmediaelement-srcobjectReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements * 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource (2) #a-type-that-the-user-agent-knows-it-cannot-renderReferenced in: * 4.7.13.3. MIME types (2) * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource #dom-htmlmediaelement-canplaytypeReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #dom-htmlmediaelement-networkstateReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements * 4.7.13.4. Network states (2) * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource #dom-htmlmediaelement-network_emptyReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #dom-htmlmediaelement-network_idleReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #dom-htmlmediaelement-network_loadingReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #dom-htmlmediaelement-network_no_sourceReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #autoplaying-flagReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource * 4.7.13.7. Ready states (2) * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) #delaying-the-load-event-flagReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) #dom-htmlmediaelement-loadReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #media-element-load-algorithmReferenced in: * 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource #resource-selection-algorithmReferenced in: * 4.7.4. The source element * 4.7.11. The audio element * 4.7.13.1. Error codes * 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.4. Network states (2) (3) * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.16. Event summary (2) #dedicated-media-source-failure-stepsReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) #resource-fetch-algorithmReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2) #stall-timeoutReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource #the-rules-described-previouslyReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource #media-data-processing-steps-listReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) #runsReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks #forget-the-media-elements-media-resource-specific-tracksReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) #element-attrdef-media-preloadReferenced in: * Elements (2) #statedef-media-metadataReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource #statedef-media-automaticReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource #dom-htmlmediaelement-preloadReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #dom-htmlmediaelement-bufferedReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #media-timelineReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2) * 4.7.13.14. Time ranges #establish-the-media-timelineReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource #current-positionReferenced in: * 4.7.10. The video element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 4.7.11. The audio element * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.7.13.7. Ready states (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) * 4.7.13.9. Seeking (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API * 4.7.13.16. Event summary (2) (3) (4) * 7.8. Images #official-playback-positionReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.9. Seeking #default-playback-start-positionReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource (2) #show-poster-flagReferenced in: * 4.7.10. The video element (2) * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.13.7. Ready states * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.13.9. Seeking * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) #dom-htmlmediaelement-currenttimeReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #initial-playback-positionReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource (2) #earliest-possible-positionReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.13.9. Seeking (2) * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #dom-htmlmediaelement-durationReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #timeline-offsetReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource (2) (3) #dom-htmlmediaelement-getstartdateReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #element-attrdef-media-loopReferenced in: * Elements (2) #dom-htmlmediaelement-loopReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #dom-htmlmediaelement-have_nothingReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #dom-htmlmediaelement-have_metadataReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #dom-htmlmediaelement-have_current_dataReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #dom-htmlmediaelement-have_future_dataReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #dom-htmlmediaelement-have_enough_dataReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #dom-htmlmediaelement-readystateReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.13.16. Event summary #element-attrdef-media-autoplayReferenced in: * 6.5. Sandboxing * 6.7.6. Page load processing model for media * Elements (2) #dom-htmlmediaelement-autoplayReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #dom-htmlmediaelement-pausedReferenced in: * 4.7.10. The video element (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.13. Media elements * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource * 4.7.13.7. Ready states (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * 4.7.13.16. Event summary (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #blocked-media-elementReferenced in: * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource #potentially-playingReferenced in: * 4.7.10. The video element (2) * 4.7.11. The audio element (2) * 4.7.13.7. Ready states * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.7.13.9. Seeking * 4.7.13.16. Event summary #playback-has-endedReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.7. Ready states (2) (3) * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.7.13.16. Event summary #dom-htmlmediaelement-endedReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.16. Event summary #stopped-due-to-errorsReferenced in: * 4.7.13.7. Ready states * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource * 4.7.13.16. Event summary #paused-for-user-interactionReferenced in: * 4.7.13.7. Ready states * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) * 4.7.13.16. Event summary (2) #paused-for-in-band-contentReferenced in: * 4.7.13.7. Ready states * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.16. Event summary (2) #dom-htmlmediaelement-defaultplaybackrateReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) #dom-htmlmediaelement-playbackrateReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource #dom-htmlmediaelement-playedReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #dom-htmlmediaelement-playReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource #dom-htmlmediaelement-pauseReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #internal-pause-stepsReferenced in: * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) #effective-playback-rateReferenced in: * 4.7.13.7. Ready states * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) #direction-of-playbackReferenced in: * 4.7.13.7. Ready states (2) (3) * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.7.13.13. User interface #list-of-newly-introduced-cuesReferenced in: * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) #time-marches-onReferenced in: * 4.7.13.9. Seeking #prepare-an-eventReferenced in: * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) #dom-htmlmediaelement-seekingReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #seekReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource (2) (3) * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) * 4.7.13.9. Seeking (2) #dom-htmlmediaelement-seekableReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #dom-htmlmediaelement-audiotracksReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #dom-htmlmediaelement-videotracksReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #audiotracklistReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2) * 4.7.13.16. Event summary #audiotrackReferenced in: * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.13.15. The TrackEvent interface (2) (3) #videotracklistReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.10. Media resources with multiple media tracks (2) (3) * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.7.13.16. Event summary #videotrackReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.7.13.15. The TrackEvent interface (2) (3) #dom-audiotracklist-lengthReferenced in: * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects #dom-videotracklist-lengthReferenced in: * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects #dom-audiotracklist-gettrackbyidReferenced in: * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects #dom-videotracklist-gettrackbyidReferenced in: * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects #dom-audiotrack-idReferenced in: * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects #dom-videotrack-idReferenced in: * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects #dom-audiotrack-kindReferenced in: * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects #dom-videotrack-kindReferenced in: * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects #dom-audiotrack-labelReferenced in: * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects #dom-videotrack-labelReferenced in: * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects #dom-audiotrack-languageReferenced in: * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects #dom-videotrack-languageReferenced in: * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects #dom-audiotrack-enabledReferenced in: * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects #dom-videotracklist-selectedindexReferenced in: * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects #dom-videotrack-selectedReferenced in: * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects #dom-audiotracklist-onchangeReferenced in: * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2) #dom-audiotracklist-onaddtrackReferenced in: * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2) #dom-audiotracklist-onremovetrackReferenced in: * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2) #text-tracksReferenced in: * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.12. The track element (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) * 4.7.13.11.4. Guidelines for exposing cues in various formats as text track cues * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata (2) * 4.7.13.11.7. Text tracks describing chapters (2) * 4.7.13.13. User interface * 10.4.1. Embedded content (2) * Attributes #list-of-text-tracksReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.7.13.13. User interface * 10.4.1. Embedded content #kind-of-trackReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks (2) * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.7.13.11.4. Guidelines for exposing cues in various formats as text track cues * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata (2) * 4.7.13.13. User interface * 10.4.1. Embedded content #track-subtitlesReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element (2) * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata #track-captionsReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata #track-descriptionsReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata #track-chaptersReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata #track-metadataReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata #label-of-a-trackReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) #in-band-metadata-track-dispatch-typeReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) #text-track-languageReferenced in: * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) #a-readiness-stateReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element (2) * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) (3) * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #statedef-track-not-loadedReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element (2) * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks #statedef-track-loadingReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element (2) * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) #statedef-track-loadedReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element (2) * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #statedef-track-text-track-failed-to-loadReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element (2) * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) #a-modeReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) (3) * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) #modedef-track-disabledReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) #modedef-track-hiddenReferenced in: * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #modedef-track-showingReferenced in: * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata * 4.7.13.13. User interface * 10.4.1. Embedded content #list-of-cuesReferenced in: * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) (3) * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks (2) * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) * 4.7.13.11.7. Text tracks describing chapters #rules-for-updating-the-text-track-renderingReferenced in: * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata * 10.4.1. Embedded content #list-of-pending-text-tracksReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) (3) (4) #blocked-on-parserReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) (3) * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks #did-perform-automatic-track-selectionReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) #populate-the-list-of-pending-text-tracksReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model #the-text-tracks-are-readyReferenced in: * 4.7.13.7. Ready states * 4.7.13.16. Event summary #pending-text-track-change-notification-flagReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) (3) #cueReferenced in: * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * 4.7.13.11.4. Guidelines for exposing cues in various formats as text track cues (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata (2) * 4.7.13.11.7. Text tracks describing chapters (2) #text-track-cue-identifierReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.4. Guidelines for exposing cues in various formats as text track cues * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) (5) #text-track-cue-start-timeReferenced in: * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata * 4.7.13.11.7. Text tracks describing chapters (2) (3) (4) (5) #text-track-cue-end-timeReferenced in: * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata * 4.7.13.11.7. Text tracks describing chapters (2) (3) (4) #pause-on-exit-flagReferenced in: * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.11.4. Guidelines for exposing cues in various formats as text track cues * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) #text-track-cue-dataReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata (2) * 4.7.13.11.7. Text tracks describing chapters #text-track-rules-for-extracting-the-chapter-titleReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.7. Text tracks describing chapters #text-track-cue-active-flagReferenced in: * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #text-track-cue-display-stateReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model #text-track-cue-orderReferenced in: * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) #media-resource-specific-text-trackReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks * 4.7.13.11.4. Guidelines for exposing cues in various formats as text track cues (2) * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata (2) #steps-to-expose-a-media-resource-specific-text-trackReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model #honor-user-preferences-for-automatic-text-track-selectionReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks #perform-automatic-text-track-selectionReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) #start-the-track-processing-modelReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks #guidelines-for-exposing-cuesReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks #texttracklistReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 4.7.13.16. Event summary #dom-htmlmediaelement-texttracksReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #dom-texttracklist-lengthReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #dom-texttracklist-gettrackbyidReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #enumdef-texttrackmodeReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #enumdef-texttrackkindReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #texttrackReferenced in: * 4.7.12. The track element (2) (3) * 4.7.13. Media elements * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks (2) * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) * 4.7.13.11.8. Event handlers for objects of the text track APIs * 4.7.13.15. The TrackEvent interface (2) (3) * 4.7.13.16. Event summary #dom-htmlmediaelement-addtexttrackReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #dom-texttrack-kindReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #dom-texttrack-labelReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #dom-texttrack-languageReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #dom-texttrack-idReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) #dom-texttrack-inbandmetadatatrackdispatchtypeReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #dom-texttrack-modeReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #dom-texttrackmode-disabledReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #dom-texttrackmode-hiddenReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #dom-texttrackmode-showingReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #dom-texttrack-cuesReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #earliest-possible-position-when-the-script-startedReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #dom-texttrack-activecuesReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #active-flag-was-set-when-the-script-startedReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #dom-texttrack-addcueReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #dom-texttrack-removecueReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #texttrackcuelistReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) #dom-texttrackcuelist-lengthReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #dom-texttrackcuelist-getcuebyidReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #texttrackcueReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata * 4.7.13.16. Event summary #dom-texttrackcue-trackReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) #dom-texttrackcue-idReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) #dom-texttrackcue-starttimeReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) #dom-texttrackcue-endtimeReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) #dom-texttrackcue-pauseonexitReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) #datacueReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata (2) (3) (4) (5) #dom-datacue-dataReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata (2) #rules-for-constructing-the-chapter-tree-from-a-text-trackReferenced in: * 4.7.13.13. User interface #dom-texttracklist-onchangeReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #dom-texttracklist-onaddtrackReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #dom-texttracklist-onremovetrackReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #dom-texttrack-oncuechangeReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #dom-texttrackcue-onenterReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #dom-texttrackcue-onexitReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API #element-attrdef-mediaelements-controlsReferenced in: * 3.2.1. Semantics * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content (2) * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.7.10. The video element (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.11. The audio element (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.13. Media elements * 4.7.13.13. User interface * Elements (2) * Element content categories (2) (3) #exposing-a-user-interfaceReferenced in: * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource * 4.7.13.13. User interface (2) * 5.4.2. Data model * 10.4.1. Embedded content (2) (3) (4) #dom-htmlmediaelement-controlsReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #playback-volumeReferenced in: * 4.7.13.13. User interface (2) (3) #dom-htmlmediaelement-volumeReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #mutedReferenced in: * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.13. User interface (2) #dom-htmlmediaelement-mutedReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #effective-media-volumeReferenced in: * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.11. The audio element * 4.7.13.13. User interface (2) (3) #element-attrdef-media-mutedReferenced in: * 4.7.13.13. User interface * Elements (2) #dom-htmlmediaelement-defaultmutedReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements #timerangesReferenced in: * 4.7.13. Media elements (2) (3) #dom-timeranges-lengthReferenced in: * 4.7.13.14. Time ranges #dom-timeranges-startReferenced in: * 4.7.13.14. Time ranges #dom-timeranges-endReferenced in: * 4.7.13.14. Time ranges #normalized-timeranges-objectReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource * 4.7.13.9. Seeking #trackeventReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API * 4.7.13.16. Event summary (2) #dictdef-trackeventinitReferenced in: * 4.7.13.15. The TrackEvent interface #dom-trackevent-trackReferenced in: * 4.7.13.15. The TrackEvent interface #eventdef-media-loadstartReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-media-suspendReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-media-emptiedReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) #eventdef-media-stalledReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-media-loadedmetadataReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-media-loadeddataReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-media-canplayReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-media-canplaythroughReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-media-playingReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-media-waitingReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-media-seekingReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-media-seekedReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-media-endedReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-media-durationchangeReferenced in: * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource * Attributes #eventdef-media-timeupdateReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-media-playReferenced in: * 4.7.13.7. Ready states * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource * Attributes #eventdef-media-pauseReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-media-ratechangeReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-media-volumechangeReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * Attributes #eventdef-track-cuechangeReferenced in: * Attributes #elementdef-mapReferenced in: * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2) * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content (2) * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content (2) * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 3.2.4.3. Transparent content models * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs (2) (3) * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.7.5.1.12. Image maps * 4.7.14. The map element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.7.15. The area element (2) * 4.7.16.1. Authoring * 4.7.16.2. Processing model (2) * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) (5) * Attributes * Element Interfaces #htmlmapelementReferenced in: * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-map-nameReferenced in: * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface * Elements #dom-htmlmapelement-areasReferenced in: * 4.7.14. The map element #dom-htmlmapelement-imagesReferenced in: * 4.7.14. The map element #dom-htmlmapelement-nameReferenced in: * 4.7.14. The map element #elementdef-areaReferenced in: * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.7.5.1.12. Image maps (2) * 4.7.14. The map element (2) (3) * 4.7.15. The area element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) * 4.7.16.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * 4.8.1. Introduction (2) (3) * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks (2) * 4.8.5. Downloading resources (2) * 4.8.6. Link types (2) * 4.8.6.1. Link type "alternate" * 4.8.6.2. Link type "author" (2) (3) * 4.8.6.3. Link type "bookmark" * 4.8.6.4. Link type "help" (2) (3) * 4.8.6.6. Link type "license" * 4.8.6.7. Link type "nofollow" * 4.8.6.8. Link type "noopener" * 4.8.6.9. Link type "noreferrer" (2) * 4.8.6.10. Link type "search" * 4.8.6.12. Link type "tag" * 4.8.6.13.1. Link type "next" * 4.8.6.13.2. Link type "prev" * 4.8.6.14. Other link types (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2) * 6.6.4. The Location interface * 8.1.2. Elements * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments * 10.4.4. Image maps (2) (3) (4) * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements (2) * Element content categories (2) * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * Element Interfaces #htmlareaelementReferenced in: * 4.7.15. The area element * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-area-altReferenced in: * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute * Elements #element-attrdef-area-shapeReferenced in: * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values * 4.7.15. The area element * Elements #attr-valuedef-area-shape-circleReferenced in: * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values #attr-valuedef-area-shape-circReferenced in: * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values (2) #element-attrdef-area-coordsReferenced in: * Elements #statedef-area-circle-stateReferenced in: * 4.7.15. The area element * 4.7.16.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) #statedef-area-default-stateReferenced in: * 4.7.15. The area element * 4.7.16.2. Processing model (2) (3) #statedef-area-polygon-stateReferenced in: * 4.7.15. The area element * 4.7.16.2. Processing model (2) (3) #statedef-area-rectangle-stateReferenced in: * 4.7.15. The area element (2) * 4.7.16.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) #dom-htmlareaelement-altReferenced in: * 4.7.15. The area element #dom-htmlareaelement-coordsReferenced in: * 4.7.15. The area element #dom-htmlareaelement-targetReferenced in: * 4.7.15. The area element #dom-htmlareaelement-downloadReferenced in: * 4.7.15. The area element #dom-htmlareaelement-relReferenced in: * 4.7.15. The area element #dom-htmlareaelement-hreflangReferenced in: * 4.7.15. The area element #dom-htmlareaelement-shapeReferenced in: * 4.7.15. The area element #dom-htmlareaelement-rellistReferenced in: * 4.7.15. The area element #dom-htmlareaelement-referrerpolicyReferenced in: * 4.7.15. The area element #image-mapReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) * 4.7.14. The map element (2) (3) * 4.7.15. The area element (2) (3) (4) * 5.4.2. Data model * 10.4.4. Image maps (2) * Elements * Attributes (2) (3) (4) #element-attrdef-common-usemapReferenced in: * Elements * Element content categories #dimension-attributesReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 10.4.2. Images #element-attrdef-media-widthReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #element-attrdef-media-heightReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #dom-htmliframeelement-widthReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.10. The video element #dom-htmliframeelement-heightReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.10. The video element #external-resource-linkReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.2.4.1. Processing the media attribute * 4.2.4.2. Processing the type attribute (2) * 4.8.6. Link types (2) * 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon" * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet" (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 4.8.6.14. Other link types (2) #hyperlinkReferenced in: * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML * 2.5.3. Dynamic changes to base URLs * 4.2.3. The base element (2) (3) * 4.2.4. The link element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.2.4.1. Processing the media attribute * 4.2.4.5. Providing users with a means to follow hyperlinks created using the link element * 4.5.1. The a element (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.5.1.3. A link or button containing nothing but an image * 4.7.15. The area element (2) (3) * 4.7.16.1. Authoring * 4.7.16.2. Processing model (2) * 4.8.1. Introduction (2) (3) * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements * 4.8.5. Downloading resources (2) (3) (4) * 4.8.6. Link types (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) * 4.8.6.1. Link type "alternate" (2) * 4.8.6.2. Link type "author" * 4.8.6.3. Link type "bookmark" * 4.8.6.4. Link type "help" * 4.8.6.6. Link type "license" * 4.8.6.7. Link type "nofollow" * 4.8.6.8. Link type "noopener" (2) * 4.8.6.9. Link type "noreferrer" * 4.8.6.10. Link type "search" * 4.8.6.12. Link type "tag" * 4.8.6.13.1. Link type "next" * 4.8.6.13.2. Link type "prev" * 4.8.6.14. Other link types (2) (3) * 5.1. The hidden attribute * 10.7.1. Links, forms, and navigation (2) (3) (4) * 10.9. Unstyled XML documents * Elements * Attributes (2) (3) (4) #annotatesReferenced in: * 4.8.6.7. Link type "nofollow" * 4.8.6.8. Link type "noopener" * 4.8.6.9. Link type "noreferrer" * 4.8.6.14. Other link types #element-attrdef-a-hrefReferenced in: * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML (2) (3) * 2.5.3. Dynamic changes to base URLs * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content * 4.5.1. The a element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.7.5. The img element (2) * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements (2) (3) * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks * 4.8.5. Downloading resources * 4.11.3.2. Using the a element to define a command * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3) (4) * 5.1. The hidden attribute * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) * 5.7.7. The draggable attribute * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 11.2. Non-conforming features * Elements (2) * Element content categories #element-attrdef-a-targetReferenced in: * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values * Elements (2) #element-attrdef-a-downloadReferenced in: * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * Elements (2) #element-attrdef-a-relReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.5.1. The a element (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.15. The area element (2) (3) (4) * 4.8.1. Introduction (2) (3) (4) * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 4.8.6. Link types * 4.8.6.14. Other link types * 4.15.1. Case-sensitivity * Elements (2) * Attributes #element-attrdef-a-revReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.5.1. The a element (2) (3) * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.8.6.2. Link type "author" * Attributes #reverse-linkReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.5.1. The a element * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements * Attributes #element-attrdef-a-hreflangReferenced in: * Elements (2) #element-attrdef-a-typeReferenced in: * Elements (2) #htmlhyperlinkelementutilsReferenced in: * 4.5.1. The a element * 4.7.15. The area element #set-the-urlReferenced in: * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements (2) #reinitialise-urlReferenced in: * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) #update-hrefReferenced in: * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) #dom-htmlhyperlinkelementutils-hrefReferenced in: * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements #dom-htmlhyperlinkelementutils-originReferenced in: * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements #dom-htmlhyperlinkelementutils-protocolReferenced in: * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements #dom-htmlhyperlinkelementutils-usernameReferenced in: * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements #dom-htmlhyperlinkelementutils-passwordReferenced in: * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements #dom-htmlhyperlinkelementutils-hostReferenced in: * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements #dom-htmlhyperlinkelementutils-hostnameReferenced in: * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements #dom-htmlhyperlinkelementutils-portReferenced in: * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements #dom-htmlhyperlinkelementutils-pathnameReferenced in: * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements #dom-htmlhyperlinkelementutils-searchReferenced in: * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements #dom-htmlhyperlinkelementutils-hashReferenced in: * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements #follow-hyperlinksReferenced in: * 4.2.3. The base element * 4.2.4.5. Providing users with a means to follow hyperlinks created using the link element (2) * 4.5.1. The a element (2) * 4.7.15. The area element (2) * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements (2) * 6.1.5. Browsing context names * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents #concept-request-urlReferenced in: * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts #download-hyperlinksReferenced in: * 4.5.1. The a element (2) * 4.7.15. The area element (2) * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements * 4.8.5. Downloading resources #as-a-downloadReferenced in: * 4.8.5. Downloading resources (2) * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) #extensionReferenced in: * 4.8.5. Downloading resources (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #allowed-keywords-and-their-meaningsReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element (2) (3) * 4.2.4.4. Processing Link headers * 4.8.1. Introduction (2) (3) * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements (2) (3) (4) * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks * 6.1.5. Browsing context names #body-okReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements * 4.8.6. Link types (2) * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet" #element-statedef-link-alternateReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.8.6. Link types * 4.8.6.1. Link type "alternate" (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet" #element-statedef-link-authorReferenced in: * 4.8.6. Link types * 4.8.6.2. Link type "author" (2) (3) (4) #element-statedef-link-bookmarkReferenced in: * 4.8.6. Link types * 4.8.6.3. Link type "bookmark" (2) #element-statedef-link-helpReferenced in: * 4.8.6. Link types * 4.8.6.4. Link type "help" (2) (3) (4) #element-statedef-link-iconReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element (2) * 4.8.6. Link types * 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon" (2) (3) (4) (5) #element-statedef-link-licenseReferenced in: * 4.8.6. Link types * 4.8.6.6. Link type "license" (2) (3) (4) #element-statedef-link-nofollowReferenced in: * 4.8.6. Link types * 4.8.6.7. Link type "nofollow" (2) #element-statedef-link-noopenerReferenced in: * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks * 4.8.6. Link types * 4.8.6.8. Link type "noopener" * 4.8.6.9. Link type "noreferrer" #element-statedef-link-noreferrerReferenced in: * 2.6.7. Referrer policy attributes * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements * 4.8.6. Link types * 4.8.6.9. Link type "noreferrer" (2) (3) * 6.1.5. Browsing context names (2) #element-statedef-link-searchReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.8.6. Link types * 4.8.6.10. Link type "search" (2) (3) #element-statedef-link-stylesheetReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.2.4.2. Processing the type attribute * 4.8.6. Link types (2) * 4.8.6.1. Link type "alternate" (2) * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet" (2) #an-alternative-stylesheetReferenced in: * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet" (2) #element-statedef-link-tagReferenced in: * 4.8.6. Link types * 4.8.6.12. Link type "tag" (2) (3) #element-statedef-link-nextReferenced in: * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.8.6. Link types * 4.8.6.13.1. Link type "next" (2) #element-statedef-link-prevReferenced in: * 4.8.6. Link types * 4.8.6.13.2. Link type "prev" (2) (3) #other-link-typesReferenced in: * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements #link-types-extensions-to-the-predefined-set-of-link-typeReferenced in: * 1.5.3. Extensibility * 4.2.4. The link element #elementdef-tableReferenced in: * 1.10.2. Syntax errors (2) * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.9.1. The table element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) * 4.9.1.1. Techniques for describing tables * 4.9.2. The caption element (2) (3) (4) * 4.9.3. The colgroup element (2) * 4.9.4. The col element * 4.9.5. The tbody element (2) (3) (4) * 4.9.6. The thead element (2) (3) (4) * 4.9.7. The tfoot element (2) (3) (4) * 4.9.8. The tr element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.9.12. Processing model * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.1.2.5. Restrictions on content models (2) (3) * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) (3) * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2) * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4) * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * Element content categories (2) * Attributes (2) * Element Interfaces #htmltableelementReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element Interfaces #dom-htmltableelement-captionReferenced in: * 4.9.1. The table element #dom-htmltableelement-createcaptionReferenced in: * 4.9.1. The table element #dom-htmltableelement-deletecaptionReferenced in: * 4.9.1. The table element #dom-htmltableelement-theadReferenced in: * 4.9.1. The table element #dom-htmltableelement-createtheadReferenced in: * 4.9.1. The table element #dom-htmltableelement-deletetheadReferenced in: * 4.9.1. The table element #dom-htmltableelement-tfootReferenced in: * 4.9.1. The table element #dom-htmltableelement-createtfootReferenced in: * 4.9.1. The table element #dom-htmltableelement-deletetfootReferenced in: * 4.9.1. The table element #dom-htmltableelement-tbodiesReferenced in: * 4.9.1. The table element #dom-htmltableelement-createtbodyReferenced in: * 4.9.1. The table element #dom-htmltableelement-rowsReferenced in: * 4.9.1. The table element #dom-htmltableelement-insertrowReferenced in: * 4.9.1. The table element #dom-htmltableelement-deleterowReferenced in: * 4.9.1. The table element #provide-such-informationReferenced in: * 4.9.1. The table element (2) #elementdef-captionReferenced in: * 1.10.2. Syntax errors * 4.9.1. The table element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * 4.9.1.1. Techniques for describing tables (2) * 4.9.2. The caption element (2) (3) * 4.9.3. The colgroup element * 4.9.5. The tbody element * 4.9.6. The thead element * 4.9.7. The tfoot element * 4.9.8. The tr element * 4.9.12. Processing model * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3) * 4.13.5. Footnotes * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) * 8.2.3.3. The list of active formatting elements (2) * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags * 8.2.5.4.11. The "in caption" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 11.2. Non-conforming features * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements (2) * Element Interfaces #htmltablecaptionelementReferenced in: * 4.9.1. The table element (2) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element Interfaces #elementdef-colgroupReferenced in: * 4.9.1. The table element (2) (3) * 4.9.3. The colgroup element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.9.4. The col element (2) (3) (4) * 4.9.5. The tbody element * 4.9.7. The tfoot element * 4.9.8. The tr element * 4.9.12. Processing model * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) * 4.12.3. The template element * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4) (5) * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags * 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode (2) * 10.3.9. Tables * Elements (2) (3) (4) * Attributes * Element Interfaces #htmltablecolelementReferenced in: * 4.9.4. The col element * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements (2) * Element Interfaces (2) #element-attrdef-colgroup-spanReferenced in: * Elements #dom-htmltablecolelement-spanReferenced in: * 4.9.3. The colgroup element * 4.9.4. The col element (2) #elementdef-colReferenced in: * 4.9.3. The colgroup element (2) * 4.9.4. The col element (2) (3) * 4.9.12. Processing model (2) * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 8.1.2. Elements * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) (4) * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4) * Elements (2) * Attributes * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-col-spanReferenced in: * 10.3.9. Tables (2) * Elements #elementdef-tbodyReferenced in: * 4.9.1. The table element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * 4.9.3. The colgroup element * 4.9.5. The tbody element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.9.6. The thead element (2) * 4.9.7. The tfoot element (2) (3) * 4.9.8. The tr element (2) (3) (4) * 4.9.10. The th element * 4.9.12. Processing model * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 8.1.2.5. Restrictions on content models * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2) * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4) * Elements (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #htmltablesectionelementReferenced in: * 4.9.1. The table element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.9.5. The tbody element * 4.9.6. The thead element * 4.9.7. The tfoot element * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements (2) (3) * Element Interfaces (2) (3) #dom-htmltablesectionelement-rowsReferenced in: * 4.9.5. The tbody element #dom-htmltablesectionelement-insertrowReferenced in: * 4.9.5. The tbody element #dom-htmltablesectionelement-deleterowReferenced in: * 4.9.5. The tbody element #elementdef-theadReferenced in: * 4.9.1. The table element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) * 4.9.3. The colgroup element * 4.9.5. The tbody element (2) (3) * 4.9.6. The thead element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.9.7. The tfoot element * 4.9.8. The tr element (2) (3) * 4.9.12. Processing model * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4) * Elements (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-tfootReferenced in: * 4.9.1. The table element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) * 4.9.3. The colgroup element * 4.9.5. The tbody element (2) (3) * 4.9.6. The thead element (2) * 4.9.7. The tfoot element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.9.8. The tr element (2) (3) * 4.9.12. Processing model * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4) * Elements (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-trReferenced in: * 3.2.4. Content models * 4.9.1. The table element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) * 4.9.5. The tbody element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.9.6. The thead element * 4.9.7. The tfoot element * 4.9.8. The tr element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.9.9. The td element * 4.9.10. The th element * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements * 4.9.12. Processing model * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4) * 8.1.2.5. Restrictions on content models (2) * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * Element Interfaces #htmltablerowelementReferenced in: * 4.9.1. The table element * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element Interfaces #dom-htmltablerowelement-rowindexReferenced in: * 4.9.8. The tr element #dom-htmltablerowelement-sectionrowindexReferenced in: * 4.9.8. The tr element #dom-htmltablerowelement-cellsReferenced in: * 4.9.8. The tr element #dom-htmltablerowelement-insertcellReferenced in: * 4.9.8. The tr element #dom-htmltablerowelement-deletecellReferenced in: * 4.9.8. The tr element #elementdef-tdReferenced in: * 3.2.4. Content models (2) * 4.3.9. Headings and sections (2) * 4.9.8. The tr element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.9.9. The td element (2) (3) (4) * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.9.12. Processing model * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) * 8.2.3.3. The list of active formatting elements (2) * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks (2) (3) (4) * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * Elements (2) * Element content categories * Attributes (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #htmltabledatacellelementReferenced in: * Elements * Element Interfaces #elementdef-thReferenced in: * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute * 4.9.1. The table element * 4.9.8. The tr element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.9.9. The td element * 4.9.10. The th element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.9.12. Processing model * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3) (4) * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) * 8.2.3.3. The list of active formatting elements (2) * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode (2) (3) * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks (2) (3) (4) * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * Elements (2) (3) * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) * Element Interfaces #htmltableheadercellelementReferenced in: * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-th-scopeReferenced in: * 11.2. Non-conforming features * Elements #statedef-scope-rowReferenced in: * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells #statedef-scope-columnReferenced in: * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells #statedef-scope-autoReferenced in: * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells (2) #element-attrdef-th-abbrReferenced in: * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute * 10.7.4. Text rendered in native user interfaces * 11.2. Non-conforming features * Elements #dom-htmltableheadercellelement-scopeReferenced in: * 4.9.10. The th element #dom-htmltableheadercellelement-abbrReferenced in: * 4.9.10. The th element #element-attrdef-tablecells-colspanReferenced in: * 10.3.9. Tables * Elements (2) #element-attrdef-tablecells-rowspanReferenced in: * 10.3.9. Tables * Elements (2) #element-attrdef-tablecells-headersReferenced in: * Elements (2) #htmltablecellelementReferenced in: * 4.9.9. The td element * 4.9.10. The th element * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Element Interfaces (2) #dom-htmltablecellelement-colspanReferenced in: * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements #dom-htmltablecellelement-rowspanReferenced in: * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements #dom-htmltablecellelement-headersReferenced in: * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements #dom-htmltablecellelement-cellindexReferenced in: * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements #table-modelReferenced in: * 4.9.1. The table element (2) * 4.9.2. The caption element * 4.9.3. The colgroup element * 4.9.4. The col element * 4.9.5. The tbody element * 4.9.6. The thead element * 4.9.7. The tfoot element * 4.9.8. The tr element * 4.9.9. The td element (2) * 4.9.10. The th element * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements (2) (3) #tableReferenced in: * 4.9.1. The table element * 4.9.8. The tr element * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements (2) * 4.9.12. Processing model * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells * 10.3.9. Tables #slotsReferenced in: * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table #cellReferenced in: * 4.9.8. The tr element * 4.9.9. The td element * 4.9.10. The th element * 4.9.12. Processing model (2) (3) * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3) (4) * 10.3.9. Tables #rowReferenced in: * 4.9.5. The tbody element * 4.9.6. The thead element * 4.9.7. The tfoot element * 4.9.8. The tr element * 4.9.12. Processing model (2) (3) * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) #columnReferenced in: * 4.9.3. The colgroup element * 4.9.4. The col element * 4.9.12. Processing model (2) * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3) (4) #row-groupReferenced in: * 4.9.10. The th element (2) * 4.9.12. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells (2) #column-groupReferenced in: * 4.9.3. The colgroup element * 4.9.4. The col element * 4.9.10. The th element (2) * 4.9.12. Processing model (2) (3) (4) * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells (2) * 4.10.5.3.4. The required attribute * 4.10.20.2. Constraint validation #table-model-errorReferenced in: * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3) #advanceReferenced in: * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) #algorithm-for-processing-row-groupsReferenced in: * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3) #algorithm-for-ending-a-row-groupReferenced in: * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) #algorithm-for-processing-rowsReferenced in: * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) #algorithm-for-growing-downward-growing-cellsReferenced in: * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) #algorithm-for-assigning-header-cellsReferenced in: * 4.9.9. The td element * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table #internal-algorithm-for-scanning-and-assigning-header-cellsReferenced in: * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells (2) #column-headerReferenced in: * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells (2) #row-headerReferenced in: * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells #column-group-headerReferenced in: * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells #row-group-headerReferenced in: * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells #empty-cellReferenced in: * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells #formsReferenced in: * 4.2.3. The base element * 10.7.1. Links, forms, and navigation * Elements #form-associated-elementsReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.10.2. Categories (2) * 4.10.3. The form element * 4.10.4. The label element * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.15. The fieldset element * 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * Element content categories #listed-elementReferenced in: * 2.7.2.2. The HTMLFormControlsCollection interface * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3) * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2) * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * Element content categories #submittable-elementReferenced in: * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.10.2. Categories * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.20.1. Definitions * 4.10.20.2. Constraint validation * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) * Element content categories #buttonsReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) (2) * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set * 10.4.2. Images #submit-buttonReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) #resettable-elementReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.22. Resetting a form (2) * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes * Elements (2) (3) (4) * Element content categories #reassociateable-elementReferenced in: * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.15. The fieldset element * 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * Element content categories #labelable-elementReferenced in: * 4.10.4. The label element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.13. The progress element * 4.10.14. The meter element * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * Element content categories #elementdef-formReferenced in: * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values (2) * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2) * 2.7.2.2. The HTMLFormControlsCollection interface * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4) * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.10.1.1. Writing a form’s user interface * 4.10.1.3. Configuring a form to communicate with a server * 4.10.1.4. Client-side form validation * 4.10.2. Categories (2) * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.10. The option element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.15. The fieldset element * 4.10.16. The legend element * 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * 4.10.18.1. Naming form controls: the name attribute * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.20.2. Constraint validation (2) * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.10.21.7. Multipart form data (2) (3) * 4.10.22. Resetting a form * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) * 5.1. The hidden attribute * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2) * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.3.4. The element pointers (2) * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode * 8.2.7. Coercing an HTML DOM into an infoset * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2) (3) * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments (2) (3) * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) * Elements * Element content categories (2) * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * Element Interfaces * Events (2) (3) (4) #htmlformelementReferenced in: * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.10.4. The label element * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.10. The option element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.15. The fieldset element * 4.10.16. The legend element * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-form-accept-charsetReferenced in: * 4.10.3. The form element (2) * 4.10.21.7. Multipart form data (2) * Elements * Attributes #element-attrdef-form-nameReferenced in: * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface * 4.10.3. The form element * Elements #attr-valuedef-form-autocomplete-onReferenced in: * Attributes #statedef-form-autocomplete-onReferenced in: * 4.10.3. The form element (2) #attr-valuedef-form-autocomplete-offReferenced in: * Attributes #statedef-form-autocomplete-offReferenced in: * 4.10.3. The form element * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model #dom-htmlformelement-autocompleteReferenced in: * 4.10.3. The form element #dom-htmlformelement-nameReferenced in: * 4.10.3. The form element #dom-htmlformelement-acceptcharsetReferenced in: * 4.10.3. The form element #dom-htmlformelement-elementsReferenced in: * 4.10.2. Categories * 4.10.3. The form element (2) * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.15. The fieldset element * Attributes #dom-htmlformelement-lengthReferenced in: * 4.10.3. The form element (2) #past-names-mapReferenced in: * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3) (4) (5) #dom-htmlformelement-submitReferenced in: * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3) * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2) (3) (4) #dom-htmlformelement-resetReferenced in: * 4.10.3. The form element (2) #dom-htmlformelement-checkvalidityReferenced in: * 4.10.3. The form element (2) #dom-htmlformelement-reportvalidityReferenced in: * 4.10.3. The form element (2) #elementdef-labelReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.10.1.1. Writing a form’s user interface (2) * 4.10.2. Categories (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.4. The label element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.5.3.10. The placeholder attribute (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.13. The progress element * 4.10.14. The meter element * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command * 4.11.3.6. Using the accesskey attribute on a label element to define a command (2) * 4.11.3.7. Using the accesskey attribute on a legend element to define a command * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other elements * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3) (4) (5) * 5.1. The hidden attribute * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * Attributes (2) * Element Interfaces #htmllabelelementReferenced in: * Elements * Element Interfaces #labeled-controlReferenced in: * 4.10.4. The label element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command (2) * 4.11.3.6. Using the accesskey attribute on a label element to define a command (2) (3) * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other elements (2) * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) #element-attrdef-label-forReferenced in: * 4.10.4. The label element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * Elements #dom-htmllabelelement-htmlforReferenced in: * 4.10.4. The label element #dom-htmllabelelement-controlReferenced in: * 4.10.4. The label element #dom-htmllabelelement-labelsReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.6. The button element (2) * 4.10.7. The select element (2) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.12. The output element (2) * 4.10.13. The progress element (2) * 4.10.14. The meter element (2) #elementdef-inputReferenced in: * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2) * 2.7.2.2. The HTMLFormControlsCollection interface (2) (3) * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 3.2.5.1. The title attribute * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) * 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute * 4.7.19. Dimension attributes (2) * 4.10.1.1. Writing a form’s user interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.10.1.4. Client-side form validation * 4.10.1.6. The difference between the field type, the autofill field name, and the input modality (2) * 4.10.1.7. Date, time, and number formats * 4.10.2. Categories (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3) * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) (2) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) (2) * 4.10.5.2. Implementation notes regarding localization of form controls * 4.10.5.3. Common input element attributes (2) (3) * 4.10.5.3.1. The maxlength and minlength attributes (2) (3) * 4.10.5.3.3. The readonly attribute * 4.10.5.3.6. The pattern attribute (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) * 4.10.8. The datalist element (2) * 4.10.17.1. A form control value (2) (3) * 4.10.18.5. Enabling and disabling form controls: the disabled attribute * 4.10.18.6. Form submission * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 4.10.20.1. Definitions (2) (3) * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command (2) * 4.14. Disabled elements * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * 5.4.2. Data model * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute * 5.4.4. Processing model * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking (2) (3) * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) (4) * 6.7.10.1. Persisted user state restoration * 8.1.2. Elements * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2) (3) * 10.3.5. Bidirectional text (2) * 10.4.2. Images (2) (3) * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images (2) (3) (4) (5) * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget. (2) (3) (4) (5) * 10.5.5. The input element as domain-specific widgets (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 10.5.6. The input element as a range control (2) * 10.5.7. The input element as a color well (2) * 10.5.8. The input element as a checkbox and radio button widgets (2) (3) * 10.5.9. The input element as a file upload control (2) * 10.5.10. The input element as a button (2) * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features (2) * 11.1.1. Warnings for obsolete but conforming features (2) * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) * Element Interfaces #htmlinputelementReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-input-typeReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) * 4.10.1.1. Writing a form’s user interface (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.1.6. The difference between the field type, the autofill field name, and the input modality (2) * 4.10.1.7. Date, time, and number formats * 4.10.2. Categories * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3) * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) (2) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) (2) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.5.3. Common input element attributes * 4.10.5.3.6. The pattern attribute * 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes (2) (3) * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute (2) (3) * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute (2) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors (2) (3) * 4.10.6. The button element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.18.6. Form submission * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3) (4) (5) * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) (4) * 8.1.2.3. Attributes * 10.3.5. Bidirectional text (2) * 10.4.2. Images * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images (2) (3) (4) (5) * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget. (2) (3) (4) * 10.5.5. The input element as domain-specific widgets (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 10.5.6. The input element as a range control * 10.5.7. The input element as a color well * 10.5.8. The input element as a checkbox and radio button widgets (2) * 10.5.9. The input element as a file upload control * 10.5.10. The input element as a button (2) * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features * 11.1.1. Warnings for obsolete but conforming features (2) * 11.2. Non-conforming features * Elements * Element content categories (2) * Changes between Working Draft 7 and Working Draft 6 * Changes since HTML 5.1 - Note that these may change if the HTML 5.1 specification is updated. #applyReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) (2) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) (2) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) (2) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) (2) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) (2) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) (2) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) (2) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) (2) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) (2) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) (2) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) (2) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) (2) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) (2) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.5.3. Common input element attributes (2) * 4.10.5.3.1. The maxlength and minlength attributes (2) * 4.10.5.3.4. The required attribute * 4.10.5.3.6. The pattern attribute (2) * 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections * 5.4.4. Processing model #does-not-applyReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) (2) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) (2) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) (2) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) (2) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) (2) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) (2) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) (2) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) (2) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) (2) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) (2) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) (2) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) (2) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) (2) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.3. Common input element attributes * 4.10.5.3.6. The pattern attribute * 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute (2) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections (2) #value-sanitization-algorithmReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs #algorithm-to-convert-a-string-to-a-numberReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) #algorithm-to-convert-a-number-to-a-stringReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) #algorithm-to-convert-a-string-to-a-date-objectReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) #algorithm-to-convert-a-date-object-to-a-stringReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) #input-dirty-value-flagReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.5.3.1. The maxlength and minlength attributes (2) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs #element-attrdef-input-valueReferenced in: * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) (2) * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 8.1.2.3. Attributes * 10.5.10. The input element as a button * Elements #dirty-checkedness-flagReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs #element-attrdef-input-checkedReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) * Elements #a-type-change-is-signalledReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) #dom-htmlinputelement-indeterminateReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes #dom-htmlinputelement-acceptReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element #dom-htmlinputelement-altReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element #dom-htmlinputelement-maxReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element #dom-htmlinputelement-minReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element #dom-htmlinputelement-multipleReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element #dom-htmlinputelement-patternReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element #dom-htmlinputelement-placeholderReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element #dom-htmlinputelement-_requiredReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element #dom-htmlinputelement-sizeReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element #dom-htmlinputelement-srcReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element #dom-htmlinputelement-stepReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element #dom-htmlinputelement-dirnameReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element #dom-htmlinputelement-readonlyReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element #dom-htmlinputelement-defaultcheckedReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element #dom-htmlinputelement-defaultvalueReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element #dom-htmlinputelement-typeReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element #dom-htmlinputelement-maxlengthReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element #dom-htmlinputelement-minlengthReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element #dom-htmlinputelement-widthReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element #dom-htmlinputelement-heightReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element #state-of-the-type-attributeReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element #element-statedef-input-hiddenReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.10.2. Categories * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) (2) * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors * 4.10.18.1. Naming form controls: the name attribute * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute * Element content categories (2) #element-statedef-input-textReferenced in: * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) (2) * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43) (44) (45) * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model * 6.7.10.1. Persisted user state restoration * 10.3.5. Bidirectional text * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget. * 11.2. Non-conforming features #element-statedef-input-searchReferenced in: * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) (2) (3) * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model * 6.7.10.1. Persisted user state restoration * 10.3.5. Bidirectional text * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget. #element-statedef-input-telephoneReferenced in: * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) (2) * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2) * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model * 10.3.5. Bidirectional text * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget. #element-statedef-input-urlReferenced in: * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.20.1. Definitions * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model * 10.3.5. Bidirectional text * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget. #element-statedef-input-e-mailReferenced in: * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2) * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute * 4.10.17.1. A form control value * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2) * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model * 4.10.20.1. Definitions * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model * 10.3.5. Bidirectional text * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget. #valid-e-mail-addressReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute #valid-e-mail-address-listReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2) (3) (4) #element-statedef-input-passwordReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2) (3) * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget. #element-statedef-input-dateReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2) * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission * 10.5.5. The input element as domain-specific widgets #element-statedef-input-monthReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2) * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission * 10.5.5. The input element as domain-specific widgets #element-statedef-input-weekReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission * 10.5.5. The input element as domain-specific widgets #element-statedef-input-timeReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission * 10.5.5. The input element as domain-specific widgets #element-statedef-input-localdatetimeReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission * 10.5.5. The input element as domain-specific widgets #element-statedef-input-numberReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model * 10.5.5. The input element as domain-specific widgets * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features * 11.1.1. Warnings for obsolete but conforming features (2) #element-statedef-input-rangeReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors (2) (3) * 10.5.6. The input element as a range control #range-default-valueReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2) #element-statedef-input-colorReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors * 10.5.7. The input element as a color well #element-statedef-input-checkboxReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) (2) * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2) * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) * 10.5.8. The input element as a checkbox and radio button widgets #element-statedef-input-radioReferenced in: * 2.7.2.2. The HTMLFormControlsCollection interface (2) (3) * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) (2) * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2) * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) * 10.5.8. The input element as a checkbox and radio button widgets #radio-button-groupReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.5.3.4. The required attribute * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes #element-statedef-input-fileReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) (2) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2) * 10.5.9. The input element as a file upload control * Attributes #selected-filesReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set * 5.4.4. Processing model * 10.5.9. The input element as a file upload control #path-componentsReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs #element-attrdef-input-acceptReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) (2) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 11.2. Non-conforming features * Elements * Attributes #element-statedef-input-submitReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission (2) * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command (2) * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) * 10.5.10. The input element as a button #element-statedef-input-imageReferenced in: * 4.7.19. Dimension attributes * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3) * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2) * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command (2) * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) * 10.4.2. Images * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images (2) (3) (4) (5) * 11.2. Non-conforming features #element-attrdef-input-srcReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * Elements #availableReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) #element-attrdef-input-altReferenced in: * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * Elements #coordinateReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2) * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set #element-statedef-input-resetReferenced in: * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command (2) * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes * 10.5.10. The input element as a button #element-statedef-input-buttonReferenced in: * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command (2) * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes * 10.5.10. The input element as a button #implementation-notesReferenced in: * 4.10.1.7. Date, time, and number formats * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) #element-attrdef-input-maxlengthReferenced in: * 4.10.1.4. Client-side form validation * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.20.1. Definitions * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features * 11.1.1. Warnings for obsolete but conforming features * Elements #element-attrdef-input-minlengthReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.20.1. Definitions * Elements #element-attrdef-input-sizeReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget. (2) * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features * 11.1.1. Warnings for obsolete but conforming features * Elements #element-attrdef-input-readonlyReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) * Elements #element-attrdef-input-requiredReferenced in: * 4.10.1.4. Client-side form validation * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.20.1. Definitions * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes * Elements #requiredReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.3.4. The required attribute * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) #element-attrdef-input-multipleReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) (2) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.17.1. A form control value * Elements #element-attrdef-input-patternReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.5.3.6. The pattern attribute * 4.10.20.1. Definitions * Elements #compiled-pattern-regular-expressionReferenced in: * 4.10.5.3.6. The pattern attribute (2) (3) (4) #element-attrdef-input-titleReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.5.3.6. The pattern attribute (2) (3) (4) * Attributes #has-a-periodic-domainReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes (2) (3) #element-attrdef-input-minReferenced in: * 4.10.1.1. Writing a form’s user interface * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) (2) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) (2) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) (2) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) (2) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) (2) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute (2) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs * 4.10.20.1. Definitions * Elements #element-attrdef-input-maxReferenced in: * 4.10.1.1. Writing a form’s user interface * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) (2) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) (2) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) (2) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) (2) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) (2) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes (2) (3) * 4.10.20.1. Definitions * Elements * Attributes #min-minimumReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) #default-minimumReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) #max-maximumReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) #default-maximumReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) #have-a-reversed-rangeReferenced in: * 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes (2) (3) #have-range-limitationsReferenced in: * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) #element-attrdef-input-stepReferenced in: * 4.10.1.1. Writing a form’s user interface * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) (2) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) (2) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) (2) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) (2) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute (2) (3) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.20.1. Definitions * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API * Elements * Attributes #default-stepReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute (2) #step-scale-factorReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute (2) (3) #default-step-baseReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute #allowed-value-stepReferenced in: * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) #step-baseReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) (4) #element-attrdef-input-listReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs * 4.10.8. The datalist element * 10.5.6. The input element as a range control * 10.5.7. The input element as a color well * Elements * Attributes #suggestions-source-elementReferenced in: * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs #element-attrdef-input-placeholderReferenced in: * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * Elements #apisReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element #dom-htmlinputelement-valueReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) (2) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) (2) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) (2) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) (2) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) (2) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) (2) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) (2) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) (2) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) (2) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) (2) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) (2) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) (2) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) (2) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs #modedef-input-valueReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) #modedef-input-defaultReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) #modedef-input-default-onReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) #modedef-input-filenameReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) #dom-htmlinputelement-checkedReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs #dom-htmlinputelement-filesReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs #dom-htmlinputelement-valueasdateReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs #dom-htmlinputelement-valueasnumberReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs #dom-htmlinputelement-stepdownReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) #dom-htmlinputelement-stepupReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #is-step-alignedReferenced in: * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) #is-not-step-alignedReferenced in: * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute (2) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs #step-alignReferenced in: * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) #dom-htmlinputelement-listReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs #elementdef-buttonReferenced in: * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values * 2.1.2. XML compatibility (2) (3) * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2) * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute * 4.7.5.1.3. A link or button containing nothing but an image * 4.10.1.1. Writing a form’s user interface * 4.10.2. Categories (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.10.6. The button element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.18.5. Enabling and disabling form controls: the disabled attribute * 4.11.3.3. Using the button element to define a command (2) * 4.14. Disabled elements * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3) (4) * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode * 10.5.2. The button element (2) * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * Element Interfaces * Changes between Working Draft 6 and Working Draft 5 #htmlbuttonelementReferenced in: * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-button-typeReferenced in: * 4.10.6. The button element * Elements * Attributes #attr-valuedef-button-type-submitReferenced in: * Attributes #element-statedef-button-type-submit-buttonReferenced in: * 4.10.6. The button element (2) (3) (4) (5) #element-statedef-button-type-reset-buttonReferenced in: * 4.10.6. The button element (2) #element-statedef-button-type-buttonReferenced in: * 4.10.6. The button element (2) #element-attrdef-button-valueReferenced in: * 4.10.6. The button element (2) * Elements #dom-htmlbuttonelement-valueReferenced in: * 4.10.6. The button element #dom-htmlbuttonelement-typeReferenced in: * 4.10.6. The button element #elementdef-selectReferenced in: * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2) * 2.7.2.3. The HTMLOptionsCollection interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute * 4.10.1.6. The difference between the field type, the autofill field name, and the input modality * 4.10.2. Categories (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute * 4.10.7. The select element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) * 4.10.8. The datalist element * 4.10.9. The optgroup element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.10.17.1. A form control value * 4.10.18.5. Enabling and disabling form controls: the disabled attribute * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.10.20.1. Definitions (2) * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2) * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command (2) (3) * 4.14. Disabled elements * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3) * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.17. The "in select in table" insertion mode (2) * 10.5.14. The select element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 10.7.4. Text rendered in native user interfaces * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) * Elements (2) (3) * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * Element Interfaces #htmlselectelementReferenced in: * 4.10.7. The select element * Elements * Element Interfaces #dom-htmlselectelement-removeReferenced in: * 4.10.7. The select element #element-attrdef-select-multipleReferenced in: * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.10. The option element * 10.5.14. The select element (2) (3) * Elements #element-attrdef-select-sizeReferenced in: * 4.10.7. The select element * Elements #display-sizeReferenced in: * 4.10.7. The select element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 10.5.14. The select element (2) (3) #list-of-optionsReferenced in: * 4.10.7. The select element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) * 4.10.10. The option element (2) * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set * 10.5.14. The select element (2) #element-attrdef-select-requiredReferenced in: * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.20.1. Definitions * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) * Elements #placeholder-label-optionReferenced in: * 4.10.7. The select element (2) * 4.10.10. The option element (2) * 10.5.14. The select element (2) (3) #pickedReferenced in: * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command #ask-for-a-resetReferenced in: * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.10. The option element #toggleReferenced in: * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command #send-select-update-notificationsReferenced in: * 4.10.7. The select element (2) (3) (4) #dom-htmlselectelement-typeReferenced in: * 4.10.7. The select element #dom-htmlselectelement-optionsReferenced in: * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.10. The option element #dom-htmlselectelement-lengthReferenced in: * 4.10.7. The select element #dom-htmlselectelement-itemReferenced in: * 4.10.7. The select element #dom-htmlselectelement-nameditemReferenced in: * 4.10.7. The select element #set-the-value-of-a-new-indexed-propertyReferenced in: * 4.10.7. The select element #dom-htmlselectelement-selectedoptionsReferenced in: * 4.10.7. The select element #dom-htmlselectelement-selectedindexReferenced in: * 4.10.7. The select element #dom-htmlselectelement-valueReferenced in: * 4.10.7. The select element #dom-htmlselectelement-multipleReferenced in: * 4.10.7. The select element #dom-htmlselectelement-_requiredReferenced in: * 4.10.7. The select element #dom-htmlselectelement-sizeReferenced in: * 4.10.7. The select element #elementdef-datalistReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 4.10.5.3.5. The multiple attribute * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs * 4.10.8. The datalist element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set * Elements (2) * Element content categories (2) * Element Interfaces * Changes between Working Draft 2 and the First Public Working Draft #htmldatalistelementReferenced in: * Elements * Element Interfaces #dom-htmldatalistelement-optionsReferenced in: * 4.10.8. The datalist element #elementdef-optgroupReferenced in: * 2.7.2.3. The HTMLOptionsCollection interface (2) * 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute (2) * 4.10.7. The select element (2) (3) * 4.10.9. The optgroup element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.14. Disabled elements * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags (2) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode (2) (3) * 10.5.14. The select element (2) (3) (4) * Elements (2) (3) * Attributes (2) * Element Interfaces #htmloptgroupelementReferenced in: * 2.7.2.3. The HTMLOptionsCollection interface * 4.10.7. The select element * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-optgroup-disabledReferenced in: * 4.10.9. The optgroup element * 4.10.10. The option element * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes * Elements #element-attrdef-optgroup-labelReferenced in: * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute * 4.10.9. The optgroup element * 10.5.14. The select element * Elements #dom-htmloptgroupelement-disabledReferenced in: * 4.10.9. The optgroup element #dom-htmloptgroupelement-labelReferenced in: * 4.10.9. The optgroup element #elementdef-optionReferenced in: * 2.7.2.3. The HTMLOptionsCollection interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute (2) (3) * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute (2) * 4.10.7. The select element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) * 4.10.8. The datalist element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.10.9. The optgroup element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) * 4.10.17.1. A form control value * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) * 4.10.20.1. Definitions * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2) * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.14. Disabled elements * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3) * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags (2) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 10.5.14. The select element (2) (3) * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) * Elements (2) (3) (4) * Attributes (2) (3) (4) * Element Interfaces * Changes between Working Draft 6 and Working Draft 5 * Changes between Working Draft 2 and the First Public Working Draft #htmloptionelementReferenced in: * 2.7.2.3. The HTMLOptionsCollection interface (2) * 4.10.7. The select element (2) (3) * 4.10.10. The option element (2) * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-option-disabledReferenced in: * 4.10.10. The option element (2) * Elements #element-attrdef-option-labelReferenced in: * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute (2) * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * Elements * Changes between Working Draft 6 and Working Draft 5 * Changes between Working Draft 2 and the First Public Working Draft #labelReferenced in: * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks (2) * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute * 4.10.8. The datalist element * 4.10.10. The option element * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command (2) (3) * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other elements * 10.5.14. The select element * Attributes #element-attrdef-option-valueReferenced in: * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3) (4) (5) * Elements #element-attrdef-option-selectedReferenced in: * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes * Elements #statedef-option-dirtinessReferenced in: * 4.10.7. The select element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3) #statedef-option-selectednessReferenced in: * 4.10.7. The select element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 4.10.17.1. A form control value * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) * 4.10.20.1. Definitions * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes * 10.5.14. The select element #option-indexReferenced in: * 4.10.7. The select element (2) * 4.10.10. The option element #dom-htmloptionelement-disabledReferenced in: * 4.10.10. The option element #dom-htmloptionelement-defaultselectedReferenced in: * 4.10.10. The option element #dom-htmloptionelement-labelReferenced in: * 4.10.10. The option element #dom-htmloptionelement-valueReferenced in: * 4.10.10. The option element #dom-htmloptionelement-selectedReferenced in: * 4.10.10. The option element (2) #dom-htmloptionelement-indexReferenced in: * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3) #dom-htmloptionelement-textReferenced in: * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3) (4) (5) #dom-htmloptionelement-optionReferenced in: * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3) #elementdef-textareaReferenced in: * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2) * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content (2) (3) * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) (3) * 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute * 3.2.7.2. User agent conformance criteria * 4.10.1.1. Writing a form’s user interface * 4.10.1.4. Client-side form validation * 4.10.1.6. The difference between the field type, the autofill field name, and the input modality * 4.10.2. Categories (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) * 4.10.18.3. Limiting user input length: the maxlength attribute * 4.10.18.5. Enabling and disabling form controls: the disabled attribute * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.10.20.1. Definitions (2) (3) * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2) * 4.14. Disabled elements * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3) (4) (5) * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking (2) (3) * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) (4) * 6.7.10.1. Persisted user state restoration * 8.1.2. Elements * 8.1.2.5. Restrictions on content models * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments * 10.3.5. Bidirectional text * 10.5.15. The textarea element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) * Element Interfaces * Changes between Working Draft 2 and the First Public Working Draft #htmltextareaelementReferenced in: * Elements * Element Interfaces #raw-valueReferenced in: * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) * 4.10.18.3. Limiting user input length: the maxlength attribute * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set #element-attrdef-textarea-readonlyReferenced in: * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) (3) (4) * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes * Elements #textarea-dirty-value-flagReferenced in: * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) (3) (4) (5) #element-attrdef-textarea-colsReferenced in: * 4.10.11. The textarea element * Elements #character-widthReferenced in: * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 10.5.15. The textarea element #element-attrdef-textarea-rowsReferenced in: * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * Elements #character-heightReferenced in: * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 10.5.15. The textarea element #element-attrdef-textarea-wrapReferenced in: * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 10.5.15. The textarea element * Elements #attr-valuedef-textarea-wrap-softReferenced in: * Attributes #attr-valuedef-textarea-wrap-hardReferenced in: * Attributes #statedef-textarea-softReferenced in: * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) #statedef-textarea-hardReferenced in: * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) (3) #api-valueReferenced in: * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) (3) #textarea-wrapping-transformationReferenced in: * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.18.3. Limiting user input length: the maxlength attribute #element-attrdef-textarea-maxlengthReferenced in: * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.20.1. Definitions * Elements #element-attrdef-textarea-minlengthReferenced in: * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.20.1. Definitions * Elements #element-attrdef-textarea-requiredReferenced in: * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.20.1. Definitions * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) * Elements #element-attrdef-textarea-placeholderReferenced in: * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute * 4.10.11. The textarea element * Elements #dom-htmltextareaelement-colsReferenced in: * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 10.5.15. The textarea element #dom-htmltextareaelement-placeholderReferenced in: * 4.10.11. The textarea element #dom-htmltextareaelement-_requiredReferenced in: * 4.10.11. The textarea element #dom-htmltextareaelement-rowsReferenced in: * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 10.5.15. The textarea element #dom-htmltextareaelement-wrapReferenced in: * 4.10.11. The textarea element #dom-htmltextareaelement-dirnameReferenced in: * 4.10.11. The textarea element #dom-htmltextareaelement-maxlengthReferenced in: * 4.10.11. The textarea element #dom-htmltextareaelement-minlengthReferenced in: * 4.10.11. The textarea element #dom-htmltextareaelement-readonlyReferenced in: * 4.10.11. The textarea element #dom-htmltextareaelement-typeReferenced in: * 4.10.11. The textarea element #dom-htmltextareaelement-defaultvalueReferenced in: * 4.10.11. The textarea element #dom-htmltextareaelement-valueReferenced in: * 4.10.11. The textarea element #dom-htmltextareaelement-textlengthReferenced in: * 4.10.11. The textarea element #elementdef-outputReferenced in: * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.5.19. The samp element * 4.10.2. Categories (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.10.12. The output element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 5.1. The hidden attribute * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * Attributes (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #htmloutputelementReferenced in: * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-output-forReferenced in: * 4.10.12. The output element (2) (3) * Elements #value-mode-flagReferenced in: * 4.10.12. The output element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) #output-default-valueReferenced in: * 4.10.12. The output element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) #dom-htmloutputelement-valueReferenced in: * 4.10.12. The output element #dom-htmloutputelement-defaultvalueReferenced in: * 4.10.12. The output element #dom-htmloutputelement-typeReferenced in: * 4.10.12. The output element #dom-htmloutputelement-htmlforReferenced in: * 4.10.12. The output element #elementdef-progressReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.10.2. Categories (2) * 4.10.13. The progress element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.14. The meter element * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes * 10.5.13. The progress element (2) (3) * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) * Attributes (2) * Element Interfaces #htmlprogresselementReferenced in: * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-progress-valueReferenced in: * 4.10.13. The progress element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes * Elements #element-attrdef-progress-maxReferenced in: * 4.10.13. The progress element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * Elements #progress-maximum-valueReferenced in: * 4.10.13. The progress element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) #progress-current-valueReferenced in: * 4.10.13. The progress element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #dom-htmlprogresselement-positionReferenced in: * 4.10.13. The progress element #dom-htmlprogresselement-valueReferenced in: * 4.10.13. The progress element (2) #dom-htmlprogresselement-maxReferenced in: * 4.10.13. The progress element #elementdef-meterReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.10.2. Categories (2) * 4.10.13. The progress element * 4.10.14. The meter element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 10.5.12. The meter element (2) (3) * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * Element Interfaces #htmlmeterelementReferenced in: * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-meter-minReferenced in: * 4.10.14. The meter element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * Elements #element-attrdef-meter-maxReferenced in: * 4.10.14. The meter element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * Elements * Attributes #element-attrdef-meter-valueReferenced in: * 4.10.14. The meter element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * Elements #element-attrdef-meter-lowReferenced in: * 4.10.14. The meter element (2) (3) (4) (5) * Elements #element-attrdef-meter-highReferenced in: * 4.10.14. The meter element (2) (3) (4) (5) * Elements #element-attrdef-meter-optimumReferenced in: * 4.10.14. The meter element (2) (3) (4) (5) * Elements #meter-minimum-valueReferenced in: * 4.10.14. The meter element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) #meter-maximum-valueReferenced in: * 4.10.14. The meter element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) #meter-actual-valueReferenced in: * 4.10.14. The meter element #meter-low-boundaryReferenced in: * 4.10.14. The meter element #meter-high-boundaryReferenced in: * 4.10.14. The meter element #meter-optimum-valueReferenced in: * 4.10.14. The meter element #dom-htmlmeterelement-valueReferenced in: * 4.10.14. The meter element #dom-htmlmeterelement-minReferenced in: * 4.10.14. The meter element #dom-htmlmeterelement-maxReferenced in: * 4.10.14. The meter element #dom-htmlmeterelement-lowReferenced in: * 4.10.14. The meter element #dom-htmlmeterelement-highReferenced in: * 4.10.14. The meter element #dom-htmlmeterelement-optimumReferenced in: * 4.10.14. The meter element #elementdef-fieldsetReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.3.9. Headings and sections * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.15. The div element * 4.10.1.1. Writing a form’s user interface (2) * 4.10.2. Categories (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) * 4.10.16. The legend element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.18.5. Enabling and disabling form controls: the disabled attribute (2) * 4.11.3.7. Using the accesskey attribute on a legend element to define a command * 4.14. Disabled elements * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3) * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 10.3.13. The fieldset and legend elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 11.2. Non-conforming features * Elements (2) (3) * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * Attributes (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #htmlfieldsetelementReferenced in: * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-fieldset-disabledReferenced in: * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2) (3) * Elements #disabled-fieldsetReferenced in: * 4.14. Disabled elements * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes #dom-htmlfieldsetelement-disabledReferenced in: * 4.10.15. The fieldset element #dom-htmlfieldsetelement-typeReferenced in: * 4.10.15. The fieldset element #dom-htmlfieldsetelement-elementsReferenced in: * 4.10.2. Categories * 4.10.15. The fieldset element #elementdef-legendReferenced in: * 4.10.1.1. Writing a form’s user interface * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.16. The legend element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.18.5. Enabling and disabling form controls: the disabled attribute * 4.11.3.7. Using the accesskey attribute on a legend element to define a command (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 10.3.13. The fieldset and legend elements (2) (3) (4) * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements (2) * Element Interfaces * Changes between Working Draft 3 and Working Draft 2 #htmllegendelementReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element Interfaces #forms-valueReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.10.5.3.2. The size attribute * 4.10.5.3.4. The required attribute (2) * 4.10.5.3.6. The pattern attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 4.10.5.3.10. The placeholder attribute * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.7. The select element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.8. The datalist element (2) * 4.10.10. The option element * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.17.1. A form control value (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.17.2. Mutability * 4.10.18.3. Limiting user input length: the maxlength attribute (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.18.4. Setting minimum input length requirements: the minlength attribute (2) (3) * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections * 4.10.20.1. Definitions (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2) * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2) (3) (4) * 5.4.4. Processing model * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking (2) * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes #forms-checkednessReferenced in: * 2.7.2.2. The HTMLFormControlsCollection interface (2) * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.17.2. Mutability * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2) * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3) * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes #mutableReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) (2) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) (2) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) (2) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) (2) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) (2) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) (2) * 4.10.5.3.3. The readonly attribute * 4.10.5.3.4. The required attribute * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking #form-ownerReferenced in: * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.10.2. Categories (2) * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) (2) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) (2) * 4.10.6. The button element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.15. The fieldset element * 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2) * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.20.2. Constraint validation * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission (2) * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set * 4.10.22. Resetting a form * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers (2) #element-attrdef-formelements-formReferenced in: * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.10.2. Categories (2) * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.6. The button element (2) * 4.10.7. The select element (2) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.12. The output element (2) * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2) * 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) #associatedReferenced in: * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes #reset-the-form-ownerReferenced in: * 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms (2) (3) (4) (5) * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes #dom-formidlattribute-formReferenced in: * 4.7.8. The object element (2) * 4.10.2. Categories * 4.10.4. The label element * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.6. The button element (2) * 4.10.7. The select element (2) * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.12. The output element (2) * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2) * 4.10.16. The legend element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms #element-attrdef-formelements-nameReferenced in: * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface * 4.10.1.1. Writing a form’s user interface * 4.10.1.3. Configuring a form to communicate with a server * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.10.4. The label element * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.6. The button element (2) * 4.10.7. The select element (2) (3) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.12. The output element (2) * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2) * 4.10.18.1. Naming form controls: the name attribute (2) * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2) (3) (4) * 8.1.2.3. Attributes * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #dom-htmlinputelement-nameReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.6. The button element (2) * 4.10.7. The select element (2) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.12. The output element (2) * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2) #element-attrdef-input-dirnameReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) (3) * Elements (2) #form-control-maxlength-attributeReferenced in: * 4.10.5.3.1. The maxlength and minlength attributes * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.18.3. Limiting user input length: the maxlength attribute * 4.10.20.1. Definitions #maximum-allowed-value-lengthReferenced in: * 4.10.5.3.1. The maxlength and minlength attributes (2) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.18.3. Limiting user input length: the maxlength attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.18.4. Setting minimum input length requirements: the minlength attribute (2) #form-control-minlength-attributeReferenced in: * 4.10.5.3.1. The maxlength and minlength attributes * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.18.4. Setting minimum input length requirements: the minlength attribute * 4.10.20.1. Definitions #minimum-allowed-value-lengthReferenced in: * 4.10.18.4. Setting minimum input length requirements: the minlength attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) #element-attrdef-disabledformelements-disabledReferenced in: * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.6. The button element (2) * 4.10.7. The select element (2) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.18.5. Enabling and disabling form controls: the disabled attribute * 8.1.2.3. Attributes * Elements (2) (3) (4) #dom-htmlinputelement-disabledReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.6. The button element (2) * 4.10.7. The select element (2) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) #forms-attributes-for-form-submissionReferenced in: * 4.10.3. The form element * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) #element-attrdef-form-actionReferenced in: * 4.10.1.3. Configuring a form to communicate with a server * 4.10.3. The form element (2) * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) * 4.10.21.1. Introduction * Elements * Attributes #element-attrdef-submitbuttonelements-formactionReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) (2) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.6. The button element (2) (3) * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) (3) * Elements (2) #actionReferenced in: * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command * 5.5.3. Processing model #element-attrdef-form-methodReferenced in: * 4.10.1.3. Configuring a form to communicate with a server * 4.10.3. The form element (2) * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * Elements * Attributes #element-attrdef-submitbuttonelements-formmethodReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) (2) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.6. The button element (2) (3) * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) (3) (4) * Elements (2) #attr-valuedef-form-method-getReferenced in: * 4.10.18.6. Form submission * Attributes #http-getReferenced in: * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm #attr-valuedef-form-method-postReferenced in: * 4.10.18.6. Form submission * Attributes #http-postReferenced in: * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm #attr-valuedef-form-method-dialogReferenced in: * 4.10.18.6. Form submission * Attributes #state-dialogReferenced in: * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm * Events #forms-methodReferenced in: * 4.10.18.6. Form submission * 4.10.21.1. Introduction * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm #element-attrdef-form-enctypeReferenced in: * 4.10.1.3. Configuring a form to communicate with a server * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3) * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) (3) (4) * Elements * Attributes #element-attrdef-submitbuttonelements-formenctypeReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) (2) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.6. The button element (2) (3) * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) (3) (4) * Elements (2) #enctypeReferenced in: * 4.10.18.6. Form submission * 4.10.21.1. Introduction * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm #element-attrdef-form-targetReferenced in: * 4.10.3. The form element (2) * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) (3) (4) (5) * Elements * Attributes #element-attrdef-submitbuttonelements-formtargetReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) (2) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.6. The button element (2) (3) * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) (3) * Elements (2) #element-attrdef-form-novalidateReferenced in: * 4.10.3. The form element (2) * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) (3) * Elements * Attributes #element-attrdef-submitbuttonelements-formnovalidateReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.6. The button element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) (3) * Elements (2) #no-validate-stateReferenced in: * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm #dom-htmlformelement-actionReferenced in: * 4.10.3. The form element #dom-htmlformelement-targetReferenced in: * 4.10.3. The form element #dom-htmlformelement-methodReferenced in: * 4.10.3. The form element #dom-htmlformelement-enctypeReferenced in: * 4.10.3. The form element #dom-htmlformelement-encodingReferenced in: * 4.10.3. The form element #dom-htmlformelement-novalidateReferenced in: * 4.10.3. The form element #dom-htmlinputelement-formactionReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.6. The button element #dom-htmlinputelement-formenctypeReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.6. The button element #dom-htmlinputelement-formmethodReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.6. The button element #dom-htmlinputelement-formnovalidateReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.6. The button element #dom-htmlinputelement-formtargetReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.6. The button element #element-attrdef-formelements-autofocusReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.5.3.10. The placeholder attribute * 4.10.6. The button element (2) * 4.10.7. The select element (2) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) * 6.5. Sandboxing * Elements (2) (3) (4) * Attributes #nearest-ancestor-autofocus-scoping-document-elementReferenced in: * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute #dom-htmlinputelement-autofocusReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.6. The button element (2) * 4.10.7. The select element (2) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) #element-attrdef-autocompleteelements-autocompleteReferenced in: * 4.10.1.5. Enabling client-side automatic filling of form controls * 4.10.1.6. The difference between the field type, the autofill field name, and the input modality (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.3. The form element (2) * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.7. The select element (2) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * Elements (2) (3) * Attributes (2) #autofill-expectation-mantleReferenced in: * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2) (3) * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model #autofill-anchor-mantleReferenced in: * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2) (3) * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) #autofill-detail-tokensReferenced in: * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2) #attr-valuedef-forms-autocomplete-offReferenced in: * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) #attr-valuedef-forms-autocomplete-onReferenced in: * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model #autofill-fieldReferenced in: * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model * Attributes #inappropriate-for-the-controlReferenced in: * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2) #administrative-levelReferenced in: * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2) (3) (4) #autofill-hint-setReferenced in: * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) #autofill-scopeReferenced in: * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) #autofill-field-nameReferenced in: * 4.10.3. The form element (2) * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) * 6.7.10. History traversal #idl-exposed-autofill-valueReferenced in: * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) #controls-dataReferenced in: * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) #derived-from-country-in-some-casesReferenced in: * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute #dom-htmlinputelement-autocompleteReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.11. The textarea element #enumdef-selectionmodeReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.11. The textarea element #dom-selectionapielements-selectReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections (2) #dom-selectionapielements-selectionstartReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #dom-selectionapielements-selectionendReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) #dom-selectionapielements-selectiondirectionReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections (2) (3) (4) #dom-selectionapielements-setselectionrangeReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections (2) (3) (4) #dom-selectionapielements-setrangetextReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) (3) * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections (2) #dom-selectionmode-selectReferenced in: * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections #dom-selectionmode-startReferenced in: * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections #dom-selectionmode-endReferenced in: * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections #dom-selectionmode-preserveReferenced in: * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections #candidates-for-constraint-validationReferenced in: * 4.10.20.2. Constraint validation * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) #barred-from-constraint-validationReferenced in: * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) * 4.10.5.3.3. The readonly attribute * 4.10.8. The datalist element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.18.5. Enabling and disabling form controls: the disabled attribute * 4.10.20.1. Definitions * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API #custom-validity-error-messageReferenced in: * 4.10.20.1. Definitions (2) (3) * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API (2) #validity-statesReferenced in: * 4.10.20.1. Definitions * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API #suffer-from-being-missingReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 4.10.5.3.4. The required attribute * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API #suffer-from-a-type-mismatchReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2) * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API #suffer-from-a-pattern-mismatchReferenced in: * 4.10.5.3.6. The pattern attribute (2) * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API #suffer-from-being-too-longReferenced in: * 4.10.18.3. Limiting user input length: the maxlength attribute * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API #suffer-from-being-too-shortReferenced in: * 4.10.18.4. Setting minimum input length requirements: the minlength attribute * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API #suffer-from-an-underflowReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) #suffer-from-an-overflowReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) #suffer-from-a-step-mismatchReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) (2) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) (2) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) (2) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) (2) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) (2) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2) * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute (2) * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API #suffer-from-bad-inputReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2) * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API #suffer-from-a-custom-errorReferenced in: * 4.10.20.1. Definitions * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API (2) #satisfy-its-constraintsReferenced in: * 4.10.20.2. Constraint validation * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API (2) (3) * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #statically-validating-the-constraintsReferenced in: * 4.10.3. The form element * 4.10.20.2. Constraint validation #interactively-validate-the-constraintsReferenced in: * 4.10.3. The form element * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm #constraint-validation-apiReferenced in: * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.15. The fieldset element #dom-htmlinputelement-willvalidateReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.6. The button element (2) * 4.10.7. The select element (2) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.12. The output element (2) * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2) #dom-htmlinputelement-setcustomvalidityReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) * 4.10.6. The button element (2) * 4.10.7. The select element (2) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.12. The output element (2) * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2) * 4.10.20.1. Definitions (2) * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API (2) #dom-htmlinputelement-validityReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.6. The button element (2) * 4.10.7. The select element (2) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.12. The output element (2) * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2) #validitystateReferenced in: * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.15. The fieldset element * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API (2) #dom-validitystate-valuemissingReferenced in: * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API #dom-validitystate-typemismatchReferenced in: * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API #dom-validitystate-patternmismatchReferenced in: * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API #dom-validitystate-toolongReferenced in: * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API #dom-validitystate-tooshortReferenced in: * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API #dom-validitystate-rangeunderflowReferenced in: * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API #dom-validitystate-rangeoverflowReferenced in: * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API #dom-validitystate-stepmismatchReferenced in: * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API #dom-validitystate-badinputReferenced in: * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API #dom-validitystate-customerrorReferenced in: * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API #dom-validitystate-validReferenced in: * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API #dom-htmlinputelement-checkvalidityReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.6. The button element (2) * 4.10.7. The select element (2) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.12. The output element (2) * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2) #dom-htmlinputelement-reportvalidityReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.6. The button element (2) * 4.10.7. The select element (2) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.12. The output element (2) * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2) #dom-htmlinputelement-validationmessageReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.6. The button element (2) * 4.10.7. The select element (2) * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.12. The output element (2) * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2) #form-submissionReferenced in: * 4.10.1.3. Configuring a form to communicate with a server * 4.10.5. The input element (2) * 4.10.5.2. Implementation notes regarding localization of form controls * 4.10.6. The button element (2) (3) * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2) * 4.10.21.5. Selecting a form submission encoding * 4.10.21.7. Multipart form data * 6.1.5. Browsing context names * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 6.7.10. History traversal * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) #default-buttonReferenced in: * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission (2) (3) * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) #submitReferenced in: * 4.10.2. Categories * 4.10.3. The form element * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm * 6.5. Sandboxing * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * Events #planned-navigationReferenced in: * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #plan-to-navigateReferenced in: * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #mutate-action-urlReferenced in: * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2) #submit-as-entity-bodyReferenced in: * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2) #get-action-urlReferenced in: * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2) (3) (4) (5) #post-to-dataReferenced in: * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm #mail-with-headersReferenced in: * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm #mail-as-bodyReferenced in: * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm #submit-dialogReferenced in: * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm #appropriate-form-encoding-algorithmReferenced in: * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2) (3) #constructing-the-form-data-setReferenced in: * 4.10.2. Categories * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm #during-form-submissionReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) #picking-an-encoding-for-the-formReferenced in: * 4.10.21.6. URL-encoded form data * 4.10.21.7. Multipart form data * 4.10.21.8. Plain text form data #application-x-www-form-urlencoded-encoding-algorithmReferenced in: * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2) (3) #multipart-form-data-encoding-algorithmReferenced in: * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2) #multipart-form-data-boundary-stringReferenced in: * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm #text-plain-encoding-algorithmReferenced in: * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm #resetReferenced in: * 4.10.2. Categories * 4.10.3. The form element * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.22. Resetting a form (2) * Events #reset-algorithmReferenced in: * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.12. The output element * 4.10.22. Resetting a form * 6.7.10. History traversal * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes #elementdef-detailsReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 4.3.9. Headings and sections * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.7.5.1.4. Graphical Representations: Charts, diagrams, graphs, maps, illustrations * 4.11.1. The details element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 4.11.2. The summary element (2) (3) * 4.12. Scripting * 5.4.2. Data model * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 10.5.3. The details and summary elements (2) (3) (4) * Elements (2) (3) * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) * Attributes * Element Interfaces * Events (2) * Changes between Working Draft 6 and Working Draft 5 (2) (3) #htmldetailselementReferenced in: * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-details-openReferenced in: * 4.11.1. The details element * 10.5.3. The details and summary elements * Elements #details-notification-task-stepsReferenced in: * 4.11.1. The details element * 4.11.2. The summary element #dom-htmldetailselement-openReferenced in: * 4.11.1. The details element #elementdef-summaryReferenced in: * 4.7.5.1.4. Graphical Representations: Charts, diagrams, graphs, maps, illustrations * 4.11.1. The details element (2) * 4.11.2. The summary element * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 10.5.3. The details and summary elements (2) (3) * Elements (2) * Element Interfaces * Changes between Working Draft 6 and Working Draft 5 (2) (3) (4) #defines-a-commandReferenced in: * 4.11.3.1. Facets * 5.2. Inert subtrees #facet-labelReferenced in: * 4.11.3.2. Using the a element to define a command * 4.11.3.3. Using the button element to define a command * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command (2) * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command * 4.11.3.6. Using the accesskey attribute on a label element to define a command * 4.11.3.7. Using the accesskey attribute on a legend element to define a command * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other elements (2) #facet-access-keyReferenced in: * 4.11.3.1. Facets * 4.11.3.2. Using the a element to define a command * 4.11.3.3. Using the button element to define a command * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command * 4.11.3.6. Using the accesskey attribute on a label element to define a command * 4.11.3.7. Using the accesskey attribute on a legend element to define a command * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other elements #facet-hidden-stateReferenced in: * 4.11.3.1. Facets * 4.11.3.2. Using the a element to define a command * 4.11.3.3. Using the button element to define a command * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command * 4.11.3.6. Using the accesskey attribute on a label element to define a command * 4.11.3.7. Using the accesskey attribute on a legend element to define a command * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other elements * 5.5.3. Processing model #facet-disabled-stateReferenced in: * 4.11.3.2. Using the a element to define a command * 4.11.3.3. Using the button element to define a command * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command * 4.11.3.6. Using the accesskey attribute on a label element to define a command * 4.11.3.7. Using the accesskey attribute on a legend element to define a command * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other elements * 5.5.3. Processing model #facet-actionReferenced in: * 4.11.3.2. Using the a element to define a command * 4.11.3.3. Using the button element to define a command * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command * 4.11.3.6. Using the accesskey attribute on a label element to define a command * 4.11.3.7. Using the accesskey attribute on a legend element to define a command * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other elements #elementdef-dialogReferenced in: * 2.2.2. Dependencies * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 4.3.9. Headings and sections * 4.10.18.6. Form submission * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute (2) (3) * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) * 5.2. Inert subtrees (2) * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) (4) (5) * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) * Elements * Element content categories (2) * Attributes * Element Interfaces * Events (2) (3) * Changes since HTML 5.1 - Note that these may change if the HTML 5.1 specification is updated. #htmldialogelementReferenced in: * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-dialog-openReferenced in: * Elements #dom-htmldialogelement-showReferenced in: * 4.11.4. The dialog element #pending-dialog-stackReferenced in: * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) #modal-dialog-is-shownReferenced in: * 5.4.4. Processing model #dom-htmldialogelement-showmodalReferenced in: * 4.11.4. The dialog element #dialog-focusing-stepsReferenced in: * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) #dom-htmldialogelement-closeReferenced in: * 4.11.4. The dialog element #close-the-dialogReferenced in: * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) #dom-htmldialogelement-returnvalueReferenced in: * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) (3) #normal-alignmentReferenced in: * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) (3) #centered-alignmentReferenced in: * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) #magically-alignedReferenced in: * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) (3) #set-up-the-positionReferenced in: * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) (3) #absolute-anchoredReferenced in: * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) (3) (4) #dom-htmldialogelement-openReferenced in: * 4.11.4. The dialog element #propdef-anchor-pointReferenced in: * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.11.4.1. Anchor points #valdef-anchor-point-noneReferenced in: * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) (3) (4) (5) #elementdef-scriptReferenced in: * 1.5.3. Extensibility * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML * 1.9.1. Writing secure applications with HTML * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values (2) * 2.2.1. Conformance classes (2) (3) * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 3.2.4.2.1. Metadata content * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.9. Script-supporting elements * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute * 4.2.5. The meta element * 4.3.1. The body element * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3) * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (55) * 4.12.1.3. Restrictions for contents of script elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.12.1.4. Inline documentation for external scripts (2) (3) * 4.12.1.5. Interaction of script elements and XSLT (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.12.2. The noscript element (2) * 7.1.1. Introduction * 7.1.3.1. Definitions * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts * 7.1.3.5.2. Incumbent * 7.1.3.8. Integration with the JavaScript module system (2) * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors (2) * 7.4.3. document.write() * 8.1.2. Elements * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.3.5. Other parsing state flags * 8.2.4. Tokenization * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.6. The end (2) (3) * 8.2.8.4. Scripts that modify the page as it is being parsed (2) (3) (4) (5) * 8.2.8.5. The execution of scripts that are moving across multiple documents (2) (3) * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2) (3) (4) * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments * 9.2. Parsing XML documents (2) * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features * 11.1.1. Warnings for obsolete but conforming features * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * Element Interfaces * Events (2) (3) (4) #htmlscriptelementReferenced in: * 2.2.1. Conformance classes * 3.1.1. The Document object * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Elements * Element Interfaces #element-attrdef-script-typeReferenced in: * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 7.1.3.8. Integration with the JavaScript module system * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features (2) * 11.1.1. Warnings for obsolete but conforming features * Elements #data-blockReferenced in: * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3) (4) (5) #element-attrdef-script-srcReferenced in: * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values (2) * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * 4.12.1.4. Inline documentation for external scripts (2) * 8.2.8.5. The execution of scripts that are moving across multiple documents (2) * Elements #element-attrdef-script-charsetReferenced in: * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) * Elements #element-attrdef-script-asyncReferenced in: * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.12.1.5. Interaction of script elements and XSLT (2) * Elements * Attributes #element-attrdef-script-deferReferenced in: * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.12.1.5. Interaction of script elements and XSLT * Elements #element-attrdef-script-crossoriginReferenced in: * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3) (4) * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) * Elements #element-attrdef-script-nonceReferenced in: * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3) * 4.12.1.1. Processing model * Elements #dom-htmlscriptelement-srcReferenced in: * 4.12.1. The script element #dom-htmlscriptelement-typeReferenced in: * 4.12.1. The script element #dom-htmlscriptelement-charsetReferenced in: * 4.12.1. The script element #dom-htmlscriptelement-deferReferenced in: * 4.12.1. The script element #dom-htmlscriptelement-nonceReferenced in: * 4.12.1. The script element #dom-htmlscriptelement-crossoriginReferenced in: * 4.12.1. The script element #dom-htmlscriptelement-asyncReferenced in: * 4.12.1. The script element (2) * 4.12.1.5. Interaction of script elements and XSLT #dom-htmlscriptelement-textReferenced in: * 4.12.1. The script element (2) * 4.12.1.1. Processing model * 4.12.1.4. Inline documentation for external scripts #already-startedReferenced in: * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) * 4.12.1.5. Interaction of script elements and XSLT (2) * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode * 9.2. Parsing XML documents #parser-insertedReferenced in: * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) * 4.12.1.5. Interaction of script elements and XSLT (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * 9.2. Parsing XML documents #non-blockingReferenced in: * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3) * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * 9.2. Parsing XML documents #ready-to-be-parser-executedReferenced in: * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.6. The end * 9.2. Parsing XML documents #the-scripts-typeReferenced in: * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) #from-an-external-fileReferenced in: * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) #the-scripts-scriptReferenced in: * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) #the-script-is-readyReferenced in: * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) #prepare-a-scriptReferenced in: * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.12.1.5. Interaction of script elements and XSLT #list-of-scripts-that-will-execute-when-the-document-has-finished-parsingReferenced in: * 8.2.6. The end (2) (3) (4) (5) #list-of-scripts-that-will-execute-in-order-as-soon-as-possibleReferenced in: * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.6. The end #set-of-scripts-that-will-execute-as-soon-as-possibleReferenced in: * 4.12.1.1. Processing model * 8.2.6. The end #pending-parsing-blocking-scriptReferenced in: * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) * 7.4.2. Closing the input stream * 7.4.3. document.write() * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 9.2. Parsing XML documents (2) (3) (4) #execute-a-script-blockReferenced in: * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode * 8.2.6. The end * 9.2. Parsing XML documents #javascript-mime-typeReferenced in: * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3) * 4.12.1.1. Processing model * 4.12.1.2. Scripting languages * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts #script-content-restrictionsReferenced in: * 4.12.1. The script element (2) #script-documentationReferenced in: * 4.12.1. The script element * 4.12.1.3. Restrictions for contents of script elements #elementdef-noscriptReferenced in: * 1.6. HTML vs XML Syntax * 3.2.4.2.1. Metadata content * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.2.5. The meta element * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.12.2. The noscript element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.5.4.5. The "in head noscript" insertion mode (2) * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments * Elements (2) (3) (4) * Element content categories (2) (3) * Element Interfaces #elementdef-templateReferenced in: * 3.2.4. Content models * 3.2.4.2.1. Metadata content * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.9. Script-supporting elements * 4.3.1. The body element * 4.7.15. The area element (2) * 4.9.3. The colgroup element * 4.12.3. The template element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) * 4.12.3.1. Interaction of template elements with XSLT and XPath (2) (3) * 8.1.2. Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) (3) * 8.2.3.3. The list of active formatting elements (2) * 8.2.3.4. The element pointers * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.7. Coercing an HTML DOM into an infoset * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2) * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments * 9.2. Parsing XML documents (2) * 9.3. Serializing XML fragments * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) * Element Interfaces #template-nothingReferenced in: * 4.12.3. The template element #htmltemplateelementReferenced in: * Elements * Element Interfaces #template-contentsReferenced in: * 3.2.4. Content models * 4.12.3. The template element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.12.3.1. Interaction of template elements with XSLT and XPath (2) (3) * 8.1.2. Elements (2) (3) * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2) * 8.2.7. Coercing an HTML DOM into an infoset * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments * 9.2. Parsing XML documents * 9.3. Serializing XML fragments #appropriate-template-contents-owner-documentReferenced in: * 4.12.3. The template element (2) #associated-inert-template-documentReferenced in: * 4.12.3. The template element (2) #dom-htmltemplateelement-contentReferenced in: * 4.12.3. The template element #elementdef-canvasReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 3.2.4.2.6. Embedded content * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content (2) * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.13.7. Ready states * 4.12.4. The canvas element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) * 4.12.4.1. Color spaces and color correction (2) * 4.12.4.3. Security with canvas elements (2) (3) (4) (5) * 5.1. The hidden attribute * 5.3. Activation * 7.8. Images (2) (3) (4) (5) * 10.4.1. Embedded content (2) (3) * Elements * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) * Attributes (2) * Element Interfaces #typedefdef-renderingcontextReferenced in: * 4.12.4. The canvas element #htmlcanvaselementReferenced in: * 7.8. Images * Elements * Element Interfaces #callbackdef-blobcallbackReferenced in: * 4.12.4. The canvas element #being-used-as-relevant-canvas-fallback-contentReferenced in: * 5.4.2. Data model #element-attrdef-canvas-widthReferenced in: * Elements #element-attrdef-canvas-heightReferenced in: * Elements #canvas-origin-cleanReferenced in: * 4.12.4. The canvas element (2) (3) * 4.12.4.3. Security with canvas elements (2) (3) (4) (5) * 7.8. Images (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) #modedef-canvas-context-modeReferenced in: * 4.12.4. The canvas element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) #contextdef-canvas-noneReferenced in: * 4.12.4. The canvas element (2) #contextdef-canvas-2dReferenced in: * 4.12.4. The canvas element (2) (3) (4) #contextdef-canvas-webglReferenced in: * 4.12.4. The canvas element (2) (3) #dom-htmlcanvaselement-widthReferenced in: * 4.12.4. The canvas element #dom-htmlcanvaselement-heightReferenced in: * 4.12.4. The canvas element #dom-htmlcanvaselement-todataurlReferenced in: * 4.12.4. The canvas element #a-serialization-of-the-canvas-elements-bitmap-as-a-fileReferenced in: * 4.12.4. The canvas element (2) #tag-cloudsReferenced in: * 4.8.6.12. Link type "tag" #disablingReferenced in: * 4.10.9. The optgroup element * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes * 5.4.2. Data model (2) * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute #selector-linkReferenced in: * 2.5.3. Dynamic changes to base URLs * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes * 10.3.2. The page * 10.7.1. Links, forms, and navigation #selector-visitedReferenced in: * 2.5.3. Dynamic changes to base URLs * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes * 10.3.2. The page (2) * 10.7.1. Links, forms, and navigation #selector-activeReferenced in: * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3) (4) * 10.3.2. The page #being-activatedReferenced in: * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #in-a-formal-activation-stateReferenced in: * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) #being-actively-pointed-atReferenced in: * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes #selector-hoverReferenced in: * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) #designatesReferenced in: * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) #selector-focusReferenced in: * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes #selector-enabledReferenced in: * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes #selector-disabledReferenced in: * 4.14. Disabled elements * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes #selector-checkedReferenced in: * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes #selector-indeterminateReferenced in: * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes #selector-defaultReferenced in: * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes #selector-validReferenced in: * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes #selector-invalidReferenced in: * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes #selector-in-rangeReferenced in: * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes #selector-out-of-rangeReferenced in: * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes #selector-requiredReferenced in: * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes #selector-optionalReferenced in: * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes #selector-read-onlyReferenced in: * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes #selector-read-writeReferenced in: * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes #selector-dir-ltrReferenced in: * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes #selector-dir-rtlReferenced in: * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes #element-attrdef-global-hiddenReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 3.2.5.6. The style attribute * 4.3.9.1. Creating an outline (2) (3) * 4.10.20.2. Constraint validation * 4.11.3.1. Facets * 4.11.3.2. Using the a element to define a command * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other elements * 5.1. The hidden attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) * 5.4.4. Processing model * 5.5.3. Processing model * 10.1. Introduction * Attributes #dom-htmlelement-hiddenReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM #inertnessReferenced in: * 4.11.3.2. Using the a element to define a command * 4.11.3.3. Using the button element to define a command * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other elements * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) (3) * 5.2. Inert subtrees (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) (4) * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation #blocked-by-the-modal-dialogReferenced in: * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 5.2. Inert subtrees #running-synthetic-click-activation-stepsReferenced in: * 4.10.4. The label element * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission * 4.11.3.2. Using the a element to define a command * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other elements * 5.3. Activation (2) (3) (4) * 5.4.4. Processing model #run-authentic-click-activation-stepsReferenced in: * 5.3. Activation #nearest-activatable-elementReferenced in: * 5.3. Activation (2) #run-pre-click-activation-stepsReferenced in: * 5.3. Activation (2) #pre-click-activation-stepsReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) (2) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) (2) #run-canceled-activation-stepsReferenced in: * 5.3. Activation (2) #canceled-activation-stepsReferenced in: * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) #run-post-click-activation-stepsReferenced in: * 5.3. Activation (2) #activation-behaviorReferenced in: * 4.2.4.5. Providing users with a means to follow hyperlinks created using the link element * 4.5.1. The a element * 4.7.15. The area element * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements * 4.10.4. The label element (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) (2) * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) (2) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) (2) * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) (2) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) (2) * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) (2) * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission (2) * 4.11.3.2. Using the a element to define a command * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other elements (2) * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3) * 5.3. Activation (2) (3) (4) (5) * 5.4.4. Processing model * 6.1.5. Browsing context names * 6.6.4. The Location interface * Events #dom-htmlelement-clickReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM * 7.1.5.3. Event firing #focusableReferenced in: * 4.7.16.2. Processing model (2) * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs * 10.7.2. The title attribute #dom-anchorReferenced in: * 4.11.4. The dialog element * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs #control-groupReferenced in: * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs #ownerReferenced in: * 5.4.2. Data model * 5.4.4. Processing model #control-group-ownerReferenced in: * 4.11.4. The dialog element * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation #expressly-inertReferenced in: * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) (4) * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) #focused-areaReferenced in: * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs #dialog-group-managerReferenced in: * 5.4.2. Data model (2) * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) #dialog-groupReferenced in: * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2) (3) * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs #dialog-expressly-inertReferenced in: * 5.4.2. Data model #focused-dialog-of-the-dialog-groupReferenced in: * 5.4.2. Data model (2) * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2) * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs (2) #currently-focused-area-of-the-top-level-browsing-contextReferenced in: * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2) #focusedReferenced in: * 4.10.5.3.10. The placeholder attribute (2) * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission * 4.12.4. The canvas element * 5.4.1. Introduction (2) (3) * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs * 5.5.3. Processing model * 10.7.2. The title attribute (2) #focus-chainReferenced in: * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) #element-attrdef-global-tabindexReferenced in: * 2.2.2. Dependencies * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 4.11.4. The dialog element * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) * 5.4.4. Processing model * Element content categories * Attributes * Changes between Working Draft 3 and Working Draft 2 #can-be-focusedReferenced in: * 4.14. Disabled elements * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes * 5.4.2. Data model * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) #dom-htmlelement-tabindexReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute #focusing-stepsReferenced in: * 4.10.4. The label element * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute * 4.10.20.2. Constraint validation * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other elements * 4.11.4. The dialog element * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs (2) * 5.6.2. Making entire documents editable: The designMode IDL attribute * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment #unfocusing-stepsReferenced in: * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs #loses-focusReferenced in: * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors (2) * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) #fire-a-focus-eventReferenced in: * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) #has-focus-stepsReferenced in: * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs #sequential-focus-navigationReferenced in: * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) #sequential-focus-navigation-starting-pointReferenced in: * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2) (3) * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment #sequential-navigation-search-algorithmReferenced in: * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2) #suitable-sequentially-focusable-areaReferenced in: * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #primary-control-groupReferenced in: * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2) (3) #home-control-groupReferenced in: * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2) (3) #home-sequential-focus-navigation-orderReferenced in: * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2) (3) #dom-document-activeelementReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object #dom-document-hasfocusReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object #dom-window-focusReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object #dom-window-blurReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object #dom-htmlelement-focusReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM #dom-htmlelement-blurReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM #element-attrdef-global-accesskeyReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 5.5.1. Introduction (2) (3) * 5.5.2. The accesskey attribute (2) (3) * 5.5.3. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * Attributes #assigned-access-keyReferenced in: * 4.11.3.2. Using the a element to define a command * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command * 4.11.3.6. Using the accesskey attribute on a label element to define a command (2) * 4.11.3.7. Using the accesskey attribute on a legend element to define a command (2) * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other elements (2) * 5.5.3. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) #dom-htmlelement-accesskeyReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM #elementcontenteditableReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM #element-attrdef-global-contenteditableReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 5.6.1. Making document regions editable: The contenteditable content attribute * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking * 5.7.8. Security risks in the drag-and-drop model #dom-elementcontenteditable-contenteditableReferenced in: * 5.6.1. Making document regions editable: The contenteditable content attribute (2) #dom-elementcontenteditable-iscontenteditableReferenced in: * 5.6.1. Making document regions editable: The contenteditable content attribute #dom-document-designmodeReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object * 5.6.2. Making entire documents editable: The designMode IDL attribute #active-rangeReferenced in: * 5.6.2. Making entire documents editable: The designMode IDL attribute * 10.7.3. Editing hosts #editing-hostReferenced in: * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute * 5.6.1. Making document regions editable: The contenteditable content attribute * 5.6.3. Best practices for in-page editors * 5.6.4. Editing APIs * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking (2) * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) * 10.7.3. Editing hosts #editableReferenced in: * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes * 5.6.1. Making document regions editable: The contenteditable content attribute * 5.6.4. Editing APIs * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking (2) * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) (4) #dom-document-execcommandReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object #dom-document-querycommandenabledReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object #dom-document-querycommandindetermReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object #dom-document-querycommandstateReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object #dom-document-querycommandsupportedReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object #dom-document-querycommandvalueReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object #delete-the-selectionReferenced in: * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model #default-behaviorReferenced in: * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking (2) (3) (4) #true-by-defaultReferenced in: * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking (2) #false-by-defaultReferenced in: * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking #inherit-by-defaultReferenced in: * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking #element-attrdef-global-spellcheckReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) * Attributes #dom-htmlelement-spellcheckReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking (2) (3) #dom-htmlelement-forcespellcheckReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM #drag-data-storeReferenced in: * 5.7.2. The drag data store (2) (3) * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) * 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) * 5.7.3.2. The DataTransferItem interface (2) (3) (4) (5) * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface (2) (3) (4) * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model #drag-data-store-item-listReferenced in: * 5.7.2. The drag data store (2) * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface (2) (3) (4) (5) * 5.7.3.2. The DataTransferItem interface (2) * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) #a-drag-data-item-kindReferenced in: * 5.7.2. The drag data store * 5.7.3.2. The DataTransferItem interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) #item-type-stringReferenced in: * 5.7.2. The drag data store * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface (2) (3) * 5.7.3.2. The DataTransferItem interface (2) * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) #drag-data-store-default-feedbackReferenced in: * 5.7.2. The drag data store * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) #drag-data-store-bitmapReferenced in: * 5.7.2. The drag data store * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model #drag-data-store-hot-spot-coordinateReferenced in: * 5.7.2. The drag data store * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model #drag-data-store-modeReferenced in: * 5.7.2. The drag data store * 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface * 5.7.3.2. The DataTransferItem interface * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface (2) * 5.7.6. Events summary #read-write-modeReferenced in: * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) (3) (4) * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface * 5.7.6. Events summary #read-only-modeReferenced in: * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface * 5.7.6. Events summary #protected-modeReferenced in: * 5.7.2. The drag data store * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface * 5.7.6. Events summary (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #drag-data-store-allowed-effects-stateReferenced in: * 5.7.2. The drag data store * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface (2) #create-a-drag-data-storeReferenced in: * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model #datatransferReferenced in: * 5.7.1. Introduction * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) * 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface (2) (3) (4) (5) * 5.7.3.2. The DataTransferItem interface (2) (3) (4) * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 5.7.8. Security risks in the drag-and-drop model #dom-datatransfer-setdragimageReferenced in: * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface #dom-datatransfer-dropeffectReferenced in: * 5.7.1. Introduction * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) (3) (4) * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface (2) * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) * 5.7.6. Events summary #dom-datatransfer-effectallowedReferenced in: * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) (3) (4) * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface (2) (3) (4) * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) * 5.7.6. Events summary (2) (3) #dom-datatransfer-itemsReferenced in: * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) #dom-datatransfer-typesReferenced in: * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) (3) #dom-datatransfer-getdataReferenced in: * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) #dom-datatransfer-setdataReferenced in: * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) #dom-datatransfer-cleardataReferenced in: * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) (3) (4) #dom-datatransfer-filesReferenced in: * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) #datatransferitemlistReferenced in: * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) (3) * 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) #dom-datatransferitemlist-removeReferenced in: * 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface #dom-datatransferitemlist-lengthReferenced in: * 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface (2) #dom-datatransferitemlist-addReferenced in: * 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface (2) (3) (4) #dom-datatransferitemlist-clearReferenced in: * 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface (2) #datatransferitemReferenced in: * 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 5.7.3.2. The DataTransferItem interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) #callbackdef-functionstringcallbackReferenced in: * 5.7.3.2. The DataTransferItem interface #dom-datatransferitem-kindReferenced in: * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface (2) (3) * 5.7.3.2. The DataTransferItem interface (2) #dom-datatransferitem-typeReferenced in: * 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface * 5.7.3.2. The DataTransferItem interface (2) #dom-datatransferitem-getasstringReferenced in: * 5.7.3.2. The DataTransferItem interface (2) #dom-datatransferitem-getasfileReferenced in: * 5.7.3.2. The DataTransferItem interface (2) #drageventReferenced in: * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface (2) (3) (4) (5) * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) #dictdef-drageventinitReferenced in: * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface #dom-dragevent-datatransferReferenced in: * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface (2) (3) * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) #fire-a-dnd-eventReferenced in: * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) #if-appropriateReferenced in: * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) #source-nodeReferenced in: * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 5.7.6. Events summary (2) (3) #list-of-dragged-nodesReferenced in: * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) (4) #initiatedReferenced in: * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) #immediate-user-selectionReferenced in: * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) * 5.7.6. Events summary (2) #previous-target-elementReferenced in: * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) * 5.7.6. Events summary (2) (3) (4) #current-drag-operationReferenced in: * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * 5.7.6. Events summary (2) (3) #drag-and-drop-eventsReferenced in: * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface * Events #eventdef-global-dragstartReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-dragReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-dragenterReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-dragexitReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-dragleaveReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-dragoverReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-dropReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-dragendReferenced in: * Attributes #element-attrdef-global-draggableReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute * 5.7.1. Introduction * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model * 5.7.7. The draggable attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * Attributes #dom-htmlelement-draggableReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model * 5.7.7. The draggable attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) #browsing-contextReferenced in: * 1.5.1. Serializability of script execution * 2.1.5. Plugins * 2.2.1. Conformance classes (2) * 2.5.1. Terminology (2) * 2.6.2. Processing model (2) * 3.1. Documents (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management * 3.2.1. Semantics * 4.2.3. The base element (2) (3) * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) (3) (4) * 4.2.7. Interactions of styling and scripting * 4.5.1. The a element * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) (3) * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.7.11. The audio element * 4.7.15. The area element (2) * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.8.6. Link types * 4.8.6.8. Link type "noopener" * 4.8.6.9. Link type "noreferrer" * 4.10.3. The form element * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.6. The button element * 4.10.10. The option element * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute (2) * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.11.3.1. Facets * 4.11.4. The dialog element * 4.12.1.5. Interaction of script elements and XSLT * 4.12.3. The template element (2) * 5.4.2. Data model (2) * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2) * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) * 5.5.3. Processing model * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model * 6.1. Browsing contexts (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 6.1.1.1. Navigating nested browsing contexts in the DOM (2) (3) (4) * 6.1.2. Auxiliary browsing contexts * 6.1.2.1. Navigating auxiliary browsing contexts in the DOM (2) (3) (4) * 6.1.3. Security (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 6.1.4. Groupings of browsing contexts (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 6.1.5. Browsing context names (2) (3) * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts (2) * 6.3. The Window object (2) (3) * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) * 6.3.2. Accessing other browsing contexts * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 6.3.5. Closing browsing contexts * 6.3.6. Browser interface elements * 6.3.7. The WindowProxy object (2) (3) * 6.3.7.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P ) * 6.4. Origin (2) * 6.4.1. Relaxing the same-origin restriction (2) * 6.5. Sandboxing (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) * 6.7.2. Page load processing model for HTML files * 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files * 6.7.5. Page load processing model for multipart/x-mixed-replace resources * 6.7.6. Page load processing model for media * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins * 6.7.8. Page load processing model for inline content that doesn’t have a DOM * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment * 6.7.10. History traversal (2) (3) (4) * 6.7.11. Unloading documents (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 7.1.2. Enabling and disabling scripting (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 7.1.3.1. Definitions (2) (3) * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects * 7.1.3.6. Killing scripts * 7.1.4.1. Definitions (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers (2) * 7.1.5.4. Events and the Window object * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2) (3) (4) * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods (2) * 8.1.2. Elements * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode * 8.2.6. The end (2) * 8.2.8.4. Scripts that modify the page as it is being parsed * 10.3.2. The page (2) (3) * 10.7.1. Links, forms, and navigation (2) * 11.3.3. Frames (2) (3) (4) * Elements * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) #active-documentReferenced in: * 2.6.2. Processing model * 3.1. Documents (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.2.7. Interactions of styling and scripting * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) * 4.7.11. The audio element * 4.10.10. The option element * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute (2) (3) * 5.2. Inert subtrees * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2) * 6.1. Browsing contexts * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts (2) (3) * 6.1.3. Security (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 6.1.4. Groupings of browsing contexts * 6.1.5. Browsing context names (2) * 6.3. The Window object * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name * 6.3.2. Accessing other browsing contexts * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2) (3) (4) (5) * 6.3.5. Closing browsing contexts (2) * 6.3.6. Browser interface elements * 6.4. Origin * 6.5. Sandboxing * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 6.7.10. History traversal (2) (3) * 6.7.11. Unloading documents (2) (3) (4) * 6.7.12. Aborting a document load (2) * 7.1.2. Enabling and disabling scripting * 7.1.4.1. Definitions * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream * 7.4.3. document.write() * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs (2) (3) * 7.6.2. Printing * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding * 11.3.3. Frames (2) (3) #document-associated-with-a-windowReferenced in: * 6.1.1.1. Navigating nested browsing contexts in the DOM * 6.3. The Window object * 6.3.2. Accessing other browsing contexts * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream #creator-browsing-contextReferenced in: * 2.5.1. Terminology * 6.1. Browsing contexts (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #creator-originReferenced in: * 6.1. Browsing contexts #creator-urlReferenced in: * 6.1. Browsing contexts #creator-base-urlReferenced in: * 2.5.1. Terminology #creating-a-new-browsing-contextReferenced in: * 4.8.6.9. Link type "noreferrer" * 6.4. Origin * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream * 11.3.3. Frames #nested-browsing-contextsReferenced in: * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute * 5.2. Inert subtrees * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) (4) * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2) (3) * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 6.1.1.1. Navigating nested browsing contexts in the DOM (2) (3) * 6.1.3. Security * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2) * 6.3.7.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P ) * 6.5. Sandboxing (2) (3) (4) (5) * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3) * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) * 7.6.2. Printing (2) * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding * 10.3.2. The page (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 10.4.1. Embedded content * 10.6. Frames and framesets (2) (3) * 11.3.3. Frames (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) * Elements (2) * Attributes #through-which-new-document-is-nestedReferenced in: * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts (2) * 6.3.2. Accessing other browsing contexts * 6.3.7.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P ) * 7.1.4.2. Processing model * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding #browsing-context-containerReferenced in: * 2.5.1. Terminology * 2.6.2. Processing model * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes * 5.2. Inert subtrees * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2) * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs (2) * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts (2) (3) * 6.1.1.1. Navigating nested browsing contexts in the DOM (2) * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object * 6.3.7.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P ) * 6.4. Origin * 6.6.4. The Location interface * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) * 10.3.2. The page (2) (3) (4) #parent-browsing-contextReferenced in: * 4.2.7. Interactions of styling and scripting (2) * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs * 6.1. Browsing contexts * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 6.1.1.1. Navigating nested browsing contexts in the DOM (2) * 6.1.4. Groupings of browsing contexts * 6.1.5. Browsing context names (2) * 6.5. Sandboxing * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding #child-browsing-contextReferenced in: * 2.1.5. Plugins * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 6.1.1.1. Navigating nested browsing contexts in the DOM * 6.1.4. Groupings of browsing contexts * 6.3.2. Accessing other browsing contexts (2) (3) * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2) * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts * 6.3.7.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P ) * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) * 6.7.12. Aborting a document load #ancestor-browsing-contextReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts (2) (3) * 6.1.3. Security (2) (3) (4) (5) * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents #top-level-browsing-contextReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) * 4.7.13.17. Security and privacy considerations * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes * 5.4.2. Data model (2) * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts * 6.1.1.1. Navigating nested browsing contexts in the DOM (2) (3) (4) * 6.1.2. Auxiliary browsing contexts (2) * 6.1.3. Security (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 6.1.5. Browsing context names (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name (2) (3) * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts (2) (3) * 6.3.5. Closing browsing contexts * 6.5. Sandboxing (2) (3) (4) (5) * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 6.6.4. The Location interface * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3) * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment * 6.7.10. History traversal (2) * 7.1.3.1. Definitions * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream * 7.9. Animation Frames #list-of-the-descendant-browsing-contextsReferenced in: * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts * 6.7.11. Unloading documents (2) #fully-activeReferenced in: * 4.2.4.5. Providing users with a means to follow hyperlinks created using the link element * 4.5.1. The a element * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element (2) * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) * 4.7.15. The area element * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) * 4.10.6. The button element (2) * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts (2) * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 7.5. Timers * 11.3.1. The applet element #delaying-load-events-modeReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) * 11.3.3. Frames #document-familyReferenced in: * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts (2) (3) * 6.6.2. The History interface * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment * 6.7.10. History traversal * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream #content-documentReferenced in: * 11.3.3. Frames #dom-window-topReferenced in: * 1.9.1. Writing secure applications with HTML * 6.3. The Window object #dom-window-parentReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object #dom-window-frameelementReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object #auxiliary-browsing-contextsReferenced in: * 6.1.2. Auxiliary browsing contexts (2) (3) * 6.1.3. Security * 6.1.5. Browsing context names (2) * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name (2) * 6.5. Sandboxing (2) * 6.7.10. History traversal #opener-browsing-contextReferenced in: * 6.1. Browsing contexts * 6.1.2.1. Navigating auxiliary browsing contexts in the DOM * 6.1.3. Security * 6.1.4. Groupings of browsing contexts (2) * 6.1.5. Browsing context names #dom-window-openerReferenced in: * 4.8.6.8. Link type "noopener" * 6.1.2.1. Navigating auxiliary browsing contexts in the DOM * 6.3. The Window object * 7.1.3.1. Definitions #disowned-its-openerReferenced in: * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks * 4.8.6. Link types * 4.8.6.8. Link type "noopener" * 6.1.2.1. Navigating auxiliary browsing contexts in the DOM * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name #familiar-withReferenced in: * 6.1.3. Security (2) * 6.1.5. Browsing context names (2) (3) #allowed-to-navigateReferenced in: * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents #browsing-context-scope-originReferenced in: * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 6.1.3. Security * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) #directly-reachable-browsing-contextsReferenced in: * 6.1.4. Groupings of browsing contexts #unit-of-related-browsing-contextsReferenced in: * 6.1.4. Groupings of browsing contexts * 6.6.2. The History interface * 7.1.4.1. Definitions #units-of-related-similar-origin-browsing-contextsReferenced in: * 6.1.4. Groupings of browsing contexts (2) * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects * 7.1.4.1. Definitions (2) #browsing-context-nameReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) (4) * 6.1.3. Security * 6.1.5. Browsing context names * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name (2) * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object * 6.7.10. History traversal (2) (3) (4) (5) * 11.3.3. Frames (2) (3) (4) #valid-browsing-context-nameReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.8. The object element * 6.1.5. Browsing context names #valid-browsing-context-names-or-keywordsReferenced in: * 4.2.3. The base element * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements * 4.10.18.6. Form submission * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) #allowed-to-show-a-popupReferenced in: * 4.5.1. The a element * 4.7.15. The area element * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) * 6.1.5. Browsing context names (2) * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents #the-rules-for-choosing-a-browsing-context-given-a-browsing-context-nameReferenced in: * 4.5.1. The a element * 4.7.15. The area element * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks (2) * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm * 6.1.5. Browsing context names * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name (2) * 6.5. Sandboxing #prevents-content-from-creating-new-auxiliary-browsing-contextsReferenced in: * 6.5. Sandboxing #set-up-a-browsing-context-environment-settings-objectReferenced in: * 6.1. Browsing contexts * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream #crossoriginpropertydescriptormapReferenced in: * 6.2.2. Shared internal slot: [[CrossOriginPropertyDescriptorMap]] * 6.2.3.3. CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper ( O, P ) (2) #crossoriginpropertiesReferenced in: * 6.2.1. Integration with IDL * 6.2.3.3. CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper ( O, P ) * 6.2.3.6. CrossOriginOwnPropertyKeys ( O ) #isplatformobjectsameoriginReferenced in: * 6.2.1. Integration with IDL * 6.3.7.1.1. [[GetPrototypeOf]] ( ) * 6.3.7.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P ) * 6.3.7.1.6. [[DefineOwnProperty]] ( P, Desc ) * 6.3.7.1.7. [[Get]] ( P, Receiver ) * 6.3.7.1.8. [[Set]] ( P, V, Receiver ) * 6.3.7.1.9. [[Delete]] ( P ) * 6.3.7.1.10. [[OwnPropertyKeys]] ( ) * 6.6.4.1.1. [[GetPrototypeOf]] ( ) * 6.6.4.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P ) * 6.6.4.1.6. [[DefineOwnProperty]] ( P, Desc ) * 6.6.4.1.7. [[Get]] ( P, Receiver ) * 6.6.4.1.8. [[Set]] ( P, V, Receiver ) * 6.6.4.1.9. [[Delete]] ( P ) * 6.6.4.1.10. [[OwnPropertyKeys]] ( ) #crossorigingetownpropertyhelperReferenced in: * 6.2.2. Shared internal slot: [[CrossOriginPropertyDescriptorMap]] * 6.3.7.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P ) * 6.6.4.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P ) #crossoriginpropertydescriptorReferenced in: * 6.2.3.3. CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper ( O, P ) #crossoriginfunctionwrapperReferenced in: * 6.2.3.3.1. CrossOriginPropertyDescriptor ( crossOriginProperty, originalDesc ) (2) (3) #cross-origin-wrapper-functionReferenced in: * 6.2.3.3.2. CrossOriginFunctionWrapper ( needsWrapping, functionToWrap ) (2) (3) #crossorigingetReferenced in: * 6.3.7.1.7. [[Get]] ( P, Receiver ) * 6.6.4.1.7. [[Get]] ( P, Receiver ) #crossoriginsetReferenced in: * 6.3.7.1.8. [[Set]] ( P, V, Receiver ) * 6.6.4.1.8. [[Set]] ( P, V, Receiver ) #crossoriginownpropertykeysReferenced in: * 6.3.7.1.10. [[OwnPropertyKeys]] ( ) * 6.6.4.1.10. [[OwnPropertyKeys]] ( ) #windowReferenced in: * 2.7.4. Garbage collection (2) * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element * 4.3.1. The body element * 4.10.10. The option element * 4.12.1.1. Processing model * 6.1. Browsing contexts (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 6.1.1.1. Navigating nested browsing contexts in the DOM (2) (3) * 6.1.2.1. Navigating auxiliary browsing contexts in the DOM (2) * 6.2.1. Integration with IDL * 6.2.2. Shared internal slot: [[CrossOriginPropertyDescriptorMap]] (2) * 6.2.3.1. CrossOriginProperties ( O ) * 6.3. The Window object (2) (3) (4) (5) * 6.3.2. Accessing other browsing contexts (2) (3) * 6.3.7. The WindowProxy object (2) (3) (4) (5) * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) (4) * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) * 6.7.10. History traversal * 7.1.3.1. Definitions * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 7.1.5.2. Event handlers on elements, Document objects, and Window objects (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 7.1.5.3. Event firing * 7.2. The WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope mixin (2) * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2) (3) * 7.7.1. The Navigator object * 7.9. Animation Frames (2) * 8.2.6. The end (2) * 11.3.3. Frames (2) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * Events (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) * Changes between Working Draft 2 and the First Public Working Draft #callbackdef-framerequestcallbackReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object #dom-window-windowReferenced in: * 1.9.1. Writing secure applications with HTML * 6.3. The Window object * 6.3.7. The WindowProxy object #dom-window-framesReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object #dom-window-selfReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object #dom-window-documentReferenced in: * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML * 2.7.4. Garbage collection * 6.3. The Window object * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents #dom-document-defaultviewReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object #dom-window-openReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2) #dom-window-nameReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object #dom-window-closeReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object * 6.5. Sandboxing #script-closableReferenced in: * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name #dom-window-closedReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object #dom-window-stopReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object #number-of-child-browsing-contextsReferenced in: * 6.3.2. Accessing other browsing contexts (2) * 6.3.7.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P ) * 6.3.7.1.10. [[OwnPropertyKeys]] ( ) #dom-window-lengthReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object * 6.3.2. Accessing other browsing contexts #child-browsing-context-name-property-setReferenced in: * 6.2.3.1. CrossOriginProperties ( O ) * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object * 6.3.7.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P ) #named-objectsReferenced in: * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2) * 6.3.7.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P ) #discard-the-documentReferenced in: * 6.7.11. Unloading documents #a-browsing-context-is-discardedReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts (2) (3) (4) * 6.3.5. Closing browsing contexts * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts (2) * 11.3.3. Frames #close-a-browsing-contextReferenced in: * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name * 6.3.5. Closing browsing contexts #barpropReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream #dom-barprop-visibleReferenced in: * 6.3.6. Browser interface elements #the-location-bar-barprop-objectReferenced in: * 6.3.6. Browser interface elements #the-menu-bar-barprop-objectReferenced in: * 6.3.6. Browser interface elements #the-personal-bar-barprop-objectReferenced in: * 6.3.6. Browser interface elements #the-scrollbar-barprop-objectReferenced in: * 6.3.6. Browser interface elements #the-status-bar-barprop-objectReferenced in: * 6.3.6. Browser interface elements #the-toolbar-barprop-objectReferenced in: * 6.3.6. Browser interface elements #dom-window-locationbarReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object #dom-window-menubarReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object #dom-window-personalbarReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object #dom-window-scrollbarsReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object #dom-window-statusbarReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object #dom-window-toolbarReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object #dom-window-statusReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object #windowproxyReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object (2) * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.8. The object element (2) * 6.1. Browsing contexts (2) (3) * 6.1.1.1. Navigating nested browsing contexts in the DOM (2) (3) (4) (5) * 6.1.2.1. Navigating auxiliary browsing contexts in the DOM * 6.2.3.1. CrossOriginProperties ( O ) * 6.3. The Window object (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name * 6.3.2. Accessing other browsing contexts * 6.3.7. The WindowProxy object (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 6.3.7.1. The WindowProxy internal methods * 6.3.7.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P ) (2) (3) * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) * 7.1.3.1. Definitions * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream * 11.3.3. Frames #window-slotReferenced in: * 6.3.7.1.1. [[GetPrototypeOf]] ( ) * 6.3.7.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P ) * 6.3.7.1.6. [[DefineOwnProperty]] ( P, Desc ) * 6.3.7.1.7. [[Get]] ( P, Receiver ) * 6.3.7.1.8. [[Set]] ( P, V, Receiver ) * 6.3.7.1.9. [[Delete]] ( P ) * 6.3.7.1.10. [[OwnPropertyKeys]] ( ) #windowproxy-getownpropertyReferenced in: * 6.3.2. Accessing other browsing contexts #concept-originReferenced in: * 2.6.2. Processing model * 2.9.1. Serializable objects * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management (2) * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3) * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) * 4.8.5. Downloading resources (2) * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute (2) (3) (4) * 4.12.1. The script element * 4.12.4.3. Security with canvas elements * 6.1. Browsing contexts (2) (3) (4) * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts * 6.1.1.1. Navigating nested browsing contexts in the DOM (2) * 6.1.3. Security (2) (3) (4) (5) * 6.1.4. Groupings of browsing contexts * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts (2) * 6.2.3.2. IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin ( O ) (2) * 6.2.3.3. CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper ( O, P ) (2) * 6.2.3.3.2. CrossOriginFunctionWrapper ( needsWrapping, functionToWrap ) * 6.4. Origin (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) * 6.4.1. Relaxing the same-origin restriction (2) (3) * 6.5. Sandboxing * 6.6.2. The History interface * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 6.7.10. History traversal (2) * 7.1.3.1. Definitions * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2) * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods (2) * 7.8. Images (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2) * 10.3.2. The page * 12.1. text/html (2) #opaque-originReferenced in: * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management (2) * 6.1. Browsing contexts * 6.4. Origin (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 6.4.1. Relaxing the same-origin restriction #tuple-originReferenced in: * 6.4. Origin (2) (3) (4) (5) #origin-schemeReferenced in: * 6.4. Origin (2) (3) (4) #origin-hostReferenced in: * 6.4. Origin (2) (3) (4) * 6.4.1. Relaxing the same-origin restriction #origin-portReferenced in: * 6.4. Origin (2) (3) (4) #origin-domainReferenced in: * 6.4. Origin (2) (3) (4) (5) * 6.4.1. Relaxing the same-origin restriction (2) #effective-domainReferenced in: * 6.2.3.3. CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper ( O, P ) (2) * 6.4.1. Relaxing the same-origin restriction (2) #forces-content-into-a-unique-originReferenced in: * 6.5. Sandboxing #unicode-serializationReferenced in: * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements * 6.4. Origin * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) #ascii-serialization-of-an-originReferenced in: * 6.4. Origin (2) #same-originReferenced in: * 2.6.2. Processing model * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) * 4.8.5. Downloading resources * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet" (2) * 6.1.3. Security (2) * 6.4. Origin (2) (3) (4) * 6.6.4. The Location interface * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3) (4) (5) * 6.7.10. History traversal (2) * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts (2) * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods * 7.8. Images (2) * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding * Events #same-origin-domainReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.8. The object element * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts * 6.1.1.1. Navigating nested browsing contexts in the DOM * 6.1.4. Groupings of browsing contexts * 6.2.3.2. IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin ( O ) * 6.4. Origin * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) #dom-document-domainReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object * 6.1.4. Groupings of browsing contexts * 6.2.2. Shared internal slot: [[CrossOriginPropertyDescriptorMap]] (2) (3) * 6.4. Origin * 6.4.1. Relaxing the same-origin restriction (2) (3) (4) (5) * 6.5. Sandboxing #sandboxing-flag-setReferenced in: * 6.5. Sandboxing (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #sandboxed-navigation-browsing-context-flagReferenced in: * 6.1.3. Security (2) * 6.1.5. Browsing context names * 6.5. Sandboxing (2) (3) #one-permitted-sandboxed-navigatorReferenced in: * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks * 6.1.3. Security * 6.1.5. Browsing context names (2) (3) * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name #sandboxed-auxiliary-navigation-browsing-context-flagReferenced in: * 6.1.5. Browsing context names * 6.5. Sandboxing (2) (3) (4) #sandboxed-top-level-navigation-browsing-context-flagReferenced in: * 6.1.3. Security * 6.5. Sandboxing (2) (3) #sandboxed-plugins-browsing-context-flagReferenced in: * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 6.5. Sandboxing * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins * 11.3.1. The applet element #sandboxed-into-a-unique-originReferenced in: * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management * 6.4. Origin * 6.5. Sandboxing #sandboxed-forms-browsing-context-flagReferenced in: * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm * 6.5. Sandboxing #sandboxed-pointer-lock-browsing-context-flagReferenced in: * 6.5. Sandboxing #sandboxed-scripts-browsing-context-flagReferenced in: * 6.5. Sandboxing * 7.1.2. Enabling and disabling scripting #sandboxed-automatic-features-browsing-context-flagReferenced in: * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives * 4.7.13.7. Ready states * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute * 6.5. Sandboxing #sandboxed-storage-area-urls-flagReferenced in: * 6.5. Sandboxing #sandboxed-fullscreen-browsing-context-flagReferenced in: * 6.5. Sandboxing * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents #sandboxed-documentdomain-browsing-context-flagReferenced in: * 6.4.1. Relaxing the same-origin restriction * 6.5. Sandboxing #sandbox-propagates-to-auxiliary-browsing-contexts-flagReferenced in: * 6.1.5. Browsing context names * 6.5. Sandboxing #sandboxed-modals-flagReferenced in: * 6.5. Sandboxing * 6.7.11. Unloading documents * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs (2) (3) * 7.6.2. Printing #sandboxed-presentation-browsing-context-flagReferenced in: * 6.5. Sandboxing #parse-the-sandboxing-directiveReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 6.5. Sandboxing #popup-sandboxing-flag-setReferenced in: * 6.1.5. Browsing context names * 6.5. Sandboxing (2) #iframe-sandboxing-flag-setReferenced in: * 6.5. Sandboxing (2) #active-sandboxing-flag-setReferenced in: * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.13.7. Ready states * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm * 6.1.3. Security (2) (3) * 6.1.5. Browsing context names (2) * 6.4. Origin * 6.4.1. Relaxing the same-origin restriction * 6.5. Sandboxing (2) (3) (4) * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins * 6.7.11. Unloading documents * 7.1.2. Enabling and disabling scripting * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs (2) (3) * 7.6.2. Printing * 11.3.1. The applet element #forced-sandboxing-flag-setReferenced in: * 6.5. Sandboxing (2) (3) #implement-the-sandboxingReferenced in: * 6.1. Browsing contexts * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents #session-historyReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 6.1. Browsing contexts (2) (3) * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name * 6.3.6. Browser interface elements * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts (2) (3) * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 6.6.4. The Location interface * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2) * 11.3.3. Frames * Events (2) (3) #session-history-entryReferenced in: * 2.9.9. Performing serialization and transferring from other specifications * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts (2) (3) (4) * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) * 6.7.10.3. The HashChangeEvent interface (2) (3) (4) #dom-window-historyReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object * 6.6.3. Implementation notes for session history (2) (3) * 6.6.4. The Location interface #serialized-stateReferenced in: * 2.9.9. Performing serialization and transferring from other specifications * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3) * 6.7.10. History traversal #current-entryReferenced in: * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts (2) (3) * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * 6.6.4. The Location interface * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3) (4) (5) * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment (2) * 6.7.10. History traversal (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2) * Events (2) #an-entry-with-persisted-user-stateReferenced in: * 6.6.2. The History interface * 6.7.10. History traversal (2) (3) #scroll-restoration-modeReferenced in: * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts (2) * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 6.7.10.1. Persisted user state restoration #latest-entryReferenced in: * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts * 6.6.2. The History interface * 6.7.10. History traversal (2) #enumdef-scrollrestorationReferenced in: * 6.6.2. The History interface #historyReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3) * 6.6.3. Implementation notes for session history * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream #dom-history-pushstateReferenced in: * 3.1. Documents * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts * 6.6.2. The History interface * 6.6.3. Implementation notes for session history (2) #dom-history-replacestateReferenced in: * 6.6.2. The History interface * 6.6.3. Implementation notes for session history #joint-session-historyReferenced in: * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) #current-entry-of-the-joint-session-historyReferenced in: * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3) #dom-history-lengthReferenced in: * 6.6.2. The History interface #dom-history-scrollrestorationReferenced in: * 6.6.2. The History interface #dom-history-stateReferenced in: * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) #dom-history-goReferenced in: * 6.6.2. The History interface #dom-history-backReferenced in: * 6.6.2. The History interface * 7.1.4.3. Generic task sources #dom-history-forwardReferenced in: * 6.6.2. The History interface #session-history-traversal-queueReferenced in: * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3) #session-history-event-loopReferenced in: * 6.6.2. The History interface #explicitly-going-back-or-forwards-in-the-session-historyReferenced in: * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3) (4) * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 6.7.10. History traversal #doesnt-necessarily-have-to-affectReferenced in: * 6.6.2. The History interface * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream #dom-document-locationReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object * 6.6.4. The Location interface #dom-window-locationReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object * 6.6.4. The Location interface #locationReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object * 6.2. Security infrastructure for Window, WindowProxy, and Location objects * 6.2.1. Integration with IDL * 6.2.2. Shared internal slot: [[CrossOriginPropertyDescriptorMap]] (2) * 6.2.3.1. CrossOriginProperties ( O ) (2) * 6.3. The Window object * 6.3.7. The WindowProxy object * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (55) (56) (57) (58) (59) (60) (61) (62) (63) (64) (65) * 6.6.4.1. The Location internal methods (2) (3) #relevant-documentReferenced in: * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) #ancestor-origins-arrayReferenced in: * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) #location-object-setter-navigateReferenced in: * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) #location-object-navigateReferenced in: * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) #dom-location-hrefReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object * 6.3. The Window object * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) (4) #dom-location-originReferenced in: * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) #dom-location-protocolReferenced in: * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) #dom-location-hostReferenced in: * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) #dom-location-hostnameReferenced in: * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) #dom-location-portReferenced in: * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) #dom-location-pathnameReferenced in: * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) #dom-location-searchReferenced in: * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) #dom-location-hashReferenced in: * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) (4) #dom-location-assignReferenced in: * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) #dom-location-replaceReferenced in: * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) #dom-location-reloadReferenced in: * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) #dom-location-ancestororiginsReferenced in: * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) #defaultpropertiesReferenced in: * 6.6.4. The Location interface * 6.6.4.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P ) * 6.6.4.1.6. [[DefineOwnProperty]] ( P, Desc ) #source-browsing-contextReferenced in: * 2.6.2. Processing model * 3.1. Documents (2) * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 6.7.10. History traversal * 8.2.2.4. Changing the encoding while parsing * 11.3.3. Frames #navigatedReferenced in: * 2.2.4. Interactions with XPath and XSLT * 2.6.2. Processing model (2) * 3.1. Documents (2) (3) (4) * 4.2.3. The base element (2) * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) * 4.5.1. The a element * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.15. The area element * 4.8.1. Introduction * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements (2) * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks (2) * 4.8.5. Downloading resources (2) * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm * 4.11.3.1. Facets * 6.1. Browsing contexts * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts * 6.1.5. Browsing context names (2) (3) * 6.3. The Window object * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name (2) (3) (4) * 6.3.7. The WindowProxy object * 6.4. Origin (2) (3) * 6.5. Sandboxing (2) (3) (4) (5) * 6.6.2. The History interface * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) * 6.7.3. Page load processing model for XML files * 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files (2) * 6.7.5. Page load processing model for multipart/x-mixed-replace resources (2) * 6.7.6. Page load processing model for media * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment (2) * 6.7.10. History traversal (2) (3) * 7.1.3.1. Definitions * 7.1.4.1. Definitions * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods (2) (3) * 8.2.2.4. Changing the encoding while parsing * 10.7.1. Links, forms, and navigation (2) (3) * 11.3.3. Frames (2) (3) (4) (5) * Attributes (2) #exceptions-enabled-flagReferenced in: * 3.1. Documents * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) #the-step-labeled-fragmentsReferenced in: * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) #reload-triggered-navigationReferenced in: * 6.6.4. The Location interface #javascript-urlsReferenced in: * 6.4. Origin * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) * 7.1.1. Introduction #explicitly-supported-xml-typeReferenced in: * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents #json-mime-typeReferenced in: * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents #explicitly-supported-json-typeReferenced in: * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents #set-the-documents-addressReferenced in: * 3.1. Documents * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents #override-urlReferenced in: * 3.1. Documents * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3) #proceed-with-that-mechanism-insteadReferenced in: * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) #updating-the-session-history-with-the-new-pageReferenced in: * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 6.7.2. Page load processing model for HTML files * 6.7.3. Page load processing model for XML files * 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files * 6.7.6. Page load processing model for media * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins * 6.7.8. Page load processing model for inline content that doesn’t have a DOM * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment * 6.7.10. History traversal #entry-updateReferenced in: * 6.7.10. History traversal #maturedReferenced in: * 6.6.2. The History interface * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) #plain-text-fileReferenced in: * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents #plugin-documentReferenced in: * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins #display-the-inline-contentReferenced in: * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) #navigate-fragmentReferenced in: * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents #scroll-to-the-fragmentReferenced in: * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment * 6.7.10. History traversal #an-indicated-part-of-the-documentReferenced in: * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 12.1. text/html #target-elementReferenced in: * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes * 5.7.6. Events summary * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment #traverse-the-historyReferenced in: * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment #gets-resetReferenced in: * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name #values-are-resetReferenced in: * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model #replacement-must-be-enabledReferenced in: * 3.1. Documents * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm * 6.1. Browsing contexts * 6.1.5. Browsing context names (2) * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3) (4) * 6.7.5. Page load processing model for multipart/x-mixed-replace resources * 6.7.10. History traversal (2) * 8.2.2.4. Changing the encoding while parsing * 11.3.3. Frames (2) #restore-persisted-user-stateReferenced in: * 6.7.10. History traversal #popstateeventReferenced in: * Events #dictdef-popstateeventinitReferenced in: * 6.7.10.2. The PopStateEvent interface #dom-popstateevent-stateReferenced in: * 6.7.10.2. The PopStateEvent interface #hashchangeeventReferenced in: * 6.7.10. History traversal * Events #dictdef-hashchangeeventinitReferenced in: * 6.7.10.3. The HashChangeEvent interface #dom-hashchangeevent-oldurlReferenced in: * 6.7.10.3. The HashChangeEvent interface #dom-hashchangeevent-newurlReferenced in: * 6.7.10.3. The HashChangeEvent interface #pagetransitioneventReferenced in: * 8.2.6. The end * Events (2) #dictdef-pagetransitioneventinitReferenced in: * 6.7.10.4. The PageTransitionEvent interface #dom-pagetransitionevent-persistedReferenced in: * 6.7.10. History traversal * 6.7.10.4. The PageTransitionEvent interface (2) * 6.7.11. Unloading documents * 8.2.6. The end #fired-unloadReferenced in: * 6.7.11. Unloading documents (2) * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream #page-showingReferenced in: * 6.7.10. History traversal (2) * 6.7.11. Unloading documents (2) (3) * 8.2.6. The end (2) #termination-nesting-levelReferenced in: * 6.7.11. Unloading documents (2) (3) (4) * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs (2) (3) #prompt-to-unloadReferenced in: * 6.3.5. Closing browsing contexts * 6.6.2. The History interface * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3) (4) * 6.7.11. Unloading documents * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream #refused-to-allow-the-document-to-be-unloadedReferenced in: * 6.3.5. Closing browsing contexts * 6.6.2. The History interface * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 6.7.11. Unloading documents (2) * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream * 7.4.3. document.write() #unloadedReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name * 6.3.5. Closing browsing contexts * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 6.7.11. Unloading documents * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2) (3) #unloading-document-visibility-change-stepsReferenced in: * 6.7.11. Unloading documents #unloading-document-cleanup-stepsReferenced in: * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts * 6.7.11. Unloading documents #beforeunloadeventReferenced in: * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers * Events #dom-beforeunloadevent-returnvalueReferenced in: * 6.7.11. Unloading documents (2) * 6.7.11.1. The BeforeUnloadEvent interface (2) * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers (2) #abort-the-documentReferenced in: * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) * 6.7.10.4. The PageTransitionEvent interface * 6.7.12. Aborting a document load (2) (3) * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream * 9.2. Parsing XML documents #navigatoronlineReferenced in: * 7.7.1. The Navigator object #dom-navigatoronline-onlineReferenced in: * 6.7.13. Browser state #scripting-was-enabledReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.12.2. The noscript element (2) (3) (4) * 4.12.4. The canvas element * 6.5. Sandboxing * 7.1.2. Enabling and disabling scripting * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers * 8.2.3.5. Other parsing state flags * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments #scripting-is-disabledReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.13.13. User interface * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) * 4.12.1.5. Interaction of script elements and XSLT * 4.12.2. The noscript element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.12.4. The canvas element * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 7.1.2. Enabling and disabling scripting * 7.1.3.3. Creating scripts (2) * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts #concept-scriptReferenced in: * 3.1. Documents * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.12.1. The script element (2) * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts * 6.4. Origin * 7.1.3.1. Definitions * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors * 7.1.3.9.1. Runtime script errors in documents * 7.1.4.1. Definitions * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers * 10.9. Unstyled XML documents #settings-objectReferenced in: * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts * 7.1.3.3. Creating scripts (2) * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts (2) * 7.1.3.5.2. Incumbent * 7.1.3.7.1. EnqueueJob(queueName, job, arguments) * 7.1.3.8.1. HostResolveImportedModule(referencingModule, specifier) * 7.1.3.9.1. Runtime script errors in documents * 7.1.3.10.1. The HostPromiseRejectionTracker implementation * 7.1.4.1. Definitions * 10.9. Unstyled XML documents #classic-scriptReferenced in: * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.12.1.1. Processing model * 4.12.1.3. Restrictions for contents of script elements * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts (2) * 7.1.3.3. Creating scripts * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts * 7.1.3.8. Integration with the JavaScript module system #source-textReferenced in: * 7.1.3.3. Creating scripts (2) * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts #muted-errorsReferenced in: * 7.1.3.3. Creating scripts * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts (2) * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors * 7.1.3.10.1. The HostPromiseRejectionTracker implementation #module-scriptReferenced in: * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts (2) (3) (4) (5) * 7.1.3.3. Creating scripts * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts * 7.1.3.8. Integration with the JavaScript module system (2) (3) #module-recordReferenced in: * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts * 7.1.3.3. Creating scripts * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts * 7.1.3.8.1. HostResolveImportedModule(referencingModule, specifier) #base-urlReferenced in: * 6.1. Browsing contexts * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts * 7.1.3.3. Creating scripts * 7.1.3.8. Integration with the JavaScript module system #cryptographic-nonceReferenced in: * 7.1.3.1. Definitions * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts * 7.1.3.3. Creating scripts #parser-stateReferenced in: * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts * 7.1.3.3. Creating scripts #environment-settings-objectReferenced in: * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element * 4.7.5. The img element (2) * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks * 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon" * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.12.1.1. Processing model * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 7.1.3.1. Definitions (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 7.1.3.3. Creating scripts (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts (2) (3) * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 7.1.3.5.1. Entry * 7.1.3.5.3. Current * 7.1.3.5.4. Relevant (2) * 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers * 7.5. Timers (2) #realm-execution-contextReferenced in: * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts (2) (3) (4) (5) * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects * 7.1.3.5.1. Entry #responsible-browsing-contextReferenced in: * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name (2) (3) * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) * 7.1.3.1. Definitions * 7.1.3.3. Creating scripts (2) * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs (2) (3) * 7.6.2. Printing #responsible-event-loopReferenced in: * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts * 7.1.3.1. Definitions * 7.1.3.7.1. EnqueueJob(queueName, job, arguments) * 7.1.4.2. Processing model #responsible-documentReferenced in: * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts * 6.6.2. The History interface * 7.1.3.1. Definitions (2) (3) * 7.1.4.1. Definitions * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2) * 10.9. Unstyled XML documents #api-url-character-encodingReferenced in: * 2.5.2. Parsing URLs * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts #api-base-urlReferenced in: * 2.5.2. Parsing URLs * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods (2) #security-originReferenced in: * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts #creation-urlReferenced in: * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts #settings-https-stateReferenced in: * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents #outstanding-rejected-promises-weak-setReferenced in: * 7.1.3.1. Definitions * 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections * 7.1.3.10.1. The HostPromiseRejectionTracker implementation (2) #about-to-be-notified-rejected-promises-listReferenced in: * 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections (2) * 7.1.3.10.1. The HostPromiseRejectionTracker implementation (2) #set-up-the-requestReferenced in: * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts (2) (3) (4) (5) #process-the-responseReferenced in: * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts (2) (3) (4) (5) #fetching-a-classic-scriptReferenced in: * 4.12.1.1. Processing model * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts #fetching-a-module-script-treeReferenced in: * 4.12.1.1. Processing model * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts (2) (3) (4) #fetching-the-descendants-of-a-module-scriptReferenced in: * 4.12.1.1. Processing model * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts (2) #fetching-a-single-module-scriptReferenced in: * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts (2) (3) #create-a-scriptReferenced in: * 7.5. Timers #create-a-classic-scriptReferenced in: * 4.12.1.1. Processing model * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts (2) (3) #creating-a-module-scriptReferenced in: * 4.12.1.1. Processing model * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts #run-a-classic-scriptReferenced in: * 4.12.1.1. Processing model * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 7.1.3.1. Definitions * 7.1.3.5.1. Entry #run-a-module-scriptReferenced in: * 4.12.1.1. Processing model * 7.1.3.1. Definitions #check-if-we-can-run-scriptReferenced in: * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts (2) * 7.1.3.7.1. EnqueueJob(queueName, job, arguments) #prepare-to-run-scriptReferenced in: * 2.9.9. Performing serialization and transferring from other specifications (2) * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts (2) * 7.1.3.7.1. EnqueueJob(queueName, job, arguments) #clean-up-after-running-scriptReferenced in: * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts (2) * 7.1.3.7.1. EnqueueJob(queueName, job, arguments) * 7.1.4.2. Processing model #running-scriptReferenced in: * 7.1.3.10.1. The HostPromiseRejectionTracker implementation #global-script-clean-up-jobs-listReferenced in: * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts #run-the-global-script-clean-up-jobsReferenced in: * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts * 7.1.4.2. Processing model #global-objectReferenced in: * 4.12.1. The script element * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts * 6.3.7. The WindowProxy object * 6.6.4. The Location interface * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 7.1.3.5.1. Entry * 7.1.3.5.2. Incumbent * 7.1.3.5.3. Current * 7.1.3.5.4. Relevant (2) (3) (4) * 7.1.3.9.1. Runtime script errors in documents * 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections * 7.1.3.10.1. The HostPromiseRejectionTracker implementation * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers #entryReferenced in: * 2.9.9. Performing serialization and transferring from other specifications * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects (2) (3) (4) #incumbentReferenced in: * 2.9.9. Performing serialization and transferring from other specifications * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects (2) (3) (4) #currentReferenced in: * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects (2) (3) #relevantReferenced in: * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects (2) (3) #entrance-counterReferenced in: * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts (2) * 7.1.3.5.1. Entry #entry-execution-contextReferenced in: * 7.1.3.5.1. Entry #entry-realmReferenced in: * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects * 7.1.3.5.1. Entry (2) #entry-settings-objectReferenced in: * 4.5.1. The a element * 4.7.15. The area element * 6.1.1.1. Navigating nested browsing contexts in the DOM * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2) * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods (2) (3) (4) (5) * 7.8. Images (2) #incumbent-settings-objectReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.8. The object element * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name (2) * 6.4. Origin * 6.6.4. The Location interface * 7.1.3.5.2. Incumbent (2) (3) * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs (2) (3) * 7.6.2. Printing #incumbent-realmReferenced in: * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects #current-settings-objectReferenced in: * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts * 6.2.3.2. IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin ( O ) * 6.2.3.3. CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper ( O, P ) #relevant-settings-objectReferenced in: * 6.1. Browsing contexts * 6.2.3.2. IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin ( O ) * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects * 7.1.3.5.4. Relevant (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.6. The end #relevant-realmReferenced in: * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #abort-a-running-scriptReferenced in: * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts (2) (3) * 7.1.3.6. Killing scripts #module-mapReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts * 7.1.3.1. Definitions * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts (2) * 7.1.3.8. Integration with the JavaScript module system * 7.1.3.8.1. HostResolveImportedModule(referencingModule, specifier) #resolve-a-module-specifierReferenced in: * 7.1.3.1. Definitions * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts * 7.1.3.8.1. HostResolveImportedModule(referencingModule, specifier) #runtime-script-errorsReferenced in: * 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections #report-the-errorReferenced in: * 7.1.3.9.1. Runtime script errors in documents * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers #script-handledReferenced in: * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors * 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections #script-not-handledReferenced in: * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors (2) * 7.1.3.9.1. Runtime script errors in documents * 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers #in-error-reporting-modeReferenced in: * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors (2) #report-the-exceptionReferenced in: * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts * 7.1.3.3. Creating scripts * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts (2) (3) * 7.1.3.7.1. EnqueueJob(queueName, job, arguments) * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers * 7.5. Timers * 7.9. Animation Frames #erroreventReferenced in: * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers (2) #dictdef-erroreventinitReferenced in: * 7.1.3.9.2. The ErrorEvent interface #dom-errorevent-messageReferenced in: * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors * 7.1.3.9.2. The ErrorEvent interface * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers #dom-errorevent-filenameReferenced in: * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors * 7.1.3.9.2. The ErrorEvent interface * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers #dom-errorevent-linenoReferenced in: * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors * 7.1.3.9.2. The ErrorEvent interface * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers #dom-errorevent-colnoReferenced in: * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors * 7.1.3.9.2. The ErrorEvent interface * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers #dom-errorevent-errorReferenced in: * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors * 7.1.3.9.2. The ErrorEvent interface * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers #unhandled-promise-rejectionsReferenced in: * 7.1.3.1. Definitions #notify-about-rejected-promisesReferenced in: * 7.1.4.2. Processing model #promise-handledReferenced in: * 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections #promise-not-handledReferenced in: * 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections (2) #promiserejectioneventReferenced in: * 7.1.3.10.1. The HostPromiseRejectionTracker implementation #dictdef-promiserejectioneventinitReferenced in: * 7.1.3.10.2. The PromiseRejectionEvent interface #dom-promiserejectionevent-promiseReferenced in: * 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections * 7.1.3.10.1. The HostPromiseRejectionTracker implementation * 7.1.3.10.2. The PromiseRejectionEvent interface #dom-promiserejectionevent-reasonReferenced in: * 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections * 7.1.3.10.1. The HostPromiseRejectionTracker implementation * 7.1.3.10.2. The PromiseRejectionEvent interface #event-loopReferenced in: * 2.1. Terminology * 2.2.4. Interactions with XPath and XSLT * 2.9.1. Serializable objects * 2.9.2. Transferable objects * 2.9.9. Performing serialization and transferring from other specifications * 4.2.7. Interactions of styling and scripting (2) * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) * 4.7.10. The video element (2) * 4.7.11. The audio element * 4.7.13. Media elements (2) * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.7. Ready states * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.9. Seeking (2) * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) * 4.7.13.19. Best practices for implementors of media elements * 6.1.4. Groupings of browsing contexts (2) * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3) (4) * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 6.7.11. Unloading documents (2) (3) (4) (5) * 7.1.3.1. Definitions (2) * 7.1.3.7. Integration with the JavaScript job queue * 7.1.4.1. Definitions (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode * 9.2. Parsing XML documents #task-queuesReferenced in: * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm * 6.7.2. Page load processing model for HTML files * 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files * 7.1.4.1. Definitions (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #tasksReferenced in: * 2.6.2. Processing model (2) * 2.9.9. Performing serialization and transferring from other specifications * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2) * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3) * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors (2) * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2) * 4.11.1. The details element * 6.1.5. Browsing context names (2) (3) (4) * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3) (4) (5) * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3) (4) (5) * 6.7.2. Page load processing model for HTML files * 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment * 6.7.10. History traversal * 6.7.12. Aborting a document load (2) * 6.7.13. Browser state * 7.1.4.1. Definitions (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) * 7.1.4.3. Generic task sources * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2) * 7.5. Timers (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs * 7.7.1.2. Language preferences * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.6. The end * 9.2. Parsing XML documents (2) * 11.3.3. Frames #queuingReferenced in: * 2.6.2. Processing model * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element (2) * 4.2.6. The style element (2) * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) (3) * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource (2) (3) * 4.7.13.7. Ready states (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) * 4.7.13.9. Seeking (2) (3) * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2) * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API * 4.7.13.13. User interface * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks (2) * 4.10.4. The label element * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) (2) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections (2) (3) * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm * 4.11.1. The details element * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) * 4.12.4. The canvas element * 5.7.3.2. The DataTransferItem interface * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name * 6.6.2. The History interface * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) * 6.7.2. Page load processing model for HTML files (2) * 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files (2) * 6.7.10. History traversal (2) * 6.7.12. Aborting a document load * 6.7.13. Browser state (2) * 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections * 7.1.3.10.1. The HostPromiseRejectionTracker implementation * 7.1.4.2. Processing model * 7.5. Timers * 7.7.1.2. Language preferences * 8.2.6. The end (2) (3) (4) * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget. * 10.5.15. The textarea element * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2) (3) (4) * 11.3.3. Frames (2) #task-sourceReferenced in: * 2.6.2. Processing model * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.13. Media elements * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm * 4.11.1. The details element * 4.12.4. The canvas element * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts * 6.6.2. The History interface * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) * 6.7.2. Page load processing model for HTML files * 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment * 6.7.10. History traversal * 6.7.13. Browser state * 7.1.4.1. Definitions (2) (3) * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 7.1.4.3. Generic task sources (2) (3) (4) (5) * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream * 7.5. Timers * 7.7.1.2. Language preferences * 8.2.6. The end * 11.3.2. The marquee element * 11.3.3. Frames #currently-running-taskReferenced in: * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) #performing-a-microtask-checkpoint-flagReferenced in: * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) #microtask-queueReferenced in: * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) #microtaskReferenced in: * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs #solitary-callback-microtasksReferenced in: * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) #compound-microtasksReferenced in: * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) #queue-a-microtaskReferenced in: * 2.6.2. Processing model * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) * 4.7.13. Media elements * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3) * 4.10.10. The option element * 4.10.18.5. Enabling and disabling form controls: the disabled attribute * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm * 4.11.1. The details element * 6.1.5. Browsing context names * 6.7.12. Aborting a document load (2) * 7.1.3.7.1. EnqueueJob(queueName, job, arguments) * 7.1.4.2. Processing model * 7.1.4.3. Generic task sources #microtask-task-sourceReferenced in: * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) #performs-a-microtask-checkpointReferenced in: * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts * 7.1.4.1. Definitions * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode * 9.2. Parsing XML documents #wrap-callbacksReferenced in: * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) #compound-microtask-subtaskReferenced in: * 7.1.4.2. Processing model #provides-a-stable-stateReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.9. Seeking * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks #synchronous-sectionReferenced in: * 1.7.2. Typographic conventions * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) * 4.7.13.9. Seeking (2) (3) * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) * 7.1.4.2. Processing model #spinning-the-event-loopReferenced in: * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) * 7.4.2. Closing the input stream * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.6. The end (2) (3) * 9.2. Parsing XML documents #statedef-useragent-pauseReferenced in: * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource * 6.7.11. Unloading documents * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs (2) (3) * 7.6.2. Printing #dom-manipulation-task-sourceReferenced in: * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm * 4.11.1. The details element * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment * 6.7.10. History traversal * 7.7.1.2. Language preferences * 8.2.6. The end * 11.3.2. The marquee element * 11.3.3. Frames #user-interaction-task-sourceReferenced in: * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors * 4.10.7. The select element * 4.10.10. The option element * 4.10.18.5. Enabling and disabling form controls: the disabled attribute * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections (2) (3) * 7.1.4.1. Definitions * 7.1.4.3. Generic task sources * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget. * 10.5.15. The textarea element #networking-task-sourceReferenced in: * 2.6.2. Processing model * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element (2) * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3) * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 6.7.2. Page load processing model for HTML files (2) * 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files (2) * 6.7.13. Browser state #history-traversal-task-sourceReferenced in: * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment * 6.7.10. History traversal * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream #event-handlerReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 4.3.1. The body element (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2) * 4.7.13.11.8. Event handlers for objects of the text track APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) * 7.1.5.2. Event handlers on elements, Document objects, and Window objects (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2) * 11.3.3. Frames (2) (3) #event-handler-idl-event-handler-idl-attributeReferenced in: * 4.3.1. The body element * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects * 4.7.13.11.8. Event handlers for objects of the text track APIs (2) (3) * 7.1.1. Introduction * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 7.1.5.2. Event handlers on elements, Document objects, and Window objects (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 11.3.2. The marquee element * 11.3.3. Frames #event-handler-content-event-handler-content-attributeReferenced in: * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML * 1.9.2. Common pitfalls to avoid when using the scripting APIs * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 4.3.1. The body element (2) (3) * 7.1.1. Introduction * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors (2) * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers (2) (3) (4) * 7.1.5.2. Event handlers on elements, Document objects, and Window objects (2) (3) (4) (5) * 11.3.2. The marquee element * 11.3.3. Frames * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (55) (56) (57) (58) (59) (60) (61) (62) (63) (64) (65) (66) (67) (68) (69) (70) (71) (72) (73) (74) #event-handler-event-typeReferenced in: * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2) * 4.7.13.11.8. Event handlers for objects of the text track APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 7.1.5.2. Event handlers on elements, Document objects, and Window objects (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2) #the-event-handler-processing-algorithmReferenced in: * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers #invokeReferenced in: * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers (2) * 7.5. Timers #callbackdef-eventhandlernonnullReferenced in: * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers #typedefdef-eventhandlerReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers (2) * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (55) (56) (57) (58) (59) (60) (61) (62) (63) (64) (65) (66) (67) (68) (69) (70) (71) (72) (73) (74) (75) * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2) (3) #callbackdef-onerroreventhandlernonnullReferenced in: * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers #typedefdef-onerroreventhandlerReferenced in: * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #callbackdef-onbeforeunloadeventhandlernonnullReferenced in: * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers #typedefdef-onbeforeunloadeventhandlerReferenced in: * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #internal-raw-uncompiled-handlerReferenced in: * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers (2) (3) (4) (5) #getting-the-current-value-of-the-event-handlerReferenced in: * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers (2) #dom-globaleventhandlers-onabortReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions * Attributes #dom-globaleventhandlers-onauxclickReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes #dom-globaleventhandlers-oncancelReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-oncanplayReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-oncanplaythroughReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onchangeReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onclickReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-oncloseReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-oncuechangeReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-ondblclickReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-ondragReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-ondragendReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-ondragenterReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-ondragexitReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-ondragleaveReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-ondragoverReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-ondragstartReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-ondropReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-ondurationchangeReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onemptiedReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onendedReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-oninputReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-oninvalidReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onkeydownReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onkeypressReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onkeyupReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onloadeddataReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onloadedmetadataReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onloadendReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes #dom-globaleventhandlers-onloadstartReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onmousedownReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onmouseenterReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onmouseleaveReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onmousemoveReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onmouseoutReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onmouseoverReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onmouseupReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onwheelReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onpauseReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onplayReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onplayingReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onprogressReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onratechangeReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onresetReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onseekedReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onseekingReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onselectReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onshowReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onstalledReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onsubmitReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onsuspendReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-ontimeupdateReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-ontoggleReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onvolumechangeReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onwaitingReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-globaleventhandlers-onblurReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions * 11.3.3. Frames #dom-globaleventhandlers-onerrorReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers (2) * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions * 11.3.3. Frames #dom-globaleventhandlers-onfocusReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions * 11.3.3. Frames #dom-globaleventhandlers-onloadReferenced in: * 1.9.1. Writing secure applications with HTML * 1.9.2. Common pitfalls to avoid when using the scripting APIs * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 4.3.1. The body element * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions * 11.3.3. Frames #dom-globaleventhandlers-onresizeReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions * 11.3.3. Frames #dom-globaleventhandlers-onscrollReferenced in: * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions * 11.3.3. Frames #dom-windoweventhandlers-onafterprintReferenced in: * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions * Elements #dom-windoweventhandlers-onbeforeprintReferenced in: * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions * Elements #dom-onbeforeunloadeventhandler-onbeforeunloadReferenced in: * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers #dom-windoweventhandlers-onhashchangeReferenced in: * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions * Elements #dom-windoweventhandlers-onlanguagechangeReferenced in: * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions * Elements #dom-windoweventhandlers-onmessageReferenced in: * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions * Elements #dom-windoweventhandlers-onofflineReferenced in: * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions * Elements #dom-windoweventhandlers-ononlineReferenced in: * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions * Elements #dom-windoweventhandlers-onpagehideReferenced in: * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions * Elements #dom-windoweventhandlers-onpageshowReferenced in: * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions * Elements #dom-windoweventhandlers-onrejectionhandledReferenced in: * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-windoweventhandlers-onpopstateReferenced in: * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions * Elements #dom-windoweventhandlers-onstorageReferenced in: * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions * Elements #dom-windoweventhandlers-onunhandledrejectionReferenced in: * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-windoweventhandlers-onunloadReferenced in: * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions * Elements #dom-documentandelementeventhandlers-oncutReferenced in: * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-documentandelementeventhandlers-oncopyReferenced in: * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #dom-documentandelementeventhandlers-onpasteReferenced in: * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions #globaleventhandlersReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM * 6.3. The Window object #windoweventhandlersReferenced in: * 4.3.1. The body element * 6.3. The Window object * 11.3.3. Frames #dom-windoweventhandlers-onbeforeunloadReferenced in: * Elements #documentandelementeventhandlersReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM #firing-a-synthetic-mouse-event-named-eReferenced in: * 7.1.5.3. Event firing #fire-a-click-eventReferenced in: * 4.11.3.2. Using the a element to define a command * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other elements * 5.3. Activation #windoworworkerglobalscopeReferenced in: * 7.2. The WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope mixin (2) (3) (4) * Changes between Working Draft 2 and the First Public Working Draft #it-can-also-come-from-scriptReferenced in: * 8.2.1. Overview of the parsing model * 8.2.4. Tokenization #throw-on-dynamic-markup-insertion-counterReferenced in: * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2) (3) #dom-document-_openReferenced in: * 3.1. Documents * 3.1.1. The Document object (2) * 6.1. Browsing contexts * 6.4. Origin * 7.1.3.1. Definitions * 7.4. Dynamic markup insertion * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode #ignore-opens-during-unload-counterReferenced in: * 6.7.11. Unloading documents (2) (3) (4) * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream * 7.4.3. document.write() #script-created-parserReferenced in: * 7.4.2. Closing the input stream * 8.2.2.5. Preprocessing the input stream #dom-document-closeReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object * 7.4. Dynamic markup insertion * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2) * 7.4.2. Closing the input stream * 8.2.2.5. Preprocessing the input stream #ignore-destructive-writes-counterReferenced in: * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) * 7.4.3. document.write() #dom-document-writeReferenced in: * 3.1. Documents * 3.1.1. The Document object * 4.12.1. The script element (2) * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors (2) (3) * 7.4. Dynamic markup insertion * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2) * 7.4.3. document.write() (2) (3) (4) * 7.4.4. document.writeln() * 8.2.1. Overview of the parsing model * 8.2.2.5. Preprocessing the input stream (2) * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2) * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content * 9.2. Parsing XML documents #dom-document-writelnReferenced in: * 3.1.1. The Document object * 7.4.4. document.writeln() * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes #list-of-active-timersReferenced in: * 6.7.11. Unloading documents * 7.5. Timers (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #timer-initialization-stepsReferenced in: * 7.5. Timers (2) (3) #timer-nesting-levelReferenced in: * 7.5. Timers #optionally-truncatedReferenced in: * 6.7.11. Unloading documents * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs (2) (3) #dom-window-alertReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object (2) * 7.1.3.6. Killing scripts * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs #dom-window-confirmReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs #dom-window-promptReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs #dom-window-printReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects (2) (3) * 7.6.2. Printing #print-when-loadedReferenced in: * 8.2.6. The end #printing-stepsReferenced in: * 7.6.2. Printing (2) * 8.2.6. The end #dom-window-navigatorReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object #navigatorReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects (2) * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream * 7.7.1. The Navigator object (2) (3) (4) (5) * 11.3.4.1. Plugins #navigatoridReferenced in: * 7.7.1. The Navigator object #dom-navigatorid-appcodenameReferenced in: * 7.7.1.1. Client identification #dom-navigatorid-appnameReferenced in: * 7.7.1.1. Client identification #dom-navigatorid-appversionReferenced in: * 7.7.1.1. Client identification #dom-navigatorid-platformReferenced in: * 7.7.1.1. Client identification #dom-navigatorid-productReferenced in: * 7.7.1.1. Client identification #dom-navigatorid-useragentReferenced in: * 7.7.1.1. Client identification #navigatorlanguageReferenced in: * 7.7.1. The Navigator object #dom-navigatorlanguage-languageReferenced in: * 7.7.1.2. Language preferences #dom-navigatorlanguage-languagesReferenced in: * 7.7.1.2. Language preferences #plausible-languagesReferenced in: * 7.7.1.2. Language preferences (2) #navigatorcontentutilsReferenced in: * 7.7.1. The Navigator object #dom-navigatorcontentutils-registercontenthandlerReferenced in: * Changes since HTML 5.1 - Note that these may change if the HTML 5.1 specification is updated. #dom-navigatorcontentutils-isprotocolhandlerregisteredReferenced in: * Changes since HTML 5.1 - Note that these may change if the HTML 5.1 specification is updated. #dom-navigatorcontentutils-iscontenthandlerregisteredReferenced in: * Changes since HTML 5.1 - Note that these may change if the HTML 5.1 specification is updated. #a-registered-handlerReferenced in: * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) #safelisted-schemesReferenced in: * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods #type-blocklistReferenced in: * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods #proto-urlReferenced in: * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods (2) (3) (4) #handler-state-stringsReferenced in: * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods (2) #navigatorcookiesReferenced in: * 7.7.1. The Navigator object #dom-navigatorcookies-cookieenabledReferenced in: * 7.7.1.4. Cookies #imagebitmapReferenced in: * 7.2. The WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope mixin (2) * 7.8. Images #typedefdef-imagebitmapsourceReferenced in: * 7.2. The WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope mixin (2) #cropped-to-the-source-rectangleReferenced in: * 7.8. Images (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) #dom-imagebitmap-widthReferenced in: * 7.8. Images #dom-imagebitmap-heightReferenced in: * 7.8. Images #list-of-animation-frame-callbacksReferenced in: * 7.9. Animation Frames (2) (3) (4) (5) #animation-frame-callback-identifierReferenced in: * 7.9. Animation Frames (2) (3) #dom-window-requestanimationframeReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object #dom-window-cancelanimationframeReferenced in: * 6.3. The Window object #run-the-animation-frame-callbacksReferenced in: * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) #the-html-syntaxReferenced in: * 3.2.1. Semantics * 9. The XML syntax #doctypeReferenced in: * 2.5.1. Terminology * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) * 8.1. Writing HTML documents #doctype-legacy-stringReferenced in: * 8.1.1. The DOCTYPE (2) #kind-of-elementReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content (2) * 8.1.2. Elements (2) (3) #void-elementsReferenced in: * 3.2.4.1. The "nothing" content model * 8.1.2. Elements (2) (3) (4) * 8.1.2.1. Start tags (2) #raw-textReferenced in: * 8.1.2. Elements (2) (3) * 8.1.2.6. Restrictions on the contents of raw text and escapable raw text elements #escapable-raw-textReferenced in: * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content * 8.1.2. Elements (2) (3) * 8.1.2.6. Restrictions on the contents of raw text and escapable raw text elements #foreign-elementsReferenced in: * 8.1.2. Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 8.1.2.1. Start tags (2) * 8.1.2.3. Attributes (2) #normal-elementsReferenced in: * 8.1.2. Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) #tag-nameReferenced in: * 8.1.2.1. Start tags (2) * 8.1.2.2. End tags #syntax-start-tagsReferenced in: * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML * 3.2.3. Element definitions * 4.1.1. The html element * 4.2.1. The head element * 4.3.1. The body element * 4.9.3. The colgroup element * 4.9.5. The tbody element * 4.12.1. The script element * 8.1.2. Elements * 8.1.2.3. Attributes * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 8.1.2.5. Restrictions on content models * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments #syntax-end-tagsReferenced in: * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML * 3.2.3. Element definitions * 3.2.4.1. The "nothing" content model * 4.1.1. The html element * 4.2.1. The head element * 4.2.4. The link element * 4.2.5. The meta element * 4.3.1. The body element * 4.4.1. The p element * 4.4.3. The hr element * 4.4.8. The li element * 4.4.10. The dt element * 4.4.11. The dd element * 4.5.11. The rb element * 4.5.12. The rt element * 4.5.13. The rtc element * 4.5.14. The rp element * 4.5.29. The br element * 4.5.30. The wbr element * 4.7.4. The source element * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.9. The param element * 4.7.12. The track element * 4.7.15. The area element * 4.9.3. The colgroup element * 4.9.4. The col element * 4.9.5. The tbody element (2) * 4.9.6. The thead element * 4.9.7. The tfoot element * 4.9.8. The tr element * 4.9.9. The td element * 4.9.10. The th element * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.9. The optgroup element * 4.10.10. The option element * 4.12.1. The script element * 8.1.2. Elements * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) #attributesReferenced in: * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML * 8.1.2.1. Start tags #attribute-namesReferenced in: * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML * 8.1.2.3. Attributes (2) (3) (4) #attribute-valuesReferenced in: * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) (3) * 8.1.2.3. Attributes (2) (3) #unquotedReferenced in: * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML #optional-start-and-end-tagsReferenced in: * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML * 3.2.3. Element definitions * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 8.1. Writing HTML documents * 8.1.2. Elements (2) (3) #syntax-charrefReferenced in: * 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding * 8.1.2. Elements (2) (3) (4) * 8.1.2.3. Attributes * 8.1.3.1. Newlines #ambiguous-ampersandReferenced in: * 8.1.2. Elements (2) (3) (4) * 8.1.2.3. Attributes #syntax-cdataReferenced in: * 8.1.2. Elements #syntax-commentsReferenced in: * 4.1.1. The html element (2) * 4.2.1. The head element * 4.3.1. The body element (2) * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3) * 8.1. Writing HTML documents (2) (3) * 8.1.2. Elements (2) (3) * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) #html-parserReferenced in: * 2.2.4. Interactions with XPath and XSLT * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management (2) * 3.2.5. Global attributes * 4.2.6. The style element (2) (3) * 4.2.7. Interactions of styling and scripting * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms (2) * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) * 4.12.2. The noscript element (2) * 4.12.3.1. Interaction of template elements with XSLT and XPath * 6.7.2. Page load processing model for HTML files (2) * 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files (2) (3) * 7.1.4.1. Definitions * 7.4. Dynamic markup insertion * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2) * 7.4.3. document.write() (2) * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2) * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.7. Coercing an HTML DOM into an infoset (2) (3) (4) (5) * 8.2.8. An introduction to error handling and strange cases in the parser * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2) (3) (4) * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments (2) (3) * 9.2. Parsing XML documents (2) (3) * 11.3.1. The applet element #parse-errorsReferenced in: * 1.10.2. Syntax errors * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms * 4.12.2. The noscript element (2) * 8.2. Parsing HTML documents (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 8.2.2.5. Preprocessing the input stream (2) * 8.2.4. Tokenization (2) (3) * 8.2.4.1. Data state * 8.2.4.2. RCDATA state * 8.2.4.3. RAWTEXT state * 8.2.4.4. Script data state * 8.2.4.5. PLAINTEXT state * 8.2.4.6. Tag open state (2) * 8.2.4.7. End tag open state (2) (3) * 8.2.4.8. Tag name state (2) * 8.2.4.20. Script data escaped state (2) * 8.2.4.21. Script data escaped dash state (2) * 8.2.4.22. Script data escaped dash dash state (2) * 8.2.4.27. Script data double escaped state (2) * 8.2.4.28. Script data double escaped dash state (2) * 8.2.4.29. Script data double escaped dash dash state (2) * 8.2.4.32. Before attribute name state * 8.2.4.33. Attribute name state (2) (3) * 8.2.4.34. After attribute name state * 8.2.4.35. Before attribute value state * 8.2.4.36. Attribute value (double-quoted) state (2) * 8.2.4.37. Attribute value (single-quoted) state (2) * 8.2.4.38. Attribute value (unquoted) state (2) (3) * 8.2.4.39. After attribute value (quoted) state (2) * 8.2.4.40. Self-closing start tag state (2) * 8.2.4.42. Markup declaration open state * 8.2.4.43. Comment start state * 8.2.4.44. Comment start dash state (2) * 8.2.4.45. Comment state (2) * 8.2.4.49. Comment less-than sign bang dash dash state * 8.2.4.50. Comment end dash state * 8.2.4.51. Comment end state * 8.2.4.52. Comment end bang state (2) * 8.2.4.53. DOCTYPE state (2) * 8.2.4.54. Before DOCTYPE name state (2) (3) * 8.2.4.55. DOCTYPE name state (2) * 8.2.4.56. After DOCTYPE name state (2) * 8.2.4.57. After DOCTYPE public keyword state (2) (3) (4) (5) * 8.2.4.58. Before DOCTYPE public identifier state (2) (3) * 8.2.4.59. DOCTYPE public identifier (double-quoted) state (2) (3) * 8.2.4.60. DOCTYPE public identifier (single-quoted) state (2) (3) * 8.2.4.61. After DOCTYPE public identifier state (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.4.62. Between DOCTYPE public and system identifiers state (2) * 8.2.4.63. After DOCTYPE system keyword state (2) (3) (4) (5) * 8.2.4.64. Before DOCTYPE system identifier state (2) (3) * 8.2.4.65. DOCTYPE system identifier (double-quoted) state (2) (3) * 8.2.4.66. DOCTYPE system identifier (single-quoted) state (2) (3) * 8.2.4.67. After DOCTYPE system identifier state (2) * 8.2.4.69. CDATA section state * 8.2.4.72. Character reference state (2) * 8.2.4.74. Hexadecimal character reference start state * 8.2.4.75. Decimal character reference start state * 8.2.4.76. Hexadecimal character reference state * 8.2.4.77. Decimal character reference state * 8.2.4.78. Numeric character reference end state (2) (3) * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2) * 8.2.5.4.1. The "initial" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.2. The "before html" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.3. The "before head" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.4.5. The "in head noscript" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43) (44) * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 8.2.5.4.10. The "in table text" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.11. The "in caption" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) * 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 8.2.5.4.17. The "in select in table" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.19. The "after body" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.4.21. The "after frameset" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.22. The "after after body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.23. The "after after frameset" insertion mode * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content (2) (3) (4) #reentrantReferenced in: * 7.4.3. document.write() * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2) #script-nesting-levelReferenced in: * 4.12.1.1. Processing model * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content (2) (3) #parser-pause-flagReferenced in: * 8.2.4. Tokenization * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content (2) (3) #input-byte-streamReferenced in: * 6.7.2. Page load processing model for HTML files (2) * 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files * 8.2.2. The input byte stream (2) (3) * 8.2.2.5. Preprocessing the input stream #confidenceReferenced in: * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream * 8.2.2. The input byte stream * 8.2.2.1. Parsing with a known character encoding * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 8.2.2.4. Changing the encoding while parsing (2) (3) (4) (5) * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2) * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments #encoding-sniffing-algorithmReferenced in: * 8.2.2. The input byte stream * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding * 8.2.2.4. Changing the encoding while parsing (2) (3) (4) #prescan-a-byte-stream-to-determine-its-encodingReferenced in: * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2) (3) (4) #get-an-attributeReferenced in: * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) #utf-8Referenced in: * 4.2.5. The meta element * 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding (2) * 4.10.21.5. Selecting a form submission encoding * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2) * 8.2.2.4. Changing the encoding while parsing #iso-8859-2Referenced in: * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2) (3) #iso-8859-8Referenced in: * 10.3.5. Bidirectional text #windows-1250Referenced in: * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2) (3) #windows-1251Referenced in: * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) #windows-1252Referenced in: * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2) * 8.2.2.4. Changing the encoding while parsing #windows-1254Referenced in: * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2) #windows-1256Referenced in: * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2) #windows-1257Referenced in: * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2) (3) #gb18030Referenced in: * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding #big5Referenced in: * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding #iso-2022-jpReferenced in: * 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding #shift_jisReferenced in: * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding #euc-krReferenced in: * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding #utf-16beReferenced in: * 2.1.6. Character encodings #utf-16leReferenced in: * 2.1.6. Character encodings #x-user-definedReferenced in: * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding * 8.2.2.4. Changing the encoding while parsing #change-the-encodingReferenced in: * 8.2.2. The input byte stream * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2) #input-streamReferenced in: * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream * 7.4.2. Closing the input stream * 7.4.3. document.write() (2) * 8.2.2. The input byte stream (2) * 8.2.2.5. Preprocessing the input stream (2) (3) * 8.2.6. The end * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments #next-input-characterReferenced in: * 8.2.2.5. Preprocessing the input stream * 8.2.4. Tokenization * 8.2.4.1. Data state * 8.2.4.2. RCDATA state * 8.2.4.3. RAWTEXT state * 8.2.4.4. Script data state * 8.2.4.5. PLAINTEXT state * 8.2.4.6. Tag open state * 8.2.4.7. End tag open state * 8.2.4.8. Tag name state * 8.2.4.9. RCDATA less-than sign state * 8.2.4.10. RCDATA end tag open state * 8.2.4.11. RCDATA end tag name state * 8.2.4.12. RAWTEXT less-than sign state * 8.2.4.13. RAWTEXT end tag open state * 8.2.4.14. RAWTEXT end tag name state * 8.2.4.15. Script data less-than sign state * 8.2.4.16. Script data end tag open state * 8.2.4.17. Script data end tag name state * 8.2.4.18. Script data escape start state * 8.2.4.19. Script data escape start dash state * 8.2.4.20. Script data escaped state * 8.2.4.21. Script data escaped dash state * 8.2.4.22. Script data escaped dash dash state * 8.2.4.23. Script data escaped less-than sign state * 8.2.4.24. Script data escaped end tag open state * 8.2.4.25. Script data escaped end tag name state * 8.2.4.26. Script data double escape start state * 8.2.4.27. Script data double escaped state * 8.2.4.28. Script data double escaped dash state * 8.2.4.29. Script data double escaped dash dash state * 8.2.4.30. Script data double escaped less-than sign state * 8.2.4.31. Script data double escape end state * 8.2.4.32. Before attribute name state * 8.2.4.33. Attribute name state * 8.2.4.34. After attribute name state * 8.2.4.35. Before attribute value state * 8.2.4.36. Attribute value (double-quoted) state * 8.2.4.37. Attribute value (single-quoted) state * 8.2.4.38. Attribute value (unquoted) state * 8.2.4.39. After attribute value (quoted) state * 8.2.4.40. Self-closing start tag state * 8.2.4.41. Bogus comment state * 8.2.4.43. Comment start state * 8.2.4.44. Comment start dash state * 8.2.4.45. Comment state * 8.2.4.46. Comment less-than sign state * 8.2.4.50. Comment end dash state * 8.2.4.51. Comment end state * 8.2.4.52. Comment end bang state * 8.2.4.53. DOCTYPE state * 8.2.4.54. Before DOCTYPE name state * 8.2.4.55. DOCTYPE name state * 8.2.4.56. After DOCTYPE name state * 8.2.4.57. After DOCTYPE public keyword state * 8.2.4.58. Before DOCTYPE public identifier state * 8.2.4.59. DOCTYPE public identifier (double-quoted) state * 8.2.4.60. DOCTYPE public identifier (single-quoted) state * 8.2.4.61. After DOCTYPE public identifier state * 8.2.4.62. Between DOCTYPE public and system identifiers state * 8.2.4.63. After DOCTYPE system keyword state * 8.2.4.64. Before DOCTYPE system identifier state * 8.2.4.65. DOCTYPE system identifier (double-quoted) state * 8.2.4.66. DOCTYPE system identifier (single-quoted) state * 8.2.4.67. After DOCTYPE system identifier state * 8.2.4.68. Bogus DOCTYPE state * 8.2.4.69. CDATA section state * 8.2.4.70. CDATA section bracket state * 8.2.4.71. CDATA section end state * 8.2.4.72. Character reference state (2) * 8.2.4.73. Numeric character reference state * 8.2.4.74. Hexadecimal character reference start state * 8.2.4.75. Decimal character reference start state * 8.2.4.76. Hexadecimal character reference state * 8.2.4.77. Decimal character reference state * 8.2.4.79. Character reference end state * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content #current-input-characterReferenced in: * 8.2.4. Tokenization (2) * 8.2.4.1. Data state (2) * 8.2.4.2. RCDATA state * 8.2.4.3. RAWTEXT state * 8.2.4.4. Script data state * 8.2.4.5. PLAINTEXT state * 8.2.4.8. Tag name state (2) * 8.2.4.11. RCDATA end tag name state (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.4.14. RAWTEXT end tag name state (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.4.17. Script data end tag name state (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.4.20. Script data escaped state * 8.2.4.21. Script data escaped dash state * 8.2.4.22. Script data escaped dash dash state * 8.2.4.25. Script data escaped end tag name state (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.4.26. Script data double escape start state (2) (3) (4) (5) * 8.2.4.27. Script data double escaped state * 8.2.4.28. Script data double escaped dash state * 8.2.4.29. Script data double escaped dash dash state * 8.2.4.31. Script data double escape end state (2) (3) (4) (5) * 8.2.4.32. Before attribute name state * 8.2.4.33. Attribute name state (2) * 8.2.4.36. Attribute value (double-quoted) state * 8.2.4.37. Attribute value (single-quoted) state * 8.2.4.38. Attribute value (unquoted) state * 8.2.4.41. Bogus comment state * 8.2.4.45. Comment state (2) * 8.2.4.46. Comment less-than sign state (2) * 8.2.4.54. Before DOCTYPE name state (2) * 8.2.4.55. DOCTYPE name state (2) * 8.2.4.56. After DOCTYPE name state (2) * 8.2.4.59. DOCTYPE public identifier (double-quoted) state * 8.2.4.60. DOCTYPE public identifier (single-quoted) state * 8.2.4.65. DOCTYPE system identifier (double-quoted) state * 8.2.4.66. DOCTYPE system identifier (single-quoted) state * 8.2.4.69. CDATA section state * 8.2.4.72. Character reference state * 8.2.4.73. Numeric character reference state * 8.2.4.76. Hexadecimal character reference state (2) (3) * 8.2.4.77. Decimal character reference state #insertion-pointReferenced in: * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream * 7.4.3. document.write() (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.6. The end #explicit-eof-characterReferenced in: * 7.4.2. Closing the input stream (2) #insertion-modeReferenced in: * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) * 8.2.4. Tokenization * 8.2.5. Tree construction * 8.2.5.2. Parsing elements that contain only text (2) * 8.2.5.4.1. The "initial" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.2. The "before html" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.3. The "before head" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 8.2.5.4.5. The "in head noscript" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) * 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 8.2.5.4.10. The "in table text" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.11. The "in caption" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.4.17. The "in select in table" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 8.2.5.4.19. The "after body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.4.21. The "after frameset" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.4.22. The "after after body" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.23. The "after after frameset" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content * 8.2.8.1. Misnested tags: <b><i></b></i> * 8.2.8.2. Misnested tags: <b><p></b></p> * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) (3) (4) (5) #using-the-rules-forReferenced in: * 8.2.5.4.3. The "before head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.5. The "in head noscript" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.11. The "in caption" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.17. The "in select in table" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.19. The "after body" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.21. The "after frameset" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.22. The "after after body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.23. The "after after frameset" insertion mode (2) #original-insertion-modeReferenced in: * 8.2.5.2. Parsing elements that contain only text * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.10. The "in table text" insertion mode * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables #stack-of-template-insertion-modesReferenced in: * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments #current-template-insertion-modeReferenced in: * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments #reset-the-insertion-mode-appropriatelyReferenced in: * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.17. The "in select in table" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments #stack-of-open-elementsReferenced in: * 2.2.4. Interactions with XPath and XSLT * 4.2.6. The style element (2) (3) * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * 8.2.3.3. The list of active formatting elements (2) * 8.2.4. Tokenization * 8.2.5. Tree construction * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags (2) * 8.2.5.4.2. The "before html" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 8.2.5.4.5. The "in head noscript" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (55) (56) (57) (58) (59) (60) (61) (62) (63) (64) (65) (66) (67) (68) (69) (70) (71) (72) (73) (74) (75) (76) (77) (78) * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 8.2.5.4.11. The "in caption" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * 8.2.5.4.17. The "in select in table" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.19. The "after body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 8.2.6. The end (2) * 8.2.8.1. Misnested tags: <b><i></b></i> (2) * 8.2.8.2. Misnested tags: <b><p></b></p> (2) * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) (3) (4) (5) * 8.2.8.4. Scripts that modify the page as it is being parsed * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments * 9.2. Parsing XML documents * 11.3.1. The applet element #current-nodeReferenced in: * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2) * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 8.2.5.4.5. The "in head noscript" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.11. The "in caption" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #adjusted-current-nodeReferenced in: * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.4.42. Markup declaration open state * 8.2.5. Tree construction (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content (2) (3) (4) #specialReferenced in: * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) #formattingReferenced in: * 8.2.3.3. The list of active formatting elements (2) #ordinaryReferenced in: * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode #has-that-element-in-the-specific-scopeReferenced in: * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) (3) (4) (5) #in-scopeReferenced in: * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) #have-an-li-element-in-list-item-scopeReferenced in: * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode #has-a-p-element-in-button-scopeReferenced in: * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) #in-table-scopeReferenced in: * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.11. The "in caption" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.4.17. The "in select in table" insertion mode #have-a-select-element-in-select-scopeReferenced in: * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode (2) (3) #list-of-active-formatting-elementsReferenced in: * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.3.3. The list of active formatting elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode * 8.2.8.1. Misnested tags: <b><i></b></i> (2) * 8.2.8.2. Misnested tags: <b><p></b></p> (2) (3) * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 8.2.8.6. Unclosed formatting elements #markersReferenced in: * 8.2.3.3. The list of active formatting elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) (3) #push-onto-the-list-of-active-formatting-elementsReferenced in: * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) #reconstruct-the-active-formatting-elementsReferenced in: * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) * 8.2.8.1. Misnested tags: <b><i></b></i> * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables #clear-the-list-of-active-formatting-elements-up-to-the-last-markerReferenced in: * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.11. The "in caption" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode #head-element-pointerReferenced in: * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) * 8.2.3.4. The element pointers * 8.2.5.4.3. The "before head" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode (2) (3) #form-element-pointerReferenced in: * 8.2.3.4. The element pointers * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.7. Coercing an HTML DOM into an infoset * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments (2) #scripting-flagReferenced in: * 2.2.1. Conformance classes * 4.12.2. The noscript element * 8.2.3.5. Other parsing state flags * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments #frameset-ok-flagReferenced in: * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content #reconsumeReferenced in: * 8.2.4. Tokenization * 8.2.4.6. Tag open state (2) (3) * 8.2.4.7. End tag open state (2) * 8.2.4.9. RCDATA less-than sign state * 8.2.4.10. RCDATA end tag open state (2) * 8.2.4.11. RCDATA end tag name state * 8.2.4.12. RAWTEXT less-than sign state * 8.2.4.13. RAWTEXT end tag open state (2) * 8.2.4.14. RAWTEXT end tag name state * 8.2.4.15. Script data less-than sign state * 8.2.4.16. Script data end tag open state (2) * 8.2.4.17. Script data end tag name state * 8.2.4.18. Script data escape start state * 8.2.4.19. Script data escape start dash state * 8.2.4.23. Script data escaped less-than sign state (2) * 8.2.4.24. Script data escaped end tag open state (2) * 8.2.4.25. Script data escaped end tag name state * 8.2.4.26. Script data double escape start state * 8.2.4.30. Script data double escaped less-than sign state * 8.2.4.31. Script data double escape end state * 8.2.4.32. Before attribute name state (2) * 8.2.4.33. Attribute name state * 8.2.4.34. After attribute name state * 8.2.4.35. Before attribute value state * 8.2.4.39. After attribute value (quoted) state * 8.2.4.40. Self-closing start tag state * 8.2.4.43. Comment start state * 8.2.4.44. Comment start dash state * 8.2.4.46. Comment less-than sign state * 8.2.4.47. Comment less-than sign bang state * 8.2.4.48. Comment less-than sign bang dash state * 8.2.4.49. Comment less-than sign bang dash dash state (2) * 8.2.4.50. Comment end dash state * 8.2.4.51. Comment end state * 8.2.4.52. Comment end bang state * 8.2.4.53. DOCTYPE state * 8.2.4.70. CDATA section bracket state * 8.2.4.71. CDATA section end state * 8.2.4.72. Character reference state * 8.2.4.73. Numeric character reference state * 8.2.4.74. Hexadecimal character reference start state (2) * 8.2.4.75. Decimal character reference start state (2) * 8.2.4.76. Hexadecimal character reference state * 8.2.4.77. Decimal character reference state * 8.2.4.79. Character reference end state #temporary-bufferReferenced in: * 8.2.4.72. Character reference state (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 8.2.4.73. Numeric character reference state * 8.2.4.78. Numeric character reference end state (2) * 8.2.4.79. Character reference end state (2) #return-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.1. Data state * 8.2.4.2. RCDATA state * 8.2.4.36. Attribute value (double-quoted) state * 8.2.4.37. Attribute value (single-quoted) state * 8.2.4.38. Attribute value (unquoted) state * 8.2.4.72. Character reference state * 8.2.4.79. Character reference end state (2) #force-quirks-flagReferenced in: * 8.2.4. Tokenization * 8.2.4.53. DOCTYPE state * 8.2.4.54. Before DOCTYPE name state (2) * 8.2.4.55. DOCTYPE name state * 8.2.4.56. After DOCTYPE name state (2) * 8.2.4.57. After DOCTYPE public keyword state (2) (3) * 8.2.4.58. Before DOCTYPE public identifier state (2) (3) * 8.2.4.59. DOCTYPE public identifier (double-quoted) state (2) * 8.2.4.60. DOCTYPE public identifier (single-quoted) state (2) * 8.2.4.61. After DOCTYPE public identifier state (2) * 8.2.4.62. Between DOCTYPE public and system identifiers state (2) * 8.2.4.63. After DOCTYPE system keyword state (2) (3) * 8.2.4.64. Before DOCTYPE system identifier state (2) (3) * 8.2.4.65. DOCTYPE system identifier (double-quoted) state (2) * 8.2.4.66. DOCTYPE system identifier (single-quoted) state (2) * 8.2.4.67. After DOCTYPE system identifier state (2) * 8.2.5.4.1. The "initial" insertion mode #self-closing-flagReferenced in: * 8.2.4. Tokenization (2) (3) * 8.2.4.40. Self-closing start tag state * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content #acknowledgedReferenced in: * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content (2) #appropriate-end-tag-tokenReferenced in: * 8.2.4.11. RCDATA end tag name state (2) (3) * 8.2.4.14. RAWTEXT end tag name state (2) (3) * 8.2.4.17. Script data end tag name state (2) (3) * 8.2.4.25. Script data escaped end tag name state (2) (3) * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments #tokenizer-data-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4. Tokenization * 8.2.4.1. Data state * 8.2.4.6. Tag open state * 8.2.4.7. End tag open state * 8.2.4.8. Tag name state * 8.2.4.11. RCDATA end tag name state * 8.2.4.14. RAWTEXT end tag name state * 8.2.4.17. Script data end tag name state * 8.2.4.25. Script data escaped end tag name state * 8.2.4.34. After attribute name state * 8.2.4.38. Attribute value (unquoted) state * 8.2.4.39. After attribute value (quoted) state * 8.2.4.40. Self-closing start tag state * 8.2.4.41. Bogus comment state * 8.2.4.43. Comment start state * 8.2.4.44. Comment start dash state * 8.2.4.51. Comment end state * 8.2.4.52. Comment end bang state * 8.2.4.54. Before DOCTYPE name state * 8.2.4.55. DOCTYPE name state * 8.2.4.56. After DOCTYPE name state * 8.2.4.57. After DOCTYPE public keyword state * 8.2.4.58. Before DOCTYPE public identifier state * 8.2.4.59. DOCTYPE public identifier (double-quoted) state * 8.2.4.60. DOCTYPE public identifier (single-quoted) state * 8.2.4.61. After DOCTYPE public identifier state * 8.2.4.62. Between DOCTYPE public and system identifiers state * 8.2.4.63. After DOCTYPE system keyword state * 8.2.4.64. Before DOCTYPE system identifier state * 8.2.4.65. DOCTYPE system identifier (double-quoted) state * 8.2.4.66. DOCTYPE system identifier (single-quoted) state * 8.2.4.67. After DOCTYPE system identifier state * 8.2.4.68. Bogus DOCTYPE state * 8.2.4.71. CDATA section end state * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments (2) #tokenizer-rcdata-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.2. RCDATA state * 8.2.4.9. RCDATA less-than sign state * 8.2.4.10. RCDATA end tag open state * 8.2.4.11. RCDATA end tag name state * 8.2.5.2. Parsing elements that contain only text * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments #tokenizer-rawtext-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.12. RAWTEXT less-than sign state * 8.2.4.13. RAWTEXT end tag open state * 8.2.4.14. RAWTEXT end tag name state * 8.2.5.2. Parsing elements that contain only text * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments (2) #tokenizer-script-data-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.15. Script data less-than sign state * 8.2.4.16. Script data end tag open state * 8.2.4.17. Script data end tag name state * 8.2.4.18. Script data escape start state * 8.2.4.19. Script data escape start dash state * 8.2.4.22. Script data escaped dash dash state * 8.2.4.29. Script data double escaped dash dash state * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments #tokenizer-tag-open-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.1. Data state #tokenizer-end-tag-open-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.6. Tag open state #tokenizer-tag-name-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.6. Tag open state * 8.2.4.7. End tag open state #tokenizer-rcdata-less-than-sign-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.2. RCDATA state #tokenizer-rcdata-end-tag-open-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.9. RCDATA less-than sign state #tokenizer-rcdata-end-tag-name-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.10. RCDATA end tag open state #tokenizer-rawtext-less-than-sign-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.3. RAWTEXT state #tokenizer-rawtext-end-tag-open-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.12. RAWTEXT less-than sign state #tokenizer-rawtext-end-tag-name-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.13. RAWTEXT end tag open state #tokenizer-script-data-less-than-sign-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.4. Script data state #tokenizer-script-data-end-tag-open-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.15. Script data less-than sign state #tokenizer-script-data-end-tag-name-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.16. Script data end tag open state #tokenizer-script-data-escape-start-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.15. Script data less-than sign state #tokenizer-script-data-escapse-start-dash-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.18. Script data escape start state #tokenizer-script-data-escaped-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.21. Script data escaped dash state (2) * 8.2.4.22. Script data escaped dash dash state (2) * 8.2.4.23. Script data escaped less-than sign state * 8.2.4.24. Script data escaped end tag open state * 8.2.4.25. Script data escaped end tag name state * 8.2.4.26. Script data double escape start state (2) * 8.2.4.31. Script data double escape end state #tokenizer-script-data-escaped-dash-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.20. Script data escaped state #tokenizer-script-data-escaped-dash-dash-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.19. Script data escape start dash state * 8.2.4.21. Script data escaped dash state #tokenizer-script-data-escaped-less-than-sign-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.20. Script data escaped state * 8.2.4.21. Script data escaped dash state * 8.2.4.22. Script data escaped dash dash state #tokenizer-script-data-escaped-end-tag-open-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.23. Script data escaped less-than sign state #tokenizer-script-data-escaped-end-tag-name-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.24. Script data escaped end tag open state #tokenizer-script-data-double-escape-start-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.23. Script data escaped less-than sign state #tokenizer-script-data-double-escaped-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.26. Script data double escape start state * 8.2.4.28. Script data double escaped dash state (2) * 8.2.4.29. Script data double escaped dash dash state (2) * 8.2.4.30. Script data double escaped less-than sign state * 8.2.4.31. Script data double escape end state (2) #tokenizer-script-data-double-escaped-dash-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.27. Script data double escaped state #tokenizer-script-data-double-escaped-dash-dash-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.28. Script data double escaped dash state #tokenizer-script-data-double-escaped-less-than-sign-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.27. Script data double escaped state * 8.2.4.28. Script data double escaped dash state * 8.2.4.29. Script data double escaped dash dash state #tokenizer-script-data-double-escape-end-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.30. Script data double escaped less-than sign state #tokenizer-before-attribute-name-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.8. Tag name state * 8.2.4.11. RCDATA end tag name state * 8.2.4.14. RAWTEXT end tag name state * 8.2.4.17. Script data end tag name state * 8.2.4.25. Script data escaped end tag name state * 8.2.4.38. Attribute value (unquoted) state * 8.2.4.39. After attribute value (quoted) state (2) * 8.2.4.40. Self-closing start tag state #tokenizer-attribute-name-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.32. Before attribute name state (2) * 8.2.4.34. After attribute name state #tokenizer-after-attribute-name-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.32. Before attribute name state * 8.2.4.33. Attribute name state #tokenizer-before-attribute-value-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.33. Attribute name state * 8.2.4.34. After attribute name state #tokenizer-attribute-value-double-quoted-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.35. Before attribute value state * 8.2.4.36. Attribute value (double-quoted) state * 8.2.4.72. Character reference state * 8.2.4.79. Character reference end state #tokenizer-attribute-value-single-quoted-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.35. Before attribute value state * 8.2.4.37. Attribute value (single-quoted) state * 8.2.4.72. Character reference state * 8.2.4.79. Character reference end state #tokenizer-attribute-value-unquoted-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.35. Before attribute value state * 8.2.4.38. Attribute value (unquoted) state * 8.2.4.72. Character reference state * 8.2.4.79. Character reference end state #tokenizer-after-attribute-value-quoted-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.36. Attribute value (double-quoted) state * 8.2.4.37. Attribute value (single-quoted) state #tokenizer-self-closing-start-tag-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.8. Tag name state * 8.2.4.11. RCDATA end tag name state * 8.2.4.14. RAWTEXT end tag name state * 8.2.4.17. Script data end tag name state * 8.2.4.25. Script data escaped end tag name state * 8.2.4.34. After attribute name state * 8.2.4.39. After attribute value (quoted) state #tokenizer-bogus-comment-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.6. Tag open state * 8.2.4.7. End tag open state * 8.2.4.42. Markup declaration open state #tokenizer-markup-declaration-open-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.6. Tag open state #tokenizer-comment-start-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.42. Markup declaration open state #tokenizer-comment-start-dash-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.43. Comment start state #tokenizer-comment-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.43. Comment start state * 8.2.4.44. Comment start dash state * 8.2.4.46. Comment less-than sign state * 8.2.4.47. Comment less-than sign bang state * 8.2.4.50. Comment end dash state * 8.2.4.51. Comment end state * 8.2.4.52. Comment end bang state #tokenizer-comment-less-than-sign-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.45. Comment state #tokenizer-comment-less-than-sign-bang-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.46. Comment less-than sign state #tokenizer-comment-less-than-sign-bang-dash-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.47. Comment less-than sign bang state #tokenizer-comment-less-than-sign-bang-dash-dash-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.48. Comment less-than sign bang dash state #tokenizer-comment-end-dash-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.45. Comment state * 8.2.4.48. Comment less-than sign bang dash state * 8.2.4.52. Comment end bang state #tokenizer-comment-end-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.44. Comment start dash state * 8.2.4.49. Comment less-than sign bang dash dash state (2) * 8.2.4.50. Comment end dash state #tokenizer-comment-end-bang-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.51. Comment end state #tokenizer-doctype-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.42. Markup declaration open state #tokenizer-before-doctype-name-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.53. DOCTYPE state (2) #tokenizer-doctype-name-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.54. Before DOCTYPE name state (2) (3) #tokenizer-after-doctype-name-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.55. DOCTYPE name state #tokenizer-after-doctype-public-keyword-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.56. After DOCTYPE name state #tokenizer-before-doctype-public-identifier-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.57. After DOCTYPE public keyword state #tokenizer-doctype-public-identifier-double-quoted-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.57. After DOCTYPE public keyword state * 8.2.4.58. Before DOCTYPE public identifier state #tokenizer-doctype-public-identifier-single-quoted-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.57. After DOCTYPE public keyword state * 8.2.4.58. Before DOCTYPE public identifier state #tokenizer-after-doctype-public-identifier-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.59. DOCTYPE public identifier (double-quoted) state * 8.2.4.60. DOCTYPE public identifier (single-quoted) state #tokenizer-between-doctype-public-and-system-identifiers-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.61. After DOCTYPE public identifier state #tokenizer-after-doctype-system-keyword-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.56. After DOCTYPE name state #tokenizer-before-doctype-system-identifier-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.63. After DOCTYPE system keyword state #tokenizer-doctype-system-identifier-double-quoted-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.61. After DOCTYPE public identifier state * 8.2.4.62. Between DOCTYPE public and system identifiers state * 8.2.4.63. After DOCTYPE system keyword state * 8.2.4.64. Before DOCTYPE system identifier state #tokenizer-doctype-system-identifier-single-quoted-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.61. After DOCTYPE public identifier state * 8.2.4.62. Between DOCTYPE public and system identifiers state * 8.2.4.63. After DOCTYPE system keyword state * 8.2.4.64. Before DOCTYPE system identifier state #tokenizer-after-doctype-system-identifier-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.65. DOCTYPE system identifier (double-quoted) state * 8.2.4.66. DOCTYPE system identifier (single-quoted) state #tokenizer-bogus-doctype-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.56. After DOCTYPE name state * 8.2.4.57. After DOCTYPE public keyword state * 8.2.4.58. Before DOCTYPE public identifier state * 8.2.4.61. After DOCTYPE public identifier state * 8.2.4.62. Between DOCTYPE public and system identifiers state * 8.2.4.63. After DOCTYPE system keyword state * 8.2.4.64. Before DOCTYPE system identifier state * 8.2.4.67. After DOCTYPE system identifier state #tokenizer-cdata-section-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.42. Markup declaration open state * 8.2.4.70. CDATA section bracket state * 8.2.4.71. CDATA section end state #tokenizer-cdata-section-bracket-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.69. CDATA section state #tokenizer-cdata-section-end-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.70. CDATA section bracket state #tokenizer-character-reference-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4. Tokenization * 8.2.4.1. Data state * 8.2.4.2. RCDATA state * 8.2.4.36. Attribute value (double-quoted) state * 8.2.4.37. Attribute value (single-quoted) state * 8.2.4.38. Attribute value (unquoted) state #tokenizer-numeric-character-reference-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.72. Character reference state #character-reference-codeReferenced in: * 8.2.4.76. Hexadecimal character reference state (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 8.2.4.77. Decimal character reference state (2) * 8.2.4.78. Numeric character reference end state (2) (3) (4) #tokenizer-hexadecimal-character-reference-start-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.73. Numeric character reference state #tokenizer-decimal-character-reference-start-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.73. Numeric character reference state #tokenizer-hexadecimal-character-reference-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.74. Hexadecimal character reference start state #tokenizer-decimal-character-reference-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.75. Decimal character reference start state #tokenizer-numeric-character-reference-end-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.76. Hexadecimal character reference state (2) * 8.2.4.77. Decimal character reference state (2) #tokenizer-character-reference-end-stateReferenced in: * 8.2.4.72. Character reference state (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.4.74. Hexadecimal character reference start state * 8.2.4.75. Decimal character reference start state * 8.2.4.78. Numeric character reference end state #tree-construction-dispatcherReferenced in: * 8.2.5. Tree construction #next-tokenReferenced in: * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) #mathml-text-integration-pointReferenced in: * 8.2.5. Tree construction (2) * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content #html-integration-pointReferenced in: * 8.2.5. Tree construction (2) * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments #foster-parentingReferenced in: * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) (3) #appropriate-place-for-inserting-a-nodeReferenced in: * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode #create-an-element-for-the-tokenReferenced in: * 7.4. Dynamic markup insertion * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes * 8.2.5.4.2. The "before html" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) #insert-a-foreign-elementReferenced in: * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content #insert-an-html-elementReferenced in: * 8.2.3.3. The list of active formatting elements * 8.2.5.2. Parsing elements that contain only text * 8.2.5.4.3. The "before head" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) * 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode (2) #adjust-mathml-attributesReferenced in: * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content #adjust-svg-attributesReferenced in: * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content #adjust-foreign-attributesReferenced in: * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content * 8.2.7. Coercing an HTML DOM into an infoset (2) #insert-a-characterReferenced in: * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.10. The "in table text" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.21. The "after frameset" insertion mode * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content (2) (3) #insert-a-commentReferenced in: * 8.2.5.4.1. The "initial" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.2. The "before html" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.3. The "before head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.19. The "after body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.21. The "after frameset" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.22. The "after after body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.23. The "after after frameset" insertion mode * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content #generic-raw-text-element-parsing-algorithmReferenced in: * 8.2.5.2. Parsing elements that contain only text * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) #generic-rcdata-element-parsing-algorithmReferenced in: * 8.2.5.2. Parsing elements that contain only text * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode #generate-implied-end-tagsReferenced in: * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) * 8.2.5.4.11. The "in caption" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode (2) #generate-all-implied-end-tags-thoroughlyReferenced in: * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode #initialReferenced in: * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.1. The "initial" insertion mode #before-htmlReferenced in: * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) * 8.2.5.4.1. The "initial" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.2. The "before html" insertion mode #before-headReferenced in: * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.2. The "before html" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.3. The "before head" insertion mode #in-headReferenced in: * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.3. The "before head" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.5. The "in head noscript" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.21. The "after frameset" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.23. The "after after frameset" insertion mode #used-during-the-parsingReferenced in: * 8.2.2. The input byte stream #in-head-noscriptReferenced in: * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.5. The "in head noscript" insertion mode #after-headReferenced in: * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode #in-bodyReferenced in: * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.5.4.3. The "before head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.5. The "in head noscript" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.11. The "in caption" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.19. The "after body" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.21. The "after frameset" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.22. The "after after body" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.23. The "after after frameset" insertion mode * 8.2.8.1. Misnested tags: <b><i></b></i> * 8.2.8.2. Misnested tags: <b><p></b></p> * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables #close-a-p-elementReferenced in: * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) #adoption-agency-algorithmReferenced in: * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.8.1. Misnested tags: <b><i></b></i> * 8.2.8.2. Misnested tags: <b><p></b></p> #in-textReferenced in: * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.2. Parsing elements that contain only text * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode #in-tableReferenced in: * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.10. The "in table text" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.11. The "in caption" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) #clear-the-stack-back-to-a-table-contextReferenced in: * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) #in-table-textReferenced in: * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.10. The "in table text" insertion mode * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables #in-captionReferenced in: * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.11. The "in caption" insertion mode #in-column-groupReferenced in: * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode (2) #in-table-bodyReferenced in: * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) (3) (4) #clear-the-stack-back-to-a-table-body-contextReferenced in: * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) #in-rowReferenced in: * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) #clear-the-stack-back-to-a-table-row-contextReferenced in: * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) #in-cellReferenced in: * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables #close-the-cellReferenced in: * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode (2) (3) #in-selectReferenced in: * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.17. The "in select in table" insertion mode #in-select-in-tableReferenced in: * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.17. The "in select in table" insertion mode #in-templateReferenced in: * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments #after-bodyReferenced in: * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.19. The "after body" insertion mode #in-framesetReferenced in: * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode #after-framesetReferenced in: * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.21. The "after frameset" insertion mode #after-after-bodyReferenced in: * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.19. The "after body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.22. The "after after body" insertion mode #after-after-framesetReferenced in: * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.21. The "after frameset" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.23. The "after after frameset" insertion mode #in-foreign-contentReferenced in: * 4.12.1. The script element * 8.2.5. Tree construction #stop-parsingReferenced in: * 2.2.4. Interactions with XPath and XSLT * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents * 6.7.2. Page load processing model for HTML files * 6.7.6. Page load processing model for media * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins * 6.7.8. Page load processing model for inline content that doesn’t have a DOM * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.19. The "after body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.21. The "after frameset" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.22. The "after after body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.23. The "after after frameset" insertion mode * 9.2. Parsing XML documents #delay-the-load-eventReferenced in: * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element (2) * 4.2.6. The style element * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3) * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) (3) * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) (4) * 4.7.10. The video element * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) * 4.12.1.1. Processing model * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts * 11.3.3. Frames (2) #ready-for-post-load-tasksReferenced in: * 3.1. Documents * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.7.7. The embed element * 4.7.8. The object element * 6.1. Browsing contexts * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2) * 7.6.2. Printing * 11.3.3. Frames #completely-loadedReferenced in: * 3.1. Documents * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm * 6.1. Browsing contexts * 6.6.4. The Location interface * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream * 11.3.3. Frames (2) #abort-the-parserReferenced in: * 6.7.12. Aborting a document load * 8.2. Parsing HTML documents * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode #html-fragment-serialization-algorithmReferenced in: * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments #attributes-serialized-nameReferenced in: * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments #escaping-a-stringReferenced in: * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2) #html-fragment-parsing-algorithmReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.12.2. The noscript element * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) * 8.2.3.5. Other parsing state flags * 8.2.5. Tree construction (2) * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.19. The "after body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content #contextReferenced in: * 4.7.6. The iframe element * 4.12.2. The noscript element * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.5. Tree construction * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments #fragment-caseReferenced in: * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) (3) (4) * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) (3) * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.11. The "in caption" insertion mode (2) * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.19. The "after body" insertion mode * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode (2) (3) * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content (2) * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments #the-xml-syntaxReferenced in: * 3.2.1. Semantics * 8. The HTML syntax #xml-parserReferenced in: * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management (2) * 4.2.6. The style element (2) (3) * 4.2.7. Interactions of styling and scripting * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) * 4.10.11. The textarea element * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) * 4.12.3.1. Interaction of template elements with XSLT and XPath * 6.7.3. Page load processing model for XML files * 7.4. Dynamic markup insertion * 9.2. Parsing XML documents (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) * 9.4. Parsing XML fragments * 11.3.1. The applet element #xml-scripting-support-disabledReferenced in: * 9.2. Parsing XML documents (2) (3) #feed-the-parserReferenced in: * 9.4. Parsing XML fragments (2) (3) #relevant-child-nodesReferenced in: * 9.3. Serializing XML fragments (2) (3) #xml-fragment-parsing-algorithmReferenced in: * 9.2. Parsing XML documents #being-renderedReferenced in: * 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute * 4.7.5. The img element * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) * 4.7.8. The object element (2) * 4.10.5. The input element * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections * 4.10.20.2. Constraint validation * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API * 4.11.4. The dialog element * 4.12.4. The canvas element * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment (2) * 10.1. Introduction (2) * 10.3.2. The page #presentational-hintsReferenced in: * 10.2. The CSS user agent style sheet and presentational hints (2) (3) * 10.3.2. The page (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 10.3.3. Flow content (2) (3) (4) (5) * 10.3.4. Phrasing content (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 10.3.8. Lists * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 10.3.12. The hr element (2) (3) (4) (5) * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images (2) * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget. * 10.5.11. The marquee element * 10.5.15. The textarea element (2) (3) * 10.9. Unstyled XML documents #maps-to-the-pixel-length-propertyReferenced in: * 10.3.2. The page * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) #as-hints-for-the-renderingReferenced in: * 4.7.19. Dimension attributes * 10.3.12. The hr element * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images (2) * 10.5.11. The marquee element (2) #map-to-the-dimension-property-ignoring-zeroReferenced in: * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #align-descendantsReferenced in: * 10.2. The CSS user agent style sheet and presentational hints * 10.3.3. Flow content (2) (3) (4) * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) (4) #container-frame-elementReferenced in: * 10.3.2. The page (2) (3) (4) (5) #substantialReferenced in: * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks (2) (3) (4) (5) #blankReferenced in: * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks (2) #elements-with-default-marginsReferenced in: * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks (2) (3) #rendered-legendReferenced in: * 10.3.13. The fieldset and legend elements #restart-the-animationReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) #converting-a-character-width-to-pixelsReferenced in: * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget. (2) #attr-valuedef-marquee-direction-leftReferenced in: * 10.5.11. The marquee element (2) (3) * 11.3.2. The marquee element #attr-valuedef-marquee-direction-rightReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element #attr-valuedef-marquee-direction-upReferenced in: * 10.5.11. The marquee element * 11.3.2. The marquee element #attr-valuedef-marquee-direction-downReferenced in: * 10.5.11. The marquee element * 11.3.2. The marquee element #width-of-the-selects-labelsReferenced in: * 10.5.14. The select element (2) #textarea-effective-widthReferenced in: * 10.5.15. The textarea element (2) #textarea-effective-heightReferenced in: * 10.5.15. The textarea element (2) #has-a-borderReferenced in: * 10.6. Frames and framesets (2) (3) #frame-border-colorReferenced in: * 10.6. Frames and framesets (2) (3) #convert-a-list-of-dimensions-to-a-list-of-pixel-valuesReferenced in: * 10.6. Frames and framesets (2) #obtain-a-physical-formReferenced in: * 7.6.2. Printing (2) * 10.8. Print media #unstyled-documentReferenced in: * 10.9. Unstyled XML documents (2) #an-unstyled-document-viewReferenced in: * 10.9. Unstyled XML documents #elementdef-acronymReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #elementdef-bgsoundReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments #elementdef-dirReferenced in: * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) #elementdef-noframesReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments #elementdef-isindexReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM #elementdef-listingReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #elementdef-nextidReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM #elementdef-noembedReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments #elementdef-plaintextReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #elementdef-strikeReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements #elementdef-xmpReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #elementdef-basefontReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments #elementdef-bigReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 11.2. Non-conforming features #elementdef-blinkReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM #elementdef-centerReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 10.3.3. Flow content #elementdef-fontReferenced in: * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 10.3.4. Phrasing content (2) (3) (4) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) #elementdef-menuReferenced in: * 11.2. Non-conforming features * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs * Changes since HTML 5.1 - Note that these may change if the HTML 5.1 specification is updated. #elementdef-menuitemReferenced in: * Changes between Working Draft 6 and Working Draft 5 (2) #elementdef-multicolReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM #elementdef-nobrReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements #elementdef-spacerReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM #elementdef-ttReferenced in: * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 11.2. Non-conforming features #element-attrdef-a-nameReferenced in: * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features (2) * 11.1.1. Warnings for obsolete but conforming features * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-img-nameReferenced in: * 4.10.3. The form element (2) #element-attrdef-area-nohrefReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-input-usemapReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-iframe-longdescReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-img-longdescReferenced in: * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) * 4.7.5.1. Requirements for providing text to act as an alternative for images (2) * 4.7.5.1.4. Graphical Representations: Charts, diagrams, graphs, maps, illustrations * 4.7.5.1.5. Images of text * Elements #element-attrdef-img-lowsrcReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-meta-schemeReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #element-attrdef-object-codebaseReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-object-codetypeReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-param-valuetypeReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-script-languageReferenced in: * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features * 11.1.1. Warnings for obsolete but conforming features #element-attrdef-script-eventReferenced in: * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-script-forReferenced in: * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-td-scopeReferenced in: * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) #element-attrdef-body-alinkReferenced in: * 10.3.2. The page * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) #element-attrdef-body-bgcolorReferenced in: * 10.3.2. The page * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) #element-attrdef-body-bottommarginReferenced in: * 10.3.2. The page #element-attrdef-body-leftmarginReferenced in: * 10.3.2. The page #element-attrdef-body-linkReferenced in: * 10.3.2. The page * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) #element-attrdef-body-marginheightReferenced in: * 10.3.2. The page (2) (3) (4) #element-attrdef-body-marginwidthReferenced in: * 10.3.2. The page (2) (3) (4) #element-attrdef-body-rightmarginReferenced in: * 10.3.2. The page #element-attrdef-body-textReferenced in: * 10.3.2. The page * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) #element-attrdef-body-topmarginReferenced in: * 10.3.2. The page #element-attrdef-body-vlinkReferenced in: * 10.3.2. The page * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) #element-attrdef-br-clearReferenced in: * 10.3.4. Phrasing content #element-attrdef-col-charReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-col-charoffReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-col-valignReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-col-widthReferenced in: * 10.3.9. Tables #element-attrdef-div-alignReferenced in: * 10.3.3. Flow content (2) (3) (4) #element-attrdef-frame-bordercolorReferenced in: * 10.6. Frames and framesets #element-attrdef-hr-colorReferenced in: * 10.3.12. The hr element (2) (3) #element-attrdef-hr-noshadeReferenced in: * 10.3.12. The hr element (2) #element-attrdef-hr-sizeReferenced in: * 10.3.12. The hr element (2) #element-attrdef-hr-widthReferenced in: * 10.3.12. The hr element #element-attrdef-iframe-frameborderReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-iframe-marginheightReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-iframe-marginwidthReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-iframe-scrollingReferenced in: * 10.3.2. The page #element-attrdef-input-alignReferenced in: * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images #element-attrdef-input-borderReferenced in: * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images #element-attrdef-img-borderReferenced in: * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features * 11.1.1. Warnings for obsolete but conforming features #element-attrdef-img-hspaceReferenced in: * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images #element-attrdef-img-vspaceReferenced in: * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images #element-attrdef-legend-alignReferenced in: * 10.3.13. The fieldset and legend elements #element-attrdef-marquee-bgcolorReferenced in: * 10.5.11. The marquee element * 11.3.2. The marquee element #element-attrdef-marquee-heightReferenced in: * 10.5.11. The marquee element #element-attrdef-marquee-hspaceReferenced in: * 10.5.11. The marquee element #element-attrdef-marquee-vspaceReferenced in: * 10.5.11. The marquee element #element-attrdef-marquee-widthReferenced in: * 10.5.11. The marquee element #element-attrdef-table-bgcolorReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-table-borderReferenced in: * 10.3.9. Tables (2) * Elements #element-attrdef-table-bordercolorReferenced in: * 10.3.9. Tables #element-attrdef-table-cellpaddingReferenced in: * 10.3.9. Tables * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-table-cellspacingReferenced in: * 10.3.9. Tables * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-table-heightReferenced in: * 10.3.9. Tables #element-attrdef-table-widthReferenced in: * 10.3.9. Tables #element-attrdef-tbody-charReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-tbody-charoffReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-tbody-valignReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-td-alignReferenced in: * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) (4) #element-attrdef-td-bgcolorReferenced in: * 10.3.9. Tables * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-td-charReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-td-charoffReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-td-heightReferenced in: * 10.3.9. Tables #element-attrdef-td-nowrapReferenced in: * 10.3.9. Tables * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-td-valignReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-td-widthReferenced in: * 10.3.9. Tables (2) #element-attrdef-tr-bgcolorReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-tr-charReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-tr-charoffReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-tr-heightReferenced in: * 10.3.9. Tables #element-attrdef-tr-valignReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #element-attrdef-body-backgroundReferenced in: * 10.3.2. The page * 10.3.9. Tables * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) #elementdef-appletReferenced in: * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4) * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2) * 6.5. Sandboxing * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) * 8.2.3.3. The list of active formatting elements (2) * 10.4.1. Embedded content (2) * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images (2) (3) (4) * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) * 11.3.1. The applet element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlappletelement-alignReferenced in: * 11.3.1. The applet element #dom-htmlappletelement-altReferenced in: * 11.3.1. The applet element #dom-htmlappletelement-archiveReferenced in: * 11.3.1. The applet element #dom-htmlappletelement-codeReferenced in: * 11.3.1. The applet element #dom-htmlappletelement-heightReferenced in: * 11.3.1. The applet element #dom-htmlappletelement-hspaceReferenced in: * 11.3.1. The applet element #dom-htmlappletelement-nameReferenced in: * 11.3.1. The applet element #dom-htmlappletelement-objectReferenced in: * 11.3.1. The applet element (2) #dom-htmlappletelement-vspaceReferenced in: * 11.3.1. The applet element #dom-htmlappletelement-widthReferenced in: * 11.3.1. The applet element #dom-htmlappletelement-codebaseReferenced in: * 11.3.1. The applet element #elementdef-marqueeReferenced in: * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) * 8.2.3.3. The list of active formatting elements (2) * 10.5.11. The marquee element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) #turned-onReferenced in: * 10.5.11. The marquee element (2) (3) (4) * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2) #turned-offReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2) #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-startReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-stopReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element #element-attrdef-marquee-behaviorReferenced in: * 10.5.11. The marquee element (2) (3) #attr-valuedef-marquee-behavior-scrollReferenced in: * 10.5.11. The marquee element #statedef-marquee-behavior-scrollReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element #attr-valuedef-marquee-behavior-slideReferenced in: * 10.5.11. The marquee element #attr-valuedef-marquee-behavior-alternateReferenced in: * 10.5.11. The marquee element #statedef-marquee-behavior-alternateReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element #element-attrdef-marquee-directionReferenced in: * 10.5.11. The marquee element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) #statedef-marquee-leftReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element #element-attrdef-marquee-truespeedReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2) #marquee-scroll-intervalReferenced in: * 10.5.11. The marquee element * 11.3.2. The marquee element #element-attrdef-marquee-scrolldelayReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element #marquee-marquee-scroll-distanceReferenced in: * 10.5.11. The marquee element #element-attrdef-marquee-scrollamountReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element #marquee-loop-countReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2) (3) (4) #element-attrdef-marquee-loopReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-loopReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element #marquee-current-loop-indexReferenced in: * 10.5.11. The marquee element (2) * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2) #increment-the-marquee-current-loop-indexReferenced in: * 10.5.11. The marquee element (2) (3) #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-onbounceReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element #eventdef-marquee-bounceReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-onfinishReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element #eventdef-marquee-finishReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-onstartReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element #eventdef-marquee-startReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-behaviorReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2) #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-directionReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-heightReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-hspaceReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-vspaceReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-widthReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-bgcolorReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-scrollamountReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-scrolldelayReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-truespeedReferenced in: * 11.3.2. The marquee element #elementdef-framesetReferenced in: * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4) * 6.1. Browsing contexts * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2) * 7.1.5.2. Event handlers on elements, Document objects, and Window objects (2) (3) * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode * 10.6. Frames and framesets (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) * 11.3.3. Frames (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) #htmlframesetelementReferenced in: * 11.3.3. Frames (2) #element-attrdef-frameset-colsReferenced in: * 10.6. Frames and framesets #element-attrdef-frameset-rowsReferenced in: * 10.6. Frames and framesets #dom-htmlframesetelement-colsReferenced in: * 11.3.3. Frames #dom-htmlframesetelement-rowsReferenced in: * 11.3.3. Frames #elementdef-frameReferenced in: * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface * 6.1. Browsing contexts * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments * 10.3.2. The page (2) (3) * 10.6. Frames and framesets (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) * 11.3.3. Frames (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) #active-frame-elementReferenced in: * 11.3.3. Frames (2) (3) #process-the-frame-attributesReferenced in: * 11.3.3. Frames (2) (3) (4) #element-attrdef-frame-srcReferenced in: * 11.3.3. Frames (2) #element-attrdef-frame-nameReferenced in: * 11.3.3. Frames #htmlframeelementReferenced in: * 11.3.3. Frames #dom-htmlframeelement-nameReferenced in: * 11.3.3. Frames #dom-htmlframeelement-scrollingReferenced in: * 11.3.3. Frames #dom-htmlframeelement-srcReferenced in: * 11.3.3. Frames #dom-htmlframeelement-frameborderReferenced in: * 11.3.3. Frames #element-attrdef-frame-frameborderReferenced in: * 10.6. Frames and framesets (2) #dom-htmlframeelement-longdescReferenced in: * 11.3.3. Frames #dom-htmlframeelement-noresizeReferenced in: * 11.3.3. Frames #element-attrdef-frame-noresizeReferenced in: * 10.6. Frames and framesets #dom-htmlframeelement-contentdocumentReferenced in: * 11.3.3. Frames #dom-htmlframeelement-contentwindowReferenced in: * 11.3.3. Frames #dom-htmlframeelement-marginheightReferenced in: * 11.3.3. Frames #dom-htmlframeelement-marginwidthReferenced in: * 11.3.3. Frames #dom-htmlanchorelement-coordsReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlanchorelement-charsetReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlanchorelement-nameReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlanchorelement-shapeReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlareaelement-nohrefReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlbodyelement-textReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlbodyelement-linkReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlbodyelement-alinkReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlbodyelement-vlinkReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlbodyelement-bgcolorReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlbodyelement-backgroundReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlbrelement-clearReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltablecaptionelement-alignReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltablecolelement-alignReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltablecolelement-widthReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltablecolelement-chReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltablecolelement-choffReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltablecolelement-valignReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmldirectoryelement-compactReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmldivelement-alignReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmldlistelement-compactReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlembedelement-nameReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlembedelement-alignReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlfontelement-colorReferenced in: * 10.3.4. Phrasing content * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlfontelement-faceReferenced in: * 10.3.4. Phrasing content * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlfontelement-sizeReferenced in: * 10.3.4. Phrasing content * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlheadingelement-alignReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlhrelement-alignReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlhrelement-colorReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlhrelement-sizeReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlhrelement-widthReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlhrelement-noshadeReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlhtmlelement-versionReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmliframeelement-alignReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmliframeelement-scrollingReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmliframeelement-frameborderReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmliframeelement-longdescReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmliframeelement-marginheightReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmliframeelement-marginwidthReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlimageelement-nameReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlimageelement-alignReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlimageelement-borderReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlimageelement-hspaceReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlimageelement-vspaceReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlimageelement-lowsrcReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlinputelement-alignReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlinputelement-usemapReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmllegendelement-alignReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmllielement-typeReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmllinkelement-charsetReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmllinkelement-targetReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlmenuelement-compactReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlmetaelement-schemeReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlobjectelement-alignReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlobjectelement-archiveReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlobjectelement-borderReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlobjectelement-codeReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlobjectelement-declareReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlobjectelement-hspaceReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlobjectelement-standbyReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlobjectelement-vspaceReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlobjectelement-codebaseReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlobjectelement-codetypeReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlolistelement-compactReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlparagraphelement-alignReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlparamelement-typeReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlparamelement-valuetypeReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlpreelement-widthReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlscriptelement-eventReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlscriptelement-htmlforReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltableelement-alignReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltableelement-borderReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltableelement-frameReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltableelement-summaryReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltableelement-rulesReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltableelement-widthReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltableelement-bgcolorReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltableelement-cellpaddingReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltableelement-cellspacingReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltablesectionelement-alignReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltablesectionelement-chReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltablesectionelement-choffReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltablesectionelement-valignReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltablecellelement-alignReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltablecellelement-axisReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltablecellelement-heightReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltablecellelement-widthReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltablecellelement-chReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltablecellelement-choffReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltablecellelement-nowrapReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltablecellelement-valignReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltablecellelement-bgcolorReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltablerowelement-alignReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltablerowelement-chReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltablerowelement-choffReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltablerowelement-valignReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmltablerowelement-bgcolorReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlulistelement-compactReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-htmlulistelement-typeReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-document-fgcolorReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-document-linkcolorReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-document-vlinkcolorReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-document-alinkcolorReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-document-bgcolorReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-document-anchorsReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-document-appletsReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-document-clearReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-document-captureeventsReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-document-releaseeventsReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-document-allReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) #dom-window-captureeventsReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-window-releaseeventsReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-window-externalReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #externalReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) #dom-external-addsearchproviderReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #dom-external-issearchproviderinstalledReferenced in: * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs #navigatorpluginsReferenced in: * 11.3.4.1. Plugins #pluginarrayReferenced in: * 11.3.4.1. Plugins #mimetypearrayReferenced in: * 11.3.4.1. Plugins #pluginReferenced in: * 11.3.4.1. Plugins (2) (3) #mimetypeReferenced in: * 11.3.4.1. Plugins (2) (3) (4) #dom-navigatorplugins-pluginsReferenced in: * 11.3.4.1. Plugins #dom-navigatorplugins-mimetypesReferenced in: * 11.3.4.1. Plugins #hidden-pluginsReferenced in: * 11.3.4.1. Plugins (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) #explicitly-supportsReferenced in: * 11.3.4.1. Plugins (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) #dom-pluginarray-lengthReferenced in: * 11.3.4.1. Plugins #dom-pluginarray-refreshReferenced in: * 11.3.4.1. Plugins #dom-mimetypearray-lengthReferenced in: * 11.3.4.1. Plugins #reported-mime-typesReferenced in: * 11.3.4.1. Plugins (2) (3) (4) #dom-plugin-lengthReferenced in: * 11.3.4.1. Plugins #dom-plugin-nameReferenced in: * 11.3.4.1. Plugins #dom-plugin-descriptionReferenced in: * 11.3.4.1. Plugins #dom-plugin-filenameReferenced in: * 11.3.4.1. Plugins #dom-mimetype-typeReferenced in: * 11.3.4.1. Plugins #dom-mimetype-descriptionReferenced in: * 11.3.4.1. Plugins #dom-mimetype-suffixesReferenced in: * 11.3.4.1. Plugins #dom-mimetype-enabledpluginReferenced in: * 11.3.4.1. Plugins #dom-navigatorplugins-javaenabledReferenced in: * 11.3.4.1. Plugins #eventdef-global-abortReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-afterprintReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-beforeprintReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-beforeunloadReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-blurReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-cancelReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-changeReferenced in: * Attributes * Events #eventdef-global-closeReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-copyReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-cutReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-errorReferenced in: * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors * Attributes #eventdef-global-focusReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-hashchangeReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-inputReferenced in: * Attributes * Events #eventdef-global-invalidReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-languagechangeReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-loadReferenced in: * 1.9.2. Common pitfalls to avoid when using the scripting APIs (2) * 11.3.3. Frames (2) * Attributes * Events #eventdef-global-messageReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-offlineReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-onlineReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-pagehideReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-pageshowReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-pasteReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-popstateReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-progressReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-readystatechangeReferenced in: * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management (2) * 7.1.5.2. Event handlers on elements, Document objects, and Window objects * Events #eventdef-global-resetReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-selectReferenced in: * 10.5.15. The textarea element * Attributes #eventdef-global-storageReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-submitReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-toggleReferenced in: * Attributes #eventdef-global-unloadReferenced in: * Attributes